Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 29, 2010
Registration No. 333-          
 
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
 
 
Form S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
Under
The Securities Act of 1933
 
 
 
RealPage, Inc.
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
 
         
Delaware   7372   75-2788861
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)
 
4000 International Parkway
Carrollton, Texas 75007
Tel: (972) 820-3000
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)
 
 
 
Timothy J. Barker
4000 International Parkway
Carrollton, Texas 75007
Tel: (972) 820-3000
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)
 
 
 
 
Copies to:
     
Paul R. Tobias
Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati,
Professional Corporation
900 S. Capital of Texas Hwy.
Las Cimas IV, Fifth Floor
Austin, Texas 78746
Tel: (512) 338-5400
  William H. Hinman Jr.
Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP
2550 Hanover Street
Palo Alto, California 94304
Tel: (650) 251-5000
 
 
 
 
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:   As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.
If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.  o
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  o
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  o
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
Large accelerated filer  o      Accelerated filer  o      Non-accelerated filer  þ      Smaller reporting company  o
                           (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
 
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
 
             
      Proposed Maximum
    Amount of
Title of Each Class of
    Aggregate Offering
    Registration
Securities to be Registered     Price (1)(2)     Fee
Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share
    $150,000,000     $10,695.00
             
 
(1) Includes offering price of shares issuable upon exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option.
 
(2) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the amount of the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(o) of the Securities Act of 1933.
 
 
 
The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.
 


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. Neither we nor the selling stockholders may sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities, and neither we nor the selling stockholders are soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.
 
SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED APRIL 29, 2010
 
           Shares
 
 
 
RealPage, Inc.
 
Common Stock
 
 
 
 
This is the initial public offering of our common stock. We are selling                shares of common stock and the selling stockholders identified in this prospectus are selling                shares of common stock. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of common stock by the selling stockholders.
 
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price of our common stock is expected to be between $    and $    per share. We will apply to list our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “     .”
 
The underwriters have an option to purchase a maximum of                  additional shares from the selling stockholders to cover over-allotments.
 
Investing in our common stock involves risks.  See “Risk Factors” on page 10.
 
                 
        Underwriting
       
    Price to
  Discounts and
  Proceeds to
  Proceeds to
    Public   Commissions   RealPage   Selling Stockholders
 
Per share
  $            $            $              $           
Total
  $            $            $              $           
 
Delivery of the shares of common stock will be made on or about         , 2010.
 
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
 
 
Credit Suisse Deutsche Bank Securities
 
William Blair & Company RBC Capital Markets
 
JMP Securities Pacific Crest Securities
 
 
The date of this prospectus is          , 2010.


 

 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
         
    Page
 
    1  
    10  
    35  
    36  
    36  
    38  
    40  
    42  
    46  
    72  
    89  
    97  
    120  
    123  
    127  
    132  
    134  
    138  
    144  
    145  
    145  
    145  
    F-1  
 
 
You should rely only on the information contained in this document or to which we have referred you. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with information that is different. This document may only be used where it is legal to sell these securities. The information in this document may only be accurate on the date of this document.
 
Dealer Prospectus Delivery Obligation
 
Until          , 2010 (25 days after the commencement of this offering), all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to unsold allotments or subscriptions.


Table of Contents

 
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
 
This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus and does not contain all of the information you should consider in making your investment decision. You should read this entire prospectus carefully, especially the risks of investing in our common stock discussed under “Risk Factors” and the consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, before making an investment decision.
 
Company Overview
 
We are a leading provider of on demand software solutions for the rental housing industry. Our broad range of property management solutions enables owners and managers of single-family and a wide variety of multi-family rental property types to manage their marketing, pricing, screening, leasing, accounting, purchasing and other property operations. Our on demand software solutions are delivered through an integrated software platform that provides a single point of access and a shared repository of prospect, resident and property data. By integrating and streamlining a wide range of complex processes and interactions among the rental housing ecosystem of owners, managers, prospects, residents and service providers, our platform optimizes the property management process and improves the experience for all of these constituents.
 
Our solutions enable property owners and managers to increase revenues and reduce operating costs through higher occupancy, improved pricing methodologies, new sources of revenue from ancillary services, improved collections and more integrated and centralized processes. As of December 31, 2009, over 5,000 customers used one or more of our on demand software solutions to help manage the operations of approximately 4.6 million rental housing units. Our customers include nine of the ten largest multi-family property management companies in the United States, ranked as of January 1, 2009, based on number of units managed.
 
We sell our solutions through our direct sales organization. Our total revenues were approximately $83.6 million, $112.6 million and $140.9 million in 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively. In the same years, we had operating (loss) income of approximately ($1.6 million), ($0.4 million) and $6.9 million, respectively, and net (loss) income of approximately ($3.1 million), ($3.2 million) and $28.4 million, respectively. Net income for 2009 included a discrete tax benefit of approximately $26.0 million as a result of a reduction of our net deferred tax assets valuation allowance.
 
Our Adjusted EBITDA in 2007, 2008 and 2009 was approximately $6.0 million, $13.1 million and $25.6 million, respectively. We believe Adjusted EBITDA is useful to investors in evaluating our operating performance. Our management uses Adjusted EBITDA in conjunction with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, or GAAP, operating performance measures as part of its overall assessment of our performance for planning purposes, including the preparation of our annual operating budget, to evaluate the effectiveness of our business strategies and to communicate with our board of directors concerning our financial performance. Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered as an alternative financial measure to net (loss) income, which is the most directly comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with GAAP, or any other measure of financial performance calculated in accordance with GAAP. The following table presents a reconciliation of net (loss) income to Adjusted EBITDA:
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2007     2008     2009  
          (in thousands)        
 
Net (loss) income
  $ (3,143 )   $ (3,209 )   $ 28,429  
Depreciation and asset impairment
    4,854       9,847       9,231  
Amortization of intangible assets
    2,273       2,095       5,784  
Interest expense, net
    1,510       2,152       4,528  
Income tax expense (benefit)
          703       (26,028 )
Stock-based compensation expense
    490       1,476       2,805  
Acquisition-related expense
                844  
                         
Adjusted EBITDA
  $ 5,984     $ 13,064     $ 25,593  
                         


1


Table of Contents

For further discussion regarding Adjusted EBITDA, see footnote 5 to the table in “Selected Consolidated Financial Data.”
 
Industry Overview
 
The rental housing market is large and characterized by challenging and location-specific operating requirements, diverse industry participants, significant mobility among residents and a variety of property types, including single-family and a wide range of multi-family property types, including conventional, affordable, privatized military, student and senior housing. According to the U.S. Census Bureau American Housing Survey for the United States: 2007, there were 39.3 million rental housing units in the United States in 2007. Based on U.S. Census Bureau data and our own estimates, we believe that the overall size of the U.S. rental housing market, including rent, utilities and insurance, exceeds $300 billion annually. We estimate that the total addressable market for our current on demand software solutions is approximately $5.5 billion per year. This estimate assumes that each of the 39.3 million rental units in the United States has the potential to generate annually a range of approximately $100 in revenue per unit for single-family units to approximately $240 in revenue per unit for conventional multi-family units. We base this potential revenue assumption on our review of the purchasing patterns of our existing customers with respect to our on demand software solutions, the on demand software solutions currently utilized by our existing customers, the number of units our customers manage with these solutions and our current pricing for our on demand software solutions.
 
Rental property management spans both the resident lifecycle and the operations of a property. The resident lifecycle can be separated into four key stages: prospect, applicant, residency and post-residency. Each stage of the lifecycle has unique requirements, such as identifying and capturing quality prospects, processing applications, assessing applicants’ credit risk, processing payments to and from residents and service providers and managing resident turnover. In addition to managing the resident lifecycle, property owners and managers must also manage the operations of their properties, including material and service provider procurement, insurance and risk mitigation, utility and energy management, information technology and telecommunications management, accounting, expense tracking and management, document management, security, staff hiring and training, staff performance measurement and management and marketing. A property owner’s or manager’s ability to effectively address these requirements can significantly impact their revenue and profitability.
 
A variety of software applications have been developed to automate many of these functions. However, these applications often require property owners and managers to implement a myriad of third-party and/or internally developed point solutions. These solutions can be expensive to implement and maintain and are often ineffective at helping property owners and managers increase rental revenue and reduce costs.
 
The RealPage Solution
 
We provide a platform of on demand software solutions that integrate and streamline rental property management business functions. Our solutions enable owners and managers of single-family and a wide variety of multi-family rental property types, including conventional, affordable, privatized military, student and senior housing, to manage their marketing, pricing, screening, leasing, accounting, purchasing and other property operations. These functions have traditionally been addressed by individual, disparate applications. Our solutions enable property owners and managers to increase revenues and reduce operating costs through higher occupancy, improved pricing methodologies, new sources of revenue from ancillary services, improved collections and more integrated and centralized business processes. Our solutions contribute to a more efficient property management process and an improved experience for all of the constituents involved in the rental housing ecosystem, including owners, managers, prospects, residents and service providers.
 
The benefits of our solutions for our customers include the following:
 
  •  Increased revenues.   Our solutions help our customers improve sales and marketing effectiveness, optimize pricing and occupancy and improve collection of rental payments, utility expenses, late fees and other charges.


2


Table of Contents

 
  •  Reduced operating costs.   Our solutions help our customers streamline and automate many ongoing property management functions, centralize certain property operations, control purchasing by on-site personnel and eliminate the need to own and support property management applications and associated hardware infrastructure.
 
  •  Improved quality of service for residents and prospects.   Our solutions expedite the processing of a variety of recurring transactions and increase the frequency and quality of communication with residents and prospects, providing higher resident satisfaction and increased differentiation from competing properties that do not use our solutions.
 
  •  Streamlined and simplified property management business processes.   Our solutions share data and automate the workflow of certain business processes, thereby eliminating redundant data entry and simplifying many recurring tasks.
 
  •  Ability to integrate third-party products and services.   Our open architecture and application framework facilitate the integration of third-party applications and services into our solutions.
 
  •  Increased visibility into property performance.   Our integrated platform and common data repository enable owners and managers to gain a comprehensive view of the operational and financial performance of each of their properties.
 
  •  Simple implementation and support.   Our solutions include pre-configured extensions that meet the specific needs of a variety of property types and can be easily tailored by our customers to meet the specific needs of their properties or business processes.
 
  •  Improved scalability.   Our application infrastructure is designed to evolve with our customers’ needs.
 
The competitive strengths of our solutions are as follows:
 
  •  Integrated on demand software platform based on a common data repository.   Our solutions are delivered through an integrated on demand software platform that provides a single point of access via the Internet to all of our products and a common repository of prospect, resident and property data.
 
  •  Large and growing ecosystem of property owners, managers, prospects, residents and service providers.   Our solutions automate and streamline many of the recurring transactions and interactions among a large and expanding rental housing ecosystem of property owners and managers, prospects, residents and service providers.
 
  •  Comprehensive platform of on demand software solutions for property management.   We provide what we believe to be the broadest range of on demand capabilities for managing the resident lifecycle and core operational processes for residential property management.
 
  •  Deep rental housing industry expertise.   We design our solutions based on our extensive rental housing industry expertise, insight into industry trends and developments and best practices.
 
  •  Open cloud computing architecture.   Our cloud computing architecture enables our solutions to interface with many of our customers’ existing systems and allows our customers to outsource the management of third-party business applications.
 
Our Strategy
 
We intend to leverage the breadth of our solutions and industry presence to solidify our position as a leading provider of on demand software solutions to the rental housing industry. The key elements of our strategy to accomplish this objective are as follows:
 
  •  acquire new customers;
 
  •  increase the adoption of additional solutions within our existing customer base;


3


Table of Contents

 
  •  add new solutions to our platform; and
 
  •  pursue acquisitions of complementary businesses, products and technologies.
 
Risks Affecting Us
 
Our business is subject to a number of risks that you should understand before making an investment decision. These risks are discussed more fully in “Risk Factors” following this prospectus summary. Some of these risks are:
 
  •  our quarterly operating results have fluctuated in the past and may fluctuate in the future, which could cause our stock price to decline;
 
  •  we have a history of operating losses and may not maintain profitability in the future;
 
  •  if we are unable to manage the growth of our diverse and complex operations, our financial performance may suffer;
 
  •  our business depends substantially on customers renewing and expanding their subscriptions for our solutions and any increase in customer cancellations or decline in customer renewals and expansions would harm our future operating results;
 
  •  we face intense competitive pressures and our failure to compete successfully could harm our operating results;
 
  •  we may not be able to continue to add new customers, which could adversely affect our operating results; and
 
  •  if we are not able to integrate past or future acquisitions successfully, our operating results and prospects could be harmed.
 
Company Information
 
We were incorporated in the State of Delaware in December 2003 through a merger with our predecessor entity, RealPage, Inc., a Texas corporation, which was originally incorporated in November 1998 as Seren Capital Acquisition Corp. Our principal executive offices are located at 4000 International Parkway, Carrollton, Texas 75007, and our telephone number is (972) 820-3000. Our website address is www.realpage.com. The information on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not part of this prospectus.
 
“RealPage ® ”, “OneSite ® ”, “OneSite Leasing and Rents tm ”, “OneSite Facilities tm ”, “OneSite Purchasing tm ”, “OneSite Accounting tm ”, “OneSite Budgeting tm ”, “Propertyware ® ”, “HUDManager ® ”, “RentRoll ® ”, “i-CAM tm ”, “Tenant Pro ® ”, “Spectra tm ”, “CrossFire ® ”, “CrossFire Contact Center tm ”, “CrossFire Leasing Portal tm ”, “CrossFire Resident Portal tm ”, “CrossFire Studio tm ”, “M/PF Research ® ”, “YieldStar ® ”, “YieldStar Price Optimizer tm ”, “LeasingDesk ® ”, “LeasingDesk Screening tm ”, “LeasingDesk Insurance Services tm ”, “eRenterPlan tm ”, “Credit Optimizer tm ”, “Velocity tm ”, “OpsTechnology tm ”, “OpsMarket tm ”, “OpsAdvantage tm ”, “OpsBuyer tm ”, “OpsBid tm ” and “Domin-8 ® ” are our trademarks and registered trademarks appearing in this prospectus. All other trademarks and trade names appearing in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners.


4


Table of Contents

The Offering
 
Common stock offered by us           shares
 
Common stock offered by the selling stockholders           shares
 
Total common stock offered           shares
 
Common stock to be outstanding after this offering           shares
 
Use of proceeds We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering to pay accumulated and unpaid dividends on our outstanding shares of Series A, Series A1 and Series B convertible preferred stock that have accrued at a rate of 8% per annum of the original issue price of each such share of preferred stock, compounded quarterly, which amounted to $       million as of                    , 2010, to repay approximately $18.2 million of our indebtedness outstanding as of December 31, 2009 and for general corporate purposes, including working capital. We also may use a portion of the net proceeds to acquire complementary businesses or technologies. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholders. See “Use of Proceeds.”
 
Risk factors You should read the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus for a discussion of factors that you should consider carefully before deciding to invest in shares of our common stock.
 
Proposed NASDAQ Global Market symbol “       ”
 
The number of shares of common stock that will be outstanding after this offering is based on 111,009,108 shares of our common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2009 and excludes:
 
  •  15,707,456 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of December 31, 2009 under our 1998 Stock Incentive Plan, with a weighted average exercise price of $2.16 per share;
 
  •  150,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options outstanding as of December 31, 2009 issued to directors pursuant to stock option agreements outside of our 1998 Stock Incentive Plan, with a weighted average exercise price of $3.00 per share;
 
  •  1,721,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options granted in the quarter ended March 31, 2010 under our 1998 Stock Incentive Plan, with a weighted average exercise price of $3.75 per share;
 
  •  120,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options granted in the quarter ended March 31, 2010 to directors pursuant to stock option agreements outside of our 1998 Stock Incentive Plan, with a weighted average exercise price of $3.75 per share;
 
  •            shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, which will become effective in connection with this offering (including 732,285 shares of common stock reserved, as of December 31, 2009, for future issuance under our 1998 Stock Incentive Plan, which shares will be added to the shares reserved under our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, upon its effectiveness); and
 
  •  25,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of December 31, 2009, with a weighted average exercise price of $1.00 per share.


5


Table of Contents

 
Unless otherwise indicated, the information in this prospectus assumes:
 
  •  a      -for-       reverse stock split of our common stock and convertible preferred stock to be effected prior to the completion of this offering;
 
  •  the conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into 58,087,500 shares of common stock effective upon the completion of this offering;
 
  •  no exercise by the underwriters of their right to purchase up to          shares of common stock to cover over-allotments; and
 
  •  the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the effectiveness of our amended and restated bylaws, which will occur immediately upon the completion of this offering.


6


Table of Contents

Summary Consolidated Financial Data
 
The following tables present summary consolidated financial data for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 and summary consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009. We have derived the consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008, and 2009 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2008 and 2009 from our audited consolidated financial statements, which appear elsewhere in this prospectus. We derived the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2007 from our unaudited consolidated financial statements that are not included in this prospectus. You should read this information in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements, the related notes to these financial statements and the information in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2007     2008     2009  
    (in thousands, except per share data)  
 
Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:
                       
Revenue:
                       
On demand
  $ 62,592     $ 95,192     $ 128,377  
On premise
    11,560       7,582       3,860  
Professional and other
    9,429       9,794       8,665  
                         
Total revenue
    83,581       112,568       140,902  
Cost of revenue
    35,703       46,058       58,513  
                         
Gross profit
    47,878       66,510       82,389  
Operating expense:
                       
Product development
    21,708       28,806       27,446  
Sales and marketing
    18,047       23,923       27,804  
General and administrative
    9,756       14,135       20,210  
                         
Total operating expense
    49,511       66,864       75,460  
                         
Operating (loss) income
    (1,633 )     (354 )     6,929  
Interest expense, net
    (1,510 )     (2,152 )     (4,528 )
                         
Net (loss) income before taxes
    (3,143 )     (2,506 )     2,401  
                         
Income tax expense (benefit)
          703       (26,028 )
                         
Net (loss) income
  $ (3,143 )   $ (3,209 )   $ 28,429  
                         
Net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders:
                       
Basic
  $ (9,143 )   $ (10,658 )   $ 10,757  
Diluted
  $ (9,143 )   $ (10,658 )   $ 10,757  
Net (loss) income per share attributable to common stockholders:
                       
Basic
  $ (0.45 )   $ (0.38 )   $ 0.22  
Diluted
  $ (0.45 )   $ (0.38 )   $ 0.21  
Weighted average shares used in computing net (loss) income per share attributable to common stockholders:
                       
Basic
    20,446       27,773       47,869  
Diluted
    20,446       27,773       51,025  
Pro forma net income per share attributable to common stockholders (unaudited) (1) :
                       
Basic
                  $ 0.27  
Diluted
                  $ 0.26  
Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding used in computing net income per share attributable to common stockholders (unaudited) (2) :
                       
Basic
                    105,957  
Diluted
                    109,113  
 


7


Table of Contents

                         
    As of December 31,  
    2007
             
    (unaudited)     2008     2009  
    (in thousands)  
 
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:
                       
Cash and cash equivalents (3)
  $ 2,731     $ 4,248     $ 4,427  
Working capital, excluding deferred revenue
    9,224       12,126       12,929  
Total assets
    59,518       102,340       142,113  
Current and long-term debt (4)
    23,809       48,943       53,990  
Total liabilities
    87,954       129,622       136,757  
Preferred stock
    78,534       71,675       71,832  
Total stockholders’ deficit
    (106,970 )     (98,957 )     (66,476 )
                         
Other Financial Data:
                       
Adjusted EBITDA (5)
  $ 5,984     $ 13,064     $ 25,593  
Operating cash flow
    4,441       7,962       24,758  
Capital expenditures
    7,122       10,263       9,509  
 
                         
    As of December 31,  
    2007     2008     2009  
 
Selected Operating Data:
                       
Number of on demand customers at period end
    2,199       2,669       5,032  
Number of on demand units at period end (in thousands)
    2,800       3,833       4,551  
Total number of employees at period end
    654       922       1,141  
 
 
(1) Pro forma net income per share represents net income divided by the pro forma weighted average shares outstanding as though the conversion of our redeemable convertible preferred stock into common stock occurred on the original issuance dates.
 
(2) Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding reflects the conversion of our redeemable convertible preferred stock (using the if-converted method) into common stock as though the conversion had occurred on the original dates of issuance.
 
(3) Excludes restricted cash.
 
(4) Includes capital lease obligations.
 
(5) We define Adjusted EBITDA as net (loss) income plus depreciation and asset impairment, amortization of intangible assets, interest expense, net, income tax expense (benefit), stock-based compensation expense and acquisition-related expense.
 
We believe that the use of Adjusted EBITDA is useful to investors and other users of our financial statements in evaluating our operating performance because it provides them with an additional tool to compare business performance across companies and across periods. We believe that:
 
  •  Adjusted EBITDA provides investors and other users of our financial information consistency and comparability with our past financial performance, facilitates period-to-period comparisons of operations and facilitates comparisons with our peer companies, many of which use similar non-GAAP financial measures to supplement their GAAP results; and
 
  •  it is useful to exclude certain non-cash charges, such as depreciation and asset impairment, amortization of intangible assets and stock-based compensation and non-core operational charges, such as acquisition-related expense, from Adjusted EBITDA because the amount of such expenses in any specific period may not directly correlate to the underlying performance of our business operations and these expenses can vary significantly between periods as a result of new acquisitions, full amortization of previously acquired tangible and intangible assets or the timing of new stock-based awards, as the case may be.
 
We use Adjusted EBITDA in conjunction with traditional GAAP operating performance measures as part of our overall assessment of our performance, for planning purposes, including the preparation of our

8


Table of Contents

annual operating budget, to evaluate the effectiveness of our business strategies and to communicate with our board of directors concerning our financial performance.
 
We do not place undue reliance on Adjusted EBITDA as our only measure of operating performance. Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered as a substitute for other measures of liquidity or financial performance reported in accordance with GAAP. There are limitations to using non-GAAP financial measures, including that other companies may calculate these measures differently than we do, that they do not reflect our capital expenditures or future requirements for capital expenditures and that they do not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital. We compensate for the inherent limitations associated with using Adjusted EBITDA measures through disclosure of these limitations, presentation of our financial statements in accordance with GAAP and reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to the most directly comparable GAAP measure, net (loss) income.
 
The following table presents a reconciliation of net (loss) income to Adjusted EBITDA:
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2007     2008     2009  
    (in thousands)  
Net (loss) income
  $ (3,143 )   $ (3,209 )   $ 28,429  
Depreciation and asset impairment
    4,854       9,847       9,231  
Amortization of intangible assets
    2,273       2,095       5,784  
Interest expense, net
    1,510       2,152       4,528  
Income tax expense (benefit)
          703       (26,028 )
Stock-based compensation expense
    490       1,476       2,805  
Acquisition-related expense
                844  
                         
Adjusted EBITDA
  $ 5,984     $ 13,064     $ 25,593  
                         
 
The following table presents stock-based compensation included in each expense category:
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2007     2008     2009  
    (in thousands)  
Cost of revenue
  $ 48     $ 104     $ 367  
Product development
    251       727       1,175  
Sales and marketing
    110       277       498  
General and administrative
    81       368       765  
                         
Total stock-based compensation expense
  $ 490     $ 1,476     $ 2,805  
                         


9


Table of Contents

 
RISK FACTORS
 
An investment in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below, together with the financial and other information contained in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and related notes, before deciding whether to purchase shares of our common stock. If any of the following risks actually occurs, our business, financial condition, results of operations and future prospects could be materially and adversely affected. In that event, the market price of our common stock could decline and you could lose part or all of your investment.
 
Risks Related to Our Business
 
Our quarterly operating results have fluctuated in the past and may fluctuate in the future, which could cause our stock price to decline.
 
Our quarterly operating results may fluctuate as a result of a variety of factors, many of which are outside of our control. Fluctuations in our quarterly operating results may be due to a number of factors, including the risks and uncertainties discussed elsewhere in this prospectus. Some of the important factors that could cause our revenues and operating results to fluctuate from quarter to quarter include:
 
  •  the extent to which on demand software solutions maintain current and achieve broader market acceptance;
 
  •  our ability to timely introduce enhancements to our existing solutions and new solutions;
 
  •  our ability to increase sales to existing customers and attract new customers;
 
  •  changes in our pricing policies or those of our competitors;
 
  •  the variable nature of our sales and implementation cycles;
 
  •  general economic, industry and market conditions in the rental housing industry that impact the financial condition of our current and potential customers;
 
  •  the amount and timing of our investment in research and development activities;
 
  •  technical difficulties, service interruptions or security breaches;
 
  •  our ability to hire and retain qualified key personnel, including the rate of expansion of our sales force;
 
  •  changes in the legal, regulatory or compliance environment related to the rental housing industry, fair credit reporting, payment processing, privacy, utility billing, the Internet and e-commerce;
 
  •  the amount and timing of operating expenses and capital expenditures related to the expansion of our operations and infrastructure;
 
  •  the timing of revenue and expenses related to recent and potential acquisitions or dispositions of businesses or technologies;
 
  •  our ability to integrate acquisitions in a cost-effective and timely manner;
 
  •  litigation and settlement costs, including unforeseen costs; and
 
  •  new accounting pronouncements and changes in accounting standards or practices, particularly any affecting the recognition of subscription revenue or accounting for mergers and acquisitions.
 
Fluctuations in our quarterly operating results may lead analysts to change their long-term model for valuing our common stock, cause us to face short-term liquidity issues, impact our ability to retain or attract key personnel or cause other unanticipated issues, all of which could cause our stock price to decline. As a result of the potential variations in our quarterly revenue and operating results, we believe that quarter-to-quarter comparisons of our revenues and operating results may not be meaningful and the results of any one quarter should not be relied upon as an indication of future performance.


10


Table of Contents

We have a history of operating losses and may not maintain profitability in the future.
 
Prior to the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2009, we had not been profitable on a quarterly or annual basis. We experienced net losses of $3.1 million and $3.2 million in 2007 and 2008, respectively. As of December 31, 2009, our accumulated deficit was $89.8 million. While we have experienced significant growth over recent quarters and our net income was $28.4 million in 2009, we may not be able to sustain or increase our growth or profitability in the future. Net income for 2009 included a discrete tax benefit of approximately $26.0 million as a result of a reduction of our net deferred tax assets valuation allowance. We expect to make significant future expenditures related to the development and expansion of our business. In addition, following the completion of this offering, we expect that our general and administrative expenses will increase due to the additional operational and reporting costs associated with being a public company. As a result of these increased expenditures and expenses, we will need to generate and sustain increased revenue to achieve future profitability expectations. We may incur significant losses in the future for a number of reasons, including the other risks and uncertainties described in this prospectus. Additionally, we may encounter unforeseen operating expenses, difficulties, complications, delays and other unknown factors that may result in losses in future periods. If these losses exceed our expectations or our growth expectations are not met in future periods, our financial performance will be affected adversely.
 
If we are unable to manage the growth of our diverse and complex operations, our financial performance may suffer.
 
The growth in the size, complexity and diversity of our business and the expansion of our product lines and customer base has placed, and our anticipated growth may continue to place, a significant strain on our managerial, administrative, operational, financial and other resources. We have experienced rapid growth over the past three years. We increased our number of employees from 532 as of December 31, 2006 to 1,141 as of December 31, 2009 and our number of on demand customers from 1,469 as of December 31, 2006 to 5,032 as of December 31, 2009. We increased the number of product centers that we offer from 20 as of December 31, 2006 to 41 as of December 31, 2009. In addition, in the past, we have grown and expect to continue to grow through acquisitions. For example, we recently acquired the assets of Domin-8 Enterprise Solutions, Inc., which was a holding company for several on premise property management systems. Our ability to effectively manage our anticipated future growth will depend on, among other things, the following:
 
  •  successfully supporting and maintaining a broad range of solutions;
 
  •  maintaining continuity in our senior management and key personnel;
 
  •  attracting, retaining, training and motivating our employees, particularly technical, customer service and sales personnel;
 
  •  enhancing our financial and accounting systems and controls;
 
  •  enhancing our information technology infrastructure; and
 
  •  managing expanded operations in geographically dispersed locations.
 
If we do not manage the size, complexity and diverse nature of our business effectively, we could experience delayed software releases and longer response times for assisting our customers with implementation of our solutions and could lack adequate resources to support our customers on an ongoing basis, any of which could adversely affect our reputation in the market and our ability to generate revenue from new or existing customers.
 
The nature of our platform is complex and highly integrated and if we fail to successfully manage releases or integrate new solutions, it could harm our revenues, operating income and reputation.
 
We manage a complex platform of solutions that consists of our property management systems and integrated software-enabled value-added services. Many of our solutions include a large number of product centers that are highly integrated and require interoperability with each other and our other solutions, as well as products and services of third-party service providers. Additionally, we typically deploy new releases of the


11


Table of Contents

software underlying our on demand software solutions on a monthly or quarterly schedule depending on the solution. Due to this complexity and the condensed development cycles under which we operate, we may experience errors in our software or unexpected performance issues from time to time. For example, our solutions may face interoperability difficulties with software operating systems or programs being used by our customers, or new releases, upgrades, fixes or the integration of acquired technologies may have unanticipated consequences on the operation and performance of our other solutions. If we encounter integration challenges or discover errors in our solutions late in our development cycle, it may cause us to delay our launch dates. Any major integration or interoperability issues or launch delays could have a material adverse effect on our revenues, operating income and reputation.
 
Our business depends substantially on customers renewing and expanding their subscriptions for our solutions and any increase in customer cancellations or decline in customer renewals or expansions would harm our future operating results.
 
We generally license our solutions pursuant to customer agreements with a term of one year. Our customers have no obligation to renew these agreements after their term expires, or to renew these agreements at the same or higher annual contract value. In addition, under specific circumstances, our customers have the right to cancel their customer agreements before they expire, for example, in the event of an uncured breach by us, or in some circumstances, by paying a cancellation fee. In addition, customers often purchase a higher level of professional services in the initial term than they do in renewal terms to ensure successful activation. As a result, our ability to grow is dependent in part on customers purchasing additional solutions or professional services after the initial term of their customer agreement. Though we maintain and analyze historical data with respect to rates of customer renewals, upgrades and expansions, those rates may not accurately predict future trends in customer renewals. Our customers’ renewal rates may decline or fluctuate for a number of reasons, including, but not limited to, their satisfaction or dissatisfaction with our solutions, our pricing, our competitors’ pricing, reductions in our customers’ spending levels or reductions in the number of units managed by our customers. If our customers cancel their agreements with us during their term, do not renew their agreements, renew on less favorable terms or do not purchase additional solutions or professional services in renewal periods, our revenue may grow more slowly than expected or decline and our profitability may be harmed.
 
Additionally, we have experienced, and expect to continue to experience, some level of customer turnover as properties are sold and the new owners and managers of properties previously owned or managed by our customers do not continue to use our solutions. We cannot predict the amount of customer turnover we will experience in the future. However, we have experienced slightly higher rates of customer turnover with our recently acquired Propertyware property management system, primarily because it serves smaller properties than our OneSite property management system, and we may experience higher levels of customer turnover to the extent Propertyware grows as a percentage of our revenues. If we experience increased customer turnover, our financial performance and operating results could be adversely affected.
 
We have also experienced, and expect to continue to experience, some number of consolidations of our customers with other parties. If one of our customers consolidates with a party who is not a customer, our customer may decide not to continue to use our solutions. In addition, if one of our customers is consolidated with another customer, the acquiring customer may have negotiated lower prices for our solutions or may use fewer of our solutions than the acquired customer. In each case, the consolidated entity may attempt to negotiate lower prices for using our solutions as a result of their increased size. These consolidations may cause us to lose customers or require us to reduce prices as a result of enhanced customer leverage, which could cause our financial performance and operating results to be adversely affected.
 
Because we recognize subscription revenue over the term of the applicable customer agreement, a decline in subscription renewals or new service agreements may not be reflected immediately in our operating results.
 
We generally recognize revenue from customers ratably over the terms of their customer agreements, which are typically one year. As a result, much of the revenue we report in each quarter is deferred revenue from customer agreements entered into during previous quarters. Consequently, a decline in new or renewed


12


Table of Contents

customer agreements in any one quarter will not be fully reflected in our revenue or our results of operations until future periods. Accordingly, this revenue recognition model also makes it difficult for us to rapidly increase our revenue through additional sales in any period, as revenue from new customers must be recognized over the applicable subscription term.
 
We may not be able to continue to add new customers and retain and increase sales to our existing customers, which could adversely affect our operating results.
 
Our revenue growth is dependent on our ability to continually attract new customers while retaining and expanding our service offerings to existing customers. Growth in the demand for our solutions may be inhibited and we may be unable to sustain growth in our customer base for a number of reasons, including, but not limited to:
 
  •  our inability to market our solutions in a cost-effective manner to new customers or in new vertical or geographic markets;
 
  •  our inability to expand our sales to existing customers;
 
  •  our inability to build and promote our brand; and
 
  •  perceived security, reliability, quality or compatibility problems with our solutions.
 
A substantial amount of our past revenue growth was derived from purchases of upgrades and additional solutions by existing customers. Our costs associated with increasing revenue from existing customers are generally lower than costs associated with generating revenue from new customers. Therefore, a reduction in the rate of revenue increase from our existing customers, even if offset by an increase in revenue from new customers, could reduce our profitability and have a material adverse effect on our operating results.
 
If we are not able to integrate past or future acquisitions successfully, our operating results and prospects could be harmed.
 
We have acquired new technology and domain expertise through multiple acquisitions, including our most recent acquisition of assets from Domin-8 Enterprise Solutions, Inc. in February 2010. We expect to continue making acquisitions. The success of our future acquisition strategy will depend on our ability to identify, negotiate, complete and integrate acquisitions. Acquisitions are inherently risky, and any acquisitions we complete may not be successful. Any acquisitions we pursue would involve numerous risks, including the following:
 
  •  difficulties in integrating and managing the operations and technologies of the companies we acquire;
 
  •  diversion of our management’s attention from normal daily operations of our business;
 
  •  our inability to maintain the key employees, the key business relationships and the reputations of the businesses we acquire;
 
  •  insufficient revenue to offset our increased expenses associated with acquisitions;
 
  •  our responsibility for the liabilities of the businesses we acquire, including, without limitation, liabilities arising out of their failure to maintain effective data security and privacy controls prior to the acquisition;
 
  •  difficulties in complying with new regulatory standards to which we were not previously subject;
 
  •  delays in our ability to implement internal standards, controls, procedures and policies in the businesses we acquire; and
 
  •  adverse effects of acquisition activity on the key performance indicators we use to monitor our performance as a business.
 
Our current acquisition strategy includes the acquisition of companies that offer property management systems that may not interoperate with our software-enabled value-added services. In order to integrate and


13


Table of Contents

fully realize the benefits of such acquisitions, we expect to build application interfaces that enable such customers to use a wide range of our solutions while they continue to use their legacy management systems. In addition, over time we expect to migrate the acquired company’s customers to our on demand property management systems to retain them as customers and to be in a position to offer them our solutions on a cost-effective basis. These efforts may be unsuccessful or entail costs that result in losses or reduced profitability.
 
We may be unable to secure the equity or debt funding necessary to finance future acquisitions on terms that are acceptable to us, or at all. If we finance acquisitions by issuing equity or convertible debt securities, our existing stockholders will likely experience ownership dilution, and if we finance future acquisitions with debt funding, we will incur interest expense and may have to comply with additional financing covenants or secure that debt obligation with our assets.
 
If we are unable to successfully develop or acquire and sell enhancements and new solutions, our revenue growth will be harmed and we may not be able to meet profitability expectations.
 
The industry in which we operate is characterized by rapidly changing customer requirements, technological developments and evolving industry standards. Our ability to attract new customers and increase revenue from existing customers will depend in large part on our ability to successfully develop, bring to market and sell enhancements to our existing solutions and new solutions that effectively respond to the rapid changes in our industry. Any enhancements or new solutions that we develop or acquire may not be introduced to the market in a timely or cost-effective manner and may not achieve the broad market acceptance necessary to generate the revenue required to offset the operating expenses and capital expenditures related to development or acquisition. If we are unable to timely develop or acquire and sell enhancements and new solutions that keep pace with the rapid changes in our industry, our revenue will not grow as expected and we may not be able to maintain or meet profitability expectations.
 
We derive a substantial portion of our revenue from a limited number of our solutions and failure to maintain demand for these solutions or diversify our revenue base through increasing demand for our other solutions could negatively affect our operating results.
 
Historically, a majority of our revenue was derived from sales of our OneSite property management system and our LeasingDesk software-enabled value-added service. If we are unable to develop enhancements to these solutions to maintain demand for these solutions or to diversify our revenue base by increasing demand for our other solutions, our operating results could be negatively impacted.
 
We use a small number of data centers to deliver our solutions. Any disruption of service at our facilities could interrupt or delay our customers’ access to our solutions, which could harm our operating results.
 
The ability of our customers to access our service is critical to our business. We currently serve a majority of our customers from a primary data center located in Carrollton, Texas. We also maintain a secondary data center in downtown Dallas, Texas, approximately 20 miles from our primary data center. Services of our most recent acquisitions are provided from data centers located in Wisconsin, Ohio, Texas and Winnipeg, Canada. It is our intent to migrate all data centers to our primary and secondary data centers in Carrollton and Dallas. Any event resulting in extended interruption or delay in our customers’ access to our services or their data could harm our operating results. There can be no certainty that the measures we have taken to eliminate single points of failure in the primary and secondary data centers will be effective to prevent or minimize interruptions to our operations. Our facilities are vulnerable to interruption or damage from a number of sources, many of which are beyond our control, including, without limitation:
 
  •  extended power loss;
 
  •  telecommunications failures from multiple telecommunication providers;
 
  •  natural disaster or an act of terrorism;
 
  •  software and hardware errors, or failures in our own systems or in other systems;


14


Table of Contents

 
  •  network environment disruptions such as computer viruses, hacking and similar problems in our own systems and in other systems;
 
  •  theft and vandalism of equipment; and
 
  •  actions or events caused by or related to third parties.
 
The occurrence of an extended interruption of services at one or more of our data centers could result in lengthy interruptions in our services. Since January 1, 2007, we have experienced two extended service interruptions lasting more than eight hours caused by equipment and hardware failures. Our service level agreements require us to refund a prorated portion of the access fee if we fail to satisfy our service level commitments related to availability. Refunds for breach of this service level commitment have resulted in immaterial payments to customers in the past. An extended service outage could result in refunds to our customers and harm our customer relationships.
 
We attempt to mitigate these risks through various business continuity efforts, including redundant infrastructure, 24 x 7 x 365 system activity monitoring, backup and recovery procedures, use of a secure off-site storage facility for backup media, separate test systems and change management and system security measures, but our precautions may not protect against all potential problems. Our secondary data center is equipped with physical space, power, storage and networking infrastructure and Internet connectivity to support the solutions we provide in the event of the interruption of services at our primary data center. Even with this secondary data center, however, our operations would be interrupted during the transition process should our primary data center experience a failure. Moreover, both our primary and secondary data centers are located in the greater metropolitan Dallas area. As a result, any regional disaster could affect both data centers and result in a material disruption of our services.
 
For customers who specifically pay for accelerated disaster recovery services, we replicate their data from our primary data center to our secondary data center with the necessary stand-by servers and disk storage available to provide services within two hours of a disaster. This process is currently audited by some of our customers who pay for this service on an annual basis. For customers who do not pay for such services, our current service level agreements with our customers require that we provide disaster recovery within 72 hours.
 
Disruptions at our data centers could cause disruptions in our services and data loss or corruption. This could damage our reputation, cause us to issue credits to customers, subject us to potential liability or costs related to defending against claims or cause customers to terminate or elect not to renew their agreements, any of which could negatively impact our revenues.
 
We provide service level commitments to our customers, and our failure to meet the stated service levels could significantly harm our revenue and our reputation.
 
Our customer agreements provide that we maintain certain service level commitments to our customers relating primarily to product functionality, network uptime, critical infrastructure availability and hardware replacement. For example, our service level agreements generally require that our solutions are available 98% of the time during coverage hours (normally 6:00 a.m. though 10:00 p.m. Central time daily) 365 days per year. If we are unable to meet the stated service level commitments, we may be contractually obligated to provide customers with refunds or credits. Additionally, if we fail to meet our service level commitments a specified number of times within a given time frame or for a specified duration, our customers may terminate their agreement with us or extend the term of their agreement at no additional fee. As a result, a failure to deliver services for a relatively short duration could cause us to issue credits or refunds to a large number of affected customers or result in the loss of customers. In addition, we cannot assure you that our customers will accept these credits, refunds, termination or extension rights in lieu of other legal remedies that may be available to them. Our failure to meet our commitments could also result in substantial customer dissatisfaction or loss. Because of the loss of future revenues through the issuance of credits or the loss of customers or other potential liabilities, our revenue could be significantly impacted if we cannot meet our service level commitments to our customers.


15


Table of Contents

We face intense competitive pressures and our failure to compete successfully could harm our operating results.
 
The market for our solutions is intensely competitive, fragmented and rapidly changing with relatively low barriers to entry. With the introduction of new technologies and market entrants, we expect competition to intensify in the future. Increased competition generally could result in pricing pressures, reduced sales and reduced margins. Often we compete to sell our solutions against existing systems that our potential customers have already made significant expenditures to install.
 
We face competition primarily from point solution providers, including traditional software vendors, application service providers, or ASPs, and other software as a service, or SaaS, providers. Our competitors vary depending on our product and service. Our principal competitors in the multi-family enterprise resource planning, or ERP, market are AMSI Property Management (owned by Infor Global Solutions, Inc.), MRI Software LLC and Yardi Systems, Inc. These competitors offer both software and ASP delivery platforms. In the last 12 months Yardi Systems, Inc. has expanded into other competitive areas through smaller acquisitions and internally developed systems. In the single-family market, our ERP systems compete primarily with AppFolio, Inc.
 
We offer a number of software-enabled value-added services that compete with a disparate and large group of competitors. In the applicant screening market, our principal competitors are ChoicePoint Inc. (a subsidiary of Reed Elsevier Group plc), First Advantage Corporation (a subsidiary of The First American Corporation), TransUnion Rental Screening Solutions, Inc. (a subsidiary of TransUnion LLC) and Yardi Systems, Inc. (following its recent acquisition of RentGrow Inc., an applicant screening provider). In the insurance market, our principal competitors are Assurant, Inc. and a number of national insurance underwriters (including GEICO Corporation) that market renters insurance. There are many smaller screening and insurance providers in the risk mitigation area that we encounter less frequently, but they nevertheless present a competitive presence in the market.
 
In the customer relationship management, or CRM, market, we compete with providers of contact center and call tracking services, including Call Source Inc., Level One, Inc., Yardi Systems, Inc. (which recently announced its intention to build a call center) and numerous regional and local call centers. In addition, we compete with lead tracking solution providers, including Call Source Inc., eReal Estate Integration, Inc., Lead Tracking Solutions (a division of O.C. Concepts, Inc.) and Who’s Calling, Inc. In addition, we compete with content syndications and reservations systems offered by eReal Estate Integration, Inc. and Realty DataTrust Corporation. Finally, we compete with companies providing web portal services, including Apartments24-7.com, Inc., Ellipse Communications, Inc., Property Solutions International, Inc., Spherexx.com and Yardi Systems, Inc. Certain Internet listing services also offer websites for their customers, usually as a free value add to their listing service.
 
In the utility billing market, we compete at a national level with American Utility Management, Inc., Conservice, LLC, ista North America, Inc., NWP Services Corporation and Yardi Systems, Inc. (following its recent acquisition of Energy Billing Systems, Inc.). Many other smaller utility billing companies compete for smaller rental properties or in regional areas.
 
In the revenue management market, we compete with PROS Holdings, Inc., The Rainmaker Group, Inc. and Yardi Systems, Inc.
 
In the payment processing market, we compete with Chase Paymentech Solutions, LLC (a subsidiary of JPMorgan Chase & Co.), First Data Corporation, Fiserv, Inc., MoneyGram International, Inc., NWP Services Corporation, Property Solutions International, Inc., RentPayment.com (a subsidiary of Yapstone, Inc.), Yardi Systems, Inc. and a number of national banking institutions.
 
In addition, many of our existing or potential customers have developed or may develop their own solutions that may be competitive with our solutions. We also may face competition for potential acquisition targets from our competitors who are seeking to expand their offerings.


16


Table of Contents

With respect to all of our competitors, we compete based on a number of factors, including total cost of ownership, ease of implementation, product functionality and scope, performance, security, scalability and reliability of service, brand and reputation, sales and marketing capabilities and financial resources. Some of our existing competitors and new market entrants may enjoy substantial competitive advantages, such as greater name recognition, longer operating histories, a larger installed customer base and larger marketing budgets, as well as greater financial, technical and other resources. In addition, any number of our existing competitors or new market entrants could combine or consolidate to become a more formidable competitor with greater resources. As a result of such competitive advantages, our existing and future competitors may be able to:
 
  •  develop superior products or services, gain greater market acceptance and expand their offerings more efficiently or more rapidly;
 
  •  adapt to new or emerging technologies and changes in customer requirements more quickly;
 
  •  take advantage of acquisition and other opportunities more readily;
 
  •  adopt more aggressive pricing policies and devote greater resources to the promotion of their brand and marketing and sales of their products and services; and
 
  •  devote greater resources to the research and development of their products and services.
 
If we are not able to compete effectively, our operating results will be harmed.
 
We integrate our software-enabled value-added services with competitive ERP applications for some of our customers. We also provide services to assist in the implementation, training, support and hosting with respect to the integration of some of our competitors’ applications with our solutions. We sometimes rely on the cooperation of our competitors to implement solutions for our customers. However, frequently our reliance on the cooperation of our competitors can result in delays in integration. There is no assurance that our competitors, even if contractually obligated to do so, will continue to cooperate with us or will not prospectively alter their obligations to do so. We also occasionally develop interfaces between our software-enabled value-added services and competitor ERP systems without their cooperation or consent. There is no assurance that our competitors will not alter their applications in ways that inhibit integration or assert that their intellectual property rights restrict our ability to integrate our solutions with their applications. If our competitors do not continue to cooperate with us or if they alter their applications in ways that inhibit or restrict the integration of our solutions and we are not able to find alternative ways to integrate our solutions with our competitors’ applications, our business will be harmed.
 
Variability in our sales and activation cycles could result in fluctuations in our quarterly results of operations and cause our stock price to decline.
 
The sales and activation cycles for our solutions, from initial contact with a potential customer to contract execution and activation, vary widely by customer and solution. We do not recognize revenue until the solution is activated. While most of our activations follow a set of standard procedures, a customer’s priorities may delay activation and our ability to recognize revenue, which could result in fluctuations in our quarterly operating results.
 
Many of our customers are price sensitive, and if market dynamics require us to change our pricing model or reduce prices, our operating results will be harmed.
 
Many of our existing and potential customers are price sensitive, and recent adverse global economic conditions have contributed to increased price sensitivity in the multi-family housing market and the other markets that we serve. As market dynamics change, or as new and existing competitors introduce more competitive pricing or pricing models, we may be unable to renew our agreements with existing customers or customers of the businesses we acquire or attract new customers at the same price or based on the same pricing model as previously used. As a result, it is possible that we may be required to change our pricing model, offer price incentives or reduce our prices, which could harm our revenue, profitability and operating results.


17


Table of Contents

If we do not effectively expand and train our sales force, we may be unable to add new customers or increase sales to our existing customers and our business will be harmed.
 
We continue to be substantially dependent on our sales force to obtain new customers and to sell additional solutions to our existing customers. We believe that there is significant competition for sales personnel with the skills and technical knowledge that we require. Our ability to achieve significant revenue growth will depend, in large part, on our success in recruiting, training and retaining sufficient numbers of sales personnel to support our growth. New hires require significant training and, in most cases, take significant time before they achieve full productivity. Our recent hires and planned hires may not become as productive as we expect, and we may be unable to hire or retain sufficient numbers of qualified individuals in the markets where we do business or plan to do business. If we are unable to hire and train sufficient numbers of effective sales personnel, or the sales personnel are not successful in obtaining new customers or increasing sales to our existing customer base, our business will be harmed.
 
Material defects or errors in the software we use to deliver our solutions could harm our reputation, result in significant costs to us and impair our ability to sell our solutions.
 
The software applications underlying our solutions are inherently complex and may contain material defects or errors, particularly when first introduced or when new versions or enhancements are released. We have from time to time found defects in the software applications underlying our solutions and new errors in our existing solutions may be detected in the future. Any errors or defects that cause performance problems or service interruptions could result in:
 
  •  a reduction in new sales or subscription renewal rates;
 
  •  unexpected sales credits or refunds to our customers, loss of customers and other potential liabilities;
 
  •  delays in customer payments, increasing our collection reserve and collection cycle;
 
  •  diversion of development resources and associated costs;
 
  •  harm to our reputation and brand; and
 
  •  unanticipated litigation costs.
 
Additionally, the costs incurred in correcting defects or errors could be substantial and could adversely affect our operating results.
 
Failure to effectively manage the development of our solutions and data processing efforts outside the United States could harm our business.
 
Our success depends, in part, on our ability to process high volumes of customer data and enhance existing solutions and develop new solutions rapidly and cost effectively. We currently maintain an office in Hyderabad, India where we employ development and data processing personnel. We believe that performing these activities in Hyderabad increases the efficiency and decreases the costs of our development and data processing efforts. Managing and staffing international operations requires management’s attention and financial resources. The level of cost-savings achieved by our international operations may not exceed the amount of investment and additional resources required to manage and operate these international operations. Additionally, if we experience problems with our workforce or facilities in Hyderabad, our business could be harmed due to delays in product release schedules or data processing services.
 
We rely on third-party technologies and services that may be difficult to replace or that could cause errors, failures or disruptions of our service, any of which could harm our business.
 
We rely on a number of third-party providers, including, but not limited to, computer hardware and software vendors and database providers, to deliver our solutions. We currently utilize equipment, software and services from Avaya Inc., Cisco Systems, Inc., Dell Inc., EMC Corporation, Microsoft Corporation, Oracle Corporation and salesforce.com, inc., as well as many other smaller providers. Our OneSite Accounting


18


Table of Contents

service relies on a SaaS-based accounting system developed and maintained by a third-party service provider. We host this application in our data centers and provide supplemental development resources to extend this accounting system to meet the unique requirements of the rental housing industry. Our shared cloud portfolio reporting service will utilize software licensed from IBM. We expect to utilize additional service providers as we expand our platform. Although the third-party technologies and services that we require are generally commercially available from a number of providers, such technologies and services may not continue to be available on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. Any loss of the right to use any of these technologies or services could result in delays in the provisioning of our solutions until alternative technology is either developed by us, or, if available, is identified, obtained and integrated, and such delays could harm our business. It also may be time consuming and costly to enter into new relationships. Additionally, any errors or defects in the third-party technologies we utilize or delays or interruptions in the third-party services we rely on could result in errors, failures or disruptions of our services, which also could harm our business.
 
We depend upon third-party service providers for important payment processing functions. If these third-party service providers do not fulfill their contractual obligations or choose to discontinue their services, our business and operations could be disrupted and our operating results would be harmed.
 
We rely on several large payment processing organizations to enable us to provide payment processing services to our customers, including electronic funds transfers, or EFT, check services, bank card authorization, data capture, settlement and merchant accounting services and access to various reporting tools. These organizations include Paymentech, LLC, Jack Henry & Associates, Inc., JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and Wells Fargo, N.A. We also rely on third-party hardware manufacturers to manufacture the check scanning hardware our customers utilize to process transactions. Some of these organizations and service providers are competitors who also directly or indirectly sell payment processing services to customers in competition with us. With respect to these organizations and service providers, we have significantly less control over the systems and processes than if we were to maintain and operate them ourselves. In some cases, functions necessary to our business are performed on proprietary third-party systems and software to which we have no access. We also generally do not have long-term contracts with these organizations and service providers. Accordingly, the failure of these organizations and service providers to renew their contracts with us or fulfill their contractual obligations and perform satisfactorily could result in significant disruptions to our operations and adversely affect operating results. In addition, businesses that we have acquired, or may acquire in the future, typically rely on other payment processing service providers. We may encounter difficulty converting payment processing services from these service providers to our payment processing platform. If we are required to find an alternative source for performing these functions, we may have to expend significant money, time and other resources to develop or obtain an alternative, and if developing or obtaining an alternative is not accomplished in a timely manner and without significant disruption to our business, we may be unable to fulfill our responsibilities to customers or meet their expectations, with the attendant potential for liability claims, damage to our reputation, loss of ability to attract or maintain customers and reduction of our revenue or profits.
 
We face a number of risks in our payment processing business that could result in a reduction in our revenues and profits.
 
In connection with our payment processing services, we collect resident funds and subsequently remit these resident funds to our customers after varying holding periods. These funds are settled through our sponsor bank, and in the case of EFT, our Originating Depository Financial Institution, or ODFI. Currently, we rely on Wells Fargo, N.A. and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as our sponsor banks. In 2010, we expect to enter into similar sponsor bank relationships with one or more other national banking institutions. The custodial balances that we hold for our customers at our sponsor bank are identified in our consolidated balance sheets as restricted cash and the corresponding liability for these custodial balances is identified as customer deposits. Our payment


19


Table of Contents

processing business and related maintenance of custodial accounts subjects us to a number of risks, including, but not limited to:
 
  •  liability for customer costs related to disputed or fraudulent merchant transactions if those amounts exceed the amount of the customer reserves we have established to make such payments;
 
  •  limits on the amount of custodial balances that any single ODFI will underwrite;
 
  •  reliance on bank sponsors and card payment processors and other service providers to process bank card transactions;
 
  •  failure by us or our bank sponsors to adhere to applicable laws and regulatory requirements or the standards of the Visa and MasterCard credit card associations;
 
  •  incidences of fraud or a security breach or our failure to comply with required external audit standards; and
 
  •  our inability to increase our fees at times when Visa and MasterCard increase their merchant transaction processing fees.
 
If any of these risks related to our payment processing business were to occur, our business or financial results could be negatively affected. Additionally, with respect to the processing of EFTs, we are exposed to financial risk. EFTs between a resident and our customer may be returned for insufficient funds, or NSFs, or rejected. These NSFs and rejects are charged back to the customer by us. However, if we or our sponsor banks are unable to collect such amounts from the customer’s account or if the customer refuses or is unable to reimburse us for the chargeback, we bear the risk of loss for the amount of the transfer. While we have not experienced material losses resulting from chargebacks in the past, there can be no assurance that we will not experience significant losses from chargebacks in the future. Any increase in chargebacks not paid by our customers may adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.
 
If our security measures are breached and unauthorized access is obtained to our customers’ or their residents’ data, we may incur significant liabilities, our solutions may be perceived as not being secure and customers may curtail or stop using our solutions.
 
The solutions we provide involve the collection, storage and transmission of confidential personal and proprietary information regarding our customers and our customers’ current and prospective residents. Specifically, we collect, store and transmit a variety of customer data including, but not limited to, the demographic information and payment histories of our customers’ prospective and current residents. Additionally, we collect and transmit sensitive financial data such as credit card and bank account information. If our security measures are breached as a result of third-party actions or any employees’ or contractors’ errors or malfeasance or otherwise, and someone obtains unauthorized access to this information, we could incur significant liability to our customers and to their prospective or current residents or significant fines and sanctions by processing networks or governmental bodies, any of which could result in harm to our business and damage to our reputation.
 
We also rely upon our customers as users of our system to promote security of the system and the data within it, such as administration of customer-side access credentialing and control of customer-side display of data. On occasion, our customers have failed to perform these activities in such a manner as to prevent unauthorized access to data. To date, these breaches have not resulted in claims against us or in material harm to our business, but we cannot be certain that the failure of our customers in future periods to perform these activities will not result in claims against us, which could expose us to potential litigation and harm to our reputation.
 
There can be no certainty that the measures we have taken to protect the privacy and integrity of our customers’ and their current or prospective residents’ data are adequate to prevent or remedy unauthorized access to our system. Because techniques used to obtain unauthorized access to, or to sabotage, systems change frequently and generally are not recognized until launched against a target, we may be unable to anticipate these techniques or to implement adequate preventive measures. Experienced computer programmers seeking to intrude or cause harm, or hackers, may attempt to penetrate our service infrastructure from time to


20


Table of Contents

time. Although we have not experienced any material security breaches to date, a hacker who is able to penetrate our service infrastructure could misappropriate proprietary or confidential information or cause interruptions in our services. We might be required to expend significant capital and resources to protect against, or to alleviate, problems caused by hackers, and we may not have a timely remedy against a hacker who is able to penetrate our service infrastructure. In addition to purposeful breaches, the inadvertent transmission of computer viruses could expose us to security risks. If an actual or perceived breach of our security occurs or if our customers and potential customers perceive vulnerabilities, the market perception of the effectiveness of our security measures could be harmed and we could lose sales and customers.
 
If we are unable to cost-effectively scale or adapt our existing architecture to accommodate increased traffic, technological advances or changing customer requirements, our operating results could be harmed.
 
As we continue to increase our customer base, the number of users accessing our on demand software solutions over the Internet will continue to increase. Increased traffic could result in slow access speeds. Since our customer agreements typically include service availability commitments, slow access speeds or our failure to accommodate increased traffic could result in breaches of our customer agreements. In addition, the market for our solutions is characterized by rapid technological advances and changes in customer requirements. In order to accommodate increased traffic and respond to technological advances and evolving customer requirements, we expect that we will be required to make future investments in our network architecture. If we do not implement future upgrades to our network architecture cost-effectively, or if we experience prolonged delays or unforeseen difficulties in connection with upgrading our network architecture, our service quality may suffer and our operating results could be harmed.
 
Because certain solutions we provide depend on access to customer data, decreased access to this data or the failure to comply with applicable privacy laws and regulations or address privacy concerns applicable to such data could harm our business.
 
Certain of our solutions depend on our continued access to our customers’ data regarding their prospective and current residents, including data compiled by other third-party service providers who collect and store data on behalf of our customers. Federal and state governments and agencies have adopted, or are considering adopting, laws and regulations regarding the collection, use and disclosure of such data. Any decrease in the availability of such data from our customers, or other third parties that collect and store such data on behalf of our customers, and the costs of compliance with, and other burdens imposed by, applicable legislative and regulatory initiatives may limit our ability to collect, aggregate or use this data. Any limitations on our ability to collect, aggregate or use such data could reduce demand for certain of our solutions. Additionally, any inability to adequately address privacy concerns, even if unfounded, or comply with applicable privacy laws, regulations and policies, could result in liability to us or damage to our reputation and could inhibit sales and market acceptance of our solutions and harm our business.
 
The market for on demand software solutions in the rental housing industry is new and continues to develop, and if it does not develop further or develops more slowly than we expect, our business will be harmed.
 
The market for on demand software solutions in the rental housing industry delivered via the Internet through a web browser is rapidly growing but still relatively immature compared to the market for traditional on premise software installed on a customer’s local personal computer or server. It is uncertain whether the on demand delivery model will achieve and sustain high levels of demand and market acceptance, making our business and future prospects difficult to evaluate and predict. While our existing customer base has widely accepted this new model, our future success will depend, to a large extent, on the willingness of our potential customers to choose on demand software solutions for business processes that they view as critical. Many of our potential customers have invested substantial effort and financial resources to integrate traditional enterprise software into their businesses and may be reluctant or unwilling to switch to on demand software solutions. Some businesses may be reluctant or unwilling to use on demand software solutions because they have concerns regarding the risks associated with security capabilities, reliability and availability, among other


21


Table of Contents

things, of the on demand delivery model. If potential customers do not consider on demand software solutions to be beneficial, then the market for these solutions may not further develop, or it may develop more slowly than we expect, either of which would adversely affect our operating results.
 
Economic trends that affect the rental housing market may have a negative effect on our business.
 
Our customers include a range of organizations whose success is intrinsically linked to the rental housing market. Economic trends that negatively affect the rental housing market may adversely affect our business. The recent downturn in the global economy has caused volatility in the real estate markets, generally, including the rental housing market, and increases in the rates of mortgage defaults and bankruptcy. Continued instability or downturns affecting the rental housing market may have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations by:
 
  •  reducing the number of occupied sites and units on which we earn revenue;
 
  •  preventing our customers from expanding their businesses and managing new properties;
 
  •  causing our customers to reduce spending on our solutions;
 
  •  subjecting us to increased pricing pressure in order to add new customers and retain existing customers;
 
  •  causing our customers to switch to lower-priced solutions provided by our competitors or internally-developed solutions;
 
  •  delaying or preventing our collection of outstanding accounts receivable; and
 
  •  causing payment processing losses related to an increase in customer insolvency.
 
We may require additional capital to support business growth, and this capital might not be available.
 
We intend to continue to make investments to support our business growth and may require additional funds to respond to business challenges or opportunities, including the need to develop new solutions or enhance our existing solutions, enhance our operating infrastructure or acquire businesses and technologies. Accordingly, we may need to engage in equity or debt financings to secure additional funds. If we raise additional funds through further issuances of equity or convertible debt securities, our existing stockholders could suffer significant dilution, and any new equity securities we issue could have rights, preferences and privileges superior to those of holders of our common stock. Debt financing secured by us in the future could involve additional restrictive covenants relating to our capital raising activities and other financial and operational matters, which may make it more difficult for us to obtain additional capital and to pursue business opportunities, including potential acquisitions. In addition, we may not be able to obtain additional financing on terms favorable to us, if at all. If we are unable to obtain adequate financing or financing on terms satisfactory to us when we require it, our ability to continue to support our business growth and to respond to business challenges or opportunities could be significantly limited.
 
Our debt obligations contain restrictions that impact our business and expose us to risks that could adversely affect our liquidity and financial condition.
 
On September 3, 2009, we entered into a credit facility with Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC (formerly Wells Fargo Foothill, LLC) and Comerica Bank. As amended, the credit facility provides for borrowings of up to $55.0 million, including a revolving facility of up to $10.0 million, which is subject to a borrowing base and provides for a sublimit of $5.0 million for the issuance of letters of credit on our behalf, and a term loan facility of $45.0 million. At December 31, 2009, we had no outstanding indebtedness under the revolving facility and approximately $33.7 million of outstanding indebtedness under the term loan facility. On February 10, 2010, we borrowed an additional $10.0 million under the term loan facility in connection with an acquisition. Our interest expense in 2009 for the credit facility was approximately $0.9 million.
 
Advances under the credit facility may be voluntarily prepaid, and must be prepaid with the proceeds of certain dispositions, extraordinary receipts, indebtedness and equity, with excess cash flow and in full upon a


22


Table of Contents

change in control. Our lenders have waived the requirement under the credit facility that we prepay the credit facility with the proceeds of this offering. However, this waiver will expire if we do not complete this offering by December 31, 2010. Voluntary prepayments and mandatory prepayments from the proceeds of indebtedness and equity are subject to a prepayment premium of 2.0% in the first year of the credit facility, which is reduced to 1.5% in the event the credit facility is terminated and prepaid in full from the proceeds of this offering, 1.0% in the second year of the facility, 0.5% in the third year of the facility and 0% thereafter. Such prepayments will be applied first to reduce the term loan, and then to reduce availability under the revolver.
 
All of our obligations under the loan facility are secured by substantially all of our property. All of our existing and future domestic subsidiaries are required to guaranty our obligations under the credit facility, other than certain immaterial subsidiaries and our payment processing subsidiary, RealPage Payment Processing Services, Inc. Our foreign subsidiaries may, under certain circumstances, be required to guaranty our obligations under the credit facility. Such guarantees by existing and future subsidiaries are and will be secured by substantially all of the property of such subsidiaries.
 
Our credit facility contains customary covenants, which limit our and certain of our subsidiaries’ ability to, among other things:
 
  •  incur additional indebtedness or guarantee indebtedness of others;
 
  •  create liens on our assets;
 
  •  enter into mergers or consolidations;
 
  •  dispose of assets;
 
  •  prepay indebtedness or make changes to our governing documents and certain of our agreements;
 
  •  pay dividends and make other distributions on our capital stock, and redeem and repurchase our capital stock;
 
  •  make investments, including acquisitions;
 
  •  enter into transactions with affiliates; and
 
  •  make capital expenditures.
 
Our credit facility also contains customary affirmative covenants, including a fixed charge coverage ratio and a senior leverage ratio.
 
The credit facility contains customary events of default, subject to customary cure periods for certain defaults, that include, among others, non-payment defaults, covenant defaults, material judgment defaults, bankruptcy and insolvency defaults, cross-defaults to certain other material indebtedness and inaccuracy of representations and warranties.
 
If we experience a decline in cash flow due to any of the factors described in this “Risk Factors” section or otherwise, we could have difficulty paying interest and principal amounts due on our indebtedness and meeting the financial covenants set forth in our credit facility. If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flow or otherwise obtain the funds necessary to make required payments under our credit facility, or if we fail to comply with the requirements of our indebtedness, we could default under our credit facility. Any such default that is not cured or waived could result in the acceleration of the obligations under the credit facility, an increase in the applicable interest rate under the credit facility and a requirement that our subsidiaries that have guaranteed the credit facility pay the obligations in full, and would permit our lender to exercise remedies with respect to all of the collateral that is securing the credit facility, including substantially all of our and our subsidiary guarantors’ assets. Any such default could have a material adverse effect on our liquidity and financial condition.
 
Even if we comply with all of the applicable covenants, the restrictions on the conduct of our business could adversely affect our business by, among other things, limiting our ability to take advantage of financings, mergers, acquisitions and other corporate opportunities that may be beneficial to the business. Even if the


23


Table of Contents

credit facility were terminated, additional debt we could incur in the future may subject us to similar or additional covenants.
 
We also have substantial equipment lease obligations, which totaled approximately $2.1 million as of December 31, 2009. If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flow from our operations or cash from other sources in order to meet the payment obligations under these equipment leases, we may lose the right to possess and operate the equipment used in our business, which would substantially impair our ability to provide our solutions and could have a material adverse effect on our liquidity or results of operations.
 
Assertions by a third party that we infringe its intellectual property, whether successful or not, could subject us to costly and time-consuming litigation or expensive licenses.
 
The software and technology industries are characterized by the existence of a large number of patents, copyrights, trademarks and trade secrets and by frequent litigation based on allegations of infringement, misappropriation, misuse and other violations of intellectual property rights. We have received in the past, and may receive in the future, communications from third parties claiming that we have infringed or otherwise misappropriated the intellectual property rights of others. Our technologies may not be able to withstand any third-party claims against their use. Since we currently have no patents, we may not use patent infringement as a defensive strategy in such litigation. Additionally, although we have licensed from other parties proprietary technology covered by patents, we cannot be certain that any such patents will not be challenged, invalidated or circumvented. If such patents are invalidated or circumvented, this may allow existing and potential competitors to develop products and services that are competitive with, or superior to, our solutions.
 
Many of our customer agreements require us to indemnify our customers for certain third-party intellectual property infringement claims, which could increase our costs as a result of defending such claims and may require that we pay damages if there were an adverse ruling or settlement related to any such claims. These types of claims could harm our relationships with our customers, may deter future customers from purchasing our solutions or could expose us to litigation for these claims. Even if we are not a party to any litigation between a customer and a third party, an adverse outcome in any such litigation could make it more difficult for us to defend our intellectual property in any subsequent litigation in which we are a named party.
 
Any intellectual property rights claim against us or our customers, with or without merit, could be time-consuming, expensive to litigate or settle and could divert management’s attention and our financial resources. Any such litigation could force us to stop selling, incorporating or using our solutions that include the challenged intellectual property or redesign those solutions that use the technology. In addition, we may have to pay damages if we are found to be in violation of a third party’s rights. We may have to procure a license for the technology, which may not be available on reasonable terms, if at all, may significantly increase our operating expenses or may require us to restrict our business activities in one or more respects. As a result, we may also be required to develop alternative non-infringing technology, which could require significant effort and expense. We cannot assure you we would be able to develop alternative solutions or, if alternative solutions were developed, that they would perform as required or be accepted in the relevant markets. In some instances, if we are unable to offer non-infringing technology, or obtain a license for such technology, we will be required to refund some or the entire license fee paid for the infringing technology to our customers.
 
Our exposure to risks associated with the use of intellectual property may be increased as a result of acquisitions, as we have a lower level of visibility into the development process with respect to acquired technology or the care taken to safeguard against infringement risks. Third parties may make infringement and similar or related claims after we have acquired technology that had not been asserted prior to our acquisition.
 
Any failure to protect and successfully enforce our intellectual property rights could compromise our proprietary technology and impair our brands.
 
Our success depends significantly on our ability to protect our proprietary rights to the technologies we use in our solutions. If we are unable to protect our proprietary rights adequately, our competitors could use the intellectual property we have developed to enhance their own products and services, which could harm our business. We rely on a combination of copyright, service mark, trademark and trade secret laws, as well as


24


Table of Contents

confidentiality procedures and contractual restrictions, to establish and protect our proprietary rights, all of which provide only limited protection. We currently have no issued patents or pending patent applications and may be unable to obtain patent protection in the future. In addition, if any patents are issued in the future, they may not provide us with any competitive advantages, may not be issued in a manner that gives us the protection that we seek and may be successfully challenged by third parties. Unauthorized parties may attempt to copy or otherwise obtain and use the technologies underlying our solutions. Monitoring unauthorized use of our technologies is difficult, and we do not know whether the steps we have taken will prevent unauthorized use of our technology. If we are unable to protect our proprietary rights, we may find ourselves at a competitive disadvantage to others who have not incurred the substantial expense, time and effort required to create similar innovative products.
 
We cannot assure you that any future service mark or trademark registrations will be issued for pending or future applications or that any registered service marks or trademarks will be enforceable or provide adequate protection of our proprietary rights. If we are unable to secure new marks, maintain already existing marks and enforce the rights to use such marks against unauthorized third-party use, our ability to brand, identify and promote our solutions in the marketplace could be impaired, which could harm our business.
 
We customarily enter into agreements with our employees, contractors and parties with whom we do business to limit access to and disclosure of our proprietary information. The steps we have taken, however, may not prevent unauthorized use or the reverse engineering of our technology. Moreover, we may be required to release the source code of our software to third parties under certain circumstances. For example, some of our customer agreements provide that if we cease to maintain or support a certain solution without replacing it with a successor solution, then we may be required to release the source code of the software underlying such solution. In addition, others may independently develop technologies that are competitive to ours or infringe our intellectual property. Enforcement of our intellectual property rights also depends on our legal actions being successful against these infringers, but these actions may not be successful, even when our rights have been infringed. Furthermore, the legal standards relating to the validity, enforceability and scope of protection of intellectual property rights in Internet-related industries are uncertain and still evolving.
 
Additionally, if we sell our solutions internationally in the future, effective patent, trademark, service mark, copyright and trade secret protection may not be available or as robust in every country in which our solutions are available. As a result, we may not be able to effectively prevent competitors outside the United States from infringing or otherwise misappropriating our intellectual property rights, which could reduce our competitive advantage and ability to compete or otherwise harm our business.
 
Current and future litigation against us could be costly and time consuming to defend.
 
We are from time to time subject to legal proceedings and claims that arise in the ordinary course of business, including claims brought by our customers in connection with commercial disputes, claims brought by our customers’ current or prospective residents, including potential class action lawsuits based on asserted statutory or regulatory violations, and employment claims made by our current or former employees. Litigation, regardless of its outcome, may result in substantial costs and may divert management’s attention and our resources, which may harm our business, overall financial condition and operating results. In addition, legal claims that have not yet been asserted against us may be asserted in the future. Insurance may not cover such claims, may not be sufficient for one or more such claims and may not continue to be available on terms acceptable to us, or at all. A claim brought against us that is uninsured or underinsured could result in unanticipated costs, thereby harming our operating results.
 
On June 15, 2009, a prospective resident of one of our customers filed a class action lawsuit styled Minor v. RealPage, Inc. against us in the U.S. District Court for the Central District of California, which was transferred to the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Texas (No. 4:09CV-00439). The plaintiff has alleged two individual claims and three class-based causes of action against us. Individually, the plaintiff alleges that we (i) willfully failed to employ reasonable procedures to ensure the maximum accuracy of our resident screening reports as required by 15 U.S.C. § 1681e(b) and, in the alternative, (ii) negligently (within the meaning of 15 U.S.C. § 1681o(a)) failed to employ reasonable procedures to ensure the maximum


25


Table of Contents

accuracy of our resident screening reports, as required by 15 U.S.C. § 1681e(b), in each case stemming from our provision of a report that allegedly included inaccurate criminal conviction information. The plaintiff seeks actual, statutory and punitive damages on her individual claims. In her capacity as the putative class representative, the plaintiff also alleges that we: (i) willfully failed to provide legally mandated disclosures upon a consumer’s request inconsistent with 15 U.S.C. § 1681g; (ii) willfully failed to provide prompt notice of consumers’ disputes to the data furnishers who provided us with the information whose accuracy was in question, as required by 15 U.S.C. § 1681i(a)(2); and (iii) willfully failed to provide prompt notice of consumers’ disputes to the consumer reporting agencies providing us with the information whose accuracy was in question, as required by 15 U.S.C. § 1681i(f). She seeks statutory and punitive damages, a declaration that our practices and procedures are in violation of the Fair Credit Reporting Act and attorneys’ fees and costs. Because this lawsuit is at an early stage, it is not possible to predict its outcome. We believe that we have meritorious defenses to the claims in this case and intend to defend it vigorously. See “Business — Legal Proceedings” for further information regarding this claim.
 
On March 4, 2008, we were named as a defendant in a class action lawsuit styled Taylor, et al. v. Acxiom Corp., et al. filed in the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Texas (No. 2:07-CV-00001). Plaintiffs alleged that we obtained and held motor vehicle records in bulk from the State of Texas, an allegedly improper purpose in violation of the federal Driver’s Privacy Protection Act, or the DPPA. In addition, the plaintiffs alleged that we obtained these records for the purpose of re-selling them, another allegedly improper purpose in violation of the DPPA. Plaintiffs further purported to represent a putative class of approximately 20.0 million individuals affected by the defendants’ alleged DPPA violations. They sought statutory damages of $2,500 per each violation of the DPPA, punitive damages and an order requiring defendants to destroy information obtained in violation of the DPPA. In September 2008, the Eastern District of Texas dismissed plaintiffs’ complaint for failure to state a claim. The plaintiffs subsequently appealed the dismissal to the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Fifth Circuit. In November 2009, the Fifth Circuit heard oral argument on the appeal. A decision has not yet been rendered. We believe that the claims are without merit, but there are no assurances as to the outcome of the litigation. See “Business — Legal Proceedings” for further information regarding this claim.
 
In March 2010, the District Attorney of Ventura County, California issued an administrative subpoena to us seeking certain information related to our provision of utility billing services in the State of California. A representative of the District Attorney has informed us that the subpoena was issued in connection with a general investigation of industry practices with respect to utility billing in California. Utility billing in California is subject to regulation by state law and various state administrative agencies, including the California Public Utility Commission, or the CPUC, and the Division of Weights and Measures, or the DWM. We have provided the District Attorney with the information requested in the subpoena. As of April 28, 2010, the District Attorney’s office has not initiated an administrative or other enforcement action against us, nor have they asserted any violations of the applicable regulations by us. Given the early stage of this investigation, it is difficult to predict its outcome and whether the District Attorney will pursue an administrative or other enforcement action against us in the State of California and what the result of any such action would be. However, penalties or assessments of violations of regulations promulgated by the CPUC or DWM may be calculated on a per occurrence basis. Due to the large number of billing transactions we process for our customers in California, our potential liability in an enforcement action could be significant. If the District Attorney ultimately pursues an administrative or other enforcement action against us, we believe that we have meritorious defenses to the potential claims and would defend them vigorously. However, even if we were successful in defending against such claims, the proceedings could result in significant costs and divert management’s attention. See “Business — Legal Proceedings” for further information regarding this claim.
 
We could be sued for contract or product liability claims, and such lawsuits may disrupt our business, divert management’s attention and our financial resources or have an adverse effect on our financial results.
 
We provide warranties to customers of certain of our solutions relating primarily to product functionality, network uptime, critical infrastructure availability and hardware replacement. General errors, defects,


26


Table of Contents

inaccuracies or other performance problems in the software applications underlying our solutions or inaccuracies in the data we provide to our customers could result in financial or other damages to our customers. There can be no assurance that any limitations of liability set forth in our contracts would be enforceable or would otherwise protect us from liability for damages. We maintain general liability insurance coverage, including coverage for errors and omissions, in amounts and under terms that we believe are appropriate. There can be no assurance that this coverage will continue to be available on terms acceptable to us, or at all, or in sufficient amounts to cover one or more large product liability claims, or that the insurer will not deny coverage for any future claim. The successful assertion of one or more large product liability claims against us that exceeds available insurance coverage, could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.
 
If we fail to develop our brands cost-effectively, our financial condition and operating results could be harmed.
 
We market our solutions under discrete brand names. We believe that developing and maintaining awareness of our brands is critical to achieving widespread acceptance of our existing and future solutions and is an important element in attracting new customers and retaining our existing customers. Additionally, we believe that developing these brands in a cost-effective manner is critical in meeting our expected margins. In the past, our efforts to build our brands have involved significant expenses and we intend to continue to make expenditures on brand promotion. Brand promotion activities may not yield increased revenue, and even if they do, any increased revenue may not offset the expenses we incurred in building our brands. If we fail to cost-effectively build and maintain our brands, we may fail to attract new customers or retain our existing customers, and our financial condition and results of operations could be harmed.
 
If we fail to maintain proper and effective internal controls, our ability to produce accurate and timely financial statements could be impaired, which could harm our operating results, our ability to operate our business and investors’ views of us.
 
Ensuring that we have adequate internal financial and accounting controls and procedures in place so that we can produce accurate financial statements on a timely basis is a costly and time-consuming effort that needs to be re-evaluated frequently. Our internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP. We are in the process of documenting, reviewing and improving our internal controls and procedures for compliance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, which requires annual management assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting and a report by our independent auditors. Both we and our independent auditors will be testing our internal controls in connection with the audit of our financial statements for the year ending December 31, 2011 and, as part of that testing, may identify areas for further attention and improvement. If we fail to maintain proper and effective internal controls, our ability to produce accurate and timely financial statements could be impaired, which could harm our operating results, harm our ability to operate our business and reduce the trading price of our stock.
 
Changes in, or errors in our interpretations and applications of, financial accounting standards or practices may cause adverse, unexpected financial reporting fluctuations and affect our reported results of operations.
 
A change in accounting standards or practices can have a significant effect on our reported results and may even affect our reporting of transactions completed before the change is effective. New accounting pronouncements and varying interpretations of accounting pronouncements have occurred and may occur in the future. Changes to existing rules or the questioning of current practices or errors in our interpretations and applications of financial accounting standards or practices may adversely affect our reported financial results or the way in which we conduct our business.


27


Table of Contents

We will incur increased costs and demands upon management as a result of complying with the laws and regulations affecting public companies, which could harm our operating results.
 
As a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting, investor relations and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company, including costs associated with public company reporting requirements. We also have incurred and will incur costs associated with current corporate governance requirements, including requirements under Section 404 and other provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, as well as rules implemented by the Securities Exchange Commission and the NASDAQ Global Market. We expect these rules and regulations to increase our legal and financial compliance costs substantially and to make some activities more time-consuming and costly. We also expect that, as a public company, it will be more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance and that it may be more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified individuals to serve on our board of directors or as our executive officers.
 
Government regulation of the rental housing industry, including background screening services and utility billing, the Internet and e-commerce is evolving, and changes in regulations or our failure to comply with regulations could harm our operating results.
 
The rental housing industry is subject to extensive and complex federal, state and local regulations. Our services and solutions must work within the extensive and evolving regulatory requirements applicable to our customers and third-party service providers, including, but not limited to, those under the Fair Credit Reporting Act, the Fair Housing Act, the Deceptive Trade Practices Act, the DPPA, the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, the Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act, the Privacy Rules, Safeguards Rule and Consumer Report Information Disposal Rule promulgated by the Federal Trade Commission, or FTC, the regulations of the United States Department of Housing and Urban Development, or HUD, and complex and divergent state and local laws and regulations related to data privacy and security, credit and consumer reporting, deceptive trade practices, discrimination in housing, utility billing and energy and gas consumption. These regulations are complex, change frequently and may become more stringent over time. Although we attempt to structure and adapt our solutions and service offerings to comply with these complex and evolving laws and regulations, we may be found to be in violation. If we are found to be in violation of any applicable laws or regulations, we could be subject to administrative and other enforcement actions as well as class action lawsuits. Additionally, many applicable laws and regulations provide for penalties or assessments on a per occurrence basis. Due to the nature of our business, the type of services we provide and the large number of transactions processed by our solutions, our potential liability in an enforcement action or class action lawsuit could be significant. In addition, entities such as HUD and the FTC have the authority to promulgate rules and regulations that may impact our customers and our business. We believe increased regulation is likely in the area of data privacy, and laws and regulations applying to the solicitation, collection, processing or use of personally identifiable information or consumer information could affect our customers’ ability to use and share data, potentially reducing demand for our on demand software solutions.
 
We deliver our on demand software solutions over the Internet and sell and market certain of our solutions over the Internet. As Internet commerce continues to evolve, increasing regulation by federal, state or foreign agencies becomes more likely. Taxation of products or services provided over the Internet or other charges imposed by government agencies or by private organizations for accessing the Internet may also be imposed. Any regulation imposing greater fees for Internet use or restricting information exchange over the Internet could result in a decline in the use of the Internet and the viability of on demand software solutions, which could harm our business and operating results.
 
Our LeasingDesk insurance business is subject to governmental regulation which could reduce our profitability or limit our growth.
 
We hold insurance agent licenses from a number of individual state departments of insurance and are subject to state governmental regulation and supervision in connection with the operation of our LeasingDesk insurance business. This state governmental supervision could reduce our profitability or limit the growth of our LeasingDesk insurance business by increasing the costs of regulatory compliance, limiting or restricting the solutions we provide or the methods by which we provide them or subjecting us to the possibility of


28


Table of Contents

regulatory actions or proceedings. Our continued ability to maintain these insurance agent licenses in the jurisdictions in which we are licensed depends on our compliance with the rules and regulations promulgated from time to time by the regulatory authorities in each of these jurisdictions. Furthermore, state insurance departments conduct periodic examinations, audits and investigations of the affairs of insurance agents.
 
In all jurisdictions, the applicable laws and regulations are subject to amendment or interpretation by regulatory authorities. Generally, such authorities are vested with relatively broad discretion to grant, renew and revoke licenses and approvals and to implement regulations. Accordingly, we may be precluded or temporarily suspended from carrying on some or all of the activities of our LeasingDesk insurance business or otherwise be fined or penalized in a given jurisdiction. No assurances can be given that our LeasingDesk insurance business can continue to be conducted in any given jurisdiction as it has been conducted in the past.
 
We generate commission revenue from the insurance policies we sell as a registered insurance agent and if insurance premiums decline or if the insureds experience greater than expected losses, our revenues could decline and our operating results could be harmed.
 
Through our wholly owned subsidiary, Multifamily Internet Ventures LLC, a managing general insurance agency, we generate commission revenue from offering liability and renter’s insurance. Additionally, Multifamily Internet Ventures LLC has recently commenced the sale of additional insurance products, including auto and other personal lines insurance, to residents that buy renter’s insurance from us. These policies are ultimately underwritten by various insurance carriers. Some of the property owners and managers that subscribe to our solution opt to require residents to purchase rental insurance policies and agree to allow Multifamily Internet Ventures LLC to act as the exclusive insurance broker to their property. If demand for residential rental housing declines, property owners and managers may be forced to reduce their rental rates and to stop requiring the purchase of rental insurance in order to reduce the overall cost of renting. If property owners or managers cease to require renter’s insurance, elect to offer policies from competing providers or insurance premiums decline, our revenues from selling insurance policies will be adversely affected.
 
Additionally, one type of commission paid by insurance carriers to Multifamily Internet Ventures LLC is contingent commission, which is based on claims experienced at the properties for which the residents purchase insurance. In the event that claims by the insureds increase unexpectedly, the contingent commission we typically earn will be adversely affected. As a result, our quarterly operating results could fall below the expectations of analysts or investors, in which event our stock price may decline.
 
Our ability to use net operating losses to offset future taxable income may be subject to certain limitations.
 
In general, under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Internal Revenue Code, a corporation that undergoes an “ownership change” is subject to limitations on its ability to utilize its pre-change net operating losses, or NOLs, to offset future taxable income. Our ability to utilize NOLs of companies that we may acquire in the future may be subject to limitations. Future changes in our stock ownership, some of which are outside of our control, could result in an ownership change under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code. For these reasons, we may not be able to utilize a material portion of the NOLs reflected on our balance sheet, even if we maintain profitability.
 
If we are required to collect sales and use taxes on the solutions we sell in additional taxing jurisdictions, we may be subject to liability for past sales and our future sales may decrease.
 
States and some local taxing jurisdictions have differing rules and regulations governing sales and use taxes, and these rules and regulations are subject to varying interpretations that may change over time. We review these rules and regulations periodically and currently collect and remit sales taxes in taxing jurisdictions where we believe we are required to do so. However, additional state and/or local taxing jurisdictions may seek to impose sales or other tax collection obligations on us, including for past sales. A successful assertion that we should be collecting additional sales or other taxes on our solutions could result in substantial tax liabilities for past sales, discourage customers from purchasing our solutions or may otherwise harm our business and operating results. This risk is greater with regard to solutions acquired through acquisitions.


29


Table of Contents

We may also become subject to tax audits or similar procedures in jurisdictions where we already collect and remit sales taxes. A successful assertion that we have not collected and remitted taxes at the appropriate levels may also result in substantial tax liabilities for past sales. Liability for past taxes may also include very substantial interest and penalty charges. Our customer contracts provide that our customers must pay all applicable sales and similar taxes. Nevertheless, customers may be reluctant to pay back taxes and may refuse responsibility for interest or penalties associated with those taxes. If we are required to collect and pay back taxes and the associated interest and penalties, and if our customers fail or refuse to reimburse us for all or a portion of these amounts, we will incur unplanned expenses that may be substantial. Moreover, imposition of such taxes on our solutions going forward will effectively increase the cost of such solutions to our customers and may adversely affect our ability to retain existing customers or to gain new customers in the areas in which such taxes are imposed.
 
Changes in our effective tax rate could harm our future operating results.
 
We are subject to federal and state income taxes in the United States and various foreign jurisdictions, and our domestic and international tax liabilities are subject to the allocation of expenses in differing jurisdictions. Our tax rate is affected by changes in the mix of earnings and losses in jurisdictions with differing statutory tax rates, including jurisdictions in which we have completed or may complete acquisitions, certain non-deductible expenses arising from the requirement to expense stock options and the valuation of deferred tax assets and liabilities, including our ability to utilize our net operating losses. Increases in our effective tax rate could harm our operating results.
 
We rely on our management team and need additional personnel to grow our business, and the loss of one or more key employees or our inability to attract and retain qualified personnel could harm our business.
 
Our success and future growth depend on the skills, working relationships and continued services of our management team. The loss of our Chief Executive Officer or other senior executives could adversely affect our business. Our future success also will depend on our ability to attract, retain and motivate highly skilled software developers, marketing and sales personnel, technical support and product development personnel in the United States and internationally. All of our employees work for us on an at-will basis. Competition for these types of personnel is intense, particularly in the software industry. As a result, we may be unable to attract or retain qualified personnel. Our inability to attract and retain the necessary personnel could adversely affect our business.
 
Our corporate culture has contributed to our success, and if we cannot maintain this culture as we grow, we could lose the innovation, creativity and teamwork fostered by our culture, and our business may be harmed.
 
We believe that a strong corporate culture that nurtures core values and philosophies is essential to our long-term success. We call these values and philosophies the “RealPage Promise” and we seek to practice the RealPage Promise in our actions every day. The RealPage Promise embodies our corporate values with respect to customer service, investor communications, employee respect and professional development and management decision-making and leadership. As our organization grows and we are required to implement more complex organizational structures, we may find it increasingly difficult to maintain the beneficial aspects of our corporate culture which could negatively impact our future success.
 
Risks Related to this Offering and Ownership of our Common Stock
 
The concentration of our capital stock owned by insiders upon the completion of this offering will limit your ability to influence corporate matters.
 
We anticipate that our executive officers, directors, current 5% or greater stockholders and entities affiliated with them will together beneficially own approximately   % of our common stock following this offering, or   % if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full. Further, we anticipate that Stephen T. Winn, our Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board, or entities beneficially owned by


30


Table of Contents

Mr. Winn will hold an aggregate of approximately   % of our common stock following this offering, or   % if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full. This significant concentration of ownership may adversely affect the trading price for our common stock because investors often perceive disadvantages in owning stock in companies with controlling stockholders. Mr. Winn, or other insider stockholders acting together, will be able to control our management and affairs and matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors and the approval of significant corporate transactions, such as mergers, consolidations or the sale of substantially all of our assets. Consequently, this concentration of ownership may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control, including a merger, consolidation or other business combination involving us, or discouraging a potential acquirer from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control, even if that change of control would benefit our other stockholders.
 
An active, liquid and orderly trading market for our common stock may not develop, the price of our stock may be volatile and you could lose all or part of your investment.
 
Before this offering, there has been no public market for shares of our common stock. We cannot predict the extent to which investor interest in our company will lead to the development of a trading market or how liquid that market might become. The initial public offering price for the shares of our common stock will be determined by negotiations among us, the selling stockholders and the underwriters, and may not be indicative of the price that will prevail in the trading market following this offering. In addition, the trading price of our common stock following this offering is likely to be highly volatile and could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to various factors, including, but not limited to, those described in this “Risk Factors” section, some of which are beyond our control. Factors affecting the trading price of our common stock will include:
 
  •  variations in our operating results or in expectations regarding our operating results;
 
  •  variations in operating results of similar companies;
 
  •  announcements of technological innovations, new solutions or enhancements, strategic alliances or agreements by us or by our competitors;
 
  •  announcements by competitors regarding their entry into new markets, and new product, service and pricing strategies;
 
  •  marketing and advertising initiatives by us or our competitors;
 
  •  the gain or loss of customers;
 
  •  threatened or actual litigation;
 
  •  major changes in our board of directors or management;
 
  •  recruitment or departure of key personnel;
 
  •  changes in the estimates of our operating results or changes in recommendations by any research analysts that elect to follow our common stock;
 
  •  market conditions in our industry and the economy as a whole;
 
  •  the overall performance of the equity markets;
 
  •  sales of our shares of common stock by existing stockholders;
 
  •  volatility in our stock price, which may lead to higher stock-based compensation expense under applicable accounting standards; and
 
  •  adoption or modification of regulations, policies, procedures or programs applicable to our business.
 
In addition, the stock market in general, and the market for technology and specifically Internet-related companies, has experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of those companies. Broad market and industry factors may harm the market price of our common stock regardless of our actual operating performance. These fluctuations


31


Table of Contents

may be even more pronounced in the trading market for our stock shortly following this offering. In addition, in the past, following periods of volatility in the overall market and the market price of a particular company’s securities, securities class action litigation has often been instituted against these companies. This litigation, if instituted against us, could result in substantial costs and a diversion of our management’s attention and our resources, whether or not we are successful in such litigation.
 
Our stock price could decline due to the large number of outstanding shares of our common stock eligible for future sale.
 
Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market following this offering, or the perception that these sales could occur, could cause the market price of our common stock to decline. These sales could also make it more difficult for us to sell equity or equity-related securities in the future at a time and price that we deem appropriate.
 
Upon completion of this offering, we will have          shares of common stock outstanding, assuming no exercise of outstanding options after December 31, 2009. The shares sold in this offering will be immediately tradable without restriction. Of the remaining shares:
 
  •            shares will be eligible for sale immediately upon completion of this offering;
 
  •            shares will be eligible for sale beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus; and
 
  •            shares will be eligible for sale upon the expiration of lock-up agreements, subject in some cases to volume and other restrictions of Rule 144 and Rule 701 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act.
 
The lock-up agreements expire 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except that the 180-day period may be extended in certain cases for up to 34 additional days under certain circumstances where we announce or pre-announce earnings or a material event occurs within approximately 17 days prior to, or approximately 16 days after, the termination of the 180-day period. The representatives of the underwriters may, in their sole discretion and at any time without notice, release all or any portion of the securities subject to lock-up agreements.
 
Following this offering, holders of      % of our common stock not sold in this offering will be entitled to rights with respect to the registration of these shares under the Securities Act. See “Description of Capital Stock — Registration Rights.” If we register their shares of common stock following the expiration of the lock-up agreements, these stockholders could sell those shares in the public market without being subject to the volume and other restrictions of Rule 144 and Rule 701.
 
After the closing of this offering, we intend to register approximately          shares of common stock that have been issued or reserved for future issuance under our stock incentive plans. Of these shares,                    shares will be eligible for sale upon the exercise of vested options after the expiration of the lock-up agreements.
 
Because our initial public offering price is substantially higher than the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our outstanding common stock, new investors will incur immediate and substantial dilution.
 
We expect the initial public offering price of our common stock to be substantially higher than the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock based on the total value of our tangible assets less our total liabilities immediately following this offering. Therefore, if you purchase common stock in this offering, you will experience immediate and substantial dilution of approximately $    per share, the difference between the price you pay for our common stock and its pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value after the completion of this offering. Furthermore, investors purchasing common stock in this offering will own only approximately   % of our shares outstanding after the completion of this offering even though they will have contributed   % of the total consideration received by us in connection with our sales of common stock. After this offering, we will have an aggregate of                 shares of common stock


32


Table of Contents

authorized but unissued and not reserved for issuance under our stock option plans or otherwise. We intend to continue to actively pursue strategic acquisitions. We may pay for such acquisitions, partly or in full, through the issuance of additional equity. Following the completion of this offering, we may issue       shares of our common stock without any action or approval by our stockholders. Any issuance of shares in connection with our acquisitions, the exercise of stock options or otherwise would dilute the percentage ownership held by the investors who purchase our shares in this offering.
 
Our management will have broad discretion over the use of the proceeds we receive in this offering and might not apply the proceeds in ways that increase the value of your investment.
 
Our management will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds of this offering. We intend to use net proceeds of this offering to pay accumulated and unpaid dividends on our outstanding shares of Series A, Series A1 and Series B convertible preferred stock that have accrued at a rate of 8% per annum of the original issue price of each such share of preferred stock, compounded quarterly, which amounted to $      million as of          , 2010, and to repay approximately $18.2 million of our indebtedness outstanding as of December 31, 2009. Although we currently expect to apply the net proceeds from this offering primarily for working capital and general corporate purposes, which may include future investments in, or acquisitions of, complementary businesses, products or technologies, we cannot specify with certainty how we will apply these net proceeds and our use of the net proceeds of this offering may not increase the value of your investment.
 
Our charter documents and Delaware law could prevent a takeover that stockholders consider favorable and could also reduce the market price of our stock.
 
We expect that our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws, to be effective upon the completion of this offering, will contain provisions that could delay or prevent a change in control of our company. These provisions could also make it more difficult for stockholders to elect directors and take other corporate actions. These provisions include:
 
  •  not providing for cumulative voting in the election of directors;
 
  •  authorizing our board of directors to issue, without stockholder approval, preferred stock with rights senior to those of our common stock;
 
  •  prohibiting stockholder action by written consent; and
 
  •  requiring advance notification of stockholder nominations and proposals.
 
These and other provisions we expect to be included in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws, to be effective upon the completion of this offering, and under Delaware law could discourage potential takeover attempts, reduce the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock and result in the market price of our common stock being lower than it would be without these provisions. See “Description of Capital Stock — Preferred Stock” and “Description of Capital Stock — Anti-Takeover Effects of Delaware Law and Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws.”
 
If securities analysts do not publish research or reports about our business or if they publish negative evaluations of our stock, the price of our stock could decline.
 
We expect that the trading price for our common stock may be affected by research or reports that industry or financial analysts publish about us or our business. If one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade their evaluations of our stock, the price of our stock could decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our company, we could lose visibility in the market for our stock, which in turn could cause our stock price to decline.


33


Table of Contents

We do not anticipate paying any dividends on our common stock.
 
We do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. If we do not pay cash dividends, you could receive a return on your investment in our common stock only if the market price of our common stock has increased when you sell your shares. In addition, the terms of our credit facilities currently restrict our ability to pay dividends.


34


Table of Contents

 
SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AND INDUSTRY DATA
 
This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that are based on our management’s beliefs and assumptions and on information currently available to our management. The forward-looking statements are contained principally in “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Business” and “Executive Compensation.” Forward-looking statements include information concerning our possible or assumed future results of operations, business strategies, financing plans, competitive position, industry environment, potential growth opportunities, potential market opportunities and the effects of competition. Forward-looking statements include all statements that are not historical facts and can be identified by terms such as “anticipates,” “believes,” “could,” “seeks,” “estimates,” “expects,” “intends,” “may,” “plans,” “potential,” “predicts, “projects,” “should,” “will,” “would” or similar expressions and the negatives of those terms.
 
Forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. We discuss these risks in greater detail in “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. Given these uncertainties, you should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements. Also, forward-looking statements represent our management’s beliefs and assumptions only as of the date of this prospectus. You should read this prospectus and the documents that we have filed as exhibits to the registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part, completely and with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from what we expect.
 
Except as required by law, we assume no obligation to update these forward-looking statements publicly, or to update the reasons actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements, even if new information becomes available in the future.
 
This prospectus also contains estimates and other information concerning our industry, including market opportunity, size and growth rates, that are based on industry and government publications, reports, surveys and forecasts, including those generated by the United States Census Bureau and the National Multi Housing Council, and on assumptions that we have made that are based on that data, our review of the purchasing patterns of our existing customers with respect to our current on demand software solutions, the on demand software solutions currently utilized by our existing customers, the number of units our customers manage with these solutions and customer demand for our solutions. This information involves a number of assumptions and limitations, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to these estimates. With respect to information contained in industry and government publications, surveys and forecasts, we have assessed the information in the publications and found it to be reasonable and believe the publications are reliable, but we have not independently verified their data and cannot guarantee its accuracy or completeness. While we believe the market opportunity and market size information included in this prospectus is based on reasonable assumptions, such information is inherently imprecise. In addition, projections, assumptions and estimates of the future performance of the industry in which we operate and the markets we serve are necessarily subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk, including those described in “Risk Factors.”


35


Table of Contents

 
USE OF PROCEEDS
 
We estimate that the net proceeds from our sale of          shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $    per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses, will be approximately $    million. A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $    per share would increase (decrease) our net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $    million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses that we expect to pay. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of our common stock by the selling stockholders.
 
We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering to pay accumulated and unpaid dividends on our outstanding shares of Series A, Series A1 and Series B convertible preferred stock that have accrued at a rate of 8% per annum of the original issue price of each such share of preferred stock, compounded quarterly, which amounted to $       million as of                  , 2010, and to repay approximately $18.2 million of our indebtedness outstanding as of December 31, 2009.
 
The outstanding indebtedness under our unsecured subordinated promissory notes held by certain holders of our preferred stock has a stated maturity of the earlier of either October 1, 2013 for notes issued December 31, 2008 or April 1, 2014 for notes issued April 23, 2010, immediately prior to this offering or immediately prior to our acquisition by another person or the sale of all or substantially all of our assets. At December 31, 2009, we had $8.2 million of outstanding indebtedness under the unsecured subordinated promissory notes and on April 23, 2010, we issued additional unsecured promissory notes having an aggregate principal amount of approximately $0.4 million. These outstanding amounts bear interest at a per annum rate equal to 8.0%. Pursuant to the terms of our unsecured subordinated promissory notes, we will be required to repay the outstanding principal amount and all accrued and unpaid interest under our unsecured subordinated promissory notes from the net proceeds from this offering. We expect this repayment to be approximately $      million.
 
The outstanding indebtedness under our secured promissory notes held by HV Capital Investors, L.L.C. has a stated maturity of August 1, 2013. At December 31, 2009, we had $10.0 million of outstanding indebtedness under two secured promissory notes in principal amount of $5.0 million each. These outstanding amounts bear interest at a per annum rate equal to 13.75%, payable quarterly in arrears. We intend to use net proceeds of this offering to repay all indebtedness outstanding under one or both of our secured promissory notes. We expect this repayment to be approximately $     million.
 
We currently do not intend to prepay with the proceeds from this offering any additional outstanding indebtedness.
 
We intend to use our remaining net proceeds from this offering for working capital and general corporate purposes. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds received by us from this offering for the future acquisition of, or investment in, businesses, products or technologies that enhance or add new services or additional functionality to our solutions, further solidify our market position or allow us to offer complementary products, services or technologies which we believe will further enhance our competitive position. Accordingly, our management will have broad discretion in the application of these proceeds and investors will be relying on the judgment of our management regarding their application.
 
Pending use of the proceeds from this offering, we intend to invest the remaining proceeds in short-term, interest-bearing investment grade securities.
 
DIVIDEND POLICY
 
We do not expect to pay dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future. Instead, we anticipate that all of our earnings will be used for the operation and growth of our business. Any future determination to declare cash dividends would be subject to the discretion of our board of directors and would depend upon


36


Table of Contents

various factors, including our results of operations, financial condition and liquidity requirements, restrictions that may be imposed by applicable law and our contracts and other factors deemed relevant by our board of directors. In addition, the terms of our credit facilities currently restrict our ability to pay dividends.


37


Table of Contents

 
CAPITALIZATION
 
The following table sets forth our consolidated cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of December 31, 2009 on:
 
  •  an actual basis;
 
  •  a pro forma basis to reflect (i) the      -for-       reverse stock split of our common stock and convertible preferred stock to be effected prior to the completion of this offering and (ii) the conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into 58,087,500 shares of our common stock upon the closing of this offering; and
 
  •  a pro forma as adjusted basis to reflect (i) our receipt of the net proceeds from our sale of shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $    per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses and (ii) the application of the net proceeds from this offering as described under “Use of Proceeds.”
 
The information below is illustrative only and our capitalization following the completion of this offering will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. You should read this table in conjunction with “Selected Consolidated Financial Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
                         
    As of December 31, 2009  
                Pro Forma
 
    Actual     Pro Forma     As Adjusted  
          (unaudited)
    (unaudited)  
          (in thousands)        
 
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 4,427     $                $             
                         
Revolving credit facility
                     
Current and long term-debt (1)
  $ 53,990                  
Convertible preferred stock:
                       
Redeemable convertible preferred stock Series A and A1, $0.001 par value:
                       
51,812,500 shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual;                   shares authorized, no shares issued or outstanding, pro forma; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted
    51,786                  
Redeemable convertible preferred stock Series B, $0.001 par value:
                       
3,250,000 shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual;                   shares authorized, no shares issued or outstanding, pro forma; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted
    6,491                  
Redeemable convertible preferred stock Series C, $0.001 par value:
                       
3,025,000 authorized, issued and outstanding, actual;                   shares authorized, no shares issued or outstanding, pro forma; no shares authorized issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted
    13,555                  
                         
Total redeemable convertible preferred stock
  $ 71,832     $       $  
                         
 
 
(1) Includes capital lease obligations.
 


38


Table of Contents

                         
    As of December 31, 2009  
                Pro Forma
 
    Actual     Pro Forma     As Adjusted  
          (unaudited)
    (unaudited)  
          (in thousands)        
 
Stockholders’ (deficit) equity:
                       
Common stock, $0.001 par value per share 135,000,000 shares authorized; 53,334,684 issued and 52,921,608 outstanding, actual;          shares authorized,          issued and outstanding, pro forma;          shares authorized, issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted
  $ 53                  
Preferred stock, $0.001 par value; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, actual or pro forma;          shares authorized, no shares issued or outstanding, pro forma as adjusted
                       
Additional paid in capital
    24,206                  
Treasury stock
    (938 )                
Accumulated deficit
    (89,797 )                
                         
Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity
    (66,476 )                
                         
Total capitalization
  $ 59,346     $       $  
                         
 
The number of pro forma and pro forma as adjusted shares of common stock shown as issued and outstanding in the table are based on the number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2009 and excludes:
 
  •  15,707,456 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of December 31, 2009 under our 1998 Stock Incentive Plan, with a weighted average exercise price of $2.16 per share;
 
  •  150,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options outstanding as of December 31, 2009 issued to directors pursuant to stock option agreements outside of our 1998 Stock Incentive Plan, with a weighted average exercise price of $3.00 per share;
 
  •  1,721,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options granted in the quarter ended March 31, 2010 under our 1998 Stock Incentive Plan, with a weighted average exercise price of $3.75 per share;
 
  •  120,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options granted in the quarter ended March 31, 2010 to directors pursuant to stock option agreements outside of our 1998 Stock Incentive Plan, with a weighted average exercise price of $3.75 per share.
 
  •            shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, which will become effective in connection with this offering (including 732,285 shares of common stock reserved, as of December 31, 2009, for future issuance under our 1998 Stock Incentive Plan, which shares will be added to the shares reserved under our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, upon its effectiveness); and
 
  •  25,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of December 31, 2009, with a weighted average exercise price of $1.00 per share.
 
A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price would result in an approximately $    million decrease or increase in each of pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ (deficit) equity and total capitalization.

39


Table of Contents

 
DILUTION
 
As of December 31, 2009, our pro forma net tangible book value (deficit) was approximately $(    ) million, or $(    ) per share of common stock. Our pro forma net tangible book value (deficit) per share represents the amount of our total tangible assets less our liabilities, divided by the shares of common stock outstanding at December 31, 2009 after giving effect to the      -for-       reverse stock split of our common stock and convertible preferred stock to be effected prior to the completion of this offering and the conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into 58,087,500 shares of common stock effective upon the completion of this offering. Our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value at December 31, 2009 would have been $    million, or $    per share of common stock after giving effect to our sale of          shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $    per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus. Our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value also assumes the deduction of (i) estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses, (ii) the application of a portion of the proceeds of this offering to pay accumulated and unpaid dividends on our outstanding shares of Series A, Series A1 and Series B convertible preferred stock that have accrued at a rate of 8%, per annum of the original issue price of each such share of preferred stock, compounded quarterly, which amounted to $       million as of                  , 2010, and (iii) the application of a portion of the proceeds of this offering to repay approximately $18.2 million of our indebtedness outstanding as of December 31, 2009.
 
This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $    per share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution in net tangible book value of $    per share to purchasers of common stock in this offering.
 
The following table illustrates this dilution:
 
                 
Assumed initial offering price per share
          $        
Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of December 31, 2009
  $ (     )        
Increase per share attributable to this offering
               
                 
Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering
               
                 
Net tangible book value dilution per share to new investors in this offering
          $    
                 
 
If all our outstanding options and warrants had been exercised, our pro forma net tangible book value (deficit) as of December 31, 2009 would have been $(    ) million, or $(    ) per share, and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value after this offering would have been $    million, or $    per share, causing dilution to new investors of $       per share.
 
The following table summarizes, on a pro forma as adjusted basis as of December 31, 2009, the total number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid to us and the average price per share paid to us by existing stockholders and by new investors purchasing shares in this offering at the initial public offering price of $      , the midpoint of the price range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus, before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses:
 
                                         
    Shares Purchased     Total     Average Price Per
 
    Number     Percent     Amount     Percent     Share  
 
Existing stockholders
    111,009,108       %   $         %   $    
New investors
                                       
                                         
Totals
            100.0 %   $       $ 100.0 %        
                                         


40


Table of Contents

The calculations in the foregoing table are based on 111,009,108 shares of our common stock as of December 31, 2009 and exclude:
 
  •  15,707,456 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of December 31, 2009 under our 1998 Stock Incentive Plan, with a weighted average exercise price of $2.16 per share;
 
  •  150,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options outstanding as of December 31, 2009 issued to directors pursuant to stock option agreements outside of our 1998 Stock Incentive Plan, with a weighted average exercise price of $3.00 per share;
 
  •  1,721,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options granted in the quarter ended March 31, 2010 under our 1998 Stock Incentive Plan, with a weighted average exercise price of $3.75 per share;
 
  •  120,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options granted in the quarter ended March 31, 2010 to directors pursuant to stock option agreements outside of our 1998 Stock Incentive Plan, with a weighted average exercise price of $3.75 per share.
 
  •            shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, which will become effective in connection with this offering (including 732,285 shares of common stock reserved, as of December 31, 2009, for future issuance under our 1998 Stock Incentive Plan, which shares will be added to the shares reserved under our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, upon its effectiveness); and
 
  •  25,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of December 31, 2009, with a weighted average exercise price of $1.00 per share.


41


Table of Contents

 
SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
 
We have derived the consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2008 and 2009 from our audited consolidated financial statements, which have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, and are included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have derived the consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2006 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007 from our unaudited consolidated financial statements that are not included in this prospectus. You should read the following selected consolidated financial data in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes, the information in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the other financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of our future results.
 
                                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2005
    2006
                   
    (unaudited)     (unaudited)     2007     2008     2009  
    (in thousands, except per share data)  
 
Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:
                                       
Revenue:
                                       
On demand
  $ 21,049     $ 36,525     $ 62,592     $ 95,192     $ 128,377  
On premise
    17,277       15,183       11,560       7,582       3,860  
Professional and other
    4,801       6,937       9,429       9,794       8,665  
                                         
Total revenue
    43,127       58,645       83,581       112,568       140,902  
Cost of revenue
    29,168       29,596       35,703       46,058       58,513  
                                         
Gross profit
    13,959       29,049       47,878       66,510       82,389  
Operating expense:
                                       
Product development
    15,075       16,959       21,708       28,806       27,446  
Sales and marketing
    7,142       10,487       18,047       23,923       27,804  
General and administrative
    5,782       6,267       9,756       14,135       20,210  
                                         
Total operating expense
    27,999       33,713       49,511       66,864       75,460  
                                         
Operating (loss) income
    (14,040 )     (4,664 )     (1,633 )     (354 )     6,929  
Interest expense, net
    (381 )     (508 )     (1,510 )     (2,152 )     (4,528 )
                                         
(Loss) income before taxes
    (14,421 )     (5,172 )     (3,143 )     (2,506 )     2,401  
Income tax expense (benefit)
                      703       (26,028 )
                                         
Net (loss) income
  $ (14,421 )   $ (5,172 )   $ (3,143 )   $ (3,209 )   $ 28,429  
                                         
Net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders:
                                       
Basic
  $ (19,426 )   $ (10,590 )   $ (9,143 )   $ (10,658 )   $ 10,757  
Diluted
  $ (19,426 )   $ (10,590 )   $ (9,143 )   $ (10,658 )   $ 10,757  


42


Table of Contents

                                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2005
    2006
                   
    (unaudited)     (unaudited)     2007     2008     2009  
    (in thousands, except per share data)  
 
Net (loss) income per share attributable to common stockholders:
                                       
Basic
  $ (1.02 )   $ (0.53 )   $ (0.45 )   $ (0.38 )   $ 0.22  
Diluted
  $ (1.02 )   $ (0.53 )   $ (0.45 )   $ (0.38 )   $ 0.21  
Weighted average number of shares used in computing net (loss) income per share attributable to common stockholders:
                                       
Basic
    19,087       20,021       20,446       27,773       47,869  
Diluted
    19,087       20,021       20,446       27,773       51,025  
Pro forma net income per share attributable to common stockholders (unaudited) (1) :
                                       
Basic
                          $ 0.27  
Diluted
                          $ 0.26  
Pro forma weighted average shares used in computing net income per share attributable to common stockholders (unaudited) (2) :
                                       
Basic
                            105,957  
Diluted
                            109,113  
 
                                         
    As of December 31,  
    2005
    2006
    2007
             
    (unaudited)     (unaudited)     (unaudited)     2008     2009  
    (in thousands)  
 
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:
                                       
Cash and cash equivalents (3)
  $ 5,341     $ 2,493     $ 2,731     $ 4,248     $ 4,427  
Working capital, excluding deferred revenue
    9,505       4,636       9,224       12,126       12,929  
Total assets
    27,292       32,511       59,518       102,340       142,113  
Current and long-term debt (4)
    3,849       6,682       23,809       48,943       53,990  
Total liabilities
    49,275       59,485       87,954       129,622       136,757  
Preferred stock
    66,514       72,300       78,534       71,675       71,832  
Total stockholders’ deficit
    (88,497 )     (99,274 )     (106,970 )     (98,957 )     (66,476 )
Other Financial Data:
                                       
Adjusted EBITDA (5)
  $ (8,162 )   $ (692 )   $ 5,984     $ 13,064     $ 25,593  
Operating cash flow
    (2,614 )     969       4,441       7,962       24,758  
Capital expenditures
    3,970       5,597       7,122       10,263       9,509  
                                         
                                         
    As of December 31,  
    2005     2006     2007     2008     2009  
 
Selected Operating Data:
                                       
Number of on demand customers at period end
    1,025       1,469       2,199       2,669       5,032  
Number of on demand units at period end (in thousands)
    1,181       1,708       2,800       3,833       4,551  
Total number of employees at period end
    478       532       654       922       1,141  
 
 
(1) Pro forma net income per share represents net income divided by the pro forma weighted average shares outstanding as though the conversion of our redeemable convertible preferred stock into common stock occurred on the original issuance dates.

43


Table of Contents

 
(2) Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding reflects the conversion of our redeemable convertible preferred stock (using the if-converted method) into common stock as though the conversion had occurred on the original dates of issuance.
 
(3) Excludes restricted cash.
 
(4) Includes capital lease obligations.
 
(5) We define Adjusted EBITDA as net (loss) income plus depreciation and asset impairment, amortization of intangible assets, interest expense, net, income tax expense (benefit), stock-based compensation expense and acquisition-related expense.
 
We believe that the use of Adjusted EBITDA is useful to investors and other users of our financial statements in evaluating our operating performance because it provides them with an additional tool to compare business performance across companies and across periods. We believe that:
 
  •  Adjusted EBITDA provides investors and other users of our financial information consistency and comparability with our past financial performance, facilitates period-to-period comparisons of operations and facilitates comparisons with our peer companies, many of which use similar non-GAAP financial measures to supplement their GAAP results; and
 
  •  it is useful to exclude certain non-cash charges, such as depreciation and asset impairment, amortization of intangible assets and stock-based compensation and non-core operational charges, such as acquisition-related expense, from Adjusted EBITDA because the amount of such expenses in any specific period may not directly correlate to the underlying performance of our business operations and these expenses can vary significantly between periods as a result of new acquisitions, full amortization of previously acquired tangible and intangible assets or the timing of new stock-based awards, as the case may be.
 
We use Adjusted EBITDA in conjunction with traditional GAAP operating performance measures as part of our overall assessment of our performance, for planning purposes, including the preparation of our annual operating budget, to evaluate the effectiveness of our business strategies and to communicate with our board of directors concerning our financial performance.
 
We do not place undue reliance on Adjusted EBITDA as our only measure of operating performance. Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered as a substitute for other measures of liquidity or financial performance reported in accordance with GAAP. There are limitations to using non-GAAP financial measures, including that other companies may calculate these measures differently than we do, that they do not reflect our capital expenditures or future requirements for capital expenditures and that they do not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital. We compensate for the inherent limitations associated with using Adjusted EBITDA measures through disclosure of these limitations, presentation of our financial statements in accordance with GAAP and reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to the most directly comparable GAAP measure, net (loss) income.
 
The following table presents a reconciliation of net (loss) income to Adjusted EBITDA:
 
                                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2005     2006     2007     2008     2009  
    (in thousands)  
 
Net (loss) income
  $ (14,421 )   $ (5,172 )   $ (3,143 )   $ (3,209 )   $ 28,429  
Depreciation and asset impairment
    2,010       3,269       4,854       9,847       9,231  
Amortization of intangible assets
    3,868       670       2,273       2,095       5,784  
Interest expense, net
    381       508       1,510       2,152       4,528  
Income tax expense (benefit)
                      703       (26,028 )
Stock-based compensation expense
          33       490       1,476       2,805  
Acquisition-related expense
                            844  
                                         
Adjusted EBITDA
  $ (8,162 )   $ (692 )   $ 5,984     $ 13,064     $ 25,593  
                                         


44


Table of Contents

The following table presents stock-based compensation included in each expense category:
 
                                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2005     2006     2007     2008     2009  
    (in thousands)  
 
Cost of sales
              $ 48     $ 104     $ 367  
Product development
                251       727       1,175  
Sales and marketing
                110       277       498  
General and administrative
        $ 33       81       368       765  
                                         
Total stock-based compensation expense
        $ 33     $ 490     $ 1,476     $ 2,805  
                                         


45


Table of Contents

 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read together with “Selected Consolidated Financial Data” and our financial statements and accompanying notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements, based on current expectations and related to our plans, estimates, beliefs and anticipated future financial performance. These statements involve risks and uncertainties and our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of many factors, including those set forth under “Risk Factors,” “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements and Industry Data” and elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
Overview
 
We are a leading provider of on demand software solutions for the rental housing industry. Our broad range of property management solutions enable owners and managers of single-family and a wide variety of multi-family rental property types to manage their marketing, pricing, screening, leasing, accounting, purchasing and other property operations. We deliver our on demand software solutions via the Internet through an integrated software platform that provides a single point of access and a shared repository of prospect, resident and property data.
 
We derive a substantial majority of our revenue from sales of our on demand software solutions. We also derive revenue from our professional and other services. A small percentage of our revenue is derived from sales of our on premise software solutions to our existing on premise customers. Our on demand software solutions are sold pursuant to subscription license agreements, and our on premise software solutions are sold pursuant to term or perpetual license agreements and associated maintenance agreements. Typically, we price our solutions based primarily on the number of units the customer manages with our solutions. For our insurance and transaction-based solutions, we price based on a fixed commission rate of earned premiums or a fixed rate per transaction, respectively. We sell our solutions through our direct sales organization and derive substantially all of our revenue from sales in the United States. Our revenue has increased from $83.6 million in 2007 to $140.9 million in 2009. This increase in revenue has primarily been driven by increased sales of our on demand software solutions, a substantial amount of which has been derived from purchases of additional on demand software solutions by our existing customers. In 2009, our on demand revenue represented 91.1% of our total revenue.
 
While the adoption of on demand software solutions in the rental housing industry is growing rapidly, it remains at a relatively early stage of development. Additionally, there is a low level of penetration of our on demand software solutions in our existing customer base. We believe these factors present us with significant opportunities to generate revenue through sales of additional on demand software solutions. Our existing and potential customers base their decisions to invest in our solutions on a number of factors, including general economic conditions. Accordingly, macroeconomic conditions negatively impacted our business in 2009 and may continue to negatively impact our business.
 
Our company was formed in 1998 to acquire Rent Roll, Inc., which marketed and sold on premise property management systems for the conventional and affordable multi-family rental housing markets. In June 2001, we released OneSite, our first on demand property management system. Since 2002, we have expanded our on demand software solutions to include a number of software-enabled value-added services that provide complementary sales and marketing, asset optimization, risk mitigation, billing and utility management and spend management capabilities. In connection with this expansion, we have allocated greater resources to the development and infrastructure needs of developing and increasing sales of our suite of on demand software solutions. In addition, since July 2002, we have completed 13 acquisitions of complementary technologies and businesses (including our recent February 2010 acquisition) to supplement our internal product development and sales and marketing efforts, enabling us to expand the scope of our solutions, the types of rental housing properties served by our solutions and our customer base.


46


Table of Contents

Key Business Metrics
 
In addition to traditional financial measures, we monitor our operating performance using a number of financially and non-financially derived metrics that are not included in our consolidated financial statements. We monitor the key performance indicators reflected in the following table:
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2007     2008     2009  
    (in thousands, except dollar per unit data)  
 
Revenue:
                       
Total revenue
  $ 83,581     $ 112,568     $ 140,902  
On demand revenue
  $ 62,592     $ 95,192     $ 128,377  
On demand revenue as a percentage of total revenue
    74.9%       84.6%       91.1%  
Ending on demand units
    2,800       3,833       4,551  
Average on demand units
    2,293       3,138       4,128  
On demand revenue per average on demand unit
  $ 27.30     $ 30.34     $ 31.10  
Adjusted EBITDA
  $ 5,984     $ 13,064     $ 25,593  
Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of total revenue
    7.2%       11.6%       18.2%  
 
On demand revenue.   This metric represents the license and subscription fees for accessing our on demand software solutions, typically licensed for one year terms, commission income from sales of renter’s insurance policies and transaction fees for certain of our on demand software solutions. We consider on demand revenue to be a key business metric because we believe the market for our on demand software solutions represents the largest growth opportunity for our business.
 
On demand revenue as a percentage of total revenue.   This metric represents on demand revenue for the period presented divided by total revenue for the same period. We use on demand revenue as a percentage of total revenue to measure our success in executing our strategy to increase the penetration of our on demand software solutions and expand our recurring revenue streams attributable to these solutions. We expect our on demand revenue to remain a significant percentage of our total revenue although the actual percentage may vary from period to period due to a number of factors, including the timing of acquisitions and professional and other revenue.
 
Ending on demand units .  This metric represents the number of rental housing units managed by our customers with one or more of our on demand software solutions at the end of the period. We use ending on demand units to measure the success of our strategy of increasing the number of rental housing units managed with our on demand software solutions. Property unit counts are provided to us by our customers as new sales orders are processed. Property unit counts may be adjusted periodically as information related to our customers’ properties is updated or supplemented, which could result in adjusting the number of units previously reported. We expect ending on demand units will continue to increase in 2010 and 2011.
 
On demand revenue per average on demand unit .  This metric represents on demand revenue for the period presented divided by average on demand units for the same period. We calculate average on demand units as the average of the beginning and ending on demand units for each quarter in the period presented. We monitor this metric to measure our success in increasing the number of on demand software solutions utilized by our customers to manage their rental housing units, our overall revenue and profitability.
 
Adjusted EBITDA .  We define this metric as net (loss) income plus depreciation and asset impairment; amortization of intangible assets; interest expense, net; income tax expense (benefit); stock-based compensation expense and acquisition-related expense. We believe that the use of Adjusted EBITDA is useful in evaluating our operating performance because it excludes certain non-cash expenses, including depreciation, amortization and stock-based compensation. Adjusted EBITDA is not determined in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, or GAAP, and should not be considered as a substitute for or superior to financial measures determined in accordance with GAAP. For further discussion regarding Adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income, refer to the table below. Our


47


Table of Contents

Adjusted EBITDA grew from approximately $6.0 million in 2007 to approximately $25.6 million in 2009, as a result of our efforts to expand market share and increase revenue.
 
The following provides a reconciliation of net (loss) income to Adjusted EBITDA:
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2007     2008     2009  
    (in thousands)  
 
Net (loss) income
  $ (3,143 )   $ (3,209 )   $ 28,429  
Depreciation and asset impairment
    4,854       9,847       9,231  
Amortization of intangible assets
    2,273       2,095       5,784  
Interest expense, net
    1,510       2,152       4,528  
Income tax expense (benefit)
          703       (26,028 )
Stock-based compensation expense
    490       1,476       2,805  
Acquisition-related expense
                844  
                         
Adjusted EBITDA
  $ 5,984     $ 13,064     $ 25,593  
                         
 
Key Components of our Results of Operations
 
Revenue
 
We derive our revenue from three primary sources: our on demand software solutions; our on premise software solutions; and our professional and other services. In 2007, 2008 and 2009, we generated revenue of $83.6 million, $112.6 million and $140.9 million, respectively.
 
On Demand Revenue
 
Revenue from our on demand software solutions is comprised of license and subscription fees for accessing our on demand software solutions, typically licensed for one year terms, commission income from sales of renter’s insurance policies, and transaction fees for certain on demand software solutions, such as payment processing, spend management and billing services. Typically, we price our on demand software solutions based primarily on the number of units the customer manages with our solutions. For our insurance and transaction-based solutions, we price based on a fixed commission rate of earned premiums or a fixed rate per transaction, respectively.
 
In 2007, 2008 and 2009, revenue from our on demand software solutions was approximately $62.6 million, $95.2 million and $128.4 million, respectively, representing approximately 74.9%, 84.6% and 91.1% of our total revenue for the same years. Revenue from our on demand software solutions has continued to increase in absolute dollars and as a percentage of our total revenue as we have ceased actively marketing our on premise software solutions to new customers and as many of our existing on premise customers have transitioned to our on demand software solutions. We expect our on demand revenue to continue to increase in absolute dollars and as a percentage of revenue in 2010, although the actual percentage of revenue may vary from period to period due to a number of factors, including the impact of acquisitions and revenue derived from our professional and other services related to our on demand software solutions.
 
On Premise Revenue
 
Our on premise software solutions are distributed to our customers and maintained locally on the customers’ hardware. Revenue from our on premise software solutions is comprised of license fees under term and perpetual license agreements. Typically, we have licensed our on premise software solutions pursuant to term license agreements with an initial term of one year that include maintenance and support. Customers can renew their term license agreement for additional one-year terms at renewal price levels. In February 2010, we completed a strategic acquisition of assets that included on premise software solutions that were historically marketed and sold pursuant to perpetual license agreements and related maintenance agreements.


48


Table of Contents

We no longer actively market our on premise software solutions to new customers, and only license our on premise software solutions to a small portion of our existing on premise customers as they expand their portfolio of rental housing properties. While we intend to continue to support our recently acquired on premise software solutions, we expect that many of the customers who license these solutions will transition to our on demand software solutions over time.
 
In 2007, 2008 and 2009, revenue from our on premise software solutions was approximately $11.6 million, $7.6 million and $3.9 million, respectively, representing approximately 13.8%, 6.7% and 2.7% of our total revenue for the same years, respectively. Revenue from our on premise software solutions has continued to decrease in absolute dollars and as a percentage of our total revenue as we have ceased actively marketing our on premise software solutions to new customers and as many of our existing on premise customers have transitioned to our on demand software solutions. We expect our on premise revenue to decrease over time in absolute dollars and as a percentage of our total revenue; however, our February 2010 acquisition could result in a near-term increase in on premise revenue in terms of both absolute dollars and as a percentage of our total revenue until we transition these customers to our on demand software solutions. In addition, the actual percentage of revenue may vary from period to period due to a number of factors, including the impact of our recent and potential future acquisition of on premise software solutions.
 
Professional and Other Revenue
 
Revenue from professional and other services consists of consulting and implementation services, training and other ancillary services. Professional and other services engagements are typically time and material.
 
We complement our solutions with professional and other services. In 2007, 2008 and 2009, revenue from professional and other services was approximately $9.4 million, $9.8 million and $8.7 million, respectively, representing approximately 11.3%, 8.7% and 6.2% of our total revenue for the same years, respectively. We expect professional and other services will represent 10.0% or less of our total revenue in 2010 consistent with 2008 and 2009 performance.
 
Cost of Revenue
 
Cost of revenue consists primarily of personnel costs related to our operations, support services, training and implementation services, expenses related to the operation of our data center and fees paid to third-party service providers. Personnel costs include salaries, bonuses, stock-based compensation and employee benefits. Cost of revenue also includes an allocation of facilities costs, overhead costs and depreciation, as well as amortization of acquired technology related to strategic acquisitions and amortization of capitalized development costs. We allocate facilities costs, overhead costs and depreciation based on headcount. We expect our cost of revenue in 2010 to increase in absolute dollars.
 
Operating Expenses
 
We classify our operating expenses into three categories: product development, sales and marketing, and general and administrative. Our operating expenses primarily consist of personnel costs, which includes compensation, employee benefits and payroll taxes, costs for third-party contracted development, marketing, legal, accounting and consulting services and other professional service fees. Personnel costs for each category of operating expenses include salaries, bonuses, stock-based compensation and employee benefits for employees in that category. In addition, our operating expenses include an allocation of our facilities costs, overhead costs and depreciation based on headcount for that category, as well as amortization of purchased intangible assets resulting from our acquisitions.
 
Our operating expenses increased in absolute dollars in each of 2008 and 2009 as we have built infrastructure and added employees across all categories in order to accelerate and support our growth and to expand our markets. We expect our operating expenses in 2010 to continue to increase in absolute dollars as compared to 2009, as the capacity we have added in prior years is more fully utilized and we continue to create operating leverage.


49


Table of Contents

Product development.   Product development expense consists primarily of personnel costs for our product development employees and executives and fees to contract development vendors. Our product development efforts are focused primarily on increasing the functionality and enhancing the ease of use of our on demand software solutions and expanding our suite of on demand software solutions. In 2008, we established a product development and service center in Hyderabad, India to take advantage of strong technical talent at lower personnel costs compared to the United States. We expect our product development expenses in 2010 to increase in absolute dollars.
 
Sales and marketing.   Sales and marketing expense consists primarily of personnel costs for our sales, marketing and business development employees and executives, travel and entertainment and marketing programs. Marketing programs consist of advertising, tradeshows, user conferences, public relations, industry sponsorships and affiliations and product marketing. In addition, sales and marketing expense includes amortization of certain purchased intangible assets, including customer relationships and key vendor and supplier relationships obtained in connection with our acquisitions. We expect our sales and marketing expense in 2010 to increase in absolute dollars.
 
General and administrative.   General and administrative expense consists of personnel costs for our executive, finance and accounting, human resources, management information systems and legal personnel, as well as legal, accounting and other professional service fees and other corporate expenses. We expect our general and administrative expense in 2010 to increase in absolute dollars as compared to 2009 primarily due to the increased costs of operating as a public company.
 
Interest Expense, Net
 
Interest expense, net, consists primarily of interest income and interest expense. Interest income represents earnings from our cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments. Interest expense is associated with our term loan, revolver, secured promissory note, promissory note issued to preferred stockholders, capital lease obligations and certain acquisition-related liabilities. Total amounts outstanding under our interest-bearing obligations at December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 include:
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2007     2008     2009  
    (in thousands)  
 
Term loan
  $ 9,583     $ 12,650     $ 33,688  
Revolver
    8,584       10,000        
Secured promissory note
          10,000       10,000  
Promissory notes issued to preferred stockholders
          11,064       8,173  
Capital lease obligations
    5,642       5,229       2,129  
Interesting bearing acquisition-related liabilities
    3,455       2,966       2,470  
 
We expect interest expense to decrease in absolute dollars and as a percentage of our total revenue in the periods following this public offering as we anticipate repaying a portion of our outstanding term loan and repaying all of our secured promissory note and promissory notes issued to preferred stockholders.
 
Income Taxes
 
Historically, we have incurred annual operating losses and have not benefited from these losses and have only provided for state and foreign income taxes. As of December 31, 2009, we had net operating loss carry forwards for federal and state income tax purposes of approximately $67.2 million. In December 2009, based on current year income and projected future year income, we concluded that it is more likely than not that the net deferred tax assets recorded will be realized. As such, we deemed it appropriate to decrease this valuation allowance by $27.0 million during 2009. If not utilized, our federal net operating loss and tax credit carry forwards will begin to expire in 2018. While not currently subject to an annual limitation, the utilization of these carry forwards may become subject to an annual limitation because of provisions in the Internal Revenue


50


Table of Contents

Code that are applicable if we experience an “ownership change,” which may occur, for example, as a result of this offering or other issuances of stock.
 
Critical Accounting Policies
 
Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with GAAP. In many cases, the accounting treatment of a particular transaction is specifically dictated by GAAP and does not require management’s judgment in its application, while in other cases, management’s judgment is required in selecting among available alternative accounting standards that allow different accounting treatment for similar transactions. The preparation of our consolidated financial statements and related disclosures require us to make estimates, assumptions and judgments that affect the reported amount of assets, liabilities, revenue, costs and expenses, and related disclosures. We base our estimates and assumptions on historical experience and other factors that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. In some instances, we could reasonably use different accounting estimates, and in some instances results could differ significantly from our estimates. We evaluate our estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis. To the extent that there are differences between our estimates and actual results, our future financial statement presentation, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows will be affected.
 
We believe that the assumptions and estimates associated with revenue recognition, accounts receivable, business combinations, goodwill and other intangible assets with indefinite lives, impairment of long-lived assets, intangible assets, stock-based compensation, income taxes and capitalized product development costs have the greatest potential impact on our consolidated financial statements. Therefore, we believe the accounting policies discussed below are critical to understanding our historical and future performance, as these policies relate to the more significant areas involving our management’s judgments, assumptions and estimates.
 
Revenue Recognition
 
We derive our revenue from three primary sources: our on demand software solutions; our on premise software solutions; and professional and other services. We commence revenue recognition when all of the following conditions are met:
 
  •  there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement;
 
  •  the solution and/or service has been provided to the customer;
 
  •  the collection of the fees is probable; and
 
  •  the amount of fees to be paid by the customer is fixed or determinable.
 
For multi-element arrangements that include multiple solutions and/or services, we allocate arrangement consideration to all deliverables that have stand-alone value based on their relative selling prices. In such circumstances, we utilize the following hierarchy to determine the selling price to be used for allocating revenue to deliverables as follows:
 
  •  Vendor specific objective evidence (VSOE), if available.   The price at which we sell the element in a separate stand-alone transaction;
 
  •  Third-party evidence of selling price (TPE), if VSOE of selling price is not available.   Evidence from us or other companies of the value of a largely interchangeable element in a transaction; and
 
  •  Estimated selling price, if neither VSOE nor TPE of selling price is available.   Our best estimate of the stand-alone selling price of an element in a transaction.
 
From time to time, we sell on demand software solutions with professional services. In such cases, we allocate arrangement consideration based on our estimated selling price of the on demand software solution and VSOE of the selling price of the professional services.


51


Table of Contents

 
On Demand Revenue
 
Our on demand revenue consists of license and subscription fees, transaction fees related to certain of our software-enabled value-added services and commissions derived from us selling certain risk mitigation services.
 
License and subscription fees are comprised of a charge billed at the initial order date and monthly or annual subscription fees for accessing our on demand software solutions.
 
The license fee billed at the initial order date is recognized as revenue on a straight-line basis over the longer of the contractual term or the period in which the customer is expected to benefit, which we consider to be four years. Recognition starts once the product has been activated. Revenue from monthly and annual subscription fees is recognized on a straight-line basis over the access period.
 
We act as an insurance agent as a part of our risk mitigation services. We recognize the commissions related to these services ratably over the policy term.
 
We recognize revenue from transaction fees derived from certain of our software-enabled value-added services as the related services are performed.
 
On Premise Revenue
 
Revenue from our on premise software solutions is comprised of an annual term license, which includes maintenance and support. Customers can renew their annual term license for additional one-year terms at renewal price levels. We recognize the annual term license on a straight-line basis over the license term.
 
Professional and Other Revenue
 
Professional and other revenue is recognized as the services are rendered for time and material contracts. Training revenues are recognized after the services are performed.
 
Accounts Receivable
 
For several of our solutions, we invoice our customers prior to the period in which service is provided. Accounts receivable represent trade receivables from customers when we have invoiced for software solutions and/or services and we have not yet received payment. We present accounts receivable net of an allowance for doubtful accounts. We maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of customers to make required payments, or the customer cancelling prior to the service being rendered. In doing so, we consider the current financial condition of the customer, the specific details of the customer account, the age of the outstanding balance, the current economic environment and historical credit trends. As a result of a portion of our allowance being for services not yet rendered, a portion of our allowance is charged as an offset to deferred revenue, which does not have an effect on the statement of operations. Any change in the assumptions used in analyzing a specific account receivable might result in an additional allowance for doubtful accounts being recognized in the period in which the change occurs.
 
Business Combinations
 
When we acquire businesses, we allocate the total consideration to the fair value of tangible assets and liabilities and identifiable intangible assets acquired. Any residual purchase price is recorded as goodwill. The allocation of the purchase price requires management to make significant estimates in determining the fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed, especially with respect to intangible assets. These estimates are based on the application of valuation models using historical experience and information obtained from the management of the acquired companies. These estimates can include, but are not limited to, the cash flows that an asset is expected to generate in the future, the appropriate weighted average cost of capital and the cost savings expected to be derived from acquiring an asset. These estimates are inherently uncertain and unpredictable. In addition, unanticipated events and circumstances may occur which may affect the accuracy or validity of these estimates. Beginning in 2009, we began including the fair value of contingent consideration


52


Table of Contents

to be paid within the total consideration allocated to the fair value of the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed.
 
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets with Indefinite Lives
 
We test goodwill and other intangible assets with indefinite lives for impairment on an annual basis in the fourth quarter of each year. Additionally, we test goodwill and other intangible assets with indefinite lives in the interim if events and circumstances indicate that goodwill and other intangible assets with indefinite lives may be impaired. The events and circumstances that we consider include the significant under-performance relative to projected future operating results and significant changes in our overall business and/or product strategies. We evaluate impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets with indefinite lives using a two-step process. The first step involves a comparison of the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the second step of the process involves a comparison of the fair value and carrying amount of the goodwill and other intangible assets with indefinite lives of that reporting unit. If the carrying amount of the goodwill and other intangible assets with indefinite lives of a reporting unit exceeds the fair value of that goodwill and other intangible assets with indefinite lives, we recognize an impairment loss equal to the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the fair market value of the asset. If an event occurs that causes us to revise our estimates and assumptions used in analyzing the value of our goodwill and other intangible assets with indefinite lives, the revision could result in a non-cash impairment charge that could have a material impact on our financial results.
 
We recorded goodwill and other intangible assets with indefinite lives in conjunction with all seven of our business acquisitions completed since the beginning of 2007. We test goodwill for impairment based on a single reporting unit. We believe we operate in a single reporting unit because our chief operating decision maker does not regularly review our operating results other than at a consolidated level for purposes of decision making regarding resource allocation and operating performance.
 
Impairment of Long-lived Assets
 
We perform an impairment review of long-lived assets held and used whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. Factors we consider important that could trigger an impairment review include, but are not limited to, significant under-performance relative to projected future operating results, significant changes in the manner of our use of the acquired assets or our overall business and/or product strategies and significant industry or economic trends. When we determine that the carrying value of a long-lived asset may not be recoverable based upon the existence of one or more of these indicators, we determine the recoverability by comparing the carrying amount of the asset to net future undiscounted cash flows that the asset is expected to generate. We would then recognize an impairment charge equal to the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the fair market value of the asset.
 
Intangible Assets
 
Intangible assets consist of acquired developed product technologies, acquired customer relationships, vendor relationships, non-competition agreements and trade names. We record intangible assets at fair value and amortize those with finite lives over the shorter of the contractual life or the estimated useful life. We estimate the useful lives of acquired developed product technologies and customer relationships based on factors that include the planned use of each developed product technology and the expected pattern of future cash flows to be derived from each developed product technology and existing customer relationships. We include amortization of acquired developed product technologies in cost of revenue, amortization of acquired customer relationships in sales and marketing expenses and amortization of vendor relationships and non-competition agreements in general and administrative expenses in our consolidated statements of operations.
 
Stock-Based Compensation
 
Prior to January 1, 2006, we accounted for share-based awards, including stock options, to employees using the intrinsic value method. Under the intrinsic value method, compensation expense was measured on


53


Table of Contents

the date of award as the difference, if any, between the deemed fair value of our common stock and the option exercise price, multiplied by the number of options granted. The option exercise prices and fair value of our common stock are determined by our board of directors based on a review of various objective and subjective factors. No compensation expense was recorded for stock options issued to employees prior to January 1, 2006 because all options were granted in fixed amounts and with fixed exercise prices at least equal to the fair value of our common stock at the date of grant.
 
Effective January 1, 2006, we changed our accounting treatment to recognize compensation expense based on the fair value of all share-based awards granted, modified, repurchased or cancelled on or after that date.
 
Our stock-based compensation is measured on the grant date based on the fair value of the award and is recognized as an expense over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period, on a straight-line basis.
 
The fair value of share-based awards is calculated through the use of option pricing models. These models require subjective assumptions regarding future share price volatility and the expected life of each option grant.
 
The fair value of employee stock options granted since January 1, 2009 was estimated at the grant date using the Black-Scholes option pricing model by applying the following weighted average assumptions:
 
         
Risk-free interest rates
    1.5-4.8 %
Expected option life (in years)
    6  
Dividend yield
    0 %
Expected volatility
    50-60 %
 
At each stock option grant date, we utilized peer group data to calculate our expected volatility. Expected volatility was based on historical and expected volatility rates of comparable publicly traded peers. The expected life of each option grant is based on existing employee exercise patterns and our historical pre-vested forfeiture experience. The risk-free interest rate was based on the treasury yield rate with a maturity corresponding to the expected option life assumed at the grant date.
 
Changes to the underlying assumptions may have a significant impact on the underlying value of the stock options, which could have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
 
We have granted stock options at exercise prices above the fair value of our common stock as of the grant date, as determined by our compensation committee on a contemporaneous basis. Given the absence of any active market for our common stock, the fair value of the common stock underlying stock options granted was determined by our compensation committee, with input from our management. In arriving at these valuations, our compensation committee and management also considered contemporaneous third-party valuations.
 
Valuation of Common Stock
 
In 2009 and in the quarter ended March 31, 2010, we granted options to purchase shares of our common stock as follows:
 
                         
          Exercise Price
    Fair Value
 
Grant Date
  Options Granted     Per Share     Per Share  
 
February 2009
    1,437,500     $ 3.00     $ 2.72  
June 2009
    571,000       3.00       2.88  
September 2009
    1,763,000       3.00       2.52  
October 2009
    225,000       3.00       2.52  
November 2009
    472,500       3.00       2.52  
December 2009
    100,000       3.00       2.83  
February 2010
    1,721,000       3.75       3.37  


54


Table of Contents

Significant Factors in Determining Fair Value
 
For all grant dates in 2009 and 2010, we granted employees options at exercise prices greater than the fair value of the underlying common stock at the time of grant, as determined by our compensation committee on a contemporaneous basis. To determine the fair value of our common stock, we consider many factors, including:
 
  •  our current and historical operating performance;
 
  •  our expected future operating performance;
 
  •  our financial condition at the grant date;
 
  •  the liquidation rights and other preferences of our preferred stock;
 
  •  any recent privately negotiated sales of our securities to independent third parties;
 
  •  input from management;
 
  •  the lack of marketability of our common stock;
 
  •  the potential future marketability of our common stock;
 
  •  the business risks inherent in our business and in technology companies, generally;
 
  •  the market performance of comparable publicly traded companies; and
 
  •  the U.S. and global capital market conditions.
 
Valuation Methodologies Used in Determining Fair Value
 
In valuing our common stock, we utilize a probability weighted expected return method to estimate the value of our common stock based upon an analysis of expected future cash flows considering possible future liquidity events, as well as the liquidation rights and other preferences of our preferred stock. In determining the value of our common stock on each grant date in 2009 and in February 2010, we considered two possible scenarios: the completion of an initial public offering, or the IPO Scenario, and remaining private, or the Private Scenario. For purposes of determining the fair market value of our common stock on each grant date in 2009 and February 2010, we estimated the probability of the future liquidity event being our initial public offering at 75% and remaining a private company at 25%.
 
In valuing our common stock in the IPO Scenario, we utilize a market approach that estimates the fair value of a company by applying to that company the market multiples of comparable publicly traded companies. Based on the range of these observed multiples, we apply judgment in determining an appropriate multiple to apply to our metrics in order to derive an indication of value. In connection with valuing our common stock under the IPO Scenario for grants in February, June and September 2009, we determined fair value based on the probability of going public in 2009, 2010 or 2011. In connection with valuing our common stock under the IPO Scenario for grants in December 2009 and February 2010, we determined the probability of going public in 2010 or 2011. For each of the grants in 2009 and February 2010, we concluded that the market value of invested capital to revenue multiple would yield the most appropriate indication of value for us based on our projections.
 
In valuing our common stock in the Private Scenario, we apply the income and market approaches utilizing a terminal period value and a residual revenue growth rate of 5.5% in the terminal year based on our expectation of long-term growth. In connection with valuing our common stock under the Private Scenario, we apply the income approach utilizing discounted cash flows. We concluded that this was the best indication of value because, beginning in the fourth quarter of 2008, we had moved towards a long-term expectation of earnings.


55


Table of Contents

Fair Value of Stock Option Grants in 2009 and 2010
 
February 2009.   In connection with our stock option grants in February 2009, we considered the factors described above, including the continued downturn in the U.S. and global capital markets and its impact on our short term projected revenue growth and the market value of invested capital of comparable publicly traded peers, and a contemporaneous valuation report, dated February 27, 2009, and utilized the valuation methodologies described above to arrive at a fair value of our common stock of $2.72 per share and granted options at an exercise price of $3.00 per share.
 
June 2009.   In connection with our stock option grants in June 2009, we considered the factors described above, including the slight recovery of the U.S. and global capital markets and its impact on our short term projected revenue growth and comparable publicly traded peers since the grants in February 2009, as well as a contemporaneous valuation report, dated June 4, 2009, and utilized the valuation methodologies described above to arrive at a fair value of our common stock of $2.88 per share and granted options at an exercise price of $3.00 per share.
 
September 2009.   In connection with our stock option grants in September 2009, we considered the factors described above, including the continued recovery of the U.S. and global capital markets offset by the reduction in our projected revenue growth due to mixed expectations of projected macroeconomic conditions since the grants in June 2009, as well as a contemporaneous valuation report, dated September 18, 2009, and utilized the valuation methodologies described above to arrive at a fair value of our common stock of $2.52 per share and granted options at an exercise price of $3.00 per share.
 
October and November 2009.   In connection with our stock options grants in October and November, we continued to use the $2.52 per share valuation analyzed in September. Our board of directors reviewed the events since the grant of options in September 2009 and the continued recovery of the U.S. capital markets and concluded that there had been no significant change in our performance to cause an increase or decrease in the per share valuation of our common stock and granted options at an exercise price of $3.00 per share.
 
December 2009.   In connection with our stock option grants in December 2009, we considered the factors described above, including our improved sales performance and outlook and the improved market performance of our comparable public company peers since the September 2009 grants, as well as a contemporaneous valuation report, dated December 15, 2009, and utilized the valuation methodologies described above to arrive at a fair value of our common stock of $2.83 per share and granted options at an exercise price of $3.00 per share.
 
February 2010.   In connection with our stock option grants in February 2010, we considered the factors described above, including continued improvement in our sales performance and outlook and the improved market performance of our comparable public company peers since the grant in December 2009, as well as a contemporaneous valuation report, dated February 25, 2010, and utilized the valuation methodologies described above to arrive at a fair value of our common stock of $3.37 per share and granted options at an exercise price of $3.75 per share in February 2010.
 
Income Taxes
 
Income taxes are provided based on the liability method, which results in income tax assets and liabilities arising from temporary differences. Temporary differences are differences between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts in the financial statements that will result in taxable or deductible amounts in future years. The liability method requires the effect of tax rate changes on current and accumulated deferred income taxes to be reflected in the period in which the rate change was enacted. The liability method also requires that deferred tax assets be reduced by a valuation allowance unless it is more likely than not that the assets will be realized.
 
We may recognize the tax benefit from uncertain tax positions only if it is at least more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized in the financial statements from such a position should be measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than fifty percent likelihood of being realized upon


56


Table of Contents

settlement with the taxing authorities. Upon our adoption of the related standard, there was no liability for uncertain tax positions due to the fact that there were no material identified tax benefits that were considered uncertain positions.
 
We establish valuation allowances when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amounts expected to be realized. We evaluate the need for, and the adequacy of, valuation allowances based on the expected realization of our deferred tax assets. The factors used to assess the likelihood of realization include historical earnings, our latest forecast of taxable income and available tax planning strategies that could be implemented to realize the net deferred tax assets. In December 2009, based on current year income and projected future year income, we concluded that it is more likely than not that the net deferred tax assets recorded will be realized. As such, we deemed it appropriate to decrease the valuation allowance by $27.0 million during 2009.
 
Our effective tax rates are primarily affected by the amount of our taxable income or losses in the various taxing jurisdictions in which we operate, the amount of federal and state net operating losses and tax credits, the extent to which we can utilize these net operating loss carryforwards and tax credits and certain benefits related to stock option activity.
 
Capitalized Product Development Costs
 
We capitalize specific product development costs, including costs to develop software products or the software components of our solutions to be marketed to our customers, as well as software programs to be used solely to meet our internal needs. The costs incurred in the preliminary stages of development related to research, project planning, training, maintenance and general and administrative activities, and overhead costs are expensed as incurred. The costs of relatively minor upgrades and enhancements to the software are also expensed as incurred. Once an application has reached the development stage, internal and external costs incurred in the performance of application development stage activities, including materials, services and payroll-related costs for employees are capitalized, if direct and incremental, until the software is substantially complete and ready for its intended use. Capitalization ceases upon completion of all substantial testing. We also capitalize costs related to specific upgrades and enhancements when it is probable the expenditures will result in additional functionality. Capitalized costs are recorded as part of property and equipment. Internal use software is amortized on a straight-line basis over its estimated useful life, generally three years. We capitalized $1.5 million and $1.4 million of product development costs during the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009, respectively, and recognized amortization expense of $0.8 million, $0.9 million and $1.3 million during the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively, included as a component of cost of revenue. Unamortized product development cost was $2.9 million and $3.1 million at December 31, 2008 and 2009, respectively. Management evaluates the useful lives of these assets on an annual basis and tests for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances occur that could impact the recoverability of these assets. There were no impairments to internal use software during the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 or 2009.


57


Table of Contents

Results of Operations
 
The following tables set forth our results of operations for the specified periods. The period-to-period comparison of financial results is not necessarily indicative of future results.
 
Consolidated Statements of Operations Data
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2007     2008     2009  
          (in thousands)        
 
Revenue:
                       
On demand
  $ 62,592     $ 95,192     $ 128,377  
On premise
    11,560       7,582       3,860  
Professional and other
    9,429       9,794       8,665  
                         
Total revenue
    83,581       112,568       140,902  
Cost of revenue (1)
    35,703       46,058       58,513  
                         
Gross profit
    47,878       66,510       82,389  
Operating expense:
                       
Product development (1)
    21,708       28,806       27,446  
Sales and marketing (1)
    18,047       23,923       27,804  
General and administrative (1)
    9,756       14,135       20,210  
                         
Total operating expenses
    49,511       66,864       75,460  
                         
Operating (loss) income
    (1,633 )     (354 )     6,929  
Interest expense, net
    (1,510 )     (2,152 )     (4,528 )
                         
Net (loss) income before taxes
    (3,143 )     (2,506 )     2,401  
Income tax expense (benefit)
          703       (26,028 )
                         
Net (loss) income
  $ (3,143 )   $ (3,209 )   $ 28,429  
                         
 
 
(1) Includes stock-based compensation expense as follows:
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2007     2008     2009  
    (in thousands)  
 
Cost of revenue
  $ 48     $ 104     $ 367  
Product development
    251       727       1,175  
Sales and marketing
    110       277       498  
General and administrative
    81       368       765  
                         
Total stock-based compensation expense
  $      490     $    1,476     $   2,805  
                         


58


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth our results of operations for the specified periods as a percentage of our revenue for those periods. The period-to-period comparison of financial results is not necessarily indicative of future results.
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2007     2008     2009  
    (as a percentage of total revenue)  
 
Revenue:
                       
On demand
    74.9 %     84.6 %     91.1 %
On premise
    13.8       6.7       2.7  
Professional and other
    11.3       8.7       6.2  
                         
Total revenue
    100.0       100.0       100.0  
Cost of revenue
    42.7       40.9       41.5  
                         
Gross profit
    57.3       59.1       58.5  
Operating expense:
                       
Product development
    26.0       25.6       19.5  
Sales and marketing
    21.6       21.3       19.7  
General and administrative
    11.7       12.6       14.3  
                         
Total operating expenses
    59.3       59.5       53.5  
                         
Operating (loss) income
    (2.0 )     (0.4 )     5.0  
Interest expense, net
    (1.8 )     (1.9 )     (3.2 )
                         
Net (loss) income before taxes
    (3.8 )     (2.3 )     1.8  
Income tax expense (benefit)
          0.6       (18.5 )
                         
Net (loss) income
    (3.8 )     (2.9 )     20.3  
 
Year Ended December 31, 2008 and 2009
 
Revenue
 
                                 
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2008     2009     Change     % Change  
    (in thousands, except dollar per unit data)  
 
Revenue:
                               
On demand
  $ 95,192     $ 128,377     $ 33,185       34.9 %
On premise
    7,582       3,860       (3,722 )     (49.1 )
Professional and other
    9,794       8,665       (1,129 )     (11.5 )
                                 
Total revenue
  $ 112,568     $ 140,902     $ 28,334       25.2 %
                                 
On demand unit metrics:
                               
Ending on demand units
    3,833       4,551       718       18.7 %
Average on demand units
    3,138       4,128       990       31.5  
On demand revenue per average on demand unit
  $ 30.34     $ 31.10     $ 0.76       2.5 %
 
On demand revenue.   Our on demand revenue increased $33.2 million, or 34.9%, in 2009 as compared to 2008, primarily due to a 31.5% increase in the average on demand units managed with our on demand software solutions and an increase in the number of our on demand software solutions utilized by our existing customer base.
 
On premise revenue.   On premise revenue decreased $3.7 million, or (49.1)%, in 2009 as compared to 2008, primarily due to the impact of our decision to cease actively marketing our on premise software solutions and our efforts to migrate customers of our on premise software solutions to our on demand software


59


Table of Contents

solutions. In addition, our on premise software solution for conventional multi-family properties, RentRoll, was discontinued and was no longer supported after July 2009.
 
Professional and other revenue.   Professional and other services revenue decreased $1.1 million, or (11.5)%, in 2009 as compared to 2008, primarily due to a decrease in revenue from training and consulting services and a decrease in revenue from sub-meter installations.
 
Total revenue.   Our total revenue increased $28.3 million, or 25.2%, in 2009 as compared to 2008, primarily due to an increase in rental property units managed with our on demand software solutions and improved penetration of our on demand software solutions into our customer base.
 
On demand unit metrics.   As of December 31, 2009, one or more of our on demand software solutions was utilized in the management of 4.6 million rental housing units, representing an increase of 718,000 units, or 18.7%, as compared to 2008. The increase in the number of rental units managed by one or more of our on demand software solutions was primarily due to new customer sales and marketing efforts, our 2009 acquisitions and to a lesser degree, migration of our current customers from our on premise software solutions to our on demand software solutions. In 2009, our on demand revenue per average on demand unit was $31.10, representing an increase of $0.76, or 2.5%, as compared to 2008, primarily due to improved penetration of our on demand software solutions into our customer base.
 
Cost of Revenue
 
                                 
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2008     2009     Change     % Change  
          (in thousands)        
 
Cost of revenue
  $ 40,783     $ 51,260     $ 10,477       25.7 %
Depreciation and amortization
    5,275       7,253       1,978       37.5  
                                 
Total cost of revenue
  $ 46,058     $ 58,513     $ 12,455       27.0 %
                                 
 
Cost of revenue.   Cost of revenue increased $12.5 million, or 27.0%, in 2009 as compared to 2008. The increase in cost of revenue was primarily due to: a $10.2 million increase from costs related to the increased sales of our solutions; a $1.1 million increase in non-cash amortization of acquired technology as a result of our 2008 and 2009 acquisitions; a $0.8 million increase in property and equipment depreciation expense resulting from expanding our infrastructure to support revenue delivery activities; and $0.3 million increase in stock-based compensation related to our professional services and data center operations personnel.
 
Operating Expenses
 
                                 
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2008     2009     Change     % Change  
          (in thousands)        
 
Product development
  $ 26,514     $ 25,277     $ (1,237 )     (4.7 )%
Depreciation and amortization
    2,292       2,169       (123 )     (5.4 )
                                 
Total product development expense
  $ 28,806     $ 27,446     $ (1,360 )     (4.7 )%
                                 
 
Product development.   Product development expense decreased $1.4 million, or (4.7)%, in 2009 as compared to 2008. The decrease in product development expense was primarily due to: the absence of non-recurring charges related to the discontinuance of a business development project in 2008; a decrease in third-party development costs; and a decrease in depreciation of property and equipment. The decrease was partially offset by an increase in stock-based compensation in 2009 related to our product development personnel.
 


60


Table of Contents

                                 
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2008     2009     Change     % Change  
    (in thousands)  
 
Sales and marketing
  $ 21,649     $ 23,744     $ 2,095       9.7 %
Depreciation and amortization
    2,274       4,060       1,786       78.5  
                                 
Total sales and marketing expense
  $ 23,923     $ 27,804     $ 3,881       16.2 %
                                 
 
Sales and marketing.   Sales and marketing expense increased $3.9 million, or 16.2%, in 2009 as compared to 2008. The increase in sales and marketing expense was primarily due to: a $1.7 million increase in non-cash intangible amortization related to our 2008 and 2009 acquisitions, which included acquired customer relationships and key supplier and vendor relationships; a $1.5 million increase in personnel expense and a $1.0 million increase in marketing program expense in 2009 as part of our strategy to expand our market share and further penetrate our existing customer base with sales of additional on demand software solutions; and a $0.2 million increase in stock-based compensation related to our sales and marketing personnel.
 
                                 
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2008     2009     Change     % Change  
    (in thousands)  
 
General and administrative
  $ 12,979     $ 18,923     $ 5,944       45.8 %
Depreciation and amortization
    1,156       1,287       131       11.3  
                                 
Total general and administrative expense
  $ 14,135     $ 20,210     $ 6,075       43.0 %
                                 
 
General and administrative.   General and administrative expense increased $6.1 million, or 43.0%, in 2009 as compared to 2008. The increase in general and administrative expense was primarily due to: a $2.8 million increase in personnel expense and expense related to accounting, management information systems, legal, human resources and business development staff to support the growth in our business; a $0.7 million increase in legal fees primarily related to pursuing and closing acquisition opportunities; a $0.4 million increase in stock-based compensation; and an increase in various other general and administrative expenses driven by the investments in our administrative functions.
 
Interest Expense, Net
 
Interest expense, net, increased $2.4 million, or 110.4%, in 2009 as compared to 2008. The increase in interest expense, net, was primarily due to higher average debt balances related to the financing of our acquisitions and the issuance of notes payable to holders of our preferred stock in December 2008 in payment of accrued dividends. See Note 7 to Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended December 31, 2009.
 
Provision for Taxes
 
We have not incurred federal income taxes due to the carry forward of net operating losses. At December 31, 2009, we had a net operating loss carry forward for federal income tax purposes of approximately $67.2 million that will begin to expire in 2018. We have historically offset all of our net deferred tax assets by a valuation allowance. However, in December 2009, based on current year income and our projections of future income, we concluded it was more likely than not that certain of our deferred tax assets would be realizable, and therefore the valuation allowance was reduced by $27.0 million.

61


Table of Contents

Year Ended December 31, 2007 and 2008
 
Revenue
 
                                 
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2007     2008     Change     % Change  
    (in thousands, except dollar per unit data)  
 
Revenue:
                               
On demand
  $ 62,592     $ 95,192     $ 32,600       52.1 %
On premise
    11,560       7,582       (3,978 )     (34.4 )
Professional and other
    9,429       9,794       365       3.9  
                                 
Total revenue
  $ 83,581     $ 112,568     $ 28,987       34.7 %
                                 
On demand unit metrics:
                               
Ending on demand units
    2,800       3,833       1,033       36.9 %
Average on demand units
    2,293       3,138       845       36.9  
On demand revenue per average on demand unit
  $ 27.30     $ 30.34     $ 3.04       11.1  
 
On demand revenue.   On demand revenue increased $32.6 million, or 52.1%, in 2008 as compared to 2007, primarily due to an increase in rental property units managed with our on demand software solutions and an increase in the number of our on demand software solutions utilized by our existing customer base.
 
On premise revenue.   On premise revenue decreased $4.0 million, or (34.4)%, in 2008 as compared to 2007. The revenue decrease was primarily due to: our higher focus on sales of our on demand software solutions; a decrease in the number of rental property units utilizing our on premise software solutions, which was a result of customers converting to our on demand software solutions, not renewing their on premise software license or customers’ property sites turning over due to their sale or change in property management company.
 
Professional and other revenue.   Professional and other revenue increased $0.4 million, or 3.9%, in 2008 as compared to 2007, primarily due to increased consulting and implementation activity associated with new sales of our on demand software solutions, which was partially offset by lower training and seminar revenue.
 
Total revenue.   Our total revenue increased $29.0 million, or 34.7%, in 2008 as compared to 2007, primarily due to an increase in rental property units managed with our on demand software solutions and improved penetration of our on demand software solutions into our customer base.
 
On demand unit metrics.   As of December 31, 2008, one or more of our on demand software solutions was utilized in the management of 3.8 million rental property units, an increase of approximately 1.0 million units, or 36.9%, as compared to 2007. The increase in the number of rental property units managed by one or more of our on demand software solutions was primarily due to new customer sales and marketing efforts, our 2008 acquisitions and, to a lesser degree, migration of our current customers from our on premise software solutions. In 2008, our on demand revenue per average on demand unit was $30.34, representing an increase of $3.04, or 11.1%, as compared to 2007, primarily due to improved penetration of our on demand software solutions into our customer base.
 
Cost of Revenue
 
                                 
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2007     2008     Change     % Change  
          (in thousands)        
 
Cost of revenue
  $ 32,056     $ 40,783     $ 8,727       27.2 %
Depreciation and amortization
    3,647       5,275       1,628       44.6  
                                 
Total cost of revenue
  $ 35,703     $ 46,058     $ 10,355       29.0 %
                                 


62


Table of Contents

Cost of revenue.   Cost of revenue increased $10.4 million, or 29.0%, in 2008 as compared to 2007. The increase in cost of revenue was primarily due to: a $8.6 million increase from costs related to the increased sales of our solutions; a $1.3 million increase in property and equipment depreciation expense resulting from expanding our infrastructure to support revenue delivery activities; and a $0.3 million increase in non-cash amortization of acquired technology as a result of our 2008 acquisitions.
 
Operating Expenses
 
                                 
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2007     2008     Change     % Change  
          (in thousands)        
 
Product development
  $ 20,459     $ 26,514     $ 6,055       29.6 %
Depreciation and amortization
    1,249       2,292       1,043       83.5  
                                 
Total product development
  $ 21,708     $ 28,806     $ 7,098       32.7 %
                                 
 
Product development.   Product development expense increased $7.1 million, or 32.7%, in 2008 as compared to 2007. The increase in product development expense was primarily due to: a $3.8 million increase in personnel expense primarily related to the associated costs to support our growth initiatives and the addition of new solutions; a $1.0 million increase in depreciation of property and equipment from expanding our infrastructure to support our revenue growth; a $0.8 million non-cash asset disposal resulting from the discontinuance of a business development project in 2008; and a $0.5 million increase in stock-based compensation related to our product development personnel.
 
                                 
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2007     2008     Change     % Change  
          (in thousands)        
 
Sales and marketing
  $ 16,215     $ 21,649     $ 5,434       33.5 %
Depreciation and amortization
    1,832       2,274       442       24.1  
                                 
Total sales and marketing expense
  $ 18,047     $ 23,923     $ 5,876       32.6 %
                                 
 
Sales and marketing.   Sales and marketing expense increased $5.9 million, or 32.6%, in 2008 as compared to 2007. The increase in sales and marketing expense was primarily due to: a $3.2 million increase in personnel expense related to expanding our sales and marketing workforce as part of our strategy to increase our market share and further penetrate our existing customer base with additional on demand software solutions; a $1.5 million increase in marketing program expense in support of our growth strategy; a $0.4 million increase in property and equipment depreciation expense; and a $0.2 million increase in stock-based compensation related to our sales and marketing personnel.
 
                                 
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2007     2008     Change     % Change  
    (in thousands)  
 
General and administrative
  $ 9,357     $ 12,979     $ 3,622       38.7 %
Depreciation and amortization
    399       1,156       757       189.7  
                                 
Total general and administrative expense
  $ 9,756     $ 14,135     $ 4,379       44.9 %
                                 
 
General and administrative.   General and administrative expense increased $4.4 million, or 44.9%, in 2008 as compared to 2007. The increase in general and administrative expense was primarily due to: a $2.4 million increase in personnel expense related to an increase in accounting, management information systems, legal and human resources personnel to support the growth in our business; a $0.8 million increase in depreciation of property and equipment in 2008 driven by the investments in our administrative support functions; a $0.3 million increase in stock-based compensation related to our general and administrative personnel; and an increase various other general and administrative expenses driven by the investment in our administrative functions necessary to support our growth.


63


Table of Contents

Interest Expense, Net
 
Interest expense, net, increased $0.6 million, or 42.5%, in 2008 as compared to 2007. The increase in interest expense, net, was primarily due to higher average debt balances related to the financing of our acquisition activities.
 
Provision for Taxes
 
We have recorded a valuation allowance related to income taxes to reflect uncertainties associated with the realization of deferred tax assets. As a result, the benefit from income taxes is zero in 2007.
 
Quarterly Results of Operations
 
The following table presents our unaudited consolidated quarterly results of operations for the eight fiscal quarters ended December 31, 2009. This information is derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements, and includes all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, that we consider necessary for fair statement of our financial position and operating results for the quarters presented. Operating results for these periods are not necessarily indicative of the operating results for a full year. Historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in future periods. You should read this data together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes to these financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
                                                                 
    Three Months Ended,  
    March 31,
    June 30,
    September 30,
    December 31,
    March 31,
    June 30,
    September 30,
    December 31,
 
    2008     2008     2008     2008     2009     2009     2009     2009  
    (in thousands)  
 
Revenue:
                                                               
On demand
  $ 20,724     $ 22,486     $ 24,520     $ 27,462     $ 29,264     $ 30,852     $ 33,069     $ 35,192  
On premise
    2,140       1,902       1,766       1,774       1,437       1,441       468       514  
Professional and other
    1,936       2,351       2,982       2,525       1,942       2,175       2,117       2,431  
                                                                 
Total revenue
    24,800       26,739       29,268       31,761       32,643       34,468       35,654       38,137  
Cost of revenue (1)
    10,060       10,811       12,074       13,113       13,035       14,568       15,201       15,709  
                                                                 
Gross profit
    14,740       15,928       17,194       18,648       19,608       19,900       20,453       22,428  
                                                                 
Operating expense:
                                                               
Product development (1)
    6,668       7,074       6,932       8,132       6,711       6,887       6,675       7,173  
Sales and marketing (1)
    5,308       5,600       6,325       6,690       6,180       6,833       7,363       7,428  
General and administrative (1)
    3,173       3,456       3,648       3,858       4,536       4,187       4,552       6,935  
                                                                 
Total operating expenses
    15,149       16,130       16,905       18,680       17,427       17,907       18,590       21,536  
                                                                 
Operating (loss) income
    (409 )     (202 )     289       (32 )     2,181       1,993       1,863       892  
Interest expense, net
    (460 )     (418 )     (493 )     (781 )     (985 )     (998 )     (1,123 )     (1,422 )
                                                                 
Net (loss) income before taxes
    (869 )     (620 )     (204 )     (813 )     1,196       995       740       (530 )
                                                                 
Income tax expense (benefit)
          65             638       69       85       64       (26,246 )
                                                                 
Net (loss) income
  $ (869 )   $ (685 )   $ (204 )   $ (1,451 )   $ 1,127     $ 910     $ 676     $ 25,716  
                                                                 
 
 
(1) Includes stock-based compensation expense as follows:
 
                                                                 
    Three Months Ended,  
    March 31,
    June 30,
    September 30,
    December 31,
    March 31,
    June 30,
    September 30,
    December 31,
 
    2008     2008     2008     2008     2009     2009     2009     2009  
    (in thousands)  
 
Cost of revenue
  $ 19     $ 23     $ 21     $ 41     $ 67     $ 85     $ 103     $ 112  
Product development
    181       158       170       218       246       252       277       400  
Sales and marketing
    39       76       76       86       98       117       135       148  
General and administrative
    57       98       101       112       154       159       211       241  
                                                                 
Total stock-based compensation expense
  $ 296     $ 355     $ 368     $ 457     $ 565     $ 613     $ 726     $ 901  
                                                                 


64


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth our results of operations for the specified periods as a percentage of our revenue for those periods. The period-to-period comparison of financial results is not necessarily indicative of future results.
 
                                                                 
    Three Months Ended,  
    March 31,
    June 30,
    September 30,
    December 31,
    March 31,
    June 30,
    September 30,
    December 31,
 
    2008     2008     2008     2008     2009     2009     2009     2009  
    (as a percentage of total revenue)  
 
Revenue:
                                                               
On demand
    83.6 %     84.1 %     83.8 %     86.5 %     89.6 %     89.5 %     92.7 %     92.3 %
On premise
    8.6       7.1       6.0       5.5       4.5       4.2       1.4       1.3  
Professional and other
    7.8       8.8       10.2       8.0       5.9       6.3       5.9       6.4  
                                                                 
Total revenue
    100.0       100.0       100.0       100.0       100.0       100.0       100.0       100.0  
Cost of revenue:
                                                               
Software and services
    40.6       40.4       41.3       41.3       39.9       42.3       42.6       41.2  
                                                                 
Gross profit
    59.4       59.6       58.7       58.7       60.1       57.7       57.4       58.8  
                                                                 
Operating expense:
                                                               
Product development
    26.9       26.5       23.7       25.6       20.6       20.0       18.7       18.8  
Sales and marketing
    21.4       20.9       21.6       21.1       18.9       19.8       20.7       19.5  
General and administrative
    12.8       12.9       12.5       12.1       13.9       12.1       12.8       18.2  
                                                                 
Total operating expenses
    61.1       60.3       57.8       58.8       53.4       51.9       52.2       56.5  
                                                                 
Operating (loss) income
    (1.6 )     (0.8 )     1.0       (0.1 )     6.7       5.8       5.2       2.3  
Interest expense, net
    (1.9 )     (1.6 )     (1.7 )     (2.5 )     (3.0 )     (2.9 )     (3.1 )     (3.7 )
                                                                 
Net (loss) income before taxes
    (3.5 )     (2.4 )     (0.7 )     (2.6 )     3.7       2.9       2.1       (1.4 )
Income tax expense (benefit)
          0.2             2.0       0.2       0.2       0.2       (68.8 )
                                                                 
Net (loss) income
    (3.5 )     (2.6 )     (0.7 )     (4.6 )     3.5       2.7       1.9       67.4  
                                                                 
 
Our revenue increased in each of the quarters presented above primarily as a result of increases in rental property units managed with our on demand software solutions, successful efforts to increase the number of on demand software solutions utilized by our customer base and our 2008 and 2009 acquisitions. To date, we have not experienced any significant impact on our results of operations due to seasonality.
 
Cost of revenue increased over the course of the quarters presented above primarily due to increase in operating costs related to the increased sales of our solutions; higher technology support costs in order to support our growth; the cost of revenue added by our acquisitions; and higher non-cash amortization of technology acquired through our acquisitions. While cost of revenue increased in absolute dollars, gross margin has remained relatively consistent in each of the quarters presented.
 
Operating expense has steadily increased in absolute dollars over the course of the quarters presented above primarily due to increased personnel related expenses in support of our growth initiatives in addition to incremental expenses associated with acquired companies. Operating expense may vary as a result of the timing of sales and marketing activities, the timing of acquisitions or the discontinuance of projects, among other factors. For example, operating expense decreased from the fourth quarter of 2008 to the first quarter of 2009 primarily due to a decline in product development expense attributable to the discontinuance of a business development project during the fourth quarter of 2008. Additionally, during the fourth quarter of 2009, operating expense increased as a percentage of revenue when compared to the prior three quarters primarily as a result of an increase in general and administrative expense associated with higher professional fees and other costs related to pursuing acquisition opportunities combined with incremental general and administrative expense associated with the acquisitions we completed during the third and fourth quarters of 2009. Since our inception, we have made significant investments in developing new solutions, enhancing existing solutions, and expanding our sales and marketing efforts in order to increase our market share and to further penetrate our existing customer base with additional on demand software solutions. As a result of these investments, we have experienced significant revenue growth, which has resulted in a trend of decreased operating expense as a percentage of our total revenue.


65


Table of Contents

Reconciliation of Quarterly Non-GAAP Financial Measures
 
We anticipate that our investor and analyst presentations will include Adjusted EBITDA. We define Adjusted EBITDA as net (loss) income plus depreciation and asset impairment, amortization of intangible assets, interest expense, net, income tax expense (benefit), stock-based compensation expense and acquisition-related expense. We believe that the use of Adjusted EBITDA is useful to investors and other users of our financial statements in evaluating our operating performance because it provides them with an additional tool to compare business performance across companies and across periods. We believe that:
 
  •  Adjusted EBITDA provides investors and other users of our financial information consistency and comparability with our past financial performance, facilitates period-to-period comparisons of operations and facilitates comparisons with our peer companies, many of which use similar non-GAAP financial measures to supplement their GAAP results; and
 
  •  it is useful to exclude certain non-cash charges, such as depreciation and asset impairment, amortization of intangible assets and stock-based compensation and non-core operational charges, such as acquisition-related expense, from Adjusted EBITDA because the amount of such expenses in any specific period may not directly correlate to the underlying performance of our business operations and these expenses can vary significantly between periods as a result of new acquisitions, full amortization of previously acquired tangible and intangible assets or the timing of new stock-based awards, as the case may be.
 
We use Adjusted EBITDA in conjunction with traditional GAAP operating performance measures as part of our overall assessment of our performance, for planning purposes, including the preparation of our annual operating budget, to evaluate the effectiveness of our business strategies and to communicate with our board of directors concerning our financial performance.
 
We do not place undue reliance on Adjusted EBITDA as our only measure of operating performance. Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered as a substitute for other measures of liquidity or financial performance reported in accordance with GAAP. There are limitations to using non-GAAP financial measures, including that other companies may calculate these measures differently than we do, that they do not reflect our capital expenditures or future requirements for capital expenditures and that they do not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital. We compensate for the inherent limitations associated with using the Adjusted EBITDA measures through disclosure of these limitations, presentation of our financial statements in accordance with GAAP and reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to the most directly comparable GAAP measure, net (loss) income.
 
The following table presents a reconciliation of net (loss) income to Adjusted EBITDA for the eight fiscal quarters ended December 31, 2009:
 
                                                                 
    Three Months Ended,  
    March 31,
    June 30,
    September 30,
    December 31,
    March 31,
    June 30,
    September 30,
    December 31,
 
    2008     2008     2008     2008     2009     2009     2009     2009  
    (in thousands)  
 
Net (loss) income
  $ (869 )   $ (685 )   $ (204 )   $ (1,451 )   $ 1,127     $ 910     $ 676     $ 25,716  
Depreciation and asset impairment
    1,835       2,018       2,244       3,750       2,043       2,470       2,419       2,299  
Amortization of intangible assets
    657       333       331       774       1,362       1,322       1,279       1,821  
Interest expense, net
    460       418       493       781       985       998       1,123       1,422  
Income tax expense (benefit)
          65             638       69       85       64       (26,246 )
Stock-based compensation expense
    296       355       368       457       565       613       726       901  
Acquisition-related expense
                                        20       824  
                                                                 
Adjusted EBITDA
  $ 2,379     $ 2,504     $ 3,232     $ 4,949     $ 6,151     $ 6,398     $ 6,307     $ 6,737  
                                                                 


66


Table of Contents

Liquidity and Capital Resources
 
We have financed our operations primarily through private placements of preferred equity securities and common stock, secured credit facilities with commercial lenders, a private placement of subordinated debt securities and cash provided by operating activities. Our primary sources of liquidity as of December 31, 2009 consisted of $4.4 million of cash and cash equivalents, $10 million available under our revolving line of credit and $12.9 million of working capital (excluding deferred revenue).
 
Our principal uses of liquidity have been to fund our operations, working capital requirements, capital expenditures and acquisitions and to service our debt obligations. We expect that working capital requirements, capital expenditures and acquisitions will continue to be our principal needs for liquidity over the near term. Our planned capital expenditures for 2010 are not expected to exceed $12.0 million. In addition, we have made several acquisitions in which a portion of the cash purchase price is payable at various times through 2014. We expect to fund these obligations from cash provided by operating activities.
 
We believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents, working capital (excluding deferred revenue) and our cash flow from operations, together with the proceeds of this offering, will be sufficient to fund our operations and planned capital expenditures and service our debt obligations for at least the next 12 months. Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including our rate of revenue growth, the timing and size of acquisitions, the expansion of our sales and marketing activities, the timing and extent of spending to support product development efforts, the timing of introductions of new solutions and enhancements to existing solutions and the continuing market acceptance of our solutions. We may enter into acquisitions of, complementary businesses, applications or technologies, in the future, which could require us to seek additional equity or debt financing. Additional funds may not be available on terms favorable to us, or at all.
 
The following table sets forth cash flow data for the periods indicated therein:
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2007     2008     2009  
          (in thousands)        
 
Net cash provided by operating activities
  $ 4,441     $ 7,962     $ 24,758  
Net cash used in investing activities
    (16,155 )     (32,320 )     (24,676 )
Net cash provided by financing activities
    11,952       25,875       97  
 
Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities
 
In 2009, we generated $24.8 million of net cash from operating activities, which consisted of our net income of $28.4 million, offset by net non-cash income of $8.5 million, representing an increase of $16.8 million, or 211.0%, as compared to 2008. Net non-cash charges primarily consisted of a non-cash deferred tax benefit offset by depreciation, amortization and stock-based compensation expense. The increase in our net cash from operating activities in 2009 was primarily due to our net income, cash inflows from changes in working capital and greater collection of accounts receivable, which resulted in an improvement in the number of days that sales were outstanding from 68 days in 2008 to 57 days in 2009. This decrease in accounts receivable occurred despite an increase in revenues during the fourth quarter.
 
In 2008, we generated $8.0 million of net cash from operating activities, which consisted of our net loss of $3.2 million, offset by net non-cash charges of $13.9 million, representing an increase of $3.5 million, or 79.3%, as compared to 2007. Net non-cash charges to income primarily consisted of depreciation, amortization and stock-based compensation expense. The increase in our net cash from operating activities in 2008 was primarily due to cash outflows from changes in working capital including an increase in accounts receivable of $7.6 million from increased sales during the fourth quarter, partially offset by an increase in deferred revenues of $5.6 million. The increase in our net cash from operating activities in 2008 was primarily due to a reduction in our net loss, an increase of $6.3 million in non-cash charges and an increase in deferred revenue from increased sales during the fourth quarter, partially offset by increases in accounts receivable.
 
In 2007, we generated $4.4 million of net cash from operating activities, which consisted of our net loss of $3.1 million, offset by net non-cash charges of $7.6 million. Net non-cash charges to income primarily


67


Table of Contents

consisted of depreciation, amortization and stock-based compensation expense. Additionally, cash outflows from changes in working capital included an increase in accounts receivable of $5.2 million from increased sales near the end of the year, partially offset by an increase in deferred revenues of $4.4 million.
 
Net Cash Used in Investing Activities
 
In 2009, our investing activities used $24.7 million. Investing activities consisted of acquisition consideration of $11.6 million net of cash acquired for our 2009 acquisitions, acquisition-related payments of $3.6 million for commitments related to prior years’ acquisitions and $9.5 million of capital expenditures. The decrease in cash used in investing activities from 2008 relates to a decrease in capital spending of $0.8 million combined with a decrease in acquisition-related payments of $6.9 million.
 
In 2008, our investing activities used $32.3 million. Investing activities consisted of $20.1 million for our 2008 acquisitions, acquisition-related payments of $1.9 million for commitments related to prior years’ acquisitions and capital expenditures of $10.3 million. The increase in cash used in investing activities from 2007 relates to an increase in capital spending of $3.1 million and in increase in acquisition-related payments of $13.0 million.
 
In 2007, our investing activities used $16.2 million. Investing activities consisted of $7.0 million for our 2007 acquisition, acquisition-related payments of $2.1 million for commitments related to prior years’ acquisitions and capital expenditures of $7.1 million.
 
Capital expenditures in 2009, 2008 and 2007 were primarily related to investments in technology infrastructure to support our growth initiatives.
 
Net Cash Provided by Financing Activities
 
Our financing activities provided $0.1 million in 2009, representing a decrease of $25.8 million, or 99.6%, as compared to 2008. Cash provided by financing activities in 2009 was primarily related to net proceeds from refinancing our credit facility, offset by payments for scheduled term debt maturities, capital lease obligations and preferred stockholder notes payable.
 
Our financing activities provided $25.9 million in 2008, representing an increase of $13.9 million, or 116.5%, as compared to 2007. On February 22, 2008, in order to secure capital for future growth and business development activities, we entered into a securities purchase agreement whereby investors purchased an aggregate of 3,025,000 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $4.50 per share resulting in $13.4 million of net proceeds. Additionally, we had net proceeds of $4.5 million from our credit facility, $10.0 million of proceeds from a private placement of a note purchase agreement and common stock issuances of $0.6 million resulting from employees’ and third parties’ exercise of stock options and warrants. These proceeds were offset by $2.6 million of scheduled payments of capital lease obligations.
 
Our financing activities provided $12.0 million in 2007. Cash provided by financing activities in 2007 was primarily related to net proceeds of $11.5 million from our credit facility and common stock issuances of $1.1 million resulting from employees’ and third parties’ exercise of stock options and warrants. These proceeds were offset by $0.7 million of scheduled payments of capital lease obligations.
 
Cash provided by financing activities during 2009, 2008 and 2007 was used to support our operations until we achieved positive operating cash flow, as a funding source for acquisitions and for capital expenditures related to the expansion of our technology infrastructure.


68


Table of Contents

Contractual Obligations, Commitments and Contingencies
 
After giving effect to the February 2010 amendment to our credit facility, the following table summarizes, as of December 31, 2009, our minimum payments for long-term debt and other obligations for the next five years and thereafter:
 
                                         
    Payments Due by Period  
          Less Than
                More Than
 
    Total     1 year     1-3 years     3-5 years     5 years  
    (in thousands)  
 
Long-term debt obligations (1)
  $ 61,861     $ 11,093     $ 23,443     $ 27,325     $  
Capital (finance) leases
    2,273       1,670       603              
Operating lease obligations
    27,051       4,922       8,197       7,591       6,341  
Acquisition-related liabilities (2)
    4,359       1,653       1,842       864        
                                         
    $ 95,544     $ 19,338     $ 34,085     $ 35,780     $ 6,341  
                                         
 
 
(1) The amount of long-term debt obligations shown in the table above does not include any interest payments.
 
(2) We have made several acquisitions in which a portion of the cash purchase price is payable at various times through 2014.
 
Long-Term Debt Obligations
 
In September 2009, we entered into a credit facility which provided for a $35.0 million term loan and a $10.0 million revolving line of credit. A portion of the proceeds from the credit facility was used to repay the balance outstanding under our prior credit facility. The term loan and revolving line of credit bear interest at rates of the greater of 7.5%, a stated rate of 5.0% plus LIBOR, or a stated rate of 5.0% plus the bank’s prime rate (or, if greater than 3.5%, the federal funds rate plus 0.5% or three month LIBOR plus 1.0%). The term loan and revolving line of credit are collateralized by all our personal property and were subject to financial covenants, including meeting certain financial measures.
 
In February 2010, we entered into an amendment to the credit facility. Under terms of the amendment, the original term loan was increased by an additional $10.0 million. This amendment increased the balance outstanding on the term loan to $43.7 million. The proceeds from the amendment were primarily used to finance the February 2010 acquisition of certain assets of Domin-8 Enterprise Solutions, Inc. The related interest rates and maturity periods remained consistent with the terms of the credit facility. Principal payments on the term loan are due in quarterly installments of approximately $1.8 million until September 30, 2010, increasing to approximately $2.3 million until September 30, 2011, increasing to approximately $2.4 million until September 30, 2012 and increasing to quarterly installments of approximately $2.5 million through March 31, 2013, with the balance due on June 30, 2013. The effects of the payments related to this amendment have been included in the table above.
 
In August 2008, we entered into a note purchase agreement with a separate lender. Under the terms of the agreement, we issued secured promissory notes in the aggregate principal amount of $10.0 million with an interest rate of 13.75%, payable quarterly. These notes are to be paid in full before August 1, 2013. These notes are collateralized by all our personal property and are subordinated to the Credit Agreement. The balance of these notes at December 31, 2009 was $10.0 million.
 
On December 30, 2008, in connection with a declaration of dividend for all holders of our preferred stock, we issued promissory notes to the holders of our preferred stock in an aggregate principal amount of $11.1 million. The promissory notes bear interest at a rate of 8% and are payable in 16 consecutive quarterly payments of principal and interest. An additional amount equal to $0.9 million became payable in September 2009 under the terms of these promissory notes and will be paid upon maturity. The payments may be deferred at the discretion of the board of directors. The balance of these notes at December 31, 2009 was $8.2 million.


69


Table of Contents

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
 
We do not have any off-balance sheet financing arrangements and we do not have any relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, such as entities often referred to as structured finance or special purpose entities, which have been established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other contractually narrow or limited purposes.
 
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
 
Accounting Standards Codification
 
In September 2009, we adopted the Accounting Standards Codification, or ASC, established by the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB. The FASB established the ASC as the single source of authoritative non-governmental GAAP, superseding various existing authoritative accounting pronouncements. It eliminates the previous GAAP hierarchy and establishes one level of authoritative GAAP. All other literature is considered non-authoritative. The FASB will not issue new standards in the form of Statements, FASB Staff Positions or Emerging Issues Task Force Abstracts. Instead, it will issue an Accounting Standards Update, or ASU. The FASB will not consider ASUs as authoritative in their own right. ASUs will serve only to update the ASC, provide background information about the guidance and provide the bases for conclusions on the change(s) in the ASC.
 
Business Combinations
 
In December 2007, the FASB issued guidance regarding business combinations, which significantly changes the principles and requirements for how the acquirer of a business recognizes and measures in its financial statements the identifiable assets acquired, the liabilities assumed, any non-controlling interest in the acquiree, and the goodwill acquired. This statement is effective prospectively, except for certain retrospective adjustments to deferred tax balances, for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008. We applied these provisions to our 2009 acquisitions which resulted in expensing related transaction costs and valuing contingent consideration at the date of acquisition.
 
Fair Value Measurements
 
In September 2009, the FASB issued an ASU providing clarification for measuring the fair value of a liability when a quoted price in an active market for the identical liability is not available. It also clarifies that when estimating the fair value of a liability, a reporting entity is not required to include a separate input or adjustment to other inputs relating to the existence of a restriction that prevents the transfer of the liability. This ASU is effective for fiscal periods beginning after August 27, 2009. The Company does not believe this update will have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.
 
Subsequent Events
 
In May 2009, the FASB issued an ASU that established general standards of accounting for and disclosure of events that occur after the balance sheet date but before financial statements are issued or are available to be issued. Although there is new terminology, the standard is based on the same principles as those that currently exist in the auditing standards. The standard, which requires Companies to evaluate the disclosure of subsequent events, is effective for interim or annual periods ending after June 15, 2009. The adoption of this update had no impact on our consolidated results of operations or financial position.
 
Multiple Element Arrangements
 
In October 2009, the FASB issued an ASU that amended the accounting rules addressing revenue recognition for multiple-deliverable revenue arrangements by eliminating the existing criteria that objective and reliable evidence of fair value for undelivered products or services exist in order to be able to separately account for deliverables. Additionally, the ASU provides for elimination of the use of the residual method of allocating arrangement consideration and requires that arrangement consideration be allocated at the inception


70


Table of Contents

of the arrangement to all deliverables that can be accounted for separately based on their relative selling price. A hierarchy for estimating such selling price is included in the update. This ASU will be effective prospectively for revenue arrangements entered into or materially modified in fiscal years beginning on or after June 15, 2010. Early adoption is permitted. The Company adopted these accounting standards for all periods herein.
 
In October 2009, the FASB issued an ASU that changes the criteria for determining when an entity should account for transactions with customers using the revenue recognition guidance applicable to the selling or licensing of software. This ASU is effective prospectively for revenue arrangements entered into or materially modified in fiscal years beginning on or after June 15, 2010. Early adoption is permitted. The Company does not believe this update will have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.
 
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
 
Market risk represents the risk of loss that may impact our financial position due to adverse changes in financial market prices and rates. Our market risk exposure is primarily a result of fluctuations in interest rates. We do not hold or issue financial instruments for trading purposes.
 
We had cash and cash equivalents of $2.7 million, $4.2 million and $4.4 million at December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively. We held these amounts primarily in cash or money market funds.
 
We hold cash and cash equivalents for working capital purposes. We do not have material exposure to market risk with respect to investments, as our investments consist primarily of highly liquid investments purchased with original maturities of three months or less. We do not use derivative financial instruments for speculative or trading purposes; however, we may adopt specific hedging strategies in the future. Any declines in interest rates, however, will reduce future interest income.
 
We had total outstanding debt of $18.2 million, $43.7 million and $51.9 million at December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively. The interest rate on this debt is variable and adjusts periodically based on the three-month LIBOR rate. If the LIBOR rate changes by 1%, our annual interest expense would change by approximately $0.6 million.


71


Table of Contents

 
BUSINESS
 
Company Overview
 
We are a leading provider of on demand software solutions for the rental housing industry. Our broad range of property management solutions enables owners and managers of single-family and a wide variety of multi-family rental property types to manage their marketing, pricing, screening, leasing, accounting, purchasing and other property operations. Our on demand software solutions are delivered through an integrated software platform that provides a single point of access and a shared repository of prospect, resident and property data. By integrating and streamlining a wide range of complex processes and interactions among the rental housing ecosystem of owners, managers, prospects, residents and service providers, our platform optimizes the property management process and improves the experience for all of these constituents.
 
Our solutions enable property owners and managers to increase revenues and reduce operating costs through higher occupancy, improved pricing methodologies, new sources of revenue from ancillary services, improved collections and more integrated and centralized processes. As of December 31, 2009, over 5,000 customers used one or more of our on demand software solutions to help manage the operations of approximately 4.6 million rental housing units. Our customers include nine of the ten largest multi-family property management companies in the United States, ranked as of January 1, 2009, based on number of units managed.
 
We sell our solutions through our direct sales organization. Our total revenues were approximately $83.6 million, $112.6 million and $140.9 million in 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively. In the same years, we had operating (loss) income of approximately ($1.6 million), ($0.4 million) and $6.9 million, respectively, and net (loss) income of approximately ($3.1 million), ($3.2 million) and $28.4 million, respectively. Net income for 2009 included a discrete tax benefit of approximately $26.0 million as a result of a reduction of our net deferred tax assets valuation allowance.
 
Industry Overview
 
The rental housing market is large, growing and complex.
 
The rental housing market is large and characterized by challenging and location-specific operating requirements, diverse industry participants, significant mobility among residents and a variety of property types, including single-family and a wide range of multi-family property types, including conventional, affordable, privatized military, student and senior housing. According to the U.S. Census Bureau American Housing Survey for the United States: 2007, there were 39.3 million rental housing units in the United States in 2007. The U.S. Census Bureau divides the rental housing market into the following categories:
 
         
    Number of
 
Property Size
  Estimated Units  
    (in millions)  
 
Single-family properties
       
1 unit
    13.8  
2-4 units
    8.1  
Multi-family properties
       
5-9 units
    5.3  
10-49 units
    8.6  
50 or more units
    3.5  
         
Total Rental Units
    39.3  
         
 
Based on U.S. Census Bureau data and our own estimates, we believe that the overall size of the U.S. rental housing market, including rent, utilities and insurance, exceeds $300 billion annually. We estimate that the total addressable market for our current on demand software solutions is approximately $5.5 billion per year. This estimate assumes that each of the 39.3 million rental units in the United States has the potential to generate annually a range of approximately $100 in revenue per unit for single-family units to approximately $240 in revenue per unit for conventional multi-family units. We base this potential revenue


72


Table of Contents

assumption on our review of the purchasing patterns of our existing customers with respect to our on demand software solutions, the on demand software solutions currently utilized by our existing customers, the number of units our customers manage with these solutions and our current pricing for on demand software solutions. Furthermore, the U.S. rental housing market has recently benefited from a number of significant trends, including decreased home ownership resulting in additional renter households and tougher mortgage lending standards reducing first-time home purchases and contributing to lower rates of renter attrition as renters choose to remain in rental units.
 
Rental property management spans both the resident lifecycle and the operations of a property.
 
The resident lifecycle can be separated into four key stages: prospect, applicant, residency and post-residency. Each stage has unique requirements, and a property owner’s or manager’s ability to effectively address these requirements can significantly impact revenue and profitability.
 
     
Resident Lifecycle Stage
 
Property Owner/Manager Objectives
 
Prospect
 
• increase number of leads through effective marketing
   
• optimize the advertising spending and marketing budget for each property
   
• capture every lead in a timely manner
   
• create a compelling online experience for each property
   
• identify quality prospects
   
• determine appropriate market rental rates
   
• increase prospect-to-resident conversion rates
Applicant
 
• automate application process
   
• assess applicant credit history and ability to pay rent
   
• assess applicant criminal background
   
• determine optimal rental rates and lease terms required to maximize revenue
   
• manage risk through renter’s insurance programs
Residency
 
• foster resident retention through effective communications and responsive service
   
• manage rental payments and collections
   
• maintain property, including improvements and routine maintenance
   
• manage service provider network, including utilities and telecommunications vendors
   
• renew as high a percentage of lease expirations as possible
   
• determine optimal renewal rental rates required to maximize revenue
Post-residency
 
• improve collection of move-out expenses, including uncovered repairs and unpaid utilities
   
• manage process to efficiently and cost-effectively prepare the unit for new residents
   
• process final account statements and security deposit refunds
 
In addition to managing the resident lifecycle, property owners and managers must also manage the operations of their properties. Critical components of property operations include materials and service provider procurement, insurance and risk mitigation, utility and energy management, information technology and telecommunications management, accounting, expense tracking and management, document management, security, staff hiring and training, staff performance measurement and management and marketing.
 
Managing the resident lifecycle and the operations of a property involves several different constituents, including property owners and managers, prospects, residents and service providers. Property owners can include single-property owners, multi-property owners, national residential apartment syndicators that may own thousands of units through a variety of investment funds and real estate investment trusts, or REITs. Property managers often are responsible for a large number of properties that can range from single-family units to large apartment communities. Property owners and managers also need to manage a variety of service providers, including utilities, insurance providers, video, voice and data providers and maintenance and capital goods suppliers. Managing these diverse relationships, combined with frequent resident turnover and regulatory and compliance requirements, can make the operations of even a small portfolio of rental properties complex.


73


Table of Contents

Challenges are compounded for owners and managers responsible for a large portfolio of geographically dispersed properties, which require overseeing potentially hundreds of thousands of individual rental processes.
 
Legacy information technology solutions designed to manage the rental housing property management process are inadequate.
 
During the 1970’s and 1980’s, the rental housing market was highly fragmented and regionally organized. During this period, the first property management systems and software solutions emerged to help property owners and managers with basic accounting and record keeping functions. These solutions provided limited functionality and scalability and often were not tailored to the specific needs of rental housing property owners and managers.
 
Beginning in the mid 1990’s, the rental housing market began to consolidate and large, nationally focused and publicly financed companies emerged, which aggregated significant numbers of units. The rise of national real estate portfolio managers, many of them accountable to public shareholders, created a need for more sophisticated and scalable property management systems that included a centralized database and were designed to optimize and automate multiple business processes within the resident lifecycle and property operations. Despite increasing market demands, the available solutions continued to be insufficient to fully address the complex requirements of rental housing property owners and managers, which moved beyond basic accounting and record keeping functions to also include value-added services such as Internet marketing, applicant screening, billing solutions and analytics for pricing and yield optimization.
 
To address their complex and evolving requirements, many rental housing property owners and managers have historically implemented a myriad of single point solutions and/or internally developed solutions to manage their properties. These solutions can be expensive to implement and maintain and often lack integrated functionality to help owners and managers increase rental revenue or reduce costs. In addition, many rental housing property owners and managers still rely on paper or spreadsheet-based approaches, which are typically time intensive and prone to human error or internal mismanagement. We believe these historical solutions are inadequate because they:
 
  •  require significant customization to implement, which frequently inhibits upgrading to new versions or platforms in a timely manner;
 
  •  require information technology, or IT, resources to support integration points between property management systems and disparate value-added services;
 
  •  require IT resources to implement and maintain data security, data integrity, performance and business continuity solutions;
 
  •  lack scalability and flexibility to account for the expansion or contraction of a property portfolio;
 
  •  lack robust marketing and tracking capabilities for converting prospects to residents;
 
  •  lack effective spend management capabilities for controlling property management costs;
 
  •  lack comprehensive analytics for pricing and yield optimization;
 
  •  lack workflow level integration;
 
  •  do not provide owners and managers with visibility into overall property performance; and
 
  •  cannot be easily updated to meet new regulations and compliance requirements.
 
On demand software solutions are well suited to meet the rental housing market’s needs.
 
The ubiquitous nature of the Internet, widespread broadband adoption and improved network reliability and security have enabled the deployment and delivery of business-critical applications over the Internet. The on demand delivery model is substantially more cost-effective than traditional on premise software solutions that generally have higher deployment and support costs and require the customer to purchase and maintain the associated servers, storage, networks, security and disaster recovery solutions.


74


Table of Contents

The RealPage Solution
 
We provide a platform of on demand software solutions that integrates and streamlines rental property management business functions. Our solutions enable owners and managers of single-family and a wide variety of multi-family rental property types, including conventional, affordable, privatized military, student and senior housing, to manage their marketing, pricing, screening, leasing, accounting, purchasing and other property operations. These functions have traditionally been addressed by individual, disparate applications. Our solutions enable property owners and managers to increase revenues and reduce operating costs through higher occupancy, improved pricing methodologies, new sources of revenue from ancillary services, improved collections and more integrated and centralized business processes. Our solutions contribute to a more efficient property management process and an improved experience for all of the constituents involved in the rental housing ecosystem, including owners, managers, prospects, residents and service providers.
 
Benefits to Our Customers
 
The benefits of our solutions for our customers include the following:
 
Increased revenues.   Our solutions enable our customers to increase their revenues by improving their sales and marketing effectiveness, optimizing their pricing and occupancy and improving collection of rental payments, utility expenses, late fees and other charges.
 
Reduced operating costs.   Our solutions help our customers reduce costs by streamlining and automating many ongoing property management functions, centralizing and controlling purchasing by on-site personnel and transferring costs from the site to more efficient centrally managed operations. Our on demand delivery model also reduces owners’ and managers’ operating costs by eliminating their need to own and support the applications or associated hardware infrastructure. In addition, our integrated solutions reduce the initial implementation and training costs and ongoing support associated with multiple applications that each provide only components of the functionality provided by our solutions. This is particularly important for property owners and managers who want to reduce enterprise-class IT infrastructure, support and staff training.
 
Improved quality of service for residents and prospects.   Our solutions improve the level of service that property owners and managers provide to residents and prospects by enabling many transactions to be completed online, expediting the processing of rental applications, maintenance service requests and payments and increasing the frequency and quality of communication with residents and prospects, providing higher resident satisfaction and increased differentiation from competing properties that do not use our solutions.
 
Streamlined and simplified property management business processes.   Our on demand platform provides integrated solutions for managing a wide variety of property management processes that have traditionally been managed manually or through separate applications. Our solutions utilize common authentication that enables data sharing and workflow automation of certain business processes, thereby eliminating redundant data entry and simplifying many recurring tasks. The efficiency of our solutions allows onsite and corporate personnel to utilize their time more effectively and to focus on the strategic priorities of the business. We also make extensive use of online training courseware and our solutions are designed to be usable by new employees almost immediately after their hiring, addressing an acute need of the multi-family industry in which employee turnover is high.
 
Ability to integrate third-party products and services.   Our open architecture and application framework facilitate the integration of third-party applications and services into our solutions. This enables property managers to conduct these business functions through the same system that they already use for many of their other tasks and to leverage the same repository of prospect, resident and property data that supports our solutions.
 
Increased visibility into property performance.   Our integrated platform and common data repository enable owners and managers to gain a comprehensive view of the operational and financial performance of each of their properties. Our solutions provide a library of standard reports, dashboards, scorecards and alerts, and we also provide interfaces to several widely used report writers and business intelligence tools. In addition, our on demand delivery model makes it possible to deliver benchmark data aggregated across more than 10,000 properties, factor rental payment history into applicant screening processes and create more accurate supply/demand models and statistically based price elasticity models to improve price optimization.


75


Table of Contents

Simple implementation and support.   Our solutions include pre-configured extensions that meet the specific needs of a variety of property types and can be easily tailored by our customers to meet more specific requirements of their properties and business processes. We strive to minimize the need for professional consulting services to implement our solutions and train personnel.
 
Improved scalability.   We host our solutions for our customers, thereby reducing or eliminating our customers’ costs associated with expanding or contracting IT infrastructure as their property portfolios evolve. We also bear the risk of technological obsolescence because we own and manage our data center infrastructure and are continually upgrading it to newer generations of technology without any incremental cost to our customers.
 
Competitive Strengths of our Solutions
 
The competitive strengths of our solutions are as follows:
 
Integrated on demand software platform based on a common data repository.   Our solutions are delivered through an integrated on demand software platform that provides a single point of access via the Internet with a common repository of prospect, resident and property data, which permits our solutions to access requested data through offline data transfer or in real-time.
 
Large and growing ecosystem of property owners, managers, prospects, residents and service providers.   Through December 31, 2009, we have established a customer base of over 5,000 customers who use one or more of our on demand software solutions to help manage the operations of approximately 4.6 million rental housing units. Our customers include nine of the ten largest multi-family property management companies in the United States, ranked as of January 1, 2009, based on number of units managed. Our solutions automate and streamline many of the recurring transactions and interactions among this large and expanding ecosystem of property owners and managers, prospects, residents and service providers, including prospect inquiries, applications, monthly rent payments and service requests. As the number of constituents of our ecosystem increases, the volume of data in our common data repository and its value to the constituents of our ecosystem grows.
 
Comprehensive platform of on demand software solutions for property management.   Our on demand property management systems and integrated software-enabled value-added services provide what we believe to be the broadest range of on demand capabilities for managing the resident lifecycle and core operational processes for residential property management. Our software-enabled value-added services provide complementary sales and marketing, asset optimization, risk mitigation, billing and utility management and spend management capabilities that collectively enable our customers to manage every stage of the resident lifecycle. In addition, we offer shared cloud services, including reporting, payment, document management and training functionality that are common to all of our product families. These comprehensive solutions enable us to address the needs of a wide range of property owners and managers across a broad range of rental housing property types.
 
Deep rental housing industry expertise.   We have been serving the rental housing industry exclusively for over 10 years and our 20 most senior management team members have an average of 16 years experience in the rental housing industry. We design our solutions based on our extensive rental housing industry expertise, insight into industry trends and developments and property management best practices that help our customers simplify the challenges of owning and managing rental properties.
 
Open cloud computing architecture.   Our cloud computing architecture enables our solutions to interface with our customers’ existing systems and allows our customers to outsource the management of third-party business applications. This open architecture enables our customers to buy our solutions incrementally while continuing to use existing third-party solutions, allowing us to shorten sales cycles and increase adoption of our solutions within our target market.


76


Table of Contents

Our Strategy
 
We intend to leverage the breadth of our solutions and industry presence to solidify our position as a leading provider of on demand software solutions to the rental housing industry. The key elements of our strategy to accomplish this objective are as follows:
 
Acquire new customers.   We intend to actively pursue new customer relationships with property owners and managers that do not currently use our solutions. In addition to marketing our core property management systems, we will also seek to sell our software-enabled value-added services to customers of other third-party property management systems by utilizing our open architecture to facilitate integration of our solutions with those systems.
 
Increase the adoption of additional solutions within our existing customer base.   Many of our customers rely on our property management systems to manage their daily operations and track all of their critical prospect, resident and property information. Additionally, some of our customers utilize our software-enabled value-added services to complement third-party ERP systems. We have continually introduced new software-enabled value-added services to complement our property management systems and marketed our on demand property management systems to our customers who are utilizing third-party ERP systems. We believe that the penetration of our on demand software solutions to date has been modest and that there exists significant potential for additional on demand revenue from sales of our on demand software solutions to our customer base. We have significant opportunities to further leverage the critical role that our solutions play in our customers’ operations by increasing the adoption of our on demand property management systems and software-enabled value-added services within our existing customer base, and we intend to actively focus on upselling and cross-selling our solutions to our customers.
 
Add new solutions to our platform.   We believe that we offer the most comprehensive platform of on demand software solutions for the rental housing industry. The breadth of our platform enables our customers to control many aspects of the residential rental property management process. We have a unique opportunity to add new capabilities that further enhance our platform, and we intend to continue developing and introducing new solutions to sell to both new and existing customers. These solutions may include localized solutions to support our customers as they grow their international operations. We also intend to develop new relationships with third-party application providers that can use our open architecture to offer additional product and service capabilities to their customers through the use of our platform.
 
Pursue acquisitions of complementary businesses, products and technologies.   Since March 2005, we have completed nine acquisitions that have enabled us to expand our platform, enter into new rental property markets and expand our customer base. We intend to continue to selectively evaluate opportunities to acquire businesses and technologies that may help us accomplish these and other strategic objectives.
 
Products and Services
 
Our platform consists of our property management systems and five families of software-enabled value-added services. Our software-enabled value-added services provide complementary sales and marketing, asset optimization, risk mitigation, billing and utility management and spend management capabilities that collectively enable our customers to manage the stages of the resident lifecycle. Each of our property management systems and our software-enabled value-added services include multiple product centers that provide distinct capabilities and can be licensed separately or as a bundled package. Each product center is integrated with a central repository of prospect, resident and property data.
 
Our platform also includes a set of shared cloud services, including reporting, payment, document management and training functionality that are common to all of our product families. Third-party applications can access our property management systems using either Online Data Exchanges or Site Data Exchanges, which we refer to as AppConnectors.
 
Our platform is designed to serve as a single system of record for all of the constituents of the rental housing ecosystem, including owners, managers, prospects, residents and service providers, and to support the entire resident lifecycle, from prospect to applicant to residency to post-residency. Common authentication, work flow and user experience across product families enables each of these constituents to access different applications as appropriate for their role.


77


Table of Contents

We offer different versions of our platform for different types of properties. For example, our platform supports the specific and distinct requirements of:
 
  •  conventional single-family properties (four units or less);
  •  conventional multi-family properties (five or more units);
  •  affordable Housing and Urban Development, or HUD, properties;
  •  affordable tax credit properties;
  •  privatized military housing;
  •  student housing; and
  •  senior living.
 
 
Property Management Systems
 
Our property management systems are typically referred to as Enterprise Resource Planning, or ERP, systems. These solutions manage core property management business processes, including leasing, accounting, purchasing and facilities management, and include a central database of prospect, applicant, resident and property information that is accessible in real time by our other solutions. Our property management systems also interface with most popular general ledger accounting systems through AppConnectors to products offered by AMSI Property Management (owned by Infor Global Solutions, Inc.), Microsoft Corporation, MRI Software, LLC, Yardi Systems, Inc. and many others. This makes it possible for customers to deploy our solutions using our accounting system or a third-party accounting system.


78


Table of Contents

OneSite
 
OneSite is our flagship on demand property management system for multi-family properties. OneSite includes eleven individual product centers. Seven versions of OneSite are tailored to the specific needs of conventional single-family, conventional multi-family, affordable HUD, affordable tax credit, privatized military housing, student housing and senior living properties.
 
     
Product Center
 
Key Functionality
 
OneSite Leasing & Rents
  Prospects, generates, presents and records price quotations, generates lease documents, schedules move-ins and posts financial transactions to the resident ledger for both new residents and renewal of existing resident leases. Seven versions support the unique needs of our target residential rental markets.
OneSite Facilities
  Manages asset warranties, service requests and unit turnovers so that when a resident moves out, the resident ledger is automatically updated with any damages to be incorporated into the resident’s final account statement.
OneSite Purchasing
  Manages work orders and procurement activities and calculates operating budget variances.
OneSite Accounting
  Provides back-office general ledger, accounts payable and cash management functions. We license OneSite Accounting from a third-party accounting software provider and have modified it to meet the needs of the rental housing industry.
OneSite Budgeting
  Enables owners and managers to budget property performance and transfer budgets into the general ledger.
 
Propertyware
 
Propertyware is our on demand property management system for single-family properties and small, centrally managed multi-family properties. Propertyware consists of four product centers including accounting, maintenance and work order management, marketing spend management and portal services. In addition, we offer our screening and payment solutions through our Propertyware brand to single-family and small centrally managed multi-family properties.
 
Other Property Management Systems
 
We also offer six additional on premise property management systems — RentRoll, HUDManager, Tenant Pro, Spectra, i-CAM, and Management Plus. RentRoll serves small conventional apartment communities. HUDManager serves small HUD, Rural Housing Services and tax credit subsidized apartment communities. Tenant Pro serves the needs of small conventional properties. Spectra is a conventional apartment and commercial modular property management system that primarily serves both the U.S. and the Canadian markets. i-CAM and Management Plus property management software automates and streamlines rental activities for affordable housing.
 
Most of our RentRoll and HUDManager on premise customers have migrated to our on demand property management systems. Four of our additional on premise property management systems — Tenant Pro, Spectra, i-CAM and Management Plus — were acquired in February 2010. Over time, we expect many customers of these on premise property management systems to migrate to our on demand OneSite or Propertyware systems; however, we will continue to support our on premise property management systems for the foreseeable future and integrate our software-enabled value-added services into them.
 
Collectively, our on premise property management systems represented less than 2.7% of our total revenue in 2009 and we expect that our on premise property management systems, including the revenue


79


Table of Contents

attributable to the on premise property management systems that we acquired in February 2010, will represent less than 5% of our total revenue in 2010.
 
Software-Enabled Value-Added Services
 
In addition to property management systems, we offer software-enabled value-added services consisting of five product families and 22 product centers that provide complementary sales and marketing, asset optimization, risk mitigation, billing and utility management and spend management capabilities. Our software-enabled value-added services are tightly integrated with our OneSite property management system, and we are actively integrating them with our other property management systems.
 
CrossFire (Sales & Marketing Systems)
 
The CrossFire product family is usually referred to as a customer relationship management, or CRM, system. It includes product centers that manage marketing and leasing operations and enable owners and managers to originate, capture, track, manage and close more leads.
 
     
Product Center
 
Key Functionality
 
CrossFire Content Management System
  Provides a central repository of property marketing and listing content, including descriptions, photos, video or animated tours, floor plans and site plans.
CrossFire Contact Center
  Provides call and email routing technology and agent staffing on a permanent or overflow basis to answer phone calls and emails from prospects or residents.
CrossFire Leasing Portal
  Enables owners and managers to create customized property websites with rich content and search capabilities and list them on various Internet listing services and search engines.
CrossFire Resident Portal
  Provides a portal that enables residents to view community events, enter or check the status of service requests, review statements, pay rent online and renew leases.
CrossFire Studio
  Provides advertising and marketing planning services through a talented team of multi-family marketing experts including advertising placement and performance evaluation, leasing and renewal campaign design and marketing consulting services.
 
YieldStar (Asset Optimization Systems)
 
Rental housing property rents have traditionally been set by owners and managers based on their knowledge of the market and other intangible or intuitive criteria. YieldStar is a scientific yield management system, similar to those used in the airline and hotel industries, that enables owners and managers to optimize rents to achieve the overall highest yield, or combination of rent and occupancy, at each property.
 


80


Table of Contents

             
Product Center
 
Key Functionality
     
 
YieldStar Price Optimizer
  Uses current customer and market data and statistically derived supply/demand forecasts and price elasticity models to calculate and present optimal prices for each rental unit.        
YieldStar Pricing Advisory Services
  Offers outsourced pricing management advisory services for owners and managers who want to utilize Price Optimizer without incurring the costs to staff and support it in-house.        
M/PF Research
  Provides multi-family housing market research through a well-established and trusted name in multi-family market intelligence. The M/PF Research database includes monthly and quarterly information on occupancy and rents for more than 36,000 rental housing properties in the United States representing 284 defined metropolitan statistical areas as of February 2010.        
 
LeasingDesk (Risk Mitigation Systems)
 
LeasingDesk risk mitigation systems enable rental housing property owners and managers to reduce delinquency, liability and property damage risk.
 
     
Product Center
 
Key Functionality
 
LeasingDesk Screening
  Evaluates an applicant’s credit using a scoring model calibrated to predict resident default and payment behavior by leveraging our proprietary database of resident rental payment history generated from our property management systems.
Criminal Background Services
  Ascertains if a prospective resident has committed a crime or been evicted from a previous apartment by accessing databases that are aggregated from third-party data providers.
Credit Optimizer
  Allows owners and managers to optimize credit thresholds based on occupancy levels and adjust deposit and rent amounts based on the default risk of the resident in a yield neutral manner. Credit Optimizer is expected to remain in beta testing throughout 2010.
LeasingDesk Insurance Services
  Offers liability and renter’s insurance. Liability policies protect owners and managers against financial loss due to resident-caused damage, while renter’s insurance provides additional coverage for resident personal belongings in the event of loss.

81


Table of Contents

Velocity (Billing and Utility Management Services)
 
Velocity offers a complete range of billing and utility management services.
 
     
Product Center
 
Key Functionality
 
Convergent Billing Services
  Provides automated monthly invoicing services enabling owners and managers to increase collections by sending each resident a monthly invoice that combines rent, small balances and utility charges onto a single invoice.
Energy Recovery Services
  Provides automated utility billing services to enable owners and managers to detect and collect utility costs that are the residents’ responsibility.
Infrastructure Services
  Provides contractor services to install electric, gas and water meters in apartment communities through three individual product centers. Velocity also provides consulting services to assist owners and managers in implementing and managing energy, media, data and telecom services at their communities.
 
OpsTechnology (Spend Management Systems)
 
OpsTechnology offers spend management systems that enable owners and managers to better control costs.
 
     
Product Center
 
Key Functionality
 
OpsBuyer
  Integrates purchase orders, onsite accounts payable, automated workflow approval (including mobile approvals), budget and spend limit control, centralized expense reporting tools and document management through our on demand spend management tool.
OpsMarket
  Enables owners and managers to create private marketplaces to manage the transactions between their properties and their preferred suppliers and service providers through our on demand eProcurement solution.
OpsInvoice
  Provides an on demand invoice management solution that centralizes the processing of both electronic and paper invoices across the owner’s or manager’s portfolio.
OpsAdvantage
  Offers a catalog of negotiated discounts for selected vendors across several major purchasing categories for owners and managers that are too small to negotiate volume discounts.
OpsBid
  Provides an on demand procurement system used primarily for larger capital and rehab related purchases that are not ordered regularly.


82


Table of Contents

Shared Cloud Services
 
We offer shared cloud services that are tightly integrated with our property management systems and software-enabled valued added services.
 
     
Cloud Services
 
Key Functionality
 
Portfolio Reporting
  Aggregates the data from our other solutions and third-party applications and gives owners and managers access to business critical reports and actionable analytical information about the performance of their properties.
Document Management
  Provides storage, retrieval, security, and archiving of all documents and forms associated with a property management company’s business processes and procedures.
Payment Processing
  Enables owners and managers to collect rent and other payments electronically from residents through check, money order, automated clearing house, or ACH, or credit/debit card.
Online Learning
  Allows owners and managers to train geographically dispersed employees in a cost-effective and timely fashion, and allows employees to complete their coursework at their convenience.
 
The RealPage Cloud
 
We operate a robust application infrastructure, marketed to our customers as The RealPage Cloud, which supports the delivery of our solutions and also allows owners and managers to outsource portions of their IT operations. The RealPage Cloud operates over redundant 10GBPS dedicated fiber links connecting two data centers containing hundreds of servers and multiple storage area networks. This architecture makes it possible to expand the data center incrementally with little or no disruption as more users or additional applications are added. The RealPage Cloud consists of more than 1,300 virtual servers, 350 physical servers and 400 terabytes of data. The RealPage Cloud spans approximately 30,000 locations and processes an average of 15 million transactions per day and, at peak times, supports over 75,000 unique users.
 
The RealPage Cloud is based on an open architecture that enables third-party applications to access OneSite using either Online Data Exchanges or Site Data Exchanges, which we refer to as AppConnectors. Today, we maintain more than 150 different public and private AppConnectors interfacing with a variety of third-party applications and processing hundreds of thousands of transactions per day. These AppConnectors enable our cloud services to access and interface with third-party property management system data to one or more of our software-enabled value-added services.
 
In addition, our system is designed to replicate data into a Universal Data Store, or UDS, each day. Access to UDS is enabled through an access layer called UDS Direct, which enables customers to build portfolio reports, dashboards and alerts using any Open Database Connectivity or Java Database Connectivity compliant report writer tool such as Microsoft Excel, Microsoft Access, Microsoft SQL Server Reporting Service or Crystal Reports. UDS is also transmitted to a number of our larger customers each night to feed portfolio reporting systems that they have built internally.
 
As of December 31, 2009, we employed 45 professionals who are responsible for maintaining data security, integrity, availability, performance and business continuity in our cloud computing facilities. We annually conduct two major audits of our cloud computing infrastructure, including SAS 70 Type II and Payment Card Industry, or PCI, audits. In addition, certain customers conduct separate business continuity audits of their own.
 
In addition to our production data centers, we manage a separate development and quality assurance testing facility used to control the pre-production testing required before each new release of our on demand


83


Table of Contents

software. We typically deploy new releases of the software underlying our on demand software solutions on a monthly or quarterly schedule depending on the solution.
 
Professional Services
 
We have developed repeatable, cost-effective consulting and implementation services to assist our customers in taking advantage of the capabilities enabled by our platform. Our consulting and implementation methodology leverages the nature of our on demand software architecture, the industry-specific expertise of our professional services employees and the design of our platform to simplify and expedite the implementation process. Our consulting and implementation services include project and application management procedures, business process evaluation, business model development and data conversion. Our consulting teams work closely with customers to ensure the smooth transition and operation of our systems.
 
We also offer a variety of training programs through our Online Learning Services for training administrators and onsite property managers on the use of our solutions and on current issues in the property management industry. Training options include regularly hosted classroom and online instruction (through our online learning courseware) as well as online seminars, or webinars. We also enable our customers to integrate their own training content with our content to deliver an integrated and customized training program for their on-site property managers.
 
Product Support
 
We offer product support services that provide our customers with assistance from our product support professionals by phone or email in resolving issues with our solutions. We offer three product support options: Standard, Frontline and Platinum. The Standard option includes product support during business hours. The Frontline option includes the features of the Standard option plus escalation to senior support representatives. The Platinum option includes the features of the Frontline option plus emergency product support on Saturdays and a designated senior product support liaison. Technology support is also available for consultations on firewalls, communications, security measures (including virus alerts), workstation configuration and disaster recovery options.
 
We also sponsor the RealPage User Group to facilitate communications between us and our community of users. The RealPage User Group is governed by a steering committee of our customers, which consists of two elected positions and subcommittee chairs, each representing a RealPage product center or group of product centers.
 
Product Development
 
We devote a substantial portion of our resources to developing new solutions and enhancing existing solutions, conducting product testing and quality assurance testing, improving core technology and strengthening our technological expertise in the rental housing industry. We typically deploy new releases of the software underlying our on demand software solutions on a monthly or quarterly schedule depending on the solution. As of December 31, 2009, our product development group consisted of 214 employees in North America and 44 employees located in Hyderabad, India. Product development expense totaled $21.7 million, $28.8 million and $27.4 million for 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively.
 
Sales and Marketing
 
We sell our software and services through our direct sales organization. As of December 31, 2009, we employed 75 sales representatives. Our sales force is organized by geographic region and divided into teams based on the size of our prospective customers and property type. This focus provides a higher level of service and understanding of our customers’ unique needs. Our typical sales cycle with a prospective customer begins with the generation of a sales lead through Internet marketing, tele-sales efforts, trade shows or other means of referral. The sales lead is followed by an assessment of the customer’s requirements, sales presentations and product demonstrations. Our sales cycle can vary substantially from customer to customer, but typically requires three to six months for larger customers and one to six weeks for smaller customers.


84


Table of Contents

In addition to new customer sales, we sell additional solutions and consulting services to our existing customers to help them more efficiently and effectively manage their properties as the rental housing market evolves and competitive conditions change.
 
We generate customer leads, accelerate sales opportunities and build brand awareness through our marketing programs. Our marketing programs target property management company executives, technology professionals and senior business leaders. Our marketing team focuses on the unique needs of customers within our target markets. Our marketing programs include the following activities:
 
  •  field marketing events for customers and prospects;
 
  •  participation in, and sponsorship of, user conferences, trade shows and industry events;
 
  •  customer programs, including user meetings and our online customer community;
 
  •  online marketing activities, including email campaigns, online advertising, web campaigns, webinars and use of social media, including blogging, Facebook, and Twitter;
 
  •  public relations; and
 
  •  use of our website to provide product and company information, as well as learning opportunities for potential customers.
 
We host our annual user conference where customers both participate in and deliver a variety of programs designed to help accelerate business performance through the use of our integrated platform of solutions. The conferences feature a variety of customer speakers, panelists and presentations focused on businesses of all sizes. The event also brings together our customers, technology vendors, service providers and other key participants in the rental housing industry to exchange ideas and best practices for improving business performance. Attendees gain insight into our product plans and participate in interactive sessions that give them the opportunity to provide input into new features and functionality.
 
Strategic Relationships
 
We maintain relationships with a variety of technology vendors and service providers to enhance the capabilities of our integrated platform of solutions. This approach allows us to expand our platform and customer base and to enter new markets. We have established the following types of strategic relationships:
 
Technology Vendors
 
We have relationships with a number of leading technology companies whose products we integrate into our platform or offer to complement our solutions. The cooperative relationships with our software and hardware technology partners allow us to build, optimize and deliver a broad range of solutions to our customers.
 
Service Providers
 
We have relationships with a number of service providers that offer complementary services that integrate into our platform and address key requirements of rental property owners and managers, including credit card and ACH services, transaction processing capabilities and insurance underwriting services.
 
Customers
 
We are committed to developing long-term customer relationships and working closely with our customers to configure our solutions to meet the evolving needs of the rental housing industry. Our customers include REITs, leading property management companies, fee managers, regionally based owner operators and service providers. As of December 31, 2009, we had 5,032 customers who used one or more of our on demand software solutions to help manage the operations of approximately 4.6 million rental housing units. Our customers include nine of the ten largest multi-family property management companies in the United States,


85


Table of Contents

ranked as of January 1, 2009, based on number of units managed. For the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, no one customer accounted for more than 5% of our revenue.
 
See Note 2 to Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended December 31, 2009 for further information regarding measurement of our international revenue and location of our long-lived assets.
 
Competition
 
We face competition primarily from point solution providers including traditional software vendors and other on demand software providers. To a lesser extent, we also compete with internally developed and maintained solutions. Our competitors vary depending on our solution. Our current principal competitors include:
 
  •  in the multi-family ERP market, AMSI Property Management (owned by Infor Global Solutions, Inc.), MRI Software LLC and Yardi Systems, Inc. and, in the single-family ERP market, AppFolio, Inc.;
 
  •  in the applicant screening market, ChoicePoint Inc. (a subsidiary of Reed Elsevier Group plc), First Advantage Corporation (a subsidiary of The First American Corporation), TransUnion Rental Screening Solutions, Inc. (a subsidiary of TransUnion LLC) and Yardi Systems, Inc. (following its recent acquisition of RentGrow Inc., an applicant screening provider);
 
  •  in the insurance market, Assurant, Inc. and a number of national insurance underwriters (including GEICO Corporation) that market renters insurance;
 
  •  in the CRM market, contact center and call tracking service providers Call Source Inc., Level One, Inc., Yardi Systems, Inc. (which recently announced its intention to build a call center) and numerous regional and local call centers, lead tracking solution providers eReal Estate Integration, Inc., Lead Tracking Solutions (a division of O.C. Concepts, Inc.) and Who’s Calling, Inc., content syndications and reservations systems providers eReal Estate Integration, Inc. and Realty DataTrust Corporation and companies providing web portal services, including Apartments24-7.com, Inc., Ellipse Communications, Inc., Property Solutions International, Inc., Spherexx.com and Yardi Systems, Inc.;
 
  •  in the utility billing market, American Utility Management, Inc., Conservice, LLC, ista North America, Inc., NWP Services Corporation and Yardi Systems, Inc. (following its recent acquisition of Energy Billing Systems, Inc.);
 
  •  in the revenue management market, PROS Holdings, Inc., The Rainmaker Group, Inc. and Yardi Systems, Inc.; and
 
  •  in the payment processing space, Chase Paymentech Solutions, LLC (a subsidiary of JPMorgan Chase & Co.), First Data Corporation, Fiserv, Inc., MoneyGram International, Inc., NWP Services Corporation, Property Solutions International, Inc., RentPayment.com (a subsidiary of Yapstone, Inc.), Yardi Systems, Inc. and a number of national banking institutions.
 
The principal competitive factors in our industry include total cost of ownership, ease of implementation, product functionality and scope, performance, security, scalability and reliability of service, brand and reputation, sales and marketing capabilities and financial resources of the provider. We believe that we compete favorably with our competitors on the basis of these factors. We also believe that none of our more significant competitors currently offer a more comprehensive or integrated on demand software solution. However, some of our existing competitors have greater name recognition, longer operating histories, larger installed customer bases, larger sales and marketing budgets, as well as greater financial, technical and other resources.
 
Intellectual Property
 
We rely on a combination of copyright, trademark and trade secret laws, as well as confidentiality procedures and contractual restrictions, to establish and protect our proprietary rights. These laws, procedures and restrictions provide only limited protection. We currently have no issued patents or pending patent applications. In the future, we may file patent applications, but patents may not be issued with respect to these patent applications, or if


86


Table of Contents

patents are issued, they may not provide us with any competitive advantages, may not be issued in a manner that gives us the protection that we seek and may be successfully challenged by third parties.
 
We endeavor to enter into agreements with our employees and contractors and with parties with whom we do business in order to limit access to and disclosure of our proprietary information. We cannot be certain that the steps we have taken will prevent unauthorized use or reverse engineering of our technology. Moreover, others may independently develop technologies that are competitive with ours or that infringe on our intellectual property. The enforcement of our intellectual property rights also depends on any legal actions against these infringers being successful, but these actions may not be successful, even when our rights have been infringed.
 
Furthermore, effective patent, trademark, trade dress, copyright and trade secret protection may not be available in every country in which our solutions are available over the Internet. In addition, the legal standards relating to the validity, enforceability and scope of protection of intellectual property rights are uncertain and still evolving.
 
Employees
 
As of December 31, 2009, we had approximately 1,141 employees. We consider our current relationship with our employees to be good. Our employees are not represented by a labor union and are not subject to a collective bargaining agreement.
 
Facilities
 
We currently lease approximately 184,000 square feet of space for our corporate headquarters and data center in Carrollton, Texas under lease agreements that expire in August 2016. We also license data center space and collocation services at a facility in Dallas, Texas for our secondary data center. We have offices in Tulsa, Oklahoma; Irvine, California; San Francisco, California; San Diego, California; Williston, Vermont; Mason, Ohio; Atlanta, Georgia; Washington, D.C.; Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada and Hyderabad, India. We believe our current and planned data centers and office facilities will be adequate for the foreseeable future.
 
Legal Proceedings
 
From time to time, we have been and may be involved in various legal proceedings arising from our ordinary course of business.
 
On June 15, 2009, a prospective resident of one of our customers filed a class action lawsuit styled Minor v. RealPage, Inc. against us in the U.S. District Court for the Central District of California. By the parties’ mutual stipulation in August 2009, the action was transferred to the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Texas (No. 4:09CV-00439). The plaintiff has alleged two individual claims and three class-based causes of action against us. Individually, the plaintiff alleges that we (i) willfully failed to employ reasonable procedures to ensure the maximum accuracy of our resident screening reports as required by 15 U.S.C. § 1681e(b) and, in the alternative, (ii) negligently (within the meaning of 15 U.S.C. § 1681o(a)) failed to employ reasonable procedures to ensure the maximum accuracy of our resident screening reports, as required by 15 U.S.C. § 1681e(b), in each case stemming from our provision of a report that allegedly included inaccurate criminal conviction information. The plaintiff seeks actual, statutory and punitive damages on her individual claims. In her capacity as the putative class representative, the plaintiff also alleges that we: (i) willfully failed to provide legally mandated disclosures upon a consumer’s request inconsistent with 15 U.S.C. § 1681g; (ii) willfully failed to provide prompt notice of consumers’ disputes to the data furnishers who provided us with the information whose accuracy was in question, as required by 15 U.S.C. §§ 1681i(a)(2); and (iii) willfully failed to provide prompt notice of consumers’ disputes to the consumer reporting agencies providing us with the information whose accuracy was in question, as required by 15 U.S.C. § 1681i(f). The plaintiff seeks certification of three separate classes in connection with these claims. She also seeks statutory and punitive damages, a declaration that our practices and procedures are in violation of the Fair Credit Reporting Act and attorneys’ fees and costs. Because this lawsuit is at an early stage, it is not possible to predict its outcome. We believe that we have meritorious defenses to the claims in this case and intend to defend it vigorously.


87


Table of Contents

In January 2007, plaintiffs filed five separate but nearly identical class action lawsuits in the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Texas against more than 100 defendants. We were named as a defendant in one of those actions, Taylor, et al. v. Safeway, Inc., et al. (No. 2:07-CV-00017). On March 4, 2008, the Court consolidated these actions with the lead case, Taylor, et al. v. Acxiom Corp., et al. (No. 2:07-CV-00001). In their operative pleading, plaintiffs alleged that we obtained and held motor vehicle records in bulk from the State of Texas, an allegedly improper purpose in violation of the federal Driver’s Privacy Protection Act, or the DPPA. In addition, the plaintiffs alleged that we obtained these records for the purpose of re-selling them, another allegedly improper purpose in violation of the DPPA. Plaintiffs further purported to represent a putative class of approximately 20.0 million individuals affected by the defendants’ alleged DPPA violations. They sought statutory damages of $2,500 per each violation of the DPPA, punitive damages and an order requiring defendants to destroy information obtained in violation of the DPPA. In September 2008, the Eastern District of Texas dismissed plaintiffs’ complaint for failure to state a claim. The plaintiffs subsequently appealed the dismissal to the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Fifth Circuit. The primary issue on appeal is whether plaintiffs alleged any injury-in-fact that would give them standing to bring their claims. Predicate issues include whether obtaining and merely holding data states a claim under the DPPA, and whether re-selling data likewise states an actionable claim. In November 2009, the Fifth Circuit heard oral argument on the appeal. A decision has not yet been rendered. We believe that we have meritorious defenses to the claims in this case and intend to defend it vigorously.
 
In March 2010, the District Attorney of Ventura County, California issued an administrative subpoena to us seeking certain information related to our provision of utility billing services in the State of California. A representative of the District Attorney has informed us that the subpoena was issued in connection with a general investigation of industry practices with respect to utility billing in California. Utility billing in California is subject to regulation by state law and various state administrative agencies, including the California Public Utility Commission, or the CPUC, and the Division of Weights and Measures, or the DWM. We have provided the District Attorney with the information requested in the subpoena. As of April 28, 2010, the District Attorney’s office has not initiated an administrative or other enforcement action against us, nor have they asserted any violations of the applicable regulations by us. Given the early stage of this investigation, it is difficult to predict its outcome and whether the District Attorney will pursue an administrative or other enforcement action against us in the State of California and what the result of any such action would be. However, penalties or assessments of violations of regulations promulgated by the CPUC or DWM may be calculated on a per occurrence basis. Due to the large number of billing transactions we process for our customers in California, our potential liability in an enforcement action could be significant. If the District Attorney ultimately pursues an administrative or other enforcement action against us, we believe that we have meritorious defenses to the potential claims and would defend them vigorously. However, even if we were successful in defending against such claims, the proceedings could result in significant costs and divert management’s attention.


88


Table of Contents

 
MANAGEMENT
 
Executive Officers and Directors
 
Our executive officers and directors and their ages and positions as of April 1, 2010 are set forth below:
 
         
Name
  Age  
Position(s)
 
Stephen T. Winn
  63   Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer and Director
Timothy J. Barker
  47   Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
Dirk D. Wakeham
  44   President
Ashley Chaffin Glover
  38   Executive Vice President, Multifamily Solutions
Jason D. Lindwall
  39   Chief Operations Officer
William E. Van Valkenberg
  63   Chief Legal Officer and Secretary
Alfred R. Berkeley, III (1),(2)
  65   Director
Richard M. Berkeley (2),(3)
  57   Director
Peter Gyenes (1),(2),(3)
  64   Director
Jeffrey T. Leeds (3)
  54   Director
Jason A. Wright (1),(2),(3)
  38   Director
 
 
(1) Member of our audit committee.
 
(2) Member of our compensation committee.
 
(3) Member of our nominating and governance committee
 
Stephen T. Winn has served as our Chief Executive Officer, Chairman of the Board and a member of our board of directors since November 1998. From November 1998 to December 2009, Mr. Winn also served as our President. From January 1998 to March 1999, Mr. Winn served in various executive positions, including President of Research Institute of America, a provider of information services to the accounting industry and a wholly owned subsidiary of Thomson Reuters Corporation. From June 1969 to January 1998, Mr. Winn served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Computer Language Research Inc., a publicly traded company focused on tax compliance, tax research and accounting software, which was acquired by Thomson Reuters Corporation. Mr. Winn is a member of the board of directors of the National Multi Housing Council. In January 2002, he was one of five people recognized by the National Apartment Association as a leader in the multi-family industry. Mr. Winn received his B.S. in electrical engineering from The University of Texas at Austin and his M.S. in management from Stanford University. In addition to Mr. Winn’s role as our Chief Executive Officer, we believe Mr. Winn’s qualifications to serve on our board of directors include his previous service in executive positions at various public and private technology companies and his extensive experience in the multi-family rental housing industry.
 
Timothy J. Barker has served as our Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer since he joined us in October 2005. Prior to joining us, Mr. Barker served from March 2003 to September 2005 as Chief Financial Officer of etalk Corporation, a provider of enterprise class contact management performance solutions. From August 2000 to March 2003, Mr. Barker worked as an independent consultant and provided chief financial officer consulting services to public and private companies. From November 1995 to July 2000, Mr. Barker held various positions at F.Y.I. Incorporated, a document and information outsourcing solution provider, including Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. Mr. Barker received his B.B.A. in accounting from Texas Tech University and has been a Certified Public Accountant in the state of Texas since 1985.
 
Dirk D. Wakeham has served as our President since December 2009 and previously served as our Executive Vice President, Property Solutions, from January 2009 to November 2009 and our Senior Vice President, President, LeasingDesk Risk Mitigation Systems, from April 2007 to December 2008. Prior to joining us in April 2007, Mr. Wakeham was the Founder, President and Chief Executive Officer of Multifamily Internet Ventures, LLC, which he founded in 2001 and we acquired in April 2007. He also previously served as Senior Vice President at Western National Group, where he was responsible for the management and


89


Table of Contents

deployment of enterprise systems focused on the management and operation of a diverse multi-family portfolio. Mr. Wakeham received his B.A. in business administration from California State University, Fullerton.
 
Jason D. Lindwall has served as our Chief Operations Officer since joining us in April 2008. Prior to joining us, Mr. Lindwall held various positions, including Chief Information Officer, at Aspen Square Management, Inc. from December 1993 to February 2008. Mr. Lindwall received his B.S. in business administration computer information systems from Western New England College.
 
William E. Van Valkenberg has served as our Chief Legal Officer and Secretary since joining us in September 2009. Prior to joining us, Mr. Van Valkenberg worked as an executive consultant from January 2009 to September 2009 and provided consulting services to us from July 2009 to September 2009. From February 2006 to November 2008, Mr. Van Valkenberg was a senior executive and Chief Legal Officer of DayJet Corporation, an early stage regional on demand jet service. While Mr. Van Valkenberg was employed by DayJet Corporation, it filed a voluntary petition for Chapter 7 bankruptcy in November 2008. Mr. Van Valkenberg has also been outside counsel to public and private businesses with several law firms, most recently Holland & Knight LLP, where he was a partner from June 2002 to February 2006. Mr. Van Valkenberg received his B.A. in economics from the University of Washington and his J.D. from the University of Utah S.J. Quinney College of Law.
 
Ashley Chaffin Glover has served as our Executive Vice President, Multifamily Solutions since January 2010 and previously served as our Executive Vice President, Resident Solutions from April 2009 to January 2010 and as our Senior Vice President, President, Velocity Utility and Billing Services, from March 2005 until April 2009. From November 2004 through early March 2005, Ms. Chaffin Glover served us in a consulting capacity in conjunction with our acquisition of The Pleco Group, LLC. From August 1995 to July 1997 and again from August 1999 to July 2003, Ms. Chaffin Glover handled both international and domestic assignments for McKinsey & Company. Ms. Chaffin Glover received her B.S. in computer science from Southern Methodist University and her M.B.A. from Harvard University.
 
Alfred R. Berkeley, III has served as a member of our board of directors since December 2003 and as Chairman of our audit committee since January 2004. Mr. Berkeley currently serves as the Chairman of Pipeline Financial Group, Inc., the parent of Pipeline Trading Systems LLC, a block trading brokerage service, which he joined in December 2003. From December 2003 to March 2010, Mr. Berkeley also served as the Chief Executive Officer of Pipeline Financial Group, Inc. He also serves as Vice-Chairman of the National Infrastructure Advisory Council for the President of the United States, a trustee of Johns Hopkins University and a member of the Johns Hopkins University Applied Physics Laboratory, LLC. He formerly served as Vice Chairman of the Nomination Evaluation Committee for the National Medal of Technology and Innovation, which makes candidate recommendations to the Secretary of Commerce. He was appointed Vice Chairman of the NASDAQ Stock Market, Inc. in July 2000, serving through July 2003, and served as President of NASDAQ from 1996 until 2000. From 1972 to 1996, Mr. Berkeley served in a number of capacities at Alex. Brown & Sons Incorporated, which was acquired by Bankers Trust New York Corporation and later by Deutsche Bank AG. Most recently, he was Managing Director in the corporate finance department where he financed computer software and electronic commerce companies. He joined Alex. Brown & Sons Incorporated as a Research Analyst in 1972 and became a general partner in 1983. From 1985 to 1987, he served as Head of Information Services for the firm. From 1988 to 1990, Mr. Berkeley took a leave of absence from Alex. Brown & Sons Incorporated to serve as President and Chief Executive Officer of Rabbit Software Inc., a public telecommunications software company. He served as a captain in the United States Air Force and a major in the United States Air Force Reserve. Mr. Berkeley also served as a director of Webex Communications, Inc., which was acquired by Cisco Systems, Inc. (NASDAQ: CSCO) in May 2007. Mr. Berkeley also served as a director of Kintera, Inc. until May 2008, when it was acquired by Blackbaud, Inc. (NASDAQ: BLKB). Mr. Berkeley served as a director of the National Research Exchange, Inc., a registered broker dealer, until it ceased operations in December 2007. Mr. Berkeley also serves as a director of several private companies. Mr. Berkeley received his B.A. in English from the University of Virginia and his M.B.A. from The Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania. We believe Mr. Berkeley’s qualifications to serve on our board of directors include his extensive experience in corporate finance and securities matters, including


90


Table of Contents

his experience as Chief Executive Officer of various companies and his leadership positions with the NASDAQ Stock Market, Inc., and his knowledge gained from service on the boards of various public and private companies and federal committees.
 
Richard M. Berkeley has served as a member of our board of directors since December 2005, as a member of each of our compensation committee and nominating and governance committee since May 2007 and as Chairman of our nominating and governance committee since February 2010. Mr. Berkeley is a member of Camden Partners Holdings, LLC, where he focuses on investments in the business and financial services, health care and education markets for the firm. Prior to joining Camden Partners in October 2002, Mr. Berkeley spent 19 years with Alex. Brown & Sons Incorporated and its successor organizations, Bankers Trust New York Corporation and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., where he was responsible for the origination, structuring and consummation of private equity financings for public and private companies. He currently serves on the board of directors of a number of private companies, educational institutions and charitable organizations. Mr. Berkeley served as an officer in the United States Air Force between 1974 and 1976. He received his B.A. in history, J.D. and M.B.A. from the University of Virginia. We believe Mr. Berkeley’s qualifications to serve on our board of directors include his extensive business experience and knowledge in equity financings.
 
Peter Gyenes has served as a member or our board of directors since January 2010. Mr. Gyenes has served as the non-executive Chairman of the board of directors of Sophos plc, a global security software company, since May 2006. Mr. Gyenes served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Ascential Software Corporation (NASDAQ: ASCL), a market leader in data integration software, and its predecessor companies VMark Software, Ardent Software and Informix from 1996 until it was acquired by International Business Machines Corporation in 2005. He currently serves on the boards of directors of Lawson Software, Inc. (NASDAQ: LWSN), Netezza Corporation (NYSE: NZ), Pegasystems Inc. (NASDAQ: PEGA) and VistaPrint Limited (NASDAQ: VPRT), as well as several private companies, and serves as trustee emeritus of the Massachusetts Technology Leadership Council. Mr. Gyenes previously served on the board of directors of webMethods Inc. (NASDAQ: WEBM) (acquired by Software AG Darmstadt) from 2005 to 2007, Applix, Inc. (NASDAQ: APLX) (acquired by Cognos, Inc.) from 2000 to 2007 and BladeLogic, Inc. (NASDAQ: BLOG) (acquired by BMC Software, Inc.) from 2006 to 2008. Mr. Gyenes received his B.A. in mathematics and his M.B.A. in marketing from Columbia University. We believe Mr. Gyenes’ qualifications to serve on our board of directors include his experience as the Chief Executive Officer of a publicly traded company, his knowledge gained from service on the boards of various public and private companies and his more than 40 years of experience in technology, sales, marketing and general management positions within the computer systems and software industry.
 
Jeffrey T. Leeds has served as a member of our board of directors and a member of our nominating and governance committee since December 1999. He is President and Co-Founder of Leeds Equity Partners, LLC, which he co-founded in 1993, a private equity firm that focuses on the education, information services and training industries. Prior to co-founding Leeds Equity Partners, Mr. Leeds spent seven years specializing in mergers and acquisitions and corporate finance at Lazard Freres & Co. LLC, a subsidiary of Lazard Group LLC. Prior to joining Lazard Freres & Co. LLC, Mr. Leeds served as a law clerk to the Hon. William J. Brennan, Jr. of the Supreme Court of the United States during the 1985 October Term. Mr. Leeds also worked in the corporate department of the law firm of Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP in New York after graduating from law school. Mr. Leeds currently serves on the board of directors of Education Management Corporation (NASDAQ: EDMC), Instituto de Banca y Comercio and SeatonCorp. and as a Trustee on the United Federation of Teacher’s Charter School Board in New York City. Mr. Leeds received his B.A. in history summa cum laude from Yale University and his J.D. from Harvard Law School. He was also a Marshall Scholar at the University of Oxford. We believe Mr. Leeds’ qualifications to serve on our board of directors include his extensive business and legal experience in corporate finance and his knowledge gained from service on the boards of various public and private companies.
 
Jason A. Wright has served as a member or our board of directors since December 2003 and as the Chairman of our compensation committee since October 2006 and a member of our audit committee since January 2004. Mr. Wright is a partner in the Tech & Telecom Group at Apax Partners LLC, where he focuses


91


Table of Contents

primarily on investments in enterprise software and technology-enabled services. Prior to joining Apax in 2000, Mr. Wright served in a variety of roles at General Electric Capital Corporation, a subsidiary of General Electric Corporation, including the evaluation and execution of investment opportunities for the Technology Ventures Group, and Mr. Wright was also a consultant at Andersen Consulting, now Accenture plc. Mr. Wright currently serves on the board of directors of various private companies. Mr. Wright received his B.A. in economics from Tufts University and his M.B.A. in finance from The Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania. We believe Mr. Wright’s qualifications to serve on our board of directors include his extensive business and financial experience related to enterprise software and technology-enabled services companies.
 
Our executive officers are elected by, and serve at the discretion of, our board of directors. Certain of our stockholders who beneficially own shares representing approximately 96.5% of our outstanding capital stock as of December 31, 2009 have entered into a shareholders agreement that, among other things, provides for the voting of their shares with respect to the constituency of our board of directors. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — 2010 Shareholders Agreement” for further description of this agreement. The current members of our board of directors have been elected by our stockholders voting in accordance with the terms of this agreement, which will terminate upon completion of this offering.
 
With the exception of Alfred R. Berkeley, III and Richard M. Berkeley, who are brothers, there are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.
 
In addition to the information presented above regarding each director’s specific experience, qualifications, attributes and skills that led our board of directors to the conclusion that each should serve as a director, we also believe that all of our directors have demonstrated business acumen, ethical integrity and an ability to exercise sound judgment, as well as a commitment of service to us and our board of directors.
 
Board of Directors
 
Our board of directors currently consists of six members. At each annual meeting of stockholders, our directors will be elected for a one-year term until their successors are elected and qualified, or until their earlier resignation or removal. We expect that our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws, to be effective upon the completion of this offering, will provide that the number of our directors will be fixed from time to time by a resolution of the majority of our board of directors. Nine directors are currently authorized.
 
Director Independence
 
In February 2010, our board of directors undertook a review of the independence of our directors and considered whether any director has a material relationship with us that could compromise his or her ability to exercise independent judgment in carrying out his or her responsibilities. As a result of this review, our board of directors determined that Alfred R. Berkeley, III, Richard M. Berkeley, Jeffrey T. Leeds, Jason A. Wright and Peter Gyenes, representing five of our six directors currently in office, are “independent directors” as defined under the rules of the SEC and the NASDAQ Global Market, or NASDAQ, and constitute a majority of independent directors of our board of directors as required by the rules of the SEC and NASDAQ.
 
Committees of the Board of Directors
 
Our board of directors has an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and governance committee, each of which has the composition and responsibilities described below.
 
Audit Committee
 
Our audit committee is responsible for, among other things:
 
  •  selecting and hiring our independent auditors;
 
  •  approving the audit and non-audit services to be performed by our independent auditors;
 
  •  evaluating the qualifications, performance and independence of our independent auditors;


92


Table of Contents

 
  •  monitoring the integrity of our financial statements and our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements as they relate to financial statements or accounting matters;
 
  •  reviewing the adequacy and effectiveness of our internal control policies and procedures;
 
  •  discussing the scope and results of the audit with the independent auditors and reviewing with management and the independent auditors our interim and year-end operating results;
 
  •  preparing the audit committee report required in this prospectus and in our annual proxy statement; and
 
  •  reviewing and evaluating, at least annually, its own performance and that of its members, including compliance with the committee charter.
 
Our audit committee is currently composed of Alfred R. Berkeley, III, Jason A. Wright and Peter Gyenes. Mr. Berkeley has been appointed the Chairman of our audit committee. Our board of directors has determined that each member of our audit committee is independent under the applicable requirements of NASDAQ and SEC rules and regulations. Our board of directors has determined that each member of our audit committee meets the requirements for financial literacy and sophistication, and qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert,” under the applicable requirements of NASDAQ and SEC rules and regulations.
 
Our board of directors has adopted an audit committee charter. We believe that the composition of our audit committee, and our audit committee’s charter and functioning, will comply with the applicable requirements of NASDAQ and SEC rules and regulations. We intend to comply with future requirements to the extent they become applicable to us.
 
Following the completion of this offering, the full text of our audit committee charter will be posted on the investor relations portion of our website at http://www.realpage.com and will be available without charge, upon request in writing to RealPage, Inc., 4000 International Parkway, Carrollton, Texas 75007, Attn: General Counsel.
 
Compensation Committee
 
Our compensation committee is responsible for, among other things:
 
  •  reviewing and approving corporate goals and objectives relevant to compensation of our Chief Executive Officer and other executive officers;
 
  •  reviewing and approving the following for our Chief Executive Officer and our other executive officers: annual base salaries, annual incentive bonuses, including the specific goals and amounts, equity compensation, employment agreements, severance arrangements and change in control arrangements and any other benefits, compensation or arrangements;
 
  •  reviewing the succession planning for our executive officers;
 
  •  reviewing and recommending compensation goals and bonus and stock compensation criteria for our employees;
 
  •  reviewing and recommending compensation programs for outside directors;
 
  •  preparing the compensation discussion and analysis and compensation committee report that the SEC requires in our annual proxy statement;
 
  •  administering, reviewing and making recommendations with respect to our equity compensation plans; and
 
  •  reviewing and evaluating, at least annually, its own performance and that of its members, including compliance with the committee charter.
 
Our compensation committee is currently composed of Jason A. Wright, Alfred R. Berkeley, III, Richard M. Berkeley and Peter Gyenes, each of whom is a non-employee member of our board of directors. Mr. Gyenes has been appointed to serve as the Chairman of our compensation committee. Our board of directors has


93


Table of Contents

determined that each member of our compensation committee is independent under the applicable requirements of NASDAQ and SEC rules and regulations, is a non-employee director, as defined by Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, and is an outside director, as defined pursuant to Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code.
 
Our board of directors has adopted a compensation committee charter. We believe that the composition of our compensation committee, and our compensation committee’s charter and functioning, will comply with the applicable requirements of NASDAQ and SEC rules and regulations. We intend to comply with future requirements to the extent they become applicable to us.
 
Following the completion of this offering, the full text of our compensation committee charter will be posted on the investor relations portion of our web site at http://www.realpage.com and will be available without charge, upon request in writing to RealPage, Inc., 4000 International Parkway, Carrollton, Texas 75007, Attn: General Counsel.
 
Nominating and Governance Committee
 
Our nominating and governance committee is responsible for, among other things:
 
  •  assisting our board of directors in identifying prospective director nominees and recommending nominees for each annual meeting of stockholders to the board of directors;
 
  •  reviewing developments in corporate governance practices and developing and recommending governance principles applicable to our board of directors;
 
  •  overseeing the evaluation of our board of directors and management;
 
  •  recommending members for each board committee to our board of directors; reviewing and monitoring our code of business conduct and ethics and actual and potential conflicts of interest of members of our board of directors and officers; and
 
  •  reviewing and evaluating, at least annually, its own performance and that of its members, including compliance with the committee charter.
 
Our nominating and governance committee is currently composed of Richard M. Berkeley, Peter Gyenes, Jeffrey T. Leeds and Jason A. Wright. Mr. Berkeley has been appointed the Chairman of our nominating and governance committee. Our board of directors has determined that each member of our nominating and governance committee is independent under the applicable requirements of NASDAQ and SEC rules and regulations.
 
Our board of directors has adopted a nominating and governance committee charter. We believe that the composition of our nominating and governance committee, and our nominating and governance committee’s charter and functioning, will comply with the applicable requirements of NASDAQ and SEC rules and regulations. We intend to comply with future requirements to the extent they become applicable to us.
 
Following the completion of this offering, the full text of our nominating and governance committee charter will be posted on the investor relations portion of our website at http://www.realpage.com and will be available without charge, upon request in writing to RealPage, Inc., 4000 International Parkway, Carrollton, Texas 75007, Attn: General Counsel.
 
Code of Business Conduct and Ethics
 
Our board of directors has adopted a code of business conduct and ethics. The code applies to all of our employees, officers (including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions), including directors and consultants. Following the completion of this offering, the full text of our code of business conduct and ethics will be posted on the investor relations portion of our website at http://www.realpage.com and will be available without charge, upon request in writing to RealPage, Inc., 4000 International Parkway, Carrollton, Texas 75007, Attn: General Counsel. We intend to disclose future amendments to certain provisions of our code of business conduct and


94


Table of Contents

ethics, or waivers of such provisions, applicable to any principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions or our directors on our website. The inclusion of our website address in this prospectus does not include or incorporate by reference the information on our website into this prospectus.
 
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
 
None of the members of our compensation committee is an officer or employee of our company. None of our executive officers currently serves, or in the past year has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our board of directors or compensation committee.
 
Director Compensation
 
Historically, we have not paid any cash compensation to our directors for their services as directors or as members of committees of our board of directors. We have instead granted options to our non-employee directors who are not affiliated with our major stockholders as set forth below. However, effective April 1, 2010, we will provide our independent directors with both cash and equity compensation as described below.
 
Stock Option Grants to Alfred R. Berkeley, III
 
On January 9, 2004, we granted an option to purchase 250,000 shares of our common stock to Alfred R. Berkeley, III at an exercise price of $1.00. The option is immediately exercisable. We have a right to repurchase all shares acquired upon exercise of the option, which repurchase right expires as to one forty-eighth of the shares issued upon exercise of the stock option on the last day of each month beginning in February 2004, subject to Mr. Berkeley’s continued service through each applicable date.
 
On March 11, 2005, we granted an option to purchase 100,000 shares of our common stock to Mr. Berkeley at an exercise price of $1.00. The option is immediately exercisable. We have a right to repurchase all shares acquired upon exercise of the option, which repurchase right expires as to one forty-eighth of the shares issued upon exercise of the stock option on the last day of each month beginning in April 2005, subject to Mr. Berkeley’s continued service through each applicable date.
 
On December 17, 2008, we granted an option to purchase 50,000 shares of our common stock to Mr. Berkeley at an exercise price of $3.00. The option is immediately exercisable. We have a right to repurchase all shares acquired upon exercise of the option, which repurchase right expires as to one forty-eighth of the shares issued upon exercise of the stock option on the last day of each month beginning in January 2009, subject to Mr. Berkeley’s continued service through each applicable date.
 
Stock Option Grants to Peter Gyenes
 
On December 18, 2009, we granted a contingent option to purchase 100,000 shares of our common stock to Peter Gyenes at an exercise price of $3.00. The contingencies of the grant were satisfied and the grant became effective on December 29, 2009. This grant was subsequently cancelled and terminated and replaced by a grant to Peter Gyenes of an option to purchase 120,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $3.75 on February 25, 2010. The stock option vests with respect to 5% of the shares subject to the stock option each quarter commencing on the first day of the calendar quarter immediately following the grant date for 15 consecutive quarters and, with respect to the remaining 25% of the shares subject to the stock option, on the first day of the next following calendar quarter, subject to continued service through each applicable date. In the event of a “change of control,” as defined in the stock option agreement with Mr. Gyenes, all of the options subject to the agreement will become fully vested and exercisable.


95


Table of Contents

Independent Director Compensation Plan
 
In February 2010, our compensation committee approved the following compensation plan for our independent directors, which became effective April 1, 2010. Our stockholders approved the independent director compensation plan in March 2010. The term “independent directors” for purposes of our independent director compensation plan will be as defined in our Fourth Amended and Restated Shareholders Agreement, dated as of March 17, 2010, prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part and will be as defined by our board of directors following effectiveness.
 
     
Retainer
  $6,000 per quarter
Audit committee chair retainer
  $4,500 per quarter
Audit committee member (excluding chair) retainer
  $3,000 per quarter
Other board committee chair retainer
  $3,000 per quarter
Other committee member (excluding chair) retainer
  $1,500 per quarter
Annual equity grant
  $50,000 restricted stock value (1)
 
 
(1) The forfeiture provision of each annual restricted stock grant will lapse with respect to 5% of the restricted shares subject to the grant each quarter commencing on the first day of the calendar quarter immediately following the grant date for 15 consecutive quarters and the forfeiture provision will lapse with respect to the remaining 25% of the restricted shares subject to the grant on the first day of the next following calendar quarter, subject to the continuous service of the director through each applicable date.
 
On April 1, 2010, we issued 13,333 restricted shares of our common stock to each of Alfred R. Berkeley, III and Peter Gyenes pursuant to our independent director compensation plan.
 
Director Compensation Table for Year Ended December 31, 2009
 
The following table sets forth the annual director compensation paid or accrued by us to individuals who were directors during any part of 2009. The table excludes Mr. Winn, who is our Chief Executive Officer and who did not receive any compensation from us in his role as director in 2009.
 
                         
    Fees Earned or
    Option
       
Name
  Paid in Cash ($)     Awards ($) (1)     Total ($)  
 
Alfred R. Berkeley, III
                 
Richard M. Berkeley
                 
Peter Gyenes
        $ 158,257 (2)   $ 158,257  
Jeffrey T. Leeds
                 
Jason A. Wright
                 
 
 
(1) Represents the aggregate grant date fair value computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. See Note 8 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended December 31, 2009 for a discussion of assumptions made in determining the grant date fair value of our stock option awards.
 
(2) Reflects contingent grant to Mr. Gyenes of options to purchase 100,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $3.00 per share on December 18, 2009. The contingencies of the grant were satisfied and the grant became effective on December 29, 2009. This grant was subsequently cancelled and terminated and replaced by a grant to Mr. Gyenes of options to purchase 120,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $3.75 on February 25, 2010. The aggregate grant date fair value of this subsequent grant computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718 is $222,414.


96


Table of Contents

 
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
Compensation Discussion and Analysis
 
The following discussion and analysis of compensation arrangements of our principal executive officer, principal financial officer and each of the next three most highly compensated executive officers, referred to as our named executive officers, for our year ended December 31, 2009 should be read together with the compensation tables and related disclosures that follow this discussion.
 
Compensation Philosophy and Objectives
 
Our philosophy is to provide compensation to each of our named executive officers that is commensurate with his or her position and experience, furnish incentives sufficient for the named executive officer to meet and exceed short-term and long-term corporate objectives as determined by our board of directors and align the named executive officers’ incentives with the long-term interests of our stockholders. Additionally, our executive compensation program is intended to provide significant motivation for our named executive officers to remain employed by us unless and until our board of directors finds that retention of the named executive officer is no longer in accord with our corporate objectives.
 
Based on this philosophy, the primary objectives of our board of directors and compensation committee with respect to executive compensation are to:
 
  •  attract, retain and motivate skilled and knowledgeable executive talent;
 
  •  ensure that executive compensation is aligned with our corporate strategies and business objectives; and
 
  •  align the incentives of the named executive officers with the creation of value for stockholders.
 
To achieve these objectives, our compensation committee periodically evaluates our executive compensation program with the goal of establishing compensation at levels our compensation committee believes to be competitive with those of our competitive peer group companies and other companies in our geographical regions that compete with us for executive talent. Additionally, we design our executive compensation program to tie a portion of each named executive officer’s overall cash compensation to key strategic, financial and operational goals set by our board of directors.
 
Compensation Decision-Making Process
 
Our compensation committee is responsible for overseeing and approving our executive compensation program. Our compensation committee currently consists of four members. The current members of our compensation committee are Jason A. Wright, Alfred R. Berkeley, III, Richard M. Berkeley and Peter Gyenes. Mr. Gyenes has been appointed to serve as the Chairman of our compensation committee. Our board of directors has determined that each member of our compensation committee is independent under the applicable requirements of NASDAQ and SEC rules and regulations, is a non-employee director, as defined by Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act and is an outside director, as defined pursuant to Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. For a discussion of the specific responsibilities of our compensation committee, see “Management — Committees of the Board of Directors — Compensation Committee.”
 
Our Chief Executive Officer makes base salary, cash bonus and long-term incentive compensation recommendations to the compensation committee for each of our named executive officers based on his or her level of responsibility, performance and contribution to achieving our overall corporate objectives. Our compensation committee considers the Chief Executive Officer’s input but retains complete authority to approve all compensation related decisions for our named executive officers. Additionally, our Chief Executive Officer is not permitted to be present during deliberations or voting by the compensation committee regarding his performance goals, performance evaluation or compensation level and abstains from voting in sessions where our board of directors acts on the compensation committee’s recommendations regarding his compensation.


97


Table of Contents

For purposes of determining compensation levels for our named executive officers, our compensation committee considers the recommendations of our Chief Executive Officer, our overall achievement of corporate objectives, the level of responsibility, performance and individual contributions of our named executive officers, each named executive officer’s equity ownership and the compensation committee members’ own experience in compensation-related matters. For purposes of evaluating compensation levels for 2009 and 2010, our compensation committee also considered competitive market benchmarking data as described in “Executive Compensation — Competitive Positioning.” Based on these considerations, our compensation committee approved compensation packages for each of our named executive officers in 2009 and 2010, the components of which are further described in “Executive Compensation — Compensation Components.”
 
In February 2010, our board of directors approved a new compensation committee charter in anticipation of our initial public offering, and our compensation committee approved 2010 salaries for our named executive officers and our 2010 Management Incentive Plan.
 
Competitive Positioning
 
Our compensation committee has the authority to engage outside consultants from time to time, as the committee sees fit, to conduct market reviews of our executive compensation program and philosophy in order to assess the competitiveness of our program. In the third quarter of 2008, our compensation committee engaged Mercer LLC, a wholly owned subsidiary of Marsh & McLennan Companies, Inc., or Mercer, a global human resources and financial services consulting firm, to conduct an independent market review of our executive compensation program. To analyze our executive compensation program, Mercer used two public company market references to compare our total compensation practices for our executives to those in our market:
 
  •  Publicly Held Companies Surveys.   Two private surveys regarding executive compensation in the technology industry, the Watson Wyatt Executive Compensation Survey and the Towers Perrin Executive Compensation Survey; and
 
  •  Select Peer Group.   Publicly available data for a competitive peer group of publicly traded on demand software and services companies of similar size experiencing rapid revenue growth comparable to ours with total employees in the range of 500 to 1,000, or the Select Peer Group.
 
The Select Peer Group was developed in consultation between our compensation committee, our management team and Mercer and consisted of the following organizations:
 
     
Blackboard Inc. 
  RightNow Technologies
DealerTrack Holdings, Inc. 
  NetSuite Inc.
Kenexa Corporation
  Unica Corporation
Ultimate Software Group, Inc. 
  Callidus Software Inc.
Omniture, Inc. 
  athenahealth, Inc
Concur Technologies, Inc. 
  SuccessFactors, Inc.
Taleo Corporation
  Constant Contact, Inc.
SumTotal Systems, Inc. 
  DemandTec, Inc.
 
Mercer benchmarked our 2008 executive compensation levels, including base salaries, performance-based cash bonuses and long-term equity incentive awards, to those of other executives in the Select Peer Group where sufficient peer proxy data was available and against the Publicly Held Companies Surveys where insufficient peer proxy data was available and reported their findings to the compensation committee. The Mercer analysis indicated that the base salaries and the target performance-based cash bonuses of each of our named executive officers who were employed by us in 2008 were generally consistent with market median levels with the exception that our Chief Executive Officer’s target performance-based cash bonus was in the 25th percentile. Additionally, the Mercer analysis indicated that our long-term equity incentive levels were below the 25th percentile.


98


Table of Contents

In 2009, our compensation committee did not engage outside consultants to conduct an independent market review of our executive compensation program. However, our Chief Executive Officer reviewed publicly available compensation data for the Select Peer Group. For purposes of evaluating compensation levels for 2009 and 2010, our compensation committee considered Mercer’s analysis and our Chief Executive Officer’s review of publicly available information for the Select Peer Group but did not target any specific percentile rank with respect to any of our compensation components in determining appropriate compensation levels for our named executive officers. In each of 2009 and 2010, this competitive market benchmarking data was one of many factors considered by our compensation committee in determining appropriate compensation levels for our named executive officers.
 
Compensation Components
 
Base Salaries
 
Base salaries are used to recognize the experience, skills, knowledge and responsibilities required of all our named executive officers. Base salaries for our named executive officers have typically been negotiated as a part of the employment agreements with our named executive officers at the outset of employment. However, from time to time, at the discretion of our compensation committee and consistent with our executive compensation program objectives, base salaries for our named executive officers, together with other components of compensation, are evaluated for adjustment based on an assessment of the overall achievement of corporate objectives, each named executive officer’s sustained performance and compensation trends in our industry. Each named executive officer’s employment agreement requires that his or her base salary be reviewed no less frequently than annually; however, none of our named executive officers has an employment agreement that provides for automatic or scheduled increases in base salary.
 
In December 2008, our compensation committee conducted a review of our executive compensation program for purposes of evaluating compensation levels for our executives for 2009. Based on the considerations described above in “Executive Compensation — Compensation Decision-Making Process,” our compensation committee approved base salary increases to be effective as of January 1, 2009 for each of our named executive officers except for our Chief Executive Officer. The percentage increase for each named executive officer was based on our compensation committee’s assessment of the various considerations described above. In the case of Mr. Wakeham and Ms. Chaffin Glover, the increase in base salary was primarily due to the named executive officers’ increased responsibilities associated with promotions. Our compensation committee did not increase our Chief Executive Officer’s base salary for 2009 because of the substantial incentive provided by our Chief Executive Officer’s significant ownership of our common stock. The table below shows base salaries for our named executive officers for 2008 and 2009.
 
                             
        2008 Base
    2009 Base
       
Named Executive Officer
 
Current Title
  Salary (1)     Salary (2)     % Increase  
 
Stephen T. Winn
  Chief Executive Officer, Chairman of the Board   $ 400,000     $ 400,000        
Timothy J. Barker
  Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer     285,000       315,000       10.5 %
Dirk D. Wakeham
  President (3)     250,000       260,000 (4)     4.0  
Ashley Chaffin Glover
  Executive Vice President, Multifamily Solutions (5)     220,000       260,000 (6)     18.2  
William E. Van Valkenberg (7)
  Chief Legal Officer and Secretary           300,000        
 
 
(1) Reflects base salary at end of 2008.
 
(2) Reflects base salary at beginning of 2009.
 
(3) Mr. Wakeham assumed the title and responsibilities of President in January 2010. He served as our Executive Vice President, Property Solutions, from April 2009 to January 2010 and as our Senior Vice President, President, LeasingDesk Risk Mitigation Systems, for prior periods in 2009.


99


Table of Contents

 
(4) Mr. Wakeham’s salary was increased from $260,000 to $300,000 effective April 1, 2009 in connection with his promotion to Executive Vice President, Property Solutions.
 
(5) Ms. Chaffin Glover assumed the title and responsibilities of Executive Vice President, Multifamily Solutions in January 2010. She served as our Executive Vice President, Resident Solutions from April 2009 to January 2010 and as our Senior Vice President, President, Velocity Utility and Billing Services, for prior periods in 2009.
 
(6) Ms. Chaffin Glover’s salary was increased from $260,000 to $300,000 effective April 1, 2009 in connection with her promotion to Executive Vice President, Resident Solutions.
 
(7) Mr. Van Valkenberg commenced his employment with us in September 2009 after providing consulting services to us from June 2009 to September 2009.
 
In February 2010, our compensation committee conducted a review of our executive compensation program for purposes of evaluating compensation levels for our executives for 2010. Based on the considerations described above in “Executive Compensation — Compensation Decision-Making Process,” our compensation committee approved base salary increases to be effective as of January 1, 2010 for each of our named executive officers except for our Chief Executive Officer. The percentage increase for each named executive officer was based on our compensation committee’s assessment of the various considerations described above. In the case of Mr. Wakeham and Ms. Chaffin Glover, the increase in base salary was primarily due to the named executive officers’ increased responsibilities associated with promotions. Our compensation committee again did not increase our Chief Executive Officer’s base salary for 2010 because of the substantial incentive provided by our Chief Executive Officer’s significant ownership of our common stock. The table below shows base salaries for our named executive officers for fiscal 2009 and 2010.
 
                             
        2009 Base
    2010 Base
       
Named Executive Officer
 
Title
  Salary (1)     Salary (2)     % Increase  
 
Stephen T. Winn
  Chief Executive Officer, Chairman of the Board   $ 400,000     $ 400,000        
Timothy J. Barker
  Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer     315,000       350,000       11.1 %
Dirk D. Wakeham
  President (3)     300,000 (4)     330,000       10.0  
Ashley Chaffin Glover
  Executive Vice President, Multifamily Solutions (5)     300,000 (6)     320,000       6.7  
William E. Van Valkenberg (7)
  Chief Legal Officer and Secretary     300,000       300,000        
 
 
(1) Reflects base salary at the end of 2009.
 
(2) Reflects base salary at beginning of 2010.
 
(3) Mr. Wakeham assumed the title and responsibilities of President in January 2010. He served as our Executive Vice President, Property Solutions, from April 2009 to January 2010 and as our Senior Vice President, President, LeasingDesk Risk Mitigation Systems, for prior periods in 2009.
 
(4) Mr. Wakeham’s salary was increased from $260,000 to $300,000 effective April 1, 2009 in connection with his promotion to Executive Vice President, Property Solutions.
 
(5) Ms. Chaffin Glover assumed the title and responsibilities of Executive Vice President, Multifamily Solutions in January 2010. She served as our Executive Vice President, Resident Solutions from April 2009 to January 2010 and as our Senior Vice President, President, Velocity Utility and Billing Services, for prior periods in 2009.
 
(6) Ms. Chaffin Glover’s salary was increased from $260,000 to $300,000 effective April 1, 2009 in connection with her promotion to Executive Vice President, Resident Solutions.
 
(7) Mr. Van Valkenberg commenced his employment with us in September 2009 after providing consulting services to us from June 2009 to September 2009.


100


Table of Contents

 
Performance-Based Cash Bonuses
 
Our named executive officers participate in our annual non-equity management incentive plan, or management incentive plan, along with our other senior managers. Our annual management incentive plan is intended to provide cash compensation to our named executive officers and senior managers for their contribution to the achievement of our strategic, operational and financial objectives. Our named executive officers earn amounts under our management incentive plan based on our achievement of financial performance objectives, including overall corporate revenue and adjusted EBITDA targets and product family specific revenue and profit targets for those participants of our management incentive plan that have direct responsibility over the operations specific to one of our product families, and an assessment of the named executive officer’s individual performance. For purposes of the management incentive plan, adjusted EBITDA is calculated the same as Adjusted EBITDA as described in footnote 5 to the table in “Selected Consolidated Financial Data” except that purchase accounting adjustments are also added back. Our compensation committee approves a management incentive plan each year that outlines overall corporate objectives for the fiscal year in addition to establishing guidelines for calculating management incentive plan bonuses in the event that performance objectives are partially achieved or exceeded.
 
A portion of our management incentive plan bonuses are typically paid out quarterly based on progression towards the annual achievement of performance objectives. The actual annual cash bonus paid to participants under our management incentive plan with respect to a particular fiscal year is adjusted at year end based on actual achievement of both financial and individual performance objectives. We do not have any formal or informal policies regarding the adjustment or recovery of bonus payments made under the management incentive plan in the event a relevant performance objective upon which the payment was made is not ultimately achieved.
 
Under the management incentive plan for 2009, or the 2009 Management Incentive Plan, the target bonus for Mr. Winn was 75% of Mr. Winn’s base salary with a maximum bonus potential of 200% of Mr. Winn’s target bonus for achieving financial and individual performance objectives in excess of the targets and a minimum bonus potential of 0% of Mr. Winn’s target bonus. The 2009 Management Incentive Plan target bonus for each other named executive officer was 50% of the named executive officer’s base salary with a maximum bonus potential of 200% of the named executive officer’s target bonus for achieving financial and individual performance objectives in excess of the targets and a minimum bonus potential of 0% of the named executive officer’s target bonus. Our 2009 revenue target was approximately 30% higher than our 2008 target while our 2009 adjusted EBITDA target was approximately 100% higher than our 2008 target. The compensation committee believed that the 2009 targets were challenging, but attainable, based on the increases in our revenue and adjusted EBITDA in 2008 relative to 2007 and directly aligned our named executive officers’ short-term incentives with the creation of long-term stockholder value. Our compensation committee had sole discretion to adjust targets and awards under the 2009 Management Incentive Plan for significant, non-controllable circumstances that were not included in our 2009 operating plan; however, our compensation committee did not exercise such discretion under the 2009 Management Incentive Plan. For each of Messrs. Winn, Barker and Van Valkenberg, the achievement of 2009 bonus targets for overall corporate revenue, overall corporate adjusted EBITDA and individual performance ratings were weighted 30%, 45% and 25%, respectively. We weighted the individual 2009 Management Incentive Plans more heavily toward achieving adjusted EBITDA over revenue targets for Messrs. Winn, Barker and Van Valkenberg because we believe that increases in adjusted EBITDA will drive our long-term success and result in greater opportunity for profit in the future. For Ms. Chaffin Glover and Mr. Wakeham, the achievement of 2009 Management Incentive Plan bonus targets for revenue, adjusted EBITDA and individual performance ratings were weighted 50% (of which, 15% was based on overall corporate performance and 35% was based on the performance of operations under the named executive officers’ direct management), 25% (of which, 10% was based on overall corporate performance and 15% was based on the performance of operations under the named executive officers’ direct management) and 25%, respectively. We weighted the individual 2009 Management Incentive Plans for Ms. Chaffin Glover and Mr. Wakeham more heavily toward achieving revenue over adjusted EBITDA because we believe that the positions held by Ms. Chaffin Glover and Mr. Wakeham have more direct influence over revenue performance than our other named executive officers. Additionally, we weighted


101


Table of Contents

the performance of the operations under these named executive officers’ direct management over our overall corporate performance in order to motivate and incentivize the named executive officers to drive growth in operations under their direct management.
 
The following table summarizes the actual bonuses paid to our named executive officers pursuant to the 2009 Management Incentive Plan based on achievement of 2009 performance objectives as compared to each named executive officer’s target bonuses:
 
                         
    2009     Actual Bonus as
 
    Target
    Actual
    a Percent of
 
Executive
  Bonus ($)     Bonus ($)     Target Bonus  
 
Stephen T. Winn
  $ 300,000     $ 246,765       82.3 %
Timothy J. Barker
    157,500       149,240       94.8  
Dirk D. Wakeham
    150,000       131,585       87.7  
Ashley Chaffin Glover
    150,000       120,335       80.2  
William E. Van Valkenberg (1)
    40,685       34,878       85.7  
 
 
(1) Mr. Van Valkenberg commenced his employment with us in September 2009. Mr. Van Valkenberg’s annual bonus opportunity under the 2009 Management Incentive Plan was subject to proration based on the actual number of days he was employed by us during 2009.
 
The Management Incentive Plan for 2010, or the 2010 Management Incentive Plan, was approved by our compensation committee in February 2010. The 2010 Management Incentive Plan target bonus for Mr. Winn is 100% of Mr. Winn’s base salary with a maximum bonus potential of 200% of Mr. Winn’s target bonus for achieving financial and individual performance objectives in excess of the targets and a minimum bonus potential of 0% of Mr. Winn’s target bonus. The 2010 Management Incentive Plan target bonus for Ms. Chaffin Glover and Messrs. Barker and Van Valkenberg is 50% of the named executive officer’s base salary with a maximum bonus potential of 200% of the named executive officer’s target bonus for achieving financial and individual performance objectives in excess of the targets and a minimum bonus potential of 0% of the named executive officer’s target bonus. The 2010 Management Incentive Plan target bonus for Mr. Wakeham is 62.5% of Mr. Wakeham’s base salary with a maximum bonus potential of 200% of Mr. Wakeham’s target bonus for achieving financial and individual performance objectives in excess of the targets and a minimum bonus potential of 0% of Mr. Wakeham’s target bonus. The performance metrics under the 2010 Management Incentive Plan are the same as the performance metrics under our 2009 Management Incentive Plan and include revenue and adjusted EBITDA targets and individual performance ratings. The compensation committee believes that the 2010 targets are challenging, but attainable, based on the increases in our revenue and adjusted EBITDA in 2009 relative to 2008 and will continue to align our named executive officers’ short-term incentives with the creation of long-term stockholder value. For each of Messrs. Winn, Barker and Van Valkenberg, the achievement of 2010 bonus targets for overall corporate revenue, overall corporate adjusted EBITDA and individual performance ratings are weighted 30%, 45% and 25%, respectively. We weighted the individual 2010 Management Incentive Plans more heavily toward achieving adjusted EBITDA over revenue targets for Messrs. Winn, Barker and Van Valkenberg because we believe that increases in adjusted EBITDA will drive our long-term success and result in greater opportunity for profit in the future. For Mr. Wakeham, the achievement of 2010 bonus targets for overall corporate revenue, overall corporate adjusted EBITDA and individual performance ratings are weighted 45%, 30% and 25%, respectively. For Ms. Chaffin Glover, the achievement of 2010 Management Incentive Plan bonus targets for revenue, adjusted EBITDA and individual performance ratings are weighted 50% (of which, 15% was based on overall corporate performance and 35% was based on the performance of operations under the named executive officers’ direct management), 25% (of which, 10% was based on overall corporate performance and 15% was based on the performance of operations under the named executive officers’ direct management) and 25%, respectively. We weighted the individual 2010 Management Incentive Plan for Mr. Wakeham and Ms. Chaffin Glover more heavily toward achieving revenue over adjusted EBITDA because we believe that the positions held by these named executive officers have more direct influence over revenue performance than our other named executive officers. Additionally, we weighted the performance of the operations under Ms. Chaffin Glover’s direct management over our


102


Table of Contents

overall corporate performance in order to motivate and incentivize Ms. Chaffin Glover to drive growth in operations under her direct management. Our compensation committee retains sole discretion to adjust targets and awards under the 2010 Management Incentive Plan for significant, non-controllable circumstances that were not included in our 2010 operating budget.
 
Equity Incentive Awards
 
Our equity award program is the primary vehicle for offering long-term incentives to our named executive officers. Historically, our equity awards to our named executive officers have been in the form of stock options. We believe that equity-based compensation provides our named executive officers with a direct interest in our long-term performance, creates an ownership culture and aligns the interests of our named executive officers and our stockholders.
 
Grants of stock option awards, including those to our named executive officers, are all approved by our compensation committee and are granted at an exercise price at or above the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. Consistent with the terms of our options granted to our other employees, options granted to our named executive officers typically vest over a four-year period in accordance with one of the following vesting schedules, subject to continued service through each applicable vesting date:
 
  •  The stock option vests in equal quarterly installments over 16 consecutive quarters commencing on the first day of the calendar quarter immediately following the grant date; or
 
  •  The stock option vests with respect to 5% of the shares subject to the stock option each quarter commencing on the first day of the calendar quarter immediately following the grant date for 15 consecutive quarters and, with respect to the remaining 25% of the shares subject to the stock option, on the first day of the next following calendar quarter, subject to continued service through each applicable date.
 
We believe that the four-year vesting period of our stock option grants furthers our objective of executive retention as it provides an incentive to our executives to remain in our employ during the vesting period.
 
We typically make an initial stock option grant to new executives in connection with the commencement of his or her employment. Additionally, at the discretion of our board of directors and consistent with our executive compensation program objectives, our compensation committee typically evaluates and approves equity awards for our new employees quarterly and equity awards for our existing employees, including our named executive officers, annually, to re-establish or bolster incentives to retain our employees. The stock options we granted to our named executive officers in 2009 are set forth under “Executive Compensation — Grants of Plan-Based Awards.” On February 25, 2010, we granted options to purchase 350,000, 225,000 and 300,000 shares of our common stock to Mr. Barker, Ms. Chaffin Glover and Mr. Wakeham, respectively, at an exercise price per share of $3.75. These stock options vest with respect to 5% of the shares subject to the stock option each quarter commencing on the first day of the calendar quarter immediately following the grant date for 15 consecutive quarters and, with respect to the remaining 25% of the shares subject to the stock option, on the first day of the next following calendar quarter, subject to continued service through each applicable date. In determining the size of stock option grants to our named executive officers in 2009 and 2010, our compensation committee considered comparative equity ownership of executives employed by companies in our Select Peer Group, our overall achievement of corporate objectives, the applicable named executive officer’s achievement of individual performance objectives, the achievement of certain strategic initiatives, the amount of equity previously awarded to the named executive officer, the vesting of previous awards and the recommendations of our Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Van Valkenberg was not granted stock options or other equity awards in 2010, as he had recently been granted an option to purchase 300,000 shares of our common stock upon the commencement of his full-time employment with us in September 2009.
 
Mr. Winn, our Chief Executive Officer, has not received equity based compensation historically. Mr. Winn’s primary equity compensation continues to come from expected returns on his ownership of our stock. As a significant stockholder, Mr. Winn’s personal wealth is tied directly to sustaining stock price appreciation and performance, which directly aligns Mr. Winn’s interests with overall stockholder interests.


103


Table of Contents

At the discretion of our compensation committee, we expect to continue to grant new stock options to named executive officers annually consistent with our overall executive compensation program objectives. In determining the size of stock option grants to named executive officers in future years, we expect that our compensation committee will consider comparative equity ownership of executives employed by companies in our Select Peer Group, our financial performance, the applicable named executive officer’s achievement of performance objectives, the amount of equity compensation previously awarded to the named executive officer, the vesting of previous awards and the recommendations of our Chief Executive Officer.
 
Severance and Change in Control Benefits
 
Our employment agreements with our named executive officers provide for payments and other benefits in the event of termination of employment in certain circumstances. For a description of these payments and other benefits, see “Executive Compensation — Potential Payments on Termination or Change in Control.”
 
Our 1998 Stock Incentive Plan provides that stock options granted to a participant under our 1998 Stock Incentive Plan will become 100% vested on the participant’s death or disability (as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code) unless the stock option agreement provides otherwise. Each of the outstanding stock options granted to our named executive officers has been granted under our 1998 Stock Incentive Plan and would be subject to this acceleration benefit in the event of the named executive officer’s death or disability. We generally do not provide for accelerated vesting of options held by our employees or named executive officers in connection with change in control transactions. However, our stock option agreements with Mr. Barker provide for accelerated vesting in connection with certain change in control transactions as further described under “Executive Compensation — Potential Payments on Termination or Change in Control — Arrangements with Timothy J. Barker.” Our compensation committee determined that it was appropriate to provide for payments and accelerated vesting for Mr. Barker, but not our other named executive officers, in connection with certain change in control transactions because the position of Chief Financial Officer is more likely to be affected by such a transaction than the positions held by our other named executive officers (other than Chief Executive Officer). However, our compensation committee did not believe it was necessary to provide for additional payments to Mr. Winn in the event of certain change in control transactions given his significant ownership of our common stock.
 
We believe that these severance arrangements help us to attract and retain key management talent in an industry where there is significant competition for management talent. We believe that entering into these agreements helps the named executive officers maintain continued focus and dedication to their assigned duties and maximizes stockholder value. The terms of these agreements were determined after review by our compensation committee of our retention goals for each named executive officer, as well as analysis of market data, similar agreements established by our Select Peer Group and applicable law.
 
Benefits and Other Compensation
 
We maintain broad-based employee benefit plans, which are provided to all eligible U.S.-based employees. These plans include a group medical program, a group dental program, life insurance, disability insurance, flexible spending accounts and a 401(k) savings plan. Other benefit programs offered to all full-time U.S.-based employees include programs for job-related educational assistance, an employee referral program, group term life insurance equivalent to 1.5 times an employee’s annual base salary up to a $600,000 maximum and an employee assistance program. All U.S.-based executives are eligible to participate in our employee benefit plans on the same basis as our other full-time employees, with the exception of the employee referral program, in which our named executive officers are ineligible to participate.
 
We believe these benefits are consistent with the benefits offered by companies with which we compete for employees and are necessary to attract and retain qualified employees.


104


Table of Contents

Perquisites
 
We believe that cash and equity compensation are the two key components in attracting and retaining management talent and therefore do not generally provide any substantial perquisites to our named executive officers.
 
Tax and Accounting Considerations
 
Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code generally disallows a tax deduction for certain compensation in excess of $1.0 million per year paid by a publicly held company to its chief executive officer or any of its three other most highly paid executive officers (other than the company’s chief executive officer and chief financial officer). Qualifying performance-based compensation is not subject to the deduction limitation if specified requirements are met. In addition, “grandfather” provisions may apply to certain compensation arrangements that were entered into by a company before it was publicly held. We generally intend to structure the performance-based portion of our executive compensation, when feasible, to comply with exemptions in Section 162(m) so that the compensation remains tax deductible to us. However, to remain competitive with other employers, our compensation committee may, in its judgment, authorize compensation payments that do not comply with the exemptions in Section 162(m) when it believes that such payments are appropriate to attract and retain executive talent.
 
Summary Compensation Table
 
The following table provides information regarding the compensation of our named executive officers during our year ended December 31, 2009.
 
                                                     
                          Non-Equity
             
                          Incentive
             
                    Option
    Plan
    All Other
       
                    Awards
    Compensation
    Compensation
       
Name and Principal Position
  Year   Salary ($)     Bonus ($)     ($) (1)     ($) (2)     ($) (3)     Total ($)  
 
Stephen T. Winn
  2009   $ 400,000             —        $ 246,765     $ 3,675     $ 650,440  
Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer
                                                   
Timothy J. Barker
  2009     315,000           $ 320,631       149,240       3,675       788,546  
Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
                                                   
Dirk D. Wakeham (4)
  2009     290,000 (5)           256,505       131,585       51,853 (6)     729,943  
President
                                                   
Ashley Chaffin Glover (7)
  2009     290,000 (8)           256,505       120,335       3,675       670,515  
Executive Vice President, Multifamily Solutions
                                                   
William E. Van Valkenberg (9)
  2009     79,615             372,726       34,878       96,338 (10)     583,557  
Chief Legal Officer and Secretary
                                                   
 
 
(1) Represents the aggregate grant date fair value computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. See Note 8 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended December 31, 2009 for a discussion of assumptions made in determining the grant date fair value of our stock option awards.
 
(2) Represents awards under our 2009 Management Incentive Plan. The material terms of these annual incentive awards are described in this section under “Compensation Discussion and Analysis — Compensation Components — Performance-Based Bonuses.”
 
(3) Represents the amount of our matching contributions under our 401(k) savings plan unless additional forms of other compensation are also indicated in relevant footnotes to this table.
 
(4) Mr. Wakeham assumed the title and responsibilities of President in January 2010. He served as our Executive Vice President, Property Solutions, from April 2009 to January 2010 and as our Senior Vice President, President, LeasingDesk Point of Lease Systems, for prior periods in 2009.


105


Table of Contents

 
(5) Mr. Wakeham’s salary was increased from $260,000 to $300,000 in April 2009 in conjunction with his promotion to Executive Vice President, Property Solutions.
 
(6) Consists of (i) $1,304 of matching contributions under our 401(k) savings plan, (ii) $43,510 of relocation related expense reimbursements and (iii) tax gross-up of $7,039 associated with taxable relocation related expenses.
 
(7) Ms. Chaffin Glover assumed the title and responsibilities of Executive Vice President, Multifamily Solutions in January 2010. She served as our Executive Vice President, Resident Solutions from April 2009 to January 2010 and as our Senior Vice President, President, Velocity Utility and Billing Services, for prior periods in 2009.
 
(8) Ms. Chaffin Glover’s salary was increased from $260,000 to $300,000 in April 2009 in conjunction with her promotion to Executive Vice President, Resident Solutions.
 
(9) Mr. Van Valkenberg commenced his employment with us in September 2009 and provided consulting services to us from June 2009 to September 2009. His 2009 compensation represents the amounts paid to him as an employee from September 24, 2009 to December 31, 2009 and as a consultant for prior periods in 2009.
 
(10) Consists of (i) $125 of matching contributions under our 401(k) savings plan, (ii) $7,742 of relocation related expense reimbursements, (iii) tax gross-up of $3,753 associated with taxable relocation related expenses, (iv) $65,000 in consulting payments paid to Mr. Van Valkenberg in accordance with the terms of his consulting agreement prior to commencement of his full-time employment with us and (v) $19,717 in expense reimbursements paid to Mr. Van Valkenberg in accordance with the terms of his consulting agreement prior to commencement of his full-time employment with us.
 
Grants of Plan-Based Awards
 
The following table sets forth information regarding grants of compensation in the form of plan-based awards made during 2009 to our named executive officers:
 
                                                         
                            All Other Option
             
                            Awards:
             
                            Number of
          Grant Date
 
          Estimated Future Payouts Under
    Securities
    Exercise or Base
    Fair Value of
 
          Non-Equity Incentive Plan Awards ($) (1)     Underlying
    Price of Option
    Option
 
Name
  Grant Date     Minimum     Target     Maximum     Options (#)     Awards ($/Sh) (2)     Awards ($) (3)  
 
Stephen T. Winn
    2/26/2009           $ 300,000     $ 600,000                    
Timothy J. Barker
    2/26/2009                         250,000 (4)   $ 3.00     $ 320,631  
      2/26/2009             157,500       315,000                    
Dirk D. Wakeham
    2/26/2009                         200,000 (4)     3.00       256,505  
      2/26/2009             150,000       300,000                    
Ashley Chaffin Glover
    2/26/2009                         200,000 (4)     3.00       256,505  
      2/26/2009             150,000       300,000                    
William E. Van Valkenberg
    9/28/2009                         300,000 (5)     3.00       372,726  
      9/24/2009             40,685       81,370                    
 
 
(1) Represents awards under our Management Incentive Plan for fiscal 2009. The material terms of these annual incentive awards are discussed in this section under “Compensation Discussion and Analysis — Compensation Components — Performance-Based Bonuses.”
 
(2) In determining the exercise price of options granted in 2009, our compensation committee retained an independent valuation firm to complete a contemporaneous common stock valuation using the probability-weighted expected return method, which involved analyzing future values under two possible outcomes and then probability-weighting those values.
 
(3) Reflects the aggregate grant date fair value computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. See Note 8 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended December 31, 2009 for a discussion of assumptions made in determining the grant date fair value of our stock option awards.


106


Table of Contents

 
(4) Stock options vest in equal quarterly installments over 16 consecutive quarters commencing on the first day of the calendar quarter immediately following the grant date, subject to continued service through each applicable date.
 
(5) Stock option vests with respect to 5% of the shares subject to the stock option each quarter commencing on the first day of the calendar quarter immediately following the grant date for 15 consecutive quarters and, with respect to the remaining 25% of the shares subject to the stock option, on the first day of the next following calendar quarter, subject to continued service through each applicable date.
 
Outstanding Equity Awards at December 31, 2009
 
The following table sets forth information regarding equity awards held by our named executive officers as of December 31, 2009:
 
                                 
    Option Awards
    Number of
  Number of
       
    Securities
  Securities
       
    Underlying
  Underlying
       
    Unexercised
  Exercised Options
  Option
   
    Options
  That Have Not
  Exercise
  Option
Name
  Exercisable (#) (1)  
Vested (#)
 
Price ($)
 
Expiration Date
 
Stephen T. Winn
                       
Chairman of the Board and Chief
Executive Officer
                               
Timothy J. Barker
    250,000             $1.00       10/27/2015  
Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
    75,000       25,000       $1.25       12/15/2016  
      65,625       84,375       $3.50       2/29/2018  
      46,875       203,125       $3.00       2/26/2019  
Dirk D. Wakeham
    156,250       93,750       $1.50       4/12/2017  
President
    65,625       84,375       $3.50       2/29/2018  
      37,500       162,500       $3.00       2/26/2019  
Ashley Chaffin Glover
    200,000             $1.00       3/3/2015  
Executive Vice President, Multifamily
    50,000             $1.00       12/13/2015  
Solutions
    37,500       12,500       $1.25       12/15/2016  
      43,750       56,250       $3.50       2/29/2018  
      37,500       162,500       $3.00       2/26/2019  
William E. Van Valkenberg
    15,000       285,000       $3.00       9/28/2019  
Chief Legal Officer and Secretary
                               
 
 
(1) The listed stock options were granted under our 1998 Stock Incentive Plan. Stock options granted to Ms. Chaffin Glover and Messrs. Barker and Wakeham vest ratably over 16 quarters commencing on the first day of the calendar quarter immediately following the grant date, subject to continued service through each applicable vesting date, and the stock option granted to Mr. Van Valkenberg vests with respect to 5% of the shares subject to the stock option each quarter commencing on the first day of the calendar quarter immediately following the grant date for 15 consecutive quarters and the remaining 25% of the on the first day of the next following calendar quarter, subject to continued service through each applicable date.
 
Option Exercises and Stock Vested
 
None of our named executive officers exercised their outstanding stock options during 2009.
 
Pension Benefits and Nonqualified Deferred Compensation
 
We do not provide a pension plan for our employees and none of our named executive officers participated in a nonqualified deferred compensation plan during the year ended December 31, 2009.


107


Table of Contents

Employment Agreements
 
The following descriptions of the terms of the employment agreements with our named executive officers are intended as a summary only and are qualified in their entirety by reference to the employment agreements filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.
 
Stephen T. Winn
 
We entered into an employment agreement with Stephen T. Winn, our Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board, on December 30, 2003. The employment agreement with Mr. Winn provides for a base salary at a rate not less than $265,000 per year until December 31, 2003 and thereafter at a rate not less than $275,000 per year with a target annual bonus of not less than 50% of his base salary and a potential maximum annual bonus of up to 100% of his base salary based on the achievement of performance criteria established by our compensation committee. Mr. Winn’s current base salary is $400,000 and target annual bonus is 100% of his annual base salary with a potential maximum annual bonus of up to 200% of his annual base salary.
 
Mr. Winn is entitled to four weeks paid vacation per year, is eligible to participate in all employee welfare benefits plans and other benefit programs made available generally to our employees or senior executives and is reimbursed for all reasonable business expenses including travel by private aircraft for business purposes of up to $150,000 per year. Additionally, we will make available to Mr. Winn all fringe benefits and perquisites that are made available to other senior executives. As part of his employment, Mr. Winn is entitled to payments upon termination of his employment in certain circumstances as described below under “Executive Compensation — Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control — Arrangements with Stephen T. Winn.” Our employment agreement with Mr. Winn, among other things, also includes confidentiality provisions and non-competition, non-interference and non-disparagement obligations during his employment and for a three-year period following termination.
 
Timothy J. Barker
 
We entered into an employment agreement with Timothy J. Barker, our Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer, on October 31, 2005. On October 27, 2005, in accordance with the terms of his employment agreement, Mr. Barker was granted an option to purchase 500,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $1.00. The stock option vests in equal quarterly installments over 16 consecutive quarters commencing on the first day of the calendar quarter immediately following the grant date, subject to continued service through each applicable date. We subsequently amended the employment agreement with Mr. Barker on January 1, 2010. As amended, the employment agreement with Mr. Barker provides for a base salary at a rate not less than $350,000 per year effective January 1, 2010. Under the terms of his amended employment agreement, Mr. Barker is eligible to receive a target annual bonus of 50% of his base salary and a potential maximum annual bonus of up to 100% of his base salary based on the achievement of performance criteria established by our compensation committee. Mr. Barker’s current base salary is $350,000 and target annual bonus is 50% of his annual base salary with a potential maximum annual bonus of up to 100% of his annual base salary. On February 25, 2010, in accordance with the terms of his amended employment agreement, Mr. Barker was granted an option to purchase 350,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $3.75. The stock option vests with respect to 5% of the shares subject to the stock option each quarter commencing on the first day of the calendar quarter immediately following the grant date for 15 consecutive quarters and, with respect to the remaining 25% of the shares subject to the stock option, on the first day of the next following calendar quarter, subject to Mr. Barker’s continued service through each applicable date.
 
Mr. Barker is entitled to three weeks paid vacation per year, is eligible to participate in all employee welfare benefits plans and other benefit programs made available generally to our employees or senior executives and is reimbursed for all reasonable business expenses. Additionally, we will make available to Mr. Barker all fringe benefits and perquisites that are made available to other senior executives. As part of his employment, Mr. Barker is also entitled to payments and other benefits upon termination of his employment in certain circumstances, and our stock option agreements with Mr. Barker provide for accelerated vesting in


108


Table of Contents

connection with certain change in control transactions, as described below under “Executive Compensation — Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control — Arrangements with Timothy J. Barker.” Our amended employment agreement with Mr. Barker, among other things, also includes confidentiality provisions and non-competition, non-interference and non-disparagement obligations during his employment and for a one-year period following termination.
 
Dirk D. Wakeham
 
Multifamily Internet Ventures, LLC, which we acquired in April 2007, entered into an employment agreement with Dirk D. Wakeham, which was subsequently amended on April 12, 2007. Mr. Wakeham has served as our President since January 2010. As amended, the employment agreement with Mr. Wakeham provides for a base salary at a rate not less than $225,000 per year. Under the terms of his amended employment agreement, beginning in 2007, Mr. Wakeham is eligible to receive an annual bonus under the terms of our management incentive plan of 50% of his base salary for achievement of the management incentive plan at 100% and the potential to receive up to 100% of his base salary if the performance criteria stipulated in the management incentive plan is exceeded. Mr. Wakeham’s current base salary is $330,000 and target annual bonus is 62.5% of his annual base salary with a potential maximum annual bonus of up to 125% of his annual base salary. In addition, Mr. Wakeham received a one-time lump sum payment of $14,700 following the closing of our acquisition of Multifamily Internet Ventures, LLC, which amount represented the difference between the amount he was paid by Multifamily Internet Ventures, LLC, for the period from January 1, 2007 and April 12, 2007 and the amount he would have been paid during such period if he had been paid at the base salary specified in his employment agreement. On April 12, 2007, in accordance with the terms of his employment agreement, Mr. Wakeham was granted an option to purchase 250,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $1.50. The stock option vests in equal quarterly installments over 16 consecutive quarters commencing on the first day of the calendar quarter immediately following the grant date, subject to continued service through each applicable date.
 
Mr. Wakeham is entitled to three weeks paid vacation per year, is eligible to participate in all employee welfare benefits plans and other benefit programs made available generally to our employees or senior executives and is reimbursed for all reasonable business expenses. Additionally, we will make available to Mr. Wakeham all fringe benefits and perquisites that are made available to other senior executives. As part of his employment, Mr. Wakeham is also entitled to certain payments upon termination of his employment in certain circumstances as described below under “Executive Compensation — Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control — Arrangements with Our Other Named Executive Officers.” Our employment agreement with Mr. Wakeham, among other things, also includes confidentiality provisions and non-interference and non-disparagement obligations during his employment and for a period of 24 months following termination.
 
Ashley Chaffin Glover
 
We entered into an employment agreement with Ashley Chaffin Glover on March 3, 2005. Ms. Chaffin Glover has served as our Executive Vice President, Multifamily Solutions since January 2010. The employment agreement with Ms. Chaffin Glover provides for a base salary at a rate not less than $150,000 per year. Under the terms of her employment agreement, beginning in 2005, Ms. Chaffin Glover is eligible to receive a target annual bonus of 40% of her base salary and a potential maximum annual bonus of up to 80% of her base salary based on the achievement of performance criteria established by our compensation committee. Ms. Chaffin Glover’s annual bonus opportunity for 2005 was prorated for the portion of 2005 that she was employed by us. Ms. Chaffin Glover’s current base salary is $320,000 and target annual bonus is 50% of her annual base salary with a potential maximum annual bonus of up to 100% of her annual base salary. On March 3, 2005, in accordance with the terms of her employment agreement, Ms. Chaffin Glover was granted an option to purchase 200,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $1.00. The stock option vests in equal quarterly installments over 16 consecutive quarters commencing on the first day of the calendar quarter immediately following the grant date, subject to continued service through each applicable date.


109


Table of Contents

Ms. Chaffin Glover is entitled to three weeks paid vacation per year, is eligible to participate in all employee welfare benefits plans and other benefit programs made available generally to our employees or senior executives and is reimbursed for all reasonable business expenses. Additionally, we will make available to Ms. Chaffin Glover all fringe benefits and perquisites that are made available to other senior executives. As part of her employment, Ms. Chaffin Glover is also entitled to certain payments upon termination of her employment in certain circumstances as described below under “Executive Compensation — Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control — Arrangements with Our Other Named Executive Officers.” Our employment agreement with Ms. Chaffin Glover, among other things, also includes confidentiality provisions and non-competition, non-interference and non-disparagement obligations during her employment and for a one-year period following termination.
 
William E. Van Valkenberg
 
We entered into an employment agreement with William E. Van Valkenberg, Chief Legal Officer and Secretary, on September 24, 2009. The employment agreement with Mr. Van Valkenberg provides for a base salary at a rate not less than $300,000 per year. Under the terms of his employment agreement, beginning in 2009, Mr. Van Valkenberg is eligible to receive an annual bonus under the terms of our management incentive plan of 50% of his base salary for achievement of the management incentive plan at 100% and the potential to receive up to 100% of his base salary if the performance criteria for this potential is achieved as set forth in the management incentive plan. Mr. Van Valkenberg’s annual bonus opportunity under the 2009 Management Incentive Plan was subject to proration based on the actual number of days he was employed by us during the year. Mr. Van Valkenberg’s current base salary is $300,000 and target annual bonus is 50% of his annual base salary with a potential maximum annual bonus of up to 100% of his annual base salary. In addition, Mr. Van Valkenberg will be reimbursed up to $125,000 for relocation expenses (excluding payment of commissions or other costs associated with buying or selling a home) associated with his relocation to Dallas. Prior to his relocation to Dallas, Texas, we also paid for a furnished two bedroom apartment within proximity to our office for Mr. Van Valkenberg’s use and reimbursed travel expenses for him and his spouse in accordance with our standard travel policy. On September 28, 2009, in accordance with the terms of his employment agreement, Mr. Van Valkenberg was granted an option to purchase 300,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $3.00. The stock option vests with respect to 5% of the shares subject to the stock option each quarter commencing on the first day of the calendar quarter immediately following the grant date for 15 consecutive quarters and, with respect to the remaining 25% of the shares subject to the stock option, on the first day of the next following calendar quarter, subject to continued service through each applicable date. Mr. Van Valkenberg is entitled to three weeks paid vacation per year, is eligible to participate in all employee welfare benefits plans and other benefit programs made available generally to our employees or senior executives and is reimbursed for all reasonable business expenses. Additionally, we will make available to Mr. Van Valkenberg all fringe benefits and perquisites that are made available to other senior executives. As part of his employment, Mr. Van Valkenberg is also entitled to certain payments upon termination of his employment in certain circumstances as described below under “Executive Compensation — Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control — Arrangements with Our Other Named Executive Officers.” Our employment agreement with Mr. Van Valkenberg, among other things, also includes confidentiality provisions and non-competition, non-interference and non-disparagement obligations during his employment and for a period of six months following termination.
 
Prior to entering into the employment agreement with Mr. Van Valkenberg, we entered into a consulting agreement with Mr. Van Valkenberg on June 28, 2009. Under the consulting agreement, Mr. Van Valkenberg performed legal consulting services for us on a project-by-project basis in exchange for consulting fees in the amount of $1,000 per day. In addition, Mr. Van Valkenberg was entitled to reimbursement for his reasonable out-of-pocket expenses related to the consulting services. The consulting agreement with Mr. Van Valkenberg, among other things, included confidentiality and intellectual property assignment provisions and employee non-solicitation obligations during the consulting period and for a period of 12 months following termination.


110


Table of Contents

Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control
 
Our employment agreements with our named executive officers provide for payments in the event of termination of employment in certain circumstances, and our stock option agreements with Mr. Barker provide for accelerated vesting in connection with certain change in control transactions. In addition, all outstanding stock options granted to our named executive officers would become 100% vested upon the named executive officer’s death or disability (as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code) pursuant to the terms of our 1998 Stock Incentive Plan. The descriptions and tables that follow describe the payments and benefits that we would owe to each of our named executive officers, pursuant to the applicable employment and stock option agreements with our named executive officers and our 1998 Stock Incentive Plan, and are qualified in their entirety by reference to the relevant agreements and our 1998 Stock Incentive Plan filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.
 
Definition of “Cause”
 
Under the employment agreements with our named executive officers, “Cause” is generally defined as the occurrence of any of the following events:
 
  •  conviction for criminal acts;
 
  •  making a materially false statement to our auditors or legal counsel;
 
  •  falsification of any corporate document or form;
 
  •  any material breach by the named executive officer of his or her material obligations to us or of any published company policy;
 
  •  any material breach by the named executive officer of the provisions of his or her employment agreement;
 
  •  making a material misrepresentation of fact or omission to disclose material facts in relation to transactions occurring in our business and financial matters; and
 
  •  continued performance of his or her duties in an incompetent, unprofessional, unsuccessful, insubordinate or negligent manner.
 
Pursuant to the terms of their employment agreements, certain of our named executive officers have the ability to cure one or more of the foregoing breaches prior to termination, generally within ten days after receipt of written notice of breach.
 
Definition of Good Reason
 
Under the terms of the employment agreements of our named executive officers, “Good Reason” is generally defined as any material failure on our part to comply with any of our material obligations under the employment agreement, which failure has not been cured within ten calendar days after written notice has been given to us. Additionally, the employment agreement with Mr. Winn further provides that our failure to continue his status as President and Chief Executive Officer or to accord him the powers, duties, reporting responsibilities and perquisites contemplated in his employment agreement shall constitute good reason.
 
Definition of Disability
 
Under our employment agreements with each of our named executive officers, we may terminate the named executive officer’s employment for “disability” if, as a result of the named executive officer’s incapacity due to physical or mental illness, he or she has been absent from his or her duties on a full-time basis for (i) a period of six consecutive months or (ii) for shorter periods aggregating six months during any 12 month period.


111


Table of Contents

Arrangements with Stephen T. Winn
 
Pursuant to our employment agreement with Mr. Winn, in the event of his termination by reason of death or disability, Mr. Winn is entitled to receive salary continuation payments in an aggregate amount equal to 50% of his current salary in six equal monthly installments and a lump sum cash payment equal to any earned but unpaid salary and bonus and any accrued but unused vacation.
 
In addition, except in the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, whether voluntary or involuntary, or cessation of our business in the ordinary course for any reason, if Mr. Winn’s employment is terminated by us without cause or by Mr. Winn for good reason, Mr. Winn is entitled to a lump sum payment equal to 150% of his annual base salary payable within five days of his termination and 100% of his target annual bonus for the year payable after the year end based on achievement of any criteria or conditions to payment that are contingent on our earnings or other financial performance for the year.
 
Arrangements with Timothy J. Barker
 
Pursuant to our amended employment agreement with Mr. Barker, in the event of termination by reason of death or disability, by us without cause or by Mr. Barker for good reason, Mr. Barker is entitled to receive salary continuation payments in an aggregate amount equal to 50% of his current annual salary in six equal monthly installments and a lump sum cash payment equal to any earned but unpaid salary and bonus and any accrued but unused vacation as of the termination date. In the event such termination occurs within twelve months following the consummation of a “business combination transaction,” the salary continuation payments to Mr. Barker would be increased to an aggregate amount equal to 100% of his annual base salary payable in twelve equal monthly installments under the terms of his amended employment agreement. The salary continuation payments are conditioned upon Mr. Barker executing a full release and covenant not to sue on or before the thirtieth day following his termination.
 
Additionally, the stock option agreements related to our stock option grants to Mr. Barker on February 26, 2009, February 29, 2008, December 15, 2006 and October 27, 2005 provide that 100% of the unvested options subject to the agreements will fully vest upon a “business combination transaction.” The stock option agreement related to our stock option grant to Mr. Barker on February 25, 2010 provides that 50% of the unvested options subject to the agreement will fully vest upon a “business combination transaction” and 100% of the unvested options subject to the agreement will fully vest if Mr. Barker ceases to be a service provider for any reason other than for Cause (as defined in Mr. Barker’s amended employment agreement) within one year of the consummation of a “business combination transaction.”
 
For purposes of Mr. Barker’s amended employment agreement and stock option agreements, a “business combination transaction” is defined to include our merger with or into another entity where we are not the surviving entity, our dissolution, the sale of all or substantially all our assets and the transfer of beneficial ownership representing 40% or more of the voting power of our then outstanding securities to a person or group other than Seren Capital, Ltd., Stephen T. Winn, affiliates of Stephen T. Winn and a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under one of our employee benefit plans.
 
Arrangements with Our Other Named Executive Officers
 
Pursuant to our employment agreements with each of Ms. Chaffin Glover and Messrs. Van Valkenberg and Wakeham, in the event of termination by reason of death or disability, by us without cause or by the named executive officer for good reason, each of these named executive officers is entitled to receive salary continuation payments in an aggregate amount equal to 50% of their current annual salary and a lump sum cash payment equal to any earned but unpaid salary and bonus and any accrued but unused vacation as of the termination date. The salary continuation payments to Ms. Chaffin Glover are payable in twelve equal monthly installments at an amount per installment equal to one twenty-fourth of Ms. Chaffin Glover’s current annual salary. The salary continuation payments to Messrs. Van Valkenberg and Wakeham are payable in six equal monthly installments at an amount per installment equal to one-twelfth of the named executive officer’s current annual salary. The salary continuation payments are conditioned upon the named executive officer executing a full release and covenant not to sue on or before the thirtieth day following termination.


112


Table of Contents

The following table provides the total dollar value of the compensation that would be paid to each of our named executive officers assuming a change in control or the termination of his or her employment in certain defined circumstances on December 31, 2009, pursuant to the arrangements described above:
 
                                             
                                Termination on
 
                                Death or
 
                                Disability or
 
                                Without Cause
 
                                or Good Reason
 
                    Termination
          Within 12 Months of a
 
              Termination on
    without
    Business
    Business
 
        Death or
    Death or
    Cause or for
    Combination
    Combination
 
Named Executive Officer
 
Compensation
  Disability     Disability     Good Reason     Transaction     Transaction  
 
Stephen T. Winn
  Severance Payment                 $600,000 (1)            
    Salary Continuation           $200,000                    
    Bonus                 300,000 (1),(2)            
                                             
    Total           $200,000       $900,000                
                                             
Timothy J. Barker
  Salary Continuation           $157,500 (3)     $157,500 (3)           $315,000 (6)
    Option Acceleration     $39,500 (4)                 $39,500 (5),(6)      
                                             
    Total     $39,500       $157,500       $157,500       $39,500       $315,000  
                                             
Dirk D. Wakeham
  Salary Continuation           $150,000       $150,000              
    Option Acceleration     $124,688 (4)           —                    
                                             
    Total     $124,688       $150,000       $150,000              
                                             
Ashley Chaffin Glover
  Salary Continuation           $150,000       $150,000              
    Option Acceleration     $19,750 (4)                        
                                             
    Total     $19,750       $150,000       $150,000              
                                             
William E. Van Valkenberg
  Salary Continuation           $150,000       $150,000              
    Option Acceleration                                
                                             
    Total           $150,000       $150,000              
                                             
 
 
(1) Amount would not be paid in the event of Mr. Winn’s termination in connection with our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, whether voluntary or involuntary, or cessation of our business in the ordinary course for any reason.
 
(2) Value represents target bonus for Mr. Winn for 2009. Subject to achievement of any criteria or conditions to the payment of Mr. Winn’s target bonus which are contingent on our earnings or other financial performance for the year.
 
(3) Amount of salary continuation payment if termination is not within twelve months following the consummation of a business combination transaction.
 
(4) Value represents the gain our named executive officers would receive, calculated as the positive difference between our stock price on December 31, 2009 and the exercise price of the named executive officer’s unvested options subject to acceleration upon the named executive officer’s death or disability pursuant to our 1998 Stock Incentive Plan. On December 31, 2009, our stock price was $2.83.
 
(5) Value represents the gain Mr. Barker would receive, calculated as the positive difference between our stock price on December 31, 2009 and the exercise price of Mr. Barker’s unvested options subject to acceleration upon a business combination transaction pursuant to the terms of certain of his stock option agreements with us. On December 31, 2009, our stock price was $2.83.
 
(6) Amount reflects payments that would have been made pursuant to Mr. Barker’s employment agreement, as amended on January 1, 2010, if the amended employment agreement had been in effect on December 31, 2009 in order to provide meaningful, current information.


113


Table of Contents

Employee Benefit Plans
 
Amended and Restated 1998 Stock Incentive Plan
 
Our Amended and Restated 1998 Stock Incentive Plan, or our 1998 Stock Incentive Plan, was first adopted by our board of directors on November 24, 1998 and approved by our stockholders on November 24, 1998. The 1998 Stock Incentive Plan has been amended and restated. The 1998 Stock Incentive Plan has a ten year term, which was restarted in an amendment and restatement of the 1998 Stock Incentive Plan in April 2010. Our 1998 Stock Incentive Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code to our employees and any parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees, and for the grant of non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock and performance units to our employees and consultants and any parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees and consultants.
 
We have reserved a total of 20,000,000 shares of our common stock for issuance pursuant to the 1998 Stock Incentive Plan. As of December 31, 2009, options to purchase 15,707,456 shares of common stock were outstanding and 732,285 shares were available for future grant under the 1998 Stock Incentive Plan.
 
Our compensation committee administers our 1998 Stock Incentive Plan. Under our 1998 Stock Incentive Plan, our compensation committee has the power to determine the terms of the awards, including the employees and consultants who will receive awards, the exercise price, the number of shares subject to each award, the vesting schedule and exercisability of awards and the manner of payment of the exercise price of the award. The administrator also has the authority to institute an exchange program whereby the exercise prices of outstanding awards may be increased or reduced, outstanding awards may be surrendered or cancelled in exchange for awards with a higher or lower exercise price, or outstanding awards may be transferred to a third party.
 
With respect to all stock options granted under the 1998 Stock Incentive Plan, the exercise price must at least be equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant and the term of an option may not exceed ten years, except that with respect to incentive stock options granted to any participant who owns more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of our outstanding stock as of the grant date, the term must not exceed five years and the exercise price must equal at least 110% of the fair market value on the grant date.
 
After termination of an employee or consultant, he or she may exercise his or her option for the period of time stated in the option agreement, or if not so stated, for 30 days following termination in the case of an employee holding options or stock appreciation rights granted before February 22, 2008, for 90 days following termination in the case of an employee holding options or stock appreciation rights granted on or after February 22, 2008 and for 30 days following termination in the case of a consultant holding options or stock appreciation rights. If termination of an employee is due to disability or death, the option will become 100% vested and will remain exercisable for 12 months after the date of such employee’s death or disability, but in no event later than the date on which the option or stock appreciation right terminates. Notwithstanding the foregoing, our compensation committee may provide for more restrictive periods of exercise or for forfeiture of awards or cash or common stock received pursuant to awards if an employee is terminated for cause or commits enumerated actions harmful to our interests within one year following a voluntary termination.
 
Restricted stock grants may be made alone, in addition to or in tandem with other awards granted under our 1998 Stock Incentive Plan. Restricted stock grants are grants of shares of our common stock subject to forfeiture restrictions that lapse in accordance with terms and conditions established by our compensation committee. Our compensation committee determines the number of shares subject to a restricted stock grant to any employee or consultant and may impose whatever conditions to the lapse of forfeiture restrictions it determines to be appropriate. Unless our compensation committee determines otherwise, shares subject to restricted stock grants that are still subject to forfeiture restrictions upon termination of the purchaser’s service with us are automatically forfeited. However, unless provided otherwise in the agreement relating to a restricted stock grant, forfeiture restrictions shall lapse with respect to restricted stock grants made to an employee upon such employee’s death, disability, or retirement from active employment at or after age 65.


114


Table of Contents

Our 1998 Stock Incentive Plan provides that upon the occurrence of a “business combination transaction,” each option, stock appreciation right and performance unit will terminate upon the effective date of such transaction (provided that holders of vested stock appreciation rights will receive cash equal to the amount they would have received upon exercise of the vested right and holders of performance units will receive the prorated value of such unit as if all applicable performance objectives had been met) and all forfeiture restrictions applicable to restricted stock grants shall continue in full force and effect, unless otherwise provided in the agreement relating to an award or the provision of substitute securities of another corporation arising without the necessity of the action of our board of directors is made in connection with the transaction. Our 1998 Stock Incentive Plan defines “business combination transactions” to include our merger with or into another corporation, our dissolution, the sale of substantially all of our assets and the transfer of beneficial ownership of securities representing 40% or more of the voting power of our then outstanding securities to a person or group other than Seren Capital, Ltd., Stephen T. Winn, affiliates of Stephen T. Winn and a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under one of our employee benefit plans.
 
Unless our compensation committee otherwise provides in the agreement governing a non-qualified stock option, non-qualified stock options or stock appreciation rights granted before September 28, 2009, may be transferred by the holder to members of the holder’s immediate family, trusts for the benefit of such immediate family members and partnerships in which such immediate family members are the only partners, provided that no consideration is provided for the transfer. Incentive stock options and performance units granted before September 28, 2009 and all awards granted on and after September 28, 2009 under the 1998 Stock Incentive Plan, unless determined otherwise by our compensation committee, are generally not transferable other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and may be exercised only during the lifetime of the participant and only by such participant.
 
Our board of directors has the authority to amend, alter, suspend or terminate the 1998 Stock Incentive Plan provided such action does not impair the rights of any participant without the written consent of such participant. In February 2010, our board of directors terminated our ability to make grants under our 1998 Stock Incentive Plan effective upon the closing of this offering. Following the closing of this offering, we will grant equity awards under our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan. However, our 1998 Stock Incentive Plan will continue to govern the terms and conditions of all outstanding equity awards granted under our 1998 Stock Incentive Plan.
 
2010 Equity Incentive Plan
 
Our board of directors adopted our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan on February 26, 2010 to be effective upon completion of this offering subject to the approval of our stockholders. We expect our stockholders will approve the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan prior to the completion of this offering. Our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code, to our employees and any parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees, and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units, stock appreciation rights, performance units and performance shares to our employees, directors and consultants and our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees and consultants.
 
The total number of shares of our common stock reserved for issuance pursuant to the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan will be determined by our board of directors prior to its effectiveness. The total number of shares of our common stock reserved under our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan will be increased by (a) any shares which have been reserved but not issued under our 1998 Stock Incentive Plan and are not subject to any awards granted thereunder, and (b) any shares subject to stock options or similar awards granted under the 1998 Stock Incentive Plan that expire or otherwise terminate without having been exercised in full and shares issued pursuant to awards granted under the 1998 Stock Incentive Plan that are forfeited to or repurchased by us. The maximum number of shares that may be added to the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan from the 1998 Stock Incentive Plan is          shares. In addition, our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan provides for annual increases in


115


Table of Contents

the number of shares available for issuance thereunder on the first day of each fiscal year, beginning with our 2011 fiscal year, equal to the least of:
 
  •                 shares of our common stock;
 
  •                 of our outstanding shares on the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year; or
 
  •  such other amount as our board of directors may determine.
 
If an award expires or becomes unexercisable without having been exercised in full, is surrendered pursuant to an exchange program, or, with respect to restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance shares or performance units, is forfeited to or repurchased by us, the unpurchased shares (or for awards other than options and stock appreciation rights, the forfeited or repurchased shares) which were subject thereto will become available for future grant or sale under our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan. Upon exercise of a stock appreciation right settled in shares, only shares actually issued pursuant to the stock appreciation right will cease to be available under our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan. Shares used to pay the exercise price of an award or to satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to an award will become available for future grant or sale under our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan. Shares that have actually been issued under our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan under any award will not be returned to our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan and will not become available for future distribution under our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan; provided, however, that if shares of restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance shares or performance units are repurchased by us or are forfeited to us, such shares will become available for future grant under our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan. To the extent an award is paid out in cash rather than stock, such cash payment will not reduce the number of shares available for issuance under our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan.
 
If we declare a dividend or other distribution or engage in a recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase, or exchange of shares or other securities of the Company, or other change in the corporate structure of the Company affecting our shares, the administrator will adjust the (i) number and class of shares available for issuance under our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, (ii) number, class and price of shares subject to outstanding awards, and (iii) specified per-person limits on awards to reflect the change.
 
Our board of directors or a committee of our board will administer our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan. To the extent the administration determines it desirable to qualify awards granted under our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan as “performance based compensation” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, the committee will consist of two or more “outside directors” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code. The administrator has the power to select the employees, consultants and directors who will receive awards, to determine the terms of the awards, including the exercise price, the number of shares subject to each such award, the exercisability of the awards and the form of consideration payable upon exercise. The administrator also has the authority to institute an exchange program whereby the exercise prices of outstanding awards may be increased or reduced, outstanding awards may be surrendered or cancelled in exchange for awards with a higher or lower exercise price, or outstanding awards may be transferred to a third party.
 
The exercise price of options granted under our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan must at least be equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The term of an incentive stock option may not exceed ten years, except that with respect to any participant who owns more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of our outstanding stock as of the grant date, the term must not exceed five years and the exercise price must equal at least 110% of the fair market value on the grant date. The administrator determines the terms of all other options.
 
After termination of an employee, director or consultant, he or she may exercise his or her option for the period of time stated in the option agreement. Generally, if termination is due to death or disability, the option will remain exercisable for twelve months. In all other cases, the option will generally remain exercisable for three months. However, an option generally may not be exercised later than the expiration of its term.


116


Table of Contents

Stock appreciation rights may be granted under our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan. Stock appreciation rights allow the recipient to receive the appreciation in the fair market value of our common stock between the exercise date and the date of grant. The administrator determines the terms of stock appreciation rights, including when such rights become exercisable and whether to pay the increased appreciation in cash or with shares of our common stock, or a combination thereof. The exercise price of stock appreciation rights granted under our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan must at least be equal to 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. Stock appreciation rights expire under the same rules that apply to stock options.
 
Restricted stock may be granted under our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan. Restricted stock awards are shares of our common stock that vest in accordance with terms and conditions established by the administrator. The administrator will determine the number of shares of restricted stock granted to any service provider. The administrator may impose whatever conditions to vesting it determines to be appropriate. For example, the administrator may set restrictions based on the achievement of specific performance goals. Shares of restricted stock that do not vest are subject to our right of repurchase or forfeiture.
 
Our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan provides for an automatic grant to outside directors of a nondiscretionary award of restricted stock on April 1 of each year, beginning in 2011, equal to $50,000 in value on the grant date (rounded up to the nearest whole share). This automatic restricted stock award will be issued for no cash consideration and will be forfeited and automatically transferred to and reacquired by us at no cost if the director ceases services as a member of our board of directors. This forfeiture provision will lapse as to 5% of the award on the first day of each calendar quarter for 15 consecutive calendar quarters beginning on first day of the calendar quarter immediately following the date of grant, and as to the remaining 25% of the award on the first day of the calendar quarter immediately following such fifteenth consecutive quarter, subject to the grantee’s continued service as a director through each such date.
 
Restricted stock units may be granted under our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan. Restricted stock units are awards that will result in a payment to a participant at the end of a specified period only if performance goals established by the administrator are achieved or the award otherwise vests. The administrator may impose whatever conditions to vesting, restrictions and conditions to payment it determines to be appropriate. For example, the administrator may set restrictions based on the achievement of specific performance goals, on the continuation of service or employment or any other basis determined by the administrator. Payments of earned restricted stock units may be made, in the administrator’s discretion, in cash or with shares of our common stock, or a combination thereof.
 
Performance units and performance shares may be granted under our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan. Performance units and performance shares are awards that will result in a payment to a participant only if performance goals established by the administrator are achieved or the awards otherwise vest. The administrator will establish organizational or individual performance goals in its discretion, which, depending on the extent to which they are met, will determine the number and/or the value of performance units and performance shares to be paid out to participants. Performance units shall have an initial dollar value established by the administrator prior to the grant date. Performance shares shall have an initial value equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date. Payment for performance units and performance shares may be made in cash or in shares of our common stock with equivalent value, or in some combination, as determined by the administrator.
 
Unless the administrator provides otherwise, our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan does not allow for the transfer of awards and only the recipient of an award may exercise an award during his or her lifetime.
 
Our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan provides that in the event of our change in control, as defined in the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, each outstanding award will be treated as the administrator determines, including that the successor corporation or its parent or subsidiary will assume or substitute an equivalent award for each outstanding award. The administrator is not required to treat all awards similarly. If there is no assumption or substitution of outstanding awards, the awards will fully vest, all restrictions will lapse, all awards with performance-based vesting will have all performance goals deemed achieved at 100% of target levels and all other terms and conditions met and the awards will become fully exercisable. The administrator will provide notice to the recipient that he or she has the right to exercise the option and stock appreciation


117


Table of Contents

right as to all of the shares subject to the award. The option or stock appreciation right will terminate upon the expiration of the period of time the administrator provides in the notice. In the event the service of an outside director is terminated on or following a change in control, other than pursuant to a voluntary resignation, his or her options and stock appreciation rights that are not assumed or substituted in the change in control will fully vest and become immediately exercisable, all restrictions on restricted stock will lapse and all performance goals or other vesting requirements for performance shares and units will be deemed achieved and all other terms and conditions met.
 
Our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan will automatically terminate in 2020, unless we terminate it sooner. In addition, our board of directors has the authority to amend, alter, suspend or terminate the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan provided such action does not impair the rights of any participant without the written consent of such participant.
 
401(k) Retirement Plan
 
We maintain a 401(k) plan which covers substantially all of our employees. The 401(k) plan is an essential part of the retirement package needed to attract and retain employees in our industry. The 401(k) plan permits employees to contribute a portion of their compensation to the plan on a pre-tax basis, up to a 2010 statutory limit of $16,500. For employees 50 years of age or older, an additional catch-up contribution of $5,500 is allowable. We may provide a matching contribution, the amount of which is determined at our discretion. For 401(k) contributions made in calendar 2009, we matched an amount equal to 25% of each participant’s elective deferral, up to 6% of a participant’s compensation.
 
Limitations on Liability and Indemnification Matters
 
We expect that our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, to be effective upon the completion of this offering, will contain provisions that limit the liability of our directors for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Consequently, our directors will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for:
 
  •  any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;
 
  •  any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;
 
  •  unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; or
 
  •  any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.
 
We expect that our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, to be effective upon the completion of this offering, will provide that we are required to indemnify our directors and officers, in each case to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. We expect that our amended and restated bylaws also will provide that we are obligated to advance expenses incurred by a director or officer in advance of the final disposition of any action or proceeding, and permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or other agent for any liability arising out of his or her actions in that capacity regardless of whether we would otherwise be permitted to indemnify him or her under the provisions of Delaware law. Prior to completion of this offering, we expect to enter into agreements to indemnify our directors, executive officers and other employees as determined by our board of directors. With specified exceptions, these agreements will provide for indemnification for related expenses including, among other things, attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by any of these individuals in any action or proceeding. We believe that these bylaw provisions and indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers. We also maintain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance.
 
The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions we expect to be included in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, to be effective upon the completion of


118


Table of Contents

this offering, may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors and officers for breach of their fiduciary duty. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and other stockholders. Further, a stockholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent that we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers as required by these indemnification provisions. At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers or employees for which indemnification is sought, and we are not aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification.


119


Table of Contents

 
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
 
Since January 1, 2007, there has not been, nor is there currently proposed, any transaction or series of similar transactions to which we were or are a party in which the amount involved exceeded or exceeds $120,000 and in which any of our directors, executive officers, holders of more than 5% of any class of our voting securities, or any member of the immediate family of any of the foregoing persons, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, other than compensation arrangements with directors and executive officers, which are described where required in this prospectus under “Executive Compensation”, and the transactions described below.
 
Private Placement Financings
 
In February 2008, we sold 3,025,000 shares of our Series C Convertible Preferred Stock at a price of $4.50 per share for an aggregate price of $13,612,500, all of which were sold to investors that are our affiliates, including Timothy J. Barker, Apax Excelsior VI, L.P. and affiliated entities, or the Apax Funds, and Camden Strategic Fund III, L.P. and affiliated entities, or the Camden Funds. The Camden Funds are not affiliated with Camden Property Trust.
 
Registration Rights Agreement
 
In connection with our Series C financing described above, we entered into a Second Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, or the Registration Rights Agreement, with several of our significant stockholders and affiliates, including Stephen T. Winn and entities affiliated with Mr. Winn, Timothy J. Barker, the Apax Funds, individuals affiliated with the Apax Funds, the Camden Funds, individuals affiliated with the Camden Funds, Advance Capital Partners, L.P. and affiliated entities, or the Advance Capital Funds, and individuals affiliated with the Advance Capital Funds, including one of our directors, Jeffrey T. Leeds. Pursuant to this agreement, we granted such stockholders certain registration rights with respect to shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of the shares of preferred stock held by them, shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of certain warrants held by them and shares of our common stock then held or thereafter acquired by such stockholders. For more information regarding the Registration Rights Agreement, see “Description of Capital Stock — Registration Rights.”
 
2010 Shareholders Agreement
 
In March 2010, we entered into a Fourth Amended and Restated Shareholders Agreement, or 2010 Shareholders Agreement, with several of our significant stockholders including Stephen T. Winn, individuals and entities affiliated with Mr. Winn, Timothy J. Barker, the Apax Funds, individuals affiliated with the Apax Funds, the Camden Funds, individuals affiliated with the Camden Funds, the Advance Capital Funds and individuals affiliated with the Advance Capital Funds, including one of our directors, Jeffrey T. Leeds. The 2010 Shareholders Agreement, among other things:
 
  •  provides for the voting of shares with respect to the constituency of our board of directors and our compensation committee and audit committee;
 
  •  provides for the redemption, on certain terms and conditions, of all or any portion of the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock held by Advance Capital and its affiliates;
 
  •  grants our preferred stockholders certain rights of first refusal and co-sale with respect to proposed transfers of our securities by certain stockholders;
 
  •  grants our preferred stockholders a right of first offer with respect to sales of our shares by us, subject to specified exclusions (which exclusions are expected to include the sale of the shares pursuant to this prospectus); and
 
  •  obligates us to deliver periodic financial statements to our major investors.


120


Table of Contents

 
We anticipate that the 2010 Shareholders Agreement will terminate upon completion of this offering. This is not a complete description of the 2010 Shareholders Agreement and is qualified by the full text of the 2010 Shareholders Agreement filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.
 
Stock Options
 
Certain stock option and restricted stock grants to our non-employee directors who are not affiliated with our major stockholders are described in “Management — Director Compensation.”
 
Certain stock option grants to our named executive officers are described in “Executive Compensation — Grants of Plan-Based Awards,” “Executive Compensation — Outstanding Equity Awards at December 31, 2009” and “Executive Compensation — Employment Agreements.”
 
In addition to those option grants, on February 29, 2008, we granted an option to purchase 300,000 shares of our common stock to Jason D. Lindwall at an exercise price of $3.50. The shares subject to the stock option vest in equal quarterly installments over 16 consecutive quarters commencing on the first day of the calendar quarter immediately following the grant date, subject to continued service through each applicable date.
 
On February 26, 2009, we granted an option to purchase 100,000 shares of our common stock to Jason D. Lindwall at an exercise price of $3.00. The shares subject to the stock option vest in equal quarterly installments over 16 consecutive quarters commencing on the first day of the calendar quarter immediately following the grant date, subject to continued service through each applicable date.
 
On February 25, 2010, we granted options to purchase 350,000, 225,000, 50,000 and 300,000 shares of our common stock to Timothy J. Barker, Ashley Chaffin Glover, Jason D. Lindwall and Dirk D. Wakeham, respectively, at an exercise price of $3.75. Such stock options vest with respect to 5% of the shares subject to the stock option each quarter commencing on the first day of the calendar quarter immediately following the grant date for 15 consecutive quarters and, with respect to the remaining 25% of the shares subject to the stock option, on the first day of the next following calendar quarter, subject to continued service through each applicable date.
 
Employment Arrangements and Indemnification Agreements
 
We have entered into employment agreements with each of our executive officers that include, among other things, compensation terms, provisions regarding payments upon termination in certain circumstances and confidentiality and non-competition provisions as described under “Executive Compensation — Employment Agreements.”
 
Prior to the completion of this offering, we expect to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and officers. The indemnification agreements and the indemnification provisions we expect will be included in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, to be effective upon the completion of this offering, will require us to indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. For further information, see “Executive Compensation — Limitations on Liability and Indemnification Matters.”
 
Other Transactions with our Significant Stockholders
 
On December 31, 2008, we declared and paid all dividends then accrued and unpaid on outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock. We issued an aggregate of 16,294,894 shares of our common stock and promissory notes in an aggregate principal amount of $11,064,391.53 to our holders of convertible preferred stock in payment of this dividend, including 7,718,396 shares of our common stock and promissory notes in an aggregate principal amount of $4,631,043.20 to Stephen T. Winn and entities affiliated with Mr. Winn, 21,325 shares of our common stock and promissory notes in an aggregate principal amount of $33,482.44 to Timothy J. Barker, 6,074,335 shares of our common stock and promissory notes in an aggregate principal amount of $4,345,977.78 to the Apax Funds, 1,708,406 shares of our common stock and promissory notes in an aggregate principal amount of $1,025,047.60 to the Advance Capital Funds, 26,195 shares of our common stock and promissory notes in an aggregate principal amount of $15,718.77 to Jeffrey T. Leeds, one


121


Table of Contents

of our directors, and 694,164 shares of our common stock and promissory notes in an aggregate principal amount of $969,070.74 to the Camden Funds. We expect to repay all amounts outstanding under the promissory notes issued in this dividend upon completion of this offering. See “Use of Proceeds.”
 
On December 31, 2009, we declared and paid all dividends then accrued and unpaid on outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock. We issued an aggregate of 2,837,345 shares of our common stock and cash in an aggregate amount of $2,515,832 to our holders of convertible preferred stock in payment of this dividend, including 1,308,705 shares of our common stock and cash in an aggregate amount of $785,225.56 to Stephen T. Winn and entities affiliated with Mr. Winn, 6,440 shares of our common stock and cash in an aggregate amount of $13,620.12 to Timothy J. Barker, 1,030,735 shares of our common stock and cash in an aggregate amount of $1,142,187.95 to the Apax Funds, 289,894 shares of our common stock and cash in an aggregate amount of $173,937.49 to the Advance Capital Funds, 4,445 shares of our common stock and cash in an aggregate amount of $2,667.08 to Jeffrey T. Leeds, one of our directors, and 185,470 shares of our common stock and cash in an aggregate amount of $387,332.82 to the Camden Funds.
 
On April 23, 2010, we declared and paid all dividends accrued and unpaid on outstanding shares of our Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, Series A1 Convertible Preferred Stock and Series B Convertible Preferred Stock through and including March 31, 2010. We issued an aggregate of 685,276 shares of our common stock and promissory notes in an aggregate principal amount of $435,226.65 to our holders of such series of convertible preferred stock in payment of this dividend, including 314,330 shares of our common stock and promissory notes in an aggregate principal amount of $188,600.07 to Stephen T. Winn and entities affiliated with Mr. Winn, 1,541 shares of our common stock and promissory notes in an aggregate principal amount of $1,849.50 to Timothy J. Barker, 250,645 shares of our common stock and promissory notes in an aggregate principal amount of $150,389.28 to the Apax Funds, 70,494 shares of our common stock and promissory notes in an aggregate principal amount of $42,296.88 to the Advance Capital Funds, 1,080 shares of our capital stock and promissory notes in an aggregate principal amount of $649.46 to Jeffrey T. Leeds, one of our directors, and 44,381 shares of our common stock and promissory notes in an aggregate principal amount of $48,825.77 to the Camden Funds. We expect to repay all amounts outstanding under the promissory notes issued in this dividend upon completion of this offering. See “Use of Proceeds.”
 
In 2007, 2008 and 2009, we reimbursed Seren Capital, Ltd., a significant stockholder and an entity controlled by Stephen T. Winn, approximately $87,000, $34,000 and $44,000, respectively, for our use of an airplane owned by Seren Capital, Ltd.
 
We employ Chris Winn, a son of Stephen T. Winn. In 2009, we paid Chris Winn total cash compensation of approximately $133,000. On December 12, 2008, we granted Chris Winn an option to purchase 40,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price per share of $3.00. On November 19, 2009, we granted Chris Winn an option to purchase 35,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price per share of $3.00.
 
Policies and Procedures for Related Party Transactions
 
As provided by our audit committee charter to be effective upon completion of this offering, our audit committee is responsible for reviewing and approving in advance any related party transaction. Prior to the effectiveness of such audit committee charter, related party transactions were approved by our board of directors.


122


Table of Contents

 
PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS
 
The following table sets forth information regarding beneficial ownership of our common stock as of April 1, 2010 and as adjusted to reflect the shares of common stock to be issued and sold in the offering by:
 
  •  each person or group of affiliated persons known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our common stock;
 
  •  each of our named executive officers;
 
  •  each of our directors;
 
  •  all executive officers and directors as a group; and
 
  •  each of our selling stockholders.
 
Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC. The information does not necessarily indicate beneficial ownership for any other purpose. Under these rules, the number of shares of common stock deemed outstanding includes shares issuable upon exercise of options or warrants held by the respective person or group which may be exercised or converted within 60 days after April 1, 2010. For purposes of calculating each person’s or group’s percentage ownership, stock options and warrants exercisable within 60 days after April 1, 2010 are included for that person or group but not the stock options or warrants of any other person or group.
 
Percentage of beneficial ownership is based on 111,185,108 shares of common stock outstanding as of April 1, 2010 and                   shares of common stock outstanding after completion of this offering.
 
Unless otherwise indicated and subject to applicable community property laws, to our knowledge, each stockholder named in the following table possesses sole voting and investment power over the shares listed, except for those jointly owned with that person’s spouse. Unless otherwise noted below, the address of each person listed on the table is c/o RealPage, Inc., 4000 International Parkway, Carrollton, Texas 75007. Beneficial ownership representing less than 1% is denoted with an asterisk (*).
 


123


Table of Contents

                                                                 
                                        Shares Beneficially
 
                                  Number of
    Owned After the
 
                                  Shares
    Offering if Over-
 
                      Shares Beneficially
    Subject
    Allotment Option
 
    Shares Beneficially Owned
    Number of
    Owned After the
    to Over-
    is Exercised
 
    Prior to the Offering     Shares
    Offering     Allotment
    in Full  
Name of Beneficial Owner
  Shares     Percentage     Offered     Shares     Percentage     Option     Shares     Percentage  
 
5% Stockholders:
                                                               
Entities affiliated with Advance Capital Partners, L.P. (1)
    7,623,300       6.9 %                                                   
Entities affiliated with Apax Excelsior VI, L.P. (2)
    29,327,292       26.4                                                  
Stephen T. Winn and entities affiliated with Stephen T. Winn (3)
    59,996,783       54.0                                                  
Named Executive Officers and Directors:
                                                               
Stephen T. Winn (3)
    59,996,783       54.0                                                  
Timothy J. Barker (4)
    945,265       *                                                  
Dirk D. Wakeham (5)
    349,375       *                                                  
Ashley Chaffin Glover (6)
    398,750       *                                                  
William E. Van Valkenberg (7)
    45,000       *                                                  
Alfred R. Berkeley, III (8)
    298,333       *                                                  
Richard M. Berkeley (9)
    5,487,412       4.9                                                  
Peter Gyenes (10)
    19,333       *                                                  
Jeffrey T. Leeds (11)
    7,740,190       7.0                                                  
Jason A. Wright (2)
    29,327,292       26.4                                                  
All executive officers and directors as a group (11 people) (12)
    104,695,233       92.9                                                  
Other Selling Stockholders:
                                                               
Entities affiliated with Camden Partners Strategic Fund III, L.P. (13)
    5,257,412       4.7                                                  
 
 
(1) Represents 1,820,015 shares held by Advance Capital Offshore Partners, L.P. and 5,803,285 shares held by Advance Capital Partners, L.P. Advance Capital Management, LLC, or Advance Capital Management, is the general partner of Advance Capital Associates, L.P., or Advance Capital Associates, which is the general partner of Advance Capital Partners, L.P. and Advance Capital Offshore Associates, LDC, which is the general partner of Advance Capital Offshore Partners, L.P. Because Jeffrey T. Leeds and Robert A. Bernstein are the members of Advance Capital Management, which is the general partner of Advance Capital Associates, which is the general partner of Advance Capital Partners, L.P. and Advance Capital Offshore Associates, LDC, which is the general partner of Advance Capital Offshore Partners, L.P., Messrs. Leeds and Bernstein may be deemed to have sole voting and dispositive power of the shares held by Advance Capital Offshore Partners, L.P. and Advance Capital Partners, L.P., or the Advance Capital Funds. The address of the Advance Capital Funds and their affiliated entities and individuals is 350 Park Avenue, 23rd Floor, New York, New York 10022. For a discussion of our material relationships with the Advance Capital Funds and affiliated entities, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”
 
(2) Represents 25,060,173 shares held by Apax Excelsior VI, L.P., 2,047,044 shares held by Apax Excelsior VI-A C.V., 1,363,718 shares held by Apax Excelsior VI-B C.V. and 856,357 shares held by Patricof Private Investment Club III, L.P. Apax Managers, Inc., or Apax Managers, is the general partner of Apax Excelsior VI Partners, L.P., or Apax Excelsior VI Partners, which is the general partner of each of Apax Excelsior VI, L.P., Apax Excelsior VI-A C.V., Apax Excelsior VI-B C.V. and Patricof Private Investment Club III, or the Apax Funds. Each of the directors of Apax Managers, Inc. may be deemed to share voting and dispositive power over the shares held by the Apax Funds. The address of the Apax Funds and their affiliated entities and individuals is 601 Lexington Avenue, New York, New York 10022. For a

124


Table of Contents

discussion of our material relationships with the Apax Funds and affiliated entities, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”
 
(3) Represents 44,784,925 shares held by Seren Capital, Ltd., 250,000 shares held by Seren Catalyst, L.P., 1,231,250 shares held by Stephen T. Winn 1996 Family LPA, and 13,730,608 shares held by Stephen T. Winn. Stephen T. Winn is the sole manager and president of Seren Capital Management, L.L.C., which is the general partner of Seren Capital, Ltd. and Seren Catalyst, L.P., or the Seren Partnerships and, by virtue of this relationship, has sole voting and dispositive power over the shares held by the Seren Partnerships. Mr. Winn is the general partner of the Stephen T. Winn 1996 Family LPA and has voting and dispositive power over the shares held by the Stephen T. Winn 1996 Family LPA. For a discussion of our material relationships with Mr. Winn and his affiliated entities, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”
 
(4) Represents 427,765 shares held by Timothy J. Barker and 517,500 shares issuable upon the exercise of options to purchase shares of our common stock held by Mr. Barker that are fully vested and exercisable within 60 days of April 1, 2010. For a discussion of our material relationships with Mr. Barker, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”
 
(5) Represents 349,375 shares issuable upon the exercise of options to purchase shares of our common stock held by Mr. Wakeham that are fully vested and exercisable within 60 days of April 1, 2010.
 
(6) Represents 398,750 shares issuable upon the exercise of options to purchase shares of our common stock held by Ms. Chaffin Glover that are fully vested and exercisable within 60 days of April 1, 2010.
 
(7) Represents 45,000 shares issuable upon the exercise of options to purchase shares of our common stock held by Mr. Van Valkenberg that are fully vested and exercisable within 60 days of April 1, 2010.
 
(8) Represents 183,333 shares held by Alfred R. Berkeley, III, of which 32,292 are subject to a repurchase right held by us which lapses with respect to an additional 1,041 shares on the last day of each calendar month provided that Mr. Berkeley remains a director on each such applicable date and 13,333 are subject to forfeiture to us, which forfeiture restriction lapses as to 666.65 shares on the first day of each calendar quarter beginning July 1, 2010 and as to the remaining 3,333.25 shares on April 1, 2014, provided that Mr. Berkeley remains a director on each such applicable date, and 115,000 held by Muriel Van Dusen Berkeley and Richard M. Berkeley, as Trustees of the 2009 Berkeley Family Resource Trust dated 12/11/2009, or the Berkeley Family Trust. Muriel Van Dusen Berkeley and Richard M. Berkeley are the trustees of the Berkeley Family Trust and share voting and dispositive power over the shares held by the Berkeley Family Trust. By virtue of his relationship with his spouse, Muriel Van Dusen Berkeley, Alfred R. Berkeley may be deemed to share voting and dispositive power over the shares held by the Berkeley Family Trust. Mr. Berkeley is an affiliate of a broker-dealer, purchased the securities in the ordinary course of business and, at the time of the purchase of the securities to be resold, had no agreements or understandings, directly or indirectly, with any person to distribute the securities.
 
(9) Represents 5,047,562 shares held by Camden Partners Strategic Fund III, L.P., 209,850 shares held by Camden Partners Strategic Fund III-A, L.P., 115,000 held by Muriel Van Dusen Berkeley and Richard M. Berkeley, as Trustees of the 2009 Berkeley Family Resource Trust dated 12/11/2009 and 115,000 held by Richard M. Berkeley, as Trustee of the Alfred and Muriel Berkeley Survivorship Trust dated 12/1/2005. Camden Partners Strategic Manager, LLC, or Camden Partners Strategic Manager, is the managing member of Camden Partners Strategic III, LLC, or Camden Partners Strategic III, which is the general partner of each of Camden Partners Strategic Fund III, L.P. and Camden Partners Strategic Fund III-A, L.P., or the Camden Funds. Because Richard M. Berkeley is the managing member of Camden Partners Strategic Manager, Camden Partners Strategic Manager is the managing member of Camden Partners Strategic III and Camden Partners Strategic III is the general partner of each of the Camden Funds, Mr. Berkeley may be deemed to have voting and dispositive power over the shares held by the Camden Funds. Mr. Berkeley and Muriel Van Dusen Berkeley are the trustees of the 2009 Berkeley Family Resource Trust dated 12/11/2009, or the Berkeley Family Trust, and share voting and dispositive power over the shares held by the Berkeley Family Trust. Mr. Berkeley is the trustee of the Alfred and Muriel Berkeley Survivorship Trust dated 12/1/2005, or the Berkeley Survivorship Trust, and has voting and dispositive power over the shares held by the Berkeley Survivorship Trust. Mr. Berkeley disclaims beneficial ownership of shares


125


Table of Contents

held by the Berkeley Family Trust and the Berkeley Survivorship Trust, except to the extent of any pecuniary interest therein. Mr. Berkeley is an affiliate of a broker-dealer, purchased the securities in the ordinary course of business and, at the time of the purchase of the securities to be resold, had no agreements or understandings, directly or indirectly, with any person to distribute the securities. The address of the Camden Funds and their affiliated entities and individuals is 500 E. Pratt Street, Suite 1200, Baltimore, Maryland 21202. For a discussion of our material relationships with Camden Partners and its affiliated entities, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.” The Camden Funds are not affiliated with Camden Property Trust.
 
(10) Represents 6,000 shares issuable upon the exercise of options to purchase shares of our common stock held by Mr. Gyenes that are fully vested and exercisable within 60 days of April 1, 2010 and 13,333 restricted shares of our common stock that are subject to forfeiture to us, which forfeiture restriction lapses as to 666.65 shares on the first day of each calendar quarter beginning July 1, 2010 and as to the remaining 3,333.25 shares on April 1, 2014, provided that Mr. Gyenes remains a director on each such applicable date.
 
(11) Represents 116,890 shares held by Jeffrey T. Leeds, 1,820,015 shares held by Advance Capital Offshore Partners, L.P. and 5,803,285 shares held by Advance Capital Partners, L.P. Because Mr. Leeds is a member of Advance Capital Management, LLC, which is the general partner of Advance Capital Associates, L.P., which is the general partner of Advance Capital Partners, L.P. and Advance Capital Offshore Associates, LDC, which is the general partner of Advance Capital Offshore Partners, L.P., Mr. Leeds may be deemed to have voting and dispositive power of the shares held by Advance Capital Offshore Partners, L.P. and Advance Capital Partners, L.P. For a discussion of our material relationships with Mr. Leeds, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”
 
(12) Consists of 14,471,929 shares held of record by our directors and executive officers, of which 32,292 shares are subject to a repurchase right held by us that lapses with respect to an additional 1,041 shares on the last day of each calendar month provided that Mr. A. Berkeley remains one of our directors on each such applicable date, 26,666 are subject to forfeiture to us, which forfeiture restriction lapses as to 666.65 shares on the first day of each calendar quarter beginning July 1, 2010 and 3,333.25 shares on April 1, 2014, provided that Mr. A. Berkeley remains one of our directors on each such applicable date, and as to 666.65 shares on the first day of each calendar quarter beginning July 1, 2010 and 3,333.25 shares on April 1, 2014, provided that Mr. Gyenes remains one of our directors on each such applicable date, 1,519,125 shares issuable upon the exercise of options held by our directors and executive officers that are fully vested and exercisable within 60 days of April 1, 2010 and 88,704,179 shares held by entities over which our directors and executive officers may be deemed to have voting or dispositive power.
 
(13) Represents 5,047,562 shares held by Camden Partners Strategic Fund III, L.P. and 209,850 shares held by Camden Partners Strategic Fund III-A, L.P. Camden Partners Strategic Manager, LLC, or Camden Partners Strategic Manager, is the managing member of Camden Partners Strategic III, LLC, or Camden Partners Strategic III, which is the general partner of Camden Partners Strategic Fund III, L.P. and Camden Partners Strategic Fund III-A, L.P., or the Camden Funds. Because Richard M. Berkeley, Don Hughes, Dick Johnston and David Warnock are the managing members of Camden Partners Strategic Manager, Camden Partners Strategic Manager is managing member of Camden Partners Strategic III and Camden Partners Strategic III is the general partner of the Camden Funds, Messrs. Berkeley, Hughes, Johnston and Warnock may be deemed to have voting and dispositive power over the shares held by the Camden Funds. The address of the Camden Funds and their affiliated entities and individuals is 500 E. Pratt Street, Suite 1200, Baltimore, Maryland 21202. For a discussion of our material relationships with the Camden Funds and affiliated entities, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.” The Camden Funds are not affiliated with Camden Property Trust.


126


Table of Contents

 
DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
 
General
 
The following is a summary of the rights of our common stock and preferred stock and certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, as we expect they will be in effect upon the completion of this offering. For more detailed information, please see our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, to be effective upon completion of this offering, which will be filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.
 
Immediately following the completion of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of                 shares, with a par value of $0.001 per share, of which:
 
  •                    shares are designated as common stock; and
 
  •                    shares are designated as preferred stock.
 
At December 31, 2009, assuming the conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into common stock, we had outstanding 111,009,108 shares of common stock, held of record by 92 stockholders. In addition, as of December 31, 2009, we had outstanding options to acquire 15,857,456 shares of common stock and an outstanding warrant to purchase 25,000 shares of common stock at $1.00 per share.
 
Common Stock
 
The holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote per share on all matters to be voted on by the stockholders. Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any outstanding shares of preferred stock, holders of common stock are entitled to receive ratably such dividends as may be declared by our board of directors out of funds legally available therefor. In the event we liquidate, dissolve or wind up, holders of common stock are entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining after payment of liabilities and the liquidation preferences of any outstanding shares of preferred stock. Holders of common stock have no preemptive, conversion or subscription rights. There are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the common stock. All outstanding shares of common stock are, and all shares of common stock to be outstanding upon completion of this offering will be, fully paid and nonassessable.
 
Preferred Stock
 
Our board of directors has the authority, without further action by the stockholders, to issue from time to time the preferred stock in one or more series, to fix the number of shares of any such series and the designation thereof and to fix the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions granted to or imposed upon such preferred stock, including dividend rights, dividend rate, conversion rights, voting rights, rights and terms of redemption, redemption prices, liquidation preference and sinking fund terms, any or all of which may be greater than or senior to the rights of the common stock. The issuance of preferred stock could adversely affect the voting power of holders of common stock and reduce the likelihood that such holders will receive dividend payments and payments upon liquidation. Such issuance could have the effect of decreasing the market price of our common stock. The issuance of preferred stock or even the ability to issue preferred stock could have the effect of delaying, deterring or preventing a change in control. We have no present plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.
 
Warrants
 
At December 31, 2009, we had a warrant outstanding to purchase 25,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price per share of $1.00. The warrant was net exercised for 17,581 shares on March 18, 2010.


127


Table of Contents

Registration Rights
 
Second Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement
 
We have entered into a Second Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement dated February 22, 2008, or the Registration Rights Agreement, with certain of our stockholders. Subject to the terms of this agreement, the holders of an aggregate of          shares of our common stock, or their permitted transferees, are entitled to rights with respect to the registration of these shares under the Securities Act. These rights include demand registration rights, short-form registration rights and piggyback registration rights.
 
The following description of the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement is intended as a summary only and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Registration Rights Agreement filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.
 
Demand registration rights.   Under the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement, the holders of a majority of our then outstanding Series A Convertible Preferred Stock and the holders of a majority of our then outstanding Series A1 Convertible Preferred Stock each may make a written request to us for the registration of the offer and sale of all or part of the shares having registration rights, or registrable securities, under the Securities Act if the amount of registrable securities to be registered has an aggregate market value, based upon the offering price to the public, equal to at least $10 million. We will be required, upon such written request, to deliver notice of such registration request to the other holders of registrable securities within ten days after our receipt of the request and to use our best efforts to effect the requested registration within 90 days after we have given written notice. We are required to effect only two registrations pursuant to this provision of the registration agreement at the request of holders of a majority of the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock and one registration pursuant to this provision of the registration statement at the request of holders of a majority of the Series A1 Convertible Preferred Stock. We are not required to effect a demand registration prior to six months after the completion of this offering.
 
Short-form registration rights.   If we are eligible to file a registration statement on Form S-3 or any successor form with similar “short-form” disclosure requirements, the holders of registrable securities under the Registration Rights Agreement have unlimited rights to request registration of their shares on Form S-3 provided that the registrable securities to be registered have an aggregate market value, based upon the offering price to the public, equal to at least $2.5 million. We are not required to effect more than two short form registrations in any 12-month period.
 
Piggyback registration rights.   If we register any of our securities either for our own account or for the account of other security holders, the holders of the registrable securities under the Registration Rights Agreement are entitled to include their registrable securities in the registration subject to certain exceptions relating to employee benefit plans and mergers and acquisitions. The managing underwriters of any underwritten offering may limit the number of registrable securities included in the underwritten offering if the underwriters believe that including these shares would materially or adversely affect the offering subject to certain limitations.
 
Expenses.   All fees, costs and expenses of registrations pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement will be borne by us except for the underwriting fees, discounts or commissions attributable to the sale of the registrable securities, which shall be borne by the holders selling such registrable securities in the registration.
 
1998 Shareholders Agreement
 
We have also entered into a Shareholders Agreement with certain of our stockholders dated December 1, 1998, as amended, or the 1998 Shareholders Agreement, pursuant to which the holders of an aggregate of          shares of our common stock, or their permitted transferees, are entitled to piggyback registration rights for registrations occurring after a public market for shares of our common stock has been established. Under the terms of the 1998 Shareholders Agreement, a public market for shares of our common stock has been established when at least 15% of our common stock has been sold pursuant to one or more effective registration statements under the Securities Act and our common stock is publicly traded in the over-the-counter market or is listed on a national securities exchange.


128


Table of Contents

The following description of the registration rights provisions included in the 1998 Shareholders Agreement is intended as a summary only and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the 1998 Shareholders Agreement filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.
 
Piggyback registration rights.   Under the terms of the 1998 Shareholders Agreement, if we register shares of our common stock for sale to the public after the establishment of a public market for the shares, the holders of shares having registration rights under the 1998 Shareholders Agreement, or registrable shares, are entitled to include their registrable shares in the registration subject to certain exceptions relating to employee benefit plans and mergers and acquisitions. The managing underwriters of any underwritten offering may limit the number of registrable shares included in the underwritten offering if the underwriters believe that including these shares would materially or adversely affect the offering subject to certain limitations.
 
Expenses.   All fees, costs and expenses of piggyback registrations pursuant to the 1998 Shareholders Agreement will be borne by us except for the fees of counsel to the selling holders and underwriting fees, discounts or commissions attributable to the sale of the registrable shares, which will be borne by the selling holders.
 
Rights of First Offer, Co-Sale and Appraisal
 
Pursuant to the 1998 Shareholders Agreement, Seren Capital, Ltd., an entity affiliated with Stephen T. Winn, is entitled to a right of first offer with respect to           shares of our common stock and holders of an aggregate of           shares of our common stock, or their permitted transferees, are entitled to co-sale and appraisal rights with respect to their shares in certain circumstances. These rights terminate if a public market for shares of our common stock has been established. Under the terms of our 1998 Shareholders Agreement, a public market for shares of our common stock has been established when at least 15% of our common stock then outstanding has been sold pursuant to one or more effective registration statements under the Securities Act and our common stock is publicly traded in the over-the-counter market or is listed on a national securities exchange.
 
The following description of the rights of first offer, co-sale and appraisal included in the 1998 Shareholders Agreement is intended as a summary only and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the 1998 Shareholders Agreement filed as an exhibit to the registration statement to which this prospectus is part.
 
If a party to the 1998 Shareholders Agreement desires to transfer shares of our common stock to a third party, such stockholder is required first to give notice to Seren Capital, Ltd. and to offer to sell to Seren Capital, Ltd. the shares of common stock such stockholder proposes to transfer. Seren Capital, Ltd. is controlled by Stephen T. Winn.
 
Under the terms of the 1998 Shareholders Agreement, if Stephen T. Winn or entities or individuals affiliated with him propose to sell any of their shares of common stock, they must first offer to the other stockholders who are party to the 1998 Shareholders Agreement an opportunity to sell their respective pro rata share of the shares proposed to be sold in such proposed sale.
 
In addition, if Stephen T. Winn or entities or individuals affiliated with him, together with any other party or parties to the 1998 Shareholders Agreement collectively owning over 50% of our outstanding common stock determine to sell their common stock to a third party, whether by sale, merger or consolidation, or to cause us to sell all or substantially all of our assets to a third party, such stockholders may, at their option, require the other stockholders who are parties to the 1998 Shareholders Agreement to vote their shares in favor of such transaction and sell their shares in such transaction. If any stockholder who is a party to the 1998 Shareholders Agreement is required to sell their shares in connection with a sale of our company and disagrees with the terms of such sale, that stockholder may obtain an appraisal of his or her common stock and, depending on the result of the appraisal, may cause us to pay that stockholder the appraised price of his or her common stock and the costs of the appraisal.


129


Table of Contents

Anti-Takeover Effects of Delaware Law and Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws
 
Certain provisions of Delaware law and our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws, as we expect they will be in effect upon the completion of this offering, contain provisions that could have the effect of delaying, deferring or discouraging another party from acquiring control of us. These provisions, which are summarized below, may have the effect of discouraging coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed, in part, to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to first negotiate with our board of directors. We believe that the benefits of increased protection of our potential ability to negotiate with an unfriendly or unsolicited acquirer outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging a proposal to acquire us because negotiation of these proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.
 
Undesignated preferred stock.   As discussed above, our board of directors has the ability to issue preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences that could impede the success of any attempt to change control of us. These and other provisions may have the effect of deferring hostile takeovers or delaying changes in control or management of our company.
 
Limits on ability of stockholders to act by written consent or call a special meeting . We expect to provide in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that our stockholders may not act by written consent. This limit on the ability of our stockholders to act by written consent may lengthen the amount of time required to take stockholder actions. As a result, a holder controlling a majority of our capital stock would not be able to amend our bylaws or remove directors without holding a meeting of our stockholders called in accordance with our amended and restated bylaws.
 
In addition, we expect our amended and restated bylaws will provide that special meetings of the stockholders may be called only by the chairperson of our board of directors, our Chief Executive Officer, our president (in the absence of our Chief Executive Officer) or our board of directors. We expect our amended and restated bylaws will prohibit a stockholder from calling a special meeting, which may delay the ability of our stockholders to force consideration of a proposal or for holders controlling a majority of our capital stock to take any action, including the removal of directors.
 
Requirements for advance notification of stockholder nominations and proposals . We expect our amended and restated bylaws will establish advance notice procedures with respect to stockholder proposals and the nomination of candidates for election as directors, other than nominations made by or at the direction of our board of directors or a committee of our board of directors. However, we expect that our amended and restated bylaws may have the effect of precluding the conduct of certain business at a meeting if the proper procedures are not followed. We expect that these provisions may also discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of our company.
 
Board vacancies filled only by majority of directors then in office.   Vacancies and newly created seats on our board of directors may be filled only by our board of directors. Only our board of directors may determine the number of directors on our board of directors. The inability of stockholders to determine the number of directors or to fill vacancies or newly created seats on our board of directors makes it more difficult to change the composition of our board of directors, but these provisions promote a continuity of existing management.
 
No cumulative voting.   The Delaware General Corporation Law provides that stockholders are not entitled to the right to cumulate votes in the election of directors unless our certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws do not expressly provide for cumulative voting.
 
Directors removed only for cause.   We expect that our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that directors may be removed by stockholders only for cause.
 
Delaware anti-takeover statute.   We are subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law regulating corporate takeovers. In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging, under certain circumstances, in a business combination with an interested


130


Table of Contents

stockholder for a period of three years following the date on which the person became an interested stockholder unless:
 
  •  Prior to the date of the transaction, the board of directors of the corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;
 
  •  Upon completion of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding, but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder, (1) shares owned by persons who are directors and also officers and (2) shares owned by employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or
 
  •  At or subsequent to the date of the transaction, the business combination is approved by the board of directors of the corporation and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 66 2 / 3 % of the outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder.
 
Generally, a business combination includes a merger, asset or stock sale, or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. An interested stockholder is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns or, within three years prior to the determination of interested stockholder status, did own 15% or more of a corporation’s outstanding voting stock. We expect the existence of this provision to have an anti-takeover effect with respect to transactions our board of directors does not approve in advance. We also anticipate that Section 203 may also discourage attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for the shares of common stock held by stockholders.
 
The provisions of Delaware law and our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws, as we expect they will be in effect upon the completion of this offering, could have the effect of discouraging others from attempting hostile takeovers and, as a consequence, they may also inhibit temporary fluctuations in the market price of our common stock that often result from actual or rumored hostile takeover attempts. These provisions may also have the effect of preventing changes in our management. It is possible that these provisions could make it more difficult to accomplish transactions that stockholders may otherwise deem to be in their best interests.
 
Transfer Agent and Registrar
 
Upon completion of this offering the transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be Computershare Trust Company, N.A. The transfer agent’s address is 250 Royall Street, Canton, Massachusetts 02021 and its telephone number is (800) 662-7237.
 
The NASDAQ Global Market Listing
 
We expect to apply to list the shares of our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “    .”


131


Table of Contents

 
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
 
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for shares of our common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of shares of our common stock, including shares issued upon the exercise of outstanding options or warrants, in the public market after this offering, or the possibility of these sales occurring, could adversely affect the prevailing market price for our common stock from time to time or impair our ability to raise equity capital in the future.
 
Upon the completion of this offering, a total of          shares of common stock will be outstanding. Of these shares, all          shares of common stock sold in this offering by us, plus any shares sold upon exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option, will be freely tradable in the public market without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, unless these shares are held by “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act.
 
The remaining          shares of common stock will be “restricted securities,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. These restricted securities are eligible for public sale only if they are registered under the Securities Act or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rules 144 or 701 under the Securities Act, which are summarized below.
 
Subject to the lock-up agreements described below and the provisions of Rules 144 and 701 under the Securities Act, these restricted securities will be available for sale in the public market as follows:
 
         
Date
  Number of Shares  
 
On the date of this prospectus
            
Between 90 and 180 days (subject to extension) after the date of this prospectus
       
At various times beginning more than 180 days (subject to extension) after the date of this prospectus
       
 
In addition,            shares of common stock will be eligible for sale upon exercise of vested options 180 days following the effective date of this offering, subject to extension as described under “Underwriting.”
 
Rule 144
 
In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, once we have been subject to public company reporting requirements for at least 90 days, a person who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates for purposes of the Securities Act at any time during 90 days preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, is entitled to sell such shares without complying with the manner of sale, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144, subject to compliance with the public information requirements of Rule 144. If such a person has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, then such person is entitled to sell such shares without complying with any of the requirements of Rule 144.
 
In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, once we have been subject to public company reporting requirements for 90 days, an affiliate of ours who owns shares that were acquired from us or an affiliate of ours at least six months prior to the proposed sale is entitled to sell, upon the expiration of the lock-up agreements described below, within any three-month period beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:
 
  •  1% of the number of shares of common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately          shares immediately after the offering; or
 
  •  the average weekly trading volume of the common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to such sale.
 
Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.


132


Table of Contents

Rule 701
 
Rule 701 generally allows a stockholder who purchased shares of our common stock pursuant to a written compensatory plan or contract in compliance with Rule 701 and who is not deemed to have been our affiliate during the immediately preceding 90 days to sell these shares in reliance upon Rule 144, but without being required to comply with the public information, holding period, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144. Rule 701 permits our affiliates who purchase shares of our common stock pursuant to a written compensatory plan or contract in compliance with Rule 701 to sell these shares in reliance upon Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares, however, are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling such shares pursuant to Rule 701.
 
Lock-Up Agreements
 
We, all of our officers and directors and holders of substantially all of our outstanding stock and options have agreed that, without the prior written consent of Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., we and they will not, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus:
 
  •  offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our common stock, enter into a transaction that would have the same effect, or
 
  •  enter into any swap, hedge or other arrangement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our common stock,
 
whether any of these transactions are to be settled by delivery of our common stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise. This agreement is subject to certain exceptions, and is also subject to extension for up to an additional 34 days, as set forth under “Underwriting.”
 
Registration Rights
 
Upon completion of this offering, the holders of          shares of common stock or their transferees will be entitled to various rights with respect to the registration of these shares under the Securities Act. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in these shares becoming fully tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration, except for shares purchased by affiliates. See “Description of Capital Stock — Registration Rights” for additional information.
 
Registration Statements
 
We intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act covering all of the shares of common stock subject to options outstanding or reserved for issuance under our stock plans. We expect to file this registration statement as soon as practicable after this offering. However, none of the shares registered on Form S-8 will be eligible for resale until the expiration of the lock-up agreements to which they are subject.


133


Table of Contents

 
MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX AND ESTATE TAX
CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS
 
The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax and estate tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our common stock to non-U.S. holders, but does not purport to be a complete analysis of all the potential tax considerations relating thereto. This summary is based upon the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code, Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, administrative rulings and judicial decisions, all as of the date hereof. These authorities may be changed, possibly retroactively, so as to result in U.S. federal income or estate tax consequences different from those set forth below. We have not sought any ruling from the Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, with respect to the statements made and the conclusions reached in the following summary, and there can be no assurance that the IRS will agree with such statements and conclusions.
 
This summary also does not address the tax considerations arising under the laws of any non-U.S., state or local jurisdiction or under U.S. federal gift and estate tax laws, except to the limited extent below. In addition, this discussion does not address tax considerations applicable to an investor’s particular circumstances or to investors that may be subject to special tax rules, including, without limitation:
 
  •  banks, insurance companies or other financial institutions;
 
  •  persons subject to the alternative minimum tax;
 
  •  tax-exempt organizations;
 
  •  controlled foreign corporations, passive foreign investment companies and corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax;
 
  •  dealers in securities or currencies;
 
  •  traders in securities that elect to use a mark-to-market method of accounting for their securities holdings;
 
  •  persons that own, or are deemed to own, more than five percent of our capital stock (except to the extent specifically set forth below);
 
  •  certain former citizens or long-term residents of the United States;
 
  •  persons who hold our common stock as a position in a hedging transaction, “straddle,” “conversion transaction” or other risk reduction transaction;
 
  •  persons who do not hold our common stock as a capital asset (within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Internal Revenue Code; and
 
  •  persons deemed to sell our common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Internal Revenue Code.
 
In addition, if a partnership or entity classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner generally will depend on the status of the partner and upon the activities of the partnership. Accordingly, partnerships that hold our common stock, and partners in such partnerships, should consult their tax advisors.
 
You are urged to consult your tax advisor with respect to the application of the U.S. federal income tax laws to your particular situation, as well as any tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock arising under the U.S. federal estate or gift tax rules or under the laws of any state, local, non-U.S. or other taxing jurisdiction or under any applicable tax treaty.
 
Non-U.S. Holder Defined
 
For purposes of this discussion, you are a non-U.S. holder if you are any holder other than:
 
  •  an individual citizen or resident of the United States;


134


Table of Contents

 
  •  a corporation or other entity taxable as a corporation created or organized in the United States or under the laws of the United States or any political subdivision thereof;
 
  •  an estate whose income is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or
 
  •  a trust (x) whose administration is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and which has one or more U.S. persons who have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (y) which has made an election to be treated as a U.S. person.
 
Distributions
 
We have not made any distributions on our common stock, and we do not plan to make any distributions for the foreseeable future. However, if we do make distributions on our common stock, those payments will constitute dividends for U.S. tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. To the extent those distributions exceed both our current and our accumulated earnings and profits, they will constitute a return of capital and will first reduce your basis in our common stock, but not below zero, and then will be treated as gain from the sale of stock.
 
Any dividend paid to you generally will be subject to U.S. withholding tax either at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividend or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. In order to receive a reduced treaty rate, you must provide us with an IRS Form W-8BEN or other appropriate version of IRS Form W-8 certifying qualification for the reduced rate. A non-U.S. holder of shares of our common stock eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS. If the non-U.S. holder holds the stock through a financial institution or other agent acting on the non-U.S. holder’s behalf, the non-U.S. holder will be required to provide appropriate documentation to the agent, which then will be required to provide certification to us or our paying agent, either directly or through other intermediaries.
 
Dividends received by you that are effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business (and, if an income tax treaty applies, such dividend is attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the United States) are exempt from such withholding tax. In order to obtain this exemption, you must provide us with an IRS Form W-8ECI or other applicable IRS Form W-8 properly certifying such exemption. Such effectively connected dividends, although not subject to withholding tax, are taxed at the same graduated rates applicable to U.S. persons, net of certain deductions and credits, subject to an applicable income tax treaty providing otherwise. In addition, if you are a corporate non-U.S. holder, dividends you receive that are effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business may also be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty.
 
Gain on Disposition of Common Stock
 
You generally will not be required to pay U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other disposition of our common stock unless:
 
  •  the gain is effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business (and, if an income tax treaty applies, the gain is attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by you in the United States);
 
  •  you are an individual who is present in the United States for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the calendar year in which the sale or disposition occurs and certain other conditions are met; or
 
  •  our common stock constitutes a U.S. real property interest by reason of our status as a U.S. real property holding corporation, or a USRPHC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time within


135


Table of Contents

  the shorter of the five-year period preceding the disposition or your holding period for our common stock.
 
We believe that we are not currently and will not become a USRPHC. However, because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our U.S. real property relative to the fair market value of our other business assets, there can be no assurance that we will not become a USRPHC in the future. Even if we become a USRPHC, however, as long as our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market, such common stock will be treated as U.S. real property interests only if you actually or constructively hold more than five percent of such regularly traded common stock at any time during the applicable period that is specified in the Internal Revenue Code.
 
If you are a non-U.S. holder described in the first bullet above, you will be required to pay tax on the net gain derived from the sale under regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates, and corporate non-U.S. holders described in the first bullet above may be subject to the branch profits tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. If you are an individual non-U.S. holder described in the second bullet above, you will be required to pay a flat 30% tax on the gain derived from the sale, which tax may be offset by U.S. source capital losses (even though you are not considered a resident of the United States). You should consult any applicable income tax or other treaties that may provide for different rules.
 
Federal Estate Tax
 
Our common stock beneficially owned by an individual who is not a citizen or resident of the United States (as defined for U.S. federal estate tax purposes) at the time of death will generally be includable in the decedent’s gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes, unless an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise.
 
Backup Withholding and Information Reporting
 
Generally, we must report annually to the IRS the amount of dividends paid to you, your name and address, and the amount of tax withheld, if any. A similar report is sent to you. Pursuant to applicable income tax treaties or other agreements, the IRS may make these reports available to tax authorities in your country of residence.
 
Payments of dividends or of proceeds on the disposition of stock made to you may be subject to information reporting and backup withholding at a current rate of 28% unless you establish an exemption, for example by properly certifying your non-U.S. status on a Form W-8BEN or another appropriate version of IRS Form W-8. Notwithstanding the foregoing, backup withholding and information reporting may apply if either we or our paying agent has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that you are a U.S. person.
 
Backup withholding is not an additional tax; rather, the U.S. income tax liability of persons subject to backup withholding will be reduced by the amount of tax withheld. If withholding results in an overpayment of taxes, a refund or credit may generally be obtained from the IRS, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS in a timely manner.
 
Recently Enacted Legislation Affecting Taxation of Our Common Stock Held By or Through Foreign Entities
 
Recently enacted legislation generally will impose a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on dividends and the gross proceeds of a disposition of our common stock paid after December 31, 2012 to a foreign financial institution unless such institution enters into an agreement with the U.S. government to withhold on certain payments and to collect and provide to the U.S. tax authorities substantial information regarding U.S. account holders of such institution (which includes certain equity and debt holders of such institution, as well as certain account holders that are foreign entities with U.S. owners). The legislation also will generally impose a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on dividends and the gross proceeds of a disposition of our common stock paid after December 31, 2012 to a non-financial foreign entity unless such entity provides the withholding agent with a certification identifying the direct and indirect U.S. owners of the entity. Under certain circumstances, a non-U.S. stockholder might be eligible for refunds or credits of such taxes.


136


Table of Contents

Prospective investors are encouraged to consult with their own tax advisors regarding the possible implications of this legislation on their investment in our common stock. Stockholders are encouraged to consult with their own tax advisors regarding the possible implications of the legislation on their investment in our common stock.
 
The preceding discussion of U.S. federal tax considerations is for general information only. It is not tax advice. Each prospective investor should consult its own tax advisor regarding the particular U.S. federal, state and local and Non-U.S. tax consequences of purchasing, holding and disposing of our common stock, including the consequences of any proposed change in applicable laws.


137


Table of Contents

 
UNDERWRITING
 
Under the terms and subject to the conditions contained in an underwriting agreement dated         , 2010 we and the selling stockholders have agreed to sell to the underwriters named below, for whom Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. are acting as representatives, the following respective numbers of shares of common stock:
 
         
Underwriter
  Number of Shares  
 
Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC
            
Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. 
       
JMP Securities LLC
       
Pacific Crest Securities LLC
       
RBC Capital Markets Corporation
       
William Blair & Company, L.L.C. 
       
Total
       
 
The underwriting agreement provides that the underwriters are obligated to purchase all the shares of common stock in the offering if any are purchased, other than those shares covered by the over-allotment option described below. The underwriting agreement also provides that if an underwriter defaults, the purchase commitments of non-defaulting underwriters may be increased or, in some circumstances, the offering may be terminated.
 
The selling stockholders have granted to the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase on a pro rata basis up to          additional shares at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions. The option may be exercised only to cover any over-allotments of common stock.
 
The underwriters propose to offer the shares of common stock initially at the public offering price on the cover page of this prospectus and to selling group members at that price less a selling concession of $      per share. The underwriters and selling group members may allow a discount of $      per share on sales to other broker/dealers. After the initial public offering, the representatives may change the public offering price and concession and discount to broker/dealers.
 
The following table summarizes the compensation and estimated expenses we and the selling stockholders will pay:
 
                                 
    Per Share     Total  
    Without
    With
    Without
    With
 
    Over-allotment     Over-allotment     Over-allotment     Over-allotment  
 
Underwriting discounts and commissions paid by us
                               
Expenses payable by us
                               
Underwriting discounts and commissions paid by the selling stockholders
                               
Expenses payable by the selling stockholders
                               
 
The representatives have informed us that they do not expect sales to accounts over which the underwriters have discretionary authority to exceed 5% of the shares of common stock being offered.
 
We have agreed that we will not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file with the SEC a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to, any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our common stock, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge, disposition or filing, without the prior written consent of the representatives for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except grants of, or issuances pursuant to the exercise of, employee stock options granted pursuant to the terms of a plan now in effect and limited issuances in connection with acquisitions and other strategic transactions so long as


138


Table of Contents

such recipients execute a lock-up agreement in the form described below covering the remaining portion of the 180 day-period after the date of this prospectus. However, in the event that either (1) during the last 17 days of the “lock-up” period, we release earnings results or material news or a material event relating to us occurs or (2) prior to the expiration of the “lock-up” period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the “lock-up” period, then in either case the expiration of the “lock-up” will be extended until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the date of the release of the earnings results or the occurrence of the material news or event, as applicable, unless the representatives waive, in writing, such an extension.
 
Subject to certain exceptions, our officers, directors and holders of substantially all of our outstanding stock, options and warrants have agreed that they will not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our common stock, enter into a transaction that would have the same effect, or enter into any swap, hedge or other arrangement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our common stock, whether any of these transactions are to be settled by delivery of our common stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise, or publicly disclose the intention to make any such offer, sale, pledge or disposition, or to enter into any transaction, swap, hedge or other arrangement, without, in each case, the prior written consent of the representatives for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus. However, in the event that either (1) during the last 17 days of the “lock-up” period, we release earnings results or material news or a material event relating to us occurs or (2) prior to the expiration of the “lock-up” period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the “lock-up” period, then in either case the expiration of the “lock-up” will be extended until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the date of the release of the earnings results or the occurrence of the material news or event, as applicable, unless the representatives waive, in writing, such an extension.
 
The underwriters have reserved for sale at the initial public offering price up to          shares of the common stock for employees, directors and other persons associated with us who have expressed an interest in purchasing common stock in the offering. The number of shares available for sale to the general public in the offering will be reduced to the extent these persons purchase the reserved shares. Any reserved shares not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other shares.
 
We and the selling stockholders have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against liabilities under the Securities Act, or contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to make in that respect.
 
We expect to apply to list the shares of our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “    .”
 
In connection with the offering the underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions, over-allotment transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids in accordance with Regulation M under the Exchange Act.
 
  •  Stabilizing transactions permit bids to purchase the underlying security so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum.
 
  •  Over-allotment transactions involve sales by the underwriters of shares in excess of the number of shares the underwriters are obligated to purchase, which creates a syndicate short position. The short position may be either a covered short position or a naked short position. In a covered short position, the number of shares over-allotted by the underwriters is not greater than the number of shares that they may purchase in the over-allotment option. In a naked short position, the number of shares involved is greater than the number of shares in the over-allotment option. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their over-allotment option and/or purchasing shares in the open market.
 
  •  Syndicate covering transactions involve purchases of the common stock in the open market after the distribution has been completed in order to cover syndicate short positions. In determining the source of shares to close out the short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of


139


Table of Contents

  shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the over-allotment option. If the underwriters sell more shares than could be covered by the over-allotment option, a naked short position, the position can only be closed out by buying shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there could be downward pressure on the price of the shares in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering.
 
  •  Penalty bids permit the representatives to reclaim a selling concession from a syndicate member when the common stock originally sold by the syndicate member is purchased in a stabilizing or syndicate covering transaction to cover syndicate short positions.
 
These stabilizing transactions, over-allotment transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock. As a result the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. These transactions may be effected on the NASDAQ Global Market or otherwise and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.
 
A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the web sites maintained by one or more of the underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in this offering and one or more of the underwriters participating in this offering may distribute prospectuses electronically. The representatives may agree to allocate a number of shares to underwriters and selling group members for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the underwriters and selling group members that will make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.
 
From time to time, the underwriters may perform investment banking and advisory services for us for which they may receive customary fees and expenses.
 
The shares of common stock are offered for sale in those jurisdictions in the United States, Europe and elsewhere where it is lawful to make such offers.
 
Each of the underwriters has represented and agreed that it has not offered, sold or delivered and will not offer, sell or deliver any of the shares of common stock directly or indirectly, or distribute this prospectus or any other offering material relating to the shares of common stock, in or from any jurisdiction except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable laws and regulations thereof and that will not impose any obligations on us except as set forth in the underwriting agreement.
 
European Economic Area
 
In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area that has implemented the Prospectus Directive, each, a Relevant Member State, each underwriter represents and agrees that with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State, or the Relevant Implementation Date, it has not made and will not make an offer of Securities to the public in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the Securities that has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Directive, except that it may, with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, make an offer of Securities to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time,
 
(a) to legal entities which are authorized or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities;
 
(b) to any legal entity which has two or more of (1) an average of at least 250 employees during the last financial year; (2) a total balance sheet of more than €43,000,000 and (3) an annual net turnover of more than €50,000,000, as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts;
 
(c) to fewer than 100 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive) subject to obtaining the prior consent of the manager for any such offer; or


140


Table of Contents

(d) in any other circumstances that do not require the publication by the Issuer of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.
 
For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer of Shares to the public” in relation to any Shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the Shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the Shares, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State and the expression Prospectus Directive means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.
 
Notice to Investors in the United Kingdom
 
Each of the underwriters severally represents, warrants and agrees as follows:
 
(a) it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000, or the FSMA) to persons who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling with Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 or in circumstances in which section 21 of FSMA does not apply to us; and
 
(b) it has complied with, and will comply with all applicable provisions of FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the shares of common stock in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.
 
Notice to Residents of Japan
 
The underwriters will not offer or sell any of our common stock directly or indirectly in Japan or to, or for the benefit of any Japanese person or to others, for re-offering or re-sale directly or indirectly in Japan or to any Japanese person, except in each case pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Securities and Exchange Law of Japan and any other applicable laws and regulations of Japan. For purposes of this paragraph, “Japanese person” means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan.
 
Notice to Residents of Hong Kong
 
The underwriters and each of their affiliates have not (i) offered or sold, and will not offer or sell, in Hong Kong, by means of any document, our common stock other than (a) to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571) of Hong Kong and any rules made under that Ordinance or (b) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32) of Hong Kong or which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of that Ordinance or (ii) issued or had in its possession for the purposes of issue, and will not issue or have in its possession for the purposes of issue, whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere any advertisement, invitation or document relating to our common stock which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to our securities which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made under that Ordinance. The contents of this document have not been reviewed by any regulatory authority in Hong Kong. You are advised to exercise caution in relation to the offer. If you are in any doubt about any of the contents of this document, you should obtain independent professional advice.
 
Notice to Residents of Singapore
 
This prospectus or any other offering material relating to our common stock has not been and will not be registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore, and the common stock will be offered in


141


Table of Contents

Singapore pursuant to exemptions under Section 274 and Section 275 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore, or the Securities and Futures Act. Accordingly our common stock may not be offered or sold, or be the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, nor may this prospectus or any other offering material relating to our common stock be circulated or distributed, whether directly or indirectly, to the public or any member of the public in Singapore other than (a) to an institutional investor or other person specified in Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, (b) to a sophisticated investor, and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the Securities and Futures Act or (c) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the Securities and Futures Act.
 
Notice to Residents of Germany
 
Each person who is in possession of this prospectus is aware of the fact that no German sales prospectus (Verkaufsprospekt) within the meaning of the Securities Sales Prospectus Act, Wertpapier-Verkaufsprospektgesetz, or the Act, of the Federal Republic of Germany has been or will be published with respect to our common stock. In particular, each underwriter has represented that it has not engaged and has agreed that it will not engage in a public offering in (offentliches Angebot) within the meaning of the Act with respect to any of our common stock otherwise than in accordance with the Act and all other applicable legal and regulatory requirements.
 
Notice to Residents of France
 
The shares of common stock are being issued and sold outside the Republic of France and that, in connection with their initial distribution, it has not offered or sold and will not offer or sell, directly or indirectly, any shares of common stock to the public in the Republic of France, and that it has not distributed and will not distribute or cause to be distributed to the public in the Republic of France this prospectus or any other offering material relating to the shares of common stock, and that such offers, sales and distributions have been and will be made in the Republic of France only to qualified investors (investisseurs qualifiés) in accordance with Article L.411-2 of the Monetary and Financial Code and decrét no. 98-880 dated 1st October, 1998.
 
Notice to Residents of the Netherlands
 
Our common stock may not be offered, sold, transferred or delivered in or from the Netherlands as part of their initial distribution or at any time thereafter, directly or indirectly, other than to, individuals or legal entities situated in the Netherlands who or which trade or invest in securities in the conduct of a business or profession (which includes banks, securities intermediaries (including dealers and brokers), insurance companies, pension funds, collective investment institution, central governments, large international and supranational organizations, other institutional investors and other parties, including treasury departments of commercial enterprises, which as an ancillary activity regularly invest in securities (hereinafter, the Professional Investors), provided that in the offer, prospectus and in any other documents or advertisements in which a forthcoming offering of our common stock is publicly announced (whether electronically or otherwise) in the Netherlands it is stated that such offer is and will be exclusively made to such Professional Investors. Individual or legal entities who are not Professional Investors may not participate in the offering of our common stock, and this prospectus or any other offering material relating to our common stock may not be considered an offer or the prospect of an offer to sell or exchange our common stock.
 
Notice to Residents of Italy
 
No prospectus has or will be registered in the Republic of Italy with the Italian Stock Exchange Commission ( Commissione Nazionale per le Societá di Borsa ), or Consob, pursuant to the Prospectus Directive and Italian laws and regulations on financial products. Accordingly, the common stock may not be offered, sold or delivered in the Republic of Italy, and copies of this prospectus or any other document relating to the common stock may not be distributed in the Republic of Italy, except to (a) qualified investors ( investori qualificati ), or the Qualified Investors, pursuant to Article 100 of Legislative Decree no. 58 dated February 24,


142


Table of Contents

1998, as amended, or the Financial Act, as defined in Article 34- ter of Consob Regulation no. 11971 dated May 14. 1999, as amended, Regulation no. 11971; or (b) in circumstances where there is an exemption from the rules governing an offer to the public of financial products pursuant to Article 94 et seq. of the Financial Act, and to Regulation no. 11971. Any offer, sale or delivery of the common stock in the Republic of Italy must be (a) made by an investment firm, a bank or financial intermediary authorized to engage in such activities in Italy, in compliance with the Financial Act and with Legislative Decree no. 385 dated September 1, 1993, as amended and Consob Regulation no. 16190 dated October 29, 2007, as amended, and any other applicable law and regulation; and (b) in compliance with any applicable Italian laws and regulations and any other condition or limitation that may be imposed by Consob, the Bank of Italy ( Banca d’Italia ) and any other relevant Italian authorities.
 
Notice to Residents of Switzerland
 
The common stock may not and will not be publicly offered, distributed or re-distributed in or from Switzerland and neither this prospectus nor any other solicitation for investments in the common stock may be communicated or distributed in Switzerland in any way that could constitute a public offering within the meaning of Articles 652a and 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations. This prospectus may not be copied, reproduced, distributed or passed on to others without the prior written consent of the international underwriters. This prospectus is not a prospectus within the meaning of Articles 652a and 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or a listing prospectus according to the Listing Rules of the SIX Swiss Exchange and may not comply with the information standards required thereunder. We will not apply for a listing of our common stock on any Swiss stock exchange or other Swiss regulated market and this prospectus may not comply with the information required under the relevant listing rules.


143


Table of Contents

 
NOTICE TO CANADIAN RESIDENTS
 
Resale Restrictions
 
The distribution of the common stock in Canada is being made only on a private placement basis exempt from the requirement that we and the selling stockholders prepare and file a prospectus with the securities regulatory authorities in each province where trades of common stock are made. Any resale of the common stock in Canada must be made under applicable securities laws which will vary depending on the relevant jurisdiction, and which may require resales to be made under available statutory exemptions or under a discretionary exemption granted by the applicable Canadian securities regulatory authority. Purchasers are advised to seek legal advice prior to any resale of the common stock.
 
Representations of Purchasers
 
By purchasing common stock in Canada and accepting a purchase confirmation a purchaser is representing to us, the selling stockholders and the dealer from whom the purchase confirmation is received that:
 
  •  the purchaser is entitled under applicable provincial securities laws to purchase the common stock without the benefit of a prospectus qualified under those securities laws,
 
  •  where required by law, that the purchaser is purchasing as principal and not as agent,
 
  •  the purchaser has reviewed the text above under Resale Restrictions, and
 
  •  the purchaser acknowledges and consents to the provision of specified information concerning its purchase of the common stock to the regulatory authority that by law is entitled to collect the information.
 
Further details concerning the legal authority for this information is available on request.
 
Rights of Action — Ontario Purchasers Only
 
Under Ontario securities legislation, certain purchasers who purchase a security offered by this prospectus during the period of distribution will have a statutory right of action for damages, or while still the owner of the common stock, for rescission against us and the selling stockholders in the event that this prospectus contains a misrepresentation without regard to whether the purchaser relied on the misrepresentation. The right of action for damages is exercisable not later than the earlier of 180 days from the date the purchaser first had knowledge of the facts giving rise to the cause of action and three years from the date on which payment is made for the common stock. The right of action for rescission is exercisable not later than 180 days from the date on which payment is made for the common stock. If a purchaser elects to exercise the right of action for rescission, the purchaser will have no right of action for damages against us or the selling stockholders. In no case will the amount recoverable in any action exceed the price at which the common stock were offered to the purchaser and if the purchaser is shown to have purchased the securities with knowledge of the misrepresentation, we and the selling stockholders will have no liability. In the case of an action for damages, we and the selling stockholders will not be liable for all or any portion of the damages that are proven to not represent the depreciation in value of the common stock as a result of the misrepresentation relied upon. These rights are in addition to, and without derogation from, any other rights or remedies available at law to an Ontario purchaser. The foregoing is a summary of the rights available to an Ontario purchaser. Ontario purchasers should refer to the complete text of the relevant statutory provisions.
 
Enforcement of Legal Rights
 
All of our directors and officers as well as the experts named herein and the selling stockholders may be located outside of Canada and, as a result, it may not be possible for Canadian purchasers to effect service of process within Canada upon us or those persons. All or a substantial portion of our assets and the assets of those persons may be located outside of Canada and, as a result, it may not be possible to satisfy a judgment


144


Table of Contents

against us or those persons in Canada or to enforce a judgment obtained in Canadian courts against us or those persons outside of Canada.
 
Taxation and Eligibility for Investment
 
Canadian purchasers of common stock should consult their own legal and tax advisors with respect to the tax consequences of an investment in the common stock in their particular circumstances and about the eligibility of the common stock for investment by the purchaser under relevant Canadian legislation.
 
LEGAL MATTERS
 
The validity of the shares of common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation, Austin, Texas. Certain legal matters in connection with the offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, Palo Alto, California.
 
EXPERTS
 
The consolidated financial statements of RealPage, Inc. at December 31, 2008 and 2009, and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2009, appearing in this prospectus and the registration statement have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.
 
WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of common stock we are offering. The registration statement, including the attached exhibits and schedule, contains additional relevant information about us and our common stock. This prospectus does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement and the exhibits and schedule thereto. The rules and regulations of the SEC allow us to omit from this prospectus certain information included in the registration statement.
 
For further information about us and the common stock, you may inspect a copy of the registration statement and the exhibits and schedule to the registration statement without charge at the offices of the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain copies of all or any part of the registration statement from the Public Reference Section of the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549 upon the payment of the prescribed fees. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC maintains a website at www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC. You can also inspect our registration statement on this website.


145


Table of Contents

 
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
         
    Page
 
    F-2  
    F-3  
    F-4  
    F-5  
    F-6  
    F-7  


F-1


Table of Contents

 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
The Board of Directors and Stockholders of
RealPage, Inc.
 
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of RealPage, Inc. (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2008 and 2009, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2009. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in the index under Item 16(b). These financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our audits.
 
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements and schedule are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of RealPage, Inc. at December 31, 2008 and 2009, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2009 in conformity with United States generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects, the information set forth within.
 
As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed its method of accounting for business combinations on January 1, 2009.
 
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
 
Dallas, Texas
April 28, 2010


F-2


Table of Contents

RealPage, Inc.
Consolidated Balance Sheets
(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
 
                         
                Pro Forma
 
    December 31,     December 31,
 
    2008     2009     2009  
                (unaudited)  
 
Assets
                       
Current assets:
                       
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 4,248     $ 4,427          
Restricted cash
    14,131       14,886          
Accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful accounts of $2,895 at December 31, 2008, and $2,222 at December 31, 2009
    27,459       25,841          
Deferred tax asset, net of valuation allowance
          3,110          
Other current assets
    3,281       2,739          
                         
Total current assets
    49,119       51,003          
Property, equipment, and software, net
    19,137       20,749          
Goodwill
    17,849       27,366          
Identified intangible assets, net
    15,125       22,891          
Deferred tax asset, net of valuation allowance
          17,803          
Other assets
    1,110       2,301          
                         
Total assets
  $ 102,340     $ 142,113          
                         
Liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit
                       
Current liabilities:
                       
Accounts payable
  $ 3,405     $ 3,705          
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities
    13,255       10,830          
Current portion of deferred revenue
    42,213       43,994          
Current portion of long-term debt
    6,216       8,412          
Customer deposits held in restricted accounts
    14,117       15,127          
                         
Total current liabilities
    79,206       82,068          
Deferred revenue
    5,019       5,434          
Deferred tax liability
    1,132                
Revolving credit facility
    10,000                
Long-term debt, less current portion
    27,498       43,449          
Other long-term liabilities
    6,767       5,806          
                         
Total liabilities
    129,622       136,757          
Commitments and contingencies (Note 9)
                       
Redeemable convertible preferred stock, Series A and A1, $0.001 par value: authorized, issued and outstanding 51,812,500 shares (liquidation value $51,823 and $51,823 at December 31, 2008 and 2009, respectively):
    51,724       51,786        
Redeemable convertible preferred stock, Series B, $0.001 par value: authorized, issued and outstanding 3,250,000 shares (liquidation value $6,500 and $6,500 at December 31, 2008 and 2009, respectively):
    6,478       6,491        
Redeemable convertible preferred stock, Series C, $0.001 par value: authorized, issued and outstanding 3,025,000 shares. (liquidation value $13,613 and $13,613 at December 31, 2008 and 2009, respectively):
    13,473       13,555        
Stockholders’ (deficit) equity:
                       
Common stock, $0.001 par value: 135,000,000 shares authorized and 47,543,000 and 53,334,684 issued and 47,404,388 and 52,921,608 outstanding as of December 31, 2008 and 2009, respectively
    48       53       111  
Additional paid-in capital
    19,670       24,206       95,980  
Treasury stock shares, at cost — 138,884 and 413,076 shares as of December 31, 2008 and 2009, respectively
    (449 )     (938 )     (938 )
Accumulated deficit
    (118,226 )     (89,797 )     (89,797 )
                         
Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity
    (98,957 )     (66,476 )     5,356  
                         
Total liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit
  $ 102,340     $ 142,113          
                         
 
See accompanying notes


F-3


Table of Contents

RealPage, Inc.
 
Consolidated Statements of Operations
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2007     2008     2009  
 
Revenue:
                       
On demand
  $ 62,592     $ 95,192     $ 128,377  
On premise
    11,560       7,582       3,860  
Professional and other
    9,429       9,794       8,665  
                         
Total revenue
    83,581       112,568       140,902  
Cost of revenue (1)
    35,703       46,058       58,513  
                         
Gross profit
    47,878       66,510       82,389  
Operating expense:
                       
Product development (1)
    21,708       28,806       27,446  
Sales and marketing (1)
    18,047       23,923       27,804  
General and administrative (1)
    9,756       14,135       20,210  
                         
Total operating expense
    49,511       66,864       75,460  
                         
Operating (loss) income
    (1,633 )     (354 )     6,929  
Interest expense, net
    (1,510 )     (2,152 )     (4,528 )
                         
(Loss) income before income taxes
    (3,143 )     (2,506 )     2,401  
                         
Income tax expense (benefit)
          703       (26,028 )
                         
Net (loss) income
  $ (3,143 )   $ (3,209 )   $ 28,429  
                         
Net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders
                       
Basic
  $ (9,143 )   $ (10,658 )   $ 10,757  
Diluted
  $ (9,143 )   $ (10,658 )   $ 10,757  
Net (loss) income per share attributable to common stockholders
                       
Basic
  $ (0.45 )   $ (0.38 )   $ 0.22  
Diluted
  $ (0.45 )   $ (0.38 )   $ 0.21  
Weighted average shares used in computing net (loss) income per share attributable to common stockholders
                       
Basic
    20,446       27,773       47,869  
Diluted
    20,446       27,773       51,025  
Pro forma net income per share attributable to common stockholders (unaudited) (2)
                       
Basic
                  $ 0.27  
Diluted
                  $ 0.26  
Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding used in computing net income per share attributable to common stockholders (unaudited) (3)
                       
Basic
                    105,957  
Diluted
                    109,113  
                       
(1) Includes stock-based compensation expense as follows:
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2007     2008     2009  
 
Cost of revenue
  $      48     $    104     $      367  
Product development
    251       727       1,175  
Sales and marketing
    110       277       498  
General and administrative
    81       368       765  
                         
Total stock-based compensation expense
  $ 490     $ 1,476     $ 2,805  
                         
 
(2) Pro forma net income per share represents net income divided by the pro forma weighted average shares outstanding as though the conversion of our redeemable convertible preferred stock into common stock occurred on the initial issuance dates.
(3) Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding reflects the conversion of our redeemable convertible preferred stock (using the if-converted method) into common stock as though the conversion had occurred on the original dates of issuance.
 
See accompanying notes


F-4


Table of Contents

RealPage, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit
(in thousands)
 
                                                                           
    Redeemable Convertible
                  Additional
                      Total
 
    Preferred Stock       Common Stock     Paid-in
    Accumulated
    Treasury Shares     Stockholders’
 
    Shares     Amount       Shares     Amount     Capital     Deficit     Shares     Amount     Deficit  
Balance as of December 31, 2006
    55,063     $ 72,300         20,133     $ 20     $ 12,581     $ (111,874 )               $ (99,273 )
Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock
          6,234                     (6,234 )                       (6,234 )
Exercise of stock options
                  969       1       968                         969  
Exercise of stock warrants
                  175             175                         175  
Stock-based compensation
                              490                         490  
Warrants issued to a customer
                              47                         47  
Net (loss)
                                    (3,143 )                 (3,143 )
                                                                           
Balance as of December 31, 2007
    55,063       78,534         21,277       21       8,027       (115,017 )                 (106,969 )
Issuance of redeemable convertible preferred stock
    3,025       13,357                                              
Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock
          7,698                     (7,698 )                       (7,698 )
Exercise of stock options
                  665       1       770                         771  
Exercise of stock warrants
                  9,306       9       262                         271  
Conversion of redeemable convertible preferred stock dividends
            (27,914 )       16,295       17       16,833                         16,850  
Treasury stock purchase, at cost
                                          (139 )   $ (449 )     (449 )
Stock-based compensation
                              1,476                         1,476  
Net (loss)
                                    (3,209 )                 (3,209 )
                                                                           
Balance as of December 31, 2008
    58,088       71,675         47,543       48       19,670       (118,226 )     (139 )     (449 )     (98,957 )
Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock
          5,678                     (5,678 )                       (5,678 )
Exercise of stock options
                  356             543                         543  
Exercise of stock warrants
                  400             4                         4  
Common stock warrants converted
                  32                                      
Conversion of redeemable convertible preferred stock dividends
          (5,521 )       2,837       3       3,002                         3,005  
Issuances related to acquisitions
                  2,167       2       3,860                         3,862  
Treasury stock purchase, at cost
                                          (274 )     (489 )     (489 )
Stock-based compensation
                              2,805                         2,805  
Net income
                                    28,429                   28,429  
                                                                           
Balance as of December 31, 2009
    58,088     $ 71,832         53,335     $ 53     $ 24,206     $ (89,797 )     (413 )   $ (938 )   $ (66,476 )
                                                                           
 
See accompanying notes.


F-5


Table of Contents

 
RealPage, Inc.
 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(in thousands)
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2007     2008     2009  
 
Cash flows from operating activities:
                       
Net (loss) income
  $ (3,143 )   $ (3,209 )   $ 28,429  
Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash provided by operating activities:
                       
Depreciation and amortization
    7,127       10,997       14,769  
Deferred tax expense (benefit)
          489       (26,308 )
Stock-based compensation
    490       1,476       2,805  
Loss on disposal of assets
          115       127  
Impairment of assets
          830       119  
Changes in assets and liabilities, net of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in business combinations:
                       
Accounts receivable
    (5,168 )     (7,622 )     2,407  
Customer deposits
          (105 )     255  
Other current assets
    (330 )     (203 )     559  
Other assets
    (375 )     (290 )     (1,140 )
Accounts payable
    939       (579 )     645  
Accrued compensation, taxes and benefits
    210       934       (461 )
Deferred revenue
    4,382       5,561       1,094  
Other current and long-term liabilities
    309       (432 )     1,458  
                         
Net cash provided by operating activities
    4,441       7,962       24,758  
Cash flows from investing activities:
                       
Purchases of property, equipment and software
    (7,122 )     (10,263 )     (9,509 )
Acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired
    (9,033 )     (22,057 )     (15,167 )
                         
Net cash used by investing activities
    (16,155 )     (32,320 )     (24,676 )
                         
Cash flows from financing activities:
                       
Proceeds from notes payable
    10,917       15,521       35,000  
Payments on notes payable
    (7,015 )     (2,454 )     (16,853 )
Proceeds from (payments on) revolving credit facility, net
    7,584       1,416       (10,000 )
Payments on capital lease obligations
    (678 )     (2,558 )     (5,592 )
Issuance of redeemable convertible preferred stock, net of costs
          13,357        
Preferred stock dividend
                (2,516 )
Issuance of common stock
    1,144       1,042       547  
Purchase of treasury stock
          (449 )     (489 )
                         
Net cash provided by financing activities
    11,952       25,875       97  
                         
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
    238       1,517       179  
Cash and cash equivalents:
                       
Beginning of period
    2,493       2,731       4,248  
                         
End of period
  $ 2,731     $ 4,248     $ 4,427  
                         
Supplemental cash flow information:
                       
Cash paid for interest
  $ 1,212     $ 2,651     $ 3,833  
                         
Cash paid for income taxes, net of refunds
  $ 39     $ 117     $ 228  
                         
Non-cash financing activities:
                       
Fixed assets acquired under capital leases
  $ 6,320     $ 2,077     $ 2,462  
                         
Accrued dividends and accretion of preferred stock
  $ 6,234     $ 7,698     $ 5,678  
                         
Conversion of preferred stock dividend to common shares
  $     $ 16,850     $ 3,005  
                         
 
See accompanying notes.


F-6


Table of Contents

 
RealPage, Inc.
 
Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements
 
1.   The Company
 
RealPage, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its subsidiaries, (Company or we or us) is a provider of property management solutions that enable owners and managers of single-family and a wide variety of multi-family rental property types to manage their marketing, pricing, screening, leasing, accounting, purchasing and other property operations. Our on demand software solutions are delivered through an integrated software platform that provides a single point of access and a shared repository of prospect, resident and property data. By integrating and streamlining a wide range of complex processes and interactions among the rental housing ecosystem of owners, managers, prospects, residents and service providers, our platform optimizes the property management process and improves the experience for all of these constituents. Our solutions enable property owners and managers to optimize revenues and reduce operating costs through higher occupancy, improved pricing methodologies, new sources of revenue from ancillary services, improved collections and more integrated and centralized processes.
 
2.   Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
 
Basis of Presentation
 
The accompanying consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2008 and 2009 and the accompanying consolidated statements of operations and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2009 represent our financial position, results of operations and cash flows as of and for the periods then ended. The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of RealPage, Inc. and our wholly-owned subsidiaries. All material intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
 
In preparing the accompanying consolidated financial statements, we have reviewed, as determined necessary by our management, events that have occurred after December 31, 2009, up until the issuance of the financial statements. As such, our management was not aware of any subsequent events, other than those disclosed herein, requiring additional disclosure.
 
Applicable Accounting Guidance
 
Any reference in these notes to applicable accounting guidance is meant to refer to the authoritative non-governmental United States generally accepted accounting principles as found in the Financial Accounting Standards Board’s (FASB) Accounting Standards Codification (ASC).
 
Unaudited Pro Forma Presentation
 
Upon the consummation of the initial public offering contemplated in this prospectus, all of the outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock will automatically convert into shares of our common stock. The December 31, 2009 unaudited pro forma balance sheet data has been prepared assuming the conversion of the redeemable convertible preferred stock outstanding into 58,087,500 shares of common stock. The unaudited pro forma net income per share attributed to common stockholders for the year ended December 31, 2009 was computed using the weighted average number of common shares outstanding and has been prepared assuming the conversion of the convertible preferred stock outstanding into 58,087,500 shares of common stock.
 
Segment and Geographic Information
 
Our chief operating decision maker is our Chief Executive Officer, who reviews financial information presented on a company-wide basis. As a result, we determined that the Company has a single reporting segment and operating unit structure.


F-7


Table of Contents

 
Principally, all of our revenues for the periods ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 were in North America.
 
Net long-lived assets held were $18.6 million and $20.3 million in North America and $0.6 million and $0.5 million in our international subsidiaries at December 31, 2008 and 2009, respectively.
 
Use of Estimates
 
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (GAAP) requires our management to make certain estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Significant estimates include the allowance for doubtful accounts; the useful lives of intangible assets and the recoverability or impairment of tangible and intangible asset values; purchase accounting allocations and related reserves; revenue and deferred revenue; stock-based compensation; and our effective income tax rate and the recoverability of deferred tax assets, which are based upon our expectations of future taxable income and allowable deductions. Actual results could differ from these estimates.
 
Cash Equivalents
 
We consider all highly liquid investments with a maturity date, when purchased, of three months or less to be cash equivalents.
 
Concentrations of Credit Risk
 
Our cash accounts, including an overnight repurchase account, are maintained at various financial institutions and may, from time to time, exceed federally insured limits. The Company has not experienced any losses in such accounts.
 
Concentrations of credit risk with respect to accounts receivable result from substantially all of our customers being in the multi-family rental housing market. Our customers, however, are dispersed across different geographic areas. We do not require collateral from customers. We maintain an allowance for losses based upon the expected collectability of accounts receivable. Accounts receivable are written off upon determination of non-collectability following established Company policies based on the aging from the accounts receivable invoice date.
 
No single customer accounted for 5% or more of our revenue or accounts receivable for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 or 2009.
 
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
 
Effective January 1, 2008, we adopted a new accounting standard which defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value and expands on required disclosures regarding fair value measurements. This standard applies to reported balances that are required or permitted to be measured at fair value under existing accounting pronouncements accordingly, but does not require any new fair value measurements of previously reported balances. The adoption had no impact on our consolidated results of operations or financial position.
 
Financial assets and liabilities with carrying amounts approximating fair value include cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued expenses and other current liabilities. The carrying amount of these financial assets and liabilities approximates fair value because of their short maturities. The carrying amount of our debt and other long-term liabilities approximates their fair value. The fair value of debt was based upon our management’s best estimate of interest rates that would be available for similar debt obligations as of December 31, 2008 and 2009 and was consistent with the interest rates we received in connection with the refinancing of our debt obligations in February 2010.


F-8


Table of Contents

 
Accounts Receivable
 
For several of our solutions, we invoice customers prior to the period in which service is provided. Accounts receivable represent trade receivables from customers when we have invoiced for software solutions and/or services and we have not yet received payment. We present accounts receivable net of an allowance for doubtful accounts. We maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of customers to make required payments, or the customer cancelling prior to the service being rendered. In doing so, we consider the current financial condition of the customer, the specific details of the customer account, the age of the outstanding balance, the current economic environment and historical credit trends. As a result, a portion of our allowance is for services not yet rendered and, therefore, is charged as an offset to deferred revenue, which does not have an effect on the statement of operations. Any change in the assumptions used in analyzing a specific account receivable might result in an additional allowance for doubtful accounts being recognized in the period in which the change occurs.
 
Property, Equipment and Software
 
Property, equipment and software are recorded at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization, which are computed using the straight-line method over the following estimated useful lives:
 
         
Leasehold improvements
    3-10 years  
Data processing and communications equipment
    3-10 years  
Furniture, fixtures and other equipment
    3-5 years  
Software
    3 years  
 
Software includes purchased software and internally developed software. Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the shorter of the lease term or the estimated useful lives of the assets.
 
Business Combinations
 
When we acquire businesses, we allocate the total consideration paid to the fair value of the tangible assets, liabilities, and identifiable intangible assets acquired. Any residual purchase consideration is recorded as goodwill. The allocation of the purchase price requires our management to make significant estimates in determining the fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed, in particular with respect to identified intangible assets. These estimates are based on the application of valuation models using historical experience and information obtained from the management of the acquired companies. These estimates can include, but are not limited to, the cash flows that an asset is expected to generate in the future, the appropriate weighted-average cost of capital and the cost savings expected to be derived from acquiring an asset. These estimates are inherently uncertain and unpredictable. In addition, unanticipated events and circumstances may occur which may affect the accuracy or validity of these estimates. In accordance with new accounting guidance, beginning in 2009, we began including the fair value of contingent consideration to be paid within the total consideration allocated to the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed. This requires us to make estimates regarding the fair value of the amounts to be paid. Additionally, we expense acquisition-related costs as incurred rather than including as a component of purchase price.
 
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
 
We perform an impairment review of long-lived assets held and used whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. Factors we consider important that could trigger an impairment review include, but are not limited to, significant under-performance relative to projected future operating results, significant changes in the manner of our use of the acquired assets or our overall business and/or product strategies. When we determine that the carrying value of a long-lived asset may not be recoverable based upon the existence of one or more of these indicators, we determine the recoverability by comparing the carrying amount of the asset or asset group to net future undiscounted cash flows that the asset or assets are expected to generate. We would then recognize an impairment charge equal to the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the fair market value of the asset or assets.


F-9


Table of Contents

 
In December 2008, we decided to sell certain assets associated with one of our service offerings with a net book value of $1.8 million. Assets identified for sale were written down to their estimated market value at December 31, 2008, resulting in a loss of $0.8 million. The estimated market value of $1.0 million was based on observable prices for similar assets. We have recorded these assets in other current assets in the consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2008. During 2009, a portion of these assets were sold. The balance of these assets at December 31, 2009, was $0.2 million. As the held for sale criteria were no longer met, these assets were reclassified to fixed assets at December 31, 2009.
 
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets with Indefinite Lives
 
We test goodwill and other intangible assets with indefinite lives for impairment on an annual basis in the fourth quarter of each year. Additionally, we will test goodwill and other intangible assets with indefinite lives in the interim if events and circumstances indicate that goodwill and other intangible assets with indefinite lives may be impaired. The events and circumstances that we consider include significant under-performance relative to projected future operating results and significant changes in our overall business and/or product strategies. We evaluate impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets with indefinite lives using a two-step process. The first step involves a comparison of the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the second step of the process involves a comparison of the fair value and carrying amount of the goodwill and other intangible assets with indefinite lives of that reporting unit. If the carrying amount of the goodwill and other intangible assets with indefinite lives of a reporting unit exceeds the fair value of that goodwill and other intangible assets with indefinite lives, we would recognize an impairment loss equal to the excess of carrying value over fair value. If an event occurs that would cause us to revise our estimates and assumptions used in analyzing the value of our goodwill and other intangible assets with indefinite lives, the revision could result in a non-cash impairment charge that could have a material impact on our financial results. There was no impairment of goodwill or intangible assets with indefinite lives in 2007, 2008 or 2009.
 
Intangible Assets
 
Intangible assets consist of acquired developed product technologies, acquired customer relationships, vendor relationships, non-competition agreements and tradenames. We record intangible assets at fair value and amortize those with finite lives over the shorter of the contractual life or the estimated useful life. We estimate the useful lives of acquired developed product technologies and customer relationships based on factors that include the planned use of each developed product technology and the expected pattern of future cash flows to be derived from each developed product technology and existing customer relationships. We include amortization of acquired developed product technologies in cost of revenue, amortization of acquired customer relationships in sales and marketing expenses and amortization of vendor relationships and non-competition agreements in general and administrative expenses in our consolidated statements of operations.
 
Income Taxes
 
Income taxes are provided based on the liability method, which results in income tax assets and liabilities arising from temporary differences. Temporary differences are differences between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts in the financial statements that will result in taxable or deductible amounts in future years. The liability method requires the effect of tax rate changes on current and accumulated deferred income taxes to be reflected in the period in which the rate change was enacted. The liability method also requires that deferred tax assets be reduced by a valuation allowance unless it is more likely than not that the assets will be realized.
 
We may recognize a tax benefit from uncertain tax positions only if it is at least more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained upon examination by the taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized in the financial statements from such a position are measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon settlement with the taxing authorities. Upon our adoption of the related standard, there was no liability for uncertain tax positions due to the fact that there were no identified tax benefits that were considered uncertain positions.


F-10


Table of Contents

 
We establish valuation allowances when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amounts expected to be realized. We evaluate the need for, and the adequacy of, valuation allowances based on the expected realization of our deferred tax assets. The factors used to assess the likelihood of realization include historical earnings, our latest forecast of taxable income and available tax planning strategies that could be implemented to realize the net deferred tax assets.
 
Our effective tax rates are primarily affected by the amount of our taxable income or losses in the various taxing jurisdictions in which we operate, the amount of federal and state net operating losses and tax credits, the extent to which we can utilize these net operating loss carryforwards and tax credits and certain benefits related to stock option activity.
 
Revenue Recognition
 
We derive our revenue from three primary sources: our on demand software solutions; our on premise software solutions; and professional and other services. We commence revenue recognition when all of the following conditions are met:
 
  •  there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement;
 
  •  the solution and/or service has been provided to the customer;
 
  •  the collection of the fees is probable; and
 
  •  the amount of fees to be paid by the customer is fixed or determinable.
 
For multi-element arrangements that include multiple software solutions and/or services, we allocate arrangement consideration to all deliverables that have stand-alone value based on their relative selling prices. In such circumstances, we utilize the following hierarchy to determine the selling price to be used for allocating revenue to deliverables as follows:
 
  •  Vendor specific objective evidence (VSOE), if available.   The price at which we sell the element in a separate stand-alone transaction;
 
  •  Third-party evidence of selling price (TPE), if VSOE of selling price is not available.   Evidence from us or other companies of the value of a largely interchangeable element in a transaction; and
 
  •  Estimated selling price, if neither VSOE nor TPE of selling price is available.   Our best estimate of the stand-alone selling price of an element in a transaction.
 
From time to time, we sell on demand software solutions with professional services. In such cases, as each element has stand alone value, we allocate arrangement consideration based on our estimated selling price of the on demand software solution and VSOE of the selling price of the professional services.
 
On Demand Revenue
 
Our on demand revenue consists of license and subscription fees, transaction fees related to certain of our software-enabled value-added services and commissions derived from us selling certain risk mitigation services.
 
License and subscription fees are comprised of a charge billed at the initial order date and monthly or annual subscription fees for accessing our on demand software solutions. The license fee billed at the initial order date is recognized as revenue on a straight-line basis over the longer of the contractual term or the period in which the customer is expected to benefit, which we consider to be four years. Recognition starts once the product has been activated. Revenue from monthly and annual subscription fees is recognized on a straight-line basis over the access period.
 
We recognize revenue from transaction fees derived from certain of our software-enabled value-added services as the related services are performed.


F-11


Table of Contents

 
We act as an insurance agent as a part of our risk mitigation services. We recognize the commissions related to these services ratably over the policy term.
 
On Premise Revenue
 
Revenue from our on premise software solutions is comprised of an annual term license, which includes maintenance and support. Customers can renew their annual term license for additional one-year terms at renewal price levels. We recognize the annual term license on a straight-line basis over the contract term.
 
Professional and Other Revenue
 
Professional & other revenue is recognized as the services are rendered for time and material contracts. Training revenues are recognized after the services are performed.
 
Deferred Revenue
 
Deferred revenue primarily consists of billings or payments received in advance of revenue recognition from our subscription service described above and is recognized as the revenue recognition criteria are met. For several of our solutions, we invoice our customers in annual, monthly or quarterly installments in advance of the commencement of the service period. Accordingly, the deferred revenue balance does not represent the total contract value of annual subscription agreements.
 
Cost of Revenue
 
Cost of revenue consists primarily of salaries and related personnel expenses of our operations and support personnel, including training and implementation services, expenses related to the operation of our data center, fees paid to third-party providers, allocations of facilities overhead costs and depreciation, amortization of acquired technologies and amortization of capitalized software.
 
Customer Acquisition Costs
 
The costs of obtaining new customers are expensed as incurred.
 
Stock-Based Compensation
 
We record stock-based compensation expense for options granted to employees based on the estimated fair value for the awards, using the Black-Scholes option pricing model on the date of grant. We recognize expense over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period, on a straight-line basis.
 
At each stock option grant date, we utilize peer group data to calculate our expected volatility. Expected volatility is based on historical and expected volatility rates of publicly traded peers. The expected life of each option grant is based on existing employee exercise patterns. The risk-free rate is based on the treasury yield rate with a maturity corresponding to the expected option life assumed at the grant date. We do not estimate forfeitures as the awards vest quarterly over the related service term.
 
Changes to the underlying assumptions may have a significant impact on the underlying value of the stock options, which could have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
 
We have granted stock options at exercise prices believed to be equal to or above the fair market value of our common stock, as of the grant date. Given the absence of any active market for our common stock, the fair market value of the common stock underlying stock options granted was determined by our compensation committee, with input from our management, and considered contemporaneous third-party valuations.
 
For the periods ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, we incurred expenses of $0.5 million and $1.5 million and $2.8 million, respectively, for stock-based compensation expense.


F-12


Table of Contents

 
Capitalized Product Development Costs
 
We capitalize specific product development costs, including costs to develop software products or the software components of our solutions to be marketed to external users, as well as software programs to be used solely to meet our internal needs. The costs incurred in the preliminary stages of development related to research, project planning, training, maintenance and general and administrative activities, and overhead costs are expensed as incurred. The costs of relatively minor upgrades and enhancements to the software are also expensed as incurred. Once an application has reached the development stage, internal and external costs incurred in the performance of application development stage activities, including costs of materials, services and payroll and payroll-related costs for employees, are capitalized, if direct and incremental, until the software is substantially complete and ready for its intended use. Capitalization ceases upon completion of all substantial testing. We also capitalize costs related to specific upgrades and enhancements when it is probable the expenditures will result in additional functionality. Capitalized costs are recorded as part of property and equipment. Internal use software is amortized on a straight-line basis over its estimated useful life, generally three years. We capitalized $1.5 million and $1.4 million of product development costs during the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009, respectively, and recognized amortization expense of $0.8 million, $0.9 million and $1.3 million during the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively, included as a component of cost of revenue. Unamortized product development cost was $2.9 million and $3.1 million at December 31, 2008 and 2009, respectively. Our management evaluates the useful lives of these assets on an annual basis and tests for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances occur that could impact the recoverability of these assets. There were no impairments to internal use software during the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 or 2009.
 
Advertising Expenses
 
Advertising costs are expensed as incurred and totaled $3.4 million, $4.9 million and $5.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively.
 
Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities
 
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities consisted of the following:
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2008     2009  
    (in thousands)  
 
Accrued compensation, payroll taxes, and benefits
  $ 5,264     $ 5,034  
Current portion of capital leases
    2,852       1,540  
Current portion of liabilities related to acquisitions
    3,358       1,903  
Other current liabilities
    1,781       2,353  
                 
Total accrued expenses and other current liabilities
  $ 13,255     $ 10,830  
                 
 
Other Long-Term Liabilities
 
Other long-term liabilities consisted of the following:
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2008     2009  
    (in thousands)  
 
Capital leases, less current portion
  $ 2,377     $ 589  
Long-term liabilities related to acquisitions, less current portion
    2,470       2,455  
Other long-term liabilities
    1,920       2,762  
                 
Total other long-term liabilities
  $ 6,767     $ 5,806  
                 


F-13


Table of Contents

 
Recently Issued Accounting Standards
 
In September 2009, we adopted the FASB ASC. The FASB established the ASC as the single source of authoritative non-governmental GAAP, superseding various existing authoritative accounting pronouncements. It eliminates the previous GAAP hierarchy and establishes one level of authoritative GAAP. All other literature is considered non-authoritative. The FASB will not issue new standards in the form of Statements, FASB Staff Positions or Emerging Issues Task Force Abstracts. Instead, it will issue an Accounting Standards Update (ASU). The FASB will not consider ASUs as authoritative in their own right. ASUs will serve only to update the ASC, provide background information about the guidance and provide the bases for conclusions on the change(s) in the ASC.
 
In December 2007, the FASB issued guidance regarding business combinations, which significantly changes the principles and requirements for how the acquirer of a business recognizes and measures in its financial statements the identifiable assets acquired, the liabilities assumed, any non-controlling interest in the acquiree and the goodwill acquired. This statement is effective prospectively, except for certain retrospective adjustments to deferred tax balances, for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008. We applied these provisions to our 2009 acquisitions which resulted in expensing related transaction costs and valuing contingent consideration at the date of acquisition. See Note 3.
 
In May 2009, the FASB issued an ASU that established general standards of accounting for and disclosure of events that occur after the balance sheet date but before financial statements are issued or are available to be issued. Although there is new terminology, the standard is based on the same principles as those that currently exist in the auditing standards. The standard, which includes a new required disclosure of the date through which an entity has evaluated subsequent events, is effective for interim or annual periods ending after June 15, 2009. The adoption had no impact on our consolidated results of operations or financial position.
 
In September 2009, the FASB issued an ASU providing clarification for measuring the fair value of a liability when a quoted price in an active market for the identical liability is not available. It also clarifies that, when estimating the fair value of a liability, a reporting entity is not required to include a separate input or adjustment to other inputs relating to the existence of a restriction that prevents the transfer of the liability. This ASU is effective for fiscal periods beginning after August 27, 2009. We do not believe this update will have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
 
3.   Acquisitions
 
2007 Acquisition
 
In April 2007, we acquired all of the issued and outstanding member interests of Multifamily Internet Ventures, LLC, the Irvine, California-based parent company of LeasingDesk LLC (LeasingDesk). We purchased LeasingDesk to be able to provide resident insurance programs to the multi-family housing industry. The LeasingDesk product line includes eRenterPlan, a liability policy that insures owners against financial loss due to resident-caused damage, or an enhanced version of the product which includes renter’s insurance, providing additional coverage for resident personal belongings in the event of loss. The aggregate purchase price was $7.3 million, net of cash acquired, including cash payment of $7.1 million and acquisition-related costs of $0.2 million. In April 2008, we also paid $0.3 million in contingent consideration. The fair value of this contingent consideration was not included within total consideration at the acquisition date. This payment was recorded as additional goodwill. The purchase price of the acquisition was allocated to the net assets acquired based on the fair values at the date of the acquisition. Goodwill associated with the LeasingDesk acquisition is deductible for tax purposes. We included the operating results in our consolidated results of operations from the effective date of the acquisition.


F-14


Table of Contents

 
We allocated the purchase price for LeasingDesk as follows:
 
         
    LeasingDesk  
    (in thousands)  
 
Intangible assets:
       
Developed product technologies
  $ 116  
Customer relationships
    2,020  
Non-competition agreements
    120  
Tradenames
    420  
Goodwill
    5,241  
Deferred revenue
    (434 )
Net other assets (liabilities)
    (135 )
         
Total purchase price, net of cash acquired
  $ 7,348  
         
 
2008 Acquisitions
 
In January 2008, we entered into an asset purchase agreement with WebRoomz, LLC (WebRoomz) to acquire technology for an on demand leasing system for the student and privatized military housing markets. WebRoomz is a web-based portal that allows tenants to match roommates and manages the entire leasing process using a document management system. The aggregate purchase price was $1.2 million, which included the payment of cash and acquisition related costs of $0.1 million. We included the operating results in our consolidated results of operations from the effective date of the acquisition.
 
In October 2008, we completed an acquisition of all of the issued and outstanding stock of OpsTechnology, Inc. (Ops). Ops offers three on demand products designed to improve efficiencies and reduce costs for multi-family companies. The aggregate purchase price at closing, net of acquired cash, was $21.6 million, which included a cash payment of $20.3 million, acquisition-related costs of $0.3 million and an additional cash payment of $2.7 million, which was paid on the first anniversary of the acquisition date. In addition, certain former owners of Ops earned 667,000 shares of our common stock by achieving certain revenue targets in 2009. This increased the overall consideration by $1.7 million. The fair value of this contingent consideration was not included within total consideration at the acquisition date. This payment was recorded as additional goodwill.
 
We made both of these acquisitions because of the immediate availability of product offerings that complemented our existing products. We accounted for the Webroomz and Ops acquisitions using the purchase method of accounting. Goodwill associated with the Webroomz acquisition is deductible for tax purposes; however, the goodwill associated with the Ops acquisition is not deductible for tax purposes.
 
We allocated the purchase prices for Webroomz and Ops as follows:
 
                         
          Webroomz     Ops  
          (in thousands)  
 
Intangible assets:
                       
Developed product technologies
          $ 228     $ 2,457  
Customer relationships
                  4,884  
Vendor relationships
                  5,650  
Tradenames
                  1,840  
Goodwill
            953       7,253  
Deferred revenue
                  (619 )
Deferred tax liability
                    (644 )
Net other assets (liabilities)
                  809  
                         
Total purchase price, net of cash acquired
          $ 1,181     $ 21,630  
                         


F-15


Table of Contents

 
2009 Acquisitions
 
In September 2009, we purchased substantially all of the assets of Evergreen Solutions, Inc. (Evergreen). The acquisition of Evergreen further advanced our ability to offer open access to our products for clients and certified partners, and improves our ability to offer integration of our products and services with third-party solutions. The aggregate purchase price at closing was $0.9 million, which included a cash payment of $0.7 million and the fair value of contingent consideration of $0.2 million, which is payable in March 2010 and is based on the collection of pre-acquisition accounts receivable balances from customers. The $0.2 million is recorded within the current portion of acquisition related liabilities on the balance sheet. The customer relationships have useful lives of four years and are amortized in proportion to the estimated cash flows derived from the relationship. We have determined that the tradename has an indefinite life, as we anticipate keeping the tradename for the foreseeable future given its recognition in the marketplace. All direct acquisition costs were immaterial and expensed as incurred. We included the operating results of this acquisition in our consolidated results of operations from the effective date of the acquisition.
 
In September 2009, we purchased 100% of the outstanding stock of A.L. Wizard, Inc. (ALW). The acquisition of ALW immediately provided us with an application of on demand software and services for residential property management customers who manage senior living properties. The aggregate purchase price at closing was $2.8 million, net of cash acquired of $0.2 million, which included a cash payment of $2.5 million upon acquisition and additional cash payments of $0.5 million, half of which is due on the first anniversary of the acquisition date, with the remaining amount due 18 months from the acquisition date. The $0.5 million is recorded in acquisition-related liabilities on the balance sheet. We acquired deferred revenue as a contractual obligation, which was recorded at its assessed fair value of $0.5 million. The fair value was determined by incorporating the total cost to service the revenue and a normal profit margin for the industry. The customer relationships have useful lives of seven years and are amortized in proportion to the estimated cash flows derived from the relationship. Acquired developed product technologies have a useful life of three years and are amortized straight-line over the estimated useful life. We have determined that the tradename has an indefinite life, as we anticipate keeping the tradename for the foreseeable future given its recognition in the marketplace. All direct acquisition costs were immaterial and expensed as incurred. We included the operating results of this acquisition in our consolidated results from the effective date of the acquisition.
 
In November 2009, we purchased 100% of the outstanding stock of Propertyware, Inc. (Propertyware). The acquisition of Propertyware provided an entry into the single-family and small, centrally managed multi-family property markets. The acquisition also expanded the breadth of products Propertyware will make available to its residential property management customers. The aggregate purchase price at closing was $11.9 million, net of cash acquired, which included a cash payment of $9.0 million and additional cash payments of $0.5 million payable on the first anniversary of the acquisition date and $0.5 million payable 18 months after the acquisition date. The $1.0 million is recorded in acquisition-related liabilities on the balance sheet. In addition, the purchase price included the issuance of 1.0 million restricted common shares which vest as certain revenue targets are achieved as defined in the purchase agreement. The fair value of these shares is estimated to be $2.2 million and is based on our management’s estimate of the fair value of the stock and the probability of the achievement of these revenue targets. These shares have a maximum value of $2.5 million. We acquired deferred revenue as a contractual obligation, which was recorded at its assessed fair value of $0.5 million. The acquired intangibles were recorded at fair value based on assumptions made by us. The customer relationships have useful lives of ten years and are amortized in proportion to the estimated cash flows derived from the relationship. Acquired developed product technologies have a useful life of three years and are amortized straight-line over the estimated useful life. We have determined that the tradename has an indefinite life, as we anticipate keeping the tradename for the foreseeable future given its recognition in the marketplace. All direct acquisition costs were immaterial and expensed as incurred. We included the operating results of this acquisition in our consolidated results of operations from the effective date of the acquisition.
 
We made each of these acquisitions because of the immediate availability of product offerings that complemented our existing products. We accounted for the Evergreen, ALW and Propertyware acquisitions by allocating the total consideration, including the fair value of contingent consideration to the fair value of assets received and liabilities assumed. Goodwill associated with the Evergreen acquisition is deductible for tax


F-16


Table of Contents

 
purposes; however, the goodwill associated with the ALW and Propertyware acquisitions is not deductible for tax purposes.
 
We allocated the purchase prices for Evergreen, ALW and Propertyware as follows:
 
                         
    Evergreen     ALW     Propertyware  
    (in thousands)  
 
Intangible assets:
                       
Developed product technologies
  $     $ 1,192     $ 7,427  
Customer relationships
    154       964       1,050  
Tradenames
    34       373       1,080  
Goodwill
    472       1,222       6,144  
Deferred revenue
          (520 )     (451 )
Deferred tax (liability)
          (863 )     (3,407 )
Net other assets
    225       415       78  
                         
Total purchase price, net of cash acquired
  $ 885     $ 2,783     $ 11,921  
                         
 
2010 Acquisition
 
In February 2010, we acquired the assets of Domin-8 Enterprise Solutions, Inc. (Domin-8). The acquisition of these assets improved our ability to serve our multi-family clients with mixed portfolios that include smaller, centrally-managed apartment communities. The aggregate purchase price at closing was $14.0 million, which was paid upon acquisition of the assets. This acquisition was financed from the proceeds from the amended credit facility (See Note 6) and cash flow from operations. Due to the timing of this acquisition, the purchase price allocation was not complete as of the date of this filing due to the pending completion of the valuation of intangible assets. During 2009, approximately $0.7 million of transaction costs related to this acquisition were expensed as incurred.
 
Pro Forma Results of Acquisitions
 
The following table presents unaudited pro forma results of operations for 2007, 2008 and 2009 as if the aforementioned acquisitions, including Domin-8, had occurred at the beginning of each period presented. We prepared the pro forma financial information for the combined entities for comparative purposes only, and it is not indicative of what actual results would have been if the acquisitions had taken place at the beginning of the periods presented, or of future results.
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2007
    2008
    2009
 
    Pro Forma     Pro Forma     Pro Forma  
    (unaudited)     (unaudited)     (unaudited)  
          (in thousands)        
 
Revenue:
                       
On demand
  $ 73,012     $ 108,295     $ 134,896  
On premise
    17,605       16,673       13,035  
Professional and other
    13,723       15,041       12,080  
                         
Total revenue
  $ 104,340     $ 140,009     $ 160,011  
Net (loss) income
    (6,261 )     (16,667 )     28,486  
Net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders:
                       
Basic and diluted
    (12,261 )     (24,116 )     10,814  
Net (loss) income per share attributable to common stockholders:
                       
Basic
  $ (0.60 )   $ (0.87 )   $ 0.23  
Diluted
  $ (0.60 )   $ (0.87 )   $ 0.21  


F-17


Table of Contents

 
The acquisitions in 2007, 2008, 2009 and 2010 were financed with cash flows from operations and financing activities.
 
Acquisition-Related Liabilities from Pre-2007 Acquisition
 
In connection with a 2002 acquisition, a liability was recorded for a $6.0 million earn-out payable to the seller, as payment was considered probable. At December 31, 2008 and 2009, we owed $3.0 million and $2.5 million, respectively, in remaining earn-out fees relating to this acquisition, of which $2.5 million and $2.0 million are included in other long-term liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2008 and 2009, respectively.
 
4. Property, Equipment and Software
 
Property, equipment and software consist of the following:
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2008     2009  
    (in thousands)  
 
Leasehold improvements
  $ 5,069     $ 6,039  
Data processing and communications equipment
    20,078       26,969  
Furniture, fixtures, and other equipment
    5,233       6,251  
Software
    19,005       21,807  
                 
      49,385       61,066  
Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization
    (30,248 )     (40,317 )
                 
Property, equipment and software, net
  $ 19,137     $ 20,749  
                 
 
Depreciation and amortization expense for property, equipment and software was $5.7 million, $9.2 million and $10.3 million for the periods ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively. This includes depreciation for assets purchased through capital leases.
 
5.   Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
 
The change in the carrying amount of goodwill for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009, is as follows:
 
         
    (in thousands)  
Balance at December 31, 2007
  $ 9,194  
Contingent consideration
    449  
Goodwill acquired
    8,206  
         
Balance at December 31, 2008
    17,849  
Contingent consideration
    1,679  
Goodwill acquired
    7,838  
         
Balance at December 31, 2009
  $ 27,366  
         


F-18


Table of Contents

 
Other intangible assets consisted of the following at December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009:
 
                                                         
                      December 31, 2009        
          December 31, 2008                    
    Amortization
    Carrying
    Accumulated
          Carrying
    Accumulated
       
    Period     Amount     Amortization     Net     Amount     Amortization     Net  
    (in thousands)  
 
Finite-lived intangible assets
                                                       
Developed technologies
    3 years     $ 2,801     $ (412 )   $ 2,389     $ 11,421     $ (1,870 )   $ 9,551  
Customer relationships
    1-10 years       7,539       (2,469 )     5,070       9,707       (4,301 )     5,406  
Vendor relationships
    7 years       5,650       (311 )     5,339       5,650       (1,500 )     4,150  
Non-competition agreement
    4-5 years       120       (53 )     67       120       (83 )     37  
                                                         
Total finite-lived intangible assets
            16,110       (3,245 )     12,865       26,898       (7,754 )     19,144  
Indefinite-lived intangible assets
                                                       
Tradenames
            2,260             2,260       3,747             3,747  
                                                         
Total intangible assets
          $ 18,370     $ (3,245 )   $ 15,125     $ 30,645     $ (7,754 )   $ 22,891  
                                                         
 
There was no impairment of goodwill or trade names indicated during 2008 or 2009.
 
Amortization of finite-lived intangible assets was $1.5 million, $1.8 million and $4.5 million for 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively.
 
The following table sets forth the estimated amortization of intangible assets for the years ending December 31:
 
         
    (in thousands)  
 
Year ending December 31,
       
2010
  $ 6,486  
2011
    5,630  
2012
    3,967  
2013
    1,278  
2014
    1,028  
 
6.   Debt
 
The following table summarizes the components of debt as of December 31:
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2008     2009  
    (in thousands)  
 
Revolver
  $ 10,000        
Term loan
    12,650     $ 33,688  
Promissory notes issued to preferred stockholders
    11,064       8,173  
Secured promissory notes
    10,000       10,000  
                 
    $ 43,714     $ 51,861  
                 
 
In September 2009, we entered into a Credit Agreement (Credit Agreement) with two lenders, which provided for $35.0 million term loan and a $10.0 million revolving line of credit. A portion of the proceeds from the Credit Agreement was used to repay the balance outstanding under our prior credit agreement. The term loan and revolving line of credit bear interest at rates of the greater of 7.5%, a stated rate of 5.0% plus LIBOR, or a stated rate of 5.0% plus the bank’s prime rate (or, if greater than 3.5%, the federal funds rate plus 0.5% or three month LIBOR plus 1.0%). As of December 31, 2009, the bank’s prime rate was 3.25%. Principal payments on the term loan are due in quarterly installments of approximately $1.3 million until September 30, 2010, increasing to approximately $1.8 million until September 30, 2012, and increase to quarterly installments of approximately $1.9 million through March 31, 2013, with the balance due on June 30, 2013. The term loan and revolving line of credit were collateralized by all of our personal property and are


F-19


Table of Contents

 
subject to financial covenants, including meeting certain financial measures. As of December 31, 2009, we have not drawn down on the revolving line of credit, and we are in compliance with our debt covenants.
 
In February 2010, we entered into an amendment to the Credit Agreement. Under the terms of the amendment, the original term loan was increased by an additional $10.0 million. This amendment increased the balance outstanding on the term loan to $43.7 million. The related interest rates and maturity periods remained consistent with the terms of Credit Agreement.
 
In August 2008, we entered into a note purchase agreement with a separate lender. Under the terms of the agreement, we issued secured promissory notes (Notes) in the amount of $10.0 million with an interest rate of 13.75%, payable quarterly. The Notes are to be paid in full before August 1, 2013. The Notes are collateralized by all of our personal property and are subordinated to the Credit Agreement.
 
On December 30, 2008, in connection with a declaration of a dividend for all holders of our redeemable convertible preferred stock, we issued promissory notes to the holders of our convertible preferred stock (Stockholder Notes) in an aggregate principal amount of $11.1 million. The Stockholder Notes bear interest at a rate of 8% and are payable in 16 consecutive quarterly payments of principal and interest. We must meet certain debt to EBITDA levels and exceed minimum and average cash balance requirements in order to make the interest payments. Additionally, an amount equal to $0.9 million will be paid upon maturity to holders of the Stockholder Notes. We recognized $0.2 million of additional interest expense related to these notes in 2009. The payments may be deferred at the discretion of the board of directors.
 
After giving effect to the February 2010 amendment to the Credit Agreement, principal payments are due in the five years ending December 31 as follows:
 
         
    (in thousands)  
 
Year ending December 31,
       
2010
  $ 11,093  
2011
    11,837  
2012
    11,606  
2013
    27,325  
Thereafter
     
 
7.   Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock
 
At December 31, 2009, we had outstanding 31,612,500 shares of Series A Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock (Series A Preferred), 20,200,000 shares of Series A1 Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock (Series Al Preferred), 3,250,000 shares of Series B Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock (Series B Preferred) and 3,025,000 shares of Series C Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock (Series C Preferred). The Series C Preferred was issued on February 28, 2008, at a purchase price of $4.50 per share.
 
Each holder of preferred stock generally votes with our common stock and is entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of common stock into which the preferred stock could be converted. Each share of preferred stock is convertible at the option of the holder at the liquidation preference, as defined below, divided by the original issue price. Conversion is mandatory upon written consent or affirmative vote at a meeting of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred, or, with such consent of the holders of the Series A Preferred, immediately prior to the closing of a qualified initial public offering (IPO), as defined in our certificate of incorporation.
 
The holders of Series A Preferred, Series A1 Preferred and Series B Preferred are entitled to receive cumulative cash dividends at the rate of 8% per annum of the original issue price if and when declared out of funds legally available by the board of directors. To the extent declared, the dividends are payable quarterly. Upon conversion, the holders may also elect to convert an amount equal to 62.5% of all then accrued and unpaid dividends into common stock at the applicable conversion rate. The holders of Series C Preferred are entitled to receive cumulative cash dividends at the rate of 8% per annum of the original issue price if and when declared by the board of directors, for the first 18 months after issuance and are entitled to


F-20


Table of Contents

 
noncumulative dividends thereafter. Dividends on Series C Preferred shares may not be paid until dividends have been declared and paid to holders of the Series A Preferred, Series A1 Preferred and Series B Preferred. On December 31, 2008, dividends of $27.9 million were declared by the board of directors. These dividends were distributed through the issuance of 16,294,894 common shares and subordinated notes of $11.1 million. On December 31, 2009, dividends of $5.5 million were declared by the board of directors. These dividends were distributed through the issuance of 2,837,345 common shares and payment of $2.5 million in cash.
 
Upon any liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company, the holders of the Series A Preferred, Series A1 Preferred, Series B Preferred and Series C Preferred will be entitled to receive the original issue price plus all accrued and unpaid dividends (Liquidation Preference). The holders of the Series A Preferred, Series B Preferred and Series C Preferred are entitled to receive the full Liquidation Preference prior to any distribution to the holders of the Series A1 Preferred. Upon liquidation, after the holders of the Series A Preferred, Series B Preferred, Series C Preferred and Series A1 Preferred have been paid in full the Liquidation Preference, our remaining assets shall be distributed ratably among the holders of the common stock then outstanding and the holders of the Series A Preferred, Series A1 Preferred and Series B Preferred, on an as-converted basis, until the holders of such series of preferred stock have received an aggregate of three times the issue price per share of each such series of preferred stock (Participation Payment). After the holders of the Series A Preferred, Series A1 Preferred and Series B Preferred have received the Participation Payment, the holders of such series of preferred stock shall not have any further right as holders of preferred stock to participate in any distributions of our remaining assets, which shall be distributed ratably solely to the holders of common stock.
 
The Series A Preferred, Series B Preferred and Series C Preferred are redeemable at the option of the holders of the Series A Preferred beginning on December 31, 2011, if we have not completed a liquidation or qualified IPO. Upon election by the holders of the Series A Preferred to redeem the Series A Preferred, the holders of the Series B Preferred and Series C Preferred may elect to redeem such series of preferred stock. If the holders of the Series A Preferred, Series B Preferred and Series C Preferred elect to redeem, the redemption price will generally be paid over four years. The Series A1 Preferred is redeemable and will be paid over a 12-month period once the holders of the Series A Preferred and, if applicable, the Series B Preferred and Series C Preferred have elected and been paid for a redemption. The redemption price is the greater of the original purchase price per share plus all accrued dividends or the fair market value per share as of the most recent fiscal quarter ended prior to the date that the initial redemption notice is sent to the Company. Based on the estimated fair value of the Company as of December 31, 2009, the redemption price of the Series A Preferred, Series A1 Preferred, Series B Preferred and Series C Preferred would exceed the original purchase price plus all accrued dividends as of the first redemption date by approximately $87.0 million. As of December 31, 2009, we have not provided for additional accretion of this amount for the Series A Preferred, Series A1 Preferred and Series B Preferred beyond the original purchase price plus accrued dividends, as we believe that it is probable that the Series A Preferred, Series A1 Preferred, Series B Preferred and Series C Preferred plus accrued dividends will be converted into common stock prior to the redemption date.
 
At December 31, 2011, if we have not completed a liquidation or qualified IPO, and the Series A Preferred holders have not given notice to redeem the Series A Preferred, one Series A Preferred stockholder, who holds 5,813,000 shares, may require us to redeem all or any portion of its Series A Preferred shares. One hundred eighty days’ notice is required, and we may issue common stock to make redemption payments if cash is not sufficient for the redemption payments and ongoing business requirements.
 
8.   Share Options and Warrants
 
Stock Option Plan
 
Our Amended and Restated 1998 Stock Incentive Plan (Stock Incentive Plan) provides for awards which may be granted in the form of incentive stock options, nonqualified stock options, restricted stock, stock appreciation rights and performance units with value based upon our performance. Stock options generally vest ratably over four years following the date of grant and expire ten years from the date of the grant. We also


F-21


Table of Contents

 
grant awards to our directors, generally in the form of stock options, in accordance with the Board of Directors Policy (Board Plan). The options generally vest immediately and have a four-year term. Should a director leave the board, we have the right to repurchase shares as if the options vested on a pro rata basis. In 2009, we began issuing options that vest over four years with 75% vesting ratably over 15 quarters and the remaining 25% vesting on the 16th quarter. All outstanding options were granted at exercise prices equal to or exceeding our estimate of the fair market value of our common stock at the date of grant. There were 150,000 outstanding director options at December 31, 2009. In addition, there were 522,348 shares of restricted stock that were issued and outstanding under the Stock Incentive Plan at December 31, 2009
 
The following table summarizes transactions under our Stock Incentive Plan and Board Plan:
 
                         
                Weighted
 
          Range of
    Average
 
    Number of
    Exercise
    Exercise
 
    Shares     Prices     Price  
 
Balance at December 31, 2006
    9,467,719     $ 1.00 - $1.25     $ 1.20  
Granted
    2,233,500       1.50 - 2.75       1.84  
Exercised
    (968,782 )     1.00       1.00  
Forfeited/cancelled
    (708,592 )     1.00 - 1.75       1.05  
                         
Balance at December 31, 2007
    10,023,845       1.00 - 2.75       1.21  
Granted
    3,974,000       3.00 - 3.50       3.27  
Exercised
    (664,908 )     1.00 - 3.50       1.16  
Forfeited/cancelled
    (863,811 )     1.00 - 3.50       1.75  
                         
Balance at December 31, 2008
    12,469,127       1.00 - 3.50       1.83  
Granted
    4,568,000       3.00       3.00  
Exercised
    (355,783 )     1.00 - 3.00       1.52  
Forfeited/cancelled
    (823,888 )     1.00 - 3.50       2.09  
                         
Balance at December 31, 2009
    15,857,456       1.00 - 3.50       2.16  
                         
 
At December 31, 2009, there were approximately 732,000 shares available for future grants under the Stock Incentive Plan and Board Plan.
 
The weighted average grant-date fair value of options granted during 2007, 2008 and 2009 was $1.72, $2.90 and $2.63, respectively. The aggregate intrinsic value of stock options exercised in 2007, 2008 and 2009 was $0.9 million, $0.6 million and $0.4 million, respectively. The aggregate intrinsic value of outstanding stock options was $12.9 million as of December 31, 2009. The aggregate intrinsic value of options exercisable was $12.1 million as of December 31, 2009.
 
The following table summarizes outstanding stock options at December 31, 2009, that are vested and expected to vest, non-vested, and stock options that are currently exercisable.
 
                         
    Options Outstanding  
    Fully Vested
             
    and
             
    Expected to
             
    Vest     Non-Vested     Exercisable  
 
Number of shares outstanding
    15,294,275       7,155,839       8,701,617  
Weighted average remaining contractual life
    7.20       9.02       5.83  
Weighted average price per share
  $ 2.13     $ 2.94     $ 1.52  
 
As of December 31, 2009, the total future compensation cost related to nonvested stock options to be recognized in the consolidated statement of operations was $6.9 million with a weighted average period over which these awards are expected to be recognized of 2.4 years. Of that total, $2.4 million, $2.2 million, $1.7 million and $0.6 million will be recognized in 2010, 2011, 2012 and 2013, respectively.


F-22


Table of Contents

 
The total number of stock options that vested during 2009 was 2,980,120, and total fair value was $5.9 million.
 
In February 2010, we granted 1,721,000 options to purchase shares of common stock. The exercise price for these options was $3.75 per share.
 
Stock-Based Compensation Assumptions
 
We have utilized the Black-Scholes option pricing model as the appropriate model for determining the fair value of stock-based awards. The awards granted in 2007, 2008, and 2009 were valued using the following assumptions:
 
         
Risk-free interest rates
    1.5-4.8 %
Expected option life (in years)
    6  
Dividend yield
    0 %
Expected volatility
    50-60 %
 
Risk-free interest rate. This is the average U.S. Treasury rate (having a term that most closely approximates the expected life of the option) for the period in which the option was granted.
 
Expected life of the options. This is the period of time that the options granted are expected to remain outstanding.
 
Dividend yield. We have never declared or paid dividends on its common stock and do not anticipate paying dividends in the foreseeable future.
 
Expected volatility. Volatility is a measure of the amount by which a financial variable such as a share price has fluctuated (historical volatility) or is expected to fluctuate (expected volatility) during a period. The Company was privately held during the periods presented and arrived at a volatility rate after considering historical and expected volatility rates of publicly traded peers.
 
Stock Purchase Warrants
 
In December 2005, we issued two-year fully exercisable warrants to purchase 175,000 shares of common stock at $1.00 per share to two significant customers. The estimated fair value of the warrants was de minimis. In December 2007, the warrants were exercised.
 
In July 2007, we issued one-year fully exercisable warrants to purchase 150,000 shares of common stock at $1.75 per share to a customer. The estimated fair value of the warrants was $47,000. The value of the warrants was recorded as a discount to unearned revenue and was amortized into revenue over the period of expected benefit with an order signed at that time. In June 2008, the warrants were exercised.
 
In connection with the issuance of the Series A Preferred, we issued to current and prior stockholders stock purchase warrants representing the right to purchase an aggregate of 9,156,000 shares of our common stock, at an exercise price of $0.001 per share. These warrants contained a net-cash settlement provision and accordingly were recorded as a liability; however, due to various measures determining exercisability and vesting, the fair value of this liability was nominal. In February 2008, these warrants were amended to be fully vested at the time of the issuance of the Series C Preferred. In 2008, stockholders exercised warrants to purchase 9,106,000 shares of common stock, and the remaining 50,000 warrants expired.
 
We issued a five-year warrant to purchase 450,000 shares of common stock at $0.01 per share in connection with a 2004 acquisition. As of December 31, 2008 and 2009, 400,000 and zero shares, respectively, remained outstanding in connection with this warrant.
 
We issued a five-year warrant to purchase 50,000 and 25,000 shares of common stock at $1.00 per share in connection with 2004 and 2005 amendments to our prior credit facility. In May 2009, the warrant to purchase 50,000 shares was automatically net exercised for 31,617 shares of common stock. As of December 31, 2009, the Company has 25,000 warrants outstanding. These warrants were automatically net exercised into common stock in March 2010.


F-23


Table of Contents

 
9.   Commitments and Contingencies
 
Lease Commitments
 
We lease office space and equipment under capital and operating leases that expire at various times through 2016. We recognize lease expense for these leases on a straight-line basis over the lease terms.
 
The assets under capital lease are as follows:
 
         
    December 31,
 
    2009  
    (in thousands)  
 
Data processing and communications equipment
  $ 5,679  
Software
    5,903  
         
      11,582  
Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization
    (6,411 )
         
Assets under capital lease, net
  $ 5,171  
         
 
Aggregate annual rental commitments at December 31, 2009, under operating leases with initial or remaining non-cancelable lease terms greater than one year and capital leases are as follows:
 
                 
          Operating
 
    Capital Leases     Leases  
    (in thousands)  
 
2010
  $ 1,670     $ 4,922  
2011
    538       4,372  
2012
    65       3,825  
2013
          3,809  
2014
          3,782  
Thereafter
          6,341  
                 
Total Minimum lease payments
  $ 2,273     $ 27,051  
                 
Less amount representing average interest at 9.1%
    (144 )        
                 
      2,129          
Less current portion
    (1,540 )        
                 
Long-term portion
  $ 589          
                 
 
Rent expense was $3.1 million, $4.5 million and $5.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively.
 
Guarantor Arrangements
 
We have agreements whereby we indemnify our officers and directors for certain events or occurrences while the officer or director is or was serving at our request in such capacity. The term of the indemnification period is for the officer or director’s lifetime. The maximum potential amount of future payments we could be required to make under these indemnification agreements is unlimited; however, we have a director and officer insurance policy that limits our exposure and enables us to recover a portion of any future amounts paid. As a result of our insurance policy coverage, we believe the estimated fair value of these indemnification agreements is minimal. Accordingly, we had no liabilities recorded for these agreements as of December 31, 2008 and 2009.
 
In the ordinary course of our business, we enter into standard indemnification provisions in our agreements with our customers. Pursuant to these provisions, we indemnify our customers for losses suffered or incurred in connection with third-party claims that our products infringed upon any U.S. patent, copyright, trademark or other intellectual property right. Where applicable, we generally limit such infringement indemnities to those claims directed solely to our products and not in combination with other software or


F-24


Table of Contents

 
products. With respect to our products, we also generally reserve the right to resolve such claims by designing a non-infringing alternative, by obtaining a license on reasonable terms, or by terminating our relationship with the customer and refunding the customer’s fees.
 
The potential amount of future payments to defend lawsuits or settle indemnified claims under these indemnification provisions is unlimited in certain agreements; however, we believe the estimated fair value of these indemnity provisions is minimal, and, accordingly, we had no liabilities recorded for these agreements as of December 31, 2008 and 2009.
 
Litigation
 
We are subject to litigation and claims arising in the ordinary course of business. Our management believes that the probable resolution of any such litigation will not materially affect our consolidated financial position and results of operations.
 
10.   Funds Held for Others
 
In connection with our payment processing services, we collect tenant funds and subsequently remit these tenant funds to our customers after varying holding periods. These funds are settled through our Originating Depository Financial Institution (ODFI) custodial account at a major bank. As part of this processing, we earn interest from the time the money is collected from the tenants until the time of remittance to our customers’ accounts. This interest generated from the ODFI custodial account balances is included in revenue and was $0.2 million, $0.1 million and $0.0 in 2007, 2008, and 2009, respectively.
 
The ODFI custodial account balances were $12.7 million and $13.0 million at December 31, 2008 and 2009, respectively. The ODFI custodial account balances are included in our consolidated balance sheets as restricted cash. The corresponding liability for these custodial balances is reflected as customer deposits. In connection with the timing of our payment processing services, we are exposed to credit risk in the event of nonperformance by other parties, such as returned checks. We utilize credit analysis and other controls to manage the credit risk exposure. We have not experienced any credit losses to date. Any expected losses are included in our accounts receivable allowances on our consolidated balance sheet.
 
In January 2007, we established a wholly owned subsidiary, RealPage Payment Processing Services, Inc. (RPPS), a bankruptcy-remote, special-purpose entity, and transferred the ODFI custodial accounts and all ACH transaction processing responsibilities to RPPS. We provide processing and administrative services to RPPS through a services agreement.
 
The obligations of RPPS under the ODFI custodial account agreement are guaranteed by us.
 
In connection with our resident insurance products, we collect premiums from policy holders and subsequently remit the premium, net of our commission, to the underwriter. We maintain separate accounts for these transactions. We had $1.5 million and $1.9 million in restricted cash for years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009, respectively and $1.5 million and $2.2 million in customer deposits related to these insurance products for years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009, respectively.
 
11.   Net Income (Loss) Per Share
 
Net income (loss) per share is presented in conformity with the two-class method required for participating securities. Holders of Series A Preferred, Series A1 Preferred, Series B Preferred and Series C Preferred are each entitled to receive 8% per annum cumulative dividends, payable prior and in preference to any dividends on any other shares of our capital stock. In the event a dividend is paid on common stock, holders of Series A Preferred, Series A1 Preferred, Series B Preferred and Series C Preferred are entitled to a proportionate share of any such dividend as if they were holders of common shares (on an as-if converted basis). Holders of Series A Preferred, Series A1 Preferred, Series B Preferred and Series C Preferred do not share in loss of the Company.


F-25


Table of Contents

 
Under the two-class method, basic net income per share attributable to common stockholders is computed by dividing the net income attributable to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Net income attributable to common stockholders is determined by allocating undistributed earnings, calculated as net income less current period Series A Preferred, Series A1 Preferred, Series B Preferred and Series C Preferred cumulative dividends, between the holders of common stock and Series A Preferred, Series A1 Preferred, Series B Preferred and Series C Preferred. Diluted net income per share attributable to common stockholders is computed by using the weighted average number of common shares outstanding, including potential dilutive shares of common stock assuming the dilutive effect of outstanding stock options using the treasury stock method.
 
Pro forma basic and diluted net income per share were computed to give effect to the conversion of the Series A Preferred, Series A1 Preferred, Series B Preferred and Series C Preferred using the as-if converted method into common stock as though the conversion had occurred as of January 1, 2009, or original date of issuance, if later.


F-26


Table of Contents

 
The following table presents the calculation of basic and diluted net income per share attributable to common stockholders and pro forma basic and diluted net income per share:
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2007     2008     2009  
    (in thousands, except per share amounts)  
 
Numerator:
                       
Net (loss) income
  $ (3,143 )   $ (3,209 )   $ 28,429  
8% cumulative dividends on participating preferred stock
    (6,000 )     (7,449 )     (5,521 )
Undistributed earnings allocated to participating preferred stock
                (12,151 )
                         
Net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders — basic and diluted
  $ (9,143 )   $ (10,658 )   $ 10,757  
Denominator:
                       
Basic:
                       
Weighted average common shares used in computing basic net income (loss) per share
    20,446       27,773       47,869  
Diluted:
                       
Weighted average common shares used in computing basic net income (loss) per share
    20,446       27,773       47,869  
Add weighted average effect of dilutive securities:
                       
Stock options
                3,063  
Stock warrants
                93  
                         
Weighted average common shares used in computing diluted net income (loss) per share
    20,446       27,773       51,025  
Net (loss) income per common share:
                       
Basic
  $ (0.45 )   $ (0.38 )   $ 0.22  
Diluted
  $ (0.45 )   $ (0.38 )   $ 0.21  
Shares used in computing pro forma net income per share (unaudited):
                       
Basic:
                       
Basic weighted average common shares from above
                    47,869  
Add assumed conversion of convertible preferred stock
                    58,088  
Shares used in computing pro forma basic net income per share
                    105,957  
Diluted:
                       
Diluted weighted average common shares from above
                    51,025  
Add conversion of Series A, Series A1, Series B, Series C convertible preferred stock excluded under the two class method
                    58,088  
Shares used in computing pro forma diluted net income per share
                    109,113  
Pro forma net income per share (unaudited):
                       
Basic
                  $ 0.27  
Diluted
                  $ 0.26  
 
12.   Related Party Transactions
 
We purchased transportation services of approximately $87,000, $34,000, and $44,000 in 2007, 2008 and 2009 from a significant stockholder and company controlled by our Chief Executive Officer.


F-27


Table of Contents

 
13.   Income Taxes
 
The provision for income taxes consists of the following as of December 31:
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2007     2008     2009  
    (in thousands)  
 
Current:
                       
Federal
                 
State
        $ 197     $ 231  
Foreign
          17       49  
                         
Total current taxes
          214       280  
Deferred:
                       
Federal
          489       (25,147 )
State
                (1,161 )
Foreign
                 
                         
Total deferred taxes
          489       (26,308 )
                         
Total income tax provision (benefit)
        $ 703     $ (26,028 )
                         
 
The reconciliation of our income tax benefit computed at the U.S. federal statutory tax rate to the actual income tax expense is as follows:
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2007     2008     2009  
    (in thousands)  
 
Expense derived by applying the Federal income tax rate to (loss) income before taxes
  $ (1,068 )   $ (872 )   $ 837  
State income tax, net of federal benefit
          197       152  
Foreign income tax
          17       (50 )
Change in valuation allowance
                (27,036 )
Nondeductible expenses
    143       185       166  
Losses not benefitted
    1,046       567        
Other
    (121 )     609       (97 )
                         
          $ 703     $ (26,028 )
                         
 
Significant components of our deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2008     2009  
    (in thousands)  
 
Deferred tax assets:
               
Property, equipment, and software
  $ 597        
Reserves and accrued liabilities
    6,101     $ 8,228  
Net operating loss carryforwards
    25,579       24,270  
                 
Total deferred tax assets
    32,277       32,498  
Deferred tax liabilities
               
Property, equipment, and software
          (1,868 )
Other
    (235 )     (476 )
Intangible assets
    (1,611 )     (4,714 )
                 
Net deferred tax assets before valuation allowance
  $ 30,431     $ 25,440  
Valuation allowance
    (31,563 )     (4,527 )
                 
Net deferred tax assets/(liabilities)
  $ (1,132 )   $ 20,913  
                 


F-28


Table of Contents

 
Our management periodically evaluates the realizability of the deferred tax assets and recognizes the tax benefit when it is determined they are realizable. At such time, if it is determined that it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets are realizable, the valuation allowance will be adjusted. In December 2009, based on current year income, and our projections of future income, we concluded it was more likely than not that certain of our deferred tax assets would be realizable, and therefore the valuation allowance was reduced by $27.0 million.
 
Our federal net operating loss carryforwards of $67.2 million will begin to expire in 2020. A change in ownership, as defined in Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code, may limit utilization of the federal net operating loss and research and development credit carryforwards.
 
A cumulative change in ownership among material shareholders, as defined in Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code during a three-year period, may limit utilization of the federal net operating loss and research and development credit carryforwards. Based on available information, the Company believes it is not currently subject the Section 382 limitation. If triggered under current conditions, the timing of utilization of our net operating loss may be impacted.
 
Uncertain Tax Positions
 
Effective January 1, 2007, we adopted a new accounting standard relating to the accounting for uncertain tax positions. We recorded no additional tax liability as a result of the adoption of this standard and no adjustments to the January 1, 2007 balance of retained deficit, and therefore no accrued interest and penalties recognized as of January 1, 2007. At December 31, 2008 and 2009, we had no unrecognized tax benefits. Our policy is to include interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense, and as of December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2009, there were no accrued interest and penalties.
 
We file consolidated and separate tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and in several state jurisdictions and one foreign jurisdiction. We are no longer subject to U.S. federal income tax examinations for years before 2006 and are no longer subject to state and local income tax examinations by tax authorities for years before 2005. We are not currently under audit for federal, state or any foreign jurisdictions.
 
14.   Employee Benefit Plans
 
In 1998, our board of directors approved a defined contribution plan that provides retirement benefits under the provisions of Selection 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. Our 401(k) Plan (Plan) covers substantially all employees who meet a minimum service requirement. Under the Plan, we can elect to make voluntary contributions. Contributions of $0.2 million, $0.3 million and $0.4 million were made by us in 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively.


F-29


Table of Contents

 
 
 


Table of Contents

PART II
 
Information Not Required in Prospectus
 
Item 13.    Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution
 
The following table presents the costs and expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, payable by us in connection with the sale of common stock being registered. All amounts are estimates except the SEC registration fee and the FINRA filing fees.
 
         
SEC Registration fee
  $ 10,695.00  
FINRA filing fee
    15,500.00  
NASDAQ Global Market listing fee
    *  
Printing and engraving expenses
    *  
Legal fees and expenses
    *  
Accounting fees and expenses
    *  
Blue sky fees and expenses
    *  
Custodian and transfer agent fees
    *  
Miscellaneous fees and expenses
    *  
         
Total
  $ *  
         
 
 
To be filed by amendment.
 
Item 14.    Indemnification of Directors and Officers
 
Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law authorizes a corporation’s board of directors to grant, and authorizes a court to award, indemnity to officers, directors and other corporate agents.
 
As permitted by Section 102(b)(7) of the Delaware General Corporation Law, the registrant’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be effective upon the completion of this offering includes provisions that eliminate the personal liability of its directors and officers for monetary damages for a breach of their fiduciary duty as directors and officers.
 
In addition, as permitted by Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, the registrant’s amended and restated bylaws to be effective upon the completion of this offering provide that:
 
  •  The registrant shall indemnify its directors and officers for serving the registrant in those capacities or for serving other business enterprises at the registrant’s request, to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Delaware law provides that a corporation may indemnify such person if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the registrant and, with respect to any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful.
 
  •  The registrant may, in its discretion, indemnify employees and agents in those circumstances in which indemnification is not required by law.
 
  •  The registrant will be required to advance expenses, as incurred, to its directors and officers in connection with defending a proceeding, except that such director or officer shall undertake to repay such advances if it is ultimately determined that such person is not entitled to indemnification.
 
  •  The registrant will not be obligated pursuant to the bylaws to indemnify a person with respect to proceedings initiated by that person, except with respect to proceedings authorized by the registrant’s board of directors. The rights conferred in the bylaws are not exclusive, and the registrant is authorized to enter into indemnification agreements with its directors, officers, employees and agents and to obtain insurance to indemnify such persons.


II-1


Table of Contents

 
  •  The registrant may not retroactively amend the bylaw provisions to reduce its indemnification obligations to directors, officers, employees and agents.
 
Prior to the completion of this offering, the registrant plans to enter into separate indemnification agreements with each of its directors and executive officers that provide the maximum indemnity allowed to directors and executive officers by Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law and also provides for certain additional procedural protections. The registrant also maintains insurance to insure directors and officers against certain liabilities.
 
These indemnification provisions and the indemnification agreements to be entered into between the registrant and its officers and directors may be sufficiently broad to permit indemnification of the registrant’s officers and directors for liabilities (including reimbursement of expenses incurred) arising under the Securities Act.
 
The underwriting agreement filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this registration statement provides for indemnification by the underwriters of the registrant and its officers and directors for certain liabilities arising under the Securities Act and otherwise.
 
Item 15.    Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities
 
1. From April 29, 2007 through April 29, 2010, the registrant granted to its employees and consultants options to purchase an aggregate of 11,076,500 shares of its common stock under the registrant’s 1998 Stock Incentive Plan at prices ranging from $1.50 per share to $3.75 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $34,907,625.00.
 
2. From April 29, 2007 through April 29, 2010, the registrant sold and issued to its employees and consultants an aggregate of 1,020,598 shares of its common stock pursuant to option exercises under the registrant’s 1998 Stock Incentive Plan at prices ranging from $1.00 per share to $3.50 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $1,239,620.75.
 
3. From April 29, 2007 through April 29, 2010, the registrant granted to its directors options to purchase an aggregate of 320,000 shares of our common stock at prices ranging from $3.00 per share to $3.75 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $1,050,000.00.
 
4. From April 29, 2007 through April 29, 2010, the registrant sold and issued to its directors an aggregate of 1,100,000 shares of its common stock pursuant to option exercises at prices ranging from $1.00 per share to $3.00 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $1,200,000.00.
 
5. On February 22, 2008, the registrant issued and sold to seven accredited investors an aggregate of 3,025,000 shares of our Series C Convertible Preferred Stock at a price of $4.50 per share for an aggregate price of $13,612,500.
 
6. From April 29, 2007 through April 29, 2010, the registrant sold and issued to 11 accredited investors an aggregate of 9,930,448 shares of its common stock pursuant to warrant exercises at prices ranging from $0.001 per share to $1.75 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $500,304.25.
 
7. On October 21, 2009, the registrant issued 666,667 shares of its common stock to five of its current or former employees and consultants as compensation for the achievement of certain performance milestones agreed to in connection with the registrant’s acquisition of OpsTechnology, Inc.
 
8. On October 28, 2009, the registrant awarded and issued 22,348 restricted shares of its common stock to employees under the registrant’s 1998 Stock Incentive Plan in connection with our acquisition of Propertyware, Inc.
 
9. On October 28, 2009, the registrant awarded and issued 500,000 restricted shares of its common stock to employees who are also accredited investors under the registrant’s 1998 Stock Incentive Plan in connection with our acquisition of Propertyware, Inc.


II-2


Table of Contents

10. On October 28, 2009, the registrant issued 977,652 restricted shares of its common stock to nine accredited investors in partial consideration of the registrant’s acquisition of Propertyware, Inc.
 
11. On December 31, 2008, the registrant issued an aggregate of 16,294,894 shares of its common stock to holders of its convertible preferred stock in partial payment of cumulative dividends accrued on the convertible preferred stock through such date.
 
12. On December 31, 2009, the registrant issued an aggregate of 2,837,345 shares of its common stock to holders of its convertible preferred stock in partial payment of cumulative dividends accrued on the convertible preferred stock through such date.
 
13. On April 1, 2010, the registrant awarded and issued an aggregate of 26,666 restricted shares of its common stock to the registrant’s independent directors in accordance with the registrant’s independent director compensation plan.
 
14. On April 23, 2010, the registrant issued an aggregate of 685,276 shares of its common stock to holders of its Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, Series A1 Convertible Preferred Stock and Series B Convertible Preferred Stock in partial payment of cumulative dividends accrued on such series of convertible preferred stock through March 31, 2010.
 
None of the foregoing transactions involved any underwriters, underwriting discounts or commissions, or any public offering, and the registrant believes the transactions were exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to compensatory benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation or in reliance on Section 4(2) of the Securities Act as transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering. The recipients of securities in each such transaction represented their intention to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof and appropriate legends were affixed to the stock certificates and option agreements issued in such transactions. All recipients had adequate access, through their relationships with us, to information about us.
 
Item 16.    Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
 
(a)   Exhibits
 
         
Exhibit
   
Number
 
Description
 
  1 .1*   Form of Underwriting Agreement
  3 .1   Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant currently in effect
  3 .2*   Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant to be effective upon the completion of this offering
  3 .3   Bylaws of the Registrant in effect before the completion of this offering
  3 .4*   Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant to be effective upon the completion of this offering
  4 .1*   Form of Common Stock certificate of the Registrant
  4 .2   Shareholders’ Agreement among the Registrant and certain stockholders, dated December 1, 1998, as amended July 16, 1999 and November 3, 2000
  4 .3   Second Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement among the Registrant and certain stockholders, dated February 22, 2008
  4 .4   Fourth Amended and Restated Shareholders Agreement among the Registrant and certain stockholders, dated March 17, 2010
  4 .5   Letter Agreement between the Registrant and Camden Partners Strategic Fund III, L.P. regarding management rights, dated December 14, 2005
  4 .6   Letter Agreement between the Registrant and Camden Partners Strategic Fund III-A, L.P. regarding management rights, dated December 14, 2005
  5 .1*   Opinion of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation
  10 .1   Form of Indemnification Agreement to be entered into between the Registrant and each of its directors and officers


II-3


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit
   
Number
 
Description
 
  10 .2+   Amended and Restated 1998 Stock Incentive Plan
  10 .2A+   Form of Notice of Stock Option Grant
  10 .2B+   Form of Notice of Grant of Restricted Shares
  10 .2C+   Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement (Second Series)
  10 .2D+   Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement
  10 .3+   Form of Director’s Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement
  10 .4+   2010 Equity Incentive Plan
  10 .5+   Form of 2009 Management Incentive Plan
  10 .6+   Form of 2010 Management Incentive Plan
  10 .7+   Stand-Alone Stock Option Agreement between the Registrant and Peter Gyenes, dated February 25, 2010
  10 .8+   Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement (Second Series) under the Amended and Restated 1998 Stock Incentive Plan between the Registrant and Timothy J. Barker dated October 27, 2005
  10 .9+   Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement (Second Series) under the Amended and Restated 1998 Stock Incentive Plan between the Registrant and Timothy J. Barker dated February 26, 2009
  10 .10+   Notice of Stock Option Grant under the Amended and Restated 1998 Stock Incentive Plan between the Registrant and Timothy J. Barker dated February 25, 2010
  10 .11+   Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Stephen T. Winn, dated December 30, 2003
  10 .12+   Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Timothy J. Barker, dated October 31, 2005
  10 .13+   Amendment to Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Timothy J. Barker, dated January 1, 2010
  10 .14+   Employment Agreement between the Registrant and William E. Van Valkenberg, dated September 24, 2009
  10 .15+   Master Agreement for Consulting Services between the Registrant and William E. Van Valkenberg, dated June 28, 2009
  10 .16+   Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Ashley Chaffin Glover, dated March 3, 2005
  10 .17+   Employment Agreement between Multifamily Internet Ventures, LLC and Dirk D. Wakeham, dated April 12, 2007 and amended April 12, 2007
  10 .18   Credit Agreement among the Registrant, Wells Fargo Foothill, LLC and Comerica Bank dated, September 3, 2009
  10 .19   Security Agreement among the Registrant, OpsTechnology, Inc., Multifamily Internet Ventures, LLC, Starfire Media, Inc., RealPage India Holdings, Inc. and Wells Fargo Foothill, LLC, dated September 3, 2009
  10 .20   General Continuing Guaranty among OpsTechnology, Inc., Multifamily Internet Ventures, LLC, Starfire Media, Inc., RealPage India Holdings, Inc. and Wells Fargo Foothill, LLC, dated September 3, 2009
  10 .21   Waiver and First Amendment to Credit Agreement among the Registrant, Wells Fargo Foothill, LLC and Comerica Bank, dated September 16, 2009
  10 .22   General Continuing Guaranty between A.L. Wizard, Inc. and Wells Fargo Foothill, LLC, dated September 25, 2009
  10 .23   Waiver and Second Amendment to Credit Agreement among the Registrant, Wells Fargo Foothill, LLC and Comerica bank, dated October 15, 2009
  10 .24   General Continuing Guarantee between Propertyware, Inc. and Wells Fargo Foothill, LLC, dated November 6, 2009
  10 .25   Supplement No. 2 to Security Agreement between Propertyware, Inc. and Wells Fargo Foothill, LLC, dated November 6, 2009
  10 .26   Consent and Third Amendment to Credit Agreement among the Registrant, Wells Fargo Foothill, LLC, and Comerica Bank dated December 23, 2009
  10 .27   Waiver, Consent and Fourth Amendment to Credit Agreement among the Registrant, Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC (f/k/a Wells Fargo Foothill, LLC) and Comerica Bank dated February 10, 2010
  10 .28   General Security Agreement between 43642 Yukon, Inc. and Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC (f/k/a Wells Fargo Foothill, LLC), dated February 10, 2010

II-4


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit
   
Number
 
Description
 
  10 .29   Guarantee between 43642 Yukon, Inc. and Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC (f/k/a Wells Fargo Foothill, LLC), dated February 10, 2010
  10 .30   Share Pledge between the Registrant and Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC (f/k/a Wells Fargo Foothill, LLC), dated February 10, 2010
  10 .31   Note Purchase Agreement between the Registrant and HV Capital Investors, L.L.C., dated August 1, 2008
  10 .32   Security Agreement between the Registrant and HV Capital Investors, L.L.C., dated August 1, 2008
  10 .33   Form of Secured Promissory Note issued by the Registrant to HV Capital Investors, L.L.C. on August 1, 2008 and September 19, 2008
  10 .34   First Amendment to Note Purchase Agreement between the Registrant and HV Capital Investors, L.L.C., dated January 20, 2009 and effective as of December 31, 2008
  10 .35   Form of Unsecured Subordinated Promissory Note (Series A and Series A1)
  10 .35A   Schedule of Holders of Unsecured Subordinated Promissory Notes (Series A and Series A1)
  10 .36   Form of Unsecured Subordinated Promissory Note (Series B and Series C)
  10 .36A   Schedule of Holders of Unsecured Subordinated Promissory Notes (Series B and Series C)
  10 .37   Form of Unsecured Subordinated Promissory Note (April 2010)
  10 .37A   Schedule of Holders of Unsecured Subordinated Promissory Notes (April 2010)
  10 .38   Amendment No. 1 to Unsecured Subordinated Promissory Notes among the Registrant and certain holders of its Unsecured Subordinated Promissory Notes
  10 .39   Lease Agreement between the Registrant and CB Parkway Business Center V, Ltd., dated July 23, 1999
  10 .40   First Amendment to Lease Agreement between the Registrant and CB Parkway Business Center V, Ltd., dated November 29, 1999
  10 .41   Second Amendment to Lease Agreement between the Registrant and CB Parkway Business Center V, Ltd., dated January 30, 2006
  10 .42   Third Amendment to Lease Agreement between the Registrant and CB Parkway Business Center V, Ltd., dated August 28, 2006
  10 .43   Fourth Amendment to Lease Agreement between the Registrant and ARI-Commercial Properties, Inc., dated November 2007
  10 .44   Fifth Amendment to Lease Agreement between the Registrant and ARI-Commercial Properties, Inc., dated February 4, 2009
  10 .45   Sixth Amendment to Lease Agreement between the Registrant and ARI-Commercial Properties, Inc., dated March 30, 2009
  10 .46   Lease Agreement between the Registrant and Savoy IBP 8, Ltd., dated August 28, 2006
  10 .47   First Amendment to Lease Agreement among the Registrant, ARI-International Business Park, LLC, ARI -IBP 1, LLC, ARI - IBP 2, LLC, ARI - IBP 3, LLC, ARI - IBP 4, LLC, ARI - IBP 5, LLC, ARI - IBP 6, LLC, ARI - IBP 7, LLC, ARI - IBP 8, LLC, ARI - IBP 9, LLC, ARI - IBP 11, LLC and ARI - IBP 12, LLC, dated December 28, 2009
  10 .48†   Master Services Agreement between the Registrant and DataBank Holdings Ltd., dated May 31, 2007
  21 .1   Subsidiaries of the Registrant
  23 .1   Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
  23 .2*   Consent of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation (contained in Exhibit 5.1)
  24 .1   Power of Attorney (contained in the signature page to this registration statement)
 
 
Indicates management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.
 
To be filed by amendment.
 
†  Confidential treatment has been requested for portions of this exhibit. These portions have been omitted from the Registration Statement and submitted separately to the Securities and Exchange Commission.

II-5


Table of Contents

(b)   Financial Statement Schedules
 
The following schedule is filed as part of this registration statement:
 
All other schedules have been omitted because the information required to be presented in them is not applicable or is shown in the financial statements or related notes.
 
SCHEDULE II — VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
REALPAGE, INC.
December 31, 2009
(in thousands)
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
 
                                         
          Additions
                   
    Balance at
    Charged to
    Additions
          Balance at
 
    Beginning
    Costs and
    Due to
          End of
 
Description
  of Year     Expenses     Acquisitions     Deduction(1)     Year  
 
Year ended December 31:
                                       
2007
  $ 923     $ 1,490                 $ 2,413  
2008
    2,413       301     $ 181             2,895  
2009
    2,895       441       175     $ (1,289 )     2,222  
 
 
(1) Uncollectible accounts written off, net of recoveries.
 
Item 17.    Undertakings
 
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
 
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
 
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:
 
1. For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.
 
2. For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.


II-6


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Carrollton, State of Texas, on this 29 th  day of April, 2010.
 
REALPAGE, INC.
 
  By: 
/s/   Stephen T. Winn
Stephen T. Winn
Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer and Director
 
POWER OF ATTORNEY
 
KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each individual whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Stephen T. Winn and Timothy J. Barker, and each of them, his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents with full power of substitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post effective amendments) to this registration statement, and to sign any registration statement for the same offering covered by this registration statement that is to be effective on filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and all post-effective amendments thereto, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and all documents in connection therewith, with the SEC, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them, or his or their substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated:
 
             
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
         
/s/   Stephen T. Winn

Stephen T. Winn
  Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer, and Director (Principal
Executive Officer)
  April 29, 2010
         
/s/   Timothy J. Barker

Timothy J. Barker
  Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)   April 29, 2010
         
/s/   Alfred R. Berkeley, III

Alfred R. Berkeley, III
  Director   April 29, 2010
         
/s/   Richard M. Berkeley

Richard M. Berkeley
  Director   April 29, 2010
         
/s/   Peter Gyenes

Peter Gyenes
  Director   April 29, 2010
         
/s/   Jeffrey T. Leeds

Jeffrey T. Leeds
  Director   April 29, 2010
         
/s/   Jason A. Wright

Jason A. Wright
  Director   April 29, 2010


II-7


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX
 
         
Exhibit
   
Number
 
Description
 
  1 .1*   Form of Underwriting Agreement
  3 .1   Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant currently in effect
  3 .2*   Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant to be effective upon the completion of this offering
  3 .3   Bylaws of the Registrant in effect before the completion of this offering
  3 .4*   Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant to be effective upon the completion of this offering
  4 .1*   Form of Common Stock certificate of the Registrant
  4 .2   Shareholders’ Agreement among the Registrant and certain stockholders, dated December 1, 1998, as amended July 16, 1999 and November 3, 2000
  4 .3   Second Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement among the Registrant and certain stockholders, dated February 22, 2008
  4 .4   Fourth Amended and Restated Shareholders Agreement among the Registrant and certain stockholders, dated March 17, 2010
  4 .5   Letter Agreement between the Registrant and Camden Partners Strategic Fund III, L.P. regarding management rights, dated December 14, 2005
  4 .6   Letter Agreement between the Registrant and Camden Partners Strategic Fund III-A, L.P. regarding management rights, dated December 14, 2005
  5 .1*   Opinion of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation
  10 .1   Form of Indemnification Agreement to be entered into between the Registrant and each of its directors and officers
  10 .2+   Amended and Restated 1998 Stock Incentive Plan
  10 .2A+   Form of Notice of Stock Option Grant
  10 .2B+   Form of Notice of Grant of Restricted Shares
  10 .2C+   Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement (Second Series)
  10 .2D+   Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement
  10 .3+   Form of Director’s Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement
  10 .4+   2010 Equity Incentive Plan
  10 .5+   Form of 2009 Management Incentive Plan
  10 .6+   Form of 2010 Management Incentive Plan
  10 .7+   Stand-Alone Stock Option Agreement between the Registrant and Peter Gyenes, dated February 25, 2010
  10 .8+   Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement (Second Series) under the Amended and Restated 1998 Stock Incentive Plan between the Registrant and Timothy J. Barker dated October 27, 2005
  10 .9+   Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement (Second Series) under the Amended and Restated 1998 Stock Incentive Plan between the Registrant and Timothy J. Barker dated February 26, 2009
  10 .10+   Notice of Stock Option Grant under the Amended and Restated 1998 Stock Incentive Plan between the Registrant and Timothy J. Barker dated February 25, 2010
  10 .11+   Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Stephen T. Winn, dated December 30, 2003
  10 .12+   Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Timothy J. Barker, dated October 31, 2005
  10 .13+   Amendment to Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Timothy J. Barker, dated January 1, 2010
  10 .14+   Employment Agreement between the Registrant and William E. Van Valkenberg, dated September 24, 2009
  10 .15+   Master Agreement for Consulting Services between the Registrant and William E. Van Valkenberg, dated June 28, 2009
  10 .16+   Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Ashley Chaffin Glover, dated March 3, 2005
  10 .17+   Employment Agreement between Multifamily Internet Ventures, LLC and Dirk D. Wakeham, dated April 12, 2007 and amended April 12, 2007
  10 .18   Credit Agreement among the Registrant, Wells Fargo Foothill, LLC and Comerica Bank dated, September 3, 2009


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit
   
Number
 
Description
 
  10 .19   Security Agreement among the Registrant, OpsTechnology, Inc., Multifamily Internet Ventures, LLC, Starfire Media, Inc., RealPage India Holdings, Inc. and Wells Fargo Foothill, LLC, dated September 3, 2009
  10 .20   General Continuing Guaranty among OpsTechnology, Inc., Multifamily Internet Ventures, LLC, Starfire Media, Inc., RealPage India Holdings, Inc. and Wells Fargo Foothill, LLC, dated September 3, 2009
  10 .21   Waiver and First Amendment to Credit Agreement among the Registrant, Wells Fargo Foothill, LLC and Comerica Bank, dated September 16, 2009
  10 .22   General Continuing Guaranty between A.L. Wizard, Inc. and Wells Fargo Foothill, LLC, dated September 25, 2009
  10 .23   Waiver and Second Amendment to Credit Agreement among the Registrant, Wells Fargo Foothill, LLC and Comerica bank, dated October 15, 2009
  10 .24   General Continuing Guarantee between Propertyware, Inc. and Wells Fargo Foothill, LLC, dated November 6, 2009
  10 .25   Supplement No. 2 to Security Agreement between Propertyware, Inc. and Wells Fargo Foothill, LLC, dated November 6, 2009
  10 .26   Consent and Third Amendment to Credit Agreement among the Registrant, Wells Fargo Foothill, LLC, and Comerica Bank dated December 23, 2009
  10 .27   Waiver, Consent and Fourth Amendment to Credit Agreement among the Registrant, Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC (f/k/a Wells Fargo Foothill, LLC) and Comerica Bank dated February 10, 2010
  10 .28   General Security Agreement between 43642 Yukon, Inc. and Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC (f/k/a Wells Fargo Foothill, LLC), dated February 10, 2010
  10 .29   Guarantee between 43642 Yukon, Inc. and Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC (f/k/a Wells Fargo Foothill, LLC), dated February 10, 2010
  10 .30   Share Pledge between the Registrant and Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC (f/k/a Wells Fargo Foothill, LLC), dated February 10, 2010
  10 .31   Note Purchase Agreement between the Registrant and HV Capital Investors, L.L.C., dated August 1, 2008
  10 .32   Security Agreement between the Registrant and HV Capital Investors, L.L.C., dated August 1, 2008
  10 .33   Form of Secured Promissory Note issued by the Registrant to HV Capital Investors, L.L.C. on August 1, 2008 and September 19, 2008
  10 .34   First Amendment to Note Purchase Agreement between the Registrant and HV Capital Investors, L.L.C., dated January 20, 2009 and effective as of December 31, 2008
  10 .35   Form of Unsecured Subordinated Promissory Note (Series A and Series A1)
  10 .35A   Schedule of Holders of Unsecured Subordinated Promissory Notes (Series A and Series A1)
  10 .36   Form of Unsecured Subordinated Promissory Note (Series B and Series C)
  10 .36A   Schedule of Holders of Unsecured Subordinated Promissory Notes (Series B and Series C)
  10 .37   Form of Unsecured Subordinated Promissory Note (April 2010)
  10 .37A   Schedule of Holders of Unsecured Subordinated Promissory Notes (April 2010)
  10 .38   Amendment No. 1 to Unsecured Subordinated Promissory Notes among the Registrant and certain holders of its Unsecured Subordinated Promissory Notes
  10 .39   Lease Agreement between the Registrant and CB Parkway Business Center V, Ltd., dated July 23, 1999
  10 .40   First Amendment to Lease Agreement between the Registrant and CB Parkway Business Center V, Ltd., dated November 29, 1999
  10 .41   Second Amendment to Lease Agreement between the Registrant and CB Parkway Business Center V, Ltd., dated January 30, 2006
  10 .42   Third Amendment to Lease Agreement between the Registrant and CB Parkway Business Center V, Ltd., dated August 28, 2006
  10 .43   Fourth Amendment to Lease Agreement between the Registrant and ARI-Commercial Properties, Inc., dated November 2007
  10 .44   Fifth Amendment to Lease Agreement between the Registrant and ARI-Commercial Properties, Inc., dated February 4, 2009


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit
   
Number
 
Description
 
  10 .45   Sixth Amendment to Lease Agreement between the Registrant and ARI-Commercial Properties, Inc., dated March 30, 2009
  10 .46   Lease Agreement between the Registrant and Savoy IBP 8, Ltd., dated August 28, 2006
  10 .47   First Amendment to Lease Agreement among the Registrant, ARI-International Business Park, LLC, ARI -IBP 1, LLC, ARI - IBP 2, LLC, ARI - IBP 3, LLC, ARI - IBP 4, LLC, ARI - IBP 5, LLC, ARI - IBP 6, LLC, ARI - IBP 7, LLC, ARI - IBP 8, LLC, ARI - IBP 9, LLC, ARI - IBP 11, LLC and ARI - IBP 12, LLC, dated December 28, 2009
  10 .48†   Master Services Agreement between the Registrant and DataBank Holdings Ltd., dated May 31, 2007
  21 .1   Subsidiaries of the Registrant
  23 .1   Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
  23 .2*   Consent of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation (contained in Exhibit 5.1)
  24 .1   Power of Attorney (contained in the signature page to this registration statement)
 
 
Indicates management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.
 
To be filed by amendment.
 
†  Confidential treatment has been requested for portions of this exhibit. These portions have been omitted from the Registration Statement and submitted separately to the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Exhibit 3.1
AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
REALPAGE, INC.
     The undersigned, Stephen T. Winn, hereby certifies that:
     ONE: He is the duly elected and acting Chief Executive Officer of RealPage, Inc.
     TWO: The name of the corporation is RealPage, Inc. and the corporation was originally incorporated on December 30, 2003 pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “ DGCL ”) under the name RealPage, Inc.
     THREE: This Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been duly adopted by this corporation’s Board of Directors and stockholders in accordance with the provisions of Sections 228, 242 and 245 of the DGCL.
     FOUR: The Certificate of Incorporation of said corporation shall be amended and restated to read in full as follows:
ARTICLE I
     The name of the corporation is RealPage, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”).
ARTICLE II
     The registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is located at 1209 Orange Street, City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, 19801. The name of the Corporation’s registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.
ARTICLE III
     The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “ DGCL ”).
ARTICLE IV
     The total number of shares of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is (i) 135,000,000 shares of common stock, each having a par value of one tenth of one cent ($0.001) and (ii) 60,000,000 shares of preferred stock, each having a par value of one tenth of one cent ($0.001), with such rights, powers and privileges as designated below.
     1.  Designation. A total of 31,612,500 shares of the Corporation’s preferred stock shall be designated as a series known as Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “ Series A Stock ”), a total of 20,200,000 shares of the Corporation’s preferred stock shall be designated as a series known as Series A1 Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “ Series A1 Stock ”), a total of 3,250,000 shares of the Corporation’s preferred stock shall be designated as a series known as Series B Convertible

 


 

Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “ Series B Stock ”), and a total of 3,075,000 shares of the Corporation’s preferred stock shall be designated as a series known as Series C Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “ Series C Stock ” and collectively with the Series A Stock, the Series A1 Stock and the Series B Stock the “ Preferred Stock ”).
     2.  Dividends.
          (a) Dividend Accrual and Payment.
               (i) The holders of shares of Series A Stock, Series A1 Stock and Series B Stock (collectively, the “ Prior Preferred Stock ”) shall be entitled to receive, if, as and when declared by the Board (as defined below) out of funds legally available for the payment therefor, cumulative cash dividends at the rate of 8% per annum (the “ Dividend Rate ”) of the Original Issue Price (as defined below) of such shares of Prior Preferred Stock; provided , however , that the Corporation may not declare and pay Dividends (as defined below) under this Section IV.2(a)(i) unless the Corporation also declares and pays Dividends to the holders of the Series C Stock pursuant to Section IV.2(a)(ii). Dividends which have accrued and accumulated pursuant to this Section IV.2(a)(i) shall compound quarterly at the rate of 8% per annum as of each Dividend Payment Date (as defined below). Dividends shall accrue daily in respect of each share of Prior Preferred Stock then outstanding, subject to the limitations contained in Section IV.5(e)(ii) with respect to the Series A1 Stock, and to the extent declared shall be payable in cash quarterly in equal installments commencing on the first day immediately following the end of the Corporation’s fiscal quarter in which such dividends are declared, or, if any such date is a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday, then on the next day which is not a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday (each such date, whether or not a dividend is declared, a “ Dividend Payment Date ”). If any shares of Prior Preferred Stock are issued on a date which does not coincide with the Dividend Payment Date, then the initial dividend accrual period applicable to such shares shall be the period from the Original Issue Date (as defined below) of such shares of Prior Preferred Stock through the last day of the Corporation’s fiscal quarter in which such shares are issued. If the date fixed for redemption of or payment of a final liquidating distribution on any shares of Prior Preferred Stock, or the date on which any shares of Prior Preferred Stock are converted into common stock, does not coincide with the Dividend Payment Date, then subject to the provisions hereof relating to such redemption, payment or conversion, the final dividend accrual period applicable to such shares shall be the period from the first day of the Corporation’s fiscal quarter during which such redemption, payment or conversion occurs through the redemption, payment or conversion date. Any payment of dividends pursuant to this Section IV.2(a)(i), upon a declaration of the Board, will be paid ratably to the holders of the outstanding Series A Stock, the holders of the outstanding Series A1 Stock and the holders of the outstanding Series B Stock. Dividends pursuant to this Section IV.2(a)(i) not paid in cash on the Dividend Payment Date on which such Dividends are due may not be paid in cash until (i) a Liquidation as part of the Liquidation Preference pursuant to Section IV.3, (ii) a Redemption pursuant to Section IV.5 hereof or (iii) a Qualified IPO (subject to the conversion rights set forth in Section IV.4).
               (ii) The holders of shares of Series C Stock shall be entitled to receive, if, as and when declared by the Board out of funds legally available for the payment therefor, (1) during the period commencing on the Original Issue Date (as defined below) of the

2


 

Series C Stock and ending on the 18-month anniversary thereof, cumulative cash dividends at the rate of 8% per annum of the Original Issue Price of such shares of Series C Stock and (2) following the 18-month anniversary of the Original Issue Date of the Series C Stock, noncumulative dividends; provided , however , that the Corporation may not pay Dividends under this Section IV.2(a)(ii) unless the Corporation also declares and pays Dividends to the holders of the Prior Preferred Stock pursuant to Section IV.2(a)(i). Dividends which have accrued and accumulated pursuant to clause (1) of this Section IV.2(a)(ii) shall compound quarterly at the rate of 8% per annum as of each Dividend Payment Date following the Original Issue Date of the Series C Stock. Dividends shall accrue daily in respect of each share of Series C Stock then outstanding, subject to the 18-month limitation contained in clause (1) of this Section IV.2(a)(ii), and shall not be payable in cash until the earliest to occur of (i) a Liquidation as part of the Liquidation Preference pursuant to Section IV.3, (ii) a Redemption pursuant to Section IV.5 hereof or (iii) a Qualified IPO.
               (iii) Dividends which have accrued (if any) and accumulated (and which have been compounded as applicable) pursuant to this Section IV.2(a) are hereinafter referred to as the “ Dividends ”. A declaration of payment of dividends pursuant to this Section IV.2(a) with respect to any quarter shall require approval of each member of the Board designated by the holders of the outstanding Series A1 Stock and approval of a majority of the members of the Board designated by the holders of the outstanding Series A Stock; provided , however , that a majority of the Board may declare the payment of a quarterly cash dividend (a “ Permitted Dividend ”) to the holders of shares of Series A Stock, Series A1 Stock, Series B Stock and Series C Stock equal to .75% of the Original Issue Price of such shares of Series A Stock, Series A1 Stock, Series B and Series C Stock so long as Adjusted EBITDA for such quarter, net of any such dividend payment, shall equal $1,000,000 or more.
               (iv) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section IV.2(a), the Board (including each member of the Board designated by the holders of the outstanding Series A1 Stock and a majority of the members of the Board designated by the holders of the outstanding Series A Stock) may, at any time prior to January 1, 2011, declare and pay, in full satisfaction thereof and out of surplus legally available therefor, up to all Dividends accrued and unpaid through and including December 31, 2010 on the Preferred Stock as follows: (1) Dividends accrued and unpaid on each share of Prior Preferred Stock may be declared and paid (A) by issuance of promissory notes or payment of cash (or any combination thereof) in an aggregate amount equal to 37.5% of the amount of the Dividends accrued and unpaid on such share of Prior Preferred Stock and (B) by issuance of that number of shares of common stock per share of Prior Preferred Stock equal to (x) 62.5% of the amount of the Dividends accrued and unpaid on such share of Prior Preferred Stock divided by (y) the Conversion Price applicable to such share of Prior Preferred Stock; and (2) Dividends accrued and unpaid on each share of Series C Stock may be declared and paid by the issuance of promissory notes or payment of cash (or any combination thereof) in an aggregate amount equal to the amount of the Dividends accrued and unpaid on such share of Series C Stock; provided , however , notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Section IV.2(a)(iv), in lieu of any fractional shares to which a holder of Prior Preferred Stock would otherwise be entitled as a result of the declaration and payment of Dividends pursuant to clause (1) above, the Corporation shall pay to such holder,

3


 

with respect to any such fractional share, cash equal to such fraction multiplied by the then fair market value of a share of Common Stock as determined by the Board.
     “ Adjusted EBITDA ” shall mean net income before interest expense, taxes, depreciation and amortization, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, plus any increase for such quarter in deferred revenues from accepted customer contracts reflected on the Corporation’s balance sheet.
     “ Original Issue Date ” shall mean, (i) with respect to shares of Series A Stock, the issuance date of such shares of Series A Stock, (ii) with respect to shares of Series A1 Stock, the issuance date of such shares of Series Al Stock, (iii) with respect to shares of Series B Stock, the issuance date of such shares of Series B Stock and (iv) with respect to shares of Series C Stock, the issuance date of such shares of Series C Stock.
          (b) Dividend Limitation on Common Stock . For so long as any shares of Preferred Stock are outstanding, the Corporation shall not declare, pay or set apart for payment, any dividend on any common stock or make any payment on account of, or set apart for payment, money for a sinking or other similar fund for the purchase, redemption or other retirement of, any common stock or any warrants, rights, calls or options exercisable or exchangeable for or convertible into any common stock, or make any distribution in respect thereof, either directly or indirectly, and whether in cash, obligations or shares of the Corporation or other property (other than distributions or dividends in common stock). Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section IV.2(b) shall not restrict the Corporation from taking any action permitted by Section IV.2(a) or by clauses (A) or (B) of Sections IV.7(b)(ii), IV.7(d)(ii), IV.7(f)(ii) or IV.7(h)(ii).
          (c) Dividends on Fractional Shares . Each fractional share of Preferred Stock outstanding shall be entitled to a ratably proportionate amount of all Dividends accruing with respect to each outstanding share of Preferred Stock pursuant to Section IV.2(a) hereof, and all such Dividends with respect to such outstanding fractional shares shall be payable in the same manner and at such times as provided for in Section IV.2(a) hereof with respect to Dividends on each outstanding share of Preferred Stock.
          (d) Participating Dividends . Subject to the other provisions of this certificate (including, without limitation, clause (b) above), in the event that the Corporation declares or pays any dividends upon the common stock (whether payable in cash, securities or other property) other than dividends payable solely in shares of common stock, the Corporation shall also declare and pay to the holders of the Preferred Stock at the same time that it declares and pays such dividends to the holders of the common stock the dividends that would have been declared and paid with respect to the common stock issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock had all of the outstanding Preferred Stock been converted immediately prior to the record date for such dividend, or if no record date is fixed, the date as of which the record holders of common stock entitled to such dividends are to be determined.

4


 

     3.  Liquidation.
          (a) Liquidation Procedure . Upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary (a “ Liquidation ”), (i) the holders of the shares of Series A Stock, the holders of the shares of Series B Stock and the holders of the shares of Series C Stock shall be entitled, before any distribution or payment is made upon any Series A1 Stock or common stock, to be paid an amount equal to (1) in the case of shares of Series A Stock, the sum of (A) $1.00 per share of Series A Stock (as adjusted for any combinations, divisions or similar recapitalizations affecting the shares of Series A Stock) (the “ Series A Issue Price ”) and (B) all accrued and unpaid Dividends, and any other declared but unpaid dividends, on the Series A Stock to such date (the “ Series A Preference Amount ”), (2) in the case of shares of Series B Stock, the sum of (A) $2.00 per share of Series B Stock (as adjusted for any combinations, divisions or similar recapitalizations affecting the shares of Series B Stock) (the “ Series B Issue Price ”) and (B) all accrued and unpaid Dividends, and any other declared but unpaid dividends, on the Series B Stock to such date (the “ Series B Preference Amount ”) and (3) in the case of shares of Series C Stock, the sum of (1) $4.50 per share of Series C Stock (as adjusted for any combinations, divisions or similar recapitalizations affecting the shares of Series C Stock) (the “ Series C Issue Price ”) and (2) all accrued and unpaid Dividends, and any other declared but unpaid dividends, on the Series C Stock to such date (the “ Series C Preference Amount ”), and if the assets available for distribution are insufficient to pay the holders of the shares of Series A Stock the Series A Preference Amount, the holders of the shares of Series B Stock the Series B Preference Amount and the holders of the Shares of Series C Stock the Series C Preference Amount, then all assets of the Corporation shall be distributed pro rata according to the amounts due to each holder of shares Series A Stock, Series B Stock and Series C Stock, respectively, and (ii) the holders of the shares of Series A1 Stock shall be entitled, after payment in full of the Series A Preference Amount, Series B Preference Amount and Series C Preference Amount and before any distribution or payment is made upon any common stock, to be paid an amount equal to (1) $1.00 per share of Series A1 Stock (as adjusted for any combinations, divisions or similar recapitalizations affecting the shares of Series A1 Stock) (the “ Series A1 Issue Price ”) and (2) all accrued and unpaid Dividends, and any other declared but unpaid dividends, on the Series A1 Stock to such date (the “ Series A1 Preference Amount ”), and if the assets available for distribution are insufficient to pay the holders of the shares of Series A1 Stock the Series A1 Preference Amount, then all assets of the Corporation available after the payment in full of the Series A Preference Amount, the Series B Preference Amount and the Series C Preference Amount shall be distributed pro rata according to the amounts due to each holder of Series A1 Stock.
     “ Original Issue Price ” shall mean, (i) with respect to shares of Series A Stock, the Series A Issue Price, (ii) with respect to shares of Series A1 Stock, the Series A1 Issue Price, (iii) with respect to shares of Series B Stock, the Series B Issue Price, and (iv) with respect to shares of Series C Stock, the Series C Issue Price.
     “ Liquidation Preference ” shall mean, (i) with respect to shares of Series A Stock, the Series A Preference Amount, (ii) with respect to shares of Series A1 Stock, the Series A1

5


 

Preference Amount, (iii) with respect to shares of Series B Stock, the Series B Preference Amount, and (iv) with respect to shares of Series C Stock, the Series C Preference Amount.
          (b) Remaining Assets . Upon Liquidation, after the holders of shares of Preferred Stock shall have been paid in full the applicable Liquidation Preference with respect to such shares of Preferred Stock, the remaining assets of the Corporation legally available for distribution shall be distributed ratably among the holders of shares of common stock then outstanding and the holders of shares of Series A Stock, Series A1 Stock and Series B Stock, on an as converted basis, until the holders of such shares of Series A Stock, Series A1 Stock and Series B Stock shall have each received (including the Liquidation Preference with respect to such shares of Preferred Stock) an aggregate of three (3) times the (i) Series A Issue Price per share of such Series A Stock, (ii) Series A1 Issue Price per share of Series A1 Stock and (iii) Series B Issue Price per share of Series B Stock (the “ Participation Payment ”). After the holders of such shares of Series A Stock, Series A1 Stock and Series B Stock have received the Participation Payment with respect to such shares of Series A Stock, Series A1 Stock and Series B Stock, the holders of such Series A Stock, Series A1 Stock and Series B Stock shall not have any further right as shareholders of Series A Stock, Series A1 Stock and Series B Stock to participate in any distribution of the remaining assets of the Corporation legally available for distribution, which shall be distributed ratably solely to the holders of the Corporation’s common stock. Notwithstanding the foregoing and clause (a) above, with respect to any distribution to any holder of shares of Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section IV.3, each holder of shares of Preferred Stock shall receive the amount such holder would receive if all of such holder’s outstanding shares of Preferred Stock were converted into shares of common stock in accordance with Section IV.4 below immediately prior to the event giving rise to the distribution under this Section IV.3 (the “ As-Converted Amount ”) instead of receiving the distribution contemplated to be made with respect to the shares of Preferred Stock in clause (a) above and this clause (b), if such holder’s As-Converted Amount in connection with such distribution would exceed the amount such holder would receive pursuant to clause (a) above and this clause (b) (without giving effect to this proviso) in connection with such distribution.
          (c) Fractional Shares . The Liquidation Preference with respect to each outstanding fractional share of Preferred Stock shall be equal to a ratably proportionate amount of the Liquidation Preference with respect to each such outstanding share of Preferred Stock. The Participation Payment with respect to each outstanding fractional share of Series A Stock, Series A1 Stock and Series B Stock shall be equal to a ratably proportionate amount of the Participation Payment with respect to each such outstanding share of Series A Stock, Series A1 Stock and Series B Stock.
          (d) Mergers, Reorganizations, Etc . (i) The merger or consolidation of the Corporation into or with another corporation or other similar transaction or series of related transactions in which the Corporation’s stockholders of record (or their affiliates) as constituted immediately prior to such transaction or series of related transactions will not, immediately after such transaction or series of related transactions, beneficially own (as determined pursuant to Rule 13d-3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) at least a majority of the voting power of the surviving or acquiring entity, or (ii) the sale of all or substantially all the assets of the

6


 

Corporation (each of the foregoing being referred to herein as a “ Sale of the Corporation ”), will be deemed, at the written request of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of the Series A Stock, a Liquidation for purposes of this Section IV.3.
     4.  Conversion . The rights of the holders of shares of the Preferred Stock to convert such shares into shares of common stock of the Corporation (the “ Conversion Rights ”), and the terms and conditions of such conversion, shall be as follows:
          (a) Conversion .
               (i)  Voluntary Conversion .
          (A) Each share of Preferred Stock and, subject to Section IV.4(c), all unpaid Dividends accrued thereon shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time after the Original Issue Date of such share of Preferred Stock, at the office of the Corporation or its transfer agent, into that number of the fully paid and nonassessable shares of common stock determined in accordance with the provisions of Section IV.4(b) below. In order to convert shares of Preferred Stock and, subject to Section IV.4(c), any unpaid Dividends accrued thereon into shares of common stock, the holder thereof shall surrender the certificate or certificates for such shares of Preferred Stock (or in the case of lost certificates, customary affidavits and agreements regarding such lost certificates), duly endorsed, at the office of the Corporation or its transfer agent, together with written notice to the Corporation stating that it elects to convert the same and (if applicable) that it elects to convert, subject to Section IV.4(c), unpaid Dividends accrued thereon into shares of common stock, and setting forth the name or names it wishes the certificate or certificates for common stock to be issued, and the number of shares of Preferred Stock and (if applicable) the unpaid Dividends accrued thereon being converted. Notwithstanding any other provisions hereof, if a conversion of shares of Preferred Stock or accrued but unpaid Dividends is to be made in connection with any transaction affecting the Corporation, including, but not limited to, a Qualified IPO or a Sale of the Corporation, the conversion of any shares of Preferred Stock or accrued but unpaid Dividends, may, at the election of the holder thereof, be conditioned upon the consummation of such transaction, in which case such conversion shall not be deemed to be effective unless such transaction has been consummated.
          (B) The Corporation shall, as soon as practicable after the surrender of the certificate or certificates (or in the case of lost certificates, customary affidavits and agreements regarding such lost certificates) evidencing shares of Preferred Stock for conversion at the office of the Corporation or its transfer agent, issue to each holder of such shares, or its nominee or nominees, a certificate or certificates evidencing the number of shares of common stock to which it shall be entitled and, in the event that only a part of the shares evidenced by such certificate or certificates are converted, a certificate evidencing the number of shares of Preferred Stock which are not converted. Such conversion

7


 

shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the close of business on the date of such surrender of the shares of Preferred Stock to be converted, and the person or persons entitled to receive the shares of common stock issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder or holders of such shares of common stock at such date and shall, with respect to such shares, have only those rights of a holder of common stock of the Corporation.
               (ii)  Mandatory Conversion .
          (A) Series A Stock . Upon (i) the written consent, or affirmative vote at a meeting, of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series A Stock, consenting or voting (as the case may be) separately as a class, or (ii) immediately prior to the closing of a Qualified IPO (each a “ Series A Mandatory Conversion Event ”), each share of Series A Stock and, subject to Section IV.4(c), all unpaid Dividends accrued thereon, shall be automatically converted by the Corporation into that number of the fully paid and nonassessable shares of common stock determined in accordance with the provisions of Section IV.4(b) below, without any further action on the part of the holders of the Series A Stock. The Corporation will give written notice of a Series A Mandatory Conversion Event to the holders of Series A Stock providing instructions for the surrender of the certificate or certificates (or in the case of lost certificates, customary affidavits and agreements regarding such lost certificates) therefor, and for the election of each such holder to convert any unpaid Dividends accrued on such shares. The mandatory conversion described herein will be deemed to occur on the date of the Series A Mandatory Conversion Event.
          (B) Series A1 Stock . Upon (i) the written consent, or affirmative vote at a meeting, of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series A1 Stock, consenting or voting (as the case may be) separately as a class, or (ii) a Series A Mandatory Conversion Event (each a “ Series A1 Mandatory Conversion Event ”), each share of Series A1 Stock and, subject to Section IV.4(c), all unpaid Dividends accrued thereon, shall be automatically converted by the Corporation into that number of the fully paid and nonassessable shares of common stock determined in accordance with the provisions of Section IV.4(b) below, without any further action on the part of the holders of the Series A1 Stock. The Corporation will give written notice of a Series A1 Mandatory Conversion Event to the holders of Series A1 Stock providing instructions for the surrender of the certificate or certificates (or in the case of lost certificates, customary affidavits and agreements regarding such lost certificates) therefor, and for the election of each such holder to convert any unpaid Dividends accrued on such shares. The mandatory conversion described herein will be deemed to occur on the date of the Series A1 Mandatory Conversion Event.
          (C) Series B Stock . Upon (i) the written consent, or affirmative vote at a meeting, of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of

8


 

Series B Stock, consenting or voting (as the case may be) separately as a class, or (ii) a Series A Mandatory Conversion Event (each a “ Series B Mandatory Conversion Event ”), each share of Series B Stock and, subject to Section IV.4(c), all unpaid Dividends accrued thereon, shall be automatically converted by the Corporation into that number of the fully paid and nonassessable shares of common stock determined in accordance with the provisions of Section IV.4(b) below, without any further action on the part of the holders of the Series B Stock. The Corporation will give written notice of a Series B Mandatory Conversion Event to the holders of Series B Stock providing instructions for the surrender of the certificate or certificates (or in the case of lost certificates, customary affidavits and agreements regarding such lost certificates) therefor, and for the election of each such holder to convert any unpaid Dividends accrued on such shares. The mandatory conversion described herein will be deemed to occur on the date of the Series B Mandatory Conversion Event.
          (D) Series C Stock . Upon (i) the written consent, or affirmative vote at a meeting, of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series C Stock, consenting or voting (as the case may be) separately as a class, or (ii) a Series A Mandatory Conversion Event (each a “ Series C Mandatory Conversion Event ”), each share of Series C Stock shall be automatically converted by the Corporation into that number of the fully paid and nonassessable shares of common stock determined in accordance with the provisions of Section IV.4(b) below, without any further action on the part of the holders of the Series C Stock. The Corporation will give written notice of a Series C Mandatory Conversion Event to the holders of Series C Stock providing instructions for the surrender of the certificate or certificates (or in the case of lost certificates, customary affidavits and agreements regarding such lost certificates) therefor. The mandatory conversion described herein will be deemed to occur on the date of the Series C Mandatory Conversion Event.
          (E) Qualified IPO . A “Qualified IPO” is an initial public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, of the shares of common stock (i) at an offering price per share of not less than three (3) times the Series A Issue Price (appropriately adjusted to reflect stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, consolidations, conversion price adjustments and similar changes hereafter effected), (ii) with gross proceeds to the Corporation and any selling shareholders of at least $30,000,000 (thirty million U.S. dollars), before deducting any applicable underwriting discounts, commissions and expenses and (iii) underwritten on a firm commitment basis by an investment banking firm of national standing.
          (b) Conversion of the Preferred Stock .
               (i) Each share of Preferred Stock shall be convertible at any time after the Original Issue Date of such share of Preferred Stock into the number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of common stock equal to the quotient of (x) the Original Issue Price of

9


 

such share of Preferred Stock being converted divided by (y) the then applicable Conversion Price (as defined below) of such share of Preferred Stock.
               (ii) No fractional shares of common stock shall be issued upon conversion of shares of Preferred Stock. All shares of common stock (including fractions thereof) issuable upon conversion of more than one share of any series of Preferred Stock by a holder thereof shall be aggregated for purposes of determining whether the conversion would result in the issuance of any fractional share. If, after the aforementioned aggregation, the conversion would result in the issuance of any fractional share, the Corporation shall, in lieu of issuing any fractional share, pay cash equal to the product of such fraction multiplied by the greater of (i) the Liquidation Preference with respect to a share of such series of Preferred Stock, or (ii) the fair market value of a share of such series of Preferred Stock as determined in good faith by the Board, on the date of conversion.
          (c) Treatment of Accrued and Unpaid Dividends Upon Conversion . An amount equal to up to 62.5% of the accrued and unpaid Dividends on each share of Series A Stock, Series A1 Stock and Series B Stock may be converted, at the holder’s election, into common stock at the then applicable Conversion Price at the time such share is converted to common stock. In the event of any voluntary or mandatory conversion of a share of Preferred Stock under this Section IV.4, all accrued and unpaid Dividends with respect to such share which are not converted into common stock in accordance with the prior sentence shall be paid by the Corporation in cash out of funds legally available for the payment therefor upon the completion of a Liquidation or a Qualified IPO. Accrued but unpaid Dividends on shares of Series C Stock may not be converted into common stock.
          (d) Conversion Price . The “ Conversion Price ” shall initially be (i) $1.00 with respect to each share of Series A Stock, (ii) $1.00 with respect to each share of Series A1 Stock, (iii) $2.00 with respect to each share of Series B Stock and (iv) $4.50 with respect to each share of Series C Stock, subject to adjustment from time to time as provided herein.
          (e) Adjustment for Stock Splits and Combinations . If outstanding shares of the common stock of the Corporation shall be subdivided into a greater number of shares, or a dividend in common stock or other securities of the Corporation convertible into or exchangeable for common stock (in which latter event the number of shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion or exchange of such securities shall be deemed to have been distributed) shall be paid in respect to the common stock of the Corporation, the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such subdivision or at the record date of such dividend for each of the Series A Stock, the Series A1 Stock, the Series B Stock and the Series C Stock shall be proportionately reduced, and conversely, if outstanding shares of the common stock of the Corporation shall be combined into a smaller number of shares, the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such combination for each of the Series A Stock, the Series A1 Stock, the Series B Stock and the Series C Stock shall be proportionately increased. Any adjustment to the Conversion Price of the Series A Stock, the Series A1 Stock, the Series B Stock or the Series C Stock under this Section IV.4(e) shall become effective at the close of business on the date the subdivision or combination referred to herein becomes effective.

10


 

          (f) Reorganizations, Mergers, Consolidations or Reclassifications . In the event of (i) any capital reorganization, (ii) any reclassification of the common stock (other than a change in par value) or (iii) the consolidation or merger of the Corporation with or into another Person (other than (x) as provided for elsewhere in this Section IV.4 or (y) a Sale of the Corporation) (each of the foregoing being referred to herein as a “ Reorganization ”), each holder of shares of Preferred Stock shall thereafter be entitled to receive, and provision shall be made therefor in any agreement relating to a Reorganization, upon conversion of shares of Preferred Stock the kind and number of shares of common stock or other securities or property (including cash) of the Corporation, or other corporation resulting from such consolidation or surviving such merger, to which a holder of the number of shares of common stock of the Corporation which such shares of Preferred Stock entitled the holder thereof to convert to immediately prior to such Reorganization would have been entitled to receive with respect to such Reorganization; and in any such case appropriate adjustment shall be made in the application of the provisions herein set forth with respect to the rights and interests thereafter of the holders of shares of Preferred Stock, to the end that the provisions set forth herein (including the specified changes and other adjustments to the Conversion Price of such shares of Preferred Stock) shall thereafter be applicable, as nearly as reasonably may be, in relation to any shares, other securities or property thereafter receivable upon conversion of such shares of Preferred Stock. The provisions of this Section IV.4(f) shall similarly apply to successive Reorganizations.
          (g) Sale of Additional Securities .
               (i) If at any time or from time to time the Corporation shall issue or sell Additional Securities (as hereinafter defined), or is deemed by the express provisions of this subsection (g) to issue or sell Additional Securities, other than as a subdivision or combination of shares of common stock as provided in Section IV.4(e) above, for no consideration or for a consideration per share (including any consideration payable to the Corporation upon any conversion, exchange or exercise into common stock) less than the then existing Conversion Price of the Series A Stock, the Series A1 Stock, the Series B Stock or the Series C Stock, then the existing Conversion Price of each such series of Preferred Stock, as applicable, shall be reduced, as of the opening of business on the date of such issuance or sale, to a price determined by dividing (A) an amount equal to the sum of (1) the number of shares of common stock outstanding immediately prior to such issuance or sale (assuming conversion of all then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock into shares of common stock), plus (2) the amount determined by dividing (y) the aggregate consideration, if any, received or to be received by the Corporation upon such issuance or sale, by (z) the Conversion Price of such series of Preferred Stock, by (B) an amount equal to the sum of (1) the number of shares of common stock outstanding immediately prior to such issuance or sale (assuming conversion of all then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock into shares of common stock), plus (2) the total number of Additional Securities so issued, and multiplying the existing Conversion Price that is to be so adjusted for each such series of Preferred Stock by such fraction. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if the holders of the outstanding shares of Series A Stock waive the application of the provisions of this Section IV.4(g) with respect to adjustments to the Conversion Price of the Series A Stock and with respect to any adjustments to the Conversion Price of the Series B Stock and Series C Stock that may also be applicable under this Section

11


 

IV.4(g), such waiver shall be binding upon all holders of Series B Stock and Series C Stock; provided , however , that such waiver with respect to the Conversion Price of the Series B Stock and Series C Stock shall only be effective if and to the extent it is waived entirely for, or results in a comparable adjustment to, the Conversion Prices of each of the Series A Stock, the Series B Stock and the Series C Stock.
               “ Additional Securities ” shall mean all shares of common stock issued or deemed to be issued or issuable by the Corporation, whether or not subsequently reacquired or retired by the Corporation, other than (i) shares of common stock issued upon the conversion of the Preferred Stock, (ii) shares of common stock issued in connection with any stock split or stock dividend, (iii) shares of common stock issued or issuable upon exercise (in accordance with the terms thereof) of the Warrants (as defined below), (iv) shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options or other awards made or denominated in shares of common stock under any of the Corporation’s stock plans for employees, consultants or directors including any stock option, stock purchase, restricted stock or similar plan hereafter adopted by the Board and, if required by applicable law approved by the stockholders of the Corporation, (v) shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of those certain stock options issued to Alfred R. Berkeley on January 9, 2004 and March 11, 2005, Max D. Hopper on October 9, 2002, January 9, 2004 and March 11, 2005 and Jim Malernee on January 9, 2004 and March 11, 2005, (vi) shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options or restricted shares for the purchase of shares of common stock issued from time to time to directors of the Corporation as approved by the Board of Directors of the Corporation and, to the extent applicable, by the holders of the Series A Stock and Series A1 Stock pursuant to Section IV.7, (vii) shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants for the purchase of up to an aggregate of 600,000 shares of common stock issued from time to time to significant customers of the Corporation, and (viii) 5% of the outstanding common stock or common stock equivalents of the Corporation (on a fully diluted basis) issued pursuant to a strategic partnership, joint venture, and similar arrangements, the acquisition of a business (including, without limitation, by way of an acquisition of capital stock) or the assets of a business (which assets do not consist primarily of cash or cash equivalents), research and development agreement, product development or marketing agreement or similar arrangement, in any such case as approved by the Board.
               “ Warrants ” shall mean (i) the warrants to purchase shares of common stock issued on December 30, 2003 in connection with that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger and Recapitalization, by and between the Corporation and RealPage, Inc., a Texas corporation, (ii) the warrant to purchase 450,000 shares of common stock issued to RE-Opt, LLC on March 12, 2004, (iii) the warrant to purchase 50,000 shares of common stock issued to Comerica Bank on May 28, 2004, (iv) the warrant to purchase 25,000 shares of common stock issued to Comerica Bank on March 18, 2005 and (v) the warrant to purchase 150,000 shares of common stock issued to RE3, Inc. on July 26, 2007.
               (ii) For the purpose of making any adjustment in the Conversion Price of the Series A Stock, the Series A1 Stock, the Series B Stock or the Series C Stock or the number of shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Series A Stock,

12


 

the Series A1 Stock, the Series B Stock or the Series C Stock, as provided above, the following provisions shall be applicable:
          (A) In case of the issuance of common stock for consideration in whole or in part for cash, the consideration shall be deemed to be the amount of cash paid therefor before deducting any discounts, commissions or other expenses allowed, paid or incurred by the Corporation for any underwriting or otherwise in connection with the issuance and sale thereof, plus the value of any property other than cash received by the Corporation as determined in accordance with clause (B) below.
          (B) In case of the issuance of common stock for consideration in whole or in part in property or consideration other than cash, the value of such property or consideration other than cash and the common stock to be issued (on a fully diluted basis) shall be deemed to be the fair market value thereof, in each instance as determined in good faith by the Board, regardless of the value used for tax or accounting purposes.
          (C) In case of the issuance of (x) options, warrants, or other rights to acquire or to purchase or to subscribe for common stock (whether or not at the time exercisable), (y) securities convertible into or exchangeable for common stock or (z) options to purchase or rights to subscribe for such convertible or exchangeable securities (whether or not at the time so convertible or exchangeable): (1) the aggregate maximum number of shares of common stock deliverable upon exercise of such options, warrants, or other rights to acquire or to purchase, or to subscribe for common stock (whether or not at the time exercisable) shall be deemed to have been issued at the time such options or rights were issued and for a consideration equal to the consideration (determined in the manner provided in clauses (A) and (B) above), if any, received by the Corporation upon the issuance of such options, warrants or rights plus the minimum purchase price provided in such options, warrants or rights for the shares of common stock covered thereby; (2) the aggregate maximum number of shares of common stock deliverable upon conversion of, or in exchange for, any such convertible or exchangeable securities or upon the exercise of options to purchase, or to subscribe for, such convertible or exchangeable securities and subsequent conversion or exchange thereof shall be deemed to have been issued at the time such securities were issued or such options, warrants or rights were issued and for a consideration equal to the consideration received by the Corporation for any such securities and related options or rights, plus the minimum additional consideration, if any, to be received by the Corporation upon the conversion or exchange of such securities or the exercise of any related options, warrants or rights (determined in the manner provided in clauses (A) and (B) above); (3) upon an increase in the number of shares of common stock deliverable upon conversion of, or in exchange for, any such convertible or exchangeable securities or upon the exercise of options to purchase, or to

13


 

subscribe for, common stock or such convertible or exchangeable securities and subsequent conversion or exchange thereof, the Conversion Price then in effect for such series of Preferred Stock shall thereupon be readjusted to the Conversion Price as would have been in effect for such series of Preferred Stock had the increase been made upon the granting or issuance of such warrants, rights or options or convertible or exchangeable securities (whether or not at the time so convertible or exchangeable); and (4) on the expiration of any warrant, right or option or on the termination of any right to convert or exchange any convertible or exchangeable securities (whether or not at the time so convertible or exchangeable), the Conversion Price then in effect for such series of Preferred Stock shall thereupon be readjusted to the Conversion Price as would have been in effect for such series of Preferred Stock had the adjustment made upon the granting or issuance of such warrants, rights or options or convertible or exchangeable securities (whether or not at the time so convertible or exchangeable) been made upon the basis of the issuance or sale of only the number of shares of common stock actually issued upon the exercise of such options, warrants or rights or upon the conversion or exchange of such convertible or exchangeable securities. No readjustment pursuant to clause (3) above shall have the effect of increasing the Conversion Price of the Series A Stock, the Series A1 Stock, the Series B Stock or the Series C Stock to an amount which exceeds the lower of (x) the Conversion Price of such series of Preferred Stock on the original adjustment date or (y) the Conversion Price of such series of Preferred Stock that would have resulted from any issuance of Additional Securities between the original adjustment date and such readjustment date.
          (h) Certificate of Adjustment . In each case of an adjustment or readjustment of the Conversion Price of the Series A Stock, the Series A1 Stock, the Series B Stock or the Series C Stock, or the number of shares of common stock or other securities issuable upon conversion of the Series A Stock, the Series A1 Stock, the Series B Stock or the Series C Stock, the Corporation, at its expense, shall cause the chief financial officer of the Corporation to compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with this Certificate of Incorporation and prepare a certificate showing such adjustment or readjustment, and shall mail such certificate, by first-class mail, postage prepaid, to each registered holder of such series of Preferred Stock at the holder’s address as shown on the Corporation’s stock transfer books. The certificate shall set forth such adjustment or readjustment, showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based, including a statement of (i) the consideration received or to be received by the Corporation for any Additional Securities issued or sold or deemed to have been issued or sold, (ii) the Conversion Price at the time in effect for such series of Preferred Stock, and (iii) the number of Additional Securities and the type and amount, if any, of other property which at the time would be received upon conversion of such series of Preferred Stock.
          (i) Reservation of Stock Issuable Upon Conversion . The Corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of common stock, solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the shares of Preferred Stock, such

14


 

number of its shares of common stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect a conversion of all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of common stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall promptly seek such corporate action as may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of common stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purpose. All common stock issued upon conversion of any Preferred Stock shall be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.
          (j) Payment of Taxes . The Corporation shall pay all taxes and other governmental charges (other than any income or other taxes imposed upon the profits realized by the recipient) that may be imposed in respect of the issue or delivery of shares of common stock or other securities or property upon conversion of shares of Preferred Stock; provided that, the Corporation shall not pay any taxes or other governmental charge imposed in connection with any transfer involved in the issue and delivery of shares of common stock or other securities in a name other than that of which the shares of Preferred Stock so converted were registered.
          (k) No Impairment . The Corporation shall not amend its Certificate of Incorporation or participate in any reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, for the purpose of avoiding or seeking to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed hereunder by the Corporation, but shall at all times in good faith use its reasonable best efforts, and assist in carrying out all such action as may be reasonably necessary or appropriate in order to protect the conversion rights of the holders of shares of Preferred Stock against dilution or other impairment.
          (l) Minimum Adjustment . No adjustment of the Conversion Price of the Series A Stock, the Series A1 Stock, the Series B Stock or the Series C Stock shall be made if the amount of any such adjustment would be an amount less than 1% of the Conversion Price of such series of Preferred Stock then in effect, but any such amount shall be carried forward and an adjustment in respect thereof shall be made at the time of and together with any subsequent adjustment which, together with such amount and any other amount or amounts so carried forward, shall aggregate an increase or decrease of 1% or more.
          (m) Certain Adjustments . The Conversion Prices of the Series A Stock, the Series A1 Stock, the Series B Stock and the Series C Stock shall not be adjusted upward except in the event of a combination of the outstanding shares of common stock into a smaller number of shares of common stock or in the event of a readjustment of the Conversion Price of such series of Preferred Stock pursuant to Section IV.4(g)(ii)(C).
     5.  Redemption.
          (a) Series A Stock, Series B Stock and Series C Stock Redemption . If the Corporation has not completed a Liquidation or a Qualified IPO on or prior to December 31, 2011, the holders of a majority of the shares of Series A Stock shall have the right, from time to time, to require the Corporation to redeem (a “ Series A Redemption ”) all or any portion of the

15


 

outstanding shares of Series A Stock at the Series A Redemption Price (as defined below); provided, however, if holders of the shares of Series A Stock shall have required the Corporation to redeem 90% or more of the outstanding shares of Series A Stock, the Corporation may redeem the remaining outstanding shares of Series A Stock upon delivery of written notice to the holders of Series A Stock. The holders of shares of Series A Stock seeking redemption shall send written notice (the “ Initial Redemption Notice ”) to the Corporation, the other holders of shares of Series A Stock, the holders of shares of Series B Stock and the holders of shares of Series C Stock, at least one hundred and eighty (180) days prior to the intended date of redemption of such Series A Stock (the “ Series A Redemption Date ”), setting forth the number of shares to be redeemed. Each other holder of shares of Series A Stock may elect to require the Corporation to redeem all or any portion of such holder’s shares of Series A Stock on the Series A Redemption Date at the Series A Redemption Price by delivering a written notice to the Corporation within thirty (30) days of receiving the Initial Redemption Notice. Each holder of shares of Series B Stock may elect to require the Corporation to redeem all or any portion of such holder’s shares of Series B Stock on the Series A Redemption Date at the Series B Redemption Price (as defined below) by delivering a written notice to the Corporation within thirty (30) days of receiving the Initial Redemption Notice (a “ Series B Redemption ”). Each holder of shares of Series C Stock may elect to require the Corporation to redeem all or any portion of such holder’s shares of Series C Stock on the Series A Redemption Date at the Series C Redemption Price (as defined below) by delivering a written notice to the Corporation within thirty (30) days of receiving the Initial Redemption Notice (a “ Series C Redemption ”).
     An “ Event of Default ” shall occur if the Corporation shall default on any two (2) payments of the Redemption Price with respect to the Series A Stock and such default has not been cured within ninety (90) days.
          (b) Series A1 Stock Redemption . If the holders of a majority of the shares of Series A Stock shall have elected for a Series A Redemption, upon (i) the payment of the Series A Base Redemption Price (as defined below) and the Series A Remaining Redemption Price (as defined below) with respect to the Series A Redemption, (ii) in the event of a Series B Redemption, the payment of the Series B Base Redemption Price (as defined below) and the Series B Remaining Redemption Price (as defined below) with respect to the Series B Redemption, and (iii) in the event of a Series C Redemption, the payment of the Series C Base Redemption Price (as defined below) and the Series C Remaining Redemption Price (as defined below) with respect to the Series C Redemption the holders of a majority of the shares of Series A1 Stock shall have the right, from time to time, to require the Corporation to redeem (a “ Series A1 Redemption ” and collectively with a Series A Redemption, a Series B Redemption and a Series C Redemption, a “ Redemption ”) all or any portion of the outstanding Series A1 Stock at the Series A1 Redemption Price (as defined below). The holders of Series A1 Stock seeking redemption shall send written notice to the Corporation, at least one hundred and eighty (180) days prior to the intended date of redemption of such Series A1 Stock (the “ Series A1 Redemption Date ”), setting forth the number of shares to be redeemed.
          (c) Redemption Price . The “ Series A Redemption Price ” per share of Series A Stock shall equal the greater of (i) the Original Issue Price per share of Series A Stock

16


 

plus all accrued but unpaid Dividends and Dividends to accrue (but not paid) through the final scheduled date of redemption of such share of Series A Stock (the “ Series A Standard Redemption Price ”), or (ii) the Fair Market Value per share of Series A Stock (the “ Series A FMV Redemption Price ”). The “ Series A1 Redemption Price ” per share of Series A1 Stock shall equal the greater of (i) the Original Issue Price per share of Series A1 Stock plus all accrued but unpaid Dividends and Dividends to accrue (but not paid) through the final scheduled date of redemption of such share of Series A1 Stock, or (ii) the Fair Market Value per share of Series A1 Stock. The “ Series B Redemption Price ” per share of Series B Stock shall equal the greater of (i) the Original Issue Price per share of Series B Stock plus all accrued but unpaid Dividends and Dividends to accrue (but not paid) through the final scheduled date of redemption of such share of Series B Stock (the “ Series B Standard Redemption Price ”), or (ii) the Fair Market Value per share of Series B Stock (the “ Series B FMV Redemption Price ”). The “ Series C Redemption Price ” per share of Series C Stock shall equal the greater of (i) the Original Issue Price per share of Series C Stock plus all accrued but unpaid Dividends and Dividends to accrue (but not paid) through the final scheduled date of redemption of such share of Series C Stock (the “ Series C Standard Redemption Price ”), or (ii) the Fair Market Value per share of Series C Stock (the “ Series C FMV Redemption Price ”). The “ Fair Market Value ” per share of Series A Stock, Series A1 Stock, Series B Stock or Series C Stock shall be determined by valuing the Corporation on a going concern basis as of the most recent fiscal quarter ended prior to the date that the Initial Redemption Notice is sent to the Corporation, assuming a willing seller and a willing buyer and assessing the fair market value of such series of Preferred Stock, as mutually determined by the Corporation and the holders of at least a majority of all then outstanding shares of Series A Stock, as if there had been a Liquidation pursuant to Section IV.3. If a mutual determination of Fair Market Value cannot be agreed upon by the Corporation and the holders of at least a majority of all then outstanding shares of Series A Stock, the Fair Market Value shall be based upon a valuation of an independent third party duly qualified to perform such valuations chosen by mutual agreement among the Corporation and the holders of a majority of the voting power of all then outstanding shares of Series A Stock. The Fair Market Value of each share of Series A1 Stock, Series B Stock and Series C shall be equal to the Fair Market Value per share of the Series A Stock.
          (d) Payment of the Redemption Price The Series A Redemption Price shall be paid to the holders of shares of Series A Stock in two separate parts: the Series A Base Redemption Price and the Series A Remaining Redemption Price. The “ Series A Base Redemption Price ” shall equal (1) the Original Issue Price per share of Series A Stock, if the Series A Standard Redemption Price is applicable, or (2)(A) the Series A Standard Redemption Price per share plus (B) 50% of the amount by which the Series A FMV Redemption Price per share exceeds the Series A Standard Redemption Price per share, if the Series A FMV Redemption Price is applicable. The “ Series A Remaining Redemption Price ” shall equal (1) all accrued but unpaid Dividends (the “ Series A Remaining Dividends ”), if the Series A Standard Redemption Price is applicable, or (2) 50% of the amount by which the Series A FMV Redemption Price per share exceeds the Series A Standard Redemption Price per share (the “ Series A Remaining FMV ”), if the Series A FMV Redemption Price is applicable. The Series B Redemption Price shall be paid to the holders of shares of Series B Stock in two separate parts: the Series B Base Redemption Price and the Series B Remaining Redemption Price. The “ Series

17


 

B Base Redemption Price ” shall equal (1) the Original Issue Price per share of Series B Stock, if the Series B Standard Redemption Price is applicable, or (2)(A) the Series B Standard Redemption Price per share plus (B) 50% of the amount by which the Series B FMV Redemption Price per share exceeds the Series B Standard Redemption Price per share, if the Series B FMV Redemption Price is applicable. The “ Series B Remaining Redemption Price ” shall equal (1) all accrued but unpaid Dividends (the “ Series B Remaining Dividends ”), if the Series B Standard Redemption Price is applicable, or (2) 50% of the amount by which the Series B FMV Redemption Price per share exceeds the Series B Standard Redemption Price per share (the “ Series B Remaining FMV ”), if the Series B FMV Redemption Price is applicable. The Series C Redemption Price shall be paid to the holders of shares of Series C Stock in two separate parts: the Series C Base Redemption Price and the Series C Remaining Redemption Price. The “ Series C Base Redemption Price ” shall equal (1) the Original Issue Price per share of Series C Stock, if the Series C Standard Redemption Price is applicable, or (2)(A) the Series C Standard Redemption Price per share plus (B) 50% of the amount by which the Series C FMV Redemption Price per share exceeds the Series C Standard Redemption Price per share, if the Series C FMV Redemption Price is applicable. The “ Series C Remaining Redemption Price ” shall equal (1) all accrued but unpaid Dividends (the “ Series C Remaining Dividends ”), if the Series C Standard Redemption Price is applicable, or (2) 50% of the amount by which the Series C FMV Redemption Price per share exceeds the Series C Standard Redemption Price per share (the “ Series C Remaining FMV ”), if the Series C FMV Redemption Price is applicable.
               (i)  Series A Stock . Commencing on the Series A Redemption Date and every three (3) months thereafter (until the payment in full of the Series A Base Redemption Price), the Corporation shall pay to each holder of Series A Stock one-twelfth ( 1 / 12 ) of the Series A Base Redemption Price with respect to each share of Series A Stock which each holder thereof has elected to have redeemed. Upon the payment of each installment of the Series A Base Redemption Price, the Corporation shall issue to the holders of the Series A Stock who have elected to have the Corporation redeem their Series A Stock, a promissory note in an amount equal to the Series A Remaining Redemption Price attributable to the shares of Series A Stock redeemed with such payment.
               (ii)  Series B Stock . Commencing on the Series B Redemption Date and every three (3) months thereafter (until the payment in full of the Series B Base Redemption Price), the Corporation shall pay to each holder of Series B Stock one-twelfth ( 1 / 12 ) of the Series B Base Redemption Price with respect to each share of Series B Stock which each holder thereof has elected to have redeemed. Upon the payment of each installment of the Series B Base Redemption Price, the Corporation shall issue to the holders of the Series B Stock who have elected to have the Corporation redeem their Series B Stock, a promissory note in an amount equal to the Series B Remaining Redemption Price attributable to the shares of Series B Stock redeemed with such payment.
               (iii)  Series A1 Stock . Commencing on the Series A1 Redemption Date and every three (3) months thereafter (until the payment in full of the Series A1 Redemption Price), the Corporation shall pay to each holder of Series A1 Stock one fourth

18


 

( 1 / 4 ) of the Series A1 Redemption Price with respect to each share of Series A1 Stock which each holder thereof has elected to have redeemed.
               (iv)  Series C Stock . Commencing on the Series C Redemption Date and every three (3) months thereafter (until the payment in full of the Series C Base Redemption Price), the Corporation shall pay to each holder of Series C Stock one-twelfth ( 1 / 12 ) of the Series C Base Redemption Price with respect to each share of Series C Stock which each holder thereof has elected to have redeemed. Upon the payment of each installment of the Series C Base Redemption Price, the Corporation shall issue to the holders of the Series C Stock who have elected to have the Corporation redeem their Series C Stock, a promissory note in an amount equal to the Series C Remaining Redemption Price attributable to the shares of Series C Stock redeemed with such payment.
               (v)  Series A Stock Promissory Notes . The promissory notes issuable by the Corporation pursuant to Section IV.5(d)(i) (the “ Series A Notes ”) shall be due and payable one (1) year after the scheduled final installment payment of the Series A Base Redemption Price. The Series A Notes issued with respect to the Series A Remaining Dividends shall bear interest at the rate of 8% per annum, to be compounded quarterly and the Series A Notes issued with respect to the Series A Remaining FMV shall not bear interest. Any Series A Notes received by the holders of the Series A Stock shall be paid ratably among such holders when due.
               (vi)  Series B Stock Promissory Notes . The promissory notes issuable by the Corporation pursuant to Section IV.5(d)(ii) (the “ Series B Notes ”) shall be due and payable one (1) year after the scheduled final installment payment of the Series B Base Redemption Price. The Series B Notes issued with respect to the Series B Remaining Dividends shall bear interest at the rate of 8% per annum, to be compounded quarterly and the Series B Notes issued with respect to the Series B Remaining FMV shall not bear interest. Any Series B Notes received by the holders of the Series B Stock shall be paid ratably among such holders when due.
               (vii)  Series C Stock Promissory Notes . The promissory notes issuable by the Corporation pursuant to Section IV.5(d)(iv) (the “ Series C Notes ” and collectively with the Series A Notes and the Series B Notes, the “ Notes ”) shall be due and payable one (1) year after the scheduled final installment payment of the Series C Base Redemption Price. The Series C Notes issued with respect to the Series C Remaining Dividends shall bear interest at the rate of 8% per annum, to be compounded quarterly and the Series C Notes issued with respect to the Series C Remaining FMV shall not bear interest. Any Series C Notes received by the holders of the Series C Stock shall be paid ratably among such holders when due.
          (e) Redemption Procedure .
               (i)  Series A Stock, Series B Stock and Series C Stock . If at any time after the Series A Redemption Date the funds of the Corporation legally available for redemption of shares of Series A Stock, shares of Series B Stock and shares of Series C Stock

19


 

are insufficient to pay any installment of the Series A Base Redemption Price, Series B Base Redemption Price or the Series C Base Redemption Price, then the Corporation will use those funds which are legally available therefor to make payment of the Series A Base Redemption Price, Series B Base Redemption Price and the Series C Base Redemption Price ratably among the holders of such shares to be redeemed based upon the amounts due to such holders. At any time thereafter when additional funds of the Corporation are legally available for the payment of the Series A Base Redemption Price for the Series A Stock elected to be redeemed, the Series B Base Redemption Price for the Series B Stock elected to be redeemed or the Series C Base Redemption Price for the Series C Stock elected to be redeemed, such funds will immediately be used for payment of the Series A Base Redemption Price, the Series B Base Redemption Price and the Series C Base Redemption Price ratably among the holders of such shares to be redeemed based upon the amounts due to such holders. No dividends or other distributions shall be declared or paid on, nor shall the Corporation redeem, purchase or acquire any shares of, Series A1 Stock or common stock unless the Series A Redemption Price per share of all shares of Series A Stock elected to be redeemed, the Series B Redemption Price per share of all shares of Series B Stock elected to be redeemed and the Series C Redemption Price per share of all shares of Series C Stock elected to be redeemed shall have been paid in full. Until the Series A Redemption Price for each share of Series A Stock elected to be redeemed shall have been paid in full, such share of Series A Stock shall remain outstanding for all purposes and entitle the holder thereof to all the rights and privileges provided herein, including, without limitation, that Dividends thereon shall continue to accrue pursuant to Section IV.2(a)(i) and such shares of Series A Stock may be converted in accordance with Section IV.4. Upon the payment in full of the Series A Redemption Price with respect to the shares of Series A Stock elected to be redeemed, all rights of the holders of shares of Series A Stock as holders of Series A Stock shall cease as to those shares of Series A Stock redeemed, and such shares shall not thereafter be transferred on the books of the Corporation or be deemed to be outstanding for any purpose whatsoever. Until the Series B Redemption Price for each share of Series B Stock elected to be redeemed shall have been paid in full, such share of Series B Stock shall remain outstanding for all purposes and entitle the holder thereof to all the rights and privileges provided herein, including, without limitation, that Dividends thereon shall continue to accrue pursuant to Section IV.2(a)(i) and such shares of Series B Stock may be converted in accordance with Section IV.4. Upon the payment in full of the Series B Redemption Price with respect to the shares of Series B Stock elected to be redeemed, all rights of the holders of shares of Series B Stock as holders of Series B Stock shall cease as to those shares of Series B Stock redeemed, and such shares shall not thereafter be transferred on the books of the Corporation or be deemed to be outstanding for any purpose whatsoever. Until the Series C Redemption Price for each share of Series C Stock elected to be redeemed shall have been paid in full, such share of Series C Stock shall remain outstanding for all purposes and entitle the holder thereof to all the rights and privileges provided herein, including, without limitation, that Dividends thereon shall continue to accrue (if any) pursuant to (and subject to the limitations of) Section IV.2(a)( ii). Upon the payment in full of the Series C Redemption Price with respect to the shares of Series C Stock elected to be redeemed, all rights of the holders of shares of Series C Stock as holders of Series C Stock shall cease as to those shares of Series C Stock redeemed, and such shares shall not thereafter be transferred on the books of the Corporation or be deemed to be outstanding for any purpose whatsoever.

20


 

               (ii)  Series A1 Stock . If at any time after the Series A1 Redemption Date the funds of the Corporation legally available for redemption of shares of Series A1 Stock are insufficient to pay any installment of the Series A1 Redemption Price, then, subject to clause (i) above, the Corporation will use those funds which are legally available therefor to make payment of the Series A1 Redemption Price ratably among the holders of such shares to be redeemed based upon their holdings of Series A1 Stock to be redeemed. At any time thereafter when additional funds of the Corporation are legally available for the payment of the Series A1 Redemption Price for the Series A1 Stock elected to be redeemed such funds will immediately be used for payment of such. No dividends or other distributions shall be declared or paid on, nor shall the Corporation redeem, purchase or acquire any shares of common stock unless the Series A1 Redemption Price per share of all shares of Series A1 Stock elected to be redeemed shall have been paid in full. Until the Series A1 Redemption Price for each share of Series A1 Stock elected to be redeemed shall have been paid in full, such share of Series A1 Stock shall remain outstanding for all purposes and entitle the holder thereof to all the rights and privileges provided herein; provided, however, that Dividends and interest thereon shall cease to accrue on the Series A Redemption Date. Upon the payment in full of the Series A1 Redemption Price with respect to the shares of Series A1 Stock elected to be redeemed, all rights of the holders of shares of Series A1 Stock as holders of Series A1 Stock shall cease as to those shares of Series A1 Stock redeemed, and such shares shall not thereafter be transferred on the books of the Corporation or be deemed to be outstanding for any purpose whatsoever.
               (iii)  Promissory Notes . If the funds of the Corporation legally available for repayment of the Notes issued to the holders of the Series A Stock, the holders of the Series B Stock and the holders of the Series C Stock are insufficient to repay all such outstanding Notes, then the Corporation will use those funds which are legally available therefor to repay the maximum possible amount ratably among the holders of such Notes based upon the amounts due to such holders under such Notes. From and after the issuance of the Notes to the holders of the Series A Stock, the holders of the Series B Stock and the holders of the Series C Stock and until such Notes are paid in full, no dividends or other distributions shall be declared or paid on, nor shall the Corporation redeem, purchase or acquire any shares of, the Series A1 Stock. No dividends or other distributions shall be declared or paid on, nor shall the Corporation redeem, purchase or acquire any shares of, the common stock unless all the Notes shall have been paid in full.
          (f) Prohibited Redemption . The Corporation shall not have the right to redeem any shares of the Preferred Stock, including any fractional share of the Preferred Stock, except as set forth herein and in that certain Amended and Restated Shareholders Agreement, dated on or about the date hereof, by and between the Corporation and certain of its shareholders, as may be amended from time to time.
     6.  Voting Rights.
          (a) General . Subject to the other provisions contained herein, each holder of Preferred Stock shall have full voting rights and powers equal to the voting rights and powers of the holders of common stock, and shall be entitled to notice of any stockholders’ meeting in accordance with the bylaws of the Corporation (as in effect at the time in question)

21


 

and applicable law, and shall be entitled to vote, together with the holders of common stock, with respect to any question upon which the holders of common stock have the right to vote, except as may be otherwise provided by applicable law. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein or as required by law, the holders of Preferred Stock and the holders of common stock shall vote together and not as separate classes.
          (b) Preferred Stock . On all matters put to a vote to the holders of common stock (other than as contemplated in Section IV.6(d)(i) below), each holder of shares of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of common stock into which such shares of Preferred Stock could be converted pursuant to the provisions of Section IV.4 above at the record date for the determination of the stockholders entitled to vote or, if no such record date is established, the date such vote is taken or any written consent of stockholders is solicited.
          (c) Board Size . The authorized number of directors of the Board shall be nine (9). The Corporation shall not alter the authorized number of directors in its Certificate of Incorporation, bylaws or otherwise, without first obtaining the written consent, or affirmative vote at a meeting, of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of the Series A Stock, consenting or voting (as the case may be) separately as a class.
          (d) Voting .
               (i)  Election of Directors . (A) the holders of the Series A Stock, exclusively and voting as a single class, shall be entitled, by a vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series A Stock held by such holders, to elect three (3) of the directors of the Corporation and to exercise any right of removal or replacement of such directors, (B) the holders of the Series A1 Stock, exclusively and voting as a single class, shall be entitled, by a vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series A1 Stock held by such holders, to elect two (2) of the directors of the Corporation and to exercise any right of removal or replacement of such directors, (C) the holders of the common stock, exclusively and voting as a single class, shall be entitled, by a vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock held by such holders, to elect one (1) of the directors of the Corporation and to exercise any right of removal or replacement of such director, and (D) the holders of the common stock and Preferred Stock, voting together as a class, shall be entitled, by a vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock and Preferred Stock held by such holders (determined on an as converted basis), to elect three (3) of the directors of the Corporation and to exercise any right of removal or replacement of such directors.
               (ii)  Event of Default . Notwithstanding anything contained in this Section IV.6(d) to the contrary, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default the holders of a majority of the Series A Stock, exclusively and voting as a single class, shall be entitled to remove three (3) directors elected by the holders of the common stock and Preferred Stock in accordance with Section IV.6(d)(i)(D). At the same time as the removal of such directors the holders of the Series A Stock, exclusively and voting as a single class, shall be entitled, by a vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series A Stock held by such holders, to elect three (3) replacement directors of the Corporation, and to exercise any right of removal or replacement of

22


 

such directors. In the event the holders of the Series A Stock, exclusively and voting as a single class, are entitled to elect members of the Board pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence, the Corporation shall, immediately upon receiving written notice from the holders of the Series A Stock, call a special shareholders’ meeting to be held as soon as possible, but in any event within five (5) days of the date of the notice of such meeting. At such special shareholders’ meeting three (3) directors of the Corporation shall be removed and three (3) directors of the Corporation shall be elected pursuant to this paragraph. When, to its knowledge, any Event of Default has occurred or exists, the Corporation agrees to give written notice within three (3) business days of obtaining such knowledge of such Event of Default to the holders of the Series A Stock. If the holders of the Series A Stock shall give any notice or take any other actions in respect of a claimed Event of Default, the Corporation will forthwith give written notice thereof to all other holders of common stock and Preferred Stock outstanding, describing such notice or action and the nature of the claimed Event of Default.
     7.  Protective Provisions .
          (a) For so long as at least 7,903,125 shares of Series A Stock (appropriately adjusted to reflect stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, consolidations, conversion price adjustments and similar changes hereafter effected) remain outstanding, the Corporation will not, whether directly or through any subsidiary, without first obtaining the written consent or affirmative vote of holders of at least a majority of the shares of Series A Stock then outstanding, voting separately as a class (except where otherwise required by law), take any action with respect to any of the matters set forth in Sections IV.7(a)(i) through IV.7(a)(viii).
               (i)  Liquidation or Sale of the Corporation . Effect any Liquidation or Sale of the Corporation or any merger, consolidation or reorganization of the Corporation (or any similar transaction) or permit any subsidiary to enter into such transaction.
               (ii)  Authorized Shares . Authorize or agree to authorize any increase or decrease in the number of shares of Preferred Stock or common stock, except as provided for herein.
               (iii)  Create New Stock . Authorize, establish, create or issue any additional series of Preferred Stock or any other new class or series of equity securities or any securities convertible into equity securities of the Corporation, in each case which would have a preference over, or be on a parity with, the Series A Stock with respect to dividends or upon Liquidation.
               (iv)  Transactions . Authorize or agree to authorize any acquisition of a business (including, without limitation, by way of an acquisition of capital stock) or the assets of a business, whether with cash (including guaranteed future payments) or securities, issue debt or approve capital expenditures greater that $3,000,000 in aggregate over any twelve (12) month period (excluding capital expenditures approved in the annual budget adopted by the Board and any debt issued pursuant to Section IV.2(a)(iv)).

23


 

               (v)  Directors . Authorize or agree to authorize any increase or decrease in the number of directors of the Corporation above or below nine (9).
               (vi)  Business . Authorize or agree to authorize any substantial alteration of the business of the Corporation from property management software solutions.
               (vii)  Amend Charter or Bylaws . Amend, alter or repeal any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation or Bylaws of the Corporation which would adversely affect any right, preference, privilege or voting power of the Series A Stock or the holders thereof.
               (viii)  Employee Stock Option Plan . Authorize or agree to authorize any increase in excess of 18,000,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options or other awards made or denominated in shares of common stock under any of the Corporation’s stock plans (except to the extent additional options (i) are granted by the Board of Directors to directors exercisable for up to an aggregate of 1,270,000 shares of common stock or (ii) are or were granted by the Board in acquisitions).
          (b) For so long as any shares of Series A Stock issued on December 30, 2003 remain outstanding, the Corporation will not, without first obtaining the written consent or affirmative vote of holders of at least a majority of the shares of Series A Stock then outstanding, voting separately as a class, take any action with respect to any of the matters set forth in Sections IV.7(b)(i) and IV.7(b)(ii).
               (i)  Change the Series A Stock . Materially amend, alter, repeal, impair or change, in any respect, the rights, preferences, powers, privileges, restrictions, qualifications or limitations of the Series A Stock.
               (ii)  Payment on Junior Securities . Declare or pay any dividends or other distributions (other than Permitted Dividends and dividends declared and paid pursuant to Section IV.2(a)(iv)) or redeem, purchase or acquire any shares of Series A1 Stock or common stock other than (A) the purchase or redemption of shares of common stock held by former employees of the Corporation, excluding Stephen T. Winn, up to an aggregate of $2,000,000, provided, that such purchase occurs within one hundred and twenty (120) days of the date on which such employee’s employment with the Corporation ceased or (B) as otherwise described herein.
          (c) For so long as at least 5,050,000 shares of Series A1 Stock (appropriately adjusted to reflect stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, consolidations, conversion price adjustments and similar changes hereafter effected) remain outstanding, the Corporation will not, whether directly or through any subsidiary, without first obtaining the written consent or affirmative vote of holders of at least a majority of the shares of Series A1 Stock then outstanding, voting separately as a class, take any action with respect to any of the matters set forth in Sections IV.7(c)(i) through IV.7(c)(viii).

24


 

               (i)  Liquidation or Sale of the Corporation . Effect any Liquidation or Sale of the Corporation or any merger, consolidation or reorganization of the Corporation (or any similar transaction) or permit any subsidiary to enter into such transaction.
               (ii)  Authorized Shares . Authorize or agree to authorize any increase or decrease in the number of shares of Preferred Stock or common stock, except as provided for herein.
               (iii)  Create New Stock . Authorize, establish, create or issue any additional series of Preferred Stock or any other new class or series of equity securities or any securities convertible into equity securities of the Corporation, in each case which would have a preference over, or be on a parity with, the Series A1 Stock with respect to dividends or upon Liquidation.
               (iv)  Transactions . Authorize or agree to authorize any acquisition of a business (including, without limitation, by way of an acquisition of capital stock) or the assets of a business, whether with cash (including guaranteed future payments) or securities, issue debt or approve capital expenditures greater that $3,000,000 in aggregate over any twelve (12) month period (excluding capital expenditures approved in the annual budget adopted by the Board and any debt issued pursuant to Section IV.2(a)(iv)).
               (v)  Directors . Authorize or agree to authorize any increase or decrease in the number of directors of the Corporation above or below nine (9).
               (vi)  Business . Authorize or agree to authorize any substantial alteration of the business of the Corporation from property management software solutions.
               (vii)  Amend Charter or Bylaws . Amend, alter or repeal any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation or Bylaws of the Corporation which would adversely affect any right, preference, privilege or voting power of the Series A1 Stock or the holders thereof.
               (viii)  Employee Stock Option Plan . Authorize or agree to authorize any increase in excess of 18,000,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options or other awards made or denominated in shares of common stock under any of the Corporation’s stock plans (except to the extent additional options (i) are granted by the Board of Directors to directors exercisable for up to an aggregate of 1,270,000 shares of common stock or (ii) are or were granted by the Board in acquisitions).
          (d) For so long as any shares of Series A1 Stock issued on December 30, 2003 remain outstanding, the Corporation will not, without first obtaining the written consent or affirmative vote of holders of at least a majority of the shares of Series A1 Stock then outstanding, voting separately as a class, take any action with respect to any of the matters set forth in Sections IV.7(d)(i) and IV.7(d)(ii).

25


 

               (i)  Change the Series A1 Stock . Materially amend, alter, repeal, impair or change, in any respect, the rights, preferences, powers, privileges, restrictions, qualifications or limitations of the Series A1 Stock.
               (ii)  Payment on Junior Securities . Declare or pay any dividends or other distributions (other than Permitted Dividends and dividends declared and paid pursuant to Section IV.2(a)(iv)) or redeem, purchase or acquire any shares of common stock other than (A) the purchase or redemption of shares of common stock held by former employees of the Corporation, excluding Stephen T. Winn, up to an aggregate of $2,000,000, provided, that such purchase occurs within one hundred and twenty (120) days of the date on which such employee’s employment with the Corporation ceased or (B) as otherwise described herein.
          (e) For so long as at least 812,500 shares of Series B Stock (appropriately adjusted to reflect stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, consolidations, conversion price adjustments and similar changes hereafter effected) remain outstanding, the Corporation will not, whether directly or through any subsidiary, or indirectly, by means of merger, consolidation, reorganization or otherwise, other than a Liquidation or Sale of the Corporation, without first obtaining the written consent or affirmative vote of holders of at least a majority of the shares of Series B Stock then outstanding, voting separately as a class, amend, alter or repeal any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation or Bylaws of the Corporation which would adversely affect any right, preference, privilege or voting power of the Series B Stock or the holders thereof.
          (f) For so long as any shares of Series B Stock issued on the Original Issue Date of Series B Stock remain outstanding, the Corporation will not, without first obtaining the written consent or affirmative vote of holders of at least a majority of the shares of Series B Stock then outstanding, voting separately as a class, take any action with respect to any of the matters set forth in Sections IV.7(f)(i) and IV.7(f)(ii), whether directly or indirectly, by means of merger, consolidation, reorganization or otherwise, other than a Liquidation or Sale of the Corporation.
               (i)  Change the Series B Stock . Materially amend, alter, repeal, impair or change, in any respect, the rights, preferences, powers, privileges, restrictions, qualifications or limitations of the Series B Stock.
               (ii)  Payment on Junior Securities . Declare or pay any dividends or other distributions (other than Permitted Dividends and dividends declared and paid pursuant to Section IV.2(a)(iv)) or redeem, purchase or acquire any shares of Series A1 Stock or common stock other than (A) the purchase or redemption of shares of common stock held by former employees of the Corporation, excluding Stephen T. Winn, up to an aggregate of $2,000,000, provided, that such purchase occurs within one hundred and twenty (120) days of the date on which such employee’s employment with the Corporation ceased or (B) as otherwise described herein.
          (g) For so long as at least 750,000 shares of Series C Stock (appropriately adjusted to reflect stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, consolidations,

26


 

conversion price adjustments and similar changes hereafter effected) remain outstanding, the Corporation will not, whether directly or through any subsidiary, or indirectly, by means of merger, consolidation, reorganization or otherwise, other than a Liquidation or Sale of the Corporation, without first obtaining the written consent or affirmative vote of holders of at least a majority of the shares of Series C Stock then outstanding, voting separately as a class, amend, alter or repeal any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation or Bylaws of the Corporation which would adversely affect any right, preference, privilege or voting power of the Series C Stock or the holders thereof.
          (h) For so long as any shares of Series C Stock issued on the Original Issue Date of Series C Stock remain outstanding, the Corporation will not, without first obtaining the written consent or affirmative vote of holders of at least a majority of the shares of Series C Stock then outstanding, voting separately as a class, take any action with respect to any of the matters set forth in Sections IV.7(h)(i) and IV.7(h)(ii), whether directly or indirectly, by means of merger, consolidation, reorganization or otherwise, other than a Liquidation or Sale of the Corporation.
               (i)  Change the Series C Stock . Materially amend, alter, repeal, impair or change, in any respect, the rights, preferences, powers, privileges, restrictions, qualifications or limitations of the Series C Stock.
               (ii)  Payment on Junior Securities . Declare or pay any dividends or other distributions (other than Permitted Dividends and dividends declared and paid pursuant to Section IV.2(a)(iv)) or redeem, purchase or acquire any shares of Series A1 Stock or common stock other than (A) the purchase or redemption of shares of common stock held by former employees of the Corporation, excluding Stephen T. Winn, up to an aggregate of $2,000,000, provided, that such purchase occurs within one hundred and twenty (120) days of the date on which such employee’s employment with the Corporation ceased or (B) as otherwise described herein.
          (i) Notwithstanding anything contained in this Section IV.7 to the contrary: (i) the written consent or affirmative vote of holders of at least a majority of the shares of Series A Stock or Series A1 Stock, respectively, will not be required pursuant to Section IV.7(a) or, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, Section IV.7(c) with respect to any issuance of capital stock or debt to the extent that the net proceeds of such issuance are used to redeem outstanding Series A Stock in accordance with the terms of this Certificate of Incorporation; (ii) the written consent or affirmative vote of holders of at least a majority of the shares of Series A1 Stock will not be required pursuant to Section IV.7(c) with respect to any issuance of capital stock or debt to the extent that net proceeds of such issuance are used to redeem all outstanding Series A1 Stock; (iii) the written consent or affirmative vote of holders of at least a majority of the shares of Series B Stock will not be required pursuant to Section IV.7(f) with respect to any actions set forth in Section IV.7(f)(ii) to the extent that the Corporation has obtained the written consent or affirmative vote of holders of at least a majority of the shares of Series A Stock with respect to such actions; (iv) the written consent or affirmative vote of holders of at least a majority of the shares of Series C Stock will not be required pursuant to Section IV.7(h) with respect to any actions set forth in Section IV.7(h)(ii) to the extent that the

27


 

Corporation has obtained the written consent or affirmative vote of holders of at least a majority of the shares of Series A Stock with respect to such actions; (v) the written consent or affirmative vote of holders of at least a majority of the shares of Series B Stock will not be required pursuant to Section IV.7(e) or Section IV.7(f) with respect to any amendment, alteration or change to the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation (including, without limitation, any amendment, alteration or change that materially amends, alters, repeals, impairs or changes, in any respect, the rights, preferences, powers, privileges, restrictions, qualifications or limitations of the Series B Stock), provided that the amendment, alteration or change does not adversely affect any right, preference, privilege or voting power of the Series B Stock in a different manner than any other series of Preferred Stock; and (vi) the written consent or affirmative vote of holders of at least a majority of the shares of Series C Stock will not be required pursuant to Section IV.7(g) or Section IV.7(h) with respect to any amendment, alteration or change to the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation (including, without limitation, any amendment, alteration or change that materially amends, alters, repeals, impairs or changes, in any respect, the rights, preferences, powers, privileges, restrictions, qualifications or limitations of the Series C Stock), provided that the amendment, alteration or change does not adversely affect any right, preference, privilege or voting power of the Series C Stock in a different manner than any other series of Preferred Stock.
     7A. Special Voting Provisions. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Certificate of Incorporation:
          (a) The Corporation shall not amend any right, privilege, preference or voting right of the Series A Stock (including by merger, consolidation or another transaction, except as provided in clause (c) below) so as to adversely affect the holders of Series A Stock and the Series A Stock will not be converted into common stock pursuant to Section IV.4(a)(ii) of this Certificate of Incorporation without (i) the written consent of the holders of 90% of the then outstanding Series A Stock or, (ii) solely if Advance Capital Partners, L.P. and Advance Capital Offshore Partners, L.P. in the aggregate have transferred to persons or entities other than Affiliates thereof more than 60% of the shares of the Corporation’s capital stock held by them as of January 15, 2004 (as adjusted for any combinations, divisions or similar recapitalizations), the approval of all of the directors elected by the holders of Series A Stock, except that any such amendment or conversion shall require the consent of the holders of a majority of the Series A Stock (rather than the 90% requirement stated above) if such amendment or conversion is effected in connection with (a) an issuance of equity or debt securities of the Corporation or (b) an initial public offering of the equity securities of the Corporation or, (c) subject to Section IV.7A(b) below, a merger, consolidation, combination, acquisition or similar transaction with a third party that is not an Affiliate of the Corporation, in each case, so long as the Apax Persons do not participate, individually or collectively, except as holders of Series A Stock, in such issuance, initial public offering or merger, consolidation, combination, acquisition or similar transaction. An amendment which increases the authorized number of shares of preferred or common stock shall not be deemed to adversely affect any of the rights, privileges, preferences or voting rights of the Series A Stock.

28


 

          (b) Without the written consent of the holders of 90% of the then outstanding Series A Stock, the Corporation shall not enter into any merger, consolidation, combination, acquisition (if in connection with or contemplation of such acquisition any action is taken that would (i) adversely affect any right, privilege, preference or voting right of the Series A Stock (including, without limitation, a conversion of the Series A Stock) or (ii) require a vote of any holders of any of the Corporation’s capital stock (or any class or series thereof) other than pursuant to Section IV.7 of this Certificate of Incorporation, whether such vote is required pursuant to law, this Certificate of Incorporation or otherwise) or similar transaction with any person or entity if any Apax Person holds any debt or equity securities of such person or entity or any of such person’s or entity’s Affiliates.
          (c) “ Apax Person ” shall mean each of Apax Excelsior VI, L.P., Apax Excelsior VI-A C.V., Apax Excelsior VI-B C.V., Patricof Private Investment Club III, L.P., each of their respective Affiliates and each respective successor and assign of each of the foregoing. An “ Affiliate ” of a person or entity is any other person or entity that, directly or indirectly, controls or manages, is controlled or managed by, or is under common control or management with the first person or entity, whether through ownership of equity interests, by contract or otherwise. In an issuance of securities by the Corporation, the purchase by Apax Persons, pursuant to their rights as holders of Series A Stock, in the aggregate of a percentage of securities issued in such transaction equal to or less than the percentage of all equity securities of the Corporation (determined on a fully-diluted basis but only including options or warrants which are then currently exercisable) represented by the shares of Series A Stock held by all Apax Persons and the repayment in cash from the proceeds of any transaction of any debt of the Corporation held by an Apax Person shall not mean that the Apax Persons participated, individually or collectively, except as holders of Series A Stock in such issuance.
          (d) If the Corporation offers any Apax Person, and such Apax Person accepts, the opportunity to exchange its Series A Stock for another security of the Corporation, the Corporation will offer in writing at least 20 days prior to the date of such exchange (an “ Exchange Notice ”) all holders of Series A Stock the opportunity to exchange their Series A Stock at the same time and on the same terms. If such exchange offer is conditioned upon the holders of Series A Stock making an additional cash investment in the Corporation but a holder of Series A Stock does not elect to make such additional cash investment, then such holder may use the value (as defined below) of its Series A Stock at such time to purchase the security offered in the exchange at the price of the issued security established by the Corporation. As used herein, “value” means the value per share of Series A Stock determined in good faith by the directors who do not have an interest in such exchange transaction who shall in connection with such exchange offer determine the value of the Corporation prior to such exchange offer on a going concern basis and then determining the amount that the Series A Stock would receive in a liquidation at such value. The price of the new security to be issued in the exchange shall be determined by adding to such Series A Stock value the amount of cash to be paid. Any shares of Series A Stock not exchanged within 90 days of the Exchange Notice shall not be exchanged without the distribution of a new Exchange Notice and further compliance with the terms of this Section IV.7A(d).

29


 

          (e) The provisions of Section IV.7A of this Certificate of Incorporation may not be amended without the written consent of the holders of 90% of the Series A Stock then outstanding.
     8.  Notices of Record Date . Upon (i) any taking by the Corporation of a record of the holders of any class of securities for the purpose of determining the holders thereof who are entitled to receive any dividend or other distribution (other than with respect to dividends declared and paid pursuant to Section IV.2(a)(iv)), or (ii) any acquisition, or other capital reorganization of the Corporation, any reclassification or recapitalization of the capital stock of the Corporation, any merger or consolidation of the Corporation with or into, any other corporation, or any Liquidation, or any other action of the type or types requiring an adjustment to the Conversion Price or the number or character of the Preferred Stock as set forth herein, the Corporation shall mail to each holder of Preferred Stock at least twenty (20) days prior to the record date specified therein a notice specifying (A) the date on which any such record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend or distribution and a description of such dividend or distribution, (B) the date on which any such acquisition, reorganization, reclassification, transfer, consolidation, merger, Liquidation, or other action is expected to become effective, and (C) the date, if any, that is to be fixed as to when the holders of record of common stock (or other securities) shall be entitled to exchange their shares of common stock (or other securities) for securities or other property deliverable upon such acquisition, reorganization, reclassification, transfer, Liquidation, or other action. Such notice shall also set forth such facts with respect thereto as shall be reasonably necessary to indicate the effect of such action (to the extent such effect may be known at the date of such notice) on the Conversion Price and the number, kind, or class of shares or other securities or property which shall be deliverable upon the occurrence of such action or deliverable upon the conversion of Preferred Stock. The notice provisions set forth in this Section 8 may be shortened or waived prospectively or retrospectively by the written consent or affirmative vote of holders of at least a majority of the shares of Preferred Stock then outstanding, voting together as a single class.
     9.  Tax Treatment . The Corporation shall not treat accrued and unpaid Dividends as “dividends” under Sections 301 or 305 of the Internal Revenue Code until such time as the Dividends are actually paid in cash or converted into shares of common stock.
     10.  No Reissuance of Preferred Stock . No share or shares of Preferred Stock acquired by the Corporation by reason of redemption, purchase, conversion or otherwise shall be reissued, and all such shares of Preferred Stock shall be canceled, retired and eliminated from the shares of Preferred Stock which the Corporation shall be authorized to issue. Any such shares of Preferred Stock acquired by the Corporation shall have the status of authorized and unissued shares of Preferred Stock issuable in undesignated series and may be redesignated and reissued in any series other than as Preferred Stock.
ARTICLE V
     The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the board of directors (the “ Board ”) of the Corporation. The number of directors

30


 

constituting the Board shall be fixed by, or in the manner provided in, the Bylaws of the Corporation, provided that such number shall be no less than one.
ARTICLE VI
     To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as the same may be amended from time to time, a director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the DGCL, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. If the DGCL hereafter is amended to authorize the further elimination or limitation of the liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation, in addition to the limitation on personal liability provided herein, shall be limited to the fullest extent permitted by the amended DGCL. Any repeal or modification of this Article by the stockholders of the Corporation shall be prospective only and shall not adversely affect any limitation of the personal liability of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification.
ARTICLE VII
     To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Corporation shall provide indemnification of (and advancement of expenses to) directors and officers and may provide indemnification of (and advancement of expenses to) employees and other agents of the Corporation (and any other persons to which Delaware law permits the Corporation to provide indemnification), through Bylaw provisions, agreements with any such director, officer, employee or other agent or other person, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors, or otherwise. Any repeal or modification of any of the preceding sentence, by amendment of such sentence or by operation of law, shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director, officer, employee or other agent or other person existing at the time of, or increase the liability of any director of the Corporation with respect to any acts or omissions of such director, officer, employee or agent occurring prior to such repeal or modification.
ARTICLE VIII
     In the event that a director of the Corporation who is also a partner or employee of a holder of Preferred Stock or common stock or an entity affiliated with a holder of Preferred Stock or common stock (including a management company providing investment or other management services to a holder of Preferred Stock or common stock) acquires knowledge of a matter in such person’s capacity as a partner or employee of such holder of Preferred Stock or common stock or an entity affiliated with such holder of Preferred Stock or common stock (and other than in connection with such person’s capacity as a director of the Corporation) and such matter may be a corporate opportunity for both the Corporation and such holder of Preferred Stock or common stock, such person shall to the fullest extent permitted by law be considered to have fully satisfied and fulfilled his or her fiduciary duty with respect to such corporate opportunity, and the Corporation to the fullest extent permitted by law waives any claim that

31


 

such matter constituted a corporate opportunity that should have been presented to or reserved for the benefit of the Corporation.
ARTICLE IX
     The Corporation expressly elects not to be governed by Section 203 of the DGCL.
ARTICLE X
     In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by the laws of the State of Delaware, the Board is expressly authorized to make, amend and repeal the Bylaws.
ARTICLE XI
     The Corporation reserves the right to alter, amend or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation in the manner now or hereinafter prescribed by the laws of the State of Delaware. All rights herein conferred are granted subject to this reservation.
(Signature Page Follows)

32


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Restated Certificate of Incorporation on April 12, 2010.
         
     
  /s/ Stephen T. Winn    
  Stephen T. Winn   
  Chief Executive Officer   
 

33

Exhibit 3.3
BYLAWS
OF
REALPAGE, INC.
(A DELAWARE CORPORATION)

 


 

BYLAWS
OF
REALPAGE, INC.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
                 
            Page
 
               
ARTICLE I. OFFICES     1  
 
               
 
  Section 1   Registered Office and Agent     1  
 
  Section 2   Other Offices     1  
 
               
ARTICLE II. MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS     1  
 
               
 
  Section 1   Time and Place of Meetings     1  
 
  Section 2   Annual Meetings     2  
 
  Section 3   Special Meetings     2  
 
  Section 4   Quorum     3  
 
  Section 5   Voting     3  
 
  Section 6   Consent of Stockholders in Lieu of Meeting     3  
 
  Section 7   List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote     4  
 
  Section 8   Stock Ledger     4  
 
  Section 9   Meeting by Remote Communication     4  
 
               
ARTICLE III. DIRECTORS     4  
 
               
 
  Section 1   Number and Election of Directors     4  
 
  Section 2   Vacancies     5  
 
  Section 3   Duties and Powers     5  
 
  Section 4   Meetings     5  
 
  Section 5   Quorum     5  
 
  Section 6   Actions of Board     5  
 
  Section 7   Meetings by Means of Conference Telephone     6  
 
  Section 8   Committees     6  
 
  Section 9   Compensation     6  
 
  Section 10   Interested Directors     6  
 
               
ARTICLE IV. OFFICERS     7  
 
               
 
  Section 1   General     7  
 
  Section 2   Election     7  
 
  Section 3   Voting Securities Owned by the Corporation     7  
 
  Section 4   Chairman of the Board of Directors     8  
 
  Section 5   President     8  
 
  Section 6   Vice Presidents     8  

-i-


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(Continued)
                 
            Page
 
               
 
  Section 7   Secretary     8  
 
  Section 8   Treasurer     9  
 
  Section 9   Assistant Secretaries     9  
 
  Section 10   Assistant Treasurers     9  
 
  Section 11   Other Officers     9  
 
               
ARTICLE V. STOCK     10  
 
               
 
  Section 1   Form of Certificates     10  
 
  Section 2   Signatures     10  
 
  Section 3   Lost Certificates     10  
 
  Section 4   Transfers     10  
 
  Section 5   Record Date     10  
 
  Section 6   Beneficial Owners     11  
 
  Section 7   Legends     11  
 
               
ARTICLE VI. NOTICES     11  
 
               
 
  Section 1   Notices     11  
 
  Section 2   Waivers of Notice     11  
 
               
ARTICLE VII. GENERAL PROVISIONS     11  
 
               
 
  Section 1   Dividends     11  
 
  Section 2   Disbursements     12  
 
  Section 3   Fiscal Year     12  
 
  Section 4   Corporate Seal     12  
 
  Section 5   Books and Records     12  
 
               
ARTICLE VIII. INDEMNIFICATION     12  
 
               
 
  Section 1   Power to Indemnify in Actions, Suits or Proceedings other Than Those by or in the Right of the Corporation     12  
 
  Section 2   Power to Indemnify in Actions, Suits or Proceedings by or in the Right of the Corporation     13  
 
  Section 3   Authorization of Indemnification     13  
 
  Section 4   Good Faith Defined     13  
 
  Section 5   Indemnification by a Court     14  
 
  Section 6   Expenses Payable in Advance     14  
 
  Section 7   Nonexclusivity of Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses     14  
 
  Section 8   Insurance     15  
 
  Section 9   Certain Definitions     15  
 
  Section 10   Survival of Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses     15  
 
  Section 11   Limitation on Indemnification     15  
 
  Section 12   Indemnification of Employees and Agents     15  

-ii-


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(Continued)
                 
            Page
 
               
ARTICLE IX. AMENDMENTS     16  
 
               
 
  Section 1   Amendments     16  

-iii-


 

BYLAWS
OF
REALPAGE, INC.
PREAMBLE
     These Bylaws are subject to, and governed by, the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ Delaware Corporation Law ”) and the certificate of incorporation (“ Certificate of Incorporation ”) of RealPage, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Corporation ”). In the event of a direct conflict between the provisions of these Bylaws and the mandatory provisions of the Delaware Corporation Law or the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, such provisions of the Delaware Corporation Law or the Certificate of Incorporation, as the case may be, will be controlling.
ARTICLE I.
OFFICES
      Section 1 Registered Office and Agent. The registered office and registered agent of the Corporation shall be set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation, as may be amended from time to time.
      Section 2 Other Offices. The Corporation may also have offices at such other places both within and without the State of Delaware as the board of directors (the “ Board of Directors ”) of the Corporation may from time to time determine.
ARTICLE II.
MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS
      Section 1 Time and Place of Meetings. Meetings of the stockholders for the election of directors or for any other purpose shall be held at such times and places, within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting or in a duly executed waiver of notice thereof. The Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that the meeting shall not be held at any place but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication. Stockholders and proxyholders not physically present at a meeting of stockholders may, by means of remote communication, participate in a meeting of stockholders and be deemed present in person and vote at a meeting of stockholders whether such meeting is to be held at a designated place or solely by means of remote communication provided (a) the Corporation shall implement reasonable measures to verify that each person deemed present and permitted to vote by remote communication is a stockholder or proxyholder, (b) the Corporation shall implement reasonable measures to provide such stockholders and proxyholders a reasonable

 


 

opportunity to participate in the meeting and to vote on matters submitted to the stockholders, including an opportunity to read or hear the proceedings, and (c) if any stockholder or proxyholder votes or takes other action at the meeting by means of remote communication, a record of such vote or other action shall be maintained by the Corporation.
      Section 2 Annual Meetings. The Annual Meetings of Stockholders shall be held at such date and at such time as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting, at which meetings the stockholders shall elect by a plurality vote a Board of Directors, and transact such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting. All election of directors shall be by written ballot. The Board of Directors may authorize that the requirement of a written ballot shall be satisfied by a ballot submitted by electronic transmission, provided that any such electronic transmission must either set forth or be submitted with information from which it can be determined that the electronic transmission was authorized by the stockholder or proxyholder. Written notice of the Annual Meeting stating the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting. Any notice given to the stockholders by the Corporation under the Certificate of Incorporation, or these Bylaws shall be effective if given by a form of electronic transmission consented to by the stockholder to whom the notice is given. The consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the Corporation. Any such consent shall be deemed revoked if (a) the Corporation is unable to deliver by electronic transmission two consecutive notices given by the Corporation in accordance with such consent and (b) such inability becomes known to the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Corporation or to the transfer agent, or other person responsible for the giving of notice. Inadvertent failure to treat such inability as a revocation shall not invalidate any meeting or other action. Notice by electronic transmission shall be deemed given (a) if by facsimile telecommunication, when directed to a number at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice; (b) if by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice; (c) if by posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the stockholder of such specific posting, upon the later of (i) such posting and (ii) the giving of such separate notice; and (d) if by any other form of electronic transmission , when directed to the stockholder.
      Section 3 Special Meetings . Unless otherwise prescribed by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation, Special Meetings of Stockholders, for any purpose or purposes, may be called by either (i) the Chairman, if there be one, or (ii) the President, (iii) any Vice President, if there be one, (iv) the Secretary or (v) any Assistant Secretary, if there be one, and shall be called by any such officer at the request in writing of any two members of the Board of Directors or at the request in writing of stockholders owning a majority of the capital stock of the Corporation issued and outstanding and entitled to vote. Such request shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed meeting. No business may be transacted at such Special Meeting other than specified in such request. Written notice of a Special Meeting stating the place, date and hour of the meeting and the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called shall be given not less than five nor more than twenty days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting.

 


 

      Section 4 Quorum . Except as otherwise provided by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation, the holders of a majority of the capital stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of business. If, however, such quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally noticed. If the adjournment is for more than thirty days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote at the meeting.
      Section 5 Voting . Unless otherwise required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any question brought before any meeting of stockholders shall be decided by the vote of the holders of a majority of the stock represented and entitled to vote thereat. Each stockholder represented at a meeting of stockholders shall be entitled to cast one vote for each share of the capital stock entitled to vote thereat held by such stockholder. Such votes may be cast in person or by proxy, but no proxy shall be voted on or after three years from its date, unless such proxy provides for a longer period. The Board of Directors, in its discretion, or the officer of the Corporation presiding at a meeting of stockholders, in his discretion, may require that any votes cast at such meeting shall be cast by written ballot.
      Section 6 Consent of Stockholders in Lieu of Meeting . Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, any action required or permitted to be taken at any Annual or Special Meeting of Stockholders of the Corporation, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing. An electronic transmission consenting to an action to be taken and transmitted by a stockholder or proxyholder, shall be deemed to be written, signed and dated provided that any such electronic transmission sets forth or is delivered with information from which the Corporation can determine (a) that the electronic transmission was transmitted by the stockholder or proxyholder and (b) the date on which the stockholder or proxyholder transmitted the electronic transmission. The date on which the electronic transmission is transmitted shall be deemed to be the date on which such consent was signed. No consent given by electronic transmission shall be deemed to have been delivered until such consent is reproduced in paper form and until such paper form shall be delivered to the Corporation by delivery to the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to the Corporation’s registered office shall be made by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. The Board of Directors may, by resolution, provide that the consent by electronic transmission may

 


 

be delivered to the Corporation’s principal place of business or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded.
      Section 7 List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote . The officer of the Corporation who has charge of the stock ledger of the Corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting, (a) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (b) during ordinary business hours, at the principal place of business of the Corporation. If the list is made available on an electronic network, the Corporation shall take reasonable steps to ensure that the information is available only to stockholders of the Corporation. If the meeting is to be held at a place, the list shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder of the Corporation who is present. If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such a list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting.
      Section 8 Stock Ledger . The stock ledger of the Corporation shall be the only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine the stock ledger, the list required by Section 7 of this Article II or the books of the Corporation, or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of stockholders.
      Section 9 Meeting by Remote Communication . Shareholders may participate in and hold a meeting by means of remote communication, including conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, provided that (a) the Corporation implement reasonable measures to verify that each person deemed present and permitted to vote at the meeting by means of remote communication is a stockholder or proxyholder, (b) the Corporation implement reasonable measures to provide such stockholders and proxyholders a reasonable opportunity to participate in the meeting and to vote on matters submitted to the stockholders, including an opportunity to read or hear the proceedings of the meeting substantially concurrently with such proceedings, and (c) if any stockholder or proxyholder votes or takes other action at the meeting by means of remote communication, a record of such vote or other action shall be maintained by the Corporation. Participation in a meeting by such means shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.
ARTICLE III.
DIRECTORS
      Section 1 Number and Election of Directors . The Board of Directors shall consist of not less than one nor more than nine members, the exact number of which shall initially be fixed by

 


 

the Incorporator. Thereafter, subject to any limitations specified by law or in the Certificate of Incorporation, the number of directors may be increased or decreased by resolution adopted by a majority of the Board of Directors. Except as provided in Section 2 of this Article or the Certificate of Incorporation, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes cast at Annual Meetings of Stockholders by holders of the class or series entitled to vote for such directors, and each director so elected shall hold office until the next Annual Meeting and until his successor is duly elected and qualified, or until his earlier resignation or removal. Any director may resign at any time upon notice to the Corporation. Directors need not be stockholders.
      Section 2 Vacancies . Vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, and the directors so chosen shall hold office until the next annual election and until their successors are duly elected and qualified, or until their earlier resignation or removal. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any class or series is entitled to elect a director to fill any vacancy, only the holders of a majority of such class or series may elect a director to fill such vacancy.
      Section 3 Duties and Powers . The business of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors which may exercise all such powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these Bylaws directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.
      Section 4 Meetings . The Board of Directors of the Corporation may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or without the State of Delaware. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time and at such place as may from time to time be determined by the Board of Directors. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chairman, if there be one, the President, or any director. Notice thereof stating the place, date and hour of the meeting shall be given to each director either by mail not less than forty-eight (48) hours before the date of the meeting, by telephone or telegram on twenty-four (24) hours’ notice, or on such shorter notice as the person or persons calling such meeting may deem necessary or appropriate in the circumstances.
      Section 5 Quorum . Except as may be otherwise specifically provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, at all meetings of the Board of Directors, a majority of the entire Board of Directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board of Directors. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.
      Section 6 Actions of Board . Unless otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all the members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, or by

 


 

electronic transmission and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or electronic transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.
      Section 7 Meetings by Means of Conference Telephone . Unless otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, members of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, or any committee designated by the Board of Directors, may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors or such committee by means of a conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting pursuant to this Section 7 shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.
      Section 8 Committees . The Board of Directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the entire Board of Directors, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of any such committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, and in the absence of a designation by the Board of Directors of an alternate member to replace the absent or disqualified member, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any absent or disqualified member. Any committee, to the extent allowed by law and provided in the resolution establishing such committee, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation. Each committee shall keep regular minutes and report to the Board of Directors when required. The Committees may create one or more subcommittees and may delegate to the subcommittee all or part of the authority granted to the committee.
      Section 9 Compensation . The directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors. Directors deemed by the Board of Directors to be independent directors may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors or a stated salary as director. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings.
      Section 10 Interested Directors . No contract or transaction between the Corporation and one or more of its directors or officers, or between the Corporation and any other corporation, partnership, association, or other organization in which one or more of its directors or officers are directors or officers, or have a financial interest, shall be void or voidable solely for this reason, or solely because the director or officer is present at or participates in the meeting of the Board of Directors or committee thereof which authorizes the contract or transaction, or solely because his or their votes are counted for such purpose if (a) the material facts as to his or their relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the Board of Directors or

 


 

the committee, and the Board of Directors or committee in good faith authorizes the contract or transaction by the affirmative votes of a majority of the disinterested directors, even though the disinterested directors be less than a quorum; (b) the material facts as to his or their relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the stockholders entitled to vote thereon, and the contract or transaction is specifically approved in good faith by vote of the stockholders; or (c) the contract or transaction is fair as to the Corporation as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified, by the Board of Directors, a committee thereof or the stockholders. Common or interested directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Board of Directors or of a committee which authorizes the contract or transaction.
ARTICLE IV.
OFFICERS
      Section 1 General . The officers of the Corporation shall consist of a President, a Secretary, and a Treasurer. The Board of Directors, in its discretion, may also choose a Chairman of the Board of Directors (who must be a director) and one or more Vice Presidents, Assistant Secretaries, Assistant Treasurers and other officers. Any number of offices may be held by the same person, unless otherwise prohibited by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws. The officers of the Corporation need not be stockholders of the Corporation nor, except in the case of the Chairman of the Board of Directors, do such officers need be directors of the Corporation.
      Section 2 Election . The Board of Directors at its first meeting held after each Annual Meeting of Stockholders shall elect the officers of the Corporation who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors; and all officers of the Corporation shall hold office until their successors are chosen and qualified, or until their earlier resignation or removal. Any officer elected by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Directors. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation shall be filled by the Board of Directors. The salaries of all officers of the Corporation shall be fixed by the Board of Directors.
      Section 3 Voting Securities Owned by the Corporation . Powers of attorney, proxies, waivers of notice of meeting, consents and other instruments relating to securities owned by the Corporation may be executed in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation by the President or any Vice President and any such officer may, in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation, take all such action as any such officer may deem advisable to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of security holders of any corporation in which the Corporation may own securities and at any such meeting shall possess and may exercise any and all rights and powers incident to the ownership of such securities and which, as the owner thereof, the Corporation might have exercised and possessed if present. The Board of Directors may, by resolution, from time to time confer like powers upon any other person or persons.

 


 

      Section 4 Chairman of the Board of Directors . The Chairman of the Board of Directors, if there be one, shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors. He shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation, and except where by law the signature of the President is required, the Chairman of the Board of Directors shall possess the same power as the President to sign all contracts, certificates and other instruments of the Corporation which may be authorized by the Board of Directors. During the absence or disability of the President, the Chairman of the Board of Directors shall exercise all the powers and discharge all the duties of the President. The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall also perform such other duties and may exercise such other powers as from time to time may be assigned to him by these Bylaws or by the Board of Directors.
      Section 5 President . The President shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors and, if there be one, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, have general supervision of the business of the Corporation and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors are carried into effect. He shall execute all bonds, mortgages, contracts and other instruments of the Corporation requiring a seal, under the seal of the Corporation, except where required or permitted by law to be otherwise signed and executed and except that the other officers of the Corporation may sign and execute documents when so authorized by these Bylaws, the Board of Directors or the President. In the absence or disability of the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or if there be none, the President shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and the Board of Directors. If there be no Chairman of the Board of Directors, the President shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation. The President shall also perform such other duties and may exercise such other powers as from time to time may be assigned to him by these Bylaws or by the Board of Directors.
      Section 6 Vice Presidents . At the request of the President or in his absence or in the event of his inability or refusal to act (and if there be no Chairman of the Board of Directors), the Vice President or the Vice Presidents if there is more than one (in the order designated by the Board of Directors) shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President. Each Vice President shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors from time to time may prescribe. If there be no Chairman of the Board of Directors and no Vice President, the Board of Directors shall designate the officer of the Corporation who, in the absence of the President or in the event of the inability or refusal of the President to act, shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President.
      Section 7 Secretary . The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board of Directors and all meetings of stockholders and record all the proceedings thereat in a book or books to be kept for that purpose; the Secretary shall also perform like duties for the standing committees when required. The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and special meetings of the Board of Directors, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or President, under whose supervision he shall be. If the Secretary shall be unable or shall refuse to cause to be given notice of all meetings of the stockholders and special meetings of the Board of Directors, and if there be no Assistant Secretary, then either the Board of Directors or the President may choose another officer to cause such notice to

 


 

be given. The Secretary shall have custody of the seal of the Corporation and the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary, if there be one, shall have authority to affix the same to any instrument requiring it and when so affixed, it may be attested by the signature of the Secretary or by the signature of any such Assistant Secretary. The Board of Directors may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the Corporation and to attest the affixing by his signature. The Secretary shall see that all books, reports, statements, certificates and other documents and records required by law to be kept or filed are properly kept or filed, as the case may be.
      Section 8 Treasurer . The Treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the President and the Board of Directors, at its regular meetings, or when the Board of Directors so requires, an account of all his transactions as Treasurer and of the financial condition of the Corporation. If required by the Board of Directors, the Treasurer shall give the Corporation a bond in such sum and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Board of Directors for the faithful performance of the duties of his office and for the restoration to the Corporation, in case of his death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in his possession or under his control belonging to the Corporation.
      Section 9 Assistant Secretaries . Except as may be otherwise provided in these Bylaws, Assistant Secretaries, if there be any, shall perform such duties and have such powers as from time to time may be assigned to them by the Board of Directors, the President, any Vice President, if there be one, or the Secretary, and in the absence of the Secretary or in the event of his disability or refusal to act, shall perform the duties of the Secretary, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the Secretary.
      Section 10 Assistant Treasurers . Assistant Treasurers, if there be any, shall perform such duties and have such powers as from time to time may be assigned to them by the Board of Directors, the President, any Vice President, if there be one, or the Treasurer, and in the absence of the Treasurer or in the event of his disability or refusal to act, shall perform the duties of the Treasurer, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the Treasurer. If required by the Board of Directors, an Assistant Treasurer shall give the Corporation a bond in such sum and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Board of Directors for the faithful performance of the duties of his office and for the restoration to the Corporation, in case of his death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in his possession or under his control belonging to the Corporation.
      Section 11 Other Officers . Such other officers as the Board of Directors may choose shall perform such duties and have such powers as from time to time may be assigned to them by the

 


 

Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may delegate to any other officer of the Corporation the power to choose such other officers and to prescribe their respective duties and powers.
ARTICLE V.
STOCK
      Section 1 Form of Certificates . Every holder of stock in the Corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate signed, in the name of the Corporation (i) by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the President or a Vice President and (ii) by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Corporation, certifying the number of shares owned by him in the Corporation.
      Section 2 Signatures . Where a certificate is countersigned by (i) a transfer agent other than the Corporation or its employee, or (ii) a registrar other than the Corporation or its employee, any other signature on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.
      Section 3 Lost Certificates . The Board of Directors may direct a new certificate to be issued in place of any certificate theretofore issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate, the Board of Directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof; require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or his legal representative, to advertise the same in such manner as the Board of Directors shall require and/or to give the Corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the Corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed.
      Section 4 Transfers . Stock of the Corporation shall be transferable in the manner prescribed by law and in these Bylaws. Transfers of stock shall be made on the books of the Corporation only by the person named in the certificate or by his attorney lawfully constituted in writing and upon the surrender of the certificate therefor, which shall be canceled before a new certificate shall be issued.
      Section 5 Record Date . In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than sixty days nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty days prior to any other action. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting

 


 

of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.
      Section 6 Beneficial Owners . The Corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and to hold liable for calls and assessments a person registered on its books as the owner of shares, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof; except as otherwise provided by law.
      Section 7 Legends . The Board of Directors shall have the power and authority to provide that certificates representing shares of stock bear such legends as the Board of Directors deems appropriate to assure that the Corporation does not become liable for violations of federal or state securities laws or other applicable law.
ARTICLE VI.
NOTICES
      Section 1 Notices . Whenever written notice is required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, to be given to any director, member of a committee or stockholder, such notice may be given by mail, addressed to such director, member of a committee or stockholder, at his address as it appears on the records of the Corporation, with postage thereon prepaid, and such notice shall be deemed to be given at the time when the same shall be deposited in the United States mail. Written notice may also be given personally or by telegram, telex or cable. Without limiting the manner by which notice may otherwise be given effectively to stockholders, any notice to stockholders may be given by electronic transmission in the manner provided in Section 232 of the Delaware Corporation Law.
      Section 2 Waivers of Notice . Whenever any notice is required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, to be given to any director, member of a committee or stockholder, a waiver thereof in writing, signed, by the person or persons entitled to said notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto.
ARTICLE VII.
GENERAL PROVISIONS
      Section 1 Dividends . Dividends upon the capital stock of the Corporation, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting and may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the Corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the Board of Directors from time to time, in its absolute discretion, deems proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends,

 


 

or for repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation, or for any proper purpose, and the Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve.
      Section 2 Disbursements . All checks or demands for money and notes of the Corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers or such other person or persons as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.
      Section 3 Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.
      Section 4 Corporate Seal . The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon the name of the Corporation, the year of its organization and the words “Corporate Seal, Delaware.” The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.
      Section 5 Books and Records . The Corporation shall keep correct and complete books and records of account, shall keep minutes of the proceedings of its stockholders and Board of Directors and shall keep at its registered office or principal place of business, or at the office of its transfer agent or registrar, a record of its stockholders, giving the names and addresses of all stockholders and the number and class of the shares held by each.
ARTICLE VIII.
INDEMNIFICATION
      Section 1 Power to Indemnify in Actions, Suits or Proceedings other Than Those by or in the Right of the Corporation . Subject to Section 3 of this Article VIII, the Corporation shall, to the maximum extent and in the manner permitted by the Delaware Corporation Law or other applicable law, as the same now exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment and unless applicable law otherwise requires, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than such law permitted the Corporation to provide prior to such amendment), indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation) by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was a director or officer of the Corporation serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation,

 


 

and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.
      Section 2 Power to Indemnify in Actions, Suits or Proceedings by or in the Right of the Corporation . Subject to Section 3 of this Article VIII, the Corporation shall, to the maximum extent and in the manner permitted by the Delaware Corporation Law or other applicable law, as the same now exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment and unless applicable law otherwise requires, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than such law permitted the Corporation to provide prior to such amendment), indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was a director or officer of the Corporation serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation; except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.
      Section 3 Authorization of Indemnification . Any indemnification under this Article VIII (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the director or officer is proper in the circumstances because he has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 1 or Section 2 of this Article VIII, as the case may be. Such determination shall be made (a) by a majority vote of the directors who are not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, even though less than a quorum, (b) by a committee of such directors designated by majority vote of such directors, even though less than a quorum, or (c) if there are no such directors, or if such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (d) by the stockholders. To the extent, however, that a director or officer of the Corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding described above, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, he shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection therewith, without the necessity of authorization in the specific case.
      Section 4 Good Faith Defined . For purposes of any determination under Section 3 of this Article VIII, a person shall be deemed to have acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, or, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, to have had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful, if his action is based on the records or books of account of the Corporation or another enterprise, or on information supplied to him by the officers of the Corporation or another enterprise in the course

 


 

of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Corporation or another enterprise or on information or records given or reports made to the Corporation or another enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Corporation or another enterprise. The term “another enterprise” as used in this Section 4 shall mean any other corporation or any partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise of which such person is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent. The provisions of this Section 4 shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the circumstances in which a person may be deemed to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Sections 1 or 2 of this Article VIII, as the case may be.
      Section 5 Indemnification by a Court . Notwithstanding any contrary determination in the specific case under Section 3 of this Article VIII, and notwithstanding the absence of any determination thereunder, any director or officer may apply to any court of competent jurisdiction in the State of Delaware for indemnification to the extent otherwise permissible under Sections 1 and 2 of this Article VIII. The basis of such indemnification by a court shall be a determination by such court that indemnification of the director or officer is proper in the circumstances because he has met the applicable standards of conduct set forth in Sections 1 or 2 of this Article VIII, as the case may be. Neither a contrary determination in the specific case under Section 3 of this Article VIII nor the absence of any determination thereunder shall be a defense to such application or create a presumption that the director or officer seeking indemnification has not met any applicable standard of conduct. Notice of any application for indemnification pursuant to this Section 5 shall be given to the Corporation promptly upon the filing of such application. If successful, in whole or in part, the director or officer seeking indemnification shall also be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting such application.
      Section 6 Expenses Payable in Advance . Expenses incurred by a director or officer in defending or investigating a threatened or pending action, suit or proceeding shall be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as authorized in this Article VIII.
      Section 7 Nonexclusivity of Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses . The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by or granted pursuant to this Article VIII shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any Bylaw, agreement, contract, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or pursuant to the direction (howsoever embodied) of any court of competent jurisdiction or otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, it being the policy of the Corporation that indemnification of the persons specified in Sections 1 and 2 of this Article VIII shall be made to the fullest extent permitted by law. The provisions of this Article VIII shall not be deemed to preclude the indemnification of any person who is not specified in Sections 1 or 2 of this Article VIII but whom the Corporation has the power or obligation to indemnify under the provisions of the Delaware Corporation Law or otherwise.

 


 

      Section 8 Insurance . The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was a director or officer of the Corporation serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him in any such capacity, or arising out of his status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power or the obligation to indemnify him against such liability under the provisions of this Article VIII.
      Section 9 Certain Definitions . For purposes of this Article VIII, references to “the Corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors or officers, so that any person who is or was a director or officer of such constituent corporation, or is or was a director or officer of such constituent corporation serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article VIII with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as he would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued. For purposes of this Article VIII, references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of the Corporation” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director or officer with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation” as referred to in this Article VIII.
      Section 10 Survival of Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses . The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article VIII shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.
      Section 11 Limitation on Indemnification . Notwithstanding anything contained in this Article VIII to the contrary, except for proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification (which shall be governed by Section 5 hereof), the Corporation shall not be obligated to indemnify any director or officer in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person unless such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized or consented to by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.
      Section 12 Indemnification of Employees and Agents . The Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board of Directors, provide rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses to employees and agents of the Corporation similar to those conferred in this Article VIII to directors and officers of the Corporation.

 


 

ARTICLE IX.
AMENDMENTS
      Section 1 Amendments . These Bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed, in whole or in part, or new Bylaws may be adopted by the stockholders or by the Board of Directors; provided, however, that notice of such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption of new Bylaws be contained in the notice of such meeting of stockholders or Board of Directors, as the case maybe. All such amendments must be approved by either the holders of a majority of the outstanding capital stock entitled to vote thereon or a majority of the entire Board of Directors then in office. The fact that such power has been so conferred upon the Board of Directors shall not divest the stockholders of the power, nor limit their power to adopt, amend or repeal Bylaws.
CERTIFICATION
     I, Jim Harrison, Secretary of the Corporation, do hereby certify that the foregoing is a full, true and correct copy of the Corporation’s Bylaws in full force and effect as of December 30 , 2003.
         
     
  /s/ Jim Harrison    
  Secretary   
     
 

 

Exhibit 4.2
Exhibit A
SHAREHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT
     This SHAREHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), dated as of December 1, 1998, is by and among RealPage Communications, Inc., a Texas corporation (the “Company”), Seren Capital Ltd., a Texas limited partnership (“Seren”), Seren Catalyst, L.P., a Texas limited partnership (“Catalyst”), James E. Melson, Jr., Michael W. Munoz, Richard M. Finks, Matthew W. Upton and Ann Howard Smith. The individuals listed on Schedule A hereto and any other individuals or entities who become parties to this Agreement is each sometimes individually referred to herein as a “Shareholder” and collectively are sometimes referred to herein as the “Shareholders.” As used in Article 4 hereof, “Shareholder” or “Shareholders” also includes the Controlling Shareholders (as defined below) and Permitted Winn Transferees (as defined below).
     WHEREAS, the parties have determined that it is desirable to enter into this Agreement governing their relationship with one another.
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, of the mutual promises hereinafter set forth and of other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:
ARTICLE 1.
TRANSFER
     Section 1.1. General Prohibition .
          (a) Each of the Shareholders agrees not to, directly or indirectly, offer, sell, assign, transfer, grant a participation in, pledge or otherwise dispose of any shares of Common Stock, par value $.01 per share, of the Company (the “Shares”) or any interest therein, including, without limitation, any option, warrants or rights (each, a “Transfer”), except in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement. Any attempt to Transfer the Shares not made in compliance with this Agreement shall be null and void and the Company shall not give any effect in the Company’s stock records to such Transfer.
          (b) The parties hereto agree that the Shares may bear a legend as follows:
THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF, AND RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER SET FORTH IN, A SHAREHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT, DATED AS OF DECEMBER 1, 1998, AS AMENDED FROM TIME TO TIME, COPIES OF WHICH ARE ON FILE WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY, AND ARE HELD, AND MAY BE SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED, ENCUMBERED, OTHERWISE GRANTED AS SECURITY OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF, ONLY IN ACCORDANCE THEREWITH. THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR WITH ANY STATE SECURITIES

 


 

COMMISSION, AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED OR DISPOSED OF BY THE HOLDER IN THE ABSENCE OF A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WHICH IS EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 AND APPLICABLE STATE LAWS AND RULES, OR UNLESS, IMMEDIATELY PRIOR TO THE TIME SET FOR TRANSFER, SUCH TRANSFER CAN BE EFFECTED WITHOUT VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 AND OTHER APPLICABLE STATE LAWS AND RULES.
          (c) The provisions of Sections 1.1(a) and 1.2 shall not apply to any of the following Transfers:
               (i) A Transfer from any individual Shareholder to such person’s spouse or children or any trust solely for such Shareholder’s benefit or the benefit of such Shareholder’s spouse or children, provided that such individual Shareholder acts as trustee and retains the sole power to direct voting and disposition of such Shares; provided, further that each such person, including any such trust (each a “Permitted Transferee”) shall execute a counterpart of and become a party to this Agreement and shall agree in writing in form and substance satisfactory to the Company to be bound and becomes bound by the terms of this Agreement;
               (ii) A Transfer pursuant to a public offering of the Shares in accordance with the terms hereof or an open market sale after there is a Public Market for the Shares (as defined below) in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and the other terms hereof;
               (iii) A Transfer pursuant to a merger or consolidation involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries or the sale of all or substantially all of the outstanding Shares; or
               (iv) A Transfer of Shares to the Company by an employee or former employee of the Company.
          The provisions of this Agreement shall be applied to the Shares acquired by any Permitted Transferee of a Shareholder in the same manner and to the same extent as such provisions were applicable to the Shares in the hands of such Shareholder.
          (d) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, nothing in this Agreement shall prohibit or restrict James E. Melson, Jr., Michael W. Munoz, Richard M. Finks, Matthew W. Upton and Ann Howard Smith (the “RealPage Shareholders”) from entering into that certain Indemnification and Security Pledge Agreement by and among the Company and the RealPage Shareholders dated as of December 1, 1998 and the performance of their obligations thereunder.
     Section 1.2. Right of First Offer .
          (a) In the event that a Shareholder shall have a bona tide intent to Transfer any of the Shares or shall receive a bona fide offer to Transfer Shares to a third party, the Shareholder shall

 


 

give written notice (the “Offer Notice”) by postage-paid registered mail to Seren setting forth: (i) that such Shareholder has a bona fide intent to make such a Transfer, (ii) the number of Shares which it desires to sell (the “Offered Shares”); and (iii) the terms and price per Share which shall be the Fair Market Value (as defined below), and any conditions with respect to which a Transfer is proposed to be made; and in said notice shall offer to sell and transfer such Offered Shares to Seren, which offer shall be irrevocable until the expiration of the option period described in Section 1.2(c) hereof. For the purposes of this Section 1.2, the “Fair Market Value” of each of the Shares shall be (i) the price per Share offered by such bona fide third party or (ii) as mutually agreed to by such Shareholder and Seren.
          (b) Seren shall have 30 business days from the date of receipt of the Offer Notice to elect whether or not to purchase all (but not less than all) of the Offered Shares by giving written notice to the Shareholder. The closing of the purchase by Seren of the Offered Shares shall be promptly completed, and in any event within 60 days of the election to purchase by Seren, unless such closing is required to be extended until all regulatory approvals have been obtained. At such closing, the Shareholder shall deliver the Offered Shares to Seren free and clear of all liens and encumbrances, except those rights and obligations imposed by this Agreement, represented by the certificate(s) duly endorsed in blank and accompanied by all other documents necessary for the effective transfer thereof. At such closing, Seren shall deliver to the Shareholder cash, a certified or official bank check or shall pay by wire transfer of immediately available funds the Fair Market Value per Share multiplied by the number of Offered Shares.
          (c) If Seren does not elect to purchase all the Offered Shares or fails to purchase the Offered Shares after exercising its election to purchase, then, for a period of 60 days thereafter, the Shareholder shall be free to sell the Offered Shares to a third party without further compliance with this Section 1.2; provided, that the price per Share in such third party sale shall be at least at the Fair Market Value; and provided, further, that such third party shall be required to execute an undertaking agreeing to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement.
ARTICLE 2.
TAG ALONG RIGHTS
     Section 2.1. Tag Along Rights .
          (a) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, except in the case of (i) Transfers to a Controlling Shareholder or a Permitted Winn Transferee, (ii) transactions subject to Article 3 hereof, (iii) a public offering of Shares in which the Shareholders have registration rights pursuant to Article 4 hereof or (iv) distributions or dividends of Shares by Seren to its partners or Catalyst to its partners, if any Controlling Shareholder proposes to Transfer any Shares, such Controlling Shareholder shall refrain from effecting such transaction unless, prior to the consummation thereof, the Shareholders shall have been afforded the opportunity to join in such sale on a pro rata basis, as hereinafter provided in this Section 2.1.
          (b) Prior to consummation of any such proposed Transfer of Shares, the Controlling Shareholder proposing to make such Transfer (the “Disposing Shareholder”) shall cause

 


 

the person or group that proposes to acquire such shares (the “Proposed Purchaser”) to offer the Shareholders in writing (“Purchase Offer”) to purchase the Shares owned by the Shareholders such that the number of Shares so offered to be purchased from a particular Shareholders shall be equal to the product obtained by multiplying the aggregate number of Shares proposed to be purchased by the Proposed Purchaser by the Shareholder’s Pro Rata Portion. “Pro Rata Portion” means, with reference to any Shareholder at any time, a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of Shares then issued and outstanding and held by such Shareholder, and the denominator of which is the aggregate number of Shares then issued and outstanding. If the Purchase Offer is accepted by the Shareholder, then the number of Shares to be sold to the Proposed Purchaser by the Disposing Shareholder shall be reduced by the aggregate number of Shares to be purchased by the Proposed Purchaser from the Shareholder pursuant thereto. Such purchase shall be made on the same terms and conditions as the Proposed Purchaser shall have offered to purchase Shares to be sold by the Disposing Shareholder. A Shareholder shall have five business days from the date of receipt of the Purchase Offer during which to accept such Purchase Offer, and the closing of such purchase shall occur within 30 days after such acceptance or at such other time as the Disposing Shareholder and the Proposed Purchaser may agree.
          (c) “Controlling Shareholder” means Stephen T. Winn and any entity which is directly or indirectly controlled by Stephen T. Winn, Stephen T. Winn’s spouse or lineal decedents or any trust solely for the benefit of the foregoing.
ARTICLE 3.
DRAG ALONG RIGHTS
     Section 3.1. Required Sale by Shareholders .
          (a) Prior to the establishment of a Public Market for the Shares, if any Controlling Shareholder, together with any other party or parties to this Agreement collectively owning in excess of 50% of the outstanding Shares (a “Controlling Group”) elects to consummate a sale to an unaffiliated third party (i) of all of the Shares then beneficially owned by such Controlling Group, whether by a sale or pursuant to a merger, consolidation or other business combination or otherwise in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, or (ii) of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (any transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) is referred to herein as a “Sale of the Business”) then, such Controlling Group may, at its option, require each other Shareholder (collectively, the “Remaining Shareholders”) to sell all of the Shares (and all securities then convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Shares) beneficially owned by each of the Remaining Shareholders in such Sale of the Business at the same price (net of any consideration still to be paid for Shares upon the exercise of options, warrants or other securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Shares) and on the same terms (including the same form or forms of consideration) and conditions as shall be applicable to the Shares sold by the Controlling Group (the “Drag- Along Terms”).
          (b) Any Controlling Group desiring to exercise the rights specified in this Article 3 shall so exercise by giving written notice to each of the Remaining Shareholders of the intent of

 


 

the Controlling Group to exercise such rights. Such notice (the “Drag-Along Notice”) shall be given not later than the first to occur of (i) the day on which such Controlling Group shall enter into a binding commitment to consummate the Sale of the Business and (ii) 10 days prior to the date upon which a Sale of the Business is proposed to be consummated. Such notice shall specify in reasonable detail the Drag-Along Terms. Upon the request of such Controlling Group, following receipt of such notice each Remaining Shareholder shall sign an agreement for the Sale of the Business with the third party buyer, which agreement shall contain usual and customary terms, provisions, representations and conditions, and such Remaining Shareholder shall be obligated to sell its Shares on the Drag-Along Terms; provided, that such Controlling Group shall not consummate the Sale of the Business if the Shares which the Remaining Shareholders are entitled to sell are not purchased or otherwise paid for on the Drag Along Terms (other than as a result of (i) a breach of this Agreement by a Remaining Shareholder or (ii) the exercise of rights pursuant to Section 3.1(e) hereof).
          (c) At the closing of a Sale of the Business, if required by such Controlling Group, each Remaining Shareholder shall deliver a certificate or certificates for its Shares, free and clear of all encumbrances of any nature whatsoever and duly endorsed or with duly executed stock powers, and shall take any other action reasonably requested by such Controlling Group to consummate the Sale of the Business.
          (d) In connection with any Sale of the Business as contemplated by this Section 3.1, each Shareholder agrees to vote in favor of such Sale of the Business.
          (e) If any Remaining Shareholder does not agree with the Drag-Along Terms, then, within 5 days of the Drag-Along Notice, such Remaining Shareholder can elect, and the Company will cooperate, to have such remaining Shareholder’s shares valued by a written appraisal within 30 days of a person qualified to value such Shares as shall be selected by the Board of Directors, with the consent of the such Remaining Shareholder, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. The appraiser must be qualified by training and experience to perform business appraisals of private corporations. The written appraisal shall determine the value of such Shares, applying a discount of 20% to reflect the minority status of such Shares, as of the date of the Drag-Along Notice, excluding any appreciation or depreciation in anticipation of the Sale of the Business and the appraisal shall be binding upon the Company, Seren, the Shareholders and any assignee or transferee. If the per Share appraisal of such Shares exceeds 10% of the per Share price set forth in the Drag-Along Terms, the Company shall pay or cause to be paid to such Remaining Shareholder such per Share price as determined by the appraisal and reimburse such Remaining Shareholder for the expense of the appraiser’s fee and otherwise the expense of such appraisal shall be paid by such Shareholder.
ARTICLE 4.
REGISTRATION RIGHTS
     Section 4.1. Piggyback Registration .
          (a) After the establishment of a Public Market for the Shares, if the Company at any time proposes to register any Shares under the Securities Act (other than a registration on

 


 

Form S-4 or S-8 or any successor form to similar effect) for sale for cash to the public under the Securities Act, the Company will each such time give written notice to each Shareholder of its intention to so register and of the rights of the Shareholders under this Section 4.1, at least 30 days (the “Notice Date”) prior to the anticipated filing date of the registration statement relating to such registration. Such notice shall offer each such Shareholder the opportunity, subject to Section 4.1(c) hereof, to include in such registration statement the Registrable Shares (as defined in Section 4.1(e) hereof) held by such Shareholder. Upon the written request of any Shareholder made within 10 days after the receipt of the Company’s notice (which request by such Shareholder shall specify the number of Registrable Shares intended to be disposed of by such Shareholder), the Company will use its reasonable efforts to include in the proposed registration all Registrable Shares which the Company has been so requested to register by such Shareholders, to the extent required to permit the disposition of such Registrable Shares so requested to be registered by the Shareholders.
          (b) If, at any time after giving such written notice of its intention to register any Shares and prior to the effective date of the registration statement filed in connection with such registration, the Company shall determine for any reason not to register the Shares, the Company may, at its election, give written notice of such determination to the Shareholders and thereupon the Company shall be relieved of its obligation to register any Registrable Shares requested by any Shareholder to be included in such registration statement pursuant to this Section 4.1.
          (c) If the registration referred to in the first sentence of Section 4.1(a) is to be in whole or part an underwritten registration, and the managing underwriter(s) advise the Company in writing that in their good faith opinion such offering would be materially and adversely affected by the inclusion therein of the number of Shares requested to be included therein, the Company shall include Shares in such registration in the following order (i) first, Shares to be sold by the Company shall be included in the registration and (ii) second, Registrable Shares requested to be included by Shareholders pursuant to Section 4.1(a) shall be included on a pro rata basis based on the relative number of Registrable Shares owned by them.
          (d) The Company shall not be required under this Section 4.1 to effect any “demand” registration or any registration incidental to the registration of any of its securities in connection with mergers, acquisitions, exchange offers, subscription offers, dividend reinvestment plans or stock option or other executive or employee benefit or compensation plans.
          (e) For purposes of this Section 4.1, “Registrable Shares” means all of the Shares beneficially owned by the Shareholders except that Shares shall not constitute Registrable Shares with respect to a proposed offer or sale thereof to the extent that: (i) a registration statement with respect to the sale of such Shares shall have become effective under the Securities Act and such Shares shall have been disposed of in accordance with the plan of distribution set forth in such registration statement or (ii) as of the Notice Date, the Shareholder beneficially owning such Shares has a then-present ability to sell such Shares pursuant to Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, or any successor rule to similar effect (it being agreed and understood that those Shares which cannot be sold at such time because of volume or manner of sale limitations applicable with respect

 


 

to the sale of such Shares pursuant to Rule 144, such successor rules or other applicable securities laws, shall be deemed Registrable Shares).
          (f) The Company will pay all expenses incurred in connection with each registration of Shares pursuant to this Section 4.1, except that each Shareholder having Shares registered pursuant to this Section 4.1 shall pay all fees and expenses of such Shareholder’s counsel and the underwriting discounts, commissions and similar fees, and transfer taxes applicable to the sale of the Shares of such Shareholder included in such registration.
          (g) Each Shareholder making a request for registration pursuant to this Section 4.1 shall (i) furnish to the Company such information regarding its Shares as the Company may request and as shall be reasonably required in connection with any registration and (ii) if requested by the underwriter(s), execute and deliver an underwriting agreement in the customary form of the managing underwriter of such offering and containing such terms and provisions as are customary in transactions of this type.
          (h) The parties hereto agree that the restriction on Transfers set forth in Section 1.1 and the right of first refusal set forth in Section 1.2 shall not be applicable to sales by any Shareholder, and the tag-along rights set forth in Section 2.1 shall not be applicable to any sales by a Controlling Shareholder or any Permitted Winn Transferee, in a public offering pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act as long as such offering results in the establishment of a Public Market for the Shares or there is then a Public Market for the Shares.
          (i) If any registration referred to in the first sentence of Section 4.1(a) is to be in whole or part an underwritten public offering, each Shareholder agrees not to effect any public sale or distribution, including any sale pursuant to Rule 144, or any successor provision, under the Securities Act, of any Shares and not to effect any such public sale or distribution of any other equity security of the Company or of any security convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any equity security of the Company (in each case, other than as part of such underwritten public offering) during the seven days prior to, and during the 90-day period which begins on, the effective date of such registration statement (except as part of such registration); provided , that each Shareholder has received written notice of such registration at least five business days prior to the anticipated beginning of the seven- day period referred to above.
          (j) In the case of each registration contemplated by this Section 4.1, the Company shall keep the Shareholders of Registrable Shares requested to be included in the registration (the “Requesting Shareholders”) advised as to the initiation of proceedings for such registration and as to the completion thereof, and will advise each such Requesting Shareholder, upon request, of the progress of such proceedings. In addition, the Company will follow procedures customarily observed by issuers in registered public offerings, and accord to each Requesting Shareholder all rights (including, without limitation, the right to perform appropriate “due diligence”) customarily accorded to selling Shareholders in secondary distributions and to managing underwriters if the transaction in question is an underwritten public offering. At the expense of the Company, the Company will (a) keep such registration current and effective by such action as may be necessary or

 


 

appropriate, including, without limitation, the filing of post-effective amendments and supplements to any registration statement or prospectus, for such period as is necessary to permit the sale and distribution of the Registrable Shares included in such registration pursuant thereto; provided , that such period shall not exceed 90 days, (b) take all necessary action under any applicable blue sky or other state securities laws to permit such sale and/or distribution, all as reasonably requested by a Requesting Shareholder, (c) comply with applicable requirements of all regulatory entities, including, without limitation, the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., (d) furnish each Requesting Shareholder such number of registration statements, prospectuses, supplements, amendments, offering circulars and other documents incidental thereto as such Requesting Shareholder from time to time may reasonably request, (e) list all Registrable Shares included in such registration on each securities exchange on which shares of the same class are then listed and (f) furnish (or cause to be furnished) to each Requesting Shareholder, all undertakings, agreements, certificates, opinions, financial statements and “comfort letters” of the sort customarily provided to selling Shareholders in secondary distributions and to the managing underwriters if the transaction in question is an underwritten public offering.
          (k) The Company will indemnify, defend and hold harmless each Requesting Shareholder whose Registrable Shares are included in any registration contemplated by this Section 4.1 and each underwriter of such Registrable Shares, and each Person (as hereafter defined), if any, who controls each such Requesting Shareholder and underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act, and their respective directors, officers, employees, agents, advisors and Affiliates (as hereafter defined) (each, an “Indemnified Person”), to the fullest extent enforceable under applicable law against all claims, losses, damages and liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arising out of or based on any untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) of a material fact contained in such registration statement, prospectus, supplement, amendment, offering circular or other document related to any registration, or any omission (or alleged omission) to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and will reimburse each such indemnified Person for any legal or any other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating and/or defending (and/or preparing for any investigation or defense of) any such claim, loss, damage, liability, action or violation; provided , that the Company will not be liable in any such case to any such Indemnified Person if, but only to the extent that, any such claim, loss, damage, liability, action, violation or expense is finally determined to arise out of or result from any untrue statement in or omission from written information furnished to the Company by an instrument duly executed by such Indemnified Person and stated to be specifically for use therein. Each Requesting Shareholder will, if Registrable Shares held by such Requesting Shareholder are included in a registration effected pursuant to this Section 4.1, indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors and officers who signs the related registration statement, and each Person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act, against all claims, losses, damages and liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arising out of or based on any untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) of a material fact contained in any such registration statement, prospectus, supplement, amendment, offering circular or other document, or any omission (or alleged omission) to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and will reimburse the Company and such directors, officers or Persons for any legal or any other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with

 


 

investigating and/or defending (and/or preparing for any investigation or defense of) any such claim, loss, damage, liability or action, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) or omission (or alleged omission) was made in (or omitted from) such registration statement, prospectus, supplement, amendment, offering circular or other document in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by an instrument duly executed by such Requesting Shareholder and stated to be specifically for use therein; provided , that the liability of any such Requesting Shareholder under this Section 4.1(k) shall be limited to the net sales proceeds actually received by such Requesting Shareholder as a result of the sale by it of securities in such registration. The covenants contained in this Section 4.1(k) shall survive the date upon which none of the Shares shall be outstanding and the termination of this Agreement. As used herein, (i) “Affiliate” shall have the meaning given such term under Rule 12b-2 promulgated under the Exchange Act and (ii) “Person” shall mean an individual, a corporation, an association, a joint-stock company, a limited liability company, a business trust or other similar organization, a partnership, a joint venture, a trust, an unincorporated organization or a government or any agency, instrumentality or political subdivision thereof.
          (l) As used herein, a “Public Market for the Shares” shall exist when at least 15% of the Shares then outstanding have been sold pursuant to one or more effective registration statements under the Securities Act, and the Shares are publicly traded in the over-the-counter market or NASDAQ Stock Market or are listed on a national securities exchange.
ARTICLE 5.
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
     Section 5.1. Representations of the Shareholders .
     Each of the Shareholders represents and warrants to Seren and the Company that:
               (i) such Shareholder has all requisite authority and capacity to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform their respective obligations hereunder and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby. This Agreement constitutes a valid and legally binding obligation enforceable against each of the Shareholders in accordance with its terms;
               (ii) the execution and delivery by the Shareholder of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will not violate or result in any material violation of, or a material default under, any material agreement, instrument, license, permit, judgment, order, decree, statute, law, ordinance, rule or regulation applicable to the Shareholder;
               (iii) no consent of any government or governmental authority or third party on any Shareholder’s behalf is required to be obtained in connection with the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated hereby;
               (iv) there are no actions, suits or proceedings pending or threatened against the Shareholders which question the validity of this Agreement; and

 


 

               (v) each Shareholder owns beneficially and of record, directly or indirectly, the Shares set forth opposite his or her name in Exhibit A hereof.
     Section 5.2. Representation of Seren . Seren represents and warrants to the Shareholders that:
               (i) Seren has all requisite partnership authority to execute and deliver this Agreement, to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and to perform its respective obligations hereunder. This Agreement constitutes a valid and legally binding obligation enforceable against Seren in accordance with its terms;
               (ii) the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly authorized by all necessary partnership action on the part of Seren and no other partnership proceedings on the part of Seren are necessary to authorize this Agreement or to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby;
               (iii) the execution and delivery by Seren of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will not violate or result in any material violation of, or a material default under, any material agreement, instrument, license, permit, judgment, order, decree, statute, law, ordinance, rule or regulation applicable to Seren;
               (iv) no consent of any government or governmental authority or third party is required to be obtained in connection with the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated hereby;
               (v) there are no actions, suits or proceedings pending or threatened against Seren which question the validity of this Agreement; and
               (vi) Seren and Catalyst own of record 9,000,000 and 250,000 Shares, respectively.
ARTICLE 6.
MISCELLANEOUS
     Section 6.1. Termination . This Agreement may be terminated by a written instrument signed by all parties hereto. Except for Article IV, this Agreement shall terminate automatically without any further action by the parities upon the establishment of a Public Market for the Shares.
     Section 6.2. Specific Performance . The parties hereto acknowledge that there will be no adequate remedy at law for a violation of any of the provisions of this Agreement and that, in addition to any other remedies which may be available, all such provisions shall be specifically enforceable in accordance with their terms.
     Section 6.3. Assignments . No party hereto may assign any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement without the written consent of the other parties hereto. Notwithstanding the

 


 

foregoing, Seren shall have the right to assign this Agreement to any entity or entities controlling, controlled by, or under common control with Seren.
     Section 6.4. Descriptive Headings . The descriptive headings of the several sections of this Agreement are for convenience only and do not constitute a part of this Agreement.
     Section 6.5. Notices . Each notice or other communication under this Agreement is to be in writing and is to be made by personal delivery or by post to the addressee at the address below, and is to be marked for the attention of the person or office holder (if any), from time to time designated for the purpose by the addressee to the other parties. The initial address and relevant person or office holder of each party is set out below:
     
If to the Shareholders, to:
  At their addresses appearing
 
  from time to time on the books
 
  of the Company
 
   
If to Seren, to:
  Seren Capital Ltd.
 
  2395 Midway Road
 
  Carrollton, Texas 75006
 
  Attn: Stephen T. Winn
     Section 6.6. Binding Effect . This Agreement and all of the provisions hereof shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns, including, without limitation, the estate of any Shareholder.
     Section 6.7. Further Assurances . Consistent with the terms and conditions hereof, each party hereto shall do and perform or cause to be done and performed all such further acts and things and shall execute and deliver all such other instruments, certificates, and other documents as any other party hereto may reasonably require in order to carry out the intent and accomplish the purposes of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.
     Section 6.8. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.
     Section 6.9. Governing Law . This Agreement is to be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas. without reference to the conflict of law provisions thereof.
     Section 6.10. Entire Agreement . This Agreement sets forth the entire understanding and agreement among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all other understandings, negotiations, oral and written agreements among the parties hereto with regard to its subject matter.

 


 

     Section 6.11. Amendment and Modification . No modification or amendment to this Agreement shall be effective unless it is in writing and signed by all parties hereto.
     Section 6.12. Severability . In case any one or more of the provisions or part thereof contained in this Agreement shall for any reason be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement or part hereof, but this Agreement shall be construed in any such jurisdiction as if such invalid or illegal or unenforceable provision or part thereof had been reformed so that it would be valid, legal and enforceable to the maximum extent permitted in such jurisdiction.
[signature pages follow]

 


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Shareholders’ Agreement as of the date first above written.
         
  REALPAGE COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Stephen T. Winn    
  Name:   Stephen T. Winn   
  Title:   Chairman of the Board   
 
  SEREN CAPITAL LTD.

By: Seren Capital Management, L.L.C. General
Partner
 
 
  By:   /s/ Stephen T. Winn    
  Name:   Stephen T. Winn, sole Manager and
President 
 
       
 
  SEREN CATALYST, L.P.

By: Seren Capital Management, L.L.C. General
Partner
 
 
  By:   /s/ Stephen T. Winn    
  Name:   Stephen T. Winn, sole Manager and
President 
 
       
 

 


 

         
     
  /s/ James Melson, Jr.    
  James Melson, Jr.   
     
  /s/ Michael W. Munoz    
  Michael W. Munoz   
     
  /s/ Richard M. Finks    
  Richard M. Finks   
     
  /s/ Matthew W. Upton    
  Matthew W. Upton   
     
  /s/ Ann Howard Smith    
  Ann Howard Smith   
Acknowledgment and Consent of Shareholders’ Spouses :
     The spouses of all Shareholders join in the execution of this Agreement to evidence their knowledge of its existence and their consent to its provisions, and that they desire to bind their interest, if any, in the Shares to the performance of this Agreement. Accordingly, each Shareholder’s spouse agrees that the covenants made in this Agreement will be, and hereby are, accepted as binding on him/her individually and upon all persons ever to claim under him/her. However, the foregoing is not intended to, and will not be construed to, confer or create any interest in the Shares in any Shareholder’s spouse.

 


 

         
     
  /s/ Leslie L. Melson    
  Name Leslie L. Nelson   
  Spouse of James E. Melson, Jr.   
 
  Name
Spouse of N/A
 
 
  /s/ Gwendolyn Finks    
  Name Gwendolyn Finks   
  Spouse of Richard M. Finks   
 
  Name            N/A    
  Spouse of    
     
  /s/ Debra Jean Upton    
  Name Debra Jean Upton   
  Spouse of Matthew W. Upton   
     
  /s/ Wendell Montgomery Smith    
  Name Wendell Montgomery Smith   
  Spouse of Ann Howard Smith   
 

 


 

SCHEDULE A
         
  SHARES BENEFICIALLY
SHAREHOLDERS   OWNED
James E. Melson J
    550,000  
Michael W. Munoz
    50,000  
Richard M. Finks
    50,000  
Matthew W. Upton
    50,000  
Ann Howard Smith
    50,000  
 
       
 
    750,000  

 


 

ORIGINAL
AMENDMENT TO SHAREHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT
     That certain Shareholders’ Agreement of December 1, 1998, (attached hereto as Exhibit A) by and between RealPage Communications, Inc. (new), a Texas corporation and successor in interest to Seren Capital Acquisition Corp., and the following stockholders of RealPage Communications, Inc. (new): Seren Capital Ltd. a Texas limited partnership, Seren Catalyst, L.P., a Texas limited partnership, James E. Melson, Jr., Michael W. Munoz, Richard M. Finks, Matthew W. Upton, and Ann Howard Smith is hereby amended, as of this sixteenth day of July, 1999, so as to add G. Ronald Witten as a party thereto for all purposes thereof.
         
RealPage, Inc. (successor to RealPage Communications, Inc.)    
 
       
/s/ Stephen T. Winn    
     
By:
  Stephen T. Winn    
Its:
  Chairman of the Board    
 
       
Seren Capital Ltd.    
 
       
/s/ Stephen T. Winn    
     
By:
  Seran Capital Management, L.L.C., General Partner    
 
  Stephen T. Winn    
 
  Sole Manager and President    
 
       
Seren Catalyst, L.P.    
 
       
/s/ Stephen T. Winn    
     
By:
  Seren Capital Management, L.L.C., General Partner    
 
  Stephen T. Winn    
 
  Sole Manager and President    
 
       
James E. Melson, Jr.    
 
       
/s/ James E. Melson, Jr.    
     
 
       
Michael W. Munoz    
 
       
/s/ Michael W. Munoz    
     

 


 

         
Richard M. Finks    
 
       
/s/ Richard M. Finks    
     
 
       
Matthew W. Upton    
 
       
/s/ Matthew W. Upton    
     
 
       
Ann Howard Smith    
 
       
/s/ Ann Howard Smith    
     
 
       
G. Ronald Witten    
 
       
/s/ G. Ronald Witten    
     
Additional Acknowledgment and Consent of Shareholder’s Spouse
The spouses of all Shareholders have joined in the execution of the Shareholders’ Agreement to evidence their knowledge of its existence and their consent to its provisions, and that they desire to bind their interest, if any, in the Shares to the performance of the Shareholders’ Agreement. Accordingly, each Shareholder’s spouse agrees that the covenants made in the Shareholders’ Agreement will be, and hereby are, accepted as binding on him/her individually and upon all persons ever to claim under him/her. However, the foregoing is not intended to, and will not be construed to, confer or create any interest in the Shares in any Shareholder’s spouse.
         
/s/ Tish Witten    
     
Tish Witten    
Spouse of G. Ronald Witten    

 


 

JOINDER AGREEMENT
{Ancillary to Asset Purchase Agreement of November 3, 2000}
This Joinder Agreement (this “Agreement”) is entered into on the Closing Date 1 by and between Company and Buyer.
     1.  Premises . The Company and Buyer are parties to the Asset Purchase Agreement. Pursuant to the Asset Purchase Agreement, Company shall receive, at the Closing, Buyer Stock Certificate Number 14 for One Hundred Fifty Thousand (150,000) Shares of $0.01 Par Value Restricted Common Stock of Buyer (“Certificate 14”).
     2.  Agreement . Company agrees to hold Certificate 14 pursuant to the terms and conditions of that certain Shareholders’ Agreement of December 1, 1998, as amended to add additional parties (the “Shareholders’ Agreement”), and attached hereto as Exhibit A . Company agrees that any and all rights in and to Certificate 14 and in the Shares evidenced thereby shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Shareholders’ Agreement.
     3.  Miscellaneous . This Agreement constitutes the sole understanding of the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof. No party is relying upon any statement, writing, document, representation, warranty, covenant, promise, assurance, guarantee, of the like which is not set forth in or attached to this Agreement. This Agreement is executed by the Parties in and shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Texas.
                 
Company
               
 
               
MOBILENEER, LTD.
               
 
               
    By:   Schmidt Interests, L.L.C.,    
        as General Partner of Mobileneer, Ltd.    
 
               
        /s/ Dean Schmidt    
             
 
      By:   Dean Schmidt    
 
      Its:   President    
     
Buyer
   
 
   
REALPAGE, INC.
   
 
   
/s/ Stephen T. Winn
 
By: Stephen T. Winn
   
Its: Chairman of the Board
   
 
1   Defined Terms not defined in this Agreement shall be defined as in that certain Asset Purchase Agreement of even date herewith by and between Company and Buyer (the “Asset Purchase Agreement”).

 

Exhibit 4.3
Execution Copy
SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED
REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT
Dated as of February 22, 2008
by and among
RealPage, Inc. and
the Other Signatories Hereto

 


 

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED
REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT
     THIS SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT, dated as of February 22, 2008 (this “ Agreement ”), by and among (1) RealPage, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), (ii) the Persons (as defined herein) listed on Schedule I annexed hereto under the heading “ Series A Shareholders ,” (iii) the Persons listed on Schedule I annexed hereto under the heading “ Series A1 Shareholders ,” (iv) the Persons listed on Schedule I annexed hereto under the heading “ Series B Shareholders ,” (v) the Persons listed on Schedule I annexed hereto under the heading “ Series C Shareholders ,” (vi) the Persons listed on Schedule I annexed hereto under the heading “ Warrantholders ,” and (vii) such other Persons who have executed or may from time to time execute a counterpart copy of this Agreement and whose names will be added to Schedule I annexed hereto. The Persons described in (ii) through (vii) are sometimes hereinafter referred to as the “ Investors ” collectively and an “ Investor ” individually.
WITNESSETH:
     WHEREAS, as of December 14, 2005, the Company, the Series A Shareholders, the Series A1 Shareholders, the Series B Shareholders and the Warrantholders entered into that certain Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement (the “ Prior Agreement ”);
     WHEREAS, the Company concurrently herewith is issuing to the Series C Shareholders an aggregate of 3,025,000 shares of the Company’s Series C Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “ Series C Stock ”); and
     WHEREAS, the Company and the Investors desire to amend and restate the Prior Agreement as set forth herein to provide a further inducement to the Series C Shareholders to purchase the Series C Stock;
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises and the mutual covenants and agreements contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, intending to be legally bound, the parties hereto agree as follows:
ARTICLE 1.
DEFINITIONS
     SECTION 1.1. Definitions . All terms shall have the meaning set forth below.
     “ Commission ” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission or any other federal agency at the time administering the Securities. Act.
     “ Common Stock ” means the common stock, $0.001 par value per share, of the Company.

 


 

     “ Company ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble of this Agreement.
     “ Controlling Persons ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1 hereof.
     “ Damages ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1 hereof.
     “ Demand Registration ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a)(i) hereof.
     “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any similar federal statute, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect at the time.
     “ Holder ” means any person who now holds or shall hereafter acquire and hold Registrable Securities.
     “ Indemnified Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.3 hereof.
     “ Indemnifying Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.3 hereof.
     “ Investors ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble of this Agreement.
     “ Notices ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.6 hereof.
     “ Person ” means any natural person, corporation, general partnership, limited partnership, proprietorship, other business organization, trust, union or association.
     “ Piggy-Back Registration ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(a) hereof.
     “ Preferred Stock ” shall mean collectively, the Series A Stock, the Series A1 Stock, the Series B Stock and the Series C Stock.
     “ Prior Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals of this Agreement.
     “ Registrable Securities ” means the Warrant Shares and the shares of Common Stock into which the Preferred Stock (now owned or hereafter acquired) are converted or convertible and any additional shares of Common Stock now owned or hereafter acquired by a Holder of Preferred Stock or a Holder of the Warrants, whether by way of a dividend, stock split or other distribution in respect of the Preferred Stock or otherwise. As to any particular Registrable Securities, once issued such securities shall cease to be Registrable Securities when (i) a Registration Statement with respect to the sale of such Warrant Shares or such shares of Common Stock has been declared effective by the Commission and such Warrant Shares or such shares of Common Stock have been disposed of pursuant to such effective Registration Statement, (ii) such Warrant Shares or such shares of Common Stock shall have been sold or could be sold under circumstances in which all of the applicable conditions of Rule 144 (or any similar provisions then in force) under the Securities Act are met, (iii) such Warrant Shares or such shares of Common Stock have been otherwise transferred and the Company has delivered a new certificate or other evidence of ownership for such Warrant

 


 

Shares or such Common Stock not bearing a restrictive legend and not subject to any stop order and such Warrant Shares or such Common Stock may be publicly resold by the person receiving such certificate without complying with the registration requirements of the Securities Act, or (iv) such Warrant Shares or such shares of Common Stock shall have ceased to be outstanding.
     “ Registration Expenses ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.2 hereof.
     “ Registration Statement ” means any registration statement of the Company which covers any of the Registrable Securities pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, including the prospectus, amendments and supplements to such registration statement, including post-effective amendments, all exhibits and all material incorporated by reference in such registration statement.
     “ Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any similar federal statute, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect at the time.
     “ Selling Holder ” means an Investor who is selling Registrable Securities pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act.
     “ Series A Shareholders ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble of this Agreement.
     “ Series A Stock ” means the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Company.
     “ Series A1 Shareholders ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble of this Agreement.
     “ Series A1 Stock ” means the Series A1 Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Company.
     “ Series B Shareholders ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble of this Agreement.
     “ Series B Stock ” means the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Company.
     “ Series C Shareholders ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble of this Agreement.
     “ Series C Stock ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals of this Agreement.
     “ Short-Form Demand Registration ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a)(ii) hereof.
     “ Underwriter ” means a securities dealer who purchases any Registrable Securities as principal in an underwritten offering and not as part of such dealer’s market-making activities.
     “ Warrant Shares ” means the shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon exercise of the Warrants in accordance with the terms of the Warrants.

 


 

     “ Warrantholders ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble of this Agreement.
     “ Warrants ” means the warrants exercisable to purchase shares of Common Stock, issued in connection with that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger and Recapitalization, by and between the Company and RealPage, Inc., a Texas corporation.
ARTICLE 2.
REGISTRATION RIGHTS
     SECTION 2.1. Demand Registration .
          (a) Request for Registration by Holders of Registrable Securities .
               (i) At any time and from time to time (i) after the closing of an underwritten primary public offering of Common Stock of the Company pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act or (ii) after December 31, 2009 the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of the Series A Stock and the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of the Series A1 Stock may each make written requests on the Company for the registration of the offer and sale of all or part of the Registrable Securities under the Securities Act (a “ Demand Registration ”) if the Registrable Securities to be registered have an aggregate market value (based upon the offering price to the public) equal to at least $10,000,000. Subject to the restrictions contained herein, the Company shall be obligated to file the number of registration statements set forth in Section 2.1(f), which are deemed effective pursuant to Section 2.1(c) hereof under the Securities Act with respect to a Demand Registration.
               (ii) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 2.1(a)(i), if the Registrable Securities may be registered on Form S-3 (or any successor form with similar “short-form” disclosure requirements, all of the Holders shall have unlimited rights to request registration of their shares on Form S-3 (or any successor form with similar “short form” disclosure requirements) (a “ Short-Form Demand Registration ”); provided however, the Company shall not be required to file more than two (2) such Form S-3 (or such successor form) registration statements in any twelve (12) month period; and, provided further, that the Company shall have no obligation to effect any Short-Form Demand Registration unless the Registrable Securities to be registered have an aggregate market value (based upon the offering price to the public) equal to at least $2,500,000.
               (iii) Any registration request under this Section 2.1(a) will specify the number of shares of Registrable Securities proposed to be sold by each Holder, the name of each Holder and will also specify the intended method of disposition thereof. The Company shall give written notice of such registration request within ten (10) days after the receipt thereof to all other Holders of Registrable Securities and shall use its best efforts to effect the registration within ninety (90) days after the giving of such written notice. Within twenty (20) days after receipt of such notice by any such Holder, such Holder may request in writing that Registrable Securities held, beneficially or of record, by such Holder be included in such registration and the Company shall include in the Registration Statement for such registration the Registrable Securities of all Holders requested to be

 


 

so included. Each such request by such other Holders shall specify the number of shares of Registrable Securities proposed to be sold and the intended method of disposition thereof and shall also state the firm intent of such Holder to offer Registrable Securities for sale.
          (b) Limitations . Except as otherwise provided herein, whenever the Company shall effect a Demand Registration or Short-Form Demand Registration pursuant to Section 2.1(a), no securities other than the Registrable Securities requested by any Holder (including pursuant to Section 2.2) to be included shall be included among the securities covered by such registration unless all Holders of Registrable Securities to be covered by such registration shall have consented in writing to the inclusion of securities to be issued by the Company or securities held by other stockholders of the Company.
          (c) Effective Registration . A registration will not be deemed to have been effected as a Demand Registration unless it has been declared effective by the Commission and the Company has complied in all material respects with its obligations under this Agreement with respect thereto; provided that if, after it has become effective, the offering of shares of Common Stock pursuant to such registration is or becomes the subject of any stop order, injunction or other order or requirement of the Commission or any other governmental or administrative agency, or if any court prevents or otherwise limits the sale of the shares of Common Stock pursuant to the registration at any time within 180 days after the effective date of the registration statement, such registration will be deemed not to have been effected. If (i) a registration requested pursuant to this Section 2.1 is deemed not to have been effected or (ii) the registration requested pursuant to this Section 2.1 does not remain effective for a period of at least 120 days beyond the effective date thereof or, with respect to an underwritten offering of Registrable Securities, until 45 days after the commencement of the distribution by the Holders of the Registrable Securities included in such registration statement, then the Company shall continue to be obligated to effect such registration pursuant to this Section 2.1. Any Holder of Registrable Securities shall be permitted to withdraw all or any part of such Holder’s Registrable Securities from a Demand Registration or a Short-Form Demand Registration at any time prior to the effective date of such registration, provided , that in the event of such a withdrawal, such Holder shall be responsible for all fees and expenses (including fees and expenses of counsel) incurred by such Holder prior to such withdrawal, and further provided , that, in the event of such a withdrawal by the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of the Series A Stock or the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Series A1 Stock, as the case may be, such withdrawal shall nonetheless count as a Demand Registration under Section 2.1(f) unless such withdrawing Holder(s) agree(s) to be responsible for all reasonable fees and expenses (including reasonable fees and expenses of counsel) incurred by the Company prior to such withdrawal, and further provided , that if at the time of such withdrawal, the Selling Holders have learned of a material adverse change in the condition, business, or prospects of the Company from that known to the Selling Holders at the time of their request and have withdrawn the request with reasonable promptness following disclosure of such material adverse change, then the Selling Holders shall not be required to pay any of such expenses and such withdrawal shall not count as a Demand Registration under Section 2.1(f).

 


 

          (d) Selection of Underwriter . If the Selling Holders so elect, the offering of such Registrable Securities pursuant to such Demand Registration or Short-Form Demand Registration shall be in the form of an underwritten offering. The Selling Holders owning a majority of the Common Stock to be sold pursuant to such Demand Registration or Short-Form Demand Registration shall select one or more nationally recognized firms of investment bankers reasonably acceptable to the Company to act as the lead managing Underwriter or Underwriters in connection with such offering and shall select any additional investment bankers and managers to be used in connection with the offering.
          (e) Restrictions .
               (i) Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, in no event shall the Company be obligated to effect any registration of any Registrable Securities (a “ New Registration ”) under this Agreement if such Registrable Securities are then covered by an effective registration statement (an “ Existing Registration ”) unless the Holder thereof agrees to relinquish the Existing Registration upon the effectiveness of the New Registration.
               (ii) Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, in no event shall the Company be obligated to effect any New Registration under this Agreement within six (6) months of the effective date of an initial public offering of Common Stock of the Company.
               (iii) If at the time of any request for a Demand Registration or Short-Form Demand Registration, the Company is preparing a Registration Statement for a public offering (other than a registration covering shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to an employee benefit plan) which in fact is filed and becomes effective within 90 days after the date the Holders made the request for a Demand Registration or Short-Form Demand Registration, then the Company may, at its option direct that such request for registration be delayed for a period not in excess of 120 days from the date of such request.
               (iv) If at the time of any request for a Demand Registration or Short-Form Demand Registration, the Company is engaged in any material acquisition or divestiture or other business transaction with a third party which (i) would be adversely affected by such request to register Registrable Securities to the material detriment of the Company or (ii) which Demand Registration or Short-Form Demand Registration would require the Company to make public disclosure of previously non-public material information, then the Company may direct that such request for registration be delayed for a reasonable period of time (but not exceeding 90 days within any 12-month period); provided, that such right to delay a request shall be exercised by the Company not more than once in any 12 month period.
          (f) Number of Demand Registrations . Subject to this Section 2.1, the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Series A Stock shall be entitled to initiate two (2) Demand Registrations (excluding Short-Form Demand Registrations) and the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Series A1 Stock shall be entitled to initiate one (1) Demand Registration (excluding Short-Form Demand Registrations).

 


 

     SECTION 2.2. Piggy-Back Registration .
          (a) If at any time the Company proposes to file a registration statement under the Securities Act with respect to an offering by the Company for its own account or for the account of any of its respective security holders (other than (i) a Registration Statement on Form S-4 or S-8 (or any substitute form that may be adopted by the Commission) or (ii) a Demand Registration or Short-Form Demand Registration pursuant to Section 2.1), then the Company shall give prompt written notice of such proposed filing to the Holders of Registrable Securities as soon as practicable (but in no event less than twenty (20) days before the anticipated filing date), and such notice shall offer such Holders the opportunity to register such number of Registrable Securities as each such Holder may request (which request shall specify the Registrable Securities intended to be disposed of by such Holder and the intended method of distribution thereof) (a “ Piggy-Back Registration ”). The Company shall use its best efforts to cause the managing Underwriter or Underwriters of a proposed underwritten offering to permit the Registrable Securities requested to be included in a Piggy-Back Registration to be included on the same terms and conditions as any similar securities of the Company or any other security holder included therein and to permit the sale or other disposition of such Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended method of distribution thereof. Any Holder shall have the right to withdraw its request for inclusion of its Registrable Securities in any Registration Statement pursuant to this Section 2.2 by giving written notice to the Company of its request to withdraw, provided , that in the event of such withdrawal, such Holder shall be responsible for all fees and expenses (including fees and expenses of counsel) incurred by such Holder prior to such withdrawal, and provided further , that if at the time of such withdrawal, such Holders have learned of a material adverse change in the condition, business, or prospects of the Company from that known to such Holders at the time of their request and have withdrawn the request with reasonable promptness following disclosure of such material adverse change, then such Holders shall not be required to pay any of such expenses.
          (b) No registration effected under this Section 2.2, and no failure to effect a registration under this Section 2.2, shall relieve the Company of its obligation to effect a registration upon the request of Holders pursuant to Section 2.1, and no failure to effect a registration under this Section 2.2 and to complete the sale of Registrable Securities in connection therewith (other than a failure due to the withdrawal by Holders), shall relieve the Company of any other obligation under this Agreement (including, without limitation, the Company’s obligations under Sections 3.2 and 4.1).
     SECTION 2.3. Reduction of Offering .
          (a) Demand Registration . The Company may include in a Demand Registration or Short-Form Demand Registration pursuant to Section 2.1 securities of the same class as the Registrable Securities for the account of the Company and any other Persons who hold securities of the same class as the Registrable Securities on the same terms and conditions as the Registrable Securities to be included therein; provided , however , that (i) if the managing Underwriter or Underwriters of any underwritten offering described in Section 2.1 have informed the Company in writing that it is their opinion that the total number of Registrable Securities, and securities of the

 


 

same class as the Registrable Securities which the Holders, the Company and any other Persons desiring to participate in such registration intend to include in such offering is such as to materially and adversely affect the success of such offering, then the number of shares to be offered for the account of the Company and for the account of all such other Persons (other than the Holders of Registrable Securities) participating in such registration shall be reduced or limited pro rata in proportion to the respective number of shares requested to be registered to the extent necessary to reduce the total number of shares requested to be included in such offering to the number of shares, if any, recommended by such managing Underwriter or Underwriters, (ii) if, in the event that following a reduction or limitation pursuant to the preceding clause (i) of all the securities which the Company and such other Persons intended to include in such offering, the managing Underwriter or Underwriters inform the Company in writing that the total number of Registrable Securities which the holders thereof intend to include in such offering is such as to materially and adversely affect the success of such offering, then the number of shares to be offered for the account of the holders of Registrable Securities participating in such offering shall be reduced or limited pro rata in proportion to their respective total number of Registrable Securities owned by such Holders, to the extent necessary to reduce the total number of shares requested to be included in such offering to the number of shares, if any, recommended by such managing Underwriter or Underwriters, (iii) if the managing Underwriter or Underwriters of any underwritten offering described in Section 2.1 have informed the Company or Investors in writing that it is their opinion that the inclusion of Registrable Securities owned, directly or indirectly, by Stephen T. Winn would materially and adversely affect the success of such offering, then the portion of such Registrable Securities deemed to have such effect shall be excluded from such offering, and (iv) if the offering is not underwritten, no other Person, including the Company, shall be permitted to offer securities under any such Demand Registration or Short-Form Demand Registration unless the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities participating in the offering consent to the inclusion of such shares therein.
          (b) Piggy-Back Registration . Notwithstanding anything contained herein, (i) if the managing Underwriter or Underwriters of any underwritten offering described in Section 2.2 have informed, in writing, the Holders requesting inclusion in such offering that it is their opinion that the total number of shares which the Company, Holders and any other Persons holding securities of the same class as the Registrable Securities desiring to participate in such registration intend to include in such offering is such as to materially and adversely affect the success of such offering, then, the number of shares to be offered shall be reduced or limited in the following order of priority: first, the number of shares to be offered by all holders of securities of the same class as the Registrable Securities (other than the Company and the Holders) to the extent necessary to reduce the total number of shares as recommended by such managing Underwriter or Underwriters; and second, if further reduction or limitation is required, the number of shares to be offered by the Holders of Registrable Securities shall be reduced or limited on a pro rata basis in proportion to the relative number of Registrable Securities owned by such Holders of Registrable Securities participating in the registration and (ii) if the managing Underwriter or Underwriters of any underwritten offering described in Section 2.2 have informed the Company or Investors in writing that it is their opinion that the inclusion of Registrable Securities owned, directly or indirectly, by Stephen T. Winn, would materially and adversely affect the success of such offering, then the

 


 

portion of such Registrable Securities deemed to have such effect shall be excluded from such offering.
ARTICLE 3.
REGISTRATION PROCEDURES
     SECTION 3.1. Filings; Information . Whenever the Company is required to effect or cause the registration of Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 2.1, the Company will use its best efforts to effect the registration and the sale of such Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended method of disposition thereof as quickly as practicable, and in connection with any such request:
          (a) The Company promptly will prepare and file with the Commission a Registration Statement with respect to the offer and sale of such securities and use its best efforts to cause such Registration Statement to become and remain effective until the completion of the distribution contemplated thereby; provided , however , the Company shall not be required to keep such Registration Statement effective for more than 120 days (or such shorter period which will terminate when all Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement have been sold, but not prior to the expiration of the applicable period referred to in Section 4(3) of the Securities Act and Rule 174 thereunder, if applicable).
          (b) The Company will promptly prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and post-effective amendments to the Registration Statement as may be necessary to keep such Registration Statement effective for as long as such registration is required to remain effective pursuant to the terms hereof; cause the prospectus to be supplemented by any required prospectus supplement, and, as so supplemented, to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 under the Securities Act; and comply with the provisions of the Securities Act applicable to it with respect to the disposition of all Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement during the applicable period in accordance with the intended methods of disposition by the Selling Holders set forth in such Registration Statement or supplement to the prospectus.
          (c) The Company, at least ten (10) days prior to filing a Registration Statement or at least five (5) days prior to filing a prospectus or any amendment or supplement to such Registration Statement or prospectus, will furnish to (i) each Selling Holder, (ii) not more than one counsel representing all Selling Holders, to be selected by a majority-in-interest of such Selling Holders, and (iii) each Underwriter, if any, of the Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement copies of such Registration Statement as proposed to be filed, together with exhibits thereto, which documents will be subject to review and comment (and approval, in the case of the “selling stockholder” portion thereof, which approval may not be unreasonably withheld) by each of the foregoing within five (5) days after delivery (except that such review and approval of any prospectus or any amendment or supplement to such Registration Statement or prospectus must be within three (3) days after delivery), and thereafter, furnish to such Selling Holders, counsel and Underwriters, if any, for their review and comment such number of copies of such Registration Statement, each amendment and supplement thereto (in each case including all exhibits thereto and documents incorporated by reference therein), the prospectus included in such Registration

 


 

Statement (including each preliminary prospectus) and such other documents or information as such Selling Holders, counsel or Underwriters may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities; provided , however , that notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company intends to file any prospectus, prospectus supplement or prospectus sticker which does not make any material changes in the documents already filed (including, without limitation, any prospectus under Rule 430A or 424(b)), then the counsel for the Selling Holders will be afforded such opportunity to review such documents prior to filing consistent with the time constraints involved in filing such document, but in any event no less than one (1) day.
          (d) The Company will promptly notify each Selling Holder of (and in any event within twenty-four (24) hours of the receipt of) any stop order issued or threatened by the Commission and take all reasonable actions required to prevent the entry of such stop order or to remove it at the earliest possible moment if entered.
          (e) On or prior to the date on which the Registration Statement is declared effective by the Commission, the Company will use all reasonable efforts to (i) register or qualify the Registrable Securities under such other securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions in the United States as any Selling Holder reasonably (in light of such Selling Holder’s intended plan of distribution) requests, and (ii) file documents required to register such Registrable Securities with or approved by such other governmental agencies or authorities in the United States as may be necessary by virtue of the business and operations of the Company and do any and all other acts and things that may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable such Selling Holder to consummate the disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by such Selling Holder; provided that the Company will not be required to (A) qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for this paragraph (e), (B) subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction or (C) consent to general service of process in any such jurisdiction.
          (f) The Company will notify each Selling Holder, Selling Holders’ counsel and any Underwriter promptly and (if requested by any such Person) confirm such notice in writing, (i) when a prospectus or any prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment has been filed and, with respect to a Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment, when the same has become effective, (ii) of any request by the Commission or any other federal or state governmental authority for amendments or supplements to a Registration Statement or prospectus or for additional information to be included in any Registration Statement or prospectus or otherwise, (iii) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement or the initiation or threatening of any proceedings for that purpose, (iv) of the issuance by any state securities commission or other regulatory authority of any order suspending the qualification or exemption from qualification of any of the Registrable Securities under state securities or “blue sky” laws or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose, and (v) of the happening of any event which makes any statement made in a Registration Statement or related prospectus or any document incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference therein untrue or which requires the making of any changes in such Registration Statement, prospectus or documents so that they will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements in the Registration

 


 

Statement and prospectus not misleading in light of the circumstances in which they were made; and, as promptly as practicable thereafter, subject to Section 7.2 hereof, prepare and file with the Commission and furnish a supplement or amendment to such prospectus so that, as thereafter deliverable to the purchasers of such Registrable Securities, such prospectus will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. Each Selling Holder hereby agrees to keep any disclosures under subsection (v) above confidential until such time as a supplement or amendment is filed.
          (g) The Company will make generally available an earnings statement satisfying the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act no later than ninety (90) days after the end of the 12-month period beginning with the first day of the Company’s first fiscal quarter commencing after the effective date of a Registration Statement, which earnings statement shall cover said 12-month period, and which requirement will be deemed to be satisfied if the Company timely files complete and accurate information on Forms 10-Q, 10-K and 8-K under the Exchange Act and otherwise complies with Rule 158 under the Securities Act.
          (h) If requested by the managing Underwriter or Underwriters, Selling Holders’ counsel, or any Selling Holder, the Company will, unless otherwise advised by counsel, promptly incorporate in a prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment such information as the managing Underwriter or Underwriters requests, or Selling Holders’ counsel requests, to be included therein, including, without limitation, with respect to the Registrable Securities being sold by such Selling Holder to such Underwriter or Underwriters, the purchase price being paid therefor by such Underwriter or Underwriters and with respect to any other terms of the underwritten offering of the Registrable Securities to be sold in such offering, and promptly make all required filings of such prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment.
          (i) The Company will enter into customary agreements reasonably satisfactory to the Company (including, if applicable, an underwriting agreement in customary form and which is reasonably satisfactory to the Company) and take such other actions as are reasonably required in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities.
          (j) The Company, during the period when the prospectus is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, promptly will file all documents required to be filed with the Commission pursuant to Section 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act
          (k) The Company will use all reasonable efforts to obtain and furnish to each Selling Holder an opinion of the Company’s counsel and a cold comfort letter from the Company’s independent public accountants in customary forms and covering such matters of the type customarily covered by such opinions and cold comfort letters as the Selling Holders may request.
          (l) The Company shall cause all such Registrable Securities registered pursuant hereunder to be listed on each securities exchange on which similar securities of the same class issued by the Company are then listed.

 


 

          (m) The Company shall provide a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Securities registered pursuant to such Registration Statement and a CUSIP number for all such Registrable Securities, in each case not later than the effective date of such registration.
          (n) The Company shall otherwise comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission.
          The Company may require each Selling Holder to promptly furnish in writing to the Company such information regarding the distribution of the Registrable Securities as the Company may from time to time reasonably request and such other information as may be legally required in connection with such registration including, without limitation, all such information as may be requested by the Commission or the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. The Company may exclude from such Registration Statement any Holder who fails to provide such information.
          Each Selling Holder agrees that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the happening of any event of the kind described in Section 3.1(f) hereof, such Selling Holder will forthwith discontinue disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to the Registration Statement covering such Registrable Securities until such Selling Holder’s receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended prospectus contemplated by Section 3.1(f) hereof, and, if so directed by the Company, such Selling Holder will deliver to the Company all copies, other than permanent file copies then in such Selling Holder’s possession, of the most recent prospectus covering such Registrable Securities at the time of receipt of such notice. In the event the Company shall give such notice, the Company shall extend the period during which such Registration Statement shall be maintained effective (including the period referred to in Section 3.1(a) hereof) by the number of days during the period from and including the date of the giving of notice pursuant to Section 3.1(f) hereof to the date when the Company shall make available to the Selling Holders covered by such Registration Statement a prospectus supplemented or amended to conform with the requirements of Section 3.1(f) hereof.
     SECTION 3.2. Registration Expenses . In connection with the registrations pursuant to Section 2.1 hereof and any Piggy-Back Registrations under Section 2.2 hereof, the Company shall pay the following registration expenses incurred in connection with the registration thereunder (the “ Registration Expenses ”): (i) all registration and filing fees, (ii) fees and expenses of compliance with securities or blue sky laws (including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel in connection with blue sky qualifications of the Registrable Securities), (iii) reasonable processing, duplicating and printing expenses, (iv) the Company’s internal expenses (including, without limitation, all salaries and expenses of its officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties), (v) the fees and expenses incurred in connection with the listing of the Registrable Securities, (vi) fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and fees and expenses for independent certified public accountants retained by the Company (including the expenses of any comfort letters or costs associated with the delivery by independent certified public accountants of a comfort letter or comfort letters requested but not the cost of any audit other than a year end audit), (vii) the fees and expenses of any special experts retained by the Company in connection with such registration, (viii) reasonable fees and expenses of one firm of counsel for the Holders, to be selected

 


 

by the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities to be included in such registration and (ix) any fees and disbursements of underwriters customarily paid by issuers of securities in connection with demand or piggy-back registrations. The Company shall have no obligation to pay any other underwriting fees, discounts or commissions attributable to the sale of Registrable Securities; such costs shall be borne by the Holder or Holders participating therein.
ARTICLE 4.
INDEMNIFICATION AND CONTRIBUTION
     SECTION 4.1. Indemnification by the Company . The Company shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, indemnify and hold harmless each Selling Holder, its partners, officers, directors, employees and agents, and each Person, if any, who controls such Selling Holder within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, together with the partners, officers, directors, employees and agents of such controlling Person (collectively, the “ Controlling Persons ”), from and against any loss, claim, damage, liability, reasonable attorneys’ fees, cost or expense and costs and expenses of investigating and defending any such claim, joint or several, and any action in respect thereof (collectively, the “ Damages ”) to which such Selling Holder, its partners, officers, directors, employees and agents, and any such Controlling Person may become subject under the Securities Act or otherwise, insofar as such Damages (or actions or proceedings, whether commenced or threatened, in respect thereof) arise out of, or are based upon, any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement or prospectus relating to the Registrable Securities or any amendment or supplement thereto, or arise out of, or are based upon, any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or any violation by the Company of any federal or state securities laws or any rule or regulation thereof, except insofar as the same are based upon information furnished in writing to the Company by such Selling Holder, Controlling Person or on such Selling Holder’s or Controlling Person’s behalf expressly for use therein, and shall reimburse each Selling Holder, its partners, officers, directors, employees and agents, and each such Controlling Person for any legal and other expenses reasonably incurred by that Selling Holder, its partners, officers, directors, employees and agents, or any such Controlling Person in investigating or defending or preparing to defend against any such Damages or proceeding; provided , however , that the Company shall not be liable to any Selling Holder to the extent that any such Damages (or action or proceeding in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or omission made in any preliminary prospectus if (i) such Selling Holder failed to send or deliver a copy of the final prospectus with or prior to the delivery of written confirmation of the sale by such Selling Holder to the Person asserting the claim from which such Damages arise, and (ii) the final prospectus would have corrected such untrue statement or such omission; provided further , that the Company shall not be liable to any Selling Holder in any such case to the extent that any such Damages arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or omission in any prospectus if (x) such untrue statement or omission is corrected in an amendment or supplement to such prospectus, and (y) having previously been furnished by or on behalf of the Company with copies of such prospectus as so amended or supplemented, such Selling Holder thereafter fails to deliver such prospectus as so amended or supplemented prior to or concurrently with the sale of a Registrable Security to the Person asserting the claim from which such Damages

 


 

arise. The Company also agrees to indemnify any Underwriters of the Registrable Securities, their officers and directors and each Person who controls such Underwriters on substantially the same basis as that of the indemnification of the Selling Holders provided in this Section 4.1.
     SECTION 4.2. Indemnification by Selling Holders . Each Selling Holder shall, to the full extent permitted by law, severally but not jointly, indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its officers, directors, employees and agents and each Person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, together with the partners, officers, directors, employees and agents of such controlling Person (collectively, the “ Company Controlling Persons ”), from and against any Damages to which the Company, its officers, directors, employees and agents and any such Company Controlling Persons may become subject under the Securities Act or otherwise, insofar as such damages (or actions or proceedings, whether commenced or threatened, in respect thereof) arise out of, or are based upon, any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement or prospectus relating to the Registrable Securities or any amendment or supplement thereto, or arise out of, or are based upon, any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or any violation by the Company of any federal or state securities laws or any rule or regulation thereof (collectively, a “ Selling Holder Violation ”), but only to the extent that such Selling Holder Violation occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with information related to such Selling Holder, or its plan of distribution, furnished in writing by such Selling Holder or on such Selling Holder’s behalf expressly for use in any Registration Statement or prospectus relating to the Registrable Securities, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any preliminary prospectus and the aggregate amount which may be recovered from any Selling Holder of Registrable Securities pursuant to the indemnification provided for in this Section 4.2 in connection with any registration and sale of Registrable Securities shall be limited to the net proceeds received by such Holder from the sale of such Registrable Securities. In case any action or proceeding shall be brought against the Company or its officers, directors, employees or agents or any such Company Controlling Person or its officers, directors, employees or agents, in respect of which indemnity may be sought against such Selling Holder, such Selling Holder shall have the rights and duties given to the Company, and the Company or its officers, directors, employees or agents, or such Company Controlling Person, or its officers, directors, employees or agents, shall have the rights and duties given to such Selling Holder, by the preceding paragraph. The Company shall be entitled to receive indemnities from Underwriters, selling brokers, dealer managers and similar securities industry professionals participating in the distribution, to the same extent as provided above, with respect to information so furnished in writing by such Persons specifically for inclusion in any prospectus or registration statement.
     SECTION 4.3. Conduct of Indemnification Proceedings . Promptly after receipt by any person in respect of which indemnity may be sought pursuant to Section 4.1 or 4.2 (an “ Indemnified Party ”) of notice of any claim or the commencement of any action, the Indemnified Party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the Person against whom such indemnity may be sought (an “ Indemnifying Party ”), notify the Indemnifying Party in writing of the claim or the commencement of such action; provided that the failure to notify the Indemnifying Party shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have to an Indemnified Party otherwise than under

 


 

Section 4.1 or 4.2 and except to the extent of any actual prejudice resulting therefrom. If any such claim or action shall be brought against an Indemnified Party, and it shall notify the Indemnifying Party thereof, the Indemnifying Party shall be entitled to participate therein, and, to the extent that it wishes, jointly with any other similarly notified Indemnifying Party, to assume the defense thereof with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Party. After notice from the Indemnifying Party to the Indemnified Party of its election to assume the defense of such claim or action, the Indemnifying Party shall not be liable to the Indemnified Party for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by the Indemnified Party in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation; provided that the Indemnified Party shall have the right to employ separate counsel to represent the Indemnified Party and its controlling Persons who may be subject to liability arising out of any claim in respect of which indemnity may be sought by the Indemnified Party against the Indemnifying Party, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be for the account of such Indemnified Party unless (i) the Indemnifying Party and the Indemnified Party shall have mutually agreed to the retention of such counsel or (ii) in the reasonable judgment of such Indemnified Party, representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential conflicts of interest between them, it being understood, however, that the Indemnifying Party shall not, in connection with any one such claim or action or separate but substantially similar or related claims or actions in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances, be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm of attorneys (together with appropriate local counsel) at any time for all Indemnified Parties, or for fees and expenses that are not reasonable. No Indemnifying Party shall, without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Party, effect any settlement of any claim or pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which the Indemnified Party is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such Indemnified Party, unless such settlement includes an unconditional release of such Indemnified Party from all liability arising out of such claim or proceeding. Whether or not the defense of any claim or action is assumed by the Indemnifying Party, such Indemnifying Party will not be subject to any liability for any settlement made without its consent, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld.
     SECTION 4.4. Contribution . If the indemnification provided for in this Article 4 is unavailable to the Indemnified Parties in respect of any Damages referred to herein, then each Indemnifying Party, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Party, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Party as a result of such Damages in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the Indemnifying Party, on the one hand, and the Indemnified Party, on the other hand, in connection with such statements or omissions, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the Indemnifying Party and the Indemnified Party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by such party, and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.
     The Company and the Selling Holders agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 4.4 were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation

 


 

which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph. The amount paid or payable by an Indemnified Party as a result of the Damages referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such Indemnified Party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 4.4, no Selling Holder shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Registrable Securities of such Selling Holder were offered to the public (less underwriting discounts and commissions) exceeds the amount of any damages which such Selling Holder has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. Each Selling Holder’s obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 4.4 is several and not joint.
ARTICLE 5.
OTHER REGISTRATION RIGHTS
     SECTION 5.1. Other Registration Rights . The Company represents and warrants to the Holders that there is not in effect on the date hereof any agreement (other than this Agreement and the Shareholders’ Agreement, dated as of December 1, 1998, by and among RealPage Communications, Inc., a Texas corporation, and certain shareholders thereof, as amended) by the Company pursuant to which any holders of securities of the Company have a right to cause the Company to register or qualify such securities under the Securities Act or any securities or blue sky laws of any jurisdiction.
     SECTION 5.2. Future Registration Rights . The Company shall not in the future grant to any owner or purchaser of shares of capital stock of the Company registration rights (whether demand or incidental) unless (a) such registration rights are made subordinate to the rights granted hereunder so that each Holder shall have priority to participate in any piggy-back registration with respect to such other shares of capital stock of the Company and (b) if the offering by the Holders is underwritten, such owner or purchaser agrees not to sell any shares of capital stock of the Company during the period commencing ten (10) days prior to any such underwritten offering and ending one hundred and eighty (180) days following any such underwritten offering (or for such shorter period of time as is sufficient and appropriate, in the opinion of the managing Underwriter).
ARTICLE 6.
INFORMATION AND OTHER OBLIGATIONS OF HOLDER
     SECTION 6.1. Provision of Information . As a condition to exercising the registration rights provided for herein, each Holder of Registrable Securities shall furnish to the Company such information regarding such Holder and the distribution proposed by such Holder as the Company may reasonably request in writing and as shall be reasonably required in connection with any registration, qualification, or compliance referred to in this Agreement. The failure of any Holder to furnish the information requested pursuant to this Section 6.1 shall not affect the obligation of the Company under Sections 2 or 3 to the remaining Holder(s) who furnish such information unless, in

 


 

the reasonable opinion of counsel to the Company or the underwriters, if any, such failure impairs or may impair the legality of the Registration Statement or the underlying offering.
     SECTION 6.2. Underwriters . Each Holder, with respect to any Registrable Securities included in any registration, shall cooperate in good faith with the Company and the underwriters, if any, in connection with such registration.
     SECTION 6.3. Stop Orders . Each Holder, with respect to any Registrable Securities included in any registration, shall make no further sales or other dispositions, or offers therefor, of such shares under such Registration Statement if, during the effectiveness of such Registration Statement, an intervening event should occur which, in the opinion of counsel to the Company, makes the prospectus included in such Registration Statement no longer comply with the Securities Act until such time as such Holder has received from the Company copies of a new, amended or supplemented prospectus complying with the Securities Act.
ARTICLE 7.
MISCELLANEOUS
     SECTION 7.1. Participation in Underwritten Registrations . No Holder of Registrable Securities shall be required to make any representations or warranties to or agreements with the Company or the Underwriters other than representations, warranties or agreements regarding such Holder and its ownership of the securities being registered on its behalf and such Holder’s intended method of distribution and any other representation required by law. No Person may participate in any underwritten registration hereunder unless such Person (a) agrees to sell such Person’s securities on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the Persons entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements, and (b) completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents reasonably required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements and these registration rights.
     SECTION 7.2. Rule 144 and 144A . After the effectiveness of a Registration Statement under the Securities Act, the Company covenants that it will (a) file any reports required to be filed by it under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act, and (b) take such further action as any Holder may reasonably request, all to the extent required from time to time to enable Holders to sell Registrable Securities without registration under the Securities Act within the limitation of the exemptions provided by (x) Rule 144 or Rule 144A under the Securities Act, as such Rules may be amended from time to time, or (y) any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission. Upon the request of any Holder, the Company will deliver to such Holder a written statement as to whether it has complied with such requirements.
     SECTION 7.3. Amendment and Modification . This Agreement may be amended, modified and supplemented, and any of the provisions contained herein may be waived, only by a written instrument signed by the Company, a majority of the Series A Shareholders, a majority of the Series A1 Shareholders, a majority of the Series B Shareholders, a majority of the Series C Shareholders and the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities held by Advance Capital (as defined in the Second Amended and Restated Shareholders Agreement among the Company and

 


 

certain holders of its capital stock, dated as of the date hereof). No course of dealing between or among any Persons having any interest in this Agreement will be deemed effective to modify, amend or discharge any part of this Agreement or any rights or obligations of any Person under or by reason of this Agreement.
     SECTION 7.4. Binding Effect; Entire Agreement . This Agreement and all of the provisions hereof shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns and executors, administrators and heirs. Whether or not any express assignment has been made, the provisions of this Agreement that are for the benefit of purchasers or holders of Registrable Securities are also for the benefit of, and shall be enforceable by, any subsequent holder of Registrable Securities. This Agreement sets forth the entire agreement and understanding between the parties as to the subject matter hereof and merges and supersedes all prior discussions, agreements and understandings of any and every nature among them.
     SECTION 7.5. Severability . In the event that any provision of this Agreement or the application of any provision hereof is declared to be illegal, invalid or otherwise unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, the remainder of this Agreement shall not be affected except to the extent necessary to delete such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision unless that provision held invalid shall substantially impair the benefits of the remaining portions of this Agreement.
     SECTION 7.6. Notices . All notices, demands, requests, consents or approvals (collectively, “ Notices ”) required or permitted to be given hereunder or which are given with respect to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be personally served or mailed, registered or certified, return receipt requested, postage prepaid (or by a substantially similar method), or delivered by a reputable overnight courier service with charges prepaid, or transmitted by hand delivery, telegram, telex or facsimile, addressed as set forth below, or such other address as such party shall have specified most recently by written notice:
(i) If to the Company:
RealPage, Inc.
4000 International Parkway
Carrollton, Texas 75007-1913
Attention: Stephen T. Winn
Facsimile: (972) 820-3913
with copies (which shall not constitute notice) to:
Baker Botts L.L.P.
2001 Ross Avenue
Dallas, Texas 75201
Attention: Don J. McDermett, Jr.
Facsimile: (214) 661-4454
Telephone: (214) 953-6454

 


 

     If to the Holder, at the Holder’s most current address.
     Notice shall be deemed given or delivered on the date of service or transmission if personally served or transmitted by telegram, telex or facsimile. Notice otherwise sent as provided herein shall be deemed given or delivered on the third business day following the date mailed or on the next business day following delivery of such notice to a reputable overnight courier service.
     SECTION 7.7. GOVERNING LAW . THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW.
     SECTION 7.8. Headings . The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part of this Agreement, nor shall they affect their meaning, construction or effect.
     SECTION 7.9. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed via facsimile and in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original instrument and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
     SECTION 7.10. Further Assurances . Each party shall cooperate and take such action as may be reasonably requested by another party in order to carry out the provisions and purposes of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.
     SECTION 7.11. Remedies . In the event of a breach or a threatened breach by any party to this Agreement of its obligations under this Agreement, any party injured or to be injured by such breach will be entitled to specific performance of its rights under this Agreement or to injunctive relief, in addition to being entitled to exercise all rights provided in this Agreement and granted by law. The parties agree that the provisions of this Agreement shall be specifically enforceable, it being agreed by the parties that the remedy at law, inducing monetary damages, for breach of any such provision will be inadequate compensation for any loss and that any defense or objection in any action for specific performance or injunctive relief that a remedy at law would be adequate is waived.
     SECTION 7.12. Pronouns . Whenever the context may require, any pronouns used herein shall be deemed also to include the corresponding neuter, masculine or feminine forms.
[Reminder of page intentionally left blank]

 


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Registration Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.
         
  COMPANY:

REALPAGE, INC.

 
 
  By:   /s/ Stephen T. Winn    
    Name:   Stephen T. Winn   
    Title:   Chief Executive Officer   
 

 


 

         
  INVESTORS.
 
 
  /s/ Stephen T. Winn    
  STEPHEN T. WINN   
     
 
  SEREN CAPITAL LTD.
 
 
  By:   Seren Capital Management, L.L.C.,    
    Its General Partner   
       
 
     
  By:   /s/ Stephen T. Winn    
    Name:   Stephen T. Winn   
    Title:   Sole Manager and President   
 
  STEPHEN T. WINN 1996 FAMILY LP A
 
 
  By:   /s/ Stephen T. Winn    
    Name:      
    Title:      

 


 

         
         
  APAX EXCELSIOR VI, L.P.
 
 
  By:   Apax Excelsior VI Partners, L.P.,    
    Its General Partner   
 
  By:   Apax Managers, Inc.    
    Its General Partner   
 
  By:   /s/ Peter Jeton    
    Name:   Peter Jeton   
    Title:   Chief Operating Officer   
 
  APAX EXCELSIOR VI-A C.V.
 
 
  By:   Apax Excelsior VI Partners, L.P.,    
    Its General Partner   
 
  By:   Apax Managers, Inc.    
    Its General Partner   
 
  By:   /s/ Peter Jeton    
    Name:   Peter Jeton   
    Title:   Chief Operating Officer   
 
  APAX EXCELSIOR VI-B C.V.
 
 
  By:   Apax Excelsior VI Partners, L.P.,    
    Its General Partner   
 
  By:   Apax Managers, Inc.    
    Its General Partner   
 
  By:   /s/ Peter Jeton    
    Name:   Peter Jeton   
    Title:   Chief Operating Officer   
 
  PATRICOF PRIVATE INVESTMENT CLUB III, L.P.
 
 
  By:   Apax Excelsior VI Partners, L.P.,    
    Its General Partner   
 
  By:   Apax Managers, Inc.    
    Its General Partner   
 
  By:   /s/ Peter Jeton    
    Name:   Peter Jeton   
    Title:   Chief Operating Officer   

 


 

         
  ADVANCE CAPITAL-PARTNERS, L.P.
 
 
  By:   Advance Capital Associates, L.P.,    
    Its General Partner   
 
  By:   Advance Capital Management, LLC,    
    Its General Partner   
 
  By:   /s/ Jeffrey T. Leeds    
    Name:   Jeffrey T. Leeds   
    Title:   Principal   
 
  ADVANCE CAPITAL OFFSHORE PARTNERS, L.P.
 
 
  By:   Advance Capital Offshore Associates, LDC,    
    Its General Partner   
 
  By:   Advance Capital Associates, L.P.,    
    Its Member   
 
  By:   Advance Capital Management, LLC,    
    Its General Partner   
 
  By:   /s/ Jeffrey T. Leeds    
    Name:   Jeffrey T. Leeds   
    Title:   Principal   
 
  /s/ Jeffrey T. Leeds    
  JEFFREY T. LEEDS   
     

 


 

         
     
  /s/ Ethan A Budin    
  ETHAN A BUDIN   
     
 
     
  /s/ Mark H. Sherman    
  MARK H. SHERMAN   
     
 
     
  /s/ Donald J. Edwards    
  DONALD J. EDWARDS   
     
 
     
  /s/ Joshua A. Sorensen    
  JOSHUA A. SORENSEN   
     
 
     
  /s/ Robert T. Puopolo    
  ROBERT T. PUOPOLO   
     

 


 

         
         
     
     
  MICHAEL E. MEULLER   
     
 
         
     
  /s/ Robert H. Dilworth    
  ROBERT H. DILWORTH   
     
 
     
     
  MELVIN R. WOOLF   
     
 
     
     
  DOUGLAS H. GROSS   
     
 
     
     
  FABIAN R. GORDON   
     

 


 

         
         
  CAMDEN PARTNERS STRATEGIC FUND III, L.P.
 
 
  By:   Camden Partners Strategic III, LLC    
    Its General Partner   
       
 
     
  By   Camden Partners Strategic Manager, LLC    
    Its Managing Member   
       
 
     
  By:   /s/ Richard M. Berkeley    
    Name:   Richard M. Berkeley   
    Title:   Managing Member   
 
         
  CAMDEN PARTNERS STRATEGIC FUND III-A, LLC
 
 
  By:   Camden Partners Strategic III, LLC    
    Its General Partner   
       
 
     
  By:   Camden Partners Strategic Manager, LLC    
    Its Managing Member   
       
 
     
  By:   /s/ Richard M. Berkeley    
    Name:   Richard M. Berkeley   
    Title:   Managing Member   

 


 

         
         
     
  /s/ James K. Malernee    
  JAMES K. MALERNEE   
     

 


 

         
         
     
  /s/ Timothy J. Barker    
  TIMOTHY J. BARKER   
     

 


 

         
Schedule I
Investors
     
Series A Shareholders
  Apax Excelsior VI, L.P,
 
  Apax Excelsior VI-A C.V.
 
  Apax Excelsior VI-B C.V.
 
  Patricof Private Investment Club III, L.P.
Seren Capital Ltd.
 
  Advance Capital Partners, L.P.
 
  Advance Capital Offshore Partners, L.P.
Jeffrey T. Leeds
 
  Ethan A Budin
 
  Mark H. Sherman
 
  Donald J. Edwards
 
  Joshua A. Sorensen
 
  Robert T. Puopolo
 
   
Series A1 Shareholders
  Seren Capital Ltd.
 
  Stephen T. Winn
 
  Camden Partners Strategic Fund III, L.P.
 
  Camden Partners Strategic Fund III-A, L.P.
 
   
Series B Shareholders
  Camden Partners Strategic Fund III, L.P.
 
  Camden Partners Strategic Fund III-A, L.P.
 
  James K. Malernee
 
  Timothy J. Barker
 
   
Series C Shareholders
  Apax Excelsior VI, L.P.
 
  Apax Excelsior VI-A C.V.
 
  Apax Excelsior VI-B C.V.
 
  Camden Partners Strategic Fund III, L.P.
 
  Camden Partners Strategic Fund III-A, L.P.
 
  Timothy J. Barker
 
   
Warrantholders
  Stephen T. Winn
 
  Michael E. Meuller
 
  Robert H. Dilworth
 
  Melvin R. Woolf
 
  Douglas H. Gross
 
  Fabian R. Gordon
 
  Stephen T. Winn 1996 Family LP A

 

Exhibit 4.4
FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED
SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT
          THIS FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT, dated as of March 17, 2010 (this “ Agreement ”), by and among (i) RealPage, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), (ii) the Persons (as defined below) listed on Schedule I annexed hereto under the heading “ Series A Shareholders ,” (iii) the Persons listed on Schedule I annexed hereto under the heading “ Series A1 Shareholders ,” (iv) the Persons listed on Schedule I annexed hereto under the heading “ Series B Shareholders ,” (v) the Persons listed on Schedule I annexed hereto under the heading “ Series C Shareholders ,” (vi) the Persons listed on Schedule I annexed hereto under the heading “ Major Shareholders and Warrantholders ,” and (vii) such other Persons who have executed or may from time to time execute a counterpart copy of this Agreement and whose names will be added to Schedule I annexed hereto. The Persons described in (ii) through (vii) are sometimes hereinafter referred to as the “ Shareholders ” collectively and a “ Shareholder ” individually.
W I T N E S S E T H
          WHEREAS, as of October 28, 2009, the Company, the Series A Shareholders, the Series A1 Shareholders, the Series B Shareholders, the Series C Shareholders and the Major Shareholders and Warrantholders entered into that certain Third Amended and Restated Shareholders Agreement pursuant to which the parties thereto agreed upon certain matters relating to the operations of the Company and the voting and disposition of shares of Capital Stock (as defined below) (the “ Prior Agreement ”);
          WHEREAS, the Company and the Shareholders desire to amend and restate the Prior Agreement as set forth herein;
          NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises and the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, intending to be legally bound, the Shareholders and the Company agree as follows:
     1.  Definitions . As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following respective meanings:
          “ Advance Capital ” shall mean collectively, Advance Capital Partners, L.P., Advance Capital Offshore Partners, L.P., Jeffrey T. Leeds, Ethan A. Budin, Mark H. Sherman, Donald J. Edwards, Joshua A. Sorensen and Robert T. Puopolo and their respective assigns.
          “ Affiliate ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.
          “ Agreement ” shall have the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph hereto.

 


 

          “ Apax ” shall mean Apax Excelsior VI, L.P., Apax Excelsior VI-A C.V., Apax Excelsior VI-B C.V., Patricof Private Investment Club III, L.P. and their respective successors and assigns.
          “ Board of Directors ” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.
          “ Business Day ” shall mean any day other than (i) a Saturday, (ii) a Sunday or (iii) any other day on which banks in the City of New York are authorized or required to close.
          “ Capital Stock ” shall mean any and all shares of Series A Stock, Series A1 Stock, Series B Stock, Series C Stock and Common Stock whether now outstanding or hereafter issued and any and all shares, interests, participations, rights in or other equivalents (however designated and whether voting or non-voting) of the Company’s capital stock or any form of membership, ownership or participation interests, as applicable, including partnership interests, whether now outstanding or hereafter issued, and any and all rights, warrants or options exercisable or exchangeable for or convertible into such capital stock of the Company or its successors.
          “ Camden ” shall mean Camden Partners Strategic Fund III, LP and Camden Partners Strategic Fund III-A, LP and their respective successors and assigns.
          “ Certificate of Incorporation ” shall mean the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company dated as of April 13, 2009, and as amended from time to time.
          “ Common Stock ” shall mean the common stock, $0.001 par value per share, of the Company.
          “ Company ” shall have the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph hereto.
          “ Co-Sale Acceptance ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7(c).
          “ Co-Sale Securities ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7(a).
          “ Co-Sale Seller ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7(a).
          “ December 17, 1999 Agreement ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 17(a).
          “ Default Directors ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(c).
          “ Eligible Shareholder ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8(a).
          “ Event of Default ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation.
          “ Governmental Body ” shall mean any government or governmental or quasi-governmental authority including, without limitation, any federal, state, territorial, county,

2


 

municipal or other governmental or quasi-governmental agency, board, branch, bureau, commission, court, arbitral body (public or private), department or other instrumentality or political unit or subdivision.
          “ Independent Directors ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(b).
          “ Liquidation ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation.
          “ Liquidation Preference ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation.
          “ Major Shareholders and Warrantholders ” shall have the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph hereto.
          “ Maximum Pre-emptive Number ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8(a).
          “ Notice of Intention to Sell ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8(a).
          “ Observer ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(f).
          “ Offer Acceptance ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6(c).
          “ Offer Notice ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6(a).
          “ Offered Securities ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6(a).
          “ Other Shareholders Agreement ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 17(b).
          “ Permissible Transferee ” shall mean any transferee party to a Permissible Transfer.
          “ Permissible Transfers ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.
          “ Person ” shall mean any individual, corporation, partnership, firm, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, association, unincorporated organization, group, joint-stock company, Governmental Body or other entity.
          “ Pre-emptive Sale ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8(a).
          “ Pre-emptive Securities ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8(a).
          “ Preferred Shareholders ” shall mean collectively, the Series A Shareholders, the Series A1 Shareholders, the Series B Shareholders and the Series C Shareholders.
          “ Preferred Stock ” shall mean collectively, the Series A Stock, the Series A1 Stock, the Series B Stock and the Series C Stock.

3


 

          “ Prior Agreement ” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals hereof.
          “ Pro Rata Purchaser ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6(b).
          “ Proposed Transferee ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7(b).
          “ Qualified IPO ” shall mean an initial public offering of the shares of Common Stock (i) at an offering price per share of not less than three (3) times the Series A Issue Price (appropriately adjusted to reflect stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, consolidations, conversion price adjustments and similar changes hereafter effected), (ii) with gross proceeds to the Company and any selling shareholders of at least $30,000,000 (thirty million U.S. dollars), before deducting any applicable underwriting discounts, commissions and expenses and (iii) underwritten on a firm commitment basis by an investment banking firm of national standing approved by the holders (acting together as a class) of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Series A Stock.
          “ Redemption Price ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation.
          “ ROFO Seller ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6(a).
          “ Sale of the Company ” shall mean (i) the merger or consolidation of the Company into or with another corporation or other similar transaction or series of related transactions in which the Company’s stockholders of record (or their Affiliates) as constituted immediately prior to such transaction or series of related transactions will not, immediately after such transaction or series of related transactions, beneficially own (as determined pursuant to Rule 13d-3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) at least a majority of the voting power of the surviving or acquiring entity, or (ii) the sale of all or substantially all the assets of the Company.
          “ Securities Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
          “ Series A Closing Date ” shall mean December 30, 2003.
          “ Series A Shareholders ” shall have the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph hereto.
          “ Series A Directors ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(b).
          “ Series A Issue Price ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation.
          “ Series A Redemption Date ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(b).
          “ Series A Stock ” shall mean the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Company.
          “ Series A1 Closing Date ” shall mean December 30, 2003.

4


 

          “ Series A1 Shareholders ” shall have the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph hereto.
          “ Series A1 Stock ” shall mean the Series A1 Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Company.
          “ Series B Closing Date ” shall mean December 14, 2005.
          “ Series B Shareholders ” shall have the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph hereto
          “ Series B Stock ” shall mean the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Company.
          “ Series C Closing Date ” shall mean February 22, 2008.
          “ Series C Shareholders ” shall have the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph hereto.
          “ Series C Stock ” shall mean the Series C Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Company.
          “ Shareholder ” shall have the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph hereto.
          “ Subsidiary ” shall mean, with respect to a specified Person, any corporation of which securities having the power to elect a majority of that corporation’s board of directors (other than securities having that power only upon the happening of a contingency that has not occurred) are held by such Person or one or more of its Subsidiaries.
          “ Supplemental Offer Notice ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6(b).
          “ Supplemental Offer Acceptance ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6(b).
          “ Transfer ” shall mean and include any direct or indirect offer for sale, sale, assignment, transfer, pledge, encumbrance, or other disposition of, or the subjecting to a security interest of, any Capital Stock or any disposition of any Capital Stock or of any interest therein which would constitute a sale thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act.
          “ Warrants ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation.
          “ Winn ” shall mean Stephen T. Winn, an individual residing at 10201 Inwood Road, Dallas, Texas 75229, his Affiliates, including without limitation his heirs, personal representatives, successors and permitted assigns and Seren Capital, Ltd., a Texas limited partnership and its Affiliates.

5


 

     2.  Board of Directors and Committees .
          (a) Each of the parties hereto agrees to vote all Capital Stock of the Company now owned or hereafter acquired by such party so that the Company’s Board of Directors shall consist of no more than nine (9) members and the number of members on the Company’s Board of Directors shall at all times equal the number of persons which have been designated from time to time in accordance with Section 2(b) below. If any Shareholder which has the right to designate a member of the Board of Directors in accordance with Section 2(b) has not designated such member to the Company’s Board of Directors, each of the parties hereto agrees that such Shareholder may designate a member of the Board of Directors at any time, or from time to time, and the parties shall vote, to the extent possible, all Capital Stock of the Company to elect such designee. Until such time as any Shareholder which has the right to designate a member of the Board of Directors in accordance with Section 2(b) has designated such member to the Company’s Board of Directors, the number of members on the Company’s Board of Directors shall be reduced by the number of members which have not yet been designated.
          (b) Each of the parties further covenants and agrees to vote (at a meeting or by written consent) all Capital Stock of the Company now owned or hereafter acquired by such party (and attend, in person or by proxy, all meetings of shareholders called for the purpose of electing directors), and the Company agrees to take all actions (including, but not limited to the nomination of specified persons) to cause and maintain the election to the Board of Directors of the following:
     (i) with respect to the three (3) persons to be elected by the holders of the Series A Stock pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation (the “ Series A Directors ”), such directors shall be designated as follows: (A) for so long as Apax holds shares of Series A Stock in an amount equal to at least 50% of the aggregate number of shares of Series A Stock issued to Apax on the Series A Closing Date (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization affecting such shares), then two (2) of the Series A Directors shall be designees of Apax, one of whom shall be Jason Wright as of the date hereof; (B) if, and for so long as, Apax holds shares of Series A Stock in an amount equal to less than 50% of the aggregate number of shares of Series A Stock issued to Apax on the Series A Closing Date (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization affecting such shares), then at least one (1) of the Series A Directors shall be a designee of Apax; (C) for so long as Advance Capital holds shares of Series A Stock in an amount equal to at least 50% of the aggregate number shares of Series A Stock issued to Advance Capital on the Series A Closing Date (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization affecting such shares), then at least one (1) of the Series A Directors shall be a designee of Advance Capital, who shall be Jeffrey Leeds as of the date hereof; and (D) any remaining directors entitled to be elected by the holders of the Series A Stock shall be designated by the holders of a majority of the Series A Stock;

6


 

     (ii) with respect to the two (2) directors to be elected by the holders of Series A1 Preferred Stock pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation, such director shall be designated as follows: (A) for so long as Winn holds shares of Series A1 Stock in an amount equal to at least 50% of the aggregate number of shares of Series A1 Stock issued to Winn on the Series A1 Closing Date (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization affecting such shares), then the two (2) Series A1 Directors shall be designees of Winn, one of whom shall be Winn as of the date hereof; and (B) if, and for so long as, Winn holds shares of Series A1 Stock in an amount equal to less than 50% of the aggregate number of shares of Series A1 Stock issued to Winn on the Series A1 Closing Date (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization affecting such shares), then at least one (1) of the Series A1 Directors shall be a designee of Winn;
     (iii) with respect to the one (1) director to be elected by the holders of the Common Stock pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation, such director shall be designated by Winn, who shall be Richard M. Berkeley as of the date hereof; and
     (iv) with respect to the three (3) directors to be elected by the holders of the Common Stock and the Preferred Stock, pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation (the “ Independent Directors ”), such directors shall be designated jointly by Apax and Winn upon mutual agreement, who shall be independent directors not affiliated with any Shareholder, and two (2) of whom shall be as of the date hereof Alfred R. Berkeley and Max Hopper (it being understood and agreed that the familial relationship between Alfred R. Berkeley and Richard M. Berkeley does not constitute an affiliation for purposes of this clause (iv)).
     Subject to the fiduciary obligations of each member of the Board of Directors, and so long as the relevant ownership levels set forth above continue to be satisfied, no party hereto shall vote to remove any member of the Board of Directors designated and/or elected in accordance with the aforesaid procedure unless the persons or groups so designating and/or electing such director as specified above so vote or direct that such director shall be removed, and in such event, all parties hereto shall vote in favor of the removal of such director.
     Any vacancy on the Board of Directors created by the resignation, removal, incapacity or death of any person designated under this Section 2(b) shall be filled by another person designated and/or elected in a manner so as to preserve the constituency of the Board of Directors as provided above.
          (c) Notwithstanding the foregoing and in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default each Shareholder agrees that it will promptly vote its shares of Capital Stock now owned or hereafter acquired by such Shareholder as necessary to cause (i) the removal of the three (3) Independent Directors then serving on the

7


 

Board of Directors and (ii) the prompt election to the Board of Directors of three individuals designated by Apax (“ Default Directors ”) to replace the Independent Directors so removed.
          (d) Each of Apax, Advance Capital and Winn hereby agrees, that for so long as they shall have the right to designate a member of the Board of Directors in accordance with Section 2(b) above, to take all actions, or cause there respective designees to take all actions (including, but not limited to the nomination of specified persons) to cause:
     (i) the Board of Directors to appoint the following individuals to the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors: Winn and one such Series A Director as may be designated by Apax;
     (ii) the Board of Directors to appoint the following individuals to the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors: Winn and one such Series A Director as may be designated by Apax; and
     (iii) the Board of Directors to appoint, upon the formation of a special committee of the Board of Directors, the following individuals to such special committee: Winn and one such Series A Director as may be designated by Apax; provided , however , that any special committee formed for the purpose of addressing transactions or other matters involving Winn shall not include Winn or any director designated by Winn pursuant to Section 2(b)(ii) or (2)(b)(iii) as a member and any special committee formed for the purpose of addressing transactions or other matters involving Apax shall not include any Series A Director designated by Apax as a member.
          So long as Richard M. Berkeley is a member of the Board of Directors, Mr. Berkeley shall receive notice of and may attend all meetings of the committees of the Board of Directors in a non-voting observer capacity and shall be entitled to receive all reports, presentations and materials as if Mr. Berkeley was a member of any such committee of the Board of Directors. The foregoing shall not be construed to restrict Mr. Berkeley from serving in a voting capacity on any committee of the Board of Directors to which Mr. Berkeley is appointed.
          (e) Notwithstanding anything contained herein or in the Certificate of Incorporation (except for Section IV.7 therein) or bylaws of the Company, with respect to any matter to be voted upon by the Board of Directors, if a majority of the Series A Directors do not vote in favor of such matter, then in order for such matter to be approved, a majority of the members of the Board of Directors, including at least two (2) of the Independent Directors, must vote in favor thereof.
          (f) At any time in which Richard M. Berkeley is not a member of the Board of Directors, the holders of a majority of the Series B Stock may designate one individual (the “ Observer ”) to attend meetings of the Board of Directors and of all committees of the Board of Directors in a non-voting observer capacity. The Observer shall receive notice of all such meetings and shall be entitled to receive all reports, presentations and materials as if the

8


 

Observer was a member of the Board of Directors and such committees of the Board of Directors; provided that an Observer may be excluded from access to any material or meeting or portion thereof if the Company believes that such exclusion is reasonably necessary to preserve the attorney-client privilege, to protect highly confidential proprietary information or for other similar reasons. The Observer shall be subject to the Company’s approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. Camden will, and will cause the Observer to, hold in confidence and trust, and not use or disclose (except to Camden and its financial, legal or other advisors, provided such advisors agree to hold such confidential information in confidence), any confidential information of the Company provided to or learned by the Observer in connection this paragraph (f).
     3.  Advance Capital Redemption .
          (a) The Company agrees that if as of December 31, 2011, (i) the Company has not completed a Liquidation or a Qualified IPO and (ii) the holders of a majority of the shares of the Series A Stock have not given the Company notice to redeem all of the outstanding Series A Stock, in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation, Advance Capital may prior to January 30, 2011 require the Company to redeem all or any portion of its Series A Stock, in accordance with the procedures set forth herein, so long as, as of the date of each redemption payment, the Company has cash in excess of the amounts of cash projected to be required pursuant to the budget as approved in accordance with Section 11(b) for the three-month period following such payment; provided that if the Company does not make a redemption payment when due, it shall make such payment as soon as the foregoing condition is satisfied; provided further , however , that, notwithstanding the foregoing and Section 7 of the Certificate of Incorporation, the parties agree to vote all Capital Stock of the Company now owned or hereafter acquired by such party, and the Company agrees to use reasonable efforts (1) to authorize and issue Capital Stock of the Company which shall be junior and subordinate to the Series A Stock, the Series A1 Stock, the Series B Stock and the Series C Stock and (2) to sell such Capital Stock in order to raise funds necessary to redeem the Series A Stock of Advance Capital if the Company cannot pay the Redemption Price because of any failure of the Company to satisfy a condition set forth in this Section 3(a). The Company’s inability to pay the Redemption Price to Advance Capital shall not be deemed an Event of Default by the Company.
          (b) If Advance Capital wishes to elect the Company to redeem all or any portion of its Series A Stock pursuant to this Section 3, Advance Capital shall send written notice to the Company, at least one hundred and eighty (180) days prior to the intended date of redemption of such Series A Stock (the “ Series A Redemption Date ”), setting forth the number of shares to be redeemed; provided , however , that if during such one hundred and eighty (180) day period, the holders of a majority of the shares of the Series A Stock require the Company to redeem all or any portion of the outstanding Series A Stock by giving appropriate notice, then the shares of Series A Stock of Advance Capital shall be redeemed with the shares of Series A Stock of the remaining holders and the Series A Redemption Date shall be delayed to coincide with the redemption date of the other Series A Shareholders, in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation.

9


 

          (c) The Company shall redeem the Series A Stock which Advance Capital has elected to have redeemed at the Redemption Price and in accordance with the procedures provided for in the Certificate of Incorporation without giving effect to any amendments thereto after the date hereof (unless the Company shall have obtained written consent of the holders of a majority of the Capital Stock held by Advance Capital); provided that if Advance Capital does not agree with the determination of Fair Market Value (as defined in the Certificate of Incorporation) of the Series A Stock, the Fair Market Value shall be based upon a valuation of an independent third party duly qualified to perform such valuations, chosen by mutual agreement between the Company and Advance Capital.
          (d) Nothing in this Section 3 shall limit any of Advance Capital’s rights under the Certificate of Incorporation.
     3A. Apax Voting Provision . Apax shall not vote in favor of or grant its consent to any action contemplated by Section IV.7A of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation that requires either the consent of holders of 90% of the Series A Stock or the approval of all of the directors elected by the holders of the Series A Stock (the “ Specified Actions ”) without obtaining the written consent of Advance Capital Management LLC (or any Affiliate thereof designated by Advance Capital Management LLC in connection with Advance Capital Management LLC’s dissolution) to vote in favor of or to grant consent to such action; provided that Apax shall not be so restricted in voting or granting its consent if Apax’s voting in favor of or granting of consent to a Specified Action would result in the holders of 90% of the then outstanding Series A Stock voting in favor of or consenting to such Specified Action.
     4.  Sale of the Company .
          (a) If, at any time, after December 31, 2011 the Series A Directors designated by Apax and all of the Independent Directors determine it is appropriate to conduct a Sale of the Company, then the Company shall undertake reasonable steps to solicit offers for a Sale of the Company, including retaining an investment banker.
          (b) If the conditions set forth in Section 4(a) have been satisfied and the Company receives a bona fide offer to purchase either all of its Capital Stock or all or substantially all of its assets (including by means of a merger or consolidation) at a price which results in (i) the Series A Shareholders receiving at least 3.5 times the Series A Issue Price per share of Series A Stock and (ii) the remaining shareholders receiving the amount they would have received upon a Liquidation of the Company in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation, which resulted in the Series A Shareholders receiving such amount, then Winn shall vote all of his shares of Series A1 Stock and Common Stock for approval of such Sale of the Company and shall agree to sell such Capital Stock if the transaction is in the form of a sale of stock; provided , however , that Winn shall not be obligated by this Section 4(b) if either (A) the offer or transaction referenced in this Section 4(b) is revised, or circumstances under which the transaction would be consummated change, such that such transaction, if consummated, would fail to satisfy the requirements of this Section 4(b), or (B) for any reason the Warrants would not vest and become exercisable in their entirety prior to or in connection with such transaction, so long as the Warrants shall not have expired in accordance with their terms.

10


 

     5.  Restrictions on Transfer . No Shareholder shall Transfer any Capital Stock of the Company or any interest therein to any Person except (a) subject to Section 15(a), pursuant to a Permissible Transfer (as defined below) or (b) if the Transfer complies with Section 6 and, if applicable, Section 7 hereof, and, unless in each case, the Transfer complies with applicable federal and state securities laws. The following Transfers shall be considered “ Permissible Transfers ”:
          (a) each Shareholder that is an individual may Transfer its Capital Stock of the Company to:
     (i) the spouse, children, siblings and any lineal ancestor of the immediate family of such Shareholder, and children and spouses of the foregoing;
     (ii) any Person receiving such Capital Stock of the Company from such Shareholder at such Shareholder’s death pursuant to a will or the laws of intestate succession, provided that under the terms of such will or under the applicable laws of intestate succession, such Capital Stock of the Company is Transferred solely to one or more Persons otherwise referenced in this Section 5(a);
     (iii) any trust or limited partnership established for the benefit of any of the foregoing; or
     (iv) another Person that such transferring Shareholder or previous Permissible Transferee of such Shareholder set forth in (i) through (iii) of this subparagraph (a) controls or manages, is controlled or managed by or is under common management or control with, whether through ownership of equity interests, by contract or otherwise;
          (b) each Shareholder which is not an individual may Transfer its Capital Stock of the Company (i) to another Person that such transferring Shareholder controls or manages, is controlled or managed by or is under common management or control with, whether through ownership of equity interests, by contract or otherwise or (ii) to such Shareholder’s members or partners, in a transaction in which all of such Shareholder’s Capital Stock of the Company is so Transferred;
     For purposes hereof, the Persons described in paragraphs (a) and (b)(i) above with regard to a Shareholder shall be deemed “ Affiliates ” of such Shareholder.
          (c) each Shareholder may Transfer its shares of Capital Stock to the Company; and
          (d) in addition to the foregoing, Winn may Transfer up to 5% of his or their shares of Capital Stock of the Company (calculated in the aggregate, on an as converted, fully diluted basis as of the Series A Closing Date) to any Person from time to time in one or more transactions.

11


 

     6.  Right of First Offer .
          (a) Except for a Permissible Transfer, if, at any time after the date hereof, a Shareholder (the “ ROFO Seller ”) desires to Transfer any or all of its shares of Capital Stock of the Company (the “ Offered Securities ”) other than pursuant to Section 4 or a Sale of the Company approved by the requisite vote of the members on the Company’s Board of Directors and the Shareholders, then such ROFO Seller shall deliver a written notice to the other Preferred Shareholders (the “ Offer Notice ”) of the ROFO Seller’s desire to Transfer such Offered Securities. The Offer Notice shall disclose (i) the identity of the Proposed Transferee, if any, (ii) the number of Offered Securities proposed to be Transferred, (iii) the terms and conditions of the proposed Transfer of the Offered Securities, including the price per share to be paid, and (iv) any other material facts relating to the proposed Transfer.
          (b) Upon receipt of the Offer Notice, each Preferred Shareholder shall have the right and option to elect to purchase, at the price and on the terms stated in the Offer Notice, such Preferred Shareholders’ pro rata portion of the total number of Offered Securities equal to the product obtained by multiplying (i) the Offered Securities, by (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares held by such Preferred Shareholder (calculated on an as converted basis) and the denominator of which is the sum of the total number of shares of Capital Stock of the Company at that time owned by such Preferred Shareholder and all other Preferred Shareholders electing to purchase Offered Securities (calculated on an as converted basis) in accordance with Section 6(c). If (x) any Preferred Shareholder has delivered an Offer Acceptance (as defined below) providing for such Preferred Shareholder to purchase its full pro rata portion of the Offered Securities (each such Preferred Shareholder, a “ Pro Rata Purchaser ”) and (y) not all of the Offered Securities have been proposed to be purchased pursuant to all Offer Acceptances, then the Company shall deliver a written notice (the “ Supplemental Offer Notice ”) to the Pro Rata Purchasers within five (5) days after the expiration of the ten (10) Business Day period described in clause (c) below, and all Pro Rata Purchasers shall have the right to purchase any remaining Offered Securities, which shall, if necessary, be allocated pro rata among the Pro Rata Purchasers according to their holdings of the Company’s shares of Capital Stock (determined on an as converted basis), which right to purchase shall be exercised by a Pro Rata Purchaser delivering a supplemental written notice (a “ Supplemental Offer Acceptance ”) to the Company within five (5) days after delivery of the Supplemental Offer Notice setting forth the greatest number of remaining Offered Securities such Pro Rata Purchaser desires to purchase. Notwithstanding any provision of this Section 6 to the contrary, if the Preferred Shareholders collectively fail to elect to purchase all of the Offered Securities, then no Preferred Shareholder shall have the right to purchase any Offered Securities.
          (c) Any election to purchase Offered Securities shall be made by written notice (an “ Offer Acceptance ”) to the ROFO Seller and the Company within ten (10) Business Days following delivery of the Offer Notice stating the greatest number of Offered Securities such Preferred Shareholder is willing to purchase. Thereupon, or, if applicable, the day after the expiration of the five (5) day period for delivery of the Supplemental Offer Acceptance, the ROFO Seller shall sell the Offered Securities to any Preferred Shareholder which has timely delivered an Offer Acceptance, at the price and on the terms stated in the Offer Notice.

12


 

          (d) If the Preferred Shareholders fail to purchase in the aggregate all of the Offered Securities, the ROFO Seller may proceed with a sale of the Offered Securities within ninety (90) Business Days after the Offer Notice, subject to full compliance with Section 7 hereof, to any Person reasonably acceptable to the Company for the price and on the terms specified in the Offer Notice. If the Offered Securities are not sold pursuant to the provisions of this Section 6 such Capital Stock shall again be subject to the restrictions contained in this Agreement and shall not be Transferred, except in compliance with the applicable provisions of this Agreement.
     7.  Co-Sale Rights .
          (a) The Series A Shareholders, the Series B Shareholders and the Series C Shareholders may elect to participate in the transaction contemplated by Section 6(d) with respect to a Transfer of any Offered Securities owned by any holder of Series A1 Preferred Stock or any shares of Capital Stock owned, directly or indirectly, by Winn (the “ Co-Sale Securities ”), except for a Permissible Transfer. For purposes of this Section 7, Winn and any holder of Series A1 Stock who has delivered an Offer Notice shall be referred to as the “ Co-Sale Seller .”
          (b) Upon receipt of the Offer Notice described in Section 6 above with respect to an offer to sell Co-Sale Securities, each Series A Shareholder, each Series B Shareholder and each Series C Shareholder shall have the right and option during the twenty (20) Business Day period following receipt of the Offer Notice to elect to sell, at the price and on the same terms and conditions stated in the Offer Notice, a number of shares of Series A Stock, Series B Stock or Series C Stock, as applicable, equal to the product obtained by multiplying (i) the Co-Sale Securities subject to the Offer Notice (calculated on an as converted basis), by (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares of Series A Stock held by such Series A Shareholder (calculated on an as converted basis), the number of shares of Series B Stock held by such Series B Shareholder (calculated on an as converted basis), or the number of shares of Series C Stock held by such Series C Shareholder (calculated on an as converted basis), as applicable, and the denominator of which is the sum of the total number of shares of Capital Stock of the Company at that time owned by such Series A Shareholder, Series B Shareholder or Series C Shareholder, as applicable, and all other holders of Preferred Stock (including the Co-Sale Seller and calculated on an as converted basis) electing to sell.
          (c) Any such election shall be made by written notice (a “ Co-Sale Acceptance ”) to the Co-Sale Seller within twenty (20) Business Days following delivery of the Offer Notice. Thereupon, the Co-Sale Seller shall not sell any of the subject Co-Sale Securities until each Series A Shareholder, Series B Shareholder and Series C Shareholder who has timely delivered a Co-Sale Acceptance shall have been afforded the opportunity to sell its pro rata share (calculated pursuant to paragraph (b) above) of its shares of Series A Stock, Series B Stock or Series C Stock, as applicable, in respect of which such Co-Sale Acceptance shall have been delivered, at the price and on the same terms and conditions as set forth in the Offer Notice to the same purchaser as identified by the Co-Sale Seller. To the extent one or more holders of Series A Stock, Series B Stock or Series C Stock exercise their right of participation in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 7, the number of Co-Sale Securities that the Co-Sale Seller may sell hereby shall be correspondingly reduced. If any of the holders of Series A

13


 

Stock, Series B Stock or Series C Stock do not provide a Co-Sale Acceptance pursuant to this Section 7(c) in respect of their pro rata share of the Co-Sale Securities, the Co-Sale Seller may proceed with a sale of the Co-Sale Securities within ninety (90) Business Days of the Offer Notice, pursuant to Section 6(d). Any Series A Stock, Series B Stock or Series C Stock not sold pursuant to the provisions of this Section 7 shall again be subject to the restrictions contained in this Agreement and shall not thereafter be Transferred, except in compliance with the applicable provisions of this Agreement.
          (d) All fees, costs and expenses incurred in connection with a Transfer under this Section 7 in which a Series A Shareholder, Series B Shareholder or Series C Shareholder participates shall be borne ratably by those sellers participating in such sale, provided that each seller shall be responsible for the fees and disbursements of its own legal counsel in connection with such sale.
     8.  Pre-emptive Rights.
          (a) If at any time after the date hereof, the Company wishes to issue any shares, interests, participations, rights in or other equivalents (however designated and whether voting or non-voting) of the Company’s capital stock or any rights, warrants or options exercisable or exchangeable for or convertible into such capital stock (the “ Pre-emptive Securities ”) to any Person, the Company shall promptly deliver a notice of its intention to effect such issuance (the “ Notice of Intention to Sell ”) to the holders of Series A Stock, so long as at least 7,903,125 shares of Series A Stock are outstanding (as adjusted for any combinations, divisions or similar recapitalizations affecting such shares), to the holders of Series B Stock, so long as at least 812,500 shares of Series B Stock are outstanding (as adjusted for any combinations, divisions or similar recapitalizations affecting such shares), to the holders of Series C Stock, so long as at least 750,000 shares of Series C Stock are outstanding (as adjusted for any combinations, divisions or similar recapitalizations affecting such shares), and to the holders of Series A1 Stock, so long as at least 5,050,000 shares of the Series A1 Stock are outstanding (as adjusted for any combinations, divisions or similar recapitalizations affecting such shares) (collectively, each are referred to herein as an “ Eligible Shareholder ”), setting forth a description of the Capital Stock to be issued, the proposed purchase price thereof and terms of the sale (a “ Pre-emptive Sale ”). Upon receipt of the Notice of Intention to Sell, each Eligible Shareholder shall have the right to elect to purchase, at the price and on the terms stated in the Notice of Intention to Sell, the number of the shares of Capital Stock equal to the product of (i) a fraction, the numerator of which is such Eligible Shareholder’s aggregate ownership of shares of Common Stock (assuming conversion of all shares of Preferred Stock) and the denominator of which is the number of shares held by all holders of Capital Stock of the Company (calculated on a fully-diluted basis but only including options or warrants which are then currently exercisable), multiplied by (ii) the number of shares of Pre-emptive Securities to be issued (calculated on an as converted basis). Such election is to be made by the Eligible Shareholders by written notice to the Company within thirty (30) Business Days after receipt by the Eligible Shareholders of the Notice of Intention to Sell. Each Eligible Shareholder shall also have the option, exercisable by so specifying in such written notice, to purchase on a pro rata basis similar to that described above, any remaining number of shares of Capital Stock of the Company subject to purchase by Eligible Shareholders under this Section 8(a) (the “ Maximum Pre-emptive Number ”) not

14


 

purchased by other Eligible Shareholders, in which case the Eligible Shareholders exercising such further option shall be deemed to have elected to purchase such remaining portion of the Maximum Pre-emptive Number of shares of Capital Stock of the Company on such pro rata basis, up to the Maximum Pre-emptive Number of shares of Capital Stock of the Company which such Eligible Shareholder shall have specified until either (A) no Eligible Shareholder shall have elected to purchase any further amount of the shares of Capital Stock of the Company which are the subject of the Notice of Intention to Sell or (B) the Maximum Pre-emptive Number of shares of Capital Stock of the Company shall have been subscribed for by the Eligible Shareholder(s). The Company shall promptly notify each electing Eligible Shareholder in writing of each notice of election received from other Eligible Shareholders pursuant to this Section 8(a).
          (b) If an Eligible Shareholder gives the Company notice, pursuant to the provisions of this Section 8, that such Eligible Shareholder desires to purchase any of the shares of Capital Stock of the Company, payment therefor shall be by check or wire transfer, against delivery of the securities at the executive offices of the Company not later than the closing date for the Pre-emptive Sale. The Company shall give each Eligible Shareholder not less than five (5) Business Days prior written notice of the closing date for the Pre-emptive Sale, together with appropriate payment instructions.
          (c) The pre-emptive rights contained in this Section 8 shall not apply to (i) Pre-emptive Securities that are not ultimately sold by the Company and (ii) Capital Stock of the Company issued in any of the following circumstances: (A) shares of Common Stock issued upon the conversion of the Preferred Stock, (B) shares of Common Stock issued in connection with any stock split or stock dividend, (C) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon exercise (in accordance with the terms thereof) of the Warrants, (D) shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options or other awards made or denominated in shares of Common Stock under any of the Company’s stock plans for employees, consultants or directors including any stock option, stock purchase, restricted stock or similar plan hereafter adopted by the Board of Directors and, if required by applicable law, approved by the stockholders of the Company, (E) shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants for the purchase of up to an aggregate of 600,000 shares of Common Stock issued from time to time to significant customers of the Company, (F) 5% of the outstanding Common Stock or other equivalents of the Common Stock (on a fully diluted basis) issued pursuant to a strategic partnership, joint venture, and similar arrangements, the acquisition of a business (including, without limitation, by way of an acquisition of capital stock) or the assets of a business (which assets do not consist primarily of cash or cash equivalents), research and development agreement, product development or marketing agreement or similar arrangement, in any case as approved by the Board of Directors and (G) pursuant to a Qualified IPO.
          (d) If the Company, having complied with the provisions of this Section 8, fails to consummate the sale or issuance of Capital Stock within ninety (90) days following the expiration of the time provided above for exercise of the preemptive rights set forth in this Section 8, such Capital Stock of the Company, as the case may be, shall again be subject to all of the restrictions of this Agreement.

15


 

          (e) Any Shareholder’s rights under Section 8 may be exercised by any Affiliate which agrees to become a party to the Agreement upon its acquisition of the Company’s Capital Stock.
     9.  Public Offering . The parties hereto agree that, in connection with an underwritten public offering by the Company of any its Capital Stock, if agreed to by a majority of the holders of each class or series of Capital Stock of the Company, they shall not sell any shares of Capital Stock of the Company during the period commencing ten (10) days prior to any such underwritten offering and ending one hundred and eighty (180) days following any such underwritten offering (or for such shorter period of time as is sufficient and appropriate, in the opinion of the managing underwriter) and if so requested by the managing underwriter they shall execute an agreement with respect to the foregoing.
     10.  Restrictive Legends on Capital Stock .
          (a) Each certificate evidencing shares of Capital Stock (including each certificate evidencing shares of Preferred Stock held by subsequent transferees of any such certificate), shall be stamped or otherwise imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:
THE OFFER AND SALE OF THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED PURSUANT TO THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAW. NEITHER THE SECURITIES NOR ANY PORTION THEREOF OR INTEREST THEREIN, MAY BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF UNLESS THE SAME IS REGISTERED AND QUALIFIED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SAID ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAW, OR, IN THE OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY, SUCH REGISTRATION AND QUALIFICATION ARE NOT REQUIRED.
          (b) Each certificate evidencing shares of Capital Stock (including each certificate evidencing shares of Preferred Stock held by subsequent transferees of any such certificate), shall also be stamped or otherwise imprinted with a legend (for so long a such legend may be applicable) in substantially the following form:
THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO A SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT AMONG THE COMPANY AND CERTAIN OF ITS SHAREHOLDERS, AS AMENDED AND MODIFIED FROM TIME TO TIME. A COPY OF SUCH SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT SHALL BE FURNISHED WITHOUT CHARGE BY THE COMPANY TO THE HOLDER HEREOF UPON WRITTEN REQUEST.
          (c) Each certificate evidencing shares of Preferred Stock issued upon any Transfer (and each certificate evidencing any untransferred balance of such securities) shall bear the legends set forth above unless, with regard to the legend described in Section 10(b) above,

16


 

such securities are no longer subject to this Agreement and, with regard to the legend described in Section 10(a) above, (i) in the opinion of counsel (which opinion is reasonably acceptable to the Company) addressed to the Company the registration of future Transfers is not required by the applicable provisions of the Securities Act or applicable state securities laws; (ii) the Company shall have waived the requirement of such legend; or (iii) in the reasonable opinion of counsel to the Company, such Transfer shall have been made in connection with an effective registration statement filed pursuant to the Securities Act or an exemption therefrom.
     11.  Information Rights . In addition to any rights under applicable law, the Company shall provide Apax, Advance Capital, Camden and Winn with:
          (a) Financial Statements . (i) a true and complete copy of monthly financial statements comparing actual performance to comparable financial statements of the prior year and the budget for such period, within thirty (30) Business Days after the end of each month; (ii) quarterly financial summary, in a form provided by Apax, signed by the Company’s chief executive officer or chief financial officer, within forty-five (45) Business Days after the end of each quarter; and (iii) annual financial statements, audited by an accounting firm of national standing, within one hundred (120) Business Days after the end of each year; and
          (b) Budget . its annual budget and strategic plan at the first scheduled meeting of the Board of Directors for each year, but in no event later than March 15 th of each year, approved by the Board of Directors; provided, however, that until such time as two (2) Independent Directors have been elected to the Board of Directors such budget must be approved by the Series A Directors designated by Apax.
     Apax, Advance Capital, Camden and Winn will, and will instruct each of their respective Affiliates and advisors to, hold in confidence all such information, will use such information only in connection with governing the affairs of the Company and, if this Agreement is terminated in accordance with its terms, will deliver promptly to the Company all copies of such information (and any copies, compilations or extracts thereof or based thereon) then in their possession or under their control.
     12.  Termination . Upon the consummation of a Qualified IPO, distribution of all assets of the Company pursuant to a Liquidation, a redemption of all of the outstanding Series A Stock, Series B Stock and Series C Stock or a conversion of all of the outstanding Series A Stock, Series A1 Stock, Series B Stock and Series C Stock, this Agreement shall terminate.
     13.  Aggregation of Stock . With respect to any Shareholder, all shares of Series A Stock, Series A1 Stock, Series B Stock, Series C Stock and Common Stock held or acquired by any Affiliate of such Shareholder shall be aggregated together with any shares held by such Shareholder for the purpose of determining the availability of any rights under this Agreement.
     14.  Remedies . The rights, powers and remedies of the parties under this Agreement are cumulative and not exclusive of any other right, power or remedy which such parties may have under any other agreement or law. No single or partial assertion or exercise of any right, power or remedy of a party hereunder shall preclude any other or further assertion or exercise

17


 

thereof. Any purported Transfer in violation of the provisions of this Agreement shall be void. Each Shareholder, in addition to being entitled to exercise all rights provided herein, in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or granted by law, including recovery of damages, will be entitled to specific performance of its rights under this Agreement. The Company and the other parties hereto agree that monetary damages may not be adequate compensation for any loss incurred by reason of a breach of any of the provisions of this Agreement and hereby agree to waive the defense in any action for specific performance that a remedy at law would be adequate.
     15.  Successors and Assigns: Agreement to be Bound .
          (a) Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, this Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of the Company, each of the Shareholders and the respective successors or heirs and personal representatives and permitted assigns of the Company and each of the Shareholders; provided , that the Company shall have no right to assign its rights, or to delegate its obligations hereunder, without the prior written consent of the Shareholders. It is understood and agreed among the parties hereto that this Agreement and the covenants made herein are made expressly and solely for the benefit of the other party or parties hereto (or their respective successors or permitted assigns), and that no other Person shall be entitled or be deemed to be a third-party beneficiary of any party’s rights under this Agreement.
          (b) Each Shareholder agrees further that it shall not Transfer any Capital Stock of the Company to any Person not a party to this Agreement unless such Person contemporaneously with such Transfer executes and delivers to the Company an agreement to be bound by the Shareholder’s obligations hereunder, whereupon the parties hereto agree that such Person shall have the same rights and obligations under this Agreement as the Shareholder effecting such Transfer of Capital Stock of the Company.
          (c) The Company further agrees that it shall be a condition precedent to any future issuance of Capital Stock that the Person to whom such Capital Stock of the Company is to be issued becomes subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement as a Shareholder and agrees in writing to be bound hereby, except with respect to any Capital Stock of the Company issued upon the exercise of stock options or other awards made under any of the Company’s stock plans and any Capital Stock of the Company issued pursuant to a strategic partnership, joint venture, and similar arrangements, the acquisition of a business (including, without limitation, by way of an acquisition of capital stock) or the assets of a business (which assets do not consist primarily of cash or cash equivalents), research and development agreement, product development or marketing agreement or similar arrangement, in any case as approved by the Board of Directors pursuant to Section 8(c)(ii)(F) above.
     16.  Entire Agreement . This Agreement, together with the exhibits and schedules hereto, is intended by the parties as a final expression of their agreement and intended to be a complete and exclusive statement of the agreement and understanding of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter contained herein and therein. There are no restrictions, promises, warranties or undertakings, other than those set forth or referred to herein or therein. This Agreement, together with the exhibits and schedules hereto, supersede all prior agreements and

18


 

understandings between any of the Shareholders and the Company or any predecessor to the Company, including, without limitation, the Prior Agreement, that certain term sheet, dated August 9, 2003, among the Company and Apax Partners, Inc. and any term sheet among the Company and Camden and/or any of its Affiliates.
     17.  Waiver and Termination of Agreements .
          (a) Notwithstanding anything hereunder to the contrary, the parties agree and acknowledge that, pursuant to the Prior Agreement (i) that certain Stockholders Agreement, dated December 17, 1999 (the “December 17, 1999 Agreement”), and/or that certain Series A/B Convertible Participating Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 17, 1999 were each terminated as of the Series A Closing Date, (ii) such parties waived any and all of their respective rights which they may have had with respect to such agreements, including any and all of such respective rights relating to the Contemplated Transactions (as defined in that certain Securities Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 30, 2003, by and among the Company and the Investors named therein and (iii) notwithstanding the foregoing clause (ii), the Shareholders who were parties to the December 17, 1999 Agreement did not waive any claims they may have had against each other but only any claims each may have directly or indirectly against the Company or any of its officers or directors in their capacities as such (including claims for indemnity). Each of the Shareholders represents to each other Shareholder that it is not now aware of any claims such Shareholder may have against any other Shareholder.
          (b) Notwithstanding anything hereunder to the contrary, the parties agree and acknowledge that, pursuant to the Prior Agreement, (i) such parties waived any and all of their respective rights which they may have had with respect to that certain Shareholders’ Agreement, dated as of December 1, 1998, by and among RealPage Communications, Inc., a Texas corporation, and the Shareholders (as defined therein), as amended (the “ Other Shareholders Agreement ”), including any and all of such respective rights relating to the Contemplated Transactions (as defined above) and (ii) Winn agreed that he would remain responsible for any and all obligations with respect to the Other Shareholders Agreement to the extent that any parties thereto are not parties to the Prior Agreement and agreed to indemnify and hold harmless the parties to the Prior Agreement in the even the rights of any parties to the Other Shareholders Agreement conflict with or otherwise impair the rights and benefits of the parties to the Prior Agreement.
     18.  Notice and Addresses . Any notice, demand, request, waiver, or other communication under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given on the date of service, if personally served or sent by facsimile; on the Business Day after notice is delivered to a courier or mailed by express mail, if sent by courier delivery service or express mail for next day delivery; and on the third day after mailing, if mailed to the party to whom notice is to be given, by first class mail, registered, return receipt requested, postage prepaid and addressed as follows:

19


 

if to the Company:
RealPage, Inc.
4000 International Parkway
Carrollton, Texas 75007-1913
Attention: Stephen T. Winn
Facsimile: 972.820.3913
if to any Shareholder, to the address set forth on Schedule II,
or to such other address, with respect to any party, as such party shall give notice of in accordance with this Section 18.
     19.  Amendment and Waiver .
          (a) No failure or delay on the part of any of the parties hereto in exercising any right, power or remedy hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right, power or remedy preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or remedy.
          (b) Any amendment, supplement or modification of or to any provision of this Agreement shall be effective only if it is made or given in writing and signed by the Company and the holders of 90% of each class or series of Capital Stock (even if a Shareholder is not directly affected by such amendment, supplement or modification).
          (c) The observance of any term of this Agreement may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) by the party entitled to enforce such term, but such waiver shall be effective only if it is in a writing signed by the party entitled to enforce such term and against which such waiver is to be asserted.
     20.  Signatures; Counterparts . Facsimile transmissions of any executed original document and/or retransmission of any executed facsimile transmission shall be deemed to be the same as the delivery of an executed original. At the request of any party hereto, the other parties hereto shall confirm facsimile transmissions by executing duplicate original documents and delivering the same to the requesting party or parties. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.
     21.  Captions . The captions in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not be given any effect in the interpretation of this Agreement.
     22.  Severability . If any one or more of the provisions contained in this Agreement, or the application thereof in any circumstance, is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any

20


 

respect for any reason, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions hereof shall not be in any way impaired, unless the provisions held invalid, illegal or unenforceable shall substantially impair the benefits of the remaining provisions of this Agreement. The parties hereto further agree to replace such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision of this Agreement with a valid, legal and enforceable provision that will achieve, to the extent possible, the economic, business and other purposes of such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision.
     23.  No Strict Construction . The parties hereto have been represented by counsel in connection with this Agreement. The parties hereto have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. In the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises under any provision of this Agreement, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties thereto, and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any party by virtue of the authorship of any of the provisions of this Agreement.
     24.  Governing Law . This Agreement and (unless otherwise provided) all amendments hereof and waivers and consents hereunder shall be governed by the internal laws of the State of New York, without regard to the conflicts of law principles thereof which would specify the application of the law of another jurisdiction.
     25.  Jurisdiction . Each of the Shareholders and the Company (a) hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of any court of the State of New York or any federal court sitting in the State of New York for purposes of any suit, action or other proceeding arising out of this Agreement or the subject matter hereof brought by the Company, or any Shareholder and (b) hereby waives and agrees not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense, or otherwise, in any such suit, action or proceeding, any claim that it is not subject personally to the jurisdiction of the above-named courts, that its property is exempt or immune from attachment or execution, that the suit, action or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum, that the venue of the suit, action or proceeding is improper or that this Agreement or the subject matter hereof may not be enforced in or by such court.
     26.  Stock Splits, Stock Dividends, etc. In the event of any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, reorganization or combination, any securities issued to the parties shall be subject to this Agreement.
     27.  Winn Warrant . With respect to the Warrants issued by the Company on December 30, 2003 to Winn and certain other individuals, and amended on February 22, 2008, Apax and Camden each agrees that if such Warrants vest in accordance with their terms and the Company does not have sufficient authorized common stock to allow exercise thereof, Apax and Camden shall each vote its shares of Company stock for an increase in such authorized common stock to allow exercise thereof.
[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

21


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first above written.
         
  COMPANY:

REALPAGE, INC
 
 
  By:   /s/ Stephen T. Winn    
    Name:   Stephen T. Winn   
    Title:   Chief Executive Officer   
 
  SHAREHOLDERS:
 
 
  /s/ Stephen T. Winn    
  STEPHEN T. WINN   
     
 
  STEPHEN T. WINN 1996 FAMILY LP A
 
 
  By:   /s/ Stephen T. Winn    
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
  SEREN CAPITAL LTD.

By: Seren Capital Management, L.L.C.,
        Its General Partner
 
 
  By:   /s/ Stephen T. Winn    
    Name:   Stephen T. Winn   
    Title:   Sole Manager and President   
 
  SEREN CATALYST LP

By: Seren Capital Management, L.L.C.,
        Its General Partner
 
 
  By:   /s/ Stephen T. Winn    
    Name:   Stephen T. Winn   
    Title:   Sole Manager and President   
 
Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Shareholders Agreement

 


 

         
  APAX EXCELSIOR VI, L.P.

By: Apax Excelsior VI Partners, L.P.,
        Its General Partner

By: Apax Managers, Inc.
        Its General Partner
 
 
  By:   /s/ Robert Marsden    
    Name:   Robert Marsden   
    Title:   CFO   
 
  APAX EXCELSIOR VI-A C.V.

By: Apax Excelsior VI Partners, L.P.,
        Its General Partner

By: Apax Managers, Inc.
        Its General Partner
 
 
  By:   /s/ Robert Marsden    
    Name:   Robert Marsden   
    Title:   CFO   
 
  APAX EXCELSIOR VI-B C.V.

By: Apax Excelsior VI Partners, L.P.,
        Its General Partner

By: Apax Managers, Inc.
        Its General Partner
 
 
  By:   /s/ Robert Marsden    
    Name:   Robert Marsden   
    Title:   CFO   
 
  PATRICOF PRIVATE INVESTMENT CLUB III, L.P.

By: Apax Excelsior VI Partners, L.P.,
        Its General Partner

By: Apax Managers, Inc.
        Its General Partner
 
 
  By:   /s/ Robert Marsden    
    Name:   Robert Marsden   
    Title:   CFO   
 
Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Shareholders Agreement

 


 

         
  ADVANCE CAPITAL PARTNERS, L.P.

By: Advance Capital Associates, L.P.,
        Its General Partner

By: Advance Capital Management, LLC,
        Its General Partner
 
 
  By:   /s/ Jeffrey T. Leeds    
    Name:   Jeffrey T. Leeds   
    Title:   Principal   
 
  ADVANCE CAPITAL OFFSHORE PARTNERS, L.P.

By: Advance Capital Offshore Associates, LDC,
        Its General Partner

By: Advance Capital Associates, L.P.,
        Its Member

By: Advance Capital Management, LLC,
        Its General Partner
 
 
  By:   /s/ Jeffrey T. Leeds    
    Name:   Jeffrey T. Leeds   
    Title:   Principal   
 
     
  /s/ Jeffrey T. Leeds    
  JEFFREY T. LEEDS   
     
 
Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Shareholders Agreement

 


 

         
  CAMDEN PARTNERS STRATEGIC FUND III, L.P.

By: Camden Partners Strategic III, LLC
Its: General Partner

By: Camden Partners Strategic Manager, LLC
Its: Managing Member
 
 
  By:   /s/ Richard M. Berkeley    
    Richard M. Berkeley   
    Managing Member   
 
  CAMDEN PARTNERS STRATEGIC FUND III-A, L.P.

By: Camden Partners Strategic III, LLC
Its: General Partner

By: Camden Partners Strategic Manager, LLC
Its: Managing Member
 
 
  By:   /s/ Richard M. Berkeley    
    Richard M. Berkeley   
    Managing Member   
 
Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Shareholders Agreement

 


 

Schedule I
To
Fourth Amended and Restated Shareholders Agreement
     
 
Series A Shareholders
  Apax Excelsior VI, L.P.
 
  Apax Excelsior VI-A C.V.
 
  Apax Excelsior VI-B C.V.
 
  Patricof Private Investment Club III, L.P.
 
  Seren Capital Ltd.
 
  Advance Capital Partners, L.P.
 
  Advance Capital Offshore Partners, L.P.
 
  Jeffrey T. Leeds
 
  Ethan A Budin
 
  Mark H. Sherman
 
  Donald J. Edwards
 
  Joshua A. Sorensen
 
  Robert T. Puopolo
 
Series A1 Shareholders
  Seren Capital Ltd.
 
  Stephen T. Winn
 
  Camden Partners Strategic Fund III, L.P.
 
  Camden Partners Strategic Fund III-A, L.P
 
Series B Shareholders
  Camden Partners Strategic Fund III, L.P.
 
  Camden Partners Strategic Fund III-A, L.P.
 
  James K. Malernee
 
  Timothy J. Barker
 
Series C Shareholders
  Apax Excelsior VI, L.P.
 
  Apax Excelsior VI-A C.V.
 
  Apax Excelsior VI-B C.V.
 
  Patricof Private Investment Club III, L.P.
 
  Camden Partners Strategic Fund III, L.P.
 
  Camden Partners Strategic Fund III-A, L.P.
 
  Timothy J. Barker
 
Major Shareholders and
  Stephen T. Winn
Warrantholders
  Stephen T. Winn 1996 Family LPA
 
  Seren Capital Ltd.
 
  Seren Catalyst LP
 
  Stephen T. Winn, separate property
 
  Michael E. Mueller
 
  Robert H. Dilworth
 
  Melvin R. Woolf
 
  Fabian R. Gordon
 
  Bryan Vincent
 
  Michael Polly
 

 


 

Schedule I (Continued)
Fourth Amended and Restated Shareholders Agreement
     
 
 
  Jason Russell
 
  Camden Technology, Inc.
 
  RE3, Inc.
 
  United Dominion Realty Trust
 
  Jeffrey Roper
 
  Patricia Roper
 
  Comerica Ventures Incorporated
 

 


 

Schedule I (Continued)
Fourth Amended and Restated Shareholders Agreement
Apax Excelsior VI, L.P.
Apax Excelsior VI-A C.V.
Apax Excelsior VI-B C.V.
Patricof Private Investment Club III, L.P.
[***]
Seren Capital Ltd.
Seren Catalyst LP
Stephen T. Winn
Stephen T. Winn, separate property
Stephen T. Winn 1996 Family LP A
[***]
Advance Capital Partners, L.P.
Advance Capital Offshore Partners, L.P.
Jeffrey T. Leeds
c/o Jeffrey T. Leeds
Leeds Equity Partners, LLC
350 Park Avenue, 23 rd Floor
New York, New York 10022
Ethan A. Budin
FlexPoint Partners
676 N. Michigan, Suite 3300
Chicago, Illinois 60611
Mark H. Sherman
     [***]

 


 

Schedule I (Continued)
Fourth Amended and Restated Shareholders Agreement
Donald J. Edwards
c/o FlexPoint Partners
676 N. Michigan, Suite 330
Chicago, Illinois 60611
Joshua A. Sorensen
c/o Leeds Equity Partners, LLC
350 Park Avenue, 23 rd Floor
New York, New York 10022
Robert T. Puopolo
Epic Partners
116 W. 23rd St. 5th
New York, NY 10011
Camden Partners Strategic Fund III, L.P.
Camden Partners Strategic Fund III-A, L.P.
500 E. Pratt Street, Suite 1200
Baltimore, Maryland 21202
Attention: Richard M. Berkeley
Facsimile: (410) 878-6850
James K. Malernee
c/o Cornerstone Research
599 Lexington Avenue
43 rd Floor
New York, NY 10022
Timothy J. Barker
[***]
Michael E. Meuller
     [***]

 


 

Schedule I (Continued)
Fourth Amended and Restated Shareholders Agreement
Robert H. Dilworth
[***]
Melvin R. Woolf
[***]
Fabian R. Gordon
[***]
Michael Polly
[***]
Jason Russell
[***]
Bryan Vincent
[***]
RE3, Inc.
Attn: Bill Licko
1745 Shea Center Drive
Suite 200
Highlands Ranch, CO 80129
Camden Technology, Inc.
Attn: Alex Jessett
3 Greenway Plaza
Houston, Texas 77046

 


 

Schedule I (Continued)
Fourth Amended and Restated Shareholders Agreement
United Dominion Realty Trust
Attn: David Messenger
1745 Shea Center Drive, Suite 200
Highlands Ranch, CO 80129
Jeffrey Roper
Patricia Roper
[***]
Comerica Ventures Incorporated
Attn: Joe Fisher
1717 Main Street
MC 6406, 5 th Floor
Dallas, TX 75201
Sukhi Singh
[***]
Rajiv Naidu
[***]
Kevin Braun
[***]
Mike Lin
[***]
Ken Murai
[***]

 

Exhibit 4.5
REALPAGE, INC.
4000 International Parkway
Carrollton, Texas 75007-1913
December 14, 2005
Camden Partners Strategic Fund III, L.P.
One South Street
Suite 2150
Baltimore, Maryland 21202
  Re:   Management Rights
Ladies and Gentlemen:
     This letter will confirm our agreement that effective upon your purchase of shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share, of RealPage, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), you will be entitled to the following contractual management rights, in addition to rights to certain non-public financial information, inspection rights and other rights that you may be entitled to pursuant to the Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 14, 2005, by and among the Company and the investors party thereto and that certain Amended and Restated Shareholders Agreement, dated as of December 14, 2005, by and among the Company and the investors party thereto:
     (1) If and for so long as you do not have a representative on the Company’s Board of Directors, you shall be permitted to consult with and advise management of the Company on significant business issues, including management’s proposed annual operating plans, and management will make itself available to meet with you at the Company’s facilities at mutually agreeable times for such consultation and advice and to review progress in achieving said plans.
     (2) You may examine the books and records of the Company and inspect its facilities and may request information at reasonable times and intervals concerning the general status of the Company’s financial condition and operations, provided that access to highly confidential proprietary information and facilities need not be provided.
     (3) If and for so long as you do not have a representative on the Company’s Board of Directors, the Company shall invite you to send your representative to attend in a nonvoting observer capacity all meetings of its Board of Directors and, in this respect, shall give your representative copies of all notices, minutes, consents and other material that it provides to its directors; provided, however, that the Company reserves the right to exclude your representative from access to any material or meeting or portion thereof if the Company believes that such exclusion is reasonably necessary to preserve the attorney-client privilege, to protect highly confidential proprietary information or for other similar reasons. Such representative shall be subject to the Company’s approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. Your representative shall be entitled to participate in discussions of matters brought before the Board.

 


 

     You agree, and you shall cause your representative to agree, to hold in confidence and trust, and not use or disclose (except to your financial, legal or other advisors, provided such advisors agree to hold such confidential information in confidence), any confidential information of the Company provided to or learned by you or your representative in connection with the exercise of your rights under this letter.
     The rights described herein shall terminate and be of no further force or effect upon (i) such time as you hold Company capital stock representing, in the aggregate, less than 10%, on an as converted basis, of your original investment as purchased on the date hereof, (ii) the date upon which the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, (iii) the merger or consolidation of the Company into or with another corporation or other similar transaction or series of related transactions in which the Company’s stockholders of record (or their affiliates) as constituted immediately prior to such transaction or series of related transactions will not, immediately after such transaction or series of related transactions, beneficially own (as determined pursuant to Rule 13d-3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) at least a majority of the voting power of the surviving or acquiring entity, or (iv) the sale of all or substantially all the assets of the Company. The confidentiality obligations referenced herein will survive any such termination.
         
  Very truly yours,

REALPAGE, INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Stephen T. Winn    
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
         
  Accepted and agreed to
as of the date first above written

CAMDEN PARTNERS STRATEGIC FUND III, L.P.
 
 
  By:   Camden Partners Strategic III, LLC,    
    Its General Partner   
       
 
     
  By:   /s/ Richard M. Berkeley    
    Name:   Richard M. Berkeley   
    Title:   Managing Partner   
 

 

Exhibit 4.6
REALPAGE, INC.
4000 International Parkway
Carrollton, Texas 75007-1913
December 14, 2005
Camden Partners Strategic Fund III-A, L.P.
One South Street
Suite 2150
Baltimore, Maryland 21202
     Re:       Management Rights
Ladies and Gentlemen:
     This letter will confirm our agreement that effective upon your purchase of shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share, of RealPage, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), you will be entitled to the following contractual management rights, in addition to rights to certain non-public financial information, inspection rights and other rights that you may be entitled to pursuant to the Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 14, 2005, by and among the Company and the investors party thereto and that certain Amended and Restated Shareholders Agreement, dated as of December 14, 2005, by and among the Company and the investors party thereto:
     (1) If and for so long as you do not have a representative on the Company’s Board of Directors, you shall be permitted to consult with and advise management of the Company on significant business issues, including management’s proposed annual operating plans, and management will make itself available to meet with you at the Company’s facilities at mutually agreeable times for such consultation and advice and to review progress in achieving said plans.
     (2) You may examine the books and records of the Company and inspect its facilities and may request information at reasonable times and intervals concerning the general status of the Company’s financial condition and operations, provided that access to highly confidential proprietary information and facilities need not be provided.
     (3) If and for so long as you do not have a representative on the Company’s Board of Directors, the Company shall invite you to send your representative to attend in a nonvoting observer capacity all meetings of its Board of Directors and, in this respect, shall give your representative copies of all notices, minutes, consents and other material that it provides to its directors; provided, however, that the Company reserves the right to exclude your representative from access to any material or meeting or portion thereof if the Company believes that such exclusion is reasonably necessary to preserve the attorney-client privilege, to protect highly confidential proprietary information or for other similar reasons. Such representative shall be subject to the Company’s


 

approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. Your representative shall be entitled to participate in discussions of matters brought before the Board.
     You agree, and you shall cause your representative to agree, to hold in confidence and trust, and not use or disclose (except to your financial, legal or other advisors, provided such advisors agree to hold such confidential information in confidence), any confidential information of the Company provided to or learned by you or your representative in connection with the exercise of your rights under this letter.
     The rights described herein shall terminate and be of no further force or effect upon (i) such time as you hold Company capital stock representing, in the aggregate, less than 10%, on an as converted basis, of your original investment as purchased on the date hereof, (ii) the date upon which the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, (iii) the merger or consolidation of the Company into or with another corporation or other similar transaction or series of related transactions in which the Company’s stockholders of record (or their affiliates) as constituted immediately prior to such transaction or series of related transactions will not, immediately after such transaction or series of related transactions, beneficially own (as determined pursuant to Rule 13d-3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) at least a majority of the voting power of the surviving or acquiring entity, or (iv) the sale of all or substantially all the assets of the Company. The confidentiality obligations referenced herein will survive any such termination.
         
  Very truly yours,

REALPAGE, INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Stephen T. Winn    
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
         
  Accepted and agreed to
as of the date first above written

CAMDEN PARTNERS STRATEGIC FUND III-A, L.P.
 
 
  By:   Camden Partners Strategic III, LLC,    
    Its General Partner   
       
 
     
  By:   /s/ Richard M. Berkeley    
    Name:   Richard M. Berkeley   
    Title:   Managing Partner   
 

Exhibit 10.1
INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT
     THIS AGREEMENT is entered into, effective as            of by and between RealPage Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and (“ Indemnitee ”).
     WHEREAS, it is essential to the Company to retain and attract as directors and officers the most capable persons available;
     WHEREAS, Indemnitee is a director and/or officer of the Company;
     WHEREAS, both the Company and Indemnitee recognize the increased risk of litigation and other claims currently being asserted against directors and officers of corporations;
     WHEREAS, the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws of the Company require the Company to indemnify and advance expenses to its directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law, and the Indemnitee has been serving and continues to serve as a director and/or officer of the Company in part in reliance on the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws; and
     WHEREAS, in recognition of Indemnitee’s need for (i) substantial protection against personal liability based on Indemnitee’s reliance on the aforesaid Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws, (ii) specific contractual assurance that the protection promised by the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws will be available to Indemnitee (regardless of, among other things, any amendment to or revocation of the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws or any change in the composition of the Company’s Board of Directors or acquisition transaction relating to the Company), and (iii) an inducement to provide effective services to the Company as a director and/or officer, the Company wishes to provide in this Agreement for the indemnification of and the advancing of expenses to Indemnitee to the fullest extent (whether partial or complete) permitted under Delaware law and as set forth in this Agreement, and, to the extent insurance is maintained, to provide for the continued coverage of Indemnitee under the Company’s directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies.
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the above premises and of Indemnitee continuing to serve the Company directly or, at its request, with another enterprise, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties agree as follows:
     1.  Certain Definitions :
          (a) “ Board ” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.
          (b) “ Affiliate ” shall mean any corporation or other person or entity that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls or is controlled by, or is under common control with, the person specified.
          (c) A “ Change in Control ” shall be deemed to have occurred if (i) any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”)) (other than a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or a corporation owned directly or indirectly by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company, and other than any person holding shares of the Company on the date that the Company first registers under the Act or any transferee of such individual if such transferee is a spouse or lineal descendant of the transferee or a trust for the benefit of the individual, his spouse or lineal descendants), is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the

1


 

Company representing 30% or more of the total voting power represented by the Company’s then outstanding Voting Securities, or (ii) during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board and any new director whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the Board, or (iii) the stockholders of the Company approve a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other entity, other than a merger or consolidation that would result in the Voting Securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into Voting Securities of the surviving entity) at least 80% of the total voting power represented by the Voting Securities of the Company or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation, or (iv) the stockholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company (in one transaction or a series of transactions) of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets.
          (d) “ Expenses ” shall mean any expense, liability, or loss, including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes and penalties, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement, any interest, assessments, or other charges imposed thereon, any federal, state, local, or foreign taxes imposed as a result of the actual or deemed receipt of any payments under this Agreement, and all other costs and obligations, paid or incurred in connection with investigating, defending, being a witness in, participating in (including on appeal), or preparing for any of the foregoing in, any Proceeding relating to any Indemnifiable Event.
          (e) “ Indemnifiable Event ” shall mean any event or occurrence that takes place either prior to or after the execution of this Agreement, related to the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director or officer of the Company, or while a director or officer is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, trustee, agent, or fiduciary of another foreign or domestic corporation, partnership, joint venture, employee benefit plan, trust, or other enterprise, or was a director, officer, employee, or agent of a foreign or domestic corporation that was a predecessor corporation of the Company or of another enterprise at the request of such predecessor corporation, or related to anything done or not done by Indemnitee in any such capacity, whether or not the basis of the Proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director, officer, employee, or agent or in any other capacity while serving as a director, officer, employee, or agent of the Company, as described above.
          (f) “ Independent Counsel ” shall mean the person or body appointed in connection with Section 3.
          (g) “ Proceeding ” shall mean any threatened, pending, or completed action, suit, or proceeding or any alternative dispute resolution mechanism (including an action by or in the right of the Company), or any inquiry, hearing, or investigation, whether conducted by the Company or any other party, that Indemnitee in good faith believes might lead to the institution of any such action, suit, or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, investigative, or other.
          (h) “ Reviewing Party ” shall mean the person or body appointed in accordance with Section 3.
          (i) “ Voting Securities ” shall mean any securities of the Company that vote generally in the election of directors.

2


 

     2.  Agreement to Indemnify .
          (a)  General Agreement . In the event Indemnitee was, is, or becomes a party to or witness or other participant in, or is threatened to be made a party to or witness or other participant in, a Proceeding by reason of (or arising in part out of) an Indemnifiable Event, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee from and against any and all Expenses to the fullest extent permitted by law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended or interpreted (but in the case of any such amendment or interpretation, only to the extent that such amendment or interpretation permits the Company to provide broader indemnification rights than were permitted prior thereto). The parties hereto intend that this Agreement shall provide for indemnification in excess of that expressly permitted by statute, including, without limitation, any indemnification provided by the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, its Bylaws, vote of its stockholders or disinterested directors, or applicable law.
          (b)  Initiation of Proceeding . Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, Indemnitee shall not be entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Agreement in connection with any Proceeding initiated by Indemnitee against the Company or any director or officer of the Company unless (i) the Company has joined in or the Board has consented to the initiation of such Proceeding; (ii) the Proceeding is one to enforce indemnification rights under Section 5; or (iii) the Proceeding is instituted after a Change in Control (other than a Change in Control approved by a majority of the directors on the Board who were directors immediately prior to such Change in Control) and Independent Counsel has approved its initiation.
          (c)  Expense Advances . If so requested by Indemnitee, the Company shall advance (within ten (10) business days of such request) any and all Expenses to Indemnitee (an “Expense Advance”). The Indemnitee shall qualify for such Expense Advances upon the execution and delivery to the Company of this Agreement which shall constitute an undertaking providing that the Indemnitee undertakes to repay such Expense Advances if and to the extent that it is ultimately determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final judgment, not subject to appeal, that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company. Indemnitee’s obligation to reimburse the Company for Expense Advances shall be unsecured and no interest shall be charged thereon. This Section 2(c) shall not apply to any claim made by Indemnitee for which indemnification is excluded pursuant to Section 2(b) or 2(f).
          (d)  Mandatory Indemnification . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any Proceeding relating in whole or in part to an Indemnifiable Event or in defense of any issue or matter therein, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses incurred in connection therewith, except with respect to any portion of the Proceeding relating to a non-Indemnifiable Event.
          (e)  Partial Indemnification . If Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Agreement to indemnification by the Company for some or a portion of Expenses, but not, however, for the total amount thereof, the Company shall nevertheless indemnify Indemnitee for the portion thereof to which Indemnitee is entitled.
          (f)  Prohibited Indemnification . No indemnification pursuant to this Agreement shall be paid by the Company on account of any Proceeding in which judgment is rendered against Indemnitee for an accounting of profits made from the purchase or sale by Indemnitee of securities of the Company pursuant to the provisions of Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or similar provisions of any federal, state, or local laws.

3


 

     3.  Reviewing Party . Prior to any Change in Control, the Reviewing Party shall be any appropriate person or body consisting of a member or members of the Board or any other person or body appointed by the Board who is not a party to the particular Proceeding with respect to which Indemnitee is seeking indemnification; after a Change in Control, the Independent Counsel referred to below shall become the Reviewing Party. With respect to all matters arising after a Change in Control (other than a Change in Control approved by a majority of the directors on the Board who were directors immediately prior to such Change in Control) concerning the rights of Indemnitee to indemnity payments and Expense Advances under this Agreement or any other agreement or under applicable law or the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws now or hereafter in effect relating to indemnification for Indemnifiable Events, the Company shall seek legal advice only from Independent Counsel selected by Indemnitee and approved by the Company (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld), and who has not otherwise performed services for the Company or the Indemnitee (other than in connection with indemnification matters) within the last five years. The Independent Counsel shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement. Such counsel, among other things, shall render its written opinion to the Company and Indemnitee as to whether and to what extent the Indemnitee should be permitted to be indemnified under applicable law. The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees of the Independent Counsel and to indemnify fully such counsel against any and all expenses (including attorneys’ fees), claims, liabilities, loss, and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the engagement of Independent Counsel pursuant hereto.
     4.  Indemnification Process and Appeal .
          (a)  Indemnification Payment . Indemnitee shall be entitled to indemnification of Expenses, and shall receive payment thereof, from the Company in accordance with this Agreement as soon as practicable after Indemnitee has made written demand on the Company for indemnification, unless the Reviewing Party has given a written opinion to the Company that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under applicable law.
          (b)  Suit to Enforce Rights . Regardless of any action by the Reviewing Party, if Indemnitee has not received full indemnification within thirty (30) days after making a demand in accordance with Section 4(a), Indemnitee shall have the right to enforce its indemnification rights under this Agreement by commencing litigation in any court in the State of Texas or the State of Delaware having subject matter jurisdiction thereof seeking an initial determination by the court or challenging any determination by the Reviewing Party or any aspect thereof. The Company hereby consents to service of process and to appear in any such proceeding. Any determination by the Reviewing Party not challenged by the Indemnitee shall be binding on the Company and Indemnitee. The remedy provided for in this Section 4 shall be in addition to any other remedies available to Indemnitee at law or in equity.
          (c)  Defense to Indemnification, Burden of Proof, and Presumptions . It shall be a defense to any action brought by Indemnitee against the Company to enforce this Agreement (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for Expenses incurred in defending a Proceeding in advance of its final disposition) that it is not permissible under applicable law for the Company to indemnify Indemnitee for the amount claimed. In connection with any such action or any determination by the Reviewing Party or otherwise as to whether Indemnitee is entitled to be indemnified hereunder, the burden of proving such a defense or determination shall be on the Company. Neither the failure of the Reviewing Party or the Company (including its Board, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action by Indemnitee that indemnification of the claimant is proper under the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the standard of conduct set forth in applicable law, nor

4


 

an actual determination by the Reviewing Party or Company (including its Board, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) that the Indemnitee had not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that the Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct. For purposes of this Agreement, the termination of any claim, action, suit, or proceeding, by judgment, order, settlement (whether with or without court approval), conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere, or its equivalent, shall not create a presumption that Indemnitee did not meet any particular standard of conduct or have any particular belief or that a court has determined that indemnification is not permitted by applicable law.
     5.  Indemnification for Expenses Incurred in Enforcing Rights . The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against any and all Expenses that are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any action brought by Indemnitee for
          (i) indemnification or advance payment of Expenses by the Company under this Agreement or any other agreement or under applicable law or the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws now or hereafter in effect relating to indemnification for Indemnifiable Events, and/or
          (ii) recovery under directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company, but only in the event that Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification or insurance recovery, as the case may be. In addition, the Company shall, if so requested by Indemnitee, advance the foregoing Expenses to Indemnitee, subject to and in accordance with Section 2(c).
     6.  Notification and Defense of Proceeding .
          (a)  Notice . Promptly after receipt by Indemnitee of notice of the commencement of any Proceeding, Indemnitee shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the Company under this Agreement, notify the Company of the commencement thereof; but the omission so to notify the Company will not relieve the Company from any liability that it may have to Indemnitee, except as provided in Section 6(c).
          (b)  Defense . With respect to any Proceeding as to which Indemnitee notifies the Company of the commencement thereof, the Company will be entitled to participate in the Proceeding at its own expense and except as otherwise provided below, to the extent the Company so wishes, it may assume the defense thereof with counsel reasonably satisfactory to Indemnitee. After notice from the Company to Indemnitee of its election to assume the defense of any Proceeding, the Company shall not be liable to Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise for any Expenses subsequently incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the defense of such Proceeding other than reasonable costs of investigation or as otherwise provided below. Indemnitee shall have the right to employ legal counsel in such Proceeding, but all Expenses related thereto incurred after notice from the Company of its assumption of the defense shall be at Indemnitee’s expense unless: (i) the employment of legal counsel by Indemnitee has been authorized by the Company, (ii) Indemnitee has reasonably determined that there may be a conflict of interest between Indemnitee and the Company in the defense of the Proceeding, (iii) after a Change in Control (other than a Change in Control approved by a majority of the directors on the Board who were directors immediately prior to such Change in Control), the employment of counsel by Indemnitee has been approved by the Independent Counsel, or (iv) the Company shall not in fact have employed counsel to assume the defense of such Proceeding, in each of which cases all Expenses of the Proceeding shall be borne by the Company. The Company shall not be entitled to assume the defense of any Proceeding brought by or on behalf of the Company or as to which Indemnitee shall have made the determination provided for in (ii), (iii) and (iv) above.

5


 

          (c)  Settlement of Claims . The Company shall not be liable to indemnify Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise for any amounts paid in settlement of any Proceeding effected without the Company’s written consent, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld; provided, however, that if a Change in Control has occurred (other than a Change in Control approved by a majority of the directors on the Board who were directors immediately prior to such Change in Control), the Company shall be liable for indemnification of Indemnitee for amounts paid in settlement if the Independent Counsel has approved the settlement. The Company shall not settle any Proceeding in any manner that would impose any penalty or limitation on Indemnitee without Indemnitee’s written consent. The Company shall not be liable to indemnify the Indemnitee under this Agreement with regard to any judicial award if the Company was not given a reasonable and timely opportunity, at its expense, to participate in the defense of such action; the Company’s liability hereunder shall not be excused if participation in the Proceeding by the Company was barred by this Agreement.
     7.  Non-Exclusivity . The rights of Indemnitee hereunder shall be in addition to any other rights Indemnitee may have under the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws, applicable law, or otherwise; provided, however, that this Agreement shall supersede any prior indemnification agreement between the Company and the Indemnitee. To the extent that a change in applicable law (whether by statute or judicial decision) permits greater indemnification than would be afforded currently under the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws, applicable law, or this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties that Indemnitee enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change.
     8.  Liability Insurance .
          (a) The Company hereby covenants and agrees that, so long as the Indemnitee shall continue to serve as an agent of the Company and thereafter so long as Indemnitee shall be subject to any possible proceeding by reason of the fact that the Indemnitee was an agent of the Company, the Company, subject to Section 8(b), shall use reasonable efforts to obtain and maintain in full force and effect directors’ and officers’ liability insurance (“ D&O Insurance ”) in reasonable amounts from established and reputable insurers and Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies, in accordance with its or their terms, to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any Company director or officer.
          (b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall have no obligation to obtain or maintain D&O Insurance if the Company determines in good faith that such insurance is not reasonably available, the premium costs for such insurance are disproportionate to the amount of coverage provided, or the coverage is reduced by exclusions so as to provide an insufficient benefit.
     9.  Period of Limitations . No legal action shall be brought and no cause of action shall be asserted by or on behalf of the Company or any Affiliate of the Company against Indemnitee, Indemnitee’s spouse, heirs, executors, or personal or legal representatives after the expiration of two (2) years from the date of accrual of such cause of action, or such longer period as may be required by state law under the circumstances. Any claim or cause of action of the Company or its Affiliate shall be extinguished and deemed released unless asserted by the timely filing and notice of a legal action within such period; provided, however, that if any shorter period of limitations is otherwise applicable to any such cause of action, the shorter period shall govern.
     10.  Amendment of this Agreement . No supplement, modification, or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both of the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be binding unless in the form of a writing signed by the party against whom enforcement of the waiver is sought, and no such waiver shall operate as a waiver of any

6


 

other provisions hereof (whether or not similar), nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver. Except as specifically provided herein, no failure to exercise or any delay in exercising any right or remedy hereunder shall constitute a waiver thereof.
     11.  Subrogation . Except with regard to the Company’s primary obligations, as set forth in Section 12 hereof, in the event of payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and shall do everything that may be necessary to secure such rights, including the execution of such documents necessary to enable the Company effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights.
     12.  No Duplication of Payments . The Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment in connection with any claim made against Indemnitee to the extent Indemnitee has otherwise received payment (under any insurance policy, Bylaw, or otherwise) of the amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder; provided, however, that if Indemnitee is a representative of an investment fund and/or such fund’s affiliates (collectively, the “ Fund Indemnitors ”) and has rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance provided by or with respect to such Fund Indemnitors, then (a) the Company hereby agrees that its obligations to Indemnitee under this Agreement or any other agreement or undertaking to provide advancement, indemnification or both to Indemnitee are primary, and any obligation of the Fund Indemnitors to provide advancement or indemnification for any Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement (including all interest, assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of such Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement) incurred by Indemnitee are secondary, and (b) if the Fund Indemnitors pays or causes to be paid, for any reason, any amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder or under any other indemnification agreement with Indemnitee (whether pursuant to the Bylaws or Certificate or another contract), then (i) the Fund Indemnitors shall be fully subrogated to all rights of Indemnitee with respect to such payment and (ii) the Company shall fully indemnify, reimburse and hold harmless the Fund Indemnitors for all such payments actually made by the Fund Indemnitors. In addition, the Company hereby unconditionally and irrevocably waives, relinquishes, releases, and covenants and agrees not to exercise, any rights that the Company may now have or hereafter acquires against the Fund Indemnitors or Indemnitee that arise from or relate to contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind under this Agreement or any other indemnification agreement (whether pursuant to the Bylaws or Certificate or another contract). The Company and Indemnitee hereby agree that this Section 12 shall be deemed exclusive and shall be deemed to modify, amend and clarify any right to indemnification or advancement provided to Indemnitee under any other contract, agreement or document with the Company. The Fund Indemnitors (if any) are express third party beneficiaries of this Section 12.
     13.  Duration of Agreement . This Agreement shall continue until and terminate upon the later of (a) ten (10) years after the date that Indemnitee shall have ceased to serve as a director or officer of the Company or (b) one (1) year after the final termination of any Proceeding, including any appeal, then pending in respect of which Indemnitee is granted rights of indemnification or advancement of Expenses hereunder and of any proceeding commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 4(b) of this Agreement relating thereto.
     14.  Binding Effect . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company), assigns, spouses, heirs, and personal and legal representatives. The Company shall require and cause any successor (whether direct or indirect by purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise) to all, substantially all, or a substantial part, of the business and/or assets of the Company, by written agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Indemnitee, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the

7


 

same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place. The indemnification provided under this Agreement shall continue as to Indemnitee for any action taken or not taken while serving in an indemnified capacity pertaining to an Indemnifiable Event even though Indemnitee may have ceased to serve in such capacity at the time of any Proceeding.
     15.  Severability . If any provision (or portion thereof) of this Agreement shall be held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void, or otherwise unenforceable, the remaining provisions shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law. Furthermore, to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of this Agreement containing any provision held to be invalid, void, or otherwise unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, void, or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested by the provision held invalid, void, or unenforceable.
     16.  Contribution . To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, whether or not the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is available to Indemnitee for any reason whatsoever, the Company shall pay all or a portion of the amount that would otherwise be incurred by Indemnitee for Expenses in connection with any claim relating to an Indemnifiable Event, as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee as a result of the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving cause to such Proceeding; and/or (ii) the relative fault of the Company (and its directors, officers, employees and agents) and Indemnitee in connection with such event(s) and/or transaction(s).
     17.  Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware applicable to contracts made and to be performed in such State without giving effect to its principles of conflicts of laws. The Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement may be brought in the Delaware Court of Chancery, (ii) consent to submit to the jurisdiction of the Delaware Court of Chancery for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (iii) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Delaware Court of Chancery, and (iv) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Delaware Court of Chancery has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.
     18.  Notices . All notices, demands, and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered by hand, against receipt, or mailed, postage prepaid, certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, and addressed to the Company at:
RealPage, Inc.
4000 International Parkway
Carrollton, Texas 75007
Attention: Chief Executive Officer
and to Indemnitee at the address set forth below Indemnitee’s signature hereto.
Notice of change of address shall be effective only when given in accordance with this Section. All notices complying with this Section shall be deemed to have been received on the date of hand delivery or on the third business day after mailing.

8


 

     19.  Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

9


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed and delivered this Agreement as of the day specified above.
         
  REALPAGE INC.,
a Delaware corporation
 
 
  By:      
    Stephen T. Winn   
    Chief Executive Officer   
 
  INDEMNITEE
 
 
     
     
     
 
  Address:
 
 
     
     
     
 

10

Exhibit 10.2
REALPAGE, INC.
AMENDED AND RESTATED
1998 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN
AMENDED AND RESTATED
AS OF
April 23, 2010

 


 

Table of Contents
                 
Article I. Introduction and Purpose of the 1998 Plan   i
Article II. Types of Awards Pursuant to the Plan   i
Article III. Number of Shares Subject to the Plan   i
 
  Section 3.01   Aggregate Maximum.   i
 
  Section 3.02   Individual Maximum.   ii
Article IV. Common Stock Subject to Plan
  ii
Article V. Definitions
  ii
 
  Section 5.01   "Acts Harmful to the Interest of the Corporation"   ii
 
  Section 5.02   "Affiliate"   ii
 
  Section 5.03   "Award"   ii
 
  Section 5.04   "Beneficiary"   ii
 
  Section 5.05   "Cause"   ii
 
  Section 5.06   "Code"   iii
 
  Section 5.07   "Committee"   iii
 
  Section 5.08   "Common Stock"   iii
 
  Section 5.09   "Consultant"   iii
 
  Section 5.10   "Corporation"   iii
 
  Section 5.11   "Disability"   iii
 
  Section 5.12   "Effective Date"   iii
 
  Section 5.13   "Employees"   iii
 
  Section 5.14   "Exchange Program"   iii
 
  Section 5.15   "Excluded Persons"   iii
 
  Section 5.16   "Fair Market Value Per Share"   iii
 
  Section 5.17   "Incentive Period"   iv
 
  Section 5.18   "Incentive Stock Options"   iv
 
  Section 5.19   "Options"   iv
 
  Section 5.20   "1934 Act"   iv
 
  Section 5.21   "Non-Qualified Stock Option"   iv
 
  Section 5.22   "Parent Corporation"   iv
 
  Section 5.23   "Performance Units"   iv
 
  Section 5.24   "Permitted Transferee"   iv
 
  Section 5.25   "Restricted Period"   iv
 
  Section 5.26   "Restricted Shares"   iv
 
  Section 5.27   "Retirement Age"   iv
 
  Section 5.28   "Right"   iv
 
  Section 5.29   "Subsidiary"   iv
 
  Section 5.30   "Valuation Date"   iv
 
  Section 5.31   "Voluntary Termination"   v
Article VI. Administration   v
 
  Section 6.01   Administration and Interpretation.   v
 
  Section 6.02   Persons Subject to Section 16 of the 1934 Act.   v
 
  Section 6.03   Powers and Authority of the Committee.   v
 
  Section 6.04   Delegations by the Committee.   vi
 
  Section 6.05   Adoption of Rules by the Committee.   vi
 
  Section 6.06   Expenses.   vi
 
  Section 6.07   Outside Advisors.   vi
 
  Section 6.08   Finality of Decisions.   vi
 
  Section 6.09   Liability of Committee Members and Delegates.   vi
Article VII. Eligibility; Factors To Be Considered in Granting Awards
  vii

i


 

                 
Article VIII. Exercise Price of Options and Rights
  vii
Article IX. Date of Grant of Options and Rights
  vii
Article X. Term of Options and Rights
  vii
Article XI. Exercise of Options
  vii
 
  Section 11.01   Timing of Exercise.   vii
 
  Section 11.02   Forfeiture.   vii
 
  Section 11.03   Accelerated Vesting.   viii
 
  Section 11.04   Requirements Regarding Exercise.   viii
 
  Section 11.05   Mechanics of Exercising an Option.   viii
Article XII. Exercise of Rights
  ix
 
  Section 12.01   Grant of Rights.   ix
 
  Section 12.02   Exercise of Rights.   ix
Article XIII. Incentive Stock Options   x
 
  Section 13.01   Grant of Incentive Stock Options.   x
 
  Section 13.02   Exercise Price of Incentive Stock Options.   x
 
  Section 13.03   Limitation upon Exercise.   x
 
  Section 13.04   Amendment of Incentive Stock Options Following Legal Changes.   x
Article XIV. Restricted Shares   x
 
  Section 14.01   Establishment of the Restricted Period.   x
 
  Section 14.02   Lapse of Restrictions Upon Certain Events.   x
 
  Section 14.03   Grant of Restricted Shares.   xi
 
  Section 14.04   Rights and Privileges Associated with Restricted Shares.   xi
 
  Section 14.05   General Restrictions Imposed upon Restricted Shares.   xi
 
  Section 14.06   Dividends.   xi
 
  Section 14.07   Forfeiture.   xii
 
  Section 14.08   Vesting.   xii
Article XV. Award of Performance Units
  xii
 
  Section 15.01   Grant of Performance Units.   xii
Article XVI. Termination of Employment; Cessation of Services
  xiii
 
  Section 16.01   Options and Rights.   xiii
 
  Section 16.02   Performance Units.   xiv
 
  Section 16.03   Determination of Termination of Employment or Cessation of Services.   xv
 
  Section 16.04   No Employment Agreement or Guarantee of a Continued Relationship.   xv
 
  Section 16.05   Termination for Cause .   xv
Article XVII. Transferability of Options and Rights
  xvi
Article XVIII. Death or Disability
  xvi
Article XIX. Adjustments upon Changes in Capitalization, etc.
  xvi
Article XX. Business Combinations.
  xvii
 
  Section 20.01   Exceptions to Events Described in Section 20.03.   xvii
 
  Section 20.02   Business Combination Transactions.   xvii
 
  Section 20.03   Impact on Awards Following a Business Combination.   xvii
Article XXI. Termination and Amendment
  xviii
 
  Section 21.01   Rights of the Board of Directors.   xviii
 
  Section 21.02   Delegation of Authority by the Board of Directors.   xviii
Article XXII. Withholding Tax
  xviii
 
  Section 22.01   Withholding Generally.   xviii
 
  Section 22.02   Section 83(b) Elections.   xix
Article XXIII. Written Agreements; Stock Legends
  xix

ii


 

REALPAGE, INC.
AMENDED AND RESTATED
1998 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN
Article I.
Introduction and Purpose of the 1998 Plan
     The REALPAGE, INC. 1998 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN (the “1998 Plan”) was previously established by REALPAGE, INC. (the “Corporation”) on the Effective Date and was amended and restated on October 22, 2005. Effective as of December 14, 2005, March 28, 2007, February 22, 2008, December 12, 2008, September 28, 2009 and April 20, 2010, pursuant to the authority provided in Article XXI of the 1998 Plan, the Board of Directors and stockholders further amended the 1998 Plan in order to increase the maximum aggregate number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which Options, Restricted Shares and Rights granted without accompanying Options may be granted from time to time under the 1998 Plan. Effective as of December 15, 2006, the 1998 Plan was once again amended and restated to clarify minor non-substantive matters. Effective upon the approval of this Amended and Restated 1998 Stock Incentive Plan by the stockholders of the Corporation (the “Restatement Effective Date”), the 1998 Plan is again amended and restated. This Amended and Restated 1998 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) shall continue in effect for a term of ten (10) years from the earlier of (a) the adoption of the Plan by the Board or (b) the approval of the Plan by the stockholders of the Corporation.
Article II.
Types of Awards Pursuant to the Plan
          Awards under the Plan may be granted in the form of:
  (a)   Incentive Stock Options,
 
  (b)   Non-Qualified Stock Options (unless otherwise indicated, references in the Plan to “Options” include Incentive Stock Options and Non-Qualified Stock Options ),
 
  (c)   Restricted Shares of the Common Stock, $.001 par value per share, of the Corporation, as provided in Article XIV below,
 
  (d)   Rights granted without accompanying Options, or
 
  (e)   Performance Units valued based upon the long-term performance of the Corporation as determined pursuant to Article XV below.
Article III.
Number of Shares Subject to the Plan
     Section 3.01 Aggregate Maximum. The maximum aggregate number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which Options, Restricted Shares and Rights may be granted from time to time under the Plan shall be 20,000,000 shares (subject to adjustment as described in Article XIX below). If for any reason any shares as to which an Option has been granted cease to be subject to purchase hereunder (for any reason other than the exercise thereof), or any Restricted Shares are forfeited to the Corporation, or any Right terminates or expires without being exercised or is surrendered pursuant to an Exchange Program, then the shares in respect of which such Option or Right was granted, or such Restricted Shares, shall become available for subsequent grants under the Plan to the extent permitted by the Code and other applicable law.

i


 

     Section 3.02 Individual Maximum. The maximum number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options, Non-Qualified Stock Options, and Restricted Shares may be granted in any one year to any single employee or consultant shall not exceed 750,000 shares. The maximum dollar amount payable to an Employee during a calendar year upon exercise of a Right shall be $5 million, and with respect to a Performance Unit shall be $5 million with respect to any Incentive Period.
Article IV.
Common Stock Subject to Plan
     Shares of Common Stock with respect to which Awards are granted may be, in whole or in part:
  (a)   authorized and unissued shares,
 
  (b)   authorized and issued shares held in the treasury of the Corporation, or
 
  (c)   issued shares reacquired by the Corporation, as the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall from time to time determine.
Article V.
Definitions
     As used herein, the following terms shall have the following meanings:
     Section 5.01 “Acts Harmful to the Interest of the Corporation” means:
  (a)   accepting employment with or serving in any other capacity for any business entity that is in competition with the Corporation,
 
  (b)   soliciting, recruiting, or employing any employee of the Corporation for the benefit of another business entity that is not an Affiliate of the Corporation,
 
  (c)   disclosing any trade secret or confidential information of the Corporation under circumstances that are injurious to the Corporation, or
 
  (d)   disparagement of the Corporation or any Affiliate or their business, products, directors, officers or employees.
     Section 5.02 “Affiliate” has the same meaning as in Rule 12b-2 promulgated under the 1934 Act.
     Section 5.03 “Award” means a grant of:
  (a)   an Option (whether an Incentive Stock Option or a Non-Qualified Stock Option),
 
  (b)   a Right,
 
  (c)   Restricted Shares, or
 
  (d)   Performance Units.
     Section 5.04 “Beneficiary” means the person or persons (natural or otherwise) designated by an Employee or Consultant, pursuant to a written instrument executed by an Employee or Consultant and filed with the Corporation, to receive any benefits payable hereunder in the event of the Employee’s or Consultant’s death.
     Section 5.05 “Cause” means:

ii


 

  (a)   the unauthorized disclosure of any trade secret or confidential information of the Corporation,
 
  (b)   the commission of an act of dishonesty, embezzlement or fraud,
 
  (c)   the commission of an act of insubordination or willful violation of law or any policy of the Company, or
 
  (d)   conviction of a felony which, in the determination of the Committee, causes substantial injury and discredit to the Corporation.
     Section 5.06 “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986. as amended.
     Section 5.07 “Committee” means the Compensation Committee or any successor thereto of the Board of Directors.
     Section 5.08 “Common Stock” means the Corporation’s common stock, $.001 par value per share.
     Section 5.09 “Consultant” means a person, other than an Employee, who is providing services to or for the Corporation, a Parent Corporation or a Subsidiary.
     Section 5.10 “Corporation” means RealPage, Inc.
     Section 5.11 “Disability” has the meaning set forth in section 22(e)(3) of the Code or any successor provision thereto.
     Section 5.12 “Effective Date” means November 24, 1998.
     Section 5.13 “Employees” means persons who are employees of the Corporation, a Parent Corporation or one or more of its Subsidiaries.
     Section 5.14 “Exchange Program” means a program under which (i) outstanding Awards are surrendered or cancelled in exchange for Awards of the same type (which may have higher or lower exercise prices and different terms), Awards of a different type, and/or cash, (ii) Employees and Consultants would have the opportunity to transfer any of their outstanding Awards to a financial institution or other person or entity selected by the Committee, and/or (iii) the exercise price of an outstanding Award is increased or reduced. The Committee will determine the terms and conditions of any Exchange Program in its sole discretion.
     Section 5.15 “Excluded Persons” means each of:
  (a)   Seren Capital L.P. and Stephen T. Winn or any Affiliate of Stephen T. Winn, and
 
  (b)   a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Corporation.
     Section 5.16 “Fair Market Value Per Share” means the closing price of Common Stock on a determination date (or if there are no sales on such date, on the next preceding date on which there were sales), as reported on the NASDAQ Stock Market or the fair value of Common Stock as determined in good faith by the Committee by applying generally recognized principles of valuing securities.

iii


 

     Section 5.17 “Incentive Period” means with respect to a Performance Unit a period beginning on the date such Performance Unit is granted and lasting for such period, not shorter than two (2) years and not longer than ten (10) years, as the Committee shall designate.
     Section 5.18 “Incentive Stock Options” means stock options granted to a regular full-time employees (meaning an employee who works thirty (30) hours or more per week) of the Corporation or one or more of its Subsidiaries in the form of incentive stock options as provided in section 422 of the Code.
     Section 5.19 “Options” means stock options granted as either Incentive Stock Options or Non-Qualified Stock Options.
     Section 5.20 “1934 Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any successor statute.
     Section 5.21 “Non-Qualified Stock Option” means Options that do not satisfy the requirements necessary to be classified as, or are otherwise determined by the Committee not to be, Incentive Stock Options.
     Section 5.22 “Parent Corporation” means any corporation (other than the Corporation) in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Corporation if each of the corporations other than the Corporation owns stock possessing fifty per cent (50%) or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.
     Section 5.23 “Performance Units” means units valued based upon the long-term performance of the Corporation as determined pursuant to Article XV below.
     Section 5.24 “Permitted Transferee” means a member of a holder’s immediate family, trusts for the benefit of such immediate family members, and partnerships in which such immediate family members are the only partners, provided that no consideration is provided for the transfer.
     Section 5.25 “Restricted Period” means the period of time established by the Committee during which Restricted Shares are subject to the restrictions set forth in Section 14.05.
     Section 5.26 “Restricted Shares” means the shares of Common Stock granted to an Employee or Consultant pursuant to Article XIV.
     Section 5.27 “Retirement Age” means age sixty-five (65).
     Section 5.28 “Right” means an Award that, upon exercise, entitles the holder to receive the excess of the Fair Market Value Per Share on the exercise date over the Fair Market Value Per Share on the date the Right was granted.
     Section 5.29 “Subsidiary” means any corporation (other than the Corporation), of which fifty percent (50%) or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Corporation.
     Section 5.30 “Valuation Date” means the last day of the Incentive Period for a Performance Unit.

iv


 

     Section 5.31 “Voluntary Termination” means, with respect to:
  (a)   an Employee, a termination of employment with the Corporation, a Subsidiary, or any Parent Corporation, which is initiated voluntarily by the Employee, as determined in the sole discretion of the Committee; provided, however, that a “Voluntary Termination” shall not include a termination of employment by reason of death, Disability, retirement from active employment at or after Retirement Age or a breach of any material obligation by the Corporation, and
 
  (b)   a Consultant, a cessation of services for the Corporation, a Subsidiary, or any Parent Corporation, which is initiated voluntarily by the Consultant, as determined in the sole discretion of the Committee.
Article VI.
Administration
     Section 6.01 Administration and Interpretation. The Plan shall be administered, construed and interpreted on behalf of the Board of Directors of the Corporation by the Committee.
     Section 6.02 Persons Subject to Section 16 of the 1934 Act. With respect to persons subject to Section 16 of the 1934 Act, transactions under the Plan are intended to comply with all applicable conditions of Rule 16b-3 or its successors under the 1934 Act. To the extent any provision of the Plan or action by the Board of Directors or the Committee fails to so comply, it shall be deemed null and void, to the extent permitted by law.
     Section 6.03 Powers and Authority of the Committee. The Committee shall have plenary authority in its sole discretion and subject to the express provisions of the Plan to:
  (a)   grant Awards;
 
  (b)   determine:
  (i)   the number of shares of Common Stock to be covered by each Award,
 
  (ii)   the purchase price (if any) of the Common Stock covered by each Award,
 
  (iii)   the time or times at which Awards shall be granted,
 
  (iv)   the term of or each Award, or any Restricted Period related thereto,
 
  (v)   the Employees or Consultants to whom the Awards may be granted, and
whether a grant shall consist of one or more types of Awards;
  (c)   modify the terms of an outstanding Award;
 
  (d)   determine the terms and conditions of and to institute any Exchange Program;
 
  (e)   designate a grant of an Option as an Incentive Stock Option or a Non-Qualified Stock Option;
 
  (f)   interpret the terms of:
the Plan, and

v


 

any agreements with an Employee or Consultant that were entered into in connection with or pursuant to the Plan;
  (g)   prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan;
 
  (h)   prepare and distribute in such manner as the Committee determines to be appropriate information concerning the Plan; and
 
  (i)   make all other determinations deemed necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan.
     Section 6.04 Delegations by the Committee. The Committee may delegate to one or more of its members or to one or more agents such administrative duties as it may deem advisable, and the Committee or any person to whom it has delegated duties as aforesaid may employ one or more persons to render advice with respect to any responsibility the Committee or such person may have under the Plan; provided, however, that the Committee shall not delegate its authority to construe and interpret the Plan, to determine which Employees or Consultants may participate in the Plan, or its authority to make grants of Awards.
     Section 6.05 Adoption of Rules by the Committee. The Committee may adopt, amend and rescind such rules as it deems necessary, desirable or appropriate. The Committee may act at a meeting or in writing without a meeting. The Committee shall elect one of its members as chairman and appoint a secretary (who may or may not be a Committee member, as the case may be). The secretary shall keep a record of all minutes, file such in the minute book of the Committee, and forward all necessary communications to the Corporation. A majority of the Committee shall constitute a quorum. All decisions of the Committee shall be made by a vote of not less than a majority of the Committee members present at a meeting of the Committee at which a quorum is present or by a written consent signed by all of the members of the Committee.
     Section 6.06 Expenses. All usual and reasonable expenses of the Committee shall be paid by the Corporation, and no member shall receive compensation with respect to his or her services for the Committee except as may be authorized by the Board of Directors.
     Section 6.07 Outside Advisors. The Board of Directors and the Committee may employ attorneys, consultants, accountants or other persons, and the Board of Directors, the Committee, the Corporation and its officers and directors shall be entitled to rely upon the advice, opinions or valuations of any such persons.
     Section 6.08 Finality of Decisions. All actions taken and all interpretations and determinations made by the Board of Directors or the Committee in good faith with respect to the Plan shall be final and binding upon all Employees and Consultants who have received Awards, the Corporation and all other interested persons.
     Section 6.09 Liability of Committee Members and Delegates. No member of the Board of Directors or the Committee, and no agent to whom the Committee has delegated duties, shall be personally liable for any action, determination, or interpretation taken or made in good faith with respect to the Plan or grants made thereunder, and the Corporation shall indemnify and hold harmless each member of the Board of Directors, each member of the Committee and each such agent against all loss, cost, expenses or damages, occasioned by any act or omission to act in connection with any such action, determination or interpretation under or of the Plan, to the fullest extent permitted by the Corporation’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws (including the advancement of expenses).

vi


 

Article VII.
Eligibility; Factors To Be Considered in Granting Awards
     Awards shall be granted only to Employees and Consultants. In determining the Employees and Consultants to whom Awards shall be granted, the number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which each Award shall be granted, the number of Performance Units granted by each Award, and the terms and conditions of each Award, the Committee shall take into account the nature of the Employee’s or and Consultant’s duties, his or her present and potential contributions to the growth and success of the Corporation, and such other factors as the Committee shall deem relevant in connection with accomplishing the purposes of the Plan.
Article VIII.
Exercise Price of Options and Rights
     The per share exercise price of each Option and Right shall be determined by the Committee, subject to the requirements for Incentive Stock Options set forth in Article XIII below; provided that under no circumstances shall the per share exercise price be less than the Fair Market Value Per Share of the Common Stock on the date such Option or Right is granted.
Article IX.
Date of Grant of Options and Rights
     The Committee shall determine the date on which an Option or a Right is granted, provided that such date is consistent with the Code and any applicable rules or regulations thereunder. In the absence of such determination, the date on which the Committee adopts a resolution granting an Option or a Right shall be considered the date on which such Option or Right is granted.
Article X.
Term of Options and Rights
     The term of each Option and Right granted under the Plan shall be as the Committee shall determine, but in no event shall any Option or Right have a term of more than ten (10) years from the date of grant, subject to earlier termination as provided in Article XVI and Article XVIII. If the holder of an Incentive Stock Option owns Common Stock possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Corporation or any Subsidiary, the term of such Incentive Stock Option shall not exceed five (5) years from the date of grant.
Article XI.
Exercise of Options
     Section 11.01 Timing of Exercise. Each Option shall become exercisable in such cumulative installments and upon such events as the Committee may determine in its sole discretion.
     Section 11.02 Forfeiture. Subject to the provisions of this Plan and unless otherwise provided in the option
  (a)   agreement, the unvested portion of any Option or Right granted under the Plan to:
  (i)   an Employee, shall be forfeited on the date the Employee ceases to be an Employee of the Corporation, a Parent Corporation or a Subsidiary, and

vii


 

  (ii)   a Consultant, shall be forfeited on the date the Consultant ceases providing services to the Corporation, a Subsidiary or a Parent Corporation.
  (b)   For purposes of Section 11.02(a) above, services provided by a former Consultant with no gap in service before his or her employment as an Employee shall be treated as a continuation of services, and services provided by a former Employee with no gap in service between his or her termination of employment and his or her commencement of services as a Consultant shall be treated as a continuation of services.
     Section 11.03 Accelerated Vesting.
  (a)   Subject to the provisions of this Plan and unless otherwise provided in the option agreement, an Option granted to an Employee under the Plan shall become one hundred percent (100%) vested upon the Employee’s:
  (i)   death, or
 
  (ii)   Disability.
  (b)   In addition to the acceleration provisions described in Section 11.03(a) above, the Committee may also, in its sole discretion, accelerate the exercisability of any Option or installment thereof at any time.
     Section 11.04 Requirements Regarding Exercise. An Option may be exercised at any time or from time to time (subject, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, to such restrictions as may be imposed by the Code) as to any or all full shares of Common Stock as to which the Option has become exercisable; provided, however, that an Option shall not be exercised at any time as to less than one hundred (100) shares (or less than the number of shares of Common Stock as to which the Option is then exercisable, if that number is less than one hundred (100) shares).
     Section 11.05 Mechanics of Exercising an Option.
  (a)   At the time of exercise of any Option, the per share exercise price of such Option shall be paid in full for each share of Common Stock with respect to which such Option is exercised. The holder of an Option may, upon exercise of such Option, pay for both the option price of the shares and any Federal, state, local, foreign, FlCA and FUTA taxes attributable to such exercise:
  (i)   in cash or by means of a bank draft or national brokerage check;
 
  (ii)   through the delivery of shares of Common Stock with a current aggregate fair market value equal to the option price and applicable taxes;
 
  (iii)   through the surrender to the Corporation of such portion of vested Options as shall have an aggregate fair market value equal to the option price and applicable taxes (such surrender shall be treated as an exercise of the Option followed by an immediate sale of the shares, subject to ordinary income tax); or
 
  (iv)   through any combination of (i), (ii) and (iii).
  (b)   Prior to the date an option holder is required to pay the Corporation any amount with respect to tax obligations in connection with the exercise of any Option, the option holder may make an irrevocable election to have the Corporation withhold from those shares that would otherwise be

viii


 

      received upon the exercise of any Option, a number of shares having a fair market value equal to the amount necessary to satisfy the Corporation’s Federal, state, local and foreign tax withholding obligations and FlCA and FUTA obligations with respect to the exercise of such Option by the option holder.
 
  (c)   If the Corporation’s Common Stock is registered pursuant to Section 12 of the 1934 Act, an option holder may also make payment at the time of exercise of an Option (other than an Incentive Stock Option) by delivering to the Corporation a properly executed exercise notice together with irrevocable instructions to a broker approved in advance by the Corporation that upon such broker’s sale of shares with respect to which such Option is exercised, it is to deliver promptly to the Corporation the amount of sale proceeds necessary to satisfy the Option exercise price and any required withholding taxes (subject to the provisions of Article XXII below).
Article XII.
Exercise of Rights
     Section 12.01 Grant of Rights. The Committee may grant a Right in the manner set forth in this Article XII. A Right shall be granted alone, without a corresponding Option. At the time of grant of a Right, the Committee shall set forth the terms and conditions of the Right. The Committee may, in its sole discretion, accelerate the exercisability of any Right granted under the Plan at any time.
     Section 12.02 Exercise of Rights.
  (a)   The terms and conditions of a Right shall include all terms and conditions that at the time of grant are required, and, in the discretion of the Committee, may include any additional terms and conditions that at such time are permitted, to be included in Rights granted under this Plan. A Right shall entitle the Employee or Consultant to exercise the Right, to the extent vested and in accordance with the terms set forth in the Award, and to receive in exchange, subject to the provisions of the Plan and such rules and regulations as from time to time may be established by the Committee, a payment having an aggregate value equal to:
  (i)   the excess of:
  (A)   the Fair Market Value Per Share on the exercise date over
 
  (B)   the per share exercise price of the Right,
  (ii)   multiplied by:
  (A)   the number of shares of Common Stock subject to the Right or the portion thereof that is surrendered.
  (b)   Upon exercise of a Right, payment shall be made in the form of cash, shares of Common Stock, or a combination thereof, in the sole discretion of the Committee. Shares of Common Stock paid upon exercise of a Right will be valued at the Fair Market Value Per Share on the exercise date. Cash will be paid in lieu of any fractional share of Common Stock based upon the Fair Market Value Per Share on the exercise date. Subject to Article XXII below, no payment will be required from any Employee or Consultant upon exercise of a Right.

ix


 

Article XIII.
Incentive Stock Options
     Section 13.01 Grant of Incentive Stock Options. The Committee shall designate the Employees to whom Incentive Stock Options are to be granted under the Plan and shall determine the number of shares of Common Stock to be covered by each Incentive Stock Option. Incentive Stock Options may be granted under the Plan at any time within ten (10) years from the date the Plan is amended and restated in 2008, or the date the amended and restated Plan is approved by the Corporation’s stockholders, whichever is earlier. Incentive Stock Options shall be granted only to Employees of the Corporation who regularly work thirty (30) hours or more per week. In no event shall the aggregate fair market value of all Common Stock (determined at the time the Option is granted) with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by an individual during any calendar year (under all plans of the Corporation, any Parent Corporation, and its Subsidiaries) exceed $100,000.
     Section 13.02 Exercise Price of Incentive Stock Options. The purchase price of a share of Common Stock under each Incentive Stock Option shall be determined by the Committee: provided, however, that in no event shall such price be less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value Per Share as of the date of grant or one hundred ten percent (110%) of such Fair Market Value Per Share if the holder of the Incentive Stock Option owns Common Stock possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Corporation, any Parent Corporation or any Subsidiary.
     Section 13.03 Limitation upon Exercise. Except as provided in Article XVI and Article XVIII below, no Incentive Stock Option shall be exercised at any time unless the holder thereof is then an Employee of the Corporation, a Parent Corporation or one of the Corporation’s Subsidiaries.
     Section 13.04 Amendment of Incentive Stock Options Following Legal Changes. In the event of amendments to the Code or applicable rules or regulations relating to Incentive Stock Options subsequent to the date hereof, the Corporation may amend the provisions of the Plan, and the Corporation and the Employees holding such Incentive Stock Options may agree to amend outstanding option agreements to conform to such amendments.
Article XIV.
Restricted Shares
     Section 14.01 Establishment of the Restricted Period. At the time a grant of Restricted Shares is made, the Committee shall establish a Restricted Period applicable to such Restricted Shares that shall not be more than ten (10) years. Each grant of Restricted Shares may have a different Restricted Period or Restricted Periods. The Committee may, in its sole discretion, at the time a grant of Restricted Shares is made, provide for the incremental lapse of Restricted Periods with respect to a portion or portions of the Restricted Shares granted, and for the lapse or termination of restrictions upon all or any portion of the Restricted Shares upon the satisfaction of other conditions in addition to or other than the expiration of the applicable Restricted Period. The Committee may also, in its sole discretion, shorten or terminate a Restricted Period or waive any conditions for the lapse or termination of restrictions with respect to all or any portion of the Restricted Shares.
     Section 14.02 Lapse of Restrictions Upon Certain Events. Notwithstanding Section 14.01 above, unless provided otherwise in the agreement under which an Award of Restricted Shares is made, all restrictions shall lapse or terminate with respect to all Restricted Shares in the

x


 

case of an Employee, upon such Employee’s death, Disability, or retirement from active employment at or after the Retirement Age.
     Section 14.03 Grant of Restricted Shares. At the time a grant of Restricted Shares is made to an Employee or Consultant, a stock certificate representing a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the number of such Restricted Shares shall be registered in the Employee’s or Consultant’s name but shall be held in custody by the Corporation for such Employee’s or Consultant’s account.
     Section 14.04 Rights and Privileges Associated with Restricted Shares. The Employee or Consultant shall generally have the rights and privileges of a stockholder as to such Restricted Shares, including, without limitation, the right to vote such Restricted Shares.
     Section 14.05 General Restrictions Imposed upon Restricted Shares. Subject to the earlier lapse or termination of restrictions as herein provided, the following restrictions shall apply:
  (a)   the Employee or Consultant shall not be entitled to receive a stock certificate evidencing Restricted Shares until the expiration or termination of the Restricted Period applicable to such shares and the satisfaction of any other conditions prescribed by the Committee;
 
  (b)   none of the shares then subject to a Restricted Period shall be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, or otherwise encumbered or disposed of during the Restricted Period applicable to such shares and until the satisfaction of any other conditions prescribed by the Committee; and
 
  (c)   subject to Section 14.02 above and except as otherwise determined by the Committee, all of the shares then subject to a Restricted Period shall be forfeited and the rights of the Employee or Consultant to such Restricted Shares shall terminate without further obligation on the part of the Corporation if:
  (A)   in the case of an Employee, the Employee ceases to be an Employee of the Corporation, a Parent Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries before the expiration or termination of such Restricted Period and the satisfaction of any other conditions prescribed by the Committee applicable to such Restricted Shares, and
 
  (B)   in the case of a Consultant, the Consultant ceases to perform services for the Corporation, its Parent Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries before the expiration or termination of such Restricted Period and the satisfaction of any other conditions prescribed by the Committee applicable to such Restricted Shares, and
     Section 14.06 Dividends. Cash dividends in respect of Restricted Shares shall be currently paid. If a stock dividend is declared and paid in shares of Common Stock in respect of Restricted Shares, then in lieu of paying currently such dividend, the Corporation shall register in the name of the Employee or Consultant a stock certificate representing such shares of Common Stock issued as a dividend in respect of Restricted Shares, and shall cause the Corporation to hold such certificate in custody for the Employee’s or Consultant’s account subject to the same terms and conditions as such Restricted Shares.

xi


 

     Section 14.07 Forfeiture. Upon the forfeiture of my Restricted Shares, such forfeited Restricted Shares shall be transferred to the Corporation without further action by the Employee or Consultant. The Employee or Consultant shall have the same rights and privileges, and be subject to the same restrictions, with respect to any shares received pursuant to Article XIX below.
     Section 14.08 Vesting. Upon the expiration or termination of the Restricted Period applicable to such shares and the satisfaction of any other conditions prescribed by the Committee or at such earlier time as provided for herein, the restrictions applicable to the shares subject to such Restricted Period shall lapse and a certificate for a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the number of Restricted Shares with respect to which the restrictions have expired or terminated shall be delivered, free of all such restrictions, except any that may be imposed by law, to the Employee or Consultant (or in the event of the Employee’s or Consultant’s death, the Employee’s or Consultant’s Beneficiary). No payment will be required from the Employee or Consultant upon the issuance or delivery of any Common Stock upon the expiration or termination of a Restricted Period with respect to Restricted Shares. The Corporation shall not be required to deliver any fractional share of Common Stock, but shall instead pay, in lieu thereof, the product of:
  (a)   the Fair Market Value Per Share (determined as of the date the restrictions expire or terminate) and
 
  (b)   the fraction of a share to which such Employee would otherwise be entitled, subject to Article XXII below.
Article XV.
Award of Performance Units
     Section 15.01 Grant of Performance Units.
  (a)   At the time a grant of Performance Units is made, the Committee shall prescribe a range of long-term financial or other performance objectives, including minimum, maximum and target objectives during the Incentive Period applicable to such Performance Units, and shall determine a range of dollar values of each Performance Unit associated with such range of long-term objectives. If the minimum long-term objective prescribed by the Committee for any Performance Unit is not achieved or exceeded, then such Performance Unit shall have no value and no amount shall be payable with respect thereto. If such minimum long-term objective is achieved or exceeded, then the dollar value of all Performance Units to be paid with respect thereto shall be based upon the level of long-term objective achieved, subject to any maximum Performance Unit value imposed by the Committee. If during the course of an Incentive Period there shall occur significant events that were not foreseen in establishing the minimum long-term objective for such Incentive Period and which the Committee expects to have (or believes did have) a substantial effect on such objective during such Incentive Period, in its discretion, the Committee may revise such objective.
 
  (b)   Any Employee who is an Employee of the Corporation, a Parent Corporation or a Subsidiary as of the Valuation Date with respect to Performance Units that have been previously granted to him or her, shall, if the minimum long-term objective referenced in Section 15.01(a) above is met, be eligible to receive a cash award equal to the value of such

xii


 

      Performance Units determined pursuant to such Section 15.02(a) as of the Valuation Date applicable thereto. Payment of such cash award shall be made as soon as practicable following the Valuation Date of such Performance Units, but not later than 2 1 / 2 months after the end of the calendar year in which the Valuation Date occurs. Except as otherwise provided in Article XVI, any Performance Units granted to an Employee during his or her employment period for which the Incentive Period has not ended shall be forfeited upon the date such employment terminates, and he or she shall not be entitled to any payment in respect thereof.
 
  (c)   Any Consultant who is providing services for the Corporation, a Parent Corporation or a Subsidiary as of the Valuation Date with respect to Performance Units that have been previously granted to him or her, shall, if the minimum long-term objective referenced in Section 15.01(a) above is met, be eligible to receive a cash award equal to the value of such Performance Units determined pursuant to such Section 15.01(a) as of the Valuation Date applicable thereto. Payment of such cash award shall be made as soon as practicable following the Valuation Date of such Performance Units, but not later than 2 1 / 2 months after the end of the calendar year in which the Valuation Date occurs. Except as otherwise provided in Article XVI, any Performance Units granted to a Consultant who ceases to provide services for the Corporation, a Parent Corporation or a Subsidiary prior to the end of an Incentive Period shall be forfeited upon the date such Consultant ceases to perform such services, and he or she shall not be entitled to any payment in respect thereof.
Article XVI.
Termination of Employment; Cessation of Services
    Section 16.01 Options and Rights. The following rules contained in this Section 16.01, to the extent inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, as they existed prior to the amendment and restatement on October 22, 2005, shall apply solely to Awards granted on or after October 22, 2005.
  (a)   Rules Applicable to Employees . In the event that the employment of an Employee to whom an Option or Right has been granted under the Plan terminates for any reason (except pursuant to an authorized leave of absence for military or government service as determined by the Committee or as set forth in Article XVIII below), except as otherwise provided in the Employee’s option or right agreement, such Employee shall have a period of (i) in the case of Options and Rights granted before February 22, 2008, thirty (30) days, and (ii) in the case of Options and Rights granted on or after February 22, 2008, ninety (90) days following termination of employment in which to exercise any Options or Rights under the Plan that are vested at the date of termination of employment, and at the end of the 30-day and 90-day periods, as applicable, all rights of such Employee under any then outstanding Options or Rights shall terminate and shall be forfeited immediately as to any unexercised portion thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Employee who terminates his or her employment with the Corporation, a Parent Corporation or a Subsidiary after having reached Retirement Age shall have a period of one year following termination of employment in which to exercise any such Options or Rights under the Plan that are vested at the

xiii


 

      date of termination of employment, and at the end of such one-year period, all rights of such Employee under any such then outstanding Options or Rights shall terminate and shall be forfeited immediately as to any unexercised portion thereof.
 
  (b)   Rules Applicable to Consultants . In the event that a Consultant has been granted an Option or Right under the Plan and ceases to perform services for the Corporation, a Parent Corporation or a Subsidiary for any reason (except a cessation of services due to service in the military or government as determined by the Committee or as set forth in Article XVIII below), except as otherwise provided in the Consultant’s option or right agreement, such Consultant shall have a period of thirty (30) days following the cessation of services for the Corporation, a Parent Corporation or a Subsidiary in which to exercise any Options or Rights under the Plan that are vested at the date of cessation of such services, and at the end of the thirty (30) day period, all rights of such Consultant under any then outstanding Options or Rights shall terminate and shall be forfeited immediately as to any unexercised portion thereof.
     Section 16.02 Performance Units.
  (a)   Rules Applicable to Employees . Unless otherwise provided in the Employee’s Performance Unit agreement, if an Employee to whom Performance Units have been granted ceases to be an Employee of the Corporation, a Parent Corporation or a Subsidiary prior to the end of the Incentive Period with respect to such Performance Units for any reason other than death, Disability or retirement from active employment at or after the Retirement Age, the Employee shall immediately forfeit all such Performance Units. If an Employee to whom Performance Units have been granted terminates employment by reason of retirement on or after the Retirement Age, Disability or death, he or she shall, if the minimum long-term objectives referenced in Section 15.01(a) are met, be eligible to receive a cash award equal to the value of such Performance Units, determined pursuant to such Section 15.01(a) and payable as soon as practicable following the Valuation Date of such Performance Units, but not later than 2 1 / 2 months after the end of the calendar year in which the Valuation Date occurs. If the Employee terminates employment due to his or her death or if an Employee who retires from active employment on or after his or her Retirement Age or terminated employment due to Disability dies prior to receipt of any such payment, then his or her designated Beneficiary shall, if the minimum long-term objectives referenced in Section 15.01(a) are met, be entitled to receive a cash award equal to the value of such Performance Units, determined pursuant to Section 15.01(a), and payable as soon as practicable following the Valuation Date of such Performance Units, but not later than 2 1 / 2 months after the end of the calendar year in which the Valuation Date occurs. In the event that the person designated by the Employee as his or her beneficiary shall not be living at the time, or if no designation has been made, then the payment of such cash award shall be made to the estate of the Employee.
 
  (b)   Rules Applicable to Consultants . Unless otherwise provided in the Consultant’s Performance Unit agreement, if a Consultant to whom

xiv


 

      Performance Units have been granted ceases to provide services for the Corporation, a Parent Corporation or a Subsidiary prior to the end of the Incentive Period with respect to such Performance Units for any reason, the Consultant shall immediately forfeit all such Performance Units.
     Section 16.03 Determination of Termination of Employment or Cessation of Services.
  (a)   Termination of Employment by an Employee . Any agreement reflecting the grant of an Award to an Employee, and any rules and regulations relating thereto, may contain such provisions as the Committee shall approve with reference to the determination of the date employment terminates and the effect of leaves of absence. Any such rules and regulations with reference to any option agreement shall be consistent with the provisions of the Code and any applicable rules and regulations thereunder. Awards granted under the Plan shall not be affected by any change of duties or position so long as the holder continues to be an Employee of the Corporation, a Parent Corporation or any Subsidiary thereof.
 
  (b)   Cessation of Services by a Consultant . Any agreement reflecting the grant of an Award to a Consultant, and any rules and regulations relating thereto, may contain such provisions as the Committee shall approve with reference to the determination of the date on which services will cease to be provided and the effect of any short term interruptions in the provision of services. Any such rules and regulations with reference to any option agreement shall be consistent with the provisions of the Code and any applicable rules and regulations thereunder. Awards granted under the Plan shall not be affected by any change of duties or position so long as the holder continues to be a Consultant (or, if subsequently hired after the grant of an Award, an Employee) of the Corporation, a Parent Corporation or any Subsidiary thereof.
     Section 16.04 No Employment Agreement or Guarantee of a Continued Relationship. Nothing in the Plan or in any Award granted pursuant to the Plan shall confer upon any individual any right to continue in the employ of the Corporation, a Parent Corporation or any Subsidiary or interfere in any way with the right of the Corporation, a Parent Corporation or any Subsidiary to terminate such employment at any time. Similarly, nothing in the Plan or in any Award granted pursuant to the Plan shall confer upon any individual any right to continue in a service provider relationship with the Corporation, a Parent Corporation or any Subsidiary or interfere in any way with the right of the Corporation, a Parent Corporation or any Subsidiary to terminate such relationship at any time.
     Section 16.05 Termination for Cause . Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Articles XVI, an agreement reflecting the grant of an Award may provide for more restricted periods for exercise, or for forfeiture of Awards or cash or Common Stock received pursuant to the exercise of an Award under such agreement, if an Employee’s employment terminates, or the Consultant’s provision of services ceases:
  (a)   for Cause, or
 
  (b)   by reason of a Voluntary Termination, and such Employee or Consultant engages in any Acts Harmful to the Interest of the Corporation within one (1) year after the Voluntary Termination.

xv


 

Article XVII.
Transferability of Options and Rights
           For Awards Granted Prior to the Restatement Effective Date. Incentive Stock Options and Performance Units granted under the Plan shall not be transferable otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, or pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order as defined by the Code or Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, or the rules thereunder. Incentive Stock Options shall be exercisable during the lifetime of the Employee only by the Employee or by the Employee’s guardian or legal representative (unless such exercise would disqualify it as an Incentive Stock Option). Unless the Committee otherwise provides in an agreement regarding the grant of Non-Qualified Stock Options or Rights, such Non-Qualified Stock Options or Rights may be transferred by the holder to Permitted Transferees, provided that there cannot be any consideration for the transfer.
           For Awards Granted On or Following the Restatement Effective Date. Unless determined otherwise by the Committee, Awards may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, or otherwise transferred in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and may be exercised, during the lifetime of the Employee or Consultant granted an Award, only by such Employee or Consultant. If the Committee makes an Award transferable, such Award may only be transferred (i) by will, (ii) by the laws of descent and distribution, or (iii) as permitted by Rule 701 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).
Article XVIII.
Death or Disability
          If an Employee to whom an Option or Right has been granted under the Plan shall die or become Disabled while employed by the Corporation, a Parent Corporation or a Subsidiary, such Option or Right may be exercised by the Employee, a legal guardian of the Employee (unless such exercise would disqualify an Option as an Incentive Stock Option), a legatee or legatees of the Employee under the Employee’s last will, or by the Employee’s personal representatives or distributees, whichever is applicable, at any time within twelve (12)months after the date of the Employee’s death or Disability, but in no event later than the date on which the Option or Right terminates. Notwithstanding the above, if an Employee terminates employment or ceases to provide services by reason of Disability and subsequently dies prior to the exercise of any Options or Right, the legatee or legatees of such Employee under the Employee’s last will, or the executor of such Employee’s estate, shall have the right to exercise such Option or Right only during the period ending twelve (12) months after the date of the Employee’s termination of employment by reason of Disability.
Article XIX.
Adjustments upon Changes in Capitalization, etc.
          Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Committee shall make or provide for such adjustments to the Plan, to the number of shares available thereunder, to the terms and number of shares of Common Stock or other securities available, and/or to the purchase price of a share of Common Stock or other securities available under, any outstanding Awards and/or any target price of the shares of Common Stock affecting the vesting of any outstanding Awards as shall be appropriate to prevent dilution or enlargement, including adjustments in the event of changes in the outstanding Common Stock by reason of stock splits, reverse stock splits, stock dividends, split-ups, recapitalizations, mergers, consolidations, reclassifications, combinations or exchanges of shares, separations, reorganizations, liquidations, or other distributions of the Corporation’s equity securities without the receipt of consideration by the

xvi


 

Corporation and the like. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee shall make such adjustments to an Award required by Section 25102(o) of the California Corporations Code to the extent the Corporation is relying upon the exemption afforded thereby with respect to the Award. In the event of any offer to holders of Common Stock generally relating to the acquisition of their shares, the Committee shall make such adjustment as shall be equitable in respect to outstanding Options, Rights, Restricted Shares and Performance Units including revision of outstanding Options, Rights, Restricted Shares and Performance Units so that they may be exercisable or redeemable for or payable in the consideration payable in the acquisition transaction. Any such determination by the Committee shall be conclusive. Any fractional shares resulting from such adjustments to Awards shall be eliminated.
Article XX.
Business Combinations.
     Section 20.01 Exceptions to Events Described in Section 20.03. If any of the transactions described in Section 20.02 below occurs, the events described in Section 20.03 below shall automatically occur, unless:
  (a)   an Employee’s or Consultant’s written agreement evidencing a grant of an Award under the Plan provides otherwise, or
 
  (b)   specific provision for the substitution of securities of another corporation, which arises automatically without the necessity of any action by the Board of Directors, is otherwise made in writing in connection with any of the transactions described in Section 20.02 below.
     Section 20.02 Business Combination Transactions. The transactions that are subject to Section 20.01 above include:
  (a)   a merger or consolidation of the Corporation with or into another corporation in which the Corporation shall not be the surviving corporation,
 
  (b)   a dissolution of the Corporation,
 
  (c)   a transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation in one transaction or a series of related transactions to one or more other persons or entities, or
 
  (d)   any “person” or “group” (as those terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the 1934 Act), other than Excluded Persons, becoming the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 of the 1934 Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Corporation representing 40% or more of the combined voting power of the Corporation’s then outstanding securities.
     Section 20.03 Impact on Awards Following a Business Combination. If a transaction described in Section 20.02 above occurs and one of the exceptions described in Section 20.01(a) and Section 20.01(b) above does not otherwise apply, the following shall occur with respect to each Award that is outstanding immediately prior to the consummation of any of the transactions described in Section 20.02 above:
  (a)   each Option shall terminate, but the holder of any outstanding Option shall be entitled, immediately prior to the effective date of such

xvii


 

      transaction, to purchase that number of shares of Common Stock subject to the Option that are then vested and exercisable;
 
  (b)   each Right shall terminate, but the holder of a Right shall be entitled, immediately prior to the effective date of such transaction, to receive the amount of cash he would have been entitled to receive upon exercise of that portion of such Right that was vested and exercisable at such time;
 
  (c)   all restrictions on any Restricted Shares that are outstanding but not vested immediately prior to the consummation of such transaction shall continue in full force and effect; and
 
  (d)   each Performance Unit shall terminate, but the recipient of any Performance Unit shall be entitled, immediately prior to the effective date of such transaction, to receive the prorated value of such Unit as if all of the applicable performance objectives had been met on the date of payment, with such proration to be based on that portion of the applicable Incentive Period that has elapsed.
Article XXI.
Termination and Amendment
     Section 21.01 Rights of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors of the Corporation shall have the right to amend, suspend or terminate the Plan at any time; provided, however, that an amendment shall be subject to stockholder approval if such approval is required by Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the 1934 Act or under any successor rule, the Code or the rules of any securities exchange on which securities of the Corporation are listed or admitted to trading at the time such amendment is adopted. Without shareholder approval, the Board of Directors of the Corporation may not:
  (a)   increase the maximum number of shares of Common Stock which may be issued in the form of Incentive Stock Options under the Plan; or
 
  (b)   change the designation of the employees or class of employees eligible to receive Incentive Stock Options under the Plan.
     Section 21.02 Delegation of Authority by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may delegate to the Committee all or any portion of its authority under this Article XXI. If the Plan is terminated or amended, the terms of the Plan shall, notwithstanding such termination, continue to apply to Awards granted prior to such termination or amendment. In addition, no suspension, termination, modification or amendment of the Plan may, without the consent of the Employee to whom an Award shall theretofore have been granted, adversely affect the rights of such Employee or Consultant under such Award.
Article XXII.
Withholding Tax
     Section 22.01 Withholding Generally. The Corporation shall have the right to deduct from all amounts paid in cash in consequence of the exercise of an Option or Right, or the settlement of a Performance Unit, under the Plan any taxes required by law to be withheld with respect to such cash payments. Where an Employee, Consultant or other person is entitled to receive shares of Common Stock pursuant to the exercise of an Option or a Right pursuant to the Plan, the Corporation shall have the right to require the Employee, Consultant or such other person to pay to the Corporation the amount of any taxes that the Corporation is required to withhold with respect to such shares, or, in lieu thereof, to retain, or sell without notice, a sufficient number of such shares to cover the amount required to be withheld. Upon the

xviii


 

disposition (within the meaning of Code Section 424(c)) of shares of Common Stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of an Incentive Stock Option prior to the expiration of the holding period requirements of Code Section 422(a)(l), the Employee shall be required to give notice to the Corporation of such disposition and the Corporation shall have the right to require the Employee to pay to the Corporation the amount of any taxes that are required by law to be withheld with respect to such disposition.
     Section 22.02 Section 83(b) Elections. Upon termination of the Restricted Period with respect to any Restricted Shares (or such earlier rime, if any, as an election is made by the Employee or Consultant under section 83(b) of the Code, or any successor provisions thereto, to include the value of such shares in taxable income), the Corporation shall have the right to require the Employee, Consultant or other person receiving shares of Common Stock in respect of such Restricted Shares to pay to the Corporation the amount of taxes that the Corporation is required to withhold with respect to such shares of Common Stock or, in lieu thereof, to retain or sell without notice a sufficient number of shares of Common Stock held by it to cover the amount required to be withheld. The Corporation shall have the right to deduct from all dividends paid with respect to Restricted Shares the amount of taxes that the Corporation is required to withhold with respect to such dividend payments.
Article XXIII.
Written Agreements; Stock Legends
     Each grant of an Award shall be evidenced by a written agreement, executed by the Employee or Consultant and the Corporation, which shall contain such restrictions, terms and conditions as the Committee may require, and certificates evidencing shares of Common Stock issued under the Plan shall have conspicuously noted thereon such restrictions on transferability as the Corporation may require in order to ensure compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws and regulations. Such “written agreements” may be transmitted and exchanged electronically and execution of same may be deemed to have occurred upon an acknowledgment of agreement thereto via web page interface. Without limiting the Committee’s ability to determine the terms and conditions of Awards, the form of Notice of Stock Option Grant attached hereto as Exhibit A is approved for use with Options granted hereunder and the form of Notice of Grant of Restricted Shares attached hereto as Exhibit B is approved for use in connection with the grant of Restricted Shares hereunder, in each case subject to modification by the Committee.

xix


 

Exhibit A
Form Notice of Stock Option Grant
 

xx


 

Exhibit B
Form of Notice of Grant of Restricted Shares
 

xxi

Exhibit 10.2A
REALPAGE, INC,
AMENDED AND RESTATED 1998 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN
NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT
     Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Amended and Restated 1998 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) will have the same defined meanings in this Notice of Grant of Stock Option (the “Notice of Grant”) and Terms and Conditions of Stock Option Grant, attached hereto as Exhibit A (together, the “Option Agreement”).
      Name:
      Address:
     The undersigned (the “Participant”) has been granted an Option to purchase Common Stock of the Corporation, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, as follows:
                 
 
               
Date of Grant:
               
         
 
               
Vesting Commencement Date:
               
         
 
               
Exercise Price per Share:
    $          
 
             
 
               
Total Number of Shares Granted:
               
         
 
               
Total Exercise Price :
    $          
 
             
 
               
Type of Option:
    ___           Incentive Stock Option    
 
               
 
    ___           Non-Qualified Stock Option    
 
               
Term/Expiration Date:
               
         
      Vesting Schedule :
     Subject to any accelerated vesting provisions in the Plan, this Option shall be exercisable, in whole or in part, according to the following vesting schedule:
     Five percent (5%) of the Shares subject to the Option shall vest quarterly beginning on the first day of the calendar quarter immediately following the Vesting Commencement Date for fifteen (15) consecutive calendar quarters, and the remaining twenty-five percent (25%) of the Shares subject to the Option shall vest on the first day of the next following calendar quarter so that the Option shall be fully vested on _________, subject to Participant continuing to be an Employee or Consultant of the Corporation, a Parent Corporation or a Subsidiary (a “Service Provider”) through each such vesting date.

1


 

      Termination Period :
     This Option shall be exercisable for nintey (90) days after Participant ceases to be a Service Provider, unless such termination is due to Participant’s death or Disability or after having reached Retirement Age, in which case this Option shall be exercisable for twelve (12) months after Participant ceases to be a Service Provider. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, in no event may this Option be exercised after the Term/Expiration Date as provided above and this Option may be subject to earlier termination as provided in Section 20.03 of the Plan.
     If the Optionee’s employment with the Corporation terminates, the unvested portion of this Option will immediately terminate except as otherwise provided by Article XVI of the Plan.
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, Participant acknowledges and agrees that, (i) if Optionee’s employment terminates for Cause, or (ii) if Participant’s employment terminates by reason of a Voluntary Termination, and Participant engages in any Acts Harmful to the Interest of the Corporation within one (1) year after the Voluntary Termination, or (iii) if Participant engages in any Acts Harmful to the Interest of the Corporation within one (1) year after the Voluntary Termination, then the Participant will immediately forfeit any right to exercise this Option, whether it is vested or unvested.
     Participant acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents that he or she is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof, and hereby accepts this Option subject to all of the terms and provisions thereof. Participant has reviewed the Plan and this Option in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Option and fully understands all provisions of the Option. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Committee upon any questions arising under the Plan or this Option. Participant further agrees to notify the Corporation upon any change in the residence address indicated below.
     
PARTICIPANT
  REALPAGE, INC.
 
   
 
   
Signature
  By
 
   
     
Print Name
  Print Name
 
   
 
   
 
  Title
 
   
 
   
  Residence Address
   

-2-


 

EXHIBIT A
TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF STOCK OPTION GRANT
     1.  Grant of Option . The Committee hereby grants to the Participant named in the Notice of Stock Option Grant (“Participant”), an option (the “Option”) to purchase the number of shares of Common Stock set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant (the “Shares”), at the exercise price per Share set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant (the “Exercise Price”), and subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. Subject to Section 21.02 of the Plan, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan shall prevail.
     If designated in the Notice of Stock Option Grant as an Incentive Stock Option (“ISO”), this Option is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option as defined in Section 422 of the Code. Nevertheless, to the extent that it exceeds the $100,000 rule of Code Section 422(d), this Option shall be treated as a Non-Qualified Stock Option (“NSO”). Further, if for any reason this Option (or portion thereof) shall not qualify as an ISO, then, to the extent of such nonqualification, such Option (or portion thereof) shall be regarded as a NSO granted under the Plan. In no event shall the Committee, the Corporation or any Parent Corporation or Subsidiary or any of their respective employees or directors have any liability to Participant (or any other person) due to the failure of the Option to qualify for any reason as an ISO.
     2.  Exercise of Option .
          (a) Right to Exercise . This Option shall be exercisable during its term in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set out in the Notice of Stock Option Grant and with the applicable provisions of the Plan and this Option Agreement.
          (b) Method of Exercise . This Option shall be exercisable by delivery of an exercise notice in the form attached as Exhibit B (the “Exercise Notice”) or in a manner and pursuant to such procedures as the Committee may determine, which shall state the election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares with respect to which the Option is being exercised in accordance with Section 11.04 of the Plan which specifies that the Option shall not be exercised at any time as to less than one hundred (100) Shares (or less than the number of Shares as to which the Option is then exercisable, if that number is less than one hundred (100) Shares), and such other representations and agreements as may be required by the Corporation. The Exercise Notice shall be accompanied by payment of the aggregate Exercise Price as to all Exercised Shares, together with any applicable tax withholding. This Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Corporation of such fully executed Exercise Notice accompanied by the aggregate Exercise Price, together with any applicable tax withholding.
          No Shares shall be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless such issuance and such exercise comply with applicable laws. Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the Shares shall be considered transferred to Participant on the date on which the Option is exercised with respect to such Shares.

-3-


 

     3.  Participant’s Representations . In the event the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), at the time this Option is exercised, Participant shall, if required by the Corporation, concurrently with the exercise of all or any portion of this Option, deliver to the Corporation his or her Investment Representation Statement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C .
     4.  Lock-Up Period . Participant hereby agrees that Participant shall not offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Corporation or enter into any swap, hedging or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Corporation held by Participant (other than those included in the registration) for a period specified by the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Corporation not to exceed one hundred and eighty (180) days following the effective date of any registration statement of the Corporation filed under the Securities Act (or such other period as may be requested by the Corporation or the underwriters to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto).
          Participant agrees to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Corporation or the underwriter which are consistent with the foregoing or which are necessary to give further effect thereto. In addition, if requested by the Corporation or the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Corporation, Participant shall provide, within ten (10) days of such request, such information as may be required by the Corporation or such representative in connection with the completion of any public offering of the Corporation’s securities pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act. The obligations described in this Section 4 shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-1 or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a Commission Rule 145 transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. The Corporation may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the shares of Common Stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of said one hundred and eighty (180) day (or other) period. Participant agrees that any transferee of the Option or shares acquired pursuant to the Option shall be bound by this Section 4.
          (a) Method of Payment . Payment of the aggregate Exercise Price shall be in a manner in accordance with Section 11.05 of the Plan.
     5.  Restrictions on Exercise . This Option may not be exercised until such time as the Plan has been approved by the stockholders of the Corporation, or if the issuance of such Shares upon such exercise or the method of payment of consideration for such shares would constitute a violation of any Applicable Law.
     6.  Non-Transferability of Option . This Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the

-4-


 

lifetime of Participant only by Participant. The terms of the Plan and this Option Agreement shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of Participant.
     7.  Term of Option . This Option may be exercised only within the term set out in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, and may be exercised during such term only in accordance with the Plan and the terms of this Option.
     8.  Tax Obligations .
          (a) Tax Withholding . Participant agrees to make appropriate arrangements with the Corporation (or the Parent Corporation or Subsidiary employing or retaining Participant) for the satisfaction of all federal, state, local and foreign income and employment tax withholding requirements applicable to the Option exercise. Participant acknowledges and agrees that the Corporation may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to deliver the Shares if such withholding amounts are not delivered at the time of exercise.
          (b) Notice of Disqualifying Disposition of ISO Shares . If the Option granted to Participant herein is an ISO, and if Participant sells or otherwise disposes of any of the Shares acquired pursuant to the ISO on or before the later of (i) the date two (2) years after the Date of Grant, or (ii) the date one (1) year after the date of exercise, Participant shall immediately notify the Corporation in writing of such disposition. Participant agrees that Participant may be subject to income tax withholding by the Corporation on the compensation income recognized by Participant.
          (c) Code Section 409A. Under Code Section 409A, an Option that vests after December 31, 2004 (or that vested on or prior to such date but which was materially modified after October 3, 2004) that was granted with a per Share exercise price that is determined by the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) to be less than the Fair Market Value Per Share on the date of grant (a “discount option”) may be considered “deferred compensation.” An Option that is a “discount option” may result in (i) income recognition by Participant prior to the exercise of the Option, (ii) an additional twenty percent (20%) federal income tax, and (iii) potential penalty and interest charges. The “discount option” may also result in additional state income, penalty and interest tax to the Participant. Participant acknowledges that the Corporation cannot and has not guaranteed that the IRS will agree that the per Share exercise price of this Option equals or exceeds the Fair Market Value Per Share on the date of grant in a later examination. Participant agrees that if the IRS determines that the Option was granted with a per Share exercise price that was less than the Fair Market Value Per Share on the date of grant, Participant shall be solely responsible for Participant’s costs related to such a determination.
     9.  Entire Agreement; Governing Law . The Plan is incorporated herein by reference. The Plan and this Option Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Corporation and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Participant’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Corporation and Participant. This Agreement is governed by the internal substantive laws but not the choice of law rules of the State of Texas.

-5-


 

     10.  No Guarantee of Continued Service . PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF SHARES PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT THE WILL OF THE CORPORATION (OR THE PARENT CORPORATION OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS OPTION OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER. PARTICIPANT FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND SHALL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH PARTICIPANT’S RIGHT OR THE RIGHT OF THE CORPORATION (OR THE PARENT CORPORATION OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) TO TERMINATE PARTICIPANT’S RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

-6-


 

EXHIBIT B
AMENDED AND RESTATED 1998 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN
EXERCISE NOTICE
RealPage, Inc.
4000 International Parkway
Carrollton, Texas 75007-1913
Attention: Secretary
     1.  Exercise of Option . Effective as of today,                                           , ___, the undersigned (“Participant”) hereby elects to exercise Participant’s option (the “Option”) to purchase                                           shares of the Common Stock (the “Shares”) of RealPage, Inc. (the “Corporation”) under and pursuant to the Amended and Restated 1998 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) and the Stock Option Agreement dated                                           , ___(the “Option Agreement”).
     2.  Delivery of Payment . Participant herewith delivers to the Corporation the full purchase price of the Shares, as set forth in the Option Agreement, and any and all withholding taxes due in connection with the exercise of the Option.
     3.  Representations of Participant . Participant acknowledges that Participant has received, read and understood the Plan and the Option Agreement and agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions.
     4.  Rights as Stockholder . Until the issuance of the Shares (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Corporation or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Corporation), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder shall exist with respect to the Common Stock subject to the Option, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Shares shall be issued to Participant as soon as practicable after the Option is exercised in accordance with the Option Agreement. No adjustment shall be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date of issuance except as provided in Article XIX of the Plan.
     5.  Corporation’s Right of First Refusal . Before any Shares held by Participant or any transferee (either being sometimes referred to herein as the “Holder”) may be sold or otherwise transferred (including transfer by gift or operation of law), the Corporation or its assignee(s) shall have a right of first refusal to purchase the Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 5 (the “Right of First Refusal”).
          (a) Notice of Proposed Transfer . The Holder of the Shares shall deliver to the Corporation a written notice (the “Notice”) stating: (i) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer such Shares; (ii) the name of each proposed purchaser or other transferee (“Proposed Transferee”); (iii) the number of Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee;

 


 

and (iv) the bona fide cash price or other consideration for which the Holder proposes to transfer the Shares (the “Offered Price”), and the Holder shall offer the Shares at the Offered Price to the Corporation or its assignee(s).
          (b) Exercise of Right of First Refusal . At any time within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice, the Corporation and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees, at the purchase price determined in accordance with subsection (c) below.
          (c) Purchase Price . The purchase price (“Purchase Price”) for the Shares purchased by the Corporation or its assignee(s) under this Section 5 shall be the Offered Price. If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Corporation in good faith.
          (d) Payment . Payment of the Purchase Price shall be made, at the option of the Corporation or its assignee(s), in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness of the Holder to the Corporation (or, in the case of repurchase by an assignee, to the assignee), or by any combination thereof within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice or in the manner and at the times set forth in the Notice.
          (e) Holder’s Right to Transfer . If all of the Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Corporation and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section 5, then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Shares to that Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that such sale or other transfer is consummated within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the date of the Notice, that any such sale or other transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws and that the Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section 5 shall continue to apply to the Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee. If the Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to the Proposed Transferee within such period, a new Notice shall be given to the Corporation, and the Corporation and/or its assignees shall again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.
          (f) Exception for Certain Family Transfers . Anything to the contrary contained in this Section 5 notwithstanding, the transfer of any or all of the Shares during the Participant’s lifetime or on the Participant’s death by will or intestacy to the Participant’s immediate family or a trust for the benefit of the Participant’s immediate family shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section 5. “Immediate Family” as used herein shall mean spouse, lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister. In such case, the transferee or other recipient shall receive and hold the Shares so transferred subject to the provisions of this Section 5, and there shall be no further transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this Section 5.
          (g) Termination of Right of First Refusal . The Right of First Refusal shall terminate as to any Shares upon the earlier of (i) the first sale of Common Stock of the Corporation to the general public, or (ii) a transaction described in Section 20.02 of the Plan in which the successor corporation has equity securities that are publicly traded.

-2-


 

     6.  Tax Consultation . Participant understands that Participant may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Participant’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. Participant represents that Participant has consulted with any tax consultants Participant deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Participant is not relying on the Corporation for any tax advice.
     7.  Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders .
          (a) Legends . Participant understands and agrees that the Corporation shall cause the legends set forth below or legends substantially equivalent thereto, to be placed upon any certificate(s) evidencing ownership of the Shares together with any other legends that may be required by the Corporation or by state or federal securities laws:
THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”) AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR, IN THE OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS IN COMPLIANCE THEREWITH.
THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL HELD BY THE ISSUER OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S) AS SET FORTH IN THE EXERCISE NOTICE BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. SUCH TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS AND RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.
THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER FOR A PERIOD OF TIME FOLLOWING THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE UNDERWRITTEN PUBLIC OFFERING OF THE CORPORATION’S SECURITIES SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF BY THE HOLDER PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF SUCH PERIOD WITHOUT THE CONSENT OF THE CORPORATION OR THE MANAGING UNDERWRITER.
          (b) Stop-Transfer Notices . Participant agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Corporation may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Corporation transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.
          (c) Refusal to Transfer . The Corporation shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Exercise Notice or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to

-3-


 

vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.
     8.  Successors and Assigns . The Corporation may assign any of its rights under this Exercise Notice to single or multiple assignees, and this Exercise Notice shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Corporation. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, this Exercise Notice shall be binding upon Participant and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.
     9.  Interpretation . Any dispute regarding the interpretation of this Exercise Notice shall be submitted by Participant or by the Corporation forthwith to the Committee, which shall review such dispute at its next regular meeting. The resolution of such a dispute by the Committee shall be final and binding on all parties.
     10.  Governing Law; Severability . This Exercise Notice is governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of the State of Texas. In the event that any provision hereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Exercise Notice shall continue in full force and effect.
     11.  Entire Agreement . The Plan and Option Agreement are incorporated herein by reference. This Exercise Notice, the Plan, the Option Agreement and the Investment Representation Statement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Corporation and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Participant’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Corporation and Participant.
     
Submitted by:
  Accepted by:
PARTICIPANT
  REALPAGE, INC.
 
   
 
   
Signature
  By
 
   
 
   
Print Name
  Print Name
 
   
 
   
  Title
 
   
Address:
  Address:
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
     
 
  Date Received

-4-


 

EXHIBIT C
INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT
         
PARTICIPANT
  :    
 
       
CORPORATION
  :   REALPAGE, INC.
 
       
SECURITY
  :   COMMON STOCK
 
       
AMOUNT
  :    
 
       
DATE
  :    
     In connection with the purchase of the above-listed Securities, the undersigned Participant represents to the Corporation the following:
     (a) Participant is aware of the Corporation’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Corporation to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Securities. Participant is acquiring these Securities for investment for Participant’s own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).
     (b) Participant acknowledges and understands that the Securities constitute “restricted securities” under the Securities Act and have not been registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Participant’s investment intent as expressed herein. In this connection, Participant understands that, in the view of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the statutory basis for such exemption may be unavailable if Participant’s representation was predicated solely upon a present intention to hold these Securities for the minimum capital gains period specified under tax statutes, for a deferred sale, for or until an increase or decrease in the market price of the Securities, or for a period of one (1) year or any other fixed period in the future. Participant further understands that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. Participant further acknowledges and understands that the Corporation is under no obligation to register the Securities. Participant understands that the certificate evidencing the Securities shall be imprinted with any legend required under applicable state securities laws.
     (c) Participant is familiar with the provisions of Rule 701 and Rule 144, each promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly from the issuer thereof, in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. Rule 701 provides that if the issuer qualifies under Rule 701 at the time of the grant of the Option to Participant, the exercise shall be exempt from registration under the Securities Act. In the event the Corporation becomes subject to the reporting requirements

 


 

of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, ninety (90) days thereafter (or such longer period as any market stand-off agreement may require) the Securities exempt under Rule 701 may be resold, subject to the satisfaction of the applicable conditions specified by Rule 144, including in the case of affiliates (1) the availability of certain public information about the Corporation, (2) the amount of Securities being sold during any three (3) month period not exceeding specified limitations, (3) the resale being made in an unsolicited “broker’s transaction”, transactions directly with a “market maker” or “riskless principal transactions” (as those terms are defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) and (4) the timely filing of a Form 144, if applicable.
     In the event that the Corporation does not qualify under Rule 701 at the time of grant of the Option, then the Securities may be resold in certain limited circumstances subject to the provisions of Rule 144, which may require (i) the availability of current public information about the Corporation; (ii) the resale to occur more than a specified period after the purchase and full payment (within the meaning of Rule 144) for the Securities; and (iii) in the case of the sale of Securities by an affiliate, the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in sections (2), (3) and (4) of the paragraph immediately above.
     (d) Participant further understands that in the event all of the applicable requirements of Rule 701 or 144 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption shall be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rules 144 and 701 are not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rules 144 or 701 shall have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk. Participant understands that no assurances can be given that any such other registration exemption shall be available in such event.
         
 
       
 
  PARTICIPANT    
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
  Signature    
 
       
 
       
 
  Print Name    
 
       
 
       
 
  Date    

-2-

Exhibit 10.2B
REALPAGE, INC.
AMENDED AND RESTATED 1998 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN
NOTICE OF GRANT OF RESTRICTED SHARES
     Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Amended and Restated 1998 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) will have the same defined meanings in this Notice of Grant of Stock Option (the “Notice of Grant”) and Terms and Conditions of Restricted Shares, attached hereto as Exhibit A (together, the “Agreement”).
      Name:
      Address:
     The undersigned (the “Participant”) has been granted a right to purchase Common Stock of the Corporation, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement, as follows:
             
Date of Grant:
           
 
       
 
           
Vesting Commencement Date:
           
 
       
 
           
Total Number of Shares Granted:
           
 
       
 
           
Total Purchase Price:
$          
 
       
      Vesting Schedule :
     Subject to any accelerated vesting provisions in the Plan, five percent (5%) of the Restricted Shares granted hereunder (the “Shares”) shall vest quarterly beginning on the first day of the calendar quarter immediately following the Vesting Commencement Date for fifteen (15) consecutive calendar quarters, and the remaining twenty-five percent (25%) of the Shares shall vest on the first day of the next following calendar quarter so that the Shares shall be fully vested and all restrictions shall be fully lapsed on                      , subject to Participant continuing to be an Employee or Consultant of the Corporation, a Parent Corporation or a Subsidiary (a “Service Provider”) through each such vesting date.
     Shares which remain subject to a Restricted Period are referred to herein as “Unvested Restricted Shares.” The Shares which have vested shall be delivered to Participant in accordance with the terms of the escrow agreement (see Section 10 of Exhibit A ).
     Participant acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents that he or she is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof, and hereby accepts this Agreement subject to all of the terms and provisions thereof. Participant has reviewed the Plan and this Agreement in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Agreement and fully understands all provisions of this Agreement. Participant hereby agrees to accept as

 


 

binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Committee upon any questions arising under the Plan or this Agreement. Participant further agrees to notify the Corporation upon any change in the residence address indicated below.
     
PARTICIPANT
  REALPAGE, INC.
 
   
 
   
 
   
Signature
  By
 
   
 
   
 
   
Print Name
  Print Name
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
  Title
 
   
 
   
Residence Address
   

-2-


 

EXHIBIT A
TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF RESTRICTED SHARE GRANT
     1.  Grant of Restricted Shares . The Committee hereby grants the Participant named in the Notice of Grant of Restricted Shares (“Participant”) under the Plan for past services and as separate incentive in connection with his or her services and not in lieu of any salary or other compensation for his or her services, the number of Shares set forth in the Notice of Grant of Restricted Shares, subject to all of the terms and conditions of the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference, and this Agreement. Subject to Section 21.02 of the Plan, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan shall prevail.
     2.  Participant’s Representations . In the event the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), at the time this Award of Restricted Shares is granted, Participant shall, if required by the Corporation, concurrently with the grant of this Award of Restricted Shares, deliver to the Corporation his or her Investment Representation Statement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B .
     3.  Lock-Up Period . Participant hereby agrees that Participant shall not offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Corporation or enter into any swap, hedging or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Corporation held by Participant (other than those included in the registration) for a period specified by the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Corporation not to exceed one hundred and eighty (180) days following the effective date of any registration statement of the Corporation filed under the Securities Act (or such other period as may be requested by the Corporation or the underwriters to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto).
     Participant agrees to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Corporation or the underwriter which are consistent with the foregoing or which are necessary to give further effect thereto. In addition, if requested by the Corporation or the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Corporation, Participant shall provide, within ten (10) days of such request, such information as may be required by the Corporation or such representative in connection with the completion of any public offering of the Corporation’s securities pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act. The obligations described in this Section 3 shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-1 or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a Commission Rule 145 transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. The Corporation may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the shares of Common Stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of said one hundred and eighty (180) day (or other) period. Participant agrees that any

-3-


 

transferee of the Restricted Shares Award or shares acquired pursuant to the Award of Restricted Shares shall be bound by this Section 3.
     4.  Non-Transferability of Restricted Shares . This Award of Restricted Shares may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of Participant only by Participant. The terms of the Plan and this Agreement shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of Participant.
     5.  Tax Consequences . Participant has reviewed with Participant’s own tax advisors the federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of this investment and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Participant is relying solely on such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Corporation or any of its agents. Participant understands that Participant (and not the Corporation) shall be responsible for Participant’s own tax liability that may arise as a result of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Participant understands that Section 83 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), taxes as ordinary income the difference between the purchase price for the Shares and the Fair Market Value Per Share of the Shares as of each vesting date. Participant understands that Participant may elect to be taxed at the time the Shares are granted rather than when such Shares vest by filing an election under Section 83(b) of the Code (“83(b) Election”) with the IRS within thirty (30) days from the date of grant of the Award of Restricted Shares. The form for making this election is attached as Exhibit C-3 hereto.
     THE PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT IS THE PARTICIPANT’S SOLE RESPONSIBILITY AND NOT THE CORPORATION’S TO FILE TIMELY THE ELECTION UNDER SECTION 83(b), EVEN IF THE PARTICIPANT REQUESTS THE CORPORATION OR ITS REPRESENTATIVES TO MAKE THIS FILING ON THE PARTICIPANT’S BEHALF.
     6.  Tax Withholding . Notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Agreement, no Restricted Shares may be released from the escrow established pursuant to Section 10, unless and until satisfactory arrangements (as determined by the Committee) will have been made by Participant with respect to the payment of income, employment and other taxes which the Company determines must be withheld with respect to such Shares. Pursuant to such procedures as the Committee may specify from time to time, the Corporation shall withhold the minimum amount required to be withheld for the payment of income, employment and other taxes which the Corporation determines must be withheld (the “Tax Withholding”) with respect to the filing of an 83(b) Election, or if an 83(b) Election is not filed or not timely filed, upon each vesting date, by, in the Committee’s discretion: (i) withholding otherwise deliverable Shares having a fair market value equal to the minimum amount of such Tax Withholding, (ii) withholding the amount of such Tax Withholding from Participant’s paycheck(s), (iii) requiring Participant to make appropriate arrangements with the Corporation (or the Parent Corporation or Subsidiary employing or retaining Participant) for the satisfaction of all Tax Withholding, or (iv) a combination of the foregoing. The Corporation shall not retain fractional Shares to satisfy any portion of the Tax Withholding. Accordingly, if any withholding is done through the withholding of Shares, Participant shall pay to the Corporation an amount in cash sufficient to satisfy the remaining Tax Withholding due and payable as a result of the Corporation not retaining fractional Shares. Should the Corporation be unable to procure such cash

-4-


 

amounts from Participant, Participant agrees and acknowledges that Participant is giving the Corporation permission to withhold from Participant’s paycheck(s) an amount equal to the remaining Tax Withholding due and payable as a result of the Corporation not retaining fractional Shares. Participant acknowledges and agrees that the Corporation may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to deliver the Shares if such withholding amounts are not delivered at the time they are due.
     7. No Guarantee of Continued Service . PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF THE SHARES PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT THE WILL OF THE CORPORATION (OR THE PARENT CORPORATION OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS AWARD OF RESTRICTED SHARES OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER. PARTICIPANT FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND SHALL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH PARTICIPANT’S RIGHT OR THE RIGHT OF THE CORPORATION (OR THE PARENT CORPORATION OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) TO TERMINATE PARTICIPANT’S RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.
     8. Forfeiture Upon Termination . Subject to Section 14.02 of the Plan, Unvested Restricted Shares subject to the Restricted Period shall be forfeited upon Participant ceasing to be a Service Provider in accordance with Section 14.05(c) of the Plan. Participant hereby appoints the Escrow Agent with full power of substitution, as Participant’s true and lawful attorney-in-fact with irrevocable power and authority in the name and on behalf of Participant to take any action and execute all documents and instruments, including, without limitation, stock powers which may be necessary to transfer the certificate or certificates evidencing such Unvested Restricted Shares to the Company upon such termination of service.
     9. Restriction on Transfer . Except for the escrow described in Section 10 or transfer of the Shares to the Corporation or its assignees contemplated by this Agreement, none of the Shares or any beneficial interest therein shall be transferred, encumbered or otherwise disposed of in any way until such Shares shall have vested in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution. Any distribution or delivery to be made to Participant under this Agreement shall, if Participant is then deceased, be made to Participant’s designated beneficiary, or if no beneficiary survives Participant, to the administrator or executor of Participant’s estate. Any such transferee must furnish the Corporation with (a) written notice of his or her status as transferee, and (b) evidence satisfactory to the Corporation to establish the validity of the transfer and compliance with any laws or regulations pertaining to said transfer.
     10. Escrow of Shares .
          (a) All Restricted Shares will, upon execution of this Agreement, be delivered and deposited with an escrow holder designated by the Corporation (the “Escrow Holder”), together

-5-


 

with the Assignment Separate from Certificate (the “Stock Assignment”) duly endorsed in blank, attached hereto as Exhibit C-1 . The Restricted Shares and the Stock Assignment shall be held by the Escrow Holder, pursuant to the Joint Escrow Instructions of the Corporation and Participant attached as Exhibit C-2 hereto.
          (b) The Escrow Holder shall not be liable for any act it may do or omit to do with respect to holding the Unvested Restricted Shares in escrow and while acting in good faith and in the exercise of its judgment.
          (c) Upon Participant’s termination as a Service Provider for any reason, subject to Section 14.02 of the Plan, upon receipt of written notice of such termination, shall take all steps necessary to accomplish the transfer of Unvested Restricted Shares to the Corporation. Participant hereby appoints the Escrow Holder with full power of substitution, as Participant’s true and lawful attorney-in-fact with irrevocable power and authority in the name and on behalf of Participant to take any action and execute all documents and instruments, including, without limitation, stock powers which may be necessary to transfer the certificate or certificates evidencing such Unvested Restricted Shares to the Corporation upon such termination.
          (d) The Escrow Holder will take all steps necessary to accomplish the transfer of Shares to Participant after they vest following Participant’s request that the Escrow Holder do so.
          (e) Subject to the terms hereof, Participant shall have all the rights of a shareholder with respect to such Shares while they are held in escrow, including without limitation, the right to vote the Shares and receive any cash dividends declared thereon.
          (f) In the event of any merger, reorganization, consolidation, recapitalization, separation, liquidation, stock dividend, split-up, share combination, or other change in the corporate structure of the Corporation affecting the Common Stock, the Shares shall be increased, reduced or otherwise changed, and by virtue of any such change Participant shall in his or her capacity as owner of the Unvested Restricted Shares that have been awarded to him or her be entitled to new or additional or different shares of stock, cash or securities (other than rights or warrants to purchase securities); such new or additional or different shares, cash or securities shall thereupon be considered to be “Unvested Restricted Shares” and shall be subject to all of the conditions and restrictions which were applicable to the Unvested Restricted Shares pursuant to this Agreement. If Participant receives rights or warrants with respect to any Unvested Restricted Shares, such rights or warrants may be held or exercised by Participant, provided that until such exercise any such rights or warrants and after such exercise any shares or other securities acquired by the exercise of such rights or warrants shall be considered to be Unvested Restricted Shares and shall be subject to all of the conditions and restrictions which were applicable to the Unvested Restricted Shares pursuant to this Agreement. The Committee in its absolute discretion at any time may accelerate the vesting of all or any portion of such new or additional shares of stock, cash or securities, rights or warrants to purchase securities or shares or other securities acquired by the exercise of such rights or warrants.
     11.  Corporation’s Right of First Refusal . Subject to Section 8, before any Shares held by Participant or any transferee (either being sometimes referred to herein as the “Holder”) may be sold or otherwise transferred (including transfer by gift or operation of law), the Corporation or its

-6-


 

assignee(s) shall have a right of first refusal to purchase the Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 11 (the “Right of First Refusal”).
          (a)  Notice of Proposed Transfer . The Holder of the Shares shall deliver to the Corporation a written notice (the “Notice”) stating: (i) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer such Shares; (ii) the name of each proposed purchaser or other transferee (“Proposed Transferee”); (iii) the number of Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; and (iv) the bona fide cash price or other consideration for which the Holder proposes to transfer the Shares (the “Offered Price”), and the Holder shall offer the Shares at the Offered Price to the Corporation or its assignee(s).
          (b)  Exercise of Right of First Refusal . At any time within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice, the Corporation and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees, at the purchase price determined in accordance with subsection (c) below.
          (c)  Purchase Price . The purchase price (“Right of First Refusal Price”) for the Shares purchased by the Corporation or its assignee(s) under this Section 11 shall be the Offered Price. If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be determined by the Board in good faith.
          (d)  Payment . Payment of the Right of First Refusal Price shall be made, at the option of the Corporation or its assignee(s), in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness of the Holder to the Corporation (or, in the case of repurchase by an assignee, to the assignee), or by any combination thereof within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice or in the manner and at the times set forth in the Notice.
          (e)  Holder’s Right to Transfer . If all of the Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Corporation and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section 11, then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Shares to that Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that such sale or other transfer is consummated within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the date of the Notice, that any such sale or other transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws and that the Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section 11 shall continue to apply to the Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee. If the Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to the Proposed Transferee within such period, a new Notice shall be given to the Corporation, and the Corporation and/or its assignees shall again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.
          (f)  Exception for Certain Family Transfers . Anything to the contrary contained in this Section 11 notwithstanding, the transfer of any or all of the Shares during Participant’s lifetime or on Participant’s death by will or intestacy to Participant’s immediate family or a trust for the benefit of Participant’s immediate family shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section 11. “Immediate Family” as used herein shall mean spouse, lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister. In such case, the transferee or other recipient shall receive and hold the Shares so transferred subject to the provisions of this Agreement, including but not limited to this

-7-


 

Section 11 and Section 8, and there shall be no further transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this Section 11.
          (g)  Termination of Right of First Refusal . The Right of First Refusal shall terminate as to any Shares upon the earlier of (i) the first sale of Common Stock of the Corporation to the general public, or (ii) a transaction described in Section 20.02(a) of the Plan in which the successor corporation has equity securities that are publicly traded.
     12.  Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders .
          (a)  Legends . Participant understands and agrees that the Corporation shall cause the legends set forth below or legends substantially equivalent thereto, to be placed upon any certificate(s) evidencing ownership of the Shares together with any other legends that may be required by the Corporation or by state or federal securities laws:
THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”) AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPO-THECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR, IN THE OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS IN COMPLIANCE THEREWITH.
THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER, A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL AND FORFEITURE RIGHTS IN FAVOR OF THE ISSUER OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S) AS SET FORTH IN THE RESTRICTED SHARE AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. SUCH TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS, RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL AND FORFEITURE RIGHTS IN FAVOR OF THE ISSUER OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S) ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.
THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER FOR A PERIOD OF TIME FOLLOWING THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE UNDERWRITTEN PUBLIC OFFERING OF THE CORPORATION’S SECURITIES SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF BY THE HOLDER PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF SUCH PERIOD WITHOUT THE CONSENT OF THE CORPORATION OR THE MANAGING UNDERWRITER.
          (b)  Stop-Transfer Notices . Participant agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Corporation may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Corporation transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

-8-


 

          (c)  Refusal to Transfer . The Corporation shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Agreement or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.
     13.  Notices . Any notice, demand or request required or permitted to be given by either the Corporation or Participant pursuant to the terms of this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed given when delivered personally or deposited in the U.S. mail, First Class with postage prepaid, and addressed to the parties at the addresses of the parties set forth at the end of this Agreement or such other address as a party may request by notifying the other in writing.
     Any notice to the Escrow Holder shall be sent to the Corporation’s address with a copy to the other party not sending the notice.
     14.  No Waiver . Either party’s failure to enforce any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall not in any way be construed as a waiver of any such provision or provisions, nor prevent that party from thereafter enforcing each and every other provision of this Agreement. The rights granted both parties herein are cumulative and shall not constitute a waiver of either party’s right to assert all other legal remedies available to it under the circumstances.
     15.  Successors and Assigns . The Corporation may assign any of its rights under this Agreement to single or multiple assignees, and this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Corporation. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, this Agreement shall be binding upon Participant and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns. The rights and obligations of Participant under this Agreement may only be assigned with the prior written consent of the Corporation.
     16.  Interpretation . Any dispute regarding the interpretation of this Agreement shall be submitted by Participant or by the Corporation forthwith to the Committee, which shall review such dispute at its next regular meeting. The resolution of such a dispute by the Committee shall be final and binding on all parties.
     17.  Additional Documents . Participant agrees upon request to execute any further documents or instruments necessary or desirable to carry out the purposes or intent of this Agreement.
     18.  Governing Law; Severability . This Agreement is governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of the State of Texas. In the event that any provision hereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect.
     19.  Entire Agreement . The Plan is incorporated herein by reference. The Plan and this Agreement (including the exhibits referenced herein) constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Corporation and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not

-9-


 

be modified adversely to the Participant’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Corporation and Participant.

-10-


 

EXHIBIT B
INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT
             
PARTICIPANT
  :        
 
           
CORPORATION
  :   REALPAGE, INC.    
 
           
SECURITY
  :   COMMON STOCK    
 
           
AMOUNT
  :        
 
           
DATE
  :        
     In connection with the purchase of the above-listed Securities, the undersigned Participant represents to the Corporation the following:
          (a) Participant is aware of the Corporation’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Corporation to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Securities. Participant is acquiring these Securities for investment for Participant’s own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).
          (b) Participant acknowledges and understands that the Securities constitute “restricted securities” under the Securities Act and have not been registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Participant’s investment intent as expressed herein. In this connection, Participant understands that, in the view of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the statutory basis for such exemption may be unavailable if Participant’s representation was predicated solely upon a present intention to hold these Securities for the minimum capital gains period specified under tax statutes, for a deferred sale, for or until an increase or decrease in the market price of the Securities, or for a period of one year or any other fixed period in the future. Participant further understands that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. Participant further acknowledges and understands that the Corporation is under no obligation to register the Securities. Participant understands that the certificate evidencing the Securities shall be imprinted with any legend required under applicable state securities laws.
          (c) Participant is familiar with the provisions of Rule 701 and Rule 144, each promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly from the issuer thereof, in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. Rule 701 provides that if the issuer qualifies under Rule 701 at the time of the grant of the Restricted Shares Award to Participant, the exercise shall be exempt from registration under the Securities Act. In the event the Corporation becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, ninety (90) days thereafter (or such longer period as any market stand-off agreement may require) the Securities

-11-


 

exempt under Rule 701 may be resold, subject to the satisfaction of the applicable conditions specified by Rule 144, including in the case of affiliates (1) the availability of certain public information about the Corporation, (2) the amount of Securities being sold during any three (3) month period not exceeding specified limitations, (3) the resale being made in an unsolicited “broker’s transaction”, transactions directly with a “market maker” or “riskless principal transactions” (as those terms are defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) and (4) the timely filing of a Form 144, if applicable.
          In the event that the Corporation does not qualify under Rule 701 at the time of grant of the Restricted Shares Award, then the Securities may be resold in certain limited circumstances subject to the provisions of Rule 144, which may require (i) the availability of current public information about the Corporation; (ii) the resale to occur more than a specified period after the purchase and full payment (within the meaning of Rule 144) for the Securities; and (iii) in the case of the sale of Securities by an affiliate, the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in sections (2), (3) and (4) of the paragraph immediately above.
          (d) Participant further understands that in the event all of the applicable requirements of Rule 701 or 144 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption shall be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rules 144 and 701 are not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rules 144 or 701 shall have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk. Participant understands that no assurances can be given that any such other registration exemption shall be available in such event.
     
 
  PARTICIPANT
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
  Signature
 
   
 
   
 
  Print Name
 
   
 
   
 
  Date

-12-


 

EXHIBIT C-1
ASSIGNMENT SEPARATE FROM CERTIFICATE
     FOR VALUE RECEIVED I,                                           , hereby sell, assign and transfer unto RealPage, Inc.                       shares of the Common Stock of RealPage, Inc. standing in my name on the books of said corporation represented by Certificate No. ___ herewith and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint                                           to transfer the said stock on the books of the within named corporation with full power of substitution in the premises.
     This Stock Assignment may be used only in accordance with the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement between RealPage, Inc. and the undersigned dated                      , ___ (the “Agreement”).
     
Dated:                                           ,___
  Signature:                                                                                     
INSTRUCTIONS: Please do not fill in any blanks other than the signature line. The purpose of this assignment is to enable the Corporation to transfer the Unvested Restricted Shares to the Corporation upon Participant’s termination as a Service Provider, without requiring additional signatures on the part of the Participant.

-13-


 

EXHIBIT C-2
JOINT ESCROW INSTRUCTIONS
                                          , ____
Corporate Secretary
RealPage, Inc.
4000 International Parkway
Carrollton, Texas 75007-1913
Dear                                           :
     As Escrow Agent for both RealPage, Inc. (the “Corporation”), and the undersigned recipient of stock of the Corporation (the “Participant”), you are hereby authorized and directed to hold the documents delivered to you pursuant to the terms of that certain Restricted Share Agreement (the “Agreement”) between the Corporation and the undersigned, in accordance with the following instructions:
     1. At the closing, you are directed (a) to date the stock assignments necessary for the transfer in question, (b) to fill in the number of shares being transferred, and (c) to deliver the stock assignments, together with the certificate evidencing the shares of stock to be transferred, to the Corporation or its assignee.
     2. Participant irrevocably authorizes the Corporation to deposit with you any certificates evidencing shares of stock to be held by you hereunder and any additions and substitutions to said shares as defined in the Agreement. Participant does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint you as Participant’s attorney-in-fact and agent for the term of this escrow to execute with respect to such securities all documents necessary or appropriate to make such securities negotiable and to complete any transaction herein contemplated, including but not limited to the filing with any applicable state blue sky authority of any required applications for consent to, or notice of transfer of, the securities. Subject to the provisions of this paragraph 2, Participant shall exercise all rights and privileges of a stockholder of the Corporation while the stock is held by you.
     3. Upon written request of the Participant, but no more than once per calendar year, unless the shares are forfeited, you shall deliver to Participant a certificate or certificates representing so many shares of stock that have vested. Within one hundred and twenty (120) days after cessation of Participant’s continuous employment by or services to the Corporation, or any parent or subsidiary of the Corporation, you shall deliver to Participant a certificate or certificates representing the aggregate number of shares held or issued pursuant to the Agreement that have vested. Upon any forfeiture of such shares, you shall deliver or electronically transfer such shares to the Company.
     4. If at the time of termination of this escrow you should have in your possession any documents, securities, or other property belonging to Participant, you shall deliver all of the same to Participant and shall be discharged of all further obligations hereunder.

 


 

     5. Your duties hereunder may be altered, amended, modified or revoked only by a writing signed by all of the parties hereto.
     6. You shall be obligated only for the performance of such duties as are specifically set forth herein and may rely and shall be protected in relying or refraining from acting on any instrument reasonably believed by you to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties. You shall not be personally liable for any act you may do or omit to do hereunder as Escrow Agent or as attorney-in-fact for Participant while acting in good faith, and any act done or omitted by you pursuant to the advice of your own attorneys shall be conclusive evidence of such good faith.
     7. You are hereby expressly authorized to disregard any and all warnings given by any of the parties hereto or by any other person or corporation, excepting only orders or process of courts of law and are hereby expressly authorized to comply with and obey orders, judgments or decrees of any court. In case you obey or comply with any such order, judgment or decree, you shall not be liable to any of the parties hereto or to any other person, firm or corporation by reason of such compliance, notwithstanding any such order, judgment or decree being subsequently reversed, modified, annulled, set aside, vacated or found to have been entered without jurisdiction.
     8. You shall not be liable in any respect on account of the identity, authorities or rights of the parties executing or delivering or purporting to execute or deliver the Agreement or any documents or papers deposited or called for hereunder.
     9. You shall not be liable for the outlawing of any rights under the Statute of Limitations with respect to these Joint Escrow Instructions or any documents deposited with you.
     10. You shall be entitled to employ such legal counsel and other experts as you may deem necessary properly to advise you in connection with your obligations hereunder, may rely upon the advice of such counsel, and may pay such counsel reasonable compensation therefor.
     11. Your responsibilities as Escrow Agent hereunder shall terminate if you shall cease to be an officer or agent of the Corporation or if you shall resign by written notice to each party. In the event of any such termination, the Corporation shall appoint a successor Escrow Agent.
     12. If you reasonably require other or further instruments in connection with these Joint Escrow Instructions or obligations in respect hereto, the necessary parties hereto shall join in furnishing such instruments.
     13. It is understood and agreed that should any dispute arise with respect to the delivery and/or ownership or right of possession of the securities held by you hereunder, you are authorized and directed to retain in your possession without liability to anyone all or any part of said securities until such disputes shall have been settled either by mutual written agreement of the parties concerned or by a final order, decree or judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction after the time for appeal has expired and no appeal has been perfected, but you shall be under no duty whatsoever to institute or defend any such proceedings.

-2-


 

     14. Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon personal delivery or upon deposit in the United States Post Office, by registered or certified mail with postage and fees prepaid, addressed to each of the other parties thereunto entitled at the following addresses or at such other addresses as a party may designate by ten (10) days advance written notice to each of the other parties hereto.
     15. By signing these Joint Escrow Instructions, you become a party hereto only for the purpose of said Joint Escrow Instructions; you do not become a party to the Agreement.
     16. This instrument shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, and their respective successors and permitted assigns.
     17. These Joint Escrow Instructions shall be governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of the State of Texas.
     
PARTICIPANT
  REALPAGE, INC.
 
   
 
   
 
   
Signature
  By
 
   
 
   
Print Name
  Print Name
 
   
 
   
 
  Title
 
   
 
Residence Address
   
 
   
ESCROW AGENT
   
 
   
 
   
 
Corporate Secretary
   
 
   
Dated:                                                                                        
   

-3-


 

EXHIBIT C-3
ELECTION UNDER SECTION 83(b)
OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986
The undersigned taxpayer hereby elects, pursuant to Sections 55 and 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, to include in taxpayer’s gross income or alternative minimum taxable income, as the case may be, for the current taxable year the amount of any compensation taxable to taxpayer in connection with taxpayer’s receipt of the property described below.
1.   The name, address, taxpayer identification number and taxable year of the undersigned are as follows:
                     
 
  NAME:           SPOUSE:    
 
                   
 
  ADDRESS:                
 
     
 
           
 
     
 
           
TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NO.:                                                 TAXABLE YEAR:                                                
2.   The property with respect to which the election is made is described as follows:                       shares (the “Shares”) of the Common Stock of RealPage, Inc. (the “Corporation”).
 
3.   The date on which the property was transferred is:                                           ,                      .
 
4.   The property is subject to the following restrictions:
The Shares may not be transferred and are subject to forfeiture under the terms of an agreement between the taxpayer and the Corporation. These restrictions lapse upon the satisfaction of certain conditions contained in such agreement.
5.   The Fair Market Value at the time of transfer, determined without regard to any restriction other than a restriction which by its terms shall never lapse, of such property is: $                                           .
 
6.   The amount (if any) paid for such property is: $                                           .
The undersigned has submitted a copy of this statement to the person for whom the services were performed in connection with the undersigned’s receipt of the above-described property. The transferee of such property is the person performing the services in connection with the transfer of said property.
The undersigned understands that the foregoing election may not be revoked except with the consent of the Commissioner .
             
Dated:
                                            , ___        
 
           
 
          Taxpayer
The undersigned spouse of taxpayer joins in this election.
             
           
Dated:
                                            , ___        
 
           
 
          Spouse of Taxpayer

 

Exhibit 10.2C
REALPAGE, INC.
NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT (SECOND SERIES)
UNDER THE
1998 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN
     
Grant Number:
  Second Series No. 0xx-6-03
 
   
Date of Grant :
                         , 200             
 
   
Name of Optionee :
  xxx (the “Optionee”)
 
   
Number of Shares :
  xx,xxx
 
   
Exercise Price Per Share :
  $x.xx (the “Option Exercise Price”)
1. RealPage, Inc. (the “Corporation”), hereby grants to the “Optionee” an option (the “Option”) to purchase from the Corporation, for the Option Exercise Price (subject to any adjustments that may be made pursuant to the terms of the Plan) the number of shares of Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share (the “Stock”), of the Corporation set forth above pursuant to the Corporation’s 1998 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”). This Option is not intended to constitute an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.
2. This Option may be exercised only to the extent that it is vested.
3. This Option shall vest in increments as follows: commencing on the first day of xxxxxx, xxxx and on the first day of the next fifteen (15) consecutive quarters, this option shall vest in sixteen (16) equal installments so that it will be fully vested on xxxx xx, xxxx.
4. Unless otherwise prevented from doing so by the provisions of the Plan or this Agreement, the Optionee may exercise any portion of this Option that has become vested by delivering to the Corporation written notice specifying:
     (A) the number of whole shares of Stock to be purchased together with payment in full of the aggregate option price of such shares, provided that this Option may not be exercised for less than one hundred (100) shares of Stock or the number of shares of Stock remaining subject to this Option, whichever is smaller;
     (B) the address to which dividends, notices, reports, etc. are to be sent; and
     (C) the Optionee’s social security number.
Payment, upon exercise, shall be as provided by the Plan.
The Optionee shall not be entitled to any rights and privileges as a shareholder of the Corporation in respect of any shares of Stock covered by this Option until such shares of Stock shall have been paid for in full and issued to the Optionee by the Corporation’s transfer agent.

 


 

As soon as practicable after the Corporation receives payment for shares of Stock covered by this Option, it shall deliver a certificate or certificates representing the shares of Stock so purchased to the Optionee. Such certificate shall be registered in the name of the Optionee. Such stock certificate shall carry such appropriate legends, and such written instructions shall be given to the Corporation’s transfer agent, if any, as may be required by the Plan or as may be deemed necessary or advisable by counsel to the Corporation in order to comply with the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and any state securities laws or any other applicable laws.
5. The Optionee agrees that, in connection with any underwritten public offering of the Corporation’s Common Stock (or any other securities issued by the Corporation in exchange therefore), upon the request of the Corporation or the principal underwriter managing such public offering, any Shares (or any other securities issued by the Corporation in exchange therefore) purchased by exercising the Option which is the subject of this Agreement may not be sold, offered for sale, made subject to a contract to sell or otherwise disposed of without the prior written consent of the Corporation or such underwriters, as the case may be, for at least 180 days after the effective date of a registration statement of the Corporation filed under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or such longer period of time as the Corporation’s Compensation Committee and/or its Board of Directors may determine. The Corporation may impose stop transfer instructions with respect to the Stock (or securities) until the end of the 180-day period.
6. This Option shall terminate on the date that is ten (10) years following the Date of Grant and must be exercised, if at all, prior thereto.
7. If the Optionee’s employment with the Corporation terminates, the unvested portion of this Option will immediately terminate except as otherwise provided by Section 12(3) of the Plan. Optionee acknowledges and agrees that, (i) if Optionee’s employment terminates for Cause, or (ii) if Optionee’s employment terminates by reason of a Voluntary Termination, and Optionee engages in any Acts Harmful to the Interest of the Corporation within one (1) year after the Voluntary Termination, then the Optionee will immediately forfeit any right to exercise this Option, whether it is vested or unvested.
8. This Option does not confer on the Optionee any right to continue in the employ of the Corporation or interfere in any way with the right of the Corporation to determine the terms of the Optionee’s employment.
9. This Option is governed and controlled by the applicable terms and conditions of the Plan and, to the extent not inconsistent therewith, by the provisions of this Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall be defined as set forth in the Plan. All interpretations or determinations of the Corporation’s Compensation Committee and/or its Board of Directors with respect to the Plan and this Option shall be binding and conclusive upon the Optionee and his or her legal representatives with respect to any question arising hereunder.
10. All notices hereunder to the parties to this Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement shall be delivered or mailed to the Optionee, at his address set forth on the signature page of this Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement, and to the Corporation, at the following address:

 


 

RealPage, Inc.
4000 International Parkway
Carrollton, Texas 75007-1913
Attention: Secretary
Such addresses for the service of notices may be changed at any time provided notice of such change is furnished in advance to the other party.
11. This Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas without application of the conflict of laws principles thereof, except to the extent preempted by federal law, which shall govern to such extent.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned have caused this Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement to be duly executed.
         
REALPAGE, INC.    
 
 
     
By:
  Stephen T. Winn    
 
  Chairman of the Board    
By his or her signature below, the Optionee agrees to the provisions of this Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement and acknowledges receipt of a copy of the 1998 Stock Incentive Plan.
OPTIONEE:
Signature:                                                                
Address:
Social Security Number:                                          

 

Exhibit 10.2D
REALPAGE, INC.
NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
UNDER THE
1998 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN
     
Grant Number:
  xx-xx-xxxx
 
   
Date of Grant :
  xxxxxx xx, xxxx
 
   
Name of Optionee :
  xxxxxxxxxxxxxx (the “Optionee”)
 
   
Number of Shares :
  xxxx
 
   
Exercise Price Per Share :
  $x.xx (the “Option Exercise Price”)
1. RealPage, Inc. (the “Corporation”), hereby grants to the “Optionee” an option (the “Option”) to purchase from the Corporation, for the Option Exercise Price (subject to any adjustments that may be made pursuant to the terms of the Plan) the number of shares of Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share (the “Stock”), of the Corporation set forth above pursuant to the Corporation’s 1998 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”). This Option is not intended to constitute an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.
2. This Option may be exercised only to the extent that it is vested.
3. This Option shall vest in increments as follows: commencing on the last day of the calendar quarter in which the date of grant set forth above occurs, and on the last day of the next fifteen (15) consecutive quarters, this option shall vest in sixteen (16) equal installments so that it will be fully vested on xxxxxxxx xx, xxxx.
4. Unless otherwise prevented from doing so by the provisions of the Plan or this Agreement, the Optionee may exercise any portion of this Option that has become vested by delivering to the Corporation written notice specifying:
     (A) the number of whole shares of Stock to be purchased together with payment in full of the aggregate option price of such shares, provided that this Option may not be exercised for less than one hundred (100) shares of Stock or the number of shares of Stock remaining subject to this Option, whichever is smaller;
     (B) the address to which dividends, notices, reports, etc. are to be sent; and
     (C) the Optionee’s social security number.
          Payment shall be in cash, or by certified or cashier’s check payable to the order of the Corporation, plus any required withholding taxes. Subject to the provisions of paragraph 5 hereof, payment may also be made by delivery to the Corporation of a properly executed exercise notice together with irrevocable instructions to a broker approved by the Corporation that upon such broker’s sale of shares of Stock with respect to which the Option is exercised, it is to deliver promptly to the Corporation the amount of sale proceeds necessary to satisfy the Option Exercise Price plus any required withholding taxes.
The Optionee shall not be entitled to any rights and privileges as a shareholder of the Corporation in respect of any shares of Stock covered by this Option until such shares of Stock shall have been paid for in full and issued to the Optionee by the Corporation’s transfer agent.
As soon as practicable after the Corporation receives payment for shares of Stock covered by this Option, it shall deliver a certificate or certificates representing the shares of Stock so purchased to the Optionee. Such certificate shall be registered in the name of the Optionee. Such stock certificate shall carry such appropriate legends, and such written instructions shall be given to the Corporation’s transfer agent, if any, as may be required by the Plan or as may be deemed necessary or advisable by counsel to the Corporation in order to comply with the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and any state securities laws or any other applicable laws.
5. The Optionee agrees that, in connection with any underwritten public offering of the Corporation’s Common Stock (or any other securities issued by the Corporation in exchange therefor), upon the request of the Corporation or the principal underwriter managing such public offering, any Shares (or any other securities issued by the Corporation

 


 

in exchange therefor) purchased by exercising the Option which is the subject of this Agreement may not be sold, offered for sale, made subject to a contract to sell or otherwise disposed of without the prior written consent of the Corporation or such underwriters, as the case may be, for at least 180 days after the effective date of a registration statement of the Corporation filed under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or such longer period of time as the Corporation’s Compensation Committee and/or its Board of Directors may determine. The Corporation may impose stop transfer instructions with respect to the Stock (or securities) until the end of the 180-day period.
6. This Option shall terminate on the date that is ten (10) years following the Date of Grant and must be exercised, if at all, prior thereto.
7. If the Optionee’s employment with the Corporation terminates, the unvested portion of this Option will immediately terminate.
8. This Option does not confer on the Optionee any right to continue in the employ of the Corporation or interfere in any way with the right of the Corporation to determine the terms of the Optionee’s employment.
9. This Option is governed and controlled by the applicable terms and conditions of the Plan and, to the extent not inconsistent therewith, by the provisions of this Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall be defined as set forth in the Plan. All interpretations or determinations of the Corporation’s Compensation Committee and/or its Board of Directors with respect to the Plan and this Option shall be binding and conclusive upon the Optionee and his or her legal representatives with respect to any question arising hereunder.
10. All notices hereunder to the parties to this Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement shall be delivered or mailed to the Optionee, at his address set forth on the signature page of this Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement, and to the Corporation, at the following address:
RealPage, Inc.
4000 International Parkway
Carrollton, Texas 75007-1913
Attention: Secretary
Such addresses for the service of notices may be changed at any time provided notice of such change is furnished in advance to the other party.
11. This Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas without application of the conflict of laws principles thereof, except to the extent preempted by federal law, which shall govern to such extent.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned have caused this Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement to be duly executed.
         
REALPAGE, INC.    
 
 
       
     
By:
  Stephen T. Winn    
 
  Chairman of the Board    
OPTIONEE:
Signature:                                                                
Address:                                                                  
                                                                                 
                                                                                 
Social Security Number:                                          

 

Exhibit 10.3
REALPAGE, INC.
DIRECTOR’S NONQUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
1. Grant of Option . RealPage, Inc. (the “Corporation”), on this the              day of                      (the “Date of Grant”), grants to                      (the “Optionee”) an option to purchase from the Corporation a total of                      full shares (the “Optioned Shares”) of the Corporation’s $0.001 par value per share common stock (the “Common Stock”) at $                 per share (the “Exercise Price”) in the amounts, during the periods, and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Director’s Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement (“this Agreement”).
This Stock Option is not intended to constitute an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. This Agreement is a stand-alone agreement and is not subject to any stock option plan which may from time-to-time be maintained by the Corporation.
2. Definitions . For the purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meaning indicated:
      “Cause” means, with respect to Optionee (i) (A) grossly incompetent or negligent performance or substantial and continuing inattention to or neglect of the duties and responsibilities associated with the Optionee’s role as a director of the Corporation, (B) engaging in any Competitive Activity, (C) material violation of any fiduciary duty owed the Corporation, or (D) deceit, fraud, misappropriation or embezzlement involving the affairs or property of the Corporation, each of the foregoing as determined in the reasonable discretion and judgment of the Corporation’s Board of Directors (the Optionee not participating) or (ii) commission of any felony of which the Optionee is finally adjudged guilty in a court of competent jurisdiction.
      “Competitive Activity” means, with respect to Optionee, at any time during the Option Period, and regardless of whether the Optionee is still a director of the Corporation:
     (i) the Optionee directly or indirectly engages in any activity in competition with any activity the Corporation is then conducting or is then actively planning to conduct, including, but not limited to , by functioning as an owner, investor 1 , director, officer, manager, employee, volunteer, consultant, creditor or advisor or in any other any other capacity to an entity that is then engaging in, or plans to engage in, such competitive activity;
     (ii) the Optionee directly or indirectly engages in the recruitment or employment of any then current employee of the Corporation to engage in any activity in competition with any activity the Corporation is then conducting or is then actively planning to conduct; or
     (iii) the Optionee directly or indirectly participates in a hostile takeover attempt with respect to the Corporation.
      “Disability or Disabled” means that the Optionee, because of ill health, physical or mental disability or any other reason beyond his control, is unable to perform his duties as a director of the Corporation for a period of six (6) continuous months, as determined in good faith by the Corporation’s Board of Directors (the Optionee not participating).
      “Fair Market Value” means, as of a particular date, (a) if the shares of Common Stock are listed on a national securities exchange, the closing sales price per share of Common Stock on the consolidated transaction reporting system for the principal securities exchange for the
 
1   Other than passive ownership of less than 5% of the outstanding shares of stock of a corporation, so long as such shares are traded on a national securities exchange or quoted on an interdealer quotation system.

 


 

Common Stock on that date, or, if there shall have been no such sale so reported on that date, on the last preceding date on which such a sale was so reported, (b) if the shares of Common Stock are not so listed but are quoted on the NASDAQ National Market System, the closing sales price per share of Common Stock on the NASDAQ National Market System on that date, or, if there shall have been no such sale so reported on that date, on the last preceding date on which such a sale was so reported, (c) if the Common Stock is not so listed or quoted, the mean between the closing bid and asked price on that date, or, if there are no quotations available for such date, on the last preceding date on which such quotations shall be available, as reported by NASDAQ, or, if not reported by NASDAQ, by the National Quotation Bureau, Inc., or (d) if none of the above is applicable, such amount as may be determined by the Corporation’s Board of Directors (the Optionee not participating), in good faith, to be the fair market value per share of Common Stock using a generally accepted methodology for valuing the non-publicly traded restricted stock of a private corporation.
      “Non-Vested Optioned Shares” means purchased Optioned Shares which are subject to the Corporation’s Right of Repurchase upon the occurrence of a Termination of Services for Cause.
      “Restricted Stock” means shares of Common Stock issued or transferred to an Optionee which are subject to restrictions, legends or limitations set forth in this Agreement.
      “Termination of Service” occurs when an individual who is a director of the Corporation shall cease to serve as a director of the Corporation for any reason.
      “Vested Optioned Shares” means Optioned Shares which are not subject to the Corporation’s Right of Repurchase.
3. Option Period . Subject to the other provisions of this Agreement, the Option Period will begin on the Date of Grant and will terminate forty eight (48) calendar months after the month in which the Date of Grant occurs.
4. Exercise .
     (a)  Optionee’s Right to Purchase . Subject to the other provisions of this Agreement, the Optionee shall have the right to purchase two hundred fifty thousand (250,000) Optioned Shares for the Exercise Price at any time and in any whole share amounts during the Option Period.
          (i) This Stock Option may be exercised by the delivery of written notice to the Secretary of the Corporation setting forth the number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which the Stock Option is to be exercised and the date of exercise thereof (the “Exercise Date”) which shall be at least three (3) business days after giving such notice. The Optionee shall deliver to the Corporation on the Exercise Date a check in the amount of the total purchase price of the Optioned Shares to be purchased.
          (ii) Upon payment of all amounts due from the Optionee, the Corporation shall cause a certificate for the Optioned Shares then being purchased to be issued in the Optionee’s name and delivered to the Corporation’s Secretary pursuant to Section 4(a)(v) hereof within ten (10) business days after the Exercise Date.
          (iii) The right of the Optionee to purchase and the obligation of the Corporation to issue shares of Common Stock in the name of the Optionee shall, however, be subject to the condition that — if at any time the Corporation shall determine in its discretion that the listing, registration, or qualification of the Stock Option or the Optioned Shares upon any securities exchange or under any state or federal law, or the consent or approval of any governmental regulatory body, is necessary or desirable as a condition of, or in connection with,

 


 

the Stock Option or the issuance or purchase of shares of Common Stock thereunder — the Stock Option may not be exercised in whole or in part unless such listing, registration, qualification, consent, or approval shall have been effected or obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Corporation.
          (iv) If, at the time of exercise, the Common Stock issued to the Optionee with respect to the exercise of any portion of this Stock Option has not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, such Common Stock shall be Restricted Stock and shall bear a restrictive legend as required by the Secretary of the Corporation.
          (v) Upon issuance, the certificates for the purchased Optioned Shares shall be deposited in escrow with the Secretary of the Corporation to be held in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement. All regular cash dividends, if any, on Optioned Shares shall be paid directly to the Optionee and shall not be held in escrow. All purchased Optioned Shares which are Non-Vested Optioned Shares shall be surrendered to the Corporation for repurchase and cancellation upon the Corporation’s exercise of its Right of Repurchase pursuant to Section 5 hereof or Right of First Refusal pursuant to Section 6 hereof. Upon the Optionee’s request (but not more frequently than once every calendar year) and to the extent that the total number of Optioned Shares held in escrow then exceeds the number of Non-Vested Optioned Shares, the Corporation’s Secretary shall cause to be issued and delivered to Optionee a certificate for the number of Vested Optioned Shares equal to such excess. In any event, all Vested Optioned Shares shall be released from escrow within sixty (60) days after the earlier of (i) the Optionee’s Termination of Service or (ii) the lapse of the Corporation’s Right of First Refusal.
     (b)  Termination of Optionee’s Right to Purchase . Unless terminated sooner by operation of another term or condition of this Agreement, this Stock Option and Optionee’s right to purchase Optioned Shares pursuant to Section 4(a) shall terminate at the earliest of:
          (i) 5 p.m. on the date the Option Period terminates;
          (ii) 5 p.m. on the date which is twelve (12) months following the Optionee’s Termination of Service due to death or Disability;
          (iii) 5 p.m. on the date which is sixty (60) days following the Optionee’s Termination of Service by the Corporation without Cause;
          (iv) 5 p.m. on the date which is thirty (30) days following the Optionee’s voluntary Termination of Service for any reason; or
          (v) 5 p.m. on the day prior to the date of the Optionee’s Termination of Service for Cause.
5. Corporation’s Right to Repurchase Non-Vested Optioned Shares . At all times during the Option Period, the Corporation shall, upon the occurrence of a Termination of Service for any reason, have the right (but not an obligation) to repurchase (the “Corporation’s Right to Repurchase”) from Optionee, subject to the provisions of Sections 5(a) and 5(b), a number of previously purchased shares up to a maximum equal to the then current number of Non-Vested Optioned Shares. The number of Non-Vested Optioned Shares in existence in any month during the Option Period shall be derived by multiplying the number of whole calendar months remaining in the Option Period when the Termination of Service occurs by 2.0833% and then multiplying the product derived thereby by the total number of Optioned Shares granted. 2
 
2   Thus, where 250,000 Optioned Shares were granted and 20 months remained in the Option Period when a Termination of Services occurs, 104,167 purchased shares would be subject to the Corporation’s right of repurchase (2.0833% x 20 = 41.667%; 250,000 x .41667 = 104,167).

 


 

     (a)  Termination of Service for Cause . Should a Termination of Service for Cause occur during the Option Period, the Corporation shall have the right to require the Optionee or the personal representative of the Optionee to sell to the Corporation for a purchase price per share equal to the lesser of the Exercise Price or the Fair Market Value at the time of repurchase, a number of previously purchased Optioned Shares up to a maximum equal to the then current number of Non-Vested Optioned Shares.
     (b)  Termination of Service for Other than Cause . Should a Termination of Service for any reason other than Cause occur during the Option Period, the Corporation shall have the right to require the Optionee or the personal representative of the Optionee to sell to the Corporation for a purchase price per share equal to the Exercise Price, a number of previously purchased Optioned Shares up to a maximum equal to the then current number of Non-Vested Optioned Shares.
     (c)  Exercise of Corporation’s Repurchase Right . The Corporation’s right to repurchase shall be effectuated at the Corporation’s election by written notice sent to the Optionee or the Optionee’s personal representative at any time or times within sixty (60) days next following the date of Termination of Service. The notice shall set forth the date on which the repurchase is to be effected. Such date shall not be more than thirty (30) days after the date of the notice. The certificate(s) representing the Optioned Shares to be repurchased shall, prior to the close of business on the date specified for the repurchase, be delivered to the Corporation from escrow properly endorsed for transfer by the Corporation’s Secretary as Attorney in Fact for the Optionee pursuant to Section 13 hereof. The Corporation shall, concurrently with the receipt of such certificate(s), pay to the Optionee the purchase price determined according to Section 5(a) or Section 5(b) as the case may be. Payment shall be made in cash. The Corporation’s Right of Repurchase shall terminate with respect to any Optioned Shares for which it has not been timely exercised pursuant to this Section 5(c).
     (d)  Termination of Rights as Stockholder . If the Corporation makes available the consideration for the Optioned Shares to be repurchased in accordance with Section 5(c) hereof, at the time and place and in the amount and form required by this Agreement, then after such time the Optionee shall no longer have any rights as a holder of such Optioned Shares (other than the right to receive payment of such consideration in accordance with Section 5(c)).
     (e)  Conversion of Optioned Shares from Non-Vested to Vested Status . On the Date of Grant, all of the Optioned Shares shall be Non-Vested Optioned Shares. Thereafter, the Non-Vested Optioned Shares shall convert into Vested Optioned Shares in monthly increments of one-forty eighth (1/48 th ) of the total Optioned Shares commencing at the end of the month next following the month in which the Date of Grant occurs, regardless of whether Optionee has wholly or partially exercised this Stock Option and purchased any Optioned Shares. The conversion of Non-Vested Optioned Shares to Vested Optioned Shares shall cease upon the occurrence of a Termination of Service for Cause.
6. Corporation’s Right of First Refusal. If the Optionee seeks to sell or dispose of all or any part of his Vested Optioned Shares to a third party (the “Transferee”), then he shall notify the Corporation in writing of such proposed sale or disposition at least thirty days prior to the date of the proposed sale or disposition. The notice shall contain the date of the proposed sale or disposition, the identity of the proposed Transferee, and the terms and price of the proposed sale or disposition. The Corporation then shall have the right to purchase (the “Corporation’s Right of Refusal”) all, but not less than all, of such Vested Optioned Shares from the Optionee as follows: (i) if the disposition of such shares is for value, then the Corporation may purchase such shares upon the same terms and at the same price as such third party purchaser is prepared to pay, and (ii) if the disposition of such shares is being made by means of a gift or other transaction where no value is received by the transferor, including, without limitation, a disposition in connection with the death or divorce of the Optionee, then the Corporation may purchase such shares at their Fair

 


 

Market Value. If the Corporation has not exercised its right to so purchase all of such shares within thirty (30) days after the date the notice of proposed sale is given, the Optionee may thereafter sell or dispose of all of the Vested Optioned Shares Optionee proposes to transfer to the Transferee upon the same proposed terms and price.
     The Optionee acknowledges and agrees that the Corporation may place legends on any stock certificate(s) issued in the name of the Transferee which in the sole opinion of the Corporation’s Secretary are necessary or advisable.
     Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Corporation’s Right of Refusal under this Section 6 shall not be triggered and the Corporation’s Right of First Refusal shall expire to the extent that such Right of First Refusal shall have not been exercised prior to the time of consummation by the Corporation of an underwritten public offering pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933.
7. Adjustment of Number of Shares and Related Matters . The Corporation’s Board of Directors may, in its sole and absolute discretion, make or provide for such adjustments to the number and classes of shares and the Stock Option (including the Exercise Price thereof) as it shall deem appropriate in the event of changes to the number of outstanding shares of Stock by reason of a re-capitalization, merger, consolidation, combination, exchange of stock, reorganization, liquidation, and the like. The issuance of additional shares of stock in consideration for a capital contribution to the Corporation shall not be considered a re-capitalization. In the event of any offer to holders of Stock generally relating to the acquisition of their shares, the Board may make such adjustment, as it deems equitable with respect to the Stock Option, including amendment to this Agreement, so that the Stock Option may be exercisable in exchange for the securities or other consideration payable in the acquisition transaction.
8. Additional Shares or Substituted Securities . In the event of the declaration of a stock dividend, the declaration of an extraordinary dividend payable in a form other than stock, a spin-off, a stock split, an adjustment in conversion ratio, a recapitalization or a similar transaction affecting the Corporation’s outstanding securities without receipt of consideration, any new, substitute or additional securities or other property (including money paid other than as an ordinary cash dividend) which are by reason of such transaction distributed with respect to any Optioned Shares or into which such Optioned Shares thereby become convertible shall immediately be subject to the Corporation’s Right of Repurchase. Appropriate adjustments to reflect the distribution of such securities or property shall be made to the number and/or class of the Optioned Shares. Appropriate adjustments shall also, after each such transaction, be made to the price per share to be paid upon the exercise of the Corporation’s Right of Repurchase in order to reflect any change in the Corporation’s outstanding securities effected without receipt of consideration therefor; provided, however, that the aggregate purchase price payable for the Optioned Shares shall remain the same.
9. Who May Exercise . During the lifetime of the Optionee, this Stock Option may be exercised only by the Optionee, or by the Optionee’s guardian or personal representative. If, upon the Optionee’s Termination of Service by reason of death or Disability prior to the termination of the Option Period, the Optionee then has not exercised this Stock Option in full as of the date of death or Disability, the following persons may exercise this Stock Option on behalf of the Optionee at any time prior to the earlier of the dates specified in Section 4(b) hereof: (i) if the Optionee is Disabled, the guardian or personal representative of the Optionee; or (ii) if the Optionee dies, the personal representative of his estate, or the person who acquired the right to exercise this Stock Option by bequest or inheritance or by reason of the death of the Optionee; provided that this Stock Option shall remain subject to the other terms of this Agreement, and applicable laws, rules, and regulations.

 


 

10. No Fractional Shares . This Stock Option may be exercised only with respect to full shares, and no fractional share of stock shall be issued.
11. Non-Assignability . This Stock Option is not assignable or transferable by the Optionee except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.
12. No Rights as Stockholder . The Optionee will have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares covered by this Stock Option until the issuance of a certificate or certificates in the name of the Optionee for the shares. No adjustment shall be made for dividends or other rights for which the record date is prior to the issuance of such certificate or certificates.
13. Appointment of Corporation’s Secretary as Attorney In Fact . The Optionee hereby appoints the Secretary of the Corporation as his true and lawful attorney in fact, for him and in his name, place and stead, and for his use and benefit, to execute in the Optionee’s name all transfers of Optioned Shares held in escrow and to deliver such to the Corporation where there shall have been an exercise by the Corporation of its Right to Repurchase or its Right of First Refusal and to execute such further instruments and take such further actions as may reasonably be necessary to carry out the intent of this Agreement. The Optionee further gives and grants unto the Corporation’s Secretary as his attorney in fact full power and authority to do and perform every act necessary and proper to be done in the exercise of any of the foregoing powers as fully as he might or could do if personally present.
14. Optionee’s Representations . Notwithstanding any of the provisions hereof, the Optionee hereby agrees that he will not exercise the Stock Option granted hereby, and that the Corporation will not be obligated to issue any shares to the Optionee hereunder, if the exercise thereof or the issuance of such shares shall constitute a violation by the Optionee or the Corporation of any provision of any law or regulation of any governmental authority. Any determination in this connection by the Board (the Optionee not participating) shall be final, binding, and conclusive. The obligations of the Corporation and the rights of the Optionee are subject to all applicable laws, rules, and regulations.
15. Investment Representation . Unless the Common Stock is issued to him in a transaction registered under applicable federal and state securities laws, by his execution hereof, the Optionee represents and warrants to the Corporation that all Common Stock which may be purchased hereunder will be acquired by the Optionee for investment purposes for his own account and not with any intent for resale or distribution in violation of federal or state securities laws.
16. Optionee’s Acknowledgments . The Optionee hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive, and final all decisions or interpretations of the Corporation’s Board of Directors (the Optionee not participating) upon any questions arising under this Agreement.
17. Market Stand-Off . In connection with any underwritten public offering by the Corporation of its equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act of 1933, including the Initial Public Offering, the Optionee shall not directly or indirectly sell, make any short sale of, loan, hypothecate, pledge, offer, grant or sell any option or other contract of the purchase of, purchase any option or other contract of the sale of, or otherwise dispose of or transfer, or agree to engage in any of the foregoing transactions with respect to, the Optioned Shares without the prior written consent of the Corporation or its underwriters. Such restriction (the “Market Stand-Off”) shall be in effect for such period of time following the date of the final prospectus for the offering as may be requested by the Corporation or such underwriters. In no event, however, shall such period exceed 180 days. The Market Stand-Off shall in any event terminate two years after the date of the Corporation’s initial public offering. In the event of the declaration of a stock dividend, a spin-off, a stock split, an adjustment in conversion ratio, a recapitalization or a similar transaction affecting the Corporation’s outstanding securities without

 


 

receipt of consideration, any new, substituted or additional securities which are by reason of such transaction distributed with respect to any shares subject to the Market Stand-Off, or into which such shares thereby become convertible, shall immediately be subject to the Market Stand-Off. In order to enforce the Market Stand-Off, the Corporation may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Optioned Shares until the end of the applicable stand-off period. The Corporation’s underwriters shall be beneficiaries of the agreement set forth in this Section 17. This section shall not apply to Optioned Shares registered in the public offering under the Securities Act.
18. Law Governing . This Agreement shall be governed by, construed, and enforced in accordance with the laws of the state of Texas (excluding any conflicts of law rule or principle of Texas law that might refer the governance, construction, or interpretation of this Agreement to the laws of another state).
19. No Right to Continue Services . Nothing herein shall be construed to confer upon the Optionee the right to continue serving as a director of the Corporation or interfere with or restrict in any way the right of the Corporation to discharge the Optionee as a director.
20. Legal Construction . In the event that any one or more of the terms, provisions, or agreements that are contained in this Agreement shall be held by a Court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any respect for any reason, the invalid, illegal, or unenforceable term, provision, or agreement shall not affect any other term, provision, or agreement that is contained in this Agreement and this Agreement shall be construed in all respects as if the invalid, illegal, or unenforceable term, provision, or agreement had never been contained herein.
21. Covenants and Agreements as Independent Agreements . Each of the covenants and agreements that are set forth in this Agreement shall be construed as a covenant and agreement independent of any other provision of this Agreement. The existence of any claim or cause of action of the Optionee against the Corporation, whether predicated on this Agreement or otherwise, shall not constitute a defense to the enforcement by the Corporation of the covenants and agreements that are set forth in this Agreement.
22. Entire Agreement . This Agreement supersedes any and all other prior understandings and agreements, either oral or in writing, between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and constitute the sole and only agreements between the parties with respect to the said subject matter. All prior negotiations and agreements between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof are merged into this Agreement. Each party to this Agreement acknowledges that no representations, inducements, promises, or agreements, orally or otherwise, have been made by any party or by anyone acting on behalf of any party, which are not embodied in this Agreement and that any agreement, statement or promise that is not contained in this Agreement shall not be valid or binding or of any force or effect.
23. Parties Bound . The terms, provisions, representations, warranties, covenants, and agreements that are contained in this Agreement shall apply to, be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of the parties and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, legal representatives, and permitted successors and assigns.
24. Modification . No change or modification of this Agreement shall be valid or binding upon the parties unless the change or modification is in writing and signed by the parties.
25. Headings . The headings that are used in this Agreement are used for reference and convenience purposes only and do not constitute substantive matters to be considered in construing the terms and provisions of this Agreement.

 


 

26. Notice . Any notice required or permitted to be delivered hereunder shall be deemed to be delivered only when actually received by the Corporation or by the Optionee, as the case may be, at the addresses set forth below, or at such other addresses as they have theretofore specified by written notice delivered in accordance herewith. Notice to the Corporation shall be addressed and delivered as follows:
RealPage, Inc.
4000 International Parkway
Carrollton, Texas 75007
Attn: Secretary
     Notice to the Optionee shall be addressed and delivered as set forth on the signature page.
27. Tax Requirements . The Optionee, upon exercise of any portion of the Stock Option shall be required to pay the Corporation the amount of all taxes which the Corporation is required to withhold as a result of the exercise of the Stock Option; such obligation to pay such taxes shall be satisfied by the delivery of cash to the Corporation in an amount necessary to satisfy the required tax withholding obligation of the Corporation. Any such withholding payments with respect to the exercise of any portion of the Stock Option shall be required to be made by check within thirty (30) days after the issuance of any certificate representing the shares of Common Stock acquired upon exercise of the Stock Option in the name of the Optionee.
      IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Corporation has caused this Agreement to be executed by its duly authorized officer, and the Optionee, to evidence his consent and approval of all the terms hereof, has duly executed this Agreement, as of the date specified in Section 1 hereof.
         
RealPage, Inc.    
 
       
 
       
     
By:
  Stephen T. Winn    
Title:
  Chairman of the Board    
         
Optionee:    
 
       
 
       
     
Name:
       
 
       
Address:
       
 
 
 
   
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
Social Security Number:                                              

 

Exhibit 10.4
REALPAGE, INC.
2010 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN
     1.  Purposes of the Plan . The purposes of this Plan are:
    to attract and retain the best available personnel to ensure the Company’s success and accomplish the Company’s goals,
 
    to incentivize Employees, Directors and Consultants with long-term equity-based compensation to align their interests with the Company’s stockholders, and
 
    to promote the success of the Company’s business.
     The Plan permits the grant of Incentive Stock Options, Nonstatutory Stock Options, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Stock Appreciation Rights, Performance Units and Performance Shares.
     2.  Definitions . As used herein, the following definitions will apply:
     (a) “ Administrator ” means the Board or any of its Committees as will be administering the Plan, in accordance with Section 4 of the Plan.
     (b) “ Applicable Laws ” means the requirements relating to the administration of equity-based awards under U.S. state corporate laws, U.S. federal and state securities laws, the Code, any stock exchange or quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted and the applicable laws of any foreign country or jurisdiction where Awards are, or will be, granted under the Plan.
     (c) “ Award ” means, individually or collectively, a grant under the Plan of Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Units or Performance Shares.
     (d) “ Award Agreement ” means the written or electronic agreement setting forth the terms and provisions applicable to each Award granted under the Plan. The Award Agreement is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.
     (e) “ Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.
     (f) “ Change in Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following events:
     (i) The date that any one person, or more than one person acting as a group (“ Person ”), acquires ownership of the stock of the Company that, together with the stock held by such Person, constitutes more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power of the stock of the Company; provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection (i), the acquisition of additional stock by any one Person, who is considered to own more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power of the stock of the Company will not be considered a Change in Control; or
     (ii) The date that a majority of members of the Board is replaced during any twelve (12) month period by Directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board prior to the date of the appointment or election. For purposes of this clause (ii), if any

 


 

Person is considered to be in effective control of the Company, the acquisition of additional control of the Company by the same Person will not be considered a Change in Control; or
     (iii) The date that any Person acquires (or has acquired during the twelve (12) month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) assets from the Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than fifty percent (50%) of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Company immediately prior to such acquisition or acquisitions; provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection (iii), the following will not constitute a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets: (A) a transfer to an entity that is controlled by the Company’s stockholders immediately after the transfer, or (B) a transfer of assets by the Company to: (1) a stockholder of the Company (immediately before the asset transfer) in exchange for or with respect to the Company’s stock, (2) an entity, fifty percent (50%) or more of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company, (3) a Person, that owns, directly or indirectly, fifty percent (50%) or more of the total value or voting power of all the outstanding stock of the Company, or (4) an entity, at least fifty percent (50%) of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by a Person described in this subsection (iii)(B)(3). For purposes of this subsection (iii), gross fair market value means the value of the assets of the Company, or the value of the assets being disposed of, determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets.
     For purposes of this Section 2(f), persons will be considered to be acting as a group if they are owners of a corporation that enters into a merger, consolidation, purchase or acquisition of stock, or similar business transaction with the Company.
     (g) “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Reference to a specific section of the Code or regulation thereunder shall include such section or regulation, any valid regulation promulgated under such section, and any comparable provision of any future legislation or regulation amending, supplementing or superseding such section or regulation.
     (h) “ Committee ” means a committee of Directors or of other individuals satisfying Applicable Laws appointed by the Board in accordance with Section 4 hereof.
     (i) “ Common Stock ” means the common stock of the Company.
     (j) “ Company ” means RealPage, Inc., a Delaware corporation, or any successor thereto.
     (k) “ Consultant ” means any person, including an advisor, engaged by the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary to render services to such entity.
     (l) “ Director ” means a member of the Board.
     (m) “ Disability ” means total and permanent disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code, provided that in the case of Awards other than Incentive Stock Options, the Administrator in its discretion may determine whether a permanent and total disability exists in accordance with uniform and non-discriminatory standards adopted by the Administrator from time to time.
     (n) “ Employee ” means any person, including Officers and Directors, employed by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company. Neither service as a Director nor payment of a director’s fee by the Company will be sufficient to constitute “employment” by the Company.
     (o) “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

-2-


 

     (p) “ Exchange Program ” means a program under which (i) outstanding Awards are surrendered or cancelled in exchange for Awards of the same type (which may have higher or lower exercise prices and different terms), Awards of a different type, and/or cash, (ii) Participants would have the opportunity to transfer any outstanding Awards to a financial institution or other person or entity selected by the Administrator, and/or (iii) the exercise price of an outstanding Award is increased or reduced. The Administrator will determine the terms and conditions of any Exchange Program in its sole discretion.
     (q) “ Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date, the value of Common Stock determined as follows:
     (i) If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or a national market system, including without limitation the New York Stock Exchange, the Nasdaq Global Select Market, the Nasdaq Global Market or the Nasdaq Capital Market of The Nasdaq Stock Market, its Fair Market Value will be the closing sales price for such stock (or the closing bid, if no sales were reported) as quoted on such exchange or system on the day of determination, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable;
     (ii) If the Common Stock is regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer but selling prices are not reported, the Fair Market Value of a Share will be the mean between the high bid and low asked prices for the Common Stock on the day of determination, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable;
     (iii) For purposes of any Awards granted on the Registration Date, the Fair Market Value will be the initial price to the public as set forth in the final prospectus included within the registration statement in Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission for the initial public offering of the Company’s Common Stock; or
     (iv) In the absence of an established market for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value will be determined in good faith by the Administrator.
     (r) “ Fiscal Year ” means the fiscal year of the Company.
     (s) “ Incentive Stock Option ” means an Option intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.
     (t) “ Inside Director ” means a Director who is an Employee.
     (u) “ Nonstatutory Stock Option ” means an Option that by its terms does not qualify or is not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.
     (v) “ Officer ” means a person who is an officer of the Company within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
     (w) “ Option ” means a stock option granted pursuant to the Plan.
     (x) “ Outside Director ” means a Director who is not an Employee.
     (y) “ Parent ” means a “parent corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.
     (z) “ Participant ” means the holder of an outstanding Award.

-3-


 

     (aa) “ Performance Share ” means an Award denominated in Shares which may be earned in whole or in part upon attainment of performance goals or other vesting criteria as the Administrator may determine pursuant to Section 10.
     (bb) “ Performance Unit ” means an Award which may be earned in whole or in part upon attainment of performance goals or other vesting criteria as the Administrator may determine and which may be settled for cash, Shares or other securities or a combination of the foregoing pursuant to Section 10.
     (cc) “ Period of Restriction ” means the period during which the transfer of Shares of Restricted Stock are subject to restrictions and therefore, the Shares are subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture. Such restrictions may be based on the passage of time, the achievement of target levels of performance, or the occurrence of other events as determined by the Administrator.
     (dd) “ Plan ” means this 2010 Equity Incentive Plan.
     (ee) “ Registration Date ” means the effective date of the first registration statement that is filed by the Company and declared effective pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act, with respect to any class of the Company’s securities.
     (ff) “ Restricted Stock ” means Shares issued pursuant to a Restricted Stock award under Section 7 of the Plan, or issued pursuant to the early exercise of an Option.
     (gg) “ Restricted Stock Unit ” means a bookkeeping entry representing an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of one Share, granted pursuant to Section 8. Each Restricted Stock Unit represents an unfunded and unsecured obligation of the Company.
     (hh) “ Rule 16b-3 ” means Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act or any successor to Rule 16b-3, as in effect when discretion is being exercised with respect to the Plan.
     (ii) “ Section 16(b) ” means Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act.
     (jj) “ Service Provider ” means an Employee, Director or Consultant.
     (kk) “ Share ” means a share of the Common Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 14 of the Plan.
     (ll) “ Stock Appreciation Right ” means an Award, granted alone or in connection with an Option, that pursuant to Section 9 is designated as a Stock Appreciation Right.
     (mm) “ Subsidiary ” means a “subsidiary corporation”, whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.
     3.  Stock Subject to the Plan .
     (a) Stock Subject to the Plan . Subject to the provisions of Section 14 of the Plan, the maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be issued under the Plan is [___] Shares, plus (i) any Shares that, as of the Registration Date, have been reserved but not issued pursuant to any awards granted under the Company’s Amended and Restated 1998 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended (the “ Existing Plan ”) and are not subject to any awards granted thereunder, and (ii) any Shares subject to stock options or similar awards granted under the Existing Plan that expire or otherwise terminate without having been exercised in full and Shares issued pursuant to awards granted under the Existing Plan that are forfeited to or repurchased

-4-


 

by the Company, with the maximum number of Shares to be added to the Plan pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) equal to [___] Shares. The Shares may be authorized, but unissued, or reacquired Common Stock.
     (b) Automatic Share Reserve Increase . The number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan will be increased on the first day of each Fiscal Year beginning with the 2011 Fiscal Year, in an amount equal to the least of (i) [___] Shares, (ii) [___] of the outstanding Shares on the last day of the immediately preceding Fiscal Year or (iii) such number of Shares determined by the Board.
     (c) Lapsed Awards . If an Award expires or becomes unexercisable without having been exercised in full, is surrendered pursuant to an Exchange Program, or, with respect to Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Units or Performance Shares, is forfeited to or repurchased by the Company due to failure to vest, the unpurchased Shares (or for Awards other than Options or Stock Appreciation Rights the forfeited or repurchased Shares) which were subject thereto will become available for future grant or sale under the Plan (unless the Plan has terminated). With respect to Stock Appreciation Rights, only Shares actually issued (i.e., the net Shares issued) pursuant to a Stock Appreciation Right will cease to be available under the Plan; all remaining Shares under Stock Appreciation Rights will remain available for future grant or sale under the Plan (unless the Plan has terminated). Shares that have actually been issued under the Plan under any Award will not be returned to the Plan and will not become available for future distribution under the Plan; provided, however, that if Shares issued pursuant to Awards of Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Shares or Performance Units are repurchased by the Company or are forfeited to the Company, such Shares will become available for future grant under the Plan. Shares used to pay the exercise price of an Award or to satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to an Award will become available for future grant or sale under the Plan. To the extent an Award under the Plan is paid out in cash rather than Shares, such cash payment will not result in reducing the number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing and, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 14, the maximum number of Shares that may be issued upon the exercise of Incentive Stock Options will equal the aggregate Share number stated in Section 3(a), plus, to the extent allowable under Section 422 of the Code and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, any Shares that become available for issuance under the Plan pursuant to Sections 3(b) and 3(c).
     (d) Share Reserve . The Company, during the term of this Plan, will at all times reserve and keep available such number of Shares as will be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.
     4.  Administration of the Plan .
     (a) Procedure .
     (i) Multiple Administrative Bodies . Different Committees with respect to different groups of Service Providers may administer the Plan.
     (ii) Section 162(m) . To the extent that the Administrator determines it to be desirable to qualify Awards granted hereunder as “performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, the Plan will be administered by a Committee of two (2) or more “outside directors” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code.
     (iii) Rule 16b-3 . To the extent desirable to qualify transactions hereunder as exempt under Rule 16b-3, the transactions contemplated hereunder will be structured to satisfy the requirements for exemption under Rule 16b-3.

-5-


 

     (iv) Other Administration . Other than as provided above, the Plan will be administered by (A) the Board or (B) a Committee, which committee will be constituted to satisfy Applicable Laws.
     (b) Powers of the Administrator . Subject to the provisions of the Plan, and in the case of a Committee, subject to the specific duties delegated by the Board to such Committee, the Administrator will have the authority, in its discretion:
     (i) to determine the Fair Market Value;
     (ii) to select the Service Providers to whom Awards may be granted hereunder;
     (iii) to determine the number of Shares to be covered by each Award granted hereunder;
     (iv) to approve forms of Award Agreements for use under the Plan;
     (v) to determine the terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, of any Award granted hereunder. Such terms and conditions include, but are not limited to, the exercise price, the time or times when Awards may be exercised (which may be based on performance criteria), any vesting acceleration or waiver of forfeiture restrictions, and any restriction or limitation regarding any Award or the Shares relating thereto, based in each case on such factors as the Administrator will determine;
     (vi) to determine the terms and conditions of any, and to institute any Exchange Program;
     (vii) to construe and interpret the terms of the Plan and Awards granted pursuant to the Plan;
     (viii) to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan, including rules and regulations relating to sub-plans established for the purpose of satisfying applicable foreign laws or for qualifying for favorable tax treatment under applicable foreign laws;
     (ix) to modify or amend each Award (subject to Section 19 of the Plan), including but not limited to the discretionary authority to extend the post-termination exercisability period of Awards and to extend the maximum term of an Option (subject to Section 6(b) of the Plan regarding Incentive Stock Options);
     (x) to allow Participants to satisfy withholding tax obligations in such manner as prescribed in Section 15 of the Plan;
     (xi) to authorize any person to execute on behalf of the Company any instrument required to effect the grant of an Award previously granted by the Administrator;
     (xii) to allow a Participant to defer the receipt of the payment of cash or the delivery of Shares that would otherwise be due to such Participant under an Award; and
     (xiii) to make all other determinations deemed necessary or advisable for administering the Plan.

-6-


 

     (c) Effect of Administrator’s Decision . The Administrator’s decisions, determinations and interpretations will be final and binding on all Participants and any other holders of Awards.
     5.  Eligibility . Nonstatutory Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Shares and Performance Units may be granted to Service Providers. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees.
     6.  Stock Options .
     (a) Limitations . Each Option will be designated in the Award Agreement as either an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option. However, notwithstanding such designation, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by the Participant during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and any Parent or Subsidiary) exceeds one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000), such Options will be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. For purposes of this Section 6(a), Incentive Stock Options will be taken into account in the order in which they were granted. The Fair Market Value of the Shares will be determined as of the time the Option with respect to such Shares is granted.
     (b) Term of Option . The term of each Option will be stated in the Award Agreement. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the term will be ten (10) years from the date of grant or such shorter term as may be provided in the Award Agreement. Moreover, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Participant who, at the time the Incentive Stock Option is granted, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the term of the Incentive Stock Option will be five (5) years from the date of grant or such shorter term as may be provided in the Award Agreement.
     (c) Option Exercise Price and Consideration .
     (i) Exercise Price . The per share exercise price for the Shares to be issued pursuant to exercise of an Option will be determined by the Administrator, subject to the following:
     (1) In the case of an Incentive Stock Option
     (A) granted to an Employee who, at the time the Incentive Stock Option is granted, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the per Share exercise price will be no less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.
     (B) granted to any Employee other than an Employee described in paragraph (A) immediately above, the per Share exercise price will be no less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.
     (2) In the case of a Nonstatutory Stock Option, the per Share exercise price will be no less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.
     (3) Notwithstanding the foregoing, Options may be granted with a per Share exercise price of less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant pursuant to a transaction described in, and in a manner consistent with, Section 424(a) of the Code.

-7-


 

     (ii) Waiting Period and Exercise Dates . At the time an Option is granted, the Administrator will fix the period within which the Option may be exercised and will determine any conditions that must be satisfied before the Option may be exercised.
     (iii) Form of Consideration . The Administrator will determine the acceptable form of consideration for exercising an Option, including the method of payment. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the Administrator will determine the acceptable form of consideration at the time of grant. Such consideration may consist entirely of: (1) cash; (2) check; (3) promissory note, to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, (4) other Shares, provided that such Shares have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Shares as to which such Option will be exercised and provided that accepting such Shares will not result in any adverse accounting consequences to the Company, as the Administrator determines in its sole discretion; (5) consideration received by the Company under a broker-assisted (or other) cashless exercise program (whether through a broker or otherwise) implemented by the Company in connection with the Plan; (6) by net exercise; (7) such other consideration and method of payment for the issuance of Shares to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws; or (8) any combination of the foregoing methods of payment.
     (d)  Exercise of Option .
     (i) Procedure for Exercise; Rights as a Stockholder . Any Option granted hereunder will be exercisable according to the terms of the Plan and at such times and under such conditions as determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Award Agreement. An Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.
     An Option will be deemed exercised when the Company receives: (i) notice of exercise (in such form as the Administrator may specify from time to time) from the person entitled to exercise the Option, and (ii) full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised (together with applicable withholding taxes). Full payment may consist of any consideration and method of payment authorized by the Administrator and permitted by the Award Agreement and the Plan. Shares issued upon exercise of an Option will be issued in the name of the Participant or, if requested by the Participant, in the name of the Participant and his or her spouse. Until the Shares are issued (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder will exist with respect to the Shares subject to an Option, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Company will issue (or cause to be issued) such Shares promptly after the Option is exercised. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the Shares are issued, except as provided in Section 14 of the Plan.
     Exercising an Option in any manner will decrease the number of Shares thereafter available, both for purposes of the Plan and for sale under the Option, by the number of Shares as to which the Option is exercised.
     (ii) Termination of Relationship as a Service Provider . If a Participant ceases to be a Service Provider, other than upon the Participant’s termination as the result of the Participant’s death or Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her Option within such period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement). In the absence of a specified time in the Award Agreement, the Option will remain exercisable for three (3) months following the Participant’s termination. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, if on the date of termination the Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option will revert to the Plan. If after termination the Participant does not exercise his or her Option within

-8-


 

the time specified by the Administrator, the Option will terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option will revert to the Plan.
     (iii) Disability of Participant . If a Participant ceases to be a Service Provider as a result of the Participant’s Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her Option within such period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement to the extent the Option is vested on the date of termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement). In the absence of a specified time in the Award Agreement, the Option will remain exercisable for twelve (12) months following the Participant’s termination. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, if on the date of termination the Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option will revert to the Plan. If after termination the Participant does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified herein, the Option will terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option will revert to the Plan.
     (iv) Death of Participant . If a Participant dies while a Service Provider, the Option may be exercised following the Participant’s death within such period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of death (but in no event may the option be exercised later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement), by the Participant’s designated beneficiary, provided such beneficiary has been designated prior to Participant’s death in a form acceptable to the Administrator. If no such beneficiary has been designated by the Participant, then such Option may be exercised by the personal representative of the Participant’s estate or by the person(s) to whom the Option is transferred pursuant to the Participant’s will or in accordance with the laws of descent and distribution. In the absence of a specified time in the Award Agreement, the Option will remain exercisable for twelve (12) months following Participant’s death. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, if at the time of death Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option will immediately revert to the Plan. If the Option is not so exercised within the time specified herein, the Option will terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option will revert to the Plan.
     7.  Restricted Stock .
     (a) Grant of Restricted Stock . Subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan, the Administrator, at any time and from time to time, may grant Shares of Restricted Stock to Service Providers in such amounts as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.
     (b) Restricted Stock Agreement . Each Award of Restricted Stock will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the Period of Restriction, the number of Shares granted, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine. Unless the Administrator determines otherwise, the Company as escrow agent will hold Shares of Restricted Stock until the restrictions on such Shares have lapsed.
     (c) Transferability . Except as provided in this Section 7 or the Award Agreement, Shares of Restricted Stock may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated until the end of the applicable Period of Restriction.
     (d) Other Restrictions . The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may impose such other restrictions on Shares of Restricted Stock as it may deem advisable or appropriate.
     (e) Removal of Restrictions . Except as otherwise provided in this Section 7, Shares of Restricted Stock covered by each Restricted Stock grant made under the Plan will be released from escrow as soon as practicable after the last day of the Period of Restriction or at such other time as the Administrator

-9-


 

may determine. The Administrator, in its discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed.
     (f) Voting Rights . During the Period of Restriction, Service Providers holding Shares of Restricted Stock granted hereunder may exercise full voting rights with respect to those Shares, unless the Administrator determines otherwise.
     (g) Dividends and Other Distributions . During the Period of Restriction, Service Providers holding Shares of Restricted Stock will be entitled to receive all dividends and other distributions paid with respect to such Shares, unless the Administrator provides otherwise. If any such dividends or distributions are paid in Shares, the Shares will be subject to the same restrictions on transferability and forfeitability as the Shares of Restricted Stock with respect to which they were paid.
     (h) Return of Restricted Stock to Company . On the date set forth in the Award Agreement, the Restricted Stock for which restrictions have not lapsed will revert to the Company and again will become available for grant under the Plan.
     8.  Restricted Stock Units .
     (a) Grant . Restricted Stock Units may be granted at any time and from time to time as determined by the Administrator. After the Administrator determines that it will grant Restricted Stock Units under the Plan, it will advise the Participant in an Award Agreement of the terms, conditions, and restrictions related to the grant, including the number of Restricted Stock Units.
     (b) Vesting Criteria and Other Terms . The Administrator will set vesting criteria in its discretion, which, depending on the extent to which the criteria are met, will determine the number of Restricted Stock Units that will be paid out to the Participant. The Administrator may set vesting criteria based upon the achievement of Company-wide, business unit, or individual goals (including, but not limited to, continued employment), or any other basis determined by the Administrator in its discretion.
     (c) Earning Restricted Stock Units . Upon meeting the applicable vesting criteria, the Participant will be entitled to receive a payout as determined by the Administrator. Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time after the grant of Restricted Stock Units, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any vesting criteria that must be met to receive a payout.
     (d) Form and Timing of Payment . Payment of earned Restricted Stock Units will be made as soon as practicable after the date(s) determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Award Agreement. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may only settle earned Restricted Stock Units in cash, Shares, or a combination of both.
     (e) Cancellation . On the date set forth in the Award Agreement, all unearned Restricted Stock Units will be forfeited to the Company.
     9.  Stock Appreciation Rights .
     (a) Grant of Stock Appreciation Rights . Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, a Stock Appreciation Right may be granted to Service Providers at any time and from time to time as will be determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion.
     (b) Number of Shares . The Administrator will have complete discretion to determine the number of Stock Appreciation Rights granted to any Service Provider.

-10-


 

     (c) Exercise Price and Other Terms . The per share exercise price for the Shares to be issued pursuant to exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right will be determined by the Administrator and will be no less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant. Otherwise, the Administrator, subject to the provisions of the Plan, will have complete discretion to determine the terms and conditions of Stock Appreciation Rights granted under the Plan.
     (d) Stock Appreciation Right Agreement . Each Stock Appreciation Right grant will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the exercise price, the term of the Stock Appreciation Right, the conditions of exercise, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.
     (e) Expiration of Stock Appreciation Rights . A Stock Appreciation Right granted under the Plan will expire upon the date determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion, and set forth in the Award Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the rules of Section 6(b) relating to the maximum term and Section 6(d) relating to exercise also will apply to Stock Appreciation Rights.
     (f) Payment of Stock Appreciation Right Amount . Upon exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right, a Participant will be entitled to receive payment from the Company in an amount determined by multiplying:
     (i) The difference between the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of exercise over the exercise price; times
     (ii) The number of Shares with respect to which the Stock Appreciation Right is exercised.
     At the discretion of the Administrator, the payment upon Stock Appreciation Right exercise may be in cash, in Shares of equivalent value, or in some combination thereof.
     10.  Performance Units and Performance Shares .
     (a) Grant of Performance Units/Shares . Performance Units and Performance Shares may be granted to Service Providers at any time and from time to time, as will be determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion. The Administrator will have complete discretion in determining the number of Performance Units and Performance Shares granted to each Participant.
     (b) Value of Performance Units/Shares . Each Performance Unit will have an initial value that is established by the Administrator on or before the date of grant. Each Performance Share will have an initial value equal to the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant.
     (c) Performance Objectives and Other Terms . The Administrator will set performance objectives or other vesting provisions (including, without limitation, continued status as a Service Provider) in its discretion which, depending on the extent to which they are met, will determine the number or value of Performance Units/Shares that will be paid out to the Service Providers. The time period during which the performance objectives or other vesting provisions must be met will be called the “Performance Period.” Each Award of Performance Units/Shares will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the Performance Period, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine. The Administrator may set performance objectives based upon the achievement of Company-wide, divisional, or individual goals, applicable federal or state securities laws, or any other basis determined by the Administrator in its discretion.

-11-


 

     (d) Earning of Performance Units/Shares . After the applicable Performance Period has ended, the holder of Performance Units/Shares will be entitled to receive a payout of the number of Performance Units/Shares earned by the Participant over the Performance Period, to be determined as a function of the extent to which the corresponding performance objectives or other vesting provisions have been achieved. After the grant of a Performance Unit/Share, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any performance objectives or other vesting provisions for such Performance Unit/Share.
     (e) Form and Timing of Payment of Performance Units/Shares . Payment of earned Performance Units/Shares will be made as soon as practicable after the expiration of the applicable Performance Period. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may pay earned Performance Units/Shares in the form of cash, in Shares (which have an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to the value of the earned Performance Units/Shares at the close of the applicable Performance Period) or in a combination thereof.
     (f) Cancellation of Performance Units/Shares . On the date set forth in the Award Agreement, all unearned or unvested Performance Units/Shares will be forfeited to the Company, and again will be available for grant under the Plan.
     11.  Formula Awards to Outside Directors .
     (a) General . Outside Directors will be entitled to receive all types of Awards (except Incentive Stock Options) under this Plan, including discretionary Awards not covered under this Section 11. All grants of Awards to Outside Directors pursuant to this Section will be automatic and nondiscretionary, except as otherwise provided herein, and will be made in accordance with the following provisions:
     (b) No Discretion . No person will have any discretion to select which Outside Directors will be granted Awards under this Section or to determine the number of Shares to be covered by such Awards (except as provided in Sections 11 and 14).
     (c) Annual Award . Each Outside Director will be automatically granted (an “Annual Award”) on April 1 of each year, beginning in 2011, a number of Shares of Restricted Stock determined by dividing (A) $50,000 by (B) the Fair Market Value of a share on the grant date, with the number of Shares rounded up to the nearest whole Share.
     (d) Terms . The terms of each Award granted pursuant to this Section will be as follows: The Restricted Stock awarded under each Annual Award will be issued for no cash consideration and will be forfeited and automatically transferred to and reacquired by the Company at no cost upon the date the Director ceases to provide services as a member of the Board (the “Forfeiture Provision”). The Forfeiture Provision will lapse (A) as to five percent (5%) of the Restricted Stock awarded in such Annual Award beginning on the first day of each calendar quarter for fifteen (15) consecutive calendar quarters beginning on first day of the calendar quarter immediately following the date of grant, and (B) as to the remaining 25% of the Restricted Stock awarded in such Annual Award, on the first day of the calendar quarter immediately following such fifteenth consecutive quarter, provided that the Participant continues to serve as a Director through such dates.
     (e) Adjustments . The Administrator in its discretion may change and otherwise revise the terms of Awards granted under this Section 11, including, without limitation, the number of Shares and exercise prices thereof, for Awards granted on or after the date the Administrator determines to make any such change or revision.
     12.  Leaves of Absence/Transfer Between Locations . Unless the Administrator provides otherwise, vesting of Awards granted hereunder will be suspended during any unpaid leave of absence. A

-12-


 

Participant will not cease to be an Employee in the case of (i) any leave of absence approved by the Company or (ii) transfers between locations of the Company or between the Company, its Parent, or any Subsidiary. For purposes of Incentive Stock Options, no such leave may exceed three (3) months, unless reemployment upon expiration of such leave is guaranteed by statute or contract. If reemployment upon expiration of a leave of absence approved by the Company is not so guaranteed, then six (6) months following the first (1 st ) day of such leave any Incentive Stock Option held by the Participant will cease to be treated as an Incentive Stock Option and will be treated for tax purposes as a Nonstatutory Stock Option.
     13.  Transferability of Awards . Unless determined otherwise by the Administrator, an Award may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred, or disposed of in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised, during the lifetime of the Participant, only by the Participant. If the Administrator makes an Award transferable, such Award will contain such additional terms and conditions as the Administrator deems appropriate.
     14.  Adjustments; Dissolution or Liquidation; Merger or Change in Control .
     (a) Adjustments . In the event that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Shares, other securities, or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase, or exchange of Shares or other securities of the Company, or other change in the corporate structure of the Company affecting the Shares occurs, the Administrator, in order to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan, will adjust the number and class of Shares that may be delivered under the Plan and/or the number, class, and price of Shares covered by each outstanding Award, and the numerical Share limits in Section 3 of the Plan, and the number of Shares issuable pursuant to Awards to be granted under Section 11 of the Plan.
     (b) Dissolution or Liquidation . In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, the Administrator will notify each Participant as soon as practicable prior to the effective date of such proposed transaction. To the extent it has not been previously exercised, an Award will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed action.
     (c) Change in Control . In the event of a merger or Change in Control, each outstanding Award will be treated as the Administrator determines, including, without limitation, that each Award be assumed or an equivalent option or right substituted by the successor corporation or a Parent or Subsidiary of the successor corporation. The Administrator will not be required to treat all Awards similarly in the transaction.
     In the event that the successor corporation does not assume or substitute for the Award, the Participant will fully vest in and have the right to exercise all of his or her outstanding Options and Stock Appreciation Rights, including Shares as to which such Awards would not otherwise be vested or exercisable, all restrictions on Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units will lapse, and, with respect to Awards with performance-based vesting, all performance goals or other vesting criteria will be deemed achieved at one hundred percent (100%) of target levels and all other terms and conditions met. In addition, if an Option or Stock Appreciation Right is not assumed or substituted in the event of a Change in Control, the Administrator will notify the Participant in writing or electronically that the Option or Stock Appreciation Right will be exercisable for a period of time determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion, and the Option or Stock Appreciation Right will terminate upon the expiration of such period.
     For the purposes of this subsection (c), an Award will be considered assumed if, following the Change in Control, the Award confers the right to purchase or receive, for each Share subject to the Award immediately prior to the Change in Control, the consideration (whether stock, cash, or other securities

-13-


 

or property) received in the Change in Control by holders of Common Stock for each Share held on the effective date of the transaction (and if holders were offered a choice of consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of the outstanding Shares); provided, however, that if such consideration received in the Change in Control is not solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent, the Administrator may, with the consent of the successor corporation, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right or upon the payout of a Restricted Stock Unit, Performance Unit or Performance Share, for each Share subject to such Award, to be solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent equal in fair market value to the per share consideration received by holders of Common Stock in the Change in Control.
     Notwithstanding anything in this Section 14(c) to the contrary, an Award that vests, is earned or paid-out upon the satisfaction of one or more performance goals will not be considered assumed if the Company or its successor modifies any of such performance goals without the Participant’s consent; provided, however, a modification to such performance goals only to reflect the successor corporation’s post-Change in Control corporate structure will not be deemed to invalidate an otherwise valid Award assumption.
     (d) Outside Director Awards . With respect to Awards granted to an Outside Director that are assumed or substituted for, if on the date of or following such assumption or substitution the Participant’s status as a Director or a director of the successor corporation, as applicable, is terminated other than upon a voluntary resignation by the Participant (unless such resignation is at the request of the acquirer), then the Participant will fully vest in and have the right to exercise Options and/or Stock Appreciation Rights as to all of the Shares underlying such Award, including those Shares which would not otherwise be vested or exercisable, all restrictions on Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units will lapse, and, with respect to Performance Units and Performance Shares, all performance goals or other vesting criteria will be deemed achieved at one hundred percent (100%) of target levels and all other terms and conditions met.
     15.  Tax .
     (a) Withholding Requirements . Prior to the delivery of any Shares or cash pursuant to an Award (or exercise thereof), the Company will have the power and the right to deduct or withhold, or require a Participant to remit to the Company, an amount sufficient to satisfy federal, state, local, foreign or other taxes (including the Participant’s FICA obligation) required to be withheld with respect to such Award (or exercise thereof).
     (b) Withholding Arrangements . The Administrator, in its sole discretion and pursuant to such procedures as it may specify from time to time, may permit a Participant to satisfy such tax withholding obligation, in whole or in part by (without limitation) (a) paying cash, (b) electing to have the Company withhold otherwise deliverable cash or Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum statutory amount required to be withheld, or (c) delivering to the Company already-owned Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum statutory amount required to be withheld. The Fair Market Value of the Shares to be withheld or delivered will be determined as of the date that the taxes are required to be withheld.
     (c) Compliance With Code Section 409A . Awards will be designed and operated in such a manner that they are either exempt from the application of, or comply with, the requirements of Code Section 409A such that the grant, payment, settlement or deferral will not be subject to the additional tax or interest applicable under Code Section 409A, except as otherwise determined in the sole discretion of the Administrator. The Plan and each Award Agreement under the Plan is intended to meet the requirements of Code Section 409A and will be construed and interpreted in accordance with such intent, except as otherwise determined in the sole discretion of the Administrator. To the extent that an Award or payment, or the settlement or deferral thereof, is subject to Code Section 409A the Award will be granted, paid, settled or

-14-


 

deferred in a manner that will meet the requirements of Code Section 409A, such that the grant, payment, settlement or deferral will not be subject to the additional tax or interest applicable under Code Section 409A.
     16.  No Effect on Employment or Service . Neither the Plan nor any Award will confer upon a Participant any right with respect to continuing the Participant’s relationship as a Service Provider with the Company, nor will they interfere in any way with the Participant’s right or the Company’s right to terminate such relationship at any time, with or without cause, to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws.
     17.  Date of Grant . The date of grant of an Award will be, for all purposes, the date on which the Administrator makes the determination granting such Award, or such other later date as is determined by the Administrator. Notice of the determination will be provided to each Participant within a reasonable time after the date of such grant.
     18.  Term of Plan . Subject to Section 22 of the Plan, the Plan will become effective upon its adoption by the Board. It will continue in effect for a term of ten (10) years from the date adopted by the Board, unless terminated earlier under Section 19 of the Plan.
     19.  Amendment and Termination of the Plan .
     (a) Amendment and Termination . The Board may at any time amend, alter, suspend or terminate the Plan.
     (b) Stockholder Approval . The Company will obtain stockholder approval of any Plan amendment to the extent necessary and desirable to comply with Applicable Laws.
     (c) Effect of Amendment or Termination . No amendment, alteration, suspension or termination of the Plan will impair the rights of any Participant, unless mutually agreed otherwise between the Participant and the Administrator, which agreement must be in writing and signed by the Participant and the Company. Termination of the Plan will not affect the Administrator’s ability to exercise the powers granted to it hereunder with respect to Awards granted under the Plan prior to the date of such termination.
     20.  Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares .
     (a) Legal Compliance . Shares will not be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Award unless the exercise of such Award and the issuance and delivery of such Shares will comply with Applicable Laws and will be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance.
     (b) Investment Representations . As a condition to the exercise of an Award, the Company may require the person exercising such Award to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the Shares are being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such Shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required.
     21.  Inability to Obtain Authority . The inability of the Company to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction, which authority is deemed by the Company’s counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Shares hereunder, will relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority will not have been obtained.
     22.  Stockholder Approval . The Plan will be subject to approval by the stockholders of the Company within twelve (12) months after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board. Such stockholder approval will be obtained in the manner and to the degree required under Applicable Laws.

-15-

Exhibit 10.5
RealPage Confidential
Management Incentive Plan
Approved by Compensation Committee 2/27/09
RealPage 2009
Management Incentive Plan
             
Participant
  EMPLOYEE NAME   Division   DIVISION
Target Award % (1)
  PERCENTAGE   Eligibility Date:   DATE
         
Criteria
  Weight   Target
Corporate Revenue
  XX%   Each criterion has a target, a minimum, and a 
Corporate EBITDA
  XX%   maximum. The target pays out at 100%. The
Divisional Revenue
  XX%   minimum is 0% and the maximum is 200%.
Divisional Profit
  XX%    
Individual Performance Rating (4)
  XX%   See Below
 
(1)   Target Award % represents the percentage of base salary earned during the eligible portion of the year which is achieved at target.
 
(2)   Corporate Revenue & EBITDA objectives are confidential and will not be disclosed until year end results are released. Divisional revenue & profit objectives may be disclosed, but should be kept strictly confidential.
 
(3)   Targets (including minimums and maximums) and awards may be adjusted at the sole discretion of the compensation committee for significant non-controllable circumstances that were not included in the budget; e.g., acquisitions.
 
(4)   Individual performance ratings and rankings will be used in the calculation of the individual rating.
The 2009 RealPage Management Incentive Plan (“MIP”) is intended to reward mid-level and senior managers with bonus compensation based on the achievement of corporate, group, departmental and individual objectives. To be eligible to earn bonus awards under this plan, a participant must:
  i.   be a regular, full-time employee for at least 3 months during 2009;
 
  ii.   be a regular, full-time employee on the date of payment of each award;
 
  iii.   be a senior manager grade E13 or above;
 
  iv.   not be on another incentive plan; and
  v.   achieve an individual performance rating above 3.0.
In addition, to be eligible to receive a bonus, minimum 2009 Revenue and EBITDA objectives for the Company must be met.
A new manager will be eligible to initiate participation in the MIP three months after the individual’s date of hire or promotion. Bonus awards will be prorated for the period of time the participant is a member of the plan; e.g., the bonus for a qualified manager hired on April 1 would be prorated by 50%. Determination of how much is awarded to each participant is a function of up to five criteria. Achievement of objectives and goals will be determined by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors based on recommendations made by the President. Possible ratings range from 0% to 200% for each category. Awards will be made when declared in cash less required taxes and withholdings.
Example
Assume annual base salary earned during the year for a manager is $100K. The target award for this individual is 20% of base salary. Participant in the plan is based on the following weightings:
         
Corporate Revenue
    15 %
Corporate EBITDA
    10 %
Divisional Revenue
    30 %
Divisional Profit
    20 %
Individual Performance
    25 %
The compensation committee of the Board of Directors determines corporate revenue objective is halfway between the 100% and 200% target, so this rating is 150%. EBITDA is also halfway between 100% and 200% goal so this rating is 150%. The division achieves both its revenue and profit goals, but does not exceed them. The employee’s individual performance rating was 4.3, which the board determined was worth 125% of the individual target. The bonus award for this individual would be computed as follows:
                                 
(1) Bonus based on corporate revenue achievement
    =     $ 100,000 * .2 * .15 * 1.50       =     $ 4,500  
(2) Bonus based on corporate EBITDA achievement
    =     $ 100,000 * .2 * .10 * 1.50       =     $ 3,000  
(3) Bonus based on divisional revenue achievement
    =     $ 100,000 * .2 * .30 * 1.00       =     $ 6,000  
(4) Bonus based on divisional profit achievement
    =     $ 100,000 * .2 * .20 * 1.00       =     $ 4,000  
(5) Bonus based on individual goals & initiatives
    =     $ 100,000 * .2 * .25 * 1.25       =     $ 6,250  
 
                             
Total Award
                          $ 23,750  

 


 

RealPage Confidential
Management Incentive Plan
Approved by Compensation Committee 2/27/09
Additional Terms and Conditions:
All payments under the Management Incentive Plan shall be subject to standard withholding policies of the Company, including, without limitation, withholding for Federal Income Tax, FICA, Medicare, etc.
The Management Incentive Plan may be modified or terminated from time to time or at any time by the Company or the Compensation Committee at the Company’s or the Compensation Committee’s sole discretion.
Unless there exists a written employment agreement executed by the participant and an authorized representative of the Company, all participants in the Management Incentive Plan are employed “at will” and may be terminated at any time, at the sole discretion of the Company. The Management Incentive Plan does not constitute an employment agreement, nor does it constitute a guarantee of continued employment.
A participant must be employed by the Company on the date of any payment under the Management Incentive Plan.
This Management Incentive Plan is only effective for calendar year 2009.
By executing this Management Incentive Plan, the undersigned acknowledges that (s)he has read the MIP, understands the MIP and agrees to be bound by the provisions of the MIP.
         
   
      
  Employee Name   
         
      
  DATE   
     
 

 

Exhibit 10.6
RealPage Confidential
Management Incentive Plan
Approved by Compensation Committee 02/25/10
RealPage 2010
Management Incentive Plan
             
Participant
  EMPLOYEE NAME   Division   DIVISION
Target Award % (1)
  PERCENTAGE   Eligibility Date:   DATE
         
Criteria
  Weight   Target
Corporate Revenue
  XX%   Each criterion has a target, a minimum, and a 
Corporate EBITDA
  XX%   maximum. The target pays out at 100%. The
Divisional Revenue
  XX%   minimum is 0% and the maximum is 200%.
Divisional Profit
  XX%    
Individual Performance
  XX%   See Below
(1)   Target Award % represents the percentage of base salary earned during the eligible portion of the year which is achieved at target.
 
(2)   Corporate Revenue & EBITDA objectives are confidential and will not be disclosed until year end results are released. Divisional revenue & profit objectives may be disclosed, but should be kept strictly confidential.
 
(3)   Targets (including minimums and maximums) and awards may be adjusted at the sole discretion of the compensation committee for significant non-controllable circumstances that were not included in the budget; e.g., acquisitions.
The 2010 RealPage Management Incentive Plan (“MIP”) is intended to reward mid-level and senior managers with bonus compensation based on the achievement of corporate, group, departmental and individual objectives. To be eligible to earn bonus awards under this plan, a participant must:
  i.   be a regular, full-time employee for at least 3 months during 2010;
 
  ii.   be a regular, full-time employee on the date of payment of each award;
 
  iii.   be a senior manager grade E13 or above;
 
  iv.   not be on another incentive plan; and
 
  v.   achieve an individual performance rating above 3.0.
In addition, to be eligible to receive a bonus, minimum 2010 Revenue and EBITDA objectives for the Company must be met.
A new manager will be eligible to initiate participation in the MIP three months after the individual’s date of hire or promotion. Bonus awards will be prorated for the period of time the participant is a member of the plan; e.g., the bonus for a qualified manager hired on April 1 would be prorated by 50%. Determination of how much is awarded to each participant is a function of up to five criteria. Achievement of objectives and goals will be determined by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors based on recommendations made by the President. Possible ratings range from 0% to 200% for each category. Awards will be made when declared in cash less required taxes and withholdings.
Example
Assume annual base salary earned during the year for a manager is $100K. The target award for this individual is 20% of base salary. Participant in the plan is based on the following weightings:
         
Corporate Revenue
    15 %
Corporate EBITDA
    10 %
Divisional Revenue
    30 %
Divisional Profit
    20 %
Individual Performance
    25 %
The compensation committee of the Board of Directors determines corporate revenue objective is halfway between the 100% and 200% target, so this rating is 150%. EBITDA is also halfway between 100% and 200% goal so this rating is 150%. The division achieves both its revenue and profit goals, but does not exceed them. The employee’s individual performance rating was 4.3, which the board determined was worth 125% of the individual target. The bonus award for this individual would be computed as follows:
                       
(1)
  Bonus based on corporate revenue achievement   =   $100,000 * .2 * .15 * 1.50   =   $ 4,500
(2)
  Bonus based on corporate EBITDA achievement   =   $100,000 * .2 * .10 * 1.50   =   $ 3,000
(3)
  Bonus based on divisional revenue achievement   =   $100,000 * .2 * .30 * 1.00   =   $ 6,000
(4)
  Bonus based on divisional profit achievement   =   $100,000 * .2 * .20 * 1.00   =   $ 4,000
(5)
  Bonus based on individual goals & initiatives   =   $100,000 * .2 * .25 * 1.25   =   $ 6,250
 
                   
 
  Total Award               $ 23,750

 


 

RealPage Confidential
Management Incentive Plan
Approved by Compensation Committee 02/25/10
Additional Terms and Conditions:
All payments under the Management Incentive Plan shall be subject to standard withholding policies of the Company, including, without limitation, withholding for Federal Income Tax, FICA, Medicare, etc.
The Management Incentive Plan may be modified or terminated from time to time or at any time by the Company or the Compensation Committee at the Company’s or the Compensation Committee’s sole discretion.
Unless there exists a written employment agreement executed by the participant and an authorized representative of the Company, all participants in the Management Incentive Plan are employed “at will” and may be terminated at any time, at the sole discretion of the Company. The Management Incentive Plan does not constitute an employment agreement, nor does it constitute a guarantee of continued employment.
A participant must be employed by the Company on the date of any payment under the Management Incentive Plan.
This Management Incentive Plan is only effective for calendar year 2010.
By executing this Management Incentive Plan, the undersigned acknowledges that (s)he has read the MIP, understands the MIP and agrees to be bound by the provisions of the MIP.
     
 
   
 
   
Employee Name
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
DATE
   

 

Exhibit 10.7
REALPAGE, INC.
STAND-ALONE STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
I.   NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT
 
    Name: Peter Gyenes
 
    Address: [***]
     The undersigned Participant has been granted a Nonstatutory Stock Option to purchase Common Stock of the Company, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, as follows:
     
Date of Grant:
  February 25, 2010
 
   
Vesting Commencement Date:
  February 25, 2010
 
   
Exercise Price per Share:
  $3.75
 
   
Total Number of Shares Granted:
  120,000
 
   
Total Exercise Price:
  $450,000
 
   
Term/Expiration Date:
  Ten years from Date of Grant
      Vesting Schedule :
     This Option shall be exercisable, in whole or in part, according to the following vesting schedule:
      Five percent (5%) of the Shares subject to the Option shall vest quarterly beginning on the first day of the calendar quarter immediately following the Vesting Commencement Date for fifteen (15) consecutive calendar quarters, and the remaining twenty-five percent (25%) of the Shares subject to the Option shall vest on the first day of the next following calendar quarter so that the Option shall be fully vested on January 1, 2014, subject to Participant continuing to be a Service Provider through each such vesting date.
      Termination Period :
     This Option shall be exercisable for ninety (90) days after Participant ceases to be a Service Provider in accordance with Section 9 of this Agreement, unless such termination is due to Participant’s death or Disability, in which case this Option shall be exercisable for twelve (12) months after Participant ceases to be a Service Provider in accordance with Sections 10 and 11 of this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, in no event may this Option be exercised after the Term/Expiration Date as provided above and this Option may be subject to earlier termination as provided in Section 12 of this Agreement.

 


 

II. AGREEMENT
     1.  Definitions . As used herein, the following definitions shall apply:
          (a) “ Agreement ” means this stock option agreement between the Company and Participant evidencing the terms and conditions of this Option.
          (b) “ Applicable Laws ” means the requirements relating to the administration of equity-based awards under U.S. state corporate laws, U.S. federal and state securities laws, the Code, any stock exchange or quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted and the applicable laws of any other country or jurisdiction that may apply to this Option.
          (c) “ Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company or any committee of the Board of Directors of the Company that has been designated by the Board to administer this Agreement. The Board has full authority and discretion to administer this Agreement, including but not limited to the authority to: (i) modify or amend the Option (subject to Section 18 of this Agreement), including, but not limited to, the discretionary authority to extend the post-termination exercise period of the Option, (ii) authorize any person to execute on behalf of the Company any instrument required to effect the grant or amendment of the Option previously granted or amended by the Board, (iii) provide for the transferability of the Option, and (iv) construe and interpret the terms of the Option. All decisions, determinations and interpretations of the Board shall be final and binding on the Participant.
          (d) “ Change in Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following events:
               (i)  Change in Ownership of the Company . A change in the ownership of the Company which occurs on the date that any one person, or more than one person acting as a group (“Person”), acquires ownership of the stock of the Company that, together with the stock held by such Person, constitutes more than 50% of the total voting power of the stock of the Company, except that any change in the ownership of the stock of the Company as a result of a private financing of the Company that is approved by the Board will not be considered a Change in Control; or
               (ii)  Change in Effective Control of the Company . If the Company has a class of securities registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act, a change in the effective control of the Company which occurs on the date that a majority of members of the Board is replaced during any twelve (12) month period by Directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board prior to the date of the appointment or election. For purposes of this clause (ii), if any Person is considered to be in effective control of the Company, the acquisition of additional control of the Company by the same Person will not be considered a Change in Control; or
               (iii)  Change in Ownership of a Substantial Portion of the Company’s Assets . A change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets which occurs on the date that any Person acquires (or has acquired during the twelve (12) month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) assets from the Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than 50% of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Company immediately prior to such acquisition or acquisitions. For purposes of

-2-


 

this subsection (iii), gross fair market value means the value of the assets of the Company, or the value of the assets being disposed of, determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets.
               For purposes of this Section 1(d), persons will be considered to be acting as a group if they are owners of a corporation that enters into a merger, consolidation, purchase or acquisition of stock, or similar business transaction with the Company.
               Notwithstanding the foregoing, a transaction shall not be deemed a Change in Control unless the transaction qualifies as a change in control event within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, as it has been and may be amended from time to time, and any proposed or final Treasury Regulations and Internal Revenue Service guidance that has been promulgated or may be promulgated thereunder from time to time.
               Further and for the avoidance of doubt, a transaction shall not constitute a Change in Control if: (i) its sole purpose is to change the state of the Company’s incorporation, or (ii) its sole purpose is to create a holding company that shall be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held the Company’s securities immediately before such transaction.
          (e) “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Any reference to a section of the Code herein shall be a reference to any successor or amended section of the Code.
          (f) “ Common Stock ” means the common stock of the Company.
          (g) “ Company ” means RealPage, Inc., a Delaware corporation, or any successor thereto.
          (h) “ Consultant ” means any person who is engaged by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary to render consulting or advisory services to such entity.
          (i) “ Director ” means a member of the Board.
          (j) “ Disability ” means total and permanent disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code.
          (k) “ Employee ” means any person, including officers and Directors, employed by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company. Participant shall not cease to be an Employee in the case of (i) any leave of absence approved by the Company or (ii) transfers between locations of the Company or between the Company, its Parent, any Subsidiary, or any successor. Neither service as a Director nor payment of a director’s fee by the Company shall be sufficient to constitute “employment” by the Company.
          (l) “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
          (m) “ Exchange Program ” means a program under which (i) the outstanding Option is surrendered or cancelled in exchange for options of the same type (which may have lower or higher exercise prices and different terms), awards of a different type, and/or cash, and/or

-3-


 

(ii) Participant would have the opportunity to transfer the outstanding Option to a financial institution or other person or entity selected by the Board, and/or (iii) the exercise price of the outstanding Option is reduced or increased. The terms and conditions of any Exchange Program shall be determined by the Board in its sole discretion. An Exchange Program can be entered into with respect to the Option if agreed to in writing by the Participant and the Company.
          (n) “ Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date, the value of Common Stock determined as follows:
               (i) If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or a national market system, including without limitation the Nasdaq Global Select Market, the Nasdaq Global Market or the Nasdaq Capital Market of The Nasdaq Stock Market, its Fair Market Value will be the closing sales price for such stock (or the closing bid, if no sales were reported) as quoted on such exchange or system on the day of determination, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Board deems reliable;
               (ii) If the Common Stock is regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer but selling prices are not reported, the Fair Market Value of a Share will be the mean between the high bid and low asked prices for the Common Stock on the day of determination (or, if no bids and asks were reported on that date, as applicable, on the last trading date such bids and asks were reported), as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Board deems reliable; or
               (iii) In the absence of an established market for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value thereof shall be determined in good faith by the Board.
          (o) “ Nonstatutory Stock Option ” means an Option not intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.
          (p) “ Notice of Grant ” means a written notice, in Part I of this Agreement, evidencing certain terms and conditions of this Option grant. The Notice of Grant is part of the Option Agreement.
          (q) “ Option ” means this option to purchase shares of Common Stock granted pursuant to this Agreement.
          (r) “ Optioned Stock ” means the Common Stock subject to this Option.
          (s) “ Parent ” means a “parent corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.
          (t) “ Participant ” means the person named in the Notice of Grant or such person’s successor.
          (u) “ Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
          (v) “ Service Provider ” means an Employee, Director or Consultant.

-4-


 

          (w) “ Share ” means a share of the Common Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 8 of this Agreement.
          (x) “ Subsidiary ” means a “subsidiary corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.
     2.  Grant of Option and Acknowledgement . The Board hereby grants to the Participant named in the Notice of Grant attached as Part I of this Agreement the Option to purchase the number of Shares, as set forth in the Notice of Grant, at the exercise price per Share set forth in the Notice of Grant (the “Exercise Price”), subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement. Participant acknowledges that other than this Option, Participant has no other options, warrants or rights to acquire securities of the Company as of the date hereof and further agrees that any such options, warrants or rights are hereby terminated, waived and cancelled.
     3.  Exercise of Option .
          (a) Right to Exercise . This Option shall be exercisable during its term in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set out in the Notice of Grant and the applicable provisions of this Agreement. Vesting of the Option shall be suspended during any unpaid leave of absence, unless the Board provides otherwise or continued vesting during such leave of absence is required by Applicable Law.
          (b) Method of Exercise . This Option shall be exercisable by delivery of an exercise notice, in the form attached as Exhibit A (the “Exercise Notice”) or in a manner and pursuant to such procedures as the Board may determine, which shall state the election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares with respect to which the Option is being exercised (the “Exercised Shares”), and such other representations and agreements as may be required by the Company. The Exercise Notice shall be accompanied by payment of the aggregate Exercise Price as to all Exercised Shares, together with any applicable tax withholding. This Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such fully executed Exercise Notice accompanied by the aggregate Exercise Price, together with any applicable tax withholding.
          (c) Legal Compliance . No Shares shall be issued pursuant to the exercise of this Option unless such issuance and such exercise comply with Applicable Laws. Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the Exercised Shares shall be considered transferred to Participant on the date on which the Option is exercised with respect to such Exercised Shares.
     4.  Participant’s Representations . In the event the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act, at the time this Option is exercised, Participant shall, if required by the Company, concurrently with the exercise of all or any portion of this Option, deliver to the Company his or her Investment Representation Statement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B .
     5.  Method of Payment . Payment of the aggregate Exercise Price shall be by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of Participant:
          (a) cash;
          (b) check;

-5-


 

          (c) consideration received by the Company under a cashless exercise program implemented by the Company;
          (d) surrender of other Shares which (i) shall be valued at its Fair Market Value on the date of exercise, and (ii) must be owned free and clear of any liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests, if accepting such Shares, in the sole discretion of the Board, shall not result in any adverse accounting consequences to the Company; or
          (e) any combination of the foregoing methods of payment.
     6.  Non-Transferability of Option . This Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of Participant only by Participant. The terms of this Agreement shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of Participant.
     7.  Rights as a Stockholder . Until the Shares are issued (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a shareholder shall exist with respect to the Shares subject to the Option, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Company shall issue (or cause to be issued) such Shares promptly after the Option is exercised. No adjustment shall be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the Shares are issued, except as provided in Section 12 below.
     8.  Term of Option . Subject to Sections 9, 10 and 11 this Option may be exercised only within the term set out in the Notice of Grant, and may be exercised during such term only in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
     9.  Termination of Relationship as a Service Provider . If Participant ceases to be a Service Provider, other than upon Participant’s death or Disability, the Option shall remain exercisable for ninety (90) days following Participant’s termination (but in no event later than the Option’s Expiration Date or as provided in Section 12. In that event, the Option shall be exercisable only to the extent that the Option was unexercised and vested on the date of termination. Unless the Board provides otherwise, if on the date of termination the Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the unvested portion of the Option shall terminate and Participant shall have no further rights to acquire the Shares subject thereto. If, after termination, the Participant does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate and Participant shall have no further rights to acquire the Shares subject thereto.
     10.  Disability of Participant . If Participant ceases to be a Service Provider as a result of Participant’s Disability, the Option may be exercised for a period of twelve (12) months after the date of such termination (but in no event later than the expiration date of the Option as set forth in the Notice of Grant or as provided in Section 12 to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of such termination. Unless the Board provides otherwise, if on the date of termination the Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the unvested portion of the Option shall terminate and Participant shall have no further rights to acquire the Shares subject thereto. If, after termination, the Participant does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate and Participant shall have no further rights to acquire the Shares subject thereto.

-6-


 

     11.  Death of Participant . If Participant dies while a Service Provider, the Option may be exercised at any time within twelve (12) months following the date of death (but in no event later than the expiration date of the Option as set forth in the Notice of Grant or as provided in Section 12, by Participant’s estate or by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent that Participant was entitled to exercise the Option at the date of death. If on the date of death the Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the unvested portion of the Option shall terminate and Participant’s estate or the person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance shall have no further rights to acquire the Shares subject thereto. If, after death, Participant’s estate or a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance does not exercise the Option within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate.
     12.  Adjustments; Dissolution or Liquidation; Merger or Change in Control .
          (a) Changes in Capitalization . In the event that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Shares, other securities, or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase, or exchange of Shares or other securities of the Company, or other change in the corporate structure of the Company affecting the Shares occurs, the Board, in order to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Option, shall adjust the number, class, and price of Shares covered by the Option.
          (b) Dissolution or Liquidation . In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, the Board shall notify Participant as soon as practicable prior to the effective date of such proposed transaction. To the extent it has not been previously exercised, the Option shall terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed action.
          (c) Merger or Change in Control . In the event of a merger not constituting a Change in Control, the outstanding Option shall be treated as the Board determines, including, without limitation that the Option shall be assumed or an equivalent option substituted by the successor corporation or a Parent or Subsidiary of the successor corporation. In the event of a Change in Control, Participant shall fully vest in and have the right to exercise this Option as to all of the Optioned Stock, including Shares as to which it would not otherwise be vested or exercisable. In the event of a Change in Control, the Board shall notify Participant in writing or electronically that the Option shall be fully vested and exercisable for a period of time as determined by the Board, and the Option shall terminate upon expiration of such period.
     13.  Lock-Up Period . Participant hereby agrees that Participant shall not offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company or enter into any swap, hedging or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by Participant (other than those included in the registration) for a period specified by the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company not to exceed one hundred and eighty (180) days following the effective date of any registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act (or such other period as may be requested by the Company or the

-7-


 

underwriters to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto).
          Participant agrees to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the underwriter which are consistent with the foregoing or which are necessary to give further effect thereto. In addition, if requested by the Company or the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company, Participant shall provide, within ten (10) days of such request, such information as may be required by the Company or such representative in connection with the completion of any public offering of the Company’s securities pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act. The obligations described in this Section 13 shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-1 or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a Commission Rule 145 transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the shares of Common Stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of said one hundred and eighty (180) day (or other) period. Participant agrees that any transferee of the Option or shares acquired pursuant to the Option shall be bound by this Section 13.
     14.  Inability to Obtain Authority . The inability of the Company to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction, which authority is deemed by the Company’s counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Shares hereunder, shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained.
     15.  Notices . Any notice to be given to the Company hereunder shall be in writing and shall be addressed to the Company at its then current principal executive office or to such other address as the Company may hereafter designate to Participant by notice as provided in this Section. Any notice to be given to Participant hereunder shall be addressed to Participant at the address set forth beneath his signature hereto, or at such other address as Participant may hereafter designate to the Company by notice as provided herein. A notice shall be deemed to have been duly given when personally delivered or mailed by registered or certified mail to the party entitled to receive it.
     16.  Tax Obligations .
          (a) Tax Withholding . Participant agrees to make appropriate arrangements with the Company (or the Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining Participant) for the satisfaction of all Federal, state, local and foreign income and employment tax withholding requirements applicable to the Option exercise. Participant acknowledges and agrees that the Company may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to deliver the Shares if such withholding amounts are not delivered at the time of exercise. The Board, in its sole discretion and pursuant to such procedures as it may specify from time to time, may allow Participant to satisfy such withholding tax obligations by electing to have the Company withhold from the Shares to be issued upon exercise of the Option that number of Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum amount statutorily required to be withheld. The Fair Market Value of the Shares to be withheld shall be determined on the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is to be determined. All elections by Participant to have Shares withheld for

-8-


 

this purpose shall be made in such form and under such conditions as the Board may deem necessary or advisable.
          (b) Code Section 409A. Under Code Section 409A, an Option that vests after December 31, 2004 (or that vested on or prior to such date but which was materially modified after October 3, 2004) that was granted with a per Share exercise price that is determined by the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) to be less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant (a “discount option”) may be considered “deferred compensation.” An Option that is a “discount option” may result in (i) income recognition by Participant prior to the exercise of the Option, (ii) an additional twenty percent (20%) federal income tax, and (iii) potential penalty and interest charges. The “discount option” may also result in additional state income, penalty and interest tax to the Participant. Participant acknowledges that the Company cannot and has not guaranteed that the IRS will agree that the per Share exercise price of this Option equals or exceeds the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant in a later examination. Participant agrees that if the IRS determines that the Option was granted with a per Share exercise price that was less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant, Participant shall be solely responsible for Participant’s costs related to such a determination.
     17.  Severability . In the event that any provision hereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable, or void, this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect.
     18.  Entire Agreement; Governing Law . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to Participant’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Participant. This Agreement is governed by the internal substantive laws but not the choice of law rules of Texas.
     19.  No Guarantee of Continued Service . PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF SHARES PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS OPTION OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER. PARTICIPANT FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND SHALL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH PARTICIPANT’S RIGHT OR THE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) TO TERMINATE PARTICIPANT’S RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

-9-


 

     By Participant’s signature and the signature of the Company’s representative below, Participant and the Company agree that this Option is granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of this Agreement. Participant has reviewed this Agreement in its entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Option and fully understands all provisions of this Option. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Board upon any questions relating to this Option. Participant further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.
     
PARTICIPANT
  REALPAGE, INC.
 
/s/ Peter Gyenes 
  /s/ Stephen T. Winn 
 
   
Signature
  By
 
Peter Gyenes 
  Stephen T. Winn 
 
   
Print Name
  Print Name
 
[***] 
  CEO 
 
   
 
  Title
[***] 
   
Residence Address
   

-10-


 

EXHIBIT A
EXERCISE NOTICE
RealPage, Inc.
4000 International Parkway
Carrollton, Texas 75007-1913
Attention: Secretary
     1.  Exercise of Option . Effective as of today, _________, ___, the undersigned (“Participant”) hereby elects to exercise Participant’s option (the “Option”) to purchase _________ shares of the Common Stock (the “Shares”) of RealPage, Inc. (the “Company”) under and pursuant to the Stand-Alone Stock Option Agreement dated ___, ___ (the “Option Agreement”).
     2.  Delivery of Payment . Participant herewith delivers to the Company the full purchase price of the Shares, as set forth in the Option Agreement, and any and all withholding taxes due in connection with the exercise of the Option.
     3.  Representations of Participant . Participant acknowledges that Participant has received, read and understood the Option Agreement and agrees to abide by and be bound by its terms and conditions.
     4.  Rights as Stockholder . Until the issuance of the Shares (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder shall exist with respect to the Shares subject to the Option, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Shares so acquired shall be issued to Participant as soon as practicable after the Option is exercised in accordance with the Option Agreement. No adjustment shall be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date of issuance except as provided in Section 12 of the Option Agreement.
     5.  Company’s Right of First Refusal . Before any Shares held by Participant or any transferee (either being sometimes referred to herein as the “Holder”) may be sold or otherwise transferred (including transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company or its assignee(s) shall have a right of first refusal to purchase the Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 5 (the “Right of First Refusal”).
          (a) Notice of Proposed Transfer . The Holder of the Shares shall deliver to the Company a written notice (the “Notice”) stating: (i) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer such Shares; (ii) the name of each proposed purchaser or other transferee (“Proposed Transferee”); (iii) the number of Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee;

 


 

and (iv) the bona fide cash price or other consideration for which the Holder proposes to transfer the Shares (the “Offered Price”), and the Holder shall offer the Shares at the Offered Price to the Company or its assignee(s).
          (b) Exercise of Right of First Refusal . At any time within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees, at the purchase price determined in accordance with subsection 5(c) below.
          (c) Purchase Price . The purchase price (“Purchase Price”) for the Shares purchased by the Company or its assignee(s) under this Section 5 shall be the Offered Price. If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith.
          (d) Payment . Payment of the Purchase Price shall be made, at the option of the Company or its assignee(s), in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness of the Holder to the Company (or, in the case of repurchase by an assignee, to the assignee), or by any combination thereof within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice or in the manner and at the times set forth in the Notice.
          (e) Holder’s Right to Transfer . If all of the Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section 5, then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Shares to that Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that such sale or other transfer is consummated within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the date of the Notice, that any such sale or other transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws and that the Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section 5 shall continue to apply to the Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee. If the Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to the Proposed Transferee within such period, a new Notice shall be given to the Company, and the Company and/or its assignees shall again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.
          (f) Exception for Certain Family Transfers . Anything to the contrary contained in this Section 5 notwithstanding, the transfer of any or all of the Shares during Participant’s lifetime or on Participant’s death by will or intestacy to Participant’s immediate family or a trust for the benefit of Participant’s immediate family shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section 5. “Immediate Family” as used herein shall mean spouse, lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister. In such case, the transferee or other recipient shall receive and hold the Shares so transferred subject to the provisions of this Section 5, and there shall be no further transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this Section 5.
          (g) Termination of Right of First Refusal . The Right of First Refusal shall terminate as to any Shares upon the earlier of (i) the first sale of Common Stock of the Company to the general public, or (ii) a Change in Control in which the successor corporation has equity securities that are publicly traded.

-2-


 

     6.  Tax Consultation . Participant understands that Participant may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Participant’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. Participant represents that Participant has consulted with any tax consultants Participant deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Participant is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.
     7.  Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders .
          (a) Legends . Participant understands and agrees that the Company shall cause the legends set forth below or legends substantially equivalent thereto, to be placed upon any certificate(s) evidencing ownership of the Shares together with any other legends that may be required by the Company or by state or federal securities laws:
THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”) AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR, IN THE OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS IN COMPLIANCE THEREWITH.
THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL HELD BY THE ISSUER OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S) AS SET FORTH IN THE EXERCISE NOTICE BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. SUCH TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS AND RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.
THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER FOR A PERIOD OF TIME FOLLOWING THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE UNDERWRITTEN PUBLIC OFFERING OF THE COMPANY’S SECURITIES SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF BY THE HOLDER PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF SUCH PERIOD WITHOUT THE CONSENT OF THE COMPANY OR THE MANAGING UNDERWRITER.
          (b) Stop-Transfer Notices . Participant agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.
          (c) Refusal to Transfer . The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of

-3-


 

this Exercise Notice or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.
     8.  Successors and Assigns . The Company may assign any of its rights under this Exercise Notice to single or multiple assignees, and this Exercise Notice shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, this Exercise Notice shall be binding upon Participant and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.
     9.  Interpretation . Any dispute regarding the interpretation of this Exercise Notice shall be submitted by Participant or by the Company forthwith to the Board which shall review such dispute at its next regular meeting. The resolution of such a dispute by the Board shall be final and binding on all parties.
     10.  Governing Law; Severability . This Exercise Notice is governed by the internal substantive laws but not the choice of law rules, of Texas. In the event that any provision hereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Exercise Notice shall continue in full force and effect.
     11.  Entire Agreement . The Option Agreement is incorporated herein by reference. This Exercise Notice, the Option Agreement and the Investment Representation Statement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Participant’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Participant.
     
Submitted by:
  Accepted by:
 
   
PARTICIPANT
  REALPAGE, INC.
 
   
 
   
Signature
  By
 
   
 
   
Print Name
  Print Name
 
   
 
   
 
  Title
 
   
 
   
Address:
  Address:
 
   
 
   
     
 
   
 
   
     
 
   
 
   
 
  Date Received

-4-


 

EXHIBIT B
INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT
         
PARTICIPANT
  :   PETER GYENES
 
COMPANY
  :   REALPAGE, INC.
 
SECURITY
  :   COMMON STOCK
 
AMOUNT
  :    
 
DATE
  :    
     In connection with the purchase of the above-listed Securities, the undersigned Participant represents to the Company the following:
     1. Participant is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Securities. Participant is acquiring these Securities for investment for Participant’s own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).
     2. Participant acknowledges and understands that the Securities constitute “restricted securities” under the Securities Act and have not been registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Participant’s investment intent as expressed herein. In this connection, Participant understands that, in the view of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the statutory basis for such exemption may be unavailable if Participant’s representation was predicated solely upon a present intention to hold these Securities for the minimum capital gains period specified under tax statutes, for a deferred sale, for or until an increase or decrease in the market price of the Securities, or for a period of one (1) year or any other fixed period in the future. Participant further understands that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. Participant further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the Securities. Participant understands that the certificate evidencing the Securities shall be imprinted with any legend required under applicable state securities laws.
     3. Participant is familiar with the provisions of Rule 701 and Rule 144, each promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly from the issuer thereof, in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. Rule 701 provides that if the issuer qualifies under Rule 701 at the time of the grant of the Option to Participant, the exercise shall be exempt from registration under the Securities Act. In the event the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, ninety (90) days thereafter (or such

 


 

longer period as any market stand-off agreement may require) the Securities exempt under Rule 701 may be resold, subject to the satisfaction of the applicable conditions specified by Rule 144, including in the case of affiliates (1) the availability of certain public information about the Company, (2) the amount of Securities being sold during any three (3) month period not exceeding specified limitations, (3) the resale being made in an unsolicited “broker’s transaction”, transactions directly with a “market maker” or “riskless principal transactions” (as those terms are defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) and (4) the timely filing of a Form 144, if applicable.
          In the event that the Company does not qualify under Rule 701 at the time of grant of the Option, then the Securities may be resold in certain limited circumstances subject to the provisions of Rule 144, which may require (i) the availability of current public information about the Company; (ii) the resale to occur more than a specified period after the purchase and full payment (within the meaning of Rule 144) for the Securities; and (iii) in the case of the sale of Securities by an affiliate, the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in sections (2), (3) and (4) of the paragraph immediately above.
     4. Participant further understands that in the event all of the applicable requirements of Rule 701 or 144 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption shall be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rules 144 and 701 are not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rules 144 or 701 shall have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk. Participant understands that no assurances can be given that any such other registration exemption shall be available in such event.
     
 
  PARTICIPANT
 
   
 
   
 
  Signature
 
   
 
   
 
  Print Name
 
   
 
   
 
  Date

-2-

Exhibit 10.8
REALPAGE, INC.
NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT (SECOND SERIES)
UNDER THE
AMENDED AND RESTATED 1998 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN
         
Grant Number:
  Second Series No. 496-10-05
 
       
Date of Grant:
  October 27, 2005
 
       
Name of Optionee:
  Timothy J. Barker (the “Optionee”)
 
       
Number of Shares:
  500,000   
 
       
Exercise Price Per Share:
  $1.00 (the “Option Exercise Price”)
1. RealPage, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”), hereby grants to the “Optionee” an option (the “ Option ”) to purchase from the Corporation, for the Option Exercise Price (subject to any adjustments that may be made pursuant to the terms of the Plan) the number of shares of Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share (the “ Stock ”), of the Corporation set forth above pursuant to the Corporation’s Amended and Restated 1998 Stock Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”). This Option is not intended to constitute an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.
2. This Option may be exercised only to the extent that it is vested.
3. This Option shall vest in increments as follows: commencing on the first day of January, 2005 and on the first day of the next fifteen (15) consecutive quarters, this option shall vest in sixteen (16) equal installments so that it will be fully vested on October 1, 2009. The foregoing notwithstanding, and notwithstanding any contrary provision in the Plan, in the event a Business Combination Transaction occurs, as defined in Section 20.02 of the Plan, all non-vested portions of the Option shall vest upon consummation of the applicable Business Combination.
4. Unless otherwise prevented from doing so by the provisions of the Plan or this Agreement, the Optionee may exercise any portion of this Option that has become vested by delivering to the Corporation written notice specifying:
     (A) the number of whole shares of Stock to be purchased together with payment in full of the aggregate option price of such shares, provided that this Option may not be exercised for less than one hundred (100) shares of Stock or the number of shares of Stock remaining subject to this Option, whichever is smaller;
     (B) the address to which dividends, notices, reports, etc. are to be sent; and
     (C) the Optionee’s social security number.
Payment, upon exercise, shall be as provided by the Plan.


 

The Optionee shall not be entitled to any rights and privileges as a shareholder of the Corporation in respect of any shares of Stock covered by this Option until such shares of Stock shall have been paid for in full and issued to the Optionee by the Corporation’s transfer agent.
As soon as practicable after the Corporation receives payment for shares of Stock covered by this Option, it shall deliver a certificate or certificates representing the shares of Stock so purchased to the Optionee. Such certificate shall be registered in the name of the Optionee. Such stock certificate shall carry such appropriate legends, and such written instructions shall be given to the Corporation’s transfer agent, if any, as may be required by the Plan or as may be deemed necessary or advisable by counsel to the Corporation in order to comply with the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and any state securities laws or any other applicable laws.
5. The Optionee agrees that, in connection with any underwritten public offering of the Corporation’s Common Stock (or any other securities issued by the Corporation in exchange therefore), upon the request of the Corporation or the principal underwriter managing such public offering, any Shares (or any other securities issued by the Corporation in exchange therefore) purchased by exercising the Option which is the subject of this Agreement may not be sold, offered for sale, made subject to a contract to sell or otherwise disposed of without the prior written consent of the Corporation or such underwriters, as the case may be, for at least 180 days after the effective date of a registration statement of the Corporation filed under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or such longer period of time as the Corporation’s Compensation Committee and/or its Board of Directors may determine. The Corporation may impose stop transfer instructions with respect to the Stock (or securities) until the end of the 180-day period.
6. This Option shall terminate on the date that is ten (10) years following the Date of Grant and must be exercised, if at all, prior thereto.
7. If the Optionee’s employment with the Corporation terminates, the unvested portion of this Option will immediately terminate except as otherwise provided by Section 12(3) of the Plan. Optionee acknowledges and agrees that, (i) if Optionee’s employment terminates for Cause, or (ii) if Optionee’s employment terminates by reason of a Voluntary Termination, and Optionee engages in any Acts Harmful to the Interest of the Corporation within one (1) year after the Voluntary Termination, then the Optionee will immediately forfeit any right to exercise this Option, whether it is vested or unvested.
8. This Option does not confer on the Optionee any right to continue in the employ of the Corporation or interfere in any way with the right of the Corporation to determine the terms of the Optionee’s employment.
9. This Option is governed and controlled by the applicable terms and conditions of the Plan and, to the extent not inconsistent therewith, by the provisions of this Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall be defined as set forth in the Plan. All interpretations or determinations of the Corporation’s Compensation Committee and/or its Board of Directors with respect to the Plan and this Option shall be binding and conclusive upon the Optionee and his or his legal representatives with respect to any question arising hereunder.


 

10. All notices hereunder to the parties to this Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement shall be delivered or mailed to the Optionee, at his address set forth on the signature page of this Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement, and to the Corporation, at the following address:
RealPage, Inc.
4000 International Parkway
Carrollton, Texas 75007-1913
Attention: Secretary
Such addresses for the service of notices may be changed at any time provided notice of such change is furnished in advance to the other party.
11. This Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas without application of the conflict of laws principles thereof, except to the extent preempted by federal law, which shall govern to such extent.
      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have caused this Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement to be duly executed.
         
REALPAGE, INC.
 
 
/s/ Stephen T. Winn    
By: Stephen T. Winn   
     Chairman of the Board   
 
By his or her signature below, the Optionee agrees to the provisions of this Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement and acknowledges receipt of copy of the Amended and Restated 1998 Stock Incentive Plan.
         
OPTIONEE:
 
 
Signature:   /s/ Timothy J. Barker   
Address:       
       
 
Social Security Number: [***]

Exhibit 10.9
REALPAGE, INC.
NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT (SECOND SERIES)
UNDER THE
AMENDED AND RESTATED 1998 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN
         
Grant Number:
  Second Series No. 890-02-09
 
       
Date of Grant:
  February 26, 2009
 
       
Name of Optionee:
  Barker, Timothy J. (the “Optionee”)
 
       
Number of Shares:
  250,000
 
       
Exercise Price Per Share:
  $3.00 (the “Option Exercise Price”)
1. RealPage, Inc. (the “Corporation”), hereby grants to the “Optionee” an option (the “Option”) to purchase from the Corporation, for the Option Exercise Price (subject to any adjustments that may be made pursuant to the terms of the Plan) the number of shares of Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share (the “Stock”), of the Corporation set forth above pursuant to the Corporation’s Amended and Restated 1998 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”). This Option is not intended to constitute an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.
2. This Option may be exercised only to the extent that it is vested.
3. This Option shall vest in increments as follows: commencing on the first day of April, 2009 and on the first day of the next fifteen (15) consecutive quarters, this Option shall vest in sixteen (16) equal installments so that it will be fully vested on January 1, 2013. The foregoing notwithstanding, and notwithstanding any contrary provision in the Plan, in the event a Business Combination Transaction occurs, as defined in Section 20.02 of the Plan, all non-vested portions of the Option shall vest upon consummation of the applicable Business Combination.
4. Unless otherwise prevented from doing so by the provisions of the Plan or this Agreement, the Optionee may exercise any portion of this Option that has become vested by delivering to the Corporation written notice specifying:
          (A) the number of whole shares of Stock to be purchased together with payment in full of the aggregate Option price of such shares, provided that this Option may not be exercised for less than one hundred (100) shares of Stock or the number of shares of Stock remaining subject to this Option, whichever is smaller;
          (B) the address to which dividends, notices, reports, etc. are to be sent; and
          (C) the Optionee’s social security number.
Payment, upon exercise, shall be as provided by the Plan.

 


 

The Optionee shall not be entitled to any rights and privileges as a shareholder of the Corporation in respect of any shares of Stock covered by this Option until such shares of Stock shall have been paid for in full and issued to the Optionee by the Corporation’s transfer agent.
As soon as practicable after the Corporation receives payment for shares of Stock covered by this Option, it shall deliver a certificate or certificates representing the shares of Stock so purchased to the Optionee. Such certificate shall be registered in the name of the Optionee. Such stock certificate shall carry such appropriate legends, and such written instructions shall be given to the Corporation’s transfer agent, if any, as may be required by the Plan or as may be deemed necessary or advisable by counsel to the Corporation in order to comply with the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and any state securities laws or any other applicable laws.
5. The Optionee agrees that, in connection with any underwritten public offering of the Corporation’s Common Stock (or any other securities issued by the Corporation in exchange therefore), upon the request of the Corporation or the principal underwriter managing such public offering, any Shares (or any other securities issued by the Corporation in exchange therefore) purchased by exercising the Option which is the subject of this Agreement may not be sold, offered for sale, made subject to a contract to sell or otherwise disposed of without the prior written consent of the Corporation or such underwriters, as the case may be, for at least 180 days after the effective date of a registration statement of the Corporation filed under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or such longer period of time as the Corporation’s Compensation Committee and/or its Board of Directors may determine. The Corporation may impose stop transfer instructions with respect to the Stock (or securities) until the end of the 180-day period.
6. This Option shall terminate on the date that is ten (10) years following the Date of Grant and must be exercised, if at all, prior thereto.
7. If the Optionee’s employment with the Corporation terminates, the unvested portion of this Option will immediately terminate except as otherwise provided by Section 16.01 of the Plan. Optionee acknowledges and agrees that, (i) if Optionee’s employment terminates for Cause, or (ii) if Optionee’s employment terminates by reason of a Voluntary Termination, and Optionee engages in any Acts Harmful to the Interest of the Corporation within one (1) year after the Voluntary Termination or (iii) if Optionee engages in any Acts Harmful to the Interest of the Corporation within one (1) year after Termination, then the Optionee will immediately forfeit any right to exercise this Option, whether it is vested or unvested.
8. This Option does not confer on the Optionee any right to continue in the employ of the Corporation or interfere in any way with the right of the Corporation to determine the terms of the Optionee’s employment.
9. This Option is governed and controlled by the applicable terms and conditions of the Plan and, to the extent not inconsistent therewith, by the provisions of this Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall be defined as set forth in the Plan. All interpretations or determinations of the Corporation’s Compensation Committee and/or its Board of Directors with respect to the Plan and this Option shall be binding

 


 

and conclusive upon the Optionee and his or her legal representatives with respect to any question arising hereunder.
10. All notices hereunder to the parties to this Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement shall be delivered or mailed to the Optionee, at his address set forth on the signature page of this Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement, and to the Corporation, at the following address:
RealPage, Inc.
4000 International Parkway
Carrollton, Texas 75007-1913
Attention: Secretary
Such addresses for the service of notices may be changed at any time provided notice of such change is furnished in advance to the other party.
     11. This Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas without application of the conflict of laws principles thereof, except to the extent preempted by federal law, which shall govern to such extent.
      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have caused this Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement to be duly executed.
REALPAGE, INC.
         
/s/ Stephen T. Winn    
     
By:
  Stephen T. Winn    
 
  Chairman of the Board    
By his or her signature below, the Optionee agrees to the provisions of this Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement and acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Amended and Restated 1998 Stock Incentive Plan.
OPTIONEE:
Signature: /s/ Timothy J. Barker                                                     
Address:                                                                                               
Social Security Number: [***]

 

Exhibit 10.10
REALPAGE, INC,
AMENDED AND RESTATED 1998 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN
NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT
     Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Amended and Restated 1998 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) will have the same defined meanings in this Notice of Grant of Stock Option (the “Notice of Grant”) and Terms and Conditions of Stock Option Grant, attached hereto as Exhibit A (together, the “Option Agreement”).
       
 
Name:
  Barker, Timothy J.
 
 
   
 
Grant Number:
  1240-02-10
     The undersigned (the “Participant”) has been granted an Option to purchase Common Stock of the Corporation, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, as follows:
               
  Date of Grant:   February 25, 2010    
           
 
 
           
  Vesting Commencement Date:   February 25, 2010
           
 
 
           
  Exercise Price per Share:   $3.75
           
 
 
           
  Total Number of Shares Granted:   350,000
           
 
 
           
 
Type of Option:
      Incentive Stock Option    
 
 
           
 
 
           
 
 
  X   Non-Qualified Stock Option    
 
 
           
 
 
           
  Term/Expiration Date:   10 years / February 25, 2020
           
      Vesting Schedule :
     Subject to any accelerated vesting provisions in the Plan, this Option shall be exercisable, in whole or in part, according to the following vesting schedule:
     Five percent (5%) of the Shares subject to the Option shall vest quarterly beginning on the first day of the calendar quarter immediately following the Vesting Commencement Date for fifteen (15) consecutive calendar quarters, and the remaining twenty-five percent (25%) of the Shares subject to the Option shall vest on the first day of the next following calendar quarter so that the Option shall be fully vested on January 1, 2014, subject to Participant continuing to be an Employee or Consultant of the Corporation, a Parent Corporation or a Subsidiary (a “Service Provider”) through each such vesting date.
     The foregoing notwithstanding, and notwithstanding any contrary provision in the Plan, in the event a Business Combination Transaction occurs, as defined in Section 20.02 of the Plan, then

 


 

fifty (50%) of all non-vested portions of the Option shall vest upon consummation of the applicable Business Combination Transaction. In the event Participant ceases to be a Service Provider other than for Cause (as defined in that certain Amendment to Employment Agreement between Corporation effective January 1, 2010) within one year of the consummation of the Business Combination Transaction, then one hundred (100%) percent of all non-vested portions of the Option shall vest upon the date Participant ceases to be a Service Provider.
      Termination Period :
     Notwithstanding any contrary provision in the Plan, this Option exercisable for twelve (12) months after Participant ceases to be a Service Provider. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, in no event may this Option be exercised after the Term/Expiration Date as provided above and this Option may be subject to earlier termination as provided in Section 20.03 of the Plan.
     If the Optionee’s employment with the Corporation terminates, the unvested portion of this Option will immediately terminate except as otherwise provided by Article XVI of the Plan.
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, Participant acknowledges and agrees that, (i) if Optionee’s employment terminates for Cause, or (ii) if Participant’s employment terminates by reason of a Voluntary Termination, and Participant engages in any Acts Harmful to the Interest of the Corporation within one (1) year after the Voluntary Termination, or (iii) if Participant engages in any Acts Harmful to the Interest of the Corporation within one (1) year after the Voluntary Termination, then the Participant will immediately forfeit any right to exercise this Option, whether it is vested or unvested.
     Participant acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents that he or she is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof, and hereby accepts this Option subject to all of the terms and provisions thereof. Participant has reviewed the Plan and this Option in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Option and fully understands all provisions of the Option. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Committee upon any questions arising under the Plan or this Option. Participant further agrees to notify the Corporation upon any change in the residence address indicated below.
     
PARTICIPANT
  REALPAGE, INC.
 
   
/s/ Timothy J. Barker
  /s/ Stephen T. Winn
 
   
Signature
  By
 
   
Timothy J. Barker
  Stephen T. Winn
 
   
Print Name
  Print Name
 
   
[***]
  CFO
 
   
 
  Title
 
   
[***]
   
 
Residence Address
    

-2-


 

EXHIBIT A
TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF STOCK OPTION GRANT
     1.  Grant of Option . The Committee hereby grants to the Participant named in the Notice of Stock Option Grant (“Participant”), an option (the “Option”) to purchase the number of shares of Common Stock set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant (the “Shares”), at the exercise price per Share set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant (the “Exercise Price”), and subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. Subject to Section 21.02 of the Plan, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan shall prevail.
     If designated in the Notice of Stock Option Grant as an Incentive Stock Option (“ISO”), this Option is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option as defined in Section 422 of the Code. Nevertheless, to the extent that it exceeds the $100,000 rule of Code Section 422(d), this Option shall be treated as a Non-Qualified Stock Option (“NSO”). Further, if for any reason this Option (or portion thereof) shall not qualify as an ISO, then, to the extent of such nonqualification, such Option (or portion thereof) shall be regarded as a NSO granted under the Plan. In no event shall the Committee, the Corporation or any Parent Corporation or Subsidiary or any of their respective employees or directors have any liability to Participant (or any other person) due to the failure of the Option to qualify for any reason as an ISO.
     2.  Exercise of Option .
     (a) Right to Exercise . This Option shall be exercisable during its term in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set out in the Notice of Stock Option Grant and with the applicable provisions of the Plan and this Option Agreement.
     (b) Method of Exercise . This Option shall be exercisable by delivery of an exercise notice in the form attached as Exhibit B (the “Exercise Notice”) or in a manner and pursuant to such procedures as the Committee may determine, which shall state the election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares with respect to which the Option is being exercised in accordance with Section 11.04 of the Plan which specifies that the Option shall not be exercised at any time as to less than one hundred (100) Shares (or less than the number of Shares as to which the Option is then exercisable, if that number is less than one hundred (100) Shares), and such other representations and agreements as may be required by the Corporation. The Exercise Notice shall be accompanied by payment of the aggregate Exercise Price as to all Exercised Shares, together with any applicable tax withholding. This Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Corporation of such fully executed Exercise Notice accompanied by the aggregate Exercise Price, together with any applicable tax withholding.
     No Shares shall be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless such issuance and such exercise comply with applicable laws. Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the Shares shall be considered transferred to Participant on the date on which the Option is exercised with respect to such Shares.

-3-


 

     3.  Participant’s Representations . In the event the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), at the time this Option is exercised, Participant shall, if required by the Corporation, concurrently with the exercise of all or any portion of this Option, deliver to the Corporation his or her Investment Representation Statement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C .
     4.  Lock-Up Period . Participant hereby agrees that Participant shall not offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Corporation or enter into any swap, hedging or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Corporation held by Participant (other than those included in the registration) for a period specified by the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Corporation not to exceed one hundred and eighty (180) days following the effective date of any registration statement of the Corporation filed under the Securities Act (or such other period as may be requested by the Corporation or the underwriters to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto).
     Participant agrees to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Corporation or the underwriter which are consistent with the foregoing or which are necessary to give further effect thereto. In addition, if requested by the Corporation or the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Corporation, Participant shall provide, within ten (10) days of such request, such information as may be required by the Corporation or such representative in connection with the completion of any public offering of the Corporation’s securities pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act. The obligations described in this Section 4 shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-1 or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a Commission Rule 145 transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. The Corporation may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the shares of Common Stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of said one hundred and eighty (180) day (or other) period. Participant agrees that any transferee of the Option or shares acquired pursuant to the Option shall be bound by this Section 4.
     (a) Method of Payment . Payment of the aggregate Exercise Price shall be in a manner in accordance with Section 11.05 of the Plan.
     5.  Restrictions on Exercise . This Option may not be exercised until such time as the Plan has been approved by the stockholders of the Corporation, or if the issuance of such Shares upon such exercise or the method of payment of consideration for such shares would constitute a violation of any Applicable Law.
     6.  Non-Transferability of Option . This Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the

-4-


 

lifetime of Participant only by Participant. The terms of the Plan and this Option Agreement shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of Participant.
     7.  Term of Option . This Option may be exercised only within the term set out in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, and may be exercised during such term only in accordance with the Plan and the terms of this Option.
     8.  Tax Obligations .
     (a) Tax Withholding . Participant agrees to make appropriate arrangements with the Corporation (or the Parent Corporation or Subsidiary employing or retaining Participant) for the satisfaction of all federal, state, local and foreign income and employment tax withholding requirements applicable to the Option exercise. Participant acknowledges and agrees that the Corporation may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to deliver the Shares if such withholding amounts are not delivered at the time of exercise.
     (b) Notice of Disqualifying Disposition of ISO Shares . If the Option granted to Participant herein is an ISO, and if Participant sells or otherwise disposes of any of the Shares acquired pursuant to the ISO on or before the later of (i) the date two (2) years after the Date of Grant, or (ii) the date one (1) year after the date of exercise, Participant shall immediately notify the Corporation in writing of such disposition. Participant agrees that Participant may be subject to income tax withholding by the Corporation on the compensation income recognized by Participant.
     (c) Code Section 409A. Under Code Section 409A, an Option that vests after December 31, 2004 (or that vested on or prior to such date but which was materially modified after October 3, 2004) that was granted with a per Share exercise price that is determined by the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) to be less than the Fair Market Value Per Share on the date of grant (a “discount option”) may be considered “deferred compensation.” An Option that is a “discount option” may result in (i) income recognition by Participant prior to the exercise of the Option, (ii) an additional twenty percent (20%) federal income tax, and (iii) potential penalty and interest charges. The “discount option” may also result in additional state income, penalty and interest tax to the Participant. Participant acknowledges that the Corporation cannot and has not guaranteed that the IRS will agree that the per Share exercise price of this Option equals or exceeds the Fair Market Value Per Share on the date of grant in a later examination. Participant agrees that if the IRS determines that the Option was granted with a per Share exercise price that was less than the Fair Market Value Per Share on the date of grant, Participant shall be solely responsible for Participant’s costs related to such a determination.
     9.  Entire Agreement; Governing Law . The Plan is incorporated herein by reference. The Plan and this Option Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Corporation and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Participant’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Corporation and Participant. This Agreement is governed by the internal substantive laws but not the choice of law rules of the State of Texas.

-5-


 

     10.  No Guarantee of Continued Service . PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF SHARES PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT THE WILL OF THE CORPORATION (OR THE PARENT CORPORATION OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS OPTION OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER. PARTICIPANT FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND SHALL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH PARTICIPANT’S RIGHT OR THE RIGHT OF THE CORPORATION (OR THE PARENT CORPORATION OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) TO TERMINATE PARTICIPANT’S RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

-6-


 

EXHIBIT B
AMENDED AND RESTATED 1998 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN
EXERCISE NOTICE
RealPage, Inc.
4000 International Parkway
Carrollton, Texas 75007-1913
Attention: Secretary
      Exercise of Option . Effective as of today, ___, ___, the undersigned (“Participant”) hereby elects to exercise Participant’s option (the “Option”) to purchase ___shares of the Common Stock (the “Shares”) of RealPage, Inc. (the “Corporation”) under and pursuant to the Amended and Restated 1998 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) and the Stock Option Agreement dated ___, ___(the “Option Agreement”).
      Delivery of Payment . Participant herewith delivers to the Corporation the full purchase price of the Shares, as set forth in the Option Agreement, and any and all withholding taxes due in connection with the exercise of the Option.
      Representations of Participant . Participant acknowledges that Participant has received, read and understood the Plan and the Option Agreement and agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions.
      Rights as Stockholder . Until the issuance of the Shares (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Corporation or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Corporation), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder shall exist with respect to the Common Stock subject to the Option, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Shares shall be issued to Participant as soon as practicable after the Option is exercised in accordance with the Option Agreement. No adjustment shall be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date of issuance except as provided in Article XIX of the Plan.
      Corporation’s Right of First Refusal . Before any Shares held by Participant or any transferee (either being sometimes referred to herein as the “Holder”) may be sold or otherwise transferred (including transfer by gift or operation of law), the Corporation or its assignee(s) shall have a right of first refusal to purchase the Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 5 (the “Right of First Refusal”).
      Notice of Proposed Transfer . The Holder of the Shares shall deliver to the Corporation a written notice (the “Notice”) stating: (i) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer such Shares; (ii) the name of each proposed purchaser or other transferee (“Proposed Transferee”); (iii) the number of Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; and (iv) the bona fide cash price or other consideration for which the Holder proposes to transfer the

 


 

Shares (the “Offered Price”), and the Holder shall offer the Shares at the Offered Price to the Corporation or its assignee(s).
      Exercise of Right of First Refusal . At any time within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice, the Corporation and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees, at the purchase price determined in accordance with subsection (c) below.
      Purchase Price . The purchase price (“Purchase Price”) for the Shares purchased by the Corporation or its assignee(s) under this Section 5 shall be the Offered Price. If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Corporation in good faith.
      Payment . Payment of the Purchase Price shall be made, at the option of the Corporation or its assignee(s), in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness of the Holder to the Corporation (or, in the case of repurchase by an assignee, to the assignee), or by any combination thereof within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice or in the manner and at the times set forth in the Notice.
      Holder’s Right to Transfer . If all of the Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Corporation and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section 5, then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Shares to that Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that such sale or other transfer is consummated within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the date of the Notice, that any such sale or other transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws and that the Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section 5 shall continue to apply to the Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee. If the Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to the Proposed Transferee within such period, a new Notice shall be given to the Corporation, and the Corporation and/or its assignees shall again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.
      Exception for Certain Family Transfers . Anything to the contrary contained in this Section 5 notwithstanding, the transfer of any or all of the Shares during the Participant’s lifetime or on the Participant’s death by will or intestacy to the Participant’s immediate family or a trust for the benefit of the Participant’s immediate family shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section 5. “Immediate Family” as used herein shall mean spouse, lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister. In such case, the transferee or other recipient shall receive and hold the Shares so transferred subject to the provisions of this Section 5, and there shall be no further transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this Section 5.
      Termination of Right of First Refusal . The Right of First Refusal shall terminate as to any Shares upon the earlier of (i) the first sale of Common Stock of the Corporation to the general public, or (ii) a transaction described in Section 20.02 of the Plan in which the successor corporation has equity securities that are publicly traded.
      Tax Consultation . Participant understands that Participant may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Participant’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. Participant

-2-


 

represents that Participant has consulted with any tax consultants Participant deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Participant is not relying on the Corporation for any tax advice.
      Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders .
      Legends . Participant understands and agrees that the Corporation shall cause the legends set forth below or legends substantially equivalent thereto, to be placed upon any certificate(s) evidencing ownership of the Shares together with any other legends that may be required by the Corporation or by state or federal securities laws:
THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”) AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR, IN THE OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS IN COMPLIANCE THEREWITH.
THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL HELD BY THE ISSUER OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S) AS SET FORTH IN THE EXERCISE NOTICE BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. SUCH TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS AND RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.
THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER FOR A PERIOD OF TIME FOLLOWING THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE UNDERWRITTEN PUBLIC OFFERING OF THE CORPORATION’S SECURITIES SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF BY THE HOLDER PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF SUCH PERIOD WITHOUT THE CONSENT OF THE CORPORATION OR THE MANAGING UNDERWRITER.
      Stop-Transfer Notices . Participant agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Corporation may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Corporation transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.
      Refusal to Transfer . The Corporation shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Exercise Notice or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.

-3-


 

      Successors and Assigns . The Corporation may assign any of its rights under this Exercise Notice to single or multiple assignees, and this Exercise Notice shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Corporation. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, this Exercise Notice shall be binding upon Participant and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.
      Interpretation . Any dispute regarding the interpretation of this Exercise Notice shall be submitted by Participant or by the Corporation forthwith to the Committee, which shall review such dispute at its next regular meeting. The resolution of such a dispute by the Committee shall be final and binding on all parties.
      Governing Law; Severability . This Exercise Notice is governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of the State of Texas. In the event that any provision hereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Exercise Notice shall continue in full force and effect.
      Entire Agreement . The Plan and Option Agreement are incorporated herein by reference. This Exercise Notice, the Plan, the Option Agreement and the Investment Representation Statement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Corporation and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Participant’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Corporation and Participant.
     
Submitted by:
  Accepted by:
PARTICIPANT
  REALPAGE, INC.
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
Signature
  By
 
   
 
   
 
   
Print Name
  Print Name
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
  Title
 
   
 
   
Address:
  Address:
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
  Date Received

-4-


 

EXHIBIT C
INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT
         
PARTICIPANT
  :    
 
       
CORPORATION
  :   REALPAGE, INC.
 
       
SECURITY
  :   COMMON STOCK
 
       
AMOUNT
  :    
 
       
DATE
  :    
     In connection with the purchase of the above-listed Securities, the undersigned Participant represents to the Corporation the following:
     (a) Participant is aware of the Corporation’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Corporation to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Securities. Participant is acquiring these Securities for investment for Participant’s own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).
     (b) Participant acknowledges and understands that the Securities constitute “restricted securities” under the Securities Act and have not been registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Participant’s investment intent as expressed herein. In this connection, Participant understands that, in the view of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the statutory basis for such exemption may be unavailable if Participant’s representation was predicated solely upon a present intention to hold these Securities for the minimum capital gains period specified under tax statutes, for a deferred sale, for or until an increase or decrease in the market price of the Securities, or for a period of one (1) year or any other fixed period in the future. Participant further understands that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. Participant further acknowledges and understands that the Corporation is under no obligation to register the Securities. Participant understands that the certificate evidencing the Securities shall be imprinted with any legend required under applicable state securities laws.
     (c) Participant is familiar with the provisions of Rule 701 and Rule 144, each promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly from the issuer thereof, in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. Rule 701 provides that if the issuer qualifies under Rule 701 at the time of the grant of the Option to Participant, the exercise shall be exempt from registration under the Securities Act. In the event the Corporation becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, ninety (90) days thereafter (or such

 


 

longer period as any market stand-off agreement may require) the Securities exempt under Rule 701 may be resold, subject to the satisfaction of the applicable conditions specified by Rule 144, including in the case of affiliates (1) the availability of certain public information about the Corporation, (2) the amount of Securities being sold during any three (3) month period not exceeding specified limitations, (3) the resale being made in an unsolicited “broker’s transaction”, transactions directly with a “market maker” or “riskless principal transactions” (as those terms are defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) and (4) the timely filing of a Form 144, if applicable.
     In the event that the Corporation does not qualify under Rule 701 at the time of grant of the Option, then the Securities may be resold in certain limited circumstances subject to the provisions of Rule 144, which may require (i) the availability of current public information about the Corporation; (ii) the resale to occur more than a specified period after the purchase and full payment (within the meaning of Rule 144) for the Securities; and (iii) in the case of the sale of Securities by an affiliate, the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in sections (2), (3) and (4) of the paragraph immediately above.
     (d) Participant further understands that in the event all of the applicable requirements of Rule 701 or 144 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption shall be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rules 144 and 701 are not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rules 144 or 701 shall have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk. Participant understands that no assurances can be given that any such other registration exemption shall be available in such event.
     
 
  PARTICIPANT
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
  Signature
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
  Print Name
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
  Date

-2-

Exhibit 10.11
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
      THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), is made this 30 day of December, 2003 (the “Effective Date”) by and between Stephen T. Winn, an individual resident of the State of Texas, (the “Executive”) with a residence at [***] and RealPage, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Employer”), having its chief offices at 4000 International Parkway, Carrollton, Texas 75007.
      WHEREAS , Employer desires to retain the services of Executive on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth;
      WHEREAS , Executive desires to furnish services to Employer on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth;
      WHEREAS , the parties desire to enter into this Agreement setting forth the terms and conditions of the employment relationship between Executive with Employer; and
      WHEREAS , the execution and delivery by Executive and Employee of this Agreement is an inducement and a condition to the investment by Apax Partners, Inc. and/or its affiliates (collectively, “Investor”) in preferred stock of the Employer, as provided in the Securities Purchase Agreement, of even date herewith, between Employer and investor;
      NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and the mutual agreements set forth below, the parties hereby agree as follows:
1. Employment . Employer hereby agrees to employ Executive, and Executive hereby accepts such employment, on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.
2. Employment Period . The period during which Executive shall furnish services to Employer hereunder (the “Employment Period”) shall commence on the Effective Date and shall end on the Date of Termination (as defined in Section 7(b) below). Nothing in this Section shall limit the right of Employer or Executive to terminate Executive’s employment hereunder on the terms and conditions set forth in Section 6 hereof.
3. Position and Duties .
          (a) Office; Reporting; Duties . During the Employment Period, Executive shall serve as Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of Employer and shall report directly to Employer’s Board of Directors. Executive shall have those powers, duties and perquisites consistent with the position of president and chief executive officer and such other powers and duties as may be prescribed by the Employer’s Bylaws and by the Board of Directors, provided that such other powers and duties are consistent with the scope, dignity and perquisites of Executive’s position.
          (b) Commitment of Full Time Efforts . Executive agrees to devote substantially his full working time, attention and energies to the performance of his duties for Employer, provided, however , that it shall not be a violation of this Agreement for Executive to (i) serve on

 


 

civic or charitable boards or committees, (ii) serve on corporate boards or committees, provided (A) the related companies are not engaged in competition with Employer and (B) such service does not interfere materially with the performance of Executive’s responsibilities in accordance with this Agreement, (iii) give speeches and make media appearances to discuss matters of public interest (so long as such shall not involve Employer in matters of political, religious or social controversy), and (iv) manage his personal investments, so long as the foregoing activities do not interfere materially with the performance of Executive’s responsibilities in accordance with this Agreement.
4. Place of Performance . Executive shall perform his duties for Employer from Employer’s corporate offices at 4000 International Parkway, Carrollton, Texas 75007, or at any other address in Dallas County or Collin County, Texas to which the corporate offices may be moved in the future.
5. Compensation and Related Matters .
     (a) Base Salary . As compensation for the performance by Executive of his obligations hereunder, during the Employment Period, Employer shall pay Executive a base annual salary at a rate not less than Two Hundred Sixty-Five Thousand and No/100 Dollars (US$265,000) per year until December 31, 2003, and thereafter not less than Two Hundred Seventy-Five Thousand and No/100 Dollars (US$275,000) per year (the base salary, at the rate in effect from time to time, is hereinafter referred to as the “Base Salary”). Base Salary shall be paid in approximately equal installments in accordance with Employer’s customary payroll practices and legal requirements regarding withholding and deductions. During the Employment Period, the Base Salary shall be reviewed no less frequently than annually (commencing in 2004) to determine whether or not the same should be adjusted in light of the duties, responsibilities and performance of Executive and other relevant factors.
     (b) Annual Bonus . As compensation for services rendered during the Employment Period, Executive shall be eligible to participate in Employer’s annual bonus plan on terms no less favorable than other senior executives of Employer. Executive will be eligible for an annual bonus with a target of not less than fifty percent (50%) of his Base Salary and a potential of up to one hundred percent (100%) of Base Salary. The performance criteria shall be as established by the Compensation Committee of Employer’s Board of Directors and shall be consistent with criteria established for other senior executives of Employer. To be eligible for the Annual Bonus, Executive must be employed by Employer on December 31 of the year with regard to which the Annual Bonus is applicable.
     (c) Expenses and Vacations . Employer, according to its standard travel policy, shall reimburse Executive for all reasonable, in-policy business expenses upon the presentation of itemized statements of such expenses, including, without limitation, reasonable expenses for travel by private aircraft provided that such expenses are no more than actual cost. It shall be considered reasonable for Executive to travel by private aircraft, provided such method of travel significantly reduces associated travel time or is otherwise cost effective because of the number of persons traveling or the destination of travel, provided that such expenses shall not exceed $150,000 per year. Executive shall be entitled to four weeks paid vacation per year, in accordance with Employer’s vacation policy and practice applicable to senior executive of Employer.

 


 

          (d) Fringe Benefits and Perquisites . During the Employment Period, Employer shall make available to Executive all the fringe benefits and perquisites that are made available to other senior Executives of Employer.
          (e) Other Benefits . During the Employment Period, Executive shall be eligible to participate in all other employee welfare benefit plans and other benefit programs (including group life insurance, medical and dental insurance, and accident and disability insurance) made available generally to employees or senior executives of Employer.
6. Termination . Executive’s employment hereunder may be terminated under the following circumstances, in each case subject to the provisions of this Agreement:
          (a) Death . Executive’s employment hereunder shall terminate upon his death.
          (b) Disability . If, as a result of Executive’s incapacity due to physical or mental illness, Executive shall have been absent from his duties hereunder on a full-time basis (i) for a period of six consecutive months or (ii) for shorter periods aggregating six months during any twelve month period, and, in either case, within thirty (30) days after written Notice of Termination (as described in Section 7(a) hereof) is given, Executive shall not have returned to the performance of his duties hereunder on a full-time basis, Employer may terminate Executive’s employment hereunder for “Disability.”
          (c) Cause . Employer may terminate Executive’s employment hereunder for Cause. In the event of a termination under this Section 6(c), the Date of Termination shall be the date set forth in the Notice of Termination. For purposes of this Agreement, “Cause” means the occurrence of any of the following events: (i) Executive’s conviction for any criminal acts involving fraud or moral turpitude; (ii) Executive’s knowingly making a materially false statement to Employer’s auditors or legal counsel; (iii) Executive’s knowing falsification of any corporate document or form; (iv) any material breach by Executive of Executive’s material obligations to Employer or of any published policy of Employer, which in either case results in material damage to Employer; (v) any material breach by Executive of the provisions of Section 10 of this Agreement which results in material damage to Employer; (vi) Executive’s knowingly making a material misrepresentation of fact or omission to disclose material facts in relation to transactions occurring in the business and financial matters of Employer; (vii) Executive’s continued performance of Executive’s duties in an incompetent, unprofessional, unsuccessful, insubordinate or negligent manner subsequent to written notice thereof by Employer which notice specifies with reasonable clarity the failure to perform alleged to give rise to Cause and provides not less than 10 days for Executive to cure the asserted defective behavior (in no case, however, shall Employer be required to give more than one notice as to a particular type of failure). If the grounds for “Cause” is a specified in the immediately preceding clauses (ii) through (vii), Employer will give Executive ten (10) days notice in writing specifying the acts or omissions alleged to give rise to Cause, with an opportunity to cure prior to termination of his employment.
          (d) Good Reason . Executive may terminate his employment hereunder for “Good Reason” in the event of any material failure on the part of Employer to comply with any of its material obligations under this Agreement, which failure has not been cured within ten (10) days

 


 

after written notice thereof has been given by Executive to Employer specifying the acts or omissions of Employer alleged to give rise to Good Reason. Without limiting the generality of the preceding sentence, should Employer fail to continue Executive’s status as the President and Chief Executive Officer of Employer or to accord him the powers, duties, reporting responsibilities and perquisites contemplated in Section 3(a), such shall constitute Good Reason.
          (e) Other Terminations . Employer may terminate Executive’s employment hereunder other than for Cause or Disability, and Executive may terminate his employment other than for Good Reason in each case subject to the provisions of this Agreement
7. Termination Procedure .
          (a) Notice of Termination . Any termination of Executive’s employment by Employer or by Executive (other than termination pursuant to Section 6(a) hereof) shall be communicated by written Notice of Termination to the other party hereto in accordance with Section 14.
          (b) Date of Termination . “Date of Termination” shall mean (i) if Executive’s employment is terminated by his death, the date of his death, (ii) if Executive’s employment is terminated pursuant to Section 6(b), thirty (30) days after Notice of Termination is given (provided that Executive shall not have returned to the performance of his duties on a full-time basis during such thirty (30) day period), (iii) if Executive’s employment is terminated pursuant to Section 6(c)(i), the date specified in the Notice of Termination, (iv) if Executive’s employment is terminated pursuant to Section 6(c)(ii) through (vii), ten (10) days after the date specified in the Notice of Termination, if Executive’s breach shall be uncured; and (v) if Executive terminates his employment for Good Reason, ten (10) days after Notice of Termination if Employer’s breach shall be uncured.
8. Compensation Upon Termination .
          (a) Death; Disability; Reason . If Executive’s employment is terminated by reason of his death or Disability, Employer shall pay to Executive (or his legal representatives or estate or as may be directed by the legal representatives of his estate, as the case may be) (i) six (6) equal monthly installments of an amount per installment equal to one-twelfth of Executive’s Base Salary (determined as of the Date of Termination) and (ii) a lump sum cash payment, within five days following such Date of Termination, of an amount equal to any earned but unpaid Base Salary or bonus due to Executive in respect of periods through the Date of Termination plus accrued vacation in accordance with Employer’s vacation policy, subject to all required deductions and withholdings (the “Accrued Amounts”).
          (b) Cause or By Executive Other than for Good Reason . If Executive’s employment is terminated by Employer for Cause or by Executive other than for Good Reason, then Employer shall pay Executive, within five (5) days following such Date of Termination, in a lump sum cash payment, the Accrued Amounts.

 


 

          (c) Severance Payment . Except in the event of the Liquidation of the Company (as defined in the certificate of incorporation of the Company) or cessation of its business operations in the ordinary course for any reason, if Executive’s employment is terminated by Employer without Cause or by Executive for Good Reason, Employer shall pay to Executive, within five (5) days an amount (“Severance Payment”) equal to 150% of Executive’s annual base salary plus target bonus for the year in question, calculated as of the Date of Termination; provided, that the target bonus amount will be paid after the end of the year in question, based on achievement of any criteria or conditions to the payment of the target bonus which are contingent on the earnings or other financial performance of Employer for such year.
9. No Mitigation . Executive shall not be required to mitigate amounts payable pursuant to Section 8 of this Agreement by seeking other employment or otherwise, nor shall such payments be reduced on account of any remuneration earned by Executive attributable to employment by another employer, by retirement benefits, by offset against any amount claimed to be owed by Executive to Employer or otherwise.
10. Confidentiality; Non-Competition .
          (a) Non-Disclosure and Non-Use of Confidential Information . Executive shall not disclose any Employer Confidential Information to any third party (other than accountants, lawyers and other third parties engaged by and working at the behest of Employer) without the specific consent of Employer and shall use Employer Confidential Information solely for the benefit of Employer. Executive shall hold all and any Employer Confidential Information in confidence.
          (b) Definition of Employer Confidential Information . For purposes of this Agreement, “Employer Confidential information” includes, in whatever form or format, all information, disclosed to or known to Executive as a direct or indirect consequence of or through Executive’s employment with Employer about Employer, its parents or subsidiaries, its technology, finances, business methods, plans, operations, services, products and processes (whether existing or contemplated), or any of its executives, clients, agents or suppliers, including all information relating to software programs, source codes or object codes; computer systems; computer systems analyses, testing results; flow charts and designs; product specifications and documentation; user documentation; sales plans; sales records; sales literature; customer lists and files; research and development projects or plans; marketing and merchandising plans and strategies; pricing strategies; price lists; sales or licensing terms and conditions; consulting sources; supply and service sources; procedure or policy manuals; legal matters; financial statements; financing methods; financial projections; and the terms and conditions of business arrangements with its parent, clients, suppliers, banks, or other financial institutions. For purposes of this Agreement, “Employer Confidential Information” does not include any information which Executive demonstrates (a) was or becomes generally available to the public prior to and other than a result of, a disclosure by Executive or his representatives, or (b) becomes available to Executive on a nonconfidential basis prior to its disclosure from a source who is not bound by a contractual, legal, fiduciary, or other confidentiality obligation with respect to such information, or (c) is required to be disclosed under subpoena or otherwise under applicable law.

 


 

          (c) Non-Competition . In consideration of Employers promises and payments under this Agreement, Executive agrees that, during the Employment Period and, for a period of three years thereafter (the “Restricted Period”), Executive shall not (as principal, agent, executive, consultant, volunteer or otherwise), engage (other than on behalf of Employer or its affiliates) directly or indirectly, in a Competing Business (as defined below) anywhere in the territory of the United States, or, without the prior consent of Employer, directly or indirectly, advise, own an interest in, manage, operate, join, control, lend money or render financial, technical or other assistance (other than customary professional courtesies afforded to members of the business community) to or participate in or be connected with, as an officer, executive, partner, stockholder, consultant, advisor or other similar capacity, any Competing Business; provided, however, that ownership of securities having no more than one percent of the outstanding voting power of any competitor which are listed on any national securities exchange or traded actively in the national over-the-counter market shall not be deemed to be in violation of this sub-section so long as Executive has no other connection or relationship with such competitor that would not be permitted hereby. For purposes hereof, “Competing Business” means the business of developing, designing, publishing, marketing, maintaining or distributing databases and software applications which are competitive with products or services of Employer, are generally referred to as “multi-family apartment community management applications” and are generally used at apartment communities by personnel engaged in the operation, leasing, pricing, promotion and maintenance of apartment units. Without limitation of the foregoing, multi-family apartment community management applications and data bases shall include software used in screening potential residents, performing accounting functions, providing a community web site, providing resident incentives, performing market research, and communicating via the Internet with applicants, residents, service providers, suppliers and advertising providers. This Section 10(c) shall be contingent upon Employer performing its obligations under Section 8 of this Agreement.
          (d) Non-Interference with Licensees . Executive hereby agrees that, during the Restricted Period (other than on behalf of Employer or its affiliates), Executive shall not in any way directly or indirectly, for the purpose of conducting or engaging in a Competing Business, call upon, solicit, respond to, advise or otherwise do, or attempt to do business with any then-existing or Past customer or licensee of Employer or any affiliate of Employer or take away or attempt to interfere with any then-existing or Past customer, licensee, trade, business or patronage of Employer or any affiliate. For purposes of this Section 10(d), the term “Past” customer or “Past” licensee shall refer to any former customer or licensee of Employer within six (6) months of their having ceased to be a customer or licensee of Employer. Subject to the provisions of Section 3(b) hereof, during the Restricted Period, Executive may offer any product or service to the multifamily industry so long as such is not done for the purpose of conducting or engaging in a Competing Business.
          (e) Non-Interference with Employees . Executive hereby agrees, during the Restricted Period, that Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, hire or retain, or attempt to hire or retain, any of Employer’s then-existing or Past officers, executives, employees, representatives, consultants or agents and shall not induce any such to give up employment with or representation of Employer or any affiliate, and shall and not otherwise interfere with, or attempt to interfere with, the relationship of any such with Employer or any affiliate. For purposes of this Section 10(e), the term “Past” officer, executive, employee, representative, consultant or agent of Employer shall refer to any former officer, executive, employee, representative, consultant or agent of Employer within six

 


 

(6) months of their having ceased to be an officer, executive, employee, representative, consultant or agent of Employer or any affiliate.
          (f) Non-Interference with Business Relationships . Executive hereby agrees, during the Restricted Period, that Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, for the purpose of conducting or engaging in a Competing Business, attempt to interfere with, impair, or adversely affect any contractual relationships or business relationships between the Company and any of the technology or distribution companies with whom the Company has strategic relationships.
          (g) Non-Disparagement . Executive hereby agrees, that during the Restricted Period, Executive shall not disparage either orally or in writing the Company, its products or services, or its officers, directors, or employees.
          (h) Injunctive Relief . Executive recognizes and agrees that the injury the Company will suffer in the event of a breach of this Section 10 may cause the Company irreparable injury that cannot adequately be compensated by monetary damages alone. Therefore, in the event of a breach of this Section 10 by Executive, or any attempted or threatened breach, Executive agrees that the Company, without limiting any legal or equitable remedies available to it, may be entitled to equitable relief by preliminary and permanent injunction or otherwise, without the necessity of posting any bond or undertaking, against Executive and/or the business enterprise with which Executive may have become associated, from any court of competent jurisdiction.
     11.  Reasonableness of Restrictions . Executive expressly acknowledges and agrees that the covenants and restrictive agreements contained in this Agreement are reasonable as to scope, location, and duration and that observation thereof will not cause Executive undue hardship or unreasonably interfere with Executive’s ability to earn a livelihood and practice Executive’s present skills and trades. Executive has consulted with legal counsel of his selection regarding the meaning of such covenants and restrictions, which have been explained to his satisfaction.
12. Successors; Binding Agreement .
          (a) Employer’s Successors . Employer shall require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of its businesses and/or assets to expressly assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that Employer would be required to perform it if no such succession had taken place. Failure of Employer to obtain such assumption and agreement prior to the effectiveness of any such succession shall be a material breach of a material provision of this Agreement and shall entitle Executive to compensation in the same amount and on the same terms as he would be entitled to hereunder if he terminated his employment for Good Reason, except that for purposes of implementing the foregoing, the date on which any such succession becomes effective shall be deemed the Date of Termination. As used in this Agreement, the “Employer” shall mean Employer as hereinbefore defined and any successor to the business and/or assets as aforesaid which executes and delivers the agreement provided for in this Section 12 or which otherwise becomes bound by all the terms and provisions of this Agreement by operation of law.

 


 

          (b) Executive’s Successors . This Agreement shall not be assignable by Executive. This Agreement and all rights of Executive hereunder shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by Executive’s personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees. If Executive should die while any amounts would still be payable to him hereunder if he had continued to live, all such amounts unless otherwise provided herein, shall be paid in accordance with the terms of this Agreement to Executive’s devisee, legatee, or other designee or, if there be no such designee, to Executive’s estate.
13. Indemnification . To the fullest extent permitted by law, Employer shall indemnify Executive (including the advancement of legal, accounting and other expert expenses) for any judgments, fines, amounts paid in settlement and reasonable expenses, including attorneys’ fees, incurred by Executive in connection with the defense of any lawsuit or other claim to which he is made a party by reason of performing his responsibilities as an officer or executive of Employer or any of its subsidiaries; except that, Employer shall have no such duty of indemnification with regard to claims or suits brought, for any reason, against Executive by any former employer of Executive.
14. Notice . For the purposes of this Agreement, notices, demands and all other communications provided for in this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered to a national overnight delivery service or (unless otherwise specified) mailed by United States certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed as set forth in the Preamble of this Agreement or to such other address as any party may have furnished to the others in writing in accordance herewith, except that notices of change of address shall be effective only upon receipt. No notices may be given via e-mail or facsimile transmission.
15. Validity . The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement, which shall remain in full force and effect.
16. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.
17. Withholding . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, Employer may withhold from amounts payable under this Agreement all federal, state, local and foreign taxes that are required to be withheld by applicable laws or regulations.
18. Executive’s Representations, Warranties and Covenants . Executive represents, warrants and covenants to Employer that (i) the terms of this Agreement and his employment by the Employer do not and will not breach any agreement between Executive and any other entity; (ii) that Executive has not previously assumed any obligations inconsistent with those of this Agreement; (iii) that Executive will not disclose to the Employer, or to any director, officer, executive or agent thereof, any confidential or proprietary information or material belonging to any other entity, including, without limitation, Executive’s previous employer; and (iv) that during Executive’s employment by Employer, he will not use or attempt to use without prior permission of the owner thereof, any confidential or proprietary information or

 


 

material belonging to any other entity in behalf of the Employer. Executive further agrees and covenants that, during the term of this Agreement and his employment by Employer, he will not breach any agreement to keep in confidence proprietary information, knowledge, or data acquired by Executive in confidence or in trust prior to employment with Employer, and Executive will not disclose to Employer, or induce or cause Employer to use, any confidential or proprietary information or material belonging to any previous employer or others.
19. Governance of Employment Relationship . To the extent not governed by the specific provisions hereof, the employment relationship between Executive and Employer shall be governed by the Employer’s general rules, policies, procedures and plans relating to employment and executive benefits.
20. Outside Fees . Except for consulting fees and payments received through December 31, 2003, by Executive or Seren Capital, Ltd. under the Advisory and Management Agreement dated December 1, 1998 between the Company and Seren Capital, Ltd., Executive agrees and covenants not to solicit or receive any income or other compensation from any third party doing business with Employer, including, without limitation, any supplier, client, customer, or executive of Employer, in connection with his employment with Employer.
21. Miscellaneous . No provision of this Agreement may be modified, waived or discharged unless such waiver, modification or discharge is agreed to in writing signed by Executive and an authorized officer of Employer. No waiver by any party hereto at any time of any breach by the other parties hereto of, or compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement to be performed by any such other party shall be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions at the same or at any prior or subsequent time. Any termination of Executive’s employment or of this Agreement shall have no effect on any continuing obligations arising under this Agreement, including without limitation, the right of Executive to receive payments pursuant to Section 8 hereof and the obligations of Executive described in Section 10 hereof.
22. Applicable Law, Venue, Jurisdiction and Arbitration . This Agreement shall be deemed to have been executed by the Parties in and shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Texas (excluding any conflicts-of-law rule or principle of Texas law that might refer the governance, construction or interpretation of this Agreement to the laws of another state). In the event of a dispute or in the event of any other legal action arising out of or in connection with this Agreement the exclusive jurisdiction and venue for such legal action or proceeding shall be the general civil trial courts of Denton County, Texas, or the United States District Court having jurisdiction in Denton County, Texas. Each Party irrevocably waives any objection on the grounds of venue, forum non-convenience or any similar grounds and irrevocably consents to service of process by mail or in any other manner permitted by applicable law and consents to the jurisdiction of said courts. Employer shall have the option, in the event of a dispute arising out of or relating to this Agreement, to submit said dispute to arbitration in Denton County, Texas, pursuant to the rules of the American Arbitration Association. The decision of the Arbitrator shall be final and binding on the parties and judgment upon the award may be entered in any of the aforementioned courts having jurisdiction over this Agreement.

 


 

23. Entire Agreement . This Agreement sets forth the entire agreement of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter contained herein and supersedes all prior agreements, letters of intent, promises, covenants, arrangements, communications, representations or warranties, whether oral or written, by an officer, executive or representative of any party hereto; and any prior agreement of the parties hereto in respect to the subject matter contained herein. Executive acknowledges and agrees that no officer, executive or representative of Employer is authorized to offer any term or condition of employment which is in addition to or different that those set forth in this Agreement.
      IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties, intending to be legally bound, have executed this Agreement on the Effective Date.
REALPAGE, INC.
         
/s/ Jim Harrison    
     
By:
  Jim Harrison    
Its:
  Secretary    
 
       
/s/ Stephen T. Winn    
     
Stephen T. Winn, an individual    

 

Exhibit 10.12
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
      THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), is made this 31st day of October, 2005 (the “ Effective Date ”) by and between Timothy J. Barker, an individual resident of the State of Texas, (the “ Executive ”) with a residence at [***] and RealPage, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Employer ”), having its chief offices at 4000 International Parkway, Carrollton, Texas 75007.
      WHEREAS , Employer desires to retain the services of Executive on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth; whereas, Executive desires to furnish services to Employer on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth; and whereas, the parties desire to enter into this Agreement setting forth the terms and conditions of the employment relationship between Executive and Employer;
      NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and the mutual agreements set forth below, the parties hereby agree as follows:
1. Employment . Employer hereby agrees to employ Executive, and Executive hereby accepts such employment, on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.
2. Employment Screening . Executive shall successfully complete a pre-employment drug test, pre-employment consumer report verification, and the Employer new hire paperwork.
3. Employment Period . The period during which Executive shall furnish services to Employer hereunder (the “ Employment Period ”) shall commence on the Effective Date and shall end on the Date of Termination (as defined in Section 8(b) below). Nothing in this Section shall limit the right of Employer or Executive to terminate Executive’s employment hereunder on the terms and conditions set forth in Section 7 hereof.
4. Position and Duties .
          (a) Office; Reporting; Duties . During the Employment Period, Executive shall serve as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer and shall report directly to Employer’s Chief Executive Officer (“ Supervisor ”). Executive shall have those powers, duties and perquisites consistent with a senior management position and such other powers and duties as may be prescribed by the Employer’s Supervisor, provided that such other powers and duties are consistent with the scope, dignity and perquisites of Executive’s position.
          (b) Commitment of Full Time Efforts . Executive agrees to devote substantially his full working time, attention and energies to the performance of his duties for Employer, provided, however, that it shall not be a violation of this Agreement for Executive to (i) serve on civic or charitable boards or committees, (ii) serve on corporate boards or committees, with the prior consent of Employer, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, (iii) give speeches and make media appearances to discuss matters of public interest (so long as such shall not involve Employer in matters of political, religious or social controversy), and (iv) manage his personal

 


 

investments, so long as the foregoing activities do not interfere materially with the performance of Executive’s responsibilities in accordance with this Agreement.
5. Place of Performance . Executive shall perform his duties for Employer from Employer’s corporate offices at 4000 International Parkway, Carrollton, Texas 75007, or at any other address in Dallas County or Collin County, Texas to which the corporate offices may be moved in the future.
6. Compensation and Related Matters .
          (a) Base Salary . As compensation for the performance by Executive of his obligations hereunder, during the Employment Period, Employer shall pay Executive a base salary at a rate not less than Two Hundred Thousand Dollars (US$200,000.00) per year (the base salary, at the rate in effect from time to time, is hereinafter referred to as the “ Base Salary ”). Base Salary shall be paid in approximately equal installments in accordance with Employer’s customary payroll practices and legal requirements regarding withholding and deductions. During the Employment Period, the Base Salary shall be reviewed no less frequently than annually (commencing the first pay period in 2007) to determine whether or not the same should be adjusted in light of the duties, responsibilities and performance of Executive and other relevant factors.
          (b) Annual Bonus . As compensation for services rendered during the Employment Period, Executive shall be eligible to participate in Employer’s annual bonus plan on terms no less favorable than other senior executives of Employer. For calendar year 2005, Employer shall guarantee to Executive payment of a bonus of $33,334, payable on or before March 15th, 2006. Beginning in 2006, Executive shall be eligible for an annual bonus of up to 100% of his Base Salary with a target bonus at plan of 50% of his Base Salary. The performance criteria shall be as established by the Compensation Committee of Employer’s Board of Directors. To be eligible for the Annual Bonus, Executive must be employed by Employer on December 31 of the year with regard to which the Annual Bonus is applicable.
          (c) Signing Bonus . RealPage shall pay Executive a signing bonus in an amount equal to $5,000 (less all required withholding), payable with Executive’s first regularly scheduled paycheck.
          (d) Grant of Option to Purchase Common Stock . The Compensation Committee of Employer’s Board of Directors shall grant to Executive, an option (the “Option”) to purchase Five Hundred Thousand (500,000) shares of common stock of Employer (“ Common Stock ”) with a grant date as of the Committee’s action and an exercise price of $1.00 per share. The Option shall be subject to the RealPage, Inc., 1998 Stock Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) and the Non- Qualified Stock Option Agreement issued pursuant to the Plan, a copy of which Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement is attached as Exhibit A hereto.
          (e) Expenses and Vacations . Employer, according to its standard travel policy, shall reimburse Executive for all reasonable, in-policy business expenses upon the presentation of itemized statements of such expenses, such expenses including, without limitation, those reasonably and customarily incurred by Executive for Continuing Professional Education, attending professional seminars and joining professional organizations. Executive shall be entitled to three

 


 

weeks paid vacation per year, in accordance with Employer’s vacation policy and practice applicable to senior executives of Employer.
          (f) Fringe Benefits and Perquisites . During the Employment Period, Employer shall make available to Executive all the fringe benefits and perquisites that are made available to other senior Executives of Employer.
          (g) Other Benefits . During the Employment Period, Executive shall be eligible to participate in all other employee welfare benefit plans and other benefit programs (including group life insurance, medical and dental insurance, and accident and disability insurance) made available generally to employees or senior executives of Employer.
          7. Termination . Executive’s employment hereunder may be terminated under the following circumstances, in each case subject to the provisions of this Agreement:
          (a) Death . Executive’s employment hereunder shall terminate upon his death.
          (b) Disability . If, as a result of Executive’s incapacity due to physical or mental illness, Executive shall have been absent from his duties hereunder on a full-time basis (i) for a period of six consecutive months or (ii) for shorter periods aggregating six months during any twelve month period, and, in either case, within thirty (30) days after written Notice of Termination (as described in Section 8(a) hereof) is given, Executive shall not have returned to the performance of his duties hereunder on a full-time basis, Employer may terminate Executive’s employment hereunder for “Disability.”
          (c) Cause . Employer may terminate Executive’s employment hereunder for Cause. In the event of a termination under this Section 7(c), the Date of Termination shall be the date set forth in the Notice of Termination. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Cause ” means the occurrence of any of the following events: (i) Executive’s conviction for any criminal acts (excluding misdemeanor and other minor offenses, such as, without limitation, traffic offenses); (ii) Executive’s making a materially false statement to Employer’s auditors or legal counsel; (iii) Executive’s falsification of any corporate document or form; (iv) any material breach by Executive of Executive’s obligations to Employer or of any published policy of Employer; (v) any material breach by Executive of the provisions of this Agreement; (vi) Executive’s making a material misrepresentation of fact of which Executive is aware or omission to disclose material facts of which Executive is aware in relation to transactions occurring in the business and financial matters of Employer; (vii) Executive’s continued performance of Executive’s duties in an incompetent, unprofessional, unsuccessful, insubordinate or negligent manner subsequent to written notice thereof by Employer which notice specifies with reasonable clarity the failure to perform alleged to give rise to Cause, and upon Executive’s receipt of such notice, Executive’s failure to cure any nonconforming performance (in no case, however, shall Employer be required to give more than one notice as to a particular type of failure).
          (d) Good Reason . Executive may terminate his employment hereunder for “ Good Reason ” in the event of any material failure on the part of Employer to comply with any of its material obligations under this Agreement, which failure has not been cured within ten (10) days

 


 

after written notice thereof has been given by Executive to Employer specifying the acts or omissions of Employer alleged to give rise to Good Reason.
          (e) Other Terminations . Employer may terminate Executive’s employment hereunder other than for Cause or Disability, and Executive may terminate his employment other than for Good Reason in each case subject to the provisions of this Agreement.
8. Termination Procedure .
          (a) Notice of Termination . Any termination of Executive’s employment by Employer or by Executive (other than termination pursuant to Section 7(a) hereof) shall be communicated by written Notice of Termination to the other party hereto in accordance with Section 15.
          (b) Date of Termination . “ Date of Termination ” shall mean (i) if Executive’s employment is terminated by his death, the date of his death, (ii) if Executive’s employment is terminated pursuant to Section 7(b), thirty (30) days after Notice of Termination is given (provided that Executive shall not have returned to the performance of his duties on a full- time basis during such thirty (30) day period), (iii) if Executive’s employment is terminated pursuant to Section 7(c), the date specified in the Notice of Termination, and (iv) if Executive terminates his employment for Good Reason, ten (10) days after Notice of Termination if Employer’s breach shall be uncured.
9. Compensation Upon Termination .
          (a) Death; Disability; Termination By Employer without Cause or By Executive for Good Reason . If Executive’s employment is terminated by reason of his death or Disability or by Employer without Cause or by Executive for Good Reason, Employer shall pay to Executive (or his legal representatives or estate or as may be directed by the legal representatives of his estate, as the case may be) (i) six (6) equal monthly installments of an amount per installment equal to one-twelfth of Executive’s Base Salary (determined as of the Date of Termination) and (ii) a lump sum cash payment, within five days following such Date of Termination, of an amount equal to any earned but unpaid Base Salary or bonus due to Executive in respect of periods through the Date of Termination plus accrued vacation in accordance with Employer’s vacation policy — subject to all required deductions and withholdings (the “ Accrued Amounts ”). The amount set forth in Section 9(a)(i) shall be payable if and only if the Executive shall have executed on or before the 301h day following the Date of Termination a full Release and Covenant not to sue the Employer and its employees, officers, directors and stockholders.
          (b) Cause or By Executive Other than for Good Reason . If Executive’s employment is terminated by Employer for Cause or by Executive other than for Good Reason, then Employer shall pay Executive, within five (5) days following such Date of Termination, in a lump sum cash payment, the Accrued Amounts.
10. No Mitigation . Executive shall not be required to mitigate amounts payable pursuant to Section 9 of this Agreement by seeking other employment or otherwise, nor shall such payments be reduced on account of any remuneration earned by Executive attributable to employment by another

 


 

employer, by retirement benefits, by offset against any amount claimed to be owed by Executive to Employer or otherwise.
11. Confidentiality; Non-Competition .
          (a) Non-Disclosure and Non-Use of Confidential Information . Executive shall not disclose any Employer Confidential Information to any third party (other than accountants, lawyers and other third parties engaged by and working at the behest of Employer) without the specific written consent of Employer and shall use Employer Confidential information solely for the benefit of Employer. Executive shall hold all and any Employer Confidential Information in confidence.
          (b) Definition of Employer Confidential Information . For purposes of this Agreement, " Employer Confidential Information ” includes, in whatever form or format, all information — disclosed to or known to Executive as a direct or indirect consequence of or through Executive’s employment with Employer — about Employer, its parents or subsidiaries, its technology, finances, business methods, plans, operations, services, products and processes (whether existing or contemplated), or any of its executives, clients, agents or suppliers, including all information relating to software programs, source codes or object codes; computer systems; computer systems analyses, testing results; flow charts and designs; product specifications, and documentation; user documentation; sales plans; sales records; sales literature; customer and prospect lists and files; research and development projects or plans; marketing and merchandising plans and strategies; pricing strategies; price lists; sales or licensing terms and conditions; consulting sources; supply and service sources; procedure or policy manuals; legal matters; financial statements; financing methods; financial projections; and the terms and conditions of business arrangements with its parent, clients, suppliers, banks, or other financial institutions.
          (c) Proprietary Information Obligations . Employer respects the right of every employer to protect its confidential and proprietary information. Employer specifically wishes to prevent Executive or any individual interested in employment with Employer from using on behalf of Employer or disclosing to Employer at any time before, during or after Executive’s employment with Employer any confidential or proprietary information belonging to any other third party. Executive represents to Employer that he will not use or otherwise exploit third party confidential or proprietary information in the performance of his duties hereunder. Further, between the date of this Employment Agreement and the date Executive begins employment with Employer, Executive will continue to comply with any executory obligations to protect Executive’s current employer’s confidential and proprietary information. Executive’s failure to observe those continuing obligations could result in Employer’s refusal to hire or, if discovered after Executive has already begun employment with Employer, disciplinary action up to and including termination of Executive’s employment.
          (d) Non-Competition . In consideration of Employer’s promises and payments under this Agreement, Executive agrees that, during the Employment Period and for a period of one (1) year thereafter (the “ Restricted Period ”), Executive shall not (as principal, agent, executive, consultant, volunteer or otherwise), engage (other than on behalf of Employer or its affiliates) in a Competing Business (as defined below) anywhere in the territory of the United States, or, without

 


 

the prior consent of Employer, advise, own an interest in, manage, operate, join, control, lend money or render financial, technical or other assistance (other than customary professional courtesies afforded to members of the business community) to or participate in or be connected with, as an officer, executive, partner, stockholder, consultant, advisor or other similar capacity, any Competing Business; provided, however , that ownership of securities having no more than one percent of the outstanding voting power of any competitor which are listed on any national securities exchange or traded actively in the national over-the-counter market shall not be deemed to be in violation of this subsection so long as Executive has no other connection or relationship with such competitor that would not be permitted hereby. For purposes hereof, “ Competing Business ” means the business of developing, designing, publishing, marketing, offering, providing, maintaining or distributing databases and software applications or services which are competitive with products or services of Employer, are generally referred to as “multi-family apartment community management applications” and are generally used at apartment communities by personnel engaged in the operation, leasing, pricing, promotion and maintenance of apartment units. Without limitation of the foregoing, multi-family apartment community management applications and data bases shall include software used in screening potential residents, performing accounting functions, providing a community web site, providing resident incentives, performing market research, providing utility management services, performing marketing assistance and communicating via the Internet with prospects, applicants, residents, service providers, suppliers and advertising providers. This Section 11(d) shall immediately become null, void and without further effect should Employer cease to conduct its business operations in the ordinary course for any reason, including, without limitation, bankruptcy.
          (e) Non-Interference with Licensees . Executive hereby agrees that, during the Restricted Period (other than on behalf of Employer or its affiliates), Executive shall not in any way, for the purpose of conducting or engaging in a Competing Business, call upon, solicit, respond to, advise or otherwise do, or attempt to do business with any then- existing or former customer or licensee of Employer or any affiliate of Employer or take away or attempt to interfere with any then-existing or former customer, licensee, trade, business or patronage of Employer or any affiliate. For purposes of this Section 11(e), the term “former” customer or “former” licensee shall refer to any former customer or licensee of Employer within six (6) months of their having ceased to be a customer or licensee of Employer.
          (f) Non-Interference with Employees . Executive hereby agrees, during the Restricted Period, not to hire or retain, attempt to hire or retain, any of Employer’s then-existing or former officers, executives, employees, representatives, consultants or agents, not to induce any such to relinquish with or representation of Employer or any affiliate and not to otherwise interfere with, or attempt to interfere with, the relationship of any such with Employer or any affiliate. For purposes of this Section 11(f), the term “former” officer, executive, employee, representative, consultant or agent of Employer shall refer to any former officer, executive, employee, representative, consultant or agent of Employer within six (6) months of their having ceased to be an officer, executive, employee, representative, consultant or agent of Employer or any affiliate.
          (g) Non-Interference with Business Relationships . Executive hereby agrees, during the Restricted Period, that Executive shall not for the purpose of conducting or engaging in a Competing Business, attempt to interfere with, impair, or adversely affect any contractual

 


 

relationships or business relationships between the Company and any of the technology or distribution companies with whom the Company has strategic relationships.
          (h) Non-Disparagement . Executive hereby agrees, that during the Restricted Period, Executive shall not disparage either orally or in writing the Company, its products or services, or its officers, directors, or employees. Company hereby agrees, that during the Restricted Period, it shall not disparage Executive either orally or in writing.
          (i) Injunctive Relief . Executive recognizes and agrees that the injury the Company will suffer in the event of a breach of this Section 11 may cause the Company irreparable injury that cannot adequately be compensated by monetary damages alone. Therefore, in the event of a breach of this Section 11 by Executive, or any attempted or threatened breach, Executive agrees that the Company, without limiting any legal or equitable remedies available to it, shall be entitled to equitable relief by preliminary and permanent injunction or otherwise, without the necessity of posting any bond or undertaking, against Executive and/or the business enterprise with which Executive may have become associated, from any court of competent jurisdiction.
12. Reasonableness of Restrictions . Executive expressly acknowledges and agrees that the covenants and restrictive agreements contained in this Agreement are reasonable as to scope, location, duration or area of applicability, and that observation thereof will not cause Executive undue hardship or unreasonably interfere with Executive’s ability to earn a livelihood and practice Executive’s present skills and trades. Executive has consulted with legal counsel of his choice regarding the meaning of such covenants and restrictions, which have been explained to his satisfaction. If any covenant or restrictive agreement contained in this Agreement is held to be unenforceable because of the scope, location, duration or area of its applicability, the court or arbitrator making such determination shall have the power to modify such scope, duration or area or all of them, and such provision shall then be applicable in such modified form.
13. Successors; Binding Agreement .
          (a) Employer’s Successors . Employer shall require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of its businesses and/or assets to expressly assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that Employer would be required to perform it if no such succession had taken place. Failure of Employer to obtain such assumption and agreement prior to the effectiveness of any such succession shall be a breach of a material provision of this Agreement and shall entitle Executive to compensation in the same amount and on the same terms as he would be entitled to hereunder if terminated his employment for Good Reason, except that for purposes of implementing the foregoing, the date on which any such succession becomes effective shall be deemed the Date of Termination. As used in this Agreement, the “Employer” shall mean Employer as hereinbefore defined and any successor to the business and/or assets as aforesaid which executes and delivers the agreement provided for in this Section 13 or which otherwise becomes bound by all the terms and provisions of this Agreement by operation of law.

 


 

          (b) Executive’s Successors . This Agreement shall not be assignable by Executive. This Agreement and all rights of Executive hereunder shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by Executive’s personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees. If Executive should die while any amounts would still be payable to him hereunder if he had continued to live, all such amounts unless otherwise provided herein, shall be paid in accordance with the terms of this Agreement to Executive’s devisee, legatee, or other designee or, if there be no such designee, to Executive’s estate.
14. Indemnification . To the fullest extent permitted by law, Employer shall indemnify Executive (including the advancement of legal, accounting and other expert expenses) for any judgments, fines, amounts paid in settlement and reasonable expenses, including attorneys’ fees, incurred by Executive in connection with the defense of any lawsuit or other claim to which he is made a party by reason of performing his responsibilities as an officer or executive of Employer or any of its subsidiaries; except that, Employer shall have no such duty of indemnification with regard to claims or suits brought, for any reason, against Executive by any former employer of Executive.
15. Notice . For the purposes of this Agreement, notices, demands and all other communications provided for in this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered to a national overnight delivery service or (unless otherwise specified) mailed by United States certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed as set forth in the Preamble of this Agreement or to such other address as any party may have furnished to the others in writing in accordance herewith, except that notices of change of address shall be effective only upon receipt. No notices may be given via e-mail or facsimile transmission.
16. Validity . The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement, which shall remain in full force and effect.
17. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.
18. Withholding . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, Employer may withhold from amounts payable under this Agreement all federal, state, local and foreign taxes that are required to be withheld by applicable laws or regulations.
19. Executive’s Representations, Warranties and Covenants . Executive represents, warrants and covenants to Employer that (a) the terms of this Agreement and his employment by the Employer do not and will not breach any agreement between Executive and any other entity; (b) that Executive has not previously assumed any obligations inconsistent with those of this Agreement; (c) that Executive will not disclose to the Employer, or to any director, officer, executive or agent thereof, any confidential or proprietary information or material belonging to any other entity, including, without limitation, Executive’s previous employer; and (d) that during Executive’s employment by the Employer, he will not use or attempt to use without prior permission of the owner thereof, any confidential or proprietary information or material belonging to any other entity in behalf of the Employer. Executive further agrees and

 


 

covenants that, during the term of this Agreement and his employment by Employer, he will not breach any agreement to keep in confidence proprietary information, knowledge, or data acquired by Executive in confidence or in trust prior to employment with Employer, and Executive will not disclose to Employer, or induce or cause Employer to use, any confidential or proprietary information or material belonging to any previous employer or others.
20. Governance of Employment Relationship . To the extent not governed by the specific provisions hereof, the employment relationship between Executive and Employer shall be governed by the Employer’s general rules, policies, procedures and plans relating to employment and executive benefits.
21. Outside Fees . Executive agrees and covenants not to solicit or receive any income or other compensation from any third party doing business with Employer, including, without limitation, any supplier, client, customer, or executive of Employer, in connection with his employment with Employer.
22. Miscellaneous . No provision of this Agreement may be modified, waived or discharged unless such waiver, modification or discharge is agreed to in writing signed by Executive and an authorized officer of Employer. No waiver by any party hereto at any time of any breach by the other parties hereto of, or compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement to be performed by any such other party shall be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions at the same or at any prior or subsequent time. Any termination of Executive’s employment or of this Agreement shall have no effect on any continuing obligations arising under this Agreement, including without limitation, the right of Executive to receive payments pursuant to Section 9 hereof and the obligations of Executive described in Section 11 hereof.
23. Applicable Law, Venue, Jurisdiction and Arbitration . This Agreement shall be deemed to have been executed by the Parties in and shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Texas (excluding any conflicts-of-law rule or principle of Texas law that might refer the governance, construction or interpretation of this Agreement to the laws of another state). In the event of a dispute or in the event of any other legal action arising out of or in connection with this Agreement the exclusive jurisdiction and venue for such legal action or proceeding shall be the general civil trial courts of Denton County, Texas, or the United States District Court having jurisdiction in Denton County, Texas. Each Party irrevocably waives any objection on the grounds of venue, forum non-convenience or any similar grounds and irrevocably consents to service of process by mail or in any other manner permitted by applicable law and consents to the jurisdiction of said courts. Employer shall have the option, in the event of a dispute arising out of or relating to this Agreement, to submit said dispute to arbitration in Denton County, Texas, pursuant to the rules of the American Arbitration Association. The decision of the Arbitrator shall be final and binding on the parties and judgment upon the award may be entered in any of the aforementioned courts having jurisdiction over this Agreement.
24. Entire Agreement . This Agreement sets forth the entire agreement of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter contained herein and supersedes all prior agreements, letters of intent, promises, covenants, arrangements, communications, representations or warranties, whether oral or

 


 

written, by an officer, executive or representative of any party hereto; and any prior agreement of the parties hereto in respect to the subject matter contained herein. Executive acknowledges and agrees that no officer, executive or representative of Employer is authorized to offer any term or condition of employment which is in addition to or different that those set forth in this Agreement.
      IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties, intending to be legally bound, have executed this Agreement on the Effective Date.
     
REALPAGE, INC.
   
 
   
/s/ Stephen T. Winn
 
By: Stephen T. Winn
   
Its: Chief Executive Officer
   
 
   
/s/ Timothy J. Barker
 
Timothy J. Barker, an individual
   

 


 

EXHIBIT A
REALPAGE, INC.
NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT (SECOND SERIES)
UNDER THE
1998 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN
     
Grant Number:
  Second Series No. xx-xx-xx
 
   
Date of Grant:
  October 31, 2005
 
   
Name of Optionee:
  Timothy J. Barker (the “Optionee”)
 
   
Number of Shares:
  500,000 
 
   
Exercise Price Per Share:
  $1.00 (the “Option Exercise Price)
1. RealPage, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”), hereby grants to the “ Optionee ” an option (the “ Option ”) to purchase from the Corporation, for the Option Exercise Price (subject to any adjustments that may be made pursuant to the terms of the Plan) the number of shares of Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share (the “ Stock ”), of the Corporation set forth above pursuant to the Corporation’s 1998 Stock Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”). This Option is not intended to constitute an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.
2. This Option may be exercised only to the extent that it is vested.
3. This Option shall vest in increments as follows: commencing on the ___day of                      , 200_ and on the first day of the next fifteen (15) consecutive quarters, this option shall vest in sixteen (16) equal installments so that it will be fully vested on                      . The foregoing notwithstanding, and notwithstanding any contrary provision in the Plan, in the event a Business Combination Transaction occurs, as defined in Section 20.02 of the Plan, all non-vested portions of the Option shall vest upon consummation of the applicable Business Combination.
4. Unless otherwise prevented from doing so by the provisions of the Plan or this Agreement, the Optionee may exercise any portion of this Option that has become vested by delivering to the Corporation written notice specifying:
     (A) the number of whole shares of Stock to be purchased together with payment in full of the aggregate option price of such shares, provided that this Option may not be exercised for less than one hundred (100) shares of Stock or the number of shares of Stock remaining subject to this Option, whichever is smaller;
     (B) the address to which dividends, notices, reports, etc. are to be sent; and

 


 

     (C) the Optionee’s social security number.
Payment, upon exercise, shall be as provided by the Plan.
The Optionee shall not be entitled to any rights and privileges as a shareholder of the Corporation in respect of any shares of Stock covered by this Option until such shares of Stock shall have been paid for in full and issued to the Optionee by the Corporation’s transfer agent.
As soon as practicable after the Corporation receives payment for shares of Stock covered by this Option, it shall deliver a certificate or certificates representing the shares of Stock so purchased to the Optionee. Such certificate shall be registered in the name of the Optionee. Such stock certificate shall carry such appropriate legends, and such written instructions shall be given to the Corporation’s transfer agent, if any, as may be required by the Plan or as may be deemed necessary or advisable by counsel to the Corporation in order to comply with the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and any state securities laws or any other applicable laws.
5. The Optionee agrees that, in connection with any underwritten public offering of the Corporation’s Common Stock (or any other securities issued by the Corporation in exchange therefore), upon the request of the Corporation or the principal underwriter managing such public offering, any Shares (or any other securities issued by the Corporation in exchange therefore) purchased by exercising the Option which is the subject of this Agreement may not be sold, offered for sale, made subject to a contract to sell or otherwise disposed of without the prior written consent of the Corporation or such underwriters, as the case may be, for at least 180 days after the effective date of a registration statement of the Corporation filed under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or such longer period of time as the Corporation’s Compensation Committee and/or its Board of Directors may determine. The Corporation may impose stop transfer instructions with respect to the Stock (or securities) until the end of the 180-day period.
6. This Option shall terminate on the date that is ten (10) years following the Date of Grant and must be exercised, if at all, prior thereto.
7. If the Optionee’s employment with the Corporation terminates, the unvested portion of this Option will immediately terminate except as otherwise provided by Section 12(3) of the Plan. Optionee acknowledges and agrees that, (i) if Optionee’s employment terminates for Cause, or (ii) if Optionee’s employment terminates by reason of a Voluntary Termination, and Optionee engages in any Acts Harmful to the Interest of the Corporation within one (1) year after the Voluntary Termination, then the Optionee will immediately forfeit any right to exercise this Option, whether it is vested or unvested.
8. This Option does not confer on the Optionee any right to continue in the employ of the Corporation or interfere in any way with the right of the Corporation to determine the terms of the Optionee’s employment.
9. This Option is governed and controlled by the applicable terms and conditions of the Plan and, to the extent not inconsistent therewith, by the provisions of this Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall be defined as set forth in

 


 

the Plan. All interpretations or determinations of the Corporation’s Compensation Committee and/or its Board of Directors with respect to the Plan and this Option shall be binding and conclusive upon the Optionee and his or his legal representatives with respect to any question arising hereunder.
10. All notices hereunder to the parties to this Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement shall be delivered or mailed to the Optionee, at his address set forth on the signature page of this Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement, and to the Corporation, at the following address:
RealPage, Inc.
4000 International Parkway
Carrollton, Texas 75007-1913
Attention: Secretary
Such addresses for the service of notices may be changed at any time provided notice of such change is furnished in advance to the other party.
11. This Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas without application of the conflict of laws principles thereof, except to the extent preempted by federal law, which shall govern to such extent.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned have caused this Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement to be duly executed.
         
REALPAGE, INC.    
 
       
     
By:
  Stephen T. Winn    
 
  Chairman of the Board    
By his or his signature below, the Optionee agrees to the provisions of this Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement and acknowledges receipt of a copy of the 1998 Stock Incentive Plan.

OPTIONEE:
     
Signature:
   
 
   
Address:
   
 
   
     
Social Security Number:
   
 
   
      


 

Exhibit 10.13
Highly Confidential
Version 11
AMENDMENT TO
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
THIS AMENDMENT TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), is effective this 1 st day of January, 2010 (the “ Effective Date ”) by and between Timothy J. Barker, an individual resident of the State of Texas (the “ Executive ”) with a residence at [***], and RealPage, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Employer ”), having its chief offices at 4000 International Parkway, Carrollton, Texas 75007.
      WHEREAS , Executive and Employer entered into that certain Employment Agreement dated October 31, 2005; and
      WHEREAS , Executive and Employer now wish to amend the Employment Agreement as of the Effective Date.
      NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and the mutual agreements set forth below, the parties hereby agree as follows:
1.   Amend the first sentence of Section  4(a) , Office; Reporting; Duties , to read as follows:
 
    “During the Employment Period, Executive shall serve as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer and shall report directly to Employer’s Chief Executive Officer (“ Supervisor ”).”
 
2.   Amend Section  6(a) , Base Salary , in its entirety to read as follows:
 
    “As compensation for the performance by Executive of his obligations hereunder, during the Employment Period, Employer shall pay Executive a base salary at a rate not less than Three Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars (“$350,000) per year effective January 1, 2010 (the base salary, at the rate in effect from time to time, is hereinafter referred to as the “ Base Salary ”). Base Salary shall be paid in approximately equal installments in accordance with Employer’s customary payroll practices and legal requirements regarding withholding and deductions. During the Employment Period, the Base Salary shall be reviewed no less frequently than annually (commencing the first pay period in 2011) to determine whether or not the same should be adjusted in light of the duties, responsibilities and performance of Executive and other relevant factors.”
 
3.   Amend Section  6(d) , Grant of Options to Purchase Common Stock , by adding the following paragraph:
 
    “The Supervisor also shall recommend to the Compensation Committee of Employer’s Board of Directors that it grant to Executive, an option (the “ Option ”) to purchase Three Hundred Fifty Thousand (350,000) shares of common stock of Employer (“ Common Stock ”) with a grant date as of the Committee’s action and an exercise price of $3.75 per share. The Option shall be subject to the RealPage, Inc., 1998 Stock Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) and the Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement issued pursuant to the Plan, a copy of which Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement is attached as Exhibit A hereto.”

 


 

4.   Amend Section  7(c) , Cause , in its entirety to read as follows:
 
    “Employer may terminate Executive’s employment hereunder for Cause. In the event of a termination under this Section 7(c), the Date of Termination shall be the date set forth in the Notice of Termination. For purposes of this Agreement, “Cause” means the occurrence of any of the following events: (i) Executive’s conviction of a felony; (ii) Executive’s making a materially false statement to Employer’s auditors or legal counsel; (iii) Executive’s falsification of any corporate document or form; (iv) any material breach by Executive of Executive’s material obligations to Employer or of any published policy of Employer, which breach is not cured within ten (10) days after receipt of written notice of breach; (v) any material breach by Executive of the provisions of this Agreement, which breach is not cured within ten (10) days after receipt of written notice of breach; (vi) Executive’s making a material misrepresentation of fact or omission to disclose material facts in relation to transactions occurring in the business and financial matters of Employer; (vii) Executive’s continued performance of Executive’s duties in an incompetent, unprofessional, unsuccessful, insubordinate or negligent manner subsequent to written notice thereof by Employer which notice specifies with reasonable clarity the failure to perform alleged to give rise to Cause, and upon Executive’s receipt of such notice, Executive’s failure to cure any nonconforming performance (in no case, however, shall Employer be required to give more than one notice as to a particular type of failure).”
 
5.   Amend Section  9(a) , Death; Disability; Termination By Employer without Cause or By Executive for Good Reason , in its entirety to read as follows:
 
    " If Executive’s employment is terminated by reason of his death or Disability or by Employer without Cause or by Executive for Good Reason, Employer shall pay to Executive (or his legal representatives or estate or as may be directed by the legal representatives of his estate, as the case may be) (i) either (x) six (6) equal monthly installments of an amount per installment equal to one-twelfth of Executive’s Base Salary (determined as of the Date of Termination) or (y) where Employer has been party to a Business Combination Transaction, and such termination occurs within twelve (12) months following consummation of the Business Combination Transaction, twelve (12) equal monthly installments of an amount per installment equal to one-twelfth of Executive’s Base Salary (determined as of the Date of Termination) and (ii) a lump sum cash payment, within five days following such Date of Termination, of an amount equal to any earned but unpaid Base Salary or bonus due to Executive in respect of periods through the Date of Termination plus accrued vacation in accordance with Employer’s vacation policy — subject to all required deductions and withholdings (the “ Accrued Amounts ”). The amounts set forth in Sections 9(a)(i) and 9(a)(ii) shall be payable if and only if the Executive shall have executed on or before the 30 th day following the Date of Termination a full Release and Covenant not to sue the Employer and its employees, officers, directors and stockholders.”
 
    For purposes of this Agreement, a “Business Combination Transaction” shall be deemed to mean a transaction that results in:
  A.   a merger or consolidation of the Employer with or into another entity in which the Employer shall not be the surviving entity,
 
  B.   a dissolution of the Employer,
 
  C.   a transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Employer in one transaction or a series of related transactions to one or more other persons or entities, or

2


 

  D.   any “person” or “group” (as those terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the 1934 Act), other than Seren Capital L.P. and Stephen T. Winn or any Affiliate of Stephen T. Winn, or a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Employer, becoming the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 of the 1934 Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Corporation representing 40% or more of the combined voting power of the Corporation’s then outstanding securities.”
6.   Except as set forth herein, the Employment Agreement is hereby ratified and confirmed.
      IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties, intending to be legally bound, have executed this Amendment to Employment Agreement on the Signature Date.
         
  REALPAGE, INC.
 
 
  /s/ Stephen T. Winn    
  By: Stephen T. Winn   
  Its: President and Chief Executive Officer   
 
         
  Effective Date: 1/1/10  
       
     
     
     
 
         
     
  /s/ Timothy J. Barker  
  Timothy J. Barker, an individual   
     
 

3


 

REALPAGE, INC,
AMENDED AND RESTATED 1998 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN
NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT
     Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Amended and Restated 1998 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) will have the same defined meanings in this Notice of Grant of Stock Option (the “Notice of Grant”) and Terms and Conditions of Stock Option Grant, attached hereto as Exhibit A (together, the “Option Agreement”).
     
Name:
   
 
   
Address:
   
     The undersigned (the “Participant”) has been granted an Option to purchase Common Stock of the Corporation, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, as follows:
     
Date of Grant:
   
 
   
 
   
Vesting Commencement Date:
   
 
   
 
   
Exercise Price per Share:
  $
 
   
 
   
Total Number of Shares Granted:
   
 
   
 
   
Total Exercise Price:
  $
 
   
 
   
Type of Option:
             Incentive Stock Option
 
   
 
             Non-Qualified Stock Option
 
   
Term/Expiration Date:
   
 
   
      Vesting Schedule :
     Subject to any accelerated vesting provisions in the Plan, this Option shall be exercisable, in whole or in part, according to the following vesting schedule:
     Five percent (5%) of the Shares subject to the Option shall vest quarterly beginning on the first day of the calendar quarter immediately following the Vesting Commencement Date for fifteen (15) consecutive calendar quarters, and the remaining twenty-five percent (25%) of the Shares subject to the Option shall vest on the first day of the next following calendar quarter so that the Option shall be fully vested on ___, subject to Participant continuing to be an Employee or Consultant of the Corporation, a Parent Corporation or a Subsidiary (a “Service Provider”) through each such vesting date.

 


 

     The foregoing notwithstanding, and notwithstanding any contrary provision in the Plan, in the event a Business Combination Transaction occurs, as defined in Section 20.02 of the Plan, then fifty (50%) of all non-vested portions of the Option shall vest upon consummation of the applicable Business Combination Transaction. In the event Participant ceases to be a Service Provider other than for Cause (as defined in that certain Amendment to Employment Agreement between Corporation effective February ___, 2010) within one year of the consummation of the Business Combination Transaction, then one hundred (100%) percent of all non-vested portions of the Option shall vest upon the date Participant ceases to be a Service Provider.
      Termination Period :
     Notwithstanding any contrary provision in the Plan, this Option exercisable for twelve (12) months after Participant ceases to be a Service Provider. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, in no event may this Option be exercised after the Term/Expiration Date as provided above and this Option may be subject to earlier termination as provided in Section 20.03 of the Plan.
     If the Optionee’s employment with the Corporation terminates, the unvested portion of this Option will immediately terminate except as otherwise provided by Article XVI of the Plan.
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, Participant acknowledges and agrees that, (i) if Optionee’s employment terminates for Cause, or (ii) if Participant’s employment terminates by reason of a Voluntary Termination, and Participant engages in any Acts Harmful to the Interest of the Corporation within one (1) year after the Voluntary Termination, or (iii) if Participant engages in any Acts Harmful to the Interest of the Corporation within one (1) year after the Voluntary Termination, then the Participant will immediately forfeit any right to exercise this Option, whether it is vested or unvested.
     Participant acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents that he or she is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof, and hereby accepts this Option subject to all of the terms and provisions thereof. Participant has reviewed the Plan and this Option in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Option and fully understands all provisions of the Option. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Committee upon any questions arising under the Plan or this Option. Participant further agrees to notify the Corporation upon any change in the residence address indicated below.
         
PARTICIPANT
      REALPAGE, INC.
 
       
         
Signature
      By
 
       
         
Print Name
      Print Name
 
       
         
 
      Title
 
       
         
Residence Address
       

-2-


 

EXHIBIT A
TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF STOCK OPTION GRANT
     1.  Grant of Option . The Committee hereby grants to the Participant named in the Notice of Stock Option Grant (“Participant”), an option (the “Option”) to purchase the number of shares of Common Stock set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant (the “Shares”), at the exercise price per Share set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant (the “Exercise Price”), and subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. Subject to Section 21.02 of the Plan, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan shall prevail.
          If designated in the Notice of Stock Option Grant as an Incentive Stock Option (“ISO”), this Option is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option as defined in Section 422 of the Code. Nevertheless, to the extent that it exceeds the $100,000 rule of Code Section 422(d), this Option shall be treated as a Non-Qualified Stock Option (“NSO”). Further, if for any reason this Option (or portion thereof) shall not qualify as an ISO, then, to the extent of such nonqualification, such Option (or portion thereof) shall be regarded as a NSO granted under the Plan. In no event shall the Committee, the Corporation or any Parent Corporation or Subsidiary or any of their respective employees or directors have any liability to Participant (or any other person) due to the failure of the Option to qualify for any reason as an ISO.
     2.  Exercise of Option .
          (a) Right to Exercise . This Option shall be exercisable during its term in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set out in the Notice of Stock Option Grant and with the applicable provisions of the Plan and this Option Agreement.
          (b) Method of Exercise . This Option shall be exercisable by delivery of an exercise notice in the form attached as Exhibit B (the “Exercise Notice”) or in a manner and pursuant to such procedures as the Committee may determine, which shall state the election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares with respect to which the Option is being exercised in accordance with Section 11.04 of the Plan which specifies that the Option shall not be exercised at any time as to less than one hundred (100) Shares (or less than the number of Shares as to which the Option is then exercisable, if that number is less than one hundred (100) Shares), and such other representations and agreements as may be required by the Corporation. The Exercise Notice shall be accompanied by payment of the aggregate Exercise Price as to all Exercised Shares, together with any applicable tax withholding. This Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Corporation of such fully executed Exercise Notice accompanied by the aggregate Exercise Price, together with any applicable tax withholding.
          No Shares shall be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless such issuance and such exercise comply with applicable laws. Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the Shares shall be considered transferred to Participant on the date on which the Option is exercised with respect to such Shares.

-3-


 

     3.  Participant’s Representations . In the event the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), at the time this Option is exercised, Participant shall, if required by the Corporation, concurrently with the exercise of all or any portion of this Option, deliver to the Corporation his or her Investment Representation Statement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C .
     4.  Lock-Up Period . Participant hereby agrees that Participant shall not offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Corporation or enter into any swap, hedging or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Corporation held by Participant (other than those included in the registration) for a period specified by the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Corporation not to exceed one hundred and eighty (180) days following the effective date of any registration statement of the Corporation filed under the Securities Act (or such other period as may be requested by the Corporation or the underwriters to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto).
          Participant agrees to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Corporation or the underwriter which are consistent with the foregoing or which are necessary to give further effect thereto. In addition, if requested by the Corporation or the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Corporation, Participant shall provide, within ten (10) days of such request, such information as may be required by the Corporation or such representative in connection with the completion of any public offering of the Corporation’s securities pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act. The obligations described in this Section 0 shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-1 or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a Commission Rule 145 transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. The Corporation may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the shares of Common Stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of said one hundred and eighty (180) day (or other) period. Participant agrees that any transferee of the Option or shares acquired pursuant to the Option shall be bound by this Section 4.
          (a) Method of Payment . Payment of the aggregate Exercise Price shall be in a manner in accordance with Section 11.05 of the Plan.
     5.  Restrictions on Exercise . This Option may not be exercised until such time as the Plan has been approved by the stockholders of the Corporation, or if the issuance of such Shares upon such exercise or the method of payment of consideration for such shares would constitute a violation of any Applicable Law.
     6.  Non-Transferability of Option . This Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the

-4-


 

lifetime of Participant only by Participant. The terms of the Plan and this Option Agreement shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of Participant.
     7.  Term of Option . This Option may be exercised only within the term set out in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, and may be exercised during such term only in accordance with the Plan and the terms of this Option.
     8.  Tax Obligations .
          (a) Tax Withholding . Participant agrees to make appropriate arrangements with the Corporation (or the Parent Corporation or Subsidiary employing or retaining Participant) for the satisfaction of all federal, state, local and foreign income and employment tax withholding requirements applicable to the Option exercise. Participant acknowledges and agrees that the Corporation may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to deliver the Shares if such withholding amounts are not delivered at the time of exercise.
          (b) Notice of Disqualifying Disposition of ISO Shares . If the Option granted to Participant herein is an ISO, and if Participant sells or otherwise disposes of any of the Shares acquired pursuant to the ISO on or before the later of (i) the date two (2) years after the Date of Grant, or (ii) the date one (1) year after the date of exercise, Participant shall immediately notify the Corporation in writing of such disposition. Participant agrees that Participant may be subject to income tax withholding by the Corporation on the compensation income recognized by Participant.
          (c) Code Section 409A. Under Code Section 409A, an Option that vests after December 31, 2004 (or that vested on or prior to such date but which was materially modified after October 3, 2004) that was granted with a per Share exercise price that is determined by the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) to be less than the Fair Market Value Per Share on the date of grant (a “discount option”) may be considered “deferred compensation.” An Option that is a “discount option” may result in (i) income recognition by Participant prior to the exercise of the Option, (ii) an additional twenty percent (20%) federal income tax, and (iii) potential penalty and interest charges. The “discount option” may also result in additional state income, penalty and interest tax to the Participant. Participant acknowledges that the Corporation cannot and has not guaranteed that the IRS will agree that the per Share exercise price of this Option equals or exceeds the Fair Market Value Per Share on the date of grant in a later examination. Participant agrees that if the IRS determines that the Option was granted with a per Share exercise price that was less than the Fair Market Value Per Share on the date of grant, Participant shall be solely responsible for Participant’s costs related to such a determination.
     9.  Entire Agreement; Governing Law . The Plan is incorporated herein by reference. The Plan and this Option Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Corporation and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Participant’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Corporation and Participant. This Agreement is governed by the internal substantive laws but not the choice of law rules of the State of Texas.

-5-


 

     10.  No Guarantee of Continued Service . PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF SHARES PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT THE WILL OF THE CORPORATION (OR THE PARENT CORPORATION OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS OPTION OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER. PARTICIPANT FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND SHALL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH PARTICIPANT’S RIGHT OR THE RIGHT OF THE CORPORATION (OR THE PARENT CORPORATION OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) TO TERMINATE PARTICIPANT’S RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

-6-


 

EXHIBIT B
AMENDED AND RESTATED 1998 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN
EXERCISE NOTICE
RealPage, Inc.
4000 International Parkway
Carrollton, Texas 75007-1913
Attention: Secretary
     1.  Exercise of Option . Effective as of today, ___, ___, the undersigned (“Participant”) hereby elects to exercise Participant’s option (the “Option”) to purchase ___shares of the Common Stock (the “Shares”) of RealPage, Inc. (the “Corporation”) under and pursuant to the Amended and Restated 1998 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) and the Stock Option Agreement dated ___, ___(the “Option Agreement”).
     2.  Delivery of Payment . Participant herewith delivers to the Corporation the full purchase price of the Shares, as set forth in the Option Agreement, and any and all withholding taxes due in connection with the exercise of the Option.
     3.  Representations of Participant . Participant acknowledges that Participant has received, read and understood the Plan and the Option Agreement and agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions.
     4.  Rights as Stockholder . Until the issuance of the Shares (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Corporation or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Corporation), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder shall exist with respect to the Common Stock subject to the Option, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Shares shall be issued to Participant as soon as practicable after the Option is exercised in accordance with the Option Agreement. No adjustment shall be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date of issuance except as provided in Article XIX of the Plan.
     5.  Corporation’s Right of First Refusal . Before any Shares held by Participant or any transferee (either being sometimes referred to herein as the “Holder”) may be sold or otherwise transferred (including transfer by gift or operation of law), the Corporation or its assignee(s) shall have a right of first refusal to purchase the Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 0 (the “Right of First Refusal”).
          (a) Notice of Proposed Transfer . The Holder of the Shares shall deliver to the Corporation a written notice (the “Notice”) stating: (i) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer such Shares; (ii) the name of each proposed purchaser or other transferee (“Proposed Transferee”); (iii) the number of Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; and (iv) the bona fide cash price or other consideration for which the Holder proposes to transfer the

 


 

Shares (the “Offered Price”), and the Holder shall offer the Shares at the Offered Price to the Corporation or its assignee(s).
          (b) Exercise of Right of First Refusal . At any time within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice, the Corporation and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees, at the purchase price determined in accordance with subsection 0 below.
          (c) Purchase Price . The purchase price (“Purchase Price”) for the Shares purchased by the Corporation or its assignee(s) under this Section 5 shall be the Offered Price. If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Corporation in good faith.
          (d) Payment . Payment of the Purchase Price shall be made, at the option of the Corporation or its assignee(s), in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness of the Holder to the Corporation (or, in the case of repurchase by an assignee, to the assignee), or by any combination thereof within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice or in the manner and at the times set forth in the Notice.
          (e) Holder’s Right to Transfer . If all of the Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Corporation and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section 5, then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Shares to that Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that such sale or other transfer is consummated within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the date of the Notice, that any such sale or other transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws and that the Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section 5 shall continue to apply to the Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee. If the Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to the Proposed Transferee within such period, a new Notice shall be given to the Corporation, and the Corporation and/or its assignees shall again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.
          (f) Exception for Certain Family Transfers . Anything to the contrary contained in this Section 5 notwithstanding, the transfer of any or all of the Shares during the Participant’s lifetime or on the Participant’s death by will or intestacy to the Participant’s immediate family or a trust for the benefit of the Participant’s immediate family shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section 5. “Immediate Family” as used herein shall mean spouse, lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister. In such case, the transferee or other recipient shall receive and hold the Shares so transferred subject to the provisions of this Section 5, and there shall be no further transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this Section 5.
          (g) Termination of Right of First Refusal . The Right of First Refusal shall terminate as to any Shares upon the earlier of (i) the first sale of Common Stock of the Corporation to the general public, or (ii) a transaction described in Section 20.02 of the Plan in which the successor corporation has equity securities that are publicly traded.

-2-


 

     6.  Tax Consultation . Participant understands that Participant may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Participant’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. Participant represents that Participant has consulted with any tax consultants Participant deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Participant is not relying on the Corporation for any tax advice.
     7.  Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders .
          (a) Legends . Participant understands and agrees that the Corporation shall cause the legends set forth below or legends substantially equivalent thereto, to be placed upon any certificate(s) evidencing ownership of the Shares together with any other legends that may be required by the Corporation or by state or federal securities laws:
THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”) AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR, IN THE OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS IN COMPLIANCE THEREWITH.
THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL HELD BY THE ISSUER OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S) AS SET FORTH IN THE EXERCISE NOTICE BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. SUCH TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS AND RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.
THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER FOR A PERIOD OF TIME FOLLOWING THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE UNDERWRITTEN PUBLIC OFFERING OF THE CORPORATION’S SECURITIES SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF BY THE HOLDER PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF SUCH PERIOD WITHOUT THE CONSENT OF THE CORPORATION OR THE MANAGING UNDERWRITER.
          (b) Stop-Transfer Notices . Participant agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Corporation may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Corporation transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.
          (c) Refusal to Transfer . The Corporation shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Exercise Notice or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to

-3-


 

vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.
     8.  Successors and Assigns . The Corporation may assign any of its rights under this Exercise Notice to single or multiple assignees, and this Exercise Notice shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Corporation. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, this Exercise Notice shall be binding upon Participant and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.
     9.  Interpretation . Any dispute regarding the interpretation of this Exercise Notice shall be submitted by Participant or by the Corporation forthwith to the Committee, which shall review such dispute at its next regular meeting. The resolution of such a dispute by the Committee shall be final and binding on all parties.
     10.  Governing Law; Severability . This Exercise Notice is governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of the State of Texas. In the event that any provision hereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Exercise Notice shall continue in full force and effect.
     11.  Entire Agreement . The Plan and Option Agreement are incorporated herein by reference. This Exercise Notice, the Plan, the Option Agreement and the Investment Representation Statement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Corporation and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Participant’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Corporation and Participant.
         
Submitted by:
      Accepted by:
PARTICIPANT
      REALPAGE, INC.
 
       
 
       
         
Signature
      By
 
       
         
Print Name
      Print Name
 
       
         
 
      Title
 
       
Address:
      Address:
 
       
         
 
       
         
 
       
 
       
 
      Date Received

-4-


 

EXHIBIT C
INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT
         
PARTICIPANT
  :    
 
       
CORPORATION
  :   REALPAGE, INC.
 
       
SECURITY
  :   COMMON STOCK
 
       
AMOUNT
  :    
 
       
DATE
  :    
     In connection with the purchase of the above-listed Securities, the undersigned Participant represents to the Corporation the following:
     (a) Participant is aware of the Corporation’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Corporation to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Securities. Participant is acquiring these Securities for investment for Participant’s own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).
     (b) Participant acknowledges and understands that the Securities constitute “restricted securities” under the Securities Act and have not been registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Participant’s investment intent as expressed herein. In this connection, Participant understands that, in the view of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the statutory basis for such exemption may be unavailable if Participant’s representation was predicated solely upon a present intention to hold these Securities for the minimum capital gains period specified under tax statutes, for a deferred sale, for or until an increase or decrease in the market price of the Securities, or for a period of one (1) year or any other fixed period in the future. Participant further understands that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. Participant further acknowledges and understands that the Corporation is under no obligation to register the Securities. Participant understands that the certificate evidencing the Securities shall be imprinted with any legend required under applicable state securities laws.
     (c) Participant is familiar with the provisions of Rule 701 and Rule 144, each promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly from the issuer thereof, in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. Rule 701 provides that if the issuer qualifies under Rule 701 at the time of the grant of the Option to Participant, the exercise shall be exempt from registration under the Securities Act. In the event the Corporation becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, ninety (90) days thereafter (or such

 


 

longer period as any market stand-off agreement may require) the Securities exempt under Rule 701 may be resold, subject to the satisfaction of the applicable conditions specified by Rule 144, including in the case of affiliates (1) the availability of certain public information about the Corporation, (2) the amount of Securities being sold during any three (3) month period not exceeding specified limitations, (3) the resale being made in an unsolicited “broker’s transaction”, transactions directly with a “market maker” or “riskless principal transactions” (as those terms are defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) and (4) the timely filing of a Form 144, if applicable.
          In the event that the Corporation does not qualify under Rule 701 at the time of grant of the Option, then the Securities may be resold in certain limited circumstances subject to the provisions of Rule 144, which may require (i) the availability of current public information about the Corporation; (ii) the resale to occur more than a specified period after the purchase and full payment (within the meaning of Rule 144) for the Securities; and (iii) in the case of the sale of Securities by an affiliate, the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in sections (2), (3) and (4) of the paragraph immediately above.
     (d) Participant further understands that in the event all of the applicable requirements of Rule 701 or 144 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption shall be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rules 144 and 701 are not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rules 144 or 701 shall have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk. Participant understands that no assurances can be given that any such other registration exemption shall be available in such event.
     
 
  PARTICIPANT
 
   
 
   
 
  Signature
 
   
 
   
 
  Print Name
 
   
 
   
 
  Date

-2-

Exhibit 10.14
CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT
SEPTEMBER 24, 2009
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
      THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), is made this 24th day of September, 2009, (the “Effective Date”) by and between William Van Valkenberg, an individual resident of the State of Washington, (the “Executive”) with a residence at [***] and RealPage, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Employer”), having its chief offices at 4000 International Parkway, Carrollton, Texas 75007.
      WHEREAS , Employer desires to retain the services of Executive on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth; and
      WHEREAS , Executive desires to furnish services to Employer on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth; and
      WHEREAS , the parties desire to enter into this Agreement setting forth the terms and conditions of the employment relationship between Executive and Employer.
      NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and the mutual agreements set forth below, the parties hereby agree as follows:
1. Employment . Employer hereby agrees to employ Executive, and Executive hereby accepts such employment, on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.
2. Employment Screening . Executive shall successfully complete a pre-employment drug test, pre-employment consumer report verification, and the Employer new hire paperwork.
3. Employment Period . The period during which Executive shall furnish services to Employer hereunder (the “Employment Period”) shall commence on the Effective Date and shall end on the Date of Termination (as defined in Section 8(b) below). Nothing in this Section shall limit the right of Employer or Executive to terminate Executive’s employment hereunder on the terms and conditions set forth in Section 7 hereof.
4. Position and Duties .
          (a) Office; Reporting; Duties . During the Employment Period, Executive shall serve as Executive Vice President, Secretary and Chief Legal Officer, and shall report to the Chief Executive Officer of Employer. Executive shall have those powers, duties and perquisites consistent with a senior management position and such other powers and duties as may be prescribed by the Chief Executive Officer of Employer, provided that such other powers and duties are consistent with the scope, dignity and perquisites of Executive’s position.
          (b) Commitment of Full Time Efforts . Executive agrees to devote substantially his full working time, attention and energies to the performance of his duties for Employer,

 


 

CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT
SEPTEMBER 24, 2009
provided,however , that it shall not be a violation of this Agreement for Executive to (i) serve on civic or charitable boards or committees, (ii) serve on corporate boards or committees, with the prior consent of Employer, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, (iii) give speeches and make media appearances to discuss matters of public interest (so long as such shall not involve Employer in matters of political, religious or social controversy), and (iv) manage his personal investments, in each case so long as the foregoing activities do not interfere materially with the performance of Executive’s responsibilities in accordance with this Agreement.
5. Place of Performance . Executive shall perform his duties for Employer at Employer’s corporate offices at 4000 International Parkway, Carrollton, Texas 75007, or at any other address in Dallas County or Collin County, Texas to which the corporate offices may be moved in the future.
6. Compensation and Related Matters .
          (a) Base Salary . As compensation for the performance by Executive of his obligations hereunder, during the Employment Period, Employer shall pay Executive a base salary at a rate not less than Twenty-five Thousand and no/100ths Dollars ($25,000.00) per month, or Three Hundred Thousand and no/100ths Dollars (US$300,000.00) on an annualized basis (the base salary, at the rate in effect from time to time, is hereinafter referred to as the “Base Salary”). Base Salary shall be paid in approximately equal installments in accordance with Employer’s customary payroll practices and legal requirements regarding withholding and deductions. During the Employment Period, the Base Salary shall be reviewed no less frequently than annually (commencing in 2010) to determine whether the same should be adjusted in light of the duties, responsibilities and performance of Executive and other relevant factors.
          (b) Annual Bonus . Beginning for the calendar year in 2009, which will be calculated on a pro rata basis based on the commencement date of Executive’s employment, Executive shall be eligible to receive an annual bonus under the terms of the Employer Management Incentive Plan (“Plan”) of 50% of his Base Salary for achievement of Plan at 100%, with the potential to receive up to 100% of his Base Salary if the performance criteria for this potential is achieved as set forth in the Plan. To be eligible for the Annual Bonus, Executive must be employed by Employer on December 31 of the year with regard to which the Annual Bonus is applicable and must be employed on the date the Annual Bonus is paid.
          (c) Grant of Option to Purchase Common Stock . The President shall recommend to the Compensation Committee of Employer’s Board of Directors that it should grant to Executive, an option (the “Option”) to purchase Three Hundred Thousand (300,000) shares of Employer’s common stock (“Common Stock”) with a grant date as of the Committee’s action and an exercise price of not less than fair market value of Employer’s Common Stock on the date of grant. The Option shall be subject to the Amended and Restated RealPage, Inc. 1998 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) and the Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement issued pursuant to the Plan, a copy of which Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement is attached as Exhibit A hereto.

 


 

CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT
SEPTEMBER 24, 2009
          (d) Relocation Bonus . Executive shall commence working full-time at Employer’s headquarters office no later than September 29, 2009. Employer will pay on Executive’s behalf relocation expenses in accordance with Employer’s standard relocation policy in an amount up to One Hundred Twenty-five Thousand Dollars (US$125,000.00) (“Relocation Expenses”), subject to Employer’s customary payroll practices and legal requirements regarding withholding. Executive shall submit promptly to Employer invoices, but in any event no later than two weeks prior to any due date for such invoices, for actual incurred Relocation Expenses, and Employer shall remit payment for such Relocation Expenses in accordance with its standard accounts payable practices, but in any event no later than the due date of the invoice. “Relocation Expenses “ shall include, inter alia , the cost of Employer and his family’s relocation to the Dallas/Ft. Worth metroplex, but does include payment of commissions, points or other costs associated with buying or selling a home. Until Executive relocates, Employer will (i) rent a furnished two bedroom apartment within proximity of the office in Carrollton for his use and (ii) reimburse the cost of travel of Executive and his spouse between Seattle, Washington, and Dallas, Texas, in accordance with Employer’s standard travel policy. Given that trips to the headquarters office can be scheduled, Executive and his spouse shall use commercially reasonable efforts to take advantage of reduced airfares. Employer also will reimburse Executive prior to relocation the cost of an automobile rental for the time Executive is in Carrollton
          (e) Expenses and Vacations . Employer, according to its standard travel policy, shall reimburse Executive for all reasonable, in-policy business expenses upon the presentation of itemized statements of such expenses. Executive shall be entitled to three weeks paid vacation per year, in accordance with Employer’s vacation policy and practice applicable to senior executives of Employer.
          (f) Fringe Benefits and Perquisites . During the Employment Period, Employer shall make available to Executive the fringe benefits and perquisites that are made available to other senior Executives of Employer.
          (g) Other Benefits . During the Employment Period, Executive shall be eligible to participate in all other employee welfare benefit plans and other benefit programs (including group life insurance, medical and dental insurance, and accident and disability insurance) made available generally to employees or senior executives of Employer.
7. Termination . Executive’s employment hereunder may be terminated under the following circumstances, in each case subject to the provisions of this Agreement:
          (a) Death . Executive’s employment hereunder shall terminate upon his death.
          (b) Disability . If, as a result of Executive’s incapacity due to physical or mental disability, Executive shall have been absent from his duties hereunder on a full-time basis (i) for a period of six consecutive months or (ii) for shorter periods aggregating six months during any twelve month period, and, in either case, within thirty (30) days after written Notice of Termination (as

 


 

CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT
SEPTEMBER 24, 2009
described in Section 8(a) hereof) is given, Executive shall not have returned to the performance of his duties hereunder on a full-time basis, Employer may terminate Executive’s employment hereunder for “Disability.”
          (c) Cause . Employer may terminate Executive’s employment hereunder for Cause. In the event of a termination under this Section 7(c), the Date of Termination shall be the date set forth in the Notice of Termination. For purposes of this Agreement, “Cause” means the occurrence of any of the following events: (i) Executive’s conviction of a felony; (ii) Executive’s making a materially false statement to Employer’s auditors or legal counsel; (iii) Executive’s falsification of any corporate document or form; (iv) any material breach by Executive of Executive’s material obligations to Employer or of any published policy of Employer, which breach is not cured within ten (10) days after receipt of written notice of breach; (v) any material breach by Executive of the provisions of this Agreement, which breach is not cured within ten (10) days after receipt of written notice of breach; (vi) Executive’s making a material misrepresentation of fact or omission to disclose material facts in relation to transactions occurring in the business and financial matters of Employer; (vii) Executive’s continued performance of Executive’s duties in an incompetent, unprofessional, unsuccessful, insubordinate or negligent manner subsequent to written notice thereof by Employer which notice specifies with reasonable clarity the failure to perform alleged to give rise to Cause (in no case, however, shall Employer be required to give more than one notice as to a particular type of failure).
          (d) Good Reason . Executive may terminate his employment hereunder for “Good Reason” in the event of any material failure on the part of Employer to comply with any of its material obligations of this Agreement, which failure has not been cured within ten (10) days after written notice thereof has been given by Executive to Employer specifying the acts or omissions of Employer alleged to give rise to Good Reason.
          (e) Other Terminations . Employer may terminate Executive’s employment hereunder other than for Cause or Disability, and Executive may terminate his employment other than for Good Reason in each case subject to the provisions of this Agreement.
8. Termination Procedure .
          (a) Notice of Termination . Any termination of Executive’s employment by Employer or by Executive (other than termination pursuant to Section 7(a) hereof) shall be communicated by written Notice of Termination to the other party hereto in accordance with Section 15.
          (b) Date of Termination . “Date of Termination” shall mean (i) if Executive’s employment is terminated by his death, the date of his death, (ii) if Executive’s employment is terminated pursuant to Section 7(b), thirty (30) days after Notice of Termination is given (provided that Executive shall not have returned to the performance of his duties on a full-time basis during such thirty (30) day period), (iii) if Executive’s employment is terminated pursuant to Section 7(c),

 


 

CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT
SEPTEMBER 24, 2009
the date specified in the Notice of Termination, (iv) if Executive terminates his employment for Good Reason, ten (10) days after Notice of Termination if Employer’s breach shall be uncured, and (v) if Executive’s employment is terminated pursuant to Section 7(e), immediately upon written notice delivered by the terminating party to the other, unless such notice designates a different termination date.
9. Compensation Upon Termination .
          (a) Death; Disability; Termination By Employer without Cause or By Executive for Good Reason . If Executive’s employment is terminated by reason of his death or Disability or by Employer without Cause or by Executive for Good Reason, Employer shall pay to Executive (or his legal representatives or estate or as may be directed by the legal representatives of his estate, as the case may be), (i) six (6) equal monthly installments of an amount per installment equal to one-twelfth of Executive’s Base Salary (determined as of the Date of Termination), and (ii) a lump sum cash payment, within five days following such Date of Termination, of an amount equal to any earned but unpaid Base Salary or bonus due to Executive in respect of periods through the Date of Termination plus accrued vacation in accordance with Employer’s vacation policy (as described in Section 9(a)(ii), the “Accrued Amounts”). All sums outlined in Sections 9(a)(i) and 9(a)(ii) shall be subject to all required deductions and withholdings. The amount set forth in Section 9(a)(i) shall be payable if and only if the Executive shall have executed and not revoked on no later than the 30th day following the Date of Termination a full Release and Covenant not to sue the Employer and its employees, officers, directors and stockholders.
          (b) Cause or By Executive Other than for Good Reason . If Executive’s employment is terminated by Employer for Cause or by Executive other than for Good Reason, then Employer shall pay Executive, within five (5) days following such Date of Termination, in a lump sum cash payment, the Accrued Amounts.
10. No Mitigation . Executive shall not be required to mitigate amounts payable pursuant to Section 9 of this Agreement by seeking other employment or otherwise, nor shall such payments be reduced on account of any remuneration earned by Executive attributable to employment by another employer, by retirement benefits, by offset against any amount claimed to be owed by Executive to Employer or otherwise.
11. Confidentiality; Non-Competition .
          (a) Non-Disclosure and Non-Use of Confidential Information . Executive shall not disclose any Employer Confidential Information to any third party (other than accountants, lawyers and other third parties engaged by and working at the behest of Employer) without the specific written consent of Employer and shall use Employer Confidential Information solely for the benefit of Employer. Executive shall hold all and any Employer Confidential Information in confidence.

 


 

CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT
SEPTEMBER 24, 2009
          (b) Definition of Employer Confidential Information . For purposes of this Agreement, “Employer Confidential Information” includes, in whatever form or format, all non-public information — disclosed to or known to Executive as a direct or indirect consequence of or through Executive’s employment with Employer — about Employer, its parents or subsidiaries, its technology, finances, business methods, plans, operations, services, products and processes (whether existing or contemplated), or any of its directors, executives, employees, clients, prospective clients, agents or suppliers, including all information relating to software programs, source codes or object codes; computer systems; computer systems analyses, testing results; flow charts and designs; product specifications and documentation; user documentation; sales plans; sales records; sales literature; customer lists, prospect list and files; research and development projects or plans; marketing and merchandising plans and strategies; pricing strategies; price lists; sales or licensing terms and conditions; consulting sources; supply and service sources; procedure or policy manuals; legal matters; financial statements; financing methods; financial projections; and the terms and conditions of business arrangements with its parent, clients, suppliers, banks, or other financial institutions. Employer Confidential Information shall not include information that is in his possession legally and without restriction as of the Effective Date of this Agreement.
          (c) Proprietary Information Obligations . Employer respects the right of every employer to protect its confidential and proprietary information. Employer specifically wishes to prevent Executive or any individual interested in employment with Employer from using on behalf of Employer or disclosing to Employer at any time before, during or after Executive’s employment with Employer any confidential or proprietary information belonging to any other employer. Executive represents to Employer that he will not use or otherwise exploit third party confidential or proprietary information in the performance of his duties hereunder. Further, between the date of this Employment Agreement and the date Executive begins employment with Employer, Executive will continue to comply with any executory obligations to protect Executive’s current employer’s confidential and proprietary information. Executive’s failure to observe those continuing obligations could result in Employer’s refusal to hire or, if discovered after Executive has already begun employment with Employer, disciplinary action up to and including termination of Executive’s employment.
          (d) Non-Competition . In consideration of Employer’s promises and payments under this Agreement, Executive agrees that, during the Employment Period and for a period of six (6) months thereafter (the “Restricted Period”), Executive shall not (as principal, agent, executive, consultant, volunteer or otherwise), engage (other than on behalf of Employer or its Affiliates) directly or indirectly, in a Competing Business (as defined below) anywhere in the territory of the United States, or, without the prior consent of Employer, directly or indirectly, advise, own an interest in, manage, operate, join, control, lend money or render financial, technical or other assistance (other than customary professional courtesies afforded to members of the business community) to or participate in or be connected with, as an officer, executive, partner, stockholder, consultant, advisor or other similar capacity, any Competing Business; provided, however , that ownership of securities having no more than one percent of the outstanding voting power of any competitor which are listed on any national securities exchange or traded actively in the national

 


 

CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT
SEPTEMBER 24, 2009
over-the-counter market shall not be deemed to be in violation of this sub-section so long as Executive has no other connection or relationship with such competitor that would not be permitted hereby. For purposes hereof, “Competing Business” means the business of developing, designing, publishing, marketing, maintaining or distributing databases and software applications and services that are competitive with products or services of Employer, are generally referred to as “multi- tenant real estate management applications” and are generally used at multi-tenant real estate developments by personnel engaged in the operation, leasing, pricing, promotion and maintenance of multi-tenant units. Without limitation of the foregoing, multi-multi-tenant real estate development management applications, data bases and services shall include software used in screening potential tenants, performing accounting functions, providing a community web site, providing tenant incentives, performing market research, and communicating via the Internet with applicants, residents, service providers, suppliers and advertising providers, providing utility billing management solutions, providing electronic payment solutions or marketing resident insurance solutions.
          (e) Non-Interference with Licensees . Executive hereby agrees that, during the Restricted Period (other than on behalf of Employer or its Affiliates), Executive shall not in any way directly or indirectly, for the purpose of conducting or engaging in a Competing Business, call upon, solicit, respond to, advise or otherwise do, or attempt to do business with any then-existing or Past customer or licensee of Employer or any Affiliate of Employer or take away or attempt to interfere with any then-existing or Past customer, licensee, trade, business or patronage of Employer or any Affiliate. For purposes of this Section 11(e), the term “Past” customer or “Past” licensee shall refer to any former customer or licensee of Employer within six (6) months of their having ceased to be a customer or licensee of Employer.
          (f) Non-Interference with Employees . Executive hereby agrees, during the Restricted Period, not to, directly or indirectly, hire or retain, attempt to hire or retain, any of Employer’s then- existing or Past officers, executives, employees, representatives, consultants or agents, not to induce any such to give up employment with or representation of Employer or any Affiliate and not to otherwise interfere with, or attempt to interfere with, the relationship of any such with Employer or any Affiliate. For purposes of this Section 11(f), the term “Past” officer, executive, employee, representative, consultant or agent of Employer shall refer to any former officer, executive, employee, representative, consultant or agent of Employer within six (6) months of their having ceased to be an officer, executive, employee, representative, consultant or agent of Employer or any Affiliate.
          (g) Non-Interference with Business Relationships . Executive hereby agrees, during the Restricted Period, that Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, for the purpose of conducting or engaging in a Competing Business, attempt to interfere with, impair, or adversely affect any contractual relationships or business relationships between the Company and any of the technology or distribution companies with whom the Company has strategic relationships.

 


 

CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT
SEPTEMBER 24, 2009
          (h) Non-Disparagement . Executive hereby agrees, that during the Restricted Period, Executive shall not disparage either orally or in writing the Company, its products or services, or its officers, directors, or employees.
          (i) Injunctive Relief . Executive recognizes and agrees that the injury the Company will suffer in the event of a breach of this Section 11 may cause the Company irreparable injury that cannot adequately be compensated by monetary damages alone. Therefore, in the event of a breach of this Section 11 by Executive, or any attempted or threatened breach, Executive agrees that the Company, without limiting any legal or equitable remedies available to it, may be entitled to equitable relief by preliminary and permanent injunction or otherwise, without the necessity of posting any bond or undertaking, against Executive and/or the business enterprise with which Executive may have become associated, from any court of competent jurisdiction.
12. Reasonableness of Restrictions . Executive expressly acknowledges and agrees that the covenants and restrictive agreements contained in this Agreement are reasonable as to scope, location, and duration and that observation thereof will not cause Executive undue hardship or unreasonably interfere with Executive’s ability to earn a livelihood and practice Executive’s present skills and trades. Executive has consulted with legal counsel of his selection regarding the meaning of such covenants and restrictions, which have been explained to his satisfaction.
13. Successors; Binding Agreement .
          (a) Employer’s Successors . Employer shall require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of its businesses and/or assets (“Transaction”) to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that Employer would be required to perform it if no such succession had taken place. Employer may honor the obligation set forth in the preceding sentence through execution in the course of consummating the Transaction of either a specific assignment and assumption agreement relating to the obligations set forth herein, or a general assignment and assumption agreement. Failure of Employer to obtain such assumption and agreement prior to the effectiveness of any such succession shall be a material breach of a material provision of this Agreement and shall entitle Executive to compensation in the same amount and on the same terms as he would be entitled to hereunder if he terminated his employment for Good Reason, except that for purposes of implementing the foregoing, the date on which any such succession becomes effective shall be deemed the Date of Termination. As used in this Agreement, the “Employer” shall mean Employer as hereinbefore defined and any successor to the business and/or assets as aforesaid which executes and delivers the agreement provided for in this Section 13 or which otherwise becomes bound by all the terms and provisions of this Agreement by operation of law.
          (b) Executive’s Successors . This Agreement shall not be assignable by Executive. This Agreement and all rights of Executive hereunder shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by Executive’s personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors,

 


 

CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT
SEPTEMBER 24, 2009
heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees. If Executive should die while any amounts would still be payable to him hereunder if he had continued to live, all such amounts unless otherwise provided herein, shall be paid in accordance with the terms of this Agreement to Executive’s devisee, legatee, or other designee or, if there be no such designee, to Executive’s estate.
14. Indemnification . To the fullest extent permitted by law, Employer shall indemnify Executive (including the advancement of legal, accounting and other expert expenses) for any judgments, fines, amounts paid in settlement and reasonable expenses, including attorneys’ fees, incurred by Executive in connection with the defense of any lawsuit or other claim to which he is made a party by reason of performing his responsibilities as an officer or executive of Employer or any of its subsidiaries.
15. Notice . For the purposes of this Agreement, notices, demands and all other communications provided for in this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered to a national overnight delivery service or (unless otherwise specified) mailed by United States certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed as set forth in the Preamble of this Agreement or to such other address as any party may have furnished to the others in writing in accordance herewith, except that notices of change of address shall be effective only upon receipt. No notices may be given via e-mail or facsimile transmission.
16. Severability . Should any term, condition, provision or part of this Agreement be found to be unlawful, invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that portion shall be deemed null and void and severed from the Agreement for all purposes, but such illegality, or invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect the legality, validity or enforceability of the remaining parts of this Agreement, and the remainder of the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect, unless such would be manifestly inequitable or would serve to deprived either party of a material part of what it bargained for in entering in this Agreement.
17. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.
18. Withholding . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, Employer may withhold from amounts payable under this Agreement all federal, state, local and foreign taxes that are required to be withheld by applicable laws or regulations.
19. Executive’s Representations, Warranties and Covenants . Executive represents, warrants and covenants to Employer that (i) the terms of this Agreement and his employment by the Employer do not and will not breach any agreement between Executive and any other entity; (ii) that Executive has not previously assumed any obligations inconsistent with those of this Agreement; (iii) that Executive will not disclose to the Employer, or to any director, officer, executive or agent thereof, any confidential or proprietary information or material

 


 

CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT
SEPTEMBER 24, 2009
belonging to any other entity, including, without limitation, Executive’s previous employer; and (iv) that during Executive’s employment by the Corporation, he will not use or attempt to use without prior permission of the owner thereof, any confidential or proprietary information or material belonging to any other entity in behalf of the Employer. Executive further agrees and covenants that, during the term of this Agreement and his employment by Employer, he will not breach any agreement to keep in confidence proprietary information, knowledge, or data acquired by Executive in confidence or in trust prior to employment with Employer, and Executive will not disclose to Employer, or induce or cause Employer to use, any confidential or proprietary information or material belonging to any previous employer or others.
20. Governance of Employment Relationship . To the extent not governed by the specific provisions hereof, the employment relationship between Executive and Employer shall be governed by the Employer’s general rules, policies, procedures and plans relating to employment and executive benefits.
21. Outside Fees . Executive agrees and covenants not to solicit or receive any income or other compensation from any third party doing business with Employer, including, without limitation, any supplier, client, customer, or executive of Employer, in connection with his employment with Employer.
22. Miscellaneous . No provision of this Agreement may be modified, waived or discharged unless such waiver, modification or discharge is agreed to in writing signed by Executive and an authorized officer of Employer. No waiver by any party hereto at any time of any breach by the other parties hereto of, or compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement to be performed by any such other party shall be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions at the same or at any prior or subsequent time. Any termination of Executive’s employment or of this Agreement shall have no effect on any continuing obligations arising under this Agreement, including without limitation, the right of Executive to receive payments pursuant to Section 9 hereof and the obligations of Executive described in Section 11 hereof.
23. Applicable Law, Venue, Jurisdiction and Arbitration . This Agreement shall be governed, construed, and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas (without regard to the principles of conflicts of law). This Agreement has been entered into in Denton County, Texas and it shall be performable for all purposes in Denton County, Texas. Any action or proceeding concerning, related to, regarding, or commenced in connection with the Agreement must be brought in a state or federal court located in Denton or Dallas County, Texas, and the parties to the Agreement hereby irrevocably submit to the personal jurisdiction of such courts and waive any objection they may now or hereafter have as to the venue of any such action or proceeding brought in any such court, or that any such court is an inconvenient forum. Each party shall have the option, in the event of a dispute arising out of or relating to this Agreement, to submit said dispute to arbitration in Denton County, Texas, pursuant to the rules of the American Arbitration Association. The decision of the Arbitrator shall be final

 


 

CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT
SEPTEMBER 24, 2009
and binding on the parties and judgment upon the award may be entered in any of the aforementioned courts having jurisdiction over this Agreement.
24. Entire Agreement . This Agreement sets forth the entire agreement of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter contained herein and supersedes all prior agreements, letters of intent, promises, covenants, arrangements, communications, representations or warranties, whether oral or written, by an officer, executive or representative of any party hereto; and any prior agreement of the parties hereto in respect to the subject matter contained herein. Executive acknowledges and agrees that no officer, executive or representative of Employer is authorized to offer any term or condition of employment which is in addition to or different than those set forth in this Agreement.
[SIGNATURE PAGE TO FOLLOW]

 


 

CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT
SEPTEMBER 24, 2009
      IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties, intending to be legally bound, have executed this Agreement on the Effective Date.
REALPAGE, INC.
         
By:
  /s/ Stephen T. Winn
 
   
By:
       Stephen T. Winn    
Its:
       President and Chief Executive Officer    
     
/s/ William Van Valkenberg
 
   
William Van Valkenberg, an individual
   

 


 

Exhibit A
REALPAGE, INC,
AMENDED AND RESTATED 1998 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN
NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT
     Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Amended and Restated 1998 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) will have the same defined meanings in this Notice of Grant of Stock Option (the “Notice of Grant”) and Terms and Conditions of Stock Option Grant, attached hereto as Exhibit A (together, the “Option Agreement”).
      Name:
      Address:
     The undersigned (the “Participant”) has been granted an Option to purchase Common Stock of the Corporation, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, as follows:
         
   
Date of Grant:
   
   
 
 
   
 
   
   
Vesting Commencement Date:
   
   
 
 
   
 
   
   
Exercise Price per Share:
$
   
 
 
   
 
   
   
Total Number of Shares Granted:
   
   
 
 
   
 
   
   
Total Exercise Price :
$
   
 
 
   
 
   
   
Type of Option:
Incentive Stock Option
   
 
 
   
 
   
   
 
Non-Qualified Stock Option
   
 
 
   
 
   
   
Term/Expiration Date:
   
   
 
 
         Vesting Schedule :
     Subject to any accelerated vesting provisions in the Plan, this Option shall be exercisable, in whole or in part, according to the following vesting schedule:
     Five percent (5%) of the Shares subject to the Option shall vest quarterly beginning on the first day of the calendar quarter immediately following the Vesting Commencement Date for fifteen (15) consecutive calendar quarters, and the remaining twenty-five percent (25%) of the Shares subject to the Option shall vest on the first day of the next following calendar quarter so that the Option shall be fully vested on                      , subject to Participant continuing to be an Employee or

 


 

Consultant of the Corporation, a Parent Corporation or a Subsidiary (a “Service Provider”) through each such vesting date.
      Termination Period:
     This Option shall be exercisable for nintey (90) days after Participant ceases to be a Service Provider, unless such termination is due to Participant’s death or Disability or after having reached Retirement Age, in which case this Option shall be exercisable for twelve (12) months after Participant ceases to be a Service Provider. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, in no event may this Option be exercised after the Term/Expiration Date as provided above and this Option may be subject to earlier termination as provided in Section 20.03 of the Plan.
     If the Optionee’s employment with the Corporation terminates, the unvested portion of this Option will immediately terminate except as otherwise provided by Article XVI of the Plan.
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, Participant acknowledges and agrees that, (i) if Optionee’s employment terminates for Cause, or (ii) if Participant’s employment terminates by reason of a Voluntary Termination, and Participant engages in any Acts Harmful to the Interest of the Corporation within one (1) year after the Voluntary Termination, or (iii) if Participant engages in any Acts Harmful to the Interest of the Corporation within one (1) year after the Voluntary Termination, then the Participant will immediately forfeit any right to exercise this Option, whether it is vested or unvested.
     Participant acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents that he or she is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof, and hereby accepts this Option subject to all of the terms and provisions thereof. Participant has reviewed the Plan and this Option in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Option and fully understands all provisions of the Option. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Committee upon any questions arising under the Plan or this Option. Participant further agrees to notify the Corporation upon any change in the residence address indicated below.
     
PARTICIPANT
  REALPAGE, INC.
 
   
 
   
Signature
  By
 
   
 
   
Print Name
  Print Name
 
   
 
   
 
  Title
 
   
 
Residence Address
   

 


 

EXHIBIT A
TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF STOCK OPTION GRANT
     1.  Grant of Option . The Committee hereby grants to the Participant named in the Notice of Stock Option Grant (“Participant”), an option (the “Option”) to purchase the number of shares of Common Stock set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant (the “Shares”), at the exercise price per Share set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant (the “Exercise Price”), and subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. Subject to Section 21.02 of the Plan, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan shall prevail.
          If designated in the Notice of Stock Option Grant as an Incentive Stock Option (“ISO”), this Option is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option as defined in Section 422 of the Code. Nevertheless, to the extent that it exceeds the $100,000 rule of Code Section 422(d), this Option shall be treated as a Non-Qualified Stock Option (“NSO”). Further, if for any reason this Option (or portion thereof) shall not qualify as an ISO, then, to the extent of such nonqualification, such Option (or portion thereof) shall be regarded as a NSO granted under the Plan. In no event shall the Committee, the Corporation or any Parent Corporation or Subsidiary or any of their respective employees or directors have any liability to Participant (or any other person) due to the failure of the Option to qualify for any reason as an ISO.
     2.  Exercise of Option .
          (a) Right to Exercise . This Option shall be exercisable during its term in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set out in the Notice of Stock Option Grant and with the applicable provisions of the Plan and this Option Agreement.
          (b) Method of Exercise . This Option shall be exercisable by delivery of an exercise notice in the form attached as Exhibit B (the “Exercise Notice”) or in a manner and pursuant to such procedures as the Committee may determine, which shall state the election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares with respect to which the Option is being exercised in accordance with Section 11.04 of the Plan which specifies that the Option shall not be exercised at any time as to less than one hundred (100) Shares (or less than the number of Shares as to which the Option is then exercisable, if that number is less than one hundred (100) Shares), and such other representations and agreements as may be required by the Corporation. The Exercise Notice shall be accompanied by payment of the aggregate Exercise Price as to all Exercised Shares, together with any applicable tax withholding. This Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Corporation of such fully executed Exercise Notice accompanied by the aggregate Exercise Price, together with any applicable tax withholding.
          No Shares shall be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless such issuance and such exercise comply with applicable laws. Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the Shares shall be considered transferred to Participant on the date on which the Option is exercised with respect to such Shares.

 


 

     3.  Participant’s Representations . In the event the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), at the time this Option is exercised, Participant shall, if required by the Corporation, concurrently with the exercise of all or any portion of this Option, deliver to the Corporation his or her Investment Representation Statement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C .
     4.  Lock-Up Period . Participant hereby agrees that Participant shall not offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Corporation or enter into any swap, hedging or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Corporation held by Participant (other than those included in the registration) for a period specified by the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Corporation not to exceed one hundred and eighty (180) days following the effective date of any registration statement of the Corporation filed under the Securities Act (or such other period as may be requested by the Corporation or the underwriters to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto).
          Participant agrees to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Corporation or the underwriter which are consistent with the foregoing or which are necessary to give further effect thereto. In addition, if requested by the Corporation or the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Corporation, Participant shall provide, within ten (10) days of such request, such information as may be required by the Corporation or such representative in connection with the completion of any public offering of the Corporation’s securities pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act. The obligations described in this Section 4 shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-1 or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a Commission Rule 145 transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. The Corporation may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the shares of Common Stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of said one hundred and eighty (180) day (or other) period. Participant agrees that any transferee of the Option or shares acquired pursuant to the Option shall be bound by this Section 4.
          (a) Method of Payment . Payment of the aggregate Exercise Price shall be in a manner in accordance with Section 11.05 of the Plan.
     5.  Restrictions on Exercise . This Option may not be exercised until such time as the Plan has been approved by the stockholders of the Corporation, or if the issuance of such Shares upon such exercise or the method of payment of consideration for such shares would constitute a violation of any Applicable Law.

 


 

     6.  Non-Transferability of Option . This Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of Participant only by Participant. The terms of the Plan and this Option Agreement shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of Participant.
     7.  Term of Option . This Option may be exercised only within the term set out in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, and may be exercised during such term only in accordance with the Plan and the terms of this Option.
     8.  Tax Obligations .
          (a) Tax Withholding . Participant agrees to make appropriate arrangements with the Corporation (or the Parent Corporation or Subsidiary employing or retaining Participant) for the satisfaction of all federal, state, local and foreign income and employment tax withholding requirements applicable to the Option exercise. Participant acknowledges and agrees that the Corporation may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to deliver the Shares if such withholding amounts are not delivered at the time of exercise.
          (b) Notice of Disqualifying Disposition of ISO Shares . If the Option granted to Participant herein is an ISO, and if Participant sells or otherwise disposes of any of the Shares acquired pursuant to the ISO on or before the later of (i) the date two (2) years after the Date of Grant, or (ii) the date one (1) year after the date of exercise, Participant shall immediately notify the Corporation in writing of such disposition. Participant agrees that Participant may be subject to income tax withholding by the Corporation on the compensation income recognized by Participant.
          (c) Code Section 409A . Under Code Section 409A, an Option that vests after December 31, 2004 (or that vested on or prior to such date but which was materially modified after October 3, 2004) that was granted with a per Share exercise price that is determined by the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) to be less than the Fair Market Value Per Share on the date of grant (a “discount option”) may be considered “deferred compensation.” An Option that is a “discount option” may result in (i) income recognition by Participant prior to the exercise of the Option, (ii) an additional twenty percent (20%) federal income tax, and (iii) potential penalty and interest charges. The “discount option” may also result in additional state income, penalty and interest tax to the Participant. Participant acknowledges that the Corporation cannot and has not guaranteed that the IRS will agree that the per Share exercise price of this Option equals or exceeds the Fair Market Value Per Share on the date of grant in a later examination. Participant agrees that if the IRS determines that the Option was granted with a per Share exercise price that was less than the Fair Market Value Per Share on the date of grant, Participant shall be solely responsible for Participant’s costs related to such a determination.
     9.  Entire Agreement; Governing Law . The Plan is incorporated herein by reference. The Plan and this Option Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Corporation and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Participant’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Corporation and

 


 

Participant. This Agreement is governed by the internal substantive laws but not the choice of law rules of the State of Texas.
     10.  No Guarantee of Continued Service . PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF SHARES PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT THE WILL OF THE CORPORATION (OR THE PARENT CORPORATION OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS OPTION OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER. PARTICIPANT FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND SHALL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH PARTICIPANT’S RIGHT OR THE RIGHT OF THE CORPORATION (OR THE PARENT CORPORATION OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) TO TERMINATE PARTICIPANT’S RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

 


 

EXHIBIT B
AMENDED AND RESTATED 1998 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN
EXERCISE NOTICE
RealPage, Inc.
4000 International Parkway
Carrollton, Texas 75007-1913
Attention: Secretary
     1.  Exercise of Option . Effective as of today,                      , ___, the undersigned (“Participant”) hereby elects to exercise Participant’s option (the “Option”) to purchase                                           shares of the Common Stock (the “Shares”) of RealPage, Inc. (the “Corporation”) under and pursuant to the Amended and Restated 1998 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) and the Stock Option Agreement dated                                           ,                      (the “Option Agreement”).
     2.  Delivery of Payment . Participant herewith delivers to the Corporation the full purchase price of the Shares, as set forth in the Option Agreement, and any and all withholding taxes due in connection with the exercise of the Option.
     3.  Representations of Participant . Participant acknowledges that Participant has received, read and understood the Plan and the Option Agreement and agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions.
     4.  Rights as Stockholder . Until the issuance of the Shares (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Corporation or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Corporation), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder shall exist with respect to the Common Stock subject to the Option, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Shares shall be issued to Participant as soon as practicable after the Option is exercised in accordance with the Option Agreement. No adjustment shall be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date of issuance except as provided in Article XIX of the Plan.
     5.  Corporation’s Right of First Refusal . Before any Shares held by Participant or any transferee (either being sometimes referred to herein as the “Holder”) may be sold or otherwise transferred (including transfer by gift or operation of law), the Corporation or its assignee(s) shall have a right of first refusal to purchase the Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 5 (the “Right of First Refusal”).
          (a) Notice of Proposed Transfer . The Holder of the Shares shall deliver to the Corporation a written notice (the “Notice”) stating: (i) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer such Shares; (ii) the name of each proposed purchaser or other transferee (“Proposed Transferee”); (iii) the number of Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; and (iv) the bona fide cash price or other consideration for which the Holder proposes to transfer the

 


 

Shares (the “Offered Price”), and the Holder shall offer the Shares at the Offered Price to the Corporation or its assignee(s).
          (b) Exercise of Right of First Refusal . At any time within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice, the Corporation and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees, at the purchase price determined in accordance with subsection (c) below.
          (c) Purchase Price . The purchase price (“Purchase Price”) for the Shares purchased by the Corporation or its assignee(s) under this Section 5 shall be the Offered Price. If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Corporation in good faith.
          (d) Payment . Payment of the Purchase Price shall be made, at the option of the Corporation or its assignee(s), in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness of the Holder to the Corporation (or, in the case of repurchase by an assignee, to the assignee), or by any combination thereof within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice or in the manner and at the times set forth in the Notice.
          (e) Holder’s Right to Transfer . If all of the Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Corporation and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section 5, then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Shares to that Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that such sale or other transfer is consummated within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the date of the Notice, that any such sale or other transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws and that the Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section 5 shall continue to apply to the Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee. If the Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to the Proposed Transferee within such period, a new Notice shall be given to the Corporation, and the Corporation and/or its assignees shall again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.
          (f) Exception for Certain Family Transfers . Anything to the contrary contained in this Section 5 notwithstanding, the transfer of any or all of the Shares during the Participant’s lifetime or on the Participant’s death by will or intestacy to the Participant’s immediate family or a trust for the benefit of the Participant’s immediate family shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section 5. “Immediate Family” as used herein shall mean spouse, lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister. In such case, the transferee or other recipient shall receive and hold the Shares so transferred subject to the provisions of this Section 5, and there shall be no further transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this Section 5.
          (g) Termination of Right of First Refusal . The Right of First Refusal shall terminate as to any Shares upon the earlier of (i) the first sale of Common Stock of the Corporation to the general public, or (ii) a transaction described in Section 20.02 of the Plan in which the successor corporation has equity securities that are publicly traded.

 


 

     6.  Tax Consultation . Participant understands that Participant may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Participant’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. Participant represents that Participant has consulted with any tax consultants Participant deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Participant is not relying on the Corporation for any tax advice.
     7.  Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders .
          (a) Legends . Participant understands and agrees that the Corporation shall cause the legends set forth below or legends substantially equivalent thereto, to be placed upon any certificate(s) evidencing ownership of the Shares together with any other legends that may be required by the Corporation or by state or federal securities laws:
THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”) AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR, IN THE OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS IN COMPLIANCE THEREWITH.
THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL HELD BY THE ISSUER OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S) AS SET FORTH IN THE EXERCISE NOTICE BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. SUCH TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS AND RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.
THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER FOR A PERIOD OF TIME FOLLOWING THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE UNDERWRITTEN PUBLIC OFFERING OF THE CORPORATION’S SECURITIES SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF BY THE HOLDER PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF SUCH PERIOD WITHOUT THE CONSENT OF THE CORPORATION OR THE MANAGING UNDERWRITER
          (b) Stop-Transfer Notices . Participant agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Corporation may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Corporation transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.
          (c) Refusal to Transfer . The Corporation shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Exercise Notice or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to

 


 

vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.
     8.  Successors and Assigns . The Corporation may assign any of its rights under this Exercise Notice to single or multiple assignees, and this Exercise Notice shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Corporation. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, this Exercise Notice shall be binding upon Participant and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.
     9.  Interpretation . Any dispute regarding the interpretation of this Exercise Notice shall be submitted by Participant or by the Corporation forthwith to the Committee, which shall review such dispute at its next regular meeting. The resolution of such a dispute by the Committee shall be final and binding on all parties.
     10.  Governing Law; Severability . This Exercise Notice is governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of the State of Texas. In the event that any provision hereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Exercise Notice shall continue in full force and effect.
     11.  Entire Agreement . The Plan and Option Agreement are incorporated herein by reference. This Exercise Notice, the Plan, the Option Agreement and the Investment Representation Statement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Corporation and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Participant’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Corporation and Participant.
     
Submitted by:
  Accepted by:
 
   
PARTICIPANT
  REALPAGE, INC.
 
   
 
   
 
   
Signature
  By
 
   
 
   
Print Name
  Print Name
 
   
 
   
 
  Title
 
   
Address:
  Address:
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
  Date Received

 


 

EXHIBIT C
INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT
         
PARTICIPANT
  :    
 
       
CORPORATION
  :   REALPAGE, INC.
 
       
SECURITY
  :   COMMON STOCK
 
       
AMOUNT
  :    
 
       
DATE
  :    
     In connection with the purchase of the above-listed Securities, the undersigned Participant represents to the Corporation the following:
     (a) Participant is aware of the Corporation’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Corporation to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Securities. Participant is acquiring these Securities for investment for Participant’s own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).
     (b) Participant acknowledges and understands that the Securities constitute “restricted securities” under the Securities Act and have not been registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Participant’s investment intent as expressed herein. In this connection, Participant understands that, in the view of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the statutory basis for such exemption may be unavailable if Participant’s representation was predicated solely upon a present intention to hold these Securities for the minimum capital gains period specified under tax statutes, for a deferred sale, for or until an increase or decrease in the market price of the Securities, or for a period of one (1) year or any other fixed period in the future. Participant further understands that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. Participant further acknowledges and understands that the Corporation is under no obligation to register the Securities. Participant understands that the certificate evidencing the Securities shall be imprinted with any legend required under applicable state securities laws.
     (c) Participant is familiar with the provisions of Rule 701 and Rule 144, each promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly from the issuer thereof, in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. Rule 701 provides that if the issuer qualifies under Rule 701 at the time of the grant of the Option to Participant, the exercise shall be exempt from registration

 


 

under the Securities Act. In the event the Corporation becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, ninety (90) days thereafter (or such longer period as any market stand-off agreement may require) the Securities exempt under Rule 701 may be resold, subject to the satisfaction of the applicable conditions specified by Rule 144, including in the case of affiliates (1) the availability of certain public information about the Corporation, (2) the amount of Securities being sold during any three (3) month period not exceeding specified limitations, (3) the resale being made in an unsolicited “broker’s transaction”, transactions directly with a “market maker” or “riskless principal transactions” (as those terms are defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) and (4) the timely filing of a Form 144, if applicable.
          In the event that the Corporation does not qualify under Rule 701 at the time of grant of the Option, then the Securities may be resold in certain limited circumstances subject to the provisions of Rule 144, which may require (i) the availability of current public information about the Corporation; (ii) the resale to occur more than a specified period after the purchase and full payment (within the meaning of Rule 144) for the Securities; and (iii) in the case of the sale of Securities by an affiliate, the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in sections (2), (3) and (4) of the paragraph immediately above.
     (d) Participant further understands that in the event all of the applicable requirements of Rule 701 or 144 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption shall be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rules 144 and 701 are not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rules 144 or 701 shall have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk. Participant understands that no assurances can be given that any such other registration exemption shall be available in such event.
     
 
  PARTICIPANT
 
   
 
   
 
  Signature
 
   
 
   
 
  Print Name
 
   
 
   
 
  Date

 

Exhibit 10.15
MASTER AGREEMENT FOR CONSULTING SERVICES
(Individual)
This Master Agreement for Consulting Services (“ Master Agreement ”) is made and entered into effective as of the 28th day of June, 2009 (“ Effective Date ”) by and between William Van Valkenberg, an individual residing in the State of Washington at [***] (“ Consultant ”), and RealPage, Inc., a Delaware corporation with its principal place of business at 4000 International Parkway, Carrollton, Texas 75007-1913 (“ Client ”). Consultant and Client are hereinafter collectively called the “ Parties ”.
1. Scope and Content of Agreement
(a) This Master Agreement sets forth the overall terms, conditions and agreements pursuant to which Consultant from time to time shall provide consulting services to Client of the following general type: legal services on a project by project basis (collectively the “Services”).
(b) From time to time Client will engage Consultant to perform Services with respect to a “ Project ,” which, for purposes of this Master Agreement, means a separately identifiable and severable set of Services with respect to which the Parties have executed a “ Work Order ”. A “Work Order” means (i) a written proposal by Consultant setting forth the Services which it proposes to perform for the benefit of the Client and which has been accepted by Client in the form presented to it (or if accepted with modification by Client, has also been accepted by Consultant), or (ii) a written statement by Client of the Services which it desires Consultant to perform and which has been accepted by Consultant In the form presented to it (or, if accepted with modification by Consultant, has also been accepted by Client). The Parties may mutually agree in writing to deem any engagement letter, request for proposal or other document produced by either Party to be a Work Order for a particular Project. Any Work Order may be changed only by a written ‘Protect Change Order signed by both Parties.
(c) So long as this Master Agreement is in effect, it shall govern the performance of all Services and Projects. Thus, each and every Work Order and each and every Project Change Order shall be subject to and governed by this Master Service Agreement. With regard to each Project, this Master Agreement, together with (i) any attached exhibits or schedules (which are expressly incorporated herein by this reference); (ii) any written amendments to this Master Agreement which have been executed by the Parties; (iii) the Work Order, and (iv) any Project Change Orders (collectively, the “Documents”) shall constitute the entire agreement between the Parties. If there is any conflict between the terms of this Master Agreement and any other Document, the terms of this Master Agreement shall control.
2. Relationship of the Parties. The Parties represent and acknowledge that Consultant shall perform all Services hereunder as an independent contractor and that any and all work product and intellectual property created in the course of performing any Services shall be deemed to be a “work made for hire” pursuant to 17 U.S.C., § 201(b) (the Copyright Act) and as such all such work shall be specially commissioned work belonging to Client.

 


 

Unless provided to the contrary in any Work Order, only Consultant himself shall perform Services hereunder. Consultant shall not employ any sub-contractors unless such are expressly provided for in a Work Order signed by Client. In all instances where sub-contractors are used, Consultant agrees to assume complete responsibility for such sub-contractors with regard to all applicable federal, state and local laws, regulations and rules relating to employment of sub-contractors and shall require all such sub-contractors, as a condition of employment, to execute assignments to Client of all work product and all intellectual property associated therewith.
If any of the Services provided under this Master Agreement will be performed at Client’s premises, without modifying the relationship among the Parties, Client shall provide office space and facilities to Consultant to the extent reasonably necessary to perform the Services. On the premises of Client, Consultant shall conduct himself with decorum in a manner appropriate for a business environment. Consultant shall observe all of Client’s security, drug, alcohol, firearms, and other site rules and regulations of which he has been given reasonable notice. Consultant is hereby given notice that Client has a policy of enforcing a drug free work environment and Consultant agrees to fully comply with this policy. Client’s premises shall be safe from unreasonable hazards and risks.
3. Services. While the specific Services to be performed with respect to a Project will be defined in the applicable Work Order and any Project Change Orders, the following general provisions shall apply to all Work Orders and Services provided under this Master Agreement
(a) Each Work Order shall describe any Project in sufficient detail to ensure that the scope of Services is finite, definable and measurable and that the method of calculating Consultant’s fee is dear and unambiguous. Consultant shall not commence performance of any Services until it shall be satisfied that such condition has been met. Consultant shall use his/her superior knowledge of the tasks and costs necessarily involved in projects of the type being undertaken to advise Client as to necessary inclusions in the Work Order. No additional Services or Fees shall be implied by reason of the Services expressly described in the Work Order.
(b) Consultant shall provide the Services with no less a degree of skill, quality and care as is utilized by (i) persons (A) in the same industry, (B) charging the same or similar fees, (C) in the locale in which the Services are to be performed, and (ii) the Consultant in projects of a similar nature for other clients.
(c) Subject at all times and in all cases to the requirements of confidentiality set forth in Section 5 of this Master Agreement, Client acknowledges that Consultant may from time to time other than during the Project Period perform similar services for others, and that this Master Agreement shall not prevent Consultant from performing such services.
(d) Consultant shall deliver the Services for a Project In accordance with the delivery schedule contained in the Documents. Consultant will use reasonable care to notify Client of all anticipated delays. If Consultant fails to maintain substantial compliance with any schedule of time set forth in the Documents by reason of his own acts or omissions, Client may, upon fifteen (15) days written notice and opportunity to cure, terminate the Project. If Client terminates a Project pursuant to this Section 3(e), Consultant shall be entitled to payment for all Services rendered

 


 

through the date of termination at a rate commensurate with the value of such Services in such circumstances.
4. Pricing and Payment for Services. The pricing and payment for all Services rendered by Consultant shall be governed by the following provisions:
(a) For each Project, the Work Order shall specify the method of pricing of “ Fees ” (charges for Services provided), which shall be either: Actual Time and Materials (“ Actual T&M ”) or Fixed Price (“ Fixed ”).
(b) Any estimates of cost or time made by Consultant, if made in a Document, shall be made in good faith and shall be binding on the Consultant unless specific provision shall be made in the same Document for grace periods or percentages of permitted time and/or cost overruns or unless the Project is initially priced on a Fixed Fee basis.
(c) In the case of Actual T&M Projects, Consultant will notify Client as soon as practicable if a permitted cost or time overrun will be exceeded, and Client shall have the option to require continued performance subject to its claim for damages and/or a reduction of the Fee or to terminate the Project by delivering to Consultant written notice of termination not less than three (3) business days prior to the effective date of the termination in which case Consultant’s Fee for all Services rendered through the date of the termination shall be reduced to a rate commensurate with the value of such Services in such circumstances minus Client’s damages.
(d) All Fees for Actual T&M Projects shall be based an the schedule of rates, fees, rate classification and minimum hours (“ Rates ”) set forth in the Work Order. Rates for a particular Project will be fixed for the duration of such Project, unless otherwise provided in the Work Order. For actual T&M Projects, the Work Order shall set forth a Maximum Fee, the amount of which Consultant shall not exceed without prior written approval of Client
(e) No expenses for overtime work (work in excess of 40 hours per calendar week) shall be incurred in connection with any Project unless the Documents shall expressly permit such, and then only to the extent permitted by the provisions of the Documents. The Fees associated with overtime work wilt be billed at time and a half.
(f) In addition to Fees, Client shall pay all “ Reimbursable Expenses ” and “ Applicable Taxes ” related to the Services provided by Consultant.
          (i) “ Reimbursable Expenses ” means all out-of-pocket expenses reasonably incurred by Consultant in connection with the Services under this Master Agreement. Reimbursable Expenses shall include but are not limited to travel expenses, lodging and meals, long distance telephone and facsimile charges, photocopying, postage and delivery charges. All Reimbursable Expenses are subject to reasonable itemization and documentation upon request by Client in order for an expense to be considered a Reimbursable Expense it must be in conformance with the travel and lodging policies of the Client which Client shall provide to Consultant from time to time during the Term hereof.

 


 

          (ii) “ Applicable Taxes ” means state and local sales or services taxes paid or incurred by Consultant with respect to the Fees but excludes all other types of taxes, levies and assessments whatsoever, including taxes based on net income.
(g) Unless otherwise set forth on the applicable “Work Order:
          (i) Consultant shall Invoice Client on a monthly basis for all Fees, Reimbursable Expenses and Applicable Taxes. All invoices shall be paid within forty-five (45) days of the Client’s receipt of invoice. Invoices for Actual T&M shall be for the actual amounts incurred according to the “Work Order” then in effect and shall be payable in full without retainage. Fixed Price Projects shall be invoiced on a percentage of completion based on Consultant’s good faith estimate of progress to the data of the invoice.
          (ii) Unless otherwise provided in the Documents, all billings will be in U.S. dollars and all payments shall be made in U.S. dollars in currently available funds.
          (iii) Any undisputed invoice that is not paid within forty-five (45) days from the date of the invoice shall bear interest at the lessor of 12% per annum or the highest rate of interest allowed under applicable law. Consultant may suspend the performance of Services with regard to any Project pending payment of any undisputed, past due amounts then owing for work in regard to such Project. If a good faith dispute shall arise as to any amount to be paid by Client to Consultant with regard to a Project, Client and Consultant shall, within ninety (90) days from the date of the invoice, engage in good faith negotiations to resolve the dispute, if necessary, escalating the issue to senior management. At the end of such ninety (90) day period, if the dispute shall remain unresolved, the Client shall, for a period of ten (10) days, have the option of (i) making payment to Consultant “under protest”, by giving written notice conspicuously setting forth the protest, without waiver or prejudice to its right to recover from Consultant any amounts finally determined not to be due and owing hereunder, or (ii) initialing appropriate declaratory proceedings. After such ten (10) day period, each Party may exercise all legal rights which it may then have (failure by Client to exercise either option during the ten (10) day period shall not be construed as a waiver of any right or remedy).
5. Confidentiality, Non-Competition and Intellectual Property Matters
(a) Consultant shall consider all information about the Clients business to be confidential, including, without limitation, information relating to Client’s financial, technical, legal, strategic, and personnel affairs, where such information has been learned by Consultant as a result of his/her consulting relationship with Client (“Client Confidential Information”). Consultant will instruct his/her employees, agents and third parties engaged by Consultant in connection with the Services under this Master Agreement to keep such information confidential using commercially reasonable care and discretion. Consultant will use Client Confidential Information solely for purposes of performing Projects. However, Consultant shall not be required to keep confidential any data, which is or becomes publicly available, is already in Consultants possession, is independently developed by Consultant outside the scope of this Master Agreement or is rightfully obtained from third parties.

 


 

(b) All Client Confidential Information shall remain the exclusive property of Client. All ideas, concepts, know-how, or techniques developed by Consultant prior to the Effective Date or developed by Consultant outside of this Master Agreement and used by Consultant to fulfill his/her obligations under this Master Agreement shall remain the exclusive property of Consultant. In no case shall the term “Work Product” include any of Consultants pre-existing overall know-how or trade secrets, nor shall such term include data, modules, components, designs, utilities, subsets, objects, processes, tools, models and specifications owned or developed by Consultant prior to or independently from any Project pursuant to this Master Agreement (the “Consultant Property”). Use of Consultant Property in the course of performing any Project shall in no way affect nor derogate from Consultants exclusive ownership of any such Consultant Property. To the extent that Client’s use of any Work Product depends upon the use of any Consultant Property, Consultant hereby grants to Client a perpetual, non-exclusive, worldwide, fully paid-up limited license to use such but solely in connection with the dependent Work Product.
(c) All work product, regardless of whether copyrightable or patentable and regardless of whether tangible or intangible, developed for Client by Consultant (collectively, the “Work Product”) in the course of performing any Project pursuant to this Master Agreement, shall be deemed to be the sole and exclusive property of Client, regardless of whether such Work Product is considered a “work made for hire” or an employment to invent. Work Product shall include all background notes, research, source code, and other information whether or not submitted to Client as part of any final report or finished product. All Work Product shall be considered to be confidential, trade secret property of Client and shall not be copied (except in the course of performing services hereunder), removed from Client’s premises, or disclosed to third parties by Consultant without Clients prior written approval. Consultant agrees that Client shall have all copyright and patent rights with respect to any Work Product discovered, created or developed under this Master Agreement without regard to the origin of the Work Product. If and to the extent that Consultant may, under applicable law, be entitled to claim any ownership interest or moral rights in the Work Product, Consultant hereby sells, transfers, grants, conveys, assigns, and relinquishes exclusively to Client any and all right, title, and interest it now has or may hereafter acquire in and to the Work Product under patent, copyright, trade secret, trademark or other Intellectual property law in perpetuity or for the longest period otherwise permitted by law. Upon request of Client, Consultant shall, without any additional charge, promptly execute, acknowledge and deliver to Client all instruments (including, without limitation, any assignment of proprietary right, assignment of contract right, assignment of choses in action, bill of sale, assignment of copyright, assignment of copyright registration, or assignment of renewal of copyright registration) which Client deems necessary or desirable to enable Client to establish ownership or to file and prosecute applications for, and to acquire, maintain and enforce, all trademarks, service marks, registrations, copyrights, licenses and patents covering the Work Product.
(d) Upon termination of this Master Agreement, Client shall be placed in possession of all Work Product and Client Confidential Information, and no copies shall be retained by Consultant or any employee or agent of Consultant, unless (i) Consultant has requested in writing permission to retain in his/her work papers certain specifically identified Client Confidential Information and Client has approved such request in writing, or (ii) Consultant is required by law to retain Client Confidential information and then only to the extent and for the time so required by law.

 


 

(e) Other than as may be prohibited through operation of independently executed documents and subject to the provisions of Section 5(h) and so long as no Client Confidential Information, Intellectual property or any Work Product are used, this Master Agreement shall not preclude Consultant from providing services to others which may result in the independent creation or improvement of products, techniques, processes, procedures or services that are competitive and/or similar to those which might be developed by Consultant pursuant to this Master Agreement.
(f) Consultant acknowledges and agrees (i) that Client will suffer immediate and irreparable harm in the event of an actual or threatened breath by Consultant of the obligations of non-disclosure and non-use assumed hereunder, and (ii) that Client shall be entitled to immediate injunctive relief restraining the Consultant from the breach or threatened breach, in addition to any other remedies available to it in law or in equity.
(g) Consultant’s obligations pursuant to this Section 5 shall continue beyond and survive the termination of this Agreement
6. Hiring of Personnel. During the term of this Master Agreement and for a period of twelve (12) months following the termination, Consultant shall not employ or engage as an independent contractor any full-time or part-time employee or contract worker of Client who has had contact with Consultant as a result of the relationship between Client and Consultant during the twelve (12) months preceding such hiring or engagement. Acknowledging that the damage resulting from the breach of this paragraph would be difficult or impossible to calculate, Consultant agrees to pay Client for each such breach a sum equal to twelve (12) times the average monthly base compensation rate for the affected employee (based on the last six (6) months of employment with Client), such amount being deemed liquidated damages. The Parties agree that the liquidated damage is a reasonable forecast of probable damages and that the liquidated damages are the exclusive remedy for breach of this covenant
7. Infringement Indemnification. Consultant covenants and agrees to fully indemnify, protect, defend and hold Client harmless with respect to any allegation, claim, action or proceeding that any Work Product or other material (including, but not limited to any software licensed through or by Consultant or written by Consultant) furnished by Consultant infringes a patent, copyright trade secret or proprietary right or that this Master Agreement violates any agreement between Consultant and any ether Party. Client must notify Consultant in writing of any such action as soon as practicable upon its commencement or threatened commencement. Client shall have full authority to control and conduct the defense, including the retention of counsel of its choice. Consultant’s indemnification of Client includes, but is not limited to, losses, damages, suits, actions, responsibilities, reasonable attorneys fees, accounting fees, experts’ fees, losses, liabilities, costs, expenses, fines penalties, interest, judgments, awards and settlements.
Client shall have the right independently and at its own expense to take any action it may deem necessary, in its sole discretion, to protect or defend itself against any threatened action subject to indemnification hereunder, without regard to forum or other parties that may be involved. The Parties shall have sole and exclusive control over their respective defenses of any such action, as well as the right to be represented by separate counsel of their own choosing.

 


 

Consultant’s obligations pursuant to this Section 7 shall continue beyond and survive the termination of this Agreement
8. Breach. Failure by Consultant or Client to comply with any material term or provision of the Documents relating to a Project shall entitle the non-defaulting Party to give the defaulting Party written notice requiring it to cure the default. If the defaulting Party has not cured the default within thirty (30) days after receipt of notice, the non-defaulting Party shall be entitled, in addition to any other rights it may have under this Master Agreement or otherwise by law, to terminate such Project by giving notice to take effect immediately. The right of either Party to terminate a Project hereunder shall not be affected in any way by its wavier of or failure to take action with respect to any previous default.
9. Limitation of Liability.
(a) No action, regardless of form, arising out of the Services under this Master Agreement may be brought by either Party more then one (1) year after the date of the final performance of the Services by Consultant with regard to a particular Project, including any action brought by Consultant for alleged non-payment of sums due Consultant under this Master Agreement
(b) The term “Force Majeure Event” refers to fire, flood, earthquake, elements of nature or acts of God, acts of war, terrorism, riots, civil disorders, rebellions or revolutions, or any other similar exogenous cause beyond the reasonable control of Consultant, provided such default or delay could not have been prevented by reasonable precautions and cannot reasonably be circumvented by Consultant through the use of alternate sources, work-around plans or other means. The term “Force Majeure Event” shall not refer to Consultant’s labor difficulties or to strikes by or lockouts of Consultant’s personnel. Consultant shall not be liable to Client for any delay in performance or any failure in performance of any services or projects hereunder caused in whole or in part by reason of the occurrence of a Force Majeure Event. Client shall not refuse to accept delivery by reason of delays occasioned by reason of the occurrence of a Force Majeure Event. Any delay resulting from the occurrence of a Force Majeure Event shall correspondingly extend the time for performance by Consultant.
(c) Other than as elsewhere set forth in this Master Agreement CONSULTANT MAKES NO EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
NEITHER PARTY SHALL BE LIABLE FOR CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, LOST PROFITS OR ANY CLAIM OR DEMAND AGAINST THE OTHER PARTY BY ANY OTHER PARTY DUE TO ANY CAUSE WHATSOEVER, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES, EXCEPT FOR DAMAGES ARISING FROM BREACH OF WARRANTY OF NON-INFRINGEMENT AS SET FORTH IN SECTION 7 OF THIS MASTER AGREEMENT.
The provisions of this Section 9 shall continue beyond and survive the termination of this Agreement

 


 

10. Term and Termination.
(a) This Master Agreement shall be effective until terminated. Either Party may terminate this Master Agreement by giving the other Party not less than thirty (30) days’ written notice prior to the day the terminating Party desires this Master Agreement to terminate; provided , however , that this Master Agreement shall remain effective until completion of all Projects initiated hereunder.
(b) Except as otherwise provided herein, neither of the Parties may at any time terminate the performance of any Project for which a Work Order has been executed by both Parties, except for breach of the terms and conditions of the Documents; provided , however , that Client may at any time and without prior notice state its intention to terminate the Project, and the date upon which the termination shall be effective, if, within thirty (30) days of such termination, Client shall pay Consultant for all Services rendered by Consultant up to the date of termination for which payment has not already been received by Consultant plus a termination fee equal to 25% of the total of all amounts previously paid by Client to Consultant in regard to the terminated Project.
11. Miscellaneous.
(a) This Master Agreement may be modified or amended only by a written instrument signed by authorized signatories of both Parties, which expressly refers to this Master Agreement. No subsequent agreement will be treated as a waiver, cancellation, novation, merger or superseding agreement to this Master Agreement unless such subsequent agreement specifically and unambiguously states that it is intended to be a waiver, cancellation, novation, merger or superseding agreement and such subsequent agreement is signed by an authorized officer of both Parties.
(b) Failure to invoke any right, condition or covenant in the Documents by either Party shall not be deemed to imply or constitute a waiver of any other right, condition or covenant. No custom or practice which may evolve between the Parties during the term of this Master Agreement shall be deemed or construed to waive or lessen the right of either of the Parties to insist upon strict compliance with the terms of this Master Agreement.
(c) This Master Agreement supersedes any and all other prior agreements, understandings, statements, promises, or practices between the Parties, either oral or in writing, with respect to the subject matter hereof and constitutes the sole and only agreement between the Parties with respect to these matters. Each Party to this Master Agreement acknowledges that no representations, inducements, promises or other agreements, orally or otherwise, have been made by any Party hereto or by anyone acting on behalf of any Party hereto, which are not embodied herein, and that no agreement, statement or promise not contained in this Master Agreement or in any Documents shall be valid or binding or of any force or effect except for any formal, written presentations by Consultant of Consultant’s experience, capabilities and expertise.
(d) The terms, provisions, covenants and agreements that are contained in this Master Agreement shall apply to, be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties and their respective successors and assigns.

 


 

(e) Each Party acknowledges and represents that it and its counsel have had an opportunity to review this Master Agreement and that the rule of construction to the effect that any ambiguities are to be resolved against the drafting Party shall not be employed in the interpretation of this Master Agreement or any amendment hereto.
(f) Since Client has entered into this Master Agreement based upon the unique skills and its singular relationship with Consultant, Consultant shall not be entitled to assign any of its respective rights or delegate any of its respective duties or obligations hereunder.
(g) Consultant acknowledges that Client has a policy of enforcing a drug free work environment and that Client requires its own employees to consent to drug screening as a condition of employment and/or continued employment. In addition, Client has a policy of obtaining a Consumer Report Verification for all new employees. Consultant agrees to fully comply with this policy and, where requested by Client, to submit and require its employees to submit, to such screening and verification as may reasonably be requested by Client.
(h) The headings that are used in this Master Agreement are used for reference and convenience purposes only and do not constitute substantive matters to be considered in construing the terms and provisions of this Master Agreement
(i) Words of any gender that are used in this Master Agreement shall be held and construed to include any other gender and words in the singular number shall be held to include the plural, and vice versa, unless the context requires otherwise.
(j) Any notice required or permitted to be delivered hereunder shall be deemed to be delivered only when actually received by Consultant or by Client, as the case may be, at the addresses set forth above in the Preamble, or at such other addresses as either shall have specified prior to the time of giving notice.
(k) In the event that one or more of the terms, provisions or agreements that are contained in this Master Agreement shall be held by a Court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect for any reason, the invalid, illegal or unenforceable term, provision or agreement shall not affect any other term, provision or agreement that is contained in this Master Agreement and this Master Agreement shall be construed as if the invalid, illegal or unenforceable term, provision or agreement had never been contained herein, unless to do so would create a manifest injustice.
(l) THIS MASTER AGREEMENT SHALL BE DEEMED TO HAVE BEEN EXECUTED BY THE PARTIES IN AND SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF TEXAS (EXCLUDING ANY CONFLICTS-OF-LAW RULE OR PRINCIPLE OF TEXAS LAW THAT MIGHT REFER THE GOVERNANCE, CONSTRUCTION OR INTERPRETATION OF THIS MASTER AGREEMENT TO THE LAWS OF ANOTHER STATE). IN THE EVENT OF A DISPUTE OR IN THE EVENT OF ANY OTHER LEGAL ACTION ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION AND VENUE FOR SUCH LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING SHALL BE THE GENERAL CIVIL TRIAL

 


 

COURTS OF DENTON COUNTY, TEXAS, OR THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT HAVING JURISDICTION IN DENTON COUNTY, TEXAS. EACH PARTY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION ON THE GROUNDS OF VENUE, FORUM NON-CONVENIENCE OR ANY SIMILAR GROUNDS AND IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO SERVICE OF PROCESS BY MAIL OR IN ANY OTHER MATTER PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW AND CONSENTS TO THE JURISDICTION OF SAID COURTS. CLIENT SHALL HAVE THE OPTION, IN THE EVENT OF A DISPUTE ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, TO SUBMIT SAID DISPUTE TO ARBITRATION IN DENTON COUNTY, TEXAS, PURSUANT TO THE RULES OF THE AMERICAN ARBITRATION ASSOCIATION. THE DECISION OF THE ARBITRATOR SHALL BE FINAL AND BINDING ON THE PARTIES AND JUDGMENT UPON THE AWARD MAY BE ENTERED IN ANY OF THE AFOREMENTIONED COURTS HAVING JURISDICTION OVER THIS AGREEMENT.
(m) The obligations of the Parties under this Master Agreement shall be and are performable in Denton County, Texas. THE PARTIES CONSENT AND AGREE THAT VENUE OF ANY ACTION BROUGHT IN STATE OR FEDERAL COURT UNDER THIS MASTER AGREEMENT SHALL BE IN DENTON COUNTY, TEXAS.

 


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused their authorized representatives to execute this Master Agreement.
         
CONSULTANT: WILLIAM VAN VALKENBERG
 
   
/s/ William Van Valkenberg      
     
     
 
REALPAGE, INC.
 
   
/s/ Stephen T. Winn      
By: Stephen T. Winn     
Its: President and CEO     

 


 

         
WORK ORDER
PURSUANT TO MASTER AGREEMENT FOR CONSULTING SERVICES
BY AND BETWEEN WILLIAM VAN VALKENBERG AND REALPAGE, INC.
DATED JUNE 28, 2009
Work Order 1 for William Van Valkenberg
Effective Date: June 28, 2009
Project Period: June 28, 2009
Consulting Services (each a “ Project ”):
Consultant shall provide legal services relating to Yardi Voyager and associated legal issues.
Project Tools:
RealPage shall supply all reasonable and necessary computer equipment, telephone, supplies and other materials reasonably required by Consultant to complete Projects. Upon completion of the Project Term, Consultant shall return to RealPage all such equipment, unused, supplies and materials.
Deliverables:
Dependent upon the nature of the Project, to be determined by RealPage’ Chief Executive Officer from time to time.
Work Order Expiration Date :
September 1, 2009
RealPage Contact:
Steve Winn, CEO
Fee :
$1,000.00 per day
         
Consultant
 
   
/s/ William Van Valkenberg      
By: William Van Valkenberg     
Individual     
 
RealPage, Inc.
 
   
/s/ Stephen T. Winn      
By: Stephen T. Winn     
Its: President and CEO     
 
Effective Date: June 28, 2009

 


 

WORK ORDER
PURSUANT TO MASTER AGREEMENT FOR CONSULTING SERVICES
BY AND BETWEEN WILLIAM VAN VALKENBERG AND REALPAGE, INC.
DATED JULY 12, 2009
Work Order 2 for William Van Valkenberg
Effective Data: July 12, 2009
Project Period: Effective Date — August 31, 2009 1
Consulting Services (each a “ Project ”):
     Consultant shall provide legal services relating to:
    RealPage’s loan transaction for a credit facility with Wells Fargo Foothill and Comerica.
 
    RealPage’s equity raise, and issuance of a new class of preferred shares;
 
    RealPage’s Price Optimizer and limitations on the use or display of software products produced by other companies on RealPage’s web site;
 
    Formation of a new company to provide open technology services, including Yardi hosting;
 
    Such other matters as the RealPage’s Chief Executive Officer may require from time to time during the Project Period.
Project Tools:
RealPage shall supply all reasonable and necessary computer equipment, telephone, supplies and other materials reasonably required by Consultant to complete Projects. Upon completion of the Project Term, Consultant shall return to RealPage all such equipment, unused, supplies and materials.
Deliverables:
Dependent upon the nature of the Project, to be determined by RealPage’ Chief Executive Officer from time to time.
Work Order Expiration Date:
September 1, 2009
RealPage Contact:
Steve Winn, CEO
Fee :
$1,000.00 per day
         
Consultant
 
   
/s/ William Van Valkenberg      
By: William Van Valkenberg     
Individual     
 
RealPage, Inc.
 
   
/s/ Stephen T. Winn      
By: Stephen T. Winn     
Its: President and CEO     
 
 
1   Subject to renewal upon the mutual written agreement of the parties.

 


 

Effective Date: July 12, 2009

 

Exhibit 10.16
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
      THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), is made this 3rd day of March, 2005 (the “Effective Date”) by and between Ashley Chaffin, an individual resident of the State of Texas, (the “Executive”) with a residence at [***] and RealPage, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Employer”), having its chief offices at 4000 International Parkway, Carrollton, Texas 75007.
      WHEREAS , Employer desires to retain the services of Executive on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth;
      WHEREAS , Executive desires to furnish services to Employer on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth; and
      WHEREAS , the parties desire to enter into this Agreement setting forth the terms and conditions of the employment relationship between Executive and Employer;
      NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and the mutual agreements set forth below, the parties hereby agree as follows:
1. Employment . Employer hereby agrees to employ Executive, and Executive hereby accepts such employment, on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.
2. Employment Screening . Executive shall successfully complete a pre-employment drug test, pre-employment consumer report verification, and the Employer new hire paperwork.
3. Employment Period . The period during which Executive shall furnish services to Employer hereunder (the “Employment Period”) shall commence on the Effective Date and shall end on the Date of Termination (as defined in Section 8(b) below). Nothing in this Section shall limit the right of Employer or Executive to terminate Executive’s employment hereunder on the terms and conditions set forth in Section 7 hereof.
4. Position and Duties .
          (a)  Office; Reporting; Duties . During the Employment Period, Executive shall serve as President — Velocity and shall report directly to Employer’s Chief Executive Officer (“Supervisor”). Executive shall have those powers, duties and perquisites consistent with a senior management position and such other powers and duties as may be prescribed by the Employer’s Supervisor, provided that such other powers and duties are consistent with the scope, dignity and perquisites of Executive’s position.
          (b) Commitment of Full Time Efforts . Executive agrees to devote substantially her full working time, attention and energies to the performance of her duties for Employer, provided, however , that it shall not be a violation of this Agreement for Executive to (i) serve on civic or charitable boards or committees, (ii) serve on corporate boards or committees, with the prior consent of Employer, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, (iii) give speeches and

 


 

make media appearances to discuss matters of public interest (so long as such shall not involve Employer in matters of political, religious or social controversy), and (iv) manage her personal investments, so long as the foregoing activities do not interfere materially with the performance of Executive’s responsibilities in accordance with this Agreement.
     5.  Place of Performance . Executive shall perform her duties for Employer from Employer’s corporate offices at 15032 Beltway Drive, Addison, Texas 75001, or at any other address in Dallas County or Collin County, Texas to which the corporate offices may be moved in the future.
     6.  Compensation and Related Matters .
          (a)  Base Salary . As compensation for the performance by Executive of her obligations hereunder, during the Employment Period, Employer shall pay Executive a base salary at a rate not less than One Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars (US$150,000.00) per year (the base salary, at the rate in effect from time to time, is hereinafter referred to as the “Base Salary”). Base Salary shall be paid in approximately equal installments in accordance with Employer’s customary payroll practices and legal requirements regarding withholding and deductions. During the Employment Period, the Base Salary shall be reviewed no less frequently than annually (commencing in 2006) to determine whether or not the same should be adjusted in light of the duties, responsibilities and performance of Executive and other relevant factors.
          (b)  Annual Bonus . As compensation for services rendered during the Employment Period, Executive shall be eligible to participate in Employer’s annual bonus plan on terms no less favorable than other senior executives of Employer. Beginning in 2005, Executive shall be eligible for an annual bonus of up to 80% of her Base Salary with a target bonus at plan of 40% of her Base Salary, prorated for that portion of calendar year 2005 during which Executive is employed by Employer. The performance criteria shall be as established by the Compensation Committee of Employer’s Board of Directors. To be eligible for the Annual Bonus, Executive must be employed by Employer on December 31 of the year with regard to which the Annual Bonus is applicable.
          (c)  Grant of Option to Purchase Common Stock . The Compensation Committee of Employer’s Board of Directors shall grant to Executive, an option (the “Option”) to purchase Two Hundred Thousand (200,000) shares of common stock of Employer (“Common Stock”) with a grant date as of the Committee’s action and an exercise price of not less than fair market value of Employer’s Common Stock on the date of grant. The Option shall be subject to the RealPage, Inc., 1998 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) and the Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement issued pursuant to the Plan, a copy of which Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement is attached as Exhibit A hereto.
          (d)  Expenses and Vacations . Employer, according to its standard travel policy, shall reimburse Executive for all reasonable, in-policy business expenses upon the presentation of itemized statements of such expenses. Executive shall be entitled to three weeks paid vacation per year, in accordance with Employer’s vacation policy and practice applicable to senior executives of Employer.

 


 

          (e)  Fringe Benefits and Perquisites . During the Employment Period, Employer shall make available to Executive all the fringe benefits and perquisites that are made available to other senior Executives of Employer.
          (f)  Other Benefits . During the Employment Period, Executive shall be eligible to participate in all other employee welfare benefit plans and other benefit programs (including group life insurance, medical and dental insurance, and accident and disability insurance) made available generally to employees or senior executives of Employer.
          (g)  Maternity Leave . Executive contemplates taking maternity leave during calendar year 2005, but as of the date of such maternity leave, shall not be eligible for short term disability for such leave. It is the parties intention that Executive shall be paid as if she were eligible for short term disability at the time she takes such maternity leave. Therefore, in the event Executive takes maternity leave in calendar year 2005 (“Maternity Leave”), Employer shall pay Executive as follows:
             
 
    for the first 15 calendar days of such Maternity Leave:   100% applicable
Base Salary
 
           
 
    next four weeks of such Maternity Leave:   60% applicable
Base Salary
7. Termination . Executive’s employment hereunder may be terminated under the following circumstances, in each case subject to the provisions of this Agreement:
          (a)  Death . Executive’s employment hereunder shall terminate upon her death.
          (b)  Disability . If, as a result of Executive’s incapacity due to physical or mental illness, Executive shall have been absent from her duties hereunder on a full-time basis (i) for a period of six consecutive months or (ii) for shorter periods aggregating six months during any twelve month period, and, in either case, within thirty (30) days after written Notice of Termination (as described in Section 8(a) hereof) is given, Executive shall not have returned to the performance of her duties hereunder on a full-time basis, Employer may terminate Executive’s employment hereunder for “Disability.”
          (c) Cause . Employer may terminate Executive’s employment hereunder for Cause. In the event of a termination under this Section 7(c), the Date of Termination shall be the date set forth in the Notice of Termination. For purposes of this Agreement, “Cause” means the occurrence of any of the following events: (i) Executive’s conviction for any criminal acts; (ii) Executive’s making a materially false statement to Employer’s auditors or legal counsel; (iii) Executive’s falsification of any corporate document or form; (iv) any material breach by Executive of Executive’s material obligations to Employer or of any published policy of Employer; (v) any material breach by Executive of the provisions of this Agreement; (vi) Executive’s making a material misrepresentation of fact or omission to disclose material facts in relation to transactions occurring in the business and financial matters of Employer; (vii) Executive’s continued performance of Executive’s duties in an incompetent, unprofessional, unsuccessful, insubordinate or

 


 

negligent manner subsequent to written notice thereof by Employer which notice specifies with reasonable clarity the failure to perform alleged to give rise to Cause (in no case, however, shall Employer be required to give more than one notice as to a particular type of failure).
          (d)  Good Reason . Executive may terminate her employment hereunder for “Good Reason” in the event of any material failure on the part of Employer to comply with any of its material obligations under this Agreement, which failure has not been cured within ten (10) days after written notice thereof has been given by Executive to Employer specifying the acts or omissions of Employer alleged to give rise to Good Reason.
          (e)  Other Terminations . Employer may terminate Executive’s employment hereunder other than for Cause or Disability, and Executive may terminate her employment other than for Good Reason in each case subject to the provisions of this Agreement.
8. Termination Procedure .
          (a)  Notice of Termination . Any termination of Executive’s employment by Employer or by Executive (other than termination pursuant to Section 7(a) hereof) shall be communicated by written Notice of Termination to the other party hereto in accordance with Section 15.
          (b)  Date of Termination . “Date of Termination” shall mean (i) if Executive’s employment is terminated by her death, the date of her death, (ii) if Executive’s employment is terminated pursuant to Section 7(b), thirty (30) days after Notice of Termination is given (provided that Executive shall not have returned to the performance of her duties on a full-time basis during such thirty (30) day period), (iii) if Executive’s employment is terminated pursuant to Section 7(c), the date specified in the Notice of Termination, and (iv) if Executive terminates her employment for Good Reason, ten (10) days after Notice of Termination if Employer’s breach shall be uncured.
9. Compensation Upon Termination .
          (a)  Death; Disability; Termination By Employer without Cause or By Executive for Good Reason . If Executive’s employment is terminated by reason of her death or Disability or by Employer without Cause or by Executive for Good Reason and Executive has been employed by Employer for at lease six (6) months, Employer shall pay to Executive (or her legal representatives or estate or as may be directed by the legal representatives of her estate, as the case may be) (i) twelve (12) equal monthly installments of an amount per installment equal to one-twenty-fourth of Executive’s Base Salary (determined as of the Date of Termination) and (ii) a lump sum cash payment, within five days following such Date of Termination, of an amount equal to any earned but unpaid Base Salary or bonus due to Executive in respect of periods through the Date of Termination plus accrued vacation in accordance with Employer’s vacation policy — subject to all required deductions and withholdings (the “Accrued Amounts”). The amount set forth in Section 9(a)(i) shall be payable if and only if the Executive shall have executed on or before the 30th day following the Date of Termination a full Release and Covenant not to sue the Employer and its employees, officers, directors and stockholders.

 


 

          (b)  Cause or By Executive Other than for Good Reason . If Executive’s employment is terminated by Employer for Cause or by Executive other than for Good Reason, then Employer shall pay Executive, within five (5) days following such Date of Termination, in a lump sum cash payment, the Accrued Amounts.
10. No Mitigation . Executive shall not be required to mitigate amounts payable pursuant to Section 9 of this Agreement by seeking other employment or otherwise, nor shall such payments be reduced on account of any remuneration earned by Executive attributable to employment by another employer, by retirement benefits, by offset against any amount claimed to be owed by Executive to Employer or otherwise.
11. Confidentiality; Non-Competition .
          (a)  Non-Disclosure and Non-Use of Confidential Information . Executive shall not disclose any Employer Confidential Information to any third party (other than accountants, lawyers and other third parties engaged by and working at the behest of Employer) without the specific written consent of Employer and shall use Employer Confidential Information solely for the benefit of Employer. Executive shall hold all and any Employer Confidential Information in confidence.
          (b)  Definition of Employer Confidential Information . For purposes of this Agreement, “Employer Confidential Information” includes, in whatever form or format, all information — disclosed to or known to Executive as a direct or indirect consequence of or through Executive’s employment with Employer — about Employer, its parents or subsidiaries, its technology, finances, business methods, plans, operations, services, products and processes (whether existing or contemplated), or any of its executives, clients, agents or suppliers, including all information relating to software programs, source codes or object codes; computer systems; computer systems analyses, testing results; flow charts and designs; product specifications and documentation; user documentation; sales plans; sales records; sales literature; customer lists and files; research and development projects or plans; marketing and merchandising plans and strategies; pricing strategies; price lists; sales or licensing terms and conditions; consulting sources; supply and service sources; procedure or policy manuals; legal matters; financial statements; financing methods; financial projections; and the terms and conditions of business arrangements with its parent, clients, suppliers, banks, or other financial institutions.
          (c) Proprietary Information Obligations . Employer respects the right of every employer to protect its confidential and proprietary information. Employer specifically wishes to prevent Executive or any individual interested in employment with Employer from using on behalf of Employer or disclosing to Employer at any time before, during or after Executive’s employment with Employer any confidential or proprietary information belonging to any other employer. Executive represents to Employer that (s)he will not use or otherwise exploit third party confidential or proprietary information in the performance of his/her duties hereunder. Further, between the date of this Employment Agreement and the date Executive begins employment with Employer, Executive will continue to comply with any executory obligations to protect Executive’s current employer’s confidential and proprietary information. Executive’s failure to observe those continuing obligations could result in Employer’s refusal to hire or, if discovered after Executive has already

 


 

begun employment with Employer, disciplinary action up to and including termination of Executive’s employment.
          (d)  Non-Competition . In consideration of Employer’s promises and payments under this Agreement, Executive agrees that, during the Employment Period and for a period of one (1) year thereafter (the “Restricted Period”), Executive shall not (as principal, agent, executive, consultant, volunteer or otherwise), engage (other than on behalf of Employer or its affiliates) directly or indirectly, in a Competing Business (as defined below) anywhere in the territory of the United States, or, without the prior consent of Employer, directly or indirectly, advise, own an interest in, manage, operate, join, control, lend money or render financial, technical or other assistance (other than customary professional courtesies afforded to members of the business community) to or participate in or be connected with, as an officer, executive, partner, stockholder, consultant, advisor or other similar capacity, any Competing Business; provided, however , that ownership of securities having no more than one percent of the outstanding voting power of any competitor which are listed on any national securities exchange or traded actively in the national over-the-counter market shall not be deemed to be in violation of this sub-section so long as Executive has no other connection or relationship with such competitor that would not be permitted hereby. For purposes hereof, “Competing Business” means the business of developing, designing, publishing, marketing, maintaining or distributing databases and software applications which are competitive with products or services of Employer, are generally referred to as “multi-family apartment community management applications” and are generally used at apartment communities by personnel engaged in the operation, leasing, pricing, promotion and maintenance of apartment units. Without limitation of the foregoing, multi-family apartment community management applications and data bases shall include software used in screening potential residents, performing accounting functions, providing a community web site, providing resident incentives, performing market research, and communicating via the Internet with applicants, residents, service providers, suppliers and advertising providers. This Section 11(d) shall immediately become null, void and without further effect should Employer cease to conduct its business operations in the ordinary course for any reason, including, without limitation, bankruptcy.
          (e)  Non-Interference with Licensees . Executive hereby agrees that, during the Restricted Period (other than on behalf of Employer or its affiliates), Executive shall not in any way directly or indirectly, for the purpose of conducting or engaging in a Competing Business, call upon, solicit, respond to, advise or otherwise do, or attempt to do business with any then-existing or Past customer or licensee of Employer or any affiliate of Employer or take away or attempt to interfere with any then-existing or Past customer, licensee, trade, business or patronage of Employer or any affiliate. For purposes of this Section 11(e), the term “Past” customer or “Past” licensee shall refer to any former customer or licensee of Employer within six (6) months of their having ceased to be a customer or licensee of Employer. Subject to the provisions of Section 4(b) hereof, during the Restricted Period, Executive may offer any product or service to the multifamily industry so long as such is not done for the purpose of conducting or engaging in a Competing Business.
          (f)  Non-Interference with Employees . Executive hereby agrees, during the Restricted Period, not to, directly or indirectly, hire or retain, attempt to hire or retain, any of Employer’s then-existing or Past officers, executives, employees, representatives, consultants or agents, not to induce any such to give up employment with or representation of Employer or any

 


 

affiliate and not to otherwise interfere with, or attempt to interfere with, the relationship of any such with Employer or any affiliate. For purposes of this Section 11(f), the term “Past” officer, executive, employee, representative, consultant or agent of Employer shall refer to any former officer, executive, employee, representative, consultant or agent of Employer within six (6) months of their having ceased to be an officer, executive, employee, representative, consultant or agent of Employer or any affiliate.
          (g)  Non-Interference with Business Relationships . Executive hereby agrees, during the Restricted Period, that Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, for the purpose of conducting or engaging in a Competing Business, attempt to interfere with, impair, or adversely affect any contractual relationships or business relationships between the Company and any of the technology or distribution companies with whom the Company has strategic relationships.
          (h)  Non-Disparagement . Executive hereby agrees, that during the Restricted Period, Executive shall not disparage either orally or in writing the Company, its products or services, or its officers, directors, or employees.
          (i)  Injunctive Relief . Executive recognizes and agrees that the injury the Company will suffer in the event of a breach of this Section 11 may cause the Company irreparable injury that cannot adequately be compensated by monetary damages alone. Therefore, in the event of a breach of this Section 11 by Executive, or any attempted or threatened breach, Executive agrees that the Company, without limiting any legal or equitable remedies available to it, may be entitled to equitable relief by preliminary and permanent injunction or otherwise, without the necessity of posting any bond or undertaking, against Executive and/or the business enterprise with which Executive may have become associated, from any court of competent jurisdiction.
12. Reasonableness of Restrictions . Executive expressly acknowledges and agrees that the covenants and restrictive agreements contained in this Agreement are reasonable as to scope, location, and duration and that observation thereof will not cause Executive undue hardship or unreasonably interfere with Executive’s ability to earn a livelihood and practice Executive’s present skills and trades. Executive has consulted with legal counsel of her selection regarding the meaning of such covenants and restrictions, which have been explained to her satisfaction.
13. Successors; Binding Agreement .
          (a) Employer’s Successors . Employer shall require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of its businesses and/or assets to expressly assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that Employer would be required to perform it if no such succession had taken place. Failure of Employer to obtain such assumption and agreement prior to the effectiveness of any such succession shall be a material breach of a material provision of this Agreement and shall entitle Executive to compensation in the same amount and on the same terms as she would be entitled to hereunder if she terminated her employment for Good Reason, except that for purposes of implementing the foregoing, the date on which any such succession becomes effective shall be deemed the Date of Termination. As used in this Agreement, the “Employer” shall

 


 

mean Employer as hereinbefore defined and any successor to the business and/or assets as aforesaid which executes and delivers the agreement provided for in this Section 13 or which otherwise becomes bound by all the terms and provisions of this Agreement by operation of law.
          (b)  Executive’s Successors . This Agreement shall not be assignable by Executive. This Agreement and all rights of Executive hereunder shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by Executive’s personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees. If Executive should die while any amounts would still be payable to her hereunder if she had continued to live, all such amounts unless otherwise provided herein, shall be paid in accordance with the terms of this Agreement to Executive’s devisee, legatee, or other designee or, if there be no such designee, to Executive’s estate.
14. Indemnification . To the fullest extent permitted by law, Employer shall indemnify Executive (including the advancement of legal, accounting and other expert expenses) for any judgments, fines, amounts paid in settlement and reasonable expenses, including attorneys’ fees, incurred by Executive in connection with the defense of any lawsuit or other claim to which she is made a party by reason of performing her responsibilities as an officer or executive of Employer or any of its subsidiaries; except that, Employer shall have no such duty of indemnification with regard to claims or suits brought, for any reason, against Executive by any former employer of Executive.
15. Notice . For the purposes of this Agreement, notices, demands and all other communications provided for in this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered to a national overnight delivery service or (unless otherwise specified) mailed by United States certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to the addresses as set forth in the Preamble of this Agreement or to such other address as any party may have furnished to the others in writing in accordance herewith, except that notices of change of address shall be effective only upon receipt. No notices may be given via e-mail or facsimile transmission.
16. Validity . The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement, which shall remain in full force and effect.
17. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.
18. Withholding . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, Employer may withhold from amounts payable under this Agreement all federal, state, local and foreign taxes that are required to be withheld by applicable laws or regulations.
19. Executive’s Representations, Warranties and Covenants . Executive represents, warrants and covenants to Employer that (i) the terms of this Agreement and her employment by the Employer do not and will not breach any agreement between Executive and any other entity; (ii) that Executive has not previously assumed any obligations inconsistent with those of this Agreement; (iii) that Executive will not disclose to the Employer, or to any director,

 


 

officer, executive or agent thereof, any confidential or proprietary information or material belonging to any other entity, including, without limitation, Executive’s previous employer; and (iv) that during Executive’s employment by the Corporation, she will not use or attempt to use without prior permission of the owner thereof, any confidential or proprietary information or material belonging to any other entity in behalf of the Employer. Executive further agrees and covenants that, during the term of this Agreement and her employment by Employer, she will not breach any agreement to keep in confidence proprietary information, knowledge, or data acquired by Executive in confidence or in trust prior to employment with Employer, and Executive will not disclose to Employer, or induce or cause Employer to use, any confidential or proprietary information or material belonging to any previous employer or others.
20. Governance of Employment Relationship . To the extent not governed by the specific provisions hereof, the employment relationship between Executive and Employer shall be governed by the Employer’s general rules, policies, procedures and plans relating to employment and executive benefits.
21. Outside Fees . Executive agrees and covenants not to solicit or receive any income or other compensation from any third party doing business with Employer, including, without limitation, any supplier, client, customer, or executive of Employer, in connection with her employment with Employer.
22. Miscellaneous . No provision of this Agreement may be modified, waived or discharged unless such waiver, modification or discharge is agreed to in writing signed by Executive and an authorized officer of Employer. No waiver by any party hereto at any time of any breach by the other parties hereto of, or compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement to be performed by any such other party shall be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions at the same or at any prior or subsequent time. Any termination of Executive’s employment or of this Agreement shall have no effect on any continuing obligations arising under this Agreement, including without limitation, the right of Executive to receive payments pursuant to Section 9 hereof and the obligations of Executive described in Section 11 hereof.
23. Applicable Law, Venue, Jurisdiction and Arbitration . This Agreement shall be deemed to have been executed by the Parties in and shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Texas (excluding any conflicts-of-law rule or principle of Texas law that might refer the governance, construction or interpretation of this Agreement to the laws of another state). In the event of a dispute or in the event of any other legal action arising out of or in connection with this Agreement the exclusive jurisdiction and venue for such legal action or proceeding shall be the general civil trial courts of Denton County, Texas, or the United States District Court having jurisdiction in Denton County, Texas. Each Party irrevocably waives any objection on the grounds of venue, forum non-conveniens or any similar grounds and irrevocably consents to service of process by mail or in any other manner permitted by applicable law and consents to the jurisdiction of said courts. Employer shall have the option, in the event of a dispute arising out of or relating to this Agreement, to submit said dispute to arbitration in Denton County, Texas, pursuant to the rules of the American Arbitration Association. The decision of the Arbitrator shall be final

 


 

and binding on the parties and judgment upon the award may be entered in any of the aforementioned courts having jurisdiction over this Agreement.
24. Entire Agreement . This Agreement sets forth the entire agreement of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter contained herein and supersedes all prior agreements, letters of intent, promises, covenants, arrangements, communications, representations or warranties, whether oral or written, by an officer, executive or representative of any party hereto; and any prior agreement of the parties hereto in respect to the subject matter contained herein. Executive acknowledges and agrees that no officer, executive or representative of Employer is authorized to offer any term or condition of employment which is in addition to or different that those set forth in this Agreement.

 


 

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties, intending to be legally bound, have executed this Agreement on the Effective Date.
REALPAGE, INC.
         
   
/s/ Stephen T. Winn    
By: Stephen T. Winn   
Its: Chief Executive Officer   
 
   
/s/ Ashley Chaffin    
Ashley Chaffin, an individual   
   
 

 

Exhibit 10.17
         
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
      THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), is made this 12th day of April, 2007 (the “ Effective Date ”) by and between Dirk D. Wakeham, an individual resident of the State of California, (the “ Executive ”) with a residence at [***] and Multifamily Internet Ventures, LLC, a California limited liability company (the “Employer”), having its chief offices at 9 Executive Circle, Suite 200, Irvine, CA 92614.
      WHEREAS, Executive currently is President of Employer; and
      WHEREAS, Employer and an affiliate (“Affiliate”) of RealPage, Inc. (“RealPage”) contemplate entering a Agreement of Merger (“ Merger Agreement ”) to be executed on or about April 9, 2007 but not later than April 15, 2007 (“Closing Date”), whereby Affiliate will purchase all of the outstanding member interests in Employer (the “ Transaction ”); and
      WHEREAS, RealPage wishes to assure that Executive remains in the employ of Employer after the Closing Date, and therefore has requested, and Executive has agreed, that Executive would enter into this Employment Agreement with Employer.
      NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual agreements set forth below, the parties hereby agree as follows:
1. Employment . Employer hereby agrees to employ Executive, and Executive hereby accepts such employment, on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.
2. Employment Period . The period during which Executive shall furnish services to Employer hereunder (the “Employment Period”) shall commence on the Effective Date and shall end on the second anniversary of the Effective Date, unless sooner terminated pursuant to Section 6 hereof. Nothing in this Section shall limit the right of Employer or Executive to terminate Executive’s employment hereunder on the terms and conditions set forth in Section 6 hereof.
3. Position and Duties .
           (a) Office; Reporting; Duties . During the Employment Period, Executive shall serve as President of the SafeLease division of Employer, and shall report directly to Employer’s Chief Executive Officer. Executive shall have those powers, duties and perquisites consistent with a senior management position and such other powers and duties as may be prescribed by the Employer’s Chief Executive Officer, provided that such other powers and duties are consistent with the scope, dignity and perquisites of Executive’s position.
           (b) Commitment of Full Time Efforts . Executive agrees to devote substantially his full working time, attention and energies to the performance of his duties for Employer, provided , however , that it shall not be a violation of this Agreement for Executive to (i) serve on civic or charitable boards or committees, (ii) serve on corporate boards or committees, with the prior consent of Employer, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, (iii) give speeches and make media appearances to discuss matters of public interest (so long as such shall not involve

 


 

Employer in matters of political, religious or social controversy), and (iv) manage his personal investments, so long as the foregoing activities do not interfere materially with the performance of Executive’s responsibilities in accordance with this Agreement.
4. Place of Performance . Executive shall perform his duties for Employer from Employer’s corporate offices in Irvine, California, or at any other address in Orange County, California to which the corporate offices may be moved in the future.
5. Compensation and Related Matters .
          (a) Base Salary . As compensation for the performance by Executive of his obligations hereunder, during the Employment Period, Employer shall pay Executive a base salary at a rate not less than Sixteen Thousand Six Hundred Sixty-Six and 66/100 Dollars per month, or Two Hundred Thousand Dollars (US$200,000) on an annualized basis (the base salary, at the rate in effect from time to time, is hereinafter referred to as the “Base Salary”). Base Salary shall be paid in approximately equal installments in accordance with Employer’s customary payroll practices and legal requirements regarding withholding and deductions. In addition, in the pay period next following the Closing Date of the Transaction, Executive shall be paid a one time additional payment in an amount equal to the difference between the amount Executive has been paid for the period between January 1, 2007 and the Closing Date (based on his current compensation of $174,600 per year), and the amount Executive would have been for the period between January 1, 2007 through the Closing Date had he been paid the Base Salary. During the Employment Period, the Base Salary shall be reviewed no less frequently than annually (commencing in 2008) to determine whether or not the same should be adjusted in light of the duties, responsibilities and performance of Executive and other relevant factors.
          (b) Annual Bonus . Beginning in 2007, Executive shall be eligible for an annual bonus under the terms of the RealPage Management Incentive Plan (“Plan”) of 50% of his Base Salary for achievement of Plan at 100%, with the potential to receive up to 100% of his Base Salary if the performance criteria stipulated in the Plan is exceeded. The performance criteria shall be as established by the Compensation Committee of Employer’s Board of Directors. To be eligible for the Annual Bonus, Executive must be employed by Employer on December 31 of the year with regard to which the Annual Bonus is applicable and must be employed on the date the Annual Bonus is paid.
          (c) Grant of Option to Purchase Common Stock . The Compensation Committee of Employer’s Board of Directors shall grant to Executive an option (the “Option”) to purchase Two Hundred Fifty Thousand (250,000) shares of common stock of RealPage, Inc. (“Common Stock”), Employer’s parent company, with a grant date as of the Committee’s action and an exercise price of not less than $1.50 per share of Employer’s Common Stock on the date of grant. The Option shall be subject to the Amended and Restated RealPage, Inc., 1998 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) and the Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement issued pursuant to the Plan, a copy of which Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement is attached as Exhibit A hereto.
          (d) Expenses and Vacations . Employer, according to its standard travel policy, shall reimburse Executive for all reasonable, in-policy business expenses upon the presentation of

 


 

itemized statements of such expenses. Executive shall be entitled to three (3) weeks paid vacation per year, in accordance with Employer’s vacation policy and practice applicable to senior executives of Employer.
          (e) Fringe Benefits and Perquisites . During the Employment Period, Employer shall make available to Executive all the fringe benefits and perquisites that are made available to other senior Executives of Employer.
          (f) Other Benefits . During the Employment Period, Executive shall be eligible to participate in all other employee welfare benefit plans and other benefit programs (including group life insurance, medical and dental insurance, and accident and disability insurance) made available generally to employees or senior executives of Employer.
6. Termination . Executive’s employment hereunder may be terminated under the following circumstances, in each case subject to the provisions of this Agreement:
          (a) Death . Executive’s employment hereunder shall terminate upon his death.
          (b) Disability . If, as a result of Executive’s incapacity due to physical or mental illness, Executive shall have been absent from his duties hereunder on a full-time basis (i) for a period of six consecutive months or (ii) for shorter periods aggregating six months during any twelve month period, and, in either case, within thirty (30) days after written Notice of Termination (as described in Section 7(a) hereof) is given, Executive shall not have returned to the performance of his duties hereunder on a full-time basis, Employer may terminate Executive’s employment hereunder for “Disability.”
          (c) Cause . Employer may terminate Executive’s employment hereunder for Cause. In the event of a termination under this Section 6(c), the Date of Termination shall be the date set forth in the Notice of Termination. For purposes of this Employment Agreement, “Cause” means the occurrence of any of the following events which are not cured by Executive within ten (10) days after receipt of written notice of such alleged cause from Employer or, if such event cannot be corrected within such ten (10) day period, if Executive does not commence to correct such default within said ten (10) day period and thereafter diligently prosecute the correction of same to completion within a reasonable time, provided, however, for no period greater than thirty (30) days: (i) Executive’s conviction for any acts of fraud or breach of trust or any felony criminal acts; (ii) Executive’s making a materially false written statement to Employer’s auditors or legal counsel; (iii) Executive’s material falsification of any corporate document or form; (iv) any material breach by Executive of any Employer published policy received and acknowledged by Executive in writing; (v) any material breach by Executive of the provisions of this Employment Agreement; (vi) Executive’s making a material misrepresentation of fact or omission to disclose material facts in relation to transactions occurring in the business and financial matters of Employer; or (vii) Executive’s failure—in the sole opinion of Employer—to perform Executive’s duties which failure has not been cured within ten (10) days after written notice thereof has been given by Employer to Executive specifying the failure to perform alleged to give rise to Cause, provided that Employer shall be required to give only one notice as to a particular type of failure.

 


 

          (d) Good Reason . Executive may terminate his employment hereunder for “Good Reason” in the event of any material failure on the part of Employer to comply with any of its material obligations under this Agreement, which failure has not been cured within ten (10) days after written notice thereof has been given by Executive to Employer specifying the acts or omissions of Employer alleged to give rise to Good Reason.
          (e) Other Terminations . Employer may terminate Executive’s employment hereunder other than for Cause or Disability, and Executive may terminate his employment other than for Good Reason in each case subject to the provisions of this Agreement.
7. Termination Procedure .
          (a) Notice of Termination . Any termination of Executive’s employment by Employer or by Executive (other than termination pursuant to Section 6(a) hereof) shall be communicated by written Notice of Termination to the other party hereto in accordance with Section 14.
          (b) Date of Termination . “Date of Termination” shall mean (i) if Executive’s employment is terminated by his death, the date of his death, (ii) if Executive’s employment is terminated pursuant to Section 6(b), thirty (30) days after Notice of Termination is given (provided that Executive shall not have returned to the performance of his duties on a full-time basis during such thirty (30) day period), (iii) if Executive’s employment is terminated pursuant to Section 6(c), the date specified in the Notice of Termination, (iv) if Executive terminates his employment for Good Reason, ten (10) days after Notice of Termination if Employer’s breach shall be uncured, and (v) if Executive’s employment is terminated pursuant to Section 6(e), immediately upon written notice delivered by the terminating party to the other, unless such notice designates a different termination date.
8. Compensation Upon Termination .
          (a) Death; Disability; Termination By Employer without Cause or By Executive for Good Reason . If Executive’s employment is terminated by reason of his death or Disability or by Employer without Cause or by Executive for Good Reason, Employer shall pay to Executive (or his legal representatives or estate or as may be directed by the legal representatives of his estate, as the case may be) (i) six (6) equal monthly installments of an amount per installment equal to one-twelfth of Executive’s Base Salary (determined as of the Date of Termination) and (ii) a lump sum cash payment, within five days following such Date of Termination, of an amount equal to any earned but unpaid Base Salary or bonus due to Executive in respect of periods through the Date of Termination plus accrued vacation in accordance with Employer’s vacation policy — subject to all required deductions and withholdings (the “Accrued Amounts”). The amount set forth in Section 8(a)(i) shall be payable if and only if the Executive shall have executed on or before the 30th day following the Date of Termination a full Release and Covenant not to sue the Employer and its employees, officers, directors and stockholders.
          (b) Cause or By Executive Other than for Good Reason . If Executive’s employment is terminated by Employer for Cause or by Executive other than for Good Reason, then

 


 

Employer shall pay Executive, within five (5) days following such Date of Termination, in a lump sum cash payment, the Accrued Amounts.
9. No Mitigation . Executive shall not be required to mitigate amounts payable pursuant to Section 8 of this Agreement by seeking other employment or otherwise, nor shall such payments be reduced on account of any remuneration earned by Executive attributable to employment by another employer, by retirement benefits, by offset against any amount claimed to be owed by Executive to Employer or otherwise.
10. Confidentiality and Non-Solicitation .
          (a) Non-Disclosure and Non-Use of Confidential Information . Executive shall not disclose any Employer Confidential Information to any third party (other than accountants, lawyers and other third parties engaged by and working at the behest of Employer, or otherwise required by a legal proceeding or law or in connection with enforcing the terms of Employment Agreement) without the specific written consent of Employer and shall use Employer Confidential Information solely for the benefit of Employer. Executive shall hold all and any Employer Confidential Information in confidence.
          (b) Definition of Employer Confidential Information . For purposes of this Agreement, “Employer Confidential Information” includes, in whatever form or format, all information — disclosed to or known to Executive as a direct or indirect consequence of or through Executive’s employment with Employer — about Employer, its parents or subsidiaries, its technology, finances, business methods, plans, operations, services, products and processes (whether existing or contemplated), or any of its executives, clients, agents or suppliers, including all information relating to software programs, source codes or object codes; computer systems; computer systems analyses, testing results; flow charts and designs; product specifications and documentation; user documentation; sales plans; sales records; sales literature; customer lists and files; research and development projects or plans; marketing and merchandising plans and strategies; pricing strategies; price lists; sales or licensing terms and conditions; consulting sources; supply and service sources; procedure or policy manuals; legal matters; financial statements; financing methods; financial projections; and the terms and conditions of business arrangements with its parent, clients, suppliers, banks, or other financial institutions. “Employer Confidential Information” shall not include any information that is publicly available at the time disclosed to Employee or subsequently becomes publicly available other than through a breach of this provision by Employee.
          (c) Non-Interference with Customers . Executive hereby agrees that, during the Employment Period and for a period of twenty (24) months thereafter (the “ Restricted Period ”), (other than on behalf of Employer or its affiliates), Executive shall not in any way directly or indirectly, for the purpose of conducting or engaging in a Competing Business, utilize Employer Confidential Information to call upon, solicit, respond to, advise or otherwise do or attempt to do business with any then-existing or Past customer or licensee of Employer or any affiliate of Employer or otherwise use Employer Confidential Information to take away or attempt to interfere with any then-existing or Past customer, licensee, trade, business or patronage of Employer or any affiliate. For purposes of this Section 10(c), the term “Past” customer or “Past” licensee shall refer to any former customer or licensee of Employer within six (6) months of their having ceased to be a

 


 

customer or licensee of Employer. “ Competing Business ” means the business of developing, designing, publishing, marketing, maintaining or distributing databases and software applications which are competitive with products or services of Employer, are generally referred to as “multi-family apartment community management applications” and are generally used at apartment communities by personnel engaged in the operation, screening, leasing, pricing, promotion and maintenance of apartment units. Without limitation of the foregoing, multi-family apartment community management applications, data bases and services shall include software used in screening potential residents, performing property management or accounting functions, providing pricing information or performing market research, communicating via the Internet with applicants, residents, service providers, suppliers and advertising providers, facilitating or providing billing, payments and cash management services, or providing energy management or convergent billing services and producing, soliciting and/or assisting with the solicitation of insurance products or services.
          (d) Non-Interference with Licensees . Executive hereby agrees that, during the Restricted Period (other than on behalf of Employer or its affiliates), Executive shall not in any way directly or indirectly, for the purpose of conducting or engaging in a Competing Business, utilize Employer Confidential Information to call upon, solicit, respond to, advise or otherwise do, or attempt to do business with any then-existing or Past customer or licensee of Employer or any affiliate of Employer or take away or attempt to interfere with any then-existing or Past customer, licensee, trade, business or patronage of Employer or any affiliate. For purposes of this Section 10(e), the term “Past” customer or “Past” licensee shall refer to any former customer or licensee of Employer within six (6) months of their having ceased to be a customer or licensee of Employer.
          (e) Non-Interference with Employees . Executive hereby agrees, during the Restricted Period, not to, directly or indirectly, solicit or induce any of Employer’s then-existing or employees, representatives, consultants or agents to give up employment with or representation of Employer or any affiliate and not to otherwise interfere with, or attempt to interfere with, the relationship of any such with Employer or any affiliate.
          (f) Non-Interference with Business Relationships . Executive hereby agrees, during the Restricted Period, that Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, for the purpose of conducting or engaging in a Competing Business, utilize Employer Confidential information or otherwise improperly or unfairly interfere with, impair, or adversely affect any contractual relationships or business relationships between the Company and any of the technology or distribution companies with whom the Company has strategic relationships.
          (g) Non-Disparagement . Executive hereby agrees, that during the Restricted Period, Executive shall not disparage either orally or in writing the Company, its products or services, or its officers, directors, or employees.
          (h) Injunctive Relief . Executive recognizes and agrees that the injury the Company will suffer in the event of a breach of this Section 10 may cause the Company irreparable injury that cannot adequately be compensated by monetary damages alone. Therefore, in the event of a breach of this Section 10 by Executive, or any attempted or threatened breach, Executive agrees

 


 

that the Company, without limiting any legal or equitable remedies available to it, may be entitled to equitable relief by preliminary and permanent injunction or otherwise, without the necessity of posting any bond or undertaking, against Executive and/or the business enterprise with which Executive may have become associated, from any court of competent jurisdiction.
11. Reasonableness of Restrictions . Executive understands and acknowledges that RealPage would not have entered into the Merger Agreement, unless and until it had secured from Executive assurance that Executive would become a party to this Agreement in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof including the specific restriction on disclosure of confidential information in accordance with the terms of Section 10 hereof, which are essential to Employer’s ability to realize and protect the value of the purchased business. Executive expressly acknowledges and agrees that the covenants and restrictive agreements contained in this Agreement are reasonable as to scope, location, and duration and that observation thereof will not cause Executive undue hardship or unreasonably interfere with Executive’s ability to earn a livelihood and practice Executive’s present skills and trades. Executive has consulted with legal counsel of his selection regarding the meaning of such covenants and restrictions, which have been explained to his satisfaction.
12. Successors; Binding Agreement .
          (a) Employer’s Successors . Employer shall require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of its businesses and/or assets (“Transaction”) to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that Employer would be required to perform it if no such succession had taken place. Employer may honor the obligation set forth in the preceding sentence through execution in the course of consummating the Transaction of either a specific assignment and assumption agreement relating to the obligations set forth herein, or a general assignment and assumption agreement. Failure of Employer to obtain such assumption and agreement prior to the effectiveness of any such succession shall be a material breach of a material provision of this Agreement and shall entitle Executive to compensation in the same amount and on the same terms as he would be entitled to hereunder if he terminated his employment for Good Reason, except that for purposes of implementing the foregoing, the date on which any such succession becomes effective shall be deemed the Date of Termination. As used in this Agreement, the “Employer” shall mean Employer as hereinbefore defined and any successor to the business and/or assets as aforesaid which executes and delivers the agreement provided for in this Section 12 or which otherwise becomes bound by all the terms and provisions of this Agreement by operation of law.
          (b) Executive’s Successors . This Agreement shall not be assignable by Executive. This Agreement and all rights of Executive hereunder shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by Executive’s personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees. If Executive should die while any amounts would still be payable to him hereunder if he had continued to live, all such amounts unless otherwise provided herein, shall be paid in accordance with the terms of this Agreement to Executive’s devisee, legatee, or other designee or, if there be no such designee, to Executive’s estate.

 


 

13. Indemnification . To the fullest extent permitted by law, Employer shall indemnify Executive (including the advancement of legal, accounting and other expert expenses) for any judgments, fines, amounts paid in settlement and reasonable expenses, including attorneys’ fees, incurred by Executive in connection with the defense of any lawsuit or other claim to which he is made a party by reason of performing his responsibilities as an officer or executive of Employer or any of its subsidiaries; except that, Employer shall have no such duty of indemnification with regard to claims or suits brought, for any reason, against Executive by any former employer of Executive.
14. Notice . For the purposes of this Agreement, notices, demands and all other communications provided for in this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered to a national overnight delivery service or (unless otherwise specified) mailed by United States certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed as set forth in the Preamble of this Agreement or to such other address as any party may have furnished to the others in writing in accordance herewith, except that notices of change of address shall be effective only upon receipt. No notices may be given via e-mail or facsimile transmission.
15. Severability . Should any term, condition, provision or part of this Agreement be found to be unlawful, invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that portion shall be deemed null and void and severed from the Agreement for all purposes, but such illegality, or invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect the legality, validity or enforceability of the remaining parts of this Agreement, and the remainder of the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect, unless such would be manifestly inequitable or would serve to deprived either party of a material part of what it bargained for in entering in this Agreement.
16. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.
17. Withholding . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, Employer may withhold from amounts payable under this Agreement all federal, state, local and foreign taxes that are required to be withheld by applicable laws or regulations.
18. Executive’s Representations, Warranties and Covenants . Executive represents, warrants and covenants to Employer that (i) the terms of this Agreement and his employment by the Employer do not and will not breach any agreement between Executive and any other entity; (ii) that Executive has not previously assumed any obligations inconsistent with those of this Agreement; (iii) that Executive will not disclose to the Employer, or to any director, officer, executive or agent thereof, any confidential or proprietary information or material belonging to any other entity, including, without limitation, Executive’s previous employer, unless required by any legal proceeding or law; and (iv) that during Executive’s employment by the Corporation, he will not use or attempt to use without prior permission of the owner thereof, any confidential or proprietary information or material belonging to any other entity in behalf of the Employer. Executive further agrees and covenants that, during the term of this Agreement and his employment by Employer, he will not breach any agreement to keep in confidence proprietary information, knowledge, or data acquired by Executive in confidence

 


 

or in trust prior to employment with Employer, and Executive will not disclose to Employer, or induce or cause Employer to use, any confidential or proprietary information or material belonging to any previous employer or others.
19. Release of Claims . For and in consideration of the promises herein contained, Executive does hereby forever and fully release and discharge the Released Parties described in Section 19 (b), herein, of and from any and all sums of money, accounts, claims, interests, demands, contracts actions, debts, controversies, agreements, damages, losses and causes of action, whatsoever, of whatever kind or nature, known or unknown, suspected or unsuspected, which he now owns, holds, has or claims to own, hold or have, and any future consequences there and all causes of actions therefor, arising out of his Employment with Employer and which arose on or prior to the Closing Date. Executive represents and warrants to Employer that he has not sold or assigned to any person, partnership, corporation or other entity any Claim that he may have arising out of or incident to his employment by Employer as of the Closing Date, and further covenants that he will not hereinafter do so.
          (a) Unknown Claims . Executive understands that Executive is releasing Claims that Executive may not know about. That is Executive’s knowing and voluntary intent, even though Executive recognizes that someday Executive might learn that some or all of the facts Executive currently believes to be true are untrue and even though Executive might then regret having signed this Release. Nevertheless, Executive is assuming that risk and Executive agrees that this Release shall remain effective in all respects in any such case. Executive expressly waives all rights Executive might have under any law that is intended to protect Executive from waiving unknown claims. Executive understands the significance of doing so.
      Executive expressly waives the protection of Section 1542 of the Civil Code of the State of California, which states that:
 
      A general release does not extend to claims which the creditor does not know or suspect to exist in his or her favor at the time of executing the release, which if known by him or her must have materially affected his or her settlement with the debtor.
          (b) Released Parties . The Released Parties are Employer, all current or former parent companies, subsidiary companies and/or related companies, partnerships, or joint ventures, the Western National Group and all of its related and affiliated entities, and, with respect to each of them, all of Employer’s and/or such related entities’ predecessors and successors, and, with respect to each such entity, all of its past, present, and future employees (except Executive), officers, partners, principals, directors, members, stockholders, owners, representatives, assigns, attorneys, agents, insurers, employee benefit programs (and the trustees, administrators, fiduciaries, and insurers of such programs), and any other persons acting by, through, under, or in concert with any of the persons or entities listed in this subsection, and their successors.
          (c) Limitations . The Release contained in this Section 19 does not extend to the obligations, terms and covenants of this Agreement.

 


 

20. Governance of Employment Relationship . To the extent not governed by the specific provisions hereof, the employment relationship between Executive and Employer shall be governed by the Employer’s general rules, policies, procedures and plans relating to employment and executive benefits.
21. Outside Fees . Executive agrees and covenants not to solicit or receive any income or other compensation from any third party doing business with Employer, including, without limitation, any supplier, client, customer, or executive of Employer, in connection with his employment with Employer.
22. Miscellaneous . No provision of this Agreement may be modified, waived or discharged unless such waiver, modification or discharge is agreed to in writing signed by Executive and an authorized officer of Employer. No waiver by any party hereto at any time of any breach by the other parties hereto of, or compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement to be performed by any such other party shall be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions at the same or at any prior or subsequent time. Any termination of Executive’s employment or of this Agreement shall have no effect on any continuing obligations arising under this Agreement, including without limitation, the right of Executive to receive payments pursuant to Section 8 hereof and the obligations of Executive described in Section 10 hereof.
23. Applicable Law, Venue, Jurisdiction and Arbitration . This Agreement shall be governed, construed, and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of California (without regard to the principles of conflicts of law). This Agreement has been entered into in Orange County, California and it shall be performable for all purposes in Orange County, California. Any action or proceeding concerning, related to, regarding, or commenced in connection with the Agreement must be brought in a state or federal court located in Orange County, California, and the parties to the Agreement hereby irrevocably submit to the personal jurisdiction of such courts and waive any objection they may now or hereafter have as to the venue of any such action or proceeding brought in any such court, or that any such court is an inconvenient forum. Employer shall have the option, in the event of a dispute arising out of or relating to this Agreement, to submit said dispute to arbitration in Orange County, California, pursuant to the rules of the American Arbitration Association. The decision of the Arbitrator shall be final and binding on the parties and judgment upon the award may be entered in any of the aforementioned courts having jurisdiction over this Agreement.
          (a) Arbitration Option . Either party shall also have the option to submit any disputes between Executive (and his attorneys, successors, and assigns) and Employer (and its Affiliates, shareholders, directors, officers, employees, agents, successors, attorneys, and assigns) relating in any manner whatsoever to the employment or termination of Executive by Employer, including, without limitation, all disputes arising under this Agreement, (“Arbitrable Claims”) to binding arbitration. All persons and entities specified in the preceding sentence (other than Employer and Executive) shall be considered third-party beneficiaries of the rights and obligations created by this Section on Arbitration.

 


 

          (b) Arbitrable Claims . Arbitrable Claims shall include, but are not limited to, contract (express or implied) and tort claims of all kinds, as well as all claims based on any federal, state, or local law, statute, or regulation, excepting only claims under applicable workers’compensation law and unemployment insurance claims. By way of example and not in limitation of the foregoing, Arbitrable Claims shall include (to the fullest extent permitted by law) any claims arising under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, the Americans with Disabilities Act, and the California Fair Employment and Housing Act, as well as any claims asserting wrongful termination, harassment, breach of contract, breach of the covenant of good faith and fair dealing, negligent or intentional infliction of emotional distress, negligent or intentional misrepresentation, negligent or intentional interference with contract or prospective economic advantage, defamation, invasion of privacy, and claims related to disability. The parties shall be eligible to recover in arbitration any and all types of relief that would otherwise be available to them if they brought their claims in a judicial forum.
          (c) Procedure .
               1.  Initiation . Arbitration of Arbitrable Claims shall be in accordance with the Employment Rules and Mediation Procedures of the American Arbitration Association as amended (“AAA Employment Rules”), as augmented in this Agreement. Arbitration shall be initiated as provided by the AAA Employment Rules, although the written notice to the other party initiating arbitration shall also include a statement of the claim(s) asserted and the facts upon which the claim(s) are based. Either party may bring an action in court to compel arbitration under this Agreement and to enforce an arbitration award.
               2.  Binding Arbitration . Arbitration shall be final and binding upon the parties and shall be the exclusive remedy for all Arbitrable Claims. Should one party select arbitration pursuant to this Agreement, then no other party shall initiate or prosecute any lawsuit or administrative action in any way related to any Arbitrable Claim.
               3.  Venue . All arbitration hearings under this Agreement shall be conducted in Orange County, California.
               4.  Conduct of Arbitration Hearings . The parties incorporate by reference the procedures for conduct of arbitration proceedings contained in the California Arbitration Act (Code of Civil Procedure Sections 1282-1284.3 as augmented by this Agreement, with this Agreement being controlling.
                    a.  Discovery . In any arbitration proceeding under this Agreement, the parties shall have the same rights to discovery as would be available in a proceeding in California Superior Court, as provided in Section 1283.05 of the California Code of Civil Procedure.
                    b.  Arbitrator’s Decision Must Be In Writing . The decision of the arbitrator shall be in writing and shall include a statement of the essential conclusions and findings upon which the decision is based.

 


 

          (d) Interpretation of Arbitration Provisions . The interpretation and enforcement of this agreement to arbitrate shall be governed by the California Arbitration Act. THE PARTIES HEREBY WAIVE ANY RIGHTS THEY MAY HAVE TO TRIAL BY JURY IN REGARD TO ARBITRABLE CLAIMS, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY AS TO THE MAKING, EXISTENCE, VALIDITY, OR ENFORCEABILITY OF THE AGREEMENT TO ARBITRATE.
          (e) Arbitrator Selection and Authority . All disputes involving Arbitrable Claims shall be decided by a single arbitrator. The arbitrator shall be selected by mutual agreement of the parties within thirty (30) days of the effective date of the notice initiating the arbitration. If the parties cannot agree on an arbitrator, then the complaining party shall notify the AAA and request selection of an arbitrator in accordance with the AAA Employment Rules. The arbitrator shall have only such authority to award equitable relief, damages, costs, and fees as a court would have for the particular claim(s) asserted. The arbitrator shall have exclusive authority to resolve all Arbitrable Claims, including, but not limited to, whether any particular claim is arbitrable and whether all or any part of this Agreement is void or unenforceable.
          (f) Arbitration Fees . Notwithstanding Code of Civil Procedure Section 1284.2, the Employer shall pay the expenses and fees of the arbitrator, together with other expenses of the arbitration incurred or approved by the neutral arbitrator, but excluding an initial filing fee of $100 (payable to AAA), and counsel fees or witness fees or other expenses incurred by a party for his or own benefit. If the allocation of responsibility for payment of the arbitrator’s fees would render the obligation to arbitrate unenforceable, the parties authorize the arbitrator to modify the allocation as necessary to preserve enforceability.
          (g) Confidentiality . All proceedings and all documents prepared in connection with any Arbitrable Claim shall be confidential and, unless otherwise required by law, the subject matter thereof shall not be disclosed to any person other than the parties to the proceedings, their counsel, witnesses and experts, the arbitrator, and, if involved, the court and court staff. All documents filed with the arbitrator or with a court shall be filed under seal. The parties shall stipulate to all arbitration and court orders necessary to effectuate fully the provisions of this subsection concerning confidentiality.
          (h) Continuing Obligations . The rights and obligations of Executive and Employer set forth in this Section on Arbitration shall survive the termination of Executive’s employment and the expiration of this Agreement.
24. Entire Agreement . This Agreement sets forth the entire agreement of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter contained herein and supersedes all prior agreements, letters of intent, promises, covenants, arrangements, communications, representations or warranties, whether oral or written, by an officer, executive or representative of any party hereto; and any prior agreement of the parties hereto in respect to the subject matter contained herein. Executive acknowledges and agrees that no officer, executive or representative of Employer is authorized to offer any term or condition of employment which is in addition to or different than those set forth in this Agreement.

 


 

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties, intending to be legally bound, have executed this Agreement on the Effective Date.
         
MULTIFAMILY INTERNET VENTURES, LLC
RealPage, Inc., Sole Member
 
 
 
/s/ Stephen T. Winn    
By:   
Its:   
 
DIRK D. WAKEHAM
 
 
 
/s/ Dirk D. Wakeham    
an individual   
   

 


 

EXHIBIT A
REALPAGE, INC.
NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT (SECOND SERIES)
UNDER THE
AMENDED AND RESTATED REALPAGE, INC. 1998 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN
         
Grant Number:
  Second Series No. xx-xx-xx
 
       
Date of Grant:
                       , 200___
 
       
Name of Optionee:
  xxx (the “Optionee”)
 
       
Number of Shares:
  250,000    
 
       
Exercise Price Per Share:
  $x.xx (the “Option Exercise Price”)
1. RealPage, Inc. (the “Corporation”), hereby grants to the “Optionee” an option (the “Option”) to purchase from the Corporation, for the Option Exercise Price (subject to any adjustments that may be made pursuant to the terms of the Plan) the number of shares of Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share (the “Stock”), of the Corporation set forth above pursuant to the Corporation’s Amended and Restated RealPage, Inc. 1998 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”). This Option is not intended to constitute an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.
2. This Option may be exercised only to the extent that it is vested.
3. This Option shall vest in increments as follows: commencing on the                      day of                      , 200___and on the first day of the next fifteen (15) consecutive quarters, this option shall vest in sixteen (16) equal installments so that it will be fully vested on                      .
4. Unless otherwise prevented from doing so by the provisions of the Plan or this Agreement, the Optionee may exercise any portion of this Option that has become vested by delivering to the Corporation written notice specifying:
          (A) the number of whole shares of Stock to be purchased together with payment in full of the aggregate option price of such shares, provided that this Option may not be exercised for less than one hundred (100) shares of Stock or the number of shares of Stock remaining subject to this Option, whichever is smaller;
          (B) the address to which dividends, notices, reports, etc. are to be sent; and
          (C) the Optionee’s social security number.
Payment, upon exercise, shall be as provided by the Plan.

 


 

The Optionee shall not be entitled to any rights and privileges as a shareholder of the Corporation in respect of any shares of Stock covered by this Option until such shares of Stock shall have been paid for in full and issued to the Optionee by the Corporation’s transfer agent.
As soon as practicable after the Corporation receives payment for shares of Stock covered by this Option, it shall deliver a certificate or certificates representing the shares of Stock so purchased to the Optionee. Such certificate shall be registered in the name of the Optionee. Such stock certificate shall carry such appropriate legends, and such written instructions shall be given to the Corporation’s transfer agent, if any, as may be required by the Plan or as may be deemed necessary or advisable by counsel to the Corporation in order to comply with the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and any state securities laws or any other applicable laws.
5. The Optionee agrees that, in connection with any underwritten public offering of the Corporation’s Common Stock (or any other securities issued by the Corporation in exchange therefore), upon the request of the Corporation or the principal underwriter managing such public offering, any Shares (or any other securities issued by the Corporation in exchange therefore) purchased by exercising the Option which is the subject of this Agreement may not be sold, offered for sale, made subject to a contract to sell or otherwise disposed of without the prior written consent of the Corporation or such underwriters, as the case may be, for at least 180 days after the effective date of a registration statement of the Corporation filed under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or such longer period of time as the Corporation’s Compensation Committee and/or its Board of Directors may determine. The Corporation may impose stop transfer instructions with respect to the Stock (or securities) until the end of the 180-day period.
6. This Option shall terminate on the date that is ten (10) years following the Date of Grant and must be exercised, if at all, prior thereto.
7. If the Optionee’s employment with the Corporation terminates, the unvested portion of this Option will immediately terminate except as otherwise provided by Article XVI of the Plan. Optionee acknowledges and agrees that, (i) if Optionee’s employment terminates for Cause, or (ii) if Optionee’s employment terminates by reason of a Voluntary Termination, and Optionee engages in any Acts Harmful to the Interest of the Corporation within one (1) year after the Voluntary Termination, or (iii) if Optionee engages in any Acts Harmful to the Interest of the Corporation within one (1) year after the Voluntary Termination, then the Optionee will immediately forfeit any right to exercise this Option, whether it is vested or unvested.
8. This Option does not confer on the Optionee any right to continue in the employ of the Corporation or interfere in any way with the right of the Corporation to determine the terms of the Optionee’s employment.
9. This Option is governed and controlled by the applicable terms and conditions of the Plan and, to the extent not inconsistent therewith, by the provisions of this Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall be defined as set forth in the Plan. All interpretations or determinations of the Corporation’s Compensation Committee and/or its Board of Directors with respect to the Plan and this Option shall be binding

 


 

and conclusive upon the Optionee and his or her legal representatives with respect to any question arising hereunder.
10. All notices hereunder to the parties to this Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement shall be delivered or mailed to the Optionee, at his address set forth on the signature page of this Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement, and to the Corporation, at the following address:
RealPage, Inc.
4000 International Parkway
Carrollton, Texas 75007-1913
Attention: Secretary
Such addresses for the service of notices may be changed at any time provided notice of such change is furnished in advance to the other party.
11. This Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas without application of the conflict of laws principles thereof, except to the extent preempted by federal law, which shall govern to such extent.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have caused this Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement to be duly executed.
         
REALPAGE, INC.    
 
     
By:
  Stephen T. Winn    
 
  Chairman of the Board    
By his or her signature below, the Optionee agrees to the provisions of this Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement and acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Amended and Restated RealPage, Inc. 1998 Stock Incentive Plan.
             
OPTIONEE:        
 
           
 
           
Signature:
           
         
Address:
           
         
 
           
         
 
           
Social Security Number:        
 
     
 
   

 


 

AMENDMENT TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
     This Amendment to Employment Agreement between Multifamily Internet Ventures LLC (“ Employer ”) and Dirk D. Wakeham (“ Executive ”), is entered into this 12th day of April, 2007.
RECITALS:
     WHEREAS, Employer and Executive entered into that certain Employment Agreement of even date herewith (“ Employment Agreement ”); and
     WHEREAS, the parties now wish to amend certain provisions of the Employment Agreement.
     NOW THEREFORE, consideration of the mutual promises contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby agree as follows:
  1.   Amend the first sentence of Section  5(a) , Base Salary , to read as follows:
      “As compensation for the performance by Executive of his obligations hereunder, during the Employment Period, Employer shall pay Executive a base salary at a rate not less than Eighteen Thousand Seven Hundred Fifty and no/100 Dollars per month, or Two Hundred Twenty-Five Thousand Dollars (US$225,000) on an annualized basis (the base salary, at the rate in effect from time to time, is hereinafter referred to as the “Base Salary”).”
  2.   Except to the extent set forth herein, the terms and conditions of the Employment Agreement are hereby ratified and confirmed.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties, intending to be legally bound, have executed this Agreement on the Effective Date.
MULTIFAMILY INTERNET VENTURES, LLC
RealPage, Inc., Sole Member
         
   
/s/ Stephen T. Winn    
By:   
Its:   
 
DIRK D. WAKEHAM
         
   
/s/ Dirk D. Wakeham    
an individual   
   

 

Exhibit 10.18
 
CREDIT AGREEMENT
by and among
REALPAGE, INC.
as Borrower,
THE LENDERS THAT ARE SIGNATORIES HERETO
as the Lenders,
WELLS FARGO FOOTHILL, LLC
as the Arranger and Administrative Agent
and
COMERICA BANK
as the Co-Arranger
Dated as of September 3, 2009
 

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
    Page  
1. DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION
    1  
 
1.1. Definitions
    1  
1.2. Accounting Terms
    1  
1.3. Code
    1  
1.4. Construction
    1  
1.5. Schedules and Exhibits
    2  
 
2. LOAN AND TERMS OF PAYMENT
    2  
 
2.1. Revolver Advances
    2  
2.2. Term Loan
    3  
2.3. Borrowing Procedures and Settlements
    3  
2.4. Payments; Reductions of Commitments; Prepayments
    8  
2.5. Overadvances
    12  
     2.6. Interest Rates and Letter of Credit Fee: Rates, Payments, and Calculations 12
2.7. Crediting Payments
    13  
2.8. Designated Account
    13  
2.9. Maintenance of Loan Account; Statements of Obligations
    14  
2.10. Fees
    14  
2.11. Letters of Credit
    14  
2.12. LIBOR Option
    17  
2.13. Capital Requirements
    19  
 
3. CONDITIONS; TERM OF AGREEMENT
    20  
 
3.1. Conditions Precedent to the Initial Extension of Credit
    20  
3.2. Conditions Precedent to all Extensions of Credit
    20  
3.3. Maturity
    20  
3.4. Effect of Maturity
    20  
3.5. Early Termination by Borrower
    21  

-i-


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)
         
    Page  
4. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
    21  
 
4.1. Due Organization and Qualification; Subsidiaries
    21  
4.2. Due Authorization; No Conflict
    22  
4.3. Governmental Consents
    22  
4.4. Binding Obligations; Perfected Liens
    22  
4.5. Title to Assets; No Encumbrances
    22  
     4.6. Jurisdiction of Organization; Location of Chief Executive Office; Organizational Identification Number; Commercial Tort Claims
23
4.7. Litigation
    23  
4.8. Compliance with Laws
    23  
4.9. No Material Adverse Change
    23  
4.10. Fraudulent Transfer
    24  
4.11. Employee Benefits
    24  
4.12. Environmental Condition
    24  
4.13. Intellectual Property
    24  
4.14. Leases
    24  
4.15. Deposit Accounts and Securities Accounts
    24  
4.16. Complete Disclosure
    25  
4.17. Material Contracts
    25  
4.18. Patriot Act
    25  
4.19. Indebtedness
    25  
4.20. Payment of Taxes
    26  
4.21. Margin Stock
    26  
4.22. Governmental Regulation
    26  
4.23. OFAC
    26  
4.24. Employee and Labor Matters
    26  
4.25. Location of Equipment
    27  
4.26. Inactive Subsidiaries.
    27  
4.27. Existing Obligations Pertaining to Acquisitions.
    27  
 
5. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS
    27  
 
5.1. Financial Statements, Reports, Certificates
    27  

-ii-


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)
         
    Page  
5.2. Collateral Reporting
    28  
5.3. Existence
    28  
5.4. Maintenance of Properties
    28  
5.5. Taxes
    28  
5.6. Insurance
    28  
5.7. Inspection
    29  
5.8. Compliance with Laws
    29  
5.9. Environmental
    29  
5.10. Disclosure Updates
    30  
5.11. Formation of Subsidiaries
    30  
5.12. Further Assurances
    30  
5.13. Lender Meetings
    31  
5.14. Material Contracts
    31  
5.15. Location of Tangible Collateral
    31  
5.16. Assignable Material Contracts
    31  
5.17. Post Closing Matters
    32  
 
6. NEGATIVE COVENANTS
    32  
 
6.1. Indebtedness
    32  
6.2. Liens
    32  
6.3. Restrictions on Fundamental Changes
    32  
6.4. Disposal of Assets
    33  
6.5. Change Name
    33  
6.6. Nature of Business
    33  
6.7. Prepayments and Amendments
    33  
6.8. Change of Control
    34  
6.9. Restricted Junior Payments
    34  
6.10. Accounting Methods
    35  
6.11. Investments
    35  
6.12. Transactions with Affiliates
    35  
6.13. Use of Proceeds
    36  

-iii-


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)
         
    Page  
7. FINANCIAL COVENANTS
    36  
 
8. EVENTS OF DEFAULT
    38  
 
9. RIGHTS AND REMEDIES
    39  
 
9.1. Rights and Remedies
    39  
9.2. Remedies Cumulative
    40  
 
10. WAIVERS; INDEMNIFICATION
    40  
 
10.1. Demand; Protest; etc
    40  
10.2. The Lender Group’s Liability for Collateral
    40  
10.3. Indemnification
    40  
 
11. NOTICES
    41  
 
12. CHOICE OF LAW AND VENUE; JURY TRIAL WAIVER; REFERENCE PROVISION
    42  
 
13. ASSIGNMENTS AND PARTICIPATIONS; SUCCESSORS
    44  
 
13.1. Assignments and Participations
    44  
13.2. Successors
    47  
 
14. AMENDMENTS; WAIVERS
    47  
 
14.1. Amendments and Waivers
    47  
14.2. Replacement of Certain Lenders
    48  
14.3. No Waivers; Cumulative Remedies
    49  
 
15. AGENT; THE LENDER GROUP
    49  
 
15.1. Appointment and Authorization of Agent
    49  
15.2. Delegation of Duties
    49  
15.3. Liability of Agent
    50  
15.4. Reliance by Agent
    50  
15.5. Notice of Default or Event of Default
    50  
15.6. Credit Decision
    51  
15.7. Costs and Expenses; Indemnification
    51  
15.8. Agent in Individual Capacity
    52  
15.9. Successor Agent
    52  
15.10. Lender in Individual Capacity
    52  
15.11. Collateral Matters
    53  

-iv-


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)
         
    Page  
15.12. Restrictions on Actions by Lenders; Sharing of Payments
    53  
15.13. Agency for Perfection
    54  
15.14. Payments by Agent to the Lenders
    54  
15.15. Concerning the Collateral and Related Loan Documents
    54  
     15.16. Audits and Examination Reports; Confidentiality; Disclaimers by Lenders; Other Reports and Information 54
15.17. Several Obligations; No Liability
    55  
15.18. Co-Arranger
    55  
 
16. WITHHOLDING TAXES
    56  
 
17. GENERAL PROVISIONS
    58  
 
17.1. Effectiveness
    58  
17.2. Section Headings
    58  
17.3. Interpretation
    58  
17.4. Severability of Provisions
    58  
17.5. Bank Product Providers
    58  
17.6. Debtor-Creditor Relationship
    59  
17.7. Counterparts; Electronic Execution
    59  
17.8. Revival and Reinstatement of Obligations
    59  
17.9. Confidentiality
    59  
17.10. Lender Group Expenses
    60  
17.11. USA PATRIOT Act
    60  
17.12. Integration
    60  

-v-


 

EXHIBITS AND SCHEDULES
     
Exhibit A-1
  Form of Assignment and Acceptance
Exhibit B-1
  Form of Borrowing Base Certificate
Exhibit B-2
  Form of Bank Product Provider Letter Agreement
Exhibit C-1
  Form of Compliance Certificate
Exhibit C-2
  Form of Credit Amount Certificate
Exhibit I-1
  Form of Intellectual Property Reporting Certificate
Exhibit L-1
  Form of LIBOR Notice
 
   
Schedule A-1
  Agent’s Account
Schedule A-2
  Authorized Persons
Schedule C-1
  Commitments
Schedule D-1
  Designated Account
Schedule P-1
  Permitted Investments
Schedule P-2
  Permitted Liens
Schedule 1.1
  Definitions
Schedule 3.1
  Conditions Precedent
Schedule 4.1(b)
  Capitalization of Borrower; Stock Subject to Mandatory Redemption
Schedule 4.1(c)
  Capitalization of Borrower’s Subsidiaries
Schedule 4.6(a)
  States of Organization
Schedule 4.6(b)
  Chief Executive Offices
Schedule 4.6(c)
  Organizational Identification Numbers
Schedule 4.6(d)
  Commercial Tort Claims
Schedule 4.7
  Litigation
Schedule 4.12
  Environmental Matters
Schedule 4.13
  Intellectual Property
Schedule 4.15
  Deposit Accounts and Securities Accounts
Schedule 4.17
  Material Contracts
Schedule 4.19
  Permitted Indebtedness
Schedule 4.25
  Locations of Equipment
Schedule 4.27
  Existing Obligations Pertaining to Acquisitions
Schedule 5.1
  Financial Statements, Reports, Certificates
Schedule 5.2
  Collateral Reporting
Schedule 6.6
  Nature of Business
Schedule 6.12
  RealPage Payment Processing, StarFire Media, Inc. and Credit Interfaces, Inc. Transactions

-vi-


 

CREDIT AGREEMENT
           THIS CREDIT AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), is entered into as of September 3, 2009, by and among the lenders identified on the signature pages hereof (such lenders, together with their respective successors and permitted assigns, are referred to hereinafter each individually as a “ Lender ” and collectively as the “ Lenders ”), WELLS FARGO FOOTHILL, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as the arranger and administrative agent for the Lenders (in such capacity, together with its successors and assigns in such capacity, “ Agent ”), COMERICA BANK, Texas Banking Association, as co-arranger for the Lenders (in such capacity, together with its successors and assigns in such capacity, “ Co-Arranger ”), and REALPAGE, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Borrower ”).
          The parties agree as follows:
1. DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION .
     1.1. Definitions .
          Capitalized terms used in this Agreement shall have the meanings specified therefor on Schedule 1.1 .
     1.2. Accounting Terms .
          All accounting terms not specifically defined herein shall be construed in accordance with GAAP; provided , however , that if Borrower notifies Agent that Borrower requests an amendment to any provision hereof to eliminate the effect of any Accounting Change occurring after the Closing Date or in the application thereof on the operation of such provision (or if Agent notifies Borrower that the Required Lenders request an amendment to any provision hereof for such purpose), regardless of whether any such notice is given before or after such Accounting Change or in the application thereof, then Agent and Borrower agree that they will negotiate in good faith amendments to the provisions of this Agreement that are directly affected by such Accounting Change with the intent of having the respective positions of the Lenders and Borrower after such Accounting Change conform as nearly as possible to their respective positions as of the date of this Agreement and, until any such amendments have been agreed upon, the provisions in this Agreement shall be calculated as if no such Accounting Change had occurred. When used herein, the term “financial statements” shall include the notes and schedules thereto, when and as applicable. Whenever the term “Borrower” is used in respect of a financial covenant or a related definition, it shall be understood to mean Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, unless the context clearly requires otherwise.
     1.3. Code .
     Any terms used in this Agreement that are defined in the Code shall be construed and defined as set forth in the Code unless otherwise defined herein; provided , however , that to the extent that the Code is used to define any term herein and such term is defined differently in different Articles of the Code, the definition of such term contained in Article 9 of the Code shall govern.
     1.4. Construction .
     Unless the context of this Agreement or any other Loan Document clearly requires otherwise, references to the plural include the singular, references to the singular include the plural, the terms “includes” and “including” are not limiting, and the term “or” has, except where otherwise indicated, the inclusive meaning represented by the phrase “and/or.” The words “hereof,” “herein,” “hereby,” “hereunder,” and similar terms in this Agreement or any other Loan Document refer to this Agreement or such other Loan Document, as the case may be, as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement or such other Loan Document, as the case may be. Section, subsection, clause, schedule, and exhibit references herein are to this

 


 

Agreement unless otherwise specified. Any reference in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document to any agreement, instrument, or document shall include all alterations, amendments, changes, extensions, modifications, renewals, replacements, substitutions, joinders, and supplements, thereto and thereof, as applicable, all to the extent executed by the respective parties of any such agreement, instrument or document (subject to any restrictions on such alterations, amendments, changes, extensions, modifications, renewals, replacements, substitutions, joinders, and supplements set forth herein). The words “asset” and “property” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, securities, accounts, and contract rights. Any reference herein or in any other Loan Document to the satisfaction or repayment in full of the Obligations shall mean the repayment in full in cash (or, in the case of Letters of Credit or Bank Products, providing Letter of Credit Collateralization) of all Obligations other than unasserted contingent indemnification Obligations and other than any Bank Product Obligations that, at such time, are allowed by the applicable Bank Product Provider to remain outstanding and that are not required by the provisions of this Agreement to be repaid or cash collateralized. Any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and assigns. Any requirement of a writing contained herein or in any other Loan Document shall be satisfied by the transmission of a Record.
     1.5. Schedules and Exhibits .
          All of the schedules and exhibits attached to this Agreement shall be deemed incorporated herein by reference.
2. LOAN AND TERMS OF PAYMENT .
     2.1. Revolver Advances .
          (a) Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and during the term of this Agreement, each Lender with a Revolver Commitment agrees (severally, not jointly or jointly and severally) to make advances (“ Advances ”) to Borrower in an amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of an amount equal to the least of (i) the Maximum Revolver Amount less the Letter of Credit Usage at such time, (ii) the Credit Amount at such time less the sum of (A) the Letter of Credit Usage at such time, plus (B) the outstanding principal balance of the Term Loan at such time and (iii) the Borrowing Base at such time less the Letter of Credit Usage at such time.
          (b) Amounts borrowed pursuant to this Section 2.1 may be repaid and, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, reborrowed at any time during the term of this Agreement. The outstanding principal amount of the Advances, together with interest accrued thereon, shall be due and payable on the Maturity Date or, if earlier, on the date on which they are declared due and payable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.
          (c) Anything to the contrary in this Section 2.1 notwithstanding, Agent shall have the right with 7 days’ prior written notice to Borrower to establish reserves against the Borrowing Base and the Credit Amount in such amounts, and with respect to such matters, as Agent in its Permitted Discretion shall deem necessary or appropriate, including Bank Product Reserves and reserves with respect to (i) Holdbacks that may be payable in connection with any Permitted Acquisition to the extent Borrower has not established a cash collateral account with Agent containing cash in the amount of such Holdbacks, (ii) sums that Borrower or its Subsidiaries are required to pay under any Section of this Agreement or any other Loan Document (such as taxes, assessments, insurance premiums, or, in the case of leased assets, rents or other amounts payable under such leases) and has failed to pay, and (iii) amounts owing by Borrower or its Subsidiaries to any Person to the extent secured by a Lien on, or trust over, any of the Collateral (other than a Permitted Lien), which Lien or trust, in the Permitted Discretion of Agent likely would have a priority superior to Agent’s Liens (such as Liens or trusts in favor of landlords, warehousemen, carriers, mechanics, materialmen, laborers, or suppliers, or Liens or trusts for ad valorem , excise, sales, or other taxes where given priority under applicable law) in and to such item of the Collateral.

-2-


 

     2.2. Term Loan .
          Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, on the Closing Date each Lender with a Term Loan Commitment agrees (severally, not jointly or jointly and severally) to make term loans (collectively, the “ Term Loan ”) to Borrower in an amount equal to such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the Term Loan Amount. The principal of the Term Loan shall be repaid in installments identified as “Installment Amounts” below on the following dates and in the following amounts:
     
Date   Installment Amount
December 31, 2009, March 31, 2010, June 30, 2010 and September 30, 2010
  $1,312,500
 
   
December 31, 2010, March 31, 2011, June 30, 2011 and September 30, 2011
  $1,750,000
 
   
December 31, 2011, March 31, 2012, June 30, 2012 and September 30, 2012
  $1,837,500
 
   
December 31, 2012 and March 31, 2013
  $1,925,000
 
   
Maturity Date
  Unpaid Principal Balance
The outstanding unpaid principal balance and all accrued and unpaid interest on the Term Loan shall be due and payable on the earlier of (i) the Maturity Date, and (ii) the date of the acceleration of the Term Loan in accordance with the terms hereof. All principal of, interest on, and other amounts payable in respect of the Term Loan shall constitute Obligations.
     2.3. Borrowing Procedures and Settlements .
          (a) Procedure for Borrowing . Each Borrowing shall be made by a written request by an Authorized Person delivered to Agent. Unless Swing Lender is not obligated to make a Swing Loan pursuant to Section 2.3(b) below, such notice must be received by Agent no later than 10:00 a.m. (California time) on the Business Day that is the requested Funding Date specifying (i) the amount of such Borrowing, and (ii) the requested Funding Date, which shall be a Business Day; provided , however , that if Swing Lender is not obligated to make a Swing Loan as to a requested Borrowing, such notice must be received by Agent no later than 10:00 a.m. (California time) on the Business Day prior to the date that is the requested Funding Date. At Agent’s election, in lieu of delivering the above-described written request, any Authorized Person may give Agent telephonic notice of such request by the required time. In such circumstances, Borrower agrees that any such telephonic notice will be confirmed in writing within 24 hours of the giving of such telephonic notice, but the failure to provide such written confirmation shall not affect the validity of the request.
          (b) Making of Swing Loans . In the case of a request for an Advance and so long as either (i) the aggregate amount of Swing Loans made since the last Settlement Date, minus the amount of Collections or payments applied to Swing Loans since the last Settlement Date, plus the amount of the requested Advance does not exceed $5,000,000, or (ii) Swing Lender, in its sole discretion, shall agree to make a Swing Loan notwithstanding the foregoing limitation, Swing Lender shall make an Advance in the amount of such Borrowing (any such Advance made solely by Swing Lender pursuant to this Section 2.3(b) being referred to as a “ Swing Loan ” and such Advances being referred to collectively as “ Swing Loans ”) available to Borrower on the Funding Date applicable thereto by transferring immediately available funds to the Designated Account; provided Swing Lender shall not be obligated to make such Swing Loan if Swing Lender has notified Borrower in writing that it has elected to discontinue making Swing Loans. Each Swing Loan

-3-


 

shall be deemed to be an Advance hereunder and shall be subject to all the terms and conditions applicable to other Advances, except that all payments on any Swing Loan shall be payable to Swing Lender solely for its own account. Subject to the provisions of Section 2.3(d)(ii) , Swing Lender shall not make and shall not be obligated to make any Swing Loan if Swing Lender has actual knowledge that (i) one or more of the applicable conditions precedent set forth in Section 3 will not be satisfied on the requested Funding Date for the applicable Borrowing, or (ii) the requested Borrowing would exceed the Availability on such Funding Date. Swing Lender shall not otherwise be required to determine whether the applicable conditions precedent set forth in Section 3 have been satisfied on the Funding Date applicable thereto prior to making any Swing Loan. The Swing Loans shall be secured by Agent’s Liens, constitute Obligations hereunder, and bear interest at the rate applicable from time to time to Advances that are Base Rate Loans.
          (c) Making of Loans .
               (i) In the event that Swing Lender is not obligated to make a Swing Loan, or otherwise elects not to make a Swing Loan, then promptly after receipt of a request for a Borrowing pursuant to Section 2.3(a) , Agent shall notify the Lenders, not later than 1:00 p.m. (California time) on the Business Day immediately preceding the Funding Date applicable thereto, by telecopy, telephone, or other similar form of transmission, of the requested Borrowing. Each Lender shall make the amount of such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the requested Borrowing available to Agent in immediately available funds, to Agent’s Account, not later than 10:00 a.m. (California time) on the Funding Date applicable thereto. After Agent’s receipt of the proceeds of such Advances, Agent shall make the proceeds thereof available to Borrower on the applicable Funding Date by transferring immediately available funds equal to such proceeds received by Agent to the Designated Account; provided , however , that, subject to the provisions of Section 2.3(d)(ii) , no Lender shall have the obligation to make any Advance if (1) one or more of the applicable conditions precedent set forth in Section 3 will not be satisfied on the requested Funding Date for the applicable Borrowing unless such condition has been waived, or (2) the requested Borrowing would exceed the Availability on such Funding Date.
               (ii) Unless Agent receives notice from a Lender prior to 9:00 a.m. (California time) on the date of a Borrowing, that such Lender will not make available as and when required hereunder to Agent for the account of Borrower the amount of that Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the Borrowing, Agent may assume that each Lender has made or will make such amount available to Agent in immediately available funds on the Funding Date and Agent may (but shall not be so required), in reliance upon such assumption, make available to Borrower on such date a corresponding amount. If any Lender shall not have made its full amount available to Agent in immediately available funds and if Agent in such circumstances has made available to Borrower such amount, that Lender shall on the Business Day following such Funding Date make such amount available to Agent, together with interest at the Defaulting Lender Rate for each day during such period. A notice submitted by Agent to any Lender with respect to amounts owing under this Section 2.3(c)(ii) shall be conclusive, absent manifest error. If such amount is so made available, such payment to Agent shall constitute such Lender’s Advance on the date of Borrowing for all purposes of this Agreement. If such amount is not made available to Agent on the Business Day following the Funding Date, Agent will notify Borrower of such failure to fund and, upon demand by Agent, Borrower shall pay such amount to Agent for Agent’s account, together with interest thereon for each day elapsed since the date of such Borrowing, at a rate per annum equal to the interest rate applicable at the time to the Advances composing such Borrowing. The failure of any Lender to make any Advance on any Funding Date shall not relieve any other Lender of any obligation hereunder to make an Advance on such Funding Date, but no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to make the Advance to be made by such other Lender on any Funding Date.
               (iii) Agent shall not be obligated to transfer to a Defaulting Lender any payments made by Borrower to Agent for the Defaulting Lender’s benefit, and, in the absence of such transfer to the Defaulting Lender, Agent shall transfer any such payments to each other non-Defaulting Lender member of the Lender Group ratably in accordance with their Commitments (but only to the extent that such Defaulting Lender’s Advance was funded by the other members of the Lender Group) or, if so directed by Borrower and if no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing (and to the extent such Defaulting Lender’s

-4-


 

Advance was not funded by the Lender Group), retain same to be re-advanced to Borrower as if such Defaulting Lender had made Advances to Borrower. Subject to the foregoing, Agent may hold and, in its Permitted Discretion, re-lend to Borrower for the account of such Defaulting Lender the amount of all such payments received and retained by Agent for the account of such Defaulting Lender. Solely for the purposes of voting or consenting to matters with respect to the Loan Documents, such Defaulting Lender shall be deemed not to be a “Lender” and such Lender’s Commitment shall be deemed to be zero. This Section shall remain effective with respect to such Lender until (x) the Obligations under this Agreement shall have been declared or shall have become immediately due and payable, (y) the non-Defaulting Lenders, Agent, and Borrower shall have waived such Defaulting Lender’s default in writing, or (z) the Defaulting Lender makes its Pro Rata Share of the applicable Advance and pays to Agent all amounts owing by Defaulting Lender in respect thereof. The operation of this Section shall not be construed to increase or otherwise affect the Commitment of any Lender, to relieve or excuse the performance by such Defaulting Lender or any other Lender of its duties and obligations hereunder, or to relieve or excuse the performance by any Loan Party of its duties and obligations hereunder to Agent or to the Lenders other than such Defaulting Lender. Any such failure to fund by any Defaulting Lender shall constitute a material breach by such Defaulting Lender of this Agreement and shall entitle Borrower at its option, upon written notice to Agent, to arrange for a substitute Lender to assume the Commitment of such Defaulting Lender, such substitute Lender to be reasonably acceptable to Agent. In connection with the arrangement of such a substitute Lender, the Defaulting Lender shall have no right to refuse to be replaced hereunder, and agrees to execute and deliver a completed form of Assignment and Acceptance in favor of the substitute Lender (and agrees that it shall be deemed to have executed and delivered such document if it fails to do so) subject only to being repaid its share of the outstanding Obligations (other than Bank Product Obligations, but including an assumption of its Pro Rata Share of the Letters of Credit) without any premium or penalty of any kind whatsoever; provided , however , that any such assumption of the Commitment of such Defaulting Lender shall not be deemed to constitute a waiver of any of the Lender Groups’ or Borrower’s rights or remedies against any such Defaulting Lender arising out of or in relation to such failure to fund.
          (d) Protective Advances and Optional Overadvances .
               (i) Any contrary provision of this Agreement notwithstanding, Agent hereby is authorized by Borrower and the Lenders, from time to time in Agent’s sole discretion, (A) after the occurrence and during the continuance of a Default or an Event of Default, or (B) at any time that any of the other applicable conditions precedent set forth in Section 3 are not satisfied, to make Advances to, or for the benefit of, Borrower on behalf of the Lenders (in an aggregate amount for all such Advances taken together not exceeding $2,000,000 outstanding at any one time) that Agent, in its Permitted Discretion deems necessary or desirable (1) to preserve or protect the Collateral, or any portion thereof, or (2) to enhance the likelihood of repayment of the Obligations (other than the Bank Product Obligations) (any of the Advances described in this Section 2.3(d)(i) shall be referred to as “ Protective Advances ”).
               (ii) Any contrary provision of this Agreement notwithstanding, the Lenders hereby authorize Agent or Swing Lender, as applicable, and either Agent or Swing Lender, as applicable, may, but is not obligated to, knowingly and intentionally, continue to make Advances (including Swing Loans) to Borrower notwithstanding that an Overadvance exists or thereby would be created, so long as (A) after giving effect to such Advances, the outstanding Revolver Usage does not exceed the Credit Amount by more than $2,000,000, and (B) after giving effect to such Advances, the outstanding Revolver Usage (except for and excluding amounts charged to the Loan Account for interest, fees, or Lender Group Expenses) does not exceed the Maximum Revolver Amount. In the event Agent obtains actual knowledge that the Revolver Usage exceeds the amounts permitted by the immediately foregoing provisions, regardless of the amount of, or reason for, such excess, Agent shall notify the Lenders as soon as practicable (and prior to making any (or any additional) Overadvances (except for and excluding amounts charged to the Loan Account for interest, fees, or Lender Group Expenses) unless Agent determines that prior notice would result in imminent harm to the Collateral or its value), and the Lenders with Revolver Commitments thereupon shall, together with Agent, jointly determine the terms of arrangements that shall be implemented with Borrower intended to reduce, within a reasonable time, the outstanding principal amount of the Advances to Borrower to an amount

-5-


 

permitted by the preceding sentence. In such circumstances, if any Lender with a Revolver Commitment objects to the proposed terms of reduction or repayment of any Overadvance, the terms of reduction or repayment thereof shall be implemented according to the determination of the Required Lenders. In any event: (x) if any Overadvance remains outstanding for more than 30 days, unless otherwise agreed to by the Required Lenders, Agent shall notify Borrower to immediately repay Advances in an amount sufficient to eliminate all such Overadvances, and (y) after the date all such Overadvances have been eliminated, there must be at least five consecutive days before Overadvances are made. The foregoing provisions are meant for the benefit of the Lenders and Agent and are not meant for the benefit of Borrower, which shall continue to be bound by the provisions of Section 2.5 . Each Lender with a Revolver Commitment shall be obligated to settle with Agent as provided in Section 2.3(e) for the amount of such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of any Overadvances by Agent reported to such Lender, any Overadvances made as permitted under this Section 2.3(d)(ii) , and any Overadvances resulting from the charging to the Loan Account of interest, fees, or Lender Group Expenses.
               (iii) Each Protective Advance and each Overadvance shall be deemed to be an Advance hereunder, except that no Protective Advance or Overadvance shall be eligible to be a LIBOR Rate Loan and, prior to Settlement therefor, all payments on the Protective Advances shall be payable to Agent solely for its own account; provided that, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, a Lender may request that no Settlement be made with respect to such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of any Protective Advance in excess of such Lender’s Revolver Commitment. The Protective Advances and Overadvances shall be repayable on demand, secured by Agent’s Liens, constitute Obligations hereunder, and bear interest at the rate applicable from time to time to Advances that are Base Rate Loans. The ability of Agent to make Protective Advances is separate and distinct from its ability to make Overadvances and its ability to make Overadvances is separate and distinct from its ability to make Protective Advances; for the avoidance of doubt, the limitations on Agent’s ability to make Protective Advances do not apply to Overadvances and the limitations on Agent’s ability to make Overadvances do not apply to Protective Advances. The provisions of this Section 2.3(d) are for the exclusive benefit of Agent, Swing Lender, and the Lenders and are not intended to benefit Borrower in any way.
               (iv) Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement or the Loan Documents to the contrary: (A) no Overadvance or Protective Advance may be made by Agent if such Advance would cause the aggregate principal amount of Overadvances and Protective Advances outstanding to exceed an amount equal to ten percent (10%) of the Maximum Revolver Amount; and (B) to the extent any Protective Advance causes the aggregate Revolver Usage to exceed the Maximum Revolver Amount, each such Protective Advance shall be for Agent’s sole and separate account and not for the account of any Lender.
          (e) It is agreed that each Lender’s funded portion of the Advances is intended by the Lenders to equal, at all times, such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the outstanding Advances. Such agreement notwithstanding, Agent, Swing Lender, and the other Lenders agree (which agreement shall not be for the benefit of Borrower) that in order to facilitate the administration of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, settlement among the Lenders as to the Advances, the Swing Loans, and the Protective Advances shall take place on a periodic basis in accordance with the following provisions:
               (i) Agent shall request settlement (“ Settlement ”) with the Lenders on a weekly basis, or on a more frequent basis if so determined by Agent (1) on behalf of Swing Lender, with respect to the outstanding Swing Loans, (2) for itself, with respect to the outstanding Protective Advances, and (3) with respect to Borrower’s or its Subsidiaries’ Collections or payments received, as to each by notifying the Lenders by telecopy, telephone, or other similar form of transmission, of such requested Settlement, no later than 2:00 p.m. (California time) on the Business Day immediately prior to the date of such requested Settlement (the date of such requested Settlement being the “ Settlement Date ”). Such notice of a Settlement Date shall include a summary statement of the amount of outstanding Advances, Swing Loans, and Protective Advances for the period since the prior Settlement Date. Subject to the terms and conditions contained herein (including Section 2.3(c)(iii) ): (y) if a Lender’s balance of the Advances (including Swing Loans and Protective Advances) exceeds such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the Advances (including Swing Loans and Protective Advances) as of a Settlement Date, then Agent shall, by no later than 12:00 p.m. (California time) on the Settlement Date,

-6-


 

transfer in immediately available funds to a Deposit Account of such Lender (as such Lender may designate), an amount such that each such Lender shall, upon receipt of such amount, have as of the Settlement Date, its Pro Rata Share of the Advances (including Swing Loans and Protective Advances), and (z) if a Lender’s balance of the Advances (including Swing Loans and Protective Advances) is less than such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the Advances (including Swing Loans and Protective Advances) as of a Settlement Date, such Lender shall no later than 12:00 p.m. (California time) on the Settlement Date transfer in immediately available funds to Agent’s Account, an amount such that each such Lender shall, upon transfer of such amount, have as of the Settlement Date, its Pro Rata Share of the Advances (including Swing Loans and Protective Advances). Such amounts made available to Agent under clause (z) of the immediately preceding sentence shall be applied against the amounts of the applicable Swing Loans or Protective Advances and, together with the portion of such Swing Loans or Protective Advances representing Swing Lender’s Pro Rata Share thereof, shall constitute Advances of such Lenders. If any such amount is not made available to Agent by any Lender on the Settlement Date applicable thereto to the extent required by the terms hereof, Agent shall be entitled to recover for its account such amount on demand from such Lender together with interest thereon at the Defaulting Lender Rate.
               (ii) In determining whether a Lender’s balance of the Advances, Swing Loans, and Protective Advances is less than, equal to, or greater than such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the Advances, Swing Loans, and Protective Advances as of a Settlement Date, Agent shall, as part of the relevant Settlement, apply to such balance the portion of payments actually received in good funds by Agent with respect to principal, interest, fees payable by Borrower and allocable to the Lenders hereunder, and proceeds of Collateral.
               (iii) Between Settlement Dates, Agent, to the extent Protective Advances or Swing Loans are outstanding, may pay over to Agent or Swing Lender, as applicable, any Collections or payments received by Agent that in accordance with the terms of this Agreement would be applied to the reduction of the Advances, for application to the Protective Advances or Swing Loans. Between Settlement Dates, Agent, to the extent no Protective Advances or Swing Loans are outstanding, may pay over to Swing Lender any Collections or payments received by Agent, that in accordance with the terms of this Agreement would be applied to the reduction of the Advances, for application to Swing Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the Advances. If, as of any Settlement Date, Collections or payments of Borrower or its Subsidiaries received since the then immediately preceding Settlement Date have been applied to Swing Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the Advances other than to Swing Loans, as provided for in the previous sentence, Swing Lender shall pay to Agent for the accounts of the Lenders, and Agent shall pay to the Lenders, to be applied to the outstanding Advances of such Lenders, an amount such that each Lender shall, upon receipt of such amount, have, as of such Settlement Date, its Pro Rata Share of the Advances. During the period between Settlement Dates, Swing Lender with respect to Swing Loans, Agent with respect to Protective Advances, and each Lender (subject to the effect of agreements between Agent and individual Lenders) with respect to the Advances other than Swing Loans and Protective Advances, shall be entitled to interest at the applicable rate or rates payable under this Agreement on the daily amount of funds employed by Swing Lender, Agent, or the Lenders, as applicable.
          (f) Notation . Agent, as a non-fiduciary agent for Borrower, shall maintain a register showing the principal amount of the Advances (and portion of the Term Loan, as applicable), owing to each Lender, including the Swing Loans owing to Swing Lender, and Protective Advances owing to Agent, and the interests therein of each Lender, from time to time and such register shall, absent manifest error, conclusively be presumed to be correct and accurate.
          (g) Lenders’ Failure to Perform . All Advances (other than Swing Loans and Protective Advances) shall be made by the Lenders contemporaneously and in accordance with their Pro Rata Shares. It is understood that (i) no Lender shall be responsible for any failure by any other Lender to perform its obligation to make any Advance (or other extension of credit) hereunder, nor shall any Commitment of any Lender be increased or decreased as a result of any failure by any other Lender to perform its obligations hereunder, and (ii) no failure by any Lender to perform its obligations hereunder shall excuse any other Lender from its obligations hereunder.

-7-


 

     2.4. Payments; Reductions of Commitments; Prepayments .
          (a) Payments by Borrower .
               (i) Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all payments by Borrower shall be made to Agent’s Account for the account of the Lender Group and shall be made in immediately available funds, no later than 11:00 a.m. (California time) on the date specified herein. Any payment received by Agent later than 11:00 a.m. (California time) shall be deemed to have been received on the following Business Day and any applicable interest or fee shall continue to accrue until such following Business Day.
               (ii) Unless Agent receives notice from Borrower prior to the date on which any payment is due to the Lenders that Borrower will not make such payment in full as and when required, Agent may assume that Borrower has made (or will make) such payment in full to Agent on such date in immediately available funds and Agent may (but shall not be so required), in reliance upon such assumption, distribute to each Lender on such due date an amount equal to the amount then due such Lender. If and to the extent Borrower does not make such payment in full to Agent on the date when due, each Lender severally shall repay to Agent on demand such amount distributed to such Lender, together with interest thereon at the Defaulting Lender Rate for each day from the date such amount is distributed to such Lender until the date repaid.
          (b) Apportionment and Application .
               (i) So long as no Application Event has occurred and is continuing and except as otherwise provided with respect to Defaulting Lenders, all principal and interest payments shall be apportioned ratably among the Lenders (according to the unpaid principal balance of the Obligations to which such payments relate held by each Lender) and all payments of fees and expenses (other than fees or expenses that are for Agent’s separate account) shall be apportioned ratably among the Lenders having a Pro Rata Share of the type of Commitment or Obligation to which a particular fee or expense relates. All payments to be made hereunder by Borrower shall be remitted to Agent and (subject to Section 2.4(b)(iv) , Section 2.4(d)(ii) , Section 2.4(e) and Section 2.4(f) ) all such payments, and all proceeds of Collateral received by Agent, shall be applied, so long as no Application Event has occurred and is continuing, to reduce the balance of the Advances outstanding and, thereafter, to Borrower (to be wired to the Designated Account) or such other Person entitled thereto under applicable law.
               (ii) At any time that an Application Event has occurred and is continuing and except as otherwise provided with respect to Defaulting Lenders, all payments remitted to Agent and all proceeds of Collateral received by Agent shall be applied as follows:
                    (A)  first , to pay any Lender Group Expenses (including cost or expense reimbursements) or indemnities then due to Agent under the Loan Documents, until paid in full,
                    (B)  second , to pay any fees or premiums then due to Agent under the Loan Documents until paid in full,
                    (C)  third , to pay interest due in respect of all Protective Advances until paid in full,
                    (D)  fourth , to pay the principal of all Protective Advances until paid in full,
                    (E)  fifth , ratably to pay any Lender Group Expenses (including cost or expense reimbursements) or indemnities then due to any of the Lenders under the Loan Documents, until paid in full,

-8-


 

                    (F)  sixth , ratably to pay any fees or premiums then due to any of the Lenders under the Loan Documents until paid in full,
                    (G)  seventh , ratably to pay interest due in respect of the Advances (other than Protective Advances), the Swing Loans, and the Term Loan until paid in full,
                    (H)  eighth , ratably (i) to pay the principal of all Swing Loans until paid in full, (ii) to pay the principal of all Advances until paid in full, (iii) to Agent, to be held by Agent, for the benefit of Issuing Lender (and for the ratable benefit of each of the Lenders that have an obligation to pay to Agent, for the account of the Issuing Lender, a share of each Letter of Credit Disbursement), as cash collateral in an amount up to 105% of the Letter of Credit Usage, and (iv) to pay the outstanding principal balance of the Term Loan (in the inverse order of the maturity of the installments due thereunder) until the Term Loan is paid in full,
                    (I)  ninth , to pay any other Obligations (including being paid to the Bank Product Providers on account of all amounts then due and payable in respect of Bank Products, with any balance to be paid to Agent, to be held by Agent, for the benefit of the Bank Product Providers, as cash collateral), and
                    (J)  tenth , to Borrower (to be wired to the Designated Account) or such other Person entitled thereto under applicable law.
               (iii) Agent promptly shall distribute to each Lender, pursuant to the applicable wire instructions received from each Lender in writing, such funds as it may be entitled to receive, subject to a Settlement delay as provided in Section 2.3(e) .
               (iv) In each instance, so long as no Application Event has occurred and is continuing, Section 2.4(b)(i) shall not apply to any payment made by Borrower to Agent and specified by Borrower to be for the payment of specific Obligations then due and payable (or prepayable) under any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document.
               (v) For purposes of Section 2.4(b)(ii) , “paid in full” means payment in cash of all amounts owing under the Loan Documents, including loan fees, service fees, professional fees, interest (and specifically including interest accrued after the commencement of any Insolvency Proceeding), default interest, interest on interest, and expense reimbursements, whether or not any of the foregoing would be or is allowed or disallowed in whole or in part in any Insolvency Proceeding.
               (vi) In the event of a direct conflict between the priority provisions of this Section 2.4 and any other provision contained in any other Loan Document, it is the intention of the parties hereto that such provisions be read together and construed, to the fullest extent possible, to be in concert with each other. In the event of any actual, irreconcilable conflict that cannot be resolved as aforesaid, the terms and provisions of this Section 2.4 shall control and govern.
          (c) Reduction of Commitments .
               (i)  Revolver Commitments . The Revolver Commitments shall terminate on the Maturity Date. Borrower may reduce the Revolver Commitments to an amount (which may be zero) not less than the sum of (A) the Revolver Usage as of such date, plus (B) the principal amount of all Advances not yet made as to which a request has been given by Borrower under Section 2.3(a) , plus (C) the amount of all Letters of Credit not yet issued as to which a request has been given by Borrower pursuant to Section 2.11(a) . Each such reduction shall be in an amount which is not less than $1,000,000 (unless the Revolver Commitments are being reduced to zero and the amount of the Revolver Commitments in effect immediately prior to such reduction are less than $1,000,000), shall be made by providing not less than 10 Business Days prior written notice to Agent and shall be irrevocable. Once reduced, the Revolver Commitments may not be

-9-


 

increased. Each such reduction of the Revolver Commitments shall reduce the Revolver Commitments of each Lender proportionately in accordance with its Pro Rata Share thereof.
               (ii)  Term Loan Commitments . The Term Loan Commitments shall terminate upon the making of the Term Loan.
          (d) Optional Prepayments .
               (i)  Advances . Borrower may prepay the principal of any Advance at any time in whole or in part.
               (ii)  Term Loan . Borrower may, upon at least 10 Business Days prior written notice to Agent, prepay the principal of the Term Loan, in whole or in part. Each prepayment made pursuant to this Section 2.4(d)(ii) shall be accompanied by the payment of accrued interest to the date of such payment on the amount prepaid. Each such prepayment shall be applied against the remaining installments of principal due on the Term Loan on a pro rata basis (for the avoidance of doubt, any amount that is due and payable on the Maturity Date shall constitute an installment).
          (e) Mandatory Prepayments .
               (i)  Borrowing Base; Credit Amount . If, at any time, (A) the Revolver Usage on such date exceeds (B) the Borrowing Base (such excess being referred to as the “ Borrowing Base Excess ”), then Borrower shall immediately prepay the Obligations in accordance with Section 2.4(f)(i) in an aggregate amount equal to the Borrowing Base Excess. If, at any time, (A) the sum of the outstanding principal balance of the Term Loan on such date plus the Revolver Usage on such date exceeds (B) the Credit Amount (such excess being referred to as the “ Credit Amount Excess ”), then Borrower shall immediately prepay the Obligations in accordance with Section 2.4(f)(i) in an aggregate amount equal to the Credit Amount Excess.
               (ii)  Dispositions . Within 3 Business Days of the date of receipt by any Loan Party of the Net Cash Proceeds of any voluntary or involuntary sale or disposition by any Loan Party of assets (including property and casualty losses or condemnations but excluding (A) sales or dispositions which qualify as Permitted Dispositions except for those Permitted Dispositions under clauses (g), (h) and (o) of the definition of Permitted Dispositions and (B) sales or dispositions which qualify as Permitted Dispositions under clause (n) of the definition of Permitted Dispositions up to $1,250,000 in the aggregate) in excess of the Retained Amount in any fiscal year of Borrower, Borrower shall prepay the outstanding principal amount of the Obligations in accordance with Section 2.4(f)(ii) in an amount equal to 100% of such Net Cash Proceeds (including condemnation awards and payments in lieu thereof) received by such Loan Party in connection with such sales or dispositions; provided that, so long as (A) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom, (B) Borrower shall have given Agent prior written notice of Borrower’s intention to apply such monies to the costs of replacement of the properties or assets that are the subject of such sale or disposition or the cost of purchase or construction of other assets useful in the business of the Loan Party whose assets were the subject of such disposition, (C) the monies are held in a Deposit Account in which Agent has a perfected first-priority security interest, and (D) such Loan Party completes such replacement, purchase, or construction within 180 days after the initial receipt of such monies, then such Loan Party shall have the option to apply such monies to the costs of replacement of the assets that are the subject of such sale or disposition or the costs of purchase or construction of other assets useful in the business of such Loan Party unless and to the extent that such applicable period shall have expired without such replacement, purchase, or construction being made or completed, in which case, any amounts remaining in the cash collateral account shall be paid to Agent and applied in accordance with Section 2.4(f)(ii) . Nothing contained in this Section 2.4(e)(ii) shall permit Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to sell or otherwise dispose of any assets other than in accordance with Section 6.4 .
               (iii)  Extraordinary Receipts . Within 3 Business Days of the date of receipt by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of any Extraordinary Receipts in excess of the Retained Amount in any

-10-


 

fiscal year of Borrower, Borrower shall prepay the outstanding principal amount of the Obligations in accordance with Section 2.4(f)(ii) in an amount equal to 100% of such Extraordinary Receipts, net of any reasonable expenses incurred in collecting such Extraordinary Receipts.
               (iv)  Indebtedness . Within 3 Business Days of the date of incurrence by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of any Indebtedness (other than Permitted Indebtedness), Borrower shall prepay the outstanding principal amount of the Obligations in accordance with Section 2.4(f)(ii) in an amount equal to 100% of the Net Cash Proceeds received by such Person in connection with such incurrence. The provisions of this Section 2.4(e)(iv) shall not be deemed to be implied consent to any such incurrence otherwise prohibited by the terms and conditions of this Agreement.
               (v)  Equity . Within 3 Business Days of the date of the issuance by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of any shares of its or their Stock (other than (A) in the event that Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries forms or capitalizes any Subsidiary in accordance with the terms hereof, the issuance by such Subsidiary of Stock to Borrower or such Subsidiary, as applicable, (B) the issuance of Stock of Borrower to directors, officers, consultants and employees of Borrower and its Subsidiaries pursuant to stock option plans (or other employee incentive plans or other compensation arrangements) approved by the Board of Directors, (C) the issuance of Stock of Borrower to finance the purchase consideration (or a portion thereof) in connection with a Permitted Acquisition, (D) the issuance of Stock of Borrower the proceeds of which are used to pay or prepay the Preferred Shareholder Notes and (E) the issuance of Stock of Borrower for an aggregate sales price of an amount up to 5% of the equity valuation of Borrower on a fully-diluted basis before giving effect to such issuance; provided that the exception provided in this clause (E) shall only be available to Borrower once during the term of this Agreement), Borrower shall prepay the outstanding principal amount of the Obligations in accordance with Section 2.4(f)(ii) in an amount equal to 100% of the Net Cash Proceeds received by such Person in connection with such issuance. The provisions of this Section 2.4(e)(v) may be waived by Agent in its discretion and shall not be deemed to be implied consent to any such issuance otherwise prohibited by the terms and conditions of this Agreement.
               (vi)  Excess Cash Flow . Within 150 days after the end of each fiscal year of Borrower, commencing with Borrower’s fiscal year ended December 31, 2010, Borrower shall prepay the outstanding principal amount of the Obligations in accordance with Section 2.4(f)(ii) in an amount equal to 25% of the Excess Cash Flow of Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such fiscal year.
               (vii)  Change of Control . Borrower shall immediately prepay the Obligations in full in cash upon the consummation of a Change of Control.
               (viii)  Notice of Redemption . Borrower shall immediately prepay the Obligations in full in cash upon the earlier of (A) the issuance of a valid notice of redemption from the requisite number of holders of Preferred Stock required to effect a mandatory redemption of such Preferred Stock under Section 5 of Borrower’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and (B) the date of redemption of any of such Preferred Stock.
          (f) Application of Payments .
               (i) Each prepayment pursuant to Section 2.4(e)(i) shall, (A) so long as no Application Event shall have occurred and be continuing, be applied, first , to the outstanding principal amount of the Advances until paid in full, second , to cash collateralize the Letters of Credit in an amount equal to 105% of the then extant Letter of Credit Usage, and third , to the outstanding principal amount of the Term Loan until paid in full, and (B) if an Application Event shall have occurred and be continuing, be applied in the manner set forth in Section 2.4(b)(ii) . Each such prepayment of the Term Loan shall be applied against the remaining installments of principal of the Term Loan on a pro rata basis (for the avoidance of doubt, any amount that is due and payable on the Maturity Date shall constitute an installment).

-11-


 

               (ii) Each prepayment pursuant to Section 2.4(e)(ii) , 2.4(e)(iii) , 2.4(e)(iv) , 2.4(e)(v) , or 2.4(e)(vi) above shall (A) so long as no Application Event shall have occurred and be continuing, be applied, first , to the outstanding principal amount of the Term Loan until paid in full, second , to the outstanding principal amount of the Advances (with a corresponding permanent reduction in the Maximum Revolver Amount), until paid in full, and third , to cash collateralize the Letters of Credit in an amount equal to 105% of the then extant Letter of Credit Usage (with a corresponding permanent reduction in the Maximum Revolver Amount), and (B) if an Application Event shall have occurred and be continuing, be applied in the manner set forth in Section 2.4(b)(ii) . Each such prepayment of the Term Loan shall be applied against the remaining installments of principal of the Term Loan on a pro rata basis (for the avoidance of doubt, any amount that is due and payable on the Maturity Date shall constitute an installment).
     2.5. Overadvances .
          If, at any time or for any reason, the amount of Obligations owed by Borrower to the Lender Group pursuant to Section 2.1 or Section 2.11 is greater than any of the limitations set forth in Section 2.1 or Section 2.11 , as applicable (an “ Overadvance ”), Borrower shall immediately pay to Agent, in cash, the amount of such excess, which amount shall be used by Agent to reduce the Obligations in accordance with the priorities set forth in Section 2.4(b) . Borrower promises to pay the Obligations (including principal, interest, fees, costs, and expenses) in Dollars in full on the Maturity Date or, if earlier, on the date on which the Obligations are declared due and payable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.
     2.6. Interest Rates and Letter of Credit Fee: Rates, Payments, and Calculations .
          (a) Interest Rates . Except as provided in Section 2.6(c) , all Obligations (except for undrawn Letters of Credit and except for Bank Product Obligations) shall bear interest on the Daily Balance thereof as follows:
               (i) if the relevant Obligation is a LIBOR Rate Loan, at a per annum rate equal to the LIBOR Rate plus the LIBOR Rate Margin, and
               (ii) otherwise, at a per annum rate equal to the Base Rate plus the Base Rate Margin.
          (b) Letter of Credit Fee . Borrower shall pay Agent (for the ratable benefit of the Lenders with a Revolver Commitment, subject to any agreements between Agent and individual Lenders), a Letter of Credit fee (in addition to the charges, commissions, fees, and costs set forth in Section 2.11(e) ) which shall accrue at a per annum rate equal to the LIBOR Rate Margin times the Daily Balance of the undrawn amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit.
          (c) Default Rate . Upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default and at the election of the Required Lenders,
               (i) all Obligations (except for undrawn Letters of Credit and except for Bank Product Obligations) shall bear interest on the Daily Balance thereof at a per annum rate equal to 3 percentage points above the per annum rate otherwise applicable hereunder, and
               (ii) the Letter of Credit fee provided for in Section 2.6(b) shall be increased to 3 percentage points above the per annum rate otherwise applicable hereunder.
          (d) Payment. Except to the extent provided to the contrary in Section 2.10 or Section 2.12(a) , interest, Letter of Credit fees, all other fees payable hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents, and all costs, expenses, and Lender Group Expenses payable hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents shall be due and payable, in arrears, on the first day of each month at any time that Obligations or Commitments are outstanding. Borrower hereby authorizes Agent, from time to time without

-12-


 

prior notice to Borrower, to charge all interest, Letter of Credit fees, and all other fees payable hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents (in each case, as and when due and payable), all costs, expenses, and Lender Group Expenses payable hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents (in each case, as and when incurred), all charges, commissions, fees, and costs provided for in Section 2.11(e) (as and when accrued or incurred), all fees and costs provided for in Section 2.10 (as and when accrued or incurred), and all other payments as and when due and payable under any Loan Document (including any amounts due and payable to a Bank Product Provider (to the extent such Bank Product Provider is Wells Fargo or any of its Affiliates) in respect of Bank Products) to the Loan Account, which amounts thereafter shall constitute Advances hereunder and shall accrue interest at the rate then applicable to Advances that are Base Rate Loans. Any interest not paid when due shall be compounded and shall accrue interest at the rate then applicable to Advances that are Base Rate Loans.
          (e) Computation . All interest and fees chargeable under the Loan Documents shall be computed on the basis of a 360 day year, in each case, for the actual number of days elapsed in the period during which the interest or fees accrue. In the event the Base Rate is changed from time to time hereafter, the rates of interest hereunder based upon the Base Rate automatically and immediately shall be increased or decreased by an amount equal to such change in the Base Rate.
          (f) Intent to Limit Charges to Maximum Lawful Rate . In no event shall the interest rate or rates payable under this Agreement, plus any other amounts paid in connection herewith, exceed the highest rate permissible under any law that a court of competent jurisdiction shall, in a final determination, deem applicable. Borrower and the Lender Group, in executing and delivering this Agreement, intend legally to agree upon the rate or rates of interest and manner of payment stated within it; provided , however , that, anything contained herein to the contrary notwithstanding, if said rate or rates of interest or manner of payment exceeds the maximum allowable under applicable law, then, ipso facto , as of the date of this Agreement, Borrower is and shall be liable only for the payment of such maximum as allowed by law, and payment received from Borrower in excess of such legal maximum, whenever received, shall be applied to reduce the principal balance of the Obligations to the extent of such excess.
     2.7. Crediting Payments .
          The receipt of any payment item by Agent shall not be considered a payment on account unless such payment item is a wire transfer of immediately available federal funds made to Agent’s Account or unless and until such payment item is honored when presented for payment. Should any payment item not be honored when presented for payment, then Borrower shall be deemed not to have made such payment and interest shall be calculated accordingly. Anything to the contrary contained herein notwithstanding, any payment item shall be deemed received by Agent only if it is received into Agent’s Account on a Business Day on or before 11:00 a.m. (California time). If any payment item is received into Agent’s Account on a non-Business Day or after 11:00 a.m. (California time) on a Business Day, it shall be deemed to have been received by Agent as of the opening of business on the immediately following Business Day.
     2.8. Designated Account .
          Agent is authorized to make the Advances and the Term Loan, and Issuing Lender is authorized to issue the Letters of Credit, under this Agreement based upon telephonic or other instructions received from anyone purporting to be an Authorized Person or, without instructions, if pursuant to Section 2.6(d) . Borrower agrees to establish and maintain the Designated Account with the Designated Account Bank for the purpose of receiving the proceeds of the Advances requested by Borrower and made by Agent or the Lenders hereunder. Unless otherwise agreed by Agent and Borrower, any Advance or Swing Loan requested by Borrower and made by Agent or the Lenders hereunder shall be made to the Designated Account.

-13-


 

     2.9. Maintenance of Loan Account; Statements of Obligations .
          Agent shall maintain an account on its books in the name of Borrower (the “ Loan Account ”) on which Borrower will be charged with the Term Loan, all Advances (including Protective Advances and Swing Loans) made by Agent, Swing Lender, or the Lenders to Borrower or for Borrower’s account, the Letters of Credit issued or made by Issuing Lender for Borrower’s account, and with all other payment Obligations hereunder or under the other Loan Documents (except for Bank Product Obligations), including, accrued interest, fees and expenses, and Lender Group Expenses. In accordance with Section 2.7 , the Loan Account will be credited with all payments received by Agent from Borrower or for Borrower’s account. Agent shall render statements on a monthly basis regarding the Loan Account to Borrower, including principal, interest, fees, and including an itemization of all charges and expenses constituting Lender Group Expenses owing, and such statements, absent manifest error, shall be conclusively presumed to be correct and accurate and constitute an account stated between Borrower and the Lender Group unless, within 30 days after receipt thereof by Borrower, Borrower shall deliver to Agent written objection thereto describing the error or errors contained in any such statements.
     2.10. Fees .
          Borrower shall pay to Agent,
          (a) for the account of Agent, as and when due and payable under the terms of the Fee Letter, the fees set forth in the Fee Letter.
          (b) for the ratable account of those Lenders with Revolver Commitments, on the first day of each month from and after the Closing Date up to the first day of the month prior to the Payoff Date and on the Payoff Date, an unused line fee in an amount equal to 0.50% per annum times the result of (i) the Maximum Revolver Amount, less (ii) the average Daily Balance of the Revolver Usage during the immediately preceding month (or portion thereof).
     2.11. Letters of Credit .
          (a) Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, upon the request of Borrower made in accordance herewith, the Issuing Lender agrees to issue, or to cause an Underlying Issuer, as Issuing Lender’s agent, to issue, a requested Letter of Credit. If Issuing Lender, at its option, elects to cause an Underlying Issuer to issue a requested Letter of Credit, then Issuing Lender agrees that it will obligate itself to reimburse such Underlying Issuer (which may include, among, other means, by becoming an applicant with respect to such Letter of Credit or entering into undertakings which provide for reimbursements of such Underlying Issuer with respect to such Letter of Credit; each such obligation or undertaking, irrespective of whether in writing, a “ Reimbursement Undertaking ”) with respect to Letters of Credit issued by such Underlying Issuer. By submitting a request to Issuing Lender for the issuance of a Letter of Credit, Borrower shall be deemed to have requested that Issuing Lender issue or that an Underlying Issuer issue the requested Letter of Credit and to have requested Issuing Lender to issue a Reimbursement Undertaking with respect to such requested Letter of Credit if it is to be issued by an Underlying Issuer (it being expressly acknowledged and agreed by Borrower that Borrower is and shall be deemed to be an applicant (within the meaning of Section 5-102(a)(2) of the Code) with respect to each Underlying Letter of Credit). Each request for the issuance of a Letter of Credit, or the amendment, renewal, or extension of any outstanding Letter of Credit, shall be made in writing by an Authorized Person and delivered to the Issuing Lender via hand delivery, telefacsimile, or other electronic method of transmission reasonably in advance of the requested date of issuance, amendment, renewal, or extension. Each such request shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Issuing Lender and shall specify (i) the amount of such Letter of Credit, (ii) the date of issuance, amendment, renewal, or extension of such Letter of Credit, (iii) the expiration date of such Letter of Credit, (iv) the name and address of the beneficiary of the Letter of Credit, and (v) such other information (including, in the case of an amendment, renewal, or extension, identification of the Letter of Credit to be so amended, renewed, or extended) as shall be necessary to prepare, amend, renew, or extend such Letter of

-14-


 

Credit. Anything contained herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Issuing Lender may, but shall not be obligated to, issue or cause the issuance of a Letter of Credit or to issue a Reimbursement Undertaking in respect of an Underlying Letter of Credit, in either case, that supports the obligations of Borrower or its Subsidiaries in respect of (1) a lease of real property, or (2) an employment contract. Borrower agrees that this Agreement (along with the terms of the applicable application) will govern each Letter of Credit and its issuance. The Issuing Lender shall have no obligation to issue a Letter of Credit or a Reimbursement Undertaking in respect of an Underlying Letter of Credit, in either case, if any of the following would result after giving effect to the requested issuance:
               (i) the Letter of Credit Usage would exceed the Borrowing Base less the outstanding amount of Advances at such time, or
               (ii) the Letter of Credit Usage would exceed the Credit Amount at such time less the sum of the outstanding principal balance of the Term Loan and the outstanding amount of Advances at such time, or
               (iii) the Letter of Credit Usage would exceed $5,000,000, or
               (iv) the Letter of Credit Usage would exceed the Maximum Revolver Amount less the sum of (A) the Bank Product Reserves, and (B) the outstanding amount of Advances.
          Borrower and the Lender Group acknowledge and agree that certain Letters of Credit may be issued to support letters of credit that already are outstanding as of the Closing Date. Each Letter of Credit shall be in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Issuing Lender, including the requirement that the amounts payable thereunder must be payable in Dollars. If Issuing Lender makes a payment under a Letter of Credit or an Underlying Issuer makes a payment under an Underlying Letter of Credit, Borrower shall pay to Agent an amount equal to the applicable Letter of Credit Disbursement not later than 11:00 a.m., California time, on the date that Borrower receives written or telephonic notice of such Letter of Credit Disbursement if such notice is received prior to 10:00 a.m., California time, or not later than 11:00 a.m., California time, on the following Business Day, if such notice is received after 10:00 a.m., California time, and, in the absence of such payment, the amount of the Letter of Credit Disbursement immediately and automatically shall be deemed to be an Advance hereunder and, initially, shall bear interest at the rate then applicable to Advances that are Base Rate Loans. If a Letter of Credit Disbursement is deemed to be an Advance hereunder, Borrower’s obligation to pay the amount of such Letter of Credit Disbursement to Agent on behalf of Issuing Lender or Underlying Issuer shall be discharged and replaced by the resulting Advance. Promptly following receipt by Agent of any payment from Borrower pursuant to this paragraph, Agent shall distribute such payment to the Issuing Lender or, to the extent that Lenders have made payments pursuant to Section 2.11(b) to reimburse the Issuing Lender, then to such Lenders and the Issuing Lender as their interests may appear.
          (b) Promptly following receipt of a notice of a Letter of Credit Disbursement pursuant to Section 2.11(a) , each Lender with a Revolver Commitment agrees to fund its Pro Rata Share of any Advance deemed made pursuant to Section 2.11(a) on the same terms and conditions as if Borrower had requested the amount thereof as an Advance and Agent shall promptly pay to Issuing Lender the amounts so received by it from the Lenders. By the issuance of a Letter of Credit or a Reimbursement Undertaking (or an amendment to a Letter of Credit or a Reimbursement Undertaking increasing the amount thereof) and without any further action on the part of the Issuing Lender or the Lenders with Revolver Commitments, the Issuing Lender shall be deemed to have granted to each Lender with a Revolver Commitment, and each Lender with a Revolver Commitment shall be deemed to have purchased, a participation in each Letter of Credit issued by Issuing Lender and each Reimbursement Undertaking, in an amount equal to its Pro Rata Share of such Letter of Credit or Reimbursement Undertaking, and each such Lender agrees to pay to Agent, for the account of the Issuing Lender, such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of any Letter of Credit Disbursement made by Issuing Lender or an Underlying Issuer under the applicable Letter of Credit. In consideration and in furtherance of the foregoing, each Lender with a Revolver Commitment hereby absolutely and unconditionally agrees to pay to Agent, for the account of the Issuing Lender, such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of each Letter of Credit

-15-


 

Disbursement made by Issuing Lender or an Underlying Issuer and not reimbursed by Borrower on the date due as provided in Section 2.11(a) , or of any reimbursement payment required to be refunded to Borrower for any reason. Each Lender with a Revolver Commitment acknowledges and agrees that its obligation to deliver to Agent, for the account of the Issuing Lender, an amount equal to its respective Pro Rata Share of each Letter of Credit Disbursement pursuant to this Section 2.11(b) shall be absolute and unconditional and such remittance shall be made notwithstanding the occurrence or continuation of an Event of Default or Default or the failure to satisfy any condition set forth in Section 3 . If any such Lender fails to make available to Agent the amount of such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of a Letter of Credit Disbursement as provided in this Section, such Lender shall be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender and Agent (for the account of the Issuing Lender) shall be entitled to recover such amount on demand from such Lender together with interest thereon at the Defaulting Lender Rate until paid in full.
          (c) Borrower hereby agrees to indemnify, save, defend, and hold the Lender Group and each Underlying Issuer harmless from any loss, cost, expense, or liability, and reasonable attorneys fees incurred by Issuing Lender, any other member of the Lender Group, or any Underlying Issuer arising out of or in connection with any Reimbursement Undertaking or any Letter of Credit; provided , however , that Borrower shall not be obligated hereunder to indemnify for any loss, cost, expense, or liability that a court of competent jurisdiction finally determines to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Issuing Lender, any other member of the Lender Group, or any Underlying Issuer. Borrower agrees to be bound by the Underlying Issuer’s regulations and interpretations of any Letter of Credit or by Issuing Lender’s interpretations of any Reimbursement Undertaking even though this interpretation may be different from Borrower’s own, and Borrower understands and agrees that none of the Issuing Lender, the Lender Group, or any Underlying Issuer shall be liable for any error, negligence, or mistake, whether of omission or commission, in following Borrower’s instructions or those contained in the Letter of Credit or any modifications, amendments, or supplements thereto. Borrower understands that the Reimbursement Undertakings may require Issuing Lender to indemnify the Underlying Issuer for certain costs or liabilities arising out of claims by Borrower against such Underlying Issuer. Borrower hereby agrees to indemnify, save, defend, and hold Issuing Lender and the other members of the Lender Group harmless with respect to any loss, cost, expense (including reasonable attorneys fees), or liability incurred by them as a result of the Issuing Lender’s indemnification of an Underlying Issuer; provided , however , that Borrower shall not be obligated hereunder to indemnify for any such loss, cost, expense, or liability to the extent that it is caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Issuing Lender or any other member of the Lender Group. Borrower hereby acknowledges and agrees that none of the Issuing Lender, any other member of the Lender Group, or any Underlying Issuer shall be responsible for delays, errors, or omissions resulting from the malfunction of equipment in connection with any Letter of Credit.
          (d) Borrower hereby authorizes and directs any Underlying Issuer to deliver to the Issuing Lender all instruments, documents, and other writings and property received by such Underlying Issuer pursuant to such Underlying Letter of Credit and to accept and rely upon the Issuing Lender’s instructions with respect to all matters arising in connection with such Underlying Letter of Credit and the related application.
          (e) Any and all issuance charges, usage charges, commissions, fees, and costs incurred by the Issuing Lender relating to Underlying Letters of Credit shall be Lender Group Expenses for purposes of this Agreement and shall be reimbursable immediately by Borrower to Agent for the account of the Issuing Lender; it being acknowledged and agreed by Borrower that, as of the Closing Date, the usage charge imposed by the Underlying Issuer is .825% per annum times the undrawn amount of each Underlying Letter of Credit, that such usage charge may be changed from time to time, and that the Underlying Issuer also imposes a schedule of charges for amendments, extensions, drawings, and renewals.
          (f) If by reason of (i) any change after the Closing Date in any applicable law, treaty, rule, or regulation or any change in the interpretation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority, or (ii) compliance by the Issuing Lender, any other member of the Lender Group, or Underlying Issuer with any direction, request, or requirement (irrespective of whether having the force of law) of any Governmental

-16-


 

Authority or monetary authority including, Regulation D of the Federal Reserve Board as from time to time in effect (and any successor thereto):
               (i) any reserve, deposit, or similar requirement is or shall be imposed or modified in respect of any Letter of Credit issued or caused to be issued hereunder or hereby, or
               (ii) there shall be imposed on the Issuing Lender, any other member of the Lender Group, or Underlying Issuer any other condition regarding any Letter of Credit or Reimbursement Undertaking,
and the result of the foregoing is to increase, directly or indirectly, the cost to the Issuing Lender, any other member of the Lender Group, or an Underlying Issuer of issuing, making, guaranteeing, or maintaining any Reimbursement Undertaking or Letter of Credit or to reduce the amount receivable in respect thereof, then, and in any such case, Agent may, at any time within a reasonable period after the additional cost is incurred or the amount received is reduced, notify Borrower, and Borrower shall pay within 30 days after demand therefor, such amounts as Agent may specify to be necessary to compensate the Issuing Lender, any other member of the Lender Group, or an Underlying Issuer for such additional cost or reduced receipt, together with interest on such amount from the date of such demand until payment in full thereof at the rate then applicable to Base Rate Loans hereunder; provided , however , that Borrower shall not be required to provide any compensation pursuant to this Section 2.11(f) for any such amounts incurred more than 180 days prior to the date on which the demand for payment is first made to Borrower; provided further , however , that if an event or circumstance giving rise to such amounts is retroactive, then the 180-day period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof. The determination by Agent of any amount due pursuant to this Section 2.11(f) , as set forth in a certificate setting forth the calculation thereof in reasonable detail, shall, in the absence of manifest or demonstrable error, be final and conclusive and binding on all of the parties hereto.
     2.12. LIBOR Option .
          (a) Interest and Interest Payment Dates . In lieu of having interest charged at the rate based upon the Base Rate, Borrower shall have the option (the “ LIBOR Option ”) to have interest on all or a portion of the Advances or the Term Loan be charged (whether at the time when made (unless otherwise provided herein), upon conversion from a Base Rate Loan to a LIBOR Rate Loan, or upon continuation of a LIBOR Rate Loan as a LIBOR Rate Loan) at a rate of interest based upon the LIBOR Rate. Interest on LIBOR Rate Loans shall be payable on the earliest of (i) the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto; (ii) the date on which all or any portion of the Obligations are accelerated pursuant to the terms hereof, or (iii) the date on which this Agreement is terminated pursuant to the terms hereof. On the last day of each applicable Interest Period, unless Borrower properly has exercised the LIBOR Option with respect thereto, the interest rate applicable to such LIBOR Rate Loan automatically shall convert to the rate of interest then applicable to Base Rate Loans of the same type hereunder. At any time that an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Borrower no longer shall have the option to request that Advances or the Term Loan bear interest at a rate based upon the LIBOR Rate.
          (b) LIBOR Election .
               (i) Borrower may, at any time and from time to time, so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, elect to exercise the LIBOR Option by notifying Agent prior to 11:00 a.m. (California time) at least 3 Business Days prior to the commencement of the proposed Interest Period (the “ LIBOR Deadline ”). Notice of Borrower’s election of the LIBOR Option for a permitted portion of the Advances or the Term Loan and an Interest Period pursuant to this Section shall be made by delivery to Agent of a LIBOR Notice received by Agent before the LIBOR Deadline, or by telephonic notice received by Agent before the LIBOR Deadline (to be confirmed by delivery to Agent of a LIBOR Notice received by Agent prior to 5:00 p.m. (California time) on the same day). Promptly upon its receipt of each such LIBOR Notice, Agent shall provide a copy thereof to each of the affected Lenders.

-17-


 

               (ii) Each LIBOR Notice shall be irrevocable and binding on Borrower. In connection with each LIBOR Rate Loan, Borrower shall indemnify, defend, and hold Agent and the Lenders harmless against any loss, cost, or expense actually incurred by Agent or any Lender as a result of (A) the payment of any principal of any LIBOR Rate Loan other than on the last day of an Interest Period applicable thereto (including as a result of an Event of Default), (B) the conversion of any LIBOR Rate Loan other than on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto, or (C) the failure to borrow, convert, continue or prepay any LIBOR Rate Loan on the date specified in any LIBOR Notice delivered pursuant hereto (such losses, costs, or expenses, “ Funding Losses ”); provided that Borrower shall not be required to indemnify or pay any Funding Losses incurred or otherwise applicable as a result of a mandatory prepayment made pursuant to Section 2.4(e)(ii) as a result of a property or casualty loss or condemnation or Section 2.4(e)(iii) . A certificate of Agent or a Lender delivered to Borrower setting forth in reasonable detail any amount or amounts that Agent or such Lender is entitled to receive pursuant to this Section 2.12 shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Borrower shall pay such amount to Agent or the Lender, as applicable, within 30 days of the date of its receipt of such certificate.
               (iii) Borrower shall have not more than 5 LIBOR Rate Loans in effect at any given time. Borrower only may exercise the LIBOR Option for proposed LIBOR Rate Loans of at least $1,000,000.
          (c) Conversion . Borrower may convert LIBOR Rate Loans to Base Rate Loans at any time; provided , however , that in the event that LIBOR Rate Loans are converted or prepaid on any date that is not the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto, including as a result of any automatic prepayment through the required application by Agent of proceeds of Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ Collections in accordance with Section 2.4(b) or for any other reason, including early termination of the term of this Agreement or acceleration of all or any portion of the Obligations pursuant to the terms hereof, Borrower shall indemnify, defend, and hold Agent and the Lenders and their Participants harmless against any and all Funding Losses in accordance with Section 2.12 (b)(ii) .
          (d) Special Provisions Applicable to LIBOR Rate .
               (i) The LIBOR Rate may be adjusted by Agent with respect to any Lender on a prospective basis to take into account any additional or increased costs to such Lender of maintaining or obtaining any eurodollar deposits or increased costs, in each case, due to changes in applicable law occurring subsequent to the commencement of the then applicable Interest Period, including changes in tax laws (except changes in the rate of any type of tax excluded from the definition of Taxes by clause (i) thereof) and changes in the reserve requirements imposed by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (or any successor and changes of general applicability in corporate income tax laws), excluding the Reserve Percentage, which additional or increased costs would increase the cost of funding or maintaining loans bearing interest at the LIBOR Rate and which Lender has adjusted generally with respect to similarly situated borrowers. In any such event, the affected Lender shall give Borrower and Agent notice of such a determination and adjustment and Agent promptly shall transmit the notice to each other Lender and, upon its receipt of the notice from the affected Lender, Borrower may, by notice to such affected Lender (y) require such Lender to furnish to Borrower a statement setting forth the basis for adjusting such LIBOR Rate and the method for determining the amount of such adjustment, or (z) repay the LIBOR Rate Loans with respect to which such adjustment is made (together with any amounts due under Section 2.12(b)(ii) ).
               (ii) In the event that any change in market conditions or any law, regulation, treaty, or directive, or any change therein or in the interpretation or application thereof, shall at any time after the date hereof, in the reasonable opinion of any Lender, make it unlawful or impractical for such Lender to fund or maintain LIBOR Rate Loans or to continue such funding or maintaining, or to determine or charge interest rates at the LIBOR Rate, such Lender shall give notice of such changed circumstances to Agent and Borrower and Agent promptly shall transmit the notice to each other Lender and (y) in the case of any LIBOR Rate Loans of such Lender that are outstanding, the date specified in such Lender’s notice shall be deemed to be the last day of the Interest Period of such LIBOR Rate Loans, and interest upon the LIBOR Rate Loans of

-18-


 

such Lender thereafter shall accrue interest at the rate then applicable to Base Rate Loans, and (z) Borrower shall not be entitled to elect the LIBOR Option until such Lender determines that it would no longer be unlawful or impractical to do so.
          (e) No Requirement of Matched Funding . Anything to the contrary contained herein notwithstanding, neither Agent, nor any Lender, nor any of their Participants, is required actually to acquire eurodollar deposits to fund or otherwise match fund any Obligation as to which interest accrues at the LIBOR Rate.
     2.13. Capital Requirements .
          (a) If, after the date hereof, any Lender determines that (i) the adoption of or change in any law, rule, regulation or guideline regarding capital requirements for banks or bank holding companies, or any change in the interpretation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority charged with the administration thereof, or (ii) compliance by such Lender or its parent bank holding company with any guideline, request or directive of any such entity regarding capital adequacy (whether or not having the force of law), has the effect of reducing the return on such Lender’s or such holding company’s capital as a consequence of such Lender’s Commitments hereunder to a level below that which such Lender or such holding company could have achieved but for such adoption, change, or compliance (taking into consideration such Lender’s or such holding company’s then existing policies with respect to capital adequacy and assuming the full utilization of such entity’s capital) by any amount deemed by such Lender to be material, then such Lender may notify Borrower and Agent thereof. Following receipt of such notice, Borrower agrees to pay such Lender on demand the amount of such reduction of return of capital as and when such reduction is determined, payable within 30 days after presentation by such Lender of a statement in the amount and setting forth in reasonable detail such Lender’s calculation thereof and the assumptions upon which such calculation was based (which statement shall be deemed true and correct absent manifest error). In determining such amount, such Lender may use any reasonable averaging and attribution methods. Failure or delay on the part of any Lender to demand compensation pursuant to this Section shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender’s right to demand such compensation; provided that Borrower shall not be required to compensate a Lender pursuant to this Section for any reductions in return incurred more than 180 days prior to the date that such Lender notifies Borrower of such law, rule, regulation or guideline giving rise to such reductions and of such Lender’s intention to claim compensation therefor; provided further that if such claim arises by reason of the adoption of or change in any law, rule, regulation or guideline that is retroactive, then the 180-day period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof.
          (b) If any Lender requests additional or increased costs referred to in Section 2.12(d)(i) or amounts under Section 2.13(a) (any such Lender, an “ Affected Lender ”), then such Affected Lender shall use reasonable efforts to promptly designate a different one of its lending offices or to assign its rights and obligations hereunder to another of its offices or branches, if (i) in the reasonable judgment of such Affected Lender, such designation or assignment would eliminate or reduce amounts payable pursuant to Section 2.12(d)(i) or Section 2.13(a) , as applicable, and (ii) in the reasonable judgment of such Affected Lender, such designation or assignment would not subject it to any material unreimbursed cost or expense and would not otherwise be materially disadvantageous to it. Borrower agrees to pay all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by such Affected Lender in connection with any such designation or assignment. If, after such reasonable efforts, such Affected Lender does not so designate a different one of its lending offices or assign its rights to another of its offices or branches so as to eliminate Borrower’s obligation to pay any future amounts to such Affected Lender pursuant to Section 2.12(d)(i) or Section 2.13(a) , as applicable, then Borrower (without prejudice to any amounts then due to such Affected Lender under Section 2.12(d)(i) or Section 2.13(a) , as applicable) may, unless prior to the effective date of any such assignment the Affected Lender withdraws its request for such additional amounts under Section 2.12(d)(i) or Section 2.13(a) , as applicable, seek a substitute Lender reasonably acceptable to Agent to purchase the Obligations owed to such Affected Lender and such Affected Lender’s Commitments hereunder (a “ Replacement Lender ”), and if such Replacement Lender agrees to such purchase, such Affected Lender shall assign to the Replacement Lender its Obligations and Commitments, pursuant to an Assignment and Acceptance Agreement, and upon such

-19-


 

purchase by the Replacement Lender, such Replacement Lender shall be deemed to be a “Lender” for purposes of this Agreement and such Affected Lender shall cease to be a “Lender” for purposes of this Agreement.
3. CONDITIONS; TERM OF AGREEMENT .
     3.1. Conditions Precedent to the Initial Extension of Credit .
          The obligation of each Lender to make its initial extension of credit provided for hereunder, is subject to the fulfillment, to the satisfaction of Agent and each Lender of each of the conditions precedent set forth on Schedule 3.1 (the making of such initial extension of credit by a Lender being conclusively deemed to be its satisfaction or waiver of the conditions precedent ).
     3.2. Conditions Precedent to all Extensions of Credit .
          The obligation of the Lender Group (or any member thereof) to make any Advances hereunder (or to extend any other credit hereunder) at any time shall be subject to the following conditions precedent:
          (a) the representations and warranties of Borrower or its Subsidiaries contained in this Agreement or in the other Loan Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects (except that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof) on and as of the date of such extension of credit, as though made on and as of such date (except to the extent that such representations and warranties relate solely to an earlier date); and
          (b) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such extension of credit, nor shall either result from the making thereof.
     3.3. Maturity .
          This Agreement shall continue in full force and effect for a term ending on June 30, 2013 (the “ Maturity Date ”). The foregoing notwithstanding, the Lender Group, upon the election of the Required Lenders, shall have the right to terminate its obligations under this Agreement immediately and without notice upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default.
     3.4. Effect of Maturity .
          On the Maturity Date, all commitments to provide additional credit hereunder shall automatically be terminated and all Obligations (including contingent reimbursement obligations of Borrower with respect to outstanding Letters of Credit and including all Bank Product Obligations) immediately shall become due and payable without notice or demand (including the requirement that Borrower provide (a) Letter of Credit Collateralization, and (b) Bank Product Collateralization). No termination of the obligations of the Lender Group shall relieve or discharge any Loan Party of its duties, Obligations, or covenants hereunder or under any other Loan Document and Agent’s Liens in the Collateral shall remain in effect until all Obligations have been paid in full. When all of the Obligations have been paid in full and the Lender Group’s obligations to provide additional credit under the Loan Documents have been terminated irrevocably, Agent will, at Borrower’s sole expense, execute and deliver any termination statements, lien releases, discharges of security interests, and other similar discharge or release documents (and, if applicable, in recordable form) as are reasonably necessary to release, as of record, Agent’s Liens and all notices of security interests and liens previously filed by Agent with respect to the Obligations.

-20-


 

     3.5. Early Termination by Borrower .
          Borrower has the option, at any time upon 10 Business Days prior written notice to Agent, to terminate this Agreement and terminate the Commitments hereunder by indefeasibly paying to Agent the Obligations (including (a) providing Letter of Credit Collateralization with respect to the then existing Letter of Credit Usage, and (b) providing Bank Product Collateralization with respect to the then existing Bank Products), in full.
4. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES .
          In order to induce the Lender Group to enter into this Agreement, Borrower makes the following representations and warranties to the Lender Group which shall be true and correct, in all material respects (except that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof), as of the Closing Date, and shall be true and correct, in all material respects (except that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof), as of the date of the making of each Advance (or other extension of credit) made thereafter, as though made on and as of the date of such Advance (or other extension of credit) (except to the extent that such representations and warranties relate solely to an earlier date) and such representations and warranties shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement:
     4.1. Due Organization and Qualification; Subsidiaries .
          (a) Each Loan Party (i) is duly organized and existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, (ii) qualified to do business in any state where the failure to be so qualified reasonably could be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change, and (iii) has all requisite power and authority to own and operate its properties, to carry on its business as now conducted and as proposed to be conducted, to enter into the Loan Documents to which it is a party and to carry out the transactions contemplated thereby.
          (b) Set forth on Schedule 4.1(b) is a complete and accurate description of the authorized capital Stock of Borrower as of the Closing Date, by class, and, as of the Closing Date, a description of the number of shares of each such class that are issued and outstanding. Other than as described on Schedule 4.1(b) , as of the Closing Date, there are no subscriptions, options, warrants, or calls relating to any shares of Borrower’s capital Stock, including any right of conversion or exchange under any outstanding security or other instrument. Except as set forth on Schedule 4.1(b) , Borrower is not subject to any obligation (contingent or otherwise) to repurchase or otherwise acquire or retire any shares of its capital Stock or any security convertible into or exchangeable for any of its capital Stock.
          (c) Set forth on Schedule 4.1(c) (as such Schedule may be updated from time to time to reflect changes permitted to be made under Section 5.11 ), is a complete and accurate list of the Loan Parties’ direct and indirect Subsidiaries, showing: (i) the number of shares of each class of common and preferred Stock authorized for each of such Subsidiaries, and (ii) the number and the percentage of the outstanding shares of each such class owned directly or indirectly by Borrower. All of the outstanding capital Stock of each such Subsidiary has been validly issued and is fully paid and non-assessable.
          (d) Except as set forth on Schedule 4.1(c) , there are no subscriptions, options, warrants, or calls relating to any shares of Borrower’s Subsidiaries’ capital Stock, including any right of conversion or exchange under any outstanding security or other instrument. Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is subject to any obligation (contingent or otherwise) to repurchase or otherwise acquire or retire any shares of Borrower’s Subsidiaries’ capital Stock or any security convertible into or exchangeable for any such capital Stock.

-21-


 

     4.2. Due Authorization; No Conflict .
          (a) As to each Loan Party, the execution, delivery, and performance by such Loan Party of the Loan Documents to which it is a party have been duly authorized by all necessary action on the part of such Loan Party.
          (b) As to each Loan Party, the execution, delivery, and performance by such Loan Party of the Loan Documents to which it is a party do not and will not (i) violate any material provision of federal, state, or local law or regulation applicable to any Loan Party or its Subsidiaries, the Governing Documents of any Loan Party or its Subsidiaries, or any order, judgment, or decree of any court or other Governmental Authority binding on any Loan Party or its Subsidiaries, (ii) conflict with, result in a breach of, or constitute (with due notice or lapse of time or both) a default under any Material Contract of any Loan Party or its Subsidiaries except to the extent that any such conflict, breach or default could not individually or in the aggregate reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Change, (iii) result in or require the creation or imposition of any Lien of any nature whatsoever upon any assets of any Loan Party, other than Permitted Liens, or (iv) require any approval of any Loan Party’s interestholders or any approval or consent of any Person under any Material Contract of any Loan Party, other than consents or approvals that have been obtained and that are still in force and effect and except, in the case of Material Contracts, for consents or approvals, the failure to obtain could not individually or in the aggregate reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Change.
     4.3. Governmental Consents .
          The execution, delivery, and performance by each Loan Party of the Loan Documents to which such Loan Party is a party and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents do not and will not require any registration with, consent, or approval of, or notice to, or other action with or by, any Governmental Authority, other than registrations, consents, approvals, notices, or other actions that have been obtained and that are still in force and effect and except for filings and recordings with respect to the Collateral to be made, or otherwise delivered to Agent for filing or recordation, as of the Closing Date.
     4.4. Binding Obligations; Perfected Liens .
          (a) Each Loan Document has been duly executed and delivered by each Loan Party that is a party thereto and is the legally valid and binding obligation of such Loan Party, enforceable against such Loan Party in accordance with its respective terms, except as enforcement may be limited by equitable principles or by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, or similar laws relating to or limiting creditors’ rights generally.
          (b) Agent’s Liens are validly created, perfected (other than (i) in respect of motor vehicles and (ii) any Deposit Accounts and Securities Accounts not subject to a Control Agreement as permitted by Section 6.11 , and subject only to the filing of financing statements, the recordation of the Copyright Security Agreement, and the recordation of the Mortgages, if any, in each case, in the appropriate filing offices in proper form), and first priority Liens, subject only to Permitted Liens.
     4.5. Title to Assets; No Encumbrances .
          Each of the Loan Parties and its Subsidiaries has (i) good, sufficient and legal title to (in the case of fee interests in Real Property), (ii) valid leasehold interests in (in the case of leasehold interests in real or personal property), and (iii) good title to (in the case of all other personal property), all of their respective assets reflected in their most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 5.1 , in each case except for assets disposed of since the date of such financial statements to the extent permitted hereby. All of such assets are free and clear of Liens except for Permitted Liens.

-22-


 

     4.6. Jurisdiction of Organization; Location of Chief Executive Office; Organizational Identification Number; Commercial Tort Claims .
          (a) The name of (within the meaning of Section 9-503 of the Code) and jurisdiction of organization of each Loan Party and each of its Subsidiaries is set forth on Schedule 4.6(a) (as such Schedule may be updated from time to time to reflect changes permitted to be made under Section 6.5 ).
          (b) The chief executive office of each Loan Party and each of its Subsidiaries is located at the address indicated on Schedule 4.6(b) (as such Schedule may be updated from time to time to reflect changes permitted to be made under Section 5.15 ).
          (c) Each Loan Party’s and each of its Subsidiaries’ tax identification numbers and organizational identification numbers, if any, are identified on Schedule 4.6(c) (as such Schedule may be updated from time to time to reflect changes permitted to be made under Section 6.5 ).
          (d) As of the Closing Date, no Loan Party and no Subsidiary of a Loan Party holds any commercial tort claims that exceed $250,000 in the aggregate, except as set forth on Schedule 4.6(d) .
     4.7. Litigation .
          (a) There are no actions, suits, or proceedings pending or, to the best knowledge of Borrower, threatened in writing against a Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries that either individually or in the aggregate could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change.
          (b) Schedule 4.7(b) sets forth a complete and accurate description, with respect to each of the actions, suits, or proceedings that, as of the Closing Date, is pending or, to the best knowledge of Borrower, threatened in writing against a Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries, of (i) the parties to such actions, suits, or proceedings, (ii) the nature of the dispute that is the subject of such actions, suits, or proceedings, (iii) Borrower’s good faith estimate of the maximum amount of the liability of Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries in connection with such actions, suits, or proceedings, (iv) the status, as of the Closing Date, with respect to such actions, suits, or proceedings, and (v) whether any liability of the Loan Parties’ and their Subsidiaries in connection with such actions, suits, or proceedings is covered by insurance.
     4.8. Compliance with Laws .
          No Loan Party nor any of its Subsidiaries (a) is in violation of any applicable laws, rules, regulations, executive orders, or codes (including Environmental Laws) that, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change, or (b) is subject to or in default with respect to any final judgments, writs, injunctions, decrees, rules or regulations of any court or any federal, state, municipal or other governmental department, commission, board, bureau, agency or instrumentality, domestic or foreign, that, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change.
     4.9. No Material Adverse Change .
          All historical financial statements relating to the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries that have been delivered by a Loan Party to Agent have been prepared in accordance with GAAP (except, in the case of unaudited financial statements, (i) for the lack of footnotes, (ii) with respect to non-cash stock-based compensation and (iii) for being subject to year-end audit adjustments) and present fairly in all material respects, the Loan Parties’ and their Subsidiaries’ consolidated financial condition as of the date thereof and results of operations for the period then ended. Since December 31, 2008, no event, circumstance, or change has occurred that has or could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change.

-23-


 

     4.10. Fraudulent Transfer .
          (a) Each Loan Party is Solvent.
          (b) No transfer of property is being made by any Loan Party and no obligation is being incurred by any Loan Party in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the other Loan Documents with the intent to hinder, delay, or defraud either present or future creditors of such Loan Party.
     4.11. Employee Benefits .
          No Loan Party, none of their Subsidiaries, nor any of their ERISA Affiliates maintains or contributes to any Benefit Plan.
     4.12. Environmental Condition .
          Except as set forth on Schedule 4.12 , (a) to Borrower’s knowledge, no Loan Party’s or its Subsidiaries’ properties or assets has ever been used by a Loan Party, its Subsidiaries, or by previous owners or operators in the disposal of, or to produce, store, handle, treat, release, or transport, any Hazardous Materials, where such disposal, production, storage, handling, treatment, release or transport was in violation, in any material respect, of any applicable Environmental Law, (b) to Borrower’s knowledge, no Loan Party’s or its Subsidiaries’ properties or assets has ever been designated or identified in any manner pursuant to any environmental protection statute as a Hazardous Materials disposal site, (c) no Loan Party nor any of its Subsidiaries has received notice that a Lien arising under any Environmental Law has attached to any revenues or to any Real Property owned or operated by a Loan Party or its Subsidiaries, and (d) no Loan Party nor any of its Subsidiaries nor any of their respective facilities or operations is subject to any outstanding written order, consent decree, or settlement agreement with any Person relating to any Environmental Law or Environmental Liability that, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change.
     4.13. Intellectual Property .
          Each Loan Party and its Subsidiaries own, or hold licenses in, all trademarks, trade names, copyrights, patents, and licenses that are necessary to the conduct of its business as currently conducted, and attached hereto as Schedule 4.13 (as updated pursuant to the provisions of the Security Agreement from time to time) is a true, correct, and complete listing of all material trademarks, trade names, registered copyrights, patents, and licenses as to which Borrower or one of its Subsidiaries is the owner or is an exclusive licensee.
     4.14. Leases .
          Each Loan Party and its Subsidiaries enjoy peaceful and undisturbed possession under all leases material to their business and to which they are parties or under which they are operating, and, subject to Permitted Protests, all of such material leases are valid and subsisting and no material default by the applicable Loan Party or its Subsidiaries exists under any of them.
     4.15. Deposit Accounts and Securities Accounts .
          Set forth on Schedule 4.15 (as updated pursuant to the provisions of the Security Agreement from time to time) is a listing of all of the Loan Parties’ and their Subsidiaries’ Deposit Accounts and Securities Accounts, including, with respect to each bank or securities intermediary (a) the name and address of such Person, and (b) the account numbers of the Deposit Accounts or Securities Accounts maintained with such Person.

-24-


 

     4.16. Complete Disclosure .
          All factual information (taken as a whole) furnished by or on behalf of a Loan Party or its Subsidiaries in writing to Agent or any Lender (including all information contained in the Schedules hereto or in the other Loan Documents) for purposes of or in connection with this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, or any transaction contemplated herein or therein is, and all other such factual information (taken as a whole) hereafter furnished by or on behalf of a Loan Party or its Subsidiaries in writing to Agent or any Lender will be, true and accurate, in all material respects, on the date as of which such information is dated or certified and not incomplete by omitting to state any fact necessary to make such information (taken as a whole) not misleading in any material respect at such time in light of the circumstances under which such information was provided. On the Closing Date, the Projections that were delivered to Agent on July 10, 2009 (and were accepted by Agent) represent, and as of the date on which any other Projections are delivered to Agent, such additional Projections represent Borrower’s good faith estimate of the Loan Parties’ and their Subsidiaries future performance for the periods covered thereby based upon assumptions believed by Borrower to be reasonable at the time of the delivery thereof to Agent (it being understood that such Projections are subject to uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond the control of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries and no assurances can be given that such Projections will be realized).
     4.17. Material Contracts .
          Set forth on Schedule 4.17 (as updated from time to time) is a reasonably detailed description of the Material Contracts of each Loan Party and its Subsidiaries; provided , however , that Borrower may amend Schedule 4.17 to add additional Material Contracts so long as such amendment occurs by written notice to Agent no later than the time that Borrower next provides its quarterly financial statements pursuant to Section 5.1 . Except for matters which, either individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change, each Material Contract (other than those that have expired at the end of their normal terms) (a) is in full force and effect and is binding upon and enforceable against the applicable Loan Party or its Subsidiary except as enforcement may be limited by equitable principles or by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws relating to or limiting creditors’ rights generally and, to the best of Borrower’s knowledge, each other Person that is a party thereto in accordance with its terms, (b) has not been otherwise amended or modified (other than amendments or modifications permitted by Section 6.7(b) ), and (c) is not in default due to the action or inaction of the applicable Loan Party or its Subsidiary.
     4.18. Patriot Act .
          To the extent applicable, each Loan Party is in compliance, in all material respects, with the (a) Trading with the Enemy Act, as amended, and each of the foreign assets control regulations of the United States Treasury Department (31 CFR, Subtitle B, Chapter V, as amended) and any other enabling legislation or executive order relating thereto, and (b) Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism (USA Patriot Act of 2001) (the “ Patriot Act ”). No part of the proceeds of the loans made hereunder will be used, directly or indirectly, for any payments to any governmental official or employee, political party, official of a political party, candidate for political office, or anyone else acting in an official capacity, in order to obtain, retain or direct business or obtain any improper advantage, in violation of the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended.
     4.19. Indebtedness .
          Set forth on Schedule 4.19 is a true and complete list of all Indebtedness of each Loan Party and each of its Subsidiaries outstanding immediately prior to the Closing Date that is to remain outstanding after the Closing Date and such Schedule accurately sets forth the aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness as of the Closing Date.

-25-


 

     4.20. Payment of Taxes .
          Except as otherwise permitted under Section 5.5 , all tax returns and reports of each Loan Party and its Subsidiaries required to be filed by any of them have been timely filed (taking into account valid extensions), and all taxes shown on such tax returns to be due and payable and all assessments, fees and other governmental charges upon a Loan Party and its Subsidiaries and upon their respective assets, income, businesses and franchises that are due and payable have been paid when due and payable. Each Loan Party and each of its Subsidiaries have made adequate provision in accordance with GAAP for all taxes not yet due and payable. Borrower knows of no proposed tax assessment against a Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries that is not being actively contested by such Loan Party or such Subsidiary diligently, in good faith, and by appropriate proceedings; provided such reserves or other appropriate provisions, if any, as shall be required in conformity with GAAP shall have been made or provided therefor. No Loan Party nor any of its Subsidiaries has ever been a party to any understanding or arrangement constituting a “tax shelter” within the meaning of Section 6662(d)(2)(C)(iii) of the IRC or within the meaning of Section 6111(c) or Section 6111(d) of the IRC as in effect immediately prior to the enactment of the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004, or has ever “participated” in a “reportable transaction” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.6011-4, except as would not be reasonably expected to, individually or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Change.
     4.21. Margin Stock .
          No Loan Party nor any of its Subsidiaries is engaged principally, or as one of its important activities, in the business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any Margin Stock. No part of the proceeds of the loans made to Borrower will be used to purchase or carry any such Margin Stock or to extend credit to others for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any such margin stock or for any purpose that violates, or is inconsistent with, the provisions of Regulation T, U or X of said Board of Governors.
     4.22. Governmental Regulation .
          No Loan Party nor any of its Subsidiaries is subject to regulation under the Federal Power Act or the Investment Company Act of 1940 or under any other federal or state statute or regulation which may limit its ability to incur Indebtedness or which may otherwise render all or any portion of the Obligations unenforceable. No Loan Party nor any of its Subsidiaries is a “registered investment company” or a company “controlled” by a “registered investment company” or a “principal underwriter” of a “registered investment company” as such terms are defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940.
     4.23. OFAC .
          No Loan Party nor any of its Subsidiaries is in violation of any of the country or list based economic and trade sanctions administered and enforced by OFAC. No Loan Party nor any of its Subsidiaries (a) is a Sanctioned Person or a Sanctioned Entity, (b) has more than 10% of its assets located in Sanctioned Entities, or (c) derives more than 10% of its revenues from investments in, or transactions with Sanctioned Persons or Sanctioned Entities. The proceeds of any Advance or of the Term Loan will not be used to fund any operations in, finance any investments or activities in, or make any payments to, a Sanctioned Person or a Sanctioned Entity.
     4.24. Employee and Labor Matters .
          There is (i) no unfair labor practice complaint pending or, to the knowledge of Borrower, threatened against Borrower or its Subsidiaries before any Governmental Authority and no grievance or arbitration proceeding pending or threatened against Borrower or its Subsidiaries which arises out of or under any collective bargaining agreement, (ii) no strike, labor dispute, slowdown, stoppage or similar action or grievance pending or threatened against Borrower or its Subsidiaries, or (iii) to the knowledge of Borrower, no union representation question existing with respect to the employees of Borrower or its Subsidiaries and no

-26-


 

union organizing activity taking place with respect to any of the employees of Borrower or its Subsidiaries. None of Borrower or its Subsidiaries has incurred any liability or obligation under the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act or similar state law, which remains unpaid or unsatisfied, except as could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. The hours worked and payments made to employees of Borrower have not been in violation of the Fair Labor Standards Act or any other applicable legal requirements, except to the extent such violations could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. All material payments due from Borrower or its Subsidiaries on account of wages and employee health and welfare insurance and other benefits have been paid or accrued as a liability on the books of Borrower, except where the failure to do so could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
     4.25. Location of Equipment .
          The Equipment (other than (i) vehicles or Equipment out for repair and (ii) other Equipment in the hands of employees or consultants in the ordinary course of business having a value of less than $250,000 in the aggregate, including, without limitation, laptop computers) of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries are not stored with a bailee, warehouseman, or similar party and are located only at, or in-transit between, the locations identified on Schedule 4.25 (as such Schedule may be updated pursuant to Section 5.15 ). Without limiting the forgoing, Schedule 4.25 (as such Schedule may be updated pursuant to Section 5.15 ) lists the identity and location of each co-location facility and other data center used in connection with a Loan Party’s business and the Persons having control over such co-location facility or other data centers.
     4.26. Inactive Subsidiaries .
          Neither StarFire Media, Inc. nor Credit Interfaces, Inc. has any material liabilities (other than the liabilities arising under the Loan Documents), owns any material assets or engages in any operations or business.
     4.27. Existing Obligations Pertaining to Acquisitions .
          Set forth on Schedule 4.27 is a true and complete list of all obligations, contingent or otherwise, owing by any Loan Party pursuant to any Acquisition consummated prior to the Closing Date, including without limitation any Earn-outs, holdbacks and principal payments in respect of Indebtedness, and such Schedule accurately sets forth the aggregate amount of such obligation owing as of the Closing Date.
5.  AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS .
          Borrower covenants and agrees that, until termination of all of the Commitments and indefeasible payment in full of the Obligations, the Loan Parties shall and shall cause each of their Subsidiaries to comply with each of the following:
     5.1. Financial Statements, Reports, Certificates .
          Deliver to Agent, with copies to each Lender, each of the financial statements, reports, and other items set forth on Schedule 5.1 at the times specified therein. In addition, Borrower agrees that no Subsidiary of a Loan Party will have a fiscal year different from that of Borrower, except that RealPage India Private Limited has a fiscal year end of March 31. In addition, Borrower agrees to maintain a system of accounting that enables Borrower to produce financial statements in accordance with GAAP. Each Loan Party shall also (a) keep a reporting system that shows all additions, sales, claims, returns, and allowances with respect to its and its Subsidiaries’ sales, and (b) maintain its billing systems/practices as approved by Agent prior to the Closing Date and shall only make material modifications thereto with notice to, and with the consent of, Agent; provided Agent’s consent shall not be required with respect to modifications made to consolidate billing systems/practices following consummation of a Permitted Acquisition or an Acquisition consummated prior to the Closing Date or to improve or unify billing systems.

-27-


 

     5.2. Collateral Reporting .
          Provide Agent (and if so requested by Agent, with copies for each Lender) with each of the reports set forth on Schedule 5.2 at the times specified therein.
     5.3. Existence .
          Except as otherwise permitted under Section 6.3 , at all times maintain and preserve in full force and effect its existence (including being in good standing in its jurisdiction of organization) and all rights and franchises, licenses and permits material to its business; provided that no Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries shall be required to preserve any such right or franchise, licenses or permits if such Person’s board of directors (or similar governing body) shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of such Person and that the loss thereof could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change.
     5.4. Maintenance of Properties .
          Maintain and preserve all of its assets that are necessary or useful in the proper conduct of its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear, tear, and casualty excepted and Permitted Dispositions excepted, and comply with the provisions of all leases to which it is a party as lessee, so as to prevent the loss or forfeiture thereof, unless such provisions are the subject of a Permitted Protest, except, in each case, where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change.
     5.5. Taxes .
          Cause all assessments and taxes imposed, levied, or assessed against any Loan Party or its Subsidiaries, or any of their respective assets or in respect of any of its income, businesses, or franchises to be paid in full, before delinquency or before the expiration of any extension period, except to the extent that (i) the validity of such assessment or tax shall be the subject of a Permitted Protest and so long as, in the case of an assessment or tax that has or may become a Lien against any of the Collateral, such contest proceedings conclusively operate to stay the sale of any portion of the Collateral to satisfy such assessment or tax or (ii) the aggregate amount of all such unpaid tax or assessment payments does not exceed, at any one time, $25,000. Borrower will and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to make timely payment or deposit of all tax payments and withholding taxes required of it and them by applicable laws, including those laws concerning F.I.C.A., F.U.T.A., state disability, and local, state, and federal income taxes, except to the extent that the aggregate amount of all such unpaid tax payments and withholding taxes does not exceed, at any one time, $25,000, and will, upon request, furnish Agent with proof reasonably satisfactory to Agent indicating that Borrower and its Subsidiaries have made such payments or deposits.
     5.6. Insurance .
          At Borrower’s expense, maintain insurance respecting each of the Loan Parties’ and their Subsidiaries’ assets wherever located, covering loss or damage by fire, theft, explosion, and all other hazards and risks as ordinarily are insured against by other Persons engaged in the same or similar businesses. Borrower also shall maintain (with respect to each of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries) business interruption, general liability, product liability insurance, director’s and officer’s liability insurance, fiduciary liability insurance, and employment practices liability insurance, as well as insurance against larceny, embezzlement, and criminal misappropriation. All such policies of insurance shall be with responsible and reputable insurance companies acceptable to Agent and in such amounts as is carried generally in accordance with sound business practice by companies in similar businesses similarly situated and located and in any event in amount, adequacy and scope reasonably satisfactory to Agent. All property insurance policies covering the Collateral are to be made payable to Agent for the benefit of Agent and the Lenders, as their interests may appear, in case of loss, pursuant to a standard loss payable endorsement with a standard non contributory “lender” or “secured party” clause and are to contain such other provisions as Agent may

-28-


 

reasonably require to fully protect the Lenders’ interest in the Collateral and to any payments to be made under such policies. All certificates of property and general liability insurance are to be delivered to Agent, with the loss payable (but only in respect of Collateral) and additional insured endorsements in favor of Agent and shall provide for not less than 30 days (10 days in the case of non-payment) prior written notice to Agent of the exercise of any right of cancellation. If Borrower fails to maintain such insurance, Agent may arrange for such insurance, but at Borrower’s expense and without any responsibility on Agent’s part for obtaining the insurance, the solvency of the insurance companies, the adequacy of the coverage, or the collection of claims. Borrower shall give Agent prompt notice of any loss exceeding $250,000 covered by its casualty or business interruption insurance. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Agent shall have the sole right to file claims under any property and general liability insurance policies in respect of the Collateral, to receive, receipt and give acquittance for any payments that may be payable thereunder, and to execute any and all endorsements, receipts, releases, assignments, reassignments or other documents that may be necessary to effect the collection, compromise or settlement of any claims under any such insurance policies. If no Event of Default exists, Borrower shall have the sole right to file claims under any insurance policies, to receive, receipt and give acquittance for any payments that may be payable thereunder, and to execute any and all endorsements, receipts, releases, assignments, reassignments or other documents that may be necessary to effect the collection, compromise or settlement of any claims under any such insurance policies. As of the Closing Date, Agent acknowledges that the insurance maintained by Loan Parties as of the Closing Date satisfies this Section 5.6 .
     5.7. Inspection .
          Permit Agent, each Lender and each of their duly authorized representatives or agents to visit any of its properties and inspect any of its assets or books and records, to conduct appraisals and valuations, to examine and make copies of its books and records, and to discuss its affairs, finances, and accounts with, and to be advised as to the same by, its officers and employees at such reasonable intervals as Agent and each Lender may designate during Borrower’s regular business hours and, so long as no Default or Event of Default exists, with reasonable prior notice to Borrower; provided that any such visit or inspection shall be subject to reasonable data security restrictions imposed by Borrower that are customary in Borrower’s industry.
     5.8. Compliance with Laws .
          Comply with the requirements of all applicable laws, rules, regulations, and orders of any Governmental Authority, other than laws, rules, regulations, and orders the non-compliance with which, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change.
     5.9. Environmental .
          (a) Keep any property either owned or operated by Borrower or its Subsidiaries free of any Environmental Liens or post bonds or other financial assurances sufficient to satisfy the obligations or liability evidenced by such Environmental Liens,
          (b) comply, in all material respects, with Environmental Laws and provide to Agent documentation of such compliance which Agent reasonably requests,
          (c) promptly notify Agent of any release of which Borrower has knowledge of a Hazardous Material in any reportable quantity from or onto property owned or operated by Borrower or its Subsidiaries and take any Remedial Actions required to abate said release or otherwise to come into compliance, in all material respects, with applicable Environmental Law, and
          (d) promptly, but in any event within 5 Business Days of its receipt thereof, provide Agent with written notice of any of the following: (i) notice that an Environmental Lien has been filed against any of the real or personal property of Borrower or its Subsidiaries, (ii) commencement of any Environmental Action or notice that an Environmental Action will be filed against Borrower or its Subsidiaries, and

-29-


 

(iii) notice of a violation, citation, or other administrative order which could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change.
     5.10. Disclosure Updates .
          Promptly and in no event later than 5 Business Days after obtaining knowledge thereof, notify Agent if any written information, exhibit, or report furnished to the Lender Group contained, at the time it was furnished, any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state any material fact necessary to make the statements contained therein not misleading in light of the circumstances in which made. The foregoing to the contrary notwithstanding, any notification pursuant to the foregoing provision will not cure or remedy the effect of the prior untrue statement of a material fact or omission of any material fact nor shall any such notification have the effect of amending or modifying this Agreement or any of the Schedules hereto.
     5.11. Formation of Subsidiaries .
          At the time that any Loan Party forms any direct or indirect Subsidiary or acquires any direct or indirect Subsidiary after the Closing Date, such Loan Party shall (a) within 10 days of such formation or acquisition (or such later date as permitted by Agent in its sole discretion) cause any such new Subsidiary to provide to Agent a guaranty of the Obligations, together with such other security documents (including mortgages with respect to any Real Property owned in fee of such new Subsidiary with a fair market value of at least $500,000), as well as appropriate financing statements (and with respect to all property subject to a mortgage, fixture filings), all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent (including being sufficient to grant Agent a first priority Lien (subject to Permitted Liens) in and to the assets of such newly formed or acquired Subsidiary to secure the guaranty of the Obligations); provided that such guaranty, and such other security documents shall not be required to be provided to Agent with respect to any Subsidiary of Borrower that is a CFC if providing such documents would result in adverse tax consequences, is illegal under applicable law or the costs to the Loan Parties of providing such Guaranty, executing any security documents or perfecting the security interests created thereby are unreasonably excessive (as determined by Agent in consultation with Borrower) in relation to the benefits of Agent and the Lenders of the security or guarantee afforded thereby, (b) within 30 days of such formation or acquisition (or such later date as permitted by Agent in its sole discretion) provide to Agent a pledge agreement and appropriate certificates and powers or financing statements, hypothecating all of the direct or beneficial ownership interest in such new Subsidiary reasonably satisfactory to Agent to secure the Obligations; provided that only 65% of the total outstanding voting Stock of any first tier Subsidiary of Borrower that is a CFC and none of the total outstanding voting Stock of any other Subsidiary of such CFC shall be required to be pledged if hypothecating a greater amount would result in adverse tax consequences, is illegal under applicable law or the costs to the Loan Parties of providing such pledge or perfecting the security interests created thereby are unreasonably excessive (as determined by Agent in consultation with Borrower) in relation to the benefits of Agent and the Lenders of the security or guarantee afforded thereby (which pledge, if reasonably requested by Agent, shall be governed by the laws of the jurisdiction of such Subsidiary), and (c) within 10 days of such formation or acquisition (or such later date as permitted by Agent in its sole discretion) provide to Agent all other documentation, including one or more opinions of counsel reasonably satisfactory to Agent, which in its opinion is appropriate with respect to the execution and delivery of the applicable documentation referred to above (including policies of title insurance or other documentation with respect to all Real Property owned in fee and subject to a mortgage). Any document, agreement, or instrument executed or issued pursuant to this Section 5.11 shall be a Loan Document. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Loan Documents, in no event shall RealPage Payment Processing be required to become a Guarantor or to provide any security for the Obligations, nor shall Borrower be required to pledge any Stock of RealPage Payment Processing.
     5.12. Further Assurances .
          At any time upon the reasonable request of Agent, execute or deliver to Agent any and all financing statements, fixture filings, security agreements, pledges, assignments, endorsements of certificates of title, mortgages, deeds of trust, opinions of counsel, and all other documents (collectively, the “ Additional

-30-


 

Documents ”) that Agent may reasonably request in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent, to create, perfect, and continue perfected or to better perfect Agent’s Liens in all of the assets of Borrower and its Subsidiaries (whether now owned or hereafter arising or acquired, tangible or intangible, real or personal), to create and perfect Liens in favor of Agent in any Real Property acquired by Borrower or its Subsidiaries after the Closing Date with a fair market value in excess of $500,000, and in order to fully consummate all of the transactions contemplated hereby and under the other Loan Documents; provided that the foregoing shall not apply to any Subsidiary of Borrower that is a CFC if providing such documents would result in adverse tax consequences, is illegal under applicable law or the costs to the Loan Parties of providing such documents are unreasonably excessive (as determined by Agent in consultation with Borrower) in relation to the benefits of Agent and the Lenders of the benefits afforded thereby. To the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, Borrower authorizes Agent to execute any such Additional Documents in the applicable Loan Party’s or its Subsidiary’s name, as applicable, solely to perfect Agent’s security interest and authorizes Agent to file such executed Additional Documents in any appropriate filing office. In furtherance and not in limitation of the foregoing, each Loan Party shall take such actions as Agent may reasonably request from time to time to ensure that the Obligations are guarantied by the Guarantors and are secured by substantially all of the assets of Borrower and its Subsidiaries and all of the outstanding capital Stock of Borrower’s Subsidiaries (subject to limitations contained in the Loan Documents with respect to CFCs).
     5.13. Lender Meetings .
          Within 90 days after the close of each fiscal year of Borrower, at the request of Agent or of the Required Lenders and upon reasonable prior notice, hold a meeting (at a mutually agreeable location and time or, at the option of Agent, by conference call) with all Lenders who choose to attend such meeting at which meeting shall be reviewed the financial results of the previous fiscal year and the financial condition of Borrower and its Subsidiaries and the projections presented for the current fiscal year of Borrower.
     5.14. Material Contracts .
          Contemporaneously with the delivery of each Compliance Certificate pursuant hereto, provide Agent with copies of (a) each Material Contract entered into since the delivery of the previous Compliance Certificate, and (b) each material amendment or modification of any Material Contract entered into since the delivery of the previous Compliance Certificate.
     5.15. Location of Tangible Collateral .
          Keep each Loan Parties’ and its Domestic Subsidiaries’ tangible Collateral (other than (i) vehicles and Equipment out for repair and (ii) other Equipment in the hands of employees or consultants in the ordinary course of business having a value of less than $250,000 in the aggregate, including, without limitation, laptop computers)) only at the locations identified on Schedule 4.25 and their chief executive offices only at the locations identified on Schedule 4.6(b) ; provided , however , that Borrower may amend Schedule 4.25 or Schedule 4.6(b) so long as such amendment occurs by written notice to Agent not less than 10 days prior to the date on which such tangible Collateral is moved to such new location or such chief executive office is relocated and so long as such new location is within the continental United States, and so long as, at the time of such written notification, Borrower or such Domestic Subsidiary provides Agent a Collateral Access Agreement with respect thereto.
     5.16. Assignable Material Contracts .
          Use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that any Material Contract entered into after the Closing Date by Borrower or one of its Subsidiaries that generates or, by its terms, will generate revenue, permits the assignment of such agreement (and all rights of Borrower or such Subsidiary, as applicable, thereunder) to Borrower’s or such Subsidiary’s lenders or an agent for any lenders (and any transferees of such lenders or such agent, as applicable).

-31-


 

     5.17. Post Closing Matters .
          (a) Within 15 Business Days after the Closing Date (or such later date as permitted by Agent in its sole discretion), deliver to Agent evidence in form and substance satisfactory to Agent of federal registration of all copyrights constituting the Required Library along with a fully executed Copyright Security Agreement with respect to such copyrights in the form attached as Exhibit A to the Security Agreement.
          (b) Within 30 days after the Closing Date (or such later date as permitted by Agent in its sole discretion), Borrower shall have satisfied the obligations outstanding under the tax liens on file against Borrower in the State of Ohio in the aggregate amount of $12,713.96 and obtained the termination of such tax liens.
          (c) Within 10 Business Days after the Closing Date (or such later date as permitted by Agent in its sole discretion), Borrower shall have delivered to Agent certificates of status with respect to (i) OpsTechnology, Inc. issued by the appropriate officer of the States of Colorado, Florida and North Carolina and (ii) MultiFamily Internet Ventures, LLC issued by the appropriate officer of the States of Maryland and Utah, each dated within 30 days of the Closing Date.
          (d) Within 30 days after the Closing Date (or such later date as permitted by Agent in its sole discretion), Borrower shall have updated the federal records to the extent necessary to reflect proper ownership by Borrower of the registered copyright that are currently registered in the name of Rent Roll, Inc. along with a fully executed Copyright Security Agreement with respect to such copyrights in the form attached as Exhibit A to the Security Agreement.
6. NEGATIVE COVENANTS .
          Borrower covenants and agrees that, until termination of all of the Commitments and indefeasible payment in full of the Obligations, the Loan Parties will not and will not permit any of their Subsidiaries to do any of the following:
     6.1. Indebtedness .
          Create, incur, assume, suffer to exist, guarantee, or otherwise become or remain, directly or indirectly, liable with respect to any Indebtedness, except for Permitted Indebtedness.
     6.2. Liens .
          Create, incur, assume, or suffer to exist, directly or indirectly, any Lien on or with respect to any of its assets, of any kind, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, or any income or profits therefrom, except for Permitted Liens.
     6.3. Restrictions on Fundamental Changes .
          (a) Other than in order to consummate a Permitted Acquisition, enter into any merger, consolidation, reorganization, or recapitalization, or reclassify its Stock, except for (i) any merger between Loan Parties, provided that Borrower must be the surviving entity of any such merger to which it is a party, (ii) any merger between Loan Parties and Subsidiaries of Borrower that are not Loan Parties so long as such Loan Party is the surviving entity of any such merger, (iii) any merger between Subsidiaries of Borrower that are not Loan Parties and (iv) entering into any such transaction provided that a condition to the consummation of such transaction is obtaining all consents required under this Agreement or paying in full in cash all of the Obligations,
          (b) Liquidate, wind up, or dissolve itself (or suffer any liquidation or dissolution), except for (i) the liquidation or dissolution of non-operating Subsidiaries of Borrower with nominal assets and

-32-


 

nominal liabilities, (ii) the liquidation or dissolution of a Loan Party (other than Borrower) or any of its wholly-owned Subsidiaries so long as all of the assets (including any interest in any Stock) of such liquidating or dissolving Loan Party or Subsidiary are transferred to a Loan Party that is not liquidating or dissolving, or (iii) the liquidation or dissolution of a Subsidiary of Borrower that is not a Loan Party (other than any such Subsidiary the Stock of which (or any portion thereof) is subject to a Lien in favor of Agent) so long as all of the assets of such liquidating or dissolving Subsidiary are transferred to a Subsidiary of Borrower that is not liquidating or dissolving, or
          (c) Suspend or go out of a substantial portion of its or their business, except as permitted pursuant to clauses (a) or (b) above or in connection with the transactions permitted pursuant to Section 6.4 .
          (d) Create or establish any Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary (A) is owned by Borrower or a Subsidiary of Borrower, (B) is organized under the laws of (i) a state of the United States or the District of Columbia or (ii) Canada or any province thereof and (C) provides to Agent a guaranty of the Obligations, together with such other security documents and financing statements, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent, to grant Agent a first priority Lien (subject to Permitted Liens) in and to the assets of such Subsidiary to secure the guaranty of the Obligations.
     6.4. Disposal of Assets .
          Other than Permitted Dispositions, Permitted Investments, or transactions expressly permitted by Sections 6.3 and 6.11 , convey, sell, lease, license, assign, transfer, or otherwise dispose of (or enter into an agreement to convey, sell, lease, license, assign, transfer, or otherwise dispose of) any of Borrower’s or its Subsidiaries assets; provided that Borrower may enter into any such agreement so long as a condition to the consummation of such transaction is obtaining all consents required under this Agreement or paying in full in cash all of the Obligations.
     6.5. Change Name .
          Change Borrower’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ name, organizational identification number, state of organization or organizational identity; provided , however , that Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries may change their names upon at least 10 days prior written notice to Agent of such change.
     6.6. Nature of Business .
          Make any change in the nature of its or their business as described in Schedule 6.6 or acquire any properties or assets that are not reasonably related to the conduct of such business activities; provided that Borrower and its Subsidiaries may engage in any business that is reasonably related or ancillary to its or their business.
     6.7. Prepayments and Amendments .
          (a) Except in connection with Refinancing Indebtedness permitted by Section 6.1 ,
               (i) optionally prepay, redeem, defease, purchase, or otherwise acquire any Indebtedness of Borrower or its Subsidiaries, other than (A) the Obligations in accordance with this Agreement, (B) Permitted Intercompany Advances, (C) the Preferred Shareholder Notes as provided in subclause (iii) below, (D) the Senior Subordinated Debt as provided in subclause (iv) below, (E) the RealHound Payment as provided in subclause (v) below and (F) the OpsTechnology Payment as provided in subclause (vi) below,
               (ii) make any payment on account of Indebtedness that has been contractually subordinated in right of payment if such payment is not permitted at such time under the subordination terms and conditions,

-33-


 

               (iii) make any payment on account of the Preferred Shareholder Notes other than payments or prepayments made solely with the proceeds of the issuance of Stock of Borrower; provided that, so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom and Borrower has Excess Availability plus Qualified Cash after giving effect to such payment of the Preferred Shareholder Note Excess Availability Amount, Borrower may make payments in respect of quarterly interest and principal payments on the Preferred Shareholder Notes in an aggregate amount during any fiscal quarter of Borrower not to exceed $1,000,000,
               (iv) make any payment on account of the Senior Subordinated Debt except in accordance with the terms of the Senior Subordinated Debt Subordination Agreement,
               (v) make any payment on account of the RealHound Payment except regularly scheduled payments in accordance with the terms of the RealHound Asset Purchase Agreement, or
               (vi) make any payment on account of the OpsTechnology Payment except in accordance with the terms of the OpsTechnology Agreement, or
          (b) Directly or indirectly, amend, modify, or change any of the terms or provisions of
               (i) the RealHound Asset Purchase Agreement or the OpsTechnology Agreement,
               (ii) any Material Contract except to the extent that such amendment, modification, alteration, increase, or change could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to be materially adverse to the interests of the Lenders,
               (iii) the Governing Documents of any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries if the effect thereof, either individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to be materially adverse to the interests of the Lenders,
               (iv) the Preferred Shareholder Notes other than in accordance with the terms of the Preferred Shareholder Note Subordination Agreement, or
               (v) the Senior Subordinated Debt Documents other than in accordance with the terms of the Senior Subordinated Debt Subordination Agreement.
     6.8. Change of Control .
          Cause, permit, or suffer, directly or indirectly, any Change of Control unless the Obligations are paid in full in cash pursuant to Section 2.4(e)(vii) .
     6.9. Restricted Junior Payments .
          Make any Restricted Junior Payment; provided , however , that so long as it is permitted by law, and so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom, (i) Borrower’s Subsidiaries may make distributions to any Loan Party, (ii) Borrower may make distributions to former employees, officers, consultants or directors (or any spouses, ex-spouses, or estates of any of the foregoing) on account of redemptions of Stock of Borrower held by such Persons, provided , however , that the aggregate amount of such redemptions made by Borrower during the term of this Agreement does not exceed $750,000 in the aggregate, (iii) Borrower may redeem the Preferred Stock to the extent required by Section 5 of its Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation so long as Borrower has delivered to Agent prior written notice of such redemption and the Obligations are paid in full in cash pursuant to Section 2.4(e)(viii), (iv) Borrower may pay dividends in the form of Preferred Shareholder Notes to the extent such Preferred Shareholder Notes are permitted to be issued hereunder and (v) Borrower may make

-34-


 

distributions to its shareholders in accordance with Borrower’s Governing Documents in lieu of issuing any fractional shares in the event of the conversion of the preferred stock of Borrower held by such Persons into common stock of Borrower, provided , however , that the aggregate amount of such distributions made by Borrower during any fiscal year of Borrower does not exceed $25,000 in the aggregate.
     6.10. Accounting Methods .
          Modify or change its fiscal year or its method of accounting (other than as may be required to conform to GAAP).
     6.11. Investments .
          Except for Permitted Investments, directly or indirectly, make or acquire any Investment or incur any liabilities (including contingent obligations) for or in connection with any Investment; provided , however , that (other than (a) an aggregate amount of not more than $25,000 at any one time, in the case of Borrower and its Subsidiaries (other than RealPage Payment Processing and those Subsidiaries that are CFCs), (b) amounts deposited into Deposit Accounts specially and exclusively used for payroll, payroll taxes and other employee wage and benefit payments to or for Borrower’s or its Subsidiaries’ employees, (c) account numbers [***], [***], [***] and [***] maintained by MultiFamily Internet Ventures, LLC with City National Bank, N.A. so long as such accounts solely hold insurance premiums deposited into such accounts for further distribution to the underwriters of the related insurance policies, (d) amounts maintained by RealPage Payment Processing and (e) an aggregate amount of not more than $250,000 (calculated at current exchange rates) at any one time, in the case of Subsidiaries of Borrower that are CFCs) Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall not have Permitted Investments consisting of cash, Cash Equivalents, or amounts credited to Deposit Accounts or Securities Accounts unless Borrower or its Subsidiary, as applicable, and the applicable bank or securities intermediary have entered into Control Agreements with Agent governing such Permitted Investments in order to perfect (and further establish) Agent’s Liens in such Permitted Investments. Subject to the foregoing proviso, Borrower shall not and shall not permit its Subsidiaries to establish or maintain any Deposit Account or Securities Account unless Agent shall have received a Control Agreement in respect of such Deposit Account or Securities Account.
     6.12. Transactions with Affiliates .
          Directly or indirectly enter into or permit to exist any transaction with any Affiliate of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries except for:
          (a) transactions (other than the payment of management, consulting, monitoring, or advisory fees) between Borrower or its Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and any Affiliate of Borrower or its Subsidiaries, on the other hand, so long as such transactions (i) are fully disclosed to Agent prior to the consummation thereof, if they involve one or more payments by Borrower or its Subsidiaries in excess of $250,000 for any single transaction or series of related transactions, and (ii) are no less favorable, taken as a whole, to Borrower or its Subsidiaries, as applicable, than would be obtained in an arm’s length transaction with a non-Affiliate,
          (b) so long as it has been approved by Borrower’s Board of Directors in accordance with applicable law, any indemnity provided for the benefit of directors of Borrower,
          (c) so long as it has been approved by Borrower’s Board of Directors, the payment of reasonable fees, compensation, or employee benefit arrangements to employees, officers, and outside directors of Borrower in the ordinary course of business and consistent with industry practice, and
          (d) transactions permitted by Section 6.3 or Section 6.9 , any Permitted Intercompany Advance or any payments between Borrower and its Subsidiaries made pursuant to commercially reasonable transfer pricing or cost plus arrangements for tax purposes.

-35-


 

Notwithstanding anything contained in the Loan Documents to the contrary, no Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries shall (A) make an Investment in, sell, lease, license, assign, contribute or otherwise transfer any assets to, make any distributions or payments to, or otherwise engage in, or enter into, any transaction with, RealPage Payment Processing, StarFire Media, Inc. or Credit Interfaces, Inc., except for those transactions set forth on Schedule 6.12 or (B) incur any Indebtedness owing to RealPage Payment Processing or RealPage India Private Limited unless such Person agrees to subordinate such Indebtedness to the Obligations in a manner satisfactory to Agent.
     6.13. Use of Proceeds .
          Use the proceeds of the Advances and the Term Loan for any purpose other than (a) on the Closing Date, (i) to repay, in full, the outstanding principal, accrued interest, and accrued fees and expenses owing under or in connection with the Existing Credit Agreement, and (ii) to pay transactional fees, costs, and expenses incurred in connection with this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, and (b) thereafter, consistent with the terms and conditions hereof, for its lawful and permitted purposes.
7.   FINANCIAL COVENANTS .
          Borrower covenants and agrees that, until termination of all of the Commitments and payment in full of the Obligations, Borrower will comply with each of the following financial covenants:
          (a) Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio. Have a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, measured on a month-end basis, of at least the required amount set forth in the following table for the applicable period set forth opposite thereto:
     
Applicable Ratio   Applicable Period
1.225:1.00
  For the 3 month period ending September 30, 2009
 
   
1.225:1.00
  For the 4 month period ending October 31, 2009
 
   
1.225:1.00
  For the 5 month period ending November 30, 2009
 
   
1.225:1.00
  For the 6 month period ending December 31, 2009
 
   
1.225:1.00
  For the 7 month period ending January 31, 2010
 
   
1.225:1.00
  For the 8 month period ending February 28, 2010
 
   
1.225:1.00
  For the 9 month period ending March 31, 2010
 
   
1.225:1.00
  For the 10 month period ending April 30, 2010
 
   
1.225:1.00
  For the 11 month period ending May 31, 2010
 
   
1.225:1.00
  For the 12 month period ending June 30, 2010 and for each 12-month period ending on the last day of a month thereafter through and including August 31, 2010
 
   
1.25:1.00
  For the 12 month period ending September 30, 2010 and for each 12-month period ending on the last day of a month thereafter

-36-


 

; provided that for any month-end measurement period set forth above that is not the last month of a fiscal quarter, Borrower shall not be required to comply with the foregoing covenant if the Senior Leverage Ratio measured as of the last day of the then most recently ended fiscal quarter is less than 1.75:1.00.
          (b) Senior Leverage Ratio. Have a Senior Leverage Ratio, measured on a month-end basis, of not greater than the applicable ratio set forth in the following table for the applicable date set forth opposite thereto:
     
Applicable Amount   Applicable Date
2.25:1.00
  The last day of each month ending during the period from and including September 30, 2009 and through and including December 31, 2009
 
   
2.00:1.00
  The last day of each month ending during the period from and including March 31, 2010 and through and including June 30, 2010
 
   
1.85:1.00
  The last day of each month ending during the period from and including September 30, 2010 and through and including December 31, 2010
 
   
1.60:1.00
  The last day of each month ending during the period from and including March 31, 2011 and through and including June 30, 2011
 
   
1.35:1.00
  September 30, 2011 and the last day of each month ending thereafter
; provided that for any month-end measurement period set forth above that is not the last month of a fiscal quarter, Borrower shall not be required to comply with the foregoing covenant if the Senior Leverage Ratio measured as of the last day of the then most recently ended fiscal quarter is less than 1.75:1.00.
          (c) Capital Expenditures. Make Capital Expenditures (excluding the amount, if any, of Capital Expenditures made with Net Cash Proceeds reinvested pursuant to the proviso in Section 2.4(e)(ii) ) in any fiscal year in an amount less than or equal to, but not greater than, the amount set forth in the following table for the applicable period:
                         
Fiscal Year 2009   Fiscal Year 2010     Fiscal Year 2011     Fiscal Year 2012  
$10,000,000
  $ 12,000,000     $ 13,200,000     $ 14,400,000  
; provided , however , that if the amount of the Capital Expenditures permitted to be made in any fiscal year as set forth in the above table is greater than the actual amount of the Capital Expenditures (excluding the amount, if any, of Capital Expenditures made with Net Cash Proceeds reinvested pursuant to the proviso in Section 2.4(e)(ii) ) actually made in such fiscal year (such amount, the “ Excess Amount ”), then the lesser of (i) such Excess Amount and (ii) 25% of the amount set forth in the above table for the succeeding fiscal year (such lesser amount referred to as the “ Carry-Over Amount ”) may be carried forward to the next succeeding fiscal year (the “ Succeeding Fiscal Year ”); provided further that the Carry-Over Amount applicable to a particular Succeeding Fiscal Year may not be used in that fiscal year until the amount permitted above to be expended in such fiscal year has first been used in full and the Carry-Over Amount applicable to a particular Succeeding Fiscal Year may not be carried forward to another fiscal year.

-37-


 

8. EVENTS OF DEFAULT .
          Any one or more of the following events shall constitute an event of default (each, an “ Event of Default ”) under this Agreement:
     8.1. If Borrower fails to pay when due and payable, or when declared due and payable pursuant to the terms of the Loan Documents, (a) all or any portion of the Obligations consisting of interest, fees, or charges due the Lender Group, reimbursement of Lender Group Expenses, or other amounts (other than any portion thereof constituting principal) constituting Obligations (including any portion thereof that accrues after the commencement of an Insolvency Proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in whole or in part as a claim in any such Insolvency Proceeding), and such failure continues for a period of 3 Business Days, or (b) all or any portion of the principal of the Obligations;
     8.2. If any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries:
          (a) fails to perform or observe any covenant or other agreement contained in any of (i) Sections 5.1 , 5.2 , 5.3 (solely if Borrower is not in good standing in its jurisdiction of organization), 5.6 , 5.7 (solely if Borrower refuses to allow Agent or its representatives or agents to visit Borrower’s properties, inspect its assets or books or records, examine and make copies of its books and records, or discuss Borrower’s affairs, finances, and accounts with officers and employees of Borrower), 5.10 , 5 .11 or 5.17 of this Agreement, (ii) Sections 6.1 through 6.13 of this Agreement, (iii) Section 7 of this Agreement, or (iv) Section 6 of the Security Agreement;
          (b) fails to perform or observe any covenant or other agreement contained in any of Sections 5.3 (other than if Borrower is not in good standing in its jurisdiction of organization), 5.4 , 5.5 , 5.8 , 5.12 , 5.13 , 5.14 and 5.15 of this Agreement and such failure continues for a period of 10 days after the earlier of (i) the date on which such failure shall first become known to any officer of Borrower or (ii) the date on which written notice thereof is given to Borrower by Agent; or
          (c) fails to perform or observe any covenant or other agreement contained in this Agreement, or in any of the other Loan Documents, in each case, other than any such covenant or agreement that is the subject of another provision of this Section 8 (in which event such other provision of this Section 8 shall govern), and such failure continues for a period of 30 days after the earlier of (i) the date on which such failure shall first become known to any officer of Borrower or (ii) the date on which written notice thereof is given to Borrower by Agent;
     8.3. If one or more judgments, orders, or awards for the payment of money involving an aggregate amount of $250,000, or more (except to the extent fully covered by insurance pursuant to which the insurer has accepted liability therefor in writing) is entered or filed against a Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries, or with respect to any of their respective assets, and either (a) there is a period of 30 consecutive days at any time after the entry of any such judgment, order, or award during which (1) the same is not discharged, or (2) a stay of enforcement thereof is not in effect, or (b) enforcement proceedings are commenced upon such judgment, order, or award;
     8.4. If an Insolvency Proceeding is commenced by a Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries;
     8.5. If an Insolvency Proceeding is commenced against a Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries and any of the following events occur: (a) such Loan Party or such Subsidiary consents to the institution of such Insolvency Proceeding against it, (b) the petition commencing the Insolvency Proceeding is not timely controverted, (c) the petition commencing the Insolvency Proceeding is not dismissed within 60 calendar days of the date of the filing thereof, (d) an interim trustee is appointed to take possession of all or any substantial portion of the properties or assets of, or to operate all or any substantial portion of the business of, such Loan Party or its Subsidiary, or (e) an order for relief shall have been issued or entered therein;

-38-


 

     8.6. If a Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries is enjoined, restrained, or in any way prevented by court order from continuing to conduct all or any material part of its business affairs;
     8.7. If there is a default under the Preferred Shareholder Notes (after giving effect to any applicable grace or cure period); if there is a default under the Senior Subordinated Debt Documents (after giving effect to any applicable grace or cure period); or if there is a default in one or more agreements to which a Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries is a party with one or more third Persons relative to a Loan Party’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ Indebtedness involving an aggregate amount of $250,000 or more, and such default (i) occurs at the final maturity of the obligations thereunder, or (ii) results in a right by such third Person, irrespective of whether exercised, to accelerate the maturity of such Loan Party’s or its Subsidiary’s obligations thereunder;
     8.8. If any warranty, representation, statement, or Record made herein or in any other Loan Document or delivered in writing to Agent or any Lender in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document proves to be untrue in any material respect (except that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof) as of the date of issuance or making or deemed making thereof;
     8.9. If the obligation of any Guarantor under the Guaranty is limited or terminated by operation of law or by such Guarantor;
     8.10. If the Security Agreement or any other Loan Document that purports to create a Lien, shall, for any reason, fail or cease to create a valid and perfected and, except to the extent permitted by the terms hereof or thereof, first priority Lien on the Collateral covered thereby, except (a) as a result of a disposition of the applicable Collateral in a transaction permitted under this Agreement or (b) as the result of an action or failure to act on the part of Agent; or
     8.11. The validity or enforceability of any Loan Document shall at any time for any reason (other than solely as the result of an action or failure to act on the part of Agent) be declared to be null and void, or a proceeding shall be commenced by a Loan Party or its Subsidiaries, or by any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over a Loan Party or its Subsidiaries, seeking to establish the invalidity or unenforceability thereof, or a Loan Party or its Subsidiaries shall deny that such Loan Party or its Subsidiaries has any liability or obligation purported to be created under any Loan Document.
9. RIGHTS AND REMEDIES .
      9.1. Rights and Remedies .
          Upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, Agent may, and, at the instruction of the Required Lenders, shall, in each case by written notice to Borrower and in addition to any other rights or remedies provided for hereunder or under any other Loan Document or by applicable law, do any one or more of the following on behalf of the Lender Group:
          (a) declare the Obligations, whether evidenced by this Agreement or by any of the other Loan Documents immediately due and payable, whereupon the same shall become and be immediately due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest, or further notice or other requirements of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by Borrower; and
          (b) declare the Revolver Commitments terminated, whereupon the Revolver Commitments shall immediately be terminated together with any obligation of any Lender hereunder to make Advances and the obligation of the Issuing Lender to issue Letters of Credit.
The foregoing to the contrary notwithstanding, upon the occurrence of any Event of Default described in Section 8.4 or Section 8.5 , in addition to the remedies set forth above, without any notice to Borrower or any

-39-


 

other Person or any act by the Lender Group, the Commitments shall automatically terminate and the Obligations then outstanding, together with all accrued and unpaid interest thereon and all fees and all other amounts due under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, shall automatically and immediately become due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest, or notice of any kind, all of which are expressly waived by Borrower.
     9.2. Remedies Cumulative .
          The rights and remedies of the Lender Group under this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, and all other agreements shall be cumulative. The Lender Group shall have all other rights and remedies not inconsistent herewith as provided under the Code, by law, or in equity. No exercise by the Lender Group of one right or remedy shall be deemed an election, and no waiver by the Lender Group of any Event of Default shall be deemed a continuing waiver. No delay by the Lender Group shall constitute a waiver, election, or acquiescence by it.
10. WAIVERS; INDEMNIFICATION .
     10.1. Demand; Protest; etc .
          Each Loan Party a party hereto waives demand, protest, notice of protest, notice of default or dishonor, notice of payment and nonpayment, nonpayment at maturity, release, compromise, settlement, extension, or renewal of documents, instruments, chattel paper, and guarantees at any time held by the Lender Group on which such Loan Party may in any way be liable.
     10.2. The Lender Group’s Liability for Collateral .
          Borrower hereby agrees that: (a) so long as Agent complies with its obligations, if any, under the Code, the Lender Group shall not in any way or manner be liable or responsible for: (i) the safekeeping of the Collateral, (ii) any loss or damage thereto occurring or arising in any manner or fashion from any cause, (iii) any diminution in the value thereof, or (iv) any act or default of any carrier, warehouseman, bailee, forwarding agency, or other Person, and (b) all risk of loss, damage, or destruction of the Collateral shall be borne by Borrower.
     10.3. Indemnification .
          Borrower shall pay, indemnify, defend, and hold the Agent-Related Persons, the Lender-Related Persons, and each Participant (each, an “ Indemnified Person ”) harmless (to the fullest extent permitted by law) from and against any and all claims, demands, suits, actions, investigations, proceedings, liabilities, fines, costs, penalties, and damages, and all reasonable fees and disbursements of attorneys, experts, or consultants and all other costs and expenses actually incurred in connection therewith or in connection with the enforcement of this indemnification (as and when they are incurred and irrespective of whether suit is brought), at any time asserted against, imposed upon, or incurred by any of them (a) in connection with or as a result of or related to the execution and delivery (provided that Borrower shall not be liable for costs and expenses (including attorneys fees) of any Lender (other than WFF) incurred in advising, structuring, drafting, reviewing, administering or syndicating the Loan Documents), enforcement, performance, or administration (including any restructuring or workout with respect hereto) of this Agreement, any of the other Loan Documents, or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby or the monitoring of Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ compliance with the terms of the Loan Documents (other than disputes solely between the Lenders), (b) with respect to any investigation, litigation, or proceeding related to this Agreement, any other Loan Document, or the use of the proceeds of the credit provided hereunder (irrespective of whether any Indemnified Person is a party thereto), or any act, omission, event, or circumstance in any manner related thereto, and (c) in connection with or arising out of any presence or release of Hazardous Materials at, on, under, to or from any assets or properties owned, leased or operated by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any Environmental Actions, Environmental Liabilities or Remedial Actions related in any way to any such

-40-


 

assets or properties of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (each and all of the foregoing, the “ Indemnified Liabilities ”). The foregoing to the contrary notwithstanding, Borrower shall have no obligation to any Indemnified Person under this Section 10.3 with respect to any Indemnified Liability that a court of competent jurisdiction finally determines to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnified Person or its officers, directors, employees, attorneys, or agents. This provision shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the repayment of the Obligations. If any Indemnified Person makes any payment to any other Indemnified Person with respect to an Indemnified Liability as to which Borrower was required to indemnify the Indemnified Person receiving such payment, the Indemnified Person making such payment is entitled to be indemnified and reimbursed by Borrower with respect thereto. WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE FOREGOING INDEMNITY SHALL APPLY TO EACH INDEMNIFIED PERSON WITH RESPECT TO INDEMNIFIED LIABILITIES WHICH IN WHOLE OR IN PART ARE CAUSED BY OR ARISE OUT OF ANY NEGLIGENT ACT OR OMISSION OF SUCH INDEMNIFIED PERSON OR OF ANY OTHER PERSON.
11. NOTICES .
          Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement, all notices or demands relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be in writing and (except for financial statements and other informational documents which may be sent by first-class mail, postage prepaid) shall be personally delivered or sent by registered or certified mail (postage prepaid, return receipt requested), overnight courier, electronic mail (at such email addresses as a party may designate in accordance herewith), or telefacsimile. In the case of notices or demands to Borrower or Agent, as the case may be, they shall be sent to the respective address set forth below:
     
If to Borrower:  
REALPAGE, INC.
   
4000 International Parkway
   
Carrollton, Texas 75007
   
Attn: General Counsel
   
Fax No. (972) 820-3932
   
 
with copies to:  
WILSON SONSINI GOODRICH & ROSATI,
PROFESSIONAL CORPORATION
   
900 South Capital of Texas Hwy.
   
Las Cimas IV, Fifth Floor
   
Austin, Texas 78746-5546
   
Attn: Paul Tobias
   
Fax No. (512) 338-5499
   
 
If to Agent:  
WELLS FARGO FOOTHILL, LLC
   
2450 Colorado Ave., Suite 3000W
   
Santa Monica, California 90404
   
Attn: Technology Finance Division Manager
   
Fax No. (350) 453-7413
   
 
with copies to:  
GOLDBERG KOHN BELL BLACK ROSENBLOOM
& MORITZ, LTD.
   
55 East Monroe Street, Suite 3300
   
Chicago, Illinois 60603
   
Attn: Gary Zussman, Esq.
   
Fax No. (312) 332-2196
          Any party hereto may change the address at which they are to receive notices hereunder, by notice in writing in the foregoing manner given to the other party. All notices or demands sent in accordance with this Section 11 , shall be deemed received on the earlier of the date of actual receipt or 3 Business Days

-41-


 

after the deposit thereof in the mail; provided , that (a) notices sent by overnight courier service shall be deemed to have been given when received, (b) notices by facsimile shall be deemed to have been given when sent (except that, if not given during normal business hours for the recipient, shall be deemed to have been given at the opening of business on the next Business Day for the recipient) and (c) notices by electronic mail shall be deemed received upon the sender’s receipt of an acknowledgment from the intended recipient (such as by the “return receipt requested” function, as available, return email or other written acknowledgment).
12. CHOICE OF LAW AND VENUE; JURY TRIAL WAIVER; REFERENCE PROVISION .
          (a) THE VALIDITY OF THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS (UNLESS EXPRESSLY PROVIDED TO THE CONTRARY IN ANOTHER LOAN DOCUMENT IN RESPECT OF SUCH OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT), THE CONSTRUCTION, INTERPRETATION, AND ENFORCEMENT HEREOF AND THEREOF, AND THE RIGHTS OF THE PARTIES HERETO AND THERETO WITH RESPECT TO ALL MATTERS ARISING HEREUNDER OR THEREUNDER OR RELATED HERETO OR THERETO SHALL BE DETERMINED UNDER, GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA.
          (b) THE PARTIES AGREE THAT ALL ACTIONS OR PROCEEDINGS ARISING IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS SHALL BE TRIED AND LITIGATED ONLY IN THE STATE AND, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, FEDERAL COURTS LOCATED IN THE COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES, STATE OF CALIFORNIA; PROVIDED , HOWEVER , THAT ANY SUIT SEEKING ENFORCEMENT AGAINST ANY COLLATERAL OR OTHER PROPERTY MAY BE BROUGHT, AT AGENT’S OPTION, IN THE COURTS OF ANY JURISDICTION WHERE AGENT ELECTS TO BRING SUCH ACTION OR WHERE SUCH COLLATERAL OR OTHER PROPERTY MAY BE FOUND. BORROWER AND EACH MEMBER OF THE LENDER GROUP WAIVE, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED UNDER APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT EACH MAY HAVE TO ASSERT THE DOCTRINE OF FORUM NON CONVENIENS OR TO OBJECT TO VENUE TO THE EXTENT ANY PROCEEDING IS BROUGHT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THIS SECTION 12(b) .
          (c) TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, BORROWER AND EACH MEMBER OF THE LENDER GROUP HEREBY WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF ANY OF THE LOAN DOCUMENTS OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED THEREIN, INCLUDING CONTRACT CLAIMS, TORT CLAIMS, BREACH OF DUTY CLAIMS, AND ALL OTHER COMMON LAW OR STATUTORY CLAIMS. BORROWER AND EACH MEMBER OF THE LENDER GROUP REPRESENT THAT EACH HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER AND EACH KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY WAIVES ITS JURY TRIAL RIGHTS FOLLOWING CONSULTATION WITH LEGAL COUNSEL. IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, A COPY OF THIS AGREEMENT MAY BE FILED AS A WRITTEN CONSENT TO A TRIAL BY THE COURT.
          (d) REFERENCE PROVISION. In the event the Jury Trial Waiver set forth above is not enforceable, the parties elect to proceed under this Judicial Reference Provision.
     12.1. Mechanics .
          (a) With the exception of the items specified in clause (b), below, any controversy, dispute or claim (each, a “ Claim ”) between the parties arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any other document, instrument or agreement between the undersigned parties (collectively in this Section, the “ Lender Documents ”), will be resolved by a reference proceeding in California in accordance with the provisions of Sections 638 et seq. of the California Code of Civil Procedure (“ CCP ”), or their successor sections, which shall constitute the exclusive remedy for the resolution of any Claim, including whether the Claim is subject to the

-42-


 

reference proceeding. Except as otherwise provided in the Lender Documents, venue for the reference proceeding will be in the state or federal court in the county or district where the real property involved in the action, if any, is located or in the state or federal court in the county or district where venue is otherwise appropriate under applicable law (the “ Court ”).
          (b) The matters that shall not be subject to a reference are the following: (i) foreclosure of any security interests in real or personal property, (ii) exercise of self-help remedies (including, without limitation, set-off), (iii) appointment of a receiver and (iv) temporary, provisional or ancillary remedies (including, without limitation, writs of attachment, writs of possession, temporary restraining orders or preliminary injunctions). This reference provision does not limit the right of any party to exercise or oppose any of the rights and remedies described in clauses (i) and (ii) or to seek or oppose from a court of competent jurisdiction any of the items described in clauses (iii) and (iv). The exercise of, or opposition to, any of those items does not waive the right of any party to a reference pursuant to this reference provision as provided herein.
          (c) The referee shall be a retired judge or justice selected by mutual written agreement of the parties. If the parties do not agree within ten (10) days of a written request to do so by any party, then, upon request of any party, the referee shall be selected by the Presiding Judge of the Court (or his or her representative). A request for appointment of a referee may be heard on an ex parte or expedited basis, and the parties agree that irreparable harm would result if ex parte relief is not granted. Pursuant to CCP § 170.6, each party shall have one peremptory challenge to the referee selected by the Presiding Judge of the Court (or his or her representative).
          (d) The parties agree that time is of the essence in conducting the reference proceedings. Accordingly, the referee shall be requested, subject to change in the time periods specified herein for good cause shown, to (i) set the matter for a status and trial-setting conference within fifteen (15) days after the date of selection of the referee, (ii) if practicable, try all issues of law or fact within one hundred twenty (120) days after the date of the conference and (iii) report a statement of decision within twenty (20) days after the matter has been submitted for decision.
          (e) The referee will have power to expand or limit the amount and duration of discovery. The referee may set or extend discovery deadlines or cutoffs for good cause, including a party’s failure to provide requested discovery for any reason whatsoever. Unless otherwise ordered based upon good cause shown, no party shall be entitled to “priority” in conducting discovery, depositions may be taken by either party upon seven (7) days written notice, and all other discovery shall be responded to within fifteen (15) days after service. All disputes relating to discovery which cannot be resolved by the parties shall be submitted to the referee whose decision shall be final and binding.
     12.2. Procedures . Except as expressly set forth herein, the referee shall determine the manner in which the reference proceeding is conducted including the time and place of hearings, the order of presentation of evidence, and all other questions that arise with respect to the course of the reference proceeding. All proceedings and hearings conducted before the referee, except for trial, shall be conducted without a court reporter, except that when any party so requests, a court reporter will be used at any hearing conducted before the referee, and the referee will be provided a courtesy copy of the transcript. The party making such a request shall have the obligation to arrange for and pay the court reporter. Subject to the referee’s power to award costs to the prevailing party, the parties will equally share the cost of the referee and the court reporter at trial.
     12.3. Application of Law . The referee shall be required to determine all issues in accordance with existing case law and the statutory laws of the State of California. The rules of evidence applicable to proceedings at law in the State of California will be applicable to the reference proceeding. The referee shall be empowered to enter equitable as well as legal relief, enter equitable orders that will be binding on the parties and rule on any motion which would be authorized in a court proceeding, including without limitation motions for summary judgment or summary adjudication. The referee shall issue a decision at the close of the reference proceeding which disposes of all claims of the parties that are the subject of the reference. Pursuant to CCP §

-43-


 

644, such decision shall be entered by the Court as a judgment or an order in the same manner as if the action had been tried by the Court and any such decision will be final, binding and conclusive. The parties reserve the right to appeal from the final judgment or order or from any appealable decision or order entered by the referee. The parties reserve the right to findings of fact, conclusions of laws, a written statement of decision, and the right to move for a new trial or a different judgment, which new trial, if granted, is also to be a reference proceeding under this provision.
     12.4. Repeal . If the enabling legislation which provides for appointment of a referee is repealed (and no successor statute is enacted), any dispute between the parties that would otherwise be determined by reference procedure will be resolved and determined by arbitration. The arbitration will be conducted by a retired judge or justice, in accordance with the California Arbitration Act §1280 through §1294.2 of the CCP as amended from time to time. The limitations with respect to discovery set forth above shall apply to any such arbitration proceeding.
     12.5. THE PARTIES RECOGNIZE AND AGREE THAT ALL CONTROVERSIES, DISPUTES AND CLAIMS RESOLVED UNDER THIS REFERENCE PROVISION WILL BE DECIDED BY A REFEREE AND NOT BY A JURY. AFTER CONSULTING (OR HAVING HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT) WITH COUNSEL OF ITS, HIS OR HER OWN CHOICE, EACH PARTY KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY, AND FOR THE MUTUAL BENEFIT OF ALL PARTIES, AGREES THAT THIS REFERENCE PROVISION WILL APPLY TO ANY CONTROVERSY, DISPUTE OR CLAIM BETWEEN OR AMONG THEM ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATED TO, THIS AGREEMENT OR THE OTHER LENDER DOCUMENTS.
13. ASSIGNMENTS AND PARTICIPATIONS; SUCCESSORS .
     13.1. Assignments and Participations .
          (a) With the prior written consent of Borrower, which consent of Borrower shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned, and shall not be required (1) if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and (2) in connection with an assignment to a Person that is a Lender or an Affiliate (other than individuals) of a Lender and with the prior written consent of Agent, which consent of Agent shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned, and shall not be required in connection with an assignment to a Person that is a Lender or an Affiliate (other than individuals) of a Lender, any Lender may assign and delegate to one or more assignees (each, an “ Assignee ”; provided , however , that no Loan Party or Affiliate of a Loan Party shall be permitted to become an Assignee) all or any portion of the Obligations, the Commitments and the other rights and obligations of such Lender hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, in a minimum amount (unless waived by Agent) of $5,000,000 (except such minimum amount shall not apply to (x) an assignment or delegation by any Lender to any other Lender or an Affiliate of any Lender or (y) a group of new Lenders, each of which is an Affiliate of each other or a Related Fund of such new Lender to the extent that the aggregate amount to be assigned to all such new Lenders is at least $5,000,000); provided , however , that Borrower and Agent may continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with the interest so assigned to an Assignee until (i) written notice of such assignment, together with payment instructions, addresses, and related information with respect to the Assignee, have been given to Borrower and Agent by such Lender and the Assignee, (ii) such Lender and its Assignee have delivered to Borrower and Agent an Assignment and Acceptance and Agent has notified the assigning Lender of its receipt thereof in accordance with Section 13.1(b) , and (iii) unless waived by Agent, the assigning Lender or Assignee has paid to Agent for Agent’s separate account a processing fee in the amount of $3,500.
          (b) From and after the date that Agent notifies the assigning Lender (with a copy to Borrower) that it has received an executed Assignment and Acceptance and, if applicable, payment of the required processing fee, (i) the Assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent that rights and obligations hereunder have been assigned to it pursuant to such Assignment and Acceptance, shall have the rights and obligations of a Lender under the Loan Documents, and (ii) the assigning Lender shall, to the extent that rights and obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents have been assigned by it pursuant to

-44-


 

such Assignment and Acceptance, relinquish its rights (except with respect to Section 10.3 ) and be released from any future obligations under this Agreement (and in the case of an Assignment and Acceptance covering all or the remaining portion of an assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto and thereto); provided , however , that nothing contained herein shall release any assigning Lender from obligations that survive the termination of this Agreement, including such assigning Lender’s obligations under Section 15 and Section 17.9(a) .
          (c) By executing and delivering an Assignment and Acceptance, the assigning Lender thereunder and the Assignee thereunder confirm to and agree with each other and the other parties hereto as follows: (i) other than as provided in such Assignment and Acceptance, such assigning Lender makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with this Agreement or the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of this Agreement or any other Loan Document furnished pursuant hereto, (ii) such assigning Lender makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to the financial condition of any Loan Party or the performance or observance by any Loan Party of any of its obligations under this Agreement or any other Loan Document furnished pursuant hereto, (iii) such Assignee confirms that it has received a copy of this Agreement, together with such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into such Assignment and Acceptance, (iv) such Assignee will, independently and without reliance upon Agent, such assigning Lender or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement, (v) such Assignee appoints and authorizes Agent to take such actions and to exercise such powers under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as are delegated to Agent, by the terms hereof and thereof, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto, and (vi) such Assignee agrees that it will perform all of the obligations which by the terms of this Agreement are required to be performed by it as a Lender.
          (d) Immediately upon Agent’s receipt of the required processing fee, if applicable, and delivery of notice to the assigning Lender pursuant to Section 13.1(b) , this Agreement shall be deemed to be amended to the extent, but only to the extent, necessary to reflect the addition of the Assignee and the resulting adjustment of the Commitments arising therefrom. The Commitment allocated to each Assignee shall reduce such Commitments of the assigning Lender pro tanto .
          (e) Any Lender may at any time sell to one or more commercial banks, financial institutions, or other Persons (a “ Participant ”) participating interests in all or any portion of its Obligations, its Commitment, and the other rights and interests of that Lender (the “ Originating Lender ”) hereunder and under the other Loan Documents; provided , however , that (i) the Originating Lender shall remain a “Lender” for all purposes of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and the Participant receiving the participating interest in the Obligations, the Commitments, and the other rights and interests of the Originating Lender hereunder shall not constitute a “Lender” hereunder or under the other Loan Documents and the Originating Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) the Originating Lender shall remain solely responsible for the performance of such obligations, (iii) Borrower, Agent, and the Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with the Originating Lender in connection with the Originating Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (iv) no Lender shall transfer or grant any participating interest under which the Participant has the right to approve any amendment to, or any consent or waiver with respect to, this Agreement or any other Loan Document, except to the extent such amendment to, or consent or waiver with respect to this Agreement or of any other Loan Document would (A) extend the final maturity date of the Obligations hereunder in which such Participant is participating, (B) reduce the interest rate applicable to the Obligations hereunder in which such Participant is participating, (C) release all or substantially all of the Collateral or guaranties (except to the extent expressly provided herein or in any of the Loan Documents) supporting the Obligations hereunder in which such Participant is participating, (D) postpone the payment of, or reduce the amount of, the interest or fees payable to such Participant through such Lender, or (E) change the amount or due dates of scheduled principal repayments or prepayments or premiums, and (v) all amounts payable by Borrower hereunder and under the other Loan

-45-


 

Documents shall be determined as if such Lender had not sold such participation, except that, if amounts outstanding under this Agreement are due and unpaid, or shall have been declared or shall have become due and payable upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, each Participant shall be deemed to have the right of set off in respect of its participating interest in amounts owing under this Agreement to the same extent as if the amount of its participating interest were owing directly to it as a Lender under this Agreement. The rights of any Participant only shall be derivative through the Originating Lender with whom such Participant participates and no Participant shall have any rights under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or any direct rights as to the other Lenders, Agent, Borrower, the Collections of Borrower or its Subsidiaries, the Collateral, or otherwise in respect of the Obligations. No Participant shall have the right to participate directly in the making of decisions by the Lenders among themselves.
          (f) In connection with any such assignment or participation or proposed assignment or participation or any grant of a security interest in, or pledge of, its rights under and interest in this Agreement, a Lender may, subject to the provisions of Section 17.9 , disclose all documents and information which it now or hereafter may have relating to Borrower and its Subsidiaries and their respective businesses.
          (g) Any other provision in this Agreement notwithstanding, any Lender may at any time create a security interest in, or pledge, all or any portion of its rights under and interest in this Agreement in favor of any Federal Reserve Bank in accordance with Regulation A of the Federal Reserve Bank or U.S. Treasury Regulation 31 CFR §203.24, and such Federal Reserve Bank may enforce such pledge or security interest in any manner permitted under applicable law.
          (h) Agent (as a non-fiduciary agent on behalf of Borrower) shall maintain, or cause to be maintained, a register (the “ Register ”) on which it enters the name and address of each Lender as the registered owner of the Term Loan or the Advances, as applicable, (and the principal amount thereof and stated interest thereon) held by such Lender (each, a “ Registered Loan ”). Other than in connection with an assignment by a Lender of all or any portion of its portion of the Term Loan or Advances to an Affiliate of such Lender or a Related Fund of such Lender (i) a Registered Loan (and the registered note, if any, evidencing the same) may be assigned or sold in whole or in part only by registration of such assignment or sale on the Register (and each registered note shall expressly so provide) and (ii) any assignment or sale of all or part of such Registered Loan (and the registered note, if any, evidencing the same) may be effected only by registration of such assignment or sale on the Register, together with the surrender of the registered note, if any, evidencing the same duly endorsed by (or accompanied by a written instrument of assignment or sale duly executed by) the holder of such registered note, whereupon, at the request of the designated assignee(s) or transferee(s), one or more new registered notes in the same aggregate principal amount shall be issued to the designated assignee(s) or transferee(s). Prior to the registration of assignment or sale of any Registered Loan (and the registered note, if any evidencing the same), Borrower shall treat the Person in whose name such Registered Loan (and the registered note, if any, evidencing the same) is registered as the owner thereof for the purpose of receiving all payments thereon and for all other purposes, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. In the case of any assignment by a Lender of all or any portion of its Term Loan or Advances to an Affiliate of such Lender or a Related Fund of such Lender, and which assignment is not recorded in the Register, the assigning Lender, on behalf of Borrower, shall maintain a register comparable to the Register.
          (i) In the event that a Lender sells participations in the Registered Loan, such Lender, as a non-fiduciary agent on behalf of Borrower, shall maintain a register on which it enters the name of all participants in the Registered Loans held by it (the “ Participant Register ”). A Registered Loan (and the Registered Note, if any, evidencing the same) may be participated in whole or in part only by registration of such participation on the Participant Register (and each registered note shall expressly so provide). Any participation of such Registered Loan (and the registered note, if any, evidencing the same) may be effected only by the registration of such participation on the Participant Register.
          (j) Agent shall make a copy of the Register (and each Lender shall make a copy of its Participant Register in the extent it has one) available for review by Borrower from time to time as Borrower may reasonably request.

-46-


 

      13.2. Successors .
          This Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of the respective successors and assigns of each of the parties; provided , however , that no Loan Party a party hereto may assign this Agreement or any rights or duties hereunder without the Lenders’ prior written consent and any prohibited assignment shall be absolutely void ab initio . No consent to assignment by the Lenders shall release Borrower from its Obligations. A Lender may assign this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and its rights and duties hereunder and thereunder pursuant to Section 13.1 and, except as expressly required pursuant to Section 13.1 , no consent or approval by any Loan Party is required in connection with any such assignment.
14. AMENDMENTS; WAIVERS .
     14.1. Amendments and Waivers .
          (a) No amendment, waiver or other modification of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document (other than Bank Product Agreements or the Fee Letter), and no consent with respect to any departure by Borrower therefrom, shall be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Required Lenders (or by Agent at the written request of the Required Lenders) and Borrower and then any such waiver or consent shall be effective, but only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given; provided , however , that no such waiver, amendment, or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by all of the Lenders directly affected thereby and Borrower, do any of the following:
               (i) increase the amount of or extend the expiration date of any Commitment of any Lender,
               (ii) postpone or delay any date fixed by this Agreement or any other Loan Document for any payment of principal, interest, fees, or other amounts due hereunder or under any other Loan Document,
               (iii) reduce the principal of, or the rate of interest on, any loan or other extension of credit hereunder, or reduce any fees or other amounts payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document (except (y) in connection with the waiver of applicability of Section 2.6(c) (which waiver shall be effective with the written consent of the Required Lenders), and (z) that any amendment or modification of defined terms used in the financial covenants in this Agreement shall not constitute a reduction in the rate of interest or a reduction of fees for purposes of this clause (iii)),
               (iv) amend or modify this Section or any provision of this Agreement providing for consent or other action by all Lenders,
               (v) other than as permitted by Section 15.11 , release Agent’s Lien in and to any of the Collateral,
               (vi) change the definition of “Required Lenders” or “Pro Rata Share”,
               (vii) contractually subordinate any of the Agent’s Liens,
               (viii) other than in connection with a merger, liquidation, dissolution or sale of such Person expressly permitted by the terms hereof or the other Loan Documents, release Borrower or any Guarantor from any obligation for the payment of money or consent to the assignment or transfer by Borrower or any Guarantor of any of its rights or duties under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents,
               (ix) amend any of the provisions of Section 2.4(b)(i) or (ii) ,

-47-


 

               (x) amend Section 13.1(a) to permit a Loan Party or an Affiliate of a Loan Party to be permitted to become an Assignee, or
               (xi) change the definition of Borrowing Base, Credit Amount or any of the defined terms that are used in such definition to the extent that any such change results in more credit being made available to Borrower based upon the Borrowing Base or the Credit Amount, but not otherwise, or the definitions of Maximum Revolver Amount or Term Loan Amount.
          (b) No amendment, waiver, modification, or consent shall amend, modify, or waive (i) the definition of, or any of the terms or provisions of, the Fee Letter, without the written consent of Agent and Borrower (and shall not require the written consent of any of the Lenders), and (ii) any provision of Section 15 pertaining to Agent, or any other rights or duties of Agent under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, without the written consent of Agent, Borrower, and the Required Lenders,
          (c) No amendment, waiver, modification, or consent shall amend, modify, or waive any provision of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents pertaining to Issuing Lender, or any other rights or duties of Issuing Lender under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, without the written consent of Issuing Lender, Agent, Borrower, and the Required Lenders,
          (d) No amendment, waiver, modification, or consent shall amend, modify, or waive any provision of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents pertaining to Swing Lender, or any other rights or duties of Swing Lender under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, without the written consent of Swing Lender, Agent, Borrower, and the Required Lenders,
          (e) Anything in this Section 14.1 to the contrary notwithstanding, any amendment, modification, waiver, consent, termination, or release of, or with respect to, any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document that relates only to the relationship of the Lender Group among themselves, and that does not affect the rights or obligations of Borrower, shall not require consent by or the agreement of Borrower.
     14.2. Replacement of Certain Lenders .
          (a) If (i) any action to be taken by the Lender Group or Agent hereunder requires the unanimous consent, authorization, or agreement of all Lenders and if such action has received the consent, authorization, or agreement of the Required Lenders but not all of the Lenders or (ii) any Lender makes a claim for compensation under Section 16, then Borrower or Agent, upon at least 5 Business Days prior irrevocable notice, may permanently replace any Lender that failed to give its consent, authorization, or agreement (a “ Holdout Lender ”) or made a claim for compensation (a “ Tax Lender ”) with one or more Replacement Lenders, and the Holdout Lender or Tax Lender, as applicable, shall have no right to refuse to be replaced hereunder. Such notice to replace the Holdout Lender or Tax Lender, as applicable, shall specify an effective date for such replacement, which date shall not be later than 15 Business Days after the date such notice is given.
          (b) Prior to the effective date of such replacement, the Holdout Lender and each Replacement Lender shall execute and deliver an Assignment and Acceptance, subject only to the Holdout Lender being repaid its share of the outstanding Obligations (including an assumption of its Pro Rata Share of the Letters of Credit) without any premium or penalty of any kind whatsoever. If the Holdout Lender shall refuse or fail to execute and deliver any such Assignment and Acceptance prior to the effective date of such replacement, the Holdout Lender shall be deemed to have executed and delivered such Assignment and Acceptance. The replacement of any Holdout Lender shall be made in accordance with the terms of Section 13.1 . Until such time as the Replacement Lenders shall have acquired all of the Obligations, the Commitments, and the other rights and obligations of the Holdout Lender hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, the Holdout Lender shall remain obligated to make the Holdout Lender’s Pro Rata Share of

-48-


 

Advances and to purchase a participation in each Letter of Credit, in an amount equal to its Pro Rata Share of such Letters of Credit.
     14.3. No Waivers; Cumulative Remedies .
          No failure by Agent or any Lender to exercise any right, remedy, or option under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or delay by Agent or any Lender in exercising the same, will operate as a waiver thereof. No waiver by Agent or any Lender will be effective unless it is in writing, and then only to the extent specifically stated. No waiver by Agent or any Lender on any occasion shall affect or diminish Agent’s and each Lender’s rights thereafter to require strict performance by Borrower of any provision of this Agreement. Agent’s and each Lender’s rights under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents will be cumulative and not exclusive of any other right or remedy that Agent or any Lender may have.
15. AGENT; THE LENDER GROUP .
     15.1. Appointment and Authorization of Agent .
          Each Lender hereby designates and appoints WFF as its representative under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and each Lender hereby irrevocably authorizes Agent to execute and deliver each of the other Loan Documents on its behalf and to take such other action on its behalf under the provisions of this Agreement and each other Loan Document and to exercise such powers and perform such duties as are expressly delegated to Agent by the terms of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. Agent agrees to act as such on the express conditions contained in this Section 15. Any provision to the contrary contained elsewhere in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document notwithstanding, Agent shall not have any duties or responsibilities, except those expressly set forth herein, nor shall Agent have or be deemed to have any fiduciary relationship with any Lender, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities shall be read into this Agreement or any other Loan Document or otherwise exist against Agent; it being expressly understood and agreed that the use of the word “Agent” is for convenience only, that WFF is merely the representative of the Lenders, and only has the contractual duties set forth herein. Except as expressly otherwise provided in this Agreement, Agent shall have and may use its sole discretion with respect to exercising or refraining from exercising any discretionary rights or taking or refraining from taking any actions that Agent expressly is entitled to take or assert under or pursuant to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, or of any other provision of the Loan Documents that provides rights or powers to Agent, Lenders agree that Agent shall have the right to exercise the following powers as long as this Agreement remains in effect: (a) maintain, in accordance with its customary business practices, ledgers and records reflecting the status of the Obligations, the Collateral, the Collections of Borrower and its Subsidiaries, and related matters, (b) execute or file any and all financing or similar statements or notices, amendments, renewals, supplements, documents, instruments, proofs of claim, notices and other written agreements with respect to the Loan Documents, (c) make Advances, for itself or on behalf of Lenders, as provided in the Loan Documents, (d) exclusively receive, apply, and distribute the Collections of Borrower and its Subsidiaries as provided in the Loan Documents, (e) open and maintain such bank accounts and cash management arrangements as Agent deems necessary and appropriate in accordance with the Loan Documents for the foregoing purposes with respect to the Collateral and the Collections of Borrower and its Subsidiaries, (f) perform, exercise, and enforce any and all other rights and remedies of the Lender Group with respect to Borrower or its Subsidiaries, the Obligations, the Collateral, the Collections of Borrower and its Subsidiaries, or otherwise related to any of same as provided in the Loan Documents, and (g) incur and pay such Lender Group Expenses as Agent may deem necessary or appropriate for the performance and fulfillment of its functions and powers pursuant to the Loan Documents.
     15.2. Delegation of Duties .
          Agent may execute any of its duties under this Agreement or any other Loan Document by or through agents, employees or attorneys in fact and shall be entitled to advice of counsel concerning all matters

-49-


 

pertaining to such duties. Agent shall not be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any agent or attorney in fact that it selects as long as such selection was made without gross negligence or willful misconduct.
     15.3. Liability of Agent .
          None of the Agent-Related Persons shall (a) be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken by any of them under or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the transactions contemplated hereby (except to the extent caused by its own gross negligence or willful misconduct), or (b) be responsible in any manner to any of the Lenders for any recital, statement, representation or warranty made by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, or any officer or director thereof, contained in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document, or in any certificate, report, statement or other document referred to or provided for in, or received by Agent under or in connection with, this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or the validity, effectiveness, genuineness, enforceability or sufficiency of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or for any failure of Borrower or its Subsidiaries or any other party to any Loan Document to perform its obligations hereunder or thereunder. No Agent-Related Person shall be under any obligation to any Lender to ascertain or to inquire as to the observance or performance of any of the agreements contained in, or conditions of, this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or to inspect the books and records or properties of Borrower or its Subsidiaries.
     15.4. Reliance by Agent .
          Agent shall be entitled to rely, and shall be fully protected in relying, upon any writing, resolution, notice, consent, certificate, affidavit, letter, telegram, telefacsimile or other electronic method of transmission, telex or telephone message, statement or other document or conversation believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed, sent, or made by the proper Person or Persons, and upon advice and statements of legal counsel (including counsel to Borrower or counsel to any Lender), independent accountants and other experts selected by Agent. Agent shall be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any action under this Agreement or any other Loan Document unless Agent shall first receive such advice or concurrence of the Lenders as it deems appropriate and until such instructions are received, Agent shall act, or refrain from acting, as it deems advisable. If Agent so requests, it shall first be indemnified to its reasonable satisfaction by the Lenders against any and all liability and expense that may be incurred by it by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action. Agent shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or in refraining from acting, under this Agreement or any other Loan Document in accordance with a request or consent of the requisite Lenders and such request and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding upon all of the Lenders.
     15.5. Notice of Default or Event of Default .
          Agent shall not be deemed to have knowledge or notice of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default, except with respect to defaults in the payment of principal, interest, fees, and expenses required to be paid to Agent for the account of the Lenders and, except with respect to Events of Default of which Agent has actual knowledge, unless Agent shall have received written notice from a Lender or Borrower referring to this Agreement, describing such Default or Event of Default, and stating that such notice is a “notice of default.” Agent promptly will notify the Lenders of its receipt of any such notice or of any Event of Default of which Agent has actual knowledge. If any Lender obtains actual knowledge of any Event of Default, such Lender promptly shall notify the other Lenders and Agent of such Event of Default. Each Lender shall be solely responsible for giving any notices to its Participants, if any. Subject to Section 15.4 , Agent shall take such action with respect to such Default or Event of Default as may be requested by the Required Lenders in accordance with Section 9 ; provided , however , that unless and until Agent has received any such request, Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) take such action, or refrain from taking such action, with respect to such Default or Event of Default as it shall deem advisable.

-50-


 

     15.6. Credit Decision .
          Each Lender acknowledges that none of the Agent-Related Persons has made any representation or warranty to it, and that no act by Agent hereinafter taken, including any review of the affairs of Borrower and its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, shall be deemed to constitute any representation or warranty by any Agent-Related Person to any Lender. Each Lender represents to Agent that it has, independently and without reliance upon any Agent-Related Person and based on such due diligence, documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own appraisal of and investigation into the business, prospects, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of Borrower or any other Person party to a Loan Document, and all applicable bank regulatory laws relating to the transactions contemplated hereby, and made its own decision to enter into this Agreement and to extend credit to Borrower. Each Lender also represents that it will, independently and without reliance upon any Agent-Related Person and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit analysis, appraisals and decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and to make such investigations as it deems necessary to inform itself as to the business, prospects, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of Borrower or any other Person party to a Loan Document. Except for notices, reports, and other documents expressly herein required to be furnished to the Lenders by Agent, Agent shall not have any duty or responsibility to provide any Lender with any credit or other information concerning the business, prospects, operations, property, financial and other condition or creditworthiness of Borrower or any other Person party to a Loan Document that may come into the possession of any of the Agent-Related Persons. Each Lender acknowledges that Agent does not have any duty or responsibility, either initially or on a continuing basis (except to the extent, if any, that is expressly specified herein) to provide such Lender with any credit or other information with respect to Borrower, its Affiliates or any of their respective business, legal, financial or other affairs, and irrespective of whether such information came into Agent’s or its Affiliates’ or representatives’ possession before or after the date on which such Lender became a party to this Agreement.
     15.7. Costs and Expenses; Indemnification .
          Agent may incur and pay Lender Group Expenses to the extent Agent reasonably deems necessary or appropriate for the performance and fulfillment of its functions, powers, and obligations pursuant to the Loan Documents, including court costs, attorneys fees and expenses, fees and expenses of financial accountants, advisors, consultants, and appraisers, costs of collection by outside collection agencies, auctioneer fees and expenses, and costs of security guards or insurance premiums paid to maintain the Collateral, whether or not Borrower is obligated to reimburse Agent or Lenders for such expenses pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise. Agent is authorized and directed to deduct and retain sufficient amounts from the Collections of Borrower and its Subsidiaries received by Agent to reimburse Agent for such out-of-pocket costs and expenses prior to the distribution of any amounts to Lenders. In the event Agent is not reimbursed for such costs and expenses by Borrower or its Subsidiaries, each Lender hereby agrees that it is and shall be obligated to pay to Agent such Lender’s Pro Rata Share thereof. Whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated, the Lenders shall indemnify upon demand the Agent-Related Persons (to the extent not reimbursed by or on behalf of Borrower and without limiting the obligation of Borrower to do so), according to their Pro Rata Shares, from and against any and all Indemnified Liabilities; provided , however , that no Lender shall be liable for the payment to any Agent-Related Person of any portion of such Indemnified Liabilities to the extent resulting from such Person’s gross negligence or willful misconduct nor shall any Lender be liable for the obligations of any Defaulting Lender in failing to make an Advance or other extension of credit hereunder. Without limitation of the foregoing, each Lender shall reimburse Agent upon demand for such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of any costs or out of pocket expenses (including attorneys, accountants, advisors, and consultants fees and expenses) incurred by Agent in connection with the preparation, execution, delivery, administration, modification, amendment, or enforcement (whether through negotiations, legal proceedings or otherwise) of, or legal advice in respect of rights or responsibilities under, this Agreement, any other Loan Document, or any document contemplated by or referred to herein, to the extent that Agent is not reimbursed for such expenses by or on behalf of Borrower. The undertaking in this Section shall survive the payment of all Obligations hereunder and the resignation or replacement of Agent.

-51-


 

     15.8. Agent in Individual Capacity .
          WFF and its Affiliates may make loans to, issue letters of credit for the account of, accept deposits from, acquire equity interests in, and generally engage in any kind of banking, trust, financial advisory, underwriting, or other business with Borrower and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates and any other Person party to any Loan Document as though WFF were not Agent hereunder, and, in each case, without notice to or consent of the other members of the Lender Group. The other members of the Lender Group acknowledge that, pursuant to such activities, WFF or its Affiliates may receive information regarding Borrower or its Affiliates or any other Person party to any Loan Document that is subject to confidentiality obligations in favor of Borrower or such other Person and that prohibit the disclosure of such information to the Lenders, and the Lenders acknowledge that, in such circumstances (and in the absence of a waiver of such confidentiality obligations, which waiver Agent will use its reasonable best efforts to obtain), Agent shall not be under any obligation to provide such information to them. The terms “Lender” and “Lenders” include WFF in its individual capacity.
     15.9. Successor Agent .
          Agent may resign as Agent upon 30 days prior written notice to the Lenders (unless such notice is waived by the Required Lenders) and Borrower (unless an Event of Default exists or such notice is waived by Borrower). If Agent resigns under this Agreement, the Required Lenders shall be entitled, with (so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing) the consent of Borrower (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed, or conditioned), appoint a successor Agent for the Lenders. If, at the time that Agent’s resignation is effective, it is acting as the Issuing Lender or the Swing Lender, such resignation shall also operate to effectuate its resignation as the Issuing Lender or the Swing Lender, as applicable, and it shall automatically be relieved of any further obligation to issue Letters of Credit or make Swing Loans. If no successor Agent is appointed prior to the effective date of the resignation of Agent, Agent may appoint, after consulting with the Lenders and Borrower, a successor Agent. If Agent has materially breached or failed to perform any material provision of this Agreement or of applicable law, the Required Lenders may agree in writing to remove and replace Agent with a successor Agent from among the Lenders with (so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing) the consent of Borrower (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed, or conditioned). In any such event, upon the acceptance of its appointment as successor Agent hereunder, such successor Agent shall succeed to all the rights, powers, and duties of the retiring Agent and the term “Agent” shall mean such successor Agent and the retiring Agent’s appointment, powers, and duties as Agent shall be terminated. After any retiring Agent’s resignation hereunder as Agent, the provisions of this Section 15 shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was Agent under this Agreement. If no successor Agent has accepted appointment as Agent by the date which is 30 days following a retiring Agent’s notice of resignation, the retiring Agent’s resignation shall nevertheless thereupon become effective and the Lenders shall perform all of the duties of Agent hereunder until such time, if any, as the Lenders appoint a successor Agent as provided for above.
     15.10. Lender in Individual Capacity .
          Any Lender and its respective Affiliates may make loans to, issue letters of credit for the account of, accept deposits from, acquire equity interests in and generally engage in any kind of banking, trust, financial advisory, underwriting, or other business with Borrower and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates and any other Person party to any Loan Document as though such Lender were not a Lender hereunder without notice to or consent of the other members of the Lender Group. The other members of the Lender Group acknowledge that, pursuant to such activities, such Lender and its respective Affiliates may receive information regarding Borrower or its Affiliates or any other Person party to any Loan Document that is subject to confidentiality obligations in favor of Borrower or such other Person and that prohibit the disclosure of such information to the Lenders, and the Lenders acknowledge that, in such circumstances (and in the absence of a waiver of such confidentiality obligations, which waiver such Lender will use its reasonable best efforts to obtain), such Lender shall not be under any obligation to provide such information to them.

-52-


 

     15.11. Collateral Matters .
          (a) The Lenders hereby irrevocably authorize Agent, at its option and in its sole discretion, to release any Lien on any Collateral (i) upon the termination of the Commitments and payment and satisfaction in full by Borrower of all Obligations, (ii) constituting property being sold or disposed of if a release is required or desirable in connection therewith and if Borrower certifies to Agent that the sale or disposition is permitted under Section 6.4 or the other Loan Documents (and Agent may rely conclusively on any such certificate, without further inquiry), (iii) constituting property in which Borrower or its Subsidiaries owned no interest at the time Agent’s Lien was granted nor at any time thereafter, or (iv) constituting property leased to Borrower or its Subsidiaries under a lease that has expired or is terminated in a transaction permitted under this Agreement. The Lenders hereby irrevocably authorize Agent, based upon the instruction of the Required Lenders, to credit bid and purchase (either directly or through one or more acquisition vehicles) all or any portion of the Collateral at any sale thereof conducted by Agent under the provisions of the Code, including pursuant to Sections 9-610 or 9-620 of the Code, at any sale thereof conducted under the provisions of the Bankruptcy Code, including Section 363 of the Bankruptcy Code, or at any other sale or foreclosure conducted by Agent (whether by judicial action or otherwise) in accordance with applicable law. Except as provided above, Agent will not execute and deliver a release of any Lien on any Collateral without the prior written authorization of (y) if the release is of all or substantially all of the Collateral, all of the Lenders, or (z) otherwise, the Required Lenders. Upon request by Agent or Borrower at any time, the Lenders will confirm in writing Agent’s authority to release any such Liens on particular types or items of Collateral pursuant to this Section 15.11 ; provided , however , that (1) Agent shall not be required to execute any document necessary to evidence such release on terms that, in Agent’s opinion, would expose Agent to liability or create any obligation or entail any consequence other than the release of such Lien without recourse, representation, or warranty, and (2) such release shall not in any manner discharge, affect, or impair the Obligations or any Liens (other than those expressly being released) upon (or obligations of any Loan Party in respect of) all interests retained by any Loan Party, including, the proceeds of any sale, all of which shall continue to constitute part of the Collateral. The Lenders further hereby irrevocably authorize Agent, at its option and in its sole discretion, to subordinate any Lien granted to or held by Agent under any Loan Document to the holder of any Permitted Lien on such property if such Permitted Lien secures Permitted Purchase Money Indebtedness.
          (b) Agent shall have no obligation whatsoever to any of the Lenders to assure that the Collateral exists or is owned by Borrower or its Subsidiaries or is cared for, protected, or insured or has been encumbered, or that Agent’s Liens have been properly or sufficiently or lawfully created, perfected, protected, or enforced or are entitled to any particular priority, or to exercise at all or in any particular manner or under any duty of care, disclosure or fidelity, or to continue exercising, any of the rights, authorities and powers granted or available to Agent pursuant to any of the Loan Documents, it being understood and agreed that in respect of the Collateral, or any act, omission, or event related thereto, subject to the terms and conditions contained herein, Agent may act in any manner it may deem appropriate, in its sole discretion given Agent’s own interest in the Collateral in its capacity as one of the Lenders and that Agent shall have no other duty or liability whatsoever to any Lender as to any of the foregoing, except as otherwise provided herein.
     15.12. Restrictions on Actions by Lenders; Sharing of Payments .
          (a) Each of the Lenders agrees that it shall not, without the express written consent of Agent, and that it shall, to the extent it is lawfully entitled to do so, upon the written request of Agent, set off against the Obligations, any amounts owing by such Lender to Borrower or its Subsidiaries or any deposit accounts of Borrower or its Subsidiaries now or hereafter maintained with such Lender. Each of the Lenders further agrees that it shall not, unless specifically requested to do so in writing by Agent, take or cause to be taken any action, including, the commencement of any legal or equitable proceedings to enforce any Loan Document against Borrower or any Guarantor or to foreclose any Lien on, or otherwise enforce any security interest in, any of the Collateral.

-53-


 

          (b) If, at any time or times any Lender shall receive (i) by payment, foreclosure, setoff, or otherwise, any proceeds of Collateral or any payments with respect to the Obligations, except for any such proceeds or payments received by such Lender from Agent pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, or (ii) payments from Agent in excess of such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of all such distributions by Agent, such Lender promptly shall (A) turn the same over to Agent, in kind, and with such endorsements as may be required to negotiate the same to Agent, or in immediately available funds, as applicable, for the account of all of the Lenders and for application to the Obligations in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Agreement, or (B) purchase, without recourse or warranty, an undivided interest and participation in the Obligations owed to the other Lenders so that such excess payment received shall be applied ratably as among the Lenders in accordance with their Pro Rata Shares; provided , however , that to the extent that such excess payment received by the purchasing party is thereafter recovered from it, those purchases of participations shall be rescinded in whole or in part, as applicable, and the applicable portion of the purchase price paid therefor shall be returned to such purchasing party, but without interest except to the extent that such purchasing party is required to pay interest in connection with the recovery of the excess payment.
     15.13. Agency for Perfection .
          Agent hereby appoints each other Lender as its agent (and each Lender hereby accepts such appointment) for the purpose of perfecting Agent’s Liens in assets which, in accordance with Article 8 or Article 9, as applicable, of the Code can be perfected by possession or control. Should any Lender obtain possession or control of any such Collateral, such Lender shall notify Agent thereof, and, promptly upon Agent’s request therefor shall deliver possession or control of such Collateral to Agent or in accordance with Agent’s instructions.
     15.14. Payments by Agent to the Lenders .
          All payments to be made by Agent to the Lenders shall be made by bank wire transfer of immediately available funds pursuant to such wire transfer instructions as each party may designate for itself by written notice to Agent. Concurrently with each such payment, Agent shall identify whether such payment (or any portion thereof) represents principal, premium, fees, or interest of the Obligations.
     15.15. Concerning the Collateral and Related Loan Documents .
          Each member of the Lender Group authorizes and directs Agent to enter into this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. Each member of the Lender Group agrees that any action taken by Agent in accordance with the terms of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents relating to the Collateral and the exercise by Agent of its powers set forth therein or herein, together with such other powers that are reasonably incidental thereto, shall be binding upon all of the Lenders.
     15.16. Audits and Examination Reports; Confidentiality; Disclaimers by Lenders; Other Reports and Information .
          By becoming a party to this Agreement, each Lender:
          (a) is deemed to have requested that Agent furnish such Lender, promptly after it becomes available, a copy of each field audit or examination report respecting Borrower or its Subsidiaries (each a “ Report ” and collectively, “ Reports ”) prepared by or at the request of Agent, and Agent shall so furnish each Lender with such Reports,
          (b) expressly agrees and acknowledges that Agent does not (i) make any representation or warranty as to the accuracy of any Report, and (ii) shall not be liable for any information contained in any Report,

-54-


 

          (c) expressly agrees and acknowledges that the Reports are not comprehensive audits or examinations, that Agent or other party performing any audit or examination will inspect only specific information regarding Borrower and its Subsidiaries and will rely significantly upon Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ books and records, as well as on representations of Loan Parties’ personnel,
          (d) agrees to keep all Reports and other material, non-public information regarding Borrower and its Subsidiaries and their operations, assets, and existing and contemplated business plans in a confidential manner in accordance with Section 17.9 , and
          (e) without limiting the generality of any other indemnification provision contained in this Agreement, agrees: (i) to hold Agent and any other Lender preparing a Report harmless from any action the indemnifying Lender may take or fail to take or any conclusion the indemnifying Lender may reach or draw from any Report in connection with any loans or other credit accommodations that the indemnifying Lender has made or may make to Borrower, or the indemnifying Lender’s participation in, or the indemnifying Lender’s purchase of, a loan or loans of Borrower, and (ii) to pay and protect, and indemnify, defend and hold Agent, and any such other Lender preparing a Report harmless from and against, the claims, actions, proceedings, damages, costs, expenses, and other amounts (including, attorneys fees and costs) incurred by Agent and any such other Lender preparing a Report as the direct or indirect result of any third parties who might obtain all or part of any Report through the indemnifying Lender.
In addition to the foregoing: (x) any Lender may from time to time request of Agent in writing that Agent provide to such Lender a copy of any report or document provided by Borrower or its Subsidiaries to Agent that has not been contemporaneously provided by Borrower or such Subsidiary to such Lender, and, upon receipt of such request, Agent promptly shall provide a copy of same to such Lender, (y) to the extent that Agent is entitled, under any provision of the Loan Documents, to request additional reports or information from Borrower or its Subsidiaries, any Lender may, from time to time, reasonably request Agent to exercise such right as specified in such Lender’s notice to Agent, whereupon Agent promptly shall request of Borrower the additional reports or information reasonably specified by such Lender, and, upon receipt thereof from Borrower or such Subsidiary, Agent promptly shall provide a copy of same to such Lender, and (z) any time that Agent renders to Borrower a statement regarding the Loan Account, Agent shall send a copy of such statement to each Lender.
     15.17. Several Obligations; No Liability .
          Notwithstanding that certain of the Loan Documents now or hereafter may have been or will be executed only by or in favor of Agent in its capacity as such, and not by or in favor of the Lenders, any and all obligations on the part of Agent (if any) to make any credit available hereunder shall constitute the several (and not joint) obligations of the respective Lenders on a ratable basis, according to their respective Commitments, to make an amount of such credit not to exceed, in principal amount, at any one time outstanding, the amount of their respective Commitments. Nothing contained herein shall confer upon any Lender any interest in, or subject any Lender to any liability for, or in respect of, the business, assets, profits, losses, or liabilities of any other Lender. Each Lender shall be solely responsible for notifying its Participants of any matters relating to the Loan Documents to the extent any such notice may be required, and no Lender shall have any obligation, duty, or liability to any Participant of any other Lender. Except as provided in Section 15.7 , no member of the Lender Group shall have any liability for the acts of any other member of the Lender Group. No Lender shall be responsible to Borrower or any other Person for any failure by any other Lender to fulfill its obligations to make credit available hereunder, nor to advance for it or on its behalf in connection with its Commitment, nor to take any other action on its behalf hereunder or in connection with the financing contemplated herein.
     15.18. Co-Arranger .
          Each Lender hereby designates and appoints Comerica Bank as Co-Arranger under this Agreement. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained elsewhere in this Agreement or in any

-55-


 

other Loan Document, Co-Arranger shall have no duties or responsibilities and shall not have or be deemed to have any fiduciary relationship with any Lender, and no implied responsibilities, duties or obligations shall be construed to exist in this Agreement or any other Loan Document.
16. WITHHOLDING TAXES .
          (a) All payments made by Borrower hereunder or under any note or other Loan Document will be made without setoff, counterclaim, or other defense. In addition, all such payments will be made free and clear of, and without deduction or withholding for, any present or future Taxes, and in the event any deduction or withholding of Taxes is required, Borrower shall comply with the next sentence of this Section 16(a) . If any Taxes are so levied or imposed, Borrower agrees to pay the full amount of such Taxes and such additional amounts as may be necessary so that every payment of all amounts due under any Loan Document, including any amount paid pursuant to this Section 16(a) after withholding or deduction for or on account of any Taxes, will not be less than the amount provided for herein; provided, however, that Borrower shall not be required to increase any such amounts if the increase in such amount payable results from Agent’s or such Lender’s own willful misconduct or gross negligence (as finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction). Borrower will furnish to Agent as promptly as possible after the date the payment of any Tax is due pursuant to applicable law, certified copies of tax receipts evidencing such payment by Borrower.
          (b) Borrower agrees to pay any present or future stamp, value added or documentary taxes or any other excise or property taxes, charges, or similar levies that arise from any payment made hereunder or from the execution, delivery, performance, recordation, or filing of, or otherwise with respect to any Loan Document.
          (c) If a Lender or Participant is entitled to claim an exemption or reduction from United States withholding tax, such Lender or Participant agrees with and in favor of Agent, to deliver to Agent (or, in the case of a Participant, to the Lender granting the participation only) one of the following before receiving its first payment under this Agreement:
               (i) if such Lender or Participant is entitled to claim an exemption from United States withholding tax pursuant to the portfolio interest exception, (A) a statement of the Lender or Participant, signed under penalty of perjury, that it is not a (I) a “bank” as described in Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the IRC, (II) a 10% shareholder of Borrower (within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the IRC), or (III) a controlled foreign corporation related to Borrower within the meaning of Section 864(d)(4) of the IRC, and (B) a properly completed and executed IRS Form W-8BEN or Form W-8IMY (with proper attachments);
               (ii) if such Lender or Participant is entitled to claim an exemption from, or a reduction of, withholding tax under a United States tax treaty, a properly completed and executed copy of IRS Form W-8BEN;
               (iii) if such Lender or Participant is entitled to claim that interest paid under any Loan Document is exempt from United States withholding tax because it is effectively connected with a United States trade or business of such Lender, a properly completed and executed copy of IRS Form W-8ECI;
               (iv) if such Lender or Participant is entitled to claim that interest paid under any Loan Document is exempt from United States withholding tax because such Lender or Participant serves as an intermediary, a properly completed and executed copy of IRS Form W-8IMY (with proper attachments); or
               (v) a properly completed and executed copy of any other form or forms, including IRS Form W-9, as may be required under the IRC or other laws of the United States as a condition to exemption from, or reduction of, United States withholding or backup withholding tax.
Each Lender or Participant shall provide new forms (or successor forms) upon the expiration or obsolescence of any previously delivered forms and to promptly notify Agent (or, in the case of a Participant, to the Lender

-56-


 

granting the participation only) of any change in circumstances which would modify or render invalid any claimed exemption or reduction.
          (d) If a Lender or Participant claims an exemption from withholding tax in a jurisdiction other than the United States, such Lender or such Participant agrees with and in favor of Agent, to deliver to Agent (or, in the case of a Participant, to the Lender granting the participation only) any such form or forms, as may be required under the laws of such jurisdiction as a condition to exemption from, or reduction of, foreign withholding or backup withholding tax before receiving its first payment under this Agreement, but only if such Lender or such Participant is legally able to deliver such forms, provided , however , that nothing in this Section 16(d) shall require a Lender or Participant to disclose any information that it deems to be confidential (including without limitation, its tax returns). Each Lender and each Participant shall provide new forms (or successor forms) upon the expiration or obsolescence of any previously delivered forms and to promptly notify Agent (or, in the case of a Participant, to the Lender granting the participation only) of any change in circumstances which would modify or render invalid any claimed exemption or reduction.
          (e) If a Lender or Participant claims exemption from, or reduction of, withholding tax and such Lender or Participant sells, assigns, grants a participation in, or otherwise transfers all or part of the Obligations of Borrower to such Lender or Participant, such Lender or Participant agrees to notify Agent (or, in the case of a sale of a participation interest, to the Lender granting the participation only) of the percentage amount in which it is no longer the beneficial owner of Obligations of Borrower to such Lender or Participant. To the extent of such percentage amount, Agent will treat such Lender’s or such Participant’s documentation provided pursuant to Section 16(c) or 16(d) as no longer valid. With respect to such percentage amount, such Participant or Assignee may provide new documentation, pursuant to Section 16(c) or 16(d) , if applicable. Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of this Section 16 with respect to its participation in any portion of the Commitments and the Obligations so long as such Participant complies with the obligations set forth in this Section 16 with respect thereto; provided that Borrower shall not be required to pay any amount under this Section 16 with respect to any participation that is greater than the amount Borrower would have had to pay under this Section 16 to the Lender who had transferred such participation.
          (f) If a Lender or a Participant is entitled to a reduction in the applicable withholding tax, Agent (or, in the case of a Participant, to the Lender granting the participation) may withhold from any interest payment to such Lender or such Participant an amount equivalent to the applicable withholding tax after taking into account such reduction. If the forms or other documentation required by Section 16(c) or 16(d) are not delivered to Agent (or, in the case of a Participant, to the Lender granting the participation), then Agent (or, in the case of a Participant, to the Lender granting the participation) may withhold from any interest payment to such Lender or such Participant not providing such forms or other documentation an amount equivalent to the applicable withholding tax.
          (g) If the IRS or any other Governmental Authority of the United States or other jurisdiction asserts a claim that Agent (or, in the case of a Participant, to the Lender granting the participation) did not properly withhold tax from amounts paid to or for the account of any Lender or any Participant due to a failure on the part of the Lender or any Participant (because the appropriate form was not delivered, was not properly executed, or because such Lender failed to notify Agent (or such Participant failed to notify the Lender granting the participation) of a change in circumstances which rendered the exemption from, or reduction of, withholding tax ineffective, or for any other reason) such Lender shall indemnify and hold Agent harmless (or, in the case of a Participant, such Participant shall indemnify and hold the Lender granting the participation harmless) for all amounts paid, directly or indirectly, by Agent (or, in the case of a Participant, to the Lender granting the participation), as tax or otherwise, including penalties and interest, and including any taxes imposed by any jurisdiction on the amounts payable to Agent (or, in the case of a Participant, to the Lender granting the participation only) under this Section 16 , together with all costs and expenses (including attorneys fees and expenses). The obligation of the Lenders and the Participants under this subsection shall survive the payment of all Obligations and the resignation or replacement of Agent.

-57-


 

          (h) If Agent or a Lender determines, in its sole discretion, that it has received a refund of any Taxes as to which it has been indemnified by Borrower or with respect to which Borrower has paid additional amounts pursuant to this Section 16, so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, it shall pay over such refund to Borrower (but only to the extent of payments made, or additional amounts paid, by Borrower under this Section 16 with respect to Taxes giving rise to such a refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses of Agent or such Lender and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such a refund); provided, that Borrower, upon the request of Agent or such Lender, agrees to repay the amount paid over to Borrower (plus any penalties, interest or other charges, imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority, other than such penalties, interest or other charges imposed as a result of the willful misconduct or gross negligence of Agent hereunder) to Agent or such Lender in the event Agent or such Lender is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, this Section 16 shall not be construed to require Agent or any Lender to make available its tax returns (or any other information which it deems confidential) to Borrower or any other Person.
17. GENERAL PROVISIONS .
     17.1. Effectiveness .
          This Agreement shall be binding and deemed effective when executed by Borrower, Agent, and each Lender whose signature is provided for on the signature pages hereof.
     17.2. Section Headings .
          Headings and numbers have been set forth herein for convenience only. Unless the contrary is compelled by the context, everything contained in each Section applies equally to this entire Agreement.
     17.3. Interpretation .
          Neither this Agreement nor any uncertainty or ambiguity herein shall be construed against the Lender Group or Borrower, whether under any rule of construction or otherwise. On the contrary, this Agreement has been reviewed by all parties and shall be construed and interpreted according to the ordinary meaning of the words used so as to accomplish fairly the purposes and intentions of all parties hereto.
     17.4. Severability of Provisions .
          Each provision of this Agreement shall be severable from every other provision of this Agreement for the purpose of determining the legal enforceability of any specific provision.
     17.5. Bank Product Providers .
          Each Bank Product Provider shall be deemed a third party beneficiary hereof and of the provisions of the other Loan Documents for purposes of any reference in a Loan Document to the parties for whom Agent is acting. Agent hereby agrees to act as a non-fiduciary agent for such Bank Product Providers and, by virtue of providing a Bank Product, each Bank Product Provider shall be automatically deemed to have appointed Agent as its non-fiduciary agent; it being understood and agreed that the rights and benefits of each Bank Product Provider under the Loan Documents consist exclusively of such Bank Product Provider’s being a beneficiary of the Liens and security interests (and, if applicable, guarantees) granted to Agent and the right to share in payments and collections out of the Collateral as more fully set forth herein. In connection with any such distribution of payments and collections, Agent shall be entitled to assume no amounts are due and payable to any Bank Product Provider unless such Bank Product Provider has notified Agent in writing of the amount that is due and payable to it prior to such distribution.

-58-


 

     17.6. Debtor-Creditor Relationship .
          The relationship between the Lenders and Agent, on the one hand, and the Loan Parties, on the other hand, is solely that of creditor and debtor. No member of the Lender Group has (or shall be deemed to have) any fiduciary relationship or duty to any Loan Party arising out of or in connection with the Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated thereby, and there is no agency or joint venture relationship between the members of the Lender Group, on the one hand, and the Loan Parties, on the other hand, by virtue of any Loan Document or any transaction contemplated therein.
     17.7. Counterparts; Electronic Execution .
          This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute but one and the same Agreement. Delivery of an executed counterpart of this Agreement by telefacsimile or other electronic method of transmission shall be equally as effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart of this Agreement. Any party delivering an executed counterpart of this Agreement by telefacsimile or other electronic method of transmission also shall deliver an original executed counterpart of this Agreement but the failure to deliver an original executed counterpart shall not affect the validity, enforceability, and binding effect of this Agreement. The foregoing shall apply to each other Loan Document mutatis mutandis .
     17.8. Revival and Reinstatement of Obligations .
          If the incurrence or payment of the Obligations by Borrower or Guarantor or the transfer to the Lender Group of any property should for any reason subsequently be asserted, or declared, to be void or voidable under any state or federal law relating to creditors’ rights, including provisions of the Bankruptcy Code relating to fraudulent conveyances, preferences, or other voidable or recoverable payments of money or transfers of property (each, a “ Voidable Transfer ”), and if the Lender Group is required to repay or restore, in whole or in part, any such Voidable Transfer, or elects to do so upon the reasonable advice of its counsel, then, as to any such Voidable Transfer, or the amount thereof that the Lender Group is required or elects to repay or restore, and as to all reasonable costs, expenses, and attorneys fees of the Lender Group related thereto, the liability of Borrower or Guarantor automatically shall be revived, reinstated, and restored and shall exist as though such Voidable Transfer had never been made.
     17.9. Confidentiality .
          (a) Agent and Lenders each individually (and not jointly or jointly and severally) agree that material, non-public information regarding Borrower and its Subsidiaries, their operations, assets, and existing and contemplated business plans (“ Confidential Information ”) shall be treated by Agent and the Lenders in a confidential manner, and shall not be disclosed by Agent and the Lenders to Persons who are not parties to this Agreement, except: (i) to attorneys for and other advisors, accountants, auditors, and consultants to any member of the Lender Group (“ Lender Group Representatives ”), (ii) to Subsidiaries and Affiliates of any member of the Lender Group (including the Bank Product Providers), provided that any such Subsidiary or Affiliate shall have agreed to receive such information hereunder subject to the terms of this Section 17.9 , (iii) as may be required by regulatory authorities so long as such authorities are informed of the confidential nature of such information, (iv) as may be required by statute, decision, or judicial or administrative order, rule, or regulation; provided that (x) prior to any disclosure under this clause (iv), the disclosing party agrees to provide Borrower with prior notice thereof, to the extent that it is practicable to do so and to the extent that the disclosing party is permitted to provide such prior notice to Borrower pursuant to the terms of the applicable statute, decision, or judicial or administrative order, rule, or regulation and (y) any disclosure under this clause (iv) shall be limited to the portion of the Confidential Information as may be required by such statute, decision, or judicial or administrative order, rule, or regulation, (v) as may be agreed to in advance by Borrower or as requested or required by any Governmental Authority pursuant to any subpoena or other legal process, provided , that, (x) prior to any disclosure under this clause (v) the disclosing party agrees to provide Borrower

-59-


 

with prior notice thereof, to the extent that it is practicable to do so and to the extent that the disclosing party is permitted to provide such prior notice to Borrower pursuant to the terms of the subpoena or other legal process and (y) any disclosure under this clause (v) shall be limited to the portion of the Confidential Information as may be required by such governmental authority pursuant to such subpoena or other legal process, (vi) as to any such information that is or becomes generally available to the public (other than as a result of prohibited disclosure by Agent or the Lenders or the Lender Group Representatives), (vii) in connection with any assignment, participation or pledge of any Lender’s interest under this Agreement, provided that any such assignee, participant, or pledgee shall have agreed in writing to receive such information hereunder subject to the terms of this Section, (viii) in connection with any litigation or other adversary proceeding involving parties hereto which such litigation or adversary proceeding involves claims related to the rights or duties of such parties under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents; provided, that, prior to any disclosure to any Person (other than any Loan Party, Agent, any Lender, any of their respective Affiliates, or their respective counsel) under this clause (viii) with respect to litigation involving any Person (other than Borrower, Agent, any Lender, any of their respective Affiliates, or their respective counsel), the disclosing party agrees to provide Borrower with prior notice thereof, and (ix) in connection with, and to the extent reasonably necessary for, the exercise of any secured creditor remedy under this Agreement or under any other Loan Document.
          (b) Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, Agent may provide information concerning the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to loan syndication and pricing reporting services.
     17.10. Lender Group Expenses .
          Borrower agrees to pay any and all Lender Group Expenses promptly after demand therefore by Agent and agrees that its obligations contained in this Section 17.10 shall survive payment or satisfaction in full of all other Obligations.
     17.11. USA PATRIOT Act .
          Each Lender that is subject to the requirements of the Patriot Act hereby notifies Borrower that pursuant to the requirements of the Act, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies Borrower, which information includes the name and address of Borrower and other information that will allow such Lender to identify Borrower in accordance with the Patriot Act.
     17.12. Integration .
          This Agreement, together with the other Loan Documents, reflects the entire understanding of the parties with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby and shall not be contradicted or qualified by any other agreement, oral or written, before the date hereof.
[Signature pages to follow.]

-60-


 

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed and delivered as of the date first above written.
         
  REALPAGE, INC. ,
a Delaware corporation
 
 
  By:   /s/ Timothy J. Barker    
    Title: Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer    
       
 
  WELLS FARGO FOOTHILL, LLC ,
a Delaware limited liability company, as Agent and as a Lender
 
 
  By:   /s/ Terri Wesolik    
    Title: Vice President   
       
 
  COMERICA BANK ,
a Texas Banking Association, as a Lender
 
 
  By:   /s/ David Whiting    
    Title: Senior Vice President   
       
Signature Page to Credit Agreement

 


 

Schedule A-1
Agent’s Account
WELLS FARGO FOOTHILL, LLC
An account at a bank designated by Agent from time to time as the account into which Borrower shall make all payments to Agent for the benefit of the Lender Group and into which the Lender Group shall make all payments to Agent under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents; unless and until Agent notifies Borrower and the Lender Group to the contrary, Agent’s Account shall be that certain deposit account bearing account number [***] and maintained by Agent with Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., San Francisco, CA, ABA #121-000-248, Credit to Wells Fargo Foothill, LLC — Technology Finance, Re: RealPage, Inc.

Schedule A-1 — Page 1


 

Schedule A-2
Authorized Persons

Schedule A-2 — Page 1


 

Schedule C-1
Commitments
                         
Lender   Revolver Commitment     Term Loan     Total Commitment  
Wells Fargo Foothill, LLC
  $ 6,250,000     $ 23,750,000     $ 30,000,000  
Comerica Bank
  $ 3,750,000     $ 11,250,000     $ 15,000,000  
All Lenders
  $ 10,000,000     $ 35,000,000     $ 45,000,000  

Schedule C-1 — Page 1


 

Schedule D-1
Designated Account
     Account number [***] of Borrower maintained with Borrower’s Designated Account Bank, or such other deposit account of Borrower (located within the United States) that has been designed as such, in writing, by Borrower to Agent.
     “ Designated Account Bank ” means Comerica Bank, whose office is located at 1201 East Beltline Road, Suite 150, Richardson, TX 75081, and whose ABA number is 111 000 753.

Schedule D-1 — Page 1


 

Schedule 1.1
As used in the Agreement, the following terms shall have the following definitions:
          “ Account ” means an account (as that term is defined in the Code).
          “ Account Debtor ” means any Person who is obligated on an Account, chattel paper, or a general intangible.
          “ Accounting Changes ” means (a) changes in accounting principles required by the promulgation of any rule, regulation, pronouncement or opinion by the Financial Accounting Standards Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants (or successor thereto or any agency with similar functions), (ii) changes in accounting principles concurred in by Borrower’s certified public accountants; and (iii) purchase accounting adjustments under A.P.B. 16 or 17 and EITF 88-16, and the application of the accounting principles set forth in FASB 109, including the establishment of reserves pursuant thereto and any subsequent reversal (in whole or in part) of such reserves.
          “ ACH Transactions ” means any cash management or related services (including the Automated Clearing House processing of electronic fund transfers through the direct Federal Reserve Fedline system) provided by a Bank Product Provider for the account of Borrower or its Subsidiaries.
          “ Acquired Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness of a Person whose assets or Stock is acquired by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in a Permitted Acquisition; provided , however , that such Indebtedness (a) is either Purchase Money Indebtedness or a Capital Lease with respect to Equipment or mortgage financing with respect to Real Property, (b) was in existence prior to the date of such Permitted Acquisition, and (c) was not incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such Permitted Acquisition.
          “ Acquisition ” means (a) the purchase or other acquisition by a Person or its Subsidiaries of all or substantially all of the assets of (or any division or business line of) any other Person, or (b) the purchase or other acquisition (whether by means of a merger, consolidation, or otherwise) by a Person or its Subsidiaries of all or substantially all of the Stock of any other Person.
          “ Additional Documents ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 5.12 of the Agreement.
          “ Advances ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 2.1(a) of the Agreement.
          “ Affected Lender ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 2.13(b) of the Agreement.
          “ Affiliate ” means, as applied to any Person, any other Person who controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” means the possession, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, of the power to direct the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of Stock, by contract, or otherwise; provided , however , that, for purposes of Section 6.12 of the Agreement: (a) any Person which owns directly or indirectly 10% or more of the Stock having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or other members of the governing body of a Person or 10% or more of the partnership or other ownership interests of a Person (other than as a limited partner of such Person) shall be deemed an Affiliate of such Person, (b) each director (or comparable manager) of a Person shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of such Person, and (c) each partnership in which a Person is a general partner shall be deemed an Affiliate of such Person.
          “ Agent ” has the meaning specified therefor in the preamble to the Agreement.
          “ Agent-Related Persons ” means Agent, together with its Affiliates, officers, directors, employees, attorneys, and agents.

Schedule 1.1 — Page 1


 

          “ Agent’s Account ” means the Deposit Account of Agent identified on Schedule A-1 .
          “ Agent’s Liens ” means the Liens granted by Borrower or its Subsidiaries to Agent under the Loan Documents.
          “ Agreement ” means the Credit Agreement to which this Schedule 1.1 is attached.
          “ Application Event ” means the occurrence of (a) a failure by Borrower to repay all of the Obligations on the Maturity Date, or (b) an Event of Default and the election by Agent or the Required Lenders to require that payments and proceeds of Collateral be applied pursuant to Section 2.4(b)(ii) of the Agreement.
          “ Assignee ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 13.1(a) of the Agreement.
          “ Assignment and Acceptance ” means an Assignment and Acceptance Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 .
          “ Authorized Person ” means any one of the individuals identified on Schedule A-2 , as such schedule is updated from time to time by written notice from Borrower to Agent.
          “ Availability ” means, as of any date of determination, the amount that Borrower is entitled to borrow as Advances under Section 2.1 of the Agreement (after giving effect to all then outstanding Obligations (other than Bank Product Obligations)).
          “ Bank Product ” means any financial accommodation extended to Borrower or its Subsidiaries by a Bank Product Provider (other than pursuant to the Agreement and other than those financial accommodations extended to RealPage Payment Processing by a Bank Product Provider) including: (a) credit cards, (b) credit card processing services, (c) debit cards, (d) purchase cards, (e) ACH Transactions, (f) cash management, including controlled disbursement, accounts or services, or (g) transactions under Hedge Agreements.
          “ Bank Product Agreements ” means those agreements entered into from time to time by Borrower or its Subsidiaries with a Bank Product Provider in connection with the obtaining of any of the Bank Products.
          “ Bank Product Collateralization ” means providing cash collateral (pursuant to documentation reasonably satisfactory to Agent) to be held by Agent for the benefit of the Bank Product Providers in an amount determined by Agent as sufficient to satisfy the reasonably estimated credit exposure with respect to the then existing Bank Products.
          “ Bank Product Obligations ” means (a) all obligations, liabilities, reimbursement obligations, fees, or expenses owing by Borrower or its Subsidiaries to any Bank Product Provider pursuant to or evidenced by a Bank Product Agreement and irrespective of whether for the payment of money, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising, and (b) all amounts that Borrower or its Subsidiaries are obligated to reimburse to Agent or any member of the Lender Group as a result of Agent or such member of the Lender Group purchasing participations from, or executing guarantees or indemnities or reimbursement obligations to, a Bank Product Provider with respect to the Bank Products provided by such Bank Product Provider to Borrower or its Subsidiaries; provided , however , in order for any item described in clauses (a) or (b) above to constitute “Bank Product Obligations”, (i) if the applicable Bank Product Provider is Wells Fargo or its Affiliates, then, if requested by Agent, Agent shall have received a Bank Product Provider Letter Agreement with respect to the applicable Bank Product within 10 days after the date of such request, or (ii) if the applicable Bank Product Provider is any other Person, Agent shall have received a Bank Product Provider Letter Agreement with respect to the applicable Bank Product within 10 days after the provision of such Bank Product to Borrower or its Subsidiaries, or, if such Bank Product Agreement was

Schedule 1.1 — Page 2


 

entered into prior to the Closing Date or prior to the date on which such Bank Product Provider or its Affiliate, as applicable, became a Lender under the Credit Agreement, within 10 days after the Closing Date or 10 days after the date on which such Bank Product Provider or its Affiliate, as applicable, first became a Lender under the Credit Agreement, as applicable.
          “ Bank Product Provider ” means any Lender or any of its Affiliates; provided , however , that no such Person (other than Wells Fargo or its Affiliates) shall constitute a Bank Product Provider with respect to a Bank Product unless and until Agent shall have received a Bank Product Provider Letter Agreement with such Person and with respect to the applicable Bank Product within 10 days after the provision of such Bank Product to Borrower or its Subsidiaries, or, if such Bank Product Agreement was entered into prior to the Closing Date or prior to the date on which such Bank Product Provider or its Affiliate, as applicable, became a Lender under the Credit Agreement, within 10 days after the Closing Date or 10 days after the date on which such Bank Product Provider or its Affiliate, as applicable, first became a Lender under the Credit Agreement, as applicable.
          “ Bank Product Provider Letter Agreement ” means a letter agreement in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit B-2 , in form and substance satisfactory to Agent, duly executed by the applicable Bank Product Provider, Borrower, and Agent.
          “ Bank Product Reserve ” means, as of any date of determination, the lesser of (x) $5,000,000 and (y) the amount of reserves that Agent has established in its Permitted Discretion (based upon the Bank Product Providers’ reasonable determination of the credit exposure of Borrower and its Subsidiaries in respect of Bank Products then provided or outstanding).
          “ Bankruptcy Code ” means title 11 of the United States Code, as in effect from time to time.
          “ Base LIBOR Rate ” means the greater of (a) 2.50 percent per annum, and (b) the rate per annum, determined by Agent in accordance with its customary procedures, and utilizing such electronic or other quotation sources as it considers appropriate, to be the rate at which Dollar deposits (for delivery on the first day of the requested Interest Period) are offered to major banks in the London interbank market 2 Business Days prior to the commencement of the requested Interest Period, for a term and in an amount comparable to the Interest Period and the amount of the LIBOR Rate Loan requested (whether as an initial LIBOR Rate Loan or as a continuation of a LIBOR Rate Loan or as a conversion of a Base Rate Loan to a LIBOR Rate Loan) by Borrower in accordance with the Agreement, which determination shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error.
          “ Base Rate ” means the greatest of (a) 3.50 percent per annum, (b) the Federal Funds Rate plus 1 / 2 %, (c) the Base LIBOR Rate (which rate shall be calculated based upon an Interest Period of 3 months and shall be determined on a daily basis), plus 1%, and (d) the rate of interest announced, from time to time, within Wells Fargo at its principal office in San Francisco as its “prime rate”, with the understanding that the “prime rate” is one of Wells Fargo’s base rates (not necessarily the lowest of such rates) and serves as the basis upon which effective rates of interest are calculated for those loans making reference thereto and is evidenced by the recording thereof after its announcement in such internal publications as Wells Fargo may designate.
          “ Base Rate Loan ” means each portion of the Advances or the Term Loan that bears interest at a rate determined by reference to the Base Rate.
          “ Base Rate Margin ” means, as of any date of determination (with respect to any portion of the outstanding Advances or the Term Loan on such date that is a Base Rate Loan), the applicable margin set forth in the following table that corresponds to the most recent Senior Leverage Ratio calculation delivered to Agent for the end of a fiscal quarter pursuant to Section 5.1 of the Agreement (the “ Senior Leverage Ratio Calculation ”); provided , however , that for the period from the Closing Date through the date Agent receives the Senior Leverage Ratio Calculation in respect of the testing period ending September 30, 2010, the Base Rate Margin shall be at the margin in the row styled
“Level II”:

Schedule 1.1 — Page 3


 

         
Level   Senior Leverage Ratio Calculation   Base Rate Margin
I
  If the Senior Leverage Ratio is less than 1.0:1.0   4.50 percentage points
II
  If the Senior Leverage Ratio is greater than or equal to 1.0:1.0   5.00 percentage points
          Except as set forth in the foregoing proviso, the Base Rate Margin shall be based upon the most recent Senior Leverage Ratio Calculation calculated as of the end of a fiscal quarter. Except as set forth in the foregoing proviso, the Base Rate Margin shall be re-determined quarterly on the first day of the month following the date of delivery to Agent of the certified calculation of the Senior Leverage Ratio pursuant to Section 5.1 of the Agreement; provided , however , that if Borrower fails to provide such certification when such certification is due, the Base Rate Margin shall be set at the margin in the row styled “Level II” as of the first day of the month following the date on which the certification was required to be delivered until the date on which such certification is delivered, on which date (but not retroactively), without constituting a waiver of any Default or Event of Default occasioned by the failure to timely deliver such certification, the Base Rate Margin shall be set at the margin based upon the calculations disclosed by such certification. In the event that the information regarding the Senior Leverage Ratio contained in any certificate delivered pursuant to Section 5.1 of the Agreement is shown to be inaccurate, and such inaccuracy, if corrected, would have led to the application of a higher Base Rate Margin for any period (a “ Base Rate Period ”) than the Base Rate Margin actually applied for such Base Rate Period, then (i) Borrower shall immediately deliver to Agent a correct certificate for such Base Rate Period, (ii) the Base Rate Margin shall be determined as if the correct Base Rate Margin (as set forth in the table above) were applicable for such Base Rate Period, and (iii) Borrower shall immediately deliver to Agent full payment in respect of the accrued additional interest as a result of such increased Base Rate Margin for such Base Rate Period, which payment shall be promptly applied by Agent to the affected Obligations.
          “ Benefit Plan ” means a “defined benefit plan” (as defined in Section 3(35) of ERISA) for which Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or ERISA Affiliates has been an “employer” (as defined in Section 3(5) of ERISA) within the past six years.
          “ Board of Directors ” means the board of directors (or comparable managers) of Borrower or any committee thereof duly authorized to act on behalf of the board of directors (or comparable managers).
          “ Borrower ” has the meaning specified therefor in the preamble to the Agreement.
          “ Borrowing ” means a borrowing hereunder consisting of Advances made on the same day by the Lenders (or Agent on behalf thereof), or by Swing Lender in the case of a Swing Loan, or by Agent in the case of a Protective Advance.
          “ Borrowing Base ” means, as of any date of determination, the result of:
               (a) 45% of the amount of Accounts of Loan Parties, minus
     (b) the sum of (i) the Bank Product Reserve, and (ii) the aggregate amount of reserves, if any, established by Agent under Section 2.1(c) of the Agreement.
          “ Borrowing Base Certificate ” means a certificate in the form of Exhibit B-1 .
          “ Borrowing Base Excess Amount ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(e)(i) .
          “ Business Day ” means any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday, or other day on which banks are authorized or required to close in the state of California, except that, if a determination of a Business Day

Schedule 1.1 — Page 4


 

shall relate to a LIBOR Rate Loan, the term “Business Day” also shall exclude any day on which banks are closed for dealings in Dollar deposits in the London interbank market.
          “ Capital Expenditures ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate of all expenditures by such Person and its Subsidiaries during such period that are capital expenditures as determined in accordance with GAAP, whether such expenditures are paid in cash or financed minus any Capitalized Software Development Costs to the extent deducted under the definition of EBITDA for such period.
          “ Capital Lease ” means a lease that is required to be capitalized for financial reporting purposes in accordance with GAAP.
          “ Capitalized Lease Obligation ” means that portion of the obligations under a Capital Lease that is required to be capitalized in accordance with GAAP.
          “ Capitalized Software Development Costs ” means all direct and allocated costs capitalized subsequent to establishing technological feasibility of internally developed computer software product to be sold, leased, or otherwise marketed in accordance with GAAP as defined in FAS 86, including but not limited to, materials, payroll and payroll-related employee costs, purchased software to be sold, leased or otherwise marketed that has an alternative future use, and third party contract services. For the avoidance of doubt, Capitalized Software Development Costs shall not include capitalized software resulting from purchase price allocations in connection with a Permitted Acquisition and shall not include purchased software not to be sold, leased or otherwise marketed.
          “ Cash Equivalents ” means (a) marketable direct obligations issued by, or unconditionally guaranteed by, the United States or issued by any agency thereof and backed by the full faith and credit of the United States, in each case maturing within 1 year from the date of acquisition thereof, (b) marketable direct obligations issued or fully guaranteed by any state of the United States or any political subdivision of any such state or any public instrumentality thereof maturing within 1 year from the date of acquisition thereof and, at the time of acquisition, having one of the two highest ratings obtainable from either Standard & Poor’s Rating Group (“ S&P ”) or Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“ Moody’s ”), (c) commercial paper maturing no more than 270 days from the date of creation thereof and, at the time of acquisition, having a rating of at least A-1 from S&P or at least P-1 from Moody’s, (d) certificates of deposit, time deposits, overnight bank deposits or bankers’ acceptances maturing within 1 year from the date of acquisition thereof issued by any bank organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof or the District of Columbia or any United States branch of a foreign bank having at the date of acquisition thereof combined capital and surplus of not less than $250,000,000, (e) Deposit Accounts maintained with (i) any bank that satisfies the criteria described in clause (d) above, or (ii) any other bank organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof so long as the full amount maintained with any such other bank is insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, (f) repurchase obligations of any commercial bank satisfying the requirements of clause (d) of this definition or recognized securities dealer having combined capital and surplus of not less than $250,000,000, having a term of not more than seven days, with respect to securities satisfying the criteria in clauses (a) or (d) above, (g) debt securities with maturities of six months or less from the date of acquisition backed by standby letters of credit issued by any commercial bank satisfying the criteria described in clause (d) above, and (h) Investments in money market funds substantially all of whose assets are invested in the types of assets described in clauses (a) through (g) above.
          “ CFC ” means a Subsidiary (other than a Subsidiary organized under the laws of Canada or any province thereof) that is a controlled foreign corporation (as that term is defined in the IRC).
          “ Change of Control ” means that (a) Steve Winn fails to own and control, directly or indirectly, 30%, or more, of the Stock of Borrower having the right to vote for the election of members of the Board of Directors, (b) any “person” or “group” (within the meaning of Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), other than Steve Winn or Apax Partners, becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of 20%, or more, of the Stock of Borrower having the

Schedule 1.1 — Page 5


 

right to vote for the election of members of the Board of Directors, (c) a majority of the members of the Board of Directors do not constitute Continuing Directors, or (d) Borrower fails to own and control, directly or indirectly, 100% of the Stock of each other Loan Party, except as otherwise permitted under Section 6.3(a) of the Agreement.
          “ Closing Date ” means the date of the making of the Term Loan hereunder.
          “ Code ” means the California Uniform Commercial Code, as in effect from time to time.
          “ Collateral ” means all assets and interests in assets and proceeds thereof now owned or hereafter acquired by Borrower or its Subsidiaries in or upon which a Lien is granted by such Person in favor of Agent or the Lenders under any of the Loan Documents.
          “ Collateral Access Agreement ” means a landlord waiver, bailee letter, or acknowledgement agreement of any lessor, warehouseman, processor, consignee, or other Person in possession of, having a Lien upon, or having rights or interests in Borrower’s or its Subsidiaries’ books and records or Equipment, in each case, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent.
          “ Collections ” means all cash, checks, notes, instruments, and other items of payment (including insurance proceeds, cash proceeds of asset sales, rental proceeds, and tax refunds).
          “ Comerica ” means Comerica Bank, a Texas Banking Association.
          “ Commitment ” means, with respect to each Lender, its Revolver Commitment, its Term Loan Commitment, or its Total Commitment, as the context requires, and, with respect to all Lenders, their Revolver Commitments, their Term Loan Commitments, or their Total Commitments, as the context requires, in each case as such Dollar amounts are set forth beside such Lender’s name under the applicable heading on Schedule C-1 or in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which such Lender became a Lender hereunder, as such amounts may be reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to assignments made in accordance with the provisions of Section 13.1 of the Agreement.
          “ Compliance Certificate ” means a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit C-1 delivered by the chief financial officer of Borrower to Agent.
          “ Confidential Information ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 17.9(a) of the Agreement.
          “ Continuing Director ” means (a) any member of the Board of Directors who was a director (or comparable manager) of Borrower on the Closing Date, and (b) any individual who becomes a member of the Board of Directors after the Closing Date if such individual was approved, appointed or nominated for election to the Board of Directors by either Steve Winn or a majority of the Continuing Directors, but excluding any such individual originally proposed for election in opposition to the Board of Directors in office at the Closing Date in an actual or threatened election contest relating to the election of the directors (or comparable managers) of Borrower and whose initial assumption of office resulted from such contest or the settlement thereof.
          “ Control Agreement ” means a control agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent, executed and delivered by Borrower or one of its Subsidiaries, Agent, and the applicable securities intermediary (with respect to a Securities Account) or bank (with respect to a Deposit Account).
          “ Controlled Account Agreement ” has the meaning specified therefor in the Security Agreement.

Schedule 1.1 — Page 6


 

          “ Copyright Security Agreement” has the meaning specified therefor in the Security Agreement.
          “ Credit Amount ” means the lesser of (a) $45,000,000 and (b) the result of (i) 52.5% times (ii) Borrower’s TTM Recurring Revenue for the most recently completed trailing twelve consecutive month period calculated as of the last month for which financial statements have most recently been delivered pursuant to Section 5.1 of the Agreement.
          “ Credit Amount Certificate ” means a certificate in the form of Exhibit C-2 .
          “ Credit Amount Excess ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 2.4(e)(i) of the Agreement.
          “ Current Assets ” means, as at any date of determination, the total assets of Borrower and its Subsidiaries (other than cash and Cash Equivalents) which may properly be classified as current assets on a consolidated balance sheet of Borrower and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP.
          “ Current Liabilities ” means, as at any date of determination, the total liabilities of and its Subsidiaries which may properly be classified as current liabilities (other than the current portion of the Term Loan, the Swing Loans and the Advances) on a consolidated balance sheet of Borrower and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP.
          “ Daily Balance ” means, as of any date of determination and with respect to any Obligation, the amount of such Obligation owed at the end of such day.
          “ Default ” means an event, condition, or default that, with the giving of notice, the passage of time, or both, would be an Event of Default.
          “ Defaulting Lender ” means any Lender that fails to make any Advance (or other extension of credit) that it is required to make hereunder on the date that it is required to do so hereunder.
          “ Defaulting Lender Rate ” means (a) for the first 3 days from and after the date the relevant payment is due, the Base Rate, and (b) thereafter, the interest rate then applicable to Advances that are Base Rate Loans (inclusive of the Base Rate Margin applicable thereto).
          “ Deposit Account ” means any deposit account (as that term is defined in the Code).
          “ Designated Account ” means the Deposit Account of Borrower identified on Schedule D-1 .
          “ Designated Account Bank ” has the meaning specified therefor in Schedule D-1 .
          “ Dollars ” or “ $ ” means United States dollars.
          “ Domestic Subsidiary ” means a Subsidiary organized under the laws of a State of the United States or the District of Columbia.
          “ Earn-outs ” means unsecured liabilities of a Loan Party arising under an agreement to make any deferred payment as a part of the purchase price for a Permitted Acquisition, including performance bonuses or consulting payments in any related services, employment or similar agreement, in an amount that is subject to or contingent upon the revenues, income, cash flow or profits (or the like) of the underlying target, in each case, to the extent that such deferred payment would be included as part of such purchase price.
          “ EBITDA ” means:
Schedule 1.1 — Page 7

 


 

          (a) Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ consolidated net earnings (or loss),
           minus
          (b) without duplication, the sum of the following amounts of Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent included in determining consolidated net earnings (or loss) of Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such period:
  (i)   extraordinary or non-recurring gains,
 
  (ii)   interest income,
 
  (iii)   gains on sales of assets, and
 
  (iv)   any non-cash purchase accounting adjustments made in connection with any Permitted Acquisition to the extent such adjustments increase Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ consolidated net earnings,
           minus
          (c) Capitalized Software Development Costs of Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such period to the extent capitalized,
           plus
          (d) without duplication, the sum of the following amounts of Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent deducted in determining consolidated net earnings (or loss) of Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such period:
               (i) non-cash compensation expense, or other non-cash expenses or charges, arising from the sale or issuance of stock, the granting of stock options, and the granting of stock appreciation rights and similar arrangements or other non-cash expenses or charges, minus the amount of any such expenses or charges when paid in cash to the extent not deducted in the computation of net earnings (or loss),
               (ii) non-cash losses on sales of fixed assets or write-downs of fixed or intangible assets,
               (iii) non-cash net after tax extraordinary losses or non-cash non-recurring losses,
               (iv) Interest Expense,
               (v) provision for taxes based on income, profits, or capital, including federal, foreign, state, franchise, excise, and similar taxes paid or accrued,
               (vi) to the extent not capitalized, expenses, fees, costs, and charges incurred in connection with consummating the transactions contemplated by the Agreement on the Closing Date in an aggregate amount not to exceed $1,100,000, and in each case, to the extent such expenses, fees, costs, and charges are actually paid by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries,
               (vii) to the extent not capitalized, expenses, fees, costs, and charges incurred in connection with consummating any Permitted Acquisition in an aggregate amount not to exceed $300,000 per such Permitted Acquisition, and in each case, to the extent such expenses, fees, costs, and charges are actually paid by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries,
Schedule 1.1 — Page 8

 


 

               (viii) any non-cash purchase accounting adjustments made in connection with any Permitted Acquisition to the extent such adjustments reduce Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ consolidated net earnings; and
               (ix) depreciation and amortization for such period, as determined in accordance with GAAP, including deferred financing fees.
          For the purposes of calculating EBITDA for purposes of calculating the Senior Leverage Ratio for any rolling 12 month period (each, a “ Reference Period ”), if at any time during such Reference Period (and after the Closing Date), Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall have made a Permitted Acquisition, EBITDA for such Reference Period shall be calculated after giving pro forma effect to such Permitted Acquisition and any adjustments arising out of events which are directly attributable to such Permitted Acquisition, are factually supportable, and are expected to have a continuing impact, in each case, in such manner reasonably acceptable to Agent as if any such Permitted Acquisition or adjustment occurred on the first day of such Reference Period; provided, notwithstanding the foregoing, EBITDA shall not be adjusted (x) for the pro forma effect of any Permitted Acquisition for purposes of calculating the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio or Excess Cash Flow or (y) to include any amounts that are attributable to the target of a Permitted Acquisition and that accrue prior to the date such Permitted Acquisition is consummated.
          “ Environmental Action ” means any written complaint, summons, citation, notice, directive, order, claim, litigation, investigation, judicial or administrative proceeding, judgment, letter, or other written communication from any Governmental Authority, or any third party involving violations of Environmental Laws or releases of Hazardous Materials (a) from any assets, properties, or businesses of any Loan Party, any Subsidiary of a Loan Party, or any of their predecessors in interest, (b) from adjoining properties or businesses, or (c) from or onto any facilities which received Hazardous Materials generated by any Loan Party, any Subsidiary of a Loan Party, or any of their predecessors in interest.
          “ Environmental Law ” means any applicable federal, state, provincial, foreign or local statute, law, rule, regulation, ordinance, code, binding and enforceable guideline, binding and enforceable written policy, or rule of common law now or hereafter in effect and in each case as amended, or any judicial or administrative interpretation thereof, including any judicial or administrative order, consent decree or judgment, in each case, to the extent binding on Borrower or its Subsidiaries, relating to the environment, the effect of the environment on employee health, or Hazardous Materials, in each case as amended from time to time.
          “ Environmental Liabilities ” means all liabilities, monetary obligations, losses, damages, punitive damages, consequential damages, treble damages, costs and expenses (including all reasonable fees, disbursements and expenses of counsel, experts, or consultants, and costs of investigation and feasibility studies), fines, penalties, sanctions, and interest incurred as a result of any claim or demand, or Remedial Action required, by any Governmental Authority or any third party, and which relate to any Environmental Action.
          “ Environmental Lien ” means any Lien in favor of any Governmental Authority for Environmental Liabilities.
          “ Equipment ” means equipment (as that term is defined in the Code).
          “ ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and any successor statute thereto.
          “ ERISA Affiliate ” means (a) any Person subject to ERISA whose employees are treated as employed by the same employer as the employees of Borrower or its Subsidiaries under IRC Section 414(b), (b) any trade or business subject to ERISA whose employees are treated as employed by the same employer as the employees of Borrower or its Subsidiaries under IRC Section 414(c), (c) solely for purposes of Section 302
Schedule 1.1 — Page 9

 


 

of ERISA and Section 412 of the IRC, any organization subject to ERISA that is a member of an affiliated service group of which Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is a member under IRC Section 414(m), or (d) solely for purposes of Section 302 of ERISA and Section 412 of the IRC, any Person subject to ERISA that is a party to an arrangement with Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and whose employees are aggregated with the employees of Borrower or its Subsidiaries under IRC Section 414(o).
          “ Event of Default ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 8 of the Agreement.
          “ Excess Availability ” means, as of any date of determination, the amount equal to Availability minus the aggregate amount, if any, of all trade payables of Borrower and its Subsidiaries in excess of 90 days past due (but excluding therefrom any such trade payables being disputed in good faith) and all book overdrafts of Borrower and its Subsidiaries in excess of historical practices with respect thereto, in each case as determined by Agent in its Permitted Discretion.
          “ Excess Cash Flow ” means, with respect to any fiscal year of Borrower,
          (a) EBITDA,
           plus
          (b) without duplication, the sum of
               (i) extraordinary or non-recurring cash gains, and
               (ii) interest income received in cash,
           minus
          (c) without duplication, the sum of
               (i) Interest Expense paid in cash,
               (ii) scheduled principal payments and voluntary prepayments on the Term Loans, the Preferred Shareholder Notes and other Permitted Indebtedness,
               (iii) the cash portion of all Capital Expenditures made by Borrower or its Subsidiaries (to the extent that such Capital Expenditures are permitted to be made under the Agreement and such payments are not made with the proceeds of Indebtedness (other than Advances) or the issuance of Stock),
               (iv) payments of, or in respect of, taxes based on income, profits, or capital, including federal, foreign, state, franchise, excise, and similar taxes (to the extent paid in cash) by Borrower and its Subsidiaries,
               (v) cash payments made in respect of Permitted Acquisitions (in each case, to the extent such payments are not made with the proceeds of Indebtedness (other than Advances) or the issuance of Stock),
               (vi) cash payments made in respect of the RealHound Payment (to the extent not otherwise deducted in determining consolidated net earnings (or loss) of Borrower and its Subsidiaries),
               (vii) cash payments made in respect of Earn-outs permitted to be incurred pursuant to clause (r) of the definition of Permitted Indebtedness (to the extent not otherwise deducted in determining consolidated net earnings (or loss) of Borrower and its Subsidiaries),
Schedule 1.1 — Page 10

 


 

               (viii) to the extent not capitalized, expenses, fees, costs, and charges incurred in connection with consummating the transactions contemplated by the Agreement on the Closing Date in an aggregate amount not to exceed $1,100,000, and in each case, to the extent such expenses, fees, costs, and charges are actually paid by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in cash, and
               (ix) to the extent not capitalized, expenses, fees, costs, and charges incurred in connection with consummating any Permitted Acquisition in an aggregate amount not to exceed $300,000 per such Permitted Acquisition, and in each case, to the extent such expenses, fees, costs, and charges are actually paid by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in cash,
          “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as in effect from time to time.
          “ Existing Credit Agreement ” means the Loan and Security Agreement dated as of May 28, 2004 between Borrower and Comerica Bank.
          “ Extraordinary Receipts ” means any cash received by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries not in the ordinary course of business (and not consisting of proceeds described in Section 2.4(e)(ii) of the Agreement) consisting of (a) proceeds of judgments, proceeds of settlements or other consideration of any kind in connection with any cause of action (other than, so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, to the extent such proceeds or other consideration are received by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries as reimbursement for any out of pocket expenses incurred by Borrower or such Subsidiary in connection with such cause of action), (b) indemnity payments (other than to the extent such indemnity payments are (i) immediately payable to a Person that is not an Affiliate of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or (ii) received by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries as reimbursement for any payment previously made to such Person), and (c) any purchase price adjustment (other than a working capital adjustment) received in connection with any purchase agreement, in each case after deducting therefrom only (x) reasonable fees, commissions, and expenses related thereto and required to be paid by Borrower or such Subsidiary in connection with such receipt and (y) taxes paid or payable to any taxing authorities by Borrower or such Subsidiary in connection with such receipt, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that the amounts so deducted are, at the time of receipt of such cash, actually paid or payable to a Person that is not an Affiliate of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, and are properly attributable to such receipt.
          “ Fee Letter ” means that certain fee letter between Borrower and Agent, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent.
          “ Federal Funds Rate ” means, for any period, a fluctuating interest rate per annum equal to, for each day during such period, the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers, as published on the next succeeding Business Day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so published for any day which is a Business Day, the average of the quotations for such day on such transactions received by Agent from three Federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by it.
          “ Fixed Charges ” means, with respect to any fiscal period and with respect to Borrower determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, the sum, without duplication, of (a) Interest Expense accrued during such period; provided that, with respect to the Preferred Shareholder Notes, Borrower shall include only Interest Expense paid during such period, (b) principal payments in respect of Indebtedness that are required to be paid during such period; provided that, with respect to the Preferred Shareholder Notes, Borrower shall include only principal payments paid during such period, (c) all federal, state, and local income taxes accrued during such period, (d) all Restricted Junior Payments paid (whether in cash or other property, other than Restricted Junior Payments paid in common Stock or Preferred Shareholder Notes) during such period and (e) any payment made in respect of the RealHound Payment during such period. For the avoidance of doubt, none of (x) the payment to Intacct, Inc. made on August 11, 2009 in the amount of $2,500,000, (y) the payment to Intacct, Inc. to be made in an amount not to exceed $100,000 (so long as such payment is made
Schedule 1.1 — Page 11

 


 

on or before December 31, 2009) and (z) the payment made in respect of the OpsTechnology Payment (so long as such payment is made on or before December 31, 2009) shall constitute a Fixed Charge.
          “ Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio ” means, with respect to Borrower for any period, the ratio of (i) EBITDA for such period minus Capital Expenditures made during such period to the extent paid in cash (and not financed with proceeds of Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness under the Agreement) or the issuance of Stock), to (ii) Fixed Charges for such period.
          “ Foreign Lender ” means any Lender or Participant that is not a United States person within the meaning of IRC section 7701(a)(30).
          “ Funding Date ” means the date on which a Borrowing occurs.
          “ Funding Losses ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 2.12(b)(ii) of the Agreement.
          “ GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles as in effect from time to time in the United States, consistently applied.
          “ Governing Documents ” means, with respect to any Person, the certificate or articles of incorporation, by-laws, or other organizational documents of such Person.
          “ Governmental Authority ” means any federal, state, local, or other governmental or administrative body, instrumentality, board, department, or agency or any court, tribunal, administrative hearing body, arbitration panel, commission, or other similar dispute-resolving panel or body.
          “ Guarantors ” means (a) each Subsidiary of Borrower that has guarantied any of the Obligations, and (b) each other Person that becomes a guarantor after the Closing Date pursuant to Section 5.11 of the Agreement, and “ Guarantor ” means any one of them; provided that RealPage Payment Processing Services, Inc. shall not be required to become a Guarantor.
          “ Guaranty ” means that certain general continuing guaranty executed and delivered by each Guarantor in favor of Agent, for the benefit of the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent.
          “ Hazardous Materials ” means (a) substances that are defined or listed in, or otherwise classified pursuant to, any applicable laws or regulations as “hazardous substances,” “hazardous materials,” “hazardous wastes,” “toxic substances,” or any other formulation intended to define, list, or classify substances by reason of deleterious properties such as ignitability, corrosivity, reactivity, carcinogenicity, reproductive toxicity, or “EP toxicity”, (b) oil, petroleum, or petroleum derived substances, natural gas, natural gas liquids, synthetic gas, drilling fluids, produced waters, and other wastes associated with the exploration, development, or production of crude oil, natural gas, or geothermal resources, (c) any flammable substances or explosives or any radioactive materials, and (d) asbestos in any form or electrical equipment that contains any oil or dielectric fluid containing levels of polychlorinated biphenyls in excess of 50 parts per million.
          “ Hedge Agreement ” means any and all agreements or documents now existing or hereafter entered into by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that provide for an interest rate, credit, commodity or equity swap, cap, floor, collar, forward foreign exchange transaction, currency swap, cross currency rate swap, currency option, or any combination of, or option with respect to, these or similar transactions, for the purpose of hedging Borrower’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ exposure to fluctuations in interest or exchange rates, loan, credit exchange, security, or currency valuations or commodity prices.
          “ Holdback ” means a portion of the purchase price for a Permitted Acquisition not paid at the closing therefor but held by a Loan Party for satisfaction of indemnification obligations and purchase price adjustments.
Schedule 1.1 — Page 12

 


 

          “ Holdout Lender ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 14.2(a) of the Agreement.
          “ Indebtedness ” means (a) all obligations for borrowed money, (b) all obligations evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes, or other similar instruments and all reimbursement or other obligations in respect of letters of credit, bankers acceptances, or other financial products, (c) all obligations as a lessee under Capital Leases, (d) all obligations or liabilities of others secured by a Lien on any asset of a Person, irrespective of whether such obligation or liability is assumed, (e) all obligations to pay the deferred purchase price of assets (other than trade payables incurred in the ordinary course of business and repayable in accordance with customary trade practices), including, without limitation, all Earn-outs and Holdbacks in connection with Acquisitions, (f) all obligations owing under Hedge Agreements (which amount shall be calculated based on the amount that would be payable by such Person if the Hedge Agreement were terminated on the date of determination), (g) any Prohibited Stock, and (h) any obligation guaranteeing or intended to guarantee (whether directly or indirectly guaranteed, endorsed, co-made, discounted, or sold with recourse) any obligation of any other Person that constitutes Indebtedness under any of clauses (a) through (g) above. For purposes of this definition, (i) the amount of any Indebtedness represented by a guaranty or other similar instrument shall be the lesser of the principal amount of the obligations guaranteed and still outstanding and the maximum amount for which the guaranteeing Person may be liable pursuant to the terms of the instrument embodying such Indebtedness, and (ii) the amount of any Indebtedness described in clause (d) above shall be the lower of the amount of the obligation and the fair market value of the assets securing such obligation.
          “ Indemnified Liabilities ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 10.3 of the Agreement.
          “ Indemnified Person ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 10.3 of the Agreement.
          “ Insolvency Proceeding ” means any proceeding commenced by or against any Person under any provision of the Bankruptcy Code or under any other state or federal bankruptcy or insolvency law, assignments for the benefit of creditors, formal or informal moratoria, compositions, extensions generally with creditors, or proceedings seeking reorganization, arrangement, or other similar relief.
          “ Intercompany Subordination Agreement ” means a subordination agreement executed and delivered by Borrower, each of its Subsidiaries, and Agent, the form and substance of which is reasonably satisfactory to Agent; provided that neither RealPage Payment Processing nor RealPage India Private Limited shall be required to execute and deliver an Intercompany Subordination Agreement.
          “ Interest Expense ” means, for any period, the aggregate of the interest expense of Borrower for such period, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.
          “ Interest Period ” means, with respect to each LIBOR Rate Loan, a period commencing on the date of the making of such LIBOR Rate Loan (or the continuation of a LIBOR Rate Loan or the conversion of a Base Rate Loan to a LIBOR Rate Loan) and ending 1, 2, or 3 months thereafter; provided , however , that (a) interest shall accrue at the applicable rate based upon the LIBOR Rate from and including the first day of each Interest Period to, but excluding, the day on which any Interest Period expires, (b) any Interest Period that would end on a day that is not a Business Day shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless such Business Day falls in another calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day, (c) with respect to an Interest Period that begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period), the Interest Period shall end on the last Business Day of the calendar month that is 1, 2, or 3 months after the date on which the Interest Period began, as applicable, and (d) Borrower may not elect an Interest Period which will end after the Maturity Date.
          “ Investment ” means, with respect to any Person, any investment by such Person in any other Person (including Affiliates) in the form of loans, guarantees, advances, capital contributions (excluding (a) commission, travel, and similar advances to officers and employees of such Person made in the ordinary
Schedule 1.1 — Page 13

 


 

course of business, and (b) bona fide Accounts arising in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice), or acquisitions of Indebtedness, Stock, or all or substantially all of the assets of such other Person (or of any division or business line of such other Person), including any Acquisition, and any other items that are or would be classified as investments on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP.
          “ IRC ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as in effect from time to time.
          “ IP Reporting Certificate ” means a certificate in the form of Exhibit I-1 .
          “ Issuing Lender ” means WFF or any other Lender that, at the request of Borrower and with the consent of Agent, agrees, in such Lender’s sole discretion, to become an Issuing Lender for the purpose of issuing Letters of Credit or Reimbursement Undertakings pursuant to Section 2.11 of the Agreement.
          “ Lender ” and “ Lenders ” have the respective meanings set forth in the preamble to the Agreement, and shall include any other Person made a party to the Agreement in accordance with the provisions of Section 13.1 of the Agreement.
          “ Lender Group ” means each of the Lenders (including the Issuing Lender) and Agent, or any one or more of them.
          “ Lender Group Expenses ” means all (a) costs or expenses (including, without duplication, taxes, and insurance premiums) required to be paid by Borrower or its Subsidiaries under any of the Loan Documents that are paid, advanced, or incurred by the Lender Group, (b) out-of-pocket fees or charges paid or incurred by the Lender Group in connection with the Lender Group’s transactions with Borrower or its Subsidiaries under any of the Loan Documents, including, fees or charges for photocopying, notarization, couriers and messengers, telecommunication, public record searches (including tax lien, litigation, and UCC searches and including searches with the patent and trademark office, the copyright office, or the department of motor vehicles), filing, recording, publication, appraisal (including periodic collateral appraisals or business valuations to the extent of the fees and charges (and up to the amount of any limitation) contained in the Agreement or the Fee Letter), real estate surveys, real estate title policies and endorsements, and environmental audits, (c) out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by the Lender Group in the disbursement of funds to Borrower or other members of the Lender Group (by wire transfer or otherwise), (d) out-of-pocket charges paid or incurred by the Lender Group resulting from the dishonor of checks payable by or to any Loan Party, (e) reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses paid or incurred by the Lender Group to correct any default or enforce any provision of the Loan Documents, or during the continuance of an Event of Default, in gaining possession of, maintaining, handling, preserving, storing, shipping, selling, preparing for sale, or advertising to sell the Collateral, or any portion thereof, irrespective of whether a sale is consummated, (f) reasonable out-of-pocket audit fees and expenses (including travel, meals, and lodging) of the Lender Group related to any inspections or audits to the extent of the fees and charges (and up to the amount of any limitation) contained in the Agreement or the Fee Letter, (g) reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses of third party claims or any other suit paid or incurred by the Lender Group in enforcing or defending the Loan Documents or in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents or the Lender Group’s relationship with Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, (h) the Lender Group’s reasonable costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys fees) incurred in advising, structuring, drafting, reviewing, administering (including travel, meals, and lodging), syndicating (including rating the Term Loan), or amending the Loan Documents, and (i) the Lender Group’s reasonable costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys, accountants, consultants, and other advisors fees and expenses) incurred in terminating, enforcing (including attorneys, accountants, consultants, and other advisors fees and expenses incurred in connection with a “workout,” a “restructuring,” or an Insolvency Proceeding concerning Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or in exercising rights or remedies under the Loan Documents), or defending the Loan Documents, irrespective of whether suit is brought, or in taking any Remedial Action concerning the Collateral.
          “ Lender Group Representatives ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 17.9 of the Agreement.
Schedule 1.1 — Page 14

 


 

          “ Lender-Related Person ” means, with respect to any Lender, such Lender, together with such Lender’s Affiliates, officers, directors, employees, attorneys, and agents.
          “ Letter of Credit ” means a letter of credit issued by Issuing Lender or a letter of credit issued by Underlying Issuer, as the context requires.
          “ Letter of Credit Collateralization ” means either (a) providing cash collateral (pursuant to documentation reasonably satisfactory to Agent, including provisions that specify that the Letter of Credit fee and all usage charges set forth in the Agreement will continue to accrue while the Letters of Credit are outstanding) to be held by Agent for the benefit of those Lenders with a Revolver Commitment in an amount equal to 105% of the then existing Letter of Credit Usage, (b) causing the Letters of Credit to be returned to the Issuing Lender, or (c) providing Agent with a standby letter of credit, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent, from a commercial bank acceptable to Agent (in its sole discretion) in an amount equal to 105% of the then existing Letter of Credit Usage (it being understood that the Letter of Credit fee and all usage charges set forth in the Agreement will continue to accrue while the Letters of Credit are outstanding and that any such fees that accrue must be an amount that can be drawn under any such standby letter of credit).
          “ Letter of Credit Disbursement ” means a payment made by Issuing Lender or Underlying Issuer pursuant to a Letter of Credit.
          “ Letter of Credit Usage ” means, as of any date of determination, the aggregate undrawn amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit.
          “ LIBOR Deadline ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 2.12(b)(i) of the Agreement.
          “ LIBOR Notice ” means a written notice in the form of Exhibit L-1 .
          “ LIBOR Option ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 2.12(a) of the Agreement.
          “ LIBOR Rate ” means, for each Interest Period for each LIBOR Rate Loan, the rate per annum determined by Agent by dividing (a) the Base LIBOR Rate for such Interest Period, by (b) 100% minus the Reserve Percentage. The LIBOR Rate shall be adjusted on and as of the effective day of any change in the Reserve Percentage.
          “ LIBOR Rate Loan ” means each portion of an Advance or the Term Loan that bears interest at a rate determined by reference to the LIBOR Rate.
          “ LIBOR Rate Margin ” means, as of any date of determination (with respect to any portion of the outstanding Advances or the Term Loan on such date that is a LIBOR Rate Loan), the applicable margin set forth in the following table that corresponds to the most recent Senior Leverage Ratio calculation delivered to Agent pursuant to Section 5.1 of the Agreement for the end of a fiscal quarter (the “ Senior Leverage Ratio Calculation ”); provided , however , that for the period from the Closing Date through the date Agent receives the Senior Leverage Ratio Calculation in respect of the testing period ending September 30, 2010, the LIBOR Rate Margin shall be at the margin in the row styled “Level II”:
         
Level   Senior Leverage Ratio Calculation   LIBOR Rate Margin
I
  If the Senior Leverage Ratio is less 1.0:1.0   4.50 percentage points
II
  If the Senior Leverage Ratio is greater than or equal to 1.0:1.0   5.00 percentage points
Schedule 1.1 — Page 15

 


 

          Except as set forth in the foregoing proviso, the LIBOR Rate Margin shall be based upon the most recent Senior Leverage Ratio Calculation calculated as of the end of a fiscal quarter. Except as set forth in the foregoing proviso, the LIBOR Rate Margin shall be re-determined quarterly on the first day of the month following the date of delivery to Agent of the certified calculation of the Senior Leverage Ratio pursuant to Section 5.1 of the Agreement; provided , however , that if Borrower fails to provide such certification when such certification is due, the LIBOR Rate Margin shall be set at the margin in the row styled “Level II” as of the first day of the month following the date on which the certification was required to be delivered until the date on which such certification is delivered, on which date (but not retroactively), without constituting a waiver of any Default or Event of Default occasioned by the failure to timely deliver such certification, the LIBOR Rate Margin shall be set at the margin based upon the calculations disclosed by such certification. In the event that the information regarding the Senior Leverage Ratio contained in any certificate delivered pursuant to Section 5.1 of the Agreement is shown to be inaccurate, and such inaccuracy, if corrected, would have led to the application of a higher LIBOR Rate Margin for any period (a “ LIBOR Rate Period ”) than the LIBOR Rate Margin actually applied for such LIBOR Rate Period, then (i) Borrower shall immediately deliver to Agent a correct certificate for such LIBOR Rate Period, (ii) the LIBOR Rate Margin shall be determined as if the correct LIBOR Rate Margin (as set forth in the table above) were applicable for such LIBOR Rate Period, and (iii) Borrower shall immediately deliver to Agent full payment in respect of the accrued additional interest and Letter of Credit fees as a result of such increased LIBOR Rate Margin for such LIBOR Rate Period, which payment shall be promptly applied by Agent to the affected Obligations.
          “ Lien ” means any mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, charge, deposit arrangement, encumbrance, easement, lien (statutory or other), security interest, or other security arrangement and any other preference, priority, or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever, including any conditional sale contract or other title retention agreement, the interest of a lessor under a Capital Lease and any synthetic or other financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing.
          “ Loan Account ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 2.9 of the Agreement.
          “ Loan Documents ” means the Agreement, the Bank Product Agreements, the Controlled Account Agreements, the Control Agreements, the Copyright Security Agreement, any Borrowing Base Certificate, any Credit Amount Certificate, the Fee Letter, the Guaranty, the Intercompany Subordination Agreement, the Letters of Credit, the Mortgages, the Patent Security Agreement, the Security Agreement, the Trademark Security Agreement, any note or notes executed by Borrower in connection with the Agreement and payable to any member of the Lender Group, any letter of credit application entered into by Borrower in connection with the Agreement, and any other agreement entered into, now or in the future, by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and any member of the Lender Group in connection with the Agreement.
          “ Loan Party ” means Borrower or any Guarantor.
          “ Margin Stock ” as defined in Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System as in effect from time to time.
          “ Material Adverse Change ” means (a) a material adverse change in the business, operations, results of operations, assets, liabilities or condition (financial or otherwise) of Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (b) a material impairment of Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries ability to perform their obligations under the Loan Documents to which they are parties or of the Lender Group’s ability to enforce the Obligations or realize upon the Collateral, (c) a material impairment of the enforceability or priority of Agent’s Liens with respect to the Collateral as a result of an action or failure to act on the part of Borrower or its Subsidiaries or (d) a material impairment of the value of the Collateral.
          “ Material Contract ” means, with respect to any Person, (i) each contract or agreement to which such Person or any of its Subsidiaries is a party involving aggregate consideration payable to or by such Person or such Subsidiary of $1,000,000 or more during any 12-month period (other than purchase orders in the ordinary course of the business of such Person or such Subsidiary and other than contracts that by their
Schedule 1.1 — Page 16

 


 

terms may be terminated by such Person or Subsidiary in the ordinary course of its business upon less than 60 days notice without penalty or premium), and (ii) all other contracts or agreements, the loss of which could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change.
          “ Maturity Date ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 3.3 of the Agreement.
          “ Maximum Revolver Amount ” means $10,000,000, decreased by the amount of reductions in the Revolver Commitments made in accordance with Section 2.4(c) of the Agreement.
          “ Moody’s” has the meaning specified therefor in the definition of Cash Equivalents.
          “ Mortgage Policy ” has the meaning specified therefor in Schedule 3.1(v) .
          “ Mortgages ” means, individually and collectively, one or more mortgages, deeds of trust, or deeds to secure debt, executed and delivered by Borrower or its Subsidiaries in favor of Agent, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent, that encumber the Real Property Collateral.
          “ Net Cash Proceeds ” means:
          (a) with respect to any sale or disposition by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of assets, the amount of cash proceeds received (directly or indirectly) from time to time (whether as initial consideration or through the payment of deferred consideration) by or on behalf of Borrower or its Subsidiaries, in connection therewith after deducting therefrom only (i) the amount of any Indebtedness secured by any Permitted Lien on any asset (other than (A) Indebtedness owing to Agent or any Lender under the Agreement or the other Loan Documents and (B) Indebtedness assumed by the purchaser of such asset) which is required to be, and is, repaid in connection with such sale or disposition, (ii) reasonable fees, commissions, and expenses related thereto and required to be paid by Borrower or such Subsidiary in connection with such sale or disposition and (iii) taxes paid or payable to any taxing authorities by Borrower or such Subsidiary in connection with such sale or disposition, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that the amounts so deducted are, at the time of receipt of such cash, actually paid or payable to a Person that is not an Affiliate of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, and are properly attributable to such transaction; and
          (b) with respect to the issuance or incurrence of any Indebtedness by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or the issuance by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of any shares of its Stock, the aggregate amount of cash received (directly or indirectly) from time to time (whether as initial consideration or through the payment or disposition of deferred consideration) by or on behalf of Borrower or such Subsidiary in connection with such issuance or incurrence, after deducting therefrom only (i) reasonable fees, commissions, and expenses related thereto and required to be paid by Borrower or such Subsidiary in connection with such issuance or incurrence, (ii) taxes paid or payable to any taxing authorities by Borrower or such Subsidiary in connection with such issuance or incurrence, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that the amounts so deducted are, at the time of receipt of such cash, actually paid or payable to a Person that is not an Affiliate of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, and are properly attributable to such transaction.
          “ Net Working Capital ” means, as of any date of determination, Current Assets as of such date minus Current Liabilities as of such date.
          “ Obligations ” means (a) all loans (including the Term Loan), Advances, debts, principal, interest (including any interest that accrues after the commencement of an Insolvency Proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in whole or in part as a claim in any such Insolvency Proceeding), contingent reimbursement or indemnification obligations with respect to Reimbursement Undertaking or with respect to Letters of Credit, premiums, liabilities (including all amounts charged to the Loan Account pursuant to the Agreement), obligations (including indemnification obligations), fees (including the fees provided for in the Fee Letter), Lender Group Expenses (including any fees or expenses that accrue after the commencement of an Insolvency Proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in whole or in part as a claim in any such
Schedule 1.1 — Page 17

 


 

Insolvency Proceeding), guaranties, covenants, and duties of any kind and description owing by Borrower to the Lender Group pursuant to or evidenced by the Loan Documents and irrespective of whether for the payment of money, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising, and including all interest not paid when due and all other expenses or other amounts that Borrower is required to pay or reimburse by the Loan Documents or by law or otherwise in connection with the Loan Documents, (b) all obligations of Borrower to reimburse an Underlying Issuer in respect of Underlying Letters of Credit, and (c) all Bank Product Obligations. Any reference in the Agreement or in the Loan Documents to the Obligations shall include all or any portion thereof and any extensions, modifications, renewals, or alterations thereof, both prior and subsequent to any Insolvency Proceeding.
          “ OFAC ” means The Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury.
          “ OpsTechnology Agreement ” means that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of October 14, 2008 by and among OpsTechnology, Inc., Borrower, OT Acquisition Corp. and Rajiv Naidu as in effect on the Closing Date.
          “ OpsTechnology Payment ” means the payments required to be made by Borrower pursuant to the OpsTechnology Agreement in an aggregate amount not to exceed $2,900,000 and payable during the fiscal year of Borrower ending December 31, 2009.
          “ Originating Lender ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 13.1(e) of the Agreement.
          “ Overadvance ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 2.5 of the Agreement.
          “ Participant ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 13.1(e) of the Agreement.
          “ Participant Register ” has the meaning set forth in Section 13.1(i) of the Agreement.
          “ Patent Security Agreement ” has the meaning specified therefor in the Security Agreement.
          “ Patriot Act ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 4.18 of the Agreement.
          “ Payoff Date ” means the first date on which all of the Obligations are paid in full and the Commitments of the Lenders are terminated.
          “ Permitted Acquisition ” means any Acquisition so long as:
          (a) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result from the consummation of the proposed Acquisition and the proposed Acquisition is consensual,
          (b) no Indebtedness will be incurred, assumed, or would exist with respect to Borrower or its Subsidiaries as a result of such Acquisition, other than Indebtedness permitted under clauses (g), (r), (s) and (t) of the definition of Permitted Indebtedness, and no Liens will be incurred, assumed, or would exist with respect to the assets of Borrower or its Subsidiaries as a result or such Acquisition other than Permitted Liens,
          (c) Borrower has provided Agent with written confirmation, supported by reasonably detailed calculations, that on a pro forma basis (including pro forma adjustments arising out of events which are directly attributable to such proposed Acquisition, are factually supportable, and are expected to have a continuing impact, in each case, determined as if the combination had been accomplished at the beginning of the relevant period; such eliminations and inclusions to be mutually and reasonably agreed upon by Borrower and Agent) created by adding the historical combined financial statements of Borrower (including the combined financial statements of any other Person or assets that were the subject of a prior Permitted Acquisition during the relevant period) to the historical consolidated financial statements of the Person to be acquired (or the historical financial statements related to the assets to be acquired) pursuant to the proposed
Schedule 1.1 — Page 18

 


 

Acquisition, Borrower and its Subsidiaries are projected to be in compliance with the financial covenants in Section 7 for the 4 fiscal quarter period ended one year after the proposed date of consummation of such proposed Acquisition,
          (d) Borrower has provided Agent with due diligence information relative to the proposed Acquisition, including forecasted balance sheets, profit and loss statements, and cash flow statements of the Person to be acquired, all prepared on a basis consistent with such Person’s historical financial statements, together with appropriate supporting details and a statement of underlying assumptions for the 1 year period following the date of the proposed Acquisition, on a quarter by quarter basis), in form and substance (including as to scope and underlying assumptions) reasonably satisfactory to Agent,
          (e) Borrower shall have Excess Availability plus Qualified Cash in an amount equal to or greater than $5,000,000 immediately after giving effect to the consummation of the proposed Acquisition,
          (f) the assets being acquired or the Person whose Stock is being acquired (i) did not have EBITDA less than negative One Million Dollars (-$1,000,000) during the 12 consecutive month period most recently concluded prior to the date of the proposed Acquisition and (ii) is not projected to have negative EBITDA during the 12 consecutive month period immediately following the date of the proposed Acquisition,
          (g) Borrower has provided Agent with written notice of the proposed Acquisition at least 15 Business Days prior to the anticipated closing date of the proposed Acquisition and, not later than 5 Business Days prior to the anticipated closing date of the proposed Acquisition, copies of the acquisition agreement and other material documents relative to the proposed Acquisition, which agreement and documents must be reasonably acceptable to Agent,
          (h) the assets being acquired (other than a de minimis amount of assets in relation to Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ total assets), or the Person whose Stock is being acquired, are useful in or engaged in, as applicable, the business of Borrower and its Subsidiaries or a business reasonably related thereto,
          (i) the assets being acquired (other than a de minimis amount of assets in relation to the assets being acquired) are located within the United States or Canada or the Person whose Stock is being acquired is organized in a jurisdiction located within the United States or Canada,
          (j) the subject assets or Stock, as applicable, are being acquired directly by a Loan Party, and, in connection therewith, the applicable Loan Party shall have complied with Section 5.11 or 5.12 , as applicable, of the Agreement, and
          (k) the purchase consideration payable in respect of all Permitted Acquisitions (including the proposed Acquisition and including Earn-outs and other deferred payment obligations (including Holdbacks)) shall not exceed $30,000,000 in the aggregate plus additional Stock consideration with a value up to $7,500,000; provided , however , that the purchase consideration payable in respect of any single Acquisition or series of related Acquisitions shall not exceed $13,250,000 in the aggregate plus additional Stock consideration with a value up to $7,500,000.
          “ Permitted Discretion ” means a determination made in the exercise of reasonable (from the perspective of a secured lender) business judgment.
          “ Permitted Dispositions ” means:
          (a) sales, abandonment, or other dispositions of Equipment that is substantially worn, damaged, or obsolete in the ordinary course of business,
          (b) sales of Inventory in the ordinary course of business,
Schedule 1.1 — Page 19

 


 

          (c) the use or transfer of money or Cash Equivalents in a manner that is not prohibited by the terms of the Agreement or the other Loan Documents,
          (d) the licensing, on a non-exclusive basis, of patents, trademarks, copyrights, and other intellectual property rights in the ordinary course of business,
          (e) the granting of Permitted Liens,
          (f) the sale or discount, in each case without recourse, of Accounts arising in the ordinary course of business, but only in connection with the compromise or collection thereof,
          (g) any involuntary loss, damage or destruction of property,
          (h) any involuntary condemnation, seizure or taking, by exercise of the power of eminent domain or otherwise, or confiscation or requisition of use of property,
          (i) the leasing or subleasing of assets of Borrower or its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices,
          (j) the transfer of assets between Loan Parties,
          (k) the lapse of registered patents, trademarks and other intellectual property of Borrower and its Subsidiaries to the extent not economically desirable in the conduct of their business,
          (l) the making of a Restricted Junior Payment that is expressly permitted to be made pursuant to the Agreement,
          (m) the making of a Permitted Investment,
          (n) dispositions of the assets of StarFire Media, Inc. so long as no Event of Default exists, and
          (o) dispositions of Equipment (and related software used in such Equipment) not otherwise permitted in clauses (a) through ( n ) above so long as no Event of Default exists and such disposition is made at fair market value and the aggregate fair market value of all assets disposed of in all such dispositions during any fiscal year (including the proposed disposition) would not exceed $500,000.
          “ Permitted Indebtedness ” means:
          (a) Indebtedness evidenced by the Agreement and the other Loan Documents, together with Indebtedness owed to Underlying Issuers with respect to Underlying Letters of Credit,
          (b) Indebtedness set forth on Schedule 4.19 and any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of such Indebtedness,
          (c) Permitted Purchase Money Indebtedness and any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of such Indebtedness,
          (d) endorsement of instruments or other payment items for deposit,
          (e) Indebtedness consisting of (i) unsecured guarantees incurred in the ordinary course of business with respect to surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds, bid bonds, appeal bonds, completion guarantee and similar obligations; (ii) unsecured guarantees arising with respect to customary indemnification obligations to purchasers in connection with Permitted Dispositions; and (iii) unsecured guarantees with
Schedule 1.1 — Page 20

 


 

respect to Indebtedness of Borrower or one of its Subsidiaries, to the extent that the Person that is obligated under such guaranty could have incurred such underlying Indebtedness,
          (f) Indebtedness evidenced by the Preferred Shareholder Notes and subject to the Preferred Shareholder Note Subordination Agreement,
          (g) Acquired Indebtedness in an amount not to exceed $100,000 outstanding at any one time,
          (h) Indebtedness incurred in the ordinary course of business under performance, surety, statutory, and appeal bonds,
          (i) Indebtedness owed to any Person providing property, casualty, liability, or other insurance to Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, so long as the amount of such Indebtedness is not in excess of the amount of the unpaid cost of, and shall be incurred only to defer the cost of, such insurance for the year in which such Indebtedness is incurred and such Indebtedness is outstanding only during such year,
          (j) the incurrence by Borrower or its Subsidiaries of Indebtedness under Hedge Agreements that are incurred for the bona fide purpose of hedging the interest rate or foreign currency risk associated with Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ operations and not for speculative purposes,
          (k) unsecured Indebtedness incurred in respect of netting services, overdraft protection, and other like services, in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business,
          (l) contingent liabilities in respect of any indemnification obligation, adjustment of purchase price, non-compete, or similar obligation of Borrower or the applicable Loan Party incurred in connection with the consummation of one or more Permitted Acquisitions,
          (m) contingent liabilities in respect of any indemnification obligation given by a Loan Party to a licensee or customer in the ordinary course of business,
          (n) Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $10,000,000 pursuant to the Senior Subordinated Debt Documents and subject to the Senior Subordinated Debt Subordination Agreement,
          (o) Indebtedness composing Permitted Investments,
          (p) the RealHound Payment,
          (q) the OpsTechnology Payment,
          (r) Earn-outs payable in cash owing to sellers of assets or Stock to a Loan Party arising in connection with the consummation of one or more Permitted Acquisitions so long as (i) the aggregate maximum liabilities (contingent or otherwise) for all such Earn-Outs does not exceed $5,000,000 at any one time outstanding, (ii) the maximum liability (contingent or otherwise) for any individual Earn-Out does not exceed 20% of the purchase consideration payable in respect of such Permitted Acquisition and (iii) such Earn-Outs are subordinated to the Obligations on terms and conditions reasonably acceptable to Agent and Required Lenders (including that no payments shall be made to any such seller if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or Excess Availability plus Qualified Cash is less than $5,000,000),
          (s) Earn-outs owing to sellers of assets or Stock to a Loan Party arising in connection with the consummation of one or more Permitted Acquisitions so long as any such Earn-out is payable solely in Stock that is not Prohibited Stock,
Schedule 1.1 — Page 21

 


 

          (t) Holdbacks owing to sellers of assets or Stock to a Loan Party arising in connection with the consummation of one or more Permitted Acquisitions so long as (x) the aggregate maximum liabilities (contingent or otherwise) for all such Holdbacks does not exceed $5,000,000 at any one time outstanding and (y) Borrower has established a cash collateral account with Agent containing cash in the amount of such Holdbacks or has entered into an escrow arrangement reasonably acceptable to Agent with respect to such cash (or if Borrower has sufficient Availability, Agent has established a reserve against Availability in the amount of such Holdbacks), and
          (u) other unsecured Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $250,000 at any time outstanding.
          “ Permitted Intercompany Advances ” means loans or equity contributions made by (a) a Loan Party to another Loan Party, (b) a non-Loan Party to another non-Loan Party, (c) a non-Loan Party to a Loan Party, so long as the parties thereto are party to the Intercompany Subordination Agreement, and (d) a Loan Party to a non-Loan Party so long as (i) the aggregate amount of such loans and equity contributions made by all Loan Parties to all non-Loan Parties does not exceed $1,250,000 outstanding at any one time, (ii) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom, and (iii) Borrower has Excess Availability plus Qualified Cash of $5,000,000 or greater immediately after giving effect to each such loan.
          “ Permitted Investments ” means:
          (a) Investments in cash and Cash Equivalents,
          (b) Investments in negotiable instruments deposited or to be deposited for collection in the ordinary course of business,
          (c) advances made in connection with purchases of goods or services in the ordinary course of business,
          (d) Investments received in settlement of amounts due to any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries effected in the ordinary course of business or owing to any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries as a result of Insolvency Proceedings involving an Account Debtor or upon the foreclosure or enforcement of any Lien in favor of a Loan Party or its Subsidiaries,
          (e) Investments owned by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries on the Closing Date and set forth on Schedule P-1 ,
          (f) guarantees permitted under the definition of Permitted Indebtedness,
          (g) Permitted Intercompany Advances,
          (h) Stock or other securities acquired in connection with the satisfaction or enforcement of Indebtedness or claims due or owing to a Loan Party or its Subsidiaries (in bankruptcy of customers or suppliers or otherwise outside the ordinary course of business) or as security for any such Indebtedness or claims,
          (i) deposits of cash made in the ordinary course of business to secure performance of operating leases,
          (j) non-cash loans to employees, officers, and directors of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries for the purpose of purchasing Stock in Borrower so long as the proceeds of such loans are used in their entirety to purchase such stock in Borrower,
          (k) Permitted Acquisitions,
Schedule 1.1 — Page 22

 


 

          (l) Investments consisting of Deposit Accounts holding cash and Cash Equivalents of Borrower and its Subsidiaries that are subject to Control Agreements to the extent required by the Loan Documents,
          (m) Joint ventures or strategic alliances in the ordinary course of business consisting of the licensing of technology, the development of technology or the providing of technical support, provided that any cash Investments by any Loan Party do not exceed $250,000 in the aggregate in any fiscal year, and
          (n) so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom, any other Investments in an aggregate amount not to exceed $500,000 during the term of the Agreement.
          “ Permitted Liens ” means:
          (a) Liens held by Agent to secure the Obligations,
          (b) Liens for unpaid taxes, assessments, or other governmental charges or levies that either (i) are not yet delinquent, or (ii) do not have priority over Agent’s Liens and the underlying taxes, assessments, or charges or levies are the subject of Permitted Protests,
          (c) judgment Liens arising solely as a result of the existence of judgments, orders, or awards that do not constitute an Event of Default under Section 8.3 of the Agreement,
          (d) Liens set forth on Schedule P-2 ; provided , however , that to qualify as a Permitted Lien, any such Lien described on Schedule P-2 shall only secure the Indebtedness that it secures on the Closing Date and any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof,
          (e) the interests of lessors under operating leases and non-exclusive licensors under license agreements,
          (f) purchase money Liens on Equipment or the interests of lessors under Capital Leases to the extent that such Liens or interests secure Permitted Purchase Money Indebtedness and so long as (i) such Lien attaches only to the asset purchased or acquired (and any accessions, replacement parts or additions thereto) and the proceeds thereof, and (ii) such Lien only secures the Indebtedness that was incurred to acquire the asset purchased or acquired or any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof,
          (g) Liens arising by operation of law in favor of warehousemen, landlords, carriers, mechanics, materialmen, laborers, or suppliers, incurred in the ordinary course of business and not in connection with the borrowing of money, and which Liens either (i) are for sums not yet delinquent, or (ii) are the subject of Permitted Protests,
          (h) Liens on amounts deposited to secure Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries obligations in connection with worker’s compensation or other unemployment insurance,
          (i) Liens on amounts deposited to secure Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries obligations in connection with the making or entering into of bids, tenders, or leases in the ordinary course of business and not in connection with the borrowing of money,
          (j) Liens on amounts deposited to secure Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries reimbursement obligations with respect to surety or appeal bonds obtained in the ordinary course of business,
          (k) with respect to any Real Property, easements, rights of way, and zoning restrictions that do not materially interfere with or impair the use or operation thereof,
Schedule 1.1 — Page 23

 


 

          (l) non-exclusive licenses of patents, trademarks, copyrights, and other intellectual property rights in the ordinary course of business,
          (m) Liens that are replacements of Permitted Liens to the extent that the original Indebtedness is the subject of permitted Refinancing Indebtedness and so long as the replacement Liens only encumber those assets that secured the original Indebtedness,
          (n) rights of setoff or bankers’ liens upon deposits of cash or securities in favor of banks or other depository or financial institutions, solely to the extent incurred in connection with the maintenance of such deposit accounts or securities in the ordinary course of business,
          (o) Liens granted in the ordinary course of business on the unearned portion of insurance premiums securing the financing of insurance premiums to the extent the financing is permitted under the definition of Permitted Indebtedness,
          (p) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods,
          (q) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement with respect to a Permitted Acquisition, and
          (r) Liens securing the Senior Subordinated Debt to the extent such Indebtedness is permitted to be incurred under the Agreement and such Liens are subject to the Senior Subordinated Debt Subordination Agreement.
          “ Permitted Protest ” means the right of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to protest any Lien (other than any Lien that secures the Obligations), taxes (other than payroll taxes or taxes that are the subject of a United States federal tax lien), or rental payment, provided that (a) a reserve with respect to such obligation is established on Borrower’s or its Subsidiaries’ books and records in such amount as is required under GAAP and (b) any such protest is instituted promptly and prosecuted diligently by Borrower or its Subsidiary, as applicable, in good faith.
          “ Permitted Purchase Money Indebtedness ” means, as of any date of determination, Purchase Money Indebtedness incurred after the Closing Date in an aggregate principal amount outstanding at any one time not in excess of $3,000,000.
          “ Person ” means natural persons, corporations, limited liability companies, limited partnerships, general partnerships, limited liability partnerships, joint ventures, trusts, land trusts, business trusts, or other organizations, irrespective of whether they are legal entities, and governments and agencies and political subdivisions thereof.
          “ Preferred Shareholder Note Excess Availability Amount ” means (x) $10,000,000 during Borrower’s fiscal year ending December 31, 2009 and (y) $5,000,000 during any fiscal year of Borrower ending on or after Borrower’s fiscal year ending December 31, 2010; provided that the dollar amounts set forth in clauses (x) and (y) above shall be increased dollar-for-dollar by the principal amount of any Preferred Shareholder Notes issued by Borrower after the Closing Date.
          “ Preferred Shareholder Note Subordination Agreement ” means that certain Subordination Agreement pertaining to the Preferred Shareholder Notes dated as of the Closing Date by and among each creditor party thereto, Agent and Borrower.
          “ Preferred Shareholder Notes ” means (a) the unsecured promissory notes dated December 31, 2008 issued by Borrower to the holders of its Preferred Stock and (b) any unsecured promissory notes issued
Schedule 1.1 — Page 24

 


 

by Borrower to the holders of its Preferred Stock after the Closing Date so long as (i) Borrower issues such promissory notes during Borrower’s fiscal year ending December 31, 2009 or December 31, 2010 and in no more than two issuances in the aggregate during such fiscal years, (ii) the aggregate principal amount of such promissory notes issued during such fiscal years does not to exceed $2,500,000, (iii) such promissory notes are subject to terms consistent with the promissory notes described in clause (a) above and (iv) such promissory notes are subject to the Preferred Shareholder Note Subordination Agreement, in each case, as such promissory notes described in clauses (a) and (b) above are amended, modified, supplemented, restated, refinanced, extended or renewed in accordance with the terms thereof and the terms of the Preferred Shareholder Note Subordination Agreement.
          “ Preferred Stock ” means the Series A, Series A-1, Series B and Series C preferred stock of Borrower issued pursuant to Borrower’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.
          “ Prohibited Stock ” means any Stock that by its terms is mandatorily redeemable or subject to any other mandatory payment obligation (including any obligation to pay dividends, other than dividends of shares of Stock of the same class and series payable in kind or dividends of shares of common stock) on or before a date that is less than 1 year after the Maturity Date, or, on or before the date that is less than 1 year after the Maturity Date, is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof for cash or assets or securities (other than distributions in kind of shares of Stock of the same class and series or of shares of common stock).
          “ Projections ” means Borrower’s forecasted (a) balance sheets, (b) profit and loss statements, and (c) cash flow statements, all prepared on a basis consistent with Borrower’s historical financial statements, together with appropriate supporting details and a statement of underlying assumptions.
          “ Pro Rata Share ” means, as of any date of determination:
          (a) with respect to a Lender’s obligation to make Advances and right to receive payments of principal, interest, fees, costs, and expenses with respect thereto, (i) prior to the Revolver Commitments being terminated or reduced to zero, the percentage obtained by dividing (y) such Lender’s Revolver Commitment, by (z) the aggregate Revolver Commitments of all Lenders, and (ii) from and after the time that the Revolver Commitments have been terminated or reduced to zero, the percentage obtained by dividing (y) the outstanding principal amount of such Lender’s Advances by (z) the outstanding principal amount of all Advances,
          (b) with respect to a Lender’s obligation to participate in Letters of Credit and Reimbursement Undertakings, to reimburse the Issuing Lender, and right to receive payments of fees with respect thereto, (i) prior to the Revolver Commitments being terminated or reduced to zero, the percentage obtained by dividing (y) such Lender’s Revolver Commitment, by (z) the aggregate Revolver Commitments of all Lenders, and (ii) from and after the time that the Revolver Commitments have been terminated or reduced to zero, the percentage obtained by dividing (y) the outstanding principal amount of such Lender’s Advances by (z) the outstanding principal amount of all Advances; provided , however , that if all of the Advances have been repaid in full and Letters of Credit remain outstanding, Pro Rata Share under this clause shall be determined based upon subclause (i) of this clause as if the Revolver Commitments had not been terminated or reduced to zero and based upon the Revolver Commitments as they existed immediately prior to their termination or reduction to zero.
          (c) with respect to a Lender’s obligation to make the Term Loan and right to receive payments of interest, fees, and principal with respect thereto, (i) prior to the making of the Term Loan, the percentage obtained by dividing (y) such Lender’s Term Loan Commitment, by (z) the aggregate amount of all Lenders’ Term Loan Commitments, and (ii) from and after the making of the Term Loan, the percentage obtained by dividing (y) the principal amount of such Lender’s portion of the Term Loan by (z) the principal amount of the Term Loan, and
Schedule 1.1 — Page 25

 


 

          (d) with respect to all other matters as to a particular Lender (including the indemnification obligations arising under Section 15.7 of the Agreement), (i) prior to the Revolver Commitments being terminated or reduced to zero, the percentage obtained by dividing (y) such Lender’s Revolver Commitment plus the outstanding principal amount of such Lender’s portion of the Term Loan, by (z) the aggregate amount of Revolver Commitments of all Lenders plus the outstanding principal amount of the Term Loan, and (ii) from and after the time that the Revolver Commitments have been terminated or reduced to zero, the percentage obtained by dividing (y) the outstanding principal amount of such Lender’s Advances plus the outstanding principal amount of such Lender’s portion of the Term Loan, by (z) the outstanding principal amount of all Advances plus the outstanding principal amount of the Term Loan; provided , however , that if all of the Advances have been repaid in full and Letters of Credit remain outstanding, Pro Rata Share under this clause shall be determined based upon subclause (i) of this clause as if the Revolver Commitments had not been terminated or reduced to zero and based upon the Revolver Commitments as they existed immediately prior to their termination or reduction to zero.
          “ Protective Advances ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 2.3(d)(i) of the Agreement.
          “ Purchase Money Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness (other than the Obligations, but including Capitalized Lease Obligations), incurred at the time of, or within 20 days after, the acquisition of any fixed assets for the purpose of financing all or any part of the acquisition cost thereof.
          “ Qualified Cash ” means, as of any date of determination, the amount of unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents of Borrower and its Subsidiaries that is in Deposit Accounts or in Securities Accounts, or any combination thereof, and which such Deposit Account or Securities Account is the subject of a Control Agreement and is maintained by a branch office of the bank or securities intermediary located within the United States.
          “ RealHound Asset Purchase Agreement ” means that certain Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of July 29, 2002 between Borrower and Andrew J. Blount as in effect on the Closing Date.
          “ RealHound Payment ” means the payments required to be made by Borrower to Andrew J. Blount pursuant to the RealHound Asset Purchase Agreement in an aggregate amount not to exceed $600,000 per fiscal year of Borrower.
          “ RealPage Payment Processing ” means RealPage Payment Processing Services, Inc.
          “ Real Property ” means any estates or interests in real property now owned or hereafter acquired by Borrower or its Subsidiaries and the improvements thereto.
          “ Real Property Collateral ” means any Real Property hereafter acquired by Borrower or its Subsidiaries in or upon which a Lien is granted to such Person in favor of Agent or the Lenders under any of the Loan Documents.
          “ Record ” means information that is inscribed on a tangible medium or that is stored in an electronic or other medium and is retrievable in perceivable form.
          “ Recurring Revenue ” means, with respect to any period, all maintenance revenues, on-demand revenues and subscription revenues (but excluding set up and professional service revenues related to implementation and other follow-on services) of Borrower determined on a consolidated basis attributable to services performed and/or software owned by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and earned and recognized during such period, calculated in accordance with GAAP on a basis consistent with the financial statements delivered to Agent prior to the Closing Date, excluding any such revenues paid more than twelve (12) months in advance of the service to be performed. For the purposes of calculating Recurring Revenues for purposes of calculating TTM Recurring Revenue for the 12 month period most recently ended as of any date of calculation
Schedule 1.1 — Page 26

 


 

(each, a “ Reference Period ”), if at any time during such Reference Period (and after the Closing Date), Borrower or its Subsidiaries shall have made a Permitted Acquisition, Recurring Revenues for such Reference Period shall be calculated after giving pro forma effect to such Permitted Acquisition and any adjustments arising out of events which are directly attributable to such Permitted Acquisition, are factually supportable, and are expected to have a continuing impact, in each case, in such manner reasonably acceptable to Agent as if any such Permitted Acquisition or adjustment occurred on the first day of such Reference Period.
          “ Refinancing Indebtedness ” means refinancings, renewals, or extensions of Indebtedness so long as:
          (a) such refinancings, renewals, or extensions do not result in an increase in the principal amount of the Indebtedness so refinanced, renewed, or extended,
          (b) such refinancings, renewals, or extensions do not result in a shortening of the average weighted maturity (measured as of the refinancing, renewal, or extension) of the Indebtedness so refinanced, renewed, or extended, nor are they on terms or conditions that, taken as a whole, are or could reasonably be expected to be materially adverse to the interests of the Lenders,
          (c) if the Indebtedness that is refinanced, renewed, or extended was subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations, then the terms and conditions of the refinancing, renewal, or extension must include subordination terms and conditions that are at least as favorable to the Lender Group as those that were applicable to the refinanced, renewed, or extended Indebtedness, and
          (d) the Indebtedness that is refinanced, renewed, or extended is not recourse to any Person that is liable on account of the Obligations other than those Persons which were obligated with respect to the Indebtedness that was refinanced, renewed, or extended.
          “ Register ” has the meaning set forth in Section 13.1(h) of the Agreement.
          “ Registered Loan ” has the meaning set forth in Section 13.1(h) of the Agreement.
          “ Reimbursement Undertaking ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 2.11(a) of the Agreement.
          “ Related Fund ” means, with respect to any Lender that is an investment fund, any other investment fund that invests in commercial loans and that is managed or advised by the same investment advisor as such Lender or by an Affiliate of such investment advisor.
          “ Remedial Action ” means all actions taken to (a) clean up, remove, remediate, contain, treat, monitor, assess, evaluate, or in any way address Hazardous Materials in the indoor or outdoor environment, (b) prevent or minimize a release or threatened release of Hazardous Materials so they do not migrate or endanger or threaten to endanger public health or welfare or the indoor or outdoor environment, (c) restore or reclaim natural resources or the environment, (d) perform any pre-remedial studies, investigations, or post-remedial operation and maintenance activities, or (e) conduct any other actions with respect to Hazardous Materials required by Environmental Laws.
          “ Replacement Lender ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 2.13(b) of the Agreement.
          “ Report ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 15.16 of the Agreement.
          “ Required Availability ” means that the sum of (a) Excess Availability, plus (b) Qualified Cash exceeds $10,000,000.
Schedule 1.1 — Page 27

 


 

          “ Required Lenders ” means, at any time, Lenders whose aggregate Pro Rata Shares (calculated under clause (d) of the definition of Pro Rata Shares) exceed 50%; provided , however , that at any time there are 2 or more Lenders, “Required Lenders” must include at least 2 Lenders.
          “ Required Library ” means the copyrights of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries that are owned by Borrower or its Subsidiaries embedded in the Conventional and Affordable products under the Leasing & Rents product group within the OneSite ® product family and the copyrights owned by Borrower or its Subsidiaries embedded in the Facilities product group within the OneSite ® product family.
          “ Reserve Percentage ” means, on any day, for any Lender, the maximum percentage prescribed by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (or any successor Governmental Authority) for determining the reserve requirements (including any basic, supplemental, marginal, or emergency reserves) that are in effect on such date with respect to eurocurrency funding (currently referred to as “eurocurrency liabilities”) of that Lender, but so long as such Lender is not required or directed under applicable regulations to maintain such reserves, the Reserve Percentage shall be zero.
          “ Restricted Junior Payment ” means to (a) declare or pay any dividend or make any other payment or distribution on account of Stock issued by Borrower (including any payment in connection with any merger or consolidation involving Borrower) or to the direct or indirect holders of Stock issued by Borrower in their capacity as such (other than dividends or distributions payable in Stock (other than Prohibited Stock) issued by Borrower, or (b) purchase, redeem, or otherwise acquire or retire for value (including in connection with any merger or consolidation involving Borrower) any Stock issued by Borrower.
          “ Retained Amount ” means an amount equal to $250,000; provided that if an Event of Default exists, Retained Amount means an amount equal to zero.
          “ Revolver Commitment ” means, with respect to each Lender, its Revolver Commitment, and, with respect to all Lenders, their Revolver Commitments, in each case as such Dollar amounts are set forth beside such Lender’s name under the applicable heading on Schedule C-1 or in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which such Lender became a Lender hereunder, as such amounts may be reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to assignments made in accordance with the provisions of Section 13.1 of the Agreement.
          “ Revolver Usage ” means, as of any date of determination, the sum of (a) the amount of outstanding Advances, plus (b) the amount of the Letter of Credit Usage.
          “ Sanctioned Entity ” means (a) a country or a government of a country, (b) an agency of the government of a country, (c) an organization directly or indirectly controlled by a country or its government, (d) a Person resident in or determined to be resident in a country, in each case, that is subject to a country sanctions program administered and enforced by OFAC.
          “ Sanctioned Person ” means a person named on the list of Specially Designated Nationals maintained by OFAC.
          “ S&P ” has the meaning specified therefor in the definition of Cash Equivalents.
          “ SEC ” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission and any successor thereto.
          “ Securities Account ” means a securities account (as that term is defined in the Code).
          “ Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time, and any successor statute.
Schedule 1.1 — Page 28

 


 

          “ Security Agreement ” means a security agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent, executed and delivered by Borrower and Guarantors to Agent.
          “ Senior Leverage Ratio ” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) the sum of (i) the outstanding principal balance of the Term Loan plus (ii) the Revolver Usage, in each case, as of such date, to (b) Borrower’s EBITDA for the 12-month period ended as of such date.
          “ Senior Subordinated Debt ” means the Indebtedness of Borrower in a maximum principal amount of $10,000,000 incurred pursuant to the terms of the Senior Subordinated Debt Documents.
          “ Senior Subordinated Debt Documents ” means the Senior Subordinated Note Purchase Agreement and the other note documents executed by and between Borrower and Senior Subordinated Noteholder, in each case, as amended, modified, supplemented, restated, refinanced, extended or renewed in accordance with the terms thereof and the terms of the Senior Subordination Agreement.
          “ Senior Subordinated Debt Subordination Agreement ” means that certain Subordination Agreement pertaining to the Senior Subordinated Debt dated as of the Closing Date by and among the Senior Subordinated Noteholder, Agent and Borrower.
          “ Senior Subordinated Note Purchase Agreement ” means the Note Purchase Agreement dated as of August 1, 2008 by and between Borrower and Senior Subordinated Noteholder, as amended, modified, supplemented, restated, refinanced, extended or renewed in accordance with the terms thereof and the terms of the Senior Subordination Agreement.
          “ Senior Subordinated Noteholder ” means HV Capital Investors, L.L.C., a Michigan limited liability company, or any successor or permitted assign of HV Capital Investors, L.L.C.
          “ Settlement ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 2.3(e)(i) of the Agreement.
          “ Settlement Date ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 2.3(e)(i) of the Agreement.
          “ Solvent ” means, with respect to any Person on a particular date, that, (i) at fair valuations, the sum of such Person’s assets is greater than all of such Person’s debts, (ii) such Person is able to pay its debts (including trade debts) as they mature and (iii) such Person is not left with unreasonably small capital.
          “ Stock ” means all shares, options, warrants, interests, participations, or other equivalents (regardless of how designated) of or in a Person, whether voting or nonvoting, including common stock, preferred stock, or any other “equity security” (as such term is defined in Rule 3a11-1 of the General Rules and Regulations promulgated by the SEC under the Exchange Act).
          “ Subsidiary ” of a Person means a corporation, partnership, limited liability company, or other entity in which that Person directly or indirectly owns or controls the shares of Stock having ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors (or appoint other comparable managers) of such corporation, partnership, limited liability company, or other entity.
          “ Swing Lender ” means WFF or any other Lender that, at the request of Borrower and with the consent of Agent agrees, in such Lender’s sole discretion, to become the Swing Lender under Section 2.3(b) of the Agreement.
          “ Swing Loan ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 2.3(b) of the Agreement.
          “ Taxes ” means any taxes, levies, imposts, duties, fees, assessments or other charges of whatever nature now or hereafter imposed by any jurisdiction or by any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein with respect to such payments and all interest, penalties or similar liabilities with
Schedule 1.1 — Page 29

 


 

respect thereto; provided , however , that Taxes shall exclude (i) any tax imposed or measured by on the net income or net profits of any Lender or any Participant (including any franchise taxes in lieu thereof and any branch profits taxes), in each case imposed by the jurisdiction (or by any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof) in which such Lender or such Participant is organized in which such Lender’s or such Participant’s principal office or applicable lending office is located or with which it has a present or former connection between such Lender or such Participant and the jurisdiction or taxing authority imposing the tax (other than any such connection arising solely from such Lender or such Participant having executed, delivered or performed its obligations or received payment under, or enforced its rights or remedies under any Loan Document); (ii) taxes resulting from a Lender’s or a Participant’s failure to comply with the requirements of Section 16(c) or (d) of the Agreement, and (iii) any United States federal withholding taxes that would be imposed on amounts payable to a Foreign Lender based upon the applicable withholding rate in effect at the time such Foreign Lender becomes a party to the Agreement (or designates a new lending office), except that Taxes shall include (A) any amount that such Foreign Lender (or its assignor, if any) was previously entitled to receive pursuant to Section 16(a) of the Agreement, if any, with respect to such withholding tax at the time such Foreign Lender designates a new lending office or becomes a party to the Agreement by assignment, and (B) additional United States federal withholding taxes that may be imposed after the time such Foreign Lender becomes a party to the Agreement (or designates a new lending office), as a result of a change in law, rule, regulation, order or other decision with respect to any of the foregoing by any Governmental Authority.
          “ Tax Lender ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 14.2(a) of the Agreement.
          “ Term Loan ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 2.2 of the Agreement.
          “ Term Loan Amount ” means $35,000,000.
          “ Term Loan Commitment ” means, with respect to each Lender, its Term Loan Commitment, and, with respect to all Lenders, their Term Loan Commitments, in each case as such Dollar amounts are set forth beside such Lender’s name under the applicable heading on Schedule C-1 or in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which such Lender became a Lender hereunder, as such amounts may be reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to assignments made in accordance with the provisions of Section 13.1 of the Agreement.
          “ Total Commitment ” means, with respect to each Lender, its Total Commitment, and, with respect to all Lenders, their Total Commitments, in each case as such Dollar amounts are set forth beside such Lender’s name under the applicable heading on Schedule C-1 attached hereto or on the signature page of the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which such Lender became a Lender hereunder, as such amounts may be reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to assignments made in accordance with the provisions of Section 13.1 of the Agreement.
          “ Trademark Security Agreement ” has the meaning specified therefor in the Security Agreement.
          “ TTM Recurring Revenues ” means, as of any date of determination, Recurring Revenues of Borrower determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, for the 12 month period most recently ended.
          “ Underlying Issuer ” means Wells Fargo or one of its Affiliates.
          “ Underlying Letter of Credit ” means a Letter of Credit that has been issued by an Underlying Issuer.
          “ United States ” means the United States of America.
          “ Voidable Transfer ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 17.8 of the Agreement.
Schedule 1.1 — Page 30

 


 

          “ Wells Fargo ” means Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, a national banking association.
          “ WFF ” means Wells Fargo Foothill, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.
Schedule 1.1 — Page 31

 


 

Schedule 3.1
     The obligation of each Lender to make its initial extension of credit provided for in the Agreement is subject to the fulfillment, to the satisfaction of each Lender (the making of such initial extension of credit by any Lender being conclusively deemed to be its satisfaction or waiver of the following), of each of the following conditions precedent:
          (a) the Closing Date shall occur on or before August 14, 2009;
          (b) Agent shall have received a letter duly executed by Borrower and each Guarantor authorizing Agent to file appropriate financing statements in such office or offices as may be necessary or, in the opinion of Agent, desirable to perfect the security interests to be created by the Loan Documents;
          (c) Agent shall have received evidence that appropriate financing statements have been duly filed in such office or offices as may be necessary or, in the opinion of Agent, desirable to perfect the Agent’s Liens in and to the Collateral, and Agent shall have received searches reflecting the filing of all such financing statements;
          (d) Agent shall have received each of the following documents, in form and substance satisfactory to Agent, duly executed, and each such document shall be in full force and effect:
               (i) a Borrowing Base Certificate,
               (ii) a Credit Amount Certificate,
               (iii) the Control Agreements,
               (iv) the Security Agreement,
               (v) a disbursement letter executed and delivered by Borrower to Agent regarding the extensions of credit to be made on the Closing Date, the form and substance of which is satisfactory to Agent,
               (vi) the Fee Letter,
               (vii) the Guaranty,
               (viii) the Intercompany Subordination Agreement,
               (ix) a letter, in form and substance satisfactory to Agent, from Comerica Bank (“ Existing Lender ”) to Agent respecting the amount necessary to repay in full all of the obligations of Borrower and its Subsidiaries owing to Existing Lender and obtain a release of all of the Liens existing in favor of Existing Lender in and to the assets of Borrower and its Subsidiaries, together with termination statements and other documentation evidencing the termination by Existing Lender of its Liens in and to the properties and assets of Borrower and its Subsidiaries,
               (x) the Preferred Shareholder Note Subordination Agreement, and
               (xi) the Senior Subordinated Debt Subordination Agreement;
     (e) Agent shall have received a certificate from the Secretary of Borrower (i) attesting to the resolutions of Borrower’s Board of Directors authorizing its execution, delivery, and performance of this

Schedule 3.1 — Page 1


 

    Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which Borrower is a party, (ii) authorizing specific officers of Borrower to execute the same, and (iii) attesting to the incumbency and signatures of such specific officers of Borrower;
          (f) Agent shall have received copies of Borrower’s Governing Documents, as amended, modified, or supplemented to the Closing Date, certified by the Secretary of Borrower;
          (g) Agent shall have received a certificate of status with respect to Borrower, dated within 10 days of the Closing Date, such certificate to be issued by the appropriate officer of the jurisdiction of organization of Borrower, which certificate shall indicate that Borrower is in good standing in such jurisdiction;
          (h) Agent shall have received certificates of status with respect to Borrower, each dated within 30 days of the Closing Date, such certificates to be issued by the appropriate officer of the jurisdictions (other than the jurisdiction of organization of Borrower) in which its failure to be duly qualified or licensed would constitute a Material Adverse Change, which certificates shall indicate that Borrower is in good standing in such jurisdictions;
          (i) Agent shall have received a certificate from the Secretary of each Guarantor (i) attesting to the resolutions of such Guarantor’s Board of Directors authorizing its execution, delivery, and performance of the Loan Documents to which such Guarantor is a party, (ii) authorizing specific officers of such Guarantor to execute the same and (iii) attesting to the incumbency and signatures of such specific officers of Guarantor;
          (j) Agent shall have received copies of each Guarantor’s Governing Documents, as amended, modified, or supplemented to the Closing Date, certified by the Secretary of such Guarantor;
          (k) Agent shall have received a certificate of status with respect to each Guarantor, dated within 10 days of the Closing Date, such certificate to be issued by the appropriate officer of the jurisdiction of organization of such Guarantor, which certificate shall indicate that such Guarantor is in good standing in such jurisdiction;
          (l) Subject to Section 5.17 of the Agreement, Agent shall have received certificates of status with respect to each Guarantor, each dated within 30 days of the Closing Date, such certificates to be issued by the appropriate officer of the jurisdictions (other than the jurisdiction of organization of such Guarantor) in which its failure to be duly qualified or licensed would constitute a Material Adverse Change, which certificates shall indicate that such Guarantor is in good standing in such jurisdictions;
          (m) Agent shall have received a certificate of insurance, together with the endorsements thereto, as are required by Section 5.8 , the form and substance of which shall be satisfactory to Agent;
          (n) Agent shall have received Collateral Access Agreements with respect to the following locations: (i) 4120 International Parkway, Suite 1000, Carrollton, Texas, (ii) 4000 International Parkway, Suite 1000, Carrollton, Texas and (iii) 400 S. Akard, Dallas, Texas;
          (o) Agent shall have received an opinion of Borrower’s counsel in form and substance satisfactory to Agent;
          (p) Borrower shall have the Required Availability after giving effect to the initial extensions of credit hereunder and the payment of all fees and expenses required to be paid by Borrower on the Closing Date under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents;
          (q) Agent shall have completed its business, legal, and collateral due diligence, including (i) a collateral audit and review of Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries books and records (including Borrower’s

Schedule 3.1 — Page 2


 

audited financial statements for Borrower’s fiscal year ended December 31, 2008) and verification of Borrower’s representations and warranties to Lender Group, the results of which shall be satisfactory to Agent, and (ii) a review of Material Contracts;
     (r) Agent shall have received completed reference checks with respect to Borrower’s senior management and USA Patriot Act checks required by law, the results of which are satisfactory to Agent in its sole discretion;
     (s) Agent shall have received a recurring revenue valuation performed by a firm selected by Agent, the results of which shall be satisfactory to Agent;
     (t) Agent shall have received a set of Projections of Borrower for the 3 year period following the Closing Date (on a year by year basis, and for the 1 year period following the Closing Date, on a month by month basis), in form and substance (including as to scope and underlying assumptions) satisfactory to Agent;
     (u) Borrower shall have paid all Lender Group Expenses incurred in connection with the transactions evidenced by this Agreement;
     (v) Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries shall have received all licenses, approvals or evidence of other actions required by any Governmental Authority in connection with the execution and delivery by Borrower or its Subsidiaries of the Loan Documents or with the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby;
     (w) Agent shall have received evidence that (i) all or substantially all of the intellectual property of Borrower and its Subsidiaries (including any copyrights related to software sold or licensed by Borrower and its Subsidiaries) (A) is owned or duly licensed by Borrower or another Loan Party (including evidence of the transfer of any such intellectual property formerly owned by any Foreign Subsidiary of Borrower), (B) is free and clear of liens, claims and encumbrances of any other Person and (C) to the extent such intellectual property (other than any commercially available “off-the-shelf” software) is used by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (other than the owner of such intellectual property) to generate revenues of any non-owner, then such intellectual property is subject to a license agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent in its reasonable discretion and (ii) all Borrowers and trademarks of Borrower and its Subsidiaries are duly registered with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office in the name(s) of Borrower or another Loan Party (or Borrower or such other Loan Party otherwise has a valid and enforceable common law trademark);
     (x) Agent shall have received evidence satisfactory to it that Borrower’s Senior Leverage Ratio calculated on a pro forma basis for the twelve month period ending June 30, 2009 does not exceed 2.25:1.00; and
     (y) all other documents and legal matters in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall have been delivered, executed, or recorded and shall be in form and substance satisfactory to Agent.

Schedule 3.1 — Page 3


 

Schedule 5.1
     Deliver to Agent, with copies to each Lender, each of the financial statements, reports, or other items set forth below at the following times in form satisfactory to Agent:
     
as soon as available, but in any event within 30 days (or 45 days with respect to the last month of a fiscal quarter) after the end of each month during each of Borrower’s fiscal years
  (a) an unaudited consolidated balance sheet, income statement, statement of cash flow, and statement of shareholder’s equity covering Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ operations during such period and compared to the prior period and plan, together with, for each month that is the last month of a fiscal quarter, a corresponding detailed discussion and analysis of results from management, and (b) Compliance Certificate along with, for each month for which the financial covenants set forth in Sections 7(a) and
 
  (b) are required to be tested in accordance with the terms of such Sections, the underlying calculations in detail reasonably acceptable to Agent, including the calculations to arrive at EBITDA to the extent applicable.
 
   
as soon as available, but in any event within 120 days after the end of each of Borrower’s fiscal years
  (c) consolidated financial statements of Borrower and its Subsidiaries for each such fiscal year, audited by independent certified public accountants reasonably acceptable to Agent and certified, without any qualifications (including any (A) “going concern” or like qualification or exception, (B) qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit, or (C) qualification which relates to the treatment or classification of any item and which, as a condition to the removal of such qualification, would require an adjustment to such item, the effect of which would be to cause any noncompliance with the provisions of Section 4.16), by such accountants to have been prepared in accordance with GAAP (such audited financial statements to include a balance sheet, income statement, statement of cash flow, and statement of shareholder’s equity and, if prepared, such accountants’ letter to management),
(d) consolidating financial statements of Borrower and its Subsidiaries for each such fiscal year, and
(e) Compliance Certificate along with the underlying calculations in detail reasonably acceptable to Agent, including the calculations to arrive at EBITDA to the extent applicable.
 
   
as soon as available, but in any event within 10 Business Days after the delivery of the consolidated audited financial statements of Borrower and its Subsidiaries for each of Borrower’s fiscal years, commencing with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2010 (but in any event within 135 days after the end of each such fiscal year)
  (f) a detailed calculation of Excess Cash Flow.

Schedule 5.1 - Page 1


 

     
as soon as available, but in any event within 30 days before the start of each of Borrower’s fiscal years,
  (g) copies of Borrower’s Projections, in form and substance (including as to scope and underlying assumptions) satisfactory to Agent, in its Permitted Discretion, for the forthcoming 3 years, quarter by quarter , and for the forthcoming fiscal year, month by month, certified by the chief financial officer of Borrower as being such officer’s good faith estimate of the financial performance of Borrower during the period covered thereby.
 
   
if and when filed by Borrower,
  (h) Form 10-Q quarterly reports, Form 10-K annual reports, and Form 8-K current reports, and

(i) any other filings made by Borrower with the SEC.
 
   
promptly, but in any event within 5 days after Borrower has knowledge of any event or condition that constitutes a Default or an Event of Default,
  (j) notice of such event or condition and a statement of the curative action that the Borrower proposes to take with respect thereto.
 
   
promptly after the commencement thereof, but in any event within 5 days after the service of process with respect thereto on Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries,
  (k) notice of all actions, suits, or proceedings brought by or against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries before any Governmental Authority which reasonably could be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change.
 
   
upon the request of Agent,
  (l) any other information reasonably requested relating to the financial condition of Borrower or its Subsidiaries.

Schedule 5.1 — Page 2


 

Schedule 5.2
     Provide Agent (and if so requested by Agent, with copies for each Lender) with each of the documents set forth below at the following times in form satisfactory to Agent:
     
Monthly (not later than the 20 th day of each month)
  (a) a Credit Amount Certificate ,
 
  (b) a Borrowing Base Certificate,
 
  (c) a summary aging report of Borrower’s Accounts and accounts payable,
 
 
  (d) a report summarizing the following (i) Recurring Revenue by recurring revenue type and product for the prior month, and (ii) Recurring Revenue by recurring revenue type and product for the trailing twelve months,
 
 
  (e) bank statement(s) or screen shot(s) showing the cash balances of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the end of the prior week and an indication of the cash that is Qualified Cash, and
 
 
  (f) a detailed report regarding Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ cash and Cash Equivalents, including an indication of which accounts constitute Qualified Cash.
 
   
Quarterly (no later than the last day of the month 45 days following the end of each fiscal quarter)
  (g) IP Reporting Certificate, including a detailed list of the Required Disclosure Set,
 
  (h) copies of (i) each Material Contract entered into since the delivery of the previous Compliance Certificate, and (ii) each material amendment or modification of any Material Contract entered into since the delivery of the previous Compliance Certificate,
 
 
  (i) a list of any Material Contracts terminated since the delivery of the previous Compliance Certificate,
 
 
  (j) a certificate regarding the payment of Earn-outs during the prior fiscal quarter, and
 
 
  (k) attrition data by recurring revenue type for the prior fiscal quarter and trailing twelve month period consistent with what was previously provided.
 
   
At least once per fiscal year,
  (l) a list of Borrower’s shareholders and the percentage ownership of Borrower’s Stock owned by each such shareholder.
 
   
Promptly after receipt thereof
  (m) any notice of redemption received by Borrower from the requisite number of shareholders required to effect a mandatory redemption under Borrower’s Governing Documents.
 
   
Upon request by Agent
  (n) Such other reports, including but not limited to a summary aging of the Borrower’s Accounts, and a summary aging, by vendor, of Borrower’s accounts payable, and any book overdrafts, and as to accrued but unpaid taxes, the Collateral or the financial condition of Borrower and its Subsidiaries, as Agent may reasonably request.

 

Exhibit 10.19
SECURITY AGREEMENT
     This SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of September 3, 2009, among the Grantors listed on the signature pages hereof and those additional entities that hereafter become parties hereto by executing the form of Supplement attached hereto as Annex 1 (the “ Grantors ” and each, individually, a “ Grantor ”), and WELLS FARGO FOOTHILL, LLC , a Delaware limited liability company, as agent for the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers (in such capacity, together with its successors and assigns in such capacity, the “ Agent ”).
W I T N E S S E T H :
      WHEREAS , pursuant to that certain Credit Agreement of even date herewith (as amended, restated, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time, and including all schedules thereto, the “ Credit Agreement ”) among RealPage, Inc., as borrower (“ Borrower ”), the lenders party thereto as “Lenders” (such Lenders, together with their respective successors and assigns, are referred to hereinafter each individually as a “ Lender ” and collectively as the “ Lenders ”), and Agent, the Lender Group has agreed to make certain financial accommodations available to Borrower from time to time pursuant to the terms and conditions thereof,
     WHEREAS, Agent has agreed to act as agent for the benefit of the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Credit Agreement and this Agreement,
     WHEREAS, in order to induce the Lender Group to enter into the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents and to induce the Lender Group to make financial accommodations to Borrower as provided for in the Credit Agreement, Grantors have agreed to grant a continuing security interest in and to the Collateral in order to secure the prompt and complete payment, observance and performance of, among other things, the Secured Obligations, and
     NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the recitals made above and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt, sufficiency and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:
     1.  Defined Terms . All capitalized terms used herein (including in the preamble and recitals hereof) without definition shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Credit Agreement. Any terms used in this Agreement that are defined in the Code shall be construed and defined as set forth in the Code unless otherwise defined herein or in the Credit Agreement; provided , however , that to the extent that the Code is used to define any term herein and if such term is defined differently in different Articles of the Code, the definition of such term contained in Article 9 of the Code shall govern. In addition to those terms defined elsewhere in this Agreement, as used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:
          (a) “ Account ” means an account (as that term is defined in Article 9 of the Code).
          (b) “ Account Debtor ” means an account debtor (as that term is defined in the Code).
          (c) “ Activation Instruction ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 6(l) .
          (d) “ Agent ” has the meaning specified therefor in the preamble to this Agreement.
          (e) “ Agent’s Lien ” has the meaning specified therefor in the Credit Agreement.
          (f) “ Agreement ” has the meaning specified therefor in the preamble hereto.

 


 

          (g) “ Bank Product Obligations ” has the meaning specified therefor in the Credit Agreement.
          (h) “ Bank Product Provider ” has the meaning specified therefor in the Credit Agreement.
          (i) “ Books ” means books and records (including each Grantor’s Records indicating, summarizing, or evidencing such Grantor’s assets (including the Collateral) or liabilities, each Grantor’s Records relating to such Grantor’s business operations or financial condition, and each Grantor’s goods or General Intangibles related to such information).
          (j) “ Borrower ” has the meaning specified therefor in the recitals to this Agreement.
          (k) “ Cash Equivalents ” has the meaning specified therefor in the Credit Agreement.
          (l) “ Chattel Paper ” means chattel paper (as that term is defined in the Code) and includes tangible chattel paper and electronic chattel paper.
          (m) “ Code ” means the California Uniform Commercial Code, as in effect from time to time; provided , however , that in the event that, by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any or all of the attachment, perfection, priority, or remedies with respect to Agent’s Lien on any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as enacted and in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of California, the term “Code” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as enacted and in effect in such other jurisdiction solely for purposes of the provisions thereof relating to such attachment, perfection, priority, or remedies.
          (n) “ Collateral ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 2 .
          (o) “ Collections ” has the meaning specified therefor in the Credit Agreement.
          (p) “ Commercial Tort Claims ” means commercial tort claims (as that term is defined in the Code), and includes those commercial tort claims listed on Schedule 1 .
          (q) “ Controlled Account ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 6(l) .
          (r) “ Controlled Account Agreements ” means those certain cash management agreements, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent, each of which is among Borrower or one of its Subsidiaries, Agent, and one of the Controlled Account Banks.
          (s) “ Controlled Account Bank ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 6(l) .
          (t) “ Copyrights ” means any and all rights in any works of authorship, including copyrights and moral rights, including, (i) copyright registrations and recordings thereof and all applications in connection therewith including those listed on Schedule 2 , (ii) income, license fees, royalties, damages and payments now and hereafter due or payable under and with respect thereto, including payments under all licenses entered into in connection therewith and damages and payments for past, present, or future infringements thereof, (iii) the right to sue for past, present and future infringements thereof, and (iv) all of each Grantor’s rights corresponding thereto throughout the world.
          (u) “ Copyright Security Agreement ” means each Copyright Security Agreement among Grantors, or any of them, and Agent, for the benefit of each member of the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers, in substantially the form of Exhibit A , pursuant to which Grantors have granted to Agent, for the benefit of the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers, a security interest in all their respective Copyrights.

-2-


 

          (v) “ Credit Agreement ” has the meaning specified therefor in the recitals to this Agreement.
          (w) “ Deposit Account ” means a deposit account (as that term is defined in the Code).
          (x) “ Equipment ” means equipment (as that term is defined in the Code).
          (y) “ Event of Default ” has the meaning specified therefor in the Credit Agreement.
          (z) “ General Intangibles ” means general intangibles (as that term is defined in the Code) and includes payment intangibles, contract rights, rights to payment, rights arising under common law, statutes, or regulations, choses or things in action, goodwill (including the goodwill associated with any Trademark), Intellectual Property, purchase orders, customer lists, monies due or recoverable from pension funds, route lists, rights to payment and other rights under any royalty or licensing agreements, including Intellectual Property Licenses, infringement claims, pension plan refunds, pension plan refund claims, insurance premium rebates, tax refunds, and tax refund claims, interests in a partnership or limited liability company which do not constitute a security under Article 8 of the Code, and any other personal property other than Commercial Tort Claims, money, Accounts, Chattel Paper, Deposit Accounts, goods, Investment Related Property, Negotiable Collateral, and oil, gas, or other minerals before extraction.
          (aa) “ Grantor ” and “ Grantors ” have the respective meanings specified therefor in the preamble to this Agreement.
          (bb) “ Guaranty ” has the meaning specified therefor in the Credit Agreement.
          (cc) “ Insolvency Proceeding ” has the meaning specified therefor in the Credit Agreement.
          (dd) “ Intellectual Property ” means any and all Patents, Copyrights, Trademarks (including the goodwill associated with such Trademarks), trade secrets, know-how, inventions (whether or not patentable), algorithms, software programs (including source code and object code), processes, product designs, industrial designs, blueprints, drawings, data, customer lists, URLs and domain names, specifications, documentations, reports, catalogs, and any other forms of technology or proprietary information of any kind, including all rights therein and all applications for registration or registrations thereof.
          (ee) “ Intellectual Property Licenses ” means (i) any licenses or other similar rights in Intellectual Property owned or controlled by any Grantor provided to any third party and (ii) any licenses or other similar rights in Intellectual Property owned by any third party provided to any Grantor, including any software license agreements (other than for commercially available off-the-shelf software that is generally available to the public which have been licensed to a Grantor pursuant to end-user licenses), including the license agreements listed on Schedule 3 , and the right to use the foregoing, subject to the terms of the applicable licenses, in connection with the enforcement of the Lender Group’s rights under the Loan Documents, including the right to prepare for sale and sell any and all Inventory and Equipment now or hereafter owned by any Grantor and now or hereafter covered by such licenses.
          (ff) “ Inventory ” means inventory (as that term is defined in the Code).
          (gg) “ Investment Related Property ” means (i) any and all investment property (as that term is defined in the Code), and (ii) any and all of the following (regardless of whether classified as investment property under the Code): all Pledged Interests, Pledged Operating Agreements, and Pledged Partnership Agreements.
          (hh) “ Lender Group ” has the meaning specified therefor in the Credit Agreement.
          (ii) “ Lenders ” has the meaning specified therefor in the recitals to this Agreement.

-3-


 

          (jj) “ Loan Document ” has the meaning specified therefor in the Credit Agreement.
          (kk) “ Loan Party ” has the meaning specified therefor in the Credit Agreement.
          (ll) “ Minor Release ” means any new version or release of a software program that consists of only minor functionality updates, bug fixes, patches or defect corrections or any “a.0.x” releases.
          (mm) “ Negotiable Collateral ” means letters of credit, letter-of-credit rights, instruments, promissory notes, drafts and documents (as each such term is defined in the Code).
          (nn) “ Obligations ” has the meaning specified therefor in the Credit Agreement.
          (oo) “ Patents ” means patents and patent applications, including, (i) the patents and patent applications listed on Schedule 4 , (ii) all continuations, divisionals, continuations-in-part, re-examinations, reissues, and renewals thereof and improvements thereon, (iii) all income, royalties, damages and payments now and hereafter due or payable under and with respect thereto, including payments under all licenses entered into in connection therewith and damages and payments for past, present, or future infringements thereof, (iv) the right to sue for past, present and future infringements thereof, and (v) all of each Grantor’s rights corresponding thereto throughout the world.
          (pp) “ Patent Security Agreement ” means each Patent Security Agreement among Grantors, or any of them, and Agent, for the benefit of each member of the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers, in substantially the form of Exhibit B , pursuant to which Grantors have granted to Agent, for the benefit of the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers, a security interest in all their respective Patents.
          (qq) “ Permitted Liens ” has the meaning specified therefor in the Credit Agreement.
          (rr) “ Person ” has the meaning specified therefor in the Credit Agreement.
          (ss) “ Pledged Companies ” means, each Person listed on Schedule 5 as a “Pledged Company”, together with each other Person, all or a portion of whose Stock, is acquired or otherwise owned by a Grantor after the Closing Date and is required to be pledged under the Credit Agreement.
          (tt) “ Pledged Interests ” means all of each Grantor’s right, title and interest in and to all of the Stock now or hereafter owned by such Grantor that is required to be pledged under the Credit Agreement, regardless of class or designation, including, in each of the Pledged Companies, and all substitutions therefor and replacements thereof, all proceeds thereof and all rights relating thereto, also including any certificates representing the Stock, the right to receive any certificates representing any of the Stock, all warrants, options, share appreciation rights and other rights, contractual or otherwise, in respect thereof and the right to receive all dividends, distributions of income, profits, surplus, or other compensation by way of income or liquidating distributions, in cash or in kind, and all cash, instruments, and other property from time to time received, receivable, or otherwise distributed in respect of or in addition to, in substitution of, on account of, or in exchange for any or all of the foregoing.
          (uu) “ Pledged Interests Addendum ” means a Pledged Interests Addendum substantially in the form of Exhibit C .
          (vv) “ Pledged Operating Agreements ” means all of each Grantor’s rights, powers, and remedies under the limited liability company operating agreements of each of the Pledged Companies that are limited liability companies.
          (ww) “ Pledged Partnership Agreements ” means all of each Grantor’s rights, powers, and remedies under the partnership agreements of each of the Pledged Companies that are partnerships.

-4-


 

          (xx) “ Proceeds ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 2 .
          (yy) “ Real Property ” means any estates or interests in real property now owned or hereafter acquired by any Grantor or any Subsidiary of any Grantor and the improvements thereto.
          (zz) “ Records ” means information that is inscribed on a tangible medium or which is stored in an electronic or other medium and is retrievable in perceivable form.
          (aaa) “ Required Disclosure Set ” means, as of any date of determination, the Copyrights subject to copyright protection owned by any of the Grantors that are based on or derived from each of those computer software programs or other technology of such Grantor (other than custom computer software programs that are sold for a one-time fee or customized for a single customer) that in the aggregate, and on such date of determination, account for $5,000,000 or greater in TTM Recurring Revenue of the Grantors, in the aggregate, for the most recently completed trailing twelve consecutive month period calculated as of the last month for which financial statements have most recently been delivered pursuant to Section 5.1 of the Credit Agreement.
          (bbb) “ Required Library ” has the meaning specified therefor in the Credit Agreement.
          (ccc) “ Rescission ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 6(1).
          (ddd) “ Secured Obligations ” means each and all of the following: (a) all of the present and future obligations of Grantors (or any of them) arising from this Agreement, the Credit Agreement, or the other Loan Documents (including any Guaranty), (b) all Bank Product Obligations, and (c) all Obligations of Borrower, including, in the case of each of clauses (a), (b) and (c), reasonable attorneys fees and expenses and any interest, fees, or expenses that accrue after the filing of an Insolvency Proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in whole or in part as a claim in any Insolvency Proceeding.
          (eee) “ Securities Account ” means a securities account (as that term is defined in the Code).
          (fff) “ Security Interest ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 2 .
          (ggg) “ Source Code Escrow Agreement ” means a Source Code Escrow Agreement (including the escrow deposit statement of work describing verification services to be performed) among Agent, certain of the Grantors, and an Escrow Agent reasonably satisfactory to Agent, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent.
          (hhh) “ Source Code Escrow Termination ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 6(g)(xii) .
          (iii) “ Stock ” has the meaning specified therefor in the Credit Agreement.
          (jjj) “ Supporting Obligations ” means supporting obligations (as such term is defined in the Code) and includes letters of credit and guaranties issued in support of Accounts, Chattel Paper, documents, General Intangibles, instruments or Investment Related Property.
          (kkk) “ Trademarks ” means any and all trademarks, trade names, registered trademarks, trademark applications, service marks, registered service marks and service mark applications, including (i) the trade names, registered trademarks, trademark applications, registered service marks and service mark applications listed on Schedule 6 , (ii) all renewals thereof, (iii) all income, royalties, damages and payments now and hereafter due or payable under and with respect thereto, including payments under all licenses entered into in connection therewith and damages and payments for past or future infringements or dilutions thereof, (iv) the right to sue for past, present and future infringements and dilutions thereof, (v) the goodwill of each

-5-


 

Grantor’s business symbolized by the foregoing or connected therewith, and (vi) all of each Grantor’s rights corresponding thereto throughout the world.
          (lll) “ Trademark Security Agreement ” means each Trademark Security Agreement among Grantors, or any of them, and Agent, for the benefit of the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers, in substantially the form of Exhibit D , pursuant to which Grantors have granted to Agent, for the benefit of the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers, a security interest in all their respective Trademarks.
          (mmm) “ URL ” means “uniform resource locator,” an internet web address.
     2.  Grant of Security . Each Grantor hereby unconditionally grants, collaterally assigns, and pledges to Agent, for the benefit of each member of the Lender Group and each of the Bank Product Providers a continuing security interest (hereinafter referred to as the “ Security Interest ”) in all of such Grantor’s right, title, and interest in and to the following, whether now owned or hereafter acquired or arising and wherever located (the “ Collateral ”):
          (a) all of such Grantor’s Accounts;
          (b) all of such Grantor’s Books;
          (c) all of such Grantor’s Chattel Paper;
          (d) all of such Grantor’s Deposit Accounts;
          (e) all of such Grantor’s Equipment and fixtures;
          (f) all of such Grantor’s General Intangibles;
          (g) all of such Grantor’s Inventory;
          (h) all of such Grantor’s Investment Related Property;
          (i) all of such Grantor’s Negotiable Collateral;
          (j) all of such Grantor’s Supporting Obligations;
          (k) all of such Grantor’s Commercial Tort Claims;
          (l) all of such Grantor’s money, Cash Equivalents, or other assets of such Grantor that now or hereafter come into the possession, custody, or control of Agent or any other member of the Lender Group;
          (m) all of such Grantor’s other personal property; and
          (n) all of the proceeds and products, whether tangible or intangible, of any of the foregoing, including proceeds of insurance or Commercial Tort Claims covering or relating to any or all of the foregoing, and any and all Accounts, Books, Chattel Paper, Deposit Accounts, Equipment, General Intangibles, Inventory, Investment Related Property, Negotiable Collateral, Supporting Obligations, money, or other tangible or intangible property resulting from the sale, lease, license, exchange, collection, or other disposition of any of the foregoing, the proceeds of any award in condemnation with respect to any of the foregoing, any rebates or refunds, whether for taxes or otherwise, and all proceeds of any such proceeds, or any portion thereof or interest therein, and the proceeds thereof, and all proceeds of any loss of, damage to, or destruction of the above, whether insured or not insured, and, to the extent not otherwise included, any indemnity, warranty, or guaranty payable by reason of loss or damage to, or otherwise with respect to any of

-6-


 

the foregoing (the “ Proceeds ”). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the term “Proceeds” includes whatever is receivable or received when Investment Related Property or proceeds are sold, exchanged, collected, or otherwise disposed of, whether such disposition is voluntary or involuntary, and includes proceeds of any indemnity or guaranty payable to any Grantor or Agent from time to time with respect to any of the Investment Related Property.
     Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, the term “Collateral” shall not include: (i) voting Stock of any CFC, solely to the extent that such Stock is not required to be pledged pursuant to Section 5.11 of the Credit Agreement; or (ii) any rights or interest in any contract, lease, permit, license, charter or license agreement covering real or personal property of any Grantor if under the terms of such contract, lease, permit, license, charter or license agreement, or applicable law with respect thereto, the grant of a security interest or lien therein is prohibited as a matter of law or under the terms of such contract, lease, permit, license, charter or license agreement (provided, that, (A) the foregoing exclusions of this clause (ii) shall in no way be construed (1) to apply to the extent that any described prohibition or restriction is unenforceable under Section 9-406, 9-407, 9-408, or 9-409 of the Code or other applicable law, or (2) to apply to the extent that any consent or waiver has been obtained that would permit the Security Interest or Lien notwithstanding the prohibition or restriction on the pledge of such asset and (B) the foregoing exclusions of clauses (i) and (ii) shall in no way be construed to limit, impair, or otherwise affect any of Agent’s, any other member of the Lender Group’s or any Bank Product Provider’s continuing security interests in and liens upon any rights or interests of any Grantor in or to (1) monies due or to become due under or in connection with any described contract, lease, permit, license, charter, license agreement, asset, or Stock (including any Accounts or Stock), or (2) any proceeds from the sale, license, lease, or other dispositions of any such contract, lease, permit, license, charter, license agreement, asset, or Stock); (iii) any United States intent-to-use trademark applications to the extent that, and solely during the period in which, the grant of a security interest therein would impair the validity or enforceability of such intent-to-use trademark applications under applicable federal law; or (iv) property that is subject to a Lien that is otherwise permitted by clause (f) of the definition of Permitted Lien under the Credit Agreement; provided , that the governing documents granting such Liens prohibit the granting of Liens securing the Obligations on such property and upon the release of any such Lien, such property shall automatically become part of the Collateral.
     3.  Security for Obligations . The Security Interest created hereby secures the payment and performance of the Secured Obligations, whether now existing or arising hereafter. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, this Agreement secures the payment of all amounts which constitute part of the Secured Obligations and would be owed by Grantors, or any of them, to Agent, the Lender Group, the Bank Product Providers or any of them, but for the fact that they are unenforceable or not allowable due to the existence of an Insolvency Proceeding involving any Grantor.
     4.  Grantors Remain Liable . Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, (a) each of the Grantors shall remain liable under the contracts and agreements included in the Collateral, including the Pledged Operating Agreements and the Pledged Partnership Agreements, to perform all of the duties and obligations thereunder to the same extent as if this Agreement had not been executed, (b) the exercise by Agent or any other member of the Lender Group of any of the rights hereunder shall not release any Grantor from any of its duties or obligations under such contracts and agreements included in the Collateral, and (c) none of the members of the Lender Group shall have any obligation or liability under such contracts and agreements included in the Collateral by reason of this Agreement, nor shall any of the members of the Lender Group be obligated to perform any of the obligations or duties of any Grantors thereunder or to take any action to collect or enforce any claim for payment assigned hereunder. Until an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the Credit Agreement, or other Loan Documents, Grantors shall have the right to possession and enjoyment of the Collateral for the purpose of conducting the ordinary course of their respective businesses, subject to and upon the terms hereof and of the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, it is the intention of the parties hereto that record and beneficial ownership of the Pledged Interests, including all voting, consensual, and dividend rights, shall remain in the applicable Grantor until the occurrence of an Event of Default and until Agent shall

-7-


 

notify the applicable Grantor of Agent’s exercise of voting, consensual, or dividend rights with respect to the Pledged Interests pursuant to Section 15 .
     5.  Representations and Warranties . Each Grantor hereby represents and warrants as follows:
          (a) The exact legal name of each of the Grantors is set forth on the signature pages of this Agreement or a written notice provided to Agent pursuant to Section 6.5 of the Credit Agreement.
          (b) Schedule 7 sets forth all Real Property owned by Grantors as of the Closing Date.
          (c) As of the Closing Date: (i) Schedule 2 provides a complete and correct list of all registered Copyrights and applications for registration of Copyrights; (ii) Schedule 3 provides a complete and correct list of all material Intellectual Property Licenses entered into by any Grantor in which (A) any Grantor has provided any license or other rights in Intellectual Property owned or controlled by such Grantor to a third party other than non-exclusive software licenses granted in the ordinary course of business or (B) any third party has granted to any Grantor any license or other rights in Intellectual Property owned or controlled by the third party that is material to the business of such Grantor, including any Intellectual Property that is incorporated in any software or product marketed, sold, or distributed by such Grantor; (iii) Schedule 4 provides a complete and correct list of all Patents and applications for Patents owned by any Grantor; and (iv) Schedule 6 provides a complete and correct list of all registered Trademarks and applications for registration of Trademarks.
          (d) As of the Closing Date and as of the date of the making of each Advance under the Credit Agreement:
               (i) Each Grantor exclusively owns all right, title and interest in and to the Copyrights listed on Schedule 2 , Patents listed on Schedule 4 , and Trademarks listed on Schedule 6 set forth below such Grantor’s name on such Schedules, free and clear of any Liens, other than the Permitted Liens;
               (ii) each Grantor owns or holds licenses in all Intellectual Property that are necessary to the conduct of its business as currently conducted;
               (iii) to each Grantor’s knowledge, no third party has infringed or misappropriated or is currently infringing or misappropriating any Intellectual Property rights owned by such Grantor that is material to the business of such Grantor and which could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;
               (iv) to each Grantor’s knowledge, (A) such Grantor is not currently infringing or misappropriating any Intellectual Property rights of any third party, and (B) no product manufactured, used, distributed, licensed, or sold by or service provided by such Grantor has ever infringed or misappropriated or is currently infringing or misappropriating any Intellectual Property rights of any third party, in each case, in a manner which could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;
               (v) there are no pending, or to any Grantor’s knowledge, threatened in writing infringement or misappropriation claims or proceedings pending against any Grantor which could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, and no Grantor has received any notice or other communication of any actual or alleged infringement or misappropriation of any Intellectual Property rights of any third party which could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;
               (vi) to each Grantor’s knowledge, all registered Copyrights, registered Trademarks, and issued Patents that are owned by such Grantor are valid, subsisting and enforceable and in compliance with all legal requirements, filings, and payments and other actions that are required to maintain such Intellectual Property in full force and effect, except for such Copyrights, Trademarks and Patents that are the subject of a Permitted Disposition;

-8-


 

               (vii) each Grantor has taken reasonable steps to maintain the confidentiality of and otherwise protect and enforce its rights in all material trade secrets owned by such Grantor, and in particular, no portion of the source code for any software owned and distributed by such Grantor that is material to the business of Grantor (“ Grantor Distributed Software ”) has been disclosed or licensed to any third party, other than end user customers and escrow agents pursuant to Grantor’s standard form of escrow agreement;
               (viii) all employees and contractors of each Grantor who were involved in the creation or development of any Intellectual Property for such Grantor that is material to the business of the Grantor have signed agreements containing assignment of Intellectual Property rights and obligations of confidentiality;
               (ix) no Grantor Distributed Software is subject to any “copyleft” or other obligation or condition (including any obligation or condition under any “open source” license such as the GNU Public License, Lesser GNU Public License, or Mozilla Public License) that would require, or condition the use or distribution of such software, on the disclosure, licensing or distribution of any source code for any portion of the Grantor Distributed Software; and
               (x) this Agreement is effective to create a valid and continuing Lien on all Intellectual Property and Intellectual Property Licenses in which any Grantor has any right, title, or interest. Upon filing of the Copyright Security Agreement with the United States Copyright Office, filing of the Patent Security Agreement and the Trademark Security Agreement with the United States Patent and Trademark Office, and the filing of appropriate financing statements in the jurisdictions listed on Schedule 8 , all action necessary to protect and perfect the Security Interest in and to on each Grantor’s Patents, Trademarks, or Copyrights has been taken.
          (e) This Agreement creates a valid security interest in the Collateral of each of the Grantors, to the extent a security interest therein can be created under the Code, securing the payment of the Secured Obligations. Except to the extent a security interest in the Collateral cannot be perfected by the filing of a financing statement under the Code, all filings and other actions necessary or desirable to perfect and protect such security interest have been duly taken or will have been taken upon the filing of financing statements listing each applicable Grantor, as a debtor, and Agent, as secured party, in the jurisdictions listed next to such Grantor’s name on Schedule 8 . Upon the making of such filings, Agent shall have a first priority perfected security interest in the Collateral of each Grantor to the extent such security interest can be perfected by the filing of a financing statement. All action by any Grantor requested by Agent to protect and perfect such security interest on each item of Collateral has been duly taken.
          (f) Except for the Security Interest created hereby, (i) each Grantor is and will at all times be (except as otherwise permitted under the Credit Agreement) the sole holder of record and the legal and beneficial owner, free and clear of all Liens other than Permitted Liens, of the Pledged Interests indicated on Schedule 5 as being owned by such Grantor and, when acquired by such Grantor, any Pledged Interests acquired after the Closing Date; (ii) all of the Pledged Interests are duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and the Pledged Interests constitute the percentage of the issued and outstanding Stock of the Pledged Companies of such Grantor identified on Schedule 5 as supplemented or modified by any Pledged Interests Addendum or any Supplement to this Agreement; (iii) such Grantor has the right and requisite authority to pledge, the Investment Related Property pledged by such Grantor to Agent as provided herein; (iv) all actions necessary or desirable to perfect, establish the first priority (subject to Permitted Liens) of, or otherwise protect, Agent’s Liens in the Investment Related Property, and the proceeds thereof, have been duly taken, (A) upon the execution and delivery of this Agreement; (B) upon the taking of possession by Agent of any certificates constituting the Pledged Interests, to the extent such Pledged Interests are represented by certificates, together with undated powers endorsed in blank by the applicable Grantor; (C) upon the filing of financing statements in the applicable jurisdiction set forth on Schedule 8 for such Grantor with respect to the Pledged Interests of such Grantor that are not represented by certificates, and (D) with respect to any Securities Accounts and uncertificated securities, upon the delivery of Control Agreements with respect thereto; and

-9-


 

(v) each Grantor has delivered to and deposited with Agent (or, with respect to any Pledged Interests created or obtained after the Closing Date, will deliver and deposit in accordance with Sections 6(a) and 8 ) all certificates representing the Pledged Interests owned by such Grantor to the extent such Pledged Interests are represented by certificates, and undated powers endorsed in blank with respect to such certificates. None of the Pledged Interests owned or held by such Grantor has been issued or transferred in violation of any securities registration, securities disclosure, or similar laws of any jurisdiction to which such issuance or transfer may be subject.
          (g) No consent, approval, authorization, or other order or other action by, and no notice to or filing with, any Governmental Authority or any other Person is required (i) for the grant of a Security Interest by such Grantor in and to the Collateral pursuant to this Agreement or for the execution, delivery, or performance of this Agreement by such Grantor, except as may have been obtained and remain in full force and effect, or (ii) for the exercise by Agent of the voting or other rights provided for in this Agreement with respect to the Investment Related Property or the remedies in respect of the Collateral pursuant to this Agreement, except as may have been obtained and remain in full force and effect and as may be required in connection with such disposition of Investment Related Property by laws affecting the offering and sale of securities generally. No Intellectual Property License to which such Grantor is a party requires any consent for such Grantor to grant the security interest granted hereunder in such Grantor’s right, title or interest in or to any Copyrights, Patents, Trademarks or material Intellectual Property Licenses, which requirement is effective under applicable law.
     6.  Covenants . Each Grantor, jointly and severally, covenants and agrees with Agent that from and after the date of this Agreement and until the date of termination of this Agreement in accordance with Section 22 :
          (a) Possession of Collateral . In the event that any Collateral with an aggregate value in excess of $250,000, including proceeds, is evidenced by or consists of Negotiable Collateral, Investment Related Property, or Chattel Paper, and if and to the extent that perfection or priority of Agent’s Security Interest is dependent on or enhanced by possession, the applicable Grantor, immediately upon the request of Agent, shall execute such other documents and instruments as shall be requested by Agent or, if applicable, endorse and deliver physical possession of such Negotiable Collateral, Investment Related Property, or Chattel Paper to Agent, together with such undated powers endorsed in blank as shall be requested by Agent;
          (b) Chattel Paper .
               (i) Each Grantor shall take all steps reasonably necessary to grant Agent control of all electronic Chattel Paper with an aggregate value in excess of $250,000 in accordance with the Code and all “transferable records” as that term is defined in Section 16 of the Uniform Electronic Transaction Act and Section 201 of the federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act as in effect in any relevant jurisdiction;
               (ii) If any Grantor retains possession of any Chattel Paper or instruments (which retention of possession shall be subject to the extent permitted hereby and by the Credit Agreement), promptly upon the request of Agent, such Chattel Paper and instruments shall be marked with the following legend: “This writing and the obligations evidenced or secured hereby are subject to the Security Interest of Wells Fargo Foothill, LLC, as Agent for the benefit of the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers”;
          (c) Control Agreements .
               (i) Except to the extent not required by the Credit Agreement, each Grantor shall obtain an authenticated Control Agreement, from each bank maintaining a Deposit Account for such Grantor;

-10-


 

               (ii) Except to the extent not required by the Credit Agreement, each Grantor shall obtain an authenticated Control Agreement, from each issuer of uncertificated securities, securities intermediary, or commodities intermediary issuing or holding any financial assets or commodities to or for any Grantor;
          (d) Letter-of-Credit Rights . Each Grantor that is or becomes the beneficiary of a letter of credit with a face amount in excess of $250,000 shall promptly (and in any event within two (2) Business Days after becoming a beneficiary), notify Agent thereof and, upon the request by Agent, enter into a tri-party agreement with Agent and the issuer or confirming bank with respect to letter-of-credit rights assigning such letter-of-credit rights to Agent and directing all payments thereunder to Agent’s Account, all in form and substance satisfactory to Agent;
          (e) Commercial Tort Claims . Each Grantor shall promptly (and in any event within two (2) Business Days of receipt thereof), notify Agent in writing upon incurring or otherwise obtaining a Commercial Tort Claim with a value in excess of $250,000 after the date hereof and, upon request of Agent, promptly amend Schedule 1 to describe such after-acquired Commercial Tort Claim in a manner that reasonably identifies such Commercial Tort Claim, and hereby authorizes the filing of additional financing statements or amendments to existing financing statements describing such Commercial Tort Claims, and agrees to do such other acts or things deemed necessary or desirable by Agent to give Agent a first priority (subject to Permitted Liens), perfected security interest in any such Commercial Tort Claim;
          (f) Government Contracts . If any Account or Chattel Paper arises out of a contract or contracts with the United States of America or any department, agency, or instrumentality thereof pursuant to which more than $250,000 may be paid in any calendar year, Grantors shall promptly (and in any event within two (2) Business Days of the creation thereof) notify Agent thereof in writing and execute any instruments or take any steps reasonably required by Agent in order that all moneys due or to become due under such contract or contracts shall be assigned to Agent, for the benefit of the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers, and shall provide written notice thereof under the Assignment of Claims Act or other applicable law;
          (g) Intellectual Property .
               (i) Upon the request of Agent, in order to facilitate filings with the United States Patent and Trademark Office and the United States Copyright Office, each Grantor shall execute and deliver to Agent one or more Copyright Security Agreements, Trademark Security Agreements, or Patent Security Agreements to further evidence Agent’s Lien on such Grantor’s Patents, Trademarks, or Copyrights, and the General Intangibles of such Grantor relating thereto or represented thereby;
               (ii) Each Grantor shall have the duty, to the extent necessary or economically desirable in the operation of such Grantor’s business in Grantor’s reasonable business judgment, to protect and diligently enforce and defend at such Grantor’s expense its Intellectual Property, including (A) to diligently enforce and defend, including promptly suing for infringement, misappropriation, or dilution and to recover any and all damages for such infringement, misappropriation, or dilution, and filing for opposition, interference, and cancellation against conflicting Intellectual Property rights of any third party, (B) to prosecute diligently any trademark application or service mark application that is part of the Trademarks pending as of the date hereof or hereafter until the termination of this Agreement except with respect to Trademarks that are the subject of a Permitted Disposition, (C) to prosecute diligently any patent application that is part of the Patents pending as of the date hereof or hereafter until the termination of this Agreement except with respect to Patents that are the subject of a Permitted Disposition, and (D) to take all reasonable and necessary action to preserve and maintain all of such Grantor’s Trademarks, Patents, Copyrights, Intellectual Property Licenses, and its rights therein, including paying all maintenance fees and filing of applications for renewal, affidavits of use, and affidavits of noncontestability except with respect to Intellectual Property that is the subject of a Permitted Disposition. Each Grantor shall promptly file an application with the United States Copyright Office for any Copyright that has not been registered with the United States Copyright Office that comprises the Required Library (other than a Minor Release) when required by the Credit Agreement. Any

-11-


 

expenses incurred in connection with the foregoing shall be borne by the appropriate Grantor. Each Grantor further agrees not to abandon any Trademark, Patent, Copyright, or Intellectual Property License that is necessary or economically desirable in the operation of such Grantor’s business in Grantor’s reasonable business judgment, except with respect to Intellectual Property that is the subject of a Permitted Disposition;
               (iii) Grantors acknowledge and agree that the Lender Group shall have no duties with respect to the Trademarks, Patents, Copyrights, or Intellectual Property Licenses. Without limiting the generality of this Section 6(g) , Grantors acknowledge and agree that no member of the Lender Group shall be under any obligation to take any steps necessary to preserve rights in the Trademarks, Patents, Copyrights, or Intellectual Property Licenses against any other Person, but any member of the Lender Group may do so at its option from and after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, and all expenses incurred in connection therewith (including reasonable fees and expenses of attorneys and other professionals) shall be for the sole account of Borrower and shall be chargeable to the Loan Account;
               (iv) Each Grantor hereby agrees to take those steps described in Section 6(g)(ii) with respect to all new or acquired Intellectual Property to which it or any of its Subsidiaries is now or later becomes entitled which is described in Section 6(g)(ii). Any expenses incurred in connection with such activities shall be borne solely by such Grantor. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall any Grantor, either itself or through any agent, employee, licensee, or designee, (A) file an application for the registration of any Patent or Trademark with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or any similar office or agency in another country without giving Agent written notice thereof promptly thereafter as required by Section 6(g)(vii) and complying with Section 6(g)(i) ; or (B) file an application for the registration of any Copyright with the United States Copyright Office or any similar office or agency in another country without giving Agent written notice thereof at least three (3) Business Days prior to such filing and complying with Section 6(g)(i) ;
               (v) On each date of the delivery of a Compliance Certificate in respect of a fiscal quarter pursuant to Section 5.1 of the Credit Agreement, each Grantor shall deliver to Agent a list reasonably satisfactory to Agent identifying the Copyrights subject to copyright protection, whether created or acquired before or after the Closing Date, comprising the Required Disclosure Set (including any supporting documentation reasonably requested by Agent relating to the determination of the composition of the Required Disclosure Set), and a certification, signed by an officer of such Grantor, certifying that such list identifies the Copyrights, whether created or acquired before or after the Closing Date, comprising the Required Disclosure Set;
               (vi) At any time (x) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or (y) Excess Availability plus Qualified Cash is less than $10,000,000, each Grantor shall, at Agent’s request, (A) file applications and take any and all other actions necessary to register on an expedited basis (if expedited processing is available in accordance with the applicable regulations and procedures of the United States Copyright Office and any similar office of any other jurisdiction in which Copyrights are used) each such Copyright requested by Agent which is not already the subject of a valid registration or an application therefor with the United States Copyright Office (or any similar office of any other jurisdiction in which Copyrights are used) identifying such Grantor as the sole claimant thereof in a manner sufficient to claim in the public record (or as a co-claimant thereof, if such is the case) such Grantor’s ownership or co-ownership thereof, and (B) cause to be prepared, executed, and delivered to Agent, with sufficient time to permit Agent to record no later than three (3) Business Days following the date of registration of or recordation of transfer of ownership, as applicable, to the applicable Grantor of such Copyrights, (1) a Copyright Security Agreement or supplemental schedules to the Copyright Security Agreement reflecting the security interest of Agent in such Copyrights, which supplemental schedules shall be in form and content suitable for recordation with the United States Copyright Office (or any similar office of any other jurisdiction in which Copyrights are used) and (2) any other documentation as Agent reasonably deems necessary and requests in order to perfect and continue perfected Agent’s Liens on such Copyrights following such recordation;

-12-


 

               (vii) In addition, on each date on which the Compliance Certificate is delivered by Borrower pursuant to Section 5.1 of the Credit Agreement, each Grantor shall provide Agent with a written report of all new Copyrights (to the extent not already covered in Section 6(g)(v) above), Patents, and Trademarks that are registered or the subject of pending applications for registrations, which were acquired or filed by any Grantor during the prior period and are material to the operation of its business and any statement of use or amendment to allege use with respect to intent-to-use trademark applications. In the case of such registrations or applications therefor, which were acquired by any Grantor, each such Grantor shall file the necessary documents with the appropriate Governmental Authority identifying the applicable Grantor as the owner (or as a co-owner thereof, if such is the case) of such Intellectual Property. In each of the foregoing cases, the applicable Grantor(s) shall cause to be prepared, executed, and delivered to Agent supplemental schedules to the applicable Loan Documents to identify such Copyright, Patent and Trademark registrations and applications therefor (with the exception of Trademark applications filed on an intent-to-use basis for which no statement of use or amendment to allege use has been filed) as being subject to the security interests created thereunder;
               (viii) Upon receipt from the United States Copyright Office of notice of registration of any Copyright(s), each Grantor shall promptly (but in no event later than three (3) Business Days following such receipt) notify Agent of such registration by delivering, or causing to be delivered to Agent, via overnight courier, electronic mail or telefacsimile at the addresses designated in the Credit Agreement, documentation sufficient for Agent to perfect Agent’s Liens on such Copyright(s);
               (ix) Each Grantor shall take actions reasonably necessary, as determined in such Grantor’s reasonable business discretion, to protect the confidentiality of the Intellectual Property that is material to its business, including, as applicable (A) protecting the secrecy and confidentiality of its confidential information and trade secrets by having and enforcing a policy requiring all current employees, consultants, licensees, vendors and contractors with access to such information to execute appropriate confidentiality agreements; (B) taking actions reasonably necessary to ensure that no trade secret falls into the public domain; and (C) protecting the secrecy and confidentiality of the source code of all computer software programs and applications of which it is the owner or licensee by having and enforcing a policy requiring any licensees (or sublicensees) of such source code to enter into license agreements with commercially reasonable use and non-disclosure restrictions; and
               (x) No Grantor shall incorporate into any Grantor Distributed Software (defined in Section 5(d)(vii)) any third-party code that is licensed pursuant to any open source license such as the GNU Public License, Lesser GNU Public License, or Mozilla Public License, in a manner that would require or condition the use or distribution of such software on, the disclosing, licensing, or distribution of any source code for any portion of the Grantor Distributed Software.
               (xi) No Grantor shall enter into any material Intellectual Property License to receive any license or rights in any Intellectual Property of a third party unless such Grantor has used commercially reasonable efforts to permit the assignment of such Intellectual Property License (and all rights of Grantor thereunder) to the Lenders or the Agent (and any transferees of the Lenders or the Agent, as applicable).
               (xii) At any time (x) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or (y) Excess Availability plus Qualified Cash is less than $10,000,000, each Grantor shall execute and deliver to Agent a Source Code Escrow Agreement and shall deposit with the escrow agent designated under the Source Code Escrow Agreement the source code for each version or versions of (A) each item of computer software programs of such Grantor constituting the Required Library (other than Minor Releases) and any updates thereto and (B) each other computer software program of such Grantor required by Agent to be registered with the United States Copyright Office (or any similar office of any other jurisdiction in which Copyrights are used) pursuant to Section 6(g)(vi) above (other than Minor Releases) and any updates thereto and in accordance with all other terms and conditions of the Source Code Escrow Agreement. If an escrow agent terminates the Source Code Escrow Agreement for any reason (“ Source Code Escrow Termination ”), the

-13-


 

Grantors shall promptly (but in no event later than thirty (30) days following such Source Code Escrow Termination (or such later time as may be agreed upon by Agent)) (A) enter into a new Source Code Escrow Agreement with an escrow agent reasonably satisfactory to Agent and (B) deposit with such escrow agent all materials that were required to be deposited with the Terminating Escrow Agent;
          (h) Investment Related Property .
               (i) If any Grantor shall receive or become entitled to receive any Pledged Interests after the Closing Date, it shall promptly (and in any event within five (5) Business Days of receipt thereof) deliver to Agent a duly executed Pledged Interests Addendum identifying such Pledged Interests;
               (ii) All sums of money and property paid or distributed in respect of the Investment Related Property which are received by any Grantor after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default shall be held by the Grantors in trust for the benefit of Agent segregated from such Grantor’s other property, and such Grantor shall deliver it forthwith to Agent in the exact form received;
               (iii) Each Grantor shall promptly deliver to Agent a copy of each notice or other communication received by it in respect of any Pledged Interests after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default;
               (iv) No Grantor shall make or consent to any amendment or other modification or waiver with respect to any Pledged Interests, Pledged Operating Agreement, or Pledged Partnership Agreement, in any manner that materially adversely affects the Lenders or would otherwise be prohibited by the Credit Agreement;
               (v) Each Grantor agrees that it will cooperate with Agent in obtaining all necessary approvals and making all necessary filings under federal, state, local, or foreign law in connection with the Security Interest on the Investment Related Property or any sale or transfer thereof made in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents; and
               (vi) As to all limited liability company or partnership interests, issued under any Pledged Operating Agreement or Pledged Partnership Agreement, each Grantor hereby represents, warrants and covenants that the Pledged Interests issued pursuant to such agreement (A) are not and shall not be dealt in or traded on securities exchanges or in securities markets, (B) do not and will not constitute investment company securities, and (C) are not and will not be held by such Grantor in a securities account. In addition, none of the Pledged Operating Agreements, the Pledged Partnership Agreements, or any other agreements governing any of the Pledged Interests issued under any Pledged Operating Agreement or Pledged Partnership Agreement, provide or shall provide that such Pledged Interests are securities governed by Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in any relevant jurisdiction;
          (i) Real Property; Fixtures . Except to the extent not required by the Credit Agreement, each Grantor covenants and agrees that upon the acquisition of any fee interest in Real Property with a fair market value in excess of $500,000 it will promptly (and in any event within five (5) Business Days of acquisition) notify Agent of the acquisition of such Real Property and will grant to Agent, for the benefit of the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers, a first priority Mortgage on each fee interest in Real Property now or hereafter owned by such Grantor and shall deliver such other documentation and opinions, in form and substance satisfactory to Agent, in connection with the grant of such Mortgage as Agent shall request in its Permitted Discretion, including title insurance policies, financing statements, fixture filings and environmental audits and such Grantor shall pay all recording costs, intangible taxes and other fees and costs (including reasonable attorneys fees and expenses) incurred in connection therewith. Each Grantor acknowledges and agrees that, to the extent permitted by applicable law, all of the Collateral shall remain personal property regardless of the manner of its attachment or affixation to real property;

-14-


 

          (j) Transfers and Other Liens . Grantors shall not (i) sell, assign (by operation of law or otherwise) or otherwise dispose of, or grant any option with respect to, any of the Collateral, except as expressly permitted by the Credit Agreement, or (ii) create or permit to exist any Lien upon or with respect to any of the Collateral of any Grantor, except for Permitted Liens. The inclusion of Proceeds in the Collateral shall not be deemed to constitute Agent’s consent to any sale or other disposition of any of the Collateral except as expressly permitted in this Agreement or the other Loan Documents;
          (k) Other Actions as to Any and All Collateral . Each Grantor shall promptly (and in any event within five (5) Business Days of acquiring or obtaining such Collateral) notify Agent in writing upon (i) acquiring or otherwise obtaining any Collateral after the date hereof consisting of Investment Related Property, Chattel Paper (electronic, tangible or otherwise), documents (as defined in Article 9 of the Code), promissory notes (as defined in the Code, or instruments (as defined in the Code), in each case, with a value in excess of $250,000 or (ii) any amount payable in excess of $250,000 under or in connection with any of the Collateral being or becoming evidenced after the date hereof by any Chattel Paper, documents, promissory notes, or instruments and, in each such case upon the request of Agent, promptly execute such other documents, or if applicable, deliver such Chattel Paper, other documents or certificates evidencing any Investment Related Property and do such other acts or things deemed necessary or desirable by Agent to protect Agent’s Security Interest therein;
          (l) Controlled Accounts .
               (i) Each Grantor shall (A) establish and maintain cash management services of a type and on terms reasonably satisfactory to Agent at one or more of the banks set forth on Schedule 6(l) (each a “ Controlled Account Bank ”), and shall take reasonable steps to ensure that all of its Account Debtors forward payment of the amounts owed by them directly to such Controlled Account Bank, and (B) deposit or cause to be deposited promptly, and in any event no later than the second Business Day after the date of receipt thereof, all of their Collections (including those sent directly by their Account Debtors to a Loan Party) into a bank account of such Grantor (each, a “ Controlled Account ”) at one of the Controlled Account Banks. As of the Closing Date, Agent acknowledges that the cash management services maintained by Grantors as of the Closing Date are satisfactory to Agent;
               (ii) Each Controlled Account Bank shall establish and maintain Controlled Account Agreements with Agent and the applicable Loan Party, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Agent. Each such Controlled Account Agreement shall provide, among other things, that (x) the Controlled Account Bank will comply with any instructions originated by Agent directing the disposition of the funds in such Controlled Account without further consent by the applicable Loan Party, (y) the Controlled Account Bank has no rights of setoff or recoupment or any other claim against the applicable Controlled Account other than for payment of its service fees and other charges directly related to the administration of such Controlled Account and for returned checks or other items of payment, and (z) upon the instruction of the Agent (an “ Activation Instruction ”), the Controlled Account Bank will forward by daily sweep all amounts in the applicable Controlled Account to the Agent’s Account. Agent agrees not to issue an Activation Instruction with respect to the Controlled Accounts unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing at the time such Activation Instruction is issued. Agent agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to rescind an Activation Instruction (the “ Rescission ”) if: (A) the Event of Default upon which such Activation Instruction was issued has been cured or waived in writing in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, and (B) no additional Event of Default has occurred and is continuing prior to the date of the Rescission or is reasonably expected to occur on or immediately after the date of the Rescission; and
               (iii) So long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, any Grantor may amend Schedule 6(l) to add or replace a Controlled Account Bank or Controlled Account; provided , however , that (y) such prospective Controlled Account Bank shall be reasonably satisfactory to Agent, and (z) concurrently with the opening of such Controlled Account, the applicable Loan Party and such prospective Controlled Account Bank shall have executed and delivered to Agent a Controlled Account Agreement. Each Grantor shall close any of its Controlled Accounts (and establish replacement Controlled

-15-


 

Account accounts in accordance with the foregoing sentence) as promptly as practicable, and in any event within forty-five (45) days, after notice from Agent that the operating performance, funds transfer, or availability procedures or performance of the Controlled Account Bank with respect to Controlled Accounts or Agent’s liability under any Controlled Account Agreement with such Controlled Account Bank is no longer acceptable in Agent’s reasonable judgment.
     7.  Relation to Other Security Documents . The provisions of this Agreement shall be read and construed with the other Loan Documents referred to below in the manner so indicated.
          (a) Credit Agreement . In the event of any conflict between any provision in this Agreement and a provision in the Credit Agreement, such provision of the Credit Agreement shall control.
          (b) Patent, Trademark, Copyright Security Agreements . The provisions of the Copyright Security Agreements, Trademark Security Agreements, and Patent Security Agreements are supplemental to the provisions of this Agreement, and nothing contained in the Copyright Security Agreements, Trademark Security Agreements, or the Patent Security Agreements shall limit any of the rights or remedies of Agent hereunder. In the event of any conflict between any provision in this Agreement and a provision in a Copyright Security Agreement, Trademark Security Agreement or Patent Security Agreement, such provision of this Agreement shall control.
     8.  Further Assurances .
          (a) Each Grantor agrees that from time to time, at its own expense, such Grantor will promptly execute and deliver all further instruments and documents, and take all further action, that may be necessary or that Agent may reasonably request, in order to perfect and protect the Security Interest granted or purported to be granted hereby or to enable Agent to exercise and enforce its rights and remedies hereunder with respect to any of the Collateral.
          (b) Each Grantor authorizes the filing by Agent of financing or continuation statements, or amendments thereto, and such Grantor will execute and deliver to Agent such other instruments or notices, as may be necessary or as Agent may reasonably request, in order to perfect and preserve the Security Interest granted or purported to be granted hereby.
          (c) Each Grantor authorizes Agent at any time and from time to time to file, transmit, or communicate, as applicable, financing statements and amendments (i) describing the Collateral as “all personal property of debtor” or “all assets of debtor” or words of similar effect, (ii) describing the Collateral as being of equal or lesser scope or with greater detail, or (iii) that contain any information required by part 5 of Article 9 of the Code for the sufficiency or filing office acceptance. Each Grantor also hereby ratifies any and all financing statements or amendments previously filed by Agent in any jurisdiction.
          (d) Each Grantor acknowledges that it is not authorized to file any financing statement or amendment or termination statement with respect to any financing statement filed in connection with this Agreement without the prior written consent of Agent, subject to such Grantor’s rights under Section 9-509(d)(2) of the Code.
     9.  Agent’s Right to Perform Contracts, Exercise Rights, etc . Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Agent (or its designee) (a) may proceed to perform any and all of the obligations of any Grantor contained in any contract, lease, or other agreement and exercise any and all rights of any Grantor therein contained as fully as such Grantor itself could, (b) shall have the right to use any Grantor’s rights under Intellectual Property Licenses in connection with the enforcement of the Agent’s rights hereunder, including the right to prepare for sale and sell any and all Inventory and Equipment now or hereafter owned by any Grantor and now or hereafter covered by such licenses, and (c) shall have the right to request that any Stock that is pledged hereunder be registered in the name of Agent or any of its nominees.

-16-


 

     10.  Agent Appointed Attorney-in-Fact . Each Grantor hereby irrevocably appoints Agent its attorney-in-fact, with full authority in the place and stead of such Grantor and in the name of such Grantor or otherwise, at such time as an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under the Credit Agreement, to take any action and to execute any instrument which Agent may reasonably deem necessary or advisable to accomplish the purposes of this Agreement, including:
          (a) to ask, demand, collect, sue for, recover, compromise, receive and give acquittance and receipts for moneys due and to become due under or in connection with the Accounts or any other Collateral of such Grantor;
          (b) to receive and open all mail addressed to such Grantor and to notify postal authorities to change the address for the delivery of mail to such Grantor to that of Agent;
          (c) to receive, indorse, and collect any drafts or other instruments, documents, Negotiable Collateral or Chattel Paper;
          (d) to file any claims or take any action or institute any proceedings which Agent may deem necessary or desirable for the collection of any of the Collateral of such Grantor or otherwise to enforce the rights of Agent with respect to any of the Collateral;
          (e) to repair, alter, or supply goods, if any, necessary to fulfill in whole or in part the purchase order of any Person obligated to such Grantor in respect of any Account of such Grantor;
          (f) to use any Intellectual Property, including but not limited to any labels, Patents, Trademarks, trade names, URLs, domain names, industrial designs, Copyrights, and advertising matter, in advertising for sale and selling Inventory and other Collateral and to collect any amounts due under Accounts, contracts or Negotiable Collateral of such Grantor; and
          (g) Agent, on behalf of the Lender Group or the Bank Product Providers, shall have the right, but shall not be obligated, to bring suit in its own name to enforce the Intellectual Property and Intellectual Property Licenses and, if Agent shall commence any such suit, the appropriate Grantor shall, at the request of Agent, do any and all lawful acts and execute any and all proper documents reasonably required by Agent in aid of such enforcement.
     To the extent permitted by law, each Grantor hereby ratifies all that such attorney-in-fact shall lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof. This power of attorney is coupled with an interest and shall be irrevocable until this Agreement is terminated.
     11.  Agent May Perform . If any Grantor fails to perform any agreement contained herein within the time period allowed therefor, Agent may itself perform, or cause performance of, such agreement, and the reasonable expenses of Agent incurred in connection therewith shall be payable, jointly and severally, by Grantors.
     12.  Agent’s Duties . The powers conferred on Agent hereunder are solely to protect Agent’s interest in the Collateral, for the benefit of the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers, and shall not impose any duty upon Agent to exercise any such powers. Except for the safe custody of any Collateral in its actual possession and the accounting for moneys actually received by it hereunder, Agent shall have no duty as to any Collateral or as to the taking of any necessary steps to preserve rights against prior parties or any other rights pertaining to any Collateral. Agent shall be deemed to have exercised reasonable care in the custody and preservation of any Collateral in its actual possession if such Collateral is accorded treatment substantially equal to that which Agent accords its own property.
     13.  Collection of Accounts, General Intangibles and Negotiable Collateral . At any time upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, Agent or Agent’s designee may (a) notify

-17-


 

Account Debtors of any Grantor that the Accounts, General Intangibles, Chattel Paper or Negotiable Collateral have been assigned to Agent, for the benefit of the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers, or that Agent has a security interest therein, and (b) collect the Accounts, General Intangibles and Negotiable Collateral directly, and any collection costs and expenses shall constitute part of such Grantor’s Secured Obligations under the Loan Documents.
     14.  Disposition of Pledged Interests by Agent . None of the Pledged Interests existing as of the date of this Agreement are, and none of the Pledged Interests hereafter acquired on the date of acquisition thereof will be, registered or qualified under the various federal or state securities laws of the United States and disposition thereof after an Event of Default may be restricted to one or more private (instead of public) sales in view of the lack of such registration. Each Grantor understands that in connection with such disposition, Agent may approach only a restricted number of potential purchasers and further understands that a sale under such circumstances may yield a lower price for the Pledged Interests than if the Pledged Interests were registered and qualified pursuant to federal and state securities laws and sold on the open market. Each Grantor, therefore, agrees that: (a) if Agent shall, pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, sell or cause the Pledged Interests or any portion thereof to be sold at a private sale, Agent shall have the right to rely upon the advice and opinion of any nationally recognized brokerage or investment firm (but shall not be obligated to seek such advice and the failure to do so shall not be considered in determining the commercial reasonableness of such action) as to the best manner in which to offer the Pledged Interest or any portion thereof for sale and as to the best price reasonably obtainable at the private sale thereof; and (b) such reliance shall be conclusive evidence that Agent has handled the disposition in a commercially reasonable manner.
     15.  Voting Rights .
          (a) Upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, (i) Agent may, at its option, and with two (2) Business Days prior notice to any Grantor, and in addition to all rights and remedies available to Agent under any other agreement, at law, in equity, or otherwise, exercise all voting rights, and all other ownership or consensual rights in respect of the Pledged Interests owned by such Grantor, but under no circumstances is Agent obligated by the terms of this Agreement to exercise such rights, and (ii) if Agent duly exercises its right to vote any of such Pledged Interests, each Grantor hereby appoints Agent, such Grantor’s true and lawful attorney-in-fact and IRREVOCABLE PROXY to vote such Pledged Interests in any manner Agent deems advisable for or against all matters submitted or which may be submitted to a vote of shareholders, partners or members, as the case may be. The power-of-attorney and proxy granted hereby is coupled with an interest and shall be irrevocable.
          (b) For so long as any Grantor shall have the right to vote the Pledged Interests owned by it, such Grantor covenants and agrees that it will not, without the prior written consent of Agent, vote or take any consensual action with respect to such Pledged Interests which would materially adversely affect the rights of Agent, the other members of the Lender Group, the Bank Product Providers, or the value of the Pledged Interests.
     16.  Remedies . Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default:
          (a) Agent may, and, at the instruction of the Required Lenders, shall exercise in respect of the Collateral, in addition to other rights and remedies provided for herein, in the other Loan Documents, or otherwise available to it, all the rights and remedies of a secured party on default under the Code or any other applicable law. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Grantor expressly agrees that, in any such event, Agent without demand of performance or other demand, advertisement or notice of any kind (except a notice specified below of time and place of public or private sale) to or upon any Grantor or any other Person (all and each of which demands, advertisements and notices are hereby expressly waived to the maximum extent permitted by the Code or any other applicable law), may take immediate possession of all or any portion of the Collateral and (i) require Grantors to, and each Grantor hereby agrees that it will at its own expense and upon request of Agent forthwith, assemble all or part of the Collateral as directed by Agent and make it available to Agent at one or more locations where such Grantor regularly maintains Inventory, and

-18-


 

(ii) without notice except as specified below, sell the Collateral or any part thereof in one or more parcels at public or private sale, at any of Agent’s offices or elsewhere, for cash, on credit, and upon such other terms as Agent may deem commercially reasonable. Each Grantor agrees that, to the extent notice of sale shall be required by law, at least 10 days notice to the applicable Grantor of the time and place of any public sale or the time after which any private sale is to be made shall constitute reasonable notification and specifically such notice shall constitute a reasonable “authenticated notification of disposition” within the meaning of Section 9-611 of the Code. Agent shall not be obligated to make any sale of Collateral regardless of notice of sale having been given. Agent may adjourn any public or private sale from time to time by announcement at the time and place fixed therefor, and such sale may, without further notice, be made at the time and place to which it was so adjourned. Each Grantor agrees that the internet shall constitute a “place” for purposes of Section 9-610(b) of the Code.
          (b) Agent is hereby granted a license or other right to use, without liability for royalties or any other charge, each Grantor’s Intellectual Property, including but not limited to, any labels, Patents, Trademarks, trade names, URLs, domain names, industrial designs, Copyrights, and advertising matter, whether owned by any Grantor or with respect to which any Grantor has rights under license, sublicense, or other agreements, as it pertains to the Collateral, in preparing for sale, advertising for sale and selling any Collateral, and each Grantor’s rights under all licenses and all franchise agreements shall inure to the benefit of Agent.
          (c) Agent may, in addition to other rights and remedies provided for herein, in the other Loan Documents, or otherwise available to it under applicable law and without the requirement of notice to or upon any Grantor or any other Person (which notice is hereby expressly waived to the maximum extent permitted by the Code or any other applicable law), (i) with respect to any Grantor’s Deposit Accounts in which Agent’s Liens are perfected by control under Section 9-104 of the Code, instruct the bank maintaining such Deposit Account for the applicable Grantor to pay the balance of such Deposit Account to or for the benefit of Agent, and (ii) with respect to any Grantor’s Securities Accounts in which the Agent’s Liens are perfected by control under Section 9-106 of the Code, instruct the securities intermediary maintaining such Securities Account for the applicable Grantor to (A) transfer any cash in such Securities Account to or for the benefit of Agent, or (B) liquidate any financial assets in such Securities Account that are customarily sold on a recognized market and transfer the cash proceeds thereof to or for the benefit of Agent.
          (d) Any cash held by Agent as Collateral and all cash proceeds received by Agent in respect of any sale of, collection from, or other realization upon all or any part of the Collateral shall be applied against the Secured Obligations in the order set forth in the Credit Agreement. In the event the proceeds of Collateral are insufficient to satisfy all of the Secured Obligations in full, each Grantor shall remain jointly and severally liable for any such deficiency.
          (e) Each Grantor hereby acknowledges that the Secured Obligations arose out of a commercial transaction, and agrees that if an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing Agent shall have the right to an immediate writ of possession without notice of a hearing. Agent shall have the right to the appointment of a receiver for the properties and assets of each of Grantors, and each Grantor hereby consents to such rights and such appointment and hereby waives any objection such Grantors may have thereto or the right to have a bond or other security posted by Agent.
     17.  Remedies Cumulative . Each right, power, and remedy of Agent as provided for in this Agreement or in the other Loan Documents or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or by statute or otherwise shall be cumulative and concurrent and shall be in addition to every other right, power, or remedy provided for in this Agreement or in the other Loan Documents or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or by statute or otherwise, and the exercise or beginning of the exercise by Agent, of any one or more of such rights, powers, or remedies shall not preclude the simultaneous or later exercise by Agent of any or all such other rights, powers, or remedies.

-19-


 

     18.  Marshaling. Agent shall not be required to marshal any present or future collateral security (including but not limited to the Collateral) for, or other assurances of payment of, the Secured Obligations or any of them or to resort to such collateral security or other assurances of payment in any particular order, and all of its rights and remedies hereunder and in respect of such collateral security and other assurances of payment shall be cumulative and in addition to all other rights and remedies, however existing or arising. To the extent that it lawfully may, each Grantor hereby agrees that it will not invoke any law relating to the marshaling of collateral which might cause delay in or impede the enforcement of Agent’s rights and remedies under this Agreement or under any other instrument creating or evidencing any of the Secured Obligations or under which any of the Secured Obligations is outstanding or by which any of the Secured Obligations is secured or payment thereof is otherwise assured, and, to the extent that it lawfully may, each Grantor hereby irrevocably waives the benefits of all such laws.
     19.  Indemnity and Expenses.
          (a) Each Grantor agrees to indemnify Agent and the other members of the Lender Group from and against all claims, lawsuits and liabilities (including reasonable attorneys fees) growing out of or resulting from this Agreement (including enforcement of this Agreement) or any other Loan Document to which such Grantor is a party, except claims, losses or liabilities resulting from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the party seeking indemnification or its officers, directors, employees, attorneys, or agents as determined by a final non-appealable order of a court of competent jurisdiction. This provision shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the Credit Agreement and the repayment of the Secured Obligations.
          (b) Grantors, jointly and severally, shall, upon demand, pay to Agent (or Agent, may charge to the Loan Account) all the Lender Group Expenses which Agent may incur in connection with (i) the administration of this Agreement, (ii) the custody, preservation, use or operation of, or, upon an Event of Default, the sale of, collection from, or other realization upon, any of the Collateral in accordance with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (iii) the exercise or enforcement of any of the rights of Agent hereunder or (iv) the failure by any Grantor to perform or observe any of the provisions hereof.
     20.  Merger, Amendments; Etc. THIS AGREEMENT, TOGETHER WITH THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS, REPRESENTS THE FINAL AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE PARTIES AND MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE OF PRIOR, CONTEMPORANEOUS OR SUBSEQUENT ORAL AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES. THERE ARE NO UNWRITTEN AGREEMENTS BETWEEN THE PARTIES. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement, and no consent to any departure by any Grantor herefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by Agent, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given. No amendment of any provision of this Agreement shall be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by Agent and each of Grantors to which such amendment applies.
     21.  Addresses for Notices. All notices and other communications provided for hereunder shall be given in the form and manner and delivered to Agent at its address specified in the Credit Agreement, and to any of the Grantors at their respective addresses specified in the Credit Agreement or Guaranty, as applicable, or, as to any party, at such other address as shall be designated by such party in a written notice to the other party.
     22.  Continuing Security Interest: Assignments under Credit Agreement. This Agreement shall create a continuing security interest in the Collateral and shall (a) remain in full force and effect until the Obligations have been paid in full in cash in accordance with the provisions of the Credit Agreement and the Commitments have expired or have been terminated, (b) be binding upon each of Grantors, and their respective successors and assigns, and (c) inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by, Agent, and its successors, transferees and assigns. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing clause (c), any Lender may, in accordance with the provisions of the Credit Agreement, assign or otherwise transfer all or any portion of its rights and obligations under the Credit Agreement to any other Person, and such other Person shall thereupon become vested with all the benefits in respect thereof granted to such Lender herein or otherwise.

-20-


 

Upon payment in full in cash of the Obligations in accordance with the provisions of the Credit Agreement and the expiration or termination of the Commitments, the Security Interest granted hereby shall terminate and all rights to the Collateral shall revert to Grantors or any other Person entitled thereto. At such time, Agent will authorize the filing of appropriate termination statements to terminate such Security Interests. No transfer or renewal, extension, assignment, or termination of this Agreement or of the Credit Agreement, any other Loan Document, or any other instrument or document executed and delivered by any Grantor to Agent nor any additional Advances or other loans made by any Lender to Borrower, nor the taking of further security, nor the retaking or re-delivery of the Collateral to Grantors, or any of them, by Agent, nor any other act of the Lender Group or the Bank Product Providers, or any of them, shall release any Grantor from any obligation, except a release or discharge executed in writing by Agent in accordance with the provisions of the Credit Agreement. Agent shall not by any act, delay, omission or otherwise, be deemed to have waived any of its rights or remedies hereunder, unless such waiver is in writing and signed by Agent and then only to the extent therein set forth. A waiver by Agent of any right or remedy on any occasion shall not be construed as a bar to the exercise of any such right or remedy which Agent would otherwise have had on any other occasion.
     23.  Governing Law; Jury Trial Waiver .
           (a) THE VALIDITY OF THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS (UNLESS EXPRESSLY PROVIDED TO THE CONTRARY IN ANOTHER LOAN DOCUMENT IN RESPECT OF SUCH OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT), THE CONSTRUCTION, INTERPRETATION, AND ENFORCEMENT HEREOF AND THEREOF, AND THE RIGHTS OF THE PARTIES HERETO AND THERETO WITH RESPECT TO ALL MATTERS ARISING HEREUNDER OR THEREUNDER OR RELATED HERETO OR THERETO SHALL BE DETERMINED UNDER, GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA.
           (b) THE PARTIES AGREE THAT ALL ACTIONS OR PROCEEDINGS ARISING IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS SHALL BE TRIED AND LITIGATED ONLY IN THE STATE AND, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, FEDERAL COURTS LOCATED IN THE COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES, STATE OF CALIFORNIA; PROVIDED , HOWEVER , THAT ANY SUIT SEEKING ENFORCEMENT AGAINST ANY COLLATERAL OR OTHER PROPERTY MAY BE BROUGHT, AT AGENT’S OPTION, IN THE COURTS OF ANY JURISDICTION WHERE AGENT ELECTS TO BRING SUCH ACTION OR WHERE SUCH COLLATERAL OR OTHER PROPERTY MAY BE FOUND. AGENT AND EACH GRANTOR WAIVE, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED UNDER APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT EACH MAY HAVE TO ASSERT THE DOCTRINE OF FORUM NON CONVENIENS OR TO OBJECT TO VENUE TO THE EXTENT ANY PROCEEDING IS BROUGHT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THIS SECTION 23(b) .
          (c) TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, AGENT AND EACH GRANTOR HEREBY WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREIN, INCLUDING CONTRACT CLAIMS, TORT CLAIMS, BREACH OF DUTY CLAIMS, AND ALL OTHER COMMON LAW OR STATUTORY CLAIMS. AGENT AND EACH GRANTOR REPRESENT THAT EACH HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER AND EACH KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY WAIVES ITS JURY TRIAL RIGHTS FOLLOWING CONSULTATION WITH LEGAL COUNSEL. IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, A COPY OF THIS AGREEMENT MAY BE FILED AS A WRITTEN CONSENT TO A TRIAL BY THE COURT.
          (d) REFERENCE PROVISION .
          In the event the Jury Trial Waiver set forth above is not enforceable, the parties elect to proceed under this Judicial Reference Provision.

-21-


 

          23.1 Mechanics .
          (A) With the exception of the items specified in clause (B), below, any controversy, dispute or claim (each, a “ Claim ”) between the parties arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any other document, instrument or agreement between the undersigned parties (collectively in this Section, the “ Lender Documents ”), will be resolved by a reference proceeding in California in accordance with the provisions of Sections 638 et seq. of the California Code of Civil Procedure (“ CCP ”), or their successor sections, which shall constitute the exclusive remedy for the resolution of any Claim, including whether the Claim is subject to the reference proceeding. Except as otherwise provided in the Lender Documents, venue for the reference proceeding will be in the state or federal court in the county or district where the real property involved in the action, if any, is located or in the state or federal court in the county or district where venue is otherwise appropriate under applicable law (the “ Court ”).
          (B) The matters that shall not be subject to a reference are the following: (i) foreclosure of any security interests in real or personal property, (ii) exercise of self-help remedies (including, without limitation, set-off), (iii) appointment of a receiver and (iv) temporary, provisional or ancillary remedies (including, without limitation, writs of attachment, writs of possession, temporary restraining orders or preliminary injunctions). This reference provision does not limit the right of any party to exercise or oppose any of the rights and remedies described in clauses (i) and (ii) or to seek or oppose from a court of competent jurisdiction any of the items described in clauses (iii) and (iv). The exercise of, or opposition to, any of those items does not waive the right of any party to a reference pursuant to this reference provision as provided herein.
          (C) The referee shall be a retired judge or justice selected by mutual written agreement of the parties. If the parties do not agree within ten (10) days of a written request to do so by any party, then, upon request of any party, the referee shall be selected by the Presiding Judge of the Court (or his or her representative). A request for appointment of a referee may be heard on an ex parte or expedited basis, and the parties agree that irreparable harm would result if ex parte relief is not granted. Pursuant to CCP § 170.6, each party shall have one peremptory challenge to the referee selected by the Presiding Judge of the Court (or his or her representative).
          (D) The parties agree that time is of the essence in conducting the reference proceedings. Accordingly, the referee shall be requested, subject to change in the time periods specified herein for good cause shown, to (i) set the matter for a status and trial-setting conference within fifteen (15) days after the date of selection of the referee, (ii) if practicable, try all issues of law or fact within one hundred twenty (120) days after the date of the conference and (iii) report a statement of decision within twenty (20) days after the matter has been submitted for decision.
          (E) The referee will have power to expand or limit the amount and duration of discovery. The referee may set or extend discovery deadlines or cutoffs for good cause, including a party’s failure to provide requested discovery for any reason whatsoever. Unless otherwise ordered based upon good cause shown, no party shall be entitled to “priority” in conducting discovery, depositions may be taken by either party upon seven (7) days written notice, and all other discovery shall be responded to within fifteen (15) days after service. All disputes relating to discovery which cannot be resolved by the parties shall be submitted to the referee whose decision shall be final and binding.
          23.2 Procedures . Except as expressly set forth herein, the referee shall determine the manner in which the reference proceeding is conducted including the time and place of hearings, the order of presentation of evidence, and all other questions that arise with respect to the course of the reference proceeding. All proceedings and hearings conducted before the referee, except for trial, shall be conducted without a court reporter, except that when any party so requests, a court reporter will be used at any hearing conducted before the referee, and the referee will be provided a courtesy copy of the transcript. The party making such a request shall have the obligation to arrange for and pay the court reporter. Subject to the

-22-


 

referee’s power to award costs to the prevailing party, the parties will equally share the cost of the referee and the court reporter at trial.
          23.3 Application of Law . The referee shall be required to determine all issues in accordance with existing case law and the statutory laws of the State of California. The rules of evidence applicable to proceedings at law in the State of California will be applicable to the reference proceeding. The referee shall be empowered to enter equitable as well as legal relief, enter equitable orders that will be binding on the parties and rule on any motion which would be authorized in a court proceeding, including without limitation motions for summary judgment or summary adjudication. The referee shall issue a decision at the close of the reference proceeding which disposes of all claims of the parties that are the subject of the reference. Pursuant to CCP § 644, such decision shall be entered by the Court as a judgment or an order in the same manner as if the action had been tried by the Court and any such decision will be final, binding and conclusive. The parties reserve the right to appeal from the final judgment or order or from any appealable decision or order entered by the referee. The parties reserve the right to findings of fact, conclusions of laws, a written statement of decision, and the right to move for a new trial or a different judgment, which new trial, if granted, is also to be a reference proceeding under this provision.
          23.4 Repeal . If the enabling legislation which provides for appointment of a referee is repealed (and no successor statute is enacted), any dispute between the parties that would otherwise be determined by reference procedure will be resolved and determined by arbitration. The arbitration will be conducted by a retired judge or justice, in accordance with the California Arbitration Act §1280 through §1294.2 of the CCP as amended from time to time. The limitations with respect to discovery set forth above shall apply to any such arbitration proceeding.
          23.5 THE PARTIES RECOGNIZE AND AGREE THAT ALL CONTROVERSIES, DISPUTES AND CLAIMS RESOLVED UNDER THIS REFERENCE PROVISION WILL BE DECIDED BY A REFEREE AND NOT BY A JURY. AFTER CONSULTING (OR HAVING HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT) WITH COUNSEL OF ITS, HIS OR HER OWN CHOICE, EACH PARTY KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY, AND FOR THE MUTUAL BENEFIT OF ALL PARTIES, AGREES THAT THIS REFERENCE PROVISION WILL APPLY TO ANY CONTROVERSY, DISPUTE OR CLAIM BETWEEN OR AMONG THEM ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATED TO, THIS AGREEMENT OR THE OTHER LENDER DOCUMENTS.
     24.  New Subsidiaries . Pursuant to Section 5.11 of the Credit Agreement, certain new direct or indirect Subsidiaries (whether by acquisition or creation) of any Grantor are required to enter into this Agreement by executing and delivering in favor of Agent a supplement to this Agreement in substantially the form of Annex 1 . Upon the execution and delivery of Annex 1 by such new Subsidiary, such Subsidiary shall become a Grantor hereunder with the same force and effect as if originally named as a Grantor herein. The execution and delivery of any instrument adding an additional Grantor as a party to this Agreement shall not require the consent of any Grantor hereunder. The rights and obligations of each Grantor hereunder shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the addition of any new Grantor hereunder.
     25.  Agent . Each reference herein to any right granted to, benefit conferred upon or power exercisable by the “Agent” shall be a reference to Agent, for the benefit of the Lender Group and each of the Bank Product Providers.
     26.  Miscellaneous .
          (a) This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute but one and the same Agreement. Delivery of an executed counterpart of this Agreement by telefacsimile or other electronic method of transmission shall be equally as effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart of this Agreement. Any party delivering an executed counterpart of this Agreement by telefacsimile or other electronic method of transmission also shall

-23-


 

deliver an original executed counterpart of this Agreement but the failure to deliver an original executed counterpart shall not affect the validity, enforceability, and binding effect of this Agreement. The foregoing shall apply to each other Loan Document mutatis mutandis .
          (b) Any provision of this Agreement which is prohibited or unenforceable shall be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof in that jurisdiction or affecting the validity or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction. Each provision of this Agreement shall be severable from every other provision of this Agreement for the purpose of determining the legal enforceability of any specific provision.
          (c) Headings and numbers have been set forth herein for convenience only. Unless the contrary is compelled by the context, everything contained in each Section applies equally to this entire Agreement.
          (d) Neither this Agreement nor any uncertainty or ambiguity herein shall be construed against any member of the Lender Group or any Grantor, whether under any rule of construction or otherwise. On the contrary, this Agreement has been reviewed by all parties and shall be construed and interpreted according to the ordinary meaning of the words used so as to accomplish fairly the purposes and intentions of all parties hereto.
          (e) The pronouns used herein shall include, when appropriate, either gender and both singular and plural, and the grammatical construction of sentences shall conform thereto.
          (f) Unless the context of this Agreement clearly requires otherwise, references to the plural include the singular, references to the singular include the plural, the terms “includes” and “including” are not limiting, and the term “or” has, except where otherwise indicated, the inclusive meaning represented by the phrase “and/or.” The words “hereof,” “herein,” “hereby,” “hereunder,” and similar terms in this Agreement or any other Loan Document refer to this Agreement or such other Loan Document, as the case may be, as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement or such other Loan Document, as the case may be. Section, subsection, clause, schedule, and exhibit references herein are to this Agreement unless otherwise specified. Any reference in this Agreement to any agreement, instrument, or document shall include all alterations, amendments, changes, extensions, modifications, renewals, replacements, substitutions, joinders, and supplements, thereto and thereof, as applicable (subject to any restrictions on such alterations, amendments, changes, extensions, modifications, renewals, replacements, substitutions, joinders, and supplements set forth herein). The words “asset” and “property” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, securities, accounts, and contract rights. Any reference herein to the satisfaction or repayment in full of the Obligations shall mean the repayment in full in cash (or, in the case of Letters of Credit or Bank Products, providing Letter of Credit Collateralization or Bank Product Collateralization, as applicable) of all Obligations other than unasserted contingent indemnification Obligations and other than any Bank Product Obligations that, at such time, are allowed by the applicable Bank Product Provider to remain outstanding and that are not required by the provisions of this Agreement to be repaid or cash collateralized. Any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and assigns. Any requirement of a writing contained herein shall be satisfied by the transmission of a Record.
          (g) All of the annexes, schedules and exhibits attached to this Agreement shall be deemed incorporated herein by reference.
[signature pages follow]

-24-


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned parties hereto have executed this Agreement by and through their duly authorized officers, as of the day and year first above written.
         
GRANTORS:   REALPAGE, INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Timothy J. Barker    
    Name:   Timothy J. Barker   
    Title:   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer   
 
  OPSTECHNOLOGY, INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Timothy J. Barker    
    Name:   Timothy J. Barker   
    Title:   Vice President and Treasurer   
 
  MULTIFAMILY INTERNET VENTURES, LLC
 
 
  By:   /s/ Timothy J. Barker    
    Name:   Timothy J. Barker   
    Title:   Vice President and Treasurer   
 
  STARFIRE MEDIA, INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Timothy J. Barker    
    Name:   Timothy J. Barker   
    Title:   Treasurer   
 
  REALPAGE INDIA HOLDINGS, INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Timothy J. Barker    
    Name:   Timothy J. Barker   
    Title:   Treasurer   
 
Signature Page to Security Agreement

 


 

         
     
     
     
     
 
         
AGENT:   WELLS FARGO FOOTHILL, LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company, as
Agent

 
 
  By:   /s/ Terri Wesolik    
    Name:   Terri Wesolik   
    Title:   Vice President   
 
Signature Page to Security Agreement

 

Exhibit 10.20
GENERAL CONTINUING GUARANTY
          This GENERAL CONTINUING GUARANTY (this “ Guaranty ”), dated as of September 3, 2009 is executed and delivered by OPSTECHNOLOGY, INC. , a Delaware corporation (“ OpsTechnology ”), MULTIFAMILY INTERNET VENTURES, LLC , a California limited liability company (“ Multifamily Internet Ventures ”), STARFIRE MEDIA, INC. , a Delaware corporation (“ StarFire ”), and REALPAGE INDIA HOLDINGS, INC. , a Delaware corporation (“ India Holdings ”; Borrower, OpsTechnology, Multifamily Internet Ventures, StarFire and India Holdings are each a “ Guarantor ”), in favor of WELLS FARGO FOOTHILL, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as agent for the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers (in such capacity, together with its successors and assigns, if any, in such capacity, “ Agent ”), in light of the following:
           WHEREAS , RealPage, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Borrower ”), the below defined Lenders, and Agent are, contemporaneously herewith, entering into that certain Credit Agreement of even date herewith (as amended, restated, modified, renewed or extended from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”);
           WHEREAS , each Guarantor is a Subsidiary of Borrower and, as such, each Guarantor will benefit by virtue of the financial accommodations extended to Borrower by the Lender Group; and
           WHEREAS , in order to induce the Lender Group to enter into the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents and to extend the loans and other financial accommodations to Borrower pursuant to the Credit Agreement, and in consideration thereof, and in consideration of any loans or other financial accommodations heretofore or hereafter extended by the below defined Lender Group to Borrower pursuant to the Loan Documents, each Guarantor has agreed to guaranty the Guarantied Obligations.
           NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the foregoing, each Guarantor hereby agrees as follows:
     1.  Definitions and Construction .
          (a) Definitions . Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Credit Agreement. The following terms, as used in this Guaranty, shall have the following meanings:
          “ Agent ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Guaranty.
          “ Borrower ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Guaranty.
          “ Credit Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Guaranty.
          “ Guarantied Obligations ” means all of the Obligations.
          “ Guarantor ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Guaranty.
          “ Guaranty ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Guaranty.
          “ Voidable Transfer ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9 of this Guaranty.
          (b) Construction . Unless the context of this Guaranty clearly requires otherwise, references to the plural include the singular, references to the singular include the plural, the part includes the whole, the terms “includes” and “including” are not limiting, and the term “or” has, except where otherwise indicated, the inclusive meaning represented by the phrase “and/or.” The words “hereof,” “herein,” “hereby,” “hereunder,” and other similar terms in this Guaranty refer to this Guaranty as a whole and not to any


 

particular provision of this Guaranty. Section, subsection, clause, schedule, and exhibit references herein are to this Guaranty unless otherwise specified. Any reference in this Guaranty to any agreement, instrument, or document shall include all alterations, amendments, changes, extensions, modifications, renewals, replacements, substitutions, joinders, and supplements, thereto and thereof, as applicable (subject to any restrictions on such alterations, amendments, changes, extensions, modifications, renewals, replacements, substitutions, joinders, and supplements set forth herein). Neither this Guaranty nor any uncertainty or ambiguity herein shall be construed or resolved against the Lender Group or any Guarantor, whether under any rule of construction or otherwise. On the contrary, this Guaranty has been reviewed by all parties and shall be construed and interpreted according to the ordinary meaning of the words used so as to accomplish fairly the purposes and intentions of Guarantors and Agent. Any reference herein to the satisfaction or payment in full of the Guarantied Obligations shall mean the payment in full in cash (or cash collateralization in accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement) of all Guarantied Obligations other than contingent indemnification Guarantied Obligations and other than any Bank Product Obligations that, at such time, are allowed by the applicable Bank Product Provider to remain outstanding and are not required to be repaid or cash collateralized pursuant to the provisions of the Credit Agreement and the full and final termination of any commitment to extend any financial accommodations under the Credit Agreement and any other Loan Document. Any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and assigns. Any requirement of a writing contained herein shall be satisfied by the transmission of a Record and any Record transmitted shall constitute a representation and warranty as to the accuracy and completeness of the information contained therein. The captions and headings are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the construction of this Guaranty.
     2.  Guarantied Obligations . Each Guarantor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally guaranties, jointly and severally, to Agent, for the benefit of the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers, as and for its own debt, until the final and indefeasible payment in full thereof, in cash, has been made, (a) the due and punctual payment of the Guarantied Obligations, when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at maturity, pursuant to a mandatory prepayment requirement, by acceleration, or otherwise; it being the intent of each Guarantor that the guaranty set forth herein shall be a guaranty of payment and not a guaranty of collection; and (b) the punctual and faithful performance, keeping, observance, and fulfillment by Borrower of all of the agreements, conditions, covenants, and obligations of Borrower contained in the Credit Agreement and under each of the other Loan Documents.
     3.  Continuing Guaranty . This Guaranty includes Guarantied Obligations arising under successive transactions continuing, compromising, extending, increasing, modifying, releasing, or renewing the Guarantied Obligations, changing the interest rate, payment terms, or other terms and conditions thereof, or creating new or additional Guarantied Obligations after prior Guarantied Obligations have been satisfied in whole or in part. To the maximum extent permitted by law, each Guarantor hereby waives any right to revoke this Guaranty as to future Guarantied Obligations. If such a revocation is effective notwithstanding the foregoing waiver, each Guarantor acknowledges and agrees that (a) no such revocation shall be effective until written notice thereof has been received by Agent, (b) no such revocation shall apply to any Guarantied Obligations in existence on the date of receipt by Agent of such written notice (including any subsequent continuation, extension, or renewal thereof, or change in the interest rate, payment terms, or other terms and conditions thereof), (c) no such revocation shall apply to any Guarantied Obligations made or created after such date to the extent made or created pursuant to a legally binding commitment of the Lender Group in existence on the date of such revocation, (d) no payment by such Guarantor, Borrower, or from any other source, prior to the date of Agent’s receipt of written notice of such revocation shall reduce the maximum obligation of such Guarantor hereunder, and (e) any payment by Borrower or from any source other than such Guarantor subsequent to the date of such revocation shall first be applied to that portion of the Guarantied Obligations as to which the revocation is effective and which are not, therefore, guarantied hereunder, and to the extent so applied shall not reduce the maximum obligation of such Guarantor hereunder.
     4.  Performance Under this Guaranty . In the event that Borrower fails to make any payment of any Guarantied Obligations, on or prior to the due date thereof, or if Borrower shall fail to perform, keep,

2


 

observe, or fulfill any other obligation referred to in clause (b) of Section 2 of this Guaranty in the manner provided in the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, each Guarantor immediately upon demand shall cause, as applicable, such payment in respect of the Guarantied Obligations to be made or such obligation to be performed, kept, observed, or fulfilled.
     5.  Primary Obligations . This Guaranty is a primary and original obligation of each Guarantor, is not merely the creation of a surety relationship, and is an absolute, unconditional, and continuing guaranty of payment and performance which shall remain in full force and effect without respect to future changes in conditions. Each Guarantor hereby agrees that it is directly, jointly and severally with any other guarantor of the Guarantied Obligations, liable to Agent, for the benefit of the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers, that the obligations of each Guarantor hereunder are independent of the obligations of Borrower or any other guarantor, and that a separate action may be brought against each Guarantor, whether such action is brought against Borrower or any other guarantor or whether Borrower or any other guarantor is joined in such action. Each Guarantor hereby agrees that its liability hereunder shall be immediate and shall not be contingent upon the exercise or enforcement by any member of the Lender Group or any Bank Product Provider of whatever remedies they may have against Borrower or any other guarantor, or the enforcement of any lien or realization upon any security by any member of the Lender Group or any Bank Product Provider. Each Guarantor hereby agrees that any release which may be given by Agent to Borrower or any other guarantor, or with respect to any property or asset subject to a Lien, shall not release such Guarantor. Each Guarantor consents and agrees that no member of the Lender Group nor any Bank Product Provider shall be under any obligation to marshal any property or assets of Borrower or any other guarantor in favor of such Guarantor, or against or in payment of any or all of the Guarantied Obligations.
     6.  Waivers .
          (a) To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, each Guarantor hereby waives: (i) notice of acceptance hereof; (ii) notice of any loans or other financial accommodations made or extended under the Credit Agreement, or the creation or existence of any Guarantied Obligations; (iii) notice of the amount of the Guarantied Obligations, subject, however, to such Guarantor’s right to make inquiry of Agent to ascertain the amount of the Guarantied Obligations at any reasonable time; (iv) notice of any adverse change in the financial condition of Borrower or of any other fact that might increase such Guarantor’s risk hereunder; (v) notice of presentment for payment, demand, protest, and notice thereof as to any instrument among the Loan Documents; (vi) notice of any Default or Event of Default under any of the Loan Documents; and (vii) all other notices (except if such notice is specifically required to be given to such Guarantor under this Guaranty or any other Loan Documents to which such Guarantor is a party) and demands to which such Guarantor might otherwise be entitled.
          (b) To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, each Guarantor hereby waives the right by statute or otherwise to require any member of the Lender Group or any Bank Product Provider, to institute suit against Borrower or any other guarantor or to exhaust any rights and remedies which any member of the Lender Group or any Bank Product Provider, has or may have against Borrower or any other guarantor. In this regard, each Guarantor agrees that it is bound to the payment of each and all Guarantied Obligations, whether now existing or hereafter arising, as fully as if the Guarantied Obligations were directly owing to Agent, the Lender Group, or the Bank Product Providers, as applicable, by such Guarantor. Each Guarantor further waives any defense arising by reason of any disability or other defense (other than the defense that the Guarantied Obligations shall have been fully and finally performed and indefeasibly paid in full in cash, to the extent of any such payment) of Borrower or by reason of the cessation from any cause whatsoever of the liability of Borrower in respect thereof.
          (c) To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, each Guarantor hereby waives: (i) any right to assert against any member of the Lender Group or any Bank Product Provider, any defense (legal or equitable), set-off, counterclaim, or claim which such Guarantor may now or at any time hereafter have against Borrower or any other party liable to any member of the Lender Group or any Bank Product

3


 

Provider; (ii) any defense, set-off, counterclaim, or claim, of any kind or nature, arising directly or indirectly from the present or future lack of perfection, sufficiency, validity, or enforceability of the Guarantied Obligations or any security therefor; (iii) any right or defense arising by reason of any claim or defense based upon an election of remedies by any member of the Lender Group or any Bank Product Provider including any defense based upon an impairment or elimination of such Guarantor’s rights of subrogation, reimbursement, contribution, or indemnity of such Guarantor against Borrower or other guarantors or sureties; (iv) the benefit of any statute of limitations affecting such Guarantor’s liability hereunder or the enforcement thereof, and any act which shall defer or delay the operation of any statute of limitations applicable to the Guarantied Obligations shall similarly operate to defer or delay the operation of such statute of limitations applicable to such Guarantor’s liability hereunder.
          (d) Until the Guarantied Obligations have been paid in full in cash, (i) each Guarantor hereby postpones and agrees not to exercise any right of subrogation such Guarantor has or may have as against Borrower with respect to the Guarantied Obligations; (ii) each Guarantor hereby postpones and agrees not to exercise any right to proceed against Borrower or any other Person now or hereafter liable on account of the Obligations for contribution, indemnity, reimbursement, or any other similar rights (irrespective of whether direct or indirect, liquidated or contingent); and (iii) each Guarantor hereby postpones and agrees not to exercise any right it may have to proceed or to seek recourse against or with respect to any property or asset of Borrower or any other Person now or hereafter liable on account of the Obligations. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Guaranty, each Guarantor shall not exercise any rights of subrogation, contribution, indemnity, reimbursement or other similar rights against, and shall not proceed or seek recourse against or with respect to any property or asset of, any other guarantor (including after payment in full of the Guaranteed Obligations) if all or any portion of the Obligations have been satisfied in connection with an exercise of remedies in respect of all of the pledged Stock of such other guarantor whether pursuant to the Security Agreement or otherwise.
          (e) If any of the Guarantied Obligations or the obligations of any Guarantor under this Guaranty at any time are secured by a mortgage or deed of trust upon real property, any member of the Lender Group or any Bank Product Provider may elect, in its sole discretion, upon a default with respect to the Guarantied Obligations or the obligations of any Guarantor under this Guaranty, to foreclose such mortgage or deed of trust judicially or nonjudicially in any manner permitted by law, before or after enforcing this Guaranty, without diminishing or affecting the liability of any Guarantor hereunder. Each Guarantor understands that (a) by virtue of the operation of antideficiency law applicable to nonjudicial foreclosures, an election by any member of the Lender Group or any Bank Product Provider to nonjudicially foreclose on such a mortgage or deed of trust probably would have the effect of impairing or destroying rights of subrogation, reimbursement, contribution, or indemnity of such Guarantor against Borrower or other guarantors or sureties, and (b) absent the waiver given by such Guarantor herein, such an election would estop any member of the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers from enforcing this Guaranty against such Guarantor. Understanding the foregoing, and understanding that each Guarantor is hereby relinquishing a defense to the enforceability of this Guaranty, each Guarantor hereby waives any right to assert against any member of the Lender Group or any Bank Product Provider any defense to the enforcement of this Guaranty, whether denominated “estoppel” or otherwise, based on or arising from an election by any member of the Lender Group or any Bank Product Provider to nonjudicially foreclose on any such mortgage or deed of trust or as a result of any other exercise of remedies, whether under a mortgage or deed of trust or under any personal property security agreement. Each Guarantor understands that the effect of the foregoing waiver may be that such Guarantor may have liability hereunder for amounts with respect to which such Guarantor may be left without rights of subrogation, reimbursement, contribution, or indemnity against Borrower or other guarantors or sureties. Each Guarantor also agrees that the “fair market value” provisions of Section 580a of the California Code of Civil Procedure (and any similar law of New York or any other applicable jurisdiction) shall have no applicability with respect to the determination of such Guarantor’s liability under this Guaranty.

4


 

          (f) Without limiting the generality of any other waiver or other provision set forth in this Guaranty, each Guarantor waives all rights and defenses that such Guarantor may have as a result of all or part of the Guarantied Obligations being secured by real property. This means, among other things:
               (i) Any member of the Lender Group or any Bank Product Provider may collect from such Guarantor without first foreclosing on any real or personal property collateral that may be pledged by such Guarantor, Borrower, or any other guarantor.
               (ii) If any member of the Lender Group or any Bank Product Provider forecloses on any real property collateral that may be pledged by such Guarantor, Borrower or any other guarantor:
  (1)   The amount of the Guarantied Obligations or any obligations of any guarantor in respect thereof may be reduced only by the price for which that collateral is sold at the foreclosure sale, even if the collateral is worth more than the sale price.
  (2)   Agent may collect from such Guarantor even if any member of the Lender Group or any Bank Product Provider, by foreclosing on the real property collateral, has destroyed any right such Guarantor may have to collect from Borrower or any other guarantor.
          This is an unconditional and irrevocable waiver of any rights and defenses any Guarantor may have if all or part of the Guarantied Obligations are secured by real property. These rights and defenses are based upon Section 580a, 580b, 580d, or 726 of the California Code of Civil Procedure and any similar law of New York or any other jurisdiction.
          (g) WITHOUT LIMITING THE GENERALITY OF ANY OTHER WAIVER OR OTHER PROVISION SET FORTH IN THIS GUARANTY, EACH GUARANTOR HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT SUCH WAIVER IS PERMITTED BY LAW, ANY AND ALL BENEFITS OR DEFENSES ARISING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY UNDER ANY ONE OR MORE OF CALIFORNIA CIVIL CODE §§ 2787, 2799, 2808, 2815, 2819, 2820, 2821, 2822, 2838, 2839, 2847, 2848, AND 2855, CALIFORNIA CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE §§ 580A, 580B, 580C, 580D, AND 726, AND CHAPTER 2 OF TITLE 14 OF THE CALIFORNIA CIVIL CODE OR ANY SIMILAR LAWS OF ANY OTHER APPLICABLE JURISDICTION.
          (h) WITHOUT LIMITING THE GENERALITY OF ANY OTHER WAIVER OR OTHER PROVISION SET FORTH IN THIS GUARANTY, EACH GUARANTOR WAIVES ALL RIGHTS AND DEFENSES ARISING OUT OF AN ELECTION OF REMEDIES BY ANY MEMBER OF THE LENDER GROUP OR ANY BANK PRODUCT PROVIDER, EVEN THOUGH SUCH ELECTION OF REMEDIES, SUCH AS A NONJUDICIAL FORECLOSURE WITH RESPECT TO SECURITY FOR THE GUARANTIED OBLIGATIONS, HAS DESTROYED SUCH GUARANTOR’S RIGHTS OF SUBROGATION AND REIMBURSEMENT AGAINST BORROWER BY THE OPERATION OF APPLICABLE LAW INCLUDING §580D OF THE CALIFORNIA CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE OR ANY SIMILAR LAWS OF ANY OTHER APPLICABLE JURISDICTION.
          (i) Without limiting the generality of any other waiver or other provision set forth in this Guaranty, each Guarantor hereby also agrees to the following waivers:
               (i) Agent’s right to enforce this Guaranty is absolute and is not contingent upon the genuineness, validity or enforceability of the Guarantied Obligations or any of the Loan Documents. Each Guarantor waives all benefits and defenses it may have under California Civil Code Section 2810 or any similar laws in any other applicable jurisdiction and agrees that Agent’s rights under this Guaranty shall be

5


 

enforceable even if Borrower had no liability at the time of execution of the Loan Documents or the Guarantied Obligations are unenforceable in whole or in part, or Borrower ceases to be liable with respect to all or any portion of the Guarantied Obligations.
               (ii) Each Guarantor waives all benefits and defenses it may have under California Civil Code Section 2809 or any similar laws in any other applicable jurisdiction with respect to its obligations under this Guaranty and agrees that Agent’s rights under the Loan Documents will remain enforceable even if the amount guaranteed hereunder is larger in amount and more burdensome than that for which Borrower is responsible. The enforceability of this Guaranty against each Guarantor shall continue until all sums due under the Loan Documents have been paid in full and the commitments of the Lender Group to extend financial accommodations to Borrower have been terminated and shall not be limited or affected in any way by any impairment or any diminution or loss of value of any security or collateral for Borrower’s obligations under the Loan Documents, from whatever cause, the failure of any security interest in any such security or collateral or any disability or other defense of Borrower, any other guarantor of Borrower’s obligations under any other Loan Document, any pledgor of collateral for any person’s obligations to Agent or any other person in connection with the Loan Documents.
               (iii) Each Guarantor waives all benefits and defenses it may have under California Civil Code §§ 2845, 2849 and 2850 or any similar laws of any other applicable jurisdiction with respect to its obligations under this Guaranty, including the right to require Agent to (A) proceed against Borrower, any guarantor of Borrower’s obligations under any Loan Document, any other pledgor of collateral for any person’s obligations to Agent or any other person in connection with the Guarantied Obligations, (B) proceed against or exhaust any other security or collateral Agent may hold, or (C) pursue any other right or remedy for such Guarantor’s benefit, and agrees that Agent may exercise its right under this Guaranty without taking any action against Borrower, any other guarantor of Borrower’s obligations under the Loan Documents, any pledgor of collateral for any person’s obligations to Agent or any other person in connection with the Guarantied Obligations, and without proceeding against or exhausting any security or collateral Agent holds.
               (iv) The paragraphs in this Section 6 which refer to certain sections of the California Civil Code are included in this Guaranty solely out of an abundance of caution and shall not be construed to mean that any of the above-referenced provisions of California law are in any way necessarily applicable to this Guaranty.
     7.  Releases . Each Guarantor consents and agrees that, without notice to or by such Guarantor and without affecting or impairing the obligations of such Guarantor hereunder, any member of the Lender Group or any Bank Product Provider may, by action or inaction, compromise or settle, shorten or extend the Maturity Date or any other period of duration or the time for the payment of the Obligations, or discharge the performance of the Obligations, or may refuse to enforce the Obligations, or otherwise elect not to enforce the Obligations, or may, by action or inaction, release all or any one or more parties to, any one or more of the terms and provisions of the Credit Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents in accordance with the terms thereof or may grant other indulgences to Borrower or any other guarantor in respect thereof, or may amend or modify in any manner and at any time (or from time to time) any one or more of the Obligations, the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document (including any increase or decrease in the principal amount of any Obligations or the interest, fees or other amounts that may accrue from time to time in respect thereof), or may, by action or inaction, release or substitute the Borrower or any guarantor, if any, of the Guarantied Obligations, or may enforce, exchange, release, or waive, by action or inaction, any security for the Guarantied Obligations or any other guaranty of the Guarantied Obligations, or any portion thereof.
     8.  No Election . The Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers shall have the right to seek recourse against each Guarantor to the fullest extent provided for herein and no election by any member of the Lender Group or any Bank Product Provider to proceed in one form of action or proceeding, or against any party, or on any obligation, shall constitute a waiver of the Lender Group’s or any Bank Product Provider’s right to proceed in any other form of action or proceeding or against other parties unless Agent, on behalf of

6


 

the Lender Group or the Bank Product Providers, has expressly waived such right in writing. Specifically, but without limiting the generality of the foregoing, no action or proceeding by the Lender Group or the Bank Product Providers under any document or instrument evidencing the Guarantied Obligations shall serve to diminish the liability of any Guarantor under this Guaranty except to the extent that the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers finally and unconditionally shall have realized indefeasible payment in full of the Guarantied Obligations by such action or proceeding.
     9.  Revival and Reinstatement . If the incurrence or payment of the Guarantied Obligations by any Guarantor or the obligations of any Guarantor under this Guaranty or the transfer by any Guarantor to Agent of any property of such Guarantor should for any reason subsequently be declared to be void or voidable under any state or federal law relating to creditors’ rights, including provisions of the Bankruptcy Code relating to fraudulent conveyances, preferences, or other voidable or recoverable payments of money or transfers of property (collectively, a “ Voidable Transfer ”), and if the Lender Group is required to repay or restore, in whole or in part, any such Voidable Transfer, or elects to do so upon the reasonable advice of its counsel, then, as to any such Voidable Transfer, or the amount thereof that the Lender Group is required or elects to repay or restore, and as to all reasonable costs, expenses, and attorneys fees of the Lender Group related thereto, the liability of each Guarantor automatically shall be revived, reinstated, and restored and shall exist as though such Voidable Transfer had never been made.
     10.  Financial Condition of Borrower . Each Guarantor represents and warrants to the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers that it is currently informed of the financial condition of Borrower and of all other circumstances which a diligent inquiry would reveal and which bear upon the risk of nonpayment of the Guarantied Obligations. Each Guarantor further represents and warrants to the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers that it has read and understands the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement and each other Loan Document. Each Guarantor hereby covenants that it will continue to keep itself informed of Borrower’s financial condition, the financial condition of other guarantors, if any, and of all other circumstances which bear upon the risk of nonpayment or nonperformance of the Guarantied Obligations.
     11.  Payments; Application . All payments to be made hereunder by any Guarantor shall be made in Dollars, in immediately available funds, and without deduction (whether for taxes or otherwise) or offset and shall be applied to the Guarantied Obligations in accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement.
     12.  Attorneys Fees and Costs . Each Guarantor agrees to pay, on demand, all attorneys fees and all other costs and expenses which may be incurred by Agent or the Lender Group in connection with the enforcement of this Guaranty or in any way arising out of, or consequential to, the protection, assertion, or enforcement of the Guarantied Obligations (or any security therefor), irrespective of whether suit is brought.
     13.  Notices . All notices and other communications hereunder to Agent shall be in writing and shall be mailed, sent, or delivered in accordance with Section 11 of the Credit Agreement. All notices and other communications hereunder to any Guarantor shall be in writing and shall be mailed, sent, or delivered in care of Borrower in accordance with Section 11 of the Credit Agreement.
     14.  Cumulative Remedies . No remedy under this Guaranty, under the Credit Agreement, or any other Loan Document is intended to be exclusive of any other remedy, but each and every remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to any and every other remedy given under this Guaranty, under the Credit Agreement, or any other Loan Document, and those provided by law. No delay or omission by the Lender Group or Agent on behalf thereof to exercise any right under this Guaranty shall impair any such right nor be construed to be a waiver thereof. No failure on the part of the Lender Group or Agent on behalf thereof to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right under this Guaranty shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right under this Guaranty preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right.

7


 

     15.  Severability of Provisions . Each provision of this Guaranty shall be severable from every other provision of this Guaranty for the purpose of determining the legal enforceability of any specific provision.
     16.  Entire Agreement; Amendments . This Guaranty constitutes the entire agreement between parties pertaining to the subject matter contained herein. This Guaranty may not be altered, amended, or modified, nor may any provision hereof be waived or noncompliance therewith consented to, except by means of a writing executed by Guarantors and Agent, on behalf of the Lender Group. Any such alteration, amendment, modification, waiver, or consent shall be effective only to the extent specified therein and for the specific purpose for which given. No course of dealing and no delay or waiver of any right or default under this Guaranty shall be deemed a waiver of any other, similar or dissimilar, right or default or otherwise prejudice the rights and remedies hereunder.
     17.  Successors and Assigns . This Guaranty shall be binding upon each Guarantor and its successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers; provided , however , no Guarantor shall assign this Guaranty or delegate any of its duties hereunder without Agent’s prior written consent and any assignment not consented to by Agent shall be absolutely null and void. In the event of any assignment, participation, or other transfer of rights by the Lender Group or the Bank Product Providers that is permitted under the Credit Agreement, the rights and benefits herein conferred upon the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers shall automatically extend to and be vested in such assignee or other transferee.
     18.  No Third Party Beneficiary . This Guaranty is solely for the benefit of each member of the Lender Group, each Bank Product Provider, and each of their successors and assigns and may not be relied on by any other Person.
     19.  CHOICE OF LAW AND VENUE .
           THE VALIDITY OF THIS GUARANTY, THE CONSTRUCTION, INTERPRETATION, AND ENFORCEMENT HEREOF, AND THE RIGHTS OF THE PARTIES HERETO WITH RESPECT TO ALL MATTERS ARISING HEREUNDER OR RELATED HERETO SHALL BE DETERMINED UNDER, GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA.
           THE PARTIES AGREE THAT ALL ACTIONS OR PROCEEDINGS ARISING IN CONNECTION WITH THIS GUARANTY SHALL BE TRIED AND LITIGATED ONLY IN THE STATE AND, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, FEDERAL COURTS LOCATED IN THE COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES, STATE OF CALIFORNIA, PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THAT ANY SUIT SEEKING ENFORCEMENT AGAINST ANY COLLATERAL OR OTHER PROPERTY MAY BE BROUGHT, AT AGENT’S OPTION, IN THE COURTS OF ANY JURISDICTION WHERE AGENT ELECTS TO BRING SUCH ACTION OR WHERE SUCH COLLATERAL OR OTHER PROPERTY MAY BE FOUND. EACH GUARANTOR AND EACH MEMBER OF THE LENDER GROUP WAIVE, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED UNDER APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT EACH MAY HAVE TO ASSERT THE DOCTRINE OF FORUM NON CONVENIENS OR TO OBJECT TO VENUE TO THE EXTENT ANY PROCEEDING IS BROUGHT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THIS SECTION 19 .
     20.  JURY TRIAL WAIVER .
           EACH GUARANTOR AND EACH MEMBER OF THE LENDER GROUP HEREBY WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF THIS GUARANTY OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREIN, INCLUDING CONTRACT CLAIMS, TORT

8


 

CLAIMS, BREACH OF DUTY CLAIMS, AND ALL OTHER COMMON LAW OR STATUTORY CLAIMS. EACH GUARANTOR AND EACH MEMBER OF THE LENDER GROUP REPRESENT THAT EACH HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER AND EACH KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY WAIVES ITS JURY TRIAL RIGHTS FOLLOWING CONSULTATION WITH LEGAL COUNSEL. IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, A COPY OF THIS SECTION MAY BE FILED AS A WRITTEN CONSENT TO A TRIAL BY THE COURT.
     21.  REFERENCE PROVISION .
          In the event the Jury Trial Waiver set forth above is not enforceable, the parties elect to proceed under this Judicial Reference Provision.
          21.1 Mechanics .
          (a) With the exception of the items specified in clause (b), below, any controversy, dispute or claim (each, a “ Claim ”) between the parties arising out of or relating to this Guaranty or any other document, instrument or agreement between the undersigned parties (collectively in this Section, the “ Lender Documents ”), will be resolved by a reference proceeding in California in accordance with the provisions of Sections 638 et seq. of the California Code of Civil Procedure (“ CCP ”), or their successor sections, which shall constitute the exclusive remedy for the resolution of any Claim, including whether the Claim is subject to the reference proceeding. Except as otherwise provided in the Lender Documents, venue for the reference proceeding will be in the state or federal court in the county or district where the real property involved in the action, if any, is located or in the state or federal court in the county or district where venue is otherwise appropriate under applicable law (the “ Court ”).
          (b) The matters that shall not be subject to a reference are the following: (i) foreclosure of any security interests in real or personal property, (ii) exercise of self-help remedies (including, without limitation, set-off), (iii) appointment of a receiver and (iv) temporary, provisional or ancillary remedies (including, without limitation, writs of attachment, writs of possession, temporary restraining orders or preliminary injunctions). This reference provision does not limit the right of any party to exercise or oppose any of the rights and remedies described in clauses (i) and (ii) or to seek or oppose from a court of competent jurisdiction any of the items described in clauses (iii) and (iv). The exercise of, or opposition to, any of those items does not waive the right of any party to a reference pursuant to this reference provision as provided herein.
          (c) The referee shall be a retired judge or justice selected by mutual written agreement of the parties. If the parties do not agree within ten (10) days of a written request to do so by any party, then, upon request of any party, the referee shall be selected by the Presiding Judge of the Court (or his or her representative). A request for appointment of a referee may be heard on an ex parte or expedited basis, and the parties agree that irreparable harm would result if ex parte relief is not granted. Pursuant to CCP § 170.6, each party shall have one peremptory challenge to the referee selected by the Presiding Judge of the Court (or his or her representative).
          (d) The parties agree that time is of the essence in conducting the reference proceedings. Accordingly, the referee shall be requested, subject to change in the time periods specified herein for good cause shown, to (i) set the matter for a status and trial-setting conference within fifteen (15) days after the date of selection of the referee, (ii) if practicable, try all issues of law or fact within one hundred twenty (120) days after the date of the conference and (iii) report a statement of decision within twenty (20) days after the matter has been submitted for decision.
          (e) The referee will have power to expand or limit the amount and duration of discovery. The referee may set or extend discovery deadlines or cutoffs for good cause, including a party’s failure to provide requested discovery for any reason whatsoever. Unless otherwise ordered based upon good cause

9


 

shown, no party shall be entitled to “priority” in conducting discovery, depositions may be taken by either party upon seven (7) days written notice, and all other discovery shall be responded to within fifteen (15) days after service. All disputes relating to discovery which cannot be resolved by the parties shall be submitted to the referee whose decision shall be final and binding.
          21.2 Procedures . Except as expressly set forth herein, the referee shall determine the manner in which the reference proceeding is conducted including the time and place of hearings, the order of presentation of evidence, and all other questions that arise with respect to the course of the reference proceeding. All proceedings and hearings conducted before the referee, except for trial, shall be conducted without a court reporter, except that when any party so requests, a court reporter will be used at any hearing conducted before the referee, and the referee will be provided a courtesy copy of the transcript. The party making such a request shall have the obligation to arrange for and pay the court reporter. Subject to the referee’s power to award costs to the prevailing party, the parties will equally share the cost of the referee and the court reporter at trial.
          21.3 Application of Law . The referee shall be required to determine all issues in accordance with existing case law and the statutory laws of the State of California. The rules of evidence applicable to proceedings at law in the State of California will be applicable to the reference proceeding. The referee shall be empowered to enter equitable as well as legal relief, enter equitable orders that will be binding on the parties and rule on any motion which would be authorized in a court proceeding, including without limitation motions for summary judgment or summary adjudication. The referee shall issue a decision at the close of the reference proceeding which disposes of all claims of the parties that are the subject of the reference. Pursuant to CCP § 644, such decision shall be entered by the Court as a judgment or an order in the same manner as if the action had been tried by the Court and any such decision will be final, binding and conclusive. The parties reserve the right to appeal from the final judgment or order or from any appealable decision or order entered by the referee. The parties reserve the right to findings of fact, conclusions of laws, a written statement of decision, and the right to move for a new trial or a different judgment, which new trial, if granted, is also to be a reference proceeding under this provision.
          21.4 Repeal . If the enabling legislation which provides for appointment of a referee is repealed (and no successor statute is enacted), any dispute between the parties that would otherwise be determined by reference procedure will be resolved and determined by arbitration. The arbitration will be conducted by a retired judge or justice, in accordance with the California Arbitration Act §1280 through §1294.2 of the CCP as amended from time to time. The limitations with respect to discovery set forth above shall apply to any such arbitration proceeding.
          21.5 THE PARTIES RECOGNIZE AND AGREE THAT ALL CONTROVERSIES, DISPUTES AND CLAIMS RESOLVED UNDER THIS REFERENCE PROVISION WILL BE DECIDED BY A REFEREE AND NOT BY A JURY. AFTER CONSULTING (OR HAVING HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT) WITH COUNSEL OF ITS, HIS OR HER OWN CHOICE, EACH PARTY KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY, AND FOR THE MUTUAL BENEFIT OF ALL PARTIES, AGREES THAT THIS REFERENCE PROVISION WILL APPLY TO ANY CONTROVERSY, DISPUTE OR CLAIM BETWEEN OR AMONG THEM ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATED TO, THIS GUARANTY OR THE OTHER LENDER DOCUMENTS.
     22.  Counterparts; Telefacsimile Execution . This Guaranty may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute but one and the same Guaranty. Delivery of an executed counterpart of this Guaranty by telefacsimile shall be equally as effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart of this Guaranty. Any party delivering an executed counterpart of this Guaranty by telefacsimile also shall deliver an original executed counterpart of this Guaranty but the failure to deliver an original executed counterpart shall not affect the validity, enforceability, and binding effect of this Guaranty.

10


 

     23.  Agreement to be Bound . Each Guarantor hereby agrees to be bound by each and all of the terms and provisions of the Credit Agreement applicable to such Guarantor. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, by its execution and delivery of this Guaranty, each Guarantor hereby: (a) makes to the Lender Group each of the representations and warranties set forth in the Credit Agreement applicable to such Guarantor fully as though such Guarantor were a party thereto, and such representations and warranties are incorporated herein by this reference, mutatis mutandis ; and (b) agrees and covenants (i) to do each of the things set forth in the Credit Agreement that Borrower agrees and covenants to cause such Guarantor to do, and (ii) to not do each of the things set forth in the Credit Agreement that Borrower agrees and covenants to cause such Guarantor not to do, in each case, fully as though such Guarantor was a party thereto, and such agreements and covenants are incorporated herein by this reference, mutatis mutandis .
[Signature page to follow]

11


 

           IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned has executed and delivered this Guaranty as of the date first written above.
         
  OPSTECHNOLOGY, INC. ,
a Delaware corporation
 
 
  By:   /s/ Timothy J. Barker    
    Name:   Timothy J. Barker   
    Title:   Vice President and Treasurer   
 
         
  MULTIFAMILY INTERNET VENTURES, LLC ,
a California limited liability company
 
 
  By:   /s/ Timothy J. Barker    
    Name:   Timothy J. Barker   
    Title:   Vice President and Treasurer   
 
         
  STARFIRE MEDIA, INC. ,
a Delaware corporation
 
 
  By:   /s/ Timothy J. Barker    
    Name:   Timothy J. Barker   
    Title:   Treasurer   
 
         
  REALPAGE INDIA HOLDINGS, INC. ,
a Delaware corporation
 
 
  By:   /s/ Timothy J. Barker    
    Name:   Timothy J. Barker   
    Title:   Treasurer   
 
Signature Page to Guaranty

Exhibit 10.21
WAIVER AND FIRST AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT
          THIS WAIVER AND FIRST AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT (this “ Amendment ”) is entered into as of September 16, 2009, by and among WELLS FARGO FOOTHILL, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as the arranger and administrative agent (“ Agent ”) for the Lenders (as defined in the Credit Agreement referred to below), the Lenders party hereto and REALPAGE, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “ Borrower ”).
          WHEREAS, Borrower, Agent, and Lenders are parties to that certain Credit Agreement dated as of September 3, 2009 (as amended, restated, modified or supplemented from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”);
          WHEREAS, Borrower has informed Agent that (a) Borrower has entered into that certain Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of September 9, 2009, among Borrower, EverGreen Solutions, Inc. (“ Evergreen ”) and Georgianna Oliver (the “ Evergreen Purchase Agreement ”) pursuant to which Borrower has acquired substantially all of the assets of Evergreen (such acquisition, the “ Evergreen Acquisition ”) and (b) Borrower intends to enter into that certain Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of September 14, 2009, among Borrower, A.L. Wizard, Inc. (“ Wizard ”) and the stockholders of Wizard party thereto (the “ Wizard Purchase Agreement ”) pursuant to which Borrower shall acquire all of the Stock of Wizard (such acquisition, the “ Wizard Acquisition ”);
          WHEREAS, Events of Default have occurred and are continuing under Section 8.2(a) of the Credit Agreement as a result of Borrower’s failure to (i) satisfy the requirements set forth in clauses (c), (d), and (g) of the definition of “Permitted Acquisition” in Schedule 1.1 of the Credit Agreement prior to consummating the Evergreen Acquisition and (ii) deliver notice to Agent and Lenders of the event described in clause (i) above pursuant to Schedule 5.1(j) of the Credit Agreement (the “ Existing Defaults ”);
          WHEREAS, Events of Default shall occur and be continuing under Section 8.2(a) of the Credit Agreement in the event Borrower consummates the Wizard Acquisition as a result of Borrower’s failure to satisfy the requirements set forth in clause (g) of the definition of “Permitted Acquisition” in Schedule 1.1 of the Credit Agreement (the “ Potential Default ” and, together with the Existing Defaults, the “ Existing and Potential Defaults ”); and
          WHEREAS, Borrower has requested that Agent and the Lenders (a) waive the Existing and Potential Defaults and deem the Evergreen Acquisition and the Wizard Acquisition to be Permitted Acquisitions notwithstanding the Existing and Potential Defaults and (b) amend the Credit Agreement in certain respects in connection with the consummation of the Evergreen Acquisition and the Wizard Acquisition.
          NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual agreements herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:
          1. Defined Terms . Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Credit Agreement.
          2. Waiver . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, Agent and Lenders hereby waive the Existing and Potential Defaults, and agree to treat the Evergreen Acquisition and the Wizard Acquisition as Permitted Acquisitions notwithstanding the Existing and Potential Defaults. The foregoing waiver shall not constitute (i) a waiver of, or consent to, any other breach of, or any other Event of Default under, the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document or (ii) except as expressly set forth herein, a waiver, release or limitation upon the exercise by Agent or any Lender of any of its rights, legal or equitable, under the Credit Agreement, the other Loan Documents and applicable law, all of which are hereby reserved.
          3. Amendments to Credit Agreement . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, Schedules P-1, 4.1(c), 4.6(a), 4.6(b), 4.6(c), 4.6(d), 4.7(b), 4.13, 4.15, 4.17, 4.19, 4.25 and 4.27 to the

 


 

Credit Agreement are replaced with Schedules P-1, 4.1(c), 4.6(a), 4.6(b), 4.6(c), 4.6(d), 4.7(b), 4.13, 4.15, 4.17, 4.19, 4.25 and 4.27 attached hereto.
          4. Covenants . Borrower hereby agrees, on or before the applicable time periods contained therein, to deliver such other documents, agreements and instruments required to be delivered to Agent pursuant to Section 5.11 of the Credit Agreement or as may be reasonably required by Agent pursuant to Section 5.12 of the Credit Agreement in connection with the Evergreen Acquisition and the Wizard Acquisition, each in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent and Lenders.
          5. Continuing Effect . Except as expressly set forth in Section 2 and Section 3 of this Amendment, nothing in this Amendment shall constitute a modification or alteration of the terms, conditions or covenants of the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, or a waiver of any other terms or provisions thereof, and the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall remain unchanged and shall continue in full force and effect, in each case as amended hereby.
          6. Reaffirmation and Confirmation . Borrower hereby ratifies, affirms, acknowledges and agrees that the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party represent the valid, enforceable and collectible obligations of Borrower, and further acknowledges that there are no existing claims, defenses, personal or otherwise, or rights of setoff whatsoever with respect to the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document. Borrower hereby agrees that this Amendment in no way acts as a release or relinquishment of the Liens and rights securing payments of the Obligations. The Liens and rights securing payment of the Obligations are hereby ratified and confirmed by Borrower in all respects.
          7. Conditions to Effectiveness . This Amendment shall become effective upon the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:
          (a) Agent shall have received a copy of this Amendment executed and delivered by Agent, the Lenders and the Loan Parties;
          (b) Agent shall have received such documents, agreements and instruments as may be reasonably required by Agent in connection with this Amendment, each in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent; and
          (c) No Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date hereof or as of the date of the effectiveness of this Amendment (other than the Existing and Potential Defaults before giving effect to this Amendment).
          8. Representations and Warranties . In order to induce Agent and Lenders to enter into this Amendment, each Loan Party hereby represents and warrants to Agent and Lenders, both before and after giving effect to this Amendment:
          (a) All representations and warranties contained in the Loan Documents to which such Loan Party is a party are true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date of this Amendment (except to the extent any representation or warranty expressly related to an earlier date and except to the extent that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality or dollar thresholds in the text thereof);
          (b) Borrower has delivered to Agent a complete and correct copy of the Evergreen Purchase Agreement and the Wizard Purchase Agreement and the other material documents relative to the Evergreen Acquisition and the Wizard Acquisition, including all schedules and exhibits thereto;
          (c) No Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing (other than the Existing and Potential Defaults before giving effect to this Amendment); and

-2-


 

          (d) This Amendment and the Loan Documents, as amended hereby, constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of such Loan Party and are enforceable against such Loan Party in accordance with their respective terms.
          9. Miscellaneous .
          (a) Expenses . Borrower agrees to pay on demand all reasonable costs and expenses of Agent and the Lenders (including reasonable attorneys fees) incurred in connection with the preparation, negotiation, execution, delivery and administration of this Amendment and all other instruments or documents provided for herein or delivered or to be delivered hereunder or in connection herewith. All obligations provided herein shall survive any termination of this Amendment and the Credit Agreement as amended hereby.
          (b) Choice of Law and Venue; Jury Trial Waiver; Reference Provision . Without limiting the applicability of any other provision of the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, the terms and provisions set forth in Section 12 of the Credit Agreement are expressly incorporated herein by reference.
          (c) Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, and by the parties hereto on the same or separate counterparts, and each such counterpart, when executed and delivered, shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same Amendment.
          10. Release .
          (a) In consideration of the agreements of Agent and Lenders contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, each Loan Party, on behalf of itself and its successors, assigns, and other legal representatives, hereby absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably releases, remises and forever discharges Agent and Lenders, and their successors and assigns, and their present and former shareholders, affiliates, subsidiaries, divisions, predecessors, directors, officers, attorneys, employees, agents and other representatives (Agent, each Lender and all such other Persons being hereinafter referred to collectively as the “ Releasees ” and individually as a “ Releasee ”), of and from all demands, actions, causes of action, suits, controversies, damages and any and all other claims, counterclaims, defenses, rights of set-off, demands and liabilities whatsoever (individually, a “ Claim ” and collectively, “ Claims ”) of every name and nature, known or unknown, suspected or unsuspected, both at law and in equity, which such Loan Party or any of its successors, assigns, or other legal representatives may now or hereafter own, hold, have or claim to have against the Releasees or any of them for, upon, or by reason of any circumstance, action, cause or thing whatsoever which arises at any time on or prior to the day and date of this Amendment for or on account of, or in relation to, or in any way in connection with any of the Credit Agreement, or any of the other Loan Documents or transactions thereunder or related thereto.
          (b) Each Loan Party understands, acknowledges and agrees that the release set forth above may be pleaded as a full and complete defense and may be used as a basis for an injunction against any action, suit or other proceeding which may be instituted, prosecuted or attempted in breach of the provisions of such release.
          (c) Each Loan Party agrees that no fact, event, circumstance, evidence or transaction which could now be asserted or which may hereafter be discovered shall affect in any manner the final, absolute and unconditional nature of the release set forth above.
[Signature Page Follows]

-3-


 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized and delivered as of the date first above written.
         
  REALPAGE, INC. ,
a Delaware corporation
 
 
 
  By:   /s/ Timothy J. Barker    
    Name:   Timothy J. Barker   
    Title:   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer   
 
  WELLS FARGO FOOTHILL, LLC ,
a Delaware limited liability company, as Agent and as a Lender
 
 
 
  By:   /s/ Troy V. Erickson    
    Name:   Troy V. Erickson   
    Title:   Vice President   
 
  COMERICA BANK ,
a Texas Banking Association, as a Lender
 
 
 
  By:   /s/ David Whiting    
    Name:   David Whiting   
    Title:   Senior Vice President   
 
Signature Page to Waiver and First Amendment to Credit Agreement

 


 

CONSENT AND REAFFIRMATION
     Each Guarantor hereby (i) acknowledges receipt of a copy of the foregoing Waiver and First Amendment to Credit Agreement (the “ Amendment ”; capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Amendment), (ii) consents to Borrower’s execution and delivery of the Amendment; (iii) agrees to be bound by the Amendment (including Section 10 thereof); (iv) affirms that nothing contained in the Amendment shall modify in any respect whatsoever any Loan Document to which it is a party except as expressly set forth therein; and (v) ratifies, affirms, acknowledges and agrees that each of the Loan Documents to which such Guarantor is a party represents the valid, enforceable and collectible obligations of such Guarantor, and further acknowledges that there are no existing claims, defenses, personal or otherwise, or rights of setoff whatsoever with respect to the Credit Agreement or any other such Loan Document. Each Guarantor hereby agrees that the Amendment in no way acts as a release or relinquishment of the Liens and rights securing payments of the Obligations. The Liens and rights securing payment of the Obligations are hereby ratified and confirmed by such Guarantor in all respects. Although each Guarantor has been informed of the matters set forth herein and has acknowledged and agreed to same, each Guarantor understands that neither Agent nor any Lender has any obligation to inform any Guarantor of such matters in the future or to seek any Guarantor’s acknowledgment or agreement to future amendments, waivers or consents, and nothing herein shall create such a duty.

 


 

         
  OPSTECHNOLOGY, INC.,
a Delaware corporation
 
 
 
  By:   /s/ Timothy J. Barker    
    Name:   Timothy J. Barker   
    Title:   Vice President and Treasurer   
 
  MULTIFAMILY INTERNET VENTURES, LLC,
a California limited liability company
 
 
 
  By:   /s/ Timothy J. Barker    
    Name:   Timothy J. Barker   
    Title:   Vice President and Treasurer   
 
         
  STARFIRE MEDIA, INC.,
a Delaware corporation
 
 
 
  By:   /s/ Timothy J. Barker    
    Name:   Timothy J. Barker   
    Title:   Treasurer   
 
  REALPAGE INDIA HOLDINGS, INC.,
a Delaware corporation
 
 
 
  By:   /s/ Timothy J. Barker    
    Name:   Timothy J. Barker   
    Title:   Treasurer   
 

 

Exhibit 10.22
GENERAL CONTINUING GUARANTY
          This GENERAL CONTINUING GUARANTY (this “ Guaranty ”), dated as of September 25, 2009 is executed and delivered by A.L. WIZARD, INC. , a Delaware corporation (“ Guarantor ”), in favor of WELLS FARGO FOOTHILL, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as agent for the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers (in such capacity, together with its successors and assigns, if any, in such capacity, “ Agent ”), in light of the following:
           WHEREAS , RealPage, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Borrower ”), the below defined Lenders, and Agent have entered into that certain Credit Agreement dated as of September 3, 2009 (as amended, restated, modified, renewed or extended from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”);
           WHEREAS , Guarantor is a Subsidiary of Borrower and, as such, Guarantor will benefit by virtue of the financial accommodations extended to Borrower by the Lender Group; and
           WHEREAS , in order to induce the Lender Group to enter into the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents and to extend the loans and other financial accommodations to Borrower pursuant to the Credit Agreement, and in consideration thereof, and in consideration of any loans or other financial accommodations heretofore or hereafter extended by the below defined Lender Group to Borrower pursuant to the Loan Documents, Guarantor has agreed to guaranty the Guarantied Obligations.
           NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the foregoing, Guarantor hereby agrees as follows:
     1.  Definitions and Construction .
          (a)  Definitions . Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Credit Agreement. The following terms, as used in this Guaranty, shall have the following meanings:
          “ Agent ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Guaranty.
          “ Borrower ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Guaranty.
          “ Credit Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Guaranty.
          “ Guarantied Obligations ” means all of the Obligations.
          “ Guarantor ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Guaranty.
          “ Guaranty ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Guaranty.
          “ Voidable Transfer ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9 of this Guaranty.
          (b)  Construction . Unless the context of this Guaranty clearly requires otherwise, references to the plural include the singular, references to the singular include the plural, the part includes the whole, the terms “includes” and “including” are not limiting, and the term “or” has, except where otherwise indicated, the inclusive meaning represented by the phrase “and/or.” The words “hereof,” “herein,” “hereby,” “hereunder,” and other similar terms in this Guaranty refer to this Guaranty as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Guaranty. Section, subsection, clause, schedule, and exhibit references herein are to this Guaranty unless otherwise specified. Any reference in this Guaranty to any agreement, instrument, or document shall include all alterations, amendments, changes, extensions, modifications, renewals, replacements, substitutions, joinders, and supplements, thereto and thereof, as applicable (subject to any

 


 

restrictions on such alterations, amendments, changes, extensions, modifications, renewals, replacements, substitutions, joinders, and supplements set forth herein). Neither this Guaranty nor any uncertainty or ambiguity herein shall be construed or resolved against the Lender Group or Guarantor, whether under any rule of construction or otherwise. On the contrary, this Guaranty has been reviewed by all parties and shall be construed and interpreted according to the ordinary meaning of the words used so as to accomplish fairly the purposes and intentions of Guarantor and Agent. Any reference herein to the satisfaction or payment in full of the Guarantied Obligations shall mean the payment in full in cash (or cash collateralization in accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement) of all Guarantied Obligations other than contingent indemnification Guarantied Obligations and other than any Bank Product Obligations that, at such time, are allowed by the applicable Bank Product Provider to remain outstanding and are not required to be repaid or cash collateralized pursuant to the provisions of the Credit Agreement and the full and final termination of any commitment to extend any financial accommodations under the Credit Agreement and any other Loan Document. Any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and assigns. Any requirement of a writing contained herein shall be satisfied by the transmission of a Record and any Record transmitted shall constitute a representation and warranty as to the accuracy and completeness of the information contained therein. The captions and headings are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the construction of this Guaranty.
     2.  Guarantied Obligations . Guarantor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally guaranties, jointly and severally with any other guarantor of the Guarantied Obligations, to Agent, for the benefit of the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers, as and for its own debt, until the final and indefeasible payment in full thereof, in cash, has been made, (a) the due and punctual payment of the Guarantied Obligations, when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at maturity, pursuant to a mandatory prepayment requirement, by acceleration, or otherwise; it being the intent of Guarantor that the guaranty set forth herein shall be a guaranty of payment and not a guaranty of collection; and (b) the punctual and faithful performance, keeping, observance, and fulfillment by Borrower of all of the agreements, conditions, covenants, and obligations of Borrower contained in the Credit Agreement and under each of the other Loan Documents.
     3.  Continuing Guaranty . This Guaranty includes Guarantied Obligations arising under successive transactions continuing, compromising, extending, increasing, modifying, releasing, or renewing the Guarantied Obligations, changing the interest rate, payment terms, or other terms and conditions thereof, or creating new or additional Guarantied Obligations after prior Guarantied Obligations have been satisfied in whole or in part. To the maximum extent permitted by law, Guarantor hereby waives any right to revoke this Guaranty as to future Guarantied Obligations. If such a revocation is effective notwithstanding the foregoing waiver, Guarantor acknowledges and agrees that (a) no such revocation shall be effective until written notice thereof has been received by Agent, (b) no such revocation shall apply to any Guarantied Obligations in existence on the date of receipt by Agent of such written notice (including any subsequent continuation, extension, or renewal thereof, or change in the interest rate, payment terms, or other terms and conditions thereof), (c) no such revocation shall apply to any Guarantied Obligations made or created after such date to the extent made or created pursuant to a legally binding commitment of the Lender Group in existence on the date of such revocation, (d) no payment by Guarantor, Borrower, or from any other source, prior to the date of Agent’s receipt of written notice of such revocation shall reduce the maximum obligation of Guarantor hereunder, and (e) any payment by Borrower or from any source other than Guarantor subsequent to the date of such revocation shall first be applied to that portion of the Guarantied Obligations as to which the revocation is effective and which are not, therefore, guarantied hereunder, and to the extent so applied shall not reduce the maximum obligation of Guarantor hereunder.
     4.  Performance Under this Guaranty . In the event that Borrower fails to make any payment of any Guarantied Obligations, on or prior to the due date thereof, or if Borrower shall fail to perform, keep, observe, or fulfill any other obligation referred to in clause (b) of Section 2 of this Guaranty in the manner provided in the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, Guarantor immediately upon demand shall cause, as applicable, such payment in respect of the Guarantied Obligations to be made or such obligation to be performed, kept, observed, or fulfilled.

2


 

     5.  Primary Obligations . This Guaranty is a primary and original obligation of Guarantor, is not merely the creation of a surety relationship, and is an absolute, unconditional, and continuing guaranty of payment and performance which shall remain in full force and effect without respect to future changes in conditions. Guarantor hereby agrees that it is directly, jointly and severally with any other guarantor of the Guarantied Obligations, liable to Agent, for the benefit of the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers, that the obligations of Guarantor hereunder are independent of the obligations of Borrower or any other guarantor, and that a separate action may be brought against Guarantor, whether such action is brought against Borrower or any other guarantor or whether Borrower or any other guarantor is joined in such action. Guarantor hereby agrees that its liability hereunder shall be immediate and shall not be contingent upon the exercise or enforcement by any member of the Lender Group or any Bank Product Provider of whatever remedies they may have against Borrower or any other guarantor, or the enforcement of any lien or realization upon any security by any member of the Lender Group or any Bank Product Provider. Guarantor hereby agrees that any release which may be given by Agent to Borrower or any other guarantor, or with respect to any property or asset subject to a Lien, shall not release Guarantor. Guarantor consents and agrees that no member of the Lender Group nor any Bank Product Provider shall be under any obligation to marshal any property or assets of Borrower or any other guarantor in favor of Guarantor, or against or in payment of any or all of the Guarantied Obligations.
     6.  Waivers .
          (a) To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, Guarantor hereby waives: (i) notice of acceptance hereof; (ii) notice of any loans or other financial accommodations made or extended under the Credit Agreement, or the creation or existence of any Guarantied Obligations; (iii) notice of the amount of the Guarantied Obligations, subject, however, to Guarantor’s right to make inquiry of Agent to ascertain the amount of the Guarantied Obligations at any reasonable time; (iv) notice of any adverse change in the financial condition of Borrower or of any other fact that might increase Guarantor’s risk hereunder; (v) notice of presentment for payment, demand, protest, and notice thereof as to any instrument among the Loan Documents; (vi) notice of any Default or Event of Default under any of the Loan Documents; and (vii) all other notices (except if such notice is specifically required to be given to Guarantor under this Guaranty or any other Loan Documents to which Guarantor is a party) and demands to which Guarantor might otherwise be entitled.
          (b) To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, Guarantor hereby waives the right by statute or otherwise to require any member of the Lender Group or any Bank Product Provider, to institute suit against Borrower or any other guarantor or to exhaust any rights and remedies which any member of the Lender Group or any Bank Product Provider, has or may have against Borrower or any other guarantor. In this regard, Guarantor agrees that it is bound to the payment of each and all Guarantied Obligations, whether now existing or hereafter arising, as fully as if the Guarantied Obligations were directly owing to Agent, the Lender Group, or the Bank Product Providers, as applicable, by Guarantor. Guarantor further waives any defense arising by reason of any disability or other defense (other than the defense that the Guarantied Obligations shall have been fully and finally performed and indefeasibly paid in full in cash, to the extent of any such payment) of Borrower or by reason of the cessation from any cause whatsoever of the liability of Borrower in respect thereof.
          (c) To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, Guarantor hereby waives: (i) any right to assert against any member of the Lender Group or any Bank Product Provider, any defense (legal or equitable), set-off, counterclaim, or claim which Guarantor may now or at any time hereafter have against Borrower or any other party liable to any member of the Lender Group or any Bank Product Provider; (ii) any defense, set-off, counterclaim, or claim, of any kind or nature, arising directly or indirectly from the present or future lack of perfection, sufficiency, validity, or enforceability of the Guarantied Obligations or any security therefor; (iii) any right or defense arising by reason of any claim or defense based upon an election of remedies by any member of the Lender Group or any Bank Product Provider including any defense based upon an impairment or elimination of Guarantor’s rights of subrogation, reimbursement, contribution, or indemnity of

3


 

Guarantor against Borrower or other guarantors or sureties; (iv) the benefit of any statute of limitations affecting Guarantor’s liability hereunder or the enforcement thereof, and any act which shall defer or delay the operation of any statute of limitations applicable to the Guarantied Obligations shall similarly operate to defer or delay the operation of such statute of limitations applicable to Guarantor’s liability hereunder.
          (d) Until the Guarantied Obligations have been paid in full in cash, (i) Guarantor hereby postpones and agrees not to exercise any right of subrogation Guarantor has or may have as against Borrower with respect to the Guarantied Obligations; (ii) Guarantor hereby postpones and agrees not to exercise any right to proceed against Borrower or any other Person now or hereafter liable on account of the Obligations for contribution, indemnity, reimbursement, or any other similar rights (irrespective of whether direct or indirect, liquidated or contingent); and (iii) Guarantor hereby postpones and agrees not to exercise any right it may have to proceed or to seek recourse against or with respect to any property or asset of Borrower or any other Person now or hereafter liable on account of the Obligations. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Guaranty, Guarantor shall not exercise any rights of subrogation, contribution, indemnity, reimbursement or other similar rights against, and shall not proceed or seek recourse against or with respect to any property or asset of, any other guarantor (including after payment in full of the Guaranteed Obligations) if all or any portion of the Obligations have been satisfied in connection with an exercise of remedies in respect of all of the pledged Stock of such other guarantor whether pursuant to the Security Agreement or otherwise.
          (e) If any of the Guarantied Obligations or the obligations of Guarantor under this Guaranty at any time are secured by a mortgage or deed of trust upon real property, any member of the Lender Group or any Bank Product Provider may elect, in its sole discretion, upon a default with respect to the Guarantied Obligations or the obligations of Guarantor under this Guaranty, to foreclose such mortgage or deed of trust judicially or nonjudicially in any manner permitted by law, before or after enforcing this Guaranty, without diminishing or affecting the liability of Guarantor hereunder. Guarantor understands that (a) by virtue of the operation of antideficiency law applicable to nonjudicial foreclosures, an election by any member of the Lender Group or any Bank Product Provider to nonjudicially foreclose on such a mortgage or deed of trust probably would have the effect of impairing or destroying rights of subrogation, reimbursement, contribution, or indemnity of Guarantor against Borrower or other guarantors or sureties, and (b) absent the waiver given by Guarantor herein, such an election would estop any member of the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers from enforcing this Guaranty against Guarantor. Understanding the foregoing, and understanding that Guarantor is hereby relinquishing a defense to the enforceability of this Guaranty, Guarantor hereby waives any right to assert against any member of the Lender Group or any Bank Product Provider any defense to the enforcement of this Guaranty, whether denominated “estoppel” or otherwise, based on or arising from an election by any member of the Lender Group or any Bank Product Provider to nonjudicially foreclose on any such mortgage or deed of trust or as a result of any other exercise of remedies, whether under a mortgage or deed of trust or under any personal property security agreement. Guarantor understands that the effect of the foregoing waiver may be that Guarantor may have liability hereunder for amounts with respect to which Guarantor may be left without rights of subrogation, reimbursement, contribution, or indemnity against Borrower or other guarantors or sureties. Guarantor also agrees that the “fair market value” provisions of Section 580a of the California Code of Civil Procedure (and any similar law of New York or any other applicable jurisdiction) shall have no applicability with respect to the determination of Guarantor’s liability under this Guaranty.
          (f) Without limiting the generality of any other waiver or other provision set forth in this Guaranty, Guarantor waives all rights and defenses that Guarantor may have as a result of all or part of the Guarantied Obligations being secured by real property. This means, among other things:
                    (i) Any member of the Lender Group or any Bank Product Provider may collect from Guarantor without first foreclosing on any real or personal property collateral that may be pledged by Guarantor, Borrower, or any other guarantor.

4


 

               (ii) If any member of the Lender Group or any Bank Product Provider forecloses on any real property collateral that may be pledged by Guarantor, Borrower or any other guarantor:
  (1)   The amount of the Guarantied Obligations or any obligations of any guarantor in respect thereof may be reduced only by the price for which that collateral is sold at the foreclosure sale, even if the collateral is worth more than the sale price.
 
  (2)   Agent may collect from Guarantor even if any member of the Lender Group or any Bank Product Provider, by foreclosing on the real property collateral, has destroyed any right Guarantor may have to collect from Borrower or any other guarantor.
          This is an unconditional and irrevocable waiver of any rights and defenses Guarantor may have if all or part of the Guarantied Obligations are secured by real property. These rights and defenses are based upon Section 580a, 580b, 580d, or 726 of the California Code of Civil Procedure and any similar law of New York or any other jurisdiction.
          (g) WITHOUT LIMITING THE GENERALITY OF ANY OTHER WAIVER OR OTHER PROVISION SET FORTH IN THIS GUARANTY, GUARANTOR HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT SUCH WAIVER IS PERMITTED BY LAW, ANY AND ALL BENEFITS OR DEFENSES ARISING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY UNDER ANY ONE OR MORE OF CALIFORNIA CIVIL CODE §§ 2787, 2799, 2808, 2815, 2819, 2820, 2821, 2822, 2838, 2839, 2847, 2848, AND 2855, CALIFORNIA CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE §§ 580A, 580B, 580C, 580D, AND 726, AND CHAPTER 2 OF TITLE 14 OF THE CALIFORNIA CIVIL CODE OR ANY SIMILAR LAWS OF ANY OTHER APPLICABLE JURISDICTION.
          (h) WITHOUT LIMITING THE GENERALITY OF ANY OTHER WAIVER OR OTHER PROVISION SET FORTH IN THIS GUARANTY, GUARANTOR WAIVES ALL RIGHTS AND DEFENSES ARISING OUT OF AN ELECTION OF REMEDIES BY ANY MEMBER OF THE LENDER GROUP OR ANY BANK PRODUCT PROVIDER, EVEN THOUGH SUCH ELECTION OF REMEDIES, SUCH AS A NONJUDICIAL FORECLOSURE WITH RESPECT TO SECURITY FOR THE GUARANTIED OBLIGATIONS, HAS DESTROYED GUARANTOR’S RIGHTS OF SUBROGATION AND REIMBURSEMENT AGAINST BORROWER BY THE OPERATION OF APPLICABLE LAW INCLUDING §580D OF THE CALIFORNIA CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE OR ANY SIMILAR LAWS OF ANY OTHER APPLICABLE JURISDICTION.
          (i) Without limiting the generality of any other waiver or other provision set forth in this Guaranty, Guarantor hereby also agrees to the following waivers:
               (i) Agent’s right to enforce this Guaranty is absolute and is not contingent upon the genuineness, validity or enforceability of the Guarantied Obligations or any of the Loan Documents. Guarantor waives all benefits and defenses it may have under California Civil Code Section 2810 or any similar laws in any other applicable jurisdiction and agrees that Agent’s rights under this Guaranty shall be enforceable even if Borrower had no liability at the time of execution of the Loan Documents or the Guarantied Obligations are unenforceable in whole or in part, or Borrower ceases to be liable with respect to all or any portion of the Guarantied Obligations.
               (ii) Guarantor waives all benefits and defenses it may have under California Civil Code Section 2809 or any similar laws in any other applicable jurisdiction with respect to its obligations under this Guaranty and agrees that Agent’s rights under the Loan Documents will remain enforceable even if the amount guaranteed hereunder is larger in amount and more burdensome than that for which Borrower is

5


 

responsible. The enforceability of this Guaranty against Guarantor shall continue until all sums due under the Loan Documents have been paid in full and the commitments of the Lender Group to extend financial accommodations to Borrower have been terminated and shall not be limited or affected in any way by any impairment or any diminution or loss of value of any security or collateral for Borrower’s obligations under the Loan Documents, from whatever cause, the failure of any security interest in any such security or collateral or any disability or other defense of Borrower, any other guarantor of Borrower’s obligations under any other Loan Document, any pledgor of collateral for any person’s obligations to Agent or any other person in connection with the Loan Documents.
               (iii) Guarantor waives all benefits and defenses it may have under California Civil Code §§ 2845, 2849 and 2850 or any similar laws of any other applicable jurisdiction with respect to its obligations under this Guaranty, including the right to require Agent to (A) proceed against Borrower, any guarantor of Borrower’s obligations under any Loan Document, any other pledgor of collateral for any person’s obligations to Agent or any other person in connection with the Guarantied Obligations, (B) proceed against or exhaust any other security or collateral Agent may hold, or (C) pursue any other right or remedy for Guarantor’s benefit, and agrees that Agent may exercise its right under this Guaranty without taking any action against Borrower, any other guarantor of Borrower’s obligations under the Loan Documents, any pledgor of collateral for any person’s obligations to Agent or any other person in connection with the Guarantied Obligations, and without proceeding against or exhausting any security or collateral Agent holds.
               (iv) The paragraphs in this Section 6 which refer to certain sections of the California Civil Code are included in this Guaranty solely out of an abundance of caution and shall not be construed to mean that any of the above-referenced provisions of California law are in any way necessarily applicable to this Guaranty.
     7.  Releases . Guarantor consents and agrees that, without notice to or by Guarantor and without affecting or impairing the obligations of Guarantor hereunder, any member of the Lender Group or any Bank Product Provider may, by action or inaction, compromise or settle, shorten or extend the Maturity Date or any other period of duration or the time for the payment of the Obligations, or discharge the performance of the Obligations, or may refuse to enforce the Obligations, or otherwise elect not to enforce the Obligations, or may, by action or inaction, release all or any one or more parties to, any one or more of the terms and provisions of the Credit Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents in accordance with the terms thereof or may grant other indulgences to Borrower or any other guarantor in respect thereof, or may amend or modify in any manner and at any time (or from time to time) any one or more of the Obligations, the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document (including any increase or decrease in the principal amount of any Obligations or the interest, fees or other amounts that may accrue from time to time in respect thereof), or may, by action or inaction, release or substitute the Borrower or any guarantor, if any, of the Guarantied Obligations, or may enforce, exchange, release, or waive, by action or inaction, any security for the Guarantied Obligations or any other guaranty of the Guarantied Obligations, or any portion thereof.
     8.  No Election . The Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers shall have the right to seek recourse against Guarantor to the fullest extent provided for herein and no election by any member of the Lender Group or any Bank Product Provider to proceed in one form of action or proceeding, or against any party, or on any obligation, shall constitute a waiver of the Lender Group’s or any Bank Product Provider’s right to proceed in any other form of action or proceeding or against other parties unless Agent, on behalf of the Lender Group or the Bank Product Providers, has expressly waived such right in writing. Specifically, but without limiting the generality of the foregoing, no action or proceeding by the Lender Group or the Bank Product Providers under any document or instrument evidencing the Guarantied Obligations shall serve to diminish the liability of Guarantor under this Guaranty except to the extent that the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers finally and unconditionally shall have realized indefeasible payment in full of the Guarantied Obligations by such action or proceeding.

6


 

     9.  Revival and Reinstatement . If the incurrence or payment of the Guarantied Obligations by Guarantor or the obligations of Guarantor under this Guaranty or the transfer by Guarantor to Agent of any property of Guarantor should for any reason subsequently be declared to be void or voidable under any state or federal law relating to creditors’ rights, including provisions of the Bankruptcy Code relating to fraudulent conveyances, preferences, or other voidable or recoverable payments of money or transfers of property (collectively, a “ Voidable Transfer ”), and if the Lender Group is required to repay or restore, in whole or in part, any such Voidable Transfer, or elects to do so upon the reasonable advice of its counsel, then, as to any such Voidable Transfer, or the amount thereof that the Lender Group is required or elects to repay or restore, and as to all reasonable costs, expenses, and attorneys fees of the Lender Group related thereto, the liability of Guarantor automatically shall be revived, reinstated, and restored and shall exist as though such Voidable Transfer had never been made.
     10.  Financial Condition of Borrower . Guarantor represents and warrants to the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers that it is currently informed of the financial condition of Borrower and of all other circumstances which a diligent inquiry would reveal and which bear upon the risk of nonpayment of the Guarantied Obligations. Guarantor further represents and warrants to the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers that it has read and understands the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement and each other Loan Document. Guarantor hereby covenants that it will continue to keep itself informed of Borrower’s financial condition, the financial condition of other guarantors, if any, and of all other circumstances which bear upon the risk of nonpayment or nonperformance of the Guarantied Obligations.
     11.  Payments; Application . All payments to be made hereunder by Guarantor shall be made in Dollars, in immediately available funds, and without deduction (whether for taxes or otherwise) or offset and shall be applied to the Guarantied Obligations in accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement.
     12.  Attorneys Fees and Costs . Guarantor agrees to pay, on demand, all attorneys fees and all other costs and expenses which may be incurred by Agent or the Lender Group in connection with the enforcement of this Guaranty or in any way arising out of, or consequential to, the protection, assertion, or enforcement of the Guarantied Obligations (or any security therefor), irrespective of whether suit is brought.
     13.  Notices . All notices and other communications hereunder to Agent shall be in writing and shall be mailed, sent, or delivered in accordance with Section 11 of the Credit Agreement. All notices and other communications hereunder to Guarantor shall be in writing and shall be mailed, sent, or delivered in care of Borrower in accordance with Section 11 of the Credit Agreement.
     14.  Cumulative Remedies . No remedy under this Guaranty, under the Credit Agreement, or any other Loan Document is intended to be exclusive of any other remedy, but each and every remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to any and every other remedy given under this Guaranty, under the Credit Agreement, or any other Loan Document, and those provided by law. No delay or omission by the Lender Group or Agent on behalf thereof to exercise any right under this Guaranty shall impair any such right nor be construed to be a waiver thereof. No failure on the part of the Lender Group or Agent on behalf thereof to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right under this Guaranty shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right under this Guaranty preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right.
     15.  Severability of Provisions . Each provision of this Guaranty shall be severable from every other provision of this Guaranty for the purpose of determining the legal enforceability of any specific provision.
     16. Entire Agreement; Amendments . This Guaranty constitutes the entire agreement between parties pertaining to the subject matter contained herein. This Guaranty may not be altered, amended, or modified, nor may any provision hereof be waived or noncompliance therewith consented to, except by means

7


 

of a writing executed by Guarantor and Agent, on behalf of the Lender Group. Any such alteration, amendment, modification, waiver, or consent shall be effective only to the extent specified therein and for the specific purpose for which given. No course of dealing and no delay or waiver of any right or default under this Guaranty shall be deemed a waiver of any other, similar or dissimilar, right or default or otherwise prejudice the rights and remedies hereunder.
     17.  Successors and Assigns . This Guaranty shall be binding upon Guarantor and its successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers; provided , however , Guarantor shall not assign this Guaranty or delegate any of its duties hereunder without Agent’s prior written consent and any assignment not consented to by Agent shall be absolutely null and void. In the event of any assignment, participation, or other transfer of rights by the Lender Group or the Bank Product Providers that is permitted under the Credit Agreement, the rights and benefits herein conferred upon the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers shall automatically extend to and be vested in such assignee or other transferee.
     18.  No Third Party Beneficiary . This Guaranty is solely for the benefit of each member of the Lender Group, each Bank Product Provider, and each of their successors and assigns and may not be relied on by any other Person.
     19.  CHOICE OF LAW AND VENUE .
           THE VALIDITY OF THIS GUARANTY, THE CONSTRUCTION, INTERPRETATION, AND ENFORCEMENT HEREOF, AND THE RIGHTS OF THE PARTIES HERETO WITH RESPECT TO ALL MATTERS ARISING HEREUNDER OR RELATED HERETO SHALL BE DETERMINED UNDER, GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA.
           THE PARTIES AGREE THAT ALL ACTIONS OR PROCEEDINGS ARISING IN CONNECTION WITH THIS GUARANTY SHALL BE TRIED AND LITIGATED ONLY IN THE STATE AND, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, FEDERAL COURTS LOCATED IN THE COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES, STATE OF CALIFORNIA, PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THAT ANY SUIT SEEKING ENFORCEMENT AGAINST ANY COLLATERAL OR OTHER PROPERTY MAY BE BROUGHT, AT AGENT’S OPTION, IN THE COURTS OF ANY JURISDICTION WHERE AGENT ELECTS TO BRING SUCH ACTION OR WHERE SUCH COLLATERAL OR OTHER PROPERTY MAY BE FOUND. EACH GUARANTOR AND EACH MEMBER OF THE LENDER GROUP WAIVE, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED UNDER APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT EACH MAY HAVE TO ASSERT THE DOCTRINE OF FORUM NON CONVENIENS OR TO OBJECT TO VENUE TO THE EXTENT ANY PROCEEDING IS BROUGHT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THIS SECTION 19 .
     20.  JURY TRIAL WAIVER .
           EACH GUARANTOR AND EACH MEMBER OF THE LENDER GROUP HEREBY WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF THIS GUARANTY OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREIN, INCLUDING CONTRACT CLAIMS, TORT CLAIMS, BREACH OF DUTY CLAIMS, AND ALL OTHER COMMON LAW OR STATUTORY CLAIMS. EACH GUARANTOR AND EACH MEMBER OF THE LENDER GROUP REPRESENT THAT EACH HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER AND EACH KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY WAIVES ITS JURY TRIAL RIGHTS FOLLOWING CONSULTATION WITH LEGAL COUNSEL. IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, A COPY OF THIS SECTION MAY BE FILED AS A WRITTEN CONSENT TO A TRIAL BY THE COURT.

8


 

     21.  REFERENCE PROVISION .
          In the event the Jury Trial Waiver set forth above is not enforceable, the parties elect to proceed under this Judicial Reference Provision.
          21.1 Mechanics .
          (a) With the exception of the items specified in clause (b), below, any controversy, dispute or claim (each, a “ Claim ”) between the parties arising out of or relating to this Guaranty or any other document, instrument or agreement between the undersigned parties (collectively in this Section, the “ Lender Documents ”), will be resolved by a reference proceeding in California in accordance with the provisions of Sections 638 et seq. of the California Code of Civil Procedure (“ CCP ”), or their successor sections, which shall constitute the exclusive remedy for the resolution of any Claim, including whether the Claim is subject to the reference proceeding. Except as otherwise provided in the Lender Documents, venue for the reference proceeding will be in the state or federal court in the county or district where the real property involved in the action, if any, is located or in the state or federal court in the county or district where venue is otherwise appropriate under applicable law (the “ Court ”).
          (b) The matters that shall not be subject to a reference are the following: (i) foreclosure of any security interests in real or personal property, (ii) exercise of self-help remedies (including, without limitation, set-off), (iii) appointment of a receiver and (iv) temporary, provisional or ancillary remedies (including, without limitation, writs of attachment, writs of possession, temporary restraining orders or preliminary injunctions). This reference provision does not limit the right of any party to exercise or oppose any of the rights and remedies described in clauses (i) and (ii) or to seek or oppose from a court of competent jurisdiction any of the items described in clauses (iii) and (iv). The exercise of, or opposition to, any of those items does not waive the right of any party to a reference pursuant to this reference provision as provided herein.
          (c) The referee shall be a retired judge or justice selected by mutual written agreement of the parties. If the parties do not agree within ten (10) days of a written request to do so by any party, then, upon request of any party, the referee shall be selected by the Presiding Judge of the Court (or his or her representative). A request for appointment of a referee may be heard on an ex parte or expedited basis, and the parties agree that irreparable harm would result if ex parte relief is not granted. Pursuant to CCP § 170.6, each party shall have one peremptory challenge to the referee selected by the Presiding Judge of the Court (or his or her representative).
          (d) The parties agree that time is of the essence in conducting the reference proceedings. Accordingly, the referee shall be requested, subject to change in the time periods specified herein for good cause shown, to (i) set the matter for a status and trial-setting conference within fifteen (15) days after the date of selection of the referee, (ii) if practicable, try all issues of law or fact within one hundred twenty (120) days after the date of the conference and (iii) report a statement of decision within twenty (20) days after the matter has been submitted for decision.
          (e) The referee will have power to expand or limit the amount and duration of discovery. The referee may set or extend discovery deadlines or cutoffs for good cause, including a party’s failure to provide requested discovery for any reason whatsoever. Unless otherwise ordered based upon good cause shown, no party shall be entitled to “priority” in conducting discovery, depositions may be taken by either party upon seven (7) days written notice, and all other discovery shall be responded to within fifteen (15) days after service. All disputes relating to discovery which cannot be resolved by the parties shall be submitted to the referee whose decision shall be final and binding.
          21.2 Procedures . Except as expressly set forth herein, the referee shall determine the manner in which the reference proceeding is conducted including the time and place of hearings, the order of

9


 

presentation of evidence, and all other questions that arise with respect to the course of the reference proceeding. All proceedings and hearings conducted before the referee, except for trial, shall be conducted without a court reporter, except that when any party so requests, a court reporter will be used at any hearing conducted before the referee, and the referee will be provided a courtesy copy of the transcript. The party making such a request shall have the obligation to arrange for and pay the court reporter. Subject to the referee’s power to award costs to the prevailing party, the parties will equally share the cost of the referee and the court reporter at trial.
          21.3 Application of Law . The referee shall be required to determine all issues in accordance with existing case law and the statutory laws of the State of California. The rules of evidence applicable to proceedings at law in the State of California will be applicable to the reference proceeding. The referee shall be empowered to enter equitable as well as legal relief, enter equitable orders that will be binding on the parties and rule on any motion which would be authorized in a court proceeding, including without limitation motions for summary judgment or summary adjudication. The referee shall issue a decision at the close of the reference proceeding which disposes of all claims of the parties that are the subject of the reference. Pursuant to CCP § 644, such decision shall be entered by the Court as a judgment or an order in the same manner as if the action had been tried by the Court and any such decision will be final, binding and conclusive. The parties reserve the right to appeal from the final judgment or order or from any appealable decision or order entered by the referee. The parties reserve the right to findings of fact, conclusions of laws, a written statement of decision, and the right to move for a new trial or a different judgment, which new trial, if granted, is also to be a reference proceeding under this provision.
          21.4 Repeal . If the enabling legislation which provides for appointment of a referee is repealed (and no successor statute is enacted), any dispute between the parties that would otherwise be determined by reference procedure will be resolved and determined by arbitration. The arbitration will be conducted by a retired judge or justice, in accordance with the California Arbitration Act §1280 through §1294.2 of the CCP as amended from time to time. The limitations with respect to discovery set forth above shall apply to any such arbitration proceeding.
          21.5 THE PARTIES RECOGNIZE AND AGREE THAT ALL CONTROVERSIES, DISPUTES AND CLAIMS RESOLVED UNDER THIS REFERENCE PROVISION WILL BE DECIDED BY A REFEREE AND NOT BY A JURY. AFTER CONSULTING (OR HAVING HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT) WITH COUNSEL OF ITS, HIS OR HER OWN CHOICE, EACH PARTY KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY, AND FOR THE MUTUAL BENEFIT OF ALL PARTIES, AGREES THAT THIS REFERENCE PROVISION WILL APPLY TO ANY CONTROVERSY, DISPUTE OR CLAIM BETWEEN OR AMONG THEM ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATED TO, THIS GUARANTY OR THE OTHER LENDER DOCUMENTS.
     22.  Counterparts; Telefacsimile Execution . This Guaranty may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute but one and the same Guaranty. Delivery of an executed counterpart of this Guaranty by telefacsimile shall be equally as effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart of this Guaranty. Any party delivering an executed counterpart of this Guaranty by telefacsimile also shall deliver an original executed counterpart of this Guaranty but the failure to deliver an original executed counterpart shall not affect the validity, enforceability, and binding effect of this Guaranty.
     23. Agreement to be Bound . Guarantor hereby agrees to be bound by each and all of the terms and provisions of the Credit Agreement applicable to Guarantor. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, by its execution and delivery of this Guaranty, Guarantor hereby: (a) makes to the Lender Group each of the representations and warranties set forth in the Credit Agreement applicable to Guarantor fully as though Guarantor were a party thereto, and such representations and warranties are incorporated herein by this reference, mutatis mutandis ; and (b) agrees and covenants (i) to do each of the things set forth in the Credit

10


 

Agreement that Borrower agrees and covenants to cause Guarantor to do, and (ii) to not do each of the things set forth in the Credit Agreement that Borrower agrees and covenants to cause Guarantor not to do, in each case, fully as though Guarantor was a party thereto, and such agreements and covenants are incorporated herein by this reference, mutatis mutandis .
[Signature page to follow]

11


 

           IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned has executed and delivered this Guaranty as of the date first written above.
         
  A.L. WIZARD, INC. ,
a Delaware corporation
 
 
  By:   /s/ Timothy J. Barker    
    Name:   Timothy J. Barker   
    Title:   Vice President and Treasurer   
 
Signature Page to Guaranty

 

Exhibit 10.23
WAIVER AND SECOND AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT
     THIS WAIVER AND SECOND AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT (this “ Amendment ”) is entered into as of October 15, 2009, by and among WELLS FARGO FOOTHILL, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as the arranger and administrative agent (“ Agent ”) for the Lenders (as defined in the Credit Agreement referred to below), the Lenders party hereto and REALPAGE, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “ Borrower ”).
     WHEREAS, Borrower, Agent, and Lenders are parties to that certain Credit Agreement dated as of September 3, 2009 (as amended, restated, modified or supplemented from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”);
     WHEREAS, Borrower has informed Agent and Lenders that prior to the Closing Date Borrower executed (a) that certain Continuing Guaranty dated as of January 18, 2007 in favor of Wells Fargo Bank, National Association and (b) that certain Select Payment License Agreement dated as of December 31, 2004 with RealPage Payment Processing (collectively, the “ Payment Processing Documents ”); and
     WHEREAS, Borrower has requested that Agent and the Lenders (a) amend the Credit Agreement in certain respects and (b) waive any Events of Default existing as a result of Borrower’s failure to disclose the existence of the Payment Processing Documents to Agent and the Lenders on or prior to the Closing Date (any such Events of Default, the “ Existing Defaults ”).
     NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual agreements herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:
     1.  Defined Terms . Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Credit Agreement.
     2.  Waiver . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, Agent and Lenders hereby waive the Existing Defaults. The foregoing waiver shall not constitute (i) a waiver of, or consent to, any other breach of, or any other Event of Default under, the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document or (ii) except as expressly set forth herein, a waiver, release or limitation upon the exercise by Agent or any Lender of any of its rights, legal or equitable, under the Credit Agreement, the other Loan Documents and applicable law, all of which are hereby reserved.
     3.  Amendments to Credit Agreement . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Credit Agreement is hereby amended as follows:
     (a) Section 7(b) to the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:
          (b)  Senior Leverage Ratio. Have a Senior Leverage Ratio, measured on a month-end basis, of not greater than the applicable ratio set forth in the following table for the applicable date set forth opposite thereto:

 


 

     
Applicable Amount   Applicable Date
2.25:1.00
  The last day of each month ending during the period from and including September 30, 2009 and through and including December 31, 2009
 
   
2.00:1.00
  The last day of each month ending during the period from and including January 31, 2010 and through and including June 30, 2010
 
   
1.85:1.00
  The last day of each month ending during the period from and including July 31, 2010 and through and including December 31, 2010
 
   
1.60:1.00
  The last day of each month ending during the period from and including January 31, 2011 and through and including June 30, 2011
 
   
1.35:1.00
  July 31, 2011 and the last day of each month ending thereafter
; provided that for any month-end measurement period set forth above that is not the last month of a fiscal quarter, Borrower shall not be required to comply with the foregoing covenant if the Senior Leverage Ratio measured as of the last day of the then most recently ended fiscal quarter is less than 1.75:1.00.
     (b) Schedules 4.15, 4.17, 4.19 and 6.12 to the Credit Agreement are replaced with Schedules 4.15, 4.17, 4.19 and 6.12 attached hereto.
     4.  Continuing Effect . Except as expressly set forth in Section 2 and Section 3 of this Amendment, nothing in this Amendment shall constitute a modification or alteration of the terms, conditions or covenants of the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, or a waiver of any other terms or provisions thereof, and the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall remain unchanged and shall continue in full force and effect, in each case as amended hereby.
     5.  Reaffirmation and Confirmation . Borrower hereby ratifies, affirms, acknowledges and agrees that the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party represent the valid, enforceable and collectible obligations of Borrower, and further acknowledges that there are no existing claims, defenses, personal or otherwise, or rights of setoff whatsoever with respect to the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document. Borrower hereby agrees that this Amendment in no way acts as a release or relinquishment of the Liens and rights securing payments of the Obligations. The Liens and rights securing payment of the Obligations are hereby ratified and confirmed by Borrower in all respects.
     6.  Conditions to Effectiveness . This Amendment shall become effective upon the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:
     (a) Agent shall have received a copy of this Amendment executed and delivered by Agent, the Lenders and the Loan Parties;
     (b) Agent shall have received such documents, agreements and instruments as may be reasonably required by Agent in connection with this Amendment, each in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent; and
     (c) No Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date hereof or as of the date of the effectiveness of this Amendment (other than the Existing Defaults before giving effect to this Amendment).

-2-


 

     7.  Representations and Warranties . In order to induce Agent and Lenders to enter into this Amendment, each Loan Party hereby represents and warrants to Agent and Lenders that:
     (a) After giving effect to this amendment, all representations and warranties contained in the Loan Documents to which such Loan Party is a party are true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date of this Amendment (except to the extent any representation or warranty expressly related to an earlier date and except to the extent that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality or dollar thresholds in the text thereof);
     (b) No Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing (other than the Existing Defaults before giving effect to this Amendment); and
     (c) This Amendment and the Loan Documents, as amended hereby, constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of such Loan Party and are enforceable against such Loan Party in accordance with their respective terms.
     8.  Miscellaneous .
     (a)  Expenses . Borrower agrees to pay on demand all reasonable costs and expenses of Agent and the Lenders (including reasonable attorneys fees) incurred in connection with the preparation, negotiation, execution, delivery and administration of this Amendment and all other instruments or documents provided for herein or delivered or to be delivered hereunder or in connection herewith. All obligations provided herein shall survive any termination of this Amendment and the Credit Agreement as amended hereby.
     (b)  Choice of Law and Venue; Jury Trial Waiver; Reference Provision . Without limiting the applicability of any other provision of the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, the terms and provisions set forth in Section 12 of the Credit Agreement are expressly incorporated herein by reference.
     (c)  Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, and by the parties hereto on the same or separate counterparts, and each such counterpart, when executed and delivered, shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same Amendment.
     9.  Release .
     (a) In consideration of the agreements of Agent and Lenders contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, each Loan Party, on behalf of itself and its successors, assigns, and other legal representatives, hereby absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably releases, remises and forever discharges Agent and Lenders, and their successors and assigns, and their present and former shareholders, affiliates, subsidiaries, divisions, predecessors, directors, officers, attorneys, employees, agents and other representatives (Agent, each Lender and all such other Persons being hereinafter referred to collectively as the “ Releasees ” and individually as a “ Releasee ”), of and from all demands, actions, causes of action, suits, controversies, damages and any and all other claims, counterclaims, defenses, rights of set-off, demands and liabilities whatsoever (individually, a “ Claim ” and collectively, “ Claims ”) of every name and nature, known or unknown, suspected or unsuspected, both at law and in equity, which such Loan Party or any of its successors, assigns, or other legal representatives may now or hereafter own, hold, have or claim to have against the Releasees or any of them for, upon, or by reason of any circumstance, action, cause or thing whatsoever which arises at any time on or prior to the day and date of this Amendment for or on account of, or in relation to, or in any way in connection with any of the Credit Agreement, or any of the other Loan Documents or transactions thereunder or related thereto.

-3-


 

     (b) Each Loan Party understands, acknowledges and agrees that the release set forth above may be pleaded as a full and complete defense and may be used as a basis for an injunction against any action, suit or other proceeding which may be instituted, prosecuted or attempted in breach of the provisions of such release.
     (c) Each Loan Party agrees that no fact, event, circumstance, evidence or transaction which could now be asserted or which may hereafter be discovered shall affect in any manner the final, absolute and unconditional nature of the release set forth above.
[Signature Page Follows]

-4-


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized and delivered as of the date first above written.
         
  REALPAGE, INC. ,
a Delaware corporation
 
 
  By:   /s/ Timothy J. Barker    
    Name:   Timothy J. Barker   
    Title: Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer   
 
         
  WELLS FARGO FOOTHILL, LLC ,
a Delaware limited liability company, as Agent and as a Lender
 
 
  By:   /s/ Troy V. Erickson    
    Name:   Troy V. Erickson   
    Title: Vice President   
 
         
  COMERICA BANK ,
a Texas Banking Association, as a Lender
 
 
  By:   /s/ David Whiting    
    Name:   David Whiting   
    Title: Senior Vice President   
Signature Page to Waiver and Second Amendment to Credit Agreement

 


 

         
CONSENT AND REAFFIRMATION
     Each Guarantor hereby (i) acknowledges receipt of a copy of the foregoing Waiver and Second Amendment to Credit Agreement (the “ Amendment ”; capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Amendment), (ii) consents to Borrower’s execution and delivery of the Amendment; (iii) agrees to be bound by the Amendment (including Section 9 thereof); (iv) affirms that nothing contained in the Amendment shall modify in any respect whatsoever any Loan Document to which it is a party except as expressly set forth therein; and (v) ratifies, affirms, acknowledges and agrees that each of the Loan Documents to which such Guarantor is a party represents the valid, enforceable and collectible obligations of such Guarantor, and further acknowledges that there are no existing claims, defenses, personal or otherwise, or rights of setoff whatsoever with respect to the Credit Agreement or any other such Loan Document. Each Guarantor hereby agrees that the Amendment in no way acts as a release or relinquishment of the Liens and rights securing payments of the Obligations. The Liens and rights securing payment of the Obligations are hereby ratified and confirmed by such Guarantor in all respects. Although each Guarantor has been informed of the matters set forth herein and has acknowledged and agreed to same, each Guarantor understands that neither Agent nor any Lender has any obligation to inform any Guarantor of such matters in the future or to seek any Guarantor’s acknowledgment or agreement to future amendments, waivers or consents, and nothing herein shall create such a duty.

 


 

         
  OPSTECHNOLOGY, INC.,
a Delaware corporation
 
 
  By:   /s/ Timothy J. Barker    
    Name:   Timothy J. Barker   
    Title: Vice President and Treasurer   
 
  MULTIFAMILY INTERNET VENTURES, LLC,
a California limited liability company
 
 
  By:   /s/ Timothy J. Barker    
    Name:   Timothy J. Barker   
    Title: Vice President and Treasurer   
 
  STARFIRE MEDIA, INC.,
a Delaware corporation
 
 
  By:   /s/ Timothy J. Barker    
    Name:   Timothy J. Barker   
    Title: Vice President   
 
  REALPAGE INDIA HOLDINGS, INC.,
a Delaware corporation
 
 
  By:   /s/ Timothy J. Barker    
    Name:   Timothy J. Barker   
    Title: Vice President   
 
         
  A.L. WIZARD, INC.,
a Delaware corporation
 
 
  By:   /s/ Timothy J. Barker    
    Name:   Timothy J. Barker   
    Title: Vice President and Treasurer   
 

 

Exhibit 10.24
GENERAL CONTINUING GUARANTY
          This GENERAL CONTINUING GUARANTY (this “ Guaranty ”), dated as of November 6, 2009 is executed and delivered by PROPERTYWARE, INC. , a California corporation (“ Guarantor ”), in favor of WELLS FARGO FOOTHILL, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as agent for the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers (in such capacity, together with its successors and assigns, if any, in such capacity, “ Agent ”), in light of the following:
           WHEREAS , RealPage, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Borrower ”), the below defined Lenders, and Agent have entered into that certain Credit Agreement dated as of September 3, 2009 (as amended, restated, modified, renewed or extended from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”);
           WHEREAS , Guarantor is a Subsidiary of Borrower and, as such, Guarantor will benefit by virtue of the financial accommodations extended to Borrower by the Lender Group; and
           WHEREAS , in order to induce the Lender Group to enter into the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents and to extend the loans and other financial accommodations to Borrower pursuant to the Credit Agreement, and in consideration thereof, and in consideration of any loans or other financial accommodations heretofore or hereafter extended by the below defined Lender Group to Borrower pursuant to the Loan Documents, Guarantor has agreed to guaranty the Guarantied Obligations.
           NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the foregoing, Guarantor hereby agrees as follows:
     1.  Definitions and Construction .
          (a) Definitions . Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Credit Agreement. The following terms, as used in this Guaranty, shall have the following meanings:
          “ Agent ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Guaranty.
          “ Borrower ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Guaranty.
          “ Credit Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Guaranty.
          “ Guarantied Obligations ” means all of the Obligations.
          “ Guarantor ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Guaranty.
          “ Guaranty ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Guaranty.
          “ Voidable Transfer ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9 of this Guaranty.
          (b) Construction . Unless the context of this Guaranty clearly requires otherwise, references to the plural include the singular, references to the singular include the plural, the part includes the whole, the terms “includes” and “including” are not limiting, and the term “or” has, except where otherwise indicated, the inclusive meaning represented by the phrase “and/or.” The words “hereof,” “herein,” “hereby,” “hereunder,” and other similar terms in this Guaranty refer to this Guaranty as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Guaranty. Section, subsection, clause, schedule, and exhibit references herein are to this Guaranty unless otherwise specified. Any reference in this Guaranty to any agreement, instrument, or document shall include all alterations, amendments, changes, extensions, modifications, renewals, replacements, substitutions, joinders, and supplements, thereto and thereof, as applicable (subject to any

 


 

restrictions on such alterations, amendments, changes, extensions, modifications, renewals, replacements, substitutions, joinders, and supplements set forth herein). Neither this Guaranty nor any uncertainty or ambiguity herein shall be construed or resolved against the Lender Group or Guarantor, whether under any rule of construction or otherwise. On the contrary, this Guaranty has been reviewed by all parties and shall be construed and interpreted according to the ordinary meaning of the words used so as to accomplish fairly the purposes and intentions of Guarantor and Agent. Any reference herein to the satisfaction or payment in full of the Guarantied Obligations shall mean the payment in full in cash (or cash collateralization in accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement) of all Guarantied Obligations other than contingent indemnification Guarantied Obligations and other than any Bank Product Obligations that, at such time, are allowed by the applicable Bank Product Provider to remain outstanding and are not required to be repaid or cash collateralized pursuant to the provisions of the Credit Agreement and the full and final termination of any commitment to extend any financial accommodations under the Credit Agreement and any other Loan Document. Any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and assigns. Any requirement of a writing contained herein shall be satisfied by the transmission of a Record and any Record transmitted shall constitute a representation and warranty as to the accuracy and completeness of the information contained therein. The captions and headings are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the construction of this Guaranty.
     2.  Guarantied Obligations . Guarantor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally guaranties, jointly and severally with any other guarantor of the Guarantied Obligations, to Agent, for the benefit of the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers, as and for its own debt, until the final and indefeasible payment in full thereof, in cash, has been made, (a) the due and punctual payment of the Guarantied Obligations, when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at maturity, pursuant to a mandatory prepayment requirement, by acceleration, or otherwise; it being the intent of Guarantor that the guaranty set forth herein shall be a guaranty of payment and not a guaranty of collection; and (b) the punctual and faithful performance, keeping, observance, and fulfillment by Borrower of all of the agreements, conditions, covenants, and obligations of Borrower contained in the Credit Agreement and under each of the other Loan Documents.
     3.  Continuing Guaranty . This Guaranty includes Guarantied Obligations arising under successive transactions continuing, compromising, extending, increasing, modifying, releasing, or renewing the Guarantied Obligations, changing the interest rate, payment terms, or other terms and conditions thereof, or creating new or additional Guarantied Obligations after prior Guarantied Obligations have been satisfied in whole or in part. To the maximum extent permitted by law, Guarantor hereby waives any right to revoke this Guaranty as to future Guarantied Obligations. If such a revocation is effective notwithstanding the foregoing waiver, Guarantor acknowledges and agrees that (a) no such revocation shall be effective until written notice thereof has been received by Agent, (b) no such revocation shall apply to any Guarantied Obligations in existence on the date of receipt by Agent of such written notice (including any subsequent continuation, extension, or renewal thereof, or change in the interest rate, payment terms, or other terms and conditions thereof), (c) no such revocation shall apply to any Guarantied Obligations made or created after such date to the extent made or created pursuant to a legally binding commitment of the Lender Group in existence on the date of such revocation, (d) no payment by Guarantor, Borrower, or from any other source, prior to the date of Agent’s receipt of written notice of such revocation shall reduce the maximum obligation of Guarantor hereunder, and (e) any payment by Borrower or from any source other than Guarantor subsequent to the date of such revocation shall first be applied to that portion of the Guarantied Obligations as to which the revocation is effective and which are not, therefore, guarantied hereunder, and to the extent so applied shall not reduce the maximum obligation of Guarantor hereunder.
     4.  Performance Under this Guaranty . In the event that Borrower fails to make any payment of any Guarantied Obligations, on or prior to the due date thereof, or if Borrower shall fail to perform, keep, observe, or fulfill any other obligation referred to in clause (b) of Section 2 of this Guaranty in the manner provided in the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, Guarantor immediately upon demand shall cause, as applicable, such payment in respect of the Guarantied Obligations to be made or such obligation to be performed, kept, observed, or fulfilled.

2


 

     5.  Primary Obligations . This Guaranty is a primary and original obligation of Guarantor, is not merely the creation of a surety relationship, and is an absolute, unconditional, and continuing guaranty of payment and performance which shall remain in full force and effect without respect to future changes in conditions. Guarantor hereby agrees that it is directly, jointly and severally with any other guarantor of the Guarantied Obligations, liable to Agent, for the benefit of the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers, that the obligations of Guarantor hereunder are independent of the obligations of Borrower or any other guarantor, and that a separate action may be brought against Guarantor, whether such action is brought against Borrower or any other guarantor or whether Borrower or any other guarantor is joined in such action. Guarantor hereby agrees that its liability hereunder shall be immediate and shall not be contingent upon the exercise or enforcement by any member of the Lender Group or any Bank Product Provider of whatever remedies they may have against Borrower or any other guarantor, or the enforcement of any lien or realization upon any security by any member of the Lender Group or any Bank Product Provider. Guarantor hereby agrees that any release which may be given by Agent to Borrower or any other guarantor, or with respect to any property or asset subject to a Lien, shall not release Guarantor. Guarantor consents and agrees that no member of the Lender Group nor any Bank Product Provider shall be under any obligation to marshal any property or assets of Borrower or any other guarantor in favor of Guarantor, or against or in payment of any or all of the Guarantied Obligations.
     6.  Waivers .
          (a) To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, Guarantor hereby waives: (i) notice of acceptance hereof; (ii) notice of any loans or other financial accommodations made or extended under the Credit Agreement, or the creation or existence of any Guarantied Obligations; (iii) notice of the amount of the Guarantied Obligations, subject, however, to Guarantor’s right to make inquiry of Agent to ascertain the amount of the Guarantied Obligations at any reasonable time; (iv) notice of any adverse change in the financial condition of Borrower or of any other fact that might increase Guarantor’s risk hereunder; (v) notice of presentment for payment, demand, protest, and notice thereof as to any instrument among the Loan Documents; (vi) notice of any Default or Event of Default under any of the Loan Documents; and (vii) all other notices (except if such notice is specifically required to be given to Guarantor under this Guaranty or any other Loan Documents to which Guarantor is a party) and demands to which Guarantor might otherwise be entitled.
          (b) To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, Guarantor hereby waives the right by statute or otherwise to require any member of the Lender Group or any Bank Product Provider, to institute suit against Borrower or any other guarantor or to exhaust any rights and remedies which any member of the Lender Group or any Bank Product Provider, has or may have against Borrower or any other guarantor. In this regard, Guarantor agrees that it is bound to the payment of each and all Guarantied Obligations, whether now existing or hereafter arising, as fully as if the Guarantied Obligations were directly owing to Agent, the Lender Group, or the Bank Product Providers, as applicable, by Guarantor. Guarantor further waives any defense arising by reason of any disability or other defense (other than the defense that the Guarantied Obligations shall have been fully and finally performed and indefeasibly paid in full in cash, to the extent of any such payment) of Borrower or by reason of the cessation from any cause whatsoever of the liability of Borrower in respect thereof.
          (c) To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, Guarantor hereby waives: (i) any right to assert against any member of the Lender Group or any Bank Product Provider, any defense (legal or equitable), set-off, counterclaim, or claim which Guarantor may now or at any time hereafter have against Borrower or any other party liable to any member of the Lender Group or any Bank Product Provider; (ii) any defense, set-off, counterclaim, or claim, of any kind or nature, arising directly or indirectly from the present or future lack of perfection, sufficiency, validity, or enforceability of the Guarantied Obligations or any security therefor; (iii) any right or defense arising by reason of any claim or defense based upon an election of remedies by any member of the Lender Group or any Bank Product Provider including any defense based upon an impairment or elimination of Guarantor’s rights of subrogation, reimbursement, contribution, or indemnity of

3


 

Guarantor against Borrower or other guarantors or sureties; (iv) the benefit of any statute of limitations affecting Guarantor’s liability hereunder or the enforcement thereof, and any act which shall defer or delay the operation of any statute of limitations applicable to the Guarantied Obligations shall similarly operate to defer or delay the operation of such statute of limitations applicable to Guarantor’s liability hereunder.
          (d) Until the Guarantied Obligations have been paid in full in cash, (i) Guarantor hereby postpones and agrees not to exercise any right of subrogation Guarantor has or may have as against Borrower with respect to the Guarantied Obligations; (ii) Guarantor hereby postpones and agrees not to exercise any right to proceed against Borrower or any other Person now or hereafter liable on account of the Obligations for contribution, indemnity, reimbursement, or any other similar rights (irrespective of whether direct or indirect, liquidated or contingent); and (iii) Guarantor hereby postpones and agrees not to exercise any right it may have to proceed or to seek recourse against or with respect to any property or asset of Borrower or any other Person now or hereafter liable on account of the Obligations. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Guaranty, Guarantor shall not exercise any rights of subrogation, contribution, indemnity, reimbursement or other similar rights against, and shall not proceed or seek recourse against or with respect to any property or asset of, any other guarantor (including after payment in full of the Guaranteed Obligations) if all or any portion of the Obligations have been satisfied in connection with an exercise of remedies in respect of all of the pledged Stock of such other guarantor whether pursuant to the Security Agreement or otherwise.
          (e) If any of the Guarantied Obligations or the obligations of Guarantor under this Guaranty at any time are secured by a mortgage or deed of trust upon real property, any member of the Lender Group or any Bank Product Provider may elect, in its sole discretion, upon a default with respect to the Guarantied Obligations or the obligations of Guarantor under this Guaranty, to foreclose such mortgage or deed of trust judicially or nonjudicially in any manner permitted by law, before or after enforcing this Guaranty, without diminishing or affecting the liability of Guarantor hereunder. Guarantor understands that (a) by virtue of the operation of antideficiency law applicable to nonjudicial foreclosures, an election by any member of the Lender Group or any Bank Product Provider to nonjudicially foreclose on such a mortgage or deed of trust probably would have the effect of impairing or destroying rights of subrogation, reimbursement, contribution, or indemnity of Guarantor against Borrower or other guarantors or sureties, and (b) absent the waiver given by Guarantor herein, such an election would estop any member of the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers from enforcing this Guaranty against Guarantor. Understanding the foregoing, and understanding that Guarantor is hereby relinquishing a defense to the enforceability of this Guaranty, Guarantor hereby waives any right to assert against any member of the Lender Group or any Bank Product Provider any defense to the enforcement of this Guaranty, whether denominated “estoppel” or otherwise, based on or arising from an election by any member of the Lender Group or any Bank Product Provider to nonjudicially foreclose on any such mortgage or deed of trust or as a result of any other exercise of remedies, whether under a mortgage or deed of trust or under any personal property security agreement. Guarantor understands that the effect of the foregoing waiver may be that Guarantor may have liability hereunder for amounts with respect to which Guarantor may be left without rights of subrogation, reimbursement, contribution, or indemnity against Borrower or other guarantors or sureties. Guarantor also agrees that the “fair market value” provisions of Section 580a of the California Code of Civil Procedure (and any similar law of New York or any other applicable jurisdiction) shall have no applicability with respect to the determination of Guarantor’s liability under this Guaranty.
          (f) Without limiting the generality of any other waiver or other provision set forth in this Guaranty, Guarantor waives all rights and defenses that Guarantor may have as a result of all or part of the Guarantied Obligations being secured by real property. This means, among other things:
               (i) Any member of the Lender Group or any Bank Product Provider may collect from Guarantor without first foreclosing on any real or personal property collateral that may be pledged by Guarantor, Borrower, or any other guarantor.

4


 

               (ii) If any member of the Lender Group or any Bank Product Provider forecloses on any real property collateral that may be pledged by Guarantor, Borrower or any other guarantor:
  (1)   The amount of the Guarantied Obligations or any obligations of any guarantor in respect thereof may be reduced only by the price for which that collateral is sold at the foreclosure sale, even if the collateral is worth more than the sale price.
 
  (2)   Agent may collect from Guarantor even if any member of the Lender Group or any Bank Product Provider, by foreclosing on the real property collateral, has destroyed any right Guarantor may have to collect from Borrower or any other guarantor.
          This is an unconditional and irrevocable waiver of any rights and defenses Guarantor may have if all or part of the Guarantied Obligations are secured by real property. These rights and defenses are based upon Section 580a, 580b, 580d, or 726 of the California Code of Civil Procedure and any similar law of New York or any other jurisdiction.
          (g) WITHOUT LIMITING THE GENERALITY OF ANY OTHER WAIVER OR OTHER PROVISION SET FORTH IN THIS GUARANTY, GUARANTOR HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT SUCH WAIVER IS PERMITTED BY LAW, ANY AND ALL BENEFITS OR DEFENSES ARISING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY UNDER ANY ONE OR MORE OF CALIFORNIA CIVIL CODE §§ 2787, 2799, 2808, 2815, 2819, 2820, 2821, 2822, 2838, 2839, 2847, 2848, AND 2855, CALIFORNIA CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE §§ 580A, 580B, 580C, 580D, AND 726, AND CHAPTER 2 OF TITLE 14 OF THE CALIFORNIA CIVIL CODE OR ANY SIMILAR LAWS OF ANY OTHER APPLICABLE JURISDICTION.
          (h) WITHOUT LIMITING THE GENERALITY OF ANY OTHER WAIVER OR OTHER PROVISION SET FORTH IN THIS GUARANTY, GUARANTOR WAIVES ALL RIGHTS AND DEFENSES ARISING OUT OF AN ELECTION OF REMEDIES BY ANY MEMBER OF THE LENDER GROUP OR ANY BANK PRODUCT PROVIDER, EVEN THOUGH SUCH ELECTION OF REMEDIES, SUCH AS A NONJUDICIAL FORECLOSURE WITH RESPECT TO SECURITY FOR THE GUARANTIED OBLIGATIONS, HAS DESTROYED GUARANTOR’S RIGHTS OF SUBROGATION AND REIMBURSEMENT AGAINST BORROWER BY THE OPERATION OF APPLICABLE LAW INCLUDING §580D OF THE CALIFORNIA CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE OR ANY SIMILAR LAWS OF ANY OTHER APPLICABLE JURISDICTION.
          (i) Without limiting the generality of any other waiver or other provision set forth in this Guaranty, Guarantor hereby also agrees to the following waivers:
               (i) Agent’s right to enforce this Guaranty is absolute and is not contingent upon the genuineness, validity or enforceability of the Guarantied Obligations or any of the Loan Documents. Guarantor waives all benefits and defenses it may have under California Civil Code Section 2810 or any similar laws in any other applicable jurisdiction and agrees that Agent’s rights under this Guaranty shall be enforceable even if Borrower had no liability at the time of execution of the Loan Documents or the Guarantied Obligations are unenforceable in whole or in part, or Borrower ceases to be liable with respect to all or any portion of the Guarantied Obligations.
               (ii) Guarantor waives all benefits and defenses it may have under California Civil Code Section 2809 or any similar laws in any other applicable jurisdiction with respect to its obligations under this Guaranty and agrees that Agent’s rights under the Loan Documents will remain enforceable even if the amount guaranteed hereunder is larger in amount and more burdensome than that for which Borrower is

5


 

responsible. The enforceability of this Guaranty against Guarantor shall continue until all sums due under the Loan Documents have been paid in full and the commitments of the Lender Group to extend financial accommodations to Borrower have been terminated and shall not be limited or affected in any way by any impairment or any diminution or loss of value of any security or collateral for Borrower’s obligations under the Loan Documents, from whatever cause, the failure of any security interest in any such security or collateral or any disability or other defense of Borrower, any other guarantor of Borrower’s obligations under any other Loan Document, any pledgor of collateral for any person’s obligations to Agent or any other person in connection with the Loan Documents.
               (iii) Guarantor waives all benefits and defenses it may have under California Civil Code §§ 2845, 2849 and 2850 or any similar laws of any other applicable jurisdiction with respect to its obligations under this Guaranty, including the right to require Agent to (A) proceed against Borrower, any guarantor of Borrower’s obligations under any Loan Document, any other pledgor of collateral for any person’s obligations to Agent or any other person in connection with the Guarantied Obligations, (B) proceed against or exhaust any other security or collateral Agent may hold, or (C) pursue any other right or remedy for Guarantor’s benefit, and agrees that Agent may exercise its right under this Guaranty without taking any action against Borrower, any other guarantor of Borrower’s obligations under the Loan Documents, any pledgor of collateral for any person’s obligations to Agent or any other person in connection with the Guarantied Obligations, and without proceeding against or exhausting any security or collateral Agent holds.
               (iv) The paragraphs in this Section 6 which refer to certain sections of the California Civil Code are included in this Guaranty solely out of an abundance of caution and shall not be construed to mean that any of the above-referenced provisions of California law are in any way necessarily applicable to this Guaranty.
     7.  Releases . Guarantor consents and agrees that, without notice to or by Guarantor and without affecting or impairing the obligations of Guarantor hereunder, any member of the Lender Group or any Bank Product Provider may, by action or inaction, compromise or settle, shorten or extend the Maturity Date or any other period of duration or the time for the payment of the Obligations, or discharge the performance of the Obligations, or may refuse to enforce the Obligations, or otherwise elect not to enforce the Obligations, or may, by action or inaction, release all or any one or more parties to, any one or more of the terms and provisions of the Credit Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents in accordance with the terms thereof or may grant other indulgences to Borrower or any other guarantor in respect thereof, or may amend or modify in any manner and at any time (or from time to time) any one or more of the Obligations, the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document (including any increase or decrease in the principal amount of any Obligations or the interest, fees or other amounts that may accrue from time to time in respect thereof), or may, by action or inaction, release or substitute the Borrower or any guarantor, if any, of the Guarantied Obligations, or may enforce, exchange, release, or waive, by action or inaction, any security for the Guarantied Obligations or any other guaranty of the Guarantied Obligations, or any portion thereof.
     8.  No Election . The Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers shall have the right to seek recourse against Guarantor to the fullest extent provided for herein and no election by any member of the Lender Group or any Bank Product Provider to proceed in one form of action or proceeding, or against any party, or on any obligation, shall constitute a waiver of the Lender Group’s or any Bank Product Provider’s right to proceed in any other form of action or proceeding or against other parties unless Agent, on behalf of the Lender Group or the Bank Product Providers, has expressly waived such right in writing. Specifically, but without limiting the generality of the foregoing, no action or proceeding by the Lender Group or the Bank Product Providers under any document or instrument evidencing the Guarantied Obligations shall serve to diminish the liability of Guarantor under this Guaranty except to the extent that the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers finally and unconditionally shall have realized indefeasible payment in full of the Guarantied Obligations by such action or proceeding.

6


 

     9.  Revival and Reinstatement . If the incurrence or payment of the Guarantied Obligations by Guarantor or the obligations of Guarantor under this Guaranty or the transfer by Guarantor to Agent of any property of Guarantor should for any reason subsequently be declared to be void or voidable under any state or federal law relating to creditors’ rights, including provisions of the Bankruptcy Code relating to fraudulent conveyances, preferences, or other voidable or recoverable payments of money or transfers of property (collectively, a “ Voidable Transfer ”), and if the Lender Group is required to repay or restore, in whole or in part, any such Voidable Transfer, or elects to do so upon the reasonable advice of its counsel, then, as to any such Voidable Transfer, or the amount thereof that the Lender Group is required or elects to repay or restore, and as to all reasonable costs, expenses, and attorneys fees of the Lender Group related thereto, the liability of Guarantor automatically shall be revived, reinstated, and restored and shall exist as though such Voidable Transfer had never been made.
     10.  Financial Condition of Borrower . Guarantor represents and warrants to the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers that it is currently informed of the financial condition of Borrower and of all other circumstances which a diligent inquiry would reveal and which bear upon the risk of nonpayment of the Guarantied Obligations. Guarantor further represents and warrants to the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers that it has read and understands the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement and each other Loan Document. Guarantor hereby covenants that it will continue to keep itself informed of Borrower’s financial condition, the financial condition of other guarantors, if any, and of all other circumstances which bear upon the risk of nonpayment or nonperformance of the Guarantied Obligations.
     11.  Payments; Application . All payments to be made hereunder by Guarantor shall be made in Dollars, in immediately available funds, and without deduction (whether for taxes or otherwise) or offset and shall be applied to the Guarantied Obligations in accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement.
     12.  Attorneys Fees and Costs . Guarantor agrees to pay, on demand, all attorneys fees and all other costs and expenses which may be incurred by Agent or the Lender Group in connection with the enforcement of this Guaranty or in any way arising out of, or consequential to, the protection, assertion, or enforcement of the Guarantied Obligations (or any security therefor), irrespective of whether suit is brought.
     13.  Notices . All notices and other communications hereunder to Agent shall be in writing and shall be mailed, sent, or delivered in accordance with Section 11 of the Credit Agreement. All notices and other communications hereunder to Guarantor shall be in writing and shall be mailed, sent, or delivered in care of Borrower in accordance with Section 11 of the Credit Agreement.
     14.  Cumulative Remedies . No remedy under this Guaranty, under the Credit Agreement, or any other Loan Document is intended to be exclusive of any other remedy, but each and every remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to any and every other remedy given under this Guaranty, under the Credit Agreement, or any other Loan Document, and those provided by law. No delay or omission by the Lender Group or Agent on behalf thereof to exercise any right under this Guaranty shall impair any such right nor be construed to be a waiver thereof. No failure on the part of the Lender Group or Agent on behalf thereof to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right under this Guaranty shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right under this Guaranty preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right.
     15.  Severability of Provisions . Each provision of this Guaranty shall be severable from every other provision of this Guaranty for the purpose of determining the legal enforceability of any specific provision.
     16.  Entire Agreement; Amendments . This Guaranty constitutes the entire agreement between parties pertaining to the subject matter contained herein. This Guaranty may not be altered, amended, or modified, nor may any provision hereof be waived or noncompliance therewith consented to, except by means

7


 

of a writing executed by Guarantor and Agent, on behalf of the Lender Group. Any such alteration, amendment, modification, waiver, or consent shall be effective only to the extent specified therein and for the specific purpose for which given. No course of dealing and no delay or waiver of any right or default under this Guaranty shall be deemed a waiver of any other, similar or dissimilar, right or default or otherwise prejudice the rights and remedies hereunder.
     17.  Successors and Assigns . This Guaranty shall be binding upon Guarantor and its successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers; provided , however , Guarantor shall not assign this Guaranty or delegate any of its duties hereunder without Agent’s prior written consent and any assignment not consented to by Agent shall be absolutely null and void. In the event of any assignment, participation, or other transfer of rights by the Lender Group or the Bank Product Providers that is permitted under the Credit Agreement, the rights and benefits herein conferred upon the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers shall automatically extend to and be vested in such assignee or other transferee.
     18.  No Third Party Beneficiary . This Guaranty is solely for the benefit of each member of the Lender Group, each Bank Product Provider, and each of their successors and assigns and may not be relied on by any other Person.
     19.  CHOICE OF LAW AND VENUE .
           THE VALIDITY OF THIS GUARANTY, THE CONSTRUCTION, INTERPRETATION, AND ENFORCEMENT HEREOF, AND THE RIGHTS OF THE PARTIES HERETO WITH RESPECT TO ALL MATTERS ARISING HEREUNDER OR RELATED HERETO SHALL BE DETERMINED UNDER, GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA.
           THE PARTIES AGREE THAT ALL ACTIONS OR PROCEEDINGS ARISING IN CONNECTION WITH THIS GUARANTY SHALL BE TRIED AND LITIGATED ONLY IN THE STATE AND, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, FEDERAL COURTS LOCATED IN THE COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES, STATE OF CALIFORNIA, PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THAT ANY SUIT SEEKING ENFORCEMENT AGAINST ANY COLLATERAL OR OTHER PROPERTY MAY BE BROUGHT, AT AGENT’S OPTION, IN THE COURTS OF ANY JURISDICTION WHERE AGENT ELECTS TO BRING SUCH ACTION OR WHERE SUCH COLLATERAL OR OTHER PROPERTY MAY BE FOUND. EACH GUARANTOR AND EACH MEMBER OF THE LENDER GROUP WAIVE, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED UNDER APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT EACH MAY HAVE TO ASSERT THE DOCTRINE OF FORUM NON CONVENIENS OR TO OBJECT TO VENUE TO THE EXTENT ANY PROCEEDING IS BROUGHT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THIS SECTION 19 .
     20.  JURY TRIAL WAIVER .
           EACH GUARANTOR AND EACH MEMBER OF THE LENDER GROUP HEREBY WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF THIS GUARANTY OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREIN, INCLUDING CONTRACT CLAIMS, TORT CLAIMS, BREACH OF DUTY CLAIMS, AND ALL OTHER COMMON LAW OR STATUTORY CLAIMS. EACH GUARANTOR AND EACH MEMBER OF THE LENDER GROUP REPRESENT THAT EACH HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER AND EACH KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY WAIVES ITS JURY TRIAL RIGHTS FOLLOWING CONSULTATION WITH LEGAL COUNSEL. IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, A COPY OF THIS SECTION MAY BE FILED AS A WRITTEN CONSENT TO A TRIAL BY THE COURT.

8


 

     21.  REFERENCE PROVISION .
          In the event the Jury Trial Waiver set forth above is not enforceable, the parties elect to proceed under this Judicial Reference Provision.
          21.1 Mechanics .
          (a) With the exception of the items specified in clause (b), below, any controversy, dispute or claim (each, a “ Claim ”) between the parties arising out of or relating to this Guaranty or any other document, instrument or agreement between the undersigned parties (collectively in this Section, the “ Lender Documents ”), will be resolved by a reference proceeding in California in accordance with the provisions of Sections 638 et seq. of the California Code of Civil Procedure (“ CCP ”), or their successor sections, which shall constitute the exclusive remedy for the resolution of any Claim, including whether the Claim is subject to the reference proceeding. Except as otherwise provided in the Lender Documents, venue for the reference proceeding will be in the state or federal court in the county or district where the real property involved in the action, if any, is located or in the state or federal court in the county or district where venue is otherwise appropriate under applicable law (the “ Court ”).
          (b) The matters that shall not be subject to a reference are the following: (i) foreclosure of any security interests in real or personal property, (ii) exercise of self-help remedies (including, without limitation, set-off), (iii) appointment of a receiver and (iv) temporary, provisional or ancillary remedies (including, without limitation, writs of attachment, writs of possession, temporary restraining orders or preliminary injunctions). This reference provision does not limit the right of any party to exercise or oppose any of the rights and remedies described in clauses (i) and (ii) or to seek or oppose from a court of competent jurisdiction any of the items described in clauses (iii) and (iv). The exercise of, or opposition to, any of those items does not waive the right of any party to a reference pursuant to this reference provision as provided herein.
          (c) The referee shall be a retired judge or justice selected by mutual written agreement of the parties. If the parties do not agree within ten (10) days of a written request to do so by any party, then, upon request of any party, the referee shall be selected by the Presiding Judge of the Court (or his or her representative). A request for appointment of a referee may be heard on an ex parte or expedited basis, and the parties agree that irreparable harm would result if ex parte relief is not granted. Pursuant to CCP § 170.6, each party shall have one peremptory challenge to the referee selected by the Presiding Judge of the Court (or his or her representative).
          (d) The parties agree that time is of the essence in conducting the reference proceedings. Accordingly, the referee shall be requested, subject to change in the time periods specified herein for good cause shown, to (i) set the matter for a status and trial-setting conference within fifteen (15) days after the date of selection of the referee, (ii) if practicable, try all issues of law or fact within one hundred twenty (120) days after the date of the conference and (iii) report a statement of decision within twenty (20) days after the matter has been submitted for decision.
          (e) The referee will have power to expand or limit the amount and duration of discovery. The referee may set or extend discovery deadlines or cutoffs for good cause, including a party’s failure to provide requested discovery for any reason whatsoever. Unless otherwise ordered based upon good cause shown, no party shall be entitled to “priority” in conducting discovery, depositions may be taken by either party upon seven (7) days written notice, and all other discovery shall be responded to within fifteen (15) days after service. All disputes relating to discovery which cannot be resolved by the parties shall be submitted to the referee whose decision shall be final and binding.
          21.2 Procedures . Except as expressly set forth herein, the referee shall determine the manner in which the reference proceeding is conducted including the time and place of hearings, the order of

9


 

presentation of evidence, and all other questions that arise with respect to the course of the reference proceeding. All proceedings and hearings conducted before the referee, except for trial, shall be conducted without a court reporter, except that when any party so requests, a court reporter will be used at any hearing conducted before the referee, and the referee will be provided a courtesy copy of the transcript. The party making such a request shall have the obligation to arrange for and pay the court reporter. Subject to the referee’s power to award costs to the prevailing party, the parties will equally share the cost of the referee and the court reporter at trial.
          21.3 Application of Law . The referee shall be required to determine all issues in accordance with existing case law and the statutory laws of the State of California. The rules of evidence applicable to proceedings at law in the State of California will be applicable to the reference proceeding. The referee shall be empowered to enter equitable as well as legal relief, enter equitable orders that will be binding on the parties and rule on any motion which would be authorized in a court proceeding, including without limitation motions for summary judgment or summary adjudication. The referee shall issue a decision at the close of the reference proceeding which disposes of all claims of the parties that are the subject of the reference. Pursuant to CCP § 644, such decision shall be entered by the Court as a judgment or an order in the same manner as if the action had been tried by the Court and any such decision will be final, binding and conclusive. The parties reserve the right to appeal from the final judgment or order or from any appealable decision or order entered by the referee. The parties reserve the right to findings of fact, conclusions of laws, a written statement of decision, and the right to move for a new trial or a different judgment, which new trial, if granted, is also to be a reference proceeding under this provision.
          21.4 Repeal . If the enabling legislation which provides for appointment of a referee is repealed (and no successor statute is enacted), any dispute between the parties that would otherwise be determined by reference procedure will be resolved and determined by arbitration. The arbitration will be conducted by a retired judge or justice, in accordance with the California Arbitration Act §1280 through §1294.2 of the CCP as amended from time to time. The limitations with respect to discovery set forth above shall apply to any such arbitration proceeding.
          21.5 THE PARTIES RECOGNIZE AND AGREE THAT ALL CONTROVERSIES, DISPUTES AND CLAIMS RESOLVED UNDER THIS REFERENCE PROVISION WILL BE DECIDED BY A REFEREE AND NOT BY A JURY. AFTER CONSULTING (OR HAVING HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT) WITH COUNSEL OF ITS, HIS OR HER OWN CHOICE, EACH PARTY KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY, AND FOR THE MUTUAL BENEFIT OF ALL PARTIES, AGREES THAT THIS REFERENCE PROVISION WILL APPLY TO ANY CONTROVERSY, DISPUTE OR CLAIM BETWEEN OR AMONG THEM ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATED TO, THIS GUARANTY OR THE OTHER LENDER DOCUMENTS.
     22.  Counterparts; Telefacsimile Execution . This Guaranty may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute but one and the same Guaranty. Delivery of an executed counterpart of this Guaranty by telefacsimile shall be equally as effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart of this Guaranty. Any party delivering an executed counterpart of this Guaranty by telefacsimile also shall deliver an original executed counterpart of this Guaranty but the failure to deliver an original executed counterpart shall not affect the validity, enforceability, and binding effect of this Guaranty.
     23.  Agreement to be Bound . Guarantor hereby agrees to be bound by each and all of the terms and provisions of the Credit Agreement applicable to Guarantor. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, by its execution and delivery of this Guaranty, Guarantor hereby: (a) makes to the Lender Group each of the representations and warranties set forth in the Credit Agreement applicable to Guarantor fully as though Guarantor were a party thereto, and such representations and warranties are incorporated herein by this reference, mutatis mutandis ; and (b) agrees and covenants (i) to do each of the things set forth in the Credit

10


 

Agreement that Borrower agrees and covenants to cause Guarantor to do, and (ii) to not do each of the things set forth in the Credit Agreement that Borrower agrees and covenants to cause Guarantor not to do, in each case, fully as though Guarantor was a party thereto, and such agreements and covenants are incorporated herein by this reference, mutatis mutandis .
[Signature page to follow]

11


 

           IN WITNESS WHERE OF , the undersigned has executed and delivered this Guaranty as of the date first written above.
         
  PROPERTYWARE, INC. ,
a California corporation
 
 
  By:   /s/ Stephen T. Winn    
    Name:   Stephen T. Winn   
    Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer   
 
Signature Page to Guaranty

 

Exhibit 10.25
SUPPLEMENT NO. 2
     Supplement No. 2 (this “ Supplement ”) dated as of November 6, 2009, to the Security Agreement, dated as of September 3, 2009 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Security Agreement ”), by and among each of the parties listed on the signature pages thereto and those additional entities that thereafter become parties thereto (collectively, jointly and severally, “Grantors” and each individually “ Grantor ”) and WELLS FARGO FOOTHILL, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, in its capacity as Agent for the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers (in such capacity, together with its successors and assigns in such capacity, “ Agent ”).
W I T N E S S E T H:
     WHEREAS, pursuant to that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of September 3, 2009 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”) among RealPage, Inc., as borrower (“ Borrower ”), the lenders party thereto as “Lenders” (“ Lenders ”), and Agent, the Lender Group is willing to make certain financial accommodations available to Borrower from time to time pursuant to the terms and conditions thereof;
     WHEREAS, capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Security Agreement or, if not defined therein, in the Credit Agreement;
     WHEREAS, Grantors have entered into the Security Agreement in order to induce the Lender Group to make certain financial accommodations to Borrower; and
     WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 5.11 of the Credit Agreement and Section 24 of the Security Agreement, certain new direct or indirect Subsidiaries of Borrower, must execute and deliver certain Loan Documents, including the Security Agreement, and the execution of the Security Agreement by the undersigned new Grantor or Grantors (collectively, the “ New Grantors ”) may be accomplished by the execution of this Supplement in favor of Agent, for the benefit of the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers;
     NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the foregoing and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, each New Grantor hereby agrees as follows:
     1. In accordance with Section 24 of the Security Agreement, each New Grantor, by its signature below, becomes a “Grantor” under the Security Agreement with the same force and effect as if originally named therein as a “Grantor” and each New Grantor hereby (a) agrees to all of the terms and provisions of the Security Agreement applicable to it as a “Grantor” thereunder and (b) represents and warrants that the representations and warranties made by it as a “Grantor” thereunder are true and correct on and as of the date hereof. In furtherance of the foregoing, each New Grantor, as security for the payment and performance in full of the Secured Obligations, does hereby grant, collaterally assign, and pledge to Agent, for the benefit of the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers, a security interest in and security title to all assets of such New Grantor of the type described in Section 2 of the Security Agreement (and subject to the exclusions set forth therein) to secure the full and prompt payment of the Secured Obligations, including, any interest thereon, plus reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses if the Secured Obligations represented by the Security Agreement are collected by law, through an attorney-at-law, or under advice therefrom. Schedule 1 , “Commercial Tort Claims”, Schedule 2 , “Copyrights”, Schedule 3 , “Intellectual Property Licenses”, Schedule 4 , “Patents”, Schedule 5 , “Pledged Companies”, Schedule 6 , “Trademarks”, Schedule 6(l) , “Controlled Account Banks”, Schedule 7 , “Owned Real Property”, and Schedule 8 , “List of Uniform Commercial Code Filing Jurisdictions”, attached hereto supplement Schedule 1, Schedule 2, Schedule 3, Schedule 4, Schedule 5, Schedule 6, Schedule 6(l), Schedule 7, and Schedule 8, respectively, to the Security Agreement and shall be deemed a part thereof for all purposes of the Security Agreement. Each reference to a “Grantor” in the Security Agreement shall be deemed to include each New Grantor. The Security Agreement is incorporated herein by reference.

1


 

     2. Each New Grantor represents and warrants to Agent, the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers that this Supplement has been duly executed and delivered by such New Grantor and constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, fraudulent transfer, moratorium or other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding at law or in equity).
     3. This Supplement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute but one and the same Supplement. Delivery of an executed counterpart of this Supplement by telefacsimile or other electronic method of transmission shall be equally as effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart of this Supplement. Any party delivering an executed counterpart of this Supplement by telefacsimile or other electronic method of transmission also shall deliver an original executed counterpart of this Supplement but the failure to deliver an original executed counterpart shall not affect the validity, enforceability, and binding effect of this Supplement.
     4. Except as expressly supplemented hereby, the Security Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.
     5. This Supplement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of California, without regard to the conflict of laws principles thereof.
[REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

2


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each New Grantor and Agent have duly executed this Supplement to the Security Agreement as of the day and year first above written.
         
NEW GRANTORS:   PROPERTYWARE, INC. , a California corporation
 
 
  By:   /s/ Stephen T. Winn    
    Name:   Stephen T. Winn   
    Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer   
 
         
AGENT:   WELLS FARGO FOOTHILL, LLC , a Delaware limited
liability company, as Agent
 
 
  By:   /s/ Troy V. Erickson   
    Name:   Troy V. Erickson   
    Title:   Vice President   
 
Supplement No. 2 to Security Agreement

 

Exhibit 10.26
CONSENT AND THIRD AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT
     THIS CONSENT AND THIRD AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT (this “ Amendment ”) is entered into as of December 23, 2009, by and among WELLS FARGO FOOTHILL, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as the arranger and administrative agent (“ Agent ”) for the Lenders (as defined in the Credit Agreement referred to below), the Lenders party hereto and REALPAGE, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “ Borrower ”).
     WHEREAS, Borrower, Agent, and Lenders are parties to that certain Credit Agreement dated as of September 3, 2009 (as amended, restated, modified or supplemented from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”);
     WHEREAS, Borrower desires to enter into a Parental Guaranty in favor of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. dated on or around the date hereof in connection with the cash management services provided by JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. to RealPage Payment Processing (the “ JPMorgan Guaranty ”);
     WHEREAS, Borrower desires to pay a cash dividend to the holders of the Preferred Stock, some of which holders are Affiliates of Borrower, in an aggregate amount equal to $2,500,000 (the “ Cash Dividend ”);
     WHEREAS, in order to effect the Cash Dividend, Borrower must amend and file with the Office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware its Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (“ December 2009 Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation ”); and
     WHEREAS, Borrower has requested that Agent and the Lenders (a) consent to Borrower’s (i) execution and delivery of the JPMorgan Guaranty, (ii) payment of the Cash Dividend and (iii) filing of the December 2009 Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation with the Office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware and (b) amend the Credit Agreement in certain respects.
     NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual agreements herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:
     1.  Defined Terms . Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Credit Agreement.
     2.  Consent . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, Agent and Lenders hereby consent to Borrower’s (a) execution and delivery of the JPMorgan Guaranty, (b) payment of the Cash Dividend and (c) filing of the 2009 Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation with the Office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware; provided that (i) the Cash Dividend does not exceed $2,500,000 in the aggregate, (ii) the Cash Dividend is paid on or prior to December 31, 2009, (iii) no dividends in the form of Preferred Shareholder Notes are issued during Borrower’s fiscal year ending December 31, 2009 and (iv) the 2009 Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation filed with the Office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware is in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A . This is a limited consent and shall not, except as expressly

 


 

set forth herein, be deemed to constitute a consent to or waiver of any Default, Event of Default or breach of the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document or any other requirements of any provision of the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document.
     3.  Amendments to Credit Agreement . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Credit Agreement is hereby amended as follows:
          (a) Section 7(c) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting “$10,000,000” where it appears therein and substituting “$12,000,000” therefor.
          (b) Section 8 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by (i) deleting “or” where it appears at the end of Section 8.10, (ii) deleting “.” where it appears at the end of Section 8.11 and substituting “; or” therefor and (c) adding the following as a new Section 8.12:
     8.12 If (a) there is a default under any Payment Processing Cash Management Agreement (after giving effect to any applicable grace or cure period) involving an aggregate amount of $250,000 or more or (b) a demand for payment involving an amount, individually or in the aggregate, in excess of $250,000 is made under a Payment Processing Guaranty against any Loan Party.
          (c) Schedule 1.1 to the Credit Agreement is hereby amended to add the following definitions in the alphabetical location therefor:
     “ Payment Processing Cash Management Agreement ” means any agreement between RealPage Payment Processing and a financial institution pursuant to which such financial institution provides cash management services to RealPage Payment Processing (including without limitation deposit account services, fund transfer services, automated clearing house funds transfer services, intercompany sweep transfers and investment services).
     “ Payment Processing Guaranty ” means (a) that certain Continuing Guaranty dated as of January 18, 2007 executed by Borrower in favor of Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, (b) that certain Parental Guaranty dated on or around December 23, 2009 executed by Borrower in favor of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and (c) any other guaranty executed by Borrower or any other Loan Party in favor of a financial institution with respect to any Payment Processing Cash Management Agreement between RealPage Payment Processing and such financial institution (provided that this clause (c) shall not be deemed to constitute consent by Agent or any Lender to Borrower’s or such other Loan Party’s execution of any such guaranty).
          (d) The last two rows of Schedule 5.2 to the Credit Agreement are herby amended and restated in their entirety to read as follows:

 


 

     
Promptly after receipt thereof  
(m) any notice of redemption received by Borrower from the requisite number of shareholders required to effect a mandatory redemption under Borrower’s Governing Documents,
   
 
   
(n) any notice of default under any Payment Processing Cash Management Agreement received by any Loan Party, and
   
 
   
(o) any demand for payment under a Payment Processing Guaranty received by any Loan Party.
   
 
Upon request by Agent  
(p) Such other reports, including but not limited to a summary aging of the Borrower’s Accounts, and a summary aging, by vendor, of Borrower’s accounts payable, and any book overdrafts, and as to accrued but unpaid taxes, the Collateral or the financial condition of Borrower and its Subsidiaries, as Agent may reasonably request.
          (e) Schedule 6.12 to the Credit Agreement is replaced with Schedule 6.12 attached hereto.
     4.  Continuing Effect . Except as expressly set forth in Section 2 and Section 3 of this Amendment, nothing in this Amendment shall constitute a modification or alteration of the terms, conditions or covenants of the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, or a waiver of any other terms or provisions thereof, and the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall remain unchanged and shall continue in full force and effect, in each case as amended hereby.
     5.  Reaffirmation and Confirmation . Borrower hereby ratifies, affirms, acknowledges and agrees that the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party represent the valid, enforceable and collectible obligations of Borrower, and further acknowledges that there are no existing claims, defenses, personal or otherwise, or rights of setoff whatsoever with respect to the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document. Borrower hereby agrees that this Amendment in no way acts as a release or relinquishment of the Liens and rights securing payments of the Obligations. The Liens and rights securing payment of the Obligations are hereby ratified and confirmed by Borrower in all respects.
     6.  Conditions to Effectiveness . This Amendment shall become effective upon the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:
          (a) Agent shall have received three (3) original copies of this Amendment executed and delivered by Agent, the Lenders and the Loan Parties;
          (b) Agent shall have received such documents, agreements and instruments as may be reasonably required by Agent in connection with this Amendment, each in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent; and

 


 

          (c) No Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date hereof or as of the date of the effectiveness of this Amendment.
     7.  Representations and Warranties . In order to induce Agent and Lenders to enter into this Amendment, each Loan Party hereby represents and warrants to Agent and Lenders that:
          (a) After giving effect to this amendment, all representations and warranties contained in the Loan Documents to which such Loan Party is a party are true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date of this Amendment (except to the extent any representation or warranty expressly related to an earlier date and except to the extent that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality or dollar thresholds in the text thereof);
          (b) No Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing; and
          (c) This Amendment and the Loan Documents, as amended hereby, constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of such Loan Party and are enforceable against such Loan Party in accordance with their respective terms.
     8.  Miscellaneous .
          (a) Expenses . Borrower agrees to pay on demand all reasonable costs and expenses of Agent and the Lenders (including reasonable attorneys fees) incurred in connection with the preparation, negotiation, execution, delivery and administration of this Amendment and all other instruments or documents provided for herein or delivered or to be delivered hereunder or in connection herewith. All obligations provided herein shall survive any termination of this Amendment and the Credit Agreement as amended hereby.
          (b) Choice of Law and Venue; Jury Trial Waiver; Reference Provision . Without limiting the applicability of any other provision of the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, the terms and provisions set forth in Section 12 of the Credit Agreement are expressly incorporated herein by reference.
          (c) Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, and by the parties hereto on the same or separate counterparts, and each such counterpart, when executed and delivered, shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same Amendment.
     9.  Release .
          (a) In consideration of the agreements of Agent and Lenders contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, each Loan Party, on behalf of itself and its successors, assigns, and other legal representatives, hereby absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably releases, remises and forever discharges Agent and Lenders, and their successors and assigns, and their present and former shareholders, affiliates, subsidiaries, divisions, predecessors, directors, officers, attorneys, employees, agents and other representatives (Agent, each Lender and all such other Persons being

 


 

hereinafter referred to collectively as the “ Releasees ” and individually as a “ Releasee ”), of and from all demands, actions, causes of action, suits, controversies, damages and any and all other claims, counterclaims, defenses, rights of set-off, demands and liabilities whatsoever (individually, a “ Claim ” and collectively, “ Claims ”) of every name and nature, known or unknown, suspected or unsuspected, both at law and in equity, which such Loan Party or any of its successors, assigns, or other legal representatives may now or hereafter own, hold, have or claim to have against the Releasees or any of them for, upon, or by reason of any circumstance, action, cause or thing whatsoever which arises at any time on or prior to the day and date of this Amendment for or on account of, or in relation to, or in any way in connection with any of the Credit Agreement, or any of the other Loan Documents or transactions thereunder or related thereto.
          (b) Each Loan Party understands, acknowledges and agrees that the release set forth above may be pleaded as a full and complete defense and may be used as a basis for an injunction against any action, suit or other proceeding which may be instituted, prosecuted or attempted in breach of the provisions of such release.
          (c) Each Loan Party agrees that no fact, event, circumstance, evidence or transaction which could now be asserted or which may hereafter be discovered shall affect in any manner the final, absolute and unconditional nature of the release set forth above.
[Signature Page Follows]

 


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized and delivered as of the date first above written.
         
  REALPAGE, INC. ,
a Delaware corporation
 
 
  By:   /s/ Timothy J. Barker    
    Name:   Timothy J. Barker   
    Title:   EVP and CFO   
 
         
  WELLS FARGO FOOTHILL, LLC ,
a Delaware limited liability company, as Agent
and as a Lender
 
 
  By:   /s/ Troy V. Erickson    
    Name:   Troy V. Erickson   
    Title:   Vice President   
 
         
  COMERICA BANK ,
a Texas Banking Association, as a Lender
 
 
  By:   /s/ Charles Fell    
    Name:   Charles Fell   
    Title:   Vice President   

 


 

         
CONSENT AND REAFFIRMATION
     Each Guarantor hereby (i) acknowledges receipt of a copy of the foregoing Consent and Third Amendment to Credit Agreement (the “ Amendment ”; capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Amendment), (ii) consents to Borrower’s execution and delivery of the Amendment; (iii) agrees to be bound by the Amendment (including Section 9 thereof); (iv) affirms that nothing contained in the Amendment shall modify in any respect whatsoever any Loan Document to which it is a party except as expressly set forth therein; and (v) ratifies, affirms, acknowledges and agrees that each of the Loan Documents to which such Guarantor is a party represents the valid, enforceable and collectible obligations of such Guarantor, and further acknowledges that there are no existing claims, defenses, personal or otherwise, or rights of setoff whatsoever with respect to the Credit Agreement or any other such Loan Document. Each Guarantor hereby agrees that the Amendment in no way acts as a release or relinquishment of the Liens and rights securing payments of the Obligations. The Liens and rights securing payment of the Obligations are hereby ratified and confirmed by such Guarantor in all respects. Although each Guarantor has been informed of the matters set forth herein and has acknowledged and agreed to same, each Guarantor understands that neither Agent nor any Lender has any obligation to inform any Guarantor of such matters in the future or to seek any Guarantor’s acknowledgment or agreement to future amendments, waivers or consents, and nothing herein shall create such a duty.
[Signature Page Follows]

 


 

         
  OPSTECHTNOLOGY, INC. ,
a Delaware corporation
 
 
  By:   /s/ Timothy J. Barker    
    Name:   Timothy J. Barker   
    Title:   VP & Treasurer   
 
         
  MULTIFAMILY INTERNET VENTURES, LLC ,
a California limited liability company
 
 
  By:   /s/ Timothy J. Barker    
    Name:   Timothy J. Barker   
    Title:   VP & Treasurer   
 
         
  STARFIRE MEDIA, INC. ,
a Delaware corporation
 
 
  By:   /s/ Timothy J. Barker    
    Name:   Timothy J. Barker   
    Title:   VP & Treasurer   
 
         
  REALPAGE INDIA HOLDINGS, INC. ,
a Delaware corporation
 
 
  By:   /s/ Timothy J. Barker    
    Name:   Timothy J. Barker   
    Title:   VP & Treasurer   

 


 

         
         
  A.L. WIZARD, INC. ,
 
 
  By:   /s/ Timothy J. Barker    
    Name:   Timothy J. Barker   
    Title:   VP & Treasurer   
 
         
  PROPERTYWARE, INC. ,
a California corporation
 
 
  By:   /s/ Timothy J. Barker    
    Name:   Timothy J. Barker   
    Title:   VP & Treasurer   
 

 

Exhibit 10.27
WAIVER, CONSENT AND FOURTH AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT
          THIS WAIVER, CONSENT AND FOURTH AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT (this “ Amendment ”) is entered into as of February 10, 2010, by and among WELLS FARGO CAPITAL FINANCE, LLC (formerly known as Wells Fargo Foothill, LLC), a Delaware limited liability company, as the arranger and administrative agent (“ Agent ”) for the Lenders (as defined in the Credit Agreement referred to below), the Lenders party hereto and REALPAGE, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “ Borrower ”).
          WHEREAS, Borrower, Agent, and Lenders are parties to that certain Credit Agreement dated as of September 3, 2009 (as amended, restated, modified or supplemented from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”);
          WHEREAS, Events of Default have occurred and are continuing under Section 8.2(a) of the Credit Agreement as a result of Borrower’s (a) payment of a cash dividend to the holders of the Preferred Stock in excess of the amount permitted to be paid pursuant to the terms of that certain Consent and Third Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of December 23, 2009 among Borrower, Agent and the Lenders party thereto and (b) failure to maintain the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio required by Section 7(a) of the Credit Agreement for the 6 month period ended December 31, 2009 (the “ Existing Defaults ”);
          WHEREAS, Borrower intends to enter into that certain Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of the date hereof (as modified by that certain agreement among the Sellers (as hereinafter defined) and Borrower on the date hereof regarding Borrower’s purchase of the assets of Spectra (as hereinafter defined), the “ Asset Purchase Agreement ”) with Domin-8 Enterprise Solutions, Inc. (“ D8 Inc. ”), Domin-8 Enterprise Solutions, LLC (“ D8 LLC ”), ACSoftware, Inc. (“ ACS ”), Spectra Computer Services, Limited (“ Spectra ”), New-Paradigm Insurance Solutions, LLC (“ New Paradigm ”) and PMAS, LLC (“ PMAS ”; D8 Inc., D8 LLC, ACS, New Paradigm and PMAS are, collectively, “ US Sellers ” and, together with Spectra, “ Sellers ”), as debtors in possession, pursuant to which Borrower shall acquire certain assets of US Sellers on the date hereof and certain assets of Spectra upon the entry of the Recognition Order (as defined in the Asset Purchase Agreement) (such acquisition, the “ Domin-8 Acquisition ”); and
          WHEREAS, Borrower has requested that Agent and the Lenders (a) waive the Existing Defaults, (b) consent to Borrower’s consummation of the Domin-8 Acquisition and (c) amend the Credit Agreement in certain respects.
          NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual agreements herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:
          1. Defined Terms . Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Credit Agreement.
          2. Waiver and Consent . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, Agent and Lenders hereby (a) waive the Existing Defaults and (b) consent to Borrower’s consummation of the Domin-8 Acquisition in accordance with the terms of the Asset Purchase Agreement, and agrees that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, the Domin-8 Acquisition shall be considered a “Permitted Acquisition” for all purposes thereunder. This is a limited waiver and consent and shall not constitute (i) a consent to or waiver of any other Default, Event of Default or breach of the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document or any other requirements of any provision of the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document or (ii) except as expressly set forth herein, a waiver, release or limitation upon

 


 

the exercise by Agent or any Lender of any of its rights, legal or equitable, under the Credit Agreement, the other Loan Documents and applicable law, all of which are hereby reserved.
          3. Amendments to Credit Agreement . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Credit Agreement is hereby amended as follows:
                         (a) Section 2.2 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:
          2.2 Term Loan .
          On the Closing Date, the Lenders then party to this Agreement made term loans to Borrower in the aggregate principal amount of $35,000,000 (such term loans, collectively, the “ Original Term Loan ”). On the Fourth Amendment Effective Date (before giving effect to the additional term loans described below), the outstanding principal balance of the Original Term Loan was $33,687,500. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, on the Fourth Amendment Effective Date, each Lender with a Term Loan Commitment agrees (severally, not jointly or jointly and severally) to make additional term loans (such additional term loans, collectively, the “ Additional Term Loan ”) to Borrower in the amount set forth beside such Lender’s name on Schedule C-2 , which Additional Term Loan shall be added to and become part of the Original Term Loan (the Original Term Loan, as increased by the Additional Term Loan, collectively, the “ Term Loan ”). After making such Additional Term Loan in the aggregate amount equal to the Additional Term Loan Amount, the outstanding principal balance of the Term Loan shall be $43,687,500. The principal of the Term Loan shall be repaid in installments identified as “Installment Amounts” below on the following dates and in the following amounts:
         
Date   Installment Amount
March 31, 2010, June 30, 2010 and September 30, 2010
  $ 1,812,500  
 
       
December 31, 2010, March 31, 2011, June 30, 2011 and September 30, 2011
  $ 2,250,000  
 
       
December 31, 2011, March 31, 2012, June 30, 2012 and September 30, 2012
  $ 2,362,500  
 
       
December 31, 2012 and March 31, 2013
  $ 2,475,000  
 
       
Maturity Date
  Unpaid Principal Balance
The outstanding unpaid principal balance and all accrued and unpaid interest on the Term Loan shall be due and payable on the earlier of (i) the Maturity Date, and (ii) the date of the acceleration of the Term Loan in accordance with the terms hereof. All principal of, interest on, and other amounts payable in respect of the Term Loan shall constitute Obligations.

-2-


 

          (b) Section 2.4(c)(ii) of the Credit Agreement is amended and restated in its entirety as follows:
          (ii) Term Loan Commitments . The Term Loan Commitments shall terminate on the Fourth Amendment Effective Date after making the Additional Term Loan in the Additional Term Loan Amount pursuant to Section 2.2 .
          (c) Clause (xi) of Section 14.1(a) of the Credit Agreement is amended and restated in its entirety as follows:
          (xi) change the definition of Borrowing Base, Credit Amount or any of the defined terms that are used in such definition to the extent that any such change results in more credit being made available to Borrower based upon the Borrowing Base or the Credit Amount, but not otherwise, or the definitions of Maximum Revolver Amount, Term Loan Amount or Additional Term Loan Amount.
          (d) Schedule 1.1 to the Credit Agreement is amended to add the following defined terms in appropriate alphabetical order:
          “ Additional Term Loan ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 2.2 .
          “ Additional Term Loan Amount ” means $10,000,000.
          “ Domin-8 Acquisition ” has the meaning specified therefor in the Fourth Amendment.
          “ Fourth Amendment ” means the Waiver, Consent and Fourth Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of the Fourth Amendment Effective Date among Borrower, Agent and the Lenders party thereto.
          “ Fourth Amendment Effective Date ” means February 10, 2010.
          “ Original Term Loan ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 2.2 .
          (e) The defined term “Closing Date” set forth in Schedule 1.1 of the Credit Agreement is amended and restated in its entirety as follows:
          “ Closing Date ” means the date of the making of the Original Term Loan hereunder.
          (f) The defined term “Fixed Charges” set forth in Schedule 1.1 of the Credit Agreement is amended and restated in its entirety as follows:
          “ Fixed Charges ” means, with respect to any fiscal period and with respect to Borrower determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, the sum, without duplication, of (a) Interest Expense accrued during such period; provided that, with respect to the Preferred Shareholder Notes, Borrower shall include only Interest Expense paid during such period, (b) principal payments in respect of Indebtedness that are required to be paid during such period; provided that, with respect to the Preferred Shareholder Notes, Borrower shall include only principal payments paid during such period, (c) all federal, state, and local income taxes accrued during such period, (d) all Restricted Junior Payments paid (whether in

-3-


 

cash or other property, other than Restricted Junior Payments paid in common Stock or Preferred Shareholder Notes) during such period (other than the cash dividend paid by Borrowers on December 31, 2009 to the holders of the Preferred Stock in the amount of $2,515,832.00) and (e) any payment made in respect of the RealHound Payment during such period. For the avoidance of doubt, none of (x) the payment to Intacct, Inc. made on August 11, 2009 in the amount of $2,500,000, (y) the payment to Intacct, Inc. to be made in an amount not to exceed $100,000 (so long as such payment is made on or before December 31, 2009) and (z) the payment made in respect of the OpsTechnology Payment (so long as such payment is made on or before December 31, 2009) shall constitute a Fixed Charge.
          (g) Clause (k) of the defined term “Permitted Acquisition” set forth in Schedule 1.1 of the Credit Agreement is amended and restated in its entirety as follows:
          (k) the purchase consideration payable in respect of all Permitted Acquisitions consummated after the Fourth Amendment Effective Date (including Earn-outs and other deferred payment obligations (including Holdbacks), but, for the sake of clarity, excluding the Domin-8 Acquisition) shall not exceed $5,000,000 in the aggregate.
          (h) The defined term “Preferred Shareholder Note Excess Availability Amount” set forth in Schedule 1.1 of the Credit Agreement is amended and restated in its entirety as follows:
          “ Preferred Shareholder Note Excess Availability Amount ” means $10,000,000; provided that such dollar amount shall be increased dollar-for-dollar by the principal amount of any Preferred Shareholder Notes issued by Borrower after the Closing Date.
          (i) Schedule C-1 to the Credit Agreement is replaced with Schedule C-1 attached hereto.
          (j) A new Schedule C-2 is hereby added to the Credit Agreement in the form attached hereto as Schedule C-2.
          (k) Schedules P-1, P-2, 4.1(b), 4.1(c), 4.6(a), 4.6(b), 4.6(c), 4.6(d), 4.7(b), 4.12, 4.13, 4.15, 4.17, 4.19, 4.25, 4.27, 6.6 and 6.12 to the Credit Agreement are replaced with Schedules P-1, P-2, 4.1(b), 4.1(c), 4.6(a), 4.6(b), 4.6(c), 4.6(d), 4.7(b), 4.12, 4.13, 4.15, 4.17, 4.19, 4.25, 4.27, 6.6 and 6.12 attached as Exhibit A hereto. The parties hereto hereby agree that the Schedules attached hereto shall satisfy Borrower’s obligation to update such Schedules in connection with the Compliance Certificate required to be delivered by Borrower to Agent and Lenders for the fiscal quarter and fiscal year ended December 31, 2009.
          4. Amendment to Security Agreement . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, Schedules 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 6(l), 7 and 8 to the Security Agreement are replaced with Schedules 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 6(l), 7 and 8 attached as Exhibit B hereto.
          5. Covenants . Borrower hereby covenants and agrees as follows:
          (a) On or before the applicable time periods contained therein, to deliver such other documents, agreements and instruments required to be delivered to Agent pursuant to Section 5.11 of the Credit Agreement or as may be reasonably required by Agent pursuant to Section 5.12 of the Credit Agreement in connection with the Domin-8 Acquisition and the formation of 43642 Yukon Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of the Yukon Territory (“ Yukon ”), each in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent and Lenders;

-4-


 

          (b) On or before February 17, 2010, Borrower shall have delivered to Agent certificates of property and general liability insurance meeting the requirements of Section 5.6 of the Credit Agreement after giving effect to the Domin-8 Acquisition;
          (c) Within 30 days after the Fourth Amendment Effective Date (or such later date as permitted by Agent in its sole discretion), Borrower shall have updated the federal records to the extent necessary to reflect proper ownership by Borrower or Yukon, as applicable, of the registered copyrights, patents and trademarks acquired from Sellers that are currently registered in the name of the Sellers, and Borrower shall have delivered to Agent a fully executed Copyright Security Agreement, Patent Security Agreement and Trademark Security Agreement with respect to such copyrights, patents and trademarks in the forms attached as Exhibits A, B and D, respectively, to the Security Agreement;
          (d) Within 30 days after the Fourth Amendment Effective Date (or, with respect to any location set forth on Schedule 4.25 attached hereto that constitutes a location used by a Seller, within 30 days after Borrower has designated the lease for such location as an Assumed Executory Contract under (and as defined in) the Asset Purchase Agreement) (or such later date as permitted by Agent in its sole discretion), Borrower shall have used commercially reasonable efforts to deliver to Agent a Collateral Access Agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent and Lenders, for each location set forth on Schedule 4.25 attached hereto for which no such Collateral Access Agreement has been delivered to Agent; and
          (e) Borrower shall not acquire the assets of Spectra until the Recognition Order in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent has been entered (a copy of which Borrower shall deliver to Agent promptly after receipt thereof) and the conditions precedent to closing set forth in the Recognition Order shall have been satisfied in a manner reasonably satisfactory to Agent.
          6. Continuing Effect . Except as expressly set forth in Section 2 and Section 3 of this Amendment, nothing in this Amendment shall constitute a modification or alteration of the terms, conditions or covenants of the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, or a waiver of any other terms or provisions thereof, and the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall remain unchanged and shall continue in full force and effect, in each case as amended hereby.
          7. Reaffirmation and Confirmation . Borrower hereby ratifies, affirms, acknowledges and agrees that the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party represent the valid, enforceable and collectible obligations of Borrower, and further acknowledges that there are no existing claims, defenses, personal or otherwise, or rights of setoff whatsoever with respect to the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document. Borrower hereby agrees that this Amendment in no way acts as a release or relinquishment of the Liens and rights securing payments of the Obligations. The Liens and rights securing payment of the Obligations are hereby ratified and confirmed by Borrower in all respects.
          8. Conditions to Effectiveness . This Amendment shall become effective upon the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:
          (a) Agent shall have received three (3) original copies of this Amendment executed and delivered by Agent, the Lenders and the Loan Parties;
          (b) Agent shall have received an amendment to the Senior Subordinated Debt Subordination Agreement executed by Borrower and Senior Subordinated Noteholder, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent;

-5-


 

          (c) Agent shall have received a copy of the Asset Purchase Agreement executed by Borrower and Sellers and a copy of the Sale Order (as defined in the Asset Purchase Agreement), each in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent;
          (d) the conditions precedent to closing set forth in the Asset Purchase Agreement and the Sale Order shall have been satisfied in a manner reasonably satisfactory to Agent;
          (e) Agent shall have received copies of each of the other agreements, instruments, opinions, certificates, lien search results and other documents, fully executed where applicable, described in the closing list attached as Exhibit C hereto required to be delivered on or prior to the date hereof and such other documents, agreements and instruments as may be reasonably required by Agent in connection with this Amendment, each in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent;
          (f) Agent shall have received payment of the Additional Commitment Fee (as defined in Section 9 hereof); and
          (g) No Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date hereof or as of the date of the effectiveness of this Amendment (other than the Existing Defaults before giving effect to this Amendment).
          9. Additional Commitment Fee . Borrower hereby agrees to pay Agent, for the account of each Lender, a commitment fee (the “ Additional Commitment Fee ”) in an aggregate amount equal to 2.00% of the amount set forth beside such Lender’s name on Schedule C-2 to the Credit Agreement (as amended hereby), which Additional Commitment Fee shall be fully earned, non-refundable and due and payable in full on the Fourth Amendment Effective Date. The Additional Commitment Fee constitutes Obligations and is in addition to any other fees payable by Borrower under the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document.
          10. Representations and Warranties . In order to induce Agent and Lenders to enter into this Amendment, each Loan Party hereby represents and warrants to Agent and Lenders that:
          (a) After giving effect to this Amendment, all representations and warranties contained in the Loan Documents to which such Loan Party is a party are true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date of this Amendment (except to the extent any representation or warranty expressly related to an earlier date and except to the extent that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality or dollar thresholds in the text thereof);
          (b) No Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing (other than the Existing Defaults before giving effect to this Amendment);
          (c) Borrower has delivered to Agent a complete and correct copy of the Asset Purchase Agreement, including all schedules and exhibits thereto, and the Sale Order; and
          (d) This Amendment and the Loan Documents, as amended hereby, constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of such Loan Party and are enforceable against such Loan Party in accordance with their respective terms.
          11. Miscellaneous .
          (a) Expenses . Borrower agrees to pay on demand all reasonable costs and expenses of Agent and the Lenders (including reasonable attorneys fees) incurred in connection with

-6-


 

the preparation, negotiation, execution, delivery and administration of this Amendment and all other instruments or documents provided for herein or delivered or to be delivered hereunder or in connection herewith. All obligations provided herein shall survive any termination of this Amendment and the Credit Agreement as amended hereby.
          (b) Choice of Law and Venue; Jury Trial Waiver; Reference Provision . Without limiting the applicability of any other provision of the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, the terms and provisions set forth in Section 12 of the Credit Agreement are expressly incorporated herein by reference.
          (c) Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, and by the parties hereto on the same or separate counterparts, and each such counterpart, when executed and delivered, shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same Amendment.
          12. Release .
          (a) In consideration of the agreements of Agent and Lenders contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, each Loan Party, on behalf of itself and its successors, assigns, and other legal representatives, hereby absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably releases, remises and forever discharges Agent and Lenders, and their successors and assigns, and their present and former shareholders, affiliates, subsidiaries, divisions, predecessors, directors, officers, attorneys, employees, agents and other representatives (Agent, each Lender and all such other Persons being hereinafter referred to collectively as the “ Releasees ” and individually as a “ Releasee ”), of and from all demands, actions, causes of action, suits, controversies, damages and any and all other claims, counterclaims, defenses, rights of set-off, demands and liabilities whatsoever (individually, a “ Claim ” and collectively, “ Claims ”) of every name and nature, known or unknown, suspected or unsuspected, both at law and in equity, which such Loan Party or any of its successors, assigns, or other legal representatives may now or hereafter own, hold, have or claim to have against the Releasees or any of them for, upon, or by reason of any circumstance, action, cause or thing whatsoever which arises at any time on or prior to the day and date of this Amendment for or on account of, or in relation to, or in any way in connection with any of the Credit Agreement, or any of the other Loan Documents or transactions thereunder or related thereto.
          (b) Each Loan Party understands, acknowledges and agrees that the release set forth above may be pleaded as a full and complete defense and may be used as a basis for an injunction against any action, suit or other proceeding which may be instituted, prosecuted or attempted in breach of the provisions of such release.
          (c) Each Loan Party agrees that no fact, event, circumstance, evidence or transaction which could now be asserted or which may hereafter be discovered shall affect in any manner the final, absolute and unconditional nature of the release set forth above.
[Signature Page Follows]

-7-


 

     IN WITNESS WHERE OF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized and delivered as of the date first above written.
         
  REALPAGE, INC. ,
a Delaware corporation
 
 
  By:   /s/ Timothy J. Barker    
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
         
  WELLS FARGO CAPITAL FINANCE, LLC ,
a Delaware limited liability company, as Agent and as a Lender
 
 
  By:   /s/ Troy V. Erickson    
    Name:   Troy V. Erickson   
    Title:   Vice President   
 
         
  COMERICA BANK ,
a Texas Banking Association, as a Lender
 
 
  By:   /s/ Charles Fell    
    Name:   Charles Fell   
    Title:   Vice President   
 
Signature Page to Waiver, Consent and Fourth Amendment to Credit Agreement


 

CONSENT AND REAFFIRMATION
          Each Guarantor hereby (i) acknowledges receipt of a copy of the foregoing Waiver, Consent and Fourth Amendment to Credit Agreement (the “ Amendment ”; capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Amendment), (ii) consents to Borrower’s execution and delivery of the Amendment; (iii) agrees to be bound by the Amendment (including Section 12 thereof); (iv) affirms that nothing contained in the Amendment shall modify in any respect whatsoever any Loan Document to which it is a party except as expressly set forth therein; and (v) ratifies, affirms, acknowledges and agrees that each of the Loan Documents to which such Guarantor is a party represents the valid, enforceable and collectible obligations of such Guarantor, and further acknowledges that there are no existing claims, defenses, personal or otherwise, or rights of setoff whatsoever with respect to the Credit Agreement or any other such Loan Document. Each Guarantor hereby agrees that the Amendment in no way acts as a release or relinquishment of the Liens and rights securing payments of the Obligations. The Liens and rights securing payment of the Obligations are hereby ratified and confirmed by such Guarantor in all respects. Although each Guarantor has been informed of the matters set forth herein and has acknowledged and agreed to same, each Guarantor understands that neither Agent nor any Lender has any obligation to inform any Guarantor of such matters in the future or to seek any Guarantor’s acknowledgment or agreement to future amendments, waivers or consents, and nothing herein shall create such a duty.
[Signature Page Follows]


 

         
  OPSTECHNOLOGY, INC.,
a Delaware corporation
 
 
  By:   /s/ Timothy J. Barker    
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
         
  MULTIFAMILY INTERNET VENTURES, LLC,
a California limited liability company
 
 
  By:   /s/ Timothy J. Barker    
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
         
  STARFIRE MEDIA, INC.,
a Delaware corporation
 
 
  By:   /s/ Timothy J. Barker    
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
         
  REALPAGE INDIA HOLDINGS, INC.,
a Delaware corporation
 
 
  By:   /s/ Timothy J. Barker    
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
         
  A.L. WIZARD, INC.,
a Delaware corporation
 
 
  By:   /s/ Timothy J. Barker    
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
         
  PROPERTYWARE, INC. ,
a California corporation
 
 
  By:   /s/ Timothy J. Barker    
    Name:      
    Title:      
 


 

Schedule C-1
Commitments
                         
Lender   Revolver Commitment     Term Loan 1     Total Commitment  
Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC
  $ 6,250,000     $ 27,859,375     $ 34,109,375  
Comerica Bank
  $ 3,750,000     $ 15,828,125     $ 19,578,125  
All Lenders
  $ 10,000,000     $ 43,687,500     $ 53,687,500  
 
1   A portion of the Term Loan in the amount of $35,000,000 was advanced on the Closing Date. As of the Fourth Amendment Effective Date, the outstanding principal balance of the Term Loan was $33,687,500. On the Fourth Amendment Effective Date, additional term loans in the aggregate amount of $10,000,000 will be advanced so that after giving effect to such additional term loans, the outstanding principal balance of the Term Loan on the Fourth Amendment Effective Date is $43,687,500. Upon the funding of such additional term loans, the Term Loan Commitments shall be reduced to zero.

 


 

Schedule C-2
Share of Additional Term Loan Amount
         
Lender   Share of Additional Term Loan Amount  
Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC
  $ 5,000,000  
Comerica Bank
  $ 5,000,000  
All Lenders
  $ 10,000,000  

 

Exhibit 10.28
GENERAL SECURITY AGREEMENT
DATED AS OF FEBRUARY 10, 2010
     
DEBTOR :
  43642 YUKON INC. , a Yukon company
 
   
SECURED PARTY :
  WELLS FARGO CAPITAL FINANCE, LLC (formerly, Wells Fargo Foothill, LLC), a Delaware limited liability company as agent for and on behalf of the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers

 


 

GENERAL SECURITY AGREEMENT
PARTIES
Debtor
             
 
  Name:       43642 YUKON INC., a Yukon company
 
           
 
  Address:        
 
           
 
  Attention:        
 
           
 
  Fax No.:        
 
           
 
  (the “ Debtor ”)        
Secured Party
             
 
  Name:       WELLS FARGO CAPITAL FINANCE, LLC , a Delaware limited liability company as arranger and administrative agent for and on behalf of the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers
 
           
 
  Address:       2450 Colorado Avenue, Suite 3000 West Santa Monica, CA 90404
 
           
 
  Attention:       Technology Finance Division Manager
 
           
 
  Fax No.:       (310) 453-7413
 
           
    (in such capacity, together with its successors and assigns in such capacity, the
Secured Party ”)
EFFECTIVE DATE
February 10, 2010 (the “ Effective Date ”)
WHEREAS:
A. Pursuant to a credit agreement (as amended, restated, renewed, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”) dated as of September 3, 2009, by and among RealPage, Inc. (the “ Borrower ”), as borrower, and the lenders from time to time party thereto (each a “ Lender ” and collectively, the “ Lenders ”), as lenders, and Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC (formerly, Wells Fargo Foothill, LLC), as agent for and on behalf of the Lenders (the “ Agent ”), the Lenders have agreed to make available to the Borrower certain credit facilities on the terms and conditions set out in the Credit Agreement.

 


 

B. To secure the payment and performance of the Guaranteed Liabilities (as defined in that certain guarantee dated as of the date hereof and granted by the Debtor to and in favour of the Agent (the “ Guarantee ”)), the Debtor has entered into the Guarantee to, among other things, guarantee the payment and performance of the Obligations (as defined in the Credit Agreement). The Debtor has also agreed to grant to the Secured Party a security interest in respect of the Collateral (as hereinafter defined) in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
C. In this Agreement and Recitals, all capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings given to such terms in the Credit Agreement.
THEREFORE for consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are acknowledged by the Debtor, the Debtor agrees with the Secured Party as follows:
1. Grant of Security Interest
The Debtor hereby:
  (a)   grants to the Secured Party, for the benefit of the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers (collectively, the “ Beneficiaries ”), a security interest in; and
 
  (b)   grants, mortgages and charges as and by way of a fixed and specific mortgage and charge to and in favour of the Secured Party, for the benefit of the Beneficiaries,
(collectively, the “ Security Interest ”),
all of the Debtor’s right, title and interest in and to all of the present and after-acquired personal property of the Debtor including, without limitation, each and every property described or referred to in Section 2 below and any proceeds derived directly or indirectly from any dealing with such property or any proceeds therefrom (collectively, the “ Collateral ”), all pursuant to and in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.
The Security Interest granted hereby does not and shall not extend to, and Collateral shall not include: (i) any agreement, contract, lease, instrument, right, franchise, licence or permit (the “ Contractual Rights ”) to which the Debtor is a party or of which the Debtor has the benefit, to the extent that the creation of the Security Interest herein would constitute a breach of the terms thereof or permit any person to terminate the Contractual Rights for failure to obtain the consent of that person, but the Debtor shall hold its interest therein in trust for itself as owner and for the Secured Party as a secured party (notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall limit, impair or otherwise affect the Secured Party’s continuing security contract, interests in and lien upon any rights or interests of the Debtor in or to (a) monies due or to become due under any described contract, lease, permit, license, charter or license agreement (including any Accounts), or (b) any proceeds from the sale, license, lease or other dispositions of any such contract, lease, permit, license, charter, license agreement or Securities); (ii) the last day of the term of any lease or sublease, oral or written, or any agreement therefor, but upon the enforcement of the Security Interest, mortgages and charges contemplated herein, the Debtor shall stand possessed of such last day in trust to assign the same to any person acquiring such term; or (iii) any consumer goods (as defined below).

 


 

Upon the request of the Secured Party, the Debtor will take any and all actions reasonably required to provide the Secured Party with the benefit of a security interest in such Contractual Rights and shall assign and grant a security interest in such Contractual Rights in favour of the Secured Party forthwith upon obtaining the consent to such assignment and security interest as required of the other parties thereto. The Debtor agrees that it shall, upon the request of the Secured Party, use all commercially reasonable efforts to obtain any consent required to permit any Contractual Rights to be subjected to the Security Interest.
2. Description of Collateral
The Collateral of the Debtor includes all of the following personal property and fixtures, and all of the leasehold interests and other property described in paragraph 2(j) below,
  (a)   all goods now or hereafter comprising part of the inventory of the Debtor and all interests, rights and benefits, both present and future of the Debtor in or to inventory including, without limitation, goods now or hereafter held for sale or lease or furnished or to be furnished under a contract of service or that are raw materials, work in process or materials used or consumed in a business or profession or finished goods;
 
  (b)   all goods which are not inventory or consumer goods now or hereafter owned by the Debtor and all interests, rights and benefits, both present and future, of the Debtor in or to such goods including, without limitation, all equipment, office, warehouse and other furniture, fixtures, machinery, tools, rolling stock, motor vehicles, accessories, spare parts, supplies and other tangible personal property;
 
  (c)   all fixtures now or hereafter owned by the Debtor and all interests, rights and benefits, both present and future, of the Debtor in or to fixtures;
 
  (d)   all chattel paper now or hereafter owned or held by the Debtor and all interests, rights and benefits, both present and future, of the Debtor in, under or to chattel paper;
 
  (e)   each and every document of title now or hereafter owned by the Debtor or of which the Debtor is or becomes a holder, whether negotiable or non-negotiable, including, without limitation, each and every warehouse receipt and bill of lading, and all interests, rights and benefits, both present and future, of the Debtor in, under or to each and every document of title;
 
  (f)   each and every instrument now or hereafter owned by the Debtor or of which the Debtor is or becomes a holder, and all interests, rights and benefits, both present and future, of the Debtor in, under or to each and every instrument;
 
  (g)   each and every security now or hereafter owned by the Debtor or of which the Debtor is or becomes a holder including, without limitation, all shares, stocks, warrants, bonds, debentures, debenture stock, investment property, security entitlements or the like issued by a corporation or other Person, or a partnership, association or

 


 

    government, and all interests, rights and benefits, both present and future, of the Debtor in, under or to each and every security;
  (h)   all money of the Debtor and all money hereafter acquired by the Debtor and each and every account, debt, claim and demand of every nature and kind which is now due, owing or accruing due or which may hereafter become due, owing or accruing due to the Debtor, or which the Debtor now has or may hereafter have and all interests, rights and benefits, both present and future of the Debtor in or to each and every account, debt, claim and demand including, without limitation, claims against the Crown and claims under insurance policies;
 
  (i)   all patents, industrial designs, trademarks, trade secrets and know-how in which the Debtor now or hereafter has an interest including without limitation, confidential information, trade-names, goodwill, copyrights, personalty rights, software and all other forms of intellectual and industrial property, and any registrations and applications for registration of any of the foregoing (collectively, the “ Intellectual Property ”);
 
  (j)   each and every lease, agreement to lease and leasehold interest of the Debtor and all interests, rights and benefits, both present and future, of the Debtor in, under or to the same;
 
  (k)   each and every intangible now or hereafter owned by the Debtor or of which the Debtor is or becomes a holder, and all interests, rights and benefits, both present and future, of the Debtor in, under or to each and every intangible;
 
  (l)   with respect to the property described in each of subparagraphs 2(a) to 2(k) inclusive, all substitutions and replacements thereof, improvements, increases, additions and accessions thereto and all interests, rights and benefits, both present and future, of the Debtor in, under or to the same;
 
  (m)   with respect to the property described in each of subparagraphs 2(a) to 2(1) inclusive, identifiable or traceable personal property in any form derived directly or indirectly from any dealing with such property or the proceeds therefrom and includes any payment representing indemnity or compensation for loss of or damage to such property or proceeds therefrom; and
 
  (n)   with respect to the property described in each of subparagraphs 2(a) to 2(m) inclusive, all books, accounts, invoices, letters, deeds, contracts, security, securities, instruments, bills, notes, writings, papers, documents and records in any form evidencing or relating thereto, and all other rights and benefits to which the Debtor is now or may hereafter become entitled in respect thereof.
In this Agreement, the words “goods”, “inventory”, “investment property”, “equipment”, “chattel paper”, “consumer goods”, “document of title”, “instrument”, “security”, “security entitlement”, “money”, “account”, “motor vehicle”, “proceeds”, “intangible” and “accessions” shall have the same

 


 

meanings as their defined meanings in The Personal Property Security Act (Manitoba) and the Regulations thereto (the “ PPSA ”). In this Agreement, each reference to “Collateral” shall, unless the context otherwise requires, include and be read as “Collateral or any part thereof”.
Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Collateral shall include all tangible personal property of the Debtor now or hereafter located on or about or in transit to or from the locations set out in Schedule B (as amended from time to time) hereto. The Debtor shall promptly inform the Secured Party in writing of any other location at which the Collateral consisting of tangible personal property may in the future be located.
3. Secured Obligations
The Security Interest created hereby secures the payment and performance of all present and future debts, liabilities and obligations of the Debtor in respect of the Credit Agreement and the other applicable Loan Documents, including, without limitation or duplication, (i) all obligations of the Debtor under the Guarantee (including but not limited to the Guaranteed Liabilities (as defined in the Guarantee)), (ii) all interest, fees, commissions, charges, expense reimbursements, indemnifications and all other amounts due or to become due from the Debtor hereunder and under any other Loan Document, and (iii) all expenses payable by the Debtor in connection with any and all of the foregoing wherever and however incurred, and any unpaid balance thereof (collectively, the “ Secured Obligations ”).
4. Attachment
The Debtor acknowledges and confirms that the Security Interest granted hereby shall attach:
  (a)   forthwith upon the Effective Date with respect to each and every property included in the Collateral and in which the Debtor then has rights; and
 
  (b)   forthwith upon the Debtor acquiring rights in each and every property included in the Collateral subsequent to the Effective Date.
For greater certainty, without in any way limiting the above, the Debtor acknowledges and confirms that it has not agreed to postpone the time for attachment of the Security Interest.
5. Debtor’s Representations and Warranties
The Debtor acknowledges that the Secured Party and the Beneficiaries are, in part, relying upon the representations, warranties and covenants made by or relating to the Debtor and set out in the Credit Agreement in accepting the Security Interest granted upon the terms of this Agreement, and hereby represents and warrants to and covenants with the Secured Party as follows:
  (a)   Motor Vehicles : A description of all motor vehicles and other “serial number goods” (i.e. trailers, mobile homes, aircraft, aircraft engines and vessels) (including vehicle identification numbers) presently owned by the Debtor is set out in Schedule A to this Agreement.

 


 

  (b)   Locations of Collateral : Any Collateral that is tangible personal property is located at the locations identified in Schedule B (as amended from time to time) to this Agreement (or is otherwise in transit).
 
  (c)   No Consumer Goods : The Debtor does not own any consumer goods which are material in value or which are material to the business, operations, property, condition or prospects (financial or otherwise) of the Debtor.
 
  (d)   Intellectual Property : The particulars of: (i) all registrations and applications for registration of any Intellectual Property owned by the Debtor; and (ii) any licensed Intellectual Property material to the Debtor’s business; is listed in Schedule C (as amended from time to time by delivering an updated schedule to the Secured Party) to this Agreement. Each such Intellectual Property is valid, subsisting, unexpired, enforceable and has not been abandoned without prior written consent of the Secured Party except to the extent the same is no longer necessary or economically desirable in the operations of the Debtor’s business. Except as set out in such Schedule (as amended from time to time), none of such Intellectual Property has been licensed or franchised by the Debtor to any Person. To the extent deemed necessary in the Debtor’s reasonable business judgment, the Debtor has made in good faith and in accordance with the procedures and regulations of the Canadian Intellectual Property Office, all payments, filings, and recordations necessary to protect and maintain their interest in the Intellectual Property identified on Schedule C.
All agreements, representations, warranties and covenants made by the Debtor in this Agreement are material, will be considered to have been relied on by the Secured Party and the Beneficiaries and will survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement or any investigation made at any time by or on behalf of the Secured Party and the Beneficiaries and any disposition or payment of the Secured Obligations until repayment and performance in full of the Secured Obligations or as otherwise permitted under the Credit Agreement and termination of all the rights of the Debtor that, if exercised, would result in the existence of Secured Obligations.
6. Debtor’s Covenants
The Debtor agrees with the Secured Party that:
  (a)   The Debtor shall pay, perform, satisfy, fulfil and discharge the Secured Obligations when due.
 
  (b)   The Debtor shall, if requested by the Secured Party, deliver forthwith to the Secured Party such further details respecting the Collateral as may reasonably be requested from time to time by the Secured Party. Such further details so delivered shall be deemed to be contained in and form part of this Agreement.
 
  (c)   The Debtor shall not permit any material Collateral to be affixed to real or personal property now owned by the Debtor so as to become a fixture or accession, without prior written notice to the Secured Party and a collateral access agreement.

 


 

  (d)   Except as permitted by the Credit Agreement, the Debtor shall not convey, sell, lease, license, assign, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of the Collateral,
 
  (e)   In the event that any Collateral, including, without limitation, proceeds thereof, is evidenced by or consists of chattel paper, instruments, securities or negotiable documents of title (collectively, the “ Negotiable Collateral ”), and if and to the extent that the Secured Party determines that perfection or priority of the Secured Party’s security interest is dependent on or enhanced by possession, the Debtor, immediately upon the request of the Secured Party, shall endorse and deliver physical possession of such Negotiable Collateral to the Secured Party.
 
  (f)   The Secured Party may, at any time after the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, (i) notify any Person obligated to the Debtor on any debt, account or chattel paper or any obligor to the Debtor on an instrument to make payment thereunder to the Secured Party, whether or not the Debtor was theretofore making collections thereon, and (ii) assume control of any proceeds arising from such Collateral. The Debtor agrees that, subject to the terms of any cash management agreement entered into by the Debtor, after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, they will hold in trust for, the Secured Party, as the Secured Party’s trustee, any of its collections that they receive and immediately will deliver such collections to the Secured Party or a cash management bank in their original form as received by the Debtor.
 
  (g)   The Debtor will not create, incur or permit to exist, and will defend the Collateral against, and will take such other action as is necessary to remove, any and all security interests in and other claims affecting the Collateral, other than the Security Interest created by this Agreement, Permitted Liens, or such security interests or other claims as permitted in writing by the Secured Party, and subject to the foregoing, the Debtor will defend the right, title and interest of the Secured Party in and to the Collateral against the claims and demands of all Persons.
 
  (h)   Except as otherwise permitted under the Loan Documents, the Debtor shall not cause or permit any Person other than the Secured Party to have “control” (as defined in The Securities Transfer Act (Manitoba) (the “ STA ”)) of any financial asset or investment property constituting part of the Collateral, other than “control” in favour of any depositary bank or securities intermediary which has subordinated its lien to the lien of the Secured Party pursuant to documentation in form and substance satisfactory to the Secured Party.
 
  (i)   The Debtor will promptly, following demand from time to time by the Secured Party, authorize, execute and deliver any and all agreements, instruments, documents and papers that the Secured Party may reasonably request to evidence the Secured Party’s Security Interest in any Intellectual Property.
 
  (j)   The Debtor shall execute, deliver, file, record, authorize or obtain all such financing statements, continuation statements, notices, instruments, documents, agreements,

 


 

    consents, or other papers or amendments thereto, and such other instruments or notices, as may be necessary or desirable, or as the Secured Party may request, in order to create, preserve, perfect, maintain the perfection of, or validate the security interest granted or purported to be granted hereby, or to enable the Secured Party to exercise and enforce its rights hereunder with respect to such security interest and, without limiting the foregoing, shall:
  (i)   deliver to the Secured Party any and all certificates representing Collateral that is a certificated security (the “ Pledged Certificated Securities ”) and other materials as may be required from time to time to provide the Secured Party with control over all Pledged Certificated Securities in the manner provided under Section 23 of the STA, and at the request of the Secured Party, will cause all Pledged Certificated Securities to be registered in the name of the Secured Party or its nominee;
 
  (ii)   deliver to the Secured Party any and all such documents, agreements and other materials as may be required from time to time to provide the Secured Party with control over all Collateral that is an uncertificated security in the manner provided under Section 24 of the STA;
 
  (iii)   deliver to the Secured Party any and all such documents, agreements and other materials as may be required from time to time to provide the Secured Party with control over all Collateral that is a security entitlement in the manner provided under Section 25 or 26 of the STA;
 
  (iv)   deliver to the Secured Party any and all such documents, agreements and other materials as may be required from time to time to provide the Secured Party with control over all Collateral that is a futures contract in the manner provided under subsection 1.1 of the PPSA;
 
  (v)   promptly from time to time upon request by the Secured Party enter into such control agreements, each in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Secured Party, as may be required to perfect the security interest created hereby in any and all investment property, and will promptly furnish to the Secured Party true and complete copies thereof;
 
  (vi)   promptly from time to time upon the request of the Secured Party, execute and deliver such short-form security agreements as the Secured Party may reasonably deem necessary or desirable to protect the interests of the Secured Party in respect of that portion of the Collateral consisting of intellectual property; and

 


 

  (vii)   promptly upon request of the Secured Party, with respect to any securities issued by an issuer that is organized outside of Canada, cause to be delivered to the Secured Party a securities pledge agreement covering such securities.
7. Rights and Remedies/Events of Default
Forthwith upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Security Interest shall be enforceable and the Secured Party shall have, in addition to any other rights and remedies provided by law, the rights and remedies of a secured party under the PPSA and those provided by this Agreement and the Credit Agreement. In addition, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Secured Party may take possession of the Collateral and enforce any rights of the Debtor in respect of the Collateral by any method available in or permitted by law and may require the Debtor to assemble the Collateral and to deliver or make the Collateral available to the Secured Party at any place as may be designated by the Secured Party.
For greater certainty, and without limiting any of the foregoing, the Debtor agrees with the Secured Party that the Secured Party may carry on, or concur in the carrying on of, all or any part of the business or undertaking of the Debtor, and may, to the exclusion of all others, including the Debtor, enter upon, occupy and use all or any of the premises, buildings, plant and undertaking of or occupied or used by the Debtor and may use all or any of the tools, machinery, equipment and intangibles of the Debtor for such time as the Secured Party sees fit, free of charge, to carry on the business of the Debtor and, if applicable, to manufacture or complete the manufacture of any inventory and to pack and ship the finished product.
8. Receiver — Appointment
Following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Secured Party may take proceedings in any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a receiver or a receiver and manager (the “ receiver ”) of the Collateral or may by instrument in writing appoint any Person to be a receiver of the Collateral or of any part thereof and may remove any receiver so appointed by the Secured Party and appoint another in his stead. To the extent permitted by applicable law, any receiver appointed by the Secured Party will (for purposes relating to responsibility for the receiver’s acts or omissions) be considered to be the agent of the Debtor and not of the Secured Party.
9. Receiver — Powers
Any receiver appointed hereunder by instrument in writing shall have power (a) to take possession of the Collateral or any part thereof and to maintain, preserve and protect the same; (b) to carry on or concur in carrying on all or any part of the business or businesses of the Debtor; (c) to borrow money on the security of the Collateral in priority to the Security Interest granted by this Agreement, which such receiver, in its reasonable discretion, determines is required in connection with either or both of the powers provided for in paragraphs (a) and (b); and (d) to dispose of the Collateral in whole or in part, and any such disposition may be by public sale (whether by auction, tender or otherwise), private sale, lease or otherwise, and at such time and place and on such terms and for

 


 

such price and manner of payment thereof, all as such receiver may, in its reasonable discretion, determine; provided that any such receiver shall be and is deemed to be the agent of the Debtor and the Secured Party shall not in any way be responsible for any misconduct, negligence or nonfeasance of any such receiver reasonably selected by the Secured Party.
10. Consultants
Following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Secured Party may require the Debtor to engage a consultant of the Secured Party’s choice, or engage a consultant on its own behalf, such consultant to receive the full cooperation and support of the Debtor and its employees, including unrestricted access to the premises, books and records of the Debtor; all reasonable fees and expenses of such consultant shall be for the account of the Debtor and the Debtor hereby authorizes any such consultant to report directly to the Secured Party and to disclose to the Secured Party any and all information obtained in the course of such consultant’s employment.
11. Disposition of Collateral
The Secured Party may exercise any or all of the rights and remedies contained herein without demand of performance or other demand, presentment, protest, advertisement or notice of any kind (except as may be required by applicable law, or the Credit Agreement) to or on the Debtor or any other person, and the Debtor by this Agreement waives each such demand, presentment, protest, advertisement and notice to the extent permitted by applicable law, or the Credit Agreement. None of the above rights or remedies will be exclusive of or dependent on or merge in any other right or remedy, and one or more of such rights and remedies may be exercised independently or in combination from time to time. Without prejudice to the ability of the Secured Party or a receiver to dispose of the Collateral in any manner which is commercially reasonable, the Debtor acknowledges that a disposition of Collateral by the Secured Party or a receiver which takes place substantially in accordance with the following provisions will be deemed to be commercially reasonable:
  (a)   Collateral may be disposed of in whole or in part;
 
  (b)   Collateral may be disposed of by public auction, public tender or private contract, with or without advertising and without any other formality;
 
  (c)   any purchaser or lessee of Collateral may be a customer of any member of the Beneficiaries;
 
  (d)   a disposition of Collateral may be on such terms and conditions as to credit or otherwise as the Secured Party or a receiver, in its sole discretion, may deem advantageous; and
 
  (e)   the Secured Party or a receiver may establish an upset or reserve bid or price in respect of Collateral.
12. Proceeds of Disposition/Deficiency

 


 

Any proceeds of any disposition of any of the Collateral shall be applied by the Secured Party or a receiver on account of the Secured Obligations in accordance with the provisions of the Credit Agreement. If such proceeds fail to satisfy the Secured Obligations, the Debtor shall be liable for the full amount of the deficiency resulting to the Secured Party and the Beneficiaries.
13. Amalgamation
14. The Debtor acknowledges that if it amalgamates with any other corporation or corporations, to the extent permitted in the Credit Agreement, then (i) the Collateral and the Security Interest created by this Agreement will extend to and include all the property and assets of the amalgamated corporation and to any property or assets of the amalgamated corporation thereafter owned or acquired, (ii) the term “ Debtor ”, where used in this Agreement, will extend to and include each amalgamated corporation, and (iii) the term “ Secured Obligations ”, where used in this Agreement, will extend to and include the Secured Obligations of each amalgamated corporation.
15. General Provisions
  (a)   Discharge : The Debtor shall not be discharged from the Secured Obligations by any extension of time, additional advances, renewals, amendments or extensions to this Agreement, any waiver by or failure of the Secured Party or the Beneficiaries to enforce any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, the taking of further security, releasing security, extinguishment of the Security Interest, mortgages and charges as to all or any part of the Collateral, or any other act except an express written release or discharge by the Secured Party of the Security Interest granted hereby or upon the full payment and performance of the Secured Obligations, at which time the Secured Party shall, at the Debtor’s expense, deliver to the Debtor all necessary discharges, releases, financing statements and other documents or instrument as the Debtor may reasonably require and the Secured Party will redeliver to the Debtor any Collateral in its possession.
  (b)   Accounts and Contractual Rights : Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement, the Debtor will remain liable under each of the documents giving rise to the accounts and under each of the Contractual Rights to observe and perform all the conditions and obligations to be observed and performed by the Debtor thereunder, all in accordance with the terms of each such document and Contractual Rights. The Secured Party or the Beneficiaries will have no obligation or liability under any account (or any document giving rise thereto) or Contractual Rights by reason of or arising out of this Agreement or the receipt by the Secured Party or the Beneficiaries of any payment relating to such account or Contractual Rights pursuant hereto, and in particular (but without limitation), the Secured Party or the Beneficiaries will not be obligated in any manner to perform any of the obligations of the Debtor under or pursuant to any account (or any document giving rise thereto) or under or pursuant to any Contractual Rights, to make any payment, to make any inquiry as to the nature or the sufficiency of any payment received by it or as to the sufficiency of any performance by any party under any account (or any document giving rise thereto) or under any Contractual Rights, to present or file any claim, to take any action to

 


 

    enforce any performance or to collect the payment of any amounts which may have been assigned to it or to which it may be entitled at any time.
  (c)   Other Security: The security constituted by this Agreement is in addition to and not in substitution for any other security, or right from time to time held by the Secured Party or the Beneficiaries and:
  (i)   the Secured Party may realize upon or enforce all or part of any security, or right from time to time held by it in any order it desires and any realization by any means upon any security, or right shall not bar realization upon any other security, or right; and
 
  (ii)   the taking of any action or proceeding or refraining from so doing or any other dealings with or in respect of any other security, or right from time to time held by the Secured Party shall not release or affect the security provided for in this Agreement and the taking of the security hereby granted or any proceedings hereunder for the realization of the security hereby granted shall not release or affect any other security, or right from time to time held by the Secured Party.
  (d)   Waiver, etc. : No failure or delay on the part of the Secured Party or the Beneficiaries to exercise any right provided for in or contemplated by this Agreement and no waiver as to any Event of Default in the Credit Agreement shall operate as a waiver of any other Event of Default unless made in writing and signed by the Secured Party and, in that event, such waiver shall operate only as a waiver of the right or Event of Default expressly referred to therein. Nothing in this Agreement and nothing referred to in the Secured Obligations shall preclude any other remedy by action or otherwise for the enforcement of this Agreement or the payment and performance in full of the Secured Obligations.
 
  (e)   Assignment : All rights and obligations of the Secured Party hereunder shall be assignable in whole or in part in accordance with the Credit Agreement. The rights and obligations of the Debtor shall not be assignable except in accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement.
 
  (f)   Entire Agreement : This Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which the parties are party set forth the entire intent and understanding of the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersedes and replaces all prior agreements and commitments, whether written or oral, made between the parties and all earlier discussions and negotiations between them. The parties are not relying upon and there are no collateral or other representations, warranties, agreements or covenants made by any of the parties hereto which are not contained herein or in the other Loan Documents.
 
  (g)   Further Assurances : Each of the parties hereto shall and will, from time to time and at all times hereafter upon every reasonable written request so to do, make, do,

 


 

    execute and deliver, or cause to be made, done, executed and delivered, all such further papers, acts, deeds, assurances and things as may be necessary in the opinion of any party or counsel for any party, acting reasonably, for implementing and carrying out more effectually the true intent and meaning of this Agreement including, without limitation, to perfect or better perfect the Security Interest of the Secured Party in the Collateral or any part thereof.
 
  (h)   Severability : In the event that any provision or part of a provision contained in this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in whole or in part, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not be affected or impaired thereby and all such remaining provisions or the remainder of such provision shall continue in full force and effect. All provisions hereof are declared to be separate and distinct provisions, as the case may be.
 
  (i)   Headings : All headings and titles in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of the terms hereof.
 
  (j)   Gender, etc. : In construing this Agreement, all words and personal pronouns relating thereto shall be read and construed as the number and gender of the party or parties referred to in each case require. Words such as “hereunder”, “hereto”, “hereof’, “herein” and other words commencing with “here” shall, unless the context clearly indicates the contrary, refer to the whole of this Agreement and not to any particular paragraph or part thereof.
 
  (k)   Binding Effect : All rights of the Secured Party hereunder shall enure to the benefit of its successors and assigns and all obligations of the Debtor hereunder shall bind the Debtor, its successors and permitted assigns.
 
  (l)   Governing Law : This Agreement shall be governed by, and interpreted and enforced in accordance with, the laws in force in the Province of Manitoba and the laws of Canada applicable therein and shall be treated in all respects as a Manitoba contract.
 
  (m)   Notice : Any demand, notice, request, consent, approval or other communication required or permitted to be made by any party hereto to any other party hereto in connection with this Agreement shall be made or given to such party at the address set out on the first page of this Agreement or as otherwise provided to the other party, in writing, and otherwise in accordance with the notice procedures set out in Section 11 of the Credit Agreement.
 
  (n)   Failure to Perfect : The Secured Party shall not be liable or accountable for any negligence or failure to perfect the Security Interest granted herein or to seize, collect, realize, sell or obtain possession or payment of or for the Collateral or any part thereof and shall not be bound to institute proceedings for the purpose of seizing, collecting, realizing, selling or obtaining possession or payment of the same or, for the purpose of preserving the rights of the Debtor or any other Person, firm or corporation in respect of same.

 


 

  (o)   No Amendment : This Agreement may not be amended, altered or qualified except by a written agreement executed by the parties hereto.
 
  (p)   Power of Attorney : The Secured Party, or any receiver or agent appointed hereunder, is hereby irrevocably constituted as the duly appointed lawful attorney of the Debtor, with full power (including full power of substitution), following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, to make, do, execute and deliver all such documents, assignments, acts, matters or things on behalf of the Debtor with the right to use the name of the Debtor whenever and wherever it may be deemed necessary or expedient. The power of attorney hereby granted is a power coupled with an interest and shall survive the dissolution, liquidation, winding-up or other termination of existence of the Debtor. The Debtor agrees to and does hereby ratify all acts done and all documents executed and delivered by the Secured Party following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, pursuant to the power of attorney hereby granted and the Debtor hereby confirms that the Secured Party and all third parties are entitled to rely upon such ratification.
 
  (q)   Time of Essence : Time shall be strictly of the essence of this Agreement and of every part hereof and no extension or variation of this Agreement shall operate as a waiver of this provision.
 
  (r)   Debtor’s Receipt : The Debtor hereby acknowledges receipt of a fully signed copy of this Agreement.
 
  (s)   Financing Statement : To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Debtor hereby waives its entitlement to receive a copy of any financing statements registered by the Secured Party or statements confirming registration of a financing statement by the Secured Party with respect to this Agreement.
 
  (t)   Conflict : In the event of a conflict or inconsistency between the provisions of this Agreement and the provisions of the Credit Agreement, then the provisions of the Credit Agreement shall have priority over and shall govern to the extent of such conflict or inconsistency; provided, however, that the existence of a particular representation, warranty, covenant or other provision in this Agreement which is not contained in the Credit Agreement shall not be deemed to be a conflict or inconsistency, and that particular representation, warranty, covenant or other provision shall continue to apply.
 
  (u)   Secured Party as Agent : Each reference herein to any right granted to, benefit conferred upon, or power exercisable, exercised, or action taken by, the Secured Party shall be deemed to be a reference to the right granted to, benefit conferred upon, and power exercisable, exercised, and action taken by, the Secured Party in its capacity as agent for the benefit of the Beneficiaries all as more fully set forth in the Credit Agreement.

 


 

           IN WITNESS WHEREOF the Debtor has executed this Agreement and agrees to be bound thereby as of the Effective Date set out above.
[Signature page to follow]

 


 

         
 



43642 YUKON INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Timothy J. Barker    
    Name:   Timothy J. Barker    
    Title:   V.P   

 


 

         
SCHEDULE “A”
SERIAL NUMBER GOODS
None.

 


 

SCHEDULE “B”
LOCATIONS
1-59 Scurfield Blvd., Winnipeg, MB R3Y 1V2 CANADA 1
 
1   In addition to certain remote locations at which certain employees working out of their homes have certain telecommuting equipment, for example, cell phones, laptops, printers, facsimile machines, etc.

 


 

SCHEDULE “C”
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY
Registered Trademarks :
                 
43642
Yukon, Inc.
  US   PROPERTY MASTER*   Serial No. 1,005,335
Reg. Number TMA541,572
  Registration Date: 2/26/2001
43642
Yukon, Inc.
  US   PROPERTY MASTER and
Design*
  Serial No. 504,362
Reg. Number TMA294,111
  Registration Date: 5/30/03
 
*-   Acquired through acquisition of substantially all of the assets of Domin-8 Enterprise Solutions, LLC, and subsidiaries. Assignments of trademarks to be filed with Canadian Intellectual Property Office .
Common Law Trademarks :
Spectra
Registered Copyrights :
None
Licensed Intellectual Property :
    MS Access 2003 (current development platform)
 
    MS Office Communicator
 
    MS Office 2007 — all components including Project and Visio
 
    MS Visual Foxpro 9.0 — used for PMEdge data migrations
 
    MS Visual Studio 6.0 (Visual Basic 6.0)
 
    MS XML Notepad 2007
 
    Cisco IP Communicator
 
    MS SQL Server full version plus express version
 
    InstallShield DevStudio 9 for building product deployment CD images
 
    Nero Suite for burning CDs
 
    Snagit screen capture program
 
    Winzip
 
    Adobe Acrobat (creating and modifying PDF input forms)
 
    AntiVirus software (currently McAfee)
 
    Veritas Backup software for network backup
 
    VMWare for virtual server setup to test product installations
 
    Acronis True Image for creating baseline operating system images for testing product installation on different platforms
 
    Amyuni PDF Suite
 
    DBI-Tech Component Toolbox 6.0
 
    DBI-Tech ctListbar 6.0
 
    DBI-Tech Studio Controls for COM

 


 

    Windows XP Professional 32 and 64 bit
 
    Windows Vista Business 32 and 64 bit
 
    Windows 7 32 and 64 bit
 
    Windows Server 2003 32 and 64 bit
 
    Windows Server 2008 32 and 64 bit
 
    MS Office including Outlook, Word, Excel, Access 2003, Internet Explorer, Power Point, etc
 
    Phones — today Cisco
 
    SIT homegrown CRM — still needed for Spectra licensing and customer portal access
 
    MeetingPlace
 
    NetSuite
 
    MS Office Communicator
 
    MSDN
 
    Terminal Services
 
    TeamViewer
 
    Adobe Reader
 
    Adobe Writer
 
    PDF995
 
    Spectra (old and new releases)
 
    Robodemo, RoboHelp
 
    Snagit

 

Exhibit 10.29
GUARANTEE
This Agreement is made as of February 10, 2010.
         
TO :
  Name:   WELLS FARGO CAPITAL FINANCE, LLC, as agent
 
  Address:   2450 Colorado Avenue, Suite 3000 West, Santa Monica, California 90404
 
  Attention:   Technology Finance Division Manager
 
  Facsimile:   (310) 453-7413
RECITALS:
A. RealPage, Inc., as borrower (the “ Debtor ”), the lenders signatory thereto from time to time, as lenders (the “ Lenders ”), Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC (formerly, Wells Fargo Foothill, LLC), as agent for and on behalf of the Lenders (the “ Agent ”), are party to a credit agreement dated as of September 3, 2009 (as amended, supplemented, restated or replaced from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”).
B. It is in the interests of the Guarantor that the Secured Parties extend credit to the Debtor, and the Guarantor is therefore prepared to issue this Agreement to the Agent (for its own benefit and for the benefit of the other Secured Parties) in order to induce them to do so.
     For good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are acknowledged by the Guarantor, the Guarantor agrees with and in favour of the Agent (for its own benefit and for the benefit of the other Secured Parties) as follows:
1. Definitions . In this Agreement capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement, and the following terms have the following meanings:
Agent ” means Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC (formerly, Wells Fargo Foothill, LLC) in its capacity as agent for the lenders under the Credit Agreement, or any successor agent appointed pursuant to the Credit Agreement.
Agreement ” means this agreement, including the exhibits and recitals to this agreement, as it or they may be amended, supplemented, restated or replaced from time to time, and the expressions “hereof’, “herein”, “hereto”, “hereunder”, “hereby” and similar expressions refer to this Agreement and not to any particular section or other portion of this Agreement.
Guaranteed Liabilities ” means all Obligations and all other applicable obligations under the other Loan Documents now existing or hereafter made, incurred or created of any and every kind, nature and description (whether direct or indirect, joint or several, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured) of the Debtor to the Secured Parties (or any of them) wherever and however incurred, and any unpaid balance thereof.

 


 

Guarantors ” means the Persons delivering a signature page to this Agreement and any other Person which hereafter delivers a Supplement, and “Guarantor” means any one of them.
Intercompany Debt ” means, in respect of the Guarantor, all present and future indebtedness, liabilities and obligations of any and every kind, nature and description (whether direct or indirect, joint or several, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured) of the Debtor to the Guarantor.
Laws ” means all federal, provincial, municipal, foreign and international statutes, acts, codes, ordinances, decrees, treaties, rules, regulations, municipal by-laws, judicial or arbitral or administrative or ministerial or departmental or regulatory judgments, orders, decisions, rulings or awards or any provisions of the foregoing, including general principles of common and civil law and equity, and all policies, practices and guidelines of any Governmental Authority binding on or affecting the Person referred to in the context in which such word is used (including, in the case of tax matters, any accepted practice or application or official interpretation of any relevant taxation authority); and “Law” means any one or more of the foregoing.
Original Currency ” has the meaning set out in Section 20.
Other Currency ” has the meaning set out in Section 20.
Organizational Documents ” means, with respect to any Person, such Person’s articles or other charter documents, by-laws, unanimous shareholder agreement, partnership agreement or trust agreement, as applicable, and any and all other similar agreements, documents and instruments relative to such Person.
Secured Liabilities ” means, in respect of the Guarantor, all present and future indebtedness, liabilities and obligations of the Guarantor to the Agent under this Agreement, and any unpaid balance thereof.
Secured Party ” means the Agent, the Lenders, the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers.
Security ” means any present or future Lien, or any present or future guarantee or other financial assistance, granted by any Person with respect to any or all of the Guaranteed Liabilities or Secured Liabilities.
Supplement ” has the meaning given to it in Section 35.
Surety ” means any present or future guarantor or surety of any or all of the Guaranteed Liabilities, other than the Guarantor.
2. Guarantee . The Guarantor hereby unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees the prompt payment and performance to the Agent (for its own benefit and the benefit of the other Secured Parties), forthwith upon demand by the Agent, of all Guaranteed Liabilities. All amounts payable by the Guarantor under this Agreement shall be paid to the Agent (for its own benefit and for the benefit of the other Secured Parties) at the address of the Agent shown above or as otherwise directed in writing by the Agent. Any amounts payable by the Guarantor under this Agreement which are not

 


 

paid forthwith upon demand therefor by the Agent shall bear interest from the date of such demand at the rate or rates applicable to the corresponding Guaranteed Liabilities.
3. Interest Rate . The Guarantor hereby acknowledges that certain of the rates of interest applicable as to the Guaranteed Liabilities may be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days or 365 days, as the case may be, and paid for the actual number of days elapsed. For the purposes of the Interest Act (Canada), whenever any interest is calculated using a rate based on a year of 360 days or 365 days, as the case may be, such rate determined pursuant to such calculation, when expressed as an annual rate is equivalent to:
  (a)   the applicable rate based on a year of 360 days or 365 days, as the case may be;
 
  (b)   multiplied by the actual number of days in a calendar year in which the period for such interest is payable (or compounded); and
 
  (c)   divided by 360 days or 365 days, as the case may be.
4. Criminal Rate of Interest . If any provision of this Agreement would oblige the Guarantor to make any payment of interest or other amount payable to the Secured Parties in an amount or calculated at a rate which would be prohibited by law or would result in a receipt by that Lender of “interest” at a “criminal rate” (as such terms are construed under the Criminal Code (Canada)), then, notwithstanding such provision, such amount or rate shall be deemed to have been adjusted with retroactive effect to the maximum amount or rate of interest, as the case may be, as would not be so prohibited by law or so result in a receipt by such Secured Party of “interest” at a “criminal rate”, such adjustment to be effected, to the extent necessary (but only to the extent necessary), as follows:
  (a)   first, by reducing the amount or rate of interest required to be paid to the affected Secured Party; and
 
  (b)   thereafter, by reducing any fees, commissions, premiums and other amounts required to be paid to the affected Lender which would constitute interest for purposes of Section 347 of the Criminal Code (Canada).
5. Secured Liabilities . The Secured Liabilities of the Guarantor are continuing, absolute, unconditional and irrevocable, The Secured Liabilities of the Guarantor shall remain effective despite, and shall not be released, exonerated, discharged, diminished, subjected to defence, limited or in any way affected by, anything done, omitted to be done, suffered or permitted by any Secured Party, the Debtor, or any other Person, or by any other matter, act, omission, circumstance, development or other thing of any nature, kind or description, other than the due payment and performance in full of all of the Guaranteed Liabilities and all of the Secured Liabilities of the Guarantor.
6. Guarantee Absolute . Without limiting the generality of Section 5, the Secured Liabilities of the Guarantor shall remain fully effective and enforceable against the Guarantor and shall not be released, exonerated, discharged, diminished, subjected to defence, limited or in any way affected

 


 

by, and the rights and remedies of the Agent under this Agreement shall not in any way be diminished or prejudiced by:
  (a)   any lack of genuineness, validity or enforceability of any of the Guaranteed Liabilities or of any agreement or arrangement between the Debtor, the Guarantor, or any other Person, and any one or more of the Secured Parties, or any failure by the Debtor, or any other Person, to carry out any of its obligations under any such agreement or arrangement;
 
  (b)   any change in the name, objects, powers, organization, share capital, Organizational Documents, business, shareholders, directors or management of the Debtor, the Guarantor or any Surety, the reorganization of the Debtor, the Guarantor or any Surety, any amalgamation or merger by the Debtor, the Guarantor or any Surety with any other Person or Persons, or any continuation of the Debtor, the Guarantor, or any Surety under the laws of any jurisdiction;
 
  (c)   any lack or limitation of power, incapacity or disability of the Debtor, the Guarantor or any Surety or of the directors, officers, managers, employees or agents of the Debtor, the Guarantor or any Surety or any other irregularity, defect or informality, or any fraud, by the Debtor, the Guarantor or any Surety or any of their respective directors, officers, managers, employees or agents, with respect to any or all of the Guaranteed Liabilities, any or all of its Secured Liabilities or any or all of the liabilities and obligations of any Surety;
 
  (d)   any non-compliance with or contravention by the Guarantor of any provision of any corporate statute applicable to the Guarantor relative to guarantees or other financial assistance given by the Guarantor;
 
  (e)   any impossibility, impracticability, frustration of purpose, illegality, invalidity, force majeure or act of Governmental Authority;
 
  (f)   any Insolvency Proceeding affecting, or the financial condition of, the Debtor, the Guarantor, any Surety, any Secured Party or any other Person at any time;
 
  (g)   any law, regulation, limitation or prescription period or other circumstance that might otherwise be a defence available to, or a discharge of, the Debtor, the Guarantor or any Surety in respect of any or all of the Guaranteed Liabilities, any or all of its Secured Liabilities or any or all of the liabilities and obligations of any Surety;
 
  (h)   any loss of, or in respect of, any Security by or on behalf of any Secured Party from the Debtor, the Guarantor, any Surety or any other Person, whether occasioned through the fault of any Secured Party or otherwise;
 
  (i)   any loss or impairment of any right of the Guarantor for subrogation, reimbursement or contribution, whether or not as a result of any action taken or omitted to be taken by any Secured Party; or

 


 

  (j)   any other matter, act, omission, circumstance, development or thing of any and every nature, kind and description whatsoever (other than the due payment and performance in full of the Guaranteed Liabilities and its Secured Liabilities) that might in any manner (but for the operation of this Section) operate (whether by statute, at law, in equity or otherwise) to release, discharge, diminish, limit, restrict or in any way affect the liability of, or otherwise provide a defence to, a guarantor, a surety, or a principal debtor, even if known by the Agent or any one or more of the other Secured Parties.
7. Dealing with Guaranteed Liabilities . Without limiting the generality of Section 2, any one or more of the Secured Parties may, with respect to any or all of the Guaranteed Liabilities, without any requirement to give notice to or obtain the consent of the Guarantor, without releasing, exonerating, discharging, diminishing, limiting, restricting, subjecting to a defence or otherwise affecting any of the Secured Liabilities of the Guarantor, and without diminishing or prejudicing any or all of the rights and remedies of the Agent or the other Secured Parties under this Agreement:
  (a)   amend, alter or vary in any manner and to any extent (and irrespective of the effect of the same on the Guarantor) any of the Guaranteed Liabilities, any of the liabilities and obligations of any Surety, any Security or any one or more of the Secured Parties’ arrangements or agreements with the Debtor, the Guarantor, any Surety or any other Person;
 
  (b)   compromise, subordinate, postpone or abandon any of the Guaranteed Liabilities, any of the Secured Liabilities of the Guarantor, any of the liabilities and obligations of any Surety, any Security or any one or more of the Secured Parties’ arrangements or agreements with the Debtor, the Guarantor, any Surety or any other Person;
 
  (c)   grant time, renewals, extensions, indulgences, releases or discharges to the Debtor, the Guarantor, any Surety or any other Person;
 
  (d)   create new or additional Guaranteed Liabilities, increase or reduce the rate of interest on any or all of the Guaranteed Liabilities or any other rates or fees payable under or in respect of any or all of the Guaranteed Liabilities;
 
  (e)   alter, compromise, accelerate, extend or change the time or manner for payment or performance by the Debtor of, or by the Guarantor or any other Person or Persons liable to any one or more of the Secured Parties with respect to, any or all of the Guaranteed Liabilities;
 
  (f)   take or abstain from taking Security from the Debtor, the Guarantor, any Surety or any other Person or abstain from completing, perfecting or maintaining the perfection of any Security;
 
  (g)   release or add one or more Guarantors, Sureties or endorsers, accept additional or substituted Security, or release, subordinate or postpone any Security;
 
  (h)   accept compromises from the Debtor, the Guarantor, any Surety or any other Person;

 


 

  (i)   create or add any new Loan Documents, or add any new Secured Parties pursuant to the provisions of any Loan Documents;
 
  (j)   do, or omit to do, anything to enforce the payment or performance of any or all of the Guaranteed Liabilities, any or all of the Secured Liabilities of the Guarantor, any or all of the liabilities and obligations of any Surety or any Security;
 
  (k)   give or refuse to give or continue giving any credit or any financial accommodation to the Debtor or to any other Person;
 
  (l)   prove any claim in any Insolvency Proceeding affecting the Debtor, the Guarantor, any Surety or any other Person as it sees fit or refrain from proving any claim or permit or suffer the impairment of any of the Guaranteed Liabilities in any such Insolvency Proceeding; make any election in any such Insolvency Proceeding; permit or suffer the creation of secured or unsecured credit or debt in any such Insolvency Proceeding; or permit or suffer the disallowance, avoidance, or subordination of any of the Guaranteed Liabilities or the obligations of any other debtor with respect to the Guaranteed Liabilities in any such Insolvency Proceeding;
 
  (m)   apply any money received from the Debtor, the Guarantor, any Surety, any other Person or any Security upon such part of the Guaranteed Liabilities as the Secured Parties may see fit or change any such application in whole or in part from time to time as the Secured Parties may see fit; or
 
  (n)   otherwise deal with the Debtor, the Guarantor, any Surety, any other Person, the Guaranteed Liabilities, the Secured Liabilities of the Guarantor, the liabilities and obligations of any Surety, and all Security as the Secured Parties may see fit.
8. Settlement of Accounts . Any account settled or stated between the Agent or any other Secured Party and the Debtor shall be accepted by the Guarantor as prima facie evidence that the amount thereby appearing due by the Debtor to the Agent or such other Secured Party is so due.
9. Guarantor Liable as Principal Debtor . If, and to the extent that, any amount in respect of the Guaranteed Liabilities is not recoverable from the Guarantor under this Agreement on the basis of a guarantee for any reason, then, notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Guarantor shall be liable under this Agreement as principal obligor in respect of the due payment of such amount and shall pay such amount to the Agent after demand as herein provided.
10. Indemnity . The Guarantor shall indemnify and save each of the Secured Parties harmless from and against all losses, costs, damages, expenses, claims and liabilities that each such Secured Party may suffer or incur in connection with or in respect of any failure by the Debtor for any reason to pay or perform any of the Guaranteed Liabilities, and shall pay all such amounts to the Agent after demand as herein provided.
11. Continuing Guarantee . This Agreement is a continuing guarantee and is binding as a continuing obligation of the Guarantor and the Guaranteed Liabilities shall be conclusively

 


 

presumed to have been created in reliance on this Agreement. The Guarantor may not in any manner terminate this Agreement or the Secured Liabilities of the Guarantor other than by the due and punctual payment in full of the Secured Liabilities of the Guarantor.
12. Stay of Acceleration, etc. : If acceleration of the time for payment, or the liability of the Debtor to make payment, of any amount specified to be payable by the Debtor in respect of the Guaranteed Liabilities is stayed, prohibited or otherwise affected upon any Insolvency Proceeding or other event affecting the Debtor or payment of any of the Guaranteed Liabilities by the Debtor, all such amounts otherwise subject to acceleration or payment shall nonetheless be deemed for all purposes of this Agreement to be and to have become due and payable by the Debtor and shall be payable by the Guarantor under this Agreement immediately forthwith on demand by the Agent.
13. Debtor Information . The Guarantor acknowledges and agrees that the Guarantor has not executed this Agreement as a result of, by reason of, or in reliance upon, any promise, representation, statement or information of any kind or nature whatsoever given, or offered to the Guarantor, by or on behalf of the Secured Parties or any other Person whether in answer to any enquiry by or on behalf of the Guarantor or not and the Secured Parties were not prior to the execution by the Guarantor of this Agreement, and are not thereafter, under any duty to disclose to the Guarantor or any other Person any information, matter or thing {material or otherwise) relating to the Debtor, its affairs or its transactions with the Secured Parties, including, without limitation, any information, matter or thing which puts or may put the Debtor in a position which the Guarantor would not naturally expect or any unexpected facts or unusual features which, whether known or unknown to the Guarantor, are present in any transaction between the Debtor and the Secured Parties, and the Secured Parties were not and are not under any duty to do or execute any matter, thing or document relating to the Debtor, its affairs or its transactions with the Secured Parties.
14. Reinstatement . If, at any time, all or any part of any payment previously applied by the Agent or any other Secured Party to any of the Guaranteed Liabilities is or must be rescinded or returned by the Agent or such other Secured Party for any reason whatsoever (including, without limitation, any Insolvency Proceeding), such Guaranteed Liabilities shall, for the purpose of this Agreement, to the extent that such payment is or must be rescinded or returned, be deemed to have continued in existence, notwithstanding such application by the Agent or such other Secured Party, and this Agreement shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, as to such Guaranteed Liabilities, all as though such application by the Agent or such other Secured Party had not been made.
15. Subrogation . Notwithstanding any payment made by the Guarantor under this Agreement or any setoff or application of funds of the Guarantor by any Secured Party, the Guarantor shall not have any right of subrogation to, and the Guarantor waives, any right to enforce any remedy which any Secured Party now has or may hereafter have against the Debtor, until all of the Guaranteed Liabilities have been indefeasibly paid in full; and until that time, the Guarantor waives any benefit of, and any right to participate in, any Security now or hereafter held by any Secured Party for the Guaranteed Liabilities.
16. Assignment and Postponement . The Guarantor hereby (a) assigns by way of security to the Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, all Intercompany Debt of the Guarantor, and

 


 

(b) postpones all Intercompany Debt to the Guaranteed Liabilities. All moneys received by the Guarantor in respect of its Intercompany Debt shall be received by the Guarantor in trust for the Agent and, immediately following such receipt, shall be paid over to the Agent.
17. Insolvency Proceedings . In any Insolvency Proceeding affecting the Debtor, the Secured Parties shall have the right, in priority to the Guarantor, to receive their full claim in respect of such Insolvency Proceeding for all of the Guaranteed Liabilities. The Secured Parties shall have the right to include in their claim in any Insolvency Proceeding affecting the Debtor all or any part of the payments made by the Guarantor under this Agreement and, to prove and rank for, and receive dividends in respect of, all such claims, all of which rights and privileges as they relate and apply to the Guarantor are hereby assigned by the Guarantor to the Agent on behalf of itself and the other Secured Parties. The provisions of this Section shall be sufficient authority for any Person making payment of any such dividends to pay the same directly to the Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Agent shall be entitled to receive for the benefit of the Secured Parties all dividends or other payments in respect of all of the above referenced claims until all of the Guaranteed Liabilities are paid and satisfied in full and the Guarantor shall continue to be liable under this Agreement for any unpaid balance of the Guaranteed Liabilities. If any amount is paid to the Guarantor under any Insolvency Proceeding affecting the Debtor at any time following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default and when any of the Guaranteed Liabilities remain outstanding, such amount shall be received and held in trust by the Guarantor for the benefit of the Secured Parties and shall be immediately paid to the Agent to be credited and applied against the Secured Liabilities. In any Insolvency Proceeding the Secured Parties may in their discretion value as they see fit, or may refrain from valuing, any Security held by or for the benefit of any of them.
18. Marshalling . The Guarantor waives to the fullest extent permitted by Law any right or claim of right to cause a marshalling of the Debtor’s, a Surety’s or any other Person’s assets, or to cause any Secured Party to proceed against the Debtor, a Surety or any other Person, or any Security, in any particular order. No Secured Party shall have any obligation to marshall any assets in favour of the Debtor, a Surety or any other Person or against or in payment of any of the Guaranteed Liabilities or any of the obligations of the Guarantor, the Debtor, a Surety or any other Person owed to any Secured Party,
19. Enforcing Rights Against Guarantor . This is a guarantee of payment and performance and not of collection. The Secured Parties shall not be required to take any action or to exhaust their recourse against the Debtor, any Surety or any other Person, or to enforce or value any Security, before being entitled to payment from, and to enforce their rights and remedies against, the Guarantor under this Agreement. The Guarantor hereby renounces any claims to the benefits of division and discussion.
20. Foreign Currency Obligations , The Guarantor shall make payment relative to any Guaranteed Liabilities in the currency (the “ Original Currency ”) in which the Debtor is required to pay such Guaranteed Liabilities. If the Guarantor makes payment relative to any Guaranteed Liabilities in a currency (the “ Other Currency ”) other than the Original Currency (whether voluntarily or pursuant to an order or judgment of a court or tribunal of any jurisdiction), such payment shall constitute a discharge of the Secured Liabilities of the Guarantor only to the extent of

 


 

the amount of the Original Currency which the Agent is able to purchase with the amount it receives on the date of receipt. If the amount of the Original Currency which the Agent is able to purchase is less than the amount of such currency originally due to it in respect to the relevant Guaranteed Liabilities, the Guarantor shall indemnify and save the Agent and the other Secured Parties harmless from and against any loss or damage arising as a result of such deficiency. This indemnity constitutes an obligation separate and independent from the other obligations contained in this Agreement, gives rise to a separate and independent cause of action, applies irrespective of any indulgence granted by the Agent or any other Secured Party and continues in full force and effect notwithstanding any judgment or order in respect of any amount due hereunder or under any judgment or order.
21. Taxes and Set-Off .
  (a)   Any and all payments to the Agent shall be made free and clear of and without deduction or withholding for any and all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, deductions, charges or withholdings, and liabilities with respect thereto (as such taxes, levies, imposts, deductions, charges, withholdings and liabilities being hereinafter referred to as “ Taxes ”) imposed by the government of Canada (or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein), unless such Taxes are required by law or the administration thereof to be deducted or withheld. If the Guarantor shall be required by law or the administration thereof to deduct or withhold any such Taxes from or in respect of any amount payable hereunder, then:
  (i)   the amount payable shall be increased as may be necessary so that after making all required deductions or withholdings (including deductions or withholdings applicable to additional amounts paid under this paragraph), the Agent shall receive an amount equal to the sum it would have received if no such deduction or withholding had been made, and
 
  (ii)   the Guarantor forthwith shall pay the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant taxation or other authority in accordance with applicable law.
  (b)   The Guarantor agrees to pay forthwith any present or future stamp, registrations or documentary fees and taxes or any other excise or property taxes, charges or similar levies (all such fees, taxes, charges and levies being herein referred to as “ Other Taxes ”) imposed by the government of Canada or any Province or territory thereof (or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein) which arise from any payment made by the Guarantor hereunder or from the execution, delivery or registration of or otherwise with respect to this Agreement.
  (c)   The Guarantor agrees to indemnify the Secured Parties for the full amount of Taxes or Other Taxes not deducted or withheld and paid by the Guarantor in accordance with subparagraph 21(a) or (b) hereof to the relevant taxation or other authority and any Taxes or Other Taxes imposed by any jurisdiction on the amounts payable by the Guarantors under this paragraph 21 paid by the Agent and any liability (including penalties, interest and expenses) arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or

 


 

      not any such Taxes or Other Taxes were correctly or legally asserted. Payment under this indemnification shall be made within 15 days from the date the Agent makes written demand therefor. A certificate as to the amount of such Taxes or Other Taxes and evidence of payment thereof submitted to the Guarantor by the Agent shall be prima facie evidence of the amount due from the Guarantor to the Secured Parties.
 
  (d)   The Guarantor shall furnish to the Agent the original or a certified copy of a receipt evidencing any payment of Taxes or Other Taxes made by the Guarantor as soon as the receipt becomes available, together with a certificate of an officer of the Guarantor, which certificate indicates the amount of Taxes or Other Taxes, as the case may be, withheld by the Guarantor in respect of payments made hereunder.
 
  (e)   Without prejudice to the survival of any other agreement or obligation of the Guarantor hereunder, the obligations of the Guarantor under this paragraph 21 shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Guaranteed Obligations.
22. Representations and Warranties . The Guarantor represents and warrants, upon each of which representations and warranties each of the Secured Parties relies, that each of the representations and warranties relative to the Guarantor in each of the other Loan Documents is true and correct as though the Guarantor were a party thereto.
23. Covenants . The Guarantor shall comply, and shall cause each of its subsidiaries to comply, with all of the provisions, covenants and agreements contained in each of the Loan Documents to the extent that such provisions, covenants and agreements apply to the Guarantor or its subsidiaries, including, without limitation, each of the things set forth in the Loan Documents that the Debtor agrees and covenants to cause the Guarantor to do and shall, and shall cause each of its subsidiaries to, take, or refrain from taking, as the case may be, all actions that are necessary to be taken or not taken so that no violation of any provision, covenant or agreement contained in any of the Loan Documents, and so that no Default or Event of Default under any of the Loan Documents, is caused by the actions or inactions of the Guarantor or any of its subsidiaries.
24. Communication . Any notice or other communication required or permitted to be given under this Agreement shall be made in accordance with the Credit Agreement.
25. Expenses; Indemnity; Waiver .
  (a)   The Guarantor shall pay (i) all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Secured Parties, including the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of counsel for the Secured Parties and all applicable taxes, in connection with the preparation and administration of this Agreement, (ii) all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Secured Parties, including the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of counsel for the Secured Parties and applicable taxes, in connection with any amendments, modifications or waivers of the provisions hereof, and (iii) all out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Secured Parties, including the fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for the Secured Parties and all applicable taxes, in

 


 

      connection with the assessment, enforcement or protection of their rights in connection with this Agreement, including their rights under this Section, including all such out-of-pocket expenses incurred during any workout, restructuring or negotiations in respect of the Secured Liabilities of the Guarantor.
 
  (b)   The Guarantor shall indemnify the Secured Parties against, and hold the Secured Parties harmless from, any and all losses, claims, cost recovery actions, damages, expenses and liabilities of whatsoever nature or kind and all reasonable out-of- pocket expenses and all applicable taxes to which any Secured Party may become subject arising out of or in connection with (i) the execution or delivery of this Agreement and the performance by the Guarantor of its obligations hereunder, (ii) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to this Agreement or the Secured Liabilities of the Guarantor, whether based on contract, tort, delict or any other theory and regardless of whether any Secured Party is a party thereto, (iii) any other aspect of this Agreement, or (iv) the enforcement of the Secured Parties’ rights hereunder and any related investigation, defence, preparation of defence, litigation and enquiries; provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Secured Party, be available to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or related expenses are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence (it being acknowledged that ordinary negligence does not necessarily constitute gross negligence), or wilful misconduct of or material breach of this Agreement by such Secured Party.
 
  (c)   The Guarantor shall not assert, and the Guarantor hereby waives, any claim against any Secured Party (or any director, officer or employee thereof), on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement.
 
  (d)   All amounts due under this Section shall be payable to the Agent for the benefit of the applicable Secured Parties not later than three Business Days after written demand therefor.
 
  (e)   The indemnifications set out in this Agreement shall survive the payout of the Secured Liabilities of the Guarantor.
26. Additional Security . This Agreement is in addition to, and not in substitution of, any and all other Security previously or concurrently delivered by the Guarantor or any other Person to any Secured Party, all of which other Security shall remain in full force and effect.
27. Alteration . None of the terms or provisions of this Agreement may be waived, amended, supplemented or otherwise modified except by a written instrument executed by the Agent.
28. Severability . Any provision of this Agreement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to that jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or

 


 

unenforceability and shall be severed from the balance of this Agreement, all without affecting the remaining provisions of this Agreement or affecting the validity or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction.
29. Set-off . If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, each Secured Party is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by Law, to set-off, compensate against or combine and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held and other obligations at any time owing by such Secured Party to or for the credit or the account of the Guarantor against or with any or all of the Secured Liabilities of the Guarantor, irrespective of whether or not such Secured Party shall have made any demand under any Loan Document and although such obligations may be unmatured. The rights of each Secured Party under this Section are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of set-off or combination) which such Secured Party may have.
30. Governing Law; Attornment . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the Laws of the Province of Manitoba. Without prejudice to the ability of the Agent to enforce this Agreement in any other proper jurisdiction, the Guarantor irrevocably submits and attorns to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of such province. To the extent permitted by applicable Law, the Guarantor irrevocably waives any objection (including any claim of inconvenient forum) that it may now or hereafter have to the venue of any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement in the courts of such Province.
31. Time . Time is of the essence with respect to this Agreement and the time for performance of the obligations of the Guarantor under this Agreement may be strictly enforced by the Agent.
32. Interpretation . The definitions of terms herein shall apply equally to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The words “include”, “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”. The word “or” is disjunctive; the word “and” is conjunctive. The word “shall” is mandatory; the word “may” is permissive. Unless the context requires otherwise (a) any definition of or reference to any agreement, instrument or other document herein shall be construed as referring to such agreement, instrument or other document as from time to time amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified (subject to any restrictions on such amendments, supplements, restatements or modifications set out herein), (b) any reference herein to any statute or any section thereof shall, unless otherwise expressly stated, be deemed to be a reference to such statute or section as amended, replaced or re-enacted from time to time, (c) any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and permitted assigns, (d) the words “herein”, “hereof” and “hereunder”, and words of similar import, shall be construed to refer to this Agreement in its entirety and not to any particular provision hereof, and (e) all references herein to Sections and Schedules shall be construed to refer to Sections and Schedules to, this Agreement. Section headings are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and shall not affect the construction of, or be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.
33. Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall enure to the benefit of, and be binding on, the Guarantor and its successors and assigns, and shall enure to the benefit of, and be binding on, the

 


 

Agent and its successors and assigns. The Guarantor may not assign this Agreement, or any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement. The Agent may assign this Agreement and any of their rights and obligations hereunder to any Person that replaces it in its capacity as such.
34. Acknowledgment of Receipt . The Guarantor acknowledges receipt of an executed copy of this Agreement.
35. Additional Guarantors . Additional Persons may from time to time after the date of this Agreement become Guarantors under this Agreement by executing and delivering to the Agent a supplemental agreement (together with all schedules thereto, a “ Supplement ”) to this Agreement, in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit A. Effective from and after the date of the execution and delivery by any Person to the Agent of a Supplement such Person shall be, and shall be deemed for all purposes to be, a Guarantor under this Agreement with the same force and effect, and subject to the same agreements, representations, indemnities, liabilities and obligations, as if such Person had been an original signatory to this Agreement as a Guarantor. The execution and delivery of a Supplement by any additional Person shall not require the consent of the Debtor or the Guarantor and all of the liabilities and obligations of the Guarantor shall remain in full force and effect, notwithstanding the addition of any new Guarantor to this Agreement.
36. Secured Parties . The Secured Parties are beneficiaries of this Agreement subject to the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement. This Agreement may be enforced only by the action of the Agent acting on behalf of the Secured Parties and no other Secured Party shall have any rights individually to enforce or seek to enforce this Agreement.
37. Electronic Signature . Delivery of an executed signature page to this Agreement by the Guarantor by facsimile or other electronic form of transmission shall be as effective as delivery by the Guarantor of a manually executed copy of this Agreement by the Guarantor.
38. Conflict . In the event of a conflict or inconsistency between the provisions of this Agreement and the provisions of the Credit Agreement, then the provisions of the Credit Agreement shall have priority over and shall govern to the extent of such conflict or inconsistency; provided, however, that the existence of a particular representation, warranty, covenant or other provision in this Agreement which is not contained in the Credit Agreement shall not be deemed to be a conflict or inconsistency, and that particular representation, warranty, covenant or other provision shall continue to apply.
[signatures on the next following page]

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the undersigned has caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first written above.
         
43462 YUKON INC.
 
 
By:   /s/ Timothy J. Barker    
  Name:   Timothy J. Barker   
  Title:   V.P.   

 


 

         
EXHIBIT A
FORM OF SUPPLEMENT
TO GUARANTEE
         
TO :
  Name:   WELLS FARGO CAPITAL FINANCE, LLC, as agent
 
  Address:   2450 Colorado Avenue, Suite 3000 West, Santa Monica, California 90404
 
  Attention:   Technology Finance Division Manager
 
  Facsimile:   (310) 453-7413
WHEREAS:
A. Reference is made to the Guarantee (the “ Agreement ”) dated as of February 10, 2010 entered into by each of the Persons identified under the caption “GUARANTORS” on the signature pages thereto and any other Person which thereafter signs a Supplement, in favour of the Agent (for its own benefit and for the benefit of the other Secured Parties).
B. RealPage Inc., as borrower (the “ Debtor ”), the lenders signatory thereto from time to time, as lenders (the “ Lenders ”), Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC (formerly, Wells Fargo Foothill, LLC), as agent for and on behalf of the Lenders (the “ Agent ”), are party to a credit agreement dated as of September 3, 2009 (as amended, supplemented, restated or replaced from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”).
C, Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined in this Supplement have the respective meanings given to such terms in the Agreement, including the definitions of terms incorporated in the Agreement by reference to other agreements.
D. Section 35 of the Agreement provides that additional Persons may from time to time after the date of the Agreement become Guarantors under the Agreement by executing and delivering to the Agent a supplemental agreement to the Agreement in the form of this Supplement.
E. The undersigned (the “ New Guarantor ”) has agreed to become a Guarantor under the Agreement by executing and delivering this Supplement to the Agent.
     For good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are acknowledged by the New Guarantor, the New Guarantor agrees with and in favour of the Agent (for its own benefit and for the benefit of the Secured Parties) as follows:
     1. The New Guarantor has received a copy of, and has reviewed, the Agreement and is executing and delivering this Supplement to the Agent pursuant to Section 35 of the Agreement.
     2. Effective from and after the date this Supplement is executed and delivered to the Agent by the New Guarantor, the New Guarantor shall be, and shall be deemed for all purposes to be, a Guarantor under the Agreement with the same force and effect, and subject to the same agreements, representations, indemnities, liabilities and obligations, as if the New Guarantor had

 


 

been, as of the date of this Supplement, an original signatory to the Agreement as a Guarantor. In furtherance of the foregoing, the New Guarantor hereby unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees the prompt payment and performance to the Agent, forthwith upon demand by the Agent, of all the Guaranteed Liabilities. The terms and provisions of the Agreement are incorporated by reference in this Supplement.
     3. The New Guarantor represents and warrants to the Agent (for its own benefit and for the benefit of the other Secured Parties) that each of the representations and warranties made or deemed to have been made by it under the Agreement as a Guarantor are true and correct on the date of this Supplement.
     4. Upon this Supplement bearing the signature of any Person claiming to have authority to bind the New Guarantor coming into the possession of the Agent, this Supplement and the Agreement shall be deemed to be finally and irrevocably executed and delivered by, and be effective and binding on, and enforceable against, the New Guarantor free from any promise or condition affecting or limiting the liabilities of the New Guarantor and the New Guarantor shall be, and shall be deemed for all purposes to be, a Guarantor under the Agreement. No statement, representation, agreement or promise by any officer, employee or agent of the Agent or any Secured Party, unless expressly set forth in this Supplement, forms any part of this Supplement or has induced the New Guarantor to enter into this Supplement and the Agreement or in any way affects any of the agreements, obligations or liabilities of the New Guarantor under this Supplement and the Agreement.
     5. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Supplement by the New Guarantor by facsimile or other electronic transmission shall be as effective as delivery by the New Guarantor of a manually executed copy of this Supplement by the New Guarantor.
     6. This Supplement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Province of Manitoba, and the laws of Canada applicable therein.
     7. This Supplement and the Agreement shall be binding upon the New Guarantor and its successors. The New Guarantor shall not assign its rights and obligations under this Supplement or the Agreement or any interest in this Supplement or the Agreement.
[signatures on the next following page]

 


 

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the New Guarantor has executed this Supplement as of the date first above written.
         
  [FULL LEGAL NAME OF NEW GUARANTOR]
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 

 

Exhibit 10.30
SHARE PLEDGE
     THIS SHARE PLEDGE (this “ Agreement ”) dated as of February 10, 2010 made by REALPAGE, INC. (the “ Pledgor ”), a Delaware corporation, to and in favour of WELLS FARGO CAPITAL FINANCE, LLC (formerly, Wells Fargo Foothill, LLC) (the “ Agent ”), a Delaware limited liability company, as arranger and administrative agent for and on behalf of the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers (each a “ Beneficiary ” and collectively, the “ Beneficiaries ”).
WHEREAS:
A. The Pledgor has entered into a credit agreement dated as of September 3, 2009 with the Agent, and such lenders as there may be from time to time (as such agreement may at any time or from time to time be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified or restated, the “ Credit Agreement ”).
B. The Pledgor is as at the date hereof the holder of all of the issued and outstanding shares in the capital of 43642 Yukon Inc. (the “ Pledged Company ”), as described in Schedule A hereto (the foregoing shares (the “ Initial Shares ”) plus any securities of the Pledged Company which the Pledgor hereafter holds, owns or acquires are referred to, collectively, as the “ Shares ”).
C. It is a condition of the continued advance of said credit facilities by the Lender Group to the Pledgor that the Pledgor execute and deliver this Agreement together with the share certificates representing the Shares (the “ Certificates ”), duly endorsed in blank for transfer accompanied by a stock power of attorney, to and in favour of the Agent for and on behalf of the Beneficiaries as collateral security for the payment and performance of all the Obligations (as defined in the Credit Agreement).
           NOW THEREFORE WITNESSETH that in consideration of these premises and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged by the Pledgor, the Pledger covenants, declares and agrees as follows:
1. Definitions . All terms defined in the Credit Agreement and not otherwise defined herein or in the recitals hereto shall have the respective meanings attributed to them in the Credit Agreement.
2. Pledge . The Pledgor hereby assigns, mortgages, charges, hypothecates, pledges and grants to the Agent a security interest in, the Shares and the Certificates together with all replacements thereof, substitutions therefor, accretions thereto, interest and dividends thereon (whether in cash, kind or stock) and proceeds thereof (the whole being herein called the “ Pledged Collateral ”), to be held by the Agent for the benefit of and on behalf of the Beneficiaries as general and continuing collateral security for the payment and performance of (i) all Obligations, (ii) all interest, fees, commissions, charges, expense reimbursements, indemnifications and all other amounts due or to become due from the Pledgor under any Loan Document, and (iii) all expenses payable by the Pledgor in connection with any and all of the foregoing (collectively, the “ Secured Obligations ”).

 


 

3. Delivery of Certificates . The Certificates evidencing the Initial Shares accompanied by a stock power of attorney executed in blank shall forthwith be delivered to and remain in the custody of the Agent or its nominee. Any or all Shares may, at the option of the Agent, be registered in the name of the Agent or its nominee and the Pledgor covenants to deliver such further stock powers of attorney and similar documents with respect to the Shares as the Agent or its nominee may reasonably from time to time request, satisfactory in form and substance to the Agent. If the charter documents of the Pledged Company restricts the transfer of the Shares of the Pledged Company, then the Pledgor shall also deliver to the Agent a certified copy of a resolution of the directors or shareholders of the Pledged Company consenting to the transfer(s) contemplated by this Agreement, including any prospective transfer of the Pledged Collateral by the Agent upon a realization on the security constituted hereby. Except as otherwise permitted under the Loan Documents, the Pledgor shall not cause or permit any Person other than the Agent to have “control” (as defined in The Securities Transfer Act (Manitoba)) of the Pledged Collateral, other than “control” in favour of a securities intermediary which has subordinated its lien to the lien of the Agent pursuant to documentation in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent.
4. Attachment; No Obligation to Advance . The Pledgor confirms that value has been given by the Agent to the Pledgor, that the Pledgor has rights in the Pledged Collateral (other than after-acquired property) and that the Pledgor and the Agent have not agreed to postpone the time for attachment of the security interests created by this Agreement to any of the Pledged Collateral. The security interests created by this Agreement will have effect and be deemed to be effective whether or not the Secured Obligations or any part thereof are owing or in existence before or after or upon the date of this Agreement. Neither the execution of this Agreement nor any advance of funds shall oblige the Agent to advance any funds or any additional funds.
5. Representations and Warranties . The Pledgor represents and warrants to the Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders, that:
  (a)   Schedule A correctly sets forth all of the issued and outstanding shares of each class of the equity interests of the Pledged Company represented by such Initial Shares;
 
  (b)   the Initial Shares have been duly and validly authorized and issued by the Pledged Company and are fully paid and nonassessable;
 
  (c)   except for the security interests granted hereunder, the Pledgor (i) is and, subject to any transfers made in compliance with the Credit Agreement, will continue to be the direct owner, beneficially and of record, of the Initial Shares indicated on Schedule A, (ii) holds the same free and clear of all Liens other than Liens that are created by the Loan Documents or Permitted Liens that are non-consensual Liens to the extent arising by operation of law, (iii) will make no assignment, pledge, hypothecation or transfer of, or create or permit to exist any security interest in or other Lien on, the Pledged Collateral, other than Liens created by this Agreement, and transfers made in compliance with the Credit Agreement, and (iv) will cause any and all Pledged Collateral, whether for value paid by the Pledgor or otherwise, to be forthwith deposited with the Agent and pledged or assigned hereunder;

 


 

  (d)   except for restrictions and limitations imposed by the Loan Documents, the articles of incorporation of the Pledged Company, or securities laws generally, the Pledged Collateral is and will continue to be freely transferable and assignable, and none of the Pledged Collateral is or will be subject to any option, right of first refusal, shareholders agreement or contractual restriction of any nature that might prohibit, impair, delay or otherwise affect the pledge of such Pledged Collateral hereunder, the sale or disposition thereof pursuant hereto or the exercise by the Agent of rights and remedies hereunder;
 
  (e)   the Pledgor (i) has the power and authority to pledge the Pledged Collateral pledged by it hereunder in the manner hereby done or contemplated and (ii) will defend its title or interest thereto or therein against any and all Liens (other than the Lien created by the Loan Documents and Permitted Liens that are non-consensual Liens to the extent arising by operation of law), however arising, of all Persons whomsoever;
 
  (f)   no consent or approval of any Governmental Authority, any securities exchange or any other Person was or is necessary to the validity of the pledge effected hereby (other than such as have been obtained and are in full force and effect);
 
  (g)   by virtue of the execution and delivery by the Pledgor of this Agreement, when any Pledged Collateral is delivered to the Agent in accordance with this Agreement, the Agent will obtain a legal, valid and perfected first-priority lien upon and security interest in the Shares as security for the payment and performance of the Secured Obligations; and
 
  (h)   the pledge effected hereby is effective to vest in the Agent, for the benefit of the Beneficiaries, the rights of the Agent in the Pledged Collateral as set forth herein.
6. Survival of Agreement . All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made by the Pledgor in this Agreement and in the certificates or other instruments delivered in connection with or pursuant to this Agreement shall be considered to have been relied upon by the Agent and shall survive the execution and delivery of the Loan Documents and the making of any advances thereunder.
7. Realization of the Shares . Upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, the Agent or its agent may realize upon or otherwise deal with or dispose of the Shares by sale, transfer or delivery or exercise and enforce all rights and remedies of a holder of the Shares as if the Agent were absolute owner thereof, without notice to or control by the Pledgor. Any such remedy may be exercised separately or in combination and shall be in addition to and not in substitution for any other rights the Agent or the Beneficiaries may have, however created, provided that the Agent shall not be bound to exercise any such right or remedy. The Agent shall not be bound under any circumstances to realize upon the Pledged Collateral and neither the Agent nor its agents shall be responsible for any loss occasioned by any sale or other dealing with the Pledged Collateral permitted by and made in accordance with applicable law, or by the retention of or delay or failure to sell or otherwise deal with or dispose of the Shares.

 


 

For greater certainty, upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, the Agent may, personally or by its agent, at such time or times as the Agent in its discretion may determine, do any one or more of the following:
  (a)   Exercise all of the rights and remedies granted to secured parties under The Personal Property Security Act (Manitoba) and any other applicable statute, or otherwise available to the Agent at law or in equity.
 
  (b)   Realize on any or all of the Pledged Collateral and sell, lease, assign, give options to purchase, or otherwise dispose of and deliver any or all of the Pledged Collateral (or contract to do any of the above), in one or more parcels at any public or private sale, at any exchange, broker’s board or office of the Agent or elsewhere, on such terms and conditions as the Agent may deem advisable and at such prices as it may deem best, for cash or on credit or for future delivery.
 
  (c)   Apply to a court of competent jurisdiction for the sale or foreclosure of any or all of the Pledged Collateral.
 
  (d)   At any public sale, and to the extent permitted by law on any private sale, bid for and purchase any or all of the Pledged Collateral offered for sale and, upon compliance with the terms of such sale, hold, retain and dispose of such Pledged Collateral without any further accountability to the Pledger or any other Person with respect to such holding, retention or disposition, except as required by law. In any such sale to the Agent, the Agent may, for the purpose of making payment for all or any part of the Pledged Collateral so purchased, use any claim for Secured Obligations then due and payable to it as a credit against the purchase price in which case the amount of such claim shall be reduced by the amount of such credit.
 
  (e)   Transfer all or part of the Pledged Collateral into the name of the Agent or its nominee, with or without disclosing that the Pledged Collateral is subject to the security interests arising under this Agreement.
 
  (f)   Vote any or all of the Pledged Collateral (whether or not transferred to the Agent or its nominee) and give or withhold all consents, waivers and ratifications in respect thereof and otherwise act with respect thereto as though it were the absolute owner thereof
 
  (g)   Exercise any and all rights of conversion, exchange, subscription or any other rights, privileges or options pertaining to any of the Pledged Collateral as if it were the absolute owner thereof, including the right to exchange at its discretion any and all of the Pledged Collateral upon the amalgamation, merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization or other readjustment of any issuer or upon the exercise by any issuer or the Agent of any right, privilege or option pertaining to any of the Pledged Collateral, and in connection therewith, to deposit and deliver any and all of the Pledged Collateral with any committee, depositary, transfer agent, registrar or other

 


 

      designated agency upon such terms and conditions as it may determine, all without liability except to account for property actually received by the Agent.
None of the above rights or remedies will be exclusive of or dependent on or merge in any other right or remedy, and one or more of such rights and remedies may be exercised independently or in combination from time to time. Without prejudice to the ability of the Agent to dispose of the Pledged Collateral in any manner which is commercially reasonable, and subject to applicable law, the Pledger acknowledges that a disposition of Pledged Collateral by the Agent which takes place substantially in accordance with the following provisions will be deemed to be commercially reasonable:
  (i)   Pledged Collateral may be disposed of in whole or in part;
 
  (ii)   Pledged Collateral may be disposed of by public auction, public tender or private contract, with or without advertising and without any other formality;
 
  (iii)   any purchaser of Pledged Collateral may be a customer of the Agent;
 
  (iv)   a disposition of Pledged Collateral may be on such terms and conditions as to credit or otherwise as the Agent, in is sole discretion, may deem advantageous; and
 
  (v)   the Agent may establish an upset or reserve bid or price in respect of Pledged Collateral.
8. Sale of Securities . The Agent is authorized, in connection with any offer or sale of any Pledged Collateral, to comply with any limitation or restriction as it may be advised by counsel is necessary to comply with applicable law, including, without limitation, any federal, provincial or state securities laws, including compliance with procedures that may restrict the number of prospective bidders and purchasers, requiring that prospective bidders and purchasers have certain qualifications, and restricting prospective bidders and purchasers to Persons who will represent and agree that they are purchasing for their own account for investment and not with a view to the distribution or resale of such Pledged Collateral. Subject to applicable law, the Pledgor further agrees that compliance with any such limitation or restriction will not result in a sale being considered or deemed not to have been made in a commercially reasonable manner, and the Agent will not be liable or accountable to the Pledger for any discount allowed by reason of the fact that such Pledged Collateral are sold in compliance with any such limitation or restriction.
9. Power of Attorney . The Pledgor hereby authorizes and empowers the Agent or any officer thereof as attorney to sign any transfer or other document necessary to complete the transfer of any of the Shares. The Agent or the Beneficiaries may grant time for payment or any other indulgence, take and give up securities, and may compound with, grant releases and discharges and otherwise deal with the Pledgor and with other Persons and the Shares and Certificates as the Agent or the Beneficiaries may see fit without liability to the Pledgor for any loss thereby occasioned to the Pledgor. So long as any amount remains unpaid in respect of the Secured Obligations, the Pledgor

 


 

hereby irrevocably appoints the Agent or any officers thereof as its attorney in the name of the Pledgor but for the use and benefit of the Agent, to do all such acts and take all such proceedings as the Agent may from time to time think advisable to realize upon the Shares in accordance with the terms hereof and to enforce the rights hereby assigned and obtain possession of and realize upon the property hereby assigned. The power of attorney hereby granted is a power coupled with an interest and shall survive the dissolution, liquidation, winding-up or other termination of existence of the Pledger.
10. Dealing with the Shares and the Lien hereof . The Agent shall not be obliged to exhaust its resources against the Pledger or any other Person or Persons or against any other security it or any Beneficiary may hold in respect of the Secured Obligations before the Agent may realize upon or otherwise deal with the Pledged Collateral in such manner as the Agent may consider desirable. The Agent may grant extensions or other indulgences, take and give up securities, accept compositions, grant releases and discharges and otherwise deal with the Pledgor and with other parties, sureties or securities as it may see fit without prejudice to the Secured Obligations or the rights of the Agent in respect of this Agreement.
11. Costs of Realization . All costs and charges incurred by or on behalf of the Agent with reference to the Pledged Collateral or the realization thereof (including all reasonable legal fees and disbursements, on a solicitor and own client basis, all court costs and expenses of taking possession of protecting and realizing upon the security constituted by the Shares and the costs and charges in connection with realizing, collecting, selling, transferring, delivering or obtaining payment of the Shares) shall be added to and form a part of the Secured Obligations and shall be a first charge upon the proceeds of any such realization, collection, sale, transfer, delivery or obtaining of payment.
12. Application of Moneys . Any proceeds of any disposition of any of the Pledged Collateral shall be applied by the Agent on account of the Secured Obligations in accordance with the provisions of the Credit Agreement. If such proceeds fail to satisfy the Secured Obligations, the Pledgor shall be liable for the full amount of the deficiency resulting to the Agent and the Lenders.
13. Share Rights .
  (a)   Until such time, if ever, as this Agreement shall be discharged and the Shares and Certificates released to the Pledger, the Agent shall be entitled to receive and enjoy all dividends or other distributions made on or in respect of the Pledged Collateral and to exercise all option, conversion, voting or other like rights attaching thereto. Notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as an Event of Default has not occurred and is not continuing, the Pledgor shall be entitled to receive and enjoy all dividends or other distributions made on or in respect of the Pledged Collateral provided that any noncash dividends, interest, principal or other distributions that would constitute Pledged Collateral, whether resulting from a subdivision, combination or reclassification of the outstanding equity interests of the issuer of the Pledged Collateral or received in exchange for Pledged Collateral or any part thereof, or in redemption thereof, or as a result of any amalgamation, merger, consolidation, acquisition or other exchange of assets to which the issuer may be a party or

 


 

      otherwise, shall be and become part of the Pledged Collateral, and, if received by the Pledgor, shall not be commingled by the Pledgor with any of its other funds or property but shall be held separate and apart therefrom, shall be held in trust for the benefit of the Agent and shall be forthwith delivered to the Agent in the same form as so received (with any necessary endorsement) and to vote or refrain from voting the Pledged Collateral at any meeting, whether special or general, at which the holder of the Pledged Collateral is entitled to vote and will be entitled to take part in or consent to or refrain from taking part in or consenting to any corporate or shareholder’s action which the holder of the Pledged Collateral is entitled to take part in or consent; provided that the exercise of such right to vote or to take part in or consent to any such corporate or shareholder’s action would not adversely affect the rights of the Agent or any Beneficiary or result in a contravention of any covenant or agreement of the Pledgor to the Agent hereunder or to the Agent or any Beneficiary under the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Documents, or under any other agreement evidencing or securing any of the Secured Obligations. If the Pledged Collateral have been transferred to the Agent or its nominee, the Agent shall, upon request, provide to the Pledgor a revocable proxy and direction in respect of the payment of dividends or other distributions entitling the Pledgor to vote the Pledged Collateral and receive such distributions subject to the foregoing conditions.
 
  (b)   Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, all rights of the Pledgor to dividends, interest, principal or other distributions that the Pledgor is authorized to receive pursuant to paragraph (a) of this Section 13 shall cease, and all such rights shall thereupon become vested in the Agent, which shall have the sole and exclusive right and authority to receive and retain such dividends, interest, principal or other distributions. All dividends, interest, principal or other distributions received by the Pledgor contrary to the provisions of this Section 13 shall be held in trust for the benefit of the Agent, shall be segregated from other property or funds of the Pledgor and shall be forthwith delivered to the Agent upon demand in the same form as so received (with any necessary endorsement). Any and all money and other property paid over to or received by the Agent pursuant to the provisions of this paragraph (b) shall be retained by the Agent in an account to be established by the Agent upon receipt of such money or other property and shall be applied to the Secured Obligations.
 
  (c)   Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, all rights of the Pledgor to exercise the voting and consensual rights and powers it is entitled to exercise pursuant to paragraph (a) of this Section 13, and the obligations of the Agent under paragraph (a) of this Section 13, shall cease, and all such rights shall thereupon become vested in the Agent, which shall have the sole and exclusive right and authority to exercise such voting and consensual rights and powers; provided that, unless otherwise directed by the required lenders, the Agent shall have the right from time to time following and during the continuance of an Event of Default to permit the Pledgor to exercise such rights.

 


 

14. Additional Securities . In the event that the Pledgor shall during the currency of the Credit Agreement become the beneficial owner of any Shares other than the Initial Shares or other securities convertible into shares or other securities in the capital of the Pledged Company, now or in the future existing, the Pledgor agrees that it shall forthwith deliver, hypothecate and pledge such shares or other securities to the Agent and such shares or other securities shall become Pledged Collateral held by the Agent pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, the security interest of the Agent attaching when the Pledgor has rights in such shares or other securities.
15. Payment . Upon receipt by the Agent or the Beneficiaries of all amounts outstanding under the Loan Documents on account of principal, interest or otherwise, the Agent shall release the Shares and the Certificates to the Pledgor.
16. No Merger, etc . This Agreement shall not operate by way of merger of any of the Secured Obligations and no judgment recovered by the Agent shall operate by way of merger of or in any way affect the security of the Shares and the Certificates.
17. Supplemental Security . This Agreement and the Shares and the Certificates are in addition, without prejudice, and supplemental to and not in substitution for any other security held or which may hereafter be held by the Agent or any Beneficiary.
18. Further Assurances . The Pledgor shall from time to time, whether before or after the Agent makes a demand for payment of the Secured Obligations, do all such acts and things and execute and deliver all such deeds, transfers, assignments and instruments as the Agent may require for perfecting the security constituted hereby or by the Shares, for facilitating the sale of or exercise by the Agent of rights under the Pledged Collateral in connection with any realization thereof after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default and for exercising all powers, authorities and discretions hereby conferred upon the Agent.
19. Headings, etc . The division of this Agreement into sections and the insertion of headings are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation hereof.
20. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Province of Manitoba and the laws of Canada applicable therein and shall be treated in all respects as a Manitoba contract.
21. Successors, etc . This Agreement shall enure to the benefit of the Agent and its successors and assigns and shall be binding upon the Pledgor and its successors and permitted assigns. All rights of the Agent hereunder shall be assignable in accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement and other Loan Documents.
22. Severability . The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision hereof and any such invalid or unenforceable provision shall be deemed to be severable from the other provisions hereof.

 


 

23. Notices . Any notices permitted or required hereunder shall be made in accordance with the provisions of the Credit Agreement and if so made shall be effective in the manner specified therein.
24. Incorporation of Schedules . Schedule A hereto shall, for all purposes hereof, form an integral part of this Agreement.
25. Conflict . In the event of a conflict or inconsistency between the provisions of this Agreement and the provisions of the Credit Agreement, the provisions of the Credit Agreement shall prevail.
26. Acknowledgement of Receipt/Waiver . The Pledgor acknowledges receipt of an executed copy of this Agreement. The Pledger waives, to the extent permitted by law, the right to receive a copy of any financing statement, financing change statement or verification statement registered with or issued by any personal property registry or other governmental body or agency thereof in connection with this Agreement.
27. The Agent . The powers conferred on the Agent hereunder are solely to protect its interest in the Pledged Collateral and shall not impose any duty upon the Agent to exercise any such powers. Except for the safe custody of any Pledged Collateral in its actual possession and the accounting for moneys actually received by the Agent pursuant hereto, the Agent shall have no duty with respect to the Pledged Collateral or as to the taking of any necessary steps to preserve rights against prior parties or any other rights pertaining to any of the Pledged Collateral. Each reference herein to any right granted to, benefit conferred upon, or power exercisable, exercised, or action taken by, the Agent shall be deemed to be a reference to the right granted to, benefit conferred upon, and power exercisable, exercised, and action taken by, the Agent in its capacity as Agent for the benefit of the Beneficiaries, all as more fully set forth in the Credit Agreement.
28. No Amendment . This Agreement may not he amended, altered or qualified except by a written agreement executed by the parties hereto.
      IN WITNESS WHEREOF the Pledgor has duly executed this; Agreement under the hands of its proper officers duly authorized for the purpose thereof as of the date first above written.
         
  REALPAGE INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Timothy J. Barker    
    Authorized Signatory 
V.P.
 
       

 


 

         
SCHEDULE A
                 
Pledged Company   Description   Certificate No.   Number of Shares
43642 Yukon Inc.
  Common Shares   C-1     1,000  

 

Exhibit 10.31
Execution Final
NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT
between
REALPAGE, INC.
and
HV CAPITAL INVESTORS, L.L.C.
Dated
August 1, 2008

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
    Page  
1. Purpose
    1  
 
       
2. Definitions
    1  
 
       
3. The Notes
    6  
 
       
3.1 Issuance of Notes
    6  
3.2 Terms of the Notes
    6  
3.3 Delivery
    6  
 
       
4. Closings
    6  
 
       
4.1 Closing
    6  
4.2 Facility Fee
    6  
4.3 Investor Expenses
    6  
4.4 Use of Proceeds
    7  
4.5 Senior Debt
    7  
 
       
5. Conditions of Investor’s Obligations at each Closing
    7  
 
       
5.1 Documentation
    7  
5.2 Representations and Warranties
    7  
5.3 Performance
    7  
5.4 Qualifications
    7  
5.5 No Prohibition
    7  
5.6 Compliance Certificate
    7  
5.7 Company Certificate
    8  
 
       
6. Representations and Warranties of the Company
    8  
 
       
6.1 Incorporation; Authorization; Etc
    8  
6.2 No Conflict
    8  
6.3 Capitalization
    9  
6.4 Joint Ventures
    9  
6.5 Financial Statements
    9  
6.6 Undisclosed Liabilities
    9  
6.7 Absence of Certain Changes
    10  
6.8 Real Property
    10  
6.9 Litigation; Orders
    10  
6.10 Intellectual Property
    11  
6.11 Employment and Labor Matters
    11  
6.12 Compliance with Laws
    12  
6.13 Contracts
    12  
6.14 Licenses, Approvals, Other Authorizations
    12  
6.15 Environmental Matters
    12  
6.16 Taxes
    12  

-i-


 

         
    Page  
6.17 Accounts Receivable
    13  
6.18 Insurance
    13  
6.19 Accuracy of Information; Full Disclosure
    13  
 
       
7. Representations and Warranties by Investor
    14  
 
       
7.1 Authorization; Investor’s Representation; Investor’s Acknowledgement
    14  
 
       
8. Covenants of the Company
    15  
 
       
8.1 Financial Covenants
    15  
8.2 Financial Statements, Reports and Certificates
    15  
8.3 Liability Insurance
    16  
8.4 Taxes and Assessments
    16  
8.5 Maintenance of Corporate Existence
    16  
8.6 Governmental Consents
    16  
8.7 Further Assurances
    17  
8.8 Negative Covenants
    17  
8.9 Waiver
    18  
 
       
9. Miscellaneous
    18  
 
       
9.1 Indemnification
    18  
9.2 Waivers and Amendments
    18  
9.3 Governing Law
    18  
9.4 Entire Agreement
    18  
9.5 Notices, etc
    18  
9.6 Validity
    19  
9.7 Counterparts
    19  
9.8 Confidentiality
    19  
9.9 Assignment
    19  
9.10 JURY TRIAL WAIVER
    19  
9.11 Consequential Damages
    19  
 
       
Exhibits
       
 
       
EXHIBIT A — PROMISSORY NOTE
EXHIBIT B — SECURITY AGREEMENT
EXHIBIT C — SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT
EXHIBIT D — SCHEDULE OF EXCEPTIONS

 


 

NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT
     This Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of August 1, 2008 (this “ Agreement ”), is entered into by and between RealPage, Inc. a Delaware corporation located at 4000 International Parkway, Carrollton, TX 75007 (the “ Company ”), and HV Capital Investors, L.L.C., a Michigan limited liability company located at 7 West Square Lake Road, Suite 122, Bloomfield Hills, Michigan 48302 (“ Investor ”).
     1.  Purpose . On the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, Investor is willing to purchase from the Company and the Company is willing to sell to Investor Secured Promissory Notes (collectively, the “ Notes ” or individually, a “ Note ”) to be issued by the Company in the aggregate amount of $10,000,000.
     2.  Definitions . As used in this Agreement the following terms shall have the following respective meanings:
     “ Action ” shall mean any action, suit, arbitration, inquiry, proceeding or investigation by or before any court of competent jurisdiction, governmental or other regulatory or administrative agency or commission or arbitral panel.
     “ Accredited Investor ” shall mean any person that is an “accredited investor” within the definition contained in Rule 501(a) under the Securities Act.
     “ Adjusted EBITDA ” shall mean net income, plus interest expense, plus taxes (if any; and other that real property and personal property taxes), plus depreciation, plus amortization, plus stock based compensation, plus unearned revenue purchase accounting adjustments, plus or minus a deferred revenue adjustment, measured on an annualized trailing three (3) month basis.
     “ Affiliate ” (and, with a correlative meaning, “ Affiliated ”) shall mean: With respect to any Person, any other Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, such first Person. As used in this definition,
  (i)   control ” (including, with correlative meanings, “ controlled by ” and “ under common control with ”) shall mean possession, directly or indirectly, of power to direct or cause the direction of management or policies (whether through ownership of securities or partnership or other ownership interests, by contract or otherwise).
 
  (ii)   the “ Family ” of an individual includes (i) the individual, (ii) the individual’s spouse, and (iii) any other natural person who is related to the individual or the individual’s spouse within the second degree; and
 
  (iii)   " Material Interest ” means direct or indirect beneficial ownership (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of voting securities or other voting interests representing at least ten percent (10%) of the outstanding voting power of a

 


 

      Person or equity securities or other equity interests representing at least ten percent (10%) of the outstanding equity securities or equity interests in a Person.
     “ Agreement ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.
     “ Ancillary Agreements ” shall mean, collectively, any agreements or certificates executed by the Company and delivered at or prior to each Closing in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and shall include, without limitation, the Notes and Security Agreement.
     “ Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any successor thereto.
     “ Company’s knowledge ,” “ knowledge of the Company ” and words of similar import shall mean the knowledge of the Company and its directors, officers and each shareholder who owns five percent (5%) or more of Company stock after having made due investigation and reasonable inquiry for such matter(s) or constructive knowledge of information in Company’s records over which such director or officer had domain or control to which the matter(s) relate.
     “ Contingent Obligations ” shall mean, as applied to any Person, any liability, contingent or otherwise, of that Person with respect to (i) any indebtedness, lease, dividend, letter of credit or other obligation of another, including, without limitation, any such obligation guaranteed, endorsed, co-made or discounted or sold with recourse by that Person, or in respect of which that Person is otherwise liable; (ii) any obligations with respect to undrawn letters of credit issued for the account of that Person; and (iii) all obligations arising under any interest rate, currency or commodity swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, or other agreement or arrangement designated to protect a Person against fluctuation in interest rates, currency exchange rates or commodity prices; provided, however, that the term “Contingent Obligation” shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business. The amount of any Contingent Obligation shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determined amount of the primary obligation in respect of which such Contingent Obligation is made, or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by such Person in good faith; provided, however, that such amount shall not in any event exceed the maximum monetary amount of the obligations under the guarantee or other support arrangement.
     “ Customer Contracts ” shall mean the legal agreement, which includes licenses, sublicenses, agreements and permissions, pursuant to which Company has granted to customers the right to use and access Company goods and services.
     “ Employee Benefit Plans ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.14 hereof.
     “ ERISA ” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.
     “ Exchange Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 


 

     “ Excess Cash ” shall mean all cash in excess of $1,500,000 on Company’s current balance sheet as of the date that Excess Cash is calculated.
     “ Financial Statements ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.5 hereof.
     “ Funded Debt ” shall mean (a) all indebtedness for borrowed money or the deferred purchase price of property or services, including, without limitation, reimbursement and other obligations with respect to surety bonds and letter of credit, (b) all obligations evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or similar instruments, (c) all capital leases, (d) all Contingent Obligations, and (e) all liabilities incurred by Company in connection with any acquisition to be settled in cash by Company of other entities (for example, seller notes and earn out liabilities).
     “ GAAP ” shall mean United States generally accepted accounting principles.
     “ Improvements ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.8.3 hereof.
     “ Intellectual Property ” shall mean all of the following in any jurisdiction throughout the world: (a) all inventions (whether patentable or unpatentable and whether or not reduced to practice), all improvements thereto, and all patents, patent applications, and patent disclosures, together with all reissuances, continuations, continuations-in-part, revisions, extensions, and reexaminations thereof, (b) all trademarks, service marks, trade dress, logos, slogans, trade names, corporate names, Internet domain names, and rights in telephone numbers, together with all translations, adaptations, derivations, and combinations thereof and including all goodwill associated therewith, and all applications, registrations, and renewals in connection therewith, (c) all copyrightable works, all copyrights, and all applications, registrations, and renewals in connection therewith, (d) all mask works and all applications, registrations, and renewals in connection therewith, (e) all trade secrets and confidential business information (including ideas, research and development, know-how, formulas, compositions, manufacturing and production processes and techniques, technical data, designs, drawings, specifications, customer and supplier lists, pricing and cost information, and business and marketing plans and proposals), (f) all computer software (including source code, executable code, data, databases, and related documentation), (g) all other proprietary rights, (h) all copies and tangible embodiments of any of the foregoing (in whatever form or medium), (i) all goodwill associated with any of the foregoing, (j) all licenses and sublicenses granted and obtained with respect to any of the foregoing and all rights thereunder, (k) all remedies against infringement of any of the foregoing, and (l) all rights to protection of interests in any of the foregoing.
     “ IRS ” shall mean the United States Internal Revenue Service.
     “ Leased Real Property ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.8.2 hereof.
     “ Leases ” shall means all leases, subleases, licenses, concessions and other agreements (written or oral), pursuant to which the Company uses and occupies any Leased Real Property.
     “ Liability ” means any liability or obligation of whatever kind or nature (whether known or unknown, whether asserted or unasserted, whether absolute or contingent, whether accrued or unaccrued, whether liquidated or unliquidated, and whether due or to become due), including any liability for Taxes.

 


 

     “ Licenses ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.17 hereof.
     “ Lien ” shall mean any security interest, pledge, mortgage, lien, charge, or other encumbrance, including any Tax lien.
     “ Losses ” shall mean any loss, cost, liability, damage, penalty, fine, judgment, claim or expense (including reasonable attorneys’ fees).
     “ Material Adverse Effect ” or “ Material Adverse Change ” shall mean any effect, change, event, or development that is or could be materially adverse to the business, assets, condition (financial or otherwise), operating results, or operations, or on the ability of the Company to consummate timely the transactions contemplated hereby (regardless of whether Investor has knowledge of such effect, change or development).
     “ Most Recent Financial Statements ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.5 hereof.
     “ Most Recent Fiscal Month End ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.5 hereof.
     “ Most Recent Fiscal Year End ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.5 hereof.
     “ OpsTechnology Acquisition ” means the acquisition of all of the issued and outstanding securities of OpsTechnology, Inc., such acquisition to take the form of a merger between an acquisition vehicle created by RealPage and OpsTechnology, Inc.
     “ Ordinary Course of Business ” shall mean an action taken by a Person that is consistent in nature, scope and magnitude with the past practices of such Person and is taken in the ordinary course of the normal, day-to-day operations of such Person.
     “ Owned Real Property ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.8.1 hereof.
     “ Permitted Liens ” shall mean the following: (a) Liens by Senior Lender; (b) Liens arising under this Agreement or the Ancillary Agreements; (c) Liens for taxes, fees, assessments or other governmental charges or levies, either not delinquent or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which Company’s maintains adequate reserves, provided the same have no priority over any of Investor’s security interests; (d) Liens arising under capital and operating leases; (e) Liens incurred in connection with the extension, renewal or refinancing of the indebtedness secured by Liens of the type described in clauses (a) through (d) above, provided that any extension, renewal or replacement Lien shall be limited to the property encumbered by the existing Lien and the principal amount of the indebtedness being extended, renewed or refinanced does not increase; (f) Liens arising from judgments, decrees or attachments in circumstances not constituting an Event of Default under the Notes; (g) Liens in favor of other financial institutions arising in connection with Company’s deposit accounts held at such institutions, provided that Investor has a perfected security interest in the amounts held in such deposit accounts; and (h) other Liens not described above arising in the ordinary course of business and not having or not reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect on Company.

 


 

     “ Person ” shall mean any individual, firm, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, association, estate, trust, governmental agency or body or other entity, and shall include any successor (by merger or otherwise) of such Person.
     “ Qualified Public Offering ” means a firmly underwritten public offering of the Company’s Common Stock pursuant to a registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and declared effective under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended covering the offer and sale of the Company’s Common Stock.
     “ Purchase Price ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.1 hereof.
     “ Real Property ” shall mean the Owned Real Property and the Leased Real Property, collectively.
     “ Recurring Revenue ” shall mean that revenue classified as total software and on demand revenue by the Company, measured on an annualized trailing three (3) month basis. Recurring Revenue was $52.5 million in 2006 and $74.4 million in 2007.
     “ Returns ” shall mean all returns, reports, statements, notices, forms or other documents or information required to be filed with any U.S. Taxing Authority or foreign taxing authority in connection with the determination, assessment, collection or payment of any Taxes or in connection with the administration, implementation or enforcement of or compliance with any legal requirement relating to any Tax.
     “ Senior Lender ” shall mean the lender of Senior Debt, whether such lender be Comerica Bank or another lender.
     “ Senior Debt ” shall mean the senior secured debt of Company due to any commercial lender provided that in no event shall the total amount of such debt cause Company to not comply with the financial covenant stated in Section 8.1.1 of this Agreement.
     “ Shareholder(s) ” shall mean each of the Persons holding shares of the Company’s capital stock or any debt instrument, warrant, option or other instrument convertible into shares of the Company’s capital stock.
     “ StarFire Spin-off ” means the distribution to StarFire Media, Inc., a Delaware corporation that is wholly owned by RealPage, of certain assets of RealPage, and the purchase by RealPage of up to $2,000,000 of common stock of StarFire Media, Inc. and four (4) subsequent quarterly investments in the common stock of StarFire Media, Inc. in traunches of $1,000,000 each.
     “ Taxes ” shall mean all taxes, charges, fees, levies or like other assessments (whether U.S. federal, state, local or foreign) based upon or measured by income and any other tax whatsoever, including, without limitation, single business, gross receipts, profits, premium, sales, use, occupation, value added, ad valorem, transfer, franchise, withholding, payroll, employment, unemployment, excise, windfall profits, license, occupation or real or personal property taxes, together with any interest, penalties or additions to tax resulting from, attributable to, or incurred in connection with any such taxes or any contest or dispute thereof.

 


 

     “ U.S. Taxing Authority ” shall mean any taxing authority of the United States of America, any state thereof or the District of Columbia and any local governmental subdivision thereof.
     3.  The Notes .
          3.1 Issuance of Notes. In reliance upon the representations, warranties and covenants of the parties set forth herein, the Company agrees to issue, sell and deliver to Investor, and Investor agrees to purchase from the Company, a Note in the amount of $5,000,000 (the “ Purchase Price ”). The Purchase Price for such Note shall be payable in immediately available funds upon execution of this Agreement. The issuance of such Note shall occur simultaneously with the payment by Investor of the Purchase Price for the Note (the “ Closing ”).
     At anytime on or before September 2, 2008, the Company may by written notice request that Investor purchase an additional Note in the amount of $5,000,000 (such amount shall be treated as additional Purchase Price hereunder) (the “ Additional Note ”). Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Investor shall purchase the Additional Note from the Company and the closing of such Note purchase shall be deemed to be a “ Closing ” for all purposes under this Agreement. Accordingly, the Closing for the purchase by Investor of the Additional Note shall be subject to: (i) the Company’s full compliance with all of the conditions to such Closing under Section 5, (ii) the representations and warranties under Section 6 shall be true and correct as such Closing, and (iii) all other terms and conditions under this Agreement relating to a Closing shall apply.
          3.2 Terms of the Notes . The terms and conditions of the Notes are set forth in the form of Note attached as Exhibit A hereto and are subject to the terms of the Security Agreement between the parties attached hereto as Exhibit B (the “ Security Agreement ”).
          3.3 Delivery . The Company will deliver to Investor the Notes to be purchased by Investor against receipt by the Company of the Purchase Price for such Note.
     4.  Closings .
          4.1 Closing . In reliance upon the representations, warranties and covenants of the parties set forth herein and payment of the Purchase Price, at each Closing the Company shall issue to Investor a Note in the face amount of $5,000,000.
          4.2 Facility Fee . At each Closing, the Company shall pay Investor a facility fee equal to two percent (2%) of the total amount of the Note issued to Investor under such Closing (less, for the first Closing hereunder, the $15,000 deposit paid by the Company to Investor). The facility fee payable under this Section 4.2 shall be deducted from the amount payable by Investor to the Company under Section 3 above.
          4.3 Investor Expenses . At each Closing, the Company shall reimburse Investor for all reasonable expenses, including, without limitation, legal and accounting fees incurred by Investor in connection with each Closing and all subsequent actions taken by Investor which are in any way in connection with this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement (including, without limitation, any amendments to this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement, investigations of the Company deemed necessary or

 


 

advisable by Investor, any further actions deemed necessary or advisable by Investor in order to perfect, support or enforce any security interest held by Investor against the Company); provided, however, Company’s reimbursement to Investor for all such Investor costs and expenses related to Closing, including without limitation those expenses set forth in this Section 4.3, shall be not more than $50,000 (“Closing Cost Reimbursement Cap”). The Closing Cost Reimbursement Cap shall not apply to any costs or expenses subsequent to the first Closing. The expenses payable under this Section 4.3 which accrue prior to each Closing shall be deducted from the amount payable by Investor to the Company under Section 3 above.
          4.4 Use of Proceeds . The Company shall use the proceeds from the sale of the Note under each Closing (i) to partially fund the OpsTechnology Acquisition, (ii) for working capital, or (iii) for general corporate purposes.
          4.5 Senior Debt . The Company has borrowed up to $25,000,000 from Comerica Bank. Upon the first Closing, the Company, Investor and Senior Lender shall execute and deliver a Subordination Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C (“ Subordination Agreement ”).
     5.  Conditions of Investor’s Obligations at each Closing . The obligations of Investor to the Company under this Agreement are subject to the fulfillment, on or before each Closing, of each of the following conditions, unless otherwise waived:
          5.1 Documentation . The Company shall execute and deliver this Agreement and each Ancillary Agreement to Investor and all such agreements shall be in full force and effect as of each Closing. The Subordination Agreement and any other Ancillary Agreement executed by any Person other than the Company shall be executed and delivered by each such Person to Investor.
          5.2 Representations and Warranties . The representations and warranties of the Company contained in Section 6 shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of each Closing.
          5.3 Performance . The Company and all other Persons party to this Agreement and/or any Ancillary Agreements shall have performed and complied with all covenants, agreements, obligations and conditions contained in this Agreement and/or any Ancillary Agreements, as applicable, that are required to be performed or complied with by it on or before each Closing.
          5.4 Qualifications . Other than applicable securities law filings, all authorizations, approvals or permits, if any, of any governmental authority or regulatory body of the United States or of any state that are required in connection with the lawful issuance and sale of the Note pursuant to this Agreement shall be obtained and effective as of each Closing.
          5.5 No Prohibition . No injunction or restraining order shall be in effect prohibiting the subject Closing.
          5.6 Compliance Certificate . The CFO of the Company shall deliver to Investor at each Closing a certificate certifying that the conditions specified in Sections 5.1 through 5.5 have been fulfilled.

 


 

          5.7 Company Certificate . A certificate from the Company, dated as of each Closing and signed by the Secretary of the Company, certifying (i) that the attached copies of the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws of the Company, and resolutions of the Boards of Directors of the Company approving this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements to which the Company is a party and the transactions contemplated thereby are all true, complete and correct, have not been amended or modified and are in full force and effect, (ii) that the attached copies of the executed Senior Debt Documents are all true, complete and correct, have not been amended or modified and are in full force and effect, (iii) that attached are certificates issued by the appropriate governmental authorities, evidencing as of a date not more than ten (10) business days prior to each Closing the good standing of the Company in its jurisdiction of incorporation or organization (iv) the incumbency and specimen signature of each officer of the Company executing this Agreement and/or any Ancillary Agreement on behalf of the Company and (v) as to any other matters reasonably requested by Investor.
     6.  Representations and Warranties of the Company . The Company hereby represents and warrants to Investor that, except as stated in the Schedule of Exceptions attached hereto as Exhibit D , the following representations and warranties are true and correct as of the date hereof and will be true and correct as of each Closing:
          6.1 Incorporation; Authorization; Etc . The Company is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the state of Delaware. The Company is duly authorized to conduct business as a foreign corporation and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the property owned, leased or operated by the Company, or the nature of the business conducted by the Company makes such qualification necessary. The Company has all requisite power and authority to own or use the properties and assets that it purports to own or use and to conduct its business as it is now being conducted. The Company has delivered to Investor true and complete copies of the Certificate of Incorporation and the bylaws of the Company (as amended to date). The Company has full power and authority, to execute and deliver this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements to Investor and to perform its obligations hereunder and thereunder and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements, the performance of the Company’s obligations hereunder and thereunder and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby have been duly and validly authorized by all necessary proceedings on the part of the Company. This Agreement has been, and when executed and delivered the Ancillary Agreements to which each of them is are a party will be, duly executed and delivered by the Company and constitute and will constitute the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with their terms, except (i) as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and other laws of general application affecting enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and (ii) as limited by laws relating to the effects of general equitable principles, including the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief or other equitable remedies.
          6.2 No Conflict . The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby and the compliance with the terms of this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements do not and will not: (a) conflict with, result in a breach of any provision of, constitute a default under, result in the

 


 

modification or cancellation of, or give rise to any right of termination or acceleration in respect of, any contract, agreement, commitment, understanding, arrangement or restriction of any kind to which the Company or, to Company’s knowledge, any Shareholder is a party or to which the Company or, to Company’s knowledge, any Shareholder or any of their respective property is subject; (b) result in the creation of any Lien upon, or any person obtaining the right to acquire any properties, assets or rights of the Company or, to Company’s knowledge, any Shareholder; (c) violate or conflict with any law, ordinance, code, rule, regulation, decree, order or ruling of any court, arbitral body or governmental authority, to which the Company or, to Company’s knowledge, any Shareholder or any of their respective property is subject; (d) require any authorization, consent, order, permit or approval of, or notice to, or filing, registration or qualification with, any governmental, administrative or judicial authority; or (e) conflict with or result in any breach of any of the provisions of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, bylaws or other organizational documents.
          6.3 Capitalization . Schedule 6.3 contains the true and accurate capitalization of the Company, including, without limitation, the authorized capital stock of the Company, the issued and outstanding capital stock of the Company, each holder of the capital stock of the Company, and identification of any debt instrument, warrant, option or other instrument convertible into shares of the Company’s capital stock and the name of the holder of each such instrument.
          6.4 Joint Ventures . There are no corporations, partnerships, joint ventures, limited liability companies or other entities in which the Company or any Shareholder, directly or indirectly, has an interest and through which any part of the Company’s business is conducted.
          6.5 Financial Statements . Schedule 6.5 hereto contains true and complete copies of the following financial statements (collectively, the “ Financial Statements ”): (a) the balance sheets and related statements of income and cash flows of the Company for the fiscal years ended December, 2006 and December, 2007 (the " Most Recent Fiscal Year End ”), and (b) the balance sheet and related statements of income and cash flows of the Company (the “ Most Recent Financial Statements ”) as of and for the sixth (6) month period ended June 30, 2008 (the “ Most Recent Fiscal Month End " ). All Financial Statements are in accordance with the books and records of the Company, and such books and records of the Company are true and complete. Each of the balance sheets included in the Financial Statements fairly presents the financial position of the Company’s business as of its date, and each of the related statements of income and cash flows included within the Financial Statements fairly presents the results of operations and cash flows of the Company’s business as of its date. All Financial Statements have been prepared in conformity with GAAP, consistently applied.
          6.6 Undisclosed Liabilities . Except as disclosed on Schedule 6.6 hereto, the Company does not have any Liability, nor is there any Liability for which the Company is or may become liable, contingently or otherwise, which is not accrued or reserved against in the Most Recent Financial Statements, except for current Liabilities which were incurred in the Ordinary Course of Business after the Most Recent Fiscal Month End and which are consistent in nature and amount with the Liabilities shown on the Most Recent Financial Statements, or which in aggregate, do not exceed $25,000.

 


 

          6.7 Absence of Certain Changes . Except as disclosed on Schedule 6.7 hereto, since the Most Recent Fiscal Year End, there has not been any Material Adverse Change with respect to the Company.
          6.8 Real Property .
               6.8.1 Schedule 6.8.1 sets forth the address and legal description of each parcel of real property owned by the Company (the “ Owned Real Property ”). With respect to each parcel of Owned Real Property, the Company has good, valid and marketable indefeasible fee simple title, free and clear of all Liens except for Permitted Liens.
               6.8.2 Schedule 6.8.2 sets forth the address of each parcel of real property leased by the Company (the “ Leased Real Property ”) and a true and complete list of all Leases for each such Leased Real Property (including the date and name of the parties to such Lease document). With respect to each of the Leases: (i) such Lease is legal, valid, binding, enforceable and in full force and effect, except (x) as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and other laws of general application affecting enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and (y) as limited by laws relating to the effects of general equitable principles, including the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief or other equitable remedies.; (ii) the transactions contemplated by this Agreement do not require the consent of any other party to such Lease, will not result in a breach of or default under such Lease, and will not otherwise cause such Lease to cease to be legal, valid, binding, enforceable and in full force and effect on identical terms following each Closing; (iii) to the Company’s knowledge, the Company’s possession and quiet enjoyment of the Leased Real Property under such Lease has not been disturbed and there are no disputes with respect to such Lease; (iv) neither the Company nor, to the Company’s knowledge, any other party to the Lease is in breach or default under such Lease, and no event has occurred or circumstance exists which, with the delivery of notice, the passage of time or both, would constitute such a breach or default, or permit the termination, modification or acceleration of rent under such Lease by Landlord; (v) the Company has not subleased, licensed or otherwise granted any Person the right to use or occupy such Leased Real Property or any portion thereof; and (vi) the Company has not collaterally assigned or granted any other Lien, other than Permitted Liens, in such Lease or any interest therein.
               6.8.3 The Real Property comprises all of the real property used in, or otherwise related to, the businesses conducted by the Company.
          6.9 Litigation; Orders . Except as disclosed on Schedule 6.9 hereto, there is no Action (including, without limitation any workers compensation claims) pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened against the Company and the Company knows of any basis in fact for any such Action. Except as disclosed on Schedule 6.9 hereto, there are no judgments or outstanding orders, injunctions, decrees, stipulations or awards (whether rendered by a court or administrative agency, or by arbitration) against the Company that would interfere with the conduct of the Company’s business as presently conducted or prevent or delay the transactions contemplated in this Agreement.

 


 

          6.10 Intellectual Property .
                 6.10.1 The Company owns or possesses or has the right to use pursuant to a valid and enforceable, written license, sublicense, agreement, or permission all Intellectual Property necessary for the operation of its businesses as presently conducted and as presently proposed to be conducted. Each item of Intellectual Property owned or used by the Company immediately prior to each Closing will be owned or available for use by the Company on identical terms and conditions immediately subsequent to each Closing. The Company has taken all reasonably necessary action to maintain and protect each item of Intellectual Property that it owns or uses.
                 6.10.2 The Company has not interfered with, infringed upon, misappropriated, or otherwise come into conflict with any Intellectual Property rights of third parties, and to the Company’s knowledge there has been no charge, complaint, claim, demand, or notice alleging any such interference, infringement, misappropriation, or violation (including any claim that the Company must license or refrain from using any Intellectual Property rights of any third party). To the Company’s knowledge, no third party has interfered with, infringed upon, misappropriated, or otherwise come into conflict with any Intellectual Property rights of the Company.
                 6.10.3 Schedule 6.10.3 hereto identifies each United States and foreign patent or registration which has been issued to the Company with respect to any Intellectual Property, identifies each United States and foreign pending patent application or application for registration which the Company has made with respect to any Intellectual Property, and, other than for Customer Contracts, identifies each license, sublicense, agreement, or other permission which the Company has granted to any third party with respect to any Intellectual Property (together with any exceptions). The Company has delivered to Investor correct and complete copies of all such patents, registrations, applications, licenses, sublicenses, agreements, and permissions (as amended to date) and all other written documentation evidencing ownership and prosecution (if applicable) of each such item. Schedule 6.10.3 also identifies each registration or application for registration with the United States Patent and Trademark Office and all unregistered trademarks, service marks, trade names, corporate names, as well as all registered Internet domain names, and computer software items (other than commercially available off-the-shelf software purchased or licensed for less than a total cost of $51,000 per computer software application) and each material registration or application for registration of each material unregistered copyright used by the Company.
                 6.10.4 Schedule 6.10.4 hereto identifies each item of Intellectual Property that any third party owns and that the Company uses pursuant to license, sublicense, agreement, or permission (other than commercially available off-the-shelf software purchased or licensed for less than a total cost of $5,000 per computer software application). The Company has delivered or made available to Investor correct and complete copies of all such licenses, sublicenses, agreements, and permissions (as amended to date).
          6.11 Employment and Labor Matters . The Company is not a party to or subject to any collective bargaining agreement or other agreement with a labor union. No representation petition respecting the employees of the Company has been filed with the National Labor Relations Board and, to the Company’s knowledge, there is no current effort to organize the employees of the

 


 

Company into any collective bargaining unit or any solicitation of them to join any labor organization. The Company is in compliance with all applicable laws respecting employment and employment practices, occupational safety and health standards, terms and conditions of employment, and wages and hours.
          6.12 Compliance with Laws . The Company has complied with all applicable material laws (including rules, regulations, codes, plans, injunctions, judgments, orders, decrees, rulings, and charges thereunder) of every federal, state, local, and foreign governmental authority (and all agencies thereof) having jurisdiction, and no action, suit, proceeding, hearing, investigation, charge, complaint, claim, demand, or notice has been filed or commenced against the Company alleging any failure so to comply.
          6.13 Contracts . Schedule 6.13 hereto lists contracts, agreements and commitments, whether written or oral, to which the Company is a party that represent annual expenses of $1,500,000 or higher.
          6.14 Licenses, Approvals, Other Authorizations . Schedule 6.14 hereto lists all licenses, permits or other governmental authorizations issued to the Company by any governmental authority or agency that are necessary for the conduct of the Company’s business as presently conducted (the “ Licenses ”), other than for those Licenses, the failure of which to possess by Company would not result in an Material Adverse Effect. To the Company’s knowledge, the Company possesses or has been granted, all Licenses necessary for the conduct of the Company’s business as presently conducted. Except as noted on Schedule 6.14 hereto, all such Licenses are in full force and effect. Except as noted on Schedule 6.14 hereto, no proceeding is pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened seeking the revocation or limitation of any License.
          6.15 Environmental Matters . To its knowledge, the Company is not in violation of any applicable statute, law or regulation relating to the environment or occupational health and safety, and to its knowledge, no material expenditures are or will be required in order to comply with any such existing statute, law or regulation. No Hazardous Materials (as defined below) are used or have been used, stored, or disposed of by the Company or, to the Company’s knowledge after reasonable investigation, by any other person or entity on any property owned, leased or used by the Company. For the purposes of the preceding sentence, “ Hazardous Materials ” shall mean (i) materials which are listed or otherwise defined as “hazardous” or “toxic” under any applicable local, state, federal and/or foreign laws and regulations that govern the existence and/or remedy of contamination on property, the protection of the environment from contamination, the control of hazardous wastes, or other activities involving hazardous substances, including building materials, or (ii) any petroleum products or nuclear materials. The Company has received no notification that it has been identified as a potentially responsible party in connection with response costs incurred at any site.
          6.16 Taxes .
                 6.16.1 The Company has duly filed all Returns required to be filed by the Company. All such Returns are true and correct, and all Taxes (whether or not shown on any

 


 

Return) due in connection with such Returns or otherwise due have been paid in full or provision for their payment has been made in the Most Recent Financial Statements.
                 6.16.2 None of the properties or assets of the Company is or at each Closing will be encumbered by any Liens arising out of any unpaid Taxes (except for Taxes that are not yet due and payable) and there are no grounds for the assertion or assessment of any Liens against any of the properties or assets of the Company in respect of any Taxes (other than Liens for Taxes, if payment thereof is not yet due).
                 6.16.3 There is no Action or proceeding or unresolved claim for assessment or collection, pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened, by, or present dispute with, the United States or any other taxing authority for assessment or collection from the Company of any Taxes of any nature (or any Shareholder with respect to Tax matters relating to the Company).
          6.17 Accounts Receivable . All accounts receivable of the Company are reflected properly on its books and records, are valid obligations arising from bona fide sales actually made or services actually performed in the Ordinary Course of Business, are subject to no setoffs, counterclaims or disputes, are current and collectible, and will be collected in accordance with their terms at their recorded amounts, subject only to the reserve for bad debts set forth in the Most Recent Financial Statements.
          6.18 Insurance . Schedule 6.18 sets forth a true, correct and complete list of all material insurance policies or programs of the Company in effect as of the date hereof, and indicates the insurer’s name, policy number, expiration date, amount of coverage, type of coverage and annual premiums, and also indicates any self-insurance program that is in effect. All such policies are in full force and effect and are underwritten by financially sound and reputable insurers. All such policies will remain in full force and effect after and will not terminate or lapse by reason of, the consummation of the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby. In addition to insurance requirements set forth in that certain Security Agreement dated August 1, 2008 by and between Company and Investor and as may be set forth in any other loan documents between Company and Investor, Company shall also maintain liability and other insurance in amounts and of a type that are customary to businesses similar to Company’s and reasonably satisfactory to Investor. Such insurance policies are sufficient for compliance with all requirements of law and of all agreements to which the Company is a party and insure the Company’s business against such casualties and contingencies in such amounts, types and forms as are appropriate for the Company’s business and as are usual and customary in the industry of which it is a part. Except as set forth on Schedule 6.18 hereto, there are no outstanding claims by the Company under any such insurance policies. The Company has not been refused any insurance nor has the Company’s coverage been limited by any insurance carrier to which it has applied for any insurance or with which it has carried insurance during the last three (3) years. The Company has timely and duly given all notices required to have been given to any insurance company, and no insurance company has asserted in writing that any claim by the Company is not covered by the applicable policy relating to such claim. Schedule 6.18 hereto describes any self-insurance arrangements affecting the Company.
          6.19 Accuracy of Information; Full Disclosure . No representation, warranty or other statement made by Company in any certificate or written statement furnished by Investor

 


 

pursuant to this Agreement taken together with all such certificates and written statements furnished to Investor contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained such certificates or statements not misleading, it being recognized by Investor that the projections and forecasts provided by Company in good faith and based upon reasonable assumptions are not to be viewed as facts and that actual results during the period or periods covered by any such projections and forecasts may differ from the projected and forecasted results.
     7.  Representations and Warranties by Investor . Investor represents and warrants to the Company as of the time of issuance of each Note as follows:
          7.1 Authorization; Investor’s Representation; Investor’s Acknowledgement . Investor is duly organized and validly existing under the Laws of the state or country of its jurisdiction of incorporation or formation. Such Investor has the full power and authority to enter into this Agreement and the other Ancillary Agreements and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Ancillary Agreements and the consummation by the Investors of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby have been duly and authorized by all necessary action on the part of the Investors. This Agreement and the other Ancillary Agreements have been and will be, as the case may be, duly executed and delivered by the Investor and constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the Investor, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, except as such enforceability may be subject to the effects of any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium or similar Laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to the effects of general equitable principles. Investor is an Accredited Investor and is acquiring the Note for such Investor’s own account, for investment, and not with a view to, or for sale in connection with, the distribution thereof or of any interest therein. Investor has adequate net worth and means of providing for its current needs and contingencies and is able to sustain a complete loss of the investment in such the Note, and has no need for liquidity in such investment. Investor, itself or through its officers, employees or agents, has sufficient knowledge and experience in financial and business matters to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of an investment such as an investment in the Note, and Investor, either alone or through its officers, employees or agents, has evaluated the merits and risks of the investment in the Note. Investor understands that the Note has not been registered under the Securities Act by reason of its issuance in a transaction exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. Investor covenants that in no event will it dispose of the Note other than in compliance with the applicable securities regulation laws of any state, and other than (i) in conjunction with an effective registration statement for the Note under the Securities Act or pursuant to an exemption therefrom; (ii) in compliance with Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act; or (iii) to an entity affiliated with Investor. Investor has had the opportunity, directly or through its representatives, to ask questions of and receive answers from Persons acting on behalf of the Company concerning the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 


 

     8.  Covenants of the Company .
     For purposes of this Section 8, the “Company” shall refer to the Company and each of its subsidiaries. The Company covenants and agrees with Investor that until all principal and accrued interest has been paid in full under the Notes:
          8.1 Financial Covenants .
               8.1.1 Funded Debt to Adjusted EBITDA . Measured as of the end of each calendar quarter, Company shall maintain a ratio of Funded Debt minus Excess Cash to Adjusted EBITDA of not more than 4.0 to 1.0.
               8.1.2 Funded Debt to Recurring Revenue . Measured as of the end of each calendar quarter, Company shall maintain a ratio of Funded Debt minus Excess Cash to Recurring Revenue of not more than .75 to 1.0.
          8.2 Financial Statements, Reports and Certificates . Company shall deliver to Investor all such financial statements, reports and certificates as required as of the date hereof under that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated May 28, 2004, as amended, by and between Company and Senior Lender or under any other loan documents evidencing the Senior Debt.
               8.2.1 Notice of Default . Promptly upon (and in any event within five (5) Business Days after) any of the chief executive officer, chief operating officer, chief financial officer, treasurer or controller of the Company obtaining knowledge of any condition or event which constitutes a default under this Agreement or under any Ancillary Agreement, deliver to Investor an officer’s certificate specifying (i) the nature and period of existence of any such default, (ii) the notice given or action taken by any Person in connection therewith, and (iii) what action the Company has taken, is taking and proposes to take with respect thereto;
               8.2.2 Lawsuits . Prompt (and in any event within five (5) Business Days after becoming aware) written notice of the institution of, any action, suit, proceeding, governmental investigation or arbitration against or affecting the Company or any property of the Company not previously disclosed to Investor, which action, suit, proceeding, governmental investigation or arbitration exposes, or in the case of multiple actions, suits, proceedings, governmental investigations or arbitrations arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances which expose, in the Company’s reasonable judgment, the Company to liability in an amount aggregating $1,500,000 or more.
               8.2.3 Deliveries to the Senior Lender . Simultaneous with delivery to the Senior Lender, all financial or other information and notices (including, without limitation, covenant compliance reports delivered pursuant to the Senior Debt) delivered to the Senior Lender pursuant to the Senior Debt that has not been previously delivered to Investor.
               8.2.4 Default under Senior Credit Agreement . Prompt notice of any default of the Senior Debt. Promptly upon receipt thereof, a copy of any notice of default delivered pursuant to the Senior Debt.

 


 

               8.2.5 Reports to Senior Lender . The Company shall furnish to Investor copies of the all financial statements, records, reports and other documents from time to time provided by the Company to the Senior Lender.
               8.2.6 Other Information . Upon the reasonable request of Investor, the Company will deliver to Investor other information and data, not proprietary in nature (in the good-faith judgment of the Company), pertaining to its business, financial and corporate affairs to the extent that such delivery will not violate any then applicable laws and any agreements of the Company with third persons. The Company with no less than forty-eight (48) hours prior written notice will permit any person designated by Investor in writing, during Company business hours at the expense of Investor, to visit and inspect any of the properties of the Company, including its books of account, and to discuss its affairs, finances, and accounts with the Company’s officers, all at reasonable times and as often as a Investor may reasonably request, and all in a manner consistent with the reasonable security and confidentiality needs of the Company, provided that the Company shall be under no such obligation (i) with respect to information deemed in good faith by the Company to be proprietary or (ii) if the Company’s Board of Directors, with the advice of counsel if so chosen, reasonably believes that the proposed visit, inspection or discussion would violate applicable laws or any contract with third persons.
     All information furnished under this Sections 8.2 shall be kept confidential as required under Section 9.8 of this Agreement.
          8.3 Liability Insurance . The Company will maintain in full force and effect a policy or policies of standard comprehensive general liability insurance underwritten by a U.S. insurance company insuring its properties and business against losses and risks, and in those amounts that are deemed to be reasonably appropriate by the Company’s Board of Directors. The foregoing policies shall include property loss insurance policies, with extended coverage, sufficient in amount to allow the replacement of any of its tangible properties that might be damaged or destroyed by the risks or perils normally covered by those policies.
          8.4 Taxes and Assessments . The Company will pay and discharge, before the same become delinquent and before penalties accrue thereon, all taxes, assessments and governmental charges upon or against the Company, or any of its properties, and all other material liabilities at any time existing, except to the extent and so long as (i) the same are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings in a manner that will not cause any material adverse effect upon the financial condition of the Company, or the loss of any right of redemption from any sale thereunder and (ii) the Company shall have set aside on its books adequate reserves with respect thereto.
          8.5 Maintenance of Corporate Existence . The Company will preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect, its corporate existence, qualification in requisite jurisdictions and rights and privileges necessary or desirable in the normal conduct of its business.
          8.6 Governmental Consents . The Company will obtain all consents, approvals, licenses and permits required by federal, state, local and foreign law to carry on its business.

 


 

          8.7 Further Assurances . The Company will cure promptly any defects in the creation and issuance of the Notes, and in the execution and delivery of this Agreement. The Company, at its expense, will promptly execute and deliver to Investor upon written request all such other and further documents, agreements and instruments in compliance with or pursuant to its covenants and agreements herein, and will make any recordings, file any notices, and obtain any consents as may be reasonably necessary or appropriate in connection therewith.
          8.8 Negative Covenants . The Company agrees that so long as any Note is outstanding, the Company shall not directly or indirectly take any of the actions set out in this Section 8.8 nor permit any of the conditions set out herein to occur without Investor’s prior written consent:
               8.8.1 Merge or consolidate with or into, or permit any subsidiary to merge or consolidate with or into, any other corporation or other entity or entities, other than in the context of the consummation of the OpsTechnology Acquisition;
               8.8.2 Reorganize, dissolve or liquidate the Company, or adopt any plan of reorganization, dissolution or liquidation of the Company;
               8.8.3 Incur, create, assume, reclassify or guarantee any indebtedness which ranks senior or pari passu in right of payment to the Notes, other than the Senior Debt, Permitted Liens, or any liability incurred by Company in connection with any acquisition by Company of other entities;
               8.8.4 Amend the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws or any other governing document other than in connection with a Qualified Public Offering;
               8.8.5 Effect any material change in the nature of the business of the Company, or apply the assets of the Company other than for the conduct of the business of the Company, as such business is conducted and proposed to be conducted, other than in the context of the consummation of the StarFire Spinoff;
               8.8.6 Sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its assets outside the ordinary course of business, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its intellectual property other than in the ordinary course of business, other than in the context of the consummation of the StarFire Spin-off;
               8.8.7 Make any loan, extension of credit or capital contribution to, or purchase any equity, bonds, notes, debentures or other securities of, or any other investment in, any other entity, other than in the context of the consummation of the StarFire Spin-off;
               8.8.8 Other than for subsidiaries owned as of each Closing, and other than in context of the consummation of the OpsTechnology Acquisition, acquire, own or create any subsidiary of the Company or take any action through a subsidiary that is prohibited under this Section 8.8;

 


 

               8.8.9 Other than in the context of the consummation of the StarFire Spin-off; declare or pay any distributions payable in cash or other property or make or authorize any other distribution, directly or indirectly, on any class of the Company’s equity or redeem or purchase any of the securities of the Company, other than the Notes;
               8.8.10 Redeem any shares or other equity of the Company; or
               8.8.11 File for bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency or other similar proceedings, or enter into any assignment for the benefit of creditors or similar transaction.
          8.9 Waiver . Any violation of an affirmative or negative covenant of the Company may be waived prospectively or retrospectively in a given instance with the written consent of Investor, but such waiver shall operate only with respect to the particular violation specified in the waiver. Each Investor hereby disclaims any intent or purpose to control the Company or to manage its affairs for the benefit of Investor or otherwise.
     9.  Miscellaneous .
          9.1 Indemnification. Company will indemnify, defend and hold harmless Investor and Investor’s members, managers, agents, employees, representatives and affiliates from and against any and all losses, claims (including, without limitation, claims by other persons), damages, deficiencies, liabilities, demands, suits, causes of action, settlements, judgments, assessments, costs of investigation and other expenses (including, without limitation, the costs of preparation, attorneys’ fees and expenses, interest and penalties) (“ Losses ”) based on or arising out of or otherwise in respect of (i) any breach or alleged breach or failure or non-fulfillment of any representation, warranty, covenant, undertaking or agreement of Company set forth in this Agreement; and (ii) any and all actions, suits, proceedings, claims, demands, assessments and judgments incident to any of the foregoing.
          9.2 Waivers and Amendments . Any provision of this Agreement may be amended, waived or modified upon the prior written consent of both the Company and Investor.
          9.3 Governing Law . This Agreement and all actions arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the conflicts of law provisions of the State of Delaware or of any other state.
          9.4 Entire Agreement . This Agreement together with the exhibits attached hereto constitutes the full and entire understanding and agreement between the parties with regard to the subjects hereof and thereof.
          9.5 Notices, etc . All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be hand delivered or sent via facsimile, overnight courier service or mailed by certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, addressed or sent (i) if to Investor, at the address furnished by Investor to the Company in writing, or (ii) if to the Company, at the address first shown above, or at such other address as the Company shall have furnished to Investor in writing.

 


 

          9.6 Validity . If any provision of this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement shall be judicially determined to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.
          9.7 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but all of which together shall be deemed to constitute one instrument.
          9.8 Confidentiality . Each party hereto agrees that, except with the prior written permission of the other party or otherwise required by law, it shall at all times keep confidential and not divulge, furnish or make accessible to anyone any confidential information, knowledge or data concerning or relating to the business or financial affairs of the other parties to which such party has been or shall become privy by reason of this Agreement, discussions or negotiations relating to this Agreement, the performance of its obligations hereunder. The provisions of this Section 9.8 shall be in addition to, and not in substitution for, the provisions of any separate nondisclosure agreement executed by the parties hereto with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby. This Section 9.8 does not apply to information that is entirely in the public domain, previously known to the recipient of the information (as evidenced by written, dated business records of such recipient), received lawfully from a third party, or independently developed without access to the Information.
          9.9 Assignment . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, neither this Agreement nor any of the rights, interests or obligations hereunder may be assigned, by operation of law or otherwise, in whole or in part, by the Company, without the prior written consent of Investor. The Company acknowledges that Investor may without restriction, upon notice to the Company, assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement, the Notes, the Security Agreement and any related documents and agreements, including the right to receive payment hereunder.
          9.10 JURY TRIAL WAIVER . INVESTOR AND THE COMPANY ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IS A CONSTITUTIONAL RIGHT, BUT ONE THAT MAY BE WAIVED. AFTER CONSULTING (OR HAVING HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT) WITH COUNSEL OF THEIR CHOICE, KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY, AND FOR THEIR MUTUAL BENEFIT, INVESTOR AND THE COMPANY WAIVE ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION REGARDING THE PERFORMANCE OR ENFORCEMENT OF, OR IN ANY WAY RELATED TO, THIS AGREEMENT.
          9.11 Consequential Damages
     The Company will not be liable for any indirect, special, incidental or consequential damages of any kind (including lost profits or interruption of business) regardless of the form of action, whether in contract, tort (including negligence, strict liability, breach of contract or otherwise) except for actions upon fraud or willful misconduct, even if Investor has been advised of the possibility of such damages; provided however, nothing in this section shall limit Company’s liabilities for Obligations under the Notes.
End of Agreement — signatures appear on next page

 


 

Signature page to
Note Purchase Agreement
between RealPage, Inc. and HV Capital Investors, L.L.C.
dated August 1, 2008
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Note Purchase Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their proper and duly authorized officers as of the date and year first written above.
                 
    COMPANY    
 
               
    RealPage, Inc., a Delaware corporation    
 
               
    By:   /s/ Timothy J. Barker    
             
        Timothy J. Barker    
        Its: Executive Vice President, Chief    
        Financial Officer and Treasurer    
 
               
    INVESTOR    
 
               
    HV Capital Investors. L.L.C., a Michigan    
    limited liability company    
 
               
    By: GWH Management, LLC    
    Its: Manager    
 
               
 
      By:   /s/ Glennon W. Healey
 
   
 
          Glermon W. Healey    
 
          Its: Manager    

 

Exhibit 10.32
Execution Copy
SECURITY AGREEMENT
     THIS SECURITY AGREEMENT (“ Agreement ”), is dated as of August 1, 2008 (this “ Agreement ”), is between RealPage, Inc., a Delaware corporation, located at 4000 International Parkway, Carrollton, TX 75007 (the “ Company ”), and HV Capital Investors, L.L.C., a Michigan limited liability company, located at 7 West Square Lake Road, Suite 122, Bloomfield Hills, Michigan 48302 (the “ Investor ”).
     1.  Purpose . This Agreement is granted by the Company in favor of Investor under the Note Purchase Agreement, dated August 1, 2008, entered into between the Company and Investor (the “ Note Agreement ”), and the Note(s) issued to Investor by the Company under the Secured Promissory Note(s) (as may be amended, restated, modified or replaced from time to time, collectively, the “ Notes ” or individually, a “ Note ”). Under the Note Agreement and the Notes, Investor may loan the Company up to the sum of $10,000,000. The Company has agreed to secure all debt of the Company to Investor in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement. Capitalized terms not defined in this Agreement have the meaning set forth under the Note Agreement. This Agreement is subject to the senior rights of the Senior Lender under the Subordination Agreement.
     2.  Grant of Security Interest . The Company hereby grants to Investor a continuing security interest in the “ Collateral ” described in Section 3 below to secure the payment of the Notes and all other loans and advances from Investor to the Company of any nature whatsoever arising under the Notes or the Note Agreement (including all renewals, modifications and extensions thereof), including, without limitation all interest, costs, expenses, and reasonable attorneys’ fees, which may be made or incurred by Investor in the disbursement, administration, and collection of such amounts, and in the protection, maintenance, and liquidation of the Collateral (collectively, " Liabilities ”). This Agreement shall be and become effective when, and continue in effect, as long as any Liabilities of the Company to Investor are outstanding and unpaid. Other than the Senior Debt or otherwise permitted under the terms of the Senior Debt ,the Company will not, unless in the ordinary course of business or as approved by its Board of Directors, subject to the provisions and covenants set forth in the Note Agreement, sell, assign, transfer, pledge or otherwise dispose of or encumber any Collateral to any third party while this Agreement is in effect without the prior written consent of Investor.
     3.  Collateral . The “ Collateral ” covered by this Agreement is all of personal property of the Company, tangible and intangible, which it now owns or shall hereafter acquire or create, immediately upon the acquisition or creation thereof, and includes, but is not limited to, the following:
3.1 All accounts (including health-care-insurance receivables), chattel paper (including tangible and electronic chattel paper), deposit accounts, documents (including negotiable documents), equipment (including all accessions and additions thereto), general intangibles (including payment intangibles and software), goods

 


 

Execution Copy
(including fixtures), instruments (including promissory notes), inventory (including all goods held for sale or lease or to be furnished under a contract of service, and including returns and repossessions), investment property (including securities and securities entitlements), letter of credit rights, money, and all of Company’s books and records with respect to any of the foregoing, and the computers and equipment containing said books and records; and
3.2 any and all cash proceeds and/or noncash proceeds of any of the foregoing, including, without limitation, insurance proceeds, and all supporting obligations and the security therefor or for any right to payment. All terms above have the meanings given to them in the California Uniform Commercial Code, as amended or supplemented from time to time, including revised Division 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code-Secured Transactions, added by Stats. 1999, c.991 (S.B. 45), Section 35, operative July 1, 2001.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Collateral shall not include any copyrights, patents, trademarks, servicemarks and applications therefor, now owned or hereafter acquired, or any claims for damages by way of any past, present and future infringement of any of the foregoing (collectively, the “ Intellectual Property ”); provided, however, that the Collateral shall include all accounts and general intangibles that consist of rights to payment and proceeds from the sale, licensing or disposition of all or any part, or rights in, the foregoing (the “ Rights to Payment ”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a judicial authority (including a U.S. Bankruptcy Court) holds that a security interest in the underlying Intellectual Property is necessary to have a security interest in the Rights to Payment, then the Collateral shall automatically, and effective as of the Closing, include the Intellectual Property to the extent necessary to permit perfection of Investor’s security interest in the Rights to Payment.
     4.  Perfection of Security Interest . The Company shall execute and deliver to Investor, concurrently with the Company’s execution of this Agreement and at any time or times hereafter at the request of Investor (and pay the cost of filing or recording same in all public offices deemed necessary by Investor), all financing statements, assignments, certificates of title, applications for vehicle titles, affidavits, reports, notices, schedules of accounts, designations of inventory, letters of authority and all other documents that Investor may reasonably request, in form satisfactory to Investor, to perfect and maintain perfected Investor’s security interests in the Collateral. In addition, the Company irrevocably authorizes Investor, its agents, attorneys, and representatives, to file financing statements, and amendments thereto, at the Company’s expense, necessary to establish and maintain Investor’s perfected security interest in the Collateral. In order to fully consummate all of the transactions contemplated hereunder, the Company shall make appropriate entries on its books and records disclosing Investor’s security interests in the Collateral. Upon payment of the Notes, Investor authorizes the Company to file any and all termination statements necessary in the Company’s discretion to terminate Investor’s security interests in the Collateral.
     5.  Warranties . The Company warrants and agrees that while any of the Liabilities remain unperformed and unpaid and except as may occur in the ordinary course of business or be

 


 

Execution Copy
approved by the Company’s Board of Directors, subject to the provisions and covenants set forth in the Note Agreement, (i) other than as a part of the Senior Debt, the Company is the owner of the Collateral free and clear of all liens or security interests and all Chattel Paper constituting Collateral evidences a perfected security interest in the goods covered by it, free from all other liens and security interests other than Permitted Liens, as such Term is defined in the Note Agreement, no financing statement other than that of Investor and for Permitted Liens is on file covering the Collateral or any of it and if Inventory is represented or covered by documents of title, the Company is the owner of the documents, free of all liens and security interest other than Investor’s security interest; (ii) the Company’s exact legal name is as set forth above; (iii) the Company is an organization of the type and organized in the jurisdiction set forth above, (iv) the address of the Company’s principal office is as set forth above, while the addresses of the Company’s other places of business where Collateral is now or may in the future be located, and the Company’s business locations shall not be changed without the prior written consent of Investor, and the Company further warrants that the Collateral, wherever located, is covered by this Agreement; (v) the Collateral will not be used, nor will the Company permit the Collateral to be used, for any unlawful purpose, whatever; (vi) the Company will neither change its name, form of business entity nor address of its principal office without giving written notice thereof to Investor at least thirty (30) days prior to the effective date of such change; and the Company agrees that all documents, instruments and agreements demanded by Investor in response to such change shall be prepared, filed and recorded at the Company’s expense prior to the effective date of such change; (vii) the Company shall at all times maintain the Collateral in first class condition and repair; (viii) the Company will indemnify and hold Investor harmless against claims of any persons or entities not party to this Agreement concerning disputes arising over the Collateral; and (ix) the Collateral is or will be located at the addresses set forth in Exhibit A.
     6.  Covenants Concerning the Company’s Legal Status . The Company covenants with Investor as follows: (i) without providing at least thirty (30) days prior written notice to Investor, the Company will not change its name, its place of business or, if more than one, chief executive office, or its mailing address or organizational identification number if it has one, (ii) if the Company does not have an organizational identification number and later obtains one, the Company shall forthwith notify Investor of such organizational identification number, and (iii) the Company will not change its type of organization, jurisdiction of organization or other legal structure.
     7.  Insurance, Taxes, Etc . The Company shall, subject to the terms of the Note Agreement, (i) pay all taxes, levies, assessments, judgments and charges of any kind upon or relating to the Collateral, to the Company’s business, and to the Company’s ownership or use of any of its assets, income or gross receipts; (ii) at its own expense, keep and maintain all of the Collateral fully insured against loss or damage by fire, theft, explosion and other risks in such amounts, with such companies, under such policies and in such form as shall be recommended by the Company’s Board of Directors which policies shall expressly provide that loss thereunder shall be payable to Investor as its interest may appear (and Investor shall have a security interest in the proceeds of such insurance and may apply any such proceeds which may be received by it toward payment of the Liabilities, whether or not due, in such order of application as Investor may reasonably determine); (iii) maintain at its own expense public liability and property damage insurance in such amounts

 


 

Execution Copy
with such companies, under such policies and in such form as shall be recommended by the Company’s Board of Directors; and, upon Investor’s request, shall furnish Investor with such policies and evidence of payment of premiums thereon. If the Company at any time hereafter should fail to obtain or maintain any of the policies required above or pay any premium in whole or in part relating thereto, or shall fail to pay any such tax, assessment, levy, or charge or to discharge any such lien or encumbrance, then Investor, without waiving or releasing any obligation or default of the Company hereunder, may at any time hereafter (but shall be under no obligation to do so) make such payment or obtain such discharge or obtain and maintain such policies of insurance and pay such premiums, and take such action with respect thereto as Investor reasonably deems advisable. All sums so disbursed by Investor, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, court costs, expenses, and other charges relating thereto, shall be part of the Company’s Liabilities, secured hereby, and payable on demand.
     8.  Sale, Collections, Etc .
          8.1 Until the occurrence of an Event of Default (as that term is defined below), Investor authorizes and permits the Company to collect Accounts from Account debtors. Subject to the Subordination Agreement, this privilege may be terminated by Investor at any time upon the occurrence of a Default as set forth in this Agreement, and Investor thereupon shall be entitled to and have all of the ownership, title, rights, securities and guarantees of the Company in respect thereto, and in respect to the property evidenced thereby, including the right of stoppage in transit, and Investor may notify any Account debtor of the assignment of Accounts and collect the same; thereafter the Company will receive all payments on Account as agent of and for Investor and will transmit to Investor, on the day of receipt thereof, all original checks, drafts, acceptances, notes and other evidence of payment received in payment of or on account of Accounts, including all cash monies, similarly received by the Company. Subject to the Subordination Agreement, until such delivery, the Company shall keep all such remittances separate and apart from the Company’s own funds, capable of identification as the property of Investor, and shall hold the same in trust for Investor.
          8.2 Until the occurrence of an Event of Default and until such time as Investor shall notify the Company of the revocation of such power and authority the Company may (i) only in the ordinary course of its business, at its own expense, sell, lease or furnish under contracts of service any of the Inventory normally held by the Company for such purpose; (ii) use and consume any raw materials, work in process or materials, the use and consumption of which is necessary in order to carry on the Company’s business; and the Company shall, at its own expense, endeavor to collect, as and when due all amounts due with respect to any of the Collateral, including the taking of such action with respect to such collection as Investor may reasonably request or, in the absence of such request, as the Company may deem advisable. A sale in the ordinary course of business does not include a transfer in partial or total satisfaction of a debt.
     9.  Waiver . The Company waives all defenses and setoffs which could hinder or reduce the obligations of the Company under this Agreement. In addition, except as expressly prohibited by law, the Company waives any right it has to require Investor to give notice of the details of any

 


 

Execution Copy
public or private sale of personal property security held from the Company or pursue any remedy available to Investor.
     10.  Information . Subject to the terms of the Note Agreement, the Company shall permit Investor or its agents upon reasonable prior written notice, during business hours to have access to and to inspect all the Collateral and may from time to time verify Accounts and Chattel Paper, inspect, check, make copies of or extracts from the books, records and files of the Company, and the Company will make same available at any time for such purposes. In addition, subject to the terms of the Note Agreement, the Company shall promptly supply Investor with financial and such other information concerning its affairs and assets as Investor may reasonably request from time to time.
     11.  Event of Default .
          11.1 An Event of Default shall exist as and when provided under a Note.
          11.2 An Event of Default shall exist if Company permits the inclusion in any contract to which it or a subsidiary becomes a party of any provisions that could restrict or invalidate the creation of a security interest in any of the Collateral.
          11.3 An Event of Default shall exist if Company permits Liens, other than Permitted Liens, as such terms are defined in the Note Agreement, on any of its Collateral, including without limit the Intellectual Property.
          11.4 Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, the Notes and all other Liabilities may (notwithstanding any provisions thereof) at the option of Investor and without demand or notice of any kind, be declared, and thereupon immediately shall become due and payable, and subject to the Subordination Agreement Investor may exercise from time to time any rights and remedies, including the right to immediate possession of the Collateral, available to it under applicable law. Subject to the Subordination Agreement, the Company agrees, in case of an Event of Default, to assemble, at its expense, all the Collateral at a convenient place acceptable to Investor and to pay all costs of Investor of collection of the Notes and all other Liabilities, and enforcement of rights hereunder, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and legal expenses, including participation in bankruptcy proceedings, and expense of locating the Collateral and expenses of any repairs to any realty or other property to which any of the Collateral may be affixed or be a part. If any notification of intended disposition of any of the Collateral is required by law, such notification, if mailed, shall be deemed reasonably and properly given if sent at least seven days before such disposition, postage prepaid, addressed to the undersigned either at the address shown below, or at any other address of the undersigned appearing on the records of Investor.
          11.5 SUBJECT TO THE SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT, THE COMPANY AGREES THAT INVESTOR SHALL, IN THE EVENT OF ANY DEFAULT, HAVE THE RIGHT TO PEACEFULLY TAKE POSSESSION ANY OF THE COLLATERAL. THE COMPANY WAIVES ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE, IN SUCH INSTANCE, TO A JUDICIAL HEARING PRIOR TO SUCH RETAKING.

 


 

Execution Copy
      12. General . Time shall be deemed of the very essence of this Agreement. Except as otherwise defined in this Agreement, all terms in this Agreement shall have the meanings provided by Delaware Code Title 6, Articles 1-11, as amended, revised or replaced by any successor laws hereafter enacted (the “ Delaware Uniform Commercial Code ”). Investor shall be deemed to have exercised reasonable care in the custody and preservation of any Collateral in its possession if it takes such action for that purpose as the Company requests in writing, but failure of Investor to comply with any such request shall not of itself be deemed a failure to exercise reasonable care, and failure of Investor to preserve or protect any rights with respect to such Collateral against any prior parties or to do any act with respect to the preservation of such Collateral not so requested by the Company shall not be deemed a failure to exercise reasonable care in the custody and preservation of such Collateral. Any delay on the part of Investor in exercising any power, privilege or right hereunder, or under any other instrument executed by the Company to Investor in connection herewith shall not operate as a waiver thereof, and no single or partial exercise thereof, or the exercise of any other power, privilege or right shall preclude other or further exercise thereof, or the exercise of any other power, privilege or right. The waiver by Investor of any Event of Default by the Company shall not constitute a waiver of any subsequent Events of Default, but shall be restricted to the Event of Default so waived. All rights, remedies and powers of Investor hereunder are irrevocable and cumulative, and not alternative or exclusive, and shall be in addition to all rights, remedies and powers given hereunder or in or by any other instruments or by the Delaware Uniform Commercial Code, or any laws now existing or hereafter enacted.
     This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without giving effect to any applicable principles of conflicts of laws. Whenever possible each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement shall be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such provision shall be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Agreement. The rights and privileges of Investor hereunder shall inure to the benefit of its successors and assigns and this Agreement shall be binding on all heirs, executors, administrators, assigns and successors of the Company.
     All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be hand delivered or sent via receipted facsimile, overnight courier service or mailed by certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, addressed or sent (i) if to Investor, at the address furnished by Investor to the Company in writing, or (ii) if to the Company, at the address first shown above or facsimile number (972) 820 3932, or at such other address as the Company shall have furnished to Investor in writing.
     This Agreement constitutes the entire understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior written and oral communications or understandings. This Agreement may be amended or supplemented only by a writing signed on behalf of both parties. The Company acknowledges receipt of a true and complete copy of this Agreement. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

 


 

Execution Copy
     INVESTOR AND THE COMPANY ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IS A CONSTITUTIONAL RIGHT, BUT ONE THAT MAY BE WAIVED. AFTER CONSULTING (OR HAVING HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT) WITH COUNSEL OF THEIR CHOICE, KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY, AND FOR THEIR MUTUAL BENEFIT, INVESTOR AND THE COMPANY WAIVE ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION REGARDING THE PERFORMANCE OR ENFORCEMENT OF, OR IN ANY WAY RELATED TO, THIS AGREEMENT.
* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *

 


 

Execution Copy
     The parties have executed this Security Agreement between RealPage, Inc. and HV Capital Investors, L.L.C. as of the date first written above.
               
COMPANY:   INVESTOR:
 
           
RealPage, Inc., a Delaware corporation   HV Capital Investors. L.L.C., a Michigan
limited liability company
 
           
By:
/s/ Timothy J. Barker   By: GWH Management, LLC
 
 
Timothy J. Barker
   Its: Manager
 
Its: Executive Vice President        
 
Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer        
 
           
 
      By: /s/ Glennon Healey
 
           
 
        Glennon W. Healey
 
        Its: Manager

 


 

Execution Copy
Exhibit A
Collateral Locations
     
1.
  600 Blair Park Road, Suite #270
 
  Williston, VT 05495
 
   
2.
  4000 International Parkway
 
  Carrollton, TX 75007
 
   
3.
  4120 International Parkway, Suite 1000
 
  Carrollton, Texas 75007
 
   
4.
  36 Discovery, Irvine, CA
 
  Irvine, CA 92618
 
   
5.
  Laxmi Cyber City, 2nd Floor
 
  Hi-tech City, Kondapur
 
  Hyderabad, India
 
   
6.
  Two Live Oak Center
 
  3445 Peachtree Rd NE, Suite 1400
 
  Atlanta, GA 30326
 
   
7.
  In addition, certain computers and telecommunications equipment will be in the possession of certain employees at sites in states other than those listed above.

 


 

(GRAPHIC)

 


 

EXHIBIT A
The “ Collateral ” covered by this Financing Statement is all of personal property of the Debtor, tangible and intangible, which it now owns or shall hereafter acquire or create, immediately upon the acquisition or creation thereof, and includes, but is not limited to, the following:
     1.1 All accounts (including health-care-insurance receivables), chattel paper (including tangible and electronic chattel paper), deposit accounts, documents (including negotiable documents), equipment (including all accessions and additions thereto), general Intangibles (including payment intangibles and software), goods (including fixtures), instruments (including promissory notes), Inventory (including all goods held for sale or lease or to be furnished under a contract of service, and including returns and repossessions), investment property (including securities and securities entitlements), letter of credit rights, money, and all of Debtor’s books and records with respect to any of the foregoing, and the computers and equipment containing said books and records; and
     1.2 any and all cash proceeds and/or noncash proceeds of any of the foregoing, Including, without limitation, Insurance proceeds, and all supporting obligations and the security therefor or for any right to payment. All terms above have the meanings given to them in the California Uniform Commercial Code, as amended or supplemented from time to time, including revised Division 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code-Secured Transactions, added by Stats. 1999, c.991 (S.B. 45), Section 35, operative July 1, 2001.
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Collateral shall not include any copyrights, patents, trademarks, servicemarks and applications therefor, now owned or hereafter acquired, or any claims for damages by way of any past, present and future Infringement of any of the foregoing (collectively, the “ Intellectual Property ”); provided, however, that the Collateral shall include all accounts and general intangibles that consist of rights to payment and proceeds from the sale, licensing or disposition of all or any part, or rights in, the foregoing (the “ Rights to Payment ”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a judicial authority (including a U.S. Bankruptcy Court) holds that a security interest in the underlying Intellectual Property is necessary to have a security interest in the Rights to Payment, then the Collateral shall automatically, and effective as of the Closing, include the Intellectual Property to the extent necessary to permit perfection of Secured Party’s security interest in the Rights to Payment.

 

Exhibit 10.33
Execution Copy
SECURED PROMISSORY NOTE
THIS NOTE AND THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THEY MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OFFERED FOR SALE IN THE ABSENCE OF AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT AS TO THE SECURITIES UNDER SAID ACT OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.
This Secured Promissory Note is subject to that certain Subordination Agreement dated August 1, 2008 between Comerica Bank and Investor.
     
SECURED PROMISSORY NOTE    
US $5,000,000   Date as of            , 2008
     FOR VALUE RECEIVED, RealPage, Inc., a Delaware corporation located at 4000 International Parkway, Carrollton, TX 75007 (the “ Company ”), promise to pay to the order of HV Capital Investors, L.L.C., a Michigan limited liability company located at 7 West Square Lake Road, Suite 122, Bloomfield Hills, Michigan 48302 (“ Investor ”) or its assigns, the principal sum of Five Million US Dollars ($5,000,000) or such lesser amount as shall then equal the outstanding principal amount hereof, together with interest on the unpaid principal balance at a rate of Thirteen and three-quarters percent (13.75%) per annum, from the date of this Secured Promissory Note (the “ Note ”) through the date that all principal and accrued interest under this Note is paid in full; provided, however, that interest shall be increased to sixteen and one-quarter percent (16.25%) per annum from the occurrence of any Event of Default (defined below) through the date that all Events of Default has been fully cured or waived by Investor.
     This Note is issued under the Note Purchase Agreement, dated August 1, 2008, entered into between the Company and Investor (the “ Note Agreement ”). All capitalized terms not defined in this Note have the meaning set forth under the Note Agreement.
This Note shall be paid as follows:
     (i) Quarterly interest payments paid in arrears on the last day of each calendar quarter (March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31), calculated on a pro rata basis for the period from the date of this Note through September 30, 2008; and
     (ii) All principal, accrued interest, and expenses due hereunder (“ Obligations ”) shall be paid in full on or before August 1, 2013.

 


 

     All Obligations are secured by the Security Agreement and the holder hereof is entitled to the benefits thereof.
     All agreements between the Company and Investor pertaining to the indebtedness under this Note are expressly limited so that in no event whatsoever shall the amount of interest paid or agreed to be paid to Investor exceed the highest rate of interest permissible under applicable law.
If, from any circumstances whatsoever, fulfillment of any provision of this Note or any other instrument securing this Note or all or any part of such indebtedness, at the time performance of such provision shall be due, shall involve exceeding the interest limitation validly prescribed by law which a court of competent jurisdiction may deem applicable hereto, then the obligation to be fulfilled shall be reduced to an amount computed at the highest rate of interest permissible under such applicable law, and if, for any reason whatsoever, Investor shall ever receive as interest an amount which would be deemed unlawful under such applicable law, such interest shall be automatically applied to the payment of the principal amount described herein or otherwise owed by the Company to Investor (whether or not then due and payable), and not to the payment of interest. The Company and Investor agree that the amount of any prepayment fees or penalties under this Note is not intended by the parties to constitute interest.
     The following is a statement of the rights of Investor and the conditions to which this Note is subject, and to which the holder hereof, by the acceptance of this Note, agrees:
      1. Events of Default . The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute an “ Event of Default ” under this Note:
          (a) Failure to Pay . The Company shall fail to pay when due any principal, interest or other payment hereunder within five (5) business days after the due date hereunder;
          (b) Breach . Any representation of the Company under the Note Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement shall be untrue as of the date made, or the Company shall breach any covenant or warranty in any of such agreements, and any breach remains uncured for fifteen (15) business days following the date that written notice of such breach is delivered by Investor to the Company;
          (c) Cross Default . The Senior Lender declares a default under the Senior Debt and all applicable notice and cure provisions have expired;
          (d) Voluntary Bankruptcy or Insolvency Proceedings . The Company shall (i) apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver, trustee, liquidator or custodian of itself or of all or a substantial part of its property, (ii) be unable, or admit in writing its inability, to pay its debts generally as they mature, (iii) make a general assignment for the benefit of itself or any of its creditors, (iv) be dissolved or liquidated in full or in part, (v) become insolvent (as such term may be defined or interpreted under any applicable statute), (vi) commence a voluntary case or other proceeding seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief with respect to itself or its debts under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect or consent to any such relief or to the appointment of or taking possession of its property by any official in an involuntary

 


 

case or other proceeding commenced against it, or (vii) take any action for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing; or
          (e) Involuntary Bankruptcy or Insolvency Proceedings . Proceedings for the appointment of a receiver, trustee, liquidator or custodian of the Company or of all or a substantial part of the property thereof, or an involuntary case or other proceedings seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief with respect to the Company or the debts thereof under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law or hereafter in effect shall be commenced and an order for relief entered or such proceeding shall not be dismissed or discharged within ninety (90) days of commencement.
          (f) Financial Covenants . If the Investor determines, upon written notice to the Company, that the Company has breached one or more of the financial covenants set forth in Section 8.1 of the Note Agreement.
      2. Rights of Investor Upon Default . Upon the occurrence or existence of any Event of Default and at any time thereafter during the continuance of such Event of Default, Investor may declare all outstanding Obligations payable by the Company to be immediately due and payable without presentment, demand, protest or any other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived. In addition to the foregoing remedies, upon the occurrence or existence of any Event of Default, Investor may exercise any other right, power or remedy granted to it or otherwise permitted to it by law or under any other agreement including, without limitation, the Security Agreement, either by suit in equity or by action at law, or both.
      3. Prepayment . The Company may prepay this Note at anytime provided that all principal and accrued interest under this Note is paid in full at the time of such prepayment, plus an amount equal to the outstanding principal of this Note multiplied by the percentage stated in the following table:
         
Prepayment Date   Multiplier  
On or prior to July 31, 2009
    4 %
After July 31, 2009, but on or prior to July 31, 2010
    3 %
After July 31, 2010, but on or prior to July 31, 2011
    2 %
After July 31, 2011, but on or prior to July 31, 2012
    1 %
Thereafter
    0 %
     provided, however, if such prepayment (a) occurs on or prior to July 31, 2009, and (b) is in conjunction with of a Qualified Public Offering, the multiplier shall be 3%.

 


 

      4. Successors and Assigns . The rights and obligations of the Company and the holder of this Note shall be binding upon and benefit the successors, assigns, heirs, administrators and transferees of the parties.
      5. Waiver and Amendment . Any provision of this Note may be amended, waived or modified upon the written consent of the Company and Investor.
      6. Assignment . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, neither this Note nor any of the rights, interests or obligations hereunder may be assigned, by operation of law or otherwise, in whole or in part, by the Company, without the prior written consent of Investor. The Company acknowledges that Investor may without restriction, upon written notice to the Company, assign its rights and obligations under this Note, the Note Agreement, the Security Agreement and any related documents and agreements, including the right to receive payment hereunder.
      7. Notices . All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be hand delivered or sent via facsimile, overnight courier service or mailed by certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, addressed or sent (i) if to Investor, at the address furnished by Investor to the Company in writing, or (ii) if to the Company, at the address first shown above, Attn: General Counsel, or at such other address as the Company shall have furnished to Investor in writing.
      8. Payment . Payment shall be made in lawful tender of the United States.
      9. Expenses; Waivers . If action is instituted to collect this Note, the Company shall pay all costs and expenses, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs, incurred in connection with such action. The Company hereby waives notice of default, presentment or demand for payment, protest or notice of nonpayment or dishonor and all other notices or demands relative to this Note.
      10. Governing Law . This Note and all actions arising out of or in connection with this Note shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the conflicts of law provisions of the State of Delaware or of any other state.
      11. JURY TRIAL WAIVER . INVESTOR, THE COMPANY ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IS A CONSTITUTIONAL RIGHT, BUT ONE THAT MAY BE WAIVED. AFTER CONSULTING (OR HAVING HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT) WITH COUNSEL OF THEIR CHOICE, KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY, AND FOR THEIR MUTUAL BENEFIT, INVESTOR AND THE COMPANY WAIVE ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION REGARDING THE PERFORMANCE OR ENFORCEMENT OF, OR IN ANY WAY RELATED TO, THIS NOTE.

 


 

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Company has caused this Note to be issued on           , 2008.
COMPANY
RealPage, Inc., a Delaware corporation
         
   
By:      
  Timothy J. Barker   
  Its: Executive Vice President,
      Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer 
 

 

Exhibit 10.34
FIRST AMENDMENT TO NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT
          This First Amendment to Note Purchase Agreement dated as of January 20 , 2009 and effective as of December 31, 2008 (this “ Amendment ”), is entered into by and between RealPage, Inc., a Delaware corporation located at 4000 International Parkway, Carrollton, TX 75007 (the “ Company ”), and HV Capital Investors, L.L.C., a Michigan limited liability company located at 7 West Square Lake Road, Suite 122, Bloomfield Hills, Michigan 48302 (“ Investor ”). All capitalized terms not defined in this Amendment have the meaning set forth under the Note Purchase Agreement dated August 1, 2008 between the parties to this Amendment (the “ Note Purchase Agreement ”).
          1. Purpose . Pursuant to the Note Purchase Agreement, the Company issued the Note to Investor and entered into the Ancillary Agreements with Investor. The Company and Investor have entered into this Amendment to amend certain terms and conditions of the Note Purchase Agreement as set forth in this Amendment.
          2.  Amendment .
  2.1   Negative Covenants .
  2.1.1   The following shall be added as Section 8.8.12 of the Note Purchase Agreement:
 
      “8.8.12 So long as any Subordinated Promissory Notes of the Company dated December 31, 2008 (the “ Subordinated Notes ”) remain outstanding, the Company may make any Quarterly Payments or Additional Payments (each as defined in the Subordinated Notes) or any other payments otherwise permitted thereunder (“ Subordinated Note Payments ”) only if, both before and after giving pro forma effect to any such Subordinated Note Payment, the Company: (i) is not in default under this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement; (ii) maintains (measured as of the end of the most recent month) a ratio of Funded Debt minus Excess Cash to EBITDA of not more than 3.0 to 1.0. For purposes of this Section 8.8.12(ii), “ EBITDA ” shall mean net income, plus interest expense, plus Income Taxes (hereinafter defined), plus depreciation, plus amortization, plus stock based compensation, plus non cash non recurring expenses for purchase accounting adjustment for deferred revenue, plus non cash non recurring expenses for an impairment charge on an asset, measured on an annualized trailing twelve (12) month basis; (iii) is in compliance with the terms of the loan agreement, as may be amended, with the Senior Lender; and (iv) the Average Cash Balance must be at least Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000) prior to making any payment under the Subordinated Notes. “ Average Cash Balance ” means the three (3) month average of cash as shown on the monthly balance

 


 

      sheet required to be delivered to Investor. For purposes of this Subsection 8.8.12 only, Funded Debt shall not include the outstanding amount due by the Company under the Subordinated Notes.”
 
  2.1.2   The following shall be added as Section 8.8.13 of the Note Purchase Agreement:
 
      “8.8.13 Subordinated Debt Payment may only be made if the amount of such Subordinated Debt Payment, plus the sum of all other Subordinated Debt Payments made on or after October 1, 2008, would not exceed Cumulative Net Cash Flow plus One Million Dollars ($1,000,000). “ Cumulative Net Cash Flow ” means EBITDA, less interest expense, less Capital Expenditures, less payment under any Funded Debt, less payments under Purchase Obligations, less Income Taxes paid, measured on a cumulative basis for the period beginning on October 1, 2008 and ending on the last day of the month before the date of any proposed Subordinated Note Payment. “ Capital Expenditures ” shall mean any amounts paid in respect of any purchase or other acquisition for value of fixed or capital assets; provided that in no event shall Capital Expenditures include amounts expended in respect of normal repair and maintenance of plant facilities, machinery, fixtures and other like capital assets utilized in the ordinary conduct of business (to the extent such amounts would not be capitalized in preparing a balance sheet determined in accordance with GAAP). “ Purchase Obligations ” means any future payments that are due to previous owners of companies acquired by the Company, including but not limited to, escrow payments and earn-out payments. “ Income Taxes ” shall mean for any period the aggregate amount of taxes based on the income or profits of the Company for such period, determined in accordance with GAAP.”
      3. Miscellaneous .
     3.1 Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in two or more counterparts (including by facsimile transmission), each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Amendment.
     3.2 Original Agreement . Except to the extent modified by this Amendment, the terms and conditions of the Note Purchase Agreement will remain unchanged and shall continue in full force and effect.
     3.3 Governing Law . This Amendment and all actions arising out of or in connection with this Amendment shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the conflicts of law provisions of the State of Delaware or of any other state.

 


 

Signature page to First Amendment to Note Purchase Agreement
between HV Capital Investors, LLC and RealPage, Inc.
dated December 31, 2008
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this First Amendment to Note Purchase Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their proper and duly authorized officers as of the date and year first written above.
         
  RealPage, Inc.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Timothy J. Barker    
    Name:   Timothy J. Barker   
    Title:   CFO   
 
  HV Capital Investors, L.L.C.

By: GWH Management, LLC
Its: Manager
 
 
  By:   /s/ Glennon Healey    
    Glennon W. Healey   
    Its: Manager   
 

 

Exhibit 10.35
UNSECURED SUBORDINATED PROMISSORY NOTE
     
$   Carrollton, Texas
    December 31, 2008
RIGHTS OF THE HOLDER TO RECEIVE PAYMENT ARE SUBJECT AND SUBORDINATE TO THE PRIOR PAYMENT OF ALL OBLIGATIONS OF THE CORPORATION TO COMERICA BANK, N.A. (“COMERICA”), PURSUANT TO THE TERMS OF A SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT OF EVEN DATE HEREWITH, AS WELL AS BEING SUBORINDATE TO THE PRIOR PAYMENT OF ALL OBLIGATIONS OF THE CORPORATION TO HV CAPITAL INVESTORS, L.L.C., PURSUANT TO THE TERMS HEREOF. THIS SUBORDINATED PROMISSORY NOTE SHALL AT ALL TIMES BE UNSECURED.
     RealPage, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Corporation ”) hereby promises to pay to the order of            (the “ Holder ”), its successors and assigns, in lawful money of the United States of America, the lesser of            dollars ($     ) or the principal balance outstanding under this Subordinated Promissory Note (the “Promissory Note”), together with accrued and unpaid interest thereon, at the rate or rates set forth below, on the dates and in the amounts set forth below, and in any event, on the Maturity Date (as defined below).
     For purposes of this Promissory Note, the “ Maturity Date ” shall mean the earlier of (i) immediately prior to the closing of the Corporation’s initial public offering of its common stock pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, (ii) immediately prior to the consummation of (A) any merger or consolidation of the Corporation into or with another corporation or other similar transaction or series of related transactions in which the Corporation’s stockholders of record (or their affiliates) as constituted immediately prior to such transaction or series of related transactions will not, immediately after such transaction or series of related transactions, beneficially own (as determined pursuant to Rule 13d-3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) at least a majority of the voting power of the surviving or acquiring entity, or (B) the sale of all or substantially all the assets of the Corporation, or (iii) October 1, 2012.
     The unpaid principal amount of this Promissory Note shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to eight percent (8.0%) calculated on the basis of a 365 day year and the actual number of days elapsed. If any interest is determined to be in excess of the then legal maximum rate, then that portion of each interest payment representing an amount in excess of the then legal maximum rate shall be deemed a payment of principal and applied against the principal of the obligations evidenced by this Promissory Note.
     Except as otherwise provided herein, the principal amount of this Promissory Note shall be payable in sixteen (16) consecutive quarterly payments (“ Quarterly Payments ”) and each payment shall be in the amount of $       plus all accrued and unpaid interest thereon. Each payment shall be payable on the first business day of each quarter commencing on January 1, 2009 and continuing until the Maturity Date, at which time all outstanding principal and

 


 

accrued and unpaid interest shall be due and payable in full. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any or all of the quarterly payments described in this paragraph may be deferred at the sole and absolute discretion of the Board of Directors of the Corporation. Any quarterly payment so deferred shall be due and payable on the Maturity Date.
     The foregoing notwithstanding, in the event that this Note has not been paid in full and the Corporation fails to close the initial public offering of its common stock pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, on or before September 30, 2009, then the Corporation shall be obligated to pay to the Holder, in addition to the unpaid principal and interest otherwise payable hereunder, an amount equal to $           (“ Additional Payment ”), which Additional Payment shall not bear interest and shall be due and payable upon the Maturity Date.
     The indebtedness of the Corporation evidenced by this Promissory Note, including the principal, interest and Additional Payment (collectively, “ Subordinated Debt ”) shall be fully subordinated and junior in all respects, including the right of payment to its obligations to HV Capital Investors, L.L.C. or its assignee (“ Senior Lender ”), whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, joint or several, secured or unsecured, due or to become due, now existing or later arising and whatever the amount and however evidenced in connection with the collateral of the Corporation (the “ Senior Obligations ”). OTHER THAN FOR QUARTERLY PAYMENTS AND ADDITIONAL PAYMENTS, WHICH THE CORPORATION MAY MAKE SUBJECT SO LONG AS AN EVENT OF DEFAULT DOES NOT EXIST UNDER THE SENIOR OBLIGATIONS (INCLUDING ANY DOCUMENTS EVIDENCING SUCH SENIOR OBLIGATIONS) OR ANY OBLIGATIONS OF THE CORPORATION TO COMERICA OR WOULD NOT EXIST AFTER GIVING EFFECT TO SUCH PAYMENTS, UNTIL THE IRREVOCABLE PAYMENT AND PERFORMANCE OF THE SENIOR OBLIGATIONS, NO PAYMENTS MAY BE MADE OF THE PRINCIPAL OF, OR INTEREST ON, THIS PROMISSORY NOTE. In the event of any insolvency, receivership, conservatorship, reorganization, readjustment of debt, marshaling of assets and liabilities or similar proceedings or any liquidation or winding up of or relating to the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, all such obligations to Senior Lender shall be entitled to be paid in full before any payment shall be made on account of the principal or interest or Additional Payment, on the Promissory Note. The indebtedness of the Corporation evidenced by this Promissory Note is not, and shall not be, a secured obligation of the Corporation or otherwise evidenced by any security agreement between the Corporation and the Holder.
     Except for payment of the Quarterly Payments and Additional Payments in accordance herewith, Holder will not ask for, demand, sue for, take, receive or retain from the Corporation, and the Corporation shall not pay, by setoff or in any other manner, payment of all or any part of the indebtedness owing under this Promissory Note.
      SO LONG AS ANY OF THE SENIOR OBLIGATIONS REMAIN UNPAID, UPON THE OCCURRENCE OF AN EVENT OF DEFAULT UNDER THE SENIOR OBLIGATIONS (INCLUDING ANY DOCUMENTS EVIDENCING THE SENIOR OBLIGATIONS) OR ANY OBLIGATIONS OF THE CORPORATION TO COMERICA, IN EACH CASE EITHER BEFORE OR AFTER GIVING AFFECT TO ANY QUARTERLY PAYMENTS OR ADDITIONAL PAYMENTS DUE HEREUNDER

 


 

(EACH A “BLOCKAGE DEFAULT”), HOLDER MAY NOT ASK FOR, DEMAND, SUE FOR, TAKE, RECEIVE OR RETAIN FROM THE CORPORATION, AND THE CORPORATION SHALL NOT PAY, BY SETOFF OR IN ANY OTHER MANNER, ANY QUARTERLY PAYMENTS OR ADDITIONAL PAYMENTS UNTIL SUCH TIME AS HOLDER AND THE CORPORATION HAVE RECEIVED WRITTEN NOTICE FROM SENIOR LENDER THAT SUCH PAYMENTS MAY AGAIN BE MADE.
     Except as otherwise set forth herein, the Corporation agrees, and Holder by accepting this Promissory Note agrees, that: (A) the obligations evidenced by this Promissory Note are subordinated in right of payment in full of all of the Senior Obligations; (B) the subordination is for the benefit of the Senior Lender and Senior Lender shall be deemed to have acquired the Senior Obligations in reliance upon the covenants and provisions contained in this Promissory Note; (C) except for payment of the Quarterly Payments and Additional Payments that may be made so long as a Blockage Default does not exist, should any payment, distribution or security, or proceeds of such payment, distribution or security (including without limitation, any Quarterly Payments or Additional Payments made to Holder after the occurrence of a Blockage Default), be received by Holder upon or with respect to this Promissory Note prior to the satisfaction in full of the Senior Obligations, Holder shall immediately deliver same to the Senior Lender in the form received (except for endorsement or assignment by Holder where required by the Senior Lender), for application on the Senior Obligations (whether or not then due and in such order of maturity as Senior Lender elects) and, until so delivered, the same shall be held in trust by Holder as the property of the Senior Lender; (D) no revision to any provision of this Promissory Note applicable or relevant to the subordination of this Note to the Senior Obligations shall be made or become effective until approved in writing by the Senior Lender; and (E) Senior Lender shall have no obligation to deliver to Holder any notice of an Event of Default or Blockage Default and failure by Senior Lender to deliver any such notice to Holder shall not affect Holder’s obligation to hold in trust any funds received by Holder from the Corporation after the occurrence of such Event of Default or Blockage Default.
     Upon any distribution (whether cash, securities or other property, by setoff or otherwise) to creditors of the Corporation in a liquidation or dissolution of the Corporation or in bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, receivership or similar proceeding relating to the Corporation or its property: (A) Senior Lender shall be entitled to payment in full of all Senior Obligations with respect to the Senior Lender (including interest after the commencement of any such proceedings at the rates specified for the applicable indebtedness) to the date of payment of the applicable Senior Obligations before Holder shall be entitled to receive any payment of any obligations with respect to this Promissory Note; and (B) until all Senior Obligations are indefeasibly paid in full, any distribution to which Holder would be entitled shall be made to Senior Lender.
     No right of Senior Lender to enforce the subordination of the indebtedness evidenced by this Note shall be impaired by any act or failure to act by the Corporation or by its failure to comply with the terms and conditions of this Promissory Note. Senior Lender shall be deemed a third party beneficiary of this Promissory Note for purposes of enforcing the terms of hereof.

 


 

     This Promissory Note may be prepaid in whole or in part at any time, without premium or penalty.
     In the event that the Corporation shall fail to pay when due any principal or interest on this Promissory Note, then if such payment of principal or interest is not made within 5 days of the due date, then the Holder may declare all obligations (including without limitation, outstanding principal and accrued and unpaid interest thereon) under this Promissory Note to be immediately due and payable without presentment, demand, protest or any other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived.
     This Promissory Note is being delivered in, is intended to be performed in, shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with, and be governed by the internal laws of, the State of Texas, without regard to principles of conflict of laws.
     This Promissory Note may only be amended, modified or terminated by an agreement in writing signed by the party to be charged. This Promissory Note shall be binding upon the heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns of the Corporation and inure to the benefit of the Holder and its permitted successors, endorsees and assigns.
[SIGNATURE PAGE TO FOLLOW]

 


 

         
  REALPAGE, INC.
 
 
  By:      
    Stephen T. Winn   
    Chief Executive Officer   
 

 

Exhibit 10.35A
Schedule of Unsecured Subordinated Promissory Notes Issued December 31, 2008
to Holders of Series A and Series A1 Convertible Preferred Stock
                 
Holder   Principal Amount   Additional Amount
 
               
Advance Capital Partners, L.P.
  $ 780,322.89     $ 72,795.12  
 
               
Advance Capital Offshore Partners, L.P.
  $ 244,724.71     $ 22,829.88  
 
               
Apax Excelsior VI, L.P.
  $ 3,114,312.75     $ 290,530.00  
 
               
Apax Excelsior VI-A, C.V.
  $ 254,395.03     $ 23,732.00  
 
               
Apax Excelsior VI-B, C.V.
  $ 169,475.67     $ 15,810.00  
 
               
Patricof Private Investment Club III, L.P.
  $ 106,423.97     $ 9,928.00  
 
               
Camden Partners Strategic Fund III, L.P.
  $ 105,035.28     $ 9,792.00  
 
               
Camden Partners Strategic Fund III-A, L.P.
  $ 4,376.67     $ 408.00  
 
               
Seren Capital, Ltd.
  $ 3,501,165.28     $ 326,400.00  
 
               
Seren Capital, Ltd.
  $ 1,056,936.62     $ 98,600.00  
 
               

Exhibit 10.36
UNSECURED SUBORDINATED PROMISSORY NOTE
 
$
  Carrollton, Texas
December 31, 2008
RIGHTS OF THE HOLDER TO RECEIVE PAYMENT ARE SUBJECT AND SUBORDINATE TO THE PRIOR PAYMENT OF ALL OBLIGATIONS OF THE CORPORATION TO COMERICA BANK, N.A. (“COMERICA”), PURSUANT TO THE TERMS OF A SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT OF EVEN DATE HEREWITH, AS WELL AS BEING SUBORINDATE TO THE PRIOR PAYMENT OF ALL OBLIGATIONS OF THE CORPORATION TO HV CAPITAL INVESTORS, L.L.C., PURSUANT TO THE TERMS HEREOF. THIS SUBORDINATED PROMISSORY NOTE SHALL AT ALL TIMES BE UNSECURED.
     RealPage, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Corporation ”) hereby promises to pay to the order of            (the “ Holder ”), its successors and assigns, in lawful money of the United States of America, the lesser of            dollars ($     ) or the principal balance outstanding under this Subordinated Promissory Note (the “Promissory Note”), together with accrued and unpaid interest thereon, at the rate or rates set forth below, on the dates and in the amounts set forth below, and in any event, on the Maturity Date (as defined below).
     For purposes of this Promissory Note, the “ Maturity Date ” shall mean the earlier of (i) immediately prior to the closing of the Corporation’s initial public offering of its common stock pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, (ii) immediately prior to the consummation of (A) any merger or consolidation of the Corporation into or with another corporation or other similar transaction or series of related transactions in which the Corporation’s stockholders of record (or their affiliates) as constituted immediately prior to such transaction or series of related transactions will not, immediately after such transaction or series of related transactions, beneficially own (as determined pursuant to Rule 13d-3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) at least a majority of the voting power of the surviving or acquiring entity, or (B) the sale of all or substantially all the assets of the Corporation, or (iii) October 1, 2012.
     The unpaid principal amount of this Promissory Note shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to eight percent (8.0%) calculated on the basis of a 365 day year and the actual number of days elapsed. If any interest is determined to be in excess of the then legal maximum rate, then that portion of each interest payment representing an amount in excess of the then legal maximum rate shall be deemed a payment of principal and applied against the principal of the obligations evidenced by this Promissory Note.
     Except as otherwise provided herein, the principal amount of this Promissory Note shall be payable in sixteen (16) consecutive quarterly payments (“ Quarterly Payments ”) and each payment shall be in the amount of $      plus all accrued and unpaid interest thereon. Each payment shall be payable on the first business day of each quarter commencing on January 1, 2009 and continuing until the Maturity Date, at which time all outstanding principal and

 


 

accrued and unpaid interest shall be due and payable in full. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any or all of the quarterly payments described in this paragraph may be deferred at the sole and absolute discretion of the Board of Directors of the Corporation. Any quarterly payment so deferred shall be due and payable on the Maturity Date.
     The indebtedness of the Corporation evidenced by this Promissory Note, including the principal and interest (collectively, “ Subordinated Debt ”) shall be fully subordinated and junior in all respects, including the right of payment to its obligations to HV Capital Investors, L.L.C. or its assignee (“ Senior Lender ”), whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, joint or several, secured or unsecured, due or to become due, now existing or later arising and whatever the amount and however evidenced in connection with the collateral of the Corporation (the “ Senior Obligations ”). OTHER THAN FOR QUARTERLY PAYMENTS, WHICH THE CORPORATION MAY MAKE SUBJECT SO LONG AS AN EVENT OF DEFAULT DOES NOT EXIST UNDER THE SENIOR OBLIGATIONS (INCLUDING ANY DOCUMENTS EVIDENDING SUCH SENIOR OBLIGATIONS) OR ANY OBLIGAITONS OF THE CORPORATION TO COMERICA OR WOULD NOT EXIST AFTER GIVING EFFECT TO SUCH PAYMENTS, UNTIL THE IRREVOCABLE PAYMENT AND PERFORMANCE OF THE SENIOR OBLIGATIONS, NO PAYMENTS MAY BE MADE OF THE PRINCIPAL OF, OR INTEREST ON, THIS PROMISSORY NOTE. In the event of any insolvency, receivership, conservatorship, reorganization, readjustment of debt, marshaling of assets and liabilities or similar proceedings or any liquidation or winding up of or relating to the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, all such obligations to Senior Lender shall be entitled to be paid in full before any payment shall be made on account of the principal or interest, on the Promissory Note. The indebtedness of the Corporation evidenced by this Promissory Note is not, and shall not be, a secured obligation of the Corporation or otherwise evidenced by any security agreement between the Corporation and the Holder.
     Except for payment of the Quarterly Payments in accordance herewith, Holder will not ask for, demand, sue for, take, receive or retain from the Corporation, and the Corporation shall not pay, by setoff or in any other manner, payment of all or any part of the indebtedness owing under this Promissory Note.
      SO LONG AS ANY OF THE SENIOR OBLIGATIONS REMAIN UNPAID, UPON THE OCCURRENCE OF AN EVENT OF DEFAULT UNDER THE SENIOR OBLIGATIONS (INCLUDING ANY DOCUMENTS EVIDENCING THE SENIOR OBLIGATIONS) OR ANY OBLIGATIONS OF THE CORPORATION TO COMERICA, IN EACH CASE EITHER BEFORE OR AFTER GIVING AFFECT TO ANY QUARTERLY PAYMENTS OR ADDITIONAL PAYMENTS DUE HEREUNDER (EACH A “BLOCKAGE DEFAULT”), HOLDER MAY NOT ASK FOR, DEMAND, SUE FOR, TAKE, RECEIVE OR RETAIN FROM THE CORPORATION, AND THE CORPORATION SHALL NOT PAY, BY SETOFF OR IN ANY OTHER MANNER, ANY QUARTERLY PAYMENTS OR ADDITIONAL PAYMENTS UNTIL SUCH TIME AS HOLDER AND THE CORPORATION HAVE RECEIVED WRITTEN NOTICE FROM SENIOR LENDER THAT SUCH PAYMENTS MAY AGAIN BE MADE.
     Except as otherwise set forth herein, the Corporation agrees, and Holder by accepting this Promissory Note agrees, that: (A) the obligations evidenced by this Promissory

 


 

Note are subordinated in right of payment in full of all of the Senior Obligations; (B) the subordination is for the benefit of the Senior Lender and Senior Lender shall be deemed to have acquired the Senior Obligations in reliance upon the covenants and provisions contained in this Promissory Note; (C) except for payment of the Quarterly Payments that may be made so long as a Blockage Default does not exist, should any payment, distribution or security, or proceeds of such payment, distribution or security (including without limitation, any Quarterly Payments or Additional Payments made to Holder after the occurrence of a Blockage Default), be received by Holder upon or with respect to this Promissory Note prior to the satisfaction in full of the Senior Obligations, Holder shall immediately deliver same to the Senior Lender in the form received (except for endorsement or assignment by Holder where required by the Senior Lender), for application on the Senior Obligations (whether or not then due and in such order of maturity as Senior Lender elects) and, until so delivered, the same shall be held in trust by Holder as the property of the Senior Lender; (D) no revision to any provision of this Promissory Note applicable or relevant to the subordination of this Note to the Senior Obligations shall be made or become effective until approved in writing by the Senior Lender; and (E) Senior Lender shall have no obligation to deliver to Holder any notice of an Event of Default or Blockage Default and failure by Senior Lender to deliver any such notice to Holder shall not affect Holder’s obligation to hold in trust any funds received by Holder from the Corporation after the occurrence of such Event of Default or Blockage Default.
     Upon any distribution (whether cash, securities or other property, by setoff or otherwise) to creditors of the Corporation in a liquidation or dissolution of the Corporation or in bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, receivership or similar proceeding relating to the Corporation or its property: (A) Senior Lender shall be entitled to payment in full of all Senior Obligations with respect to the Senior Lender (including interest after the commencement of any such proceedings at the rates specified for the applicable indebtedness) to the date of payment of the applicable Senior Obligations before Holder shall be entitled to receive any payment of any obligations with respect to this Promissory Note; and (B) until all Senior Obligations are indefeasibly paid in full, any distribution to which Holder would be entitled shall be made to Senior Lender.
     No right of Senior Lender to enforce the subordination of the indebtedness evidenced by this Note shall be impaired by any act or failure to act by the Corporation or by its failure to comply with the terms and conditions of this Promissory Note. Senior Lender shall be deemed a third party beneficiary of this Promissory Note for purposes of enforcing the terms of hereof.
     This Promissory Note may be prepaid in whole or in part at any time, without premium or penalty.
     In the event that the Corporation shall fail to pay when due any principal or interest on this Promissory Note, then if such payment of principal or interest is not made within 5 days of the due date, then the Holder may declare all obligations (including without limitation, outstanding principal and accrued and unpaid interest thereon) under this Promissory Note to be immediately due and payable without presentment, demand, protest or any other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived.

 


 

     This Promissory Note is being delivered in, is intended to be performed in, shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with, and be governed by the internal laws of, the State of Texas, without regard to principles of conflict of laws.
     This Promissory Note may only be amended, modified or terminated by an agreement in writing signed by the party to be charged. This Promissory Note shall be binding upon the heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns of the Corporation and inure to the benefit of the Holder and its permitted successors, endorsees and assigns.
[SIGNATURE PAGE TO FOLLOW]

 


 

         
  REALPAGE, INC.
 
 
  By:      
    Stephen T. Winn   
    Chief Executive Officer   
 

 

Exhibit 10.36A
Schedule of Unsecured Subordinated Promissory Notes Issued December 31, 2008
to Holders of Series B and Series C Convertible Preferred Stock
         
Holder   Principal Amount  
         
Apax Excelsior VI, L.P.
  $ 599,320.75  
         
Apax Excelsior VI-A, C.V.
  $ 48,955.62  
         
Apax Excelsior VI-B, C.V.
  $ 32,613.62  
         
Patricof Private Investment Club III, L.P.
  $ 20,480.37  
         
Camden Partners Strategic Fund III, L.P.
  $ 589,672.59  
         
Camden Partners Strategic Fund III, L.P.
  $ 235,685.19  
         
Camden Partners Strategic Fund III-A, L.P.
  $ 24,506.48  
         
Camden Partners Strategic Fund III-A, L.P.
  $ 9,794.53  

Exhibit 10.37
UNSECURED SUBORDINATED PROMISSORY NOTE
     
$     Carrollton, Texas
    April 23, 2010
RIGHTS OF THE HOLDER TO RECEIVE PAYMENT ARE SUBJECT AND SUBORDINATE TO THE PRIOR PAYMENT OF ALL OBLIGATIONS OF THE CORPORATION TO THE SENIOR SECURED PARTIES, AS DEFINED IN AND PURSUANT TO THE TERMS OF A SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT DATED SEPTEMBER 3, 2009, AMONG THE CORPORATION, THE HOLDER AND THE OTHER CREDITORS (AS DEFINED THEREIN) AND WELLS FARGO FOOTHILL, LLC, AS AGENT FOR THE SENIOR SECURED PARTIES, AS WELL AS BEING SUBORDINATE TO THE PRIOR PAYMENT OF ALL OBLIGATIONS OF THE CORPORATION TO HV CAPITAL INVESTORS, L.L.C., PURSUANT TO THE TERMS HEREOF. THIS SUBORDINATED PROMISSORY NOTE SHALL AT ALL TIMES BE UNSECURED.
     RealPage, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Corporation ”) hereby promises to pay to the order of           (the “ Holder ”), its successors and assigns, in lawful money of the United States of America, the lesser of           ($       ) or the principal balance outstanding under this Subordinated Promissory Note (the “Promissory Note”), together with accrued and unpaid interest thereon, at the rate or rates set forth below, on the dates and in the amounts set forth below, and in any event, on the Maturity Date (as defined below).
     For purposes of this Promissory Note, the “ Maturity Date ” shall mean the earlier of (i) immediately prior to the closing of the Corporation’s initial public offering of its common stock pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, (ii) immediately prior to the consummation of (A) any merger or consolidation of the Corporation into or with another corporation or other similar transaction or series of related transactions in which the Corporation’s stockholders of record (or their affiliates) as constituted immediately prior to such transaction or series of related transactions will not, immediately after such transaction or series of related transactions, beneficially own (as determined pursuant to Rule 13d-3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) at least a majority of the voting power of the surviving or acquiring entity, or (B) the sale of all or substantially all the assets of the Corporation, or (iii) April 1, 2014.
     The unpaid principal amount of this Promissory Note shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to eight percent (8.0%) calculated on the basis of a 365 day year and the actual number of days elapsed. If any interest is determined to be in excess of the then legal maximum rate, then that portion of each interest payment representing an amount in excess of the then legal maximum rate shall be deemed a payment of principal and applied against the principal of the obligations evidenced by this Promissory Note.
     Except as otherwise provided herein, the principal amount of this Promissory Note shall be payable in sixteen (16) consecutive quarterly payments (“ Quarterly Payments ”) and each payment shall be in the amount of           ($       ) plus all accrued and unpaid interest

 


 

thereon. Each payment shall be payable on the first business day of each quarter commencing on July 1, 2010 and continuing until the Maturity Date, at which time all outstanding principal and accrued and unpaid interest shall be due and payable in full. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any or all of the quarterly payments described in this paragraph may be deferred at the sole and absolute discretion of the Board of Directors of the Corporation. Any quarterly payment so deferred shall be due and payable on the Maturity Date.
     The indebtedness of the Corporation evidenced by this Promissory Note, including the principal and interest (collectively, “ Subordinated Debt ”) shall be fully subordinated and junior in all respects, including the right of payment to its obligations to HV Capital Investors, L.L.C. or its assignee (“ Senior Lender ”), whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, joint or several, secured or unsecured, due or to become due, now existing or later arising and whatever the amount and however evidenced in connection with the collateral of the Corporation (the “ Senior Obligations ”). OTHER THAN FOR QUARTERLY PAYMENTS, WHICH THE CORPORATION MAY MAKE SUBJECT SO LONG AS AN EVENT OF DEFAULT DOES NOT EXIST UNDER THE SENIOR OBLIGATIONS (INCLUDING ANY DOCUMENTS EVIDENCING SUCH SENIOR OBLIGATIONS) OR ANY OBLIGATIONS OF THE CORPORATION TO THE SENIOR SECURED PARTIES OR WOULD NOT EXIST AFTER GIVING EFFECT TO SUCH PAYMENTS, UNTIL THE IRREVOCABLE PAYMENT AND PERFORMANCE OF THE SENIOR OBLIGATIONS, NO PAYMENTS MAY BE MADE OF THE PRINCIPAL OF, OR INTEREST ON, THIS PROMISSORY NOTE. In the event of any insolvency, receivership, conservatorship, reorganization, readjustment of debt, marshaling of assets and liabilities or similar proceedings or any liquidation or winding up of or relating to the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, all such obligations to Senior Lender shall be entitled to be paid in full before any payment shall be made on account of the principal or interest, on the Promissory Note. The indebtedness of the Corporation evidenced by this Promissory Note is not, and shall not be, a secured obligation of the Corporation or otherwise evidenced by any security agreement between the Corporation and the Holder.
     Except for payment of the Quarterly Payments in accordance herewith, Holder will not ask for, demand, sue for, take, receive or retain from the Corporation, and the Corporation shall not pay, by setoff or in any other manner, payment of all or any part of the indebtedness owing under this Promissory Note.
      SO LONG AS ANY OF THE SENIOR OBLIGATIONS REMAIN UNPAID, UPON THE OCCURRENCE OF AN EVENT OF DEFAULT UNDER THE SENIOR OBLIGATIONS (INCLUDING ANY DOCUMENTS EVIDENCING THE SENIOR OBLIGATIONS) OR ANY OBLIGATIONS OF THE CORPORATION TO THE SENIOR SECURED PARTIES, IN EACH CASE EITHER BEFORE OR AFTER GIVING AFFECT TO ANY QUARTERLY PAYMENTS DUE HEREUNDER (EACH A “BLOCKAGE DEFAULT”), HOLDER MAY NOT ASK FOR, DEMAND, SUE FOR, TAKE, RECEIVE OR RETAIN FROM THE CORPORATION, AND THE CORPORATION SHALL NOT PAY, BY SETOFF OR IN ANY OTHER MANNER, ANY QUARTERLY PAYMENTS UNTIL SUCH TIME AS HOLDER AND THE CORPORATION HAVE RECEIVED WRITTEN NOTICE FROM SENIOR LENDER THAT SUCH PAYMENTS MAY AGAIN BE MADE.

2


 

     Except as otherwise set forth herein, the Corporation agrees, and Holder by accepting this Promissory Note agrees, that: (A) the obligations evidenced by this Promissory Note are subordinated in right of payment in full of all of the Senior Obligations; (B) the subordination is for the benefit of the Senior Lender and Senior Lender shall be deemed to have acquired the Senior Obligations in reliance upon the covenants and provisions contained in this Promissory Note; (C) except for payment of the Quarterly Payments that may be made so long as a Blockage Default does not exist, should any payment, distribution or security, or proceeds of such payment, distribution or security (including without limitation, any Quarterly Payments or made to Holder after the occurrence of a Blockage Default), be received by Holder upon or with respect to this Promissory Note prior to the satisfaction in full of the Senior Obligations, Holder shall immediately deliver same to the Senior Lender in the form received (except for endorsement or assignment by Holder where required by the Senior Lender), for application on the Senior Obligations (whether or not then due and in such order of maturity as Senior Lender elects) and, until so delivered, the same shall be held in trust by Holder as the property of the Senior Lender; (D) no revision to any provision of this Promissory Note applicable or relevant to the subordination of this Note to the Senior Obligations shall be made or become effective until approved in writing by the Senior Lender; and (E) Senior Lender shall have no obligation to deliver to Holder any notice of an Event of Default or Blockage Default and failure by Senior Lender to deliver any such notice to Holder shall not affect Holder’s obligation to hold in trust any funds received by Holder from the Corporation after the occurrence of such Event of Default or Blockage Default.
     Upon any distribution (whether cash, securities or other property, by setoff or otherwise) to creditors of the Corporation in a liquidation or dissolution of the Corporation or in bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, receivership or similar proceeding relating to the Corporation or its property: (A) Senior Lender shall be entitled to payment in full of all Senior Obligations with respect to the Senior Lender (including interest after the commencement of any such proceedings at the rates specified for the applicable indebtedness) to the date of payment of the applicable Senior Obligations before Holder shall be entitled to receive any payment of any obligations with respect to this Promissory Note; and (B) until all Senior Obligations are indefeasibly paid in full, any distribution to which Holder would be entitled shall be made to Senior Lender.
     No right of Senior Lender to enforce the subordination of the indebtedness evidenced by this Note shall be impaired by any act or failure to act by the Corporation or by its failure to comply with the terms and conditions of this Promissory Note. Senior Lender shall be deemed a third party beneficiary of this Promissory Note for purposes of enforcing the terms of hereof.
     This Promissory Note may be prepaid in whole or in part at any time, without premium or penalty.
     In the event that the Corporation shall fail to pay when due any principal or interest on this Promissory Note, then if such payment of principal or interest is not made within 5 days of the due date, then the Holder may declare all obligations (including without limitation, outstanding principal and accrued and unpaid interest thereon) under this Promissory Note to be

3


 

immediately due and payable without presentment, demand, protest or any other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived.
     This Promissory Note is being delivered in, is intended to be performed in, shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with, and be governed by the internal laws of, the State of Texas, without regard to principles of conflict of laws.
     This Promissory Note may only be amended, modified or terminated by an agreement in writing signed by the party to be charged. This Promissory Note shall be binding upon the heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns of the Corporation and inure to the benefit of the Holder and its permitted successors, endorsees and assigns.
         
  REALPAGE, INC.
 
 
  By:      
    Stephen T. Winn   
    Chief Executive Officer   
 

4

Exhibit 10.37A
Schedule of Unsecured Subordinated Promissory Notes Issued April 23, 2010
to Holders of Series A, Series A1 and Series B Convertible Preferred Stock
         
Holder   Principal Amount  
 
       
Advance Capital Partners, L.P.
  $ 32,198.76  
 
       
Advance Capital Offshore Partners, L.P.
  $ 10,098.12  
 
       
Apax Excelsior VI, L.P.
  $ 128,506.80  
 
       
Apax Excelsior VI-A, C.V.
  $ 10,497.19  
 
       
Apax Excelsior VI-B, C.V.
  $ 6,993.09  
 
       
Patricof Private Investment Club III, L.P.
  $ 4,392.20  
 
       
Camden Partners Strategic Fund III, L.P.
  $ 42,613.75  
 
       
Camden Partners Strategic Fund III, L.P.
  $ 4,261.19  
 
       
Camden Partners Strategic Fund III-A, L.P.
  $ 1,772.41  
 
       
Camden Partners Strategic Fund III-A, L.P.
  $ 178.42  
 
       
Seren Capital, Ltd.
  $ 142,027.72  
 
       
Seren Capital, Ltd.
  $ 43,612.94  
 
       
Stephen T. Winn
  $ 2,959.41  
 
       
Timothy J. Barker
  $ 1,849.50  
 
       
Jeffrey T. Leeds
  $ 649.46  

Exhibit 10.38
REALPAGE, INC.
AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO
UNSECURED SUBORDINATED PROMISSORY NOTES
This Amendment No. 1 to Unsecured Subordinated Promissory Notes, dated as of September ___, 2009 (this “ Amendment ”) by and among RealPage, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”) and the parties listed on the signature pages hereto as Noteholders (the “ Noteholders ”).
RECITALS
          WHEREAS, the Company issued to the Noteholders those certain Unsecured Subordinated Promissory Notes listed on Schedule A hereto (collectively, the “ Notes ” and each, a “ Note ”), each issued as of December 31, 2008, in an aggregate original principal amount of $11,064,391.53. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given such terms in the Notes;
          WHEREAS, the Company is entering into a Credit Agreement, dated on or about the date hereof (the “ Credit Agreement ”), with Wells Fargo Foothill, LLC as Agent, and the lenders party thereto;
          WHEREAS, in connection with the Credit Agreement, each Noteholder has agreed to enter into a Subordination Agreement, dated as of the date hereof (the “ Subordination Agreement ”), with Agent, and to amend the Notes to reference such Subordination Agreement and to extend the maturity date of each Note;
          WHEREAS, pursuant to the terms of the Notes, the Notes may only be amended in an agreement in writing signed by the party to be charged;
          NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and agreements set forth herein and in the Notes, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:
  1.   Amendment.
  a.   The legend in the first paragraph of each Note is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:
 
      “RIGHTS OF THE HOLDER TO RECEIVE PAYMENT ARE SUBJECT AND SUBORDINATE TO THE PRIOR PAYMENT OF ALL OBLIGATIONS OF THE CORPORATION TO THE SENIOR SECURED PARTIES, AS DEFINED IN AND PURSUANT TO THE TERMS OF A SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT OF EVEN DATE HEREWITH, AMONG THE CORPORATION, THE HOLDER AND THE OTHER CREDITORS (AS DEFINED THEREIN) AND WELLS FARGO FOOTHILL, LLC, AS AGENT FOR THE SENIOR SECURED PARTIES, AS WELL AS BEING SUBORDINATE TO THE PRIOR PAYMENT OF

 


 

      ALL OBLIGATIONS OF THE CORPORATION TO HV CAPITAL INVESTORS, L.L.C., PURSUANT TO THE TERMS HEREOF. THIS SUBORDINATED PROMISSORY NOTE SHALL AT ALL TIMES BE UNSECURED.
 
  b.   Clause (iii) of the definition of Maturity Date in the third paragraph of each Note is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:
 
      "(iii) October 1, 2013.”
     2.  Effectiveness . This Amendment shall be deemed effective as of the execution and delivery by the Corporation and each Noteholder. Except as amended by this Amendment, the Notes shall remain in full force and effect and shall be otherwise unaffected by this Amendment.
     3.  Governing Law . The laws of the State of Texas shall govern the construction of this Amendment, without regard to principles of conflicts of laws.
     4.  Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
     5.  Titles and Subtitles . The titles and subtitles used in this Amendment are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Amendment.
     6.  Severability . If one or more provisions of this Amendment are held to be unenforceable under applicable law, such provision shall be excluded from this Amendment and the balance of the Amendment shall be interpreted as if such provision were so excluded and shall
[Signature Page Follows]

 


 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amendment has been executed by the parties hereto as of the date first above written.
         
  REALPAGE, INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Timothy J. Barker    
  Name:   Timothy J. Barker   
  Title:   EVP and CFO   
 
Signature Page to Amendment No. 1

 


 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amendment has been executed by the parties hereto as of the date first above written.
             
    NOTEHOLDERS:
 
           
 
           
 
           
    Advance Capital Partners, L.P.
 
           
    By:   Advance Capital Associates, L.P., its General Partner
    By:   Advance Capital Management, LLC
    Title:   its General Partner
 
           
    By:   /s/ Signature Illegible
         
    Principal
     
 
  Attention:       Peter Lyons — CFO
 
           
 
  Telecopy:       212-835-2020
 
           
 
           
 
           
    Advance Capital Offshore Partners, L.P.
 
           
    By:   Advance Capital Offshore Associates, LDC, its General Partner
    By:   Advance Capital Associates, L.P.
         
    Title:   its General Partner
         
    By:   Advance Capital Management, LLC
    its General Partner
 
           
    By:   /s/ Signature Illegible
         
    Principal
     
 
  Attention:       Peter Lyons — CFO
 
           
 
  Telecopy:       212-835-2020
 
           
Signature Page to Amendment No. 1

 


 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amendment has been executed by the parties hereto as of the date first above written.
             
    NOTEHOLDERS:
 
           
 
           
 
           
    Apax Excelsior VI, L.P.
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Christian Stahl   , its General Partner
 
           
    By:   Christian Stahl
         
    Title:   Partner
         
             
 
           
         
 
           
         
 
  Attention:        
         
 
  Telecopy:        
         
             
    Apax Excelsior VI-A. C.V.
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Christian Stahl   , its General Partner
 
           
    By:   Christian Stahl
         
    Title:   Partner
         
             
 
           
         
 
           
         
 
  Attention:        
         
 
  Telecopy:        
         
             
    Apax Excelsior VI-B C.V.
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Christian Stahl   , its General Partner
 
           
    By:   Christian Stahl
         
    Title:   Partner
         
             
 
           
         
 
           
         
 
  Attention:        
         
 
  Telecopy:        
         
Signature Page to Amendment No. 1

 


 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amendment has been executed by the parties hereto as of the date first above written.
             
    NOTEHOLDERS:
 
           
 
           
 
           
    Patricof Private Investment Club III, L.P.
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Christian Stahl   , its General Partner
 
           
    By:   Christian Stahl
         
    Title:   Partner
         
             
 
           
         
 
           
         
 
  Attention:        
         
 
  Telecopy:        
         
Signature Page to Amendment No. 1

 


 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amendment has been executed by the parties hereto as of the date first above written.
             
    NOTEHOLDERS:
 
           
 
           
 
           
    Seren Capital Ltd.
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Stephen T. Winn   , its General Partner
 
           
    By:   Stephen T. Winn
         
    Title:   Sole Manager and President
         
             
 
           
         
 
           
         
 
  Attention:        
         
 
  Telecopy:        
         
Signature Page to Amendment No. 1

 


 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amendment has been executed by the parties hereto as of the date first above written.
             
    NOTEHOLDERS:
 
           
 
           
 
           
    Camden Partners Strategic Fund III, L.P.
 
           
    By: Camden Partners Strategic III, LLC
    Its: General Partner
 
           
    By: Camden Partners Strategic Manager, LLC
    Its: Managing Member
 
           
    By:   /s/ Richard M. Berkeley
         
    Richard M. Berkeley    
    Managing Member   9/1/09
 
           
 
           
    Camden Partners Strategic Fund III-A, L.P.
 
           
    By: Camden Partners Strategic III, LLC
    Its: General Partner
 
           
    By: Camden Partners Strategic Manager, LLC
    Its: Managing Member
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Richard M. Berkeley
 
       
    Richard M. Berkeley    
    Managing Member   9/1/09
Signature Page to Amendment No. 1

 


 

SCHEDULE A
Schedule of Notes
         
Noteholder   Original Principal Amount of Note  
Advanced Capital Offshore Partners, L.P.
  $ 244,724.71  
Advanced Capital Partners, L.P.
  $ 780,322.89  
Apax Excelsior VI, L.P.
  $ 3,114,312.75  
Apax Excelsior VI, L.P.
  $ 599,320.75  
Apax Excelsior VI-A, C.V.
  $ 254,395.03  
Apax Excelsior VI-A, C.V.
  $ 48,955.62  
Apax Excelsior VI-B, C.V.
  $ 169,475.67  
Apax Excelsior VI-B, C.V.
  $ 32,613.62  
Camden Partners Strategic Fund III, L.P.
  $ 105,035.28  
Camden Partners Strategic Fund III, L.P.
  $ 589,672.59  
Camden Partners Strategic Fund III, L.P.
  $ 235,685.19  
Camden Partners Strategic Fund III-A, L.P.
  $ 4,376.67  
Camden Partners Strategic Fund III-A, L.P.
  $ 9,794.53  
Camden Partners Strategic Fund III-A, L.P.
  $ 24,506.48  
Patricof Private Investment Club III, L.P.
  $ 20,480.37  
Patricof Private Investment Club III, L.P.
  $ 106,423.97  
Seren Capital Ltd.
  $ 1,056,936.62  
Seren Capital Ltd.
  $ 3,501,165.28  
 
     
Total
  $ 10,898,198.02  
 
     

 

EXHIBIT 10.39
LEASE AGREEMENT
between
CB PARKWAY BUSINESS CENTER V, LTD.,
a Texas limited partnership
as Landlord
and
REALPAGE, INC., a Texas corporation
as Tenant

 


 

BASIC LEASE INFORMATION
     
Lease Date:
  July 23, 1999
 
   
Tenant:
  RealPage, Inc., a Texas corporation
 
   
Tenant’s Address:
  4000 International Parkway, Suite 1000
Carrollton, Texas 75007
 
   
Tenant’s Contact:
  Stephen T. Winn                                Telephone: 972-250-8202
 
   
Landlord:
  CB Parkway Business Center V, LTD., a Texas limited partnership
 
   
Landlord’s Address:
  2200 Ross Avenue, Suite 4800 West
Dallas, Texas 75201
 
   
Landlord’s Contact:
  Becky Rowland                               Telephone: (214) 754-1751
 
   
Premises:
  Suite No. 1000, in the office building (the “ Building ”) located or to be located on the land described as International Business Park (the “ Park ”) located in the cities of Plano and Carrollton, Collin and Denton Counties, Texas (as delineated on the masterplan attached to the Lease as Exhibit A-1 ), and whose street address is 4000 International Parkway, Carrollton, Texas 75007, as particularly described in Exhibit A-2 (the “ Land ”). The Building, Land and those rights which will be evidenced by a Reciprocal Easement and Maintenance Agreement in the form attached as Exhibit F-1 , together comprise the “ Project ”. The Premises are outlined on the plan attached to the Lease as Exhibit A and shall contain approximately 98,223 square feet of rentable area (“ Rentable Square Feet ” or singularly “ Rentable Square Foot ”). The Building contains approximately 154,298 of total square feet of rentable area (“ Total Rentable Square Feet ” or singularly “ Total Rentable Square Foot ”). As soon as reasonably practicable after the work described in Exhibit D has been Substantially Completed, the rentable area shall be calculated and confirmed by Landlord’s architect utilizing the American National Standard Method for Measuring Floor Area in Office Buildings, ANSI Z65.1 — 1996, as adopted by the Building Owners and Managers Association International (“ BOMA ”) and the actual Rentable Square Feet, Total Rentable Square Feet and Tenant’s Proportionate Share shall be adjusted as necessary based upon such calculations. Landlord will provide Tenant a copy of all measurements of the Premises, and the

 


 

     
 
  calculations by Landlord’s architect promptly after they are prepared. In the event of any adjustment to Rentable Square Feet, Total Rentable Square Feet or Tenant’s Proportionate Share, Landlord and Tenant shall execute an amendment to the Lease confirming the adjusted Rentable Square Feet, Total Rentable Square Feet and Tenant’s Proportionate Share.
 
   
Term:
  Commencing September 1, 1999 (the “ Commencement Date ”), and ending at 11:59 p.m. August 31, 2009, subject to earlier termination and extension as provided in the Lease.
 
   
Basic Rental
   
                         
    Annual Rate        
    per Rentable   Chargeable   Basic Monthly
Months   Square Foot   Square Feet   Rental
1
  $ 16.50       50,000     $ 68,750.00  
2 — 7
  $ 16.50       70,000     $ 96,250.00  
8 — 24
  $ 16.50       98,223     $ 135,056.63  
25 — 60
  $ 21.00       98,223     $ 171,890.25  
61 — 120
  $ 24.00       98,223     $ 196,446.00  
     
Security Deposit:
  $96,250.00 due upon execution of the Lease as referenced in Section 5 of the Lease
 
   
Rent:
  Rent ” is defined as Basic Rental, Tenant’s share of Electrical Costs, Excess (if any), and all other sums that Tenant may owe to Landlord under the Lease.
 
   
Permitted Use:
  General office use.
 
   
Tenant’s Proportionate Share:
  Tenant’s Proportionate Share ” is 45.36676% (which is the percentage obtained by dividing the Rentable Square Feet by the Total Rentable Square Feet). Tenant’s Proportionate Share is subject to adjustment upon confirmation of the Rentable Square Feet and Total Rentable Square Feet as provided above. Tenant’s Proportionate Share shall increase to 63.65799% upon the eighth month of the Term.
 
   
Construction Allowances:
  $25.00 per Rentable Square Foot within the Premises.
 
   
Comparable Buildings:
  As used herein or in the Lease, the term “ Comparable Buildings ” shall mean those low-rise garden style, multi-tenant, commercial office buildings completed on or after January 1, 1997, which are comparable to the Building in size, design, quality, use, and tenant mix, and which are located in the same market area (i.e., Plano area North of Frankford, East of 1-35E, West of Preston Road and South

 


 

     
 
  of State Hwy. 121).
 
   
Guaranty:
  Stephen T. Winn shall execute and deliver to Landlord, contemporaneously with the execution of this Lease, the Guaranty attached hereto as Exhibit K .
     The foregoing Basic Lease Information is incorporated into and made a part of the attached lease agreement dated July 23, 1999, by and between the Landlord and Tenant identified below (the “ Lease ”). If any direct conflict exists between any Basic Lease Information and the Lease, then the Lease shall control.
             
    LANDLORD:

CB PARKWAY BUSINESS CENTER V, LTD.,
a Texas limited partnership
   
 
           
    By: 15BCO, Inc., a Texas corporation, its general partner    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Barbara A. Erhart    
 
           
 
  Name:   Barbara A. Erhart    
 
  Title:   Vice President    
 
           
    TENANT:

REALPAGE, INC., a Texas corporation
   
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Stephen T. Winn    
 
           
 
  Name:   Stephen T. Winn    
 
  Title:   Chairman of the Board    

 


 

     THIS LEASE AGREEMENT is entered into as of July 23, 1999 by and between CB PARKWAY BUSINESS CENTER V, LTD., a Texas limited partnership (“ Landlord ”), and RealPage, Inc., a Texas corporation (“ Tenant ”).
     
DEFINITIONS AND
BASIC PROVISIONS
       1. The definitions and basic provisions set forth in the Basic Lease Information (the “ Basic Lease Information ”) executed by Landlord and Tenant contemporaneously herewith are incorporated herein by reference for all purposes. To the extent of any direct conflict between the Basic Lease Information and any provision contained in this Lease, this Lease shall control.
 
   
LEASE GRANT
       2. Subject to the terms of this Lease, Landlord leases to Tenant, and Tenant leases from Landlord, the Premises.
 
   
TERM
       3. The Term shall commence September 1, 1999, subject to adjustment as provided in Exhibit D , and end at 11:59 p.m. one hundred twenty (120) months after the Commencement Date as so adjusted, subject to renewal options as provided in Exhibit E . The targeted date for Substantial Completion (“ Target Completion Date ”) is now October 15, 1999. Landlord shall deliver possession of the entire Premises to Tenant upon Substantial Completion of the Initial Improvements. Landlord shall provide Tenant access to the Premises prior to Substantial Completion for the purpose of installing Tenant’s communication and data cables, furniture and other equipment, and otherwise preparing for Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises. Tenant shall not interfere with Landlord’s contractor in its performance of the Work described in Exhibit D and shall obtain any and all governmental permits and approvals as required prior to such installation. Tenant’s access to the Premises prior to Substantial Completion shall be subject to the terms and conditions in this Lease other than the payment of Rent. The Basic Monthly Rental shall be as specified in the Basic Lease Information regardless of the amount of Rentable Square Feet occupied and used by Tenant. By occupying the Premises, Tenant shall be deemed to have accepted the Premises in their condition as of the date of such occupancy, subject to Landlord’s completion of any work required by Exhibit D hereto or related punch list items. Tenant shall execute and deliver to Landlord, within ten (10) days after Landlord has requested same, a letter confirming (1) the Commencement Date, (2) that Tenant has occupied the Premises, and (3) if true, that as of the date of such letter Landlord has performed all of its obligations with respect to the Premises that are due to be performed through such date.
 
   
RENT
       4. (a) Payment . Tenant shall timely pay to Landlord the

 


 

     
 
  Rent without deduction or set off (except as otherwise expressly provided herein), at Landlord’s Address (or such other address as Landlord may from time to time designate in writing to Tenant). Basic Rental, adjusted as herein provided, shall be payable monthly in advance. The first full monthly installment of Basic Rental shall be payable contemporaneously with the execution of this Lease; thereafter, monthly installments of Basic Rental shall be due on the first day of each succeeding calendar month during the Term. Basic Rental for any partial month at the beginning or end of the Term shall be prorated based upon the number of days within the Term during the partial month multiplied by 1/365 of the then current annual Basic Rental and shall be due on or before the Commencement Date, or first day of the last calendar month of the Term, as applicable.
 
   
 
            (b) Electrical Costs . Tenant shall pay to Landlord an amount equal to the product of (1) the cost of all electricity used by the Project (“ Electrical Costs ”), multiplied by (2) Tenant’s Proportionate Share. Such amount shall be payable monthly based on Landlord’s reasonable estimate of the amount due for each month, and shall be due on the Commencement Date and on the first day of each calendar month thereafter.
 
   
 
            (c) Annual Electrical Cost Statement . By April 1 of each calendar year, or as soon thereafter as practicable, Landlord shall furnish to Tenant a statement of Landlord’s actual Electrical Costs (the “ Annual Electrical Cost Statement ”) for the previous year adjusted as provided in Section 4.(d), which shall include a reconciliation of the actual amount Tenant owes for its share of Electrical Costs against the estimated amount collected from Tenant. If such reconciliation shows that Tenant paid more than owed, then Landlord shall reimburse Tenant by check or cash for such excess within thirty (30) days after delivery of the Annual Electrical Cost Statement; conversely, if Tenant paid less than it owed, then Tenant shall pay Landlord such deficiency within thirty (30) days after delivery of the Annual Electrical Cost Statement.
 
   
 
            (d) Adjustments to Electrical Costs . With respect to any calendar year or partial calendar year in which the Building is not occupied to the extent of 95% of the rentable area thereof, the Electrical Costs for such period shall, for the purposes hereof, be increased to the amount which would have been incurred had the Building been occupied to the extent of 95% of the rentable area thereof .
 
   
 
            (e) Delinquent Payment . Subject to the one-time

 


 

     
 
  exception provided below, if any payment required by Tenant under this Lease is not paid when due, Landlord may charge Tenant a fee equal to 5% of the delinquent payment to reimburse Landlord for its cost and inconvenience incurred as a consequence of Tenant’s delinquency. Said late charge shall be waived one time during any consecutive twelve (12) month period (i.e., upon waiver of a late charge, it shall not again be waived until at least twelve (12) months has passed since the late charge was waived) provided full payment is received by Landlord within ten (10) business days of notice as provided within 15(a) written below. In no event shall the charges permitted under this Section 4.(e) or elsewhere in this Lease, to the extent the same are considered to be interest under applicable law, exceed the maximum lawful rate of interest.
 
   
 
            (f) Taxes . Tenant shall be liable for all taxes levied or assessed against personal property, furniture, or fixtures placed by Tenant in the Premises. If any taxes for which Tenant is liable are levied or assessed against Landlord or Landlord’s property and Landlord elects to pay the same, or if the assessed value of Landlord’s property is increased by inclusion of such personal property, furniture or fixtures and Landlord elects to pay the taxes based on such increase, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord, within ten (10) days of demand, that part of such taxes for which Tenant is primarily liable.
 
   
 
            (g) Excess . Tenant shall pay the Excess in the Basic Cost over the Expense Stop as such terms are defined in Exhibit C .
 
   
SECURITY DEPOSIT
       5. Contemporaneously with the execution of this Lease, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, in immediately available funds, the Security Deposit, which shall be held by Landlord without liability for interest and as security for performance by Tenant of its obligations under this Lease. The Security Deposit is not an advance payment of Rent or a measure or limit of Landlord’s damages upon an Event of Default (defined below). Landlord may, from time to time, upon written notice to Tenant and without prejudice to any other remedy, use, all or a part of the Security Deposit to perform any obligation which Tenant was obligated, but failed to perform hereunder. Following any such application of the Security Deposit, Tenant shall pay to Landlord on demand the amount so applied in order to restore the Security Deposit to its original amount. Within thirty (30) days after the expiration of the Term, as may have been extended, provided Tenant has performed all of its obligations hereunder, Landlord shall return to Tenant the balance of the Security Deposit not applied to satisfy Tenant’s obligations. If Landlord transfers its interest in the Premises,

 


 

     
 
   
 
  then Landlord shall assign the Security Deposit to the transferee and Landlord thereafter shall have no further liability for the return of the Security Deposit to Tenant.
 
   
LANDLORD’S OBLIGATIONS
       6. (a) Services; Maintenance . Landlord shall furnish to Tenant (1) potable water (hot and cold) at those points of supply provided for general use of tenants of the Building; (2) heated and refrigerated air conditioning from 7 a.m. to 7 p.m. Monday through Friday and 7 a.m. to 1 p.m. on Saturday (except for New Years Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving, and the Friday following Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day [which days shall be collectively referred to herein as “ Holidays ”]) sufficient to maintain temperatures during these hours as follows: (a) in the winter a minimum of 70 degrees Fahrenheit dry bulb when the outside temperatures is not less than 10 degrees Fahrenheit dry bulb and (b) in the summer a maximum of 78 degrees Fahrenheit dry bulb when the outside temperature is not more than 100 degrees Fahrenheit dry bulb, in each case for those portions of the Premises in which temperature is not affected by computer and other heat generating equipment (other than desk top laser printers, personal computers and other machines of similar low electrical consumption except in areas where more than two (2) such machines operate per employee desk); (3) janitorial service to the Premises on weekdays other than Holidays (Landlord reserves the right to bill Tenant separately for extra janitorial service required for any special improvements installed by or at the request of Tenant) and such window washing as may from time to time in Landlord’s judgment be reasonably required, such janitorial services to be generally in accordance with those services described on Exhibit G ; (4) non-exclusive elevator for ingress and egress to the floors on which the Premises are located; (5) replacement of Building-standard light bulbs and fluorescent tubes, provided that Landlord’s standard charge for such bulbs and tubes shall be paid by Tenant; and (6) electrical current (subject to Tenant’s obligation to pay its share of Electrical Costs as provided herein). If Tenant desires heat and air conditioning at any time other than times herein designated, such services shall be supplied to Tenant upon reasonable advance notice and Tenant shall pay to Landlord $20.00 per hour per floor (minimum two hours) for each additional hour (prorated and rounded up to the nearest quarter hour) such services are provided, such amount being payable within ten (10) days of receipt of an invoice therefor. Landlord’s obligation to furnish services under this Section shall be subject to the rules, regulations and other conditions or requirements of the supplier of such services and any applicable governmental entity or agency.

 


 

     
 
            (b) Maintenance . Landlord shall maintain all Shell Construction (as defined on Exhibit D-1 to the Lease) items, Building Systems (defined below), and Building common areas including all parking areas and landscaping, in good order and condition as customary for Comparable Buildings. “ Building Systems ” shall include all electrical, plumbing, and air conditioning systems within the Building which either were included in the Shell Construction or which were installed by Tenant pursuant to this Lease and which meet the following requirements: (i) properly approved by Landlord; (ii) installed in conformance with all plans and specifications as approved by Landlord; (iii) Tenant shall have informed Landlord in writing of the name, address, phone number and contact person of the contractor responsible for the installation of such system; (iv) Tenant shall have assigned in writing all contractor’s and manufacturer’s warranties received by Tenant in connection with such system; and (v) in connection with Tenant’s contracting for the installation thereof, Landlord shall have been expressly named as a third party beneficiary to, and shall have been provided copies of, such contract and any related warranties. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Building Systems shall not include any improvements made to or within the Premises which differ from the base building systems; are otherwise specialized to Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Premises and not customary for office tenants in Comparable Buildings, and the supplemental HVAC units installed pursuant to Section 23(s). Any such improvement shall be maintained and repaired by Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, with contractors and subcontractors approved by Landlord in writing and otherwise in accordance with the provisions of Subsections 7(b) and 7(d) below. Landlord agrees to provide services and to maintain the Building in a manner consistent with the services and maintenance provided to office tenants in Comparable Buildings; provided, however, all costs and expenses associated with the maintenance, repair and/or replacement of any item, element or component of Building Systems which was installed by or at the request of Tenant (except as approved above) shall be borne solely by Tenant, and Tenant agrees to reimburse Landlord for all such costs and expenses within fifteen (15) days after receipt of an invoice therefor.
 
   
 
            (c) Excess Electrical Use . Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to furnish electrical current for computers, electronic data processing equipment, special lighting, or other equipment that requires more than 120 volts, or other equipment whose electrical energy consumption exceeds normal office usage, through any existing feeders and risers serving the Building and the Premises. Tenant shall

 


 

     
 
  not install any electrical equipment requiring special wiring or requiring voltage in excess of 120 volts or otherwise exceeding Building capacity unless approved in advance by Landlord, which approval will not be unreasonably delayed, withheld or conditioned. To the extent Tenant’s use of such items, as reasonably determined by Landlord and Tenant’s representative, exceeds the normal and customary electrical use and consumption of any other tenants or occupants within the Building, Landlord may reasonably allocate to and charge Tenant, in addition to Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Electrical Costs, for such additional electrical use and consumption on any fair and equitable basis and may require that separate metering or sub-metering be installed, at Tenant’s expense, for such purpose. In a like fashion, Landlord shall allocate to and charge other tenants of the Building for their respective excess electrical use. The use of electricity in the Premises shall not exceed the capacity of existing feeders and risers to or wiring in the Premises. Any risers or wiring required to meet Tenant’s excess electrical requirements shall, upon Tenant’s request, be installed by Landlord (unless otherwise agreed by Landlord) at Tenant’s expense, if, in Landlord’s sole and absolute judgment, the same are necessary and shall not cause permanent damage or injury to the Building or the Premises, cause or create a dangerous or hazardous condition, entail excessive or unreasonable alterations, repairs, or expenses, or unreasonably interfere with or disturb other tenants of the Building. If Tenant uses machines or equipment (other thin general office machines, excluding computers and electronic data processing equipment) in the Premises which affect the temperature otherwise maintained by the air conditioning system or otherwise overload any utility, after thirty (30) days written notice to Tenant, during which time Tenant shall have the opportunity to cease such overload activities or agree to provide the supplement necessary, and if Tenant fails to do either then, Landlord may install supplemental air conditioning units or other supplemental equipment in the Premises, and the cost thereof, including the cost of installation, operation, use, and maintenance, shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord within ten (10) days after Landlord has delivered to Tenant an invoice therefor. Supplemental Equipment (as defined in section 23(s)) shall be separately metered and the electrical cost associated therewith borne solely by Tenant. At the time of Tenant’s submission of plans and specifications for Landlord’s approval pursuant to Section 7 herein and/or Exhibit D to this Lease, Landlord and Tenant shall cooperate in good faith to identify any fixtures, equipment and/or appliances to be installed or placed in the Premises which fixtures, equipment or appliances would exceed the normal and customary electrical use and consumption of typical office tenants in Comparable Buildings, would affect the temperature otherwise maintained by the air conditioning

 


 

     
 
  system, or would require electric capacity in excess of any planned or existing feeders, risers, or wiring to the Premises. If it is determined such fixtures, equipment or appliances exceed normal office usage, then Tenant shall at its cost and at Landlord’s request, provide reports detailing such excess use and or install separate meters as reasonably required.
 
   
 
            (d) Restoration of Services; Abatement . Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to restore any service that becomes unavailable; however, such unavailability shall not render Landlord liable for any damages caused thereby, be a constructive eviction of Tenant, constitute a breach of any implied warranty, or, except as provided in the next sentence, entitle Tenant to any abatement of Tenant’s obligations hereunder. However, if Tenant is prevented from making reasonable use of all or a portion of the Premises for more than five (5) consecutive business days because of the unavailability of any such service, Tenant shall, as its exclusive remedy therefor, be entitled to abatement of Rent, or the pro rata portion thereof equivalent to the portion of the Premises rendered unusable to the entire Premises, for each consecutive day (after such five (5) business day period) that Tenant is so prevented from making reasonable use of the Premises or the applicable portion thereof.
 
   
 
            (e) Access . Subject to any Building rules and regulations, necessary repairs and maintenance, and any events beyond Landlord’s reasonable control which would prevent access, Tenant shall have access to the Premises twenty-four (24) hours a day, seven (7) days a week. The Building shall include twenty-four (24) hour access by security card which cards shall be provided to Tenant upon payment of a $10 refundable deposit per card. Tenant may install its own, independent security card system for controlling access to, from and within the Premises, and Landlord shall, to the extent reasonably practicable, work with Tenant to integrate Tenant’s card access system with the Building card access system so that the access control system at the main entrance to the Building could be operated by Tenant’s access cards as well as Landlord’s access cards. Tenant shall provide Landlord, at no cost to Landlord, not less than two (2) master access cards to Tenant’s security card system which will permit Landlord access to all portions of the Premises at all times. An on-site security patrol (within and for the benefit of the entire International Business Park of which the Building is a part and not solely within or for the sole benefit of the Building) will be provided for approximately ten (10) hours per night, seven (7) nights per week. Such patrol will provide escort service to Tenant’s employees to and from the Building and the Parking Area

 


 

     
 
  during those hours which such patrol is provided and upon such notice as may be reasonably required by such patrol. NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING TO THE CONTRARY HEREIN, LANDLORD SHALL HAVE NO RESPONSIBILITY TO PREVENT, AND SHALL NOT BE LIABLE TO TENANT, ITS EMPLOYEES, AGENTS, NOR ANY OTHER PERSON FOR LOSSES DUE TO THEFT OR BURGLARY, OR FOR DAMAGES OR INJURY TO PERSONS OR PROPERTY DONE BY PERSONS GAINING ACCESS TO THE PROJECT OR THE PREMISES EVEN IF CAUSED IN WHOLE OR PART BY THE NEGLIGENCE OF LANDLORD, ITS EMPLOYEES, AGENTS OR CONTRACTORS, EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT CAUSED BY THE GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR WILFUL MISCONDUCT OF LANDLORD, AND TENANT HEREBY RELEASES LANDLORD FROM ALL LIABILITY FOR SUCH LOSSES, DAMAGES AND/OR INJURY.
 
   
IMPROVEMENTS; ALTERATIONS; REPAIRS; MAINTENANCE
       7. (a) Improvements; Alterations . No improvements or alterations in or upon the Premises, including not by limitation paint, wall coverings, floor coverings, light fixtures, window treatments, signs, advertising, or promotional lettering or other media, shall be installed or made by Tenant except in accordance with plans and specifications which have been previously submitted to and approved in writing by Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed except that Landlord may withhold approval of any improvements or alterations which it determines, in its sole opinion, will materially and adversely affect any structural or aesthetic (only to the extent visible from outside the Premises or common areas) aspect of the Building or Building Systems. All improvements and alterations (whether temporary or permanent in character) made in or upon the Premises, either by Landlord or Tenant, shall (i) comply with all applicable laws, ordinances, rules and regulations, and (ii) be Landlord’s property at the end of the Term and shall remain on the Premises without compensation to Tenant unless prior to installation, Tenant provides Landlord with written notice of all items which may be removed by Tenant and Landlord consents to such removal in advance. Such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld provided Landlord may condition such consent as it deems reasonably necessary including not by limitation requiring Tenant to replace any items upon removal with similar items comparable to any such items in the Building or, if not applicable, then Comparable Buildings. Approval by Landlord of any of Tenant’s drawings and plans and specifications prepared in connection with any improvements in the Premises shall not constitute a representation or warranty of Landlord as to the adequacy or sufficiency of such drawings, plans and specifications, or the improvements to which they

 


 

     
 
  relate, for any use, purpose, or condition, but such approval shall merely be the consent of Landlord as required hereunder. Landlord warrants and agrees that it shall complete the Building Shell Construction in compliance with all then applicable governmental laws, rules and regulations, including not by limitation the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (“ ADA ”) and Texas Accessibility Standards adopted by the Texas Commission on Licensing and Regulation (“ TAS ”) Thereafter, notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, Tenant shall be responsible for all costs incurred (as provided in Section 2.(c) of Exhibit C) to cause the Premises to comply with any such laws, rules or regulations, including not by limitation the retrofit requirements of ADA and TAS, as the same may be hereafter amended.
 
   
 
            (b) Tenant Repairs; Maintenance . Except for those janitorial services to be provided by Landlord as expressly provided in this Lease, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s cost, maintain its personal property (inclusive of supplemental air conditioning units and all improvements or alterations to the Premises other than those items included in Shell Construction (including all heating, ventilation and air conditioning systems (“ HVAC ”) as described in Exhibit D-1 from the point of supply to the point of entry into the Premises) which shall be maintained by Landlord in a clean, safe, operable, attractive condition, and shall not permit or allow to remain any waste or damage to any portion of the Premises. Subject to the provisions of Sections 10(b) and 14, and normal wear and tear. Tenant shall repair or replace, subject to Landlord’s direction and supervision, any damage to the Project caused by Tenant or Tenant’s agents, contractors, or invitees. If Tenant fails to commence such repairs or replacements within fifteen (15) days after the occurrence of such damage and diligently continue to repair such damage, then Landlord, upon written notice to Tenant, may make the same at Tenant’s expense, which shall be payable to Landlord within ten (10) days after Landlord has delivered to Tenant an invoice therefor.
 
   
 
            (c) Performance of Work . All work described in this Section 7 shall be performed only by Landlord or by contractors and subcontractors approved in writing by Landlord. Tenant shall cause all contractors and subcontractors to procure and maintain insurance coverage against such risks, in such amounts, and with such companies as Landlord may reasonably require. All such work shall be performed in accordance with all legal requirements and in a good and workmanlike manner so as not to damage the Premises, the structure of the Building, or plumbing, electrical lines, or other utility transmission facilities or Building mechanical systems. All such work which may affect the Building’s electrical, mechanical, plumbing or other systems

 


 

     
 
  must be approved by the Building’s engineer of record.
 
   
 
            (d) Mechanic’s Liens . Tenant shall not permit any mechanic’s liens to be filed against the Project for any work performed, materials furnished, or obligation incurred by or at the request of Tenant. If such a lien is filed, then Tenant shall, within thirty (30) days after Landlord has delivered notice of the filing to Tenant, either pay the amount of the lien or diligently contest such lien and deliver to Landlord a bond or other security reasonably satisfactory to Landlord. If Tenant fails to timely take either such action, then Landlord may pay the lien claim without inquiry as to the validity thereof, and any amounts so paid, including expenses and interest, shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord within ten (10) days after Landlord has delivered to Tenant an invoice therefor.
 
   
USE
       8. Tenant shall occupy and use the Premises only for the Permitted Use and shall comply with all laws, orders, rules, and regulations relating to the use, condition, and occupancy of the Premises. General Office use includes but is not limited to operation of a data center, computer room, customer training center and software reproduction, packaging and shipping center; software development; web page design and hosting; product support; sales and administration; with some functions operational 24 hours per day, 7 days per week. The Premises shall not be used for (i) any use which is disreputable, (ii) creates extraordinary fire hazards, (iii) results in an increased rate of insurance on the Building or its contents, or (iv) the storage of any hazardous materials or substances in violation of environmental laws. If, because of Tenant’s acts, unless Tenant pays such increased rate as provided below, the rate of insurance on the Building or its contents increases, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the amount of such increase on demand, and acceptance of such payment shall not constitute a waiver of any of Landlord’s other rights. Tenant shall conduct its business and control its agents, employees, and invitees in such a manner as not to create any nuisance or interfere with other tenants or Landlord in its management of the Project. Landlord agrees not to lease space in the Project to a competitor of Tenant (as described in Section 23(u)) during the term of this Lease, including any renewals or extensions.
 
   
ASSIGNMENT AND
SUBLETTING
       9. (a)(i) Transfers: Consent . Other than Permitted Transfers as described below, Tenant shall not, without the prior written consent of Landlord which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, (1) advertise that any portion of the Premises is available for lease (excluding the engagement of a real estate broker(s) to market sublease space), (2) assign, transfer, or encumber this Lease or any

 


 

     
 
  estate or interest herein whether directly or by operation of law, (3) if Tenant is an entity other than a corporation whose stock is publicly traded, permit the transfer of an ownership interest in Tenant so as to result in a change in the current control of Tenant, (4) sublet any portion of the Premises, (5) grant any license, concession, or other right of occupancy of any portion of the Premises, or (6) permit the use of the Premises by any parties other than Tenant (any of the events listed in Sections 9.(a)(2) through 9.(a)(6) being a “ Transfer ”). If Tenant requests Landlord’s consent to a Transfer, then Tenant shall provide Landlord with a written description of all terms and conditions of the proposed Transfer, copies of the proposed documentation, and the following information about the proposed transferee: name and address; reasonably satisfactory information about its business and business history; its proposed use of the Premises; and general references sufficient to enable Landlord to determine the proposed transferee’s reputation and character. Landlord shall respond in writing to Tenant’s request for a Transfer within ten (10) business days of receipt of written request therefor. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for its attorneys’ fees and other expenses incurred in connection with considering any request for its consent to a Transfer (not to exceed $500 per request). Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold, delay or condition its consent except that Landlord may withhold or condition its consent if it reasonably determines that the proposed transferee or its use (including not by limitation the number of employees, hours of operation, parking requirements, electrical or other Building System requirements, conflicts or competition with existing tenants) is unacceptable, would burden the Building, or are incompatible with the Building or its occupants. If Landlord consents to a proposed Transfer, then the proposed transferee shall deliver to Landlord a written agreement whereby it expressly assumes the Tenant’s obligations hereunder; however, any transferee of less than all of the space in the Premises shall be liable only for obligations under this Lease that are properly allocable to the space subject to the Transfer, and only to the extent of the rent it has agreed to pay Tenant therefor. Landlord’s consent to a Transfer shall not release Tenant from performing its obligations under this Lease, but rather Tenant and its transferee shall be jointly and severally liable therefor. Landlord’s consent to any Transfer shall not waive Landlord’s rights as to any subsequent Transfers. If an Event of Default occurs while the Premises or any part thereof are subject to a Transfer, then Landlord, in addition to its other remedies, may collect directly from such transferee all rents becoming due to Tenant and apply such rents against Rent. Tenant authorizes its transferees to make payments of rent directly to Landlord upon Tenant’s receipt of notice from Landlord to do so; however, Landlord shall not be obligated to

 


 

     
 
  accept separate Rent payments from any transferees and may require that all Rent be paid directly by Tenant.
 
   
 
                 (ii) Permitted Transfers . Tenant shall be permitted without the consent of Landlord, to periodically sublet portions of the Premises or to assign this Lease to any Affiliate of Tenant so long as the Premises continue to be used solely for the Permitted Use and the parking requirements of the subtenant or assignee are no greater than those of Tenant (such transfer being deemed a “ Permitted Transfer ”). As used herein, “ Affiliate ” shall mean any person or entity, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controlling, controlled by or under common control with Tenant, or any person or entity merging with Tenant, or acquiring the majority of the voting stock of Tenant, or acquiring all or substantially all of the assets of Tenant. As used herein “ control ” shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management of and policies of such controlled person or entity. Following any such assignment or subletting, Tenant shall remain primarily liable for all present and future obligations under this Lease, or if Tenant no longer exists because of a merger or acquisition, the surviving or acquiring entity shall expressly assume the obligations of Tenant hereunder. Tenant shall promptly notify Landlord in writing within ten (10) days after such assignment or subletting.
 
   
 
            (b) Additional Compensation . Tenant shall pay to Landlord, immediately upon receipt thereof, one-half ( 1 / 2 ) of all rent received by Tenant for a Transfer (other than a Permitted Transfer) that exceeds the Rent allocable to the portion of the Premises covered thereby after Tenant has recovered from any such excess all costs associated with such assignment or subletting, (i.e. marketing, advertising and promotional costs, real estate commissions, legal fees and construction costs). Tenant shall hold amounts due to Landlord hereunder in trust for Landlord and pay them to Landlord within ten (10) days after receipt.
 
   
 
            (c) Cancellation . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Landlord shall have the option, upon any request by Tenant for Landlord’s approval of a Transfer (i) of more than thirty percent (30%) (in the aggregate including those Transfers, then in effect and as then, requested) of the Premises and (ii) where the Basic Rental payable under the terms of all such Transfers (including the proposed Transfer) exceeds the total Basic Rental provided by the Lease, to terminate this Lease as to, and retake possession of, that portion of the Premises as would be subject to such requested Transfer. Such

 


 

     
 
  termination shall be effective as of the date on which such Transfer was to be effective. If Landlord terminates this Lease as to any portion of the Premises, then this Lease shall cease for such portion of the Premises; and Tenant shall pay to Landlord all Rent accrued through the termination date relating to the portion of the Premises covered by the proposed Transfer and unamortized brokerage commissions (amortized on a straight-line basis over the initial Term of the Lease) paid or payable by Landlord in connection with this Lease to the brokerage firms listed in Section 23. (d) that are allocable to such portion of the Premises. Thereafter, Landlord may lease such portion of the Premises to the prospective transferee (or to any other person) without liability to Tenant. In such event, prior to the effective date of such termination, and subject to Landlord’s direction and supervision, Tenant shall be solely responsible for the cost and construction of a wall demising the remaining Premises from the portion of the Premises as to which the Lease is terminated.
 
   
INSURANCE; WAIVERS; SUBROGATION; INDEMNITY
       10. (a) Insurance . Tenant shall, at its expense, procure and maintain throughout the Term, the following insurance policies: (1) comprehensive general liability insurance in amounts of not less than a combined single limit of $3,000,000 (the “ Initial Liability Insurance Amount ”) or such other amounts as Landlord may from time to time reasonably require, insuring Tenant, Landlord, Landlord’s agents, and their respective affiliates against all liability for injury to or death of a person or persons or damage to property arising from the use and occupancy of the Premises, and (2) insurance covering the full value of Tenant’s property and improvements, and other property (including property of others), in the Premises. Tenant’s insurance shall provide primary coverage to Landlord when any policy issued to Landlord provides duplicate or similar coverage, and in such circumstance Landlord’s policy will be excess over Tenant’s policy. Tenant shall furnish certificates of such insurance and such other evidence satisfactory to Landlord of the maintenance of all insurance coverage required hereunder, and Tenant shall obtain a written obligation on the part of each insurance company to notify Landlord at least thirty (30) days before cancellation or a material change of any such insurance. All such insurance policies shall be in form, and be issued by companies, reasonably satisfactory to Landlord. Landlord shall maintain comprehensive general liability insurance covering the Land and Building in amounts not less than a combined single limit of $3,000,000 or such other amounts as Landlord may reasonably determine.
 
   
 
            (b) Waiver of Claims; No Subrogation . Neither

 


 

     
 
  Landlord nor Tenant shall have any liability to the other for any damage or injury to the property of Landlord or Tenant, including the Building and tenant improvements in the Premises, arising from or caused by any cause customarily insured against under a standard fire and extended casualty insurance policy, even if caused by the negligence of Landlord, Tenant, or their shareholders, partners, officers and employees, and no insurer shall have any rights of subrogation with respect to the foregoing. Landlord shall not be liable or responsible to Tenant for any loss or damage to any property or person occasioned by theft, fire, casualty, vandalism, acts of God, public enemy, injunction, riot, strike, inability to procure materials, insurrection, war, court order, requisition or order of governmental body or authority, or for any other causes beyond Landlord’s control. All goods, property or personal effects stored or placed by Tenant in or about the Building shall be at the sole risk of Tenant.
 
   
 
            (c) Indemnity . Each party shall indemnify and hold harmless the other from and against any and all claims, demands, liabilities, causes of action, suits, judgments and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) arising from or for injury to third persons or damage to property owned by third persons and caused by the negligence or intentional torts of the indemnifying party.
 
   
SUBORDINATION; ATTORNMENT; NOTICE TO LANDLORD’S MORTGAGEE
       11. (a) Subordination . Subject to the condition set forth in the following sentence, this Lease shall be subordinate to any deed of trust, mortgage, or other security instrument (a “ Mortgage ”), or any ground lease, master lease, or primary lease (a “ Primary Lease ”/“ Primary Lessor ”), that now or hereafter covers all or any part of the Premises (the mortgagee under any Mortgage or the lessor under any Primary Lease is referred to herein as “ Landlord’s Mortgagee ”). Attached as Exhibit M is the Subordination, Non-Disturbance and Attornment Agreement used by Landlord’s current mortgages. As a condition to such subordination, Landlord shall obtain from Landlord’s Mortgagee, both existing and future, and deliver to Tenant a non-disturbance agreement for the benefit of Tenant in a form reasonably acceptable to Landlord, Landlord’s Mortgagee, and Tenant.
 
   
 
            (b) Attornment . Tenant shall attorn to any party succeeding to Landlord’s interest in the Premises, whether by purchase, foreclosure, deed in lieu of foreclosure, power of sale, termination of lease, or otherwise, upon such party’s request, and shall execute such agreements confirming such attornment as such party may reasonably request.

 


 

     
 
            (c) Notice to Landlord’s Mortgagee . Tenant shall not seek to enforce any remedy it may have for any default on the part of the Landlord without first giving written notice by certified mail, return receipt requested, specifying the default in reasonable detail, to any Landlord’s Mortgagee whose address has been given to Tenant, and affording such Landlord’s Mortgagee a period to perform Landlord’s obligations hereunder, which period shall equal the cure period applicable to Landlord hereunder.
 
   
RULES AND
REGULATIONS
       12. Tenant shall comply with the rules and regulations of the Building which are attached hereto as Exhibit B . Landlord may, from time to time, change such rules and regulations for the safety, care, or cleanliness of the Building and related facilities, provided that such changes are applicable to all tenants of the Building and will not unreasonably interfere with Tenant’s use of the Premises or add any unusual economic burden or lessen Tenant’s rights under this Lease. Tenant shall be responsible for compliance with such rules and regulations by its employees, agents, and invitees.
 
   
CONDEMNATION
       13. (a) Taking — Tenant’s Rights . If any part of the Project (including parking) is taken by right of eminent domain for a period exceeding ninety (90) days or conveyed in lieu thereof (a “ Taking ”), and such Taking prevents Tenant from conducting its business from the Premises in a manner reasonably comparable to that conducted immediately before such Taking, then Tenant may terminate this Lease by giving written notice to Landlord within thirty (30) days after such Taking. Upon the occurrence of a Taking, Rent shall be abated on a reasonable basis as to that portion of the Premises rendered untenantable by the Taking from the first day of the Taking until such termination. If Tenant does not terminate this Lease, then Rent shall be abated on a reasonable basis as to that portion of the Premises rendered untenantable by the Taking. If a portion of the Premises or Building are subject to a Taking and such Taking does not prevent Tenant from conducting its business in a manner reasonably comparable to that conducted immediately before such Taking, the Lease shall remain in full force and effect and Rent shall be adjusted on a reasonable basis from the first day of the Taking.
 
   
 
            (b) Taking — Landlord’s Rights . If any material portion, but less than all, of the Project or related parking becomes subject to a Taking, or if Landlord is required to pay any of the proceeds received for a Taking to Landlord’s Mortgagee, then this Lease, at the option of Landlord, exercised by written notice to Tenant within thirty

 


 

     
 
  (30) days after such Taking, shall terminate and Rent shall be adjusted on a reasonable basis from the first day of the Taking until such termination. If a partial Taking occurs and the Lease does not terminate, Rent shall be adjusted on a reasonable basis from the first day of the Taking.
 
   
 
            (c) Award . If any Taking occurs, all proceeds shall belong to and be paid to Landlord, and Tenant shall not be entitled to any portion thereof except that Tenant shall have all rights permitted under the laws of the State of Texas to appear, claim and prove in proceedings relative to such taking (i) the value of any fixtures, furnishings, and other personal property which are taken but which under the terms of this Lease Tenant is permitted to remove at the end of the Term, (ii) the unamortized cost (such costs having been amortized on a straight-line basis over the Term excluding any renewal terms) of Tenant’s leasehold improvements which are taken that Tenant is not permitted to remove at the end of the Term and which were installed solely at Tenant’s expense (i.e., not made or paid for by Landlord from the Construction Allowance or otherwise), and (iii) relocation and moving expenses, but not the value of Tenant’s leasehold estate created by this Lease and only so long as such claims in no way diminish the award Landlord is entitled to from the condemning authority as provided hereunder.
 
   
FIRE OR OTHER
CASUALTY
       14. (a) Repair Estimate . If the Premises or the Building are damaged by fire or other casualty (a “ Casualty ”), Landlord shall, within sixty (60) days after such Casualty, deliver to Tenant a good faith estimate (the “ Damage Notice ”) of the time needed to repair or replace the damage caused by such Casualty.
 
   
 
            (b) Casualty-Tenant’s Rights . If a material portion of the Premises or the Building is damaged by Casualty such that Tenant is prevented from conducting its business in the Premises in a manner reasonably comparable to that conducted immediately before such Casualty and Landlord estimates that the damage caused thereby cannot be repaired within one hundred eighty (180) days after the date of casualty, then Tenant may terminate this Lease. Rent for the portion of the Premises rendered untenantable by the damage shall be abated on a reasonable basis from the date of damage until termination. Tenant may terminate this Lease by delivering written notice to Landlord of its election to terminate within thirty (30) days after the Damage Notice has been delivered to Tenant. If Tenant does not terminate this Lease, then (subject to Landlord’s rights under Section 14.(c)) Landlord shall repair the Building or the Premises, as the case may be, as provided below.

 


 

     
 
  Upon the occurrence of a Casualty, Rent for the portion of the Premises rendered untenantable by the damage shall be abated on a reasonable basis from the date of damage until the completion of the repair or until such termination.
 
   
 
            (c) Landlord’s Rights . If a Casualty damages a material portion of the Building, and Landlord makes a good faith determination that restoring the Premises would be uneconomical, or if Landlord is required to pay any insurance proceeds arising out of the Casualty to Landlord’s Mortgagee, then Landlord may terminate this Lease by giving written notice of its election to terminate within thirty (30) days after the Damage Notice has been delivered to Tenant, and Rent hereunder shall be abated as of the date of the Casualty.
 
   
 
            (d) Repair Obligation . If neither party elects to terminate this Lease following a Casualty, then Landlord shall, within a reasonable time after such Casualty, commence to repair the Building and the Premises and shall proceed with reasonable diligence to restore the Building and Premises to substantially the same condition as they existed immediately before such Casualty; however, Landlord shall not be required to repair or replace any part of the furniture, equipment, fixtures, and other improvements which may have been placed by, or at the request of, Tenant or other occupants in the Building or the Premises, and Landlord’s obligation to repair or restore the Building or Premises shall be limited to the extent of Landlord’s deductible amount, plus the insurance proceeds actually received by Landlord for the Casualty in question.
 
   
 
            (e) Tenant’s Obligations . If Tenant fails to maintain insurance covering the full value of Tenant’s improvements (which were originally funded by the Construction Allowance) as provided in Section 10.(a) of the Lease, Tenant shall be obligated to fund any shortfall in the amount of loss and the insurance proceeds.
 
   
EVENTS OF DEFAULT
       15. Events of Default. Each of the following occurrences shall constitute an “ Event of Default ” by Tenant:
 
   
 
            (a) Tenant’s failure to pay Rent, or any other sums due from Tenant to Landlord under the Lease (or any other lease executed by Tenant for space in the Building), when due , and such failure continues for ten (10) days after written notice thereof is received by Tenant from Landlord; however, if Landlord has given Tenant such notice during the preceding twelve month period for failure to timely pay any regularly scheduled installments of Rent (e.g., Basic Rental,

 


 

     
 
  Tenant’s share of Excess, Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Electrical Costs, and similar Rent payments), then Landlord’s obligation to give written notice with respect to regularly scheduled installments of Rent shall not apply until twelve months has passed since the last such notice was given, and in the interim, failure to pay any regularly scheduled installments of Rent on the date due shall be an Event of Default without Landlord having first given such notice;
 
   
 
            (b) Tenant’s failure to perform, comply with, or observe any other agreement or obligation of Tenant under this Lease (or any other lease executed by Tenant for space in the Building), and such failure continues for thirty (30) days after written notice thereof is received by Tenant from Landlord; provided, that if the failure is reasonably capable of cure but cannot reasonably be cured within said thirty (30) days, Tenant shall have an additional period of sixty (60) days in which to effect the cure provided Tenant commences the cure within the initial thirty days and is diligently pursuing same;
 
   
 
            (c) The filing of a petition by or against Tenant (the term “Tenant” shall include, for the purpose of this Section 15.(c), any guarantor of the Tenant’s obligations hereunder) (i) in any bankruptcy or other insolvency proceeding; (ii) seeking any relief under any state or federal debtor relief law; (iii) for the appointment of a liquidator or receiver for all or substantially all of Tenant’s property or for Tenant’s interest in this Lease; or (iv) for the reorganization or modification of Tenant’s capital structure; and provided that in the case of any of the foregoing which is filed against Tenant, the same is not dismissed within ninety (90) days after it is filed; and,
 
   
 
            (d) The admission by Tenant that it cannot meet its obligations as they become due or the making by Tenant of an assignment for the benefit of its creditors.
 
   
REMEDIES
       16. (a) Landlord’s Remedies . Upon any Event of Default by Tenant, Landlord may, subject to any judicial process and notice to the extent required by Title 4, Chapter 24 of the Texas Property Code, as may be amended, in addition to all other rights and remedies afforded Landlord hereunder or by law or equity, take any of the following actions:
 
   
 
                 (i) Terminate this Lease by giving Tenant written notice thereof, in which event, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the sum of (1) all Rent accrued hereunder through the date of termination, (2) all amounts due under Section 17.(a), and (3) an amount equal to

 


 

     
 
  (A) the total Rent that Tenant would have been required to pay for the remainder of the Term discounted to present value at a per annum rate equal to the “Prime Rate” as published on the date this Lease is terminated by The Wall Street Journal, Southwest Edition, in its listing of “Money Rates”, minus (B) the then present fair rental value of the Premises for such period, similarly discounted; or
 
   
 
                 (ii) Terminate Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises without terminating this Lease by giving written notice thereof to Tenant, in which event Tenant shall pay to Landlord (1) all Rent and other amounts accrued hereunder to the date of termination of possession, (2) all amounts due from time to time under Section 17.(a), and (3) on the applicable due date all Rent and other sums required hereunder to be paid by Tenant during the remainder of the Term, diminished by any net sums thereafter received by Landlord through reletting the Premises during such period. Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to relet the Premises on such terms and conditions as Landlord in its sole discretion may determine (including a term different from the Term, rental concessions, and alterations to, and improvement of the Premises); however, Landlord shall not be obligated to relet the Premises before leasing other portions of the Building. Landlord shall not be liable for, nor shall Tenant’s obligations hereunder be diminished because of, Landlord’s failure to relet the Premises or to collect rent due for such reletting. Tenant shall not be entitled to the excess of any consideration obtained by reletting over the Rent due hereunder. Re-entry by Landlord in the Premises shall not affect Tenant’s obligations hereunder for the unexpired Term; rather, Landlord may, from time to time, bring action against Tenant to collect amounts due by Tenant, without the necessity of Landlord’s waiting until the expiration of the Term. Unless Landlord delivers written notice to Tenant expressly stating that it has elected to terminate this Lease, all actions taken by Landlord to exclude or dispossess Tenant of the Premises shall be deemed to be taken under this Section 16.(a)(ii). If Landlord elects to proceed under this Section 16.(a)(ii), it may at any time elect to terminate this Lease under Section 16.(a)(i).
 
   
 
                 (iii) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Tenant shall not be deemed to have waived any requirements of Landlord to mitigate damages upon an Event of Default as required by law.
 
   
 
            (b) Tenant’s Remedies .
 
   
 
                 (i) Notice and Cure . If Landlord should fail

 


 

     
 
  to perform or observe any covenant, term, provision or condition of this Lease and such default should continue beyond a period of ten (10) days as to a monetary default or thirty (30) days (or such longer period as is reasonably necessary to remedy such default, provided Landlord shall diligently pursue such remedy until such default is cured) as to a non-monetary default, after in each instance written notice thereof is given by Tenant to Landlord and Landlord’s Mortgagee, then, in any such event Tenant shall have the right (but no obligation) to cure the default, and Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for all reasonable sums expended in so curing said default. Tenant specifically agrees that Landlord’s Mortgagee may enter the Premises upon reasonable notice to Tenant to cure any such default and that the cure of any default by Landlord’s Mortgagee shall be deemed a cure by Landlord under this Lease.
 
   
 
                 (ii) Set-off . If Tenant obtains a judgment against Landlord or any assignee for any default by Landlord under this Lease and (i) Tenant provided Landlord’s Mortgagee notice and opportunity to cure as described in Sections 11(c) and 16(b)(i) above, (ii) said judgment is final and all rights of appeal have been exercised or have expired, and (iii) such judgment remains unsatisfied upon thirty (30) days written notice thereof to Landlord’s Mortgagee, Tenant may set off such judgment against Rent.
 
   
PAYMENT; NON-WAIVER
       17. (a) Payment . Upon any Event of Default by Tenant, Tenant shall pay to Landlord all costs incurred by Landlord (including court costs and reasonable attorneys fees and expenses) in (1) obtaining possession of the Premises, (2) removing and storing Tenant’s or any other occupant’s property, (3) reasonably repairing, restoring, altering, remodeling, or otherwise putting the Premises into a reasonably marketable condition, (4) if Tenant is dispossessed of the Premises and this Lease is not terminated, reletting all or any part of the Premises (including brokerage commissions, cost of tenant finish work, and other costs incidental to such reletting), (5) performing Tenant’s obligations which Tenant failed to perform, and (6) enforcing, or advising Landlord of, its rights, remedies, and recourses arising out of the Event of Default.
 
   
 
            (b) No Waiver . Acceptance or payment of Rent following any Event of Default shall not waive any rights regarding such Event of Default. No waiver by any party of any violation or breach of any of the terms contained herein shall waive any rights regarding any future violation of such term or violation of any other term.

 


 

     
LANDLORD’S LIEN
       18. In addition to the statutory landlord’s lien, Tenant grants to Landlord, to secure performance of Tenant’s obligations hereunder, a security interest in all fixtures, furniture, and leasehold improvements only (and does not include any tangible or intangible personal property of Tenant not named specifically) owned by Tenant and now or hereafter situated on the Premises, and all proceeds therefrom (the “ Collateral ”), and the Collateral shall not be removed from the Premises without the consent of Landlord until all obligations of Tenant have been fully performed. Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, Landlord may, in addition to all other remedies, without notice or demand except as provided below, exercise the rights afforded a secured party under the Uniform Commercial Code of the State in which the Building is located (the “ UCC ”). In connection with any public or private sale under the UCC, Landlord shall give Tenant five (5) days prior written notice of the time and place of any public sale of the Collateral or of the time after which any private sale or other intended disposition thereof is to be made, which is agreed to be a reasonable notice of such sale or other disposition. Tenant grants to Landlord a power of attorney to execute and file any financing statement or other instrument necessary to perfect Landlord’s security interest under this Section 18, which power is coupled with an interest and shall be irrevocable during the Term. Landlord may also file a copy of this Lease as a financing statement to perfect its security interest in the Collateral. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall subordinate its landlord’s lien, upon such terms as are reasonably acceptable to Landlord and Tenant’s Financier, to any bona fide third party financing existing or obtained by Tenant.
 
   
SURRENDER OF
PREMISES
       19. No act by Landlord shall be deemed an acceptance of a surrender of the Premises, and no agreement to accept a surrender of the Premises shall be valid unless the same is made in writing and signed by Landlord. At the expiration or termination of this Lease, subject to Landlord’s obligation to maintain the Building, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord the Premises with all improvements located thereon in good repair and condition, reasonable wear and tear (and condemnation and fire or other casualty damage, as to which Sections 13 and 14 shall control) excepted, and shall deliver to Landlord all keys and/or access cards to the Premises. Provided that Tenant has performed all of its obligations hereunder, Tenant may remove all unattached trade fixtures, furniture, and personal property placed in the Premises by Tenant (but Tenant shall not remove any such item which was paid for, in whole or in part, by Landlord). Additionally, Tenant may remove such additional items as Landlord may have agreed. Tenant shall repair all damage

 


 

     
 
  caused by removal of any items. All items not so removed within thirty (30) days of expiration or early termination shall be deemed to have been abandoned by Tenant and may be appropriated, sold, stored, destroyed, or otherwise disposed of by Landlord without notice to Tenant and without any obligation to account for such items. The provisions of this Section 19 shall survive the end of the Term.
 
   
HOLDING OVER
       20. If Tenant fails to vacate the Premises at the end of the Term, then Tenant shall be a tenant at will and, in addition to all other damages and remedies to which Landlord may be entitled for such holding over, Tenant shall pay, in addition to the other Rent, a daily Basic Rental equal to 150% of the daily Basic Rental payable during the last month of the Term.
 
   
CERTAIN RIGHTS
RESERVED BY
LANDLORD
       21. Subject to Tenant’s security procedures, below, and provided that the exercise of such rights does not unreasonably interfere with Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises, and upon reasonable advance notice provided by Landlord to Tenant (except in case of emergency), Landlord shall have the following rights:
 
   
 
            (a) to decorate and to make inspections, repairs, alterations, additions, changes, or improvements, whether structural or otherwise, in and about the Building, or any part thereof; for such purposes, to enter upon the Premises and, during the continuance of any such work, to temporarily close doors, entryways, public space, and corridors in the Building; to interrupt or temporarily suspend Building services and facilities (Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to complete any work requiring the suspension of Building services and facilities during off-business hours when reasonably and commercially practicable to do so); and to change the arrangement and location of entrances or passageways, doors, and doorways, corridors, elevators, stairs, restrooms, or other public parts of the Building;
 
   
 
            (b) to take such reasonable measures as in extreme circumstances Landlord deems advisable for the security of the Building and its occupants, including without limitation searching all items entering or leaving the Building; evacuating the Building for cause, suspected cause, or for drill purposes; temporarily denying access to the Building; and closing the Building after normal business hours and on Saturdays, Sundays, and Holidays, subject, however, to Tenant’s right to enter when the Building is closed after normal business hours under such reasonable regulations as Landlord may prescribe from time to time which may include by way of example, but not of limitation, that persons entering or leaving the Building, whether or not during normal

 


 

     
 
  business hours, identify themselves to a security officer by registration or otherwise and that such persons establish their right to enter or leave the Building;
 
   
 
            (c) after giving Tenant not less than thirty (30) days’ notice, to change the name by which the Building is designated; and
 
   
 
            (d) subject to Tenant’s security procedures, below, upon reasonable advance notice, to enter the Premises during Tenant’s regular business hours (at all times accompanied by a duly authorized representative of Tenant) to show the Premises to prospective purchasers or lenders, and within the last six months of the Term to show the Premises to prospective tenants.
 
   
 
       Notwithstanding anything hereinabove to the contrary, except in the event of an emergency, “ Tenant’s Security Procedures ,” described below, shall be honored by Landlord, its employees, invitees, contractors, agent and guests:
 
   
 
            1) Landlord shall give Tenant 24 hours written notice delivered by facsimile;
 
   
 
            2) which notice shall state the names of the visitors and the purpose and proposed duration of the visit;
 
   
 
            3) except in cases of imminent danger to persons or property, Landlord shall not have access to the software development area or the data center or computer room; and
 
   
 
            4) in all events (except emergencies) Landlord and its visitors must and shall be escorted by a duly authorized representative of Tenant.
 
   
MISCELLANEOUS
       23. (a) Landlord Transfer . Landlord may transfer, in whole or in part, the Project and any of its rights under this Lease. If Landlord assigns its rights under this Lease and such assignee assumes Landlord’s obligations hereunder, then Landlord shall thereby be released from any further obligations hereunder, other than those obligations accruing prior to the assignment.
 
   
 
       (b) Landlord’s Liability . The liability of Landlord to Tenant for any default by Landlord under the terms of this Lease shall be limited to Tenant’s actual direct, but not consequential, damages therefor and shall be recoverable from the interest of Landlord in the Project (including any rents, profits, or other proceeds therefrom), and

 


 

     
 
  Landlord shall not be personally liable for any deficiency. This section shall not be deemed to limit or deny any remedies which Tenant may have in the event of default by Landlord hereunder which do not involve the personal liability of Landlord.
 
   
 
       (c) Force Majeure . Other than for Tenant’s monetary obligations under this Lease and obligations which can be cured by the payment of money (e.g., maintaining insurance), whenever a period of time is herein prescribed for action to be taken by either party hereto, such party shall not be liable or responsible for, and there shall be excluded from the computation for any such period of time, any delays due to strikes, riots, acts of God, shortages of labor or materials, war, governmental laws, regulations, or restrictions, or any other causes of any kind whatsoever which are beyond the control of such party.
 
   
 
       (d) Brokerage . Landlord and Tenant each warrant to the other that it has not dealt with any broker or agent in connection with the negotiation or execution of this Lease, other than Trammell Crow D/FW and Joe Foster Company, whose commissions shall be paid by Landlord. Tenant and Landlord shall each indemnify the other against all costs, expenses, attorneys’ fees, and other liability for commissions or other compensation claimed by any broker or agent claiming the same by, through, or under the indemnifying party. The commission agreement between Landlord and Joe Foster Company shall be attached hereto as Exhibit L and made a part of Landlord’s obligation hereunder.
 
   
 
       (e) Estoppel Certificate . From time to time, either Landlord or Tenant shall furnish, within ten (10) business days after request therefor, a signed certificate confirming and containing such factual certifications and representations as to this Lease as the requesting party may reasonably request.
 
   
 
       (f) Notices . All notices and other communications given pursuant to this Lease shall be in writing and shall be (1) mailed by first class, United States Mail, postage prepaid, certified, with return receipt requested, and addressed to the parties hereto at the address specified in the Basic Lease Information, (2) hand delivered to the intended address, or (3) sent by prepaid telegram, cable, facsimile transmission, or telex followed by a confirmatory letter. Notice sent by certified mail, postage prepaid, shall be effective three (3) business days after being deposited in the United States Mail; all other notices shall be effective upon delivery to the address of the addressee. The parties hereto may change their addresses by giving notice thereof to the other in conformity with this provision.

 


 

     
 
       (g) Separability . If any clause or provision of this Lease is illegal, invalid, or unenforceable under present or future laws, then the remainder of this Lease shall not be affected thereby and in lieu of such clause or provision, there shall be added as a part of this Lease a clause or provision as similar in terms to such illegal, invalid, or unenforceable clause or provision as may be possible and be legal, valid, and enforceable.
 
   
 
       (h) Amendments; and Binding Effect . This Lease may not be amended except by instrument in writing signed by Landlord and Tenant. No provision of this Lease shall be deemed to have been waived by Landlord or Tenant unless such waiver is in writing signed by Landlord or Tenant, and no custom or practice which may evolve between the parties in the administration of the terms hereof shall waive or diminish the right of Landlord or Tenant to insist upon the performance by Landlord or Tenant in strict accordance with the terms hereof. The terms and conditions contained in this Lease shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto, and upon their respective successors in interest and legal representatives, except as otherwise herein expressly provided. This Lease is for the sole benefit of Landlord and Tenant, and, other than Landlord’s Mortgagee, no third party shall be deemed a third party beneficiary hereof
 
   
 
       (i) Quiet Environment . Provided Tenant has performed all of the terms and conditions of this Lease to be performed by Tenant, Tenant shall peaceably and quietly hold and enjoy the Premises for the Term, without hindrance from Landlord or any party claiming by, through, or under Landlord, subject to the terms and conditions of this Lease.
 
   
 
       (j) Joint and Several Liability . If there is more than one Tenant, then the obligations hereunder imposed upon Tenant shall be joint and several. If there is a guarantor of Tenant’s obligations hereunder, then the obligations hereunder imposed upon Tenant shall be the joint and several obligations of Tenant and such guarantor, and Landlord need not first proceed against Tenant before proceeding against such guarantor nor shall any such guarantor be released from its guaranty for any reason whatsoever.
 
   
 
       (k) Use of Lobby and/or Common Areas . During the term, and only on weekends, Holidays, and between the hours of 6:00 p.m. and 7:00 a.m. on weekdays (other than holidays), Tenant shall have the right to use the Building lobby and/or common areas, without charge,

 


 

     
 
  for any Tenant-sponsored special event, provided (a) Tenant gives Landlord reasonable prior written notice of the date, time and nature of the event, (b) the date and time of the event do not conflict with another previously scheduled event, (c) Tenant reimburses Landlord for all out-of-pocket expenses Landlord incurs in connection with the event, (d) Tenant indemnifies and holds Landlord harmless from and against any and all claims, actions, damages, or liens resulting from Tenant’s use of the lobby and/or common areas, including any reasonable attorney’s fees incurred by Landlord, (e) Tenant complies in all respects with applicable law, (f) Landlord approves, in its sole discretion, all aspects of Tenant’s intended use of the Building lobby and/or common areas, and (g) Tenant shall not use the Building lobby and/or common areas for such events for more than twelve (12) days in any calendar year.
 
   
 
       (1) Captions . The captions contained in this Lease are for convenience of reference only, and do not limit or enlarge the terms and conditions of this Lease.
 
   
 
       (m) No Merger . There shall be no merger of the leasehold estate hereby created with the fee estate in the Premises or any part thereof if the same person acquires or holds, directly or indirectly, this Lease or any interest in this Lease and the fee estate in the leasehold Premises or any interest in such fee estate.
 
   
 
       (n) No Offer . The submission of this Lease to Tenant shall not be construed as an offer, nor shall Tenant have any rights under this Lease unless Landlord executes a copy of this Lease and delivers it to Tenant.
 
   
 
       (o) Exhibits . The following exhibits hereto are incorporated herein by this reference:
     
 
            Exhibit A — Outline of Premises
 
            Exhibit A-1 — International Business Park Masterplan
 
            Exhibit A-2 — Legal Description of Land
 
            Exhibit A-3 — Site Plan
 
            Exhibit B — Building Rules and Regulations
 
            Exhibit C — Operating Expenses
 
            Exhibit D — Tenant Finish-Work: Allowance
 
            Exhibit D-1 — Shell Construction
 
            Exhibit E — Renewal Option
 
            Exhibit F — Parking
 
            Exhibit F-1 — Reciprocal Easement Grant and Maintenance Agreement

 


 

     
 
            Exhibit G — Janitorial Specifications
 
            Exhibit H — Signage
 
            Exhibit H-1 — Signage Criteria
 
            Exhibit I — Preferential Right to Lease
 
            Exhibit J — Right to Use Roof
 
            Exhibit K — Guaranty
 
            Exhibit L — Joe Foster Company Commission Agreement
 
            Exhibit M — Subordination, Non-Disturbance and Attornment Agreement
 
   
 
       (p) Entire Agreement . This Lease constitutes the entire agreement between Landlord and Tenant regarding the lease of the Premises hereunder and supersedes all oral statements and prior writings relating thereto. Except for those set forth in this Lease, no representations, warranties, or agreements have been made by Landlord or Tenant to the other with respect to this Lease or the obligations of Landlord or Tenant in connection therewith.
 
   
 
       (q) Representations and Warranties . Landlord and Tenant each represent and warrant that the person executing this Lease on its behalf is acting in his or her capacity as an officer or partner, as applicable, with due authorization and authority to bind Landlord or Tenant, as applicable, to this Lease. Landlord represents and warrants that it has good title to the Project so to fully and properly lease the Premises to Tenant as provided herein. Landlord further represents and warrants to Tenant that (i) the Building is zoned in conformity with applicable laws in a manner permitting the use of the Premises as contemplated under this Lease, (ii) that all entrances, driveways and access roads upon the Land afford legal access to public rights-of-way and streets and permit (and shall throughout the Term of this Lease continue to permit) ingress to and egress from the Building by way of such rights-of-way and streets, (iii) that the Project contains sufficient parking and otherwise fully complies with all applicable governmental requirements, (iv) that Landlord is not required to obtain any consent to execute or perform this Lease, and (v) that the Building is not subject to any restrictive covenants or other encumbrances that would restrict the use of the Premises as contemplated under this Lease in any manner as of the Commencement Date. Landlord represents and warrants that the Project conforms currently and shall, as of the Commencement Date, conform in all material respects to all applicable laws, ordinances, rules and regulations generally applicable to commercial office buildings in Carrollton, Texas, and specifically applicable to the Project and

 


 

     
 
  Building. Further, Landlord represents and warrants that there are no lawsuits pending, or to the knowledge of Landlord threatened, against Landlord which if adversely decided against Landlord would affect Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Premises or Landlord’s ability to carry out its obligations under this Lease, there is no proceeding pending, or to the knowledge of Landlord contemplated or threatened, that would affect the amount of the real estate taxes assessed against the Project (except for routine real estate valuation protests) and that, to the knowledge of Landlord, the Project is free from material physical defects. Other than any express warranties contained herein, neither Landlord nor Tenant make any implied warranties of any kind or nature, and the parties hereby waive any claims upon any such implied warranties.
 
   
 
       (r) Electrical and Telephone . Landlord agrees, at Landlord’s sole cost and expense, to provide dual feed power supply to the Premises from independent substations. Landlord warrants and represents to Tenant that the Project has access to (in International Parkway right of way) DS-3 fiber optic service with Sonet ring, and Landlord agrees, at Landlord’s sole cost and expense, to provide single feed fiber optic supplied by Southwestern Bell to the main telephone room on the first floor of the Building. Landlord further agrees that Tenant may add, at its expense, additional sources of fiber optic supply.
 
   
 
       (s) Supplemental Equipment . Landlord agrees to provide supplemental equipment to include an emergency back-up generator, UPS and battery room (including batteries specified by Tenant) and additional air-conditioning capacity (the “ Supplemental Equipment ”). Landlord and Tenant will mutually agree upon the selection, specifications, design, location and maintenance of such Supplemental Equipment according to the specifications of Tenant’s technical consultants. The supplemental air-conditioning units shall be separately metered and Tenant shall be solely responsible for the electrical cost associated with such units. If the cost of such Supplemental Equipment exceeds $120,000 (including the cost of all consulting fees relating to the design and specification of such Supplemental Equipment), Tenant shall bear the cost for such overage to be paid to Landlord within ten (10) days of receipt of an invoice therefor. Such overage may be paid from the Hard Construction Cost portion of the Construction Allowance. The Supplemental Equipment shall be Landlord’s property at the end of the Term and shall remain on the Premises without compensation to Tenant.
 
   
 
       (t) Subsequent Payment by Tenant . If Tenant in its sole

 


 

     
 
  and absolute discretion, with no obligation to do so, elects to (i) become a publicly-traded company, (ii) acquire a publicly-traded company, (iii) be acquired by a publicly-traded company or (iv) merge or consolidate with a public-traded company, Tenant shall, within thirty (30) days of such event, pay Landlord $150,000 in cash.
 
   
 
       (u) Building Name . Landlord agrees not to name the Building or Project after a competitor of Tenant or to provide Building signage to a competitor of Tenant’s. A “ Competitor of Tenant ” for this purpose is any person or entity that offers to consumers or other users real estate management and/or analysis software (excluding general accounting or analysis software routinely used by companies not engaged in the management of real estate) and/or web page design services, or services similar to those offered by Tenant or whose services or products are reviewed by trade publications against those of Tenant.
 
   
 
       (v) Refurbishment Allowance . In the event Tenant exercises its right to renew the Lease for an additional Term of three (3) or five (5) years, then Landlord shall provide Tenant a Refurbishment Allowance equal to a total of $5.00 per Rentable Square Foot of which $2.00 per Rentable Square Foot may be a reimbursement for improvements previously made to the Premises by Tenant and $3.00 per Rentable Square Foot for additional improvements as needed by Tenant. The Refurbishment Allowance shall be subject to the conditions set forth in Exhibit D of this Lease. In the event Tenant renews for a second five (5) year term, Landlord will agree to an additional $5.00 per Rentable Square Foot Refurbishment Allowance. The Refurbishment Allowances provided for in this section shall be considered when determining the prevailing market rate for any renewal option.
 
   
 
       (w) Lobby Use . Subject to written approval from existing and future tenants of the Building, Tenant shall have the right to locate a receptionist desk in the common area lobby. All aspects of the desk must be approved by both Landlord and third party tenants including location, materials used, directional signage and various security issues which may arise. Tenant shall be responsible for all costs in restoring the lobby to its original condition upon removal of the receptionist desk.

 


 

                     
DATED as of the date first above written.                
 
                   
LANDLORD:       TENANT:    
 
                   
CB PARKWAY BUSINESS CENTER V, LTD., a Texas limited partnership       REALPAGE, INC., a Texas corporation    
 
                   
By: 15BCO, Inc., a Texas corporation, its general partner                
 
                   
By:
  /s/ Barbara A. Erhart       By:   /s/ Stephen T. Winn    
 
                   
Name:
  Barbara A. Erhart       Name:   Stephen T. Winn    
Title:
  Vice President       Title:   Chairman of the Board    

 


 

EXHIBIT A
OUTLINE OF THE PREMISES
(GRAPHIC)
BILLINGSLEY COMPANY               4000 INTERNATIONAL PARKWAY                SECOND LEVEL PLAN

 


 

EXHIBIT A-1
INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS PARK MASTERPLAN
(GRAPHIC)

 


 

EXHIBIT A-2
LEGAL DESCRIPTION OF LAND
     WHEREAS CB PARKWAY BUSINESS CENTER V, LTD. is the sole owner of all of the following described 9.672 acre tract of land situated in the D. Andrews Survey, Abstract No. 1455 in the City of Carrollton, Denton County, Texas, said 9.672 acre tract being comprised of two tracts (0.006 acres and 0.359 acres) out of the D. Andrews Survey, Abstract No. 1455 conveyed to CB PARKWAY BUSINESS CENTER V, LTD. by deed recorded in Denton County, Texas Clerk’s file Number 98-R0092891 and being 9.307 acres (all of Lot 1 of Block 1 of International Business Park Subdivision to the City of Carrollton, Texas as recorded in Cabinet 0, Slide 352 of the Plat Records of Denton County, Texas) out of the 9.554 acre tract of land conveyed to CB PARKWAY BUSINESS CENTER V, LTD. by deed recorded in Volume 4142, Page 821 of the Real Property Records of Denton County, Texas, and being more particularly described as follows:
     BEGINNING at a set “X” cut in concrete at the northeast corner of said Lot I of Block 1 of the International Business Park Subdivision, said point being on the west right of way line of Midway Road (110 foot wide right of way at this point);
     THENCE South 1 degree 38 minutes 21 seconds West, along the west right of way line of Midway Road. a distance of 254.04 feet to a 1/2-inch iron rod with yellow plastic cap stamped “HALFF ASSOC., INC.” (Hereinafter referred to as “with cap”) set at an angle point in said Midway Road right of way;
     THENCE South 5 degrees 27 minutes 09 seconds West continuing along said west right of way line a distance of 150.35 feet to a 59/64 — inch iron rod with cap set for corner;
     THENCE South 1 degree 38 minutes 21 seconds West continuing along said west right of way line a distance of 135.81 feet to a 59/64 -inch iron rod with cap set at the point of curvature of a circular curve to the right having a radius of 80.00 feet and whose long chord bears South 49 degrees 05 minutes 22 seconds West a distance of 117.87 feet;
     THENCE in a southwesterly direction along the west right of way of Midway Road and the north right of way of International Parkway and along said curve to the right through a central angle of 94 degrees 54 minutes 02 seconds, an arc distance of 132.51 feet to a 1/2-inch iron rod with cap set at the point of compound curvature of a circular curve to the right having a radius of 1215.00 feet and whose long chord bears North 79 degrees 14 minutes 35 seconds West a distance of 178.72 feet;
     THENCE westerly along the north right of way line of International Parkway (a 110 foot wide right of way at this point) and along said curve through a central angle of 8 degrees 25 minutes 49 seconds, an arc distance of 178.88 feet to a 1/2-inch iron rod with cap set for corner;
     THENCE North 72 degrees 57 minutes 46 seconds West, continuing along the north right of way line of International Parkway (through a transition in right of way width to 100 feet wide), a

 


 

distance of 162.38 feet to a 1/2-inch iron rod with cap set at the beginning of a non-tangent circular curve to the right having a radius of 1220.00 feet and whose long chord bears North 65 degrees 07 minutes 30 seconds West a distance of 96.06 feet,
     THENCE northwesterly, continuing along the north right of way line of International Parkway (with a right of way width of 100 feet) and along said Curve through a central angle of 4 degrees 30 minutes 45 seconds, an arc distance of 96.08 feet to a 59/64 -inch iron rod with cap set for the point of tangency;
     THENCE North 62 degrees 52 minutes 08 seconds West, continuing along the north right of way line of International Parkway, a distance of 246.21 feet to a 59/64 -inch iron rod with cap set for the point of curvature of a circular curve to the right having a radius of 1743.46 feet and whose long chord bears North 58 degrees 35 minutes 54 seconds West a distance of 259.66 feet;
     THENCE northwesterly, continuing along the north right of way line of International Parkway, and along said curve through a central angle of 8 degrees 32 minutes 28 seconds, an arc distance of 259.90 feet to a 1/2-inch iron rod with cap set for the southwest corner of said Lot 1 of
Block 1;
     THENCE North 35 degrees 40 minutes 20 seconds East, departing said north right of way line of International Parkway and along the west line of said Lot 1 of Block I, a distance of 99.24 feet to a 1/2- inch iron rod with cap set at an angle point in the west line of said Lot I of
Block 1;
     THENCE North 01 degrees 38 minutes 21 seconds East along the west line of said Lot 1 of Block 1 a distance of 5.13 feet to a 1/2-inch iron rod with cap set for a corner;
     THENCE North 88 degrees 21 minutes 39 seconds West departing from said Lot 1, Block 1 west line a distance of 12.00 feet to a 1/2-inch iron rod with cap set for a corner;
     THENCE North 01 degrees 38 minutes 21 seconds East a distance of 22.00 feet to a 1/2-inch iron rod with cap set for a corner;
     THENCE South 88 degrees 21 minutes 39 seconds East a distance of 12.00 feet to a 1/2-inch iron rod with cap set on the west line of said Lot 1 of Block 1;
     THENCE North 01 degrees 38 minutes 21 seconds East along the west line of said Lot 1 of Block 1 a distance of 19.00 feet to a 1/2-inch iron rod with cap set at the most westerly northwest corner of said Lot 1 of Block 1;
     THENCE South 88 degrees 21 minutes 39 seconds East along the most westerly north line of said Lot 1 of Block 1 a distance 32.00 feet to a 1/2-inch iron rod with cap set for a corner;
     THENCE North 01 degrees 38 minutes 21 seconds East departing from said westerly north line of Lot 1 of Block 1 a distance of 32.00 feet to a 1/2-inch iron rod with cap set for a corner;

 


 

     THENCE South 88 degrees 21 minutes 39 seconds East a distance of 341.15 feet to set “X” cut for corner; THENCE North 01 degrees 38 minutes 21 seconds East a distance of 115.02 feet to a set “X” cut for corner
     THENCE South 88 degrees 21 minutes 39 seconds East a distance of 32.00 feet to a set “X” cut for corner at the most northerly northwest corner of said Lot 1 of Block 1;
     THENCE South 88 degrees 21 minutes 39 seconds East along the most easterly north line of said Lot I of Block 1 a distance of 537.07 feet to the POINT OF BEGINNING and containing 421,299 square feet or 9.672 acres of land more or less.

 


 

EXHIBIT A-3
SITE PLAN
(GRAPHIC)

 


 

EXHIBIT B
BUILDING RULES AND REGULATIONS
     The following rules and regulations shall apply to the Project and the appurtenances thereto:
     1. Sidewalks, doorways, vestibules, halls, stairways, and other similar areas shall not be obstructed by tenants or used by any tenant for purposes other than ingress and egress to and from their respective leased premises and for going from one to another part of the Building.
     2. Plumbing, fixtures and appliances shall be used only for the purposes for which designed, and no sweepings, rubbish, rags or other unsuitable material shall be thrown or deposited therein. Damage resulting to any such fixtures or appliances from misuse by a tenant or its agents, employees or invitees, shall be paid by such tenant.
     3. No signs, advertisements or notices shall be painted or affixed on or to any windows or doors or other part of the Building without the prior written consent of Landlord. No nails, hooks or screws (other than those which are necessary to hang paintings, prints, pictures, or other similar items on the Premises’ interior walls) shall be driven or inserted in any part of the Building except by Building maintenance personnel. No curtains or other window treatments shall be placed between the glass and any Building standard window treatments.
     4. Landlord shall provide and maintain an alphabetical directory for all tenants in the main lobby of the Building.
     5. Except as otherwise provided in the Lease, Landlord shall provide all door locks in each tenant’s leased premises, at the cost of such tenant, and no tenant shall place any additional door locks in its leased premises without Landlord’s prior written consent. Landlord shall furnish to each tenant three keys to such tenant’s leased premises free of charge, with additional keys provided at such tenant’s cost, and no tenant shall make a duplicate thereof. Security Building access cards shall be provided by Landlord to tenants after receipt of a $10.00 deposit per card.
     6. Movement in or out of the Building of furniture or office equipment, or dispatch or receipt by tenants of any bulky material, merchandise or materials which require use of elevators or stairways, or movement through the Building entrances or lobby, shall be conducted so not to unreasonably interfere with the use of the Building by Landlord and other tenants, and if reasonably required by Landlord, under its supervision and control. Tenant assumes all risks of and shall be liable for all damage to articles moved and injury to persons or public engaged or not engaged in such movement, including equipment, property and personnel of Landlord if damaged or injured as a result of acts in connection with carrying out this service for such tenant.
     7. All damage to the Building caused by the installation, placement, or removal of any property of a tenant, or done by a tenant’s property while in the Building, shall be repaired at the expense of such tenant. No tenant shall be liable for any damage resulting solely from the weight of

 


 

any items placed in the Building by such tenant provided such items do not, in the aggregate, exceed the building weight loads specified by Landlord.
     8. Corridor doors, when not in use, shall be kept closed. Nothing shall be swept or thrown into the corridors, halls, elevator shafts or stairways. No birds or animals other than animals assisting the disabled shall be brought into or kept in, on or about any tenant’s leased premises. No portion of any tenant’s leased premises shall at any time be used or occupied as sleeping or lodging quarters.
     9. Tenant shall cooperate with Landlord’s employees in keeping the Building and its leased premises neat and clean. Tenants shall not employ any person for the purpose of such cleaning other than the Building’s cleaning and maintenance personnel.
     10. To ensure orderly operation of the Building, no ice, mineral or other water, towels, newspapers, etc. shall be delivered to any leased area except by persons approved by Landlord.
     11. Tenant shall not make or permit any improper, objectionable or unpleasant noises or odors in the Building or otherwise interfere in any way with other tenants or persons having business with them.
     12. No machinery of any kind (other than normal office, computer or other data processing equipment) shall be operated by any tenant on its leased area without Landlord’s prior written consent, nor shall any tenant use or keep in the Building any flammable or explosive fluid or substance not approved in writing in advance by Landlord.
     13. Landlord will not be responsible for lost or stolen personal property, money or jewelry from tenant’s leased premises or public or common areas regardless of whether such loss occurs when the area is locked against entry or not.
     14. In the event any vending machines are maintained in the Building for common use by all tenants, no vending or dispensing machines of any kind may be maintained in any leased premises without the prior written permission of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably delayed, withheld or conditioned. Any vending machines contained in any leased premises shall be for the sole use of the applicable tenant, its employees and guests.
     15. All mail chutes located in the Building shall be available for use by Landlord and all tenants of the Building according to the rules of the United States Postal Service.
     16. No smoking of any type is permitted in any portion of the Building, including any portion thereof leased by tenants, nor in any designated common areas utilized by all tenants (e.g., courtyards, picnic areas) outside the Building; however, Landlord shall designate smoking areas outside of the Building and equip them with ash urns.
     17. No firearms or weapons of any type are permitted upon the Land or within the Project.

 


 

     18. Tenant shall notify Landlord before holding events in a common area or where alcohol is to be served.
     19. While at the Project, Tenant, its employees, agents and guests shall behave in a manner consistent with that expected in Comparable Buildings as defined in the Lease.
     20. In order to maintain and operate the parking areas in an orderly manner, Landlord reserves the right to establish any reasonable system of parking monitoring, including the issuance of vehicle identification stickers, and all persons parking in the parking areas shall comply with such system. Tenant and Tenant’s employees shall park their cars only in those portions of the parking areas that are from time to time designated for that purpose by Landlord. Landlord shall have the right from time to time to relocate parking areas within the Project for use by Tenant. Tenant shall furnish in writing the make, model, color and state automobile license number (automobile license numbers to be submitted on a yearly basis) assigned to Tenant’s cars within thirty (30) days after taking possession of the Premises and shall thereafter notify Landlord in writing of any changes within five (5) days. In the event Tenant or its employees, agents or licensees fail to park their cars in the parking areas so designated from time to time by Landlord, then any requirements in the Lease regarding prior notice to Tenant or the expiration of any grace period, or both, shall not apply and Landlord at its option shall have the following right and option, but only after first placing one prior written notice of violation on vehicles that are parked in violation of these parking rules and regulations, to tow such vehicles away each at Tenant’s or the vehicle owner’s cost and expense. Parking areas shall be used only for parking vehicles no longer than full-size passenger automobiles, SUV’s or 1 / 2 ton pick-up trucks. The maintenance, washing, waxing or cleaning of vehicles in the parking structure or elsewhere in the Project is prohibited. Such parking use as is herein provided is intended merely as a license only and no bailment is intended or shall be created hereby.
     21. Tenant shall provide Landlord forty-eight (48) hour notice if it intends to operate any form of shuttle or bus service (whether on a recurring basis or for a one-time special event). In order to maintain and operate the parking areas in an orderly manner and provide for the safety of the tenants, Landlord reserves the right to designate drop-off and pick-up locations and traffic flow patterns.

 


 

EXHIBIT C
OPERATING EXPENSES
     1. Tenant shall pay from time to time an amount (the “ Excess ”) calculated by multiplying (a) the amount by which the Basic Cost (defined below), divided by the Total Rentable Square Feet, exceeds $5.50 (the “ Expense Stop ”), by (b) the Rentable Square Feet in the Premises. The Excess may be calculated and collected annually in arrears on a calendar year basis and, in such event, shall be due within thirty (30) days after Landlord furnishes to Tenant a written statement (the “ Annual Operating Statement ”) reflecting the Basic Cost for the calendar year (as may be adjusted as provided herein) and calculating the Excess, if any. In no event shall Tenant be obligated to pay any Excess for the first twelve months of occupancy. Said statement shall be furnished by April 1 immediately following the applicable calendar year, or as soon thereafter as practicable. Alternatively, Excess may be estimated and collected monthly and then reconciled against Basic Costs at calendar year end. In such event, Landlord shall make and notify Tenant of its good faith estimate of the Excess for the applicable calendar year (or part thereof), whereafter, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, in advance on the first day of each calendar month of such year (or part thereof), an amount equal to the estimated Excess divided by 12 (or such lesser number of months as applicable). From time to time during any calendar year, Landlord may re-estimate the Excess for that calendar year and the monthly installments of Excess payable by Tenant shall be adjusted accordingly so that, by the end of the calendar year in question, Tenant shall have paid the full Excess as estimated by Landlord for such year. The Basic Cost (other than the first year in which the Building is occupied) and Expense Stop shall be prorated for any portion of the Term which is less than a full calendar year.
     2. The term “ Basic Cost ” shall mean all expenses and disbursements of every kind (subject to the limitations set forth below) which Landlord incurs, pays or becomes obligated to pay in connection with the ownership, operation, and maintenance of the Project (including the associated parking facilities), determined in accordance with generally accepted federal income tax basis accounting principles consistently applied, including but not limited to the following:
          (a) Wages and salaries of all employees engaged on-site in the Project in the operation, repair, replacement, maintenance, landscaping and security of the Project, including taxes, insurance and benefits relating thereto, such costs to be allocated based on the relative rentable square footage of the buildings directly managed by these personnel if they are providing services to multiple buildings;
          (b) All supplies and materials used in the operation, maintenance, landscaping, repair, replacement, and security of the Project;
          (c) Annual cost of all capital improvements made to the Project which although capital in nature can reasonably be expected to reduce the normal operating costs of the Project, as well as all capital improvements made in order to comply with any law hereafter promulgated by any governmental authority, as amortized over the useful economic life of such improvements as

 


 

determined in accordance with generally accepted federal income tax basis accounting principles consistently applied;
          (d) Cost of all utilities, other than the cost of utilities paid directly by Tenant or reimbursable to Landlord by Tenant or other Building tenants (including Tenant under Section 4 (b) of the Lease);
          (e) Cost of any insurance or insurance related expense applicable to the Project and Landlord’s personal property used in connection therewith;
          (f) All taxes and assessments and governmental charges whether federal, state, county or municipal, and whether they be by taxing or management districts or authorities presently taxing or by others, subsequently created or otherwise, and any other taxes and assessments attributable to the Project (or its operation), excluding, however, federal and state taxes on income (collectively, “ Taxes ”) (and Landlord shall make reasonable and diligent efforts, as deemed necessary or appropriate in Landlord’s reasonable discretion, to contest property valuations and otherwise minimize Taxes which may include retaining a tax consultant to assist in determining the fair tax valuation of the Project and protesting any unfair valuations, with all associated costs being a Basic Cost). Notwithstanding the above, if the present method of taxation changes so that in lieu of the whole or any part of any Taxes levied on the Project, there is levied on Landlord a capital tax directly on the rents received therefrom or a franchise tax, assessment, or charge based, in whole or in part, upon such rents for the Building, then all such taxes, assessments, or charges, or the part thereof so based, shall be deemed to be included within the term “Taxes” for the purposes hereof;
          (g) Cost of repairs, replacements, and general maintenance of the Project, other than replacement of the roof, foundation and exterior walls of the Building;
          (h) Cost of service or maintenance contracts with independent contractors for the operation, maintenance, landscaping, repair, replacement, or security of the Project (including, without limitation, alarm service, window cleaning, and elevator maintenance);
          (i) A management fee, which may be paid to Landlord or any affiliates thereof, as a percentage [not to exceed four percent (“4%”)] of the Rent received from tenants of the Building each month;
          (j) Costs for landscaping and maintaining the medians within the Park, such costs to be allocated based on a fraction of which the numerator is the linear footage of frontage of the Project to International Parkway and Midway Road (approximately 1,616 linear feet) and the denominator which is the total linear footage of frontage in the Park bounded by the medians (approximately 15,634 linear feet);
          (k) Security for the Project, such costs to be allocated to each building based on relative rentable square footage when multiple buildings are covered by one contract; and

 


 

          (l) A pro rata portion of the salary and benefits (including taxes and insurance) of the Senior Property Manager located off-site at Landlord’s corporate offices, such costs to be allocated among all buildings managed by such person based on rentable square footage (estimated at $0.015 per rentable square foot in 1999).
          Any Basic Cost incurred in connection with any work performed, or services provided, to or for the benefit of one or more of the buildings located in the office park of which the Project is a part and commonly referred to as the International Business Park shall be allocated between all such buildings, including the Building, on a per square foot of rentable area basis.
There are specifically excluded from the definition of the term “Basic Cost” costs (1) for capital improvements made to the Project, other than capital improvements described in Section 2.(c) above and except for items which, though capital for accounting purposes, are properly considered maintenance and repair items, such as painting of common areas, replacement of carpet in elevator lobbies, and the like; (2) for repair, replacements and general maintenance made necessary by fire or other casualty, or paid by proceeds of insurance or by Tenant or other third parties, and alterations attributable solely to tenants of the Building other than Tenant; (3) for interest, amortization or other payments on loans to Landlord; (4) for depreciation of the Building; (5) for leasing commissions or marketing or promotional expenses; (6) for legal expenses, other than those incurred for the general benefit of the Building’s tenants (e.g., tax disputes); (7) for renovating or otherwise improving space for occupants of the Building or vacant space in the Building; (8) for correcting defects in the construction of the Building; (9) for overtime or other expenses of Landlord in curing defaults or performing work expressly provided in this Lease to be borne at Landlord’s expense; (10) for federal income taxes imposed on or measured by the income of Landlord from the operation of the Project; (11) repairs or replacements necessitated by Landlord’s gross negligence or willful misconduct; (12) amounts reimbursed to Landlord pursuant to any warranty or by any other tenant or third party; (13) reserves for future expenses; (14) late charges or penalties incurred as a result of Landlord’s failure to pay any bills or charges when due; (15) general overhead of Landlord (not including any goods or services used or provided directly for the benefit of the Project); (16) amounts incurred to remediate any hazardous substances as defined by applicable environmental law unless caused in whole or in part by Tenant, its officers, employees, agents, contractors or customers; and (17) for rent or other payment due under any ground lease for any or all the Land.
     3. The Annual Operating Expense Statement shall include a statement of Landlord’s actual Basic Cost for the previous year adjusted as provided in Section 4 of this Exhibit. If Tenant has paid estimated Excess and the Annual Operating Expense Statement reveals that Tenant paid more for Basic Cost than the actual Excess in the year for which such statement was prepared, then Landlord shall credit or reimburse Tenant for such excess within thirty (30) days after delivery of the Annual Operating Expense Statement; conversely, if Tenant paid less than the actual Excess, then Tenant shall pay Landlord such deficiency within thirty (30) days after delivery of the Annual Operating Expense Statement.
     4. With respect to any calendar year or partial calendar year in which the Building is not occupied to the extent of 95% of the rentable area thereof, the Variable Basic Costs (defined below)

 


 

for such period shall, for the purposes hereof, be increased to the amount which would have been incurred had the Building been occupied to the extent of 95% of the rentable area thereof As used herein, “ Variable Basic Costs ” means any Basic Cost that is variable in correlation with the level of occupancy of the Building.
     5. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Exhibit, for purposes of computing Basic Cost, in no event shall all aggregate Controllable Expenses (defined below) for any calendar year exceed the immediately prior calendar year’s aggregate Controllable Expenses (limited as to increases as herein provided) by more than 7%. “ Controllable Expenses ” mean all items of Basic Costs excluding the items described in paragraphs 2(c) (only to the extent they are capital improvements made to comply with any law hereafter promulgated by any governmental authority), (d), (e) and (f) of this Exhibit.

 


 

EXHIBIT D
TENANT FINISH-WORK: ALLOWANCE
     1. Landlord shall deliver the Shell Building in the condition described on Exhibit D-1 .
     2. Tenant shall provide to Landlord for its approval final working drawings by August 8, 1999 and subsequently provide complete detail plans and specifications by August 22, 1999 , prepared by an architect that has been approved by Landlord (which approval shall not be unreasonably delayed, withheld, or conditioned), of all improvements that Tenant proposes to install in the Premises (or in the case of signage, to any portion of the Building); such working drawings shall include the partition layout, ceiling plan, electrical outlets and switches, telephone outlets, drawings for any modification to the mechanical and plumbing systems of the Building, and detailed plans and specifications for the construction of the improvements called for under this Exhibit in accordance with all applicable governmental laws, codes, rules, and regulations. Further, if any of Tenant’s proposed construction work will affect the Building’s heating, ventilation and air conditioning, electrical, mechanical, or plumbing systems, then the working drawings pertaining thereto shall be prepared by the engineer of record for the Building or other engineer reasonably acceptable to Landlord and Tenant, whom Tenant shall at its expense engage for such purpose. Landlord’s approval of such working drawings shall be delivered within three (3) working days’ provided that (1) they comply with all applicable governmental laws, codes, rules, and regulations, (2) such working drawings are sufficiently detailed to allow construction of the improvements in a good and workmanlike manner, (3) the improvements depicted thereon conform to the rules and regulations promulgated from time to time by Landlord for the construction of tenant improvements (a copy of which has been delivered to Tenant), and (4) they do not adversely affect the Building, its electrical, plumbing, HVAC, structural, or other systems. As used herein, “ Working Drawings ” shall mean the final working drawings approved by Landlord and Tenant, as amended from time to time by any approved changes thereto, and “ Work ” shall mean all improvements to be constructed in accordance with and as indicated on the Working Drawings. Approval by Landlord of the Working Drawings shall not be a representation or warranty of Landlord that such drawings are adequate for any use, purpose, or condition, or that such drawings comply with any applicable law or code, but shall merely be the consent of the Landlord to the performance of the Work. Landlord and Tenant shall indicate approval of the Working Drawings by signing each page thereof. All changes in the Work must receive the prior written approval of Landlord, and in the event of any such approved change Tenant shall, upon completion of the Work, furnish Landlord with an accurate, reproducible “as-built” plan (e.g., sepia) of the improvements as constructed, which plan shall be incorporated into this Lease by this reference for all purposes.
     3. Landlord shall diligently construct the Initial Improvements to the Premises in accordance with the Working Drawings, subject to any remaining items which do not materially interfere with or prevent Tenant from occupying and using the Premises for the conduct of Tenant’s business therein (i.e., punch-list items), and deliver possession of the Premises to Tenant on or before the Target Completion Date set forth in Section 3 of this Lease. If a delay in the Substantial Completion of the Initial Improvements occurs because of (a) any change by Tenant to the Working

 


 

Drawings, (b) any specification by Tenant of materials or installations in connection with the Working Drawings which are in addition to or other than Landlord’s standard finish-out materials or which materials, because of long lead-time requirements or shortage of supply/availability, will delay Substantial Completion of the Initial Improvements beyond the Target Completion Date set forth in Section 3 of this Lease, or (c) any other cause within Tenant’s reasonable control (other than the authorization for contractors to work on an accelerated or overtime basis resulting in material cost to Tenant), then Tenant’s obligation to pay rent shall commence on September 1 , 1999. If, for any reason other than the reasons specified in the immediately preceding sentence, the Initial Improvements are not completed by the Target Completion Date, Tenant’s obligation to pay Rent shall be delayed until the Initial Improvements are Substantially Completed.
     4. If the Initial Improvements are not Substantially Completed by December 1, 1999, for any reason other than those provided in 3.(a) through (c) above, Rent shall be abated on a two (2) for one (1) basis for each day of delay after December 1, 1999, until (but not including ) the date of Substantial Completion. If Substantial Completion is delayed beyond January 1, 2000 for any reason other than those provided in 3.(a) through (c) above, Tenant shall have the right, with thirty (30) days written notice to Landlord, to terminate the Lease. The term “ Substantial Completion ” or “ Substantially Completed ” shall mean that, in the opinion of the architect or space planner that prepared the Working Drawings, (“ Design Professional ”) the Work has been completed substantially in accordance with the Working Drawings, subject to completion of minor punch list items that do not materially interfere with or prevent Tenant from occupying and using the Premises for the permitted uses. As soon as the Work has been Substantially Completed, Landlord shall notify Tenant in writing that Tenant’s obligation to pay Rent has commenced. In no event will the Commencement Date occur before September 1, 1999. Within thirty (30) days thereafter, Tenant shall submit to Landlord in writing a punch list of items needing completion or correction. Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to complete such items within forty-five (45) days after it receives such notice. If Tenant or its employees, agents or contractors delay completion of the Work as provided in Section 3.(a) through (c) above, then Rent shall Commence on the date that, in the Design Professional’s opinion, Substantial Completion would have occurred had such delays not occurred. Tenant may from time to time make changes to the Working Drawings with Landlord’s prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld. Each subsequent request shall be set forth in a written notice delivered to Landlord, specifying in detail the requested change. If Tenant requests any such change, then (1) Tenant shall pay all additional costs in designing and constructing the Work as a result of such changes, (2) all delays in designing and constructing the Work caused by such changes shall not delay the Commencement Date, and (3) Tenant shall pay to Landlord the estimated additional costs in designing and constructing the Work that will be caused by such changes before any such change shall be made.
     5. Tenant shall bear the entire cost of performing the Work (including, without limitation, design of the Work and preparation of the Working Drawings, costs of construction labor and materials (the “ Construction Hard Costs ”), electrical usage during construction (allocated to Tenant as reasonably agreed by Landlord and Tenant), janitorial services, signage, fees, and related non-ad valorem taxes and insurance costs, all of which costs are herein collectively called the “ Total Construction Costs ”) in excess of the Construction Allowance (hereinafter defined).

 


 

     6. Landlord shall provide to Tenant a construction allowance (the “ Construction Allowance ”) equal to $25.00 per Rentable Square Foot in the Premises. Tenant shall be responsible for the amount by which the estimated Total Construction Costs exceed the Construction Allowance, such amount to be invoiced by Landlord upon receipt of the first application for payment submitted by, contractor, and payable by Tenant to Landlord within five (5) days of Tenant’s receipt of invoice therefor. Upon Substantial Completion of the Work and before Tenant occupies the Premises to conduct business therein, Tenant shall pay to Landlord an amount equal to the Total Construction Costs less (a) the amount of payments already made by Tenant, and (b) the amount of the Construction Allowance. A minimum of $20.00 per square foot of Rentable Square Feet of the Construction Allowance must be used for Construction Hard Costs, defined as costs of construction (inclusive of fees, labor and materials), in completion of improvements to the Premises. Tenant may utilize up to $5.00 per Rentable Square Foot of Construction Allowance to offset soft costs, relocation costs and other expenses of Tenant.
     7. Landlord agrees to construct as part of the Initial Improvements the entire Premises (98,223 rsf).
     8. Landlord or its designee shall coordinate the relationship between the Work, the Building, and the Building Systems. In consideration for Landlord’s services, Tenant shall pay to Landlord a construction supervision fee equal to three and one half percent (3 1/2%) of the Hard Construction Costs for all improvements and alterations made to the Premises other than the Shell Construction, which fee shall be paid from the Construction Allowance.
     9. To the extent not inconsistent with this Exhibit, Section 7(a) of the Lease shall govern the performance of the Work and Landlord’s and Tenant’s respective rights and obligations regarding the improvements installed pursuant thereto.
     10. Landlord acknowledges that Tenant is considering alternative ceiling tile and light fixtures for certain portions of it’s Premises. Subject to Landlord’s approval of the substituted product, which approval is in Landlord’s sole discretion, Landlord agrees to credit Tenant’s Construction Allowance in the following amounts for the unused Shell Construction Inventory:
     Light Fixtures:          $75.00/fixture
     Ceiling Panels           $7.00/panel

 


 

EXHIBIT D-1
SHELL CONSTRUCTION
         
Site Data:
       
 
       
Zoning
  Commercial
Site Area
  9.672 Acres
Building Area (Gross Measured Area)
  158,844 sf
Parking Required
  530 spaces
Parking Provided
  615 spaces
Parking Ratio
  1 space / 258 sf
Signage
  Monument sign, 80 sf sign area (maximum allowable per City of Carrollton)
 
  Space provided for tenant names to be added to monument sign
 
  Maximum of one building mounted sign allowed per tenant. Not provided.
 
  Sign criteria to be agreed upon with Landlord
 
       
Building Data (Shell):
       
 
       
Structural System
  Concrete columns, beams & joists
First Floor Construction
  5” Concrete slab on grade over 3’6” select rill; 3000 PSI concrete
Above Grade Floor Construction
  4 5/8” concrete slab supported by 20 5/8” pan joists
Roof Construction
  3-ply built up asphalt, over R-20 insulation on concrete deck
Design Loads (Corridors)
  100 lb/sf live load
Design Loads (Office Areas)
  50 lb/sf live load + 20 lb/sf partitions
Typical Structural Bay
    30 x 30
Building Exterior
  coated concrete, glass & aluminum curtainwall,
 
  limestone accents, painted steel accents
Curtain Wall
  Clear extrusions, exterior glazed
Glass
  1” insulating glass, reflective stainless steel coating
Entrance.
  Limestone
Floor-to-Floor Height
    15
Ceiling Height
    10
Elevator Capacity
  3,000 lb passenger, 4,500 lb. service
 
       
Finishes Included Under Shell Construction:
       
 
       
Ceiling System
  2 x 4 Lay-in, beveled tegular edge, USG Eclipse tile, white, stacked *
Lobby Floor
  Stained Concrete
Lobby Walls & Ceiling
  Painted Drywall, acrylic wall finish
Lobby Stair
  Painted Steel, with wood treads
Corridor Floor (future)
  Carpet
Corridor Walls (future)
  Vinyl Wall Covering & Cove Base @ corridor side only
Corridor Ceiling (future)
  2 x 4 Lay-in, including light fixtures, HVAC & life safety devices

 


 

         
Toilet Room Floors
  Stained Concrete
Toilet Room Walls
  Ceramic Tile on wet walls; Acrylic wall finish elsewhere
Toilet Room Countertops
  Granite
Toilet Partitions
  Plastic Laminate
Exit Stair Floors
  Carpet
Exit Stair Walls & Ceilings
  Painted Drywall
 
       
Mechanical System:
       
 
       
HVAC
  4 - 130 ton Packaged Rooftop Units supplying Variable Air Volume
Ductwork
  Medium pressure and low pressure serving core areas only
Control System
  Electronic Controls
 
       
Plumbing System:
       
 
       
Toilet Rooms (Per Floor
  2 Men’s, each with 2 toilets (1 HC), 2 urinals, 2 lavatories
 
  2 Women’s, each with 4 toilets, (1 HC), 3 lavatories
Janitor’s Closets
    5
Drinking Fountains
  12 (6 HC)
 
       
Fire Protection/Life Safety:
       
 
       
Sprinklers
  Fully Sprinklered Throughout
Head Spacing
  Complies with NFPA 13
Fire Alarm System
  Intelligent Addressable, w/capacity for tenant connections @ ea. Floor
Alarm Devices
  Visual / Audible Strobes in all common areas
 
       
Electrical System:
       
 
       
Electrical Service
  TU Pad Mount transformer, 277/480 Volt 3-phase, 3000A
Electrical Design (Total)
  14 Watts/sf
Electrical Design (Lighting & Power)
  8 Watts/sf
Panels Provided (High Voltage)
  1 400A @ 277/480V panel for each half floor
Panels Provided (Low Voltage)
  1 400A @ 120/208V panel for each half floor
Building Standard Lighting
  3-Lamp 18-Cell Parabolic Fluorescent, for lay-in ceiling; stacked
Fixture Ratio
  1 Fixture / 100 sf (useable)
Accent Lighting at Lobby
  Incandescent Downlights
Parking Area Lighting
  Metal Halide pole-mount
 
*   Ceiling materials furnished stacked on floor. Quantity based on no interior demising walls, one continuous ceiling plane. Ceiling tile quantity based on useable square footage less building standard light fixtures (1:100 SF.).

 


 

EXHIBIT E
RENEWAL OPTION
     1. Provided no Event of Default exists and Tenant (or any permitted or approved assignee or subtenant) is occupying the entire Premises at the time of such election, Tenant may renew this Lease for two (2) additional periods of three (3) or five (5) years each (as determined in each case by Tenant) on the same terms provided in this Lease (except as set forth below), by delivering written notice of the exercise thereof to Landlord not later than nine (9) months before the expiration of the initial Term. On or before the expiration of the initial Term, Landlord and Tenant shall execute an amendment to this Lease extending the Term on the same terms provided in this Lease, except as follows:
          (a) The Basic Rental payable for each month during each such extended Term shall be as provided below;
          (b) Tenant shall have no renewal options except as set forth herein unless expressly granted by Landlord in writing; and
          (c) Landlord shall lease to Tenant the Premises in their then-current condition, and Landlord shall not provide to Tenant any allowances (e.g., moving allowance, construction allowance, and the like) or other tenant inducements except as set forth in the Lease.
     2. Basic Rental during the extended Term shall be equal to the then prevailing market rate for leases then being renewed or for new leases of second generation space then being entered into of equivalent quality, size, utility and location in Comparable Buildings, with the length of the extended Term, the credit standing of the Tenant, and any tenant inducements (e.g., tenant improvement allowance) taken into account.
     3. Tenant’s rights under this Exhibit shall terminate if (a) this Lease or Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises is terminated, (b) Tenant wrongfully assigns any of its interest in this Lease or wrongfully sublets any portion of the Premises, or (c) Tenant fails to timely exercise its option under this Exhibit, time being of the essence with respect to Tenant’s exercise thereof.

 


 

EXHIBIT F
PARKING
     Landlord shall provide, and Tenant shall be permitted, the non-exclusive use of one parking space for every 260 of Rentable Square Feet in the Premises throughout the Term or any renewal or extension thereof at no cost. Such parking shall be located in the parking area associated with the Project (the “ Parking Area ”) as shown on the Site Plan attached as Exhibit A-3 to the Lease, and, except as provided below, shall be unassigned. Tenant shall be permitted the right to use, as part of the parking ratio, eleven (11) reserved parking spaces in the covered portion of the Building during the Term of the Lease at no cost. Landlord will use commercially reasonable efforts to assure that Tenant is provided and has access to all parking spaces granted to it hereunder. If Tenant in good faith believes that its share of parking spaces in the Parking Area is not available to it because of use of such spaces by other parties, Tenant may so notify Landlord and may request that Landlord initiate the procedures outlined in Rule No. 20 of Exhibit B to the Lease. Landlord agrees that it will carefully consider Tenant’s request, and if it is presented with tangible evidence that Tenant’s share of parking spaces in the Parking Area is being interfered with because of use of such spaces by other parties, Landlord will initiate such procedures.
     In addition to the parking spaces in the Parking Area, Landlord shall provide on or before April 1, 2000 and Tenant shall be permitted the exclusive use of 108 parking spaces (the “ Offsite Spaces ”) in the areas depicted on Exhibit F-1 attached hereto (the “ Offsite Parking Area ”) throughout the Term or any renewal or extension thereof. Landlord (or one of its affiliates shall, at its sole cost and expense (and not as part of Basic Cost), grade, pave, landscape, install lighting and stripe the Offsite Parking Area needed to provide the Offsite Spaces. In accordance with the terms of the Reciprocal Easement and Maintenance Agreement, Landlord’s Affiliate (or successor in interest) shall maintain the Offsite Spaces in good order, condition and repair, and shall be responsible for sweeping, striping and lighting the Offsite Spaces, with the cost of such services to be charged to Tenant.

 


 

EXHIBIT F-1
After recording, return to:
Barbara A. Erhart
Billingsley Company
2200 Ross Avenue, Suite 4800 West
Dallas, Texas 75201
RECIPROCAL EASEMENT GRANT AND MAINTENANCE AGREEMENT
     THIS AGREEMENT is made this                      day of                      , 1999, by and between the present owners of those certain tracts of real property situated in Denton County, Texas described on Exhibit A and Exhibit B .
RECITALS :
     (1) CB PARKWAY BUSINESS CENTER V, LTD., a Texas limited partnership (“CB V”) is the owner of a certain tract of real property situated in Denton County, Texas, described on Exhibit A attached hereto (“Tract I”), and any improvements now or hereafter located thereon (the “Tract I Improvements”).
     (2) CB MIDWAY/PARKWAY INVESTORS, LTD., a Texas limited partnership (“CB MPI”) is the owner of a certain tract of real property situated in Denton County, Texas, described on Exhibit B attached hereto (“Tract II”) and any improvements now or hereafter located thereon (the “Tract II Improvements”).
     (3) As used herein, the term “Tract I Owner” shall mean Office V, acting in its capacity as the owner of Tract I, the term “Tract II Owner” shall mean Office VI, acting in its capacity as the owner of Tract II. The Tract I Owner and Tract II Owner are referred to herein individually as an “Owner” and collectively as the “Owners”. Tract I and Tract II are referred to herein individually as “Tract” and collectively as “Tracts”.
     (4) The purpose of this Agreement is to (i) provide for an access easement for the benefit of the Tract I owner for the use of a roadway on and across Tract II; (ii) provide for easements for certain parking spaces located on Tract II for use by the Tract 1 owner; and (iii) to set forth certain agreements between the Tract 1 Owner and the Tract II Owner with regard to the costs and expenses of maintaining such roadways and parking spaces.
AGREEMENT :
     In consideration of the premises and the mutual agreements herein contained, the Tract 1 Owner and the Tract II Owner hereby covenant and agree as follows and hereby GRANT, BARGAIN, SELL, CONVEY and, where appropriate, RESERVE the easement hereinafter set forth.

 


 

ARTICLE I
Tract II Roadway Easement
     Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, there is hereby GRANTED, BARGAINED, SOLD, CONVEYED or, where appropriate, RESERVED the following easement:
     1.1 Tract II Roadway . The Tract II Owner hereby grants to and reserves for the benefit of all present and future owners of Tract I and Tract II for their respective use and the use of their respective lessees, sublessees, mortgagees, successors, assigns, guests, patrons, customers, agents, employees, licensees and invitees, a perpetual non-exclusive easement and right-of-way for pedestrian and vehicular traffic over and upon a certain portion of Tract II, as particularly described in Exhibit C hereto (the “Tract II Roadway”) and depicted on the abstract from the site plan of Tract II prepared by morrisonseifertmurphy dated                      ___, 1999 (the “Site Plan”), a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit D . In its capacity as owner of Tract II, the Tract II Owner reserves, for itself and for future owners of Tract II, (i) all rights in and to the Tract II Roadway (including without limitations subsurface, surface and air rights), the exercise of which do not unreasonably interfere with the easement herein granted in and to the Tract II Roadway, and (ii) the right to relocate, widen or expand, at the sole cost and expense of the owner or owners of Tract II, all or any portion of the Tract II Roadway, provided that no such relocation, widening or expansion shall affect access provided by the Tract II Roadway to Midway Road or access from the Tract II Roadway to Tract I. The easement granted hereby shall automatically apply to the Tract II Roadway as the same may be relocated, widened or expanded; provided, however, that upon the request of any Owner, the Tract I Owner and Tract II Owner shall enter into a written agreement in recordable form confirming the easement as relocated, widened or expanded.
     1.2 Maintenance of Tract II Roadway . The Tract Il Owner agrees for himself and for future owners of Tract II, to at all times maintain in good repair and condition and replace all portions of the Tract II Roadway and to keep the Tract II Roadway, at all times, free and clear from all debris and other obstructions which would or might unreasonably interfere with its use for pedestrian and vehicular traffic. All reasonable costs incurred by the Tract II Owner in maintaining, repairing and replacing the Tract II Roadway shall be paid one-half (1/2) each by the Tract I Owner and Tract II Owner. In addition, in the event the Tract II Roadway is relocated, enlarged, or otherwise altered by the Tract II Owner as permitted by Section 1.1 above, any increase in the cost of maintenance, repair or replacement of the Tract II Roadway resulting from such alteration shall be the sole responsibility of the Tract II Owner.
     1.3 No Prescriptive Rights . The Tract II Owner reserves, for himself and for all present and future owners of Tract II, the right to close off portions of the Tract II Roadway for such reasonable period of time as may be legally necessary to prevent the acquisition of prescriptive rights by any party; provided, however, that any such party closing off any portion of the Tract II Roadway shall effectuate such closing so that no unreasonable interferences occur in the operation of the Tract I Improvements or Tract II Improvements.

 


 

ARTICLE II
Tract II Parking Easements
     2.1 Grant of Tract II Parking Easements . The Tract II Owner hereby grants and conveys to the Tract Owner, for the benefit of and appurtenant to Tract I, exclusive easements in, to, over and across the areas on Tract II described in Exhibits E and F and shown on the Site Plan as Parcel 1 and Parcel 2 respectively, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit D , for the purpose of providing 108 parking spaces (the “Parking Easements”) for use by vehicles no longer than full-size passenger automobiles or 1 / 2 ton pickup trucks.
     2.2 Term of Parking Easements . The Tract II parking easements shall survive for the lease term, including renewals and extensions, of the Lease Agreement dated July ___, 1999, by and between CB Parkway Business Center V, Ltd., a Texas limited partnership, and RealPage, Inc., a Texas corporation.
     2.3 Maintenance of Parking Easements . The Tract II Owner agrees for himself and for future owners of Tract II, to at all times maintain in good repair and condition all portions of the Tract II Parking Easements and to keep the Tract II Parking Easements Roadway, at all times, free and clear from all debris and other obstructions which would or might unreasonably interfere with its use for vehicular parking. All reasonable costs incurred by the Tract II Owner in maintaining, repairing and replacing the Tract II Parking Easements shall be paid by the Tract I Owner.
ARTICLE III
Miscellaneous
     3.1 Binding Effect . Except as expressly set forth herein, the easement and covenants set forth in this Agreement shall run with the land, and shall be binding upon any and all parties hereafter acquiring an interest in Tract I or Tract II, and shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the respective successors and assigns of the parties benefited and burdened hereby and shall remain in effect as hereinabove set forth.
     3.2 Exhibits . The exhibits referred to in this Agreement and attached hereto are incorporated herein in full by this reference.
     3.3 Waiver . No failure of any party to exercise any power given to such party hereunder or to insist upon such strict compliance by any other party to its obligations hereunder and no custom or practice of the parties in variance with the terms hereof shall constitute a waiver of any party’s right to demand exact compliance with the terms hereof.
     3.4 No Dedication . Nothing contained in this Agreement is intended to, nor shall it be constructed as, dedicating any easement or rights to the public.

 


 

     3.5 Enforcement of Obligations . In the event that any party obligated hereunder (the “Obligated Party”) fails to undertake and perform punctually and properly any of his or its duties or obligations set forth in this Agreement, then any other owner of Tract I or Tract II (the “Other Party”) shall give the Obligated Party written notice of such failure and shall give the Obligated Party thirty (30) days after such notice to undertake and perform properly such duty or obligation, unless such obligation cannot be reasonably completed within such thirty (30) day period, in which event the Obligated Party shall commence to complete such obligation within such thirty (30) day period and diligently prosecute to complete same as soon as reasonably practicable, but in no event more than ninety (90) days after said notice. If the Obligated Party fails to so undertake and perform properly such duty or obligation within such thirty (30) day period, or in the event of an obligation which cannot reasonably be completed within such thirty (30) day period, fails to commence to complete such obligation within such thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently prosecute to complete same as soon as reasonably practicable, but in no event more than ninety (90) days after said notice, then the Other Party may, but shall not be required to, undertake and perform such duty or obligation for and on behalf of the Obligated Party, all costs and expenses of which shall be paid to the Other Party by the Obligated Party. If the Other Party retains an attorney to collect such amount, then the Obligated Party shall also pay reasonable attorney’s fees and costs of collection. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, in the event of an emergency whereby immediate action is required to prevent damage or injury to persons or property, the Other Party may undertake any reasonably necessary obligations of the Obligated Party without prior notice or demand, and shall be entitled to reimbursement of all reasonably incurred expenses in connection therewith as provided herein. Each party hereto hereby grants to the other party hereto and/or reserves, as appropriate, an easement on, over and across the Tract owned by the Obligated Party for any reasonable use in connection with the performance by the Other Party of the obligations of the Obligated Party pursuant to this Section 3.5. In addition to the right of the Other Party to perform the obligations of the Obligated Party pursuant to this Section 3.5, the obligations of any party to this Agreement may be enforced by any other measure available at law or in equity, including without limitation the right to obtain injunctive relief
     3.6 Payments . Where any payments hereunder are owed by an Owner (the “Payor Owner”) to the other Owner (the “Payee Owner”), such payment shall be due and payable within thirty (30) days after the Payor Owner receives written notice from the Payee Owner of the amount thereof together with copies of all applicable receipts and other reasonable verification of such amount, if applicable. If not paid when due, such amounts shall bear interest from the due date at the rate of ten percent (10%) per annum or the highest rate then allowed under applicable law, whichever is lower, until paid. In addition, any proper amounts owed hereunder if not paid when due shall be secured by a lien on the Payor Owner’s Tract, which lien shall be effective upon the recording of a legally sufficient notice thereof in the real property records for Dallas County, Texas. Such lien shall be subordinate to any mortgage or deed of trust now or hereafter affecting such Tract, and any purchaser at any foreclosure or trustee’s sale (as well as any grantee by deed in lieu of foreclosure or trustee’s sale) under any such mortgage or deed of trust shall take title subject only to liens thereafter accruing pursuant to this Section.

 


 

     3.7 Amendment . This Agreement, and any rights or interests herein granted, bargained, sold, conveyed, reserved or otherwise provided, may be amended, modified or terminated only by a written and duly recorded agreement signed by all Owners and mortgagees having a valid lien on any portion of the Tracts.
     3.8 Responsibility . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, each Owner shall be liable and responsible for the obligations, covenants, agreements and responsibilities created by this Agreement and for any judgement rendered hereon only to the extent of its respective interest in the land and improvements on its respective Tract.
     3.9 Estoppel Certificates . Each Owner agrees that upon written request of the other Owner, it will issue, within thirty (30) days after receipt of such request, an estoppel certificate stating to the best of the issuer’s knowledge the status of any matter relating to this Agreement or the terms hereof as shall be reasonably requested by the other Owner.
     3.10 Notices . Any notice required or permitted hereunder must be in writing and may be delivered to the respective addresses and numbers of the parties listed below (which addresses and numbers may be changed upon two (2) days notice), either in person, by certified U.S. Mail, by reputable overnight delivery service, or by facsimile copy via telecopy. Any such notice shall be deemed effective upon the earlier of actual delivery, upon the third day following deposit in the U.S. Mail, certified mail with return receipt requested, postage prepaid and properly addressed, or upon successful telecopy transmission as evidenced by acknowledgment of successful transmission by the sending machine.
     
TRACT I OWNER:
  TRACT II OWNER:
 
   
CB Parkway Business Center V, Ltd.
  CB Midway/Parkway Investors, Ltd.
c/o Billingsley Company
  c/o Billingsley Company
2200 Ross Avenue
  2200 Ross Avenue
Suite 4800 West
  Suite 4800 West
Dallas, Texas 75201
  Dallas, Texas 75201
Attn: Barbara A. Erhart
  Attn: Barbara A. Erhart
Telephone: (214) 754-1707
  Telephone: (214) 754-1707
Telecopy: (214) 754-1754
  Telecopy: (214) 754-1754
 
   
with copy to:
  with copy to:
 
   
Baker & Botts, L.L.P.
  Baker & Botts, L.L.P.
2001 Ross Avenue
  2001 Ross Avenue
Dallas, Texas 75201-2980
  Dallas, Texas 75201-2980
Attn: Joel Overton, Jr.
  Attn: Joel Overton, Jr.
Telephone: (214) 953-6938
  Telephone: (214) 953-6938
Telecopy: (214) 953-6503
  Telecopy: (214) 953-6503

 


 

     3.11 Waiver of Claims: No Subrogation . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, each Owner hereby waives any rights of recovery against the other, its owners, partners, managers, agents, employees, contractors, tenants, occupants, guests or invitees for any damage or loss that may occur on the Tracts or on or to any improvements thereon or other property therein, by reason of fire, the elements or any other cause which could be insured under a standard all risks insurance policy, regardless of cause or origin, including without limitation any negligent acts or omissions of the other Owner, its owners, partners, managers, agents, employees, contractors, tenants, occupants, guests or invitees, and no insurer shall have any rights of subrogation with respect to the foregoing.
     3.12 Counterparts . This Agreement may be signed by the parties in counterparts, which when taken together, shall constitute a valid, binding and effective agreement.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.
             
    “TRACT I OWNER”    
 
           
    CB PARKWAY BUSINESS CENTER V, LTD., a Texas limited partnership    
 
           
    By: 15BCO, INC., General Partner    
 
           
 
  By:        
 
           
 
  Name:   Barbara A. Erhart    
 
  Title:   Vice President    
 
           
    “TRACT II OWNER”    
 
           
    CB MIDWAY/PARKWAY INVESTORS, LTD., a Texas limited partnership    
 
           
    By: 2BCO, INC., General Partner    
 
           
 
  By:        
 
           
 
  Name:   Barbara A. Erhart    
 
  Title:   Vice President    

 


 

         
STATE OF TEXAS
  §    
 
  §    
COUNTY OF DALLAS
  §    
     This instrument was acknowledged before me on                      day of                      , 1999, by Barbara A. Erhart, in her capacity as Vice President of 15BCO, INC., a Texas corporation, in its capacity as sole general partner of CB PARKWAY BUSINESS CENTER V, LTD., a Texas limited partnership, on behalf of said corporation and partnership.
         
 
  Notary Public, State of Texas    
 
       
 
 
 
Printed Name
   
 
       
 
  My Commission Expires:                         
         
STATE OF TEXAS
  §    
 
  §    
COUNTY OF DALLAS
  §    
     This instrument was acknowledged before me on                      day of                      , 1999, by Barbara A. Erhart, in her capacity as Vice President of 2BCO, INC., a Texas corporation, in its capacity as sole general partner of CB MIDWAY/PARKWAY INVESTORS, LTD., a Texas limited partnership, on behalf of said corporation and partnership.
         
 
  Notary Public, State of Texas    
 
       
 
 
 
Printed Name
   
 
       
 
  My Commission Expires:    
EXHIBITS:
Exhibit A — Legal Description of Tract I
Exhibit B — Legal Description of Tract 11
Exhibit C — Legal Description of Tract 11 Roadway
Exhibit D — Site Plan Abstract
Exhibit E — Legal Description of Tract 11 Parking Easement (Parcel 1)
Exhibit F — Legal Description of Tract II Parking Easement (Parcel 2)

 


 

MORTGAGEE’S CONSENT
     The undersigned (“Mortgagee”) is the current beneficiary under, and the sole owner of, a certain promissory note secured by that certain Deed of Trust, Mortgage and Security Agreement dated effective as of October 14, 1998, and recorded in Volume 4198, Page 00062, Official Public Records of Real Property of Denton County, Denton County, Texas, which encumbers Tract I. Mortgagee has joined in the execution hereof for the purposes of evidencing its consent to this Agreement and the easements created hereby.
             
    “MORTGAGEE”    
 
           
    GUARANTY FEDERAL BANK, F.S.B., a
Federal savings bank
   
 
           
 
  By:        
 
           
 
  Name:        
 
           
 
  Title:        
 
           
         
STATE OF TEXAS
  §    
 
  §    
COUNTY OF DALLAS
  §    
     This instrument was acknowledged before me on ___day of                      , 1999, by Susan Clarkson, in her capacity as Vice President of GUARANTY FEDERAL BANK, F.S.B., a Federal savings bank, on behalf of said savings bank.
         
 
       
 
  Notary Public, State of Texas    
 
       
 
 
 
Printed Name
   
My Commission Expires:
                                                              

 


 

Exhibit A
4000 International Parkway
Legal Description
WHEREAS CB PARKWAY BUSINESS CENTER V, LTD. is the sole owner of all of the following described 9.672 acre tract of land situated in the D. Andrews Survey, Abstract No. 1455 in the City of Carrollton, Denton County, Texas, said 9.672 acre tract being comprised of two tracts (0.006 acres and 0.359 acres) out of the D. Andrews Survey, Abstract No. 1455 conveyed to CB PARKWAY BUSINESS CENTER V, LTD. by deed recorded in Denton County, Texas Clerk’s file Number 98-R0092891 and being 9.307 acres (all of Lot 1 of Block 1 of International Business Park Subdivision to the City of Carrollton, Texas as recorded in Cabinet 0, Slide 352 of the Plat Records of Denton County, Texas) out of the 9.554 acre tract of land conveyed to CB PARKWAY BUSINESS CENTER V, LTD. by deed recorded in Volume 4142, Page 821 of the Real Property Records of Denton County, Texas, and being more particularly described as follows:
BEGINNING at a set “X” cut in concrete at the northeast corner of said Lot 1 of Block I of the International Business Park Subdivision, said point being on the west right of way line of Midway Road (110 foot wide right of way at this point);
THENCE South 1 degree 38 minutes 21 seconds West, along the west right of way line of Midway Road, a distance of 254.04 feet to a 1/2-inch iron rod with yellow plastic cap stamped “HALFF ASSOC., INC.” (Hereinafter referred to as “with cap”) set at an angle point in said Midway Road right of way;
THENCE South 5 degrees 27 minutes 09 seconds West continuing along said west right or’ way line a distance of 150.35 feet to a 59/64 — inch iron rod with cap set for corner;
THENCE South 1 degree 38 minutes 21 seconds West continuing along said west right of way line a distance of 135.81 feet to a 59/64 -inch iron rod with cap set at the point of curvature of a circular curve to the right having a radius of 80.00 feet and whose long chord bears South 49 degrees 05 minutes 22 seconds West a distance of 117.87 feet;
THENCE in a southwesterly direction along the west right of way of Midway Road and the north right of way of International Parkway and along said curve to the right through a central angle of 94 degrees 54 minutes 02 seconds, an arc distance of 132.51 feet to a 1/2-inch iron rod with cap set at the point of compound curvature of a circular curve to the right having a radius of 1215.00 feet and whose long chord bears North 79 degrees 14 minutes 35 seconds West a distance of 178.72 feet;
THENCE westerly along the north right of way line of International Parkway (a 110 foot wide right of way at this point) and along said curve through a central angle of 8 degrees 25 minutes 49 seconds, an arc distance of 178.88 feet to a 1/2-inch iron rod with cap set for corner;
THENCE North 72 degrees 57 minutes 46 seconds West, continuing along the north right of way line of International Parkway (through a transition in right of way width to 100 feet wide), a distance

 


 

of 162.38 feet to a I/2-inch iron rod with cap set at the beginning of a non-tangent circular curve to the right having a radius of 1220.00 feet and whose long chord bears North 65 degrees 07 minutes 30 seconds West a distance of 96.06 feet;
THENCE northwesterly, continuing along the north right of way line of International Parkway (with a right of way width of 100 feet) and along said curve through a central angle of 4 degrees 30 minutes 45 seconds, an arc distance of 96.08 feet to a 59/64 -inch iron rod with cap set for the point of tangency;
THENCE North 62 degrees 52 minutes 08 seconds West, continuing along the north right of way line of International Parkway, a distance of 246.21 feet to a 59/64 -inch iron rod with cap set for the point of curvature of a circular curve to the right having a radius of 1743.46 feet and whose long chord bears North 58 degrees 35 minutes 54 seconds West a distance of 259.66 feet;
THENCE northwesterly, continuing along the north right of way line of International Parkway, and along said curve through a central angle of 8 degrees 32 minutes 28 seconds, an arc distance of 259.90 feet to a I/2-inch iron rod with cap set for the southwest corner of said Lot 1 of Block 1;
THENCE North 35 degrees 40 minutes 20 seconds East, departing said north right of way line of International Parkway and along the west line of said Lot 1 of Block 1, a distance of 99.24 feet to a 1/2- inch iron rod with cap set at an angle point in the west line of said Lot 1 of Block 1;
THENCE North 01 degrees 38 minutes 21 seconds East along the west line of said Lot 1 of Block 1 a distance of 5.13 feet to a 1/2-inch iron rod with cap set for a corner;
THENCE North 88 degrees 21 minutes 39 seconds West departing from said Lot 1, Block 1 west line a distance of 12.00 feet to a 1/2-inch iron rod with cap set for a corner;
THENCE North 01 degrees 38 minutes 21 seconds East a distance of 22.00 feet to a 1/2-inch iron rod with cap set for a corner;
THENCE South 88 degrees 21 minutes 39 seconds East a distance of 12.00 feet to a 1/2-inch iron rod with cap set on the west line of said Lot 1 of Block 1;
THENCE North 01 degrees 38 minutes 21 seconds East along the west line of said Lot 1 of Block 1 a distance of 19.00 feet to a 1/2-inch iron rod with cap set at the most westerly northwest corner of said Lot 1 of Block 1,
THENCE-South 88 degrees 21 minutes 39 seconds East along the most westerly north line of said Lot 1 of Block I a distance 32.00 feet to a 1/2-inch iron rod with cap set for a corner;
THENCE North 01 degrees 38 minutes 21 seconds East departing from said westerly north line of Lot 1 of Block 1 a distance of 32.00 feet to a 1/2-inch iron rod with cap set for a corner;

 


 

THENCE South 88 degrees 21 minutes 39 seconds East a distance of 341.15 feet to set “X” cut for corner; THENCE North 01 degrees 38 minutes 21 seconds East a distance of 115.02 feet to a set “X” cut for corner
THENCE South 88 degrees 21 minutes 39 seconds East a distance of 32.00 feet to a set “X” cut for corner at the most northerly northwest corner of said Lot 1 of Block 1;
THENCE South 88 degrees 21 minutes 39 seconds East along the most easterly north line of said Lot 1 of Block 1 a distance of 537.07 feet to the POINT OF BEGINNING and containing 421,299 square feet or 9.672 acres of land more or less.

 


 

Exhibit B
Proposed Phase VI Office Building
Legal Description

 


 

Exhibit C
Tract II Roadway
Legal Description

 


 

Exhibit D
(GRAPHIC)

 


 

Exhibit E
Tract II Parking Easement
(Parcel I — Legal Description)
26 Parking Spaces

 


 

Exhibit F
Tract II Parking Easement
(Parcel 2 — Legal Description)
82 Parking Spaces

 


 

EXHIBIT G
JANITORIAL SPECIFICATIONS
I.   JANITORIAL SERVICE SPECIFICATIONS FOR TENANT SUITES, COMMON AREAS ON TENANT-OCCUPIED FLOORS AND TENANT COMPUTER ROOMS.
  a.   Nightly Services
  i.   All surface areas, desks, file cabinets, counter tops, book shelves, credenzas, computer screens and other equipment will be dusted. Desk tops will be wiped down but no papers will be moved. All ashtrays and urns will be emptied and wiped.
 
  ii.   All carpeted areas will be vacuumed. Carpets will be spot cleaned where needed. All hard surface floors will be swept with a dust mop then damp mopped.
 
  iii.   All trash receptacles will be emptied and wiped down. Liners will be changed whenever necessary. Garbage will be taken to the designated areas for trash removal.
 
  iv.   All magazines will be straightened. Glass top desks, glass doors, partitions, light switches and walls will be cleaned to remove smudges and fingerprints.
 
  v.   All stairwells will be vacuumed and swept as well as dusted.
 
  vi.   The elevator will be vacuumed and fingerprints removed from wall surfaces.
 
  vii.   All kitchen countertops, tables and cupboard doors in break rooms will be cleaned and disinfected. Hand prints and smudges will be removed from the exterior of the refrigerator as well as any other appliances. Microwaves will be cleaned inside and out. Sinks and other chrome areas will be cleaned and polished.
 
  viii.   Mugs, plates and glasses will be placed in the dishwasher and washed only if they are placed in the break room sink by company employees. Dishes will not be removed from the dishwasher.
 
  ix.   All fixtures and appliances in the restrooms will be cleaned and sanitized. All chrome and mirrors will be cleaned and polished. Toilet paper and paper towels will be replenished as needed in restrooms.
 
  x.   All commodes and urinals will be cleaned with a germicidal disinfectant. The use of an emulsion bowl cleaner will be used whenever necessary.
 
  xi.   Restroom floors will be cleaned using a germicidal disinfectant.
 
  xii.   Light bulbs will be replaced as needed.
  b.   Weekly Services
  i.   All pictures and door frames will be dusted.
 
  ii.   Partitions and walls in the restrooms will be completely wiped down with a germicidal disinfectant.

 


 

  iii.   All VCT floors will be buffed.
  c.   Monthly Services
  i.   All mini-blinds and A/C vents will be dusted.
 
  ii.   All interior windows will be cleaned.
 
  iii.   All VCT floors will be waxed (more often as necessary)
  d.   Quarterly Services
  i.   All exterior windows will be cleaned.

 


 

EXHIBIT H
SIGNAGE
     Subject to all applicable laws, ordinances and permit requirements, Tenant shall have the right, at its sole cost and expense, to install its identification on the parapet of the Building in locations reserved for use by Tenant as identified on Exhibit A-3 . The size, location, quality, color and design of such signage, the contractor selected by Tenant to manufacture and install the signage, and the method of installation thereof shall all be subject to the generally applicable sign criteria established for the Building (a copy of which is attached to the Lease as Exhibit H-1 ) and Landlord’s approval, which shall not be unreasonably delayed, withheld or conditioned. Tenant shall be responsible for all aspects of its signs including not by limitation the cost (not including the cost of the monument itself, which shall be paid by Landlord), design, fabrication, permitting and installation (subject to Landlord’s supervision) of such signs, running electrical wiring to such signs, and providing and/or paying for electricity to such signs.
     Tenant shall be solely responsible for the operation, maintenance, repair and replacement of its signage and all related expenses, and shall keep same operational and in good condition and repair. Tenant shall, at its expense, remove all its signage, prior to expiration of the Term (as may be extended) or termination of the Lease and shall make all necessary repairs to the Building, upon such removal. If Tenant fails to remove its signage and make all necessary repairs as required herein, Landlord may do so at Tenant’s expense. In such event, Landlord shall not be liable for any damage to Tenant’s signage, and may retain, sell, or otherwise dispose of such signage without obligation or liability to Tenant.
     Tenant shall indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from and against all claims, costs, and liabilities of whatever kind or nature relating to the installation, existence, operation, maintenance, repair, replacement and removal of Tenant’s signage.
     Landlord will not permit the placement of any other signs on the parapet of the Building until and if the current tenant on the third floor (or its successors or assigns) vacates the Building. If the lease with the current tenant of the third floor of the Building terminates for any reason, Landlord will cause such tenant’s signs to be removed from the Building and will allow Tenant to relocate one or both of Tenant’s parapet signs, at Tenant’s cost, to these locations if desired.

 


 

EXHIBIT H-1
SIGNAGE CRITERIA
SIGN CRITERIA
The purpose of this sign criteria is to create a graphic environment that is individual and distinctive in identity for the Tenant and also compatible with other signs on this and future buildings. The total concept should give an impression of quality, professionalism and instill a good business image. Lettering shall be well proportioned and its design, spacing and legibility shall be a major criterion for approval.
The following specifications are to be used for the design of your sign: however, in all cases, final written approval must be obtained from the lessor prior to the manufacturing or installation of any signage. Lessor shall make all final and controlling determinations concerning any questions of interpretations of this sign policy.
NOTICE : Written approval and conformance with these specifications does not imply conformance with local City and County sign ordinances. Please have your sign company check with local authorities to avoid non-compliance with local codes.
Exterior Signs
A.   REQUIRED SIGNS
  1.   Tenant shall be requested to identify its premises by erecting two (2) signs which shall be attached directly to the building parapet as described hereinafter.
B.   TYPE OF SIGN
  1.   Internally illuminated acrylic faced, individual letters raceway mounted on building face. Letters shall appear black when not illuminated, white when illuminated.
C.   SIZE OF SIGN
  1.   Placement: All signs shall be designed to fit entirely within a horizontal band 48 inches high, from 12 inches below the top of parapet to 60 inches below the top of parapet, ascending and descending characters included.
 
  2.   Sign locations for individual tenants are to be as agreed with Owner. Maximum allowable areas per building elevation:
         
North elevation, north wing (aggregate):
  67.5’   maximum length, 180 sf. area
North elevation, south wing (aggregate):
  67.5’   maximum length, 180 sf. area
East elevation, north wing (aggregate):
  135.0’   maximum length, 360 sf. area

 


 

         
East elevation, south wing (aggregate):
  225.0’   maximum length, 600 sf. area
West elevation, north wing (aggregate):
  225.0’   maximum length, 600 sf. area
  3.   Depth — 6” minimum, or as required to diffuse neon stroke for uniform appearance.
 
  4.   Height — not to exceed 40” . Multiple Rows — not to exceed 40” in total height including spaces between rows: Minimum Letter
Size — 10”.
D.   TYPE OF SIGN
  1.   Any style (block or script) may be used. Upper and lower case letters are allowed. Lessor will have final review over height increases for script letters.
 
  2.   Logos in addition to signage must be approved. They must be proportionate to height of parapet and sign and in same color as signage.
 
  3.   Box type signs will not be permitted.
E.   COLOR OR SIGN
  1.   Signs are to appear black when not illuminated, and white when illuminated.
 
  2.   Face is to be Rohm & Haas Plexiglass. Color permitted: as required to provide day black/night white effect.
 
  3.   Returns: Flat Black.
 
  4.   Trim Cap: 1” Flat Black Jewel Lite.
F.   CONSTRUCTION OF LETTERS
  1.   Individual channel letters up to 40” high to have 1/8” plexiglass faces.
 
  2.   Returns: .063 aluminum gauge (minimum).
 
  3.   Backs: .080 aluminum gauge (minimum).
 
  4.   No armor plate or wood in the manufactured returns may be used.
 
  5.   Letter fabrication to be welded. Riveted construction not acceptable.
G.   ILLUMINATION AND WIRING
  1.   All signs must be UL labeled.

 


 

  2.   Illumination shall be with 15 mm and 30mm 6500 degree white neon tubing, and shall be uniform. Provide number of neon strokes adequate to provide uniform lighting across width and length of letter stroke.
 
  3.   Secondary Wiring -All transformers and secondary wiring are to be concealed behind parapets or within ceiling plenum.
 
  4.   Electrical power shall be brought to required location at Tenant’s expense. Routing and location of conduit and other required items shall not be visible on front of parapet.
 
  5.   Final electrical connection of sign to transformer box will be performed by a licensed electrician approved by Landlord. Sign timer controls for all tenants to be set per Landlord requirements.
H.   PLACEMENT AND INSTALLATION
  1.   General Notes
  a.   Letters are to be located on signage area of building as determined by Landlord.
 
  b.   Attachment of signage to meet U.L. Standards. No exposed wiring is permitted.
 
  c.   All fasteners used are to be non-corrosive.
 
  d.   Tenant will be responsible for all damage to the building incurred during sign installation or removal.
 
  e.   Tenant submittals for lighting approval shall indicate methods of attachment to building face. Tenants should be aware that building face is 8” concrete tilt wall.
I.   SUBMITTAL FOR APPROVAL
  1.   Prior to awarding a contract for fabrication and installation, Tenant shall submit three (3) sealed drawings for final review and approval to:
 
      Billingsley Property Services
Texas Commerce Tower
2200 Ross Avenue, Suite 4800 West
Dallas, Texas 75201
Attention: Becky Rowland, Property Manager
 
  2.   Elevation of building fascia and sign shall be drawn using a minimum 1/4” = 1’ — 0” scale.

 


 

  3.   Drawing shall indicate the following specifications: Type, color and thickness of plexiglass, type of materials, finish used on return, type of illumination and mounting method. Tenant’s sign contractor shall first visit the site to verify existing conditions prior to preparation of shop drawings, information needed to prepare submittals shall also be obtained during the visit.
 
  4.   Drawings must include fascia cross section showing electrical connections.
J.   PERMITS
  1.   All City permits and approvals from the landlord are required prior to sign fabrication.
K.   WINDOW SIGNS
  1.   No window signs are permitted.
L.   MONUMENT SIGNS
  1.   Tenants shall provide identification signs per Owner’s criteria for mounting on monument sign.
 
  2.   All single-tenant buildings, signs shall be 10” high metal letters with black baked-on gloss finish, in Universe 67 letter style.
 
  3.   At multi-tenant buildings, signs shall be 6” high metal letters with black baked-on gloss finish, in Universe 67 letter style.
M.   SECONDARY ENTRY SIGNS
  1.   Not allowed.
N.   THE FOLLOWING ARE NOT PERMITTED:
  1.   Roof signs or box signs
 
  2.   Cloth signs hanging in front of business
 
  3.   Exposed seam tubing
 
  4.   Animated or moving components
 
  5.   Intermittent or flashing illumination
 
  6.   Iridescent painted signs

 


 

  7.   Letters mounted or painted directly on illuminated panels
 
  8.   Signs or letters painted directly on any surface except as herein provided
 
  9.   The names, stamps or decals of manufacturers or installers shall not be visible except for technical data (if any) required by governing authorities.
Interior Signs
A.   Interior signs identifying fixed building elements, and two building directions identifying Tenant Names and Suite Numbers, will be provided by Landlord.
  1.   Signs Included:
 
  a.   Building Directory (Lobby)
 
  b.   Building Directory (South Vestibule)
 
  c.   Suite Number Identification
 
  d.   Stair Identification
 
  e.   Toilet Room Identification
 
  f.   Identification of Mechanical Spaces
 
  g.   Emergency Egress Directions
B.   Tenant Identification signs for suite entries are to be provided by each tenant. These are to be wall mounted adjacent to entrance doors. Sign size and location shall comply with all local codes and ordinances, as well as ADA/TAS.
  1.   Size: 24 inches high maximum; 48 inches wide maximum; 4 sf. maximum overall, as defined by a rectangle surrounding a regularly shaped sign, or as defined in the case of an irregularly shaped sign by a rectilinear perimeter of not more than eight (8) straight lines enclosing the extreme limits of any figure or character.
 
  2.   Color: At tenant’s option subject to approval by Landlord.
 
  3.   Illumination: Not Allowed.
 
  4.   Content: Text and logos acceptable, subject to size limitations.
C.   Tenant signs within tenant space provided by tenant if desired. Size, color, configuration, illumination and content at Tenant’s option subject to approval by Landlord.

 


 

EXHIBIT I
TENANT’S PREFERENTIAL RIGHT TO LEASE
1.   Tenant shall have a continuing right of first refusal to lease any space on the third floor of the Building (hereinafter referred to as the “ Expansion Space ”) during the term of this Lease and any renewal or extension thereof. If, at any time following the date of this Lease, Landlord receives a bona fide offer from a third party, other than the existing tenant or its Affiliates, to lease all or any portion of the Expansion Space or if Landlord extends to a third party a bona fide offer to lease all or any portion of the Expansion Space which such third party is willing to accept, then in either such event Landlord shall give written notice to Tenant of such bona fide offer and shall include in such notice the rental rate and all other economic terms of such offer. Tenant shall have ten (10) business days following the receipt of such notice to determine whether or not it desires to lease such Expansion Space on the same terms and conditions contained in such offer. The failure of Tenant to exercise its right of first refusal as to any space covered by the notice delivered pursuant to this Exhibit shall not terminate the obligation of Landlord to again offer that space to Tenant pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Exhibit should the space again become available. Moreover, if Landlord does not lease the Expansion Space to the third party that is the subject of the bona fide offer within one hundred-eighty (180) days after the end of the ten (10) business day period on substantially the same terms and conditions as set forth in the bona fide offer, then Tenant shall again be entitled to the right of first refusal before Landlord can lease the Expansion Space to another tenant, including such third party. Tenant may not exercise its rights under this Exhibit if an Event of Default exists at the time of the delivery of the notice from Landlord to Tenant. Landlord warrants that there are no outstanding rights to lease all or any portion of the Expansion Space (other than the lease with the existing tenant in such space.)
2.   Tenant’s rights under this Exhibit shall terminate if (a) this Lease or Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises is terminated or (b) Tenant assigns any of its interest in this Lease or sublets any portion of the Premises (excluding Permitted Transfers).

 


 

EXHIBIT J
RIGHT TO USE ROOF
     Subject to all requirements contained within Section 7 in the Lease, and further subject to any applicable governmental ordinances, permits, fees or other applicable requirements or limitations, Tenant may utilize a portion of the roof of the Building for the placement of telecommunications, additional air conditioning and/or similar equipment for use in connection with Tenant’s business and use of the Premises (the “ Roof Improvements ”). Prior to the installation, Tenant shall submit for Landlord’s reasonable approval detailed plans and specifications for any Roof Improvements. Landlord shall have the right to reasonably control and/or limit the size, location, color, design and screening (all equipment must fit within the existing screen and not be visible above the screen) of the Roof Improvements, the contractor selected by Tenant to manufacture and install the Roof Improvements, and the method of installation. Subject to such control by Landlord, Tenant shall be responsible for all aspects of the Roof Improvements including not by limitation the cost, design, fabrication, permitting, installation (subject to Landlord’s supervision), operation, maintenance, repair, replacement and removal thereof, running electrical or other wiring, and providing electricity to the Roof Improvements. Tenant’s Roof Improvements shall not interfere with the location or operation of the existing equipment on the roof.
     Landlord agrees that it will not permit the installation of any other rooftop equipment for the benefit of another tenant if Tenant can remonstrate (through third-party engineering or consultant reports) that such installation will cause material interference with Tenant’s communications equipment.
     Tenant shall pay Landlord the then prevailing market rate for roof top use of telecommunications equipment, which is $100 per item per month as of this date.
     Tenant shall keep all Roof Improvements operational and in good condition and repair. Tenant shall, at its expense, remove all Roof Improvements prior to expiration of the Term (as may be extended) and shall make all necessary repairs to the Building upon such removal. Landlord may require such removal and repair upon thirty (30) days notice to Tenant in the event of an Event of Default which is not cured within said thirty (30) day period. If Tenant fails to remove any Roof Improvements and make all necessary repairs as required herein, Landlord may do so at Tenant’s expense. In such event, Landlord shall not be liable for any damage to any Roof Improvements, and may retain, sell, or otherwise dispose of such items without obligation or liability to Tenant.
     Tenant shall indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from and against all claims, costs, and liabilities of whatever kind or nature relating to the installation, existence, operation, maintenance, repair, replacement and removal of any Roof Improvements.

 


 

EXHIBIT K
GUARANTY
     As a material inducement to Landlord to enter into the Lease, the undersigned (“ Guarantor ”) hereby unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees the complete and timely performance of each obligation of Tenant under the Lease and any extensions or renewals of and amendments to the Lease. The amount of the Guaranty shall equal the accrued but unpaid obligations of Tenant under Sections 4, 7, 9, 10(c), 16(a), 20 and 23(a) of the Lease, limited to an aggregate guaranteed amount of $1.4 million. The Guaranty shall remain in effect until Tenant maintains a tangible net worth of $10 million for two (2) consecutive quarterly reporting periods following the initial twelve (12) months of occupancy. This Guaranty is an absolute, primary, continuing, and general guaranty of payment and performance and is independent of Tenant’s obligations under the Lease. Guarantor waives any right to require Landlord to (a) join Tenant with Guarantor in any suit arising under this Guaranty, (b) proceed against or exhaust any security given to secure Tenant’s obligations under the Lease, or (c) pursue or exhaust any other remedy in Landlord’s power. Landlord may, without notice or demand and without affecting Guarantor’s liability hereunder, from time to time, compromise, extend or otherwise modify any or all of the terms of the Lease. Guarantor hereby waives all demands for performance, notices of performance, and notices of acceptance of this Guaranty. The liability of Guarantor under this Guaranty will not be affected by (1) the release or discharge of Tenant from, or impairment, limitation or modification of, Tenant’s obligations under the Lease in any bankruptcy, receivership, or other debtor relief proceeding, whether state or federal and whether voluntary or involuntary; (2) the rejection or disaffirmance of the Lease in any such proceeding; or (3) the cessation from any cause whatsoever of the liability of Tenant under the Lease. Guarantor shall pay to Landlord all costs incurred by Landlord in enforcing this Guaranty (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the maximum aggregate liability of Guarantor hereunder is $1.4 million, and upon the payment by Guarantor of such amount to Landlord under this Guaranty, the liability of Guarantor shall terminate and Guarantor shall have no further liability to Landlord.
             
 
  By:
Name:
  /s/ Stephen T. Winn
 
Stephen T. Winn
   

 


 

EXHIBIT L
JOE FOSTER COMPANY COMMISSION AGREEMENT
     This Standard Brokers Commission Agreement (this “Agreement”) is entered into effective as of                      , 1999 between CB Parkway Business Center V, Ltd. (“Owner”) the Owner of International Business Park (the “Project”) such project being further described on the legal description attached hereto as Exhibit “B” , and Joe Foster Company (“Broker”) with reference to Broker’s efforts in procuring prospective tenants for the Project.
     1.  Payment of Commissions .
          a. Commission Structure . If Owner executes a lease for space in the Project with a tenant registered by Broker as herein provided, then subject to the terms of this Agreement, Owner shall pay a commission to Broker equal to four and one- half percent (4.5%) of the Base Rent (hereafter defined) payable under such lease during its initial term, payable as follows: one-half (1/2) upon execution of the lease and approval of the lease by the party holding the first lien mortgage indebtedness against the Project and one-half (1/2) upon commencement of the term of the lease, occupancy by tenant of the leased premises and upon commencement of payment of Base Rent under the lease. Payments of commissions shall be made to Broker and delivered to the following:
5400 LBJ Freeway
Suite 900
Dallas, Texas 75240
The total commission derived by multiplying four and one-half percent (4.5%) by the Base Rent shall be reduced by $420,000. $250,000 shall never be paid back to Broker, the remaining $170,000 shall be paid back upon one of the following events to occur; (1) RealPage, Inc. renews the Lease or (2) RealPage, Inc. expands beyond the original 98,223 rentable square feet. In the event of a renewal, Broker shall be paid the entire $170,000. In the event of an expansion, the Broker shall earn the $170,000 at a rate of $2.83 per square foot of the expansion area, payable beginning with an aggregate expansion of at least 15,000 rentable square feet.
          b. Base Rent . For the purposes of this Agreement, “Base Rent” shall mean the aggregate base rental provided for in the lease in question, but excluding the following: Escalations in excess of the initial basic rental; amortization of or lump sum payment for special leasehold improvements or improvements above $22.00 per rentable square foot; additional rentals or expense billings for special tenant services; cancellation or penalty payments for termination rights contained in the lease; late payment charges; utility charges, operating expense charges and other sums designated as “additional rent” under the lease; percentage rentals; parking rentals; rentals for transmitters, receivers, and other communication equipment; security deposits; rentals for services or facilities made available to tenant at locations other than the premises covered by the lease (except for storage areas); rentals credited to tenant by reason of a lease assumption and rent abatements (for the purposes of this exclusion, there shall also be deducted in determining Base Rent any amount

 


 

paid by landlord in respect of a lease assumption other than by way of credit against the tenant’s obligation under the lease); and rentals payable upon continuation of a tenancy on a month-to-month basis after expiration or termination of the lease term.
          c. Termination Rights . In determining the length of the initial term of any lease hereunder, there shall be excluded any portion of the lease term as to which a tenant has a cancellation right until such time as such right has lapsed or expired, unless such cancellation right requires Tenant to pay Owner a cancellation fee which offsets unamortized commissions in which case Owner shall pay all of the commission due as if there were no cancellation right.
          d. Broker Expenses . Broker shall be solely responsible for paying all expenses incurred by it in performing its activities with regard to leasing space in the Project.
     2.  Lease Conditions .
          a. Term . All leases with respect to which a commission is to be payable under this agreement shall have a term of not less than three (3) nor more than ten (10) years.
          b. Form . All leases shall be on Owner’s standard form of lease with reasonable modifications thereto.
     3.  Registration Procedure .
          a. Initial Registration . Owner has received the letter of authorization from the prospective Tenant which is attached hereto as Exhibit “C” and deems said prospective Tenant as registered with Owner.
          b. Effectiveness of Registration . Registrations hereunder shall remain in effect only so long as there is active and substantial progress towards consummating a lease as evidenced by meetings and exchange of substantive correspondence between Owner and the prospective tenant. If a period of forty-five (45) days elapses within which no meetings or lease negotiations occur, a registration shall automatically terminate. Broker undertakes responsibility for the status of negotiations and of registration hereunder, and agrees that Owner shall have no obligation to inform Broker of the termination of any registration or of registration of a prospective tenant by another broker.
          c. Duplicate Registrations . If for any reason whatsoever more than one registration is alleged to be in effect for a particular prospective tenant, Owner shall nevertheless be obligated to pay only a single commission in respect of a lease with that tenant, and Owner’s obligation shall not exceed that payable if only one registration were in effect. Owner shall pay the commission to the party who, in the judgment of Owner and tenant, had the greatest involvement in the lease negotiations with that tenant.

 


 

     4.  General Matters .
          a. Nature of Obligations . The obligations of Owner and Broker hereunder are contractual obligations between them only, and Broker acknowledges and agrees that it has no rights, liens, or claims of any nature against the Project or any other party having an interest in or lien secured by the Project. Recourse against Owner hereunder shall be limited to proceeding against Owners’ interest in the Project or the proceeds of disposition of the Project.
          b. Successors and Assigns . Broker may not assign its rights hereunder without the express written consent of Owner. Should Owner sell the Project to a third party (a “ Project Buyer ”), then Owner shall be relieved of any further obligations hereunder except for leases that were executed before the sale of the Project, however, if the Project Buyer assumes in writing Owner’s obligations hereunder for such leases, then Broker shall look solely to the Project Buyer for satisfaction of such obligations and Owner shall be released therefrom. Should any party holding a lien against the Project succeed to the ownership thereof by virtue of foreclosure or conveyance in lieu of foreclosure, such party shall have no obligation or liability to Broker under this Agreement, nor shall Owner. This Standard Brokers Commission Agreement shall be made part of the Lease as an Exhibit.
          d. Payment from Other Sources . Broker represents that it will not contract for or receive any payment from any space planner, interior decorator, contractor, or other party with reference to any lease in the Project with a tenant for which Broker is acting unless the same is disclosed in writing to Owner and the tenant. Any breach of the provisions of this Section 4.d. shall relieve Owner of all obligations under this Agreement, and Broker shall repay to Owner all commissions theretofore paid to Broker by Owner hereunder.
          e. Broker’s Representation . Broker represents that is duly licensed as a real estate broker under the laws of the State of Texas. Broker is the prospective Tenants representative and does not represent the Owner.
          f. Owner’s Interest . Broker shall look solely to Owner’s interest in the Project for the recovery of any judgement against Owner for failure to perform under this Agreement, and Owner (and its partners, shareholders and agents) shall not be personally liable for any such judgement therefore.
          g. Confidentiality . Broker shall endeavor not to, at any time either during or subsequent to the negotiations of a lease between Owner and a prospective tenant represented by Broker, disclose to any person or entity (including any other prospective tenant or client of Broker) any of the contents of the negotiations between Owner and such prospective tenant or, if a lease is entered into between Owner and such prospective tenant, any terms of the lease. If Broker or any of its employees, agents, or contractors willfully discloses any such information, then Broker shall pay to Owner all commissions theretofore paid to Broker under the terms of this Agreement for the lease in question, and all of Broker’s rights to future commissions hereunder shall terminate with respect to such lease, including without limitation, those for commissions for the tenant’s exercise of any expansion or renewal rights under the lease.

 


 

                     
PROJECT: INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS PARK                
 
                   
PROSPECTIVE TENANT: REALPAGE, INC.                
 
                   
OWNER :       BROKER :    
 
                   
CB Parkway Business Center V, Ltd.       Joe Foster Company    
 
                   
By:
  /s/ Barbara A. Erhart       By:   /s/ James J. Struble    
 
                   
Name:
  Barbara A. Erhart       Name:   James J. Struble    
Title:
  Vice President       Title:   Sr. V.P.    

 


 

EXHIBIT “A”
     This Exhibit “A” is attached to and made a part of, and supplements, the Standard Brokers Commission Agreement (the “Agreement”) dated                      , 1999, between CB Parkway Business Center V, Ltd. as Owner and Joe Foster Company as Broker.
     Section 1. Payment of Commissions on Renewals or Expansions . Additional commissions shall be payable to Broker in connection with renewals of lease terms or leasing of additional space (expansions) in accordance with the terms hereof. If an additional commission is earned as herein provided the commission structure shall be as follows:
     a.  Renewals . Broker shall be paid a then-current market commission for renewals of existing tenants, payable when tenant accepts occupancy of the space covered by the renewal and Owner receives the initial payment of Base Rent as to the renewal term;
     b.  Expansions . Four and one-half percent (4 1 / 2 %) of the aggregate Base Rent payable to Owner in respect of the additional space leased, payable when tenant accepts the space in question and Owner receives the initial payment of Base Rent with regard thereto.
     Section 2. Conditions Precedent to Payment of Additional Commissions . Broker shall not be entitled to receive a commission as to renewals or expansions as herein provided unless Broker is actively involved in representing the tenant in connection with negotiation of the renewal or expansion in question; unless such renewal or expansion right is completely negotiated (including term, rate, concessions, etc.), in which case Broker shall be entitled to a commission. Tenant shall in good faith determine whether or not Broker is so involved, based upon attendance at meetings and active substantial participation in negotiations. If a tenant directly negotiates a renewal or expansion right or exercises an option provided for in its lease without involvement of Broker, then no additional commissions shall be payable, unless such renewal or expansion right is completely negotiated (including term, rate, concessions, etc.) in which case Broker shall be entitled to a commission.
     Section 3. Limitation on Total Commission . Notwithstanding anything herein or in the Agreement to the contrary, no commission shall be due as to the portion of any lease term that exceeds twenty (20) years, including the initial primary term and any and all renewal terms.
         
  INITIALED FOR IDENTIFICATION
 
 
  /s/ BAE    
  OWNER   
     
 
     
  /s/JJS    
  BROKER   
     
 

 


 

EXHIBIT B
LEGAL DESCRIPTION OF THE LAND
LEGAL DESCRIPTION
WHEREAS CB PARKWAY BUSINESS CENTER V, LTD. is the sole owner of all of the following described 9.672 acre tract of land situated in the D. Andrews Survey, Abstract No. 1455 in the City of Carrollton, Denton County, Texas, said 9.672 acre tract being comprised of two tracts (0.006 acres and 0.359 acres) out of the D. Andrews Survey, Abstract No. 1455 conveyed to CB PARKWAY BUSINESS CENTER V, LTD. by deed recorded in Volume                      , Page                      of the Real Property Records of Denton County, Texas and being 9.307 acres (all of Lot 1 of Block 1 of International Business Park Subdivision to the City of Carrollton, Texas as recorded in Cabinet 0, Slide 352 of the Plat Records of Denton County, Texas) out of the 9.554 acre tract of land conveyed to CB PARKWAY BUSINESS CENTER V, LTD. by deed recorded in Volume 4142, Page 821 of the Real Property Records of Denton County, Texas, and being more particularly described as follows:
BEGINNING at a set AX@ cut in concrete at the northeast corner of said Lot 1 of Block 1 of the International Business Park Subdivision, said point being on the west right of way line of Midway Road (110 foot wide right of way at this point);
THENCE South 1 degree 38 minutes 21 seconds West, along the west right of way line of Midway Road, a distance of 254.04 feet to a 1/2-inch iron rod with yellow plastic cap stamped AHALFF ASSOC., INC.@ (Hereinafter referred to as Awith cap) set at an angle point in said Midway Road right of way;
THENCE South 5 degrees 27 minutes 09 seconds West continuing along said west right of way line a distance of 150.35 feet to a 59/64 — inch iron rod with cap set for corner;
THENCE South 1 degree 38 minutes 21 seconds West continuing along said west right of way line a distance of 135.81 feet to a 59/64 -inch iron rod with cap set at the point of curvature of a circular curve to the right having a radius of 80.00 feet and whose long chord bears South 49 degrees 02 minutes 22 seconds West a distance of 117.87 feet;
THENCE in a southwesterly direction along the west right of way of Midway Road and the north right of way of International Parkway and along said curve to the right through a central angle of 94 degrees 54 minutes 02 seconds, an arc distance of 132.51 feet to a 1/2-inch iron rod with cap set at the point of compound curvature of a circular curve to the right having a radius of 1215.00 feet and whose long chord bears North 79 degrees 14 minutes 35 seconds West a distance of 178.72 feet;
THENCE westerly along the north right of way line of International Parkway (a 110 foot wide right of way at this point) and along said curve through a central angle of 8 degrees 25 minutes 49 seconds, an arc distance of 178.88 feet to a 1/2-inch iron rod with cap set for corner;

 


 

THENCE North 72 degrees 57 minutes 46 seconds West, continuing along the north right of way line of International Parkway (through a transition in right of way width to 100 feet wide), a distance of 162.38 feet to a 1/2-inch iron rod with cap set at the beginning of a non-tangent circular curve to the right having a radius of 1220.00 feet and whose long chord bears North 65 degrees 07 minutes 30 seconds West a distance of 96.06 feet;
THENCE northwesterly, continuing along the north right of way line of International Parkway (with a right of way width of 100 feet) and along said curve through a central angle of 4 degrees 30 minutes 45 seconds, an arc distance of 96.08 feet to a 59/64 -inch iron rod with cap set for the point of tangency;
THENCE North 62 degrees 52 minutes 08 seconds West, continuing along the north right of way line of International Parkway, a distance of 246.21 feet to a 59/64 -inch iron rod with cap set for the point of curvature of a circular curve to the right having a radius of 1743.46 feet and whose long chord bears North 58 degrees 35 minutes 54 seconds West a distance of 259.66 feet;
THENCE northwesterly, continuing along the north right of way line of International Parkway, and along said curve through a central angle of 8 degrees 32 minutes 28 seconds, an arc distance of 259.90 feet to a 1/2-inch iron rod with cap set for the southwest corner of said Lot 1 of Block 1;
THENCE North 35 degrees 40 minutes 20 seconds East, departing said north right of way line of International Parkway and along the west line of said Lot 1 of Block 1, a distance of 99.24 feet to a 1/2- inch iron rod with cap set at an angle point in the west line of said Lot 1 of Block 1; THENCE North 01 degrees 38 minutes 21 seconds East along the west line of said Lot 1 of Block I a distance of 12.13 feet to a 1/2-inch iron rod with cap set for a corner;
THENCE North 88 degrees 21 minutes 39 seconds West departing from said Lot 1, Block 1 west line a distance of 12.00 feet to a 1/2-inch iron rod with cap set for a corner;
THENCE North 01 degrees 38 minutes 21 seconds East a distance of 22.00 feet to a 1/2-inch iron rod with cap set for a corner;
THENCE South 88 degrees 21 minutes 39 seconds East a distance of 12.00 feet to a 1/2-inch iron rod with cap set on the west line of said Lot 1 of Block 1;
THENCE North 01 degrees 38 minutes 21 seconds East along the west line of said Lot 1 of Block 1 a distance of 12.00 feet to a 1/2-inch iron rod with cap set at the most westerly northwest corner of said Lot 1 of Block 1;
THENCE South 88 degrees 21 minutes 39 seconds East along the most westerly north line of said Lot I of Block 1 a distance 32.00 feet to a 1/2-inch iron rod with cap set for a corner;
THENCE North 01 degrees 38 minutes 21 seconds East departing from said westerly north line of Lot 1 of Block 1 a distance of 32.00 feet to a 1/2-inch iron rod with cap set for a corner;

 


 

THENCE South 88 degrees 21 minutes 39 seconds East a distance of 341.15 feet to set AX@ cut for corner;
THENCE North 01 degrees 38 minutes 21 seconds East a distance of 115.02 feet to a set AX@ cut for corner
THENCE South 88 degrees 21 minutes 39 seconds East a distance of 32.00 feet to a set AX@ cut for corner at the most northerly northwest corner of said Lot 1 of Block 1;
THENCE South 88 degrees 21 minutes 39 seconds East along the most easterly north line of said Lot 1 of Block 1 a distance of 505.07 feet to the POINT OF BEGINNING and containing 421,299 square feet or 9.672 acres of land more or less.

 


 

EXHIBIT “C”
February 23, 1999
Mr. James J. Struble, SIOR and
Ms. Myra Maher-Martin
Joe Foster Company
5400 LBJ Fwy., Suite 900
Dallas, TX 75240
Dear Mr. Struble and Ms. Maher-Martin:
We are pleased to authorize Joe Foster Company to represent us as our exclusive agent in connection with our search for suitable office space in the greater Dallas market area, including lease, purchase and/or build-to-suit. This authorization includes representation of our company, notwithstanding prior contact by any member of our firm with any landlords, owners or agents, except for the property we are currently occupying at 2395 Midway Road, Building E, Carrollton, TX 75006.
We understand that even though Joe Foster Company will be representing us as our agent and not as the agent of any prospective landlord, Joe Foster Company will arrange for the landlord to pay a brokerage commission as a result of any lease, tenancy, purchase agreement, or combination thereof into which we enter. We will support your efforts in this regard.
This agency is effective until a new lease, build-to-suit, or purchase is consummated unless earlier terminated in writing by either party or until July 1, 1999, whichever comes first.*
We also acknowledge that you have advised us that before entering into any lease, build-to-suit, or finalizing any purchase, we should have the abstract covering the real estate, which is the subject, examined by an attorney of our own selection or should be furnished with or obtain a policy of title insurance.
Please execute this letter agreement in the space provided below to indicate the intention of Joe Foster Company to undertake this representation.
                     
Sincerely,       AGREED TO ON THIS 23 rd DAY OF FEBRUARY, 1999    
 
                   
By
  /s/ Robert H. Dilworth       By   /s/ James J. Struble    
 
                   
Name:
  Robert H. Dilworth       Name:   James J. Struble, SIOR    
 
                   
 
          By:   /s/ Myra Maher-Martin    
 
                   
 
          Name:   Myra Maher-Martin    
 
*   This agency is extended until December 31, 1999 or until all occupancy requirements of the new lease are met, whichever comes later. Approved /s/ Signature Illegible

 


 

EXHIBIT M
SUBORDINATION, NON-DISTURBANCE AND ATTORNMENT AGREEMENT
     THIS AGREEMENT made this ___day of                      , 1999, between GUARANTY FEDERAL BANK, F.S.B., a federal savings bank (hereinafter called “Lender’) and REALPAGE, INC., a Texas corporation (hereinafter called “Tenant”) and CB PARKWAY BUSINESS CENTER V, LTD., a Texas limited partnership (hereinafter called “Landlord”).
W I T N E S S E T H T H A T:
     WHEREAS, Lender is the owner and holder of a Deed of Trust, Mortgage and Security Agreement (hereinafter called the “Security Instrument”), dated October 14, 1998, recorded in Clerk’s File No. 98-R0093875 of the Real Property Records in Denton County, Texas, covering the real property described in Exhibit A and the buildings and improvements thereon (hereinafter collectively called the “Mortgaged Premises”) securing the payment of a promissory note in the stated principal amount of $14,781,708, payable to the order of Lender;
     WHEREAS, Tenant is the tenant under Lease Agreement (hereinafter called the “Lease”) dated                      , by and between Landlord and Tenant, covering certain property (hereinafter called the “Demised Premises”) consisting of a part of the Mortgaged Premises; and
     WHEREAS, Tenant, Landlord and Lender desire to confirm their understanding with respect to the Lease and the Security Instrument;
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained, Lender, Landlord and Tenant hereby agree and covenant as follows:
     1. Subordination. The Lease now is, and shall at all times and for all purposes continue to be, subject and subordinate, in each and every respect, to the Security Instrument, with the provisions of the Security Instrument controlling in all respects over the provisions of the Lease, it being understood and agreed that the foregoing subordination shall apply to any and all increases, renewals, modifications, extensions, substitutions, replacements and/or consolidations of the Security Instrument, provided that any and all such increases, renewals, modifications, extensions, substitutions, replacements and/or consolidations shall nevertheless be subject to the terms of this Agreement.
     2. Non-Disturbance. So long as (i) Tenant is not in default (beyond any period given Tenant to cure such default) in the payment of rent or additional rent or in the performance of any of the other terms, covenants or conditions of the Lease on Tenant’s part to be performed, (ii) the Lease is in full force and effect, and (iii) Tenant attorns to Lender or a purchaser of the Mortgaged Premises as provided in Paragraph 3, then (a) Tenant’s possession, occupancy, use and quiet enjoyment of the Demised Premises under the Lease, or any extensions or renewals thereof or acquisition of additional space which may be effected in accordance with any option therefor in the

 


 

Lease, shall not be terminated, disturbed, diminished or interfered with by Lender in the exercise of any of its rights under the Security Instrument, and (b) Lender will not join Tenant as a party defendant in any action or proceeding for the purpose of terminating Tenant’s interest and estate under the Lease because of any default under the Security Instrument.
     3. Attornment. if Lender shall become the owner of the Mortgaged Premises or the Mortgaged Premises shall be sold by reason of non-judicial or judicial foreclosure or other proceedings brought to enforce the Security Instrument or the Mortgaged Premises shall be conveyed by deed in lieu of foreclosure, the Lease shall continue in full force and effect as a direct Lease between Lender or other purchaser of the Mortgaged Premises, who shall succeed to the rights and duties of Landlord, and Tenant. In such event, Tenant shall attorn to Lender or such purchaser, as the case may be, upon any such occurrence and shall recognize Lender or such purchaser, as the case may be, as the Landlord under the Lease. Such attornment shall be effective and self-operative without the execution of any further instrument on the part of any of the parties hereto. Tenant agrees, however, to execute and deliver at any time and from time to time, upon the request of Landlord or of any holder(s) of any of the indebtedness or other obligations secured by the Security Instrument or any such purchaser, any instrument or certificate which, in the sole reasonable judgment of the requesting party, is necessary or appropriate, in connection with any such foreclosure or deed in lieu of foreclosure or otherwise, to evidence such attornment, which instrument or certificate shall be in form and content reasonably acceptable to Tenant. Tenant hereby waives the provisions of any statute or rule of law, now or hereafter in effect, which may give or purport to give Tenant any right or election to terminate or otherwise adversely affect the Lease and the obligations of Tenant thereunder as a result of any such foreclosure or deed in lieu of foreclosure.
     4. Obligations and Remedies. If Lender shall become the owner of the Mortgaged Premises or the Mortgaged Premises shall be sold by reason of non judicial or judicial foreclosure or other proceedings brought to enforce the Security Instrument or the Mortgaged Premises shall be conveyed by deed in lieu of foreclosure, Lender or other purchaser of the Mortgaged Premises, as the case may be, shall have the same remedies by entry, action or otherwise in the event of any default by Tenant (beyond any period given Tenant to cure such default) in the payment of rent or additional rent or in the performance of any of the other terms, covenants and conditions of the Lease on Tenant’s part to be performed that Landlord had or would have had if Lender or such purchaser had not succeeded to the interest of Landlord. Upon attornment by Tenant as provided herein, Lender or such purchaser shall be bound to Tenant under all the terms, covenants and conditions of the Lease and Tenant shall have the same remedies against Lender or such purchaser for the breach of an agreement contained in the Lease that Tenant might have had under the Lease against Landlord if Lender or such purchaser had not succeeded to the interest of Landlord; provided, however, that Lender or such purchaser shall not be liable or bound to Tenant:
     (a) for any act or omission of any prior landlord (including Landlord); or
     (b) for any offsets or defenses which the Tenant might be entitled to assert against Landlord; or

 


 

     (c) for or by any rent or additional rent which Tenant might have paid for more than the current month to any prior landlord (including Landlord); or
     (d) by any amendment or modification of the Lease made without Lender’s consent that (i) results in a reduction or rent or other sums due and payable pursuant to the Lease (ii) modifies any operating covenant of Tenant in the Lease, (iii) reduces the term of the Lease, (iv) terminates the Lease, (v) modifies the terms of the Lease regarding surrendering possession of the Demised Premises, (vi) provides for payment of rent more than one month in advance, (vii) modifies the permitted uses under the Lease or (viii) modifies the provisions regarding Tenant’s obligation to comply with all laws (including environmental laws) or (ix) materially increases Landlord’s obligations under the Lease; or
     (e) for any security deposit, rental deposit or similar deposit given by Tenant to a prior landlord (including Landlord) unless such deposit is actually paid over to Lender or such purchaser by the prior landlord; or
     (f) for any portion of the Construction Allowance (as such term is defined in the Lease) previously disbursed to Landlord by Lender pursuant to the Construction Loan Agreement executed by and between Landlord and Lender; or
     (g) for the construction of any improvements required of Landlord under the Lease in the event Lender or such purchaser acquires title to the Mortgaged Premises prior to full completion and acceptance by Tenant of improvements required under the Lease; provided, however, such lack of liability on the part of Lender or such purchaser pursuant to this subparagraph shall not affect Tenant’s rights of self-help and offset or termination described in the Lease in the event of such failure to complete such improvements as long as Tenant has provided all applicable notices and cure periods as required under the Lease and this Agreement; or
     (h) for the payment of any leasing commissions or other expenses for which any prior landlord (including Landlord) incurred the obligation to pay; or
     (i) by any provision of the Lease restricting use of other properties owned by Lender, as landlord; or
     (j) by any notice given by Tenant to a prior landlord (including Landlord) unless a copy thereof was also then given to Lender.
     The person or entity to whom Tenant attorns shall be liable to Tenant under the Lease only for matters arising during such person’s or entity’s period of ownership.
     5. No Abridgment. Nothing herein contained is intended, nor shall it be construed, to abridge or adversely affect any right or remedy of Landlord under the Lease in the event of any default by Tenant (beyond any period given Tenant to cure such default) in the payment of rent or

 


 

additional rent or in the performance of any of the other terms, covenants or conditions of the Lease on Tenant’s part to be performed.
     6. Notices of Default to Lender. Tenant agrees to give Lender a copy of any default notice sent by Tenant under the Lease to Landlord.
     7. Representations by Tenant. Tenant represents and warrants to Lender that Tenant has validly executed the Lease; the Lease is valid, binding and enforceable and is in full force and effect in accordance with its terms; the Lease has not been amended except as stated herein; no rent under the Lease has been paid more than thirty (30) days in advance of its due date; there are no defaults existing under the Lease; and Tenant, as of this date, has no charge, lien, counterclaim or claim of offset under the Lease, or otherwise, against the rents or other charges due or to become due under the Lease.
     8. Rent Payment. If Lender shall become the owner of the Mortgaged Premises or the Mortgaged Premises shall be sold by reason of non-judicial or judicial foreclosure or other proceedings brought to enforce the Security Instrument or the Mortgaged Premises shall be conveyed by deed in lieu of foreclosure, Tenant agrees to pay all rents directly to Lender or other purchaser of the Mortgaged Premises, as the case may be, in accordance with the Lease immediately upon notice of Lender or such purchaser, as the case may be, succeeding to Landlord’s interest under the Lease. Tenant further agrees to pay all rents directly to Lender immediately upon notice that Lender is exercising its rights to such rents under the Security Instrument or any other loan documents (including but not limited to any Assignment of Leases and Rents) following a default by Landlord or other applicable party. Tenant shall be under no obligation to ascertain whether a default by Landlord has occurred under the Security Instrument or any other loan documents. Landlord waives any right, claim or demand it may now or hereafter have against Tenant by reason of such direct payment to Lender and agrees that such direct payment to Lender shall discharge all obligations of Tenant to make such payment to Landlord.
     9. Notice of Security Instrument. To the extent that the Lease shall entitle Tenant to notice of any deed of trust or security agreement, this Agreement shall constitute such notice to the Tenant with respect to the Security Instrument and to any and all other deeds of trust and security agreements which may hereafter be subject to the terms of this Agreement.
     10. Landlord Defaults. Tenant agrees with Lender that effective as of the date of this Agreement: (i) Tenant shall not take any steps to terminate the Lease for any default by Landlord or any succeeding owner of the Mortgaged Premises until after giving Lender written notice of such default, stating the nature of the default and giving Lender thirty (30) days from receipt of such notice to effect cure of the same, or if cure cannot be effected within said thirty (30) days due to the nature of the default, Lender shall have a reasonable time to cure provided that it commences cure within said thirty (30) day period of time and diligently carries such cure to completion; and (ii) notice to Landlord under the Lease (oral or written) shall not constitute notice to Lender.
     11. Liability of Lender. If Lender shall become the owner of the Mortgaged Premises or the Mortgaged Premises shall be sold by reason of foreclosure or other proceedings brought to

 


 

enforce the Security Instrument or the Mortgaged Premises shall be conveyed by deed in lieu of foreclosure, Tenant agrees that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Lease, after such foreclosure sale or conveyance by deed in lieu of foreclosure, Lender shall have no personal liability to Tenant under the Lease and Tenant shall look solely to the estate and property of Landlord in the Mortgaged Premises, to the net proceeds of sale thereof or the rentals received therefrom, for the satisfaction of Tenant’s remedies for the collection of a judgment or other judicial process requiring the payment of money by Landlord in the event of any default or breach by Landlord with respect to any of the terms, covenants, and conditions of the Lease to be observed or performed by Landlord and any other obligation of Landlord created by or under the Lease, and no other property or assets of Lender shall be subject to levy, execution or other enforcement procedures for the satisfaction of Tenant’s remedies. Further, in the event of any transfer by Lender of Landlord’s interest in the Lease, Lender (and in the case of any subsequent transfers or conveyances, the then assignor), including each of its partners, officers, beneficiaries, co-tenants, shareholders or principals (as the case may be) shall be automatically freed and released, from and after the date of such transfer or conveyance, of all liability for the performance of any covenants and agreements which accrue subsequent to the date of such transfer of Landlord’s interest.
     12. Notice. Any notice or communication required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing, sent by (a) personal delivery, or (b) expedited delivery service with proof of delivery, or (c) United States mail, postage prepaid, registered or certified mail, or (d) telegram or telex, addressed as follows:
     To Lender:   Guaranty Federal Bank, F.S.B.
8333 Douglas Avenue
Dallas, Texas 75225
Attention: Commercial Real Estate
     To Tenant:   RealPage, Inc.
4000 International Parkway, Suite 1000
Carrollton, Texas 75006
Attention: Steve Winn
or to such other address or to the attention of such other person as hereafter shall be designated in writing by the applicable party sent in accordance herewith. Any such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been given and received either at the time of personal delivery or, in the case of delivery service or mail, as of the date of first attempted delivery at the address and in the manner provided herein, or in the case of telegram or telex, upon receipt.
     13. No Amendment, Assignment or Subletting of Lease. Lender and Tenant agree that Tenant’s interest in and obligations under the Lease shall not be altered or modified without the prior written consent of Lender. Lender and Tenant also agree that Tenant shall neither assign the Lease or allow it to be assigned in any manner nor sublet the Demised Premises or any part thereof without the prior written consent of Lender in any situation where Landlord’s consent to any such action is required under the Lease.

 


 

     14. No Amendment or Termination of Lease. Lender and Tenant agree that Tenant’s interest in and obligations under the Lease shall not be altered or modified without the prior written consent of Lender, nor shall Landlord and Tenant enter into a consensual termination of the Lease without the prior written consent of Lender.
     15. Modification. This Agreement may not be modified orally or in any manner other than by an agreement in writing signed by the parties hereto or their respective successors in interest.
     16. Successor Lender. The term “Lender” as used throughout this Agreement includes any successor or assign of Lender, any affiliate of Lender acquiring the Mortgaged Property at foreclosure or by deed-in-lieu of foreclosure, and any holder(s) of any interest in the indebtedness secured by the Security Instrument.
     17. Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto, their successors and assigns, and any purchaser or purchasers at foreclosure of the Mortgaged Premises, and their respective successors and assigns.
     18. Paragraph Headings. The paragraph headings contained in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall in no way enlarge or limit the scope or meaning of the various and several paragraphs hereof
     19. Gender and Number. Within this Agreement, words of any gender shall be held and construed to include any other gender, and words in the singular number shall be held and construed to include the plural and words in the plural number shall be held and construed to include the singular, unless the context otherwise requires.
     20. Applicable Law. This Agreement and the rights and duties of the parties hereunder shall be governed by all purposes by the law of the state where the Mortgaged Premises is located and the law of the United States applicable to transactions within such state.
     21. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts and by the different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original and all of which together shall constitute but one and the same instrument, with the same effect as if all parties to this Agreement had signed the same signature page.

 


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have hereunto caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.
             
    LENDER :    
 
           
    GUARANTY FEDERAL BANK, F.S.B., a federal savings bank    
 
           
 
  By:        
 
           
 
  Name:        
 
           
 
  Title:        
 
           
 
           
    TENANT :    
 
           
    REALPAGE, INC.    
 
           
 
  By:        
 
           
 
  Name:        
 
           
 
  Title:        
 
           
 
           
    LANDLORD:    
 
           
    CB PARKWAY BUSINESS CENTER V, LTD. By: 15BCO, Inc., its sole General Partner    
 
           
 
  By:        
 
           
 
  Name:   Barbara A. Erhart    
 
  Title:   Vice President    

 


 

             
THE STATE OF TEXAS
    )      
 
    )      
COUNTY OF DALLAS
    )      
     This instrument was acknowledged before me on                      , 199___, by                      of GUARANTY FEDERAL BANK, F.S.B., a federal savings bank, on behalf of said federal savings bank
         
 
 
 
Notary Public, State of Texas
   
 
       
 
       
 
  printed name    
My Commission Expires:
                                                              

 


 

             
THE STATE OF                     
    )      
 
    )      
COUNTY OF                     
    )      
     This instrument was acknowledged before me on                      , 199___, by                      , of REALPAGE, INC., a Texas corporation, on behalf of said corporation.
         
 
 
 
Notary Public, State of                     
   
 
       
 
       
 
  printed name    
My Commission Expires:
                                                              

 


 

             
THE STATE OF TEXAS
    )      
 
    )      
COUNTY OF DALLAS
    )      
     This instrument was acknowledged before me on                      , 199___, by Barbara A. Erhart, Vice President of 15BCO, Inc., a Texas corporation, in its capacity as General Partner of CB PARKWAY BUSINESS CENTER V, LTD., a Texas limited partnership, on behalf of said limited partnership.
         
 
 
 
Notary Public, State of                     
   
 
       
 
       
 
  printed name    
My Commission Expires:
                                                              

 


 

CONSENT OF GUARANTOR
     Stephen T. Winn, as the Guarantor of Tenant’s obligations under the Lease, joins in the execution hereof to evidence his consent to the provisions above and his agreement that, so long as Tenant shall be required to attorn to Lender or any other party pursuant to the provisions above, the Guaranty of the Lease shall survive and continue in favor of the party to whom Tenant must attorn.
         
 
 
 
Steven T. Winn, Guarantor
   
             
THE STATE OF                     
    )      
 
    )      
COUNTY OF                     
    )      
     This instrument was acknowledged before me on                      , 199___, by STEPHEN T. WINN, who, being by me first duly sworn, declared that he is the person who signed the foregoing document and the statements therein contained are true.
         
 
 
 
Notary Public, State of                     
   
 
       
 
       
 
  printed name    
My Commission Expires:
                                                              

 

Exhibit 10.40
FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE AGREEMENT
     THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE AGREEMENT shall supplement and form a part of a lease agreement (“ Lease ”) dated July 23, 1999, by and between CB PARKWAY BUSINESS CENTER V, LTD., a Texas limited partnership (“ Landlord ”), and REALPAGE, INC., a Texas corporation (“ Tenant ”), for Suite 1000, 4000 International Parkway, Carrollton, Texas, as more particularly described upon Exhibit A to the Lease. The Lease is incorporated herein by reference. Where any terms or conditions contained herein conflict with any terms or conditions contained in the Lease, the terms and conditions contained herein shall control. Otherwise, the Lease is ratified and affirmed and all terms and conditions therein shall remain in full force and effect. Terms herein not otherwise defined shall have the same meanings ascribed to such terms in the Lease.
     IN CONSIDERATION OF the mutual covenants and conditions stated in the Lease and herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant agree as follows:
  1.   The second paragraph of Exhibit F Parking shall be modified to read that “In addition to the parking spaces in the Parking Area, Landlord shall provide on or before April 1, 2000 and Tenant shall be permitted the exclusive use of 111 parking spaces (the “ Offsite Spaces ”) in the areas depicted on Exhibit F-1 attached hereto (the “ Offsite Parking Area ”) throughout the Term or any renewal or extension thereof. Landlord (or one of its affiliates shall, at its sole cost and expense (and not as part of Basic Cost), grade, pave, landscape, install lighting and stripe the Offsite Parking Area needed to provide the Offsite Spaces. In accordance with the terms of the Parking Easement Grant and Maintenance Agreement, Landlord’s Affiliate (or successor in interest) shall maintain the Offsite Spaces in good order, condition and repair, and shall be responsible for sweeping, striping and lighting the Offsite Spaces, with the cost of such services to be charged to Tenant.”
 
  2.   Exhibit F-1 Reciprocal Easement Grant and Maintenance Agreement to the Lease shall be replaced with the attached Exhibit F-1 Parking Easement Grant and Maintenance Agreement .
 
  3.   As amended herein, the Lease is affirmed, ratified and remains in full force and effect.
 
      DATED: November 29, 1999
                     
LANDLORD :       TENANT :    
 
                   
CB PARKWAY BUSINESS CENTER V, LTD.,
a Texas limited partnership
  REALPAGE, INC., a Texas corporation    
By: 15BCO, Inc., a Texas corporation, its General Partner            
 
By:
  /s/ Barbara Erhart
 
Name: Barbara A. Erhart
      By:   /s/ Stephen T. Winn
 
Name: Stephen T. Winn
   
 
  Title: Vice President           Title: Chairman of the Board    

 


 

EXHIBIT F-1
After recording, return to:
Jill M. Wilbanks
Billingsley Company
2200 Ross Avenue, Suite 4800 West
Dallas, Texas 75201
PARKING EASEMENT GRANT AND MAINTENANCE AGREEMENT
     THIS AGREEMENT is made this 18 th day of November, 1999, by and between the present owners of those certain tracts of real property situated in Denton County, Texas described on Exhibit A and Exhibit B .
RECITALS :
     (1) CB PARKWAY BUSINESS CENTER V, LTD., a Texas limited partnership (“CB V”) is the owner of a certain tract of real property situated in Denton County, Texas, described on Exhibit A attached hereto (“Tract I”), and any improvements now or hereafter located thereon (the “Tract I Improvements”).
     (2) CB MIDWAY/PARKWAY INVESTORS, LTD., a Texas limited partnership (“CB MPI”) is the owner of a certain tract of real property situated in Denton County, Texas, described on Exhibit B attached hereto (“Tract II”) and any improvements now or hereafter located thereon (the “Tract II Improvements”).
     (3) As used herein, the term “Tract I Owner” shall mean CB V, acting in its capacity as the owner of Tract I, the term “Tract II Owner” shall mean CB MPI, acting in its capacity as the owner of Tract II. The Tract I Owner and Tract II Owner are referred to herein individually as an “Owner” and collectively as the “Owners”. Tract I and Tract II are referred to herein individually as “Tract” and collectively as “Tracts”.
     (4) The purpose of this Agreement is to (i) provide for an access and parking easement on Tract II for the benefit of the Tract I owner and (ii) to set forth certain agreements between the Tract I Owner and the Tract II Owner with regard to the costs and expenses of constructing and maintaining such parking areas.
AGREEMENT :
     In consideration of the premises and the mutual agreements herein contained, the Tract I Owner and the Tract II Owner hereby covenant and agree as follows and hereby GRANT, BARGAIN, SELL, CONVEY and, where appropriate, RESERVE the easement hereinafter set forth.
ARTICLE I
Tract II Parking Easements
     1.1 Grant of Tract II Parking Easements . The Tract II Owner hereby grants and conveys to the Tract I Owner, for the benefit of and appurtenant to Tract I, exclusive easements in, to, over and across the

 


 

areas on Tract II described in Exhibits C and D and depicted on the abstract from the site plan of Tract II prepared by RLK Engineering dated August 20, 1999, (the “Site Plan”) as the East Parking Area and West Parking Area respectively, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit E , for the purpose of providing 108 parking spaces (the “Parking Easements”) for use by vehicles no longer than full-size passenger automobiles or 1 / 2 -ton pickup trucks.
     1.2 Term of Parking Easements . The Tract II parking easements shall survive for the lease term, including renewals and extensions, of the Lease Agreement dated July 23, 1999, by and between CB Parkway Business Center V, Ltd., a Texas limited partnership, and RealPage, Inc., a Texas corporation.
     1.3 Construction of Parking Easement Areas . The Tract II Owner agrees to design and construct the initial parking areas and drives included within the Parking Easement areas.
     1.4 Maintenance of Parking Easements . The Tract II Owner agrees for himself and for future owners of Tract II, to at all times maintain in good repair and condition all portions of the Tract II Parking Easements and to keep them, at all times, free and clear from all debris and other obstructions which would or might unreasonably interfere with its use for vehicular parking. All reasonable costs incurred by the Tract II Owner in maintaining, repairing and replacing the Tract II Parking Easements shall be paid by the Tract I Owner until this easement terminates.
ARTICLE II
Miscellaneous
     2.1 Binding Effect . Except as expressly set forth herein, the easement and covenants set forth in this Agreement shall run with the land, and shall be binding upon any and all parties hereafter acquiring an interest in Tract I or Tract II, and shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the respective successors and assigns of the parties benefitted and burdened hereby and shall remain in effect as hereinabove set forth.
     2.2 Exhibits . The exhibits referred to in this Agreement and attached hereto are incorporated herein in full by this reference.
     2.3 Waiver . No failure of any party to exercise any power given to such party hereunder or to insist upon such strict compliance by any other party to its obligations hereunder and no custom or practice of the parties in variance with the terms hereof shall constitute a waiver of any party’s right to demand exact compliance with the terms hereof.
     2.4 No Dedication . Nothing contained in this Agreement is intended to, nor shall it be constructed as, dedicating any easement or rights to the public.
     2.5 Enforcement of Obligations . In the event that any party obligated hereunder (the “Obligated Party”) fails to undertake and perform punctually and properly any of his or its duties or obligations set forth in this Agreement, then any other owner of Tract I or Tract II (the “Other Party”) shall give the Obligated Party written notice of such failure and shall give the Obligated Party thirty (30) days after such notice to undertake and perform properly such duty or obligation, unless such obligation cannot be reasonably completed within such thirty (30) day period, in which event the Obligated Party shall commence to complete such obligation within such thirty (30) day period and diligently prosecute to complete same as soon as

 


 

reasonably practicable, but in no event more than ninety (90) days after said notice. If the Obligated Party fails to so undertake and perform properly such duty or obligation within such thirty (30) day period, or in the event of an obligation which cannot reasonably be completed within such thirty (30) day period, fails to commence to complete such obligation within such thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently prosecute to complete same as soon as reasonably practicable, but in no event more than ninety (90) days after said notice, then the Other Party may, but shall not be required to, undertake and perform such duty or obligation for and on behalf of the Obligated Party, all costs and expenses of which shall be paid to the Other Party by the Obligated Party. If the Other Party retains an attorney to collect such amount, then the Obligated Party shall also pay reasonable attorney’s fees and costs of collection. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, in the event of an emergency whereby immediate action is required to prevent damage or injury to persons or property, the Other Party may undertake any reasonably necessary obligations of the Obligated Party without prior notice or demand, and shall be entitled to reimbursement of all reasonably incurred expenses in connection therewith as provided herein. Each party hereto hereby grants to the other party hereto and/or reserves, as appropriate, an easement on, over and across the Tract owned by the Obligated Party for any reasonable use in connection with the performance by the Other Party of the obligations of the Obligated Party pursuant to this Section 2.5. In addition to the right of the Other Party to perform the obligations of the Obligated Party pursuant to this Section 2.5, the obligations of any party to this Agreement may be enforced by any other measure available at law or in equity, including without limitation the right to obtain injunctive relief.
     2.6 Payments . Where any payments hereunder are owed by an Owner (the “Payor Owner”) to the other Owner (the “Payee Owner”), such payment shall be due and payable within thirty (30) days after the Payor Owner receives written notice from the Payee Owner of the amount thereof together with copies of all applicable receipts and other reasonable verification of such amount, if applicable. If not paid when due, such amounts shall bear interest from the due date at the rate of ten percent (10%) per annum or the highest rate then allowed under applicable law, whichever is lower, until paid. In addition, any proper amounts owed hereunder if not paid when due shall be secured by a lien on the Payor Owner’s Tract, which lien shall be effective upon the recording of a legally sufficient notice thereof in the real property records for Dallas County, Texas. Such lien shall be subordinate to any mortgage or deed of trust now or hereafter affecting such Tract, and any purchaser at any foreclosure or trustee’s sale (as well as any grantee by deed in lieu of foreclosure or trustee’s sale) under any such mortgage or deed of trust shall take title subject only to liens thereafter accruing pursuant to this Section.
     2.7 Amendment . This Agreement, and any rights or interests herein granted, bargained, sold, conveyed, reserved or otherwise provided, may be amended, modified or terminated only by a written and duly recorded agreement signed by all Owners and mortgagees having a valid lien on any portion of the Tracts.
     2.8 Responsibility . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, each Owner shall be liable and responsible for the obligations, covenants, agreements and responsibilities created by this Agreement and for any judgement rendered hereon only to the extent of its respective interest in the land and improvements on its respective Tract.
     2.9 Estoppel Certificates . Each Owner agrees that upon written request of the other Owner, it will issue, within thirty (30) days after receipt of such request, an estoppel certificate stating to the best of the issuer’s knowledge the status of any matter relating to this Agreement or the terms hereof as shall be reasonably requested by the other Owner.

 


 

     2.10 Notices . Any notice required or permitted hereunder must be in writing and may be delivered to the respective addresses and numbers of the parties listed below (which addresses and numbers may be changed upon two (2) days notice), either in person, by certified U.S. Mail, by reputable overnight delivery service, or by facsimile copy via telecopy. Any such notice shall be deemed effective upon the earlier of actual delivery, upon the third day following deposit in the U.S. Mail, certified mail with return receipt requested, postage prepaid and properly addressed, or upon successful telecopy transmission as evidenced by acknowledgment of successful transmission by the sending machine
     
TRACT I OWNER:
  TRACT II OWNER:
 
   
CB Parkway Business Center V, Ltd.
  CB Midway/Parkway Investors, Ltd.
c/o Billingsley Company
  c/o Billingsley Company
2200 Ross Avenue
  2200 Ross Avenue
Suite 4800 West
  Suite 4800 West
Dallas, Texas 75201
  Dallas, Texas 75201
Attn: Jill M. Wilbanks
  Attn: Jill M. Wilbanks
Telephone: (214) 754-1728
  Telephone: (214)-7541728
Telecopy: (214) 754-1754
  Telecopy: (214) 754-1754
 
   
with copy to:
  with copy to:
 
   
Baker & Botts, L.L.P.
  Baker & Botts, L.L.P.
2001 Ross Avenue
  2001 Ross Avenue
Dallas, Texas 75201-2980
  Dallas, Texas 75201-2980
Attn: Joel Overton, Jr.
  Attn: Joel Overton, Jr.
Telephone: (214) 953-6938
  Telephone: (214) 953-6938
Telecopy: (214) 953-6503
  Telecopy: (214) 953-6503
     2.11 Waiver of Claims: No Subrogation . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, each Owner hereby waives any rights of recovery against the other, its owners, partners, managers, agents, employees, contractors, tenants, occupants, guests or invitees for any damage or loss that may occur on the Tracts or on or to any improvements thereon or other property therein, by reason of fire, the elements or any other cause which could be insured under a standard all risks insurance policy, regardless of cause or origin, including without limitation any negligent acts or omissions of the other Owner, its owners, partners, managers, agents, employees, contractors, tenants, occupants, guests or invitees, and no insurer shall have any rights of subrogation with respect to the foregoing.
     2.12 Counterparts . This Agreement may be signed by the parties in counterparts, which when taken together, shall constitute a valid, binding and effective agreement.

 


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.
         
  “TRACT I OWNER”

CB PARKWAY BUSINESS CENTER V, LTD.,
a Texas limited partnership
 
 
  By:   15BCO, INC., General Partner    
 
     
  By:   /s/ Barbara A. Erhart    
    Name:   Barbara A. Erhart   
    Title:   Vice President   
 
  “TRACT II OWNER”

CB MIDWAY/PARKWAY INVESTORS, LTD.,
a Texas limited partnership
 
 
  By:   2BCO, INC., General Partner    
 
     
  By:   /s/ Barbara A. Erhart    
    Name:   Barbara A. Erhart   
    Title:   Vice President   
 
     
STATE OF TEXAS
  §
 
  §
COUNTY OF DALLAS
  §
     This instrument was acknowledged before me on 18 th day of November, 1999, by Barbara A. Erhart, in her capacity as Vice President of 15BCO, INC., a Texas corporation, in its capacity as sole general partner of CB PARKWAY BUSINESS CENTER V, LTD., a Texas limited partnership, on behalf of said corporation and partnership.
         
  Notary Public, State of Texas
 
 
  /s/ Christopher L. Matthews    
     
     
  Christopher L. Matthews    
  Printed Name   
     
     
  My Commission Expires: 7-28-03
 
 
     
     
     

 


 

     
STATE OF TEXAS
  §
 
  §
COUNTY OF DALLAS
  §
     This instrument was acknowledged before me on 18 th day of November, 1999, by Barbara A. Erhart, in her capacity as Vice President of 2BCO, INC., a Texas corporation, in its capacity as sole general partner of CB MIDWAY/PARKWAY INVESTORS, LTD., a Texas limited partnership, on behalf of said corporation and partnership.
         
  Notary Public, State of Texas
 
 
  /s/ Christopher L. Matthews    
     
     
  Christopher L. Matthews    
  Printed Name   
     
 
  My Commission Expires: 7-28-03
 
 
     
     
     
 
      EXHIBITS :
     Exhibit A — Legal Description of Tract I
     Exhibit B — Legal Description of Tract II
     Exhibit C — Legal Description of Tract II Parking Easement (West Parking Area)
     Exhibit D — Legal Description of Tract II Parking Easement (East Parking Area)
     Exhibit E — Site Plan Abstract

 


 

Exhibit A
Legal Description — Tract I
4000 International Parkway
Carrollton, Denton County, Texas
Being a 9.672 acre tract of land situated in the D. Andrews Survey, Abstract No. 1455 in the City of Carrollton, Denton County, Texas, said 9.672 acre tract being all of Lot 1R of Block 1 of International Business Park Subdivision to the City of Carrollton, Texas as recorded in Cabinet P, Slide 279 of the Plat Records of Denton County, Texas, said 9.672 acre tract being comprised of two tracts (0.006 acres and 0.359 acres) out of the D. Andrews Survey, Abstract No. 1455 conveyed to CB PARKWAY BUSINESS CENTER V, LTD. by deed recorded in Denton County Clerk’s File No. 98-R0092891 and being 9.307 acres (all of Lot 1 of Block 1 of International Business Park Subdivision to the City of Carrollton, Texas as recorded in Cabinet 0, Slide 352 of the Plat Records of Denton County, Texas) out of the 9.554 acre tract of land conveyed to CB PARKWAY BUSINESS CENTER V, LTD. by deed recorded in Volume 4142, Page 821 of the Real Property Records of Denton County, Texas, and being more particularly described as follows:
BEGINNING at a 1 / 2 -inch iron rod with cap set at the northeast corner of said Lot 1R of Block 1 of the International Business Park Subdivision, said point being on the west right of way line of Midway Road (110 foot wide right of way at this point);
THENCE South 1 degree 38 minutes 21 seconds West, along the west right of way line of Midway Road, a distance of 254.04 feet to a 1 / 2 -inch iron rod with yellow plastic cap stamped “HALFF ASSOC., INC.” (hereinafter referred to as “with cap”) set at an angle point in said Midway Road right of way;
THENCE South 5 degrees 27 minutes 09 seconds West continuing along said west right of way line a distance of 150.35 feet to a 1 / 2 -inch iron rod with cap set for corner;
THENCE South 1 degree 38 minutes 21 seconds West continuing along said west right of way line a distance of 135.81 feet to a 1 / 2 -inch iron rod with cap set at the point of curvature of a circular curve to the right having a radius of 80.00 feet and whose long chord bears South 49 degrees 05 minutes 22 seconds West a distance of 117.87 feet;
THENCE in a southwesterly direction along the west right of way of Midway Road and the north right of way of International Parkway and along said curve to the right through a central angle of 94 degrees 54 minutes 02 seconds, an arc distance of 132.51 feet to a 1/2-inch iron rod with cap found at the point of compound curvature of a circular curve to the right having a radius of 1215.00 feet and whose long chord bears North 79 degrees 14 minutes 35 seconds West a distance of 178.72 feet;
THENCE westerly along the north right of way line of International Parkway (a 110 foot wide right of way at this point) and along said curve through a central angle of 8 degrees 25 minutes 49 seconds, an arc distance of 178.88 feet to a set “X” cut in concrete for corner;
THENCE North 72 degrees 57 minutes 46 seconds West, continuing along the north right of way line of International Parkway (through a transition in right of way width to 100 feet wide), a distance of 162.38 feet to a set “X” cut in concrete at the beginning of a non-tangent circular curve to the right having a radius of

 


 

Exhibit A
1220.00 feet and whose long chord bears North 65 degrees 07 minutes 30 seconds West a distance of 96.06 feet;
THENCE northwesterly, continuing along the north right of way line of International Parkway (with a right of way width of 100 feet) and along said curve through a central angle of 4 degrees 30 minutes 45 seconds, an arc distance of 96.08 feet to a found “X” cut in concrete for the point of tangency;
THENCE North 62 degrees 52 minutes 08 seconds West, continuing along the north right of way line of International Parkway, a distance of 246.21 feet to a set “X” cut in concrete for the point of curvature of a circular curve to the right having a radius of 1743.46 feet and whose long chord bears North 58 degrees 35 minutes 54 seconds West a distance of 259.66 feet;
THENCE northwesterly, continuing along the north right of way line of International Parkway, and along said curve through a central angle of 8 degrees 32 minutes 28 seconds, an arc distance of 259.90 feet to a 1/2-inch iron rod with cap set for the southwest corner of said Lot 1R of Block 1;
THENCE along the most westerly west line of said Lot 1R of Block 1 the following courses and distances:
     North 35 degrees 40 minutes 20 seconds East, departing said north right of way line of International Parkway, a distance of 99.24 feet to a 1 / 2 -inch iron rod with cap found at an angle point in the west line of said Lot 1R of Block 1;
     North 01 degrees 38 minutes 21 seconds East a distance of 5.13 feet to a 1 / 2 -inch iron rod with cap set for a corner;
     North 88 degrees 21 minutes 39 seconds West a distance of 12.00 feet to a 1 / 2 -inch iron rod with cap found for a corner;
     North 01 degrees 38 minutes 21 seconds East a distance of 22.00 feet to a 1 / 2 -inch iron rod with cap found for a corner;
     South 88 degrees 21 minutes 39 seconds East a distance of 12.00 feet to a 1 / 2 -inch iron rod with cap found for corner;
     North 01 degrees 38 minutes 21 seconds East a distance of 19.00 feet to a found “X” cut in concrete for corner;
     South 88 degrees 21 minutes 39 seconds East a distance 32.00 feet to a found “X” cut in concrete for corner;
     North 01 degrees 38 minutes 21 seconds East a distance of 32.00 feet to a 1 / 2 -inch iron rod with cap set at the most westerly northwest corner of said Lot 1R of Block 1;
THENCE South 88 degrees 21 minutes 39 seconds East along the most westerly north line of said Lot 1R of Block 1, a distance of 341.15 feet to set “X” cut in concrete for corner;

 


 

Exhibit A
THENCE North 01 degrees 38 minutes 21 seconds East along the most northerly west line of said Lot 1R of Block 1 a distance of 115.02 feet to a found “X” cut in concrete at the most northerly northwest corner of said Lot 1R of Block 1;
THENCE South 88 degrees 21 minutes 39 seconds East along the most easterly north line of said Lot 1R of Block 1 a distance of 537.07 feet to the POINT OF BEGINNING and containing 421,299 square feet or 9.672 acres of land more or less.

 


 

Exhibit B
Legal Description — Tract II Owner
(30.172 acre tract)
BEING a 30.172 acre tract of land situated in the D. Andrews Survey, Abstract No. 1455 and the J. Meyers Survey, Abstract No. 882 in the City of Carrollton, Denton County, Texas, said 30.172 acre tract being the remainder of that 40.091 acre tract of land conveyed to CB MIDWAY / PARKWAY INVESTORS, LTD. by the deed recorded in Denton County Clerk’s file number 94-R0025237 of the Real Property Records of Denton County, Texas, said 30.172 acre remainder tract being more particularly described as follows:
BEGINNING at a point on the existing west right-of-way line of Midway Road (50.00 feet west of its’ center line at this point), said point being South 88 degrees 21 minutes 39 seconds East a distance of 10.00 feet from a set 1/2-inch iron rod with cap stamped “HALFF ASSOC., INC.” (hereinafter referred to as “with cap”) at the most easterly northeast corner of Lot 1R, Block 1, International Business Park Subdivision as recorded in Cabinet P, Slide 279 of the Plat Records of Denton County, Texas;
THENCE North 88 degrees 21 minutes 39 seconds West, departing said west right of way line of Midway Road, at 10.00 feet passing said set 1/2-inch iron rod with cap stamped “HALFF ASSOC , INC.” at the most easterly northeast corner of Lot 1R, Block 1, International Business Park Subdivision, thence continuing along the most easterly north line of said Lot 1R of Block 1 in all a total distance of 547.07 feet to an “X” cut found in the concrete at the intersection of the most northerly west line and the most easterly north line of said Lot 1R of Block 1;
THENCE South 01 degrees 38 minutes 21 seconds West along the most northerly west line of said Lot 1R of Block 1, a distance of 115.02 feet to an “X” cut set in the concrete at the intersection of the most westerly north line and the most northerly west line of said Lot 1R of Block 1;
THENCE North 88 degrees 21 minutes 39 seconds West along the most westerly north line of said Lot 1R of Block 1, a distance of 341.15 feet to a set 1/2-inch iron rod with cap;
THENCE South 01 degrees 38 minutes 21 seconds West along a west line of said Lot 1R of Block 1 a distance of 32.00 feet to an “X” cut found in concrete for corner;
THENCE North 88 degrees 21 minutes 39 seconds West along a west line of said Lot 1R of Block I a distance of 32.00 feet to an “X” cut found in concrete for corner;
THENCE South 01 degrees 38 minutes 21 seconds West along a west line of said Lot 1R of Block 1 a distance of 19.00 feet to a 1/2-inch iron rod with cap found for corner;
THENCE North 88 degrees 21 minutes 39 seconds West along a west line of said Lot 1R of Block 1 a distance of 12.00 feet to a 1/2-inch iron rod with cap found for corner;
THENCE South 01 degrees 38 minutes 21 seconds West along a west line of said Lot 1R of Block 1 a distance of 22.00 feet to a 1/2-inch iron rod with cap found for corner;
THENCE South 88 degrees 21 minutes 39 seconds East along a west line of said Lot 1R of Block 1 a distance of 12.00 feet to a set 1/2-inch iron rod with cap for corner;

 


 

Exhibit B
THENCE South 01 degrees 38 minutes 21 seconds West along a west line of said Lot 1R of Block 1 a distance of 5.13 feet to a 1/2-inch iron rod with cap found for corner;
THENCE South 35 degrees 40 minutes 20 seconds West along a west line of said Lot 1R of Block 1 a distance of 99.24 feet to a 1/2-inch iron rod with cap found on a circular curve to the right having a radius of 1743.46 feet and whose long chord bears North 43 degrees 18 minutes 53 seconds West a distance of 666.12 feet;
THENCE Northwesterly, along the north right-of-way line of International Parkway, and along said curve through a central angle of 22 degrees 01 minute 35 seconds, an arc distance of 670.24 feet to a point for corner;
THENCE North 45 degrees 09 minutes 23 seconds East, departing said north right-of-way line of International Parkway, a distance of 1301.84 feet to a point for corner, said corner being at the southwest corner of a tract of land conveyed to Pickens Financial Group, Ltd. by a deed recorded in Volume 3116 Page 249 of the Deed Records of Denton County, Texas;
THENCE South 87 degrees 53 minutes 50 seconds East, along the south line of said Pickens Financial Group Ltd. tract, a distance of 550.00 feet to a found 5/8-inch iron rod on the west right-of-way line of Midway Road (a 100 foot wide right-of-way at this point);
THENCE South 1 degree 38 minutes 21 seconds West, along the west right-of-way line of Midway Road, a distance of 1135.61 feet to the POINT OF BEGINNING and containing 1,314,214 square feet or 30.172 acres of land more or less.
BASIS OF BEARING: The monumented most easterly north line of Lot 1R of Block 1 of International Business Park Subdivision as recorded in Cabinet P, Slide 279 of the Plat Records of Denton County, Texas, with a record bearing of North 88 degrees 21 minutes 39 seconds West.

 


 

Exhibit C
Tract II Parking Easement
(West Parking Area — Legal Description)
28 Parking Spaces
BEING a tract of land situated in the D. Andrews Survey, Abstract No. 1455 in the City of Carrollton, Denton County, Texas and being part of that tract of land conveyed to CB MIDWAY/PARKWAY INVESTORS, LTD. by deed recorded in Denton County Clerk’s file number 94-R0025237 of the Real Property Records of Denton County,-Texas, and being more particularly described as follows:
COMMENCING at a point on the existing west right-of-way line of Midway Road (50.00 feet west of its’ center line at this point), said point being South 88 degrees 21 minutes 39 seconds East a distance of 10.00 feet from a set 1/2-inch iron rod with cap stamped “HALFF ASSOC., INC.” at the most easterly northeast corner of Lot 1R, Block 1, International Business Park Subdivision as recorded in Cabinet P, Slide 279 of the Plat Records of Denton County, Texas;
THENCE North 88 degrees 21 minutes 39 seconds West, departing said west right of way line of Midway Road, at 10.00 feet passing said set 1/2-inch iron rod with cap stamped “HALFF ASSOC., INC.” at the most easterly northeast corner of Lot 1R, Block 1, International Business Park Subdivision, thence continuing along the most easterly north line of said Lot 1R of Block 1 in all a total distance of 547.07 feet to an “X” cut found in the concrete at the intersection of the most northerly west line and the most easterly north line of said Lot 1R of Block 1;
THENCE North 58 degrees 21 minutes 39 seconds West, departing from the most easterly north line of said Lot 1R of Block 1, a distance of 13.98 feet to the POINT OF BEGINNING of the herein described tract of land;
THENCE North 58 degrees 21 minutes 39 seconds West a distance of 37.08 feet to a point for corner;
THENCE North 01 degree 38 minutes 21 seconds East a distance of 75.91 feet to a point for corner;
THENCE South 88 degrees 21 minutes 39 seconds East a distance of 133.54 feet to a point for corner;
THENCE South 01 degrees 38 minutes 21 seconds West a distance of 79.45 feet to a point for corner;
THENCE North 88 degrees 21 minutes 39 seconds West a distance of 68.32 feet to the Point of Curvature of a circular curve to the left having a radius of 44.00 feet and whose long chord bears South 67 degrees 14 minutes 42 seconds West a distance of 36.35 feet;
THENCE in a southwesterly direction along the arc of said curve to the left and through a central angle of 48 degrees 47 minutes 18 seconds, an arc distance of 37.47 feet to the POINT OF BEGINNING AND CONTAINING 10,946 square feet or 0.251 acres of land, more or less.
BASIS OF BEARING: The monumented most easterly north line of Lot 1R of Block 1 of International Business Park Subdivision as recorded in Cabinet P, Slide 279 of the Plat Records of Denton County, Texas, with a record bearing of North 88 degrees 21 minutes 39 seconds West.

 


 

Exhibit D
Tract II Parking Easement
(East Parking Area — Legal Description)
83 Parking Spaces
BEING a tract of land situated in the D. Andrews Survey, Abstract No. 1455 in the City of Carrollton, Denton County, Texas and being part of that tract of land conveyed to CB MIDWAY/PARKWAY INVESTORS, LTD. by deed recorded in Denton County Clerk’s file number 94-R0025237 of the Real Property Records of Denton County, Texas, and being more particularly described as follows:
COMMENCING at a point on the existing west right-of-way line of Midway Road (50.00 feet west of its’ center line at this point), said point being South 88 degrees 21 minutes 39 seconds East a distance of 10.00 feet from a set 1/2-inch iron rod with cap stamped “HALFF ASSOC., INC.” at the most easterly northeast corner of Lot 1R, Block 1, International Business Park Subdivision as recorded in Cabinet P, Slide 279 of the Plat Records of Denton County, Texas;
THENCE North 88 degrees 21 minutes 39 seconds West, departing said west right of way line of Midway Road, at 10.00 feet passing said set 1/2-inch iron rod with cap stamped “HALFF ASSOC., INC.” at the most easterly northeast corner of Lot 1R, Block 1, International Business Park Subdivision, thence continuing along the most easterly north line of said Lot 1R of Block 1 in all a total distance of 233.00 feet to a point for corner;
THENCE North 01 degrees 38 minutes 21 seconds East, departing from the most easterly north line of said Lot 1R of Block 1, a distance of 22.00 feet to the POINT OF BEGINNING of the herein described tract of land;
THENCE North 01 degrees 38 minutes 21 seconds East a distance of 146.95 feet to a point for corner;
THENCE South 88 degrees 21 minutes 39 seconds East a distance of 125.50 feet to a point for corner;
THENCE North 01 degrees 38 minutes 21 seconds East a distance of 76.50 feet to a point for corner;
THENCE South 88 degrees 21 minutes 39 seconds East a distance of 64.50 feet to a point for corner;
THENCE South 01 degrees 38 minutes 21 seconds West a distance of 205.28 feet to a point for corner;
THENCE North 88 degrees 21 minutes 39 seconds West a distance of 26.99 feet to a point for corner;
THENCE South 75 degrees 47 minutes 46 seconds West a distance of 66.53 feet to a point for corner;
THENCE North 88 degrees 21 minutes 39 seconds West a distance of 99.01 feet to the POINT OF BEGINNING AND CONTAINING 31,783 square feet or 0.730 acres of land, more or less.
BASIS OF BEARING: The monumented most easterly north line of Lot 1R of Block 1 of International Business Park Subdivision as recorded in Cabinet P, Slide 279 of the Plat Records of Denton County, Texas, with a record bearing of North 88 degrees 21 minutes 39 seconds West.

 


 

Exhibit E
Site Plan Abstract
(MAP)

 

Exhibit 10.41
SECOND AMENDMENT TO LEASE AGREEMENT
     THIS SECOND AMENDMENT TO LEASE AGREEMENT shall supplement and form a part of a lease agreement (“ Lease ”) dated July 23, 1999, as amended November 29, 1999, by and between CB PARKWAY BUSINESS CENTER V, LTD., a Texas limited partnership (“ Landlord ”), and REALPAGE, INC., a Texas corporation (“ Tenant ”), for Suite 1000, 4000 International Parkway, Carrollton, Texas, as more particularly described upon Exhibit A to the Lease. The Lease is incorporated herein by reference. Where any terms or conditions contained herein conflict with any terms or conditions contained in the Lease, the terms and conditions contained herein shall control. Otherwise, the Lease is ratified and affirmed and all terms and conditions therein shall remain in full force and effect. Terms herein not otherwise defined shall have the same meanings ascribed to such terms in the Lease.
     IN CONSIDERATION OF the mutual covenants and conditions stated in the Lease and herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant agree as follows:
     1.  Revised Exhibit — The Offsite Parking Area as depicted and attached replaces the Offsite Parking Area as depicted in Exhibit F-1 per the First Amendment dated November 29, 1999.
     2. As amended herein, the Lease is affirmed, ratified and remains in full force and effect.
     DATED: January 30, 2006
                             
LANDLORD :       TENANT :    
 
                           
CB PARKWAY BUSINESS CENTER V,
LTD., a Texas limited partnership
      REALPAGE, INC.,
a Texas corporation
   
 
                           
By:   15BCO, Inc., a Texas corporation
its General Partner
                   
 
                           
By:   /s/ Mack W. Dennis       By:   /s/ Tim Barker    
                     
 
  Name:   Mack W. Dennis           Name:   Tim Barker    
 
  Title:   Senior Vice President           Title:   CFO    

 


 

Offsite Parking Area
(REALPAGE 111 RESERVED LOGO)

 

Exhibit 10.42
THIRD AMENDMENT TO LEASE AGREEMENT
     THIS THIRD AMENDMENT TO LEASE AGREEMENT shall supplement and form a part of a lease agreement (“ Lease ”) dated July 23, 1999 as amended November 29, 1999 and January 30, 2006, by and between CB PARKWAY BUSINESS CENTER V, LTD., a Texas limited partnership (“ Landlord ”), and REALPAGE, INC., a Delaware corporation successor-in-interest to REALPAGE, INC., a Texas corporation (“ Tenant ”), for Suite 1000, 4000 International Parkway, Carrollton, Texas, as more particularly described upon Exhibit A to the Lease. The Lease is incorporated herein by reference.
     IN CONSIDERATION OF the mutual covenants and conditions stated in the Lease and herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant agree as follows:
  1.   Defined Terms . All capitalized terms utilized herein and not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Lease.
 
  2.   Term . Landlord and Tenant hereby agree that the Term of the Lease as to that certain 98,223 Rentable Square Feet of space, shall be extended from August 31, 2009 to August 31, 2016.
 
  3.   Rent .
 
      Basic Rental . Commencing on September 1, 2006 through the expiration date or August 31, 2016, the Basic Rental shall be as follows:
                         
    Annual Rate per        
    Rentable Square        
Square Feet   Footage   Months   Monthly Amount
98,223
  $20.00/rsf     09/01/2006-09/30/2006     $ 163,705.00  
98,223
  $20.00/rsf     10/01/2006-01/31/2007     $ 163,705.00 */**
98,223
  $20.00/rsf     02/01/2007-08/31/2016     $ 163,705.00  
 
*   Provided no uncured Event of Default exists on the date payment is due. Basic Rental shall be abated for the months of October 2006, November 2006, December 2006 and January 2007.
 
**   Tenant shall pay its Proportionate Share of electrical costs during the free rent period.
  4.   Change In Operating Base Year Expense Stop . The parties acknowledge that as of September 1, 2006, a 2006 Base Year Expense Stop shall be used for the purposes of calculating Tenant’s liability for Excess under Exhibit C of the Lease, meaning that the first year for calculation of any Excess shall be calendar year 2007. The change in Operating Expense Base shall go into effect commencing September 1, 2006. Tenant shall remain liable for the Excess using a $5.50 per square foot Operating Expense Base through August 31, 2006.

 


 

  5.   Tenant Improvement Allowance . Landlord shall provide to Tenant a Tenant Improvement Allowance (the “ Tenant Improvement Allowance ”) equal to $3.33 per square foot of Rentable Square Feet (98,223rsf) or $327,410.00 to be paid by Landlord to Tenant within thirty (30) days upon receipt of invoice(s) and proper documentation, including but not limited to lien waivers from contractors and subcontractors. Tenant shall bear the entire cost of performing the Work (including, without limitation, design of the Work and preparation of the Working Drawings, costs of construction labor and materials (the “ Construction Hard Costs ”), electrical usage during construction (allocated to Tenant as reasonably agreed by Landlord and Tenant), janitorial services. signage, fees, and related non-ad valorem taxes and insurance costs, all of which costs are herein collectively called the “ Total Construction Costs ”) in excess of the Tenant Improvement Allowance. Landlord or its designee shall coordinate the relationship between the Work, the Building, and the Building Systems. In consideration for Landlord’s services, Tenant shall pay to Landlord a construction supervision fee equal to three and one half percent (3.5%) of the Total Construction Hard Costs for all improvements and alterations made to the Premises other than the Shell Construction, which fee shall be paid from the Tenant Improvement Allowance. Tenant must use such allowance before the end of June 30, 2007 or Tenant shall have deemed to forfeit all rights to any unused portion of the Tenant Improvement Allowance. The entire $3.33 per Rentable Square Feet of the Tenant Improvement Allowance must be used for Construction Hard Costs. Any provision herein to the contrary notwithstanding including the preceding sentence, Tenant may use the Tenant Improvement Allowance for the purpose of purchasing among other things, workstations and furniture (“ Premises Personal Property ”) for the Premises, the ownership of which shall vest in Tenant, provided however , in the event Tenant elects not to renew the Lease at the end of the initial Term Tenant shall not remove the Premises Personal Property purchased through use of the Tenant Improvement Allowance, but rather shall assign to Landlord title to the Premises Personal Property through execution of a Bill of Sale.
 
  6.   Delete Section 23(t), Subsequent Payment by Tenant , in its entirety.
 
  7.   Add the following as a new Section 23(y), Vestibule , to read as follows:
 
      “Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts, but in no event later than March 31, 2007, at Landlord’s sole expense replace the North front entrance to the Building with any of the following (i) a vestibule including two stages of doors into the Building, with one stage incorporating the Building security system, (ii) a revolving door or (iii) any other Building system reasonably acceptable to Landlord to replace the current Building North entrance system.”
 
  8.   Brokerage Commissions . Tenant hereby represents and warrants to Landlord that, other than commissions, if any, due and payable to Billingsley Property Services, Inc. and Peloton Real Estate Partners (“ Landlord’s Broker ”), no commission is due and payable to any broker or other leasing agent in connection with this Amendment based on any commitment undertaken by Tenant, and Tenant hereby agrees to

 


 

      indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless from and against all loss, damage, cost and expense (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) suffered by Landlord as a result of a breach of the foregoing representation and warranty. Landlord shall be solely liable for payment of any commissions due Landlord’s Broker by reason of this Amendment.
  9.   Guaranty . Notwithstanding any other provision in Exhibit K, Guaranty, the Guaranty described therein, unless sooner expiring or terminating, shall terminate and be of no further force or effect at 11:59 p.m. on August 31, 2009. Furthermore, add the following sentence after the end of the third sentence of Exhibit K to read as follows: “ Tangible net worth ” shall be defined as total assets minus intangible assets minus total liabilities. The term “total liabilities” shall specifically include deferred revenue.
 
  10.   Add Section 23(w) Lobby Use , shall be restated in its entirety to read as follows:
 
      “Subject to the written approval from existing and future tenants of the Building, Tenant shall have the right to locate a receptionist desk and guest seating area (“ Seating Area ”) in the common area lobby on the first floor (such Seating Area not to exceed 150 square feet and total area, and not to include more than one (1) standard size commercial sofa, two (2) standard sized commercial chairs, one (1) standard sized commercial coffee table and one (1) area rug no larger than 150 square feet). All aspects of the desk and seating area must be approved by both Landlord and third party tenants, including location, materials used, directional signage and various security issues which may arise. Tenant shall be responsible for all costs in restoring the lobby to its original condition upon removal of the reception desk and/or seating area. In the event an existing or future tenant of at least 50,000 square feet of the Building requests to locate a receptionist desk in the common area of the lobby, and Landlord wishes to utilize the Seating Area to satisfy such tenant’s requests, then Tenant shall be responsible for restoring the lobby to its original condition upon removal of the seating area within thirty (30) days of Landlord’s written notice of the existing or future tenant’s request. The existing or future tenant’s receptionist desk will match Tenant’s receptionist desk and signage in such area if applicable, and shall be subject to Tenant’s prior written approval, which shall not be unreasonably delayed, withheld or conditioned.
 
  11.   With regard to calculating any Excess Operating Expenses pursuant to Exhibit C hereto, upon receipt of an Annual Operating Expense Statement, Tenant, at its expense, shall have the right, upon thirty (30) days written notice to Landlord, to audit or cause to be audited the financial records for the Project for the period reflected in such Annual Operating Expense Statement. Such audit shall be performed by a certified independent accounting firm which shall be of national standing and which is not compensated on a contingency basis. Should the Tenant’s audit demonstrate that the Basic Cost for such period are miscalculated by more than five percent (5%), Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for the actual cost of the audit. In any event, Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for any charges found to be in error and

 


 

      likewise, Tenant shall pay to Landlord any net undercharges discovered as a result of the audit. Such audit must be completed during normal business hours in the property manager’s office or other location designated by Landlord and within one hundred eighty (180) days of Tenant’s receipt of the applicable Annual Operating Expense Statement.
  12.   Add Section 23(z) Waiver of Rights Under Section 93.012 of the Texas Property Code . Landlord and Tenant are knowledgeable and experienced in commercial transactions and hereby agree that the provisions of this Lease for determining charges, amounts and additional Rent payable by Tenant are commercially reasonable and valid even though such methods may not state a precise mathematical formula for determining such charges, amounts or additional Rent. ACCORDINGLY, TENANT VOLUNTARILY AND KNOWINGLY WAIVES ALL RIGHTS AND BENEFITS OF TENANT UNDER SECTION 93.012, ENTITLED “ASSESSMENT OF CHARGES”, OF THE TEXAS PROPERTY CODE, AS ENACTED BY HOUSE BILL 2186, 77TH LEGISLATURE, AS SUCH SECTION NOW EXISTS OR AS MAY BE HEREAFTER AMENDED OR SUCCEEDED .
 
  13.   Counterpart Execution . This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but such counterparts together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Additionally, this Amendment may be executed by facsimile signatures and any such facsimile signature shall be deemed an original signature for all purposes.
 
  14.   Full Force and Effect . In the event any of the terms of the Lease conflict with the terms of this Amendment, the terms of this Amendment shall control. The Lease remains in full force and effect without any further amendments, alterations, or modifications thereto, except as expressly set forth herein, and Landlord and Tenant expressly ratify and confirm the Lease as amended hereby. The Lease, as amended by this Amendment, constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto and no further modification of the Lease shall be binding unless evidenced by an agreement in writing signed by Landlord and Tenant.
     DATED: August 28, 2006
(END OF PAGE: SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW)

 


 

{SIGNATURE PAGE TO THIRD AMENDMENT -
4000 INTERNATIONAL, PARKWAY — REALPAGE, INC.}
         
LANDLORD :

CB PARKWAY BUSINESS CENTER V,
LTD., a Texas limited partnership
 
   
By:   15BCO, Inc., a Texas corporation,      
  its General Partner     
       
 
     
By:   /s/ Mack W. Dennis      
  Name:   Mack W. Dennis      
  Title:   Senior Vice President     

 


 

         
{SIGNATURE PAGE TO THIRD AMENDMENT -
4000 INTERNATIONAL, PARKWAY — REALPAGE, INC.}
         
TENANT :

REALPAGE, INC.,
a Delaware corporation
 
   
By:   /s/ Stephen T. Winn      
  Name:   Stephen T. Winn     
  Title:   Chairman, CEO & President     

 


 

         
{SIGNATURE PAGE TO THIRD AMENDMENT -
4000 INTERNATIONAL, PARKWAY — REALPAGE, INC.}
         
GUARANTOR :
 
   
By:   /s/ Stephen T. Winn      
  Name:   Stephen T. Winn     
       
 

 

EXHIBIT 10.43
FOURTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE AGREEMENT
     THIS FOURTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE (this “Amendment”) is entered into as of the _th day of November, 2007, by and between ARI-Commercial Properties, Inc. a California corporation, as agent for the owners of the property, (“Landlord”) as successor in interest to CB Parkway Business Center V, LTD. and RealPage, Inc., a Delaware corporation, successor in interest to RealPage, Inc., a Texas corporation (“Tenant”).
     WHEREAS, CB Parkway Business Center V, LTD. and Tenant entered into that certain Lease Agreement dated as of July 23, 1999 (the “Lease Agreement”);
     WHEREAS, the Lease Agreement has been amended by that certain First Amendment to Lease Agreement dated November 29, 1999 (the “First Amendment”), by that certain Second Amendment to Lease Agreement dated as of January 20, 2006 (the “Second Amendment”), and by that certain Third Amendment to Lease Agreement dated as of August 28, 2006 (the “Third Amendment”) (the Lease Agreement, as amended, the “Lease”);
     WHEREAS, Tenant currently leases certain space (the “Premises”) containing an approximate rentable area of 98,223 square feet in the building located at 4000 International Parkway, Carrollton, Texas;
     WHEREAS, effective December 15, 2007, Tenant desires to lease an additional 56,075 square feet of Approximate Rentable Area, representing all of the Rentable Area, located on the third floor of the Building shown on Exhibit A attached hereto (the “Expansion Premises”), and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, Landlord is willing to Lease the Expansion Premises to Tenant; and
     WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant desire to amend the Lease to reflect their agreements as to the terms and conditions governing the Tenant’s lease of the Expansion Premises.
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants between the parties herein contained, Landlord and Tenant hereby agree as follows:
     1.  Lease Term . The Term for the Expansion Premises will commence December 15, 2007.
     2.  Premises . The Premises will be expanded to include an additional 56,075 square feet of Approximate Rentable Area. The total Approximate Rentable Area as of the commencement date of this amendment will be 154,298 square feet.
     3.  Base Rent . Basic Rental for the Expansion Premises will be payable pursuant to Rental Schedule A below if Tenant does not exercise the Termination Option as to the Termination Space; however, if Tenant exercises the Termination Option as to the Termination Space, Base Rent shall be paid in accordance of Rental Schedule B:

 


 

                                                                 
Rental Schedule A   Termination Right not Exercised   Actual SF Occupied
                                                            Pro-Rata
                            Rate/SF/   Monthly                   Share of
Start   End   Months   SF   Year   Rent   Annual Rent   SF   Building
12/15/2007     12/31/2007       .5       56,075     $ 0.00     $ 0.00       0.00       13,935       9.03 %
1/1/2008     6/30/2008       6       56,075     $ 3.73     $ 17,418.75     $ 104,512.50       13,935       9.03 %
7/1/2008     12/31/2008       6       56,075     $ 7.46     $ 34,837.50     $ 209,025       27,870       18.06 %
1/1/2009     12/31/2009       12       56,075     $ 20.00     $ 93,458.33     $ 1,121,500       56,075       36.34 %
1/1/2010     12/31/2010       12       56,075     $ 20.00     $ 93,458.33     $ 1,121,500       56,075       36.34 %
1/1/2011     12/31/2011       12       56,075     $ 20.00     $ 93,458.33     $ 1,121,500       56,075       36.34 %
1/1/2012     12/31/2012       12       56,075     $ 20.00     $ 93,458.33     $ 1,121,500       56,075       36.34 %
1/1/2013     12/31/2013       12       56,075     $ 22.00     $ 102,804.17     $ 1,233,650       56,075       36.34 %
1/1/2014     12/31/2014       12       56,075     $ 22.00     $ 102,804.17     $ 1,233,650       56,075       36.34 %
1/1/2015     12/31/2015       12       56,075     $ 22.00     $ 102,804.17     $ 1,233,650       56,075       36.34 %
1/1/2016     8/31/2016       8       56,075     $ 23.00     $ 107,477.08     $ 1,289,725       56,075       36.34 %
Total             104                                                  
                                                                 
Rental Schedule B   Termination Right Exercised   Actual SF Occupied
                                                            Pro-Rata
                            Rate/SF /   Monthly                   Share of
Start   End   Months   SF   Year   Rent   Annual Rent   SF   Building
12/15/2007     12/31/2007       .5       56,075     $ 0.00     $ 0.00       0.00       13,935       9.03 %
1/1/2008     6/30/2008       6       56,075     $ 3.73     $ 17,418.75     $ 104,512.50       13,935       9.03 %
7/1/2008     12/31/2008       6       56,075     $ 7.46     $ 34,837.50     $ 209,025.       27,870       18.06 %
1/1/2009     12/31/2009       12       27,870     $ 20.00     $ 46,450.00     $ 557,400.00       27,870       18.06 %
1/1/2010     12/31/2010       12       27,870     $ 20.00     $ 46,450.00     $ 557,400.00       27,870       18.06 %
1/1/2011     12/31/2011       12       27,870     $ 20.00     $ 46,450.00     $ 557,400.00       27,870       18.06 %
1/1/2012     12/31/2012       12       27,870     $ 20.00     $ 46,450.00     $ 557,400.00       27,870       18.06 %
1/1/2013     12/31/2013       12       27,870     $ 22.00     $ 51,095.00     $ 613,140.00       27,870       18.06 %
1/1/2014     12/31/2014       12       27,870     $ 22.00     $ 51,095.00     $ 613,140.00       27,870       18.06 %
1/1/2015     12/31/2015       12       27,870     $ 22.00     $ 51,095.00     $ 613,140.00       27,870       18.06 %
1/1/2016     8/31/2016       8       27,870     $ 23.00     $ 53,417.50     $ 641,010.00       27,870       18.06 %
Total             104                                                  
      Electrical Costs . From January 1, 2008, Tenant will be responsible for it’s pro rata share of Electrical Costs in Section 4. (b) of the Lease Agreement for the Expansion Premises as specified in “Pro-Rata Share of Building” columns in the two schedule above. Rental Schedule A shall be used if Tenant does not exercise the Termination Option as to the Termination Space; Rental Schedule B shall be used if Tenant exercises the Termination Option as to the Termination Space.
     4.  Termination Option . Tenant, in the sole exercise of its discretion, to be exercised on or before July 31, 2008, may cancel the Lease as to that portion of the Expansion Space designated as Phase III on Exhibit A (“Termination Option”) pursuant to Exhibit D hereto.
     5.  Tenant’s Proportionate Share . Tenant’s Pro Rata Share in the Lease Agreement (63.65799%) shall be increased by the Pro-Rata Share of the Expansion Premises. If Tenant does not exercise the Termination Option as to the Termination Space, Tenant’s Proportionate Share shall be increased by the percentages listed in Rental Schedule A. If Tenant exercises the Termination

 


 

Option as to the Termination Space, Tenant’s Proportionate Share shall be increased by the percentages listed in Rental Schedule B.
     6.  Operating Base Year Expense Stop . The Operating Base Year Expense Stop for the Expansion Premises will be the calendar year of 2008.
     7.  Parking . Tenant shall have the right to use parking spaces pursuant to Exhibit F of the original Lease. The number of spaces will be detailed pursuant to Exhibit C attached hereto.
     8.  Tenant’s Preferential Right to Lease , as detailed in Exhibit I of the original Lease is hereby deleted in its entirety.
     9.  Amendment of Exhibit A . Effective January 1, 2008, Exhibit A attached hereto shall be added to and incorporated into Exhibit A to the Lease.
     10.  Delivery of Expansion Premises . SUBJECT TO LANDLORD’S OBLIGATIONS TO MAINTAIN CERTAIN PORTIONS AND COMPONENTS OF THE BUILDING AND THE PREMISES, TENANT HEREBY ACCEPTS THE EXPANSION PREMISES AND THE BUILDING (INCLUDING THE SUITABILITY OF THE EXPANSION PREMISES FOR THE PERMITTED USE) IN “AS IS” CONDITION, SUBJECT TO LANDLORD’S OBLIGATIONS SET FORTH IN SECTION EXHIBIT B BELOW, WITH ANY AND ALL FAULTS AND LATENT OR PATENT DEFECTS AND WITHOUT RELYING UPON ANY REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY (EXPRESS OR IMPLIED) OF LANDLORD OR ANY REPRESENTATIVE OF LANDLORD, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THIS AMENDMENT. LANDLORD HAS NOT MADE AND DOES NOT HEREBY MAKE AND HEREBY SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND OR CHARACTER WHATSOEVER, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, WITH RESPECT TO THE BUILDING (INCLUDING THE EXPANSION PREMISES), ITS CONDITION (INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY REGARDING QUALITY OF CONSTRUCTION, STATE OF REPAIR, WORKMANSHIP, MERCHANTABILITY, SUITABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE).
     11.  Improvements to Expansion Premises . Landlord shall construct the Expansion Premises subject to Exhibit B attached hereto.
     11.  Failure to Deliver the Expansion Premises . Landlord shall not be liable for the failure to give possession of any of the Expansion Premises by reason of force majeure. Any rent otherwise due by Tenant with respect to such Expansion Premises shall, however, be abated until possession is delivered to Tenant and such abatement shall constitute full settlement of all claims that Tenant might otherwise have against Landlord by reason of any failure of Landlord to timely give possession of such Expansion Premises to Tenant during such time period as any third party tenant, tenants or occupants are holding over in such space and/or during such time period as such force majeure is continuing.
     12.  Signage . As of the date of this Amendment, Tenant will have the exclusive right to signage on the Building, including without limitation, signage on the Northeast corner and the

 


 

Southeast corner of the Building, of a size, placement and prominence at least comparable to that of the current Tenant signage at the Building. Signage drawings shall be submitted by Tenant to Landlord for approval, such approval shall not be unreasonable delayed or withheld. The foregoing notwithstanding, to the extent Tenant intends to use signage on the Northeast corner and the Southeast corner of the Building identical to that currently used on the Northwest corner and the Southwest corner of the Building, no such prior approval shall be required. All signage shall be subject to local municipality approval. All signage shall be at Tenant’s sole cost. At lease expiration, tenant shall be required to remove its signage and restore the façade of the building. For avoidance of doubt, Tenant may use a portion of the Construction Allowance for the expense of signage referenced above. Additionally, as deemed necessary by Landlord, and where Tenant is not the sole tenant in the Building, Tenant shall install a separate kilowatt-hour meter(s) and electrical panel(s), if required, for all Building Signage and shall be solely responsible for the payment of all electricity billed back for the Building Signage on a monthly basis by Landlord.
     13.  Brokers . Tenant warrants that it has not retained the services of any real estate agent or broker for representation in the negations with Landlord of the rental by Tenant of the Expansion Space. Landlord represents and warrants that it has retained only Peloton Real Estate Partners to represent it in the negotiations with Tenant of the rental by Tenant of the Expansion Space. Tenant warrants that it has had no dealings with any real estate broker or agent in connection with the negotiation of this Amendment other than Peloton Real Estate Partners, who have represented Landlord as Landlord’s real estate broker or agent, and that it knows of no real estate brokers or agents who are or might be entitled to a commission in connection with this Amendment. Landlord agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Tenant from and against any liability or claim arising in respect to any brokers or agents claiming a commission in connection with this Amendment other than Peloton Real Estate Partners. Landlord shall pay the commissions due to Peloton Real Estate Partners in connection with this Amendment pursuant to the terms of a separate written agreement.
     14.  Authority . Tenant and each person signing this Amendment on behalf of Tenant represents to Landlord as follows: (i) Tenant is a duly formed and validly existing corporation under the laws of Delaware, (ii) Tenant has and is qualified to do business in Texas, (iii) Tenant has the full right and authority to enter into this Amendment, and (iv) each person signing on behalf of Tenant was and continues to be authorized to do so.
     15.  Defined Terms . All terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the same meaning assigned to them in the Lease Agreement.
     16.  Ratification of Lease . Except as amended hereby, the Lease is hereby ratified and confirmed, and shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with its terms and is hereby ratified. In the event of a conflict between the Lease Agreement and this Amendment, this Amendment shall control.
     17.  Exhibits . Each Exhibit attached hereto is made a part hereof for all purposes.
     18.  No Representations . Landlord and Landlord’s agents have made no representations or promises, express or implied, in connection with the Premises or this Amendment except as expressly set forth herein.

 


 

     19.  Entire Agreement . This Amendment, together with the Lease, contains all of the agreements of the parties hereto with respect to any matter covered or mentioned in this Amendment or the Lease, and no prior agreement, understanding or representation pertaining to any such matter shall be effective for any purpose.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amendment as of the date first above written.
                     
LANDLORD:       TENANT:    
 
                   
ARI-Commercial Properties, Inc.       RealPage, Inc., a Delaware
corporation
   
 
                   
By:
          By: /s/ Stephen T. Winn    
 
 
 
     
 
   
 
Name:
          Name:        
 
 
 
         
 
   
 
Title:
          Title: CEO    
 
 
 
     
 
   

 


 

EXHIBIT A
EXPANSION PREMISES
     This Exhibit is attached to and a part of that certain Fourth Amendment to Lease Agreement executed by and between ARI-Commercial Properties, Inc. a California corporation, in its capacity as agent for Landlord, and RealPage, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Amendment”). Any capitalized term not defined herein shall have the meaning assigned to it in the Amendment. Landlord and Tenant mutually agree that the attached Floor Plan is the Floor Plan for the Expansion Premises:
Phase I and II Expansion Premises 1
(GRAPHIC)
 
1   Office and work space configuration is draft. For rending purposes only

 


 

Phase III Expansion Premises
(GRAPHIC)

 


 

Exhibit B
TENANT FINISH-WORK: ALLOWANCE
     1. The Work (hereafter defined) to be performed by Landlord for the Premises shall be described in Exhibit B, with each Exhibit for Work sequentially identified as Exhibit B-1, Exhibit B-2, Exhibit B-3, etc. For each Phase of the Work, Landlord shall deliver the Premises in the condition described on the respective Exhibit B.
     2. Landlord shall construct the Work, and Tenant shall comply with the obligations with regard to the Work, more fully set forth below, for Work for each of Phase I, Phase II and Phase III, as well as any other Work performed at the Premises (collectively , the “Improvements”).
     Tenant shall provide to Landlord for its approval final working drawings within a reasonable period of time prior to commencement of the Work (hereafter defined) prepared by an architect/space designer reasonable acceptable to Landlord, of all improvements that Tenant proposes to install in the Premises (or in the case of signage, to any portion of the Building); such working drawings shall include the partition layout, ceiling plan, electrical outlets and switches, telephone outlets, drawings for any modification to the mechanical and plumbing systems of the Building, and detailed plans and specifications for the construction of the improvements called for under this Exhibit in accordance with all applicable governmental laws, codes, rules, and regulations. Further, if any of Tenant’s proposed construction work will affect the Building’s heating, ventilation and air conditioning, electrical, mechanical, or plumbing systems, then the Working Drawings (hereafter defined) pertaining thereto shall be prepared by the engineer of record for the Building or other engineer reasonably acceptable to Landlord and Tenant, whom Tenant shall at its expense engage for such purpose. Landlord either shall approve or reject the Working Drawings within five (5) business days of receipt from Tenant (“Approval Period”). To the extent Landlord fails either to approve or reject the Working Drawings within the Approval Period, Landlord shall be deemed to have approved the Working Drawings. Landlord’s approval of such working drawings shall not be unreasonably delayed, withheld or conditioned provided that (1) they comply with all applicable governmental laws, codes, rules, and regulations, (2) such working drawings are sufficiently detailed to allow construction of the improvements in a good and workmanlike manner, (3) the improvements depicted thereon conform to the rules and regulations promulgated from time to time by Landlord for the construction of tenant improvements (a copy of which has been delivered to Tenant), and (4) they do not adversely affect the Building, its electrical, plumbing, HVAC, structural, or other systems. As used herein, “ Working Drawings ” shall mean the final working drawings approved by Landlord and Tenant, as amended from time to time by any approved changes thereto, and “ Work ” shall mean all improvements to be constructed in accordance with and as indicated on the Working Drawings. Approval by Landlord of the Working Drawings shall not be a representation or warranty of Landlord that such drawings are adequate for any use, purpose, or condition, or that such drawings comply with any applicable law or code, but shall merely be the consent of the Landlord to the performance of the Work. Landlord and Tenant shall indicate approval of the Working Drawings by signing each page thereof. All changes in the Work

 


 

must receive the prior written approval of Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably delayed, withheld or conditioned, and in the event of any such approved change Tenant shall, upon completion of the Work, furnish Landlord with an accurate, reproducible “as-built” plan (e.g., sepia) of the improvements as constructed, which plan shall be incorporated into this Lease by this reference for all purposes.
     3. Landlord shall diligently construct the Improvements of the Premises in accordance with the Working Drawings, in a good and workmanlike manner, retaining individuals or agents to construct the Improvements having requisite skill, education and experience to perform such Initial Improvements, and in accordance with all applicable governmental laws, codes, rules, and regulations, subject only to any remaining items which do not prevent Landlord from obtaining a Certificate of Occupancy for the Expansion Space, or not materially interfere with or prevent Tenant from occupying and using the Premises for the permitted uses (i.e., punch-list items), and deliver possession of the Premises to Tenant on or before the Commencement Date set forth in Section 3 of this Lease. If a delay in the substantial completion of the Initial Improvements occurs because of (a) any change by Tenant to the Working Drawings, (b) any specification by Tenant of materials or installations in connection with the Working Drawings which are in addition to or other than Landlord’s standard finish-out materials or which materials, and which were not approved by Landlord either when approving the Working Drawings or any subsequent Change Order , because of long lead-time requirements or shortage of supply/availability, will delay substantial completion of the Initial Improvements beyond the Commencement Date of this Fourth Amendment to Lease Agreement, or (c) any other cause within Tenant’s reasonable control, then Tenant’s obligation to pay rent shall commence on the scheduled Commencement Date. The term “ Substantial Completion ” or “ Substantially Completed ” shall mean that, in the opinion of the architect or space planner that prepared the Working Drawings, the Work has been completed substantially in accordance with the Working Drawings, subject to completion of minor punch list items that do not materially interfere with or prevent the issuance of a Certificate of Occupancy for the Expansion Space or prevent Tenant from occupying and using the Premises for the permitted uses. As soon as the Work has been substantially completed and Landlord has obtained a Certificate of Occupancy therefore, Landlord shall notify Tenant in writing that the Commencement Date has occurred. Within ten days thereafter, Tenant shall submit to Landlord in writing a punch list of items needing completion or correction. Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to complete such items within 30 days after it receives such notice. If Tenant or its employees, agents or contractors engage in acts or omissions that are the sole cause of delay in completion of the Work, then the Commencement Date shall be the date that, in the Design Professional’s opinion, substantial completion would have occurred had such delays not occurred. Tenant may from time to time make changes to the Working Drawings with Landlord’s prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld. Each subsequent request shall be set forth in a written notice delivered to Landlord, specifying in detail the requested change (“Change Order”). If Tenant requests any such change, then (1) Tenant shall pay all additional costs in designing and constructing the Work as a result of such changes, (2) all delays in designing and constructing the Work caused by such changes shall not delay the Commencement Date, and (3) Tenant shall pay to Landlord the estimated additional costs in designing and constructing the Work that will be caused by such changes before any such change shall be made.

 


 

     5. Tenant shall bear the entire cost of performing the Work (including, without limitation, design of the Work and preparation of the Working Drawings, costs of construction labor and materials and Project Management Services (hereafter defined) (the “ Construction Hard Costs ”), electrical usage during construction (allocated to Tenant as reasonably agreed by Landlord and Tenant), janitorial services, signage, fees, and related non-ad valorem taxes and insurance costs, all of which costs are herein collectively called the “ Total Construction Costs ”) in excess of the Construction Allowance (hereinafter defined).
     6. Landlord shall provide to Tenant a construction allowance (the “ Construction Allowance ”) as specified in Exhibit C. Tenant shall be responsible for the amount by which the estimated Total Construction Costs exceed the Allowance, such amount to be invoiced by Landlord upon execution of the construction contract with the contractor, and payable by Tenant to Landlord within five (5) days of Tenant’s receipt of invoice therefor. Upon Substantial Completion of the Work and before Tenant occupies the Premises to conduct business therein, Tenant shall pay to Landlord an amount equal to the Total Construction Costs less (a) the amount of payments already made by Tenant, and (b) the amount of the Construction Allowance. A minimum of $5.00 per square foot of Rentable Square Feet of the Construction Allowance must be used for Construction Hard Costs. Tenant may utilize any remaining Construction Allowance to offset soft costs, including without limitation, relocation costs and any other expenses of Tenant incurred with regard to improvement of the Premises or the premises leased by Tenant from Landlord located at 4120 International Boulevard, Carrollton, Texas 75007, including without limitation, office furniture, cubicles, hardware, networking, telephones and telephone systems.
     7. Landlord or its designee shall coordinate the relationship between the Work, the Building, and the Building Systems. In consideration for Landlord’s services (“Project Management Services”), Tenant shall pay to Landlord a construction supervision fee equal to five percent (5%) of the Total Construction Costs for all improvements and alterations made to the Premises other than the Shell Construction, which fee shall be paid from the Construction Allowance. The Project Management Fee shall include all costs incurred with for services performed by Peloton Real Estate Partners or Billingsley Company regard to the Work and the Improvements for the Premises.
     8. To the extent not inconsistent with this Exhibit, Exhibit D of the Lease shall govern the performance of the Work and Landlord’s and Tenant’s respective rights and obligations regarding the improvements installed pursuant thereto.

 


 

EXHIBIT B-1
     To be determined and mutually agreed upon prior to construction of the Phases I, II and III Phases, and any other construction at the Premises.

 


 

Exhibit C
Construction Allowance
     Tenant will have access to the Construction Allowance as specified in the following Schedule.
                                                 
                                    Construction    
Expansion                   Construction   Construction   Allowance -   Net
Premises -   SF   Date of   Allowance Per   Allowance   (Holdback) /   Construction
Phases   Occupied   Allowance   SF   Dollars   Credit   Allowance
Phase I and II
    27,870     Upon
Execution
  $ 18.00     $ 501,660       ($150,000 )   $ 351,660  
 
          of 4th
Amendment
                               
Phase III
    28,205       8/1/2008     $ 18.00     $ 507,690     $ 150,000     $ 657,690  
     The Construction Allowance for Phases I and II will be available to Tenant upon full execution of this Fourth Amendment to Lease Agreement through December 31, 2009.
     Provided, Tenant has not exercised the Termination Option as to the Termination Space pursuant to Exhibit D of this Fourth Amendment to Lease Agreement, the Phase III Construction Allowance will be available to Tenant between August 1, 2008 and December 31, 2009; provided however , in the event Tenant waives its Termination Option prior to August 1, 2008, then at the time of the waiver of such Option.

 


 

Exhibit D
Option to Terminate Lease as to Phase In of the Expansion Premises
Tenant will have a one time option to terminate the Lease only as to Phase III of the Expansion Premises provided Tenant notifies Landlord in writing no later than July 31, 2008 of its intent to terminate the Phase III Expansion Premises. Failure by Tenant to provide such notice shall render this Termination Option as to the Termination Space null and void. Time is of essence in providing notice of termination to Landlord by Tenant. Upon Tenant’s exercise of the Termination Option as provided in this Fourth Amendment to Lease Agreement, the definition of Premises shall be deemed to be amended to include only Phases I and II on Exhibit A, and Tenant’s obligations with regard to Phase III shall terminate, be null and void, and of no further force or effect.
Landlord will be responsible for, and shall expend, all costs required to make the Building a multi- tenant Building, including without limitation, installing unique security systems, walls, doors, and any modifications required by Law. Notwithstanding the forgoing Landlord shall undertake the aforementioned work at the time that Landlord deems practical and or necessary, but in no event later than the date of occupancy for any third party occupant of the Expansion Premises.

 

Exhibit 10.44
Re: 4000 International Parkway
Carrollton, Texas
FIFTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE AGREEMENT
         
THE STATE OF TEXAS
  §
§
  KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS:
COUNTY OF DENTON
  §    
     THIS FIFTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE AGREEMENT (this “ Amendment ”) has been entered into as of the 4 th day of February, 2009 (“ Effective Date ”), by ARI-COMMERCIAL PROPERTIES, INC., a California corporation, in its capacity as agent for the tenants in common owners of the Property (“ Landlord ”), and REALPAGE, INC., a Delaware corporation, successor-in-interest to RealPage, Inc., a Texas corporation (“ Tenant ”).
RECITALS:
     A. CB Parkway Business Center V, Ltd. (“ Prior Landlord ”) and RealPage, Inc., a Texas corporation (“ Prior Tenant ”), have heretofore executed that certain Lease Agreement (the “ Original Lease ”), dated July 23, 1999, as amended by (i) First Amendment to Lease Agreement, dated as of November 29, 1999, (ii) Second Amendment to Lease Agreement, dated as of January 30, 2006, (iii) Third Amendment to Lease Agreement, dated as of August 28, 2006, and (iv) Fourth Amendment to Lease Agreement (“ Fourth Amendment ”), dated as of approximately November 2007 (such Original Lease, as so amended, is hereinafter called the “ Lease ”), pursuant to which Tenant leased certain premises (the “ Original Premises ”) containing 126,093 rentable square feet located at 4000 International Parkway, Carrollton, Denton County, Texas, and more particularly described in the Lease (the “ Building ”). The Original Lease, as so amended, is hereinafter referred to as the “ Lease .” Unless otherwise defined herein, all initially capitalized terms will have the respective meanings assigned thereto in the Lease.
     B. Landlord has acquired the Building and succeeded to all of Prior Landlord’s interest as landlord under the Lease. Tenant has assumed and accepted all of Prior Tenant’s interest and obligations under the Lease.
     C. Landlord and Tenant desire to evidence their Amendment to amend the Lease, subject to the terms set forth herein.

 


 

     NOW THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the foregoing and other good and valuable consideration the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged and confessed, Landlord and Tenant hereby agree as follows:
ARTICLE I
CERTAIN AMENDMENTS
     SECTION 1.01. Addition of Premises . As of the Effective Date, and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Amendment, the Lease shall be amended to reflect that the Original Premises shall be expanded to include the premises outlined on the cross-hatched floor plan attached hereto as Exhibit A-1 consisting of approximately 14,103 rentable square feet on the Southeast Quadrant of the third (3rd) floor (the “ Southeast Quadrant Additional Premises ”) and approximately 14,102 rentable square feet on the Northeast Quadrant of the third (3rd) floor (the “ Northeast Quadrant Additional Premises ”) as shown on Exhibit A-2 attached hereto for a total of 28,205 rentable square feet on the third (3rd) floor in Suite 3500 of the Building (the Original Premises, the Southeast Quadrant Additional Premises and the Northeast Additional Premises being collectively referred to as the “ Premises ”). As of the Effective Date, Exhibit A to the Lease shall be amended to include Exhibit A-1 and A-2 attached to this Amendment and, accordingly, the Premises shall consist of approximately 154,298 rentable square feet in the Building (said Southeast Quadrant Additional Premises and the Northeast Additional Premises being collectively referred to as the “ Third Floor Additional Premises ”). As of the Effective Date, Tenant’s Proportionate Share shall be amended to be 100%.
     SECTION 1.02. Term . The Term of the Lease for the Third Floor Additional Premises shall be coterminous with the Term of the Lease for the Original Premises, commencing on the Effective Date and expiring August 31, 2016, subject to adjustment or earlier termination as set forth in the Lease.
     SECTION 1.03. Basic Rental — Third Floor Additional Premises . As of the Effective Date, the Basic Rental for the Third Floor Additional Premises during the Term of the Lease shall be as follows:
     Southeast Quadrant Additional Premises:
                 
Period:   Annual Base Rent per R.S.F.:   Monthly Base Rent:
Effective Date - 6/30/10
  $ 00.00     $ 00,000.00  
7/1/10 - 12/31/10
  $ 20.00     $ 23,505.00  
1/1/11 - 12/31/11
  $ 20.00     $ 23,505.00  
1/1/12 - 12/31/12
  $ 20.00     $ 23,505.00  
1/1/13 - 12/31/13
  $ 22.00     $ 25,855.50  
1/1/14 - 12/31/14
  $ 22.00     $ 25,855.50  
1/1/15 - 12/31/15
  $ 22.00     $ 25,855.50  
1/1/16 - 08/31/16
  $ 23.00     $ 27,030.75  

 


 

     Northeast Quadrant Additional Premises:
                 
Period:   Annual Base Rent per R.S.F.:   Monthly Base Rent:
Effective Date — 12/31/09
  $ 00.00     $ 00,000.00  
1/1/10 — 12/31/10
  $ 20.00     $ 23,503.33  
1/1/11 — 12/31/11
  $ 20.00     $ 23,503.33  
1/1/12 — 12/31/12
  $ 20.00     $ 23,503.33  
1/1/13 — 12/31/13
  $ 22.00     $ 25,853.67  
1/1/14 — 12/31/14
  $ 22.00     $ 25,853.67  
1/1/15 — 12/31/15
  $ 22.00     $ 25,853.67  
1/1/16 — 08/31/16
  $ 23.00     $ 27,028.83  
     The Basic Rental shall be due and payable in equal monthly installments, each such monthly installment due and payable on the first day of each calendar month, in advance, without demand and without setoff or deduction whatsoever. The Basic Rental for the Original Premises shall remain as set forth in the Lease.
     SECTION 1.04. Expense Stop . Tenant’s Expense Stop for the Third Floor Additional Premises shall be the actual costs incurred by Landlord in the calendar year 2009 and said payment shall commence January 1, 2010. The Expense Stop for the Original Premises shall remain as set forth in the Lease.
     SECTION 1.05. Parking . As of the Effective Date, Tenant shall be entitled to use an additional one hundred twelve (112) unreserved and unassigned parking spaces in the parking areas associated with the Building. Exhibit B sets forth all reserved and assigned, as well as all unreserved and unassigned parking spaces for the Building to which Tenant shall be entitled for the Term.
     SECTION 1.06. AS IS . Except as set forth on Exhibit C , Landlord is leasing the Premises to Tenant “as is” “where is” without representation or warranty, without any obligation by Landlord to alter, remodel, improve, repair or decorate any part of the Premises.
     SECTION 1.07. Authority . Tenant represents that it is the Tenant under the Lease and has not assigned or sublet any portion of the Premises to a third party. Tenant and each person signing this Amendment on behalf of Tenant represents to Landlord as follows: (i) Tenant is a duly formed and validly existing corporation under the laws of Delaware, (ii) Tenant has and is qualified to do business in Texas, (iii) Tenant has the full right and authority to enter into this Amendment, and (iv) each person signing on behalf of Tenant was and continues to be authorized to do so. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord upon demand evidence of such authority satisfactory to Landlord.
     SECTION 1.08. Brokerage . Landlord and Tenant each warrant to the other that it has not dealt with any broker or agent in connection with the negotiation or execution of this Amendment except that Landlord has retained Peloton Real Estate Partners (hereafter, the “ Broker ”). Landlord shall pay to Broker the commission arising out of this Amendment pursuant to a separate agreement between Landlord and such Broker. Landlord and Tenant hereby indemnify each other from the payment of any commissions owed to any broker with respect to this Amendment resulting from the acts of such party, but not otherwise.

 


 

     SECTION 1.09. No Offer . The submission of this Amendment to Tenant shall not be construed as an offer, nor shall Tenant have any rights under this Amendment unless Landlord executes a copy of this Amendment and delivers it to Tenant.
     SECTION 1.10. Exhibits . Landlord and Tenant agree that the following exhibits have been attached hereto and will be deemed a part of this Amendment and the Lease for all purposes and will be in lieu of any similar rights or provisions currently set forth in the Lease:
     Exhibit A-1 — Southeast Quadrant Additional Premises
     Exhibit A-2 — Northeast Quadrant Additional Premises
     Exhibit B — Parking Spaces and Parking Area
     Exhibit C — Tenant Finish Work: Allowance
     SECTION 1.11. Further Amendments . The Lease shall be and hereby is further amended wherever necessary, even though not specifically referred to herein, in order to give effect to the terms of this Amendment. Exhibit I of the Original Lease is deleted. The penultimate sentence of Section 6(a), Services; Maintenance, of the Original Lease shall be amended to read as follows: “If Tenant desires heat and air conditioning at any time other than times herein designated, such services shall be supplied to Tenant upon reasonable advance notice from Tenant to Landlord, or upon alternate schedule to the extent Tenant and Landlord otherwise agree in writing.”
ARTICLE II
MISCELLANEOUS
     SECTION 2.01. Ratification . The Lease, as amended hereby, is hereby ratified, confirmed and deemed in full force and effect in accordance with its terms. Each party represents to the other that it (a) is currently unaware of any default by the other under the Lease; (b) has full power and authority to execute and deliver this Amendment and this Amendment represents a valid and binding obligation of such part enforceable in accordance with its terms, except where such enforcement may be subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws now or hereafter in effect relating to creditor’s rights; (c) except as set forth on Exhibit C , Landlord has completed all improvements to the Premises in compliance with all requirements in the Lease; and (d) except as set forth on Exhibit C , all tenant finish costs or allowances payable by Landlord have been paid and no such costs or allowances are payable hereafter under the Lease.

 


 

     SECTION 2.02. Notices . All notices to be delivered to Landlord under the Lease or otherwise with respect to the Premises shall, unless Landlord otherwise notifies Tenant, be delivered to Landlord in accordance with the Lease at the following address:
Argus Realty Investors, LP
3040 Post Oak Boulevard, Suite 880
Houston, TX 77056
Attention: Asset Manager
     SECTION 2.03. Governing Law . This Amendment shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas.
     SECTION 2.04. Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in multiple counterparts each of which is deemed an original but together constitute one and the same instrument. This Amendment may be executed by facsimile and each party has the right to rely upon a facsimile counterpart of this Amendment signed by the other party to the same extent as if such party had received an original counterpart.
     SECTION 2.05. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . TENANT AND LANDLORD WAIVE ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY OR TO HAVE A JURY PARTICIPATE IN RESOLVING ANY DISPUTE, WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT, OR OTHERWISE BETWEEN LANDLORD AND TENANT ARISING OUT OF THE LEASE OR ANY OTHER INSTRUMENT, DOCUMENT, OR AGREEMENT EXECUTED OR DELIVERED IN CONNECTION HEREWITH OR THE TRANSACTIONS RELATED HERETO.
     SECTION 2.06. OFAC . Neither Tenant nor any of its affiliates, is a person or entity with whom U.S. persons or entities are restricted from doing business under regulations of the Office of Foreign Asset Control (“ OFAC ”) of the Department of the Treasury (including those named on OFAC’s Specially Designated and Blocked Persons List) or under any statute, executive order (including the September 24, 2001, Executive Order Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions with Persons Who Commit, Threaten to Commit, or Support Terrorism), or other governmental action.

 


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amendment has been executed as of the date and year first above written.
         
  LANDLORD :



ARI-COMMERCIAL PROPERTIES, INC., a
California corporation, in its capacity as agent
for the tenants in common owners of the Property
 
 
  By:   /s/ Signature Illegible  
    Name:  Name Illegible  
    Title:  VP Asset Mgmt  
 
         
  TENANT :



REALPAGE, INC.,
a Delaware corporation
 
 
  By:   /s/ Tim Barker  
    Name:  Tim Barker  
    Title:  CFO  

 


 

         
EXHIBIT A-1
SOUTHEAST QUADRANT ADDITIONAL PREMISES
(GRAPHIC)

 


 

EXHIBIT A-2
NORTHEAST QUADRANT ADDITIONAL PREMISES
(GRAPHIC)

 


 

EXHIBIT B
PARKING SPACES AND PARKING AREA
(GRAPHIC)
BLDG 5 — 4000 INTERNATIONAL PARKWAY, PLANO, TX 75093

 


 

(GRAPHIC)

 


 

EXHIBIT C
TENANT FINISH-WORK: ALLOWANCE
     1. Except as set forth on this Exhibit, Tenant accepts the Premises “AS-IS” and acknowledges that Landlord has no obligation to make or otherwise pay for any improvements, alterations or repairs thereto.
     2. Tenant will have prepared the Working Drawings for the Third Floor Additional Premises. Landlord will review and approve the Working Drawings within ten (10) business days following receipt thereof. As used herein, “ Working Drawings ” shall mean the final working drawings approved by Landlord, as amended from time to time by any approved changes thereto, and “ Work ” shall mean all improvements to be constructed in accordance with and as indicated on the Working Drawings, which may include Work to other portions of the building leased and occupied by Tenant. Approval by Landlord of the Working Drawings shall not be a representation or warranty of Landlord that such drawings are adequate for any use, purpose, or condition, or that such drawings comply with any applicable law or code, but shall merely be the consent of Landlord to the performance of the Work. All changes in the Work must receive the prior written approval of Landlord, and in the event of any such approved change Tenant shall, upon completion of the Work, furnish Landlord with an accurate, reproducible “as-built” plan (e.g., sepia) of the improvements as constructed, which plan shall be incorporated into this Lease by this reference for all purposes. Tenant shall be responsible for obtaining Landlord’s prior written approval for any Work performed by Tenant. Landlord shall provide to Tenant a Tenant Improvement Allowance (the “ Tenant Improvement Allowance ”) equal to $24.32 per square foot of Rentable Square Feet (28,205 rsf) or $685,894.00 to be paid by Landlord to Tenant as follows:
    $400,000 on the earlier to occur of: (a) sixty (60) days following the date of full execution and delivery of this Amendment or (b) within ten (10) business days following Landlord’s receipt of a joint check payable to Landlord and Tenant, said check to be endorsed over to Tenant, such endorsement to be made without any representation or warranty to the collectibility; and
 
    $285,894 on the earlier to occur of: (a) July 1, 2009, or (b) within ten (10) business days following Landlord’s receipt of a joint check payable to Landlord and Tenant, said check to be endorsed over to Tenant, such endorsement to be made without any representation or warranty to the collectibility.
     Tenant shall bear the entire cost of performing the Work (including, without limitation, design of the Work and preparation of the Working Drawings, costs of construction labor and materials (the “ Construction Hard Costs ”), electrical usage during construction (allocated to Tenant as reasonably agreed by Landlord and Tenant), janitorial services, signage, fees, and related non-ad valorem taxes and insurance costs, all of which costs are herein collectively called the “ Total Construction Costs ”).

 


 

     The entire $24.32 per Rentable Square Feet of the Tenant Improvement Allowance may be used for any construction hard costs for the Premises as well as for those Construction Hard Costs for the Premises at the 4120 International Boulevard Building on the Property, incurred both prior to and after the Effective Date of this Amendment; provided however, and notwithstanding the foregoing , Tenant may elect to use any remaining portion of the Tenant Improvement Allowance for cubicles, workstations, furniture, appliances, cabling and wiring at the Premises as well at the 4120 International Boulevard Building on the Property, incurred both prior to and after the Effective Date of this Amendment (the “ Furniture Allowance ”).
     6. For avoidance of doubt, Tenant may use the Tenant Improvement Allowance for Construction Hard Costs and Furniture Allowance for expenditures at both the Premises as well as at the 4120 International Boulevard Building on the Property, for expenses incurred both prior to and after the Effective Date of this Amendment. Tenant shall pay to Landlord a construction supervision fee equal to three percent (3%) of the Construction Hard Costs to the Third Floor Additional Premises (not to exceed $18,000), which may be deducted from the Construction Allowance.
     3. To the extent not inconsistent with this Exhibit, the Lease, including, without limitation, Section 7, shall govern the performance of the Work and the Landlord’s and Tenant’s respective rights and obligations regarding the improvements installed pursuant thereto.

 

Exhibit 10.45
     
  Re:  4000 International Parkway
    Carrollton, Texas
SIXTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE AGREEMENT
         
THE STATE OF TEXAS
  §
§
  KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS:
COUNTY OF DENTON
  §    
     THIS SIXTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE AGREEMENT (this “ Amendment ”) has been entered into as of the 30 th day of March, 2009 (“ Effective Date ”), by ARI-COMMERCIAL PROPERTIES, INC., a California corporation, in its capacity as agent for the tenants in common owners of the Property (“ Landlord ”), and REALPAGE, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”).
RECITALS :
     A. CB Parkway Business Center V, Ltd. (“ Prior Landlord ”) and RealPage, Inc., a Texas corporation (“ Prior Tenant ”), have heretofore executed that certain Lease Agreement (the “ Original Lease ”), dated July 23, 1999, as amended by (i) First Amendment to Lease Agreement, dated as of November 29, 1999, (ii) Second Amendment to Lease Agreement, dated as of January 30, 2006, (iii) Third Amendment to Lease Agreement, dated as of August 28, 2006, (iv) Fourth Amendment to Lease Agreement (“ Fourth Amendment ”), dated as of approximately November 2007, and (v) Fifth Amendment to Lease Agreement (“ Fifth Amendment ”), dated as of February 4, 2009, pursuant to which Tenant leases certain premises consisting of approximately 154,298 rentable square feet located at 4000 International Parkway, Carrollton, Denton County, Texas, and more particularly described in the Lease (the “ Building ”). The Original Lease, as so amended, is hereinafter referred to as the “ Lease .” Unless otherwise defined herein, all initially capitalized terms will have the respective meanings assigned thereto in the Lease.
     B. Landlord has acquired the Building and succeeded to all of Prior Landlord’s interest as landlord under the Lease. Tenant has assumed and accepted all of Prior Tenant’s interest and obligations under the Lease.
     C. Landlord and Tenant desire to evidence their agreement to amend the Lease, subject to the terms set forth herein.
     NOW THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the foregoing and other good and valuable consideration the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged and confessed, Landlord and Tenant hereby agree as follows:

 


 

ARTICLE I
CERTAIN AMENDMENTS
     SECTION 1.01 Parking . Notwithstanding anything in the Lease to the contrary, during the Term Tenant shall be allotted a total of 704 parking spaces (which total includes both reserved and unreserved parking spaces). Tenant currently uses the reserved and assigned, as well as the unreserved and unassigned parking spaces, shown on Exhibit “A” attached hereto, which spaces, in total, equal 688. At any time during the Lease Term, within thirty (30) days of written request by Tenant, Landlord shall provide Tenant with an additional sixteen (16) parking spaces in a location contiguous to the Parking Area or Offsite Parking Area (as such spaces are identified on Exhibit “A” ), such location to be determined by Landlord in Landlord’s reasonable discretion, such that Tenant may avail itself of all of the 704 parking spaces allotted to Tenant.
     SECTION 1.02 Termination of License Agreement . Landlord and Tenant hereby agree and acknowledge that the license granted to Tenant for the use of seven (7) covered parking spaces pursuant to that certain letter agreement dated May 25, 2007 (the “ Letter Agreement ”) between Landlord and Tenant is terminated as of the Effective Date hereof (such spaces being subsumed in the parking spaces allotted to Tenant pursuant to Section 1.01 above), and the terms and provisions contained in such Letter Agreement are null and void, and of no further force and effect. For avoidance of doubt, Tenant shall be entitled to such seven (7) spaces under the terms of this Amendment.
     SECTION 1.03 Authority . Tenant represents that it is the Tenant under the Lease and has not assigned or sublet any portion of the Premises to a third party. Tenant and each person signing this Amendment on behalf of Tenant represents to Landlord as follows: (i) Tenant is a duly formed and validly existing corporation under the laws of Delaware, (ii) Tenant has and is qualified to do business in Texas, (iii) Tenant has the full right and authority to enter into this Amendment, and (iv) each person signing on behalf of Tenant was and continues to be authorized to do so. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord upon demand evidence of such authority satisfactory to Landlord.
     SECTION 1.04 Brokerage . Landlord and Tenant each warrant to the other that it has not dealt with any broker or agent in connection with the negotiation or execution of this Amendment except that Landlord has retained Peloton Real Estate Partners (hereafter, the “ Broker ”). Landlord shall pay to Broker the commission arising out of this Amendment pursuant to a separate agreement between Landlord and such Broker. Landlord and Tenant hereby indemnify each other from the payment of any commissions owed to any broker with respect to this Amendment resulting from the acts of such party, but not otherwise.
     SECTION 1.05 No Offer . The submission of this Amendment to Tenant shall not be construed as an offer, nor shall Tenant have any rights under this Amendment unless Landlord executes a copy of this Amendment and delivers it to Tenant.

 


 

     SECTION 1.06 Exhibits . Landlord and Tenant agree that the following exhibits have been attached hereto and will be deemed a part of this Amendment and the Lease for all purposes and will be in lieu of any similar rights or provisions currently set forth in the Lease:
          Exhibit A — Parking Area and Offsite Parking Area
     SECTION 1.07 Further Amendments . The Lease shall be and hereby is further amended wherever necessary, even though not specifically referred to herein, in order to give effect to the terms of this Amendment. Section 1.05 and Exhibit B of the Fifth Amendment and Section 7 of the Fourth Amendment are hereby deleted in their entirety.
ARTICLE II
MISCELLANEOUS
     SECTION 2.01 Ratification . The Lease, as amended hereby, is hereby ratified, confirmed and deemed in full force and effect in accordance with its terms. Each party represents to the other that it (a) is currently unaware of any default by the other under the Lease; (b) has full power and authority to execute and deliver this Amendment and this Amendment represents a valid and binding obligation of such part enforceable in accordance with its terms, except where such enforcement may be subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws now or hereafter in effect relating to creditor’s rights; (c) except as set forth on Exhibit C to the Fifth Amendment, Landlord has completed all improvements to the Premises in compliance with all requirements in the Lease; and (d) except as set forth on Exhibit C to the Fifth Amendment, all tenant finish costs or allowances payable by Landlord have been paid and no such costs or allowances are payable hereafter under the Lease.
     SECTION 2.02 Governing Law . This Amendment shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas.
     SECTION 2.03 Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in multiple counterparts each of which is deemed an original but together constitute one and the same instrument. This Amendment may be executed by facsimile and each party has the right to rely upon a facsimile counterpart of this Amendment signed by the other party to the same extent as if such party had received an original counterpart.
     SECTION 2.04 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . TENANT AND LANDLORD WAIVE ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY OR TO HAVE A JURY PARTICIPATE IN RESOLVING ANY DISPUTE, WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT, OR OTHERWISE BETWEEN LANDLORD AND TENANT ARISING OUT OF THE LEASE OR ANY OTHER INSTRUMENT, DOCUMENT, OR AGREEMENT EXECUTED OR DELIVERED IN CONNECTION HEREWITH OR THE TRANSACTIONS RELATED HERETO.
     SECTION 2.05 OFAC . Neither Tenant nor any of its affiliates, is a person or entity with whom U.S. persons or entities are restricted from doing business under regulations of the

 


 

Office of Foreign Asset Control (“ OFAC ”) of the Department of the Treasury (including those named on OFAC’s Specially Designated and Blocked Persons List) or under any statute, executive order (including the September 24, 2001, Executive Order Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions with Persons Who Commit, Threaten to Commit, or Support Terrorism), or other governmental action.

 


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amendment has been executed as of the date and year first above written.
         
  LANDLORD :

ARI-COMMERCIAL PROPERTIES, INC., a California
corporation, in its capacity as agent for the
tenants in common owners of the Property
 
 
  By:   /s/ Signature Illegible    
    Name:   Name Illegible   
    Title:   VP ASSET MGMT   
 
         
  TENANT :

REALPAGE, INC.,
a Delaware corporation
 
 
  By:   /s/ Timothy J. Barker    
    Name:   Timothy J. Barker   
    Title:   CFO   
 

 


 

EXHIBIT A
PARKING AREA AND OFFSITE PARKING AREA
(GRAPHIC)

 

EXHIBIT 10.46
LEASE AGREEMENT
BETWEEN
SAVOY IBP 8, LTD.
AND
REALPAGE, INC.

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Basic Lease Information
         
    Page
Lease Date
    iv  
Tenant
    iv  
Tenant’s Address
    iv  
Tenant’s Contact
    iv  
Landlord
    iv  
Landlord’s Address
    iv  
Landlord’s Contact
    iv  
Premises
    iv  
Term
    iv  
Basic Rental
    iv  
Security Deposit
    iv  
Rent
    iv  
Permitted Use
    iv  
Tenant’s Proportionate Share
    v  
Tenant Allowance
    v  
Comparable Buildings
    v  
 
       
Lease Agreement
       
         
Definitions and Basic Provisions
    1  
Lease Grant
    1  
Term
    1  
Rent
    1  
Security Deposit
    3  
Landlord’s Obligations
    4  
Improvements; Alterations; Repairs; Maintenance
    8  
Use
    10  
Assignment and Subletting
    10  
Insurance; Waivers; Subrogation; Indemnity
    13  
Subordination; Attornment; Notice to Landlord’s Mortgagee
    14  
Rules and Regulations
    15  
Condemnation
    15  
Fire or Other Casualty
    16  
Events of Default
    17  
Remedies
    18  
Payment; Non-Waiver
    20  
Landlord’s Lien
    20  
Surrender of Premises
    21  
Holding Over
    22  
Certain Rights Reserved by Landlord
    22  
Substitution Space
    23  
Miscellaneous
    23  

 


 

     
Exhibits
   
 
   
Exhibit A
  Outline of the Premises
Exhibit A-1
  Legal Description of the Land
Exhibit B
  Building Rules and Regulations
Exhibit C
  Operating Expenses
Exhibit D
  Tenant Finish Work: Allowance
Exhibit D-1
  Shell Construction
Exhibit D-2
  Space Plan
Exhibit E
  Renewal Option
Exhibit F
  Parking
Exhibit G
  Janitorial Specifications
Exhibit H
  Signage Criteria
Exhibit I
  Furniture
Exhibit J
  Conduit
Exhibit J-1
  Conduit Diagram
List of Defined Terms
     
    Page
ADA
  8
Affiliate
  13
Annual Electrical Cost Statement
  1
Annual Operating Statement
  Exh. C
Basic Cost
  Exh. C
Basic Lease Information
  1
BOMA
  iii
Building
  iv
Building Systems
  5
Casualty
  16
Collateral
  21
Commencement Date
  iv, 1
Comparable Buildings
  i
Construction Hard Costs
  Exh. D
Tenant Allowance
  v, Exh. D
Controllable Expenses
  Exh. C
Damage Notice
  16
Electrical Costs
  2
Event of Default
  17
Excess
  Exh. C
Expense Stop
  Exh. C
Hard Construction Costs
  Exh. D
Initial Liability Insurance Amount
  13
Land
  iv
Landlord
  iv, 1
Landlord’s Mortgagee
  14

 


 

     
    Page
Lease
  v, 1
Loss
  7
Mortgage
  14
Parking Area
  Exh. F
Permitted Transfer
  12
Premises
  iv
Primary Lease
  14
Project
  iv
Rentable Square Feet
  iv
Rentable Square Foot
  iv
Security Deposit
  iv 2
Shell Construction
  Exh. D
Substantial Completion
  Exh. D
Substantially Completed
  Exh. D
Substitution Effective Date
   
Substitution Notice
   
Substitution Space
   
Taking
  15
Taxes
  Exh. C
Tenant
  iii, 1
Total Construction Costs
  Exh. D
Total Rentable Square Feet
  iii
Total Rentable Square Foot
  iii
Transfer
  11
UCC
  21
Variable Basic Cost
  Exh. C
Work
  Exh. D
Working Drawings
  Exh. D

 


 

BASIC LEASE INFORMATION
     
Lease Date:
  August 28, 2006
 
   
Tenant:
  RealPage, Inc., a Delaware corporation
 
   
Tenant’s Address
  4000 International Parkway, Suite 1000 Carrollton, Texas 75007
 
   
Contact:
  Timothy J. Barker Telephone: 972.820.3919
 
   
Landlord:
  Savoy IBP 8, Ltd., a Texas limited partnership
 
   
Landlord’s Address:
  4100 International Parkway
 
  Suite 1100
 
  Carrollton, Texas 75007
 
   
Contact:
  Mack Dennis Telephone: (972) 820 2215
 
   
Premises:
  Suite No. 1000, in the office building (the “ Building ”) located or to be located on the land described as International Business Park, Carrollton, Denton County, Texas, and whose street address is 4120 International Parkway, Carrollton, Texas 75007, as particularly described in Exhibit A-1 (the “ Land ”). The Building and Land together comprise the “ Project ”. The Premises are outlined on the plan attached to the Lease as Exhibit A and shall contain 29,211 square feet of rentable area (“ Total Rentable Square Feet of the Premises ” or singularly “ Total Premises Rentable Square Foot ”). The Building contains 99,804 of total square feet of rentable area (“ Total Rentable Square Feet of the Building ” or singularly “ Total Building Rentable Square Foot ”).
 
   
Term:
  Commencing September 1, 2006 (the “ Commencement Date ”), and ending at 5:00 p.m. August 31, 2016, subject to earlier termination and extension as provided in the Lease.
                         
            Annual Rate per    
            Rentable Square   Basic Monthly
Basic Rental:   Period   Foot   Rental
 
  September 1, 2006-   $ 20.00     $ 48,685.00  
 
  August 31, 2016                
     
Security Deposit:
  $48,685.00 due upon execution of the Lease as referenced in Section 5 of the Lease.

 


 

     
Rent:
  Basic Rental, Tenant’s share of Electrical Costs, Excess (if any), and all other sums that Tenant may owe to Landlord under the Lease.
 
   
Permitted Use:
  General office use, as more fully defined herein.
 
   
Tenant’s Proportionate Share:
  29.268% (which is the percentage obtained by dividing the Total Rentable Square Feet of the Premises by the Total Rentable Square Feet of the Building).
 
   
Tenant Allowance:
  $10.00 per Rentable Square Foot within the Premises.
 
   
Comparable Buildings:
  As used herein or in the Lease, the term “ Comparable Buildings ” shall mean those low-rise garden style, multi-tenant, commercial office buildings completed on or after January 1, 1997, which are comparable to the Building in size, design, quality, use, and tenant mix, and which are located in the same market area (i.e., Plano area North of Frankford, East of I-35E, West of Preston Road and South of State Hwy. 121).
     The foregoing Basic Lease Information is incorporated into and made a part of the related lease (the “ Lease ”). If any conflict exists between any Basic Lease Information and the Lease, then the Lease shall control.
(END OF PAGE: SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW)

 


 

{SIGNATURE PAGE TO LEASE AGREEMENT — 4120 INTERNATIONAL PARKWAY — REALPAGE, INC.}
LANDLORD:
Savoy IBP 8, Ltd.
a Texas limited partnership
By: Savoy IBP 8 GP, LLC,
a Texas Limited Liability Company
its general partner
         
By:
Name:
  /s/ Mack W. Dennis
 
Mack W. Dennis
   
Title:
  Senior Vice President    

 


 

{SIGNATURE PAGE TO LEASE AGREEMENT — 4120 INTERNATIONAL PARKWAY — REALPAGE, INC.}
TENANT:
RealPage, Inc., a Delaware corporation
         
By:
Name:
  /s/ Stephen T. Winn
 
Stephen T. Winn
   
Title:
  Chairman, CEO & President    

 


 

     THIS LEASE AGREEMENT (this “ Lease ”) is entered into as of August 28 , 2006 between SAVOY IBP 8, LTD., a Texas limited partnership (“ Landlord ”) and REALPAGE, INC., a Delaware corporation, (“ Tenant ”).
     
DEFINITIONS AND
BASIC PROVISIONS
  1. The definitions and basic provisions set forth in the Basic Lease Information (the “ Basic Lease Information ”) executed by Landlord and Tenant contemporaneously herewith are incorporated herein by reference for all purposes. To the extent of any conflict between the Basic Lease Information and any provision contained in this Lease, this Lease shall control.
 
   
LEASE GRANT
  2. Subject to the terms of this Lease, Landlord leases to Tenant, and Tenant leases from Landlord, the Premises.
 
   
TERM
  3. The Term shall commence September 1, 2006 (the “ Commencement Date ”), and end at 5:00 p.m. August 31, 2016, subject to renewal options as provided in Exhibit E. Landlord shall deliver possession of the Premises to Tenant upon execution hereof. By occupying the Premises, Tenant shall be deemed to have accepted the Premises in their condition as of the date of such occupancy, subject to Landlord’s completion of any related punch-list items. Tenant shall execute and deliver to Landlord, within ten (10) days after Landlord has requested same, a letter confirming (1) the Commencement Date, (2) that Tenant has accepted the Premises, and (3) that Landlord has performed all of its obligations with respect to the Premises.
 
   
RENT
  4. (a) Payment . Tenant shall timely pay to Landlord the Rent without deduction or set off (except as otherwise expressly provided herein), at Landlord’s Address (or such other address as Landlord may from time to time designate in writing to Tenant). Basic Rental shall be payable monthly in advance. The first full monthly installment of Basic Rental shall be payable contemporaneously with the execution of this Lease; thereafter, monthly installments of Basic Rental shall be due on the first day of each succeeding calendar month during the Term. Basic Rental for any partial month at the beginning or end of the Term shall be prorated based upon the number of days within the Term during the partial month multiplied by 1/365 of the then current annual Basic Rental and shall be due on or before the fifth day immediately preceding the Commencement Date, or first day of the last calendar month of the Term, as applicable.
 
   
 
       (b) Electrical Costs . Tenant shall pay to Landlord an amount equal to the product of (1) the cost of all electricity used by the Project (“ Electrical Costs ”), multiplied by (2) Tenant’s

 


 

     
 
  Proportionate Share plus (3) the actual cost of any submetered electrical usage in the Premises. Such amount shall be payable monthly based on Landlord’s reasonable estimate of the amount due for each month, and shall be due on the Commencement Date and on the first day of each calendar month thereafter.
 
   
 
            At Tenant’s election, and subject to Landlord’s prior approval, Tenant may install a wattage-based electrical submetering system (“ Submetering System ”) for the Premises to capture Tenant’s actual use of electricity, including the 24/7 RTU (roof top unit(s)) in the Premises. Where Tenant installs the Submetering System, the preceding paragraph shall no longer apply, and Tenant then shall pay to Landlord an amount equal to the product of (1) the actual cost of all electricity used by the Project for the Project’s common areas (“ Electrical Costs ”), multiplied by Tenant’s Proportionate Share plus (2) the actual cost of any submetered electrical usage in the Premises. Such amount shall be payable monthly based on Landlord’s reasonable estimate of the amount due for each month, and shall be due on the Commencement Date and on the first day of each calendar month thereafter. Provided Tenant implements the Submetering System on or before March 31, 2007, Tenant may include the Submetering Systems as part of the Tenant Allowance hereunder.
 
   
 
       (c) Annual Electrical Cost Statement . By April 1 of each calendar year, or as soon thereafter as practicable, Landlord shall furnish to Tenant a statement of Landlord’s actual Electrical Costs (the “ Annual Electrical Cost Statement ”) for the previous year adjusted as provided in Section 4.(d), which shall include a reconciliation of the actual amount Tenant owes for its share of Electrical Costs against any estimated amount collected from Tenant. If such reconciliation shows that Tenant paid more than owed, then Landlord shall reimburse Tenant by check or cash for such excess within thirty (30) days after delivery of the Annual Electrical Cost Statement; conversely, if Tenant paid less than it owed, then Tenant shall pay Landlord such deficiency within thirty (30) days after delivery of the Annual Electrical Cost Statement.
 
   
 
       (d) Adjustments to Electrical Costs . With respect to any calendar year or partial calendar year in which the Building is not occupied to the extent of 95% of the rentable area thereof, the Electrical Costs for such period shall, for the purposes hereof, be increased to the amount which would have been incurred had the Building been occupied to the extent of 95% of the rentable area thereof.

 


 

     
 
       (e) Delinquent Payment . Subject to the one-time exception provided below, if any payment required by Tenant under this Lease is not paid when due, Landlord may charge Tenant a fee equal to 5% of the delinquent payment to reimburse Landlord for its cost and inconvenience incurred as a consequence of Tenant’s delinquency. Said late charge shall be waived one time during any consecutive twelve (12) month period (i.e., upon waiver of a late charge, it shall not again be waived until at least twelve (12) months has passed since the late charge has been waived) provided full payment is received by Landlord within ten (10) business days of notice as provided within Section 15.(a) written below. In no event shall the charges permitted under Section 4.(e) or elsewhere in this Lease, to the extent the same are considered to be interest under applicable law, exceed the maximum lawful rate of interest.
 
   
 
       (f) Taxes . Tenant shall be liable for all taxes levied or assessed against personal property, furniture, or fixtures placed by Tenant in the Premises. If any taxes for which Tenant is liable are levied or assessed against Landlord or Landlord’s property and Landlord elects to pay the same, or if the assessed value of Landlord’s property is increased by inclusion of such personal property, furniture or fixtures and Landlord elects to pay the taxes based on such increase, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord, within ten (10) days of demand, that part of such taxes for which Tenant is primarily liable.
 
   
 
       (g) Excess . Tenant shall pay the Excess in the Basic Cost over the Expense Stop as such terms are defined in Exhibit C.
 
   
SECURITY DEPOSIT
  5. Contemporaneously with the execution of this Lease, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, in immediately available funds, the Security Deposit, which shall be held by Landlord without liability for interest and as security for performance by Tenant of its obligations under this Lease. The Security Deposit is not an advance payment of Rent or a measure or limit of Landlord’s damages upon an Event of Default (defined below). Landlord may, from time to time upon written notice to Tenant and without prejudice to any other remedy, use all or a part of the Security Deposit to perform any obligation which Tenant was obligated, but failed to perform hereunder. Following any such application of the Security Deposit, Tenant shall pay to Landlord on demand the amount so applied in order to restore the Security Deposit to its original amount. Within thirty (30) days after the expiration of the Term, as may have been extended, provided Tenant has performed all of its obligations hereunder, Landlord shall return

 


 

     
 
  to Tenant the balance of the Security Deposit not applied to satisfy Tenant’s obligations. If Landlord transfers its interest in the Premises, then Landlord may assign the Security Deposit to the transferee and Landlord thereafter shall have no further liability for the return of the Security Deposit to Tenant.
 
   
LANDLORD’S OBLIGATIONS
  6. (a) Services; Maintenance . Landlord shall furnish to Tenant (1) potable water (hot and cold) at those points of supply provided for general use of tenants of the Building; (2) heated and refrigerated air conditioning from 7 a.m. to 7 p.m. Monday through Friday and 7 a.m. to 2 p.m. on Saturday, except for New Years Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, and the Friday following Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day (which days shall be collectively referred to herein as “ Holidays ”) sufficient to maintain temperatures during these hours as follows: (a) in the winter a minimum of 70 degrees Fahrenheit dry bulb when the outside temperature is not less than 10 degrees Fahrenheit dry bulb and (b) in the summer a maximum of 78 degrees Fahrenheit dry bulb when the outside temperature is not more than 105 degrees Fahrenheit dry bulb, in each case for those portions of the Premises in which temperature is not affected by computer and other heat generating equipment (other than desk top laser printers, personal computers and other machines of similar low electrical consumption except in areas where more than two (2) such machines operation per employee desk; (3) janitorial service to the Premises on weekdays other than Holidays (Landlord reserves the right to bill Tenant separately for extra janitorial service required for any special improvements installed by or at the request a Tenant) and such window washing as may from time to time in Landlord’s judgment be reasonably required, such janitorial services to be generally in accordance with those services described in Exhibit G; (4) non-exclusive elevator for ingress and egress to the floors on which the Premises are located; (5) replacement of Building-standard light bulbs and fluorescent tubes; provided that Landlord’s standard charge for such bulbs and tubes shall be paid by Tenant; and (6) electrical current (subject to Tenant’s obligation to pay its share of Electrical Costs as provided herein). If Tenant desires heat and air conditioning at any time other than times herein designated, such services shall be supplied to Tenant upon reasonable advance notice and Tenant shall pay to Landlord $40.00 per hour (minimum two hours) for each additional hour (prorated and rounded up to the nearest quarter hour) such services are provided, Landlord shall generate a monthly invoice for such usage, and such amount shall being payable in arrears in the month next following the month in which such service was

 


 

     
 
  provided. Landlord’s obligation to furnish services under this Section shall be subject to the rules, regulations and other conditions or requirements of the supplier of such services and any applicable government entity or agency therefore.
 
   
 
       (b) Maintenance . Landlord shall maintain all Shell Construction items, Building Systems (defined below), and Building common areas including all parking areas and landscaping, in good order and condition as customary for Comparable Buildings. “ Building Systems ” shall include all electrical, plumbing, and air conditioning systems within the Building which either were included in the Shell Construction or which were installed by Tenant pursuant to this Lease and which meet the following requirements: (i) properly approved by Landlord; (ii) installed in conformance with all plans and specifications as approved by Landlord; (iii) Tenant shall have informed Landlord in writing of the name, address, phone number and contact person of the contractor responsible for the installation of such system; (iv) Tenant shall have assigned in writing all contractor’s and manufacturer’s warranties received by Tenant in connection with such system; and (v) in connection with Tenant’s contracting for the installation thereof, Landlord shall have been expressly named as a third party beneficiary to, and shall have been provided copies of, such contract and any related warranties. Notwithstanding the foregoing, “ Building Systems ” shall not include any improvements made to or within the Premises which differ from the base building systems or are otherwise specialized to Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Premises and not customary for office tenants in Comparable Buildings. Any such improvement shall be maintained and repaired by Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, with contractors and subcontractors approved by Landlord in writing and otherwise in accordance with the provisions of Subsections 7(b) and 7(d) below. Landlord agrees to provide services and to maintain the Building in a manner consistent with the services and maintenance provided to office tenants in Comparable Buildings; provided, however, all costs and expenses associated with the maintenance, repair and/or replacement of any item, element or component of Building Systems which was installed by or at the request of Tenant (except as approved above) shall be borne solely by Tenant, and Tenant agrees to reimburse Landlord for all such costs and expenses within fifteen (15) days after receipt of an invoice therefor.
 
   
 
       (c) Excess Electrical Use . Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to furnish electrical current for computers, electronic data processing equipment, special lighting, or other

 


 

     
 
  equipment that requires more than 120 volts, or other equipment whose electrical energy consumption exceeds normal office usage, through any existing feeders and risers serving the Building and the Premises. Tenant shall not install any electrical equipment requiring special wiring or requiring voltage in excess of 120 volts or otherwise exceeding Building capacity unless approved in advance by Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably delayed, withheld or conditioned. The use of electricity in the Premises shall not exceed the capacity of existing feeders and risers to or wiring in the Premises. Any risers or wiring required to meet Tenants excess electrical requirements shall, upon Tenants request, be installed by Landlord (unless otherwise agreed by Landlord) at Tenant’s expense, if in Landlord’s sole and absolute judgment, the same are necessary and shall not cause permanent damage or injury to the Building or the Premises, cause or create a dangerous or hazardous condition, entail excessive or unreasonable alterations, repairs, or expenses, or interfere with or disturb other tenants of the Building. If Tenant uses machines or equipment (other than general office machines, excluding computers and electronic data processing equipment) in the Premises which affect the temperature otherwise maintained by the air conditioning system or otherwise overload any utility, after thirty (30) days written notice to Tenant, during which time Tenant shall have the opportunity to cease such overload activities or agree to provide supplemental air conditioning units, and if Tenant fails to do either, then Landlord may install supplemental air conditioning units or other supplemental equipment in the Premises, and the cost thereof, including the cost of installation, operation, use, and maintenance, shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord within ten (10) days after Landlord has delivered to Tenant an invoice therefor. At the time of Tenant’s submission of plans and specifications for Landlord’s approval pursuant to Section 7 herein or Exhibit D to this Lease, Landlord and Tenant shall cooperate in good faith to identify any fixtures, equipment and/or appliances to be installed or placed in the Premises which fixtures, equipment or appliances would exceed the normal and customary electrical use and consumption of typical office tenants in Comparable Buildings, would affect the temperature otherwise maintained by the air conditioning system, or would require electric capacity in excess of any planned or existing feeders, risers, or wiring to the Premises.
 
   
 
       (d) Restoration of Services; Abatement . Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to restore any service that becomes unavailable; however, such unavailability shall not render

 


 

     
 
  Landlord liable for any damages caused thereby, be a constructive eviction of Tenant, constitute a breach of any implied warranty, or except as provided in the next sentence, entitle Tenant to any abatement of Tenant’s obligations hereunder. However, if Tenant is prevented from making reasonable use of all or a portion of the Premises for more than five (5) consecutive business days because of the unavailability of any such service, Tenant shall, as its exclusive remedy therefor, be entitled to abatement of Rent, or the pro rata portion thereof equivalent to the portion of the Premises rendered unusable to the entire Premises, for each consecutive day (after such five (5) business day period) that Tenant is so prevented from making reasonable use of the Premises or the applicable portion thereof.
 
   
 
       (e) Access . Subject to any Building rules and regulations, necessary repairs and maintenance, and any events beyond Landlord’s reasonable control which would prevent access, Tenant shall have access to the Premises twenty-four (24) hours a day, seven (7) days a week. The Building shall include twenty-four (24) hour access by security card which cards shall be provided to Tenant upon payment of a $10 refundable deposit per card. Tenant may install its own, independent security card system for controlling access to, from and within the Premises, and Landlord shall, to the extent reasonably practicable, work with Tenant to integrate Tenant’s card access system with the Building card access system so that the access control system at the main entrance to the Building could be operated by Tenant’s access cards as well as Landlord’s access cards. Tenant shall provide Landlord, at no cost to Landlord, not less than two (2) master access cards to Tenant’s security card system which will permit Landlord access to all portions of the Premises at all times. An on-site security patrol (within and for the benefit of the entire International Business Park of which the Building is a part and not solely within or for the sole benefit of the Building) will be provided for approximately ten (10) hours per night, seven (7) nights per week. Such patrol will provide escort service to Tenant’s employees to and from the Building and the Parking Area during those hours which such patrol is provided and upon such notice as may be reasonably required by such patrol. NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING TO THE CONTRARY HEREIN, LANDLORD SHALL HAVE NO RESPONSIBILITY TO PREVENT, AND SHALL NOT BE LIABLE TO TENANT, ITS EMPLOYEES; AGENTS, NOR ANY OTHER PERSON FOR LOSSES DUE TO THEFT OR BURGLARY, OR FOR DAMAGES OR INJURY TO PERSONS OR PROPERTY DONE BY PERSONS GAINING ACCESS TO THE PROJECT

 


 

     
 
  OR THE PREMISES EVEN IF CAUSED IN WHOLE OR PART BY THE NEGLIGENCE OF LANDLORD, ITS EMPLOYEES, AGENTS OR CONTRACTORS, EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT CAUSED BY THE GROSS NEGLIGENCE ORWILFUL MISCONDUCT OF LANDLORD, AND TENANT HEREBY RELEASES LANDLORD FROM ALL LIABILITY FOR SUCH LOSSES, DAMAGES AND/OR INJURY.
 
   
IMPROVEMENTS,
ALTERATIONS,
REPAIRS, MAINTENANCE
  7. (a) Improvements; Alterations . No improvements or alterations in or upon the Premises, including not by limitation paint, wall coverings, floor coverings, light fixtures, window treatments, signs, advertising, or promotional lettering or other media, shall be installed or made by Tenant except in accordance with plans and specifications which have been previously submitted to and approved in writing by Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed except that Landlord may withhold approval of any improvements or alterations which it determines, in its sole opinion, will materially and adversely affect any structural or aesthetic (only to the extent visible from outside the Premises or common areas) aspect of the Building or Building Systems. All improvements and alterations (whether temporary or permanent in character) made in or upon the Premises, either by Landlord or Tenant, shall (i) comply with all applicable laws, ordinances, rules and regulations, and (ii) be Landlord’s property at the end of the Term and shall remain on the Premises without compensation to Tenant unless prior to installation, Tenant provides Landlord with written notice of all items which may be removed by Tenant and Landlord consents to such removal in advance. Such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld provided Landlord may condition such consent as it deems reasonably necessary including not by limitation requiring Tenant to replace any items upon removal with similar items comparable to any such items in the Building or, if not applicable, then Comparable Buildings. Approval by Landlord of any of Tenant’s drawings and plans and specifications prepared in connection with any improvements in the Premises shall not constitute a representation or warranty of Landlord as to the adequacy or sufficiency of such drawings, plans and specifications, or the improvements to which they relate, for any use, purpose, or condition, but such approval shall merely be the consent of Landlord as required hereunder. Landlord warrants and agrees that it shall complete the Building Shell Construction in compliance with all then applicable governmental laws, rules and regulations, including not by limitation the Americans with Disabilities Act (“ ADA ”) and the Texas Accessibility Standards ( TAS ) Article 9102, Texas Civil Statutes, The Administrative

 


 

     
 
  Rules of the Texas Department of Licensing and Regulation. Thereafter, notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, Tenant shall be responsible for all costs incurred to cause the Premises to comply with any such laws, rules or regulations, including not by limitation the retrofit requirements of the ADA and TAS, as may be amended.
 
   
 
       (b) Tenant Repairs; Maintenance . Except for those janitorial services to be provided by Landlord as expressly provided in this Lease, Tenant shall maintain its personal property and all improvements or alterations to the Premises other than those items included in Shell Construction (including all heating, ventilation and air conditioning systems (“ HVAC ”) as described in Exhibit D-1 from the point of supply to the point of entry into the Premises),which shall be maintained by Landlord, in a clean, safe, operable, attractive condition, and shall not permit or allow to remain any waste or damage to any portion of the Premises. Subject to the provisions of Section 10.(b) and 14, and normal wear and tear, Tenant shall repair or replace, subject to Landlord’s direction and supervision, any damage to the Project caused by Tenant or Tenants agents, contractors, or invitees. If Tenant fails to commence and diligently pursue such repairs or replacements within fifteen (15) days after the occurrence of such damage, then Landlord, upon written notice to Tenant, may make the same at Tenants expense, which shall be payable to Landlord within ten (10) days after Landlord has delivered to Tenant an invoice therefor.
 
   
 
       (c) Performance of Work . All work described in this Section 7 shall be performed only by Landlord or by contractors and subcontractors approved in writing by Landlord. Tenant shall cause all contractors and subcontractors to procure and maintain insurance coverage against such risks, in such amounts, and with such companies as Landlord may reasonably require. All such work shall be performed in accordance with all legal requirements and in a good and workmanlike manner so as not to damage the Premises, the structure of the Building, or plumbing, electrical lines, or other utility transmission facilities or Building mechanical systems. All such work which may affect the Building’s electrical, mechanical, plumbing or other systems must be approved by the Building’s engineer of record.
 
   
 
       (d) Mechanic’s Liens . Tenant shall not permit any mechanic’s liens to be filed against the Project for any work performed, materials furnished, or obligation incurred by or at the request of Tenant. If such a lien is filed, then Tenant shall, within thirty (30) days after Landlord has delivered notice of the filing to

 


 

     
 
  Tenant, either pay the amount of the lien or diligently contest such lien and deliver to Landlord a bond or other security reasonably satisfactory to Landlord. If Tenant fails to timely take either such action, then Landlord may pay the lien claim without inquiry as to the validity thereof, and any amounts so paid, including expenses and interest, shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord within ten (10) days after Landlord has delivered to Tenant an invoice therefore.
 
   
USE
  8. Tenant shall occupy and use the Premises only for the Permitted Use and shall comply with all laws, orders, rules, and regulations relating to the use, condition, and occupancy of the Premises. General Office use includes but is not limited to operation of a data center, call center, computer room, customer training center and software reproduction, packaging and shipping center; software development; web page design and hosting; product support; sales and administration; with some functions operational 24 hours per day, 7 days per week. The Premises shall not be used for (i) any use which is disreputable, (ii) creates extraordinary fire hazards, (iii) results in an increased rate of insurance on the Building or its contents, or (iv) the storage of any hazardous materials or substances in violation of environmental laws. If, because of Tenant’s acts, the rate of insurance on the Building or its contents increases, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the amount of such increase on demand, and acceptance of such payment shall not constitute a waiver of any of Landlord’s other rights. Tenant shall conduct its business and control its agents, employees, and invitees in such a manner as not to create any nuisance or interfere with other tenants or Landlord in its management of the Project. Landlord agrees not to lease space in the Project to a competitor of Tenant (as described in Section 23.(s)) during the term of this Lease, including any renewals or extensions.
 
   
ASSIGNMENT AND
SUBLETTING
  9. (a) Transfers; Consent . Other than permitted transfers as described below, Tenant shall not, without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, (1) advertise that any portion of the Premises is available for lease (excluding the engagement of a real estate broker to market sublease space), (2) assign, transfer, or encumber this Lease or any estate or interest herein whether directly or by operation of law, (3) if Tenant is an entity other than a corporation whose stock is publicly traded, permit the transfer of an ownership interest in Tenant so as to result in a change in the current control of Tenant, (4) sublet any portion of the Premises, (5) grant any license, concession, or other right of occupancy of any portion of the Premises, or (6) permit the use of

 


 

     
 
  the Premises by any parties other than Tenant (any of the events listed in Sections 9.(a)(2) through 9.(a)(6) being a “ Transfer ”). If Tenant requests Landlord’s consent to a Transfer, then Tenant shall provide Landlord with a written description of all terms and conditions of the proposed Transfer, copies of the proposed documentation, and the following information about the proposed transferee: name and address; reasonably satisfactory information about its business and business history; its proposed use of the Premises; and general references sufficient to enable Landlord to determine the proposed transferee’s reputation and character. Landlord shall respond in writing to Tenant’s request for a Transfer within ten (10) business days of receipt of written request therefor. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for its attorneys’ fees and other expenses incurred in connection with considering any request for its consent to a Transfer (not to exceed $500 per request). Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold, delay or condition its consent except that Landlord may withhold or condition its consent if it reasonably determines that the proposed transferee or its use (including not by limitation the number of employees, hours of operation, parking requirements, electrical or other Building system requirements, conflicts or competition with existing tenants) is unacceptable, would burden the Building, or are incompatible with the Building or its occupants. If Landlord consents to a proposed Transfer, then the proposed transferee shall deliver to Landlord a written agreement whereby it expressly assumes the Tenant’s obligations hereunder; however, any transferee of less than all of the space in the Premises shall be liable only for obligations under this Lease that are properly allocable to the space subject to the Transfer, and only to the extent of the rent it has agreed to pay Tenant therefor. Landlord’s consent to a Transfer shall not release Tenant from performing its obligations under this Lease, but rather Tenant and its transferee shall be jointly and severally liable therefor. Landlord’s consent to any Transfer shall not waive Landlord’s rights as to any subsequent Transfers. If an Event of Default occurs while the Premises or any part thereof are subject to a Transfer, then Landlord, in addition to its other remedies, may collect directly from such transferee all rents becoming due to Tenant and apply such rents against Rent. Tenant authorizes its transferees to make payments of rent directly to Landlord upon Tenant’s receipt of notice from Landlord to do so; however, Landlord shall not be obligated to accept separate Rent payments from any transferees and may require that all Rent be paid directly by Tenant.

 


 

     
 
            (i) Permitted Transfers . Tenant shall be permitted without the consent of Landlord, to periodically sublet portions of the Premises or to assign this Lease to any Affiliate of Tenant so long as the Premises continue to be used solely for the Permitted Use and the parking requirements of the subtenant or assignee are no greater than those of Tenant (such transfer being deemed a “ Permitted Transfer ”). As used herein, “ Affiliate ” shall mean any person or entity, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controlling, controlled by or under common control with Tenant, or any person or entity merging with Tenant, or acquiring the majority of the voting stock of Tenant, or acquiring all or substantially all of the assets of Tenant. As used herein “ control ” shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management of and policies of such controlled person or entity. Following any such assignment or subletting, Tenant shall remain primarily liable for all present and future obligations under this Lease, or if Tenant no longer exists because of a merger or acquisition, the surviving or acquiring entity shall expressly assume the obligations of Tenant hereunder. Tenant shall promptly notify Landlord in writing within ten (10) days after such assignment or subletting.
 
   
 
       (b) Additional Compensation . Tenant shall pay to Landlord, immediately upon receipt thereof, one-half (1/2) of all rent received by Tenant for a Transfer (other than a Permitted Transfer) that exceeds the Rent allocable to the portion of the Premises covered thereby after Tenant has recovered from any such excess all costs associated with such assignment or subletting, (i.e. marketing, advertising and promotional costs, real estate commissions, legal fees and construction costs). Tenant shall hold such amounts in trust for Landlord and pay them to Landlord within ten (10) days after receipt.
 
   
 
       (c) Cancellation . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Landlord shall have the option, upon any request by Tenant for Landlord’s approval of a Transfer (i) of more than thirty percent (30%) (in the aggregate including those Transfers, then in effect and as then requested) of the Premises and (ii) where the Basic Rental payable under the terms of all such Transfers (including the proposed Transfer) exceeds the total Basic Rental provided by the Lease, to terminate this Lease as to, and retake possession of, that portion of the Premises as would be subject to such requested Transfer. Such termination shall be effective as of the date on which such transfer was to be effective. If Landlord terminates this Lease as to any portion of the

 


 

     
 
  Premises, then this Lease shall cease for such portion of the Premises; and Tenant shall pay to Landlord all Rent accrued through the termination date relating to the portion of the Premises covered by the proposed Transfer and unamortized brokerage commissions (amortized on a straight-line basis over the initial Term of the Lease) paid or payable by Landlord in connection with this Lease to the brokerage firms listed in Section 23.(d) that are allocable to such portion of the Premises. Thereafter, Landlord may lease such portion of the Premises to the prospective transferee (or to any other person) without liability to Tenant. In such event, prior to the effective date of such termination, and subject to Landlord’s direction and supervision, Tenant shall be solely responsible for the cost and construction of a wall demising the remaining Premises from the portion of the Premises as to which the Lease is terminated.
 
   
INSURANCE; WAIVERS; SUBROGATION INDEMNITY
       10. (a) Insurance . Tenant shall at its expense procure and maintain; throughout the Term the following insurance policies: (1) commercial general liability insurance in amounts of not less than a combined single limit of $5,000,000 (the “ Initial Liability Insurance Amount ”) or such other amounts as Landlord may from time to time reasonably require, insuring Tenant, Landlord, Landlord’s agents, and their respective affiliates against all liability for injury to of death of a person or persons or damage to property arising from the use and occupancy of the Premises, and (2) insurance covering the full value of Tenants property and improvements, and other property (including property of others), in the Premises. Tenant’s insurance shall provide primary coverage to Landlord when any policy issued to Landlord provides duplicate or similar coverage, and in such circumstance Landlord’s policy will be excess over Tenants policy. Tenant shall furnish certificates of such insurance and such other evidence satisfactory to Landlord of the maintenance of all insurance coverage required hereunder, and Tenant shall obtain a written obligation on the part of each insurance company to notify Landlord at least thirty (30) days before cancellation or a material change of any such insurance. All such insurance policies shall be in form, and be issued by companies, reasonably satisfactory to Landlord. The term “ affiliate ” shall mean any person or entity which, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with the party in question. Landlord shall maintain commercial general liability insurance covering the Land and Building in amounts not less than a combined single limit of $5,000,000 or such other amounts as Landlord may reasonably determine.

 


 

     
 
  (b) Waiver of Claims; No Subrogation . Neither Landlord nor Tenant shall have any liability to the other for any damage or injury to the property of Landlord or Tenant, including the Building and tenant improvements in the Premises, arising from or caused by any cause customarily insured against under a standard fire and extended casualty insurance policy, even if caused by the negligence of Landlord, Tenant, or their shareholders, partners, officers and employees, and no insurer shall have any rights of subrogation with respect to the foregoing. Landlord shall not be liable or responsible to Tenant for any loss or damage to any property or person occasioned by theft, fire, casualty, vandalism, acts of God, public enemy, injunction, riot, strike, inability to procure materials, insurrection, war, court order, requisition or order of governmental body or authority, or for any other causes beyond Landlord’s control. All goods, property or personal effects stored or placed by Tenant in or about the Building shall be at the sole risk of Tenant.
 
   
 
  (c) Indemnity . Subject to Section 10.(b), each party shall indemnify and hold harmless the other from and against any and all claims, demands, liabilities, causes of action, suits, judgments and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) arising from or for injury to third persons or damage to property owned by third persons and caused by the negligence or intentional torts of the indemnifying party.
 
   
SUBORDINATION; ATTORNMENT NOTICE TO LANDLORD’S MORTGAGEE
  11. (a) Subordination . Subject to the condition set forth in the following sentence, this Lease shall be subordinate to any deed of trust, mortgage, or other security instrument (a “ Mortgage ”), or any ground lease, master lease; or primary lease (a “ Primary Lease ”), that now or hereafter covers all or any part of the Premises (the mortgagee under any Mortgage or the lessor under any Primary Lease is referred to herein as “ Landlord’s Mortgagee ”). As a condition to such subordination, Landlord shall obtain from Landlord’s Mortgagee, both existing and future, and deliver to Tenant a non-disturbance agreement for the benefit of Tenant in a form reasonably acceptable to Landlord, Landlord’s Mortgagee, and Tenant.
 
   
 
       (b) Attornment . Tenant shall attorn to any party succeeding to Landlord’s interest in the Premises, whether by purchase, foreclosure, deed in lieu of foreclosure, power of sale, termination of lease, or otherwise, upon such party’s request, and shall execute such agreements confirming such attornment as such party may reasonably request.

 


 

     
 
       (c) Notice to Landlord’s Mortgagee . Tenant shall not seek to enforce any remedy it may have for any default on the part of the Landlord without first giving written notice by certified mail, return receipt requested, specifying the default in reasonable detail, to any Landlord’s Mortgagee whose address has been given to Tenant, and affording such Landlord’s Mortgagee a period to perform Landlord’s obligations hereunder, which period shall equal the cure period applicable to Landlord hereunder.
 
   
RULES AND REGULATIONS
  12. Tenant shall comply with the rules and regulations of the Building which are attached hereto as Exhibit B . Landlord may, from time to time, change such rules and regulations for the safety, care, or cleanliness of the Building and related facilities, provided that such changes are applicable to all tenants of the Building, and will not unreasonably interfere with Tenant’s use of the Premises or add any unusual economic burden or lessen Tenant’s rights under this Lease. Tenant shall be responsible for the compliance with such rules and regulations by its employees, agents, and invitees.
 
   
CONDEMNATION
  13. Taking — Tenant’s Rights . If any part of the Project (including parking) is taken by right of eminent domain for a period exceeding ninety (90) days or conveyed in lieu thereof (a “ Taking ”), and such Taking prevents Tenant from conducting its business from the Premises in a manner reasonably comparable to that conducted immediately before such Taking, then Tenant may terminate this Lease by giving written notice to Landlord within thirty (30) days after such Taking. Upon the occurrence of a Taking, Rent shall be abated on a reasonable basis as to that portion of the Premises rendered untenantable by the Taking from the first day of the Taking until such termination. If Tenant does not terminate this Lease, then Rent shall be abated on a reasonable basis as to that portion of the Premises rendered untenantable by the Taking. If a portion of the Premises or Building are subject to a Taking and such Taking does not prevent Tenant from conducting its business in a manner reasonably comparable to that conducted immediately before such Taking, the Lease shall remain in full force and effect and Rent shall be adjusted on a reasonable basis from the first day of the Taking.
 
   
 
       (b) Taking — Landlord’s Rights . If any material portion, but less than all, of the Project or related parking becomes subject to a Taking, or if Landlord is required to pay any of the proceeds received for a Taking to Landlord’s Mortgagee, then this Lease, at the option of Landlord, exercised by written notice to Tenant within thirty (30) days after such Taking, shall

 


 

     
 
  terminate and Rent shall be adjusted on a reasonable basis from the first day of the Taking until such termination. If a partial Taking occurs and the Lease does not terminate, Rent shall be adjusted on a reasonable basis from the first day of the taking.
 
   
 
       (c) Award . If any Taking occurs, all proceeds shall belong to and be paid to Landlord, and Tenant shall not be entitled to any portion thereof except that Tenant shall have all rights permitted under the laws of the State of Texas to appear, claim and prove in proceedings relative to such taking (i) the value of any fixtures, furnishings, and other personal property which are taken but which under the terms of this Lease Tenant is permitted to remove at the end of the Term, (ii) the unamortized cost (such costs having been amortized on a straight-line basis over the Term excluding any renewal terms) of Tenant’s leasehold improvements which are taken that Tenant is not permitted to remove at the end of the Term and which were installed solely at Tenant’s expense (i.e., not made or paid for by Landlord from the Construction Allowance or otherwise), and (iii) relocation and moving expenses, but not the value of Tenant’s leasehold estate created by this Lease and only so long as such claims in no way diminish the award Landlord is entitled to from the condemning authority as provided hereunder.
 
   
FIRE OR OTHER CASUALTY
  14. (a) Repair Estimate . If the Premises or the Building are damaged by fire or other casualty (a “ Casualty ”), Landlord shall, within sixty (60) days after such Casualty, deliver to Tenant a good faith estimate (the “ Damage Notice ”) of the time needed to repair or replace the damage caused by such Casualty.
 
   
 
       (b) Casualty — Tenant’s Rights . If a material portion of the Premises or the Building is damaged by Casualty such that Tenant is prevented from conducting its business in the Premises in a manner reasonably comparable to that conducted immediately before such Casualty and Landlord estimates that the damage caused thereby cannot be repaired within one hundred eighty (180) days after the date of casualty, then Tenant may terminate this Lease. Rent for the portion of the Premises rendered untenantable by the damage shall be abated on a reasonable basis from the date of damage until termination. Tenant may terminate this Lease by delivering written notice to Landlord of its election to terminate within thirty (30) days after the Damage Notice has been delivered to Tenant. If Tenant does not elect to terminate this Lease, then (subject to Landlord’s rights under Section 14.(c)), Landlord shall repair the Building or the Premises, as the case may be, as provided below. Upon the occurrence of a Casualty, Rent for the portion of the Premises

 


 

     
 
  rendered untenantable by the damage shall be abated on a reasonable basis from the date of damage until the completion of the repair or until such termination.
 
   
 
       (c) Landlord’s Rights . If a Casualty damages a material portion of the Building, and Landlord makes a good faith determination that restoring the Premises would be uneconomical, or if Landlord is required to pay any insurance proceeds arising out of the Casualty to Landlord’s Mortgagee, then Landlord may terminate this Lease by giving written notice of its election to terminate within thirty (30) days after the Damage Notice has been delivered to Tenant, and Rent hereunder shall be abated as of the date of the Casualty.
 
   
 
       (d) Repair Obligation . If neither party elects to terminate this Lease following a Casualty, then Landlord shall, within a reasonable time after such Casualty, commence to repair the Building and the Premises and shall proceed with reasonable diligence to restore the Building and Premises to substantially the same condition as they existed immediately before such Casualty; however, Landlord shall not be required to repair or replace any part of the furniture, equipment, fixtures, and other improvements which may have been placed by, or at the request of, Tenant or other occupants in the Building or the Premises, and Landlord’s obligation to repair or restore the Building or Premises shall be limited to the extent of Landlord’s deductible amount, plus the insurance proceeds actually received by Landlord for the Casualty in question.
 
   
EVENTS OF DEFAULT
  15. Events of Default . Each of the following occurrences shall constitute an “ Event of Default ” by Tenant:
 
 
       (a) Tenant’s failure to pay Rent, or any other sums due from Tenant to Landlord under the Lease (or any other lease executed by Tenant for space in the Building), when due, and such failure continues for ten (10) days after written notice thereof is received by Tenant from Landlord; however, if Landlord has given Tenant such notice during the preceding twelve (12) month period for failure to timely pay any regularly scheduled installments of Rent (e.g., Basic Rental, Tenant’s share of Excess, Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Electrical Costs, and similar Rent payments), then Landlord’s obligation to give written notice with respect to regularly scheduled installments of Rent shall not apply until twelve (12) months has passed since the last such notice was given, and in the interim, failure to pay any regularly scheduled installments of Rent on the date due shall be an Event of Default without Landlord having first given such notice;

 


 

     
 
       (b) Tenant’s failure to perform, comply with, or observe any other agreement or obligation of Tenant under this Lease (or any other lease executed by Tenant for space in the Building), and such failure continues for thirty (30) days after written notice thereof is received by Tenant from Landlord; provided, that if the failure is reasonably capable of cure but cannot be reasonably be cured within said thirty (30) days, Tenant shall have an additional period of sixty (60) days in which to effect the cure provided Tenant commences the cure within the initial thirty (30) days and is diligently pursuing same;
 
   
 
       (c) The filing of a petition by or against Tenant (the term “ Tenant ” shall include, for the purpose of this Section 15.(c), any guarantor of the Tenant’s obligations hereunder) (i) in any bankruptcy or other insolvency proceeding; (ii) seeking any relief under any state or federal debtor relief law; (iii) for the appointment of a liquidator or receiver for all or substantially all of Tenant’s property or for Tenant’s interest in this Lease; or (iv) for the reorganization or modification of Tenant’s capital structure; and provided that in the case of any of the foregoing which is filed against Tenant, the same is not dismissed within ninety (90) days after it is filed;
 
   
 
       (d) The admission by Tenant that it cannot meet its obligations as they become due or the making by Tenant of an assignment for the benefit of its creditors.
 
   
REMEDIES
  16. (a) Landlord’s Remedies . Upon any Event of Default by Tenant, Landlord may, subject to any judicial process and notice to the extent required by Title 4, Chapter 24 of the Texas Property Code, as may be amended, in addition to all other rights and remedies afforded Landlord hereunder or by law or equity, take any of the following actions:
 
   
 
            (i) Terminate this Lease by giving Tenant written notice thereof, in which event, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the sum of (1) all Rent accrued hereunder through the date of termination, (2) all amounts due under Section 15.(a), and (3) an amount equal to (A) the total Rent that Tenant would have been required to pay for the remainder of the Term discounted to present value at a per annum rate equal to the “Prime Rate” as published on the date this Lease is terminated by The Wall Street Journal, Southwest Edition, in its listing of “Money Rates”; minus (B) the then present fair rental value of the Premises for such period, similarly discounted; or

 


 

     
 
            (ii) Terminate Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises without terminating this Lease by giving written notice thereof to Tenant, in which event Tenant shall pay to Landlord (1) all Rent and other amounts accrued hereunder to the date of termination of possession, (2) all amounts due from time to time under Section 15.(a), and (3) all Rent and other sums required hereunder to be paid by Tenant during the remainder of the Term, diminished by any net sums thereafter received by Landlord through reletting the Premises during such period. Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to relet the Premises on such terms and conditions as Landlord in its sole discretion may determine (including a term different from the Term, rental concessions, and alterations to, and improvement of , the Premises); however, Landlord shall not be obligated to relet the Premises before leasing other portions of the Building. Landlord shall not be liable for, nor shall Tenant’s obligations hereunder be diminished because of, Landlord’s failure to relet the Premises or to collect rent due for such reletting. Tenant shall not be entitled to the excess of any consideration obtained by reletting over the Rent due hereunder. Re-entry by Landlord in the Premises shall not affect Tenant’s obligations hereunder for the unexpired Term; rather, Landlord may, from time to time, bring action against Tenant to collect amounts due by Tenant, without the necessity of Landlord’s waiting until the expiration of the Term. Unless Landlord delivers written notice to Tenant expressly stating that it has elected to terminate this Lease, all actions taken by Landlord to exclude or dispossess Tenant of the Premises shall be deemed to be taken under this Section 16.(a)(ii). If Landlord elects to proceed under this Section 16.(a)(ii), it may at any time elect to terminate this Lease under Section 16.(a)(i).
 
   
 
            (iii) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Tenant shall not be deemed to have waived any requirements of Landlord to mitigate damages upon an Event of Default as required by law.
 
   
 
       (b) Tenant’s Remedies .
 
   
 
            (i) Notice and Cure . If Landlord should fail to perform or observe any covenant, term, provision or condition of this Lease and such default should continue beyond a period of ten (10) days as to a monetary default or thirty (30) days (or such longer period as is reasonably necessary to remedy such default, provided Landlord shall diligently pursue such remedy until such default is cured) as to a non-monetary is default, after in each

 


 

     
 
  instance written notice thereof is given by Tenant to Landlord and Landlord’s Mortgagee, then, in any such event Tenant shall have the right (but no obligation) to cure the default, and Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for all reasonable sums expended in so curing said default. Tenant specifically agrees that Landlord’s Mortgagee may enter the Premises upon reasonable notice to Tenant to cure any such default and that the cure of any default by Landlord’s Mortgagee shall be deemed a cure by Landlord under this Lease.
 
   
 
            (ii) Set-off . If Tenant obtains a judgment against Landlord or any assignee for any default by Landlord under this Lease and (i) Tenant provided Landlord’s Mortgagee notice and opportunity to cure as described in Section 11.(c) and Section 16.(b)(i) above, (ii) said judgment is final and all rights of appeal have been exercised or have expired, and (iii) such judgment remains unsatisfied upon thirty (30) days written notice thereof to Landlord’s Mortgagee, Tenant may set off such judgment against Rent.
 
   
PAYMENT; NON-WAIVER
  17. (a) Payment . Upon any Event of Default by Tenant, Tenant shall pay to Landlord all costs incurred by Landlord (including court costs and reasonable attorney’s fees and expenses) in (1) obtaining possession of the Premises, (2) removing and storing Tenants or any other occupant’s property, (3) reasonably repairing, restoring, altering, remodeling, or otherwise putting the Premises into a reasonably marketable condition, (4) if Tenant is dispossessed of the Premises and this Lease is not terminated, reletting all or any part of the Premises (including brokerage commissions, cost of tenant finish work, and other costs incidental to such reletting), (5) performing Tenant’s obligations which Tenant failed to perform, and (6) enforcing, or advising Landlord of, its rights, remedies, and recourses arising out of the Event of Default.
 
   
 
       (b) No Waiver . Acceptance or payment of Rent following any Event of Default shall not waive any rights regarding such Event of Default. No waiver by any party of any violation or breach of any of the terms contained herein shall waive any rights regarding any future violation of such term or violation of any other term.
 
   
LANDLORD’S LIEN
  18. In addition to the statutory landlord’s lien, Tenant grants to Landlord, to secure performance of Tenant’s obligations hereunder, a security interest in all equipment fixtures, furniture, improvements (and does not include any tangible or intangible personal property of Tenant not named specifically) owned by

 


 

     
 
  Tenant and now or hereafter situated on the Premises, and all proceeds therefrom (the “ Collateral ”), and the Collateral shall not be removed from the Premises without the consent of Landlord until all obligations of Tenant have been fully performed. Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, Landlord may, in addition to all other remedies, without notice or demand except as provided below, exercise the rights afforded a secured party under the Uniform Commercial Code of the State in which the Building is located (the “ UCC ”). In connection with any public or private sale under the UCC, Landlord shall give Tenant five (5) days’ prior written notice of the time and place of any public sale of the Collateral or of the time after which any private sale or other intended disposition thereof is to be made, which is agreed to be a reasonable notice of such sale or other disposition. Tenant grants to Landlord a power of attorney to execute and file any financing statement or other instrument necessary to perfect Landlord’s security interest under this Section 18, which power is coupled with an interest and shall be irrevocable during the Term. Landlord may also file a copy of this Lease as a financing statement to perfect its security interest in the Collateral. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall subordinate its landlord’s lien, upon such terms as are reasonably acceptable to Landlord and Tenant’s financier, to any bona fide third party financing existing or obtained by Tenant.
 
   
SURRENDER OF PREMISES.
  19. No act by Landlord shall be deemed an acceptance of a surrender of the Premises, and no agreement to accept a surrender of the Premises shall be valid unless the same is made in writing and signed by Landlord. At the expiration or termination of this Lease, subject to Landlord’s obligation to maintain the Building, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord the Premises with all improvements located thereon in good repair and condition, reasonable wear and tear (and condemnation and fire or other casualty damage not caused by Tenant, as to which Sections 13 and 14 shall control) excepted, and shall deliver to Landlord all keys and/or access cards to the Premises. Provided that Tenant has performed all of its obligations hereunder, Tenant may remove all unattached trade fixtures, furniture, and personal property placed in the Premises by Tenant (but Tenant shall not remove any such item which was paid for, in whole or in part, by Landlord). Additionally, Tenant may remove such additional items as Landlord may have agreed. Tenant shall repair all damage caused by removal of any items. All items not so removed within thirty (30) days of expiration or early termination of this Lease shall be deemed to have been abandoned by Tenant and may be appropriated, sold, stored, destroyed, or otherwise

 


 

     
 
  disposed of by Landlord without notice to Tenant and without any obligation to account for such items. Tenant upon surrender of the Premises shall be required to remove any above-ceiling telecommunication wiring installed for Tenant’s use in the Premises at Tenant’s expense. The provisions of this Section 19 shall survive the end of the Term.
 
   
HOLDING OVER
  20. If Tenant fails to vacate the Premises at the end of the Term, then Tenant shall be a tenant at will and, in addition to all other damages and remedies to which Landlord may be entitled for such holding over, Tenant shall pay, in addition to the other Rent, a daily Basic Rental equal to 150% of the daily Basic Rental payable during the last month of the Term.
 
   
CERTAIN RIGHTS
RESERVED BY LANDLORD
  21. Subject to Tenant’s reasonable security procedures, and provided that the exercise of such rights does not unreasonably interfere with Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises, and upon reasonable advance notice provided by Landlord to Tenant (except in case of emergency), Landlord shall have the following rights:
 
   
 
       (a) to decorate and to make inspections, repairs, alterations, additions, changes, or improvements, whether structural or otherwise, in and about the Building, or any part thereof; for such purposes, to enter upon the Premises and, during the continuance of any such work, to temporarily close doors, entryways, public space, and corridors in the Building; to interrupt or temporarily suspend Building services and facilities (Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to complete any work requiring the suspension of Building services and facilities during off-business hours when reasonably and commercially practicable to do so); and to change the arrangement and location of entrances or passageways, doors, and doorways, corridors, elevators; stairs, restrooms, or other public parts of the Building;
 
   
 
       (b) to take such reasonable measures as Landlord deems advisable for the security of the Building and its occupants, including without limitation searching all items entering or leaving the Building; evacuating the Building for cause, suspected cause, or for drill purposes; temporarily denying access to the Building; and closing the Building after normal business hours and on Saturdays, Sundays, and Holidays, subject, however, to Tenant’s right to enter when the Building is closed after normal business hours under such reasonable regulations as Landlord may prescribe from time to time which may include by way of example, but not of limitation, that persons entering or leaving the Building, whether or not during normal business

 


 

     
 
  hours, identify themselves to a security officer by registration or otherwise and that such persons establish their right to enter or leave the Building;
 
   
 
       (c) after giving Tenant not less than thirty (30) days’ prior written notice, to change the name by which the Building is designated; and
 
   
 
       (d) subject to Tenant’s security procedures, upon reasonable advance notice, to enter the Premises during Tenant’s regular business hours (or at any time when accompanied by a representative of Tenant) to show the Premises to prospective purchasers, lenders, or, during the last six (6) months of the term of the Lease, prospective tenants.
 
   
 
  Notwithstanding anything hereinabove to the contrary, except in the event of an emergency, “ Tenant’s Security Procedures ”, described below, shall be honored by Landlord, its employees, invitees, contractors, agent and guests:
 
   
 
  1) Landlord shall give Tenant 2 hours written notice delivered by facsimile;
 
   
 
  2) which notice shall state the names of the visitors and the purpose and proposed duration of the visit;
 
   
 
  3) except in cases of imminent danger to persons or property, Landlord shall not have access to the software development area or the data center or computer room; and
 
   
 
  4) in all events (except emergencies) Landlord and its visitors must and shall be escorted by a duly authorized representative of Tenant.
 
   
SUBSTITUTION SPACE
  22. Intentionally Omitted
 
   
MISCELLANEOUS
  23. (a) Landlord Transfer . Landlord may transfer, in whole or in part, the Project and any of its rights under this Lease. If Landlord assigns its rights under this Lease and such assignee assumes Landlord’s obligations hereunder, then Landlord shall thereby be released from any further obligations hereunder, other than those obligations accruing prior to the transfer or assignment.
 
   
 
       (b) Landlord’s Liability . The liability of Landlord to Tenant for any default by Landlord under the terms of this Lease shall be limited to Tenants actual direct, but not consequential, damages therefor and shall be recoverable from the interest of Landlord in the Project (including any rents, profits, or other proceeds therefrom), and Landlord shall not be personally liable

 


 

     
 
  for any deficiency. This section shall not be deemed to limit or deny any remedies which Tenant may have in the event of default by Landlord hereunder which do not involve the personal liability of Landlord. The liability of Tenant to Landlord for any default by Tenant under the terms of this Lease shall be limited to Landlord’s actual direct, but not consequential, damages therefor.
 
   
 
       (c) Force Majeure . Other than for Tenants monetary obligations under this Lease and obligations which can be cured by the payment of money (e.g., maintaining insurance), whenever a period of time is herein prescribed for action to be taken by either party hereto, such party shall not be liable or responsible for, and there shall be excluded from the computation for any such period of time, any delays due to strikes, riots, acts of God, shortages of labor or materials, war, governmental laws, regulations, or restrictions, or any other causes of any kind whatsoever which are beyond the control of such party.
 
   
 
       (d) Brokerage . Landlord and Tenant each warrant to the other that it has not dealt with any broker or agent in connection with the negotiation or execution of this Lease, other than Billingsley Property Services, Inc. and Peloton Real Estate Partners , whose commissions shall be paid by Landlord. Tenant and Landlord shall each indemnify the other against all costs, expenses, attorneys’ fees, and other liability for commissions or other compensation claimed by any broker or agent claiming the same by, through, or under the indemnifying party.
 
   
 
       (e) Estoppel Certificates . From time to time, either Landlord or Tenant shall furnish, within ten (10) business days after request therefor, a signed certificate confirming and containing such factual certifications and representations as to this Lease as the requesting party may reasonably request.
 
   
 
       (f) Notices . All notices and other communications given pursuant to this Lease shall be in writing and shall be (1) mailed by first class, United States Mail, postage prepaid, certified, with return receipt requested, and addressed to the parties hereto at the address specified in the Basic Lease Information, (2) hand delivered to the intended address, or (3) sent by prepaid telegram, cable, facsimile transmission, or telex followed by a confirmatory letter. Notice sent by certified mail, postage prepaid, shall be effective three business days after being deposited in the United States Mail; all other notices shall be effective upon delivery to the address of the addressee. The parties hereto may change their addresses by giving notice thereof

 


 

     
 
  to the other in conformity with this provision.
 
   
 
       (g) Courtesy Copy of Notice . Landlord shall send a copy of any notice or other communication given pursuant to this Lease as follows:
 
   
 
       RealPage, Inc.
 
       4000 International Parkway
 
       Carrollton, TX 75007
 
       Attn: General Counsel
 
 
       Any copy so delivered pursuant to this Section 23.(g) shall not constitute notice hereunder.
 
   
 
       (h) Separability . If any clause or provision of this Lease is illegal, invalid, or unenforceable under present or future laws, then the remainder of this Lease shall not be affected thereby and in lieu of such clause or provision, there shall be added as a part of this Lease a clause or provision as similar in terms to such illegal, invalid, or unenforceable clause or provision as may be possible and be legal, valid, and enforceable.
 
   
 
       (i) Amendments; and Binding Effect . This Lease may not be amended except by instrument in writing signed by Landlord and Tenant. No provision of this Lease shall be deemed to have been waived by Landlord or Tenant unless such waiver is in writing signed by Landlord or Tenant, and no custom or practice which may evolve between the parties in the administration of the terms hereof shall waive or diminish the right of Landlord or Tenant to insist upon the performance by Landlord or Tenant in strict accordance with the terms hereof. The terms and conditions contained in this Lease shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto, and upon their respective successors in interest and legal representatives, except as otherwise herein expressly provided. This Lease is for the sole benefit of Landlord and Tenant, and, other than Landlord’s Mortgagee, no third party shall be deemed a third party beneficiary hereof.
 
   
 
       (j) Quiet Enjoyment . Provided Tenant has performed all of the terms and conditions of this Lease to be performed by Tenant, Tenant shall peaceably and quietly hold and enjoy the Premises for the Term, without hindrance from Landlord or any party claiming by, through, or under Landlord, subject to the terms and conditions of this Lease.

 


 

     
 
       (k) Joint and Several Liability . If there is more than one Tenant, then the obligations hereunder imposed upon Tenant shall be joint and several. If there is a guarantor of Tenant’s obligations hereunder, then the obligations hereunder imposed upon Tenant shall be the joint and several obligations of Tenant and such guarantor, and Landlord need not first proceed against Tenant before proceeding against such guarantor nor shall any such guarantor be released from its guaranty for any reason whatsoever.
 
   
 
       (l) Use of Lobby and/or Common Areas . During the term, and only on weekends, Holidays, and between the hours of 6:00 p.m. and 7:00 p.m. on weekdays (other than Holidays), Tenant shall have the right to use the Building lobby and/or common areas, without charge for any Tenant-sponsored event, provided (a) Tenant gives Landlord reasonable prior written notice of the date, time and nature of the event, (b) the date and time for the event do not conflict with another previously scheduled event, (c) Tenant reimburses Landlord for all out-of-pocket expenses Landlord incurs in connection with the event, (d) Tenant indemnifies and holds Landlord harmless from and against any and all claims, actions, damages, or liens resulting from Tenant’s use of the lobby and/or common areas, including any reasonable attorney’s fees incurred by Landlord, (e) Tenant complies in all respects with applicable law, (f) Landlord approves, in its sole discretion, in all aspects of Tenant’s intended use of the Building lobby and/or common areas, and (g) Tenant shall not use the Building lobby and/or common areas for such events for more than twelve (12) days in any calendar year.
 
   
 
       (m) Captions . The captions contained in tins Lease are for convenience of reference only, and do not limit or enlarge the terms and conditions of this Lease.
 
   
 
       (n) No Merger . There shall be no merger of the leasehold estate hereby created with the fee estate in the Premises or any part thereof if the same person acquires or holds, directly or indirectly, this Lease or any interest in this Lease and the fee estate in the leasehold Premises or any interest in such fee estate.
 
   
 
       (o) No Offer . The submission of this Lease to Tenant shall not be construed as an offer, nor shall Tenant have any rights under this Lease unless Landlord executes a copy of this Lease and delivers it to Tenant.

 


 

     
 
       (p) Exhibits . The following exhibits hereto are incorporated herein by this reference:
 
   
 
       Exhibit A — Outline of Premises
 
       Exhibit A-1 — Legal Description of the Land
 
       Exhibit B — Building Rules and Regulations
 
       Exhibit C — Operating Expenses
 
       Exhibit D — Tenant Finish Work: Allowance
 
       Exhibit D-1 — Shell Construction
 
       Exhibit D-2 — Space Plan
 
       Exhibit E — Renewal Option
 
       Exhibit F — Parking
 
       Exhibit G — Janitorial Specifications
 
       Exhibit H — Signage Criteria
 
       Exhibit I — Furniture
 
       Exhibit J — Conduit
 
       Exhibit J-1 — Conduit Diagram
 
   
 
       (q) Entire Agreement . This Lease constitutes the entire agreement between Landlord and Tenant regarding the subject matter hereof and supersedes all oral statements and prior writings relating thereto. Except for those set forth in this Lease, no representations, warranties, or agreements have been made by Landlord or Tenant to the other with respect to this Lease or the obligations of Landlord or Tenant in connection therewith.
 
   
 
       (r) INTENTIONALLY DELETED
 
   
 
       (s) Representations and Warranties . Landlord and Tenant each represent and warrant that the person executing this Lease on its behalf is acting in his or her capacity as an officer or partner, as applicable, with due authorization and authority to bind Landlord or Tenant, as applicable, to this Lease. Landlord represents and warrants that it has good title to the Project so to fully and properly lease the Premises to Tenant as provided herein. Landlord further represents and warrants to Tenant that (i) the Building is zoned in conformity with applicable laws in a manner permitting the use of the Premises as contemplated under this Lease, (ii) that all entrances, driveways and access roads upon the Land afford legal access to public rights-of-way and streets and permit (and shall throughout the Term of this Lease continue to permit) ingress to and egress from the Building by way of such rights-of-way and streets, (iii) that the Project contains sufficient parking and otherwise fully complies with all applicable governmental requirements, (iv) that Landlord is not required to

 


 

     
 
  obtain any consent to execute or perform this Lease, and (v) that the Building is not subject to any restrictive covenants or other encumbrances that would restrict the use of the Premises as contemplated under this Lease in any manner as of the Commencement Date. Landlord represents and warrants that the Project conforms currently and shall, as of the Commencement Date, conform in all material respects to all applicable laws, ordinances, rules and regulations generally applicable to commercial office buildings in Carrollton, Texas, and specifically applicable to the Project and Building. Further, Landlord represents and warrants that there are no lawsuits pending, or to the knowledge of Landlord threatened, against Landlord which if adversely decided against Landlord would affect Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Premises or Landlords ability to carry out its obligations under this Lease, there is no proceeding pending, or to the knowledge of Landlord contemplated or threatened, that would affect the amount of the real estate taxes assessed against the Project (except for routine real estate valuation protests) and that, to the knowledge of Landlord, the Project is free from material physical defects. Other than any express warranties contained herein, neither Landlord nor Tenant make any implied warranties of any kind or nature, and the parties hereby waive any claims upon any such implied warranties.
 
   
 
       (t) Building Name . Landlord agrees not to name the Building or Project after a competitor of Tenant or to provide Building signage to a competitor of Tenant’s. A “ Competitor of Tenant ” for this purpose is any person or entity that offers to consumers or other users real estate management and/or analysis software (excluding general accounting or analysis software routinely used by companies not engaged in the management of real estate), tenant applicant screening, utility billing and submetering services for the multifamily industry and/or web page design services or products are reviewed by trade publications against those of Tenant.
 
   
 
       (u) Refurbishment Allowance . In the event Tenant exercises its right to renew the Lease for an additional Term of three (3) or five (5) years, then Landlord shall provide Tenant a Refurbishment Allowance equal to $5.00 per Rentable Square Foot of which $2.00 per Rentable Square Foot may be a reimbursement for improvements previously made to the Premises by Tenant and $3.00 per Rentable Square Foot for additional improvements as needed by Tenant. The Refurbishment Allowance shall be subject to the conditions set forth in Exhibit D of this Lease. In the event Tenant renews for a

 


 

     
 
  second five (5) year term, Landlord will agree to add an additional $5.00 per Rentable Square Foot Refurbishment Allowance. The Refurbishment Allowances provided for in this section shall be considered when determining the prevailing market rate for any renewal option.
 
   
 
  (v) Counterpart Execution . This Lease may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but such counterparts together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Additionally, this Lease may be executed by facsimile signatures and any such facsimile signature shall be deemed an original signature for all purposes.
 
   
 
  (w) Waiver of Rights Under Section 93.012 of the Texas Property Code . Landlord and Tenant are knowledgeable and experienced in commercial transactions and hereby agree that the provisions of this Lease for determining charges, amounts and additional Rent payable by Tenant are commercially reasonable and valid even though such methods may not state a precise mathematical formula for determining such charges, amounts or additional Rent. ACCORDINGLY, TENANT VOLUNTARILY AND KNOWINGLY WAIVES ALL RIGHTS AND BENEFITS OF TENANT UNDER SECTION 93.012, ENTITLED “ASSESSMENT OF CHARGES”, OF THE TEXAS PROPERTY CODE, AS ENACTED BY HOUSE BILL 2186, 77TH LEGISLATURE, AS SUCH SECTION NOW EXISTS OR AS MAY BE HEREAFTER AMENDED OR SUCCEEDED.
DATED as of the date first above written.
{END OF PAGE; SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW}

 


 

{SIGNATURE PAGE TO LEASE AGREEMENT — 4120 INTERNATIONAL PARKWAY — REALPAGE, INC.}
LANDLORD:
Savoy IBP 8, Ltd.
a Texas limited partnership
By: Savoy IBP 8 GP, LLC,
a Texas Limited Liability Company
its general partner
         
By:
Name:
  /s/ Mack W. Dennis
 
Mack W. Dennis
   
Title:
  Senior Vice President    

 


 

{SIGNATURE PAGE TO LEASE AGREEMENT — 4120 INTERNATIONAL PARKWAY — REALPAGE, INC.}
TENANT:
RealPage, Inc., a Delaware corporation
         
By:
Name:
  /s/ Stephen T. Winn
 
Stephen T. Winn
   
Title:
  Chairman, CEO & President    

 


 

EXHIBIT A
OUTLINE OF THE PREMISES
(GRAPHIC)
INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS PARK- PHASE VIII, lst FLOOR
4120 International Parkway, Carrollton, TX

 


 

EXHIBIT A-1
LEGAL DESCRIPTION OF THE LAND
     BEING a Tract of land in the D. Andrews Survey, Abstract No. 1455, and being a part of that certain 46.406 acre tract of land conveyed to CB Parkway/Midway Investors, Ltd., by First Madison Bank, FSB by deed recorded in instrument No. 94-R0025237 of the Real Property Records of Denton County, Texas, and being more particularly described as follows:
     COMMENCING at a 1/2” iron rod found for corner along the northerly line of International Parkway (a 100’ R.O.W. at this point, 50’ from centerline), said point being the most westerly corner of the replat of Lot 1R, Block 1, International Business Park Subdivision as recorded in Cab. P, SI. 279, said point being in a curve to the right having a central angle of 14°38’08”, a radius of 1743.46 feet and a chord bearing of N47°00’29“W, 444.12 feet;
     THENCE along said curve to the right for an arc distance of 445.33 feet to a 1/2” iron rod set for corner and being the POINT OF BEGINNING of this description;
     THENCE along a curve to the right having a central angle of 07°23’18”, a radius of 1743.46 feet, a chord bearing of N35°59’46“E, a chord distance of 224.67 feet, a distance of 224.82 feet along the curve to a 1/2” iron rod found for corner at the southeast corner of the replat of Credit Management Addition as recorded in Cab. P, SI. 131;
     THENCE N45°09’23“E, along the southeast line of said replat of Credit Management Addition, a distance of 813.28 feet to a 1/2” iron rod found for corner in the south line of Lot 3, Block 1, International Business Park as recorded in Cab. R, SI, 204;
     THENCE S88°21’39“E along a south line of said Lot 3, Block 1, a distance of 316.64 feet to a 1/2” iron rod found for corner;
     THENCE S01°38’21“W along a west line of said Lot 3, Block 1, a distance of 161.26 feet to a 1/2” iron rod found for corner at a common point of Lot 2 and Lot 3, Block 1;
     THENCE N88°21’39“W along a north line of Lot 2, Block 1, International Business Park Subdivision, a distance of 21.59 feet to a 1/2” iron rod found for corner;
     THENCE S01°38’21“W along a west line of said Lot 2, Block 1, a distance of 305.60 feet to a 1/2” iron rod set for corner;
     THENCE N88°21’39“W, a distance of 185.70 feet to a 1/2” iron rod set for corner;
     THENCE N01°38’21“E, a distance of 213.00 feet to a 1/2” iron rod set for corner;
     THENCE N88°21’39“W, a distance of 129.00 feet to a 1/2” iron rod set for corner;
     THENCE N01°38’21“E, a distance of 40.00 feet to a 1/2” iron rod set for corner;

 


 

     THENCE N88°21’39“W, a distance of 60.00 feet to a 1/2” iron rod set for corner;
     THENCE S01°38’21“W, a distance of 253.00 feet to a 1/2” iron rod set for corner;
     THENCE N88°21’39“W, a distance of 189.00 feet to a 1/2” iron rod set for corner;
     THENCE S01°38’21“W, a distance of 253.00 feet to a 1/2” iron rod set for corner;
     THENCE N88°21’39“W, a distance of 99.79 feet to a 1/2” iron rod set for corner;
     THENCE S50°18’35“W, a distance of 72.42 feet to the POINT OF BEGINNING and containing 264,792 square feet which is 6.079 acres of land.

 


 

EXHIBIT A-2
PARKING
(LOGO)

 


 

EXHIBIT B
BUILDING RULES AND REGULATIONS
     The following rules and regulations shall apply to the Project and the appurtenances thereto:
     1. Sidewalks, doorways, vestibules, halls, stairways, and other similar areas shall not be obstructed by tenants or used by any tenant for purposes other than ingress and egress to and from their respective leased premises and for going from one to another part of the Building.
     2. Plumbing, fixtures and appliances shall he used only for the purposes for which designed, and no sweepings, rubbish, rags or other unsuitable material shall be thrown or deposited therein. Damage resulting to any such fixtures or appliances from misuse by a tenant or its agents, employees or invitees, shall be paid by such tenant.
     3. No signs, advertisements or notices shall be painted or affixed on or to any windows or doors or other part of the Building without the prior written consent of Landlord. No nails, hooks or screws (other than those which are necessary to hang paintings, prints, pictures, or other similar items on the Premises’ interior walls) shall be driven or inserted in any part of the Building except by Building maintenance personnel. No curtains or other window treatments shall be placed between the glass and any Building standard window treatments.
     4. Landlord shall provide and maintain an alphabetical directory for all tenants in the main lobby of the Building.
     5. Landlord shall provide all door locks in each tenant’s leased premises, at the cost of such tenant, and no tenant shall place any additional door locks in its leased premises without Landlord’s prior written consent. Landlord shall furnish to each tenant three keys to such tenant’s leased premises free of charge, with additional keys provided at such tenant’s cost, and no tenant shall make a duplicate thereof. Security Building access cards shall be provided by Landlord to tenants after receipt of a $10.00 deposit per card.
     6. Movement in or out of the Building of furniture or office equipment, or dispatch or receipt by tenants of any bulky material, merchandise or materials which require use of elevators or stairways, or movement through the Building entrances or lobby, shall be conducted so not to unreasonably interfere with the use of the Building by Landlord and other tenants, and if reasonably required by Landlord, under its supervision and control. Tenant assumes all risks of and shall be liable for all damage to articles moved and injury to persons or public engaged or not engaged in such movement, including equipment, property and personnel of Landlord if damaged or injured as a result of acts in connection with carrying out this service for such tenant.
     7. All damage to the Building caused by the installation, placement, or removal of any property of a tenant, or done by a tenant’s property while in the Building, shall be repaired at the expense of such tenant. No tenant shall be liable for any damage resulting solely from the weight of any items placed in the Building by such tenant provided such items do not, in the aggregate, exceed the building weight loads specified by Landlord.

 


 

     8. Corridor doors, when not in use, shall be kept closed. Nothing shall be swept or thrown into the corridors, halls, elevator shafts or stairways. No birds or animals other than animals assisting the disabled shall be brought into or kept in, on or about any tenant’s leased premises. No portion of any tenant’s leased premises shall at any time be used or occupied as sleeping or lodging quarters.
     9. Tenant shall cooperate with Landlord’s employees in keeping the Building and its leased premises neat and clean. Tenants shall not employ any person for the purpose of such cleaning other than the Building’s cleaning and maintenance personnel.
     10. To ensure orderly operation of the Building, no ice, mineral or other water, towels, newspapers, etc. shall be delivered to any leased area except by persons approved by Landlord.
     11. Tenant shall not make or permit any improper, objectionable or unpleasant noises or odors in the Building or otherwise interfere in any way with other tenants or persons having business with them.
     12. No machinery of any kind (other than normal office equipment) shall be operated by any tenant on its leased area without Landlord’s prior written consent, nor shall any tenant use or keep in the Building any flammable or explosive fluid or substance not approved in writing in advance by Landlord.
     13. Landlord will not be responsible for lost or stolen personal property, money or jewelry from tenant’s leased premises or public or common areas regardless of whether such loss occurs when the area is locked against entry or not.
     14. In the event any vending machines are maintained in the Building for common use by all tenants, no vending or dispensing machines of any kind may be maintained in any leased premises without the prior written permission of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably delayed, withheld or conditioned. Any vending machines contained in any leased premises shall be for the sole use of the applicable tenant, its employees and guests.
     15. All mail chutes located in the Building shall be available for use by Landlord and all tenants of the Building according to the rules of the United Stales Postal Service.
     16. No smoking of any type is permitted in any portion of the Building, including any portion thereof leased by tenants. Landlord shall designate smoking areas outside of the Building.
     17. No firearms or weapons of any type are permitted upon the Land or within the Project.
     18. While at the Project, Tenant, its employees, agents and guests shall behave in a manner consistent with that expected in a Class A office building located in North Dallas.
     19. Tenant shall notify Landlord before holding an event in a common area of the Project or serving alcohol.

 


 

     20. In order to maintain and operate the parking areas in an orderly manner, Landlord reserves the right to establish any reasonable system of parking monitoring, including the issuance of vehicle identification stickers, and all persons parking in the parking areas shall comply with such system. Tenant and Tenant’s employees shall park their cars only in those portions of the parking areas that are from time to time designated for that purpose by Landlord. Landlord shall have the right from time to time to relocate parking areas within the Project for use by Tenant. Tenant shall furnish in wilting the make, model, color and state automobile license number (automobile license numbers to be submitted on a yearly basis) assigned to Tenant’s cars within thirty (30) days after taking possession of the Premises and shall thereafter notify Landlord in writing of any changes within five (5) days. In the event Tenant or its employees, agents or licensees fail to park their cars in the parking areas so designated from time to time by Landlord, then any requirements in the Lease regarding prior notice to Tenant or the expiration of any grace period, or both, shall not apply and Landlord at its option shall have the following right and option, but only after first placing one prior written notice of violation on vehicles that are parked in violation of these parking rules and regulations, to tow such vehicles away each at Tenant’s or the vehicle owner’s cost and expense. Parking areas shall be used only for parking vehicles no longer than full-size passenger automobiles, SUV’s or 1/2 ton pick-up trucks. The maintenance, washing, waxing or cleaning of vehicles in the parking structure or elsewhere in the Project is prohibited. Such parking use as is herein provided is intended merely as a license only and no bailment is intended or shall be created hereby.
     21. Tenant shall provide Landlord forty-eight (48) hour notice if it intends to operate any form of shuttle or bus service (whether on a recurring basis or for a one-time special event). In order to maintain and operate the parking areas in an orderly manner and provide for the safety of the tenants, Landlord reserves the right to designate drop-off and pick-up locations and traffic flow patterns.

 


 

EXHIBIT C
OPERATING EXPENSES
     1. Tenant shall pay from time to time an amount (the “ Excess ”) calculated by multiplying (a) the amount by which the Basic Cost (defined below), divided by the Total Rentable Square Feet, exceeds 2006 Base Year Stop (the “ Expense Stop ”), by (b) the Rentable Square Feet. The Excess may be calculated and collected annually in arrears on a calendar year basis and, in such event, shall be due within thirty (30) days after Landlord furnishes to Tenant a written statement (the “ Annual Operating Statement ”) reflecting the Basic Cost for the calendar year (as may be adjusted as provided herein) and calculating the Excess, if any. Said statement shall be furnished by April 1 immediately following the applicable calendar year, or as soon thereafter as practicable. Alternatively, Excess may be estimated and collected monthly and then reconciled against Basic Costs at calendar year end. In such event, Landlord shall make and notify Tenant of its good faith estimate of the Excess for the applicable calendar year (or part thereof), whereafter, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, in advance on the first day of each calendar month of such year (or part thereof), an amount equal to the estimated Excess divided by 12 (or such lesser number of months as applicable). From time to time during any calendar year, Landlord may re-estimate the Excess for that calendar year and the monthly installments of Excess payable by Tenant shall be adjusted accordingly so that, by the end of the calendar year in question, Tenant shall have paid the full Excess as estimated by Landlord for such year. The Basic Cost (other than the first year in which the Building is occupied) and Expense Stop shall be prorated for any portion of the Term which is less than a full calendar year.
     2. The term “ Basic Cost ” shall mean all expenses and disbursements of every kind (subject to the limitations set forth below) which Landlord incurs, pays or becomes obligated to pay in connection with the ownership, operation, and maintenance of the Project (including the associated parking facilities), determined in accordance with generally accepted federal income tax basis accounting principles consistently applied, including but not limited to the following:
          (a) Wages and salaries of all employees engaged on-site in the Project in the operation, repair, replacement, maintenance, landscaping and security of the Project, including taxes, insurance and benefits relating thereto, such costs to be allocated based on the relative rentable square footage of the buildings directly managed by these personnel if they are providing services to multiple buildings;
          (b) All supplies and materials used in the operation, maintenance, landscaping, repair, replacement, and security of the Project;
          (c) Annual cost of all capital improvements made to the Project which although capital in nature can reasonably be expected to reduce the normal operating costs of the Project, as well as all capital improvements made in order to comply with any law hereafter promulgated by any governmental authority, as amortized over the useful economic life of such improvements as determined in accordance with generally accepted federal income tax basis accounting principles consistently applied;

 


 

          (d) Cost of all utilities, other than the cost of utilities paid directly by Tenant or actually reimbursed to Landlord by Tenant or other Building tenants (including Tenant under Section 4.(b) of the Lease);
          (e) Cost of any insurance or insurance related expense applicable to the Project and Landlord’s personal property used in connection therewith;
          (f) All taxes and assessments and governmental charges whether federal, state, county or municipal, and whether they be by taxing or management districts or authorities presently taxing or by others, subsequently created or otherwise, and any other taxes and assessments attributable to the Project (or its operation), excluding, however, federal and state taxes on income (collectively, “ Taxes ”) (and Landlord shall make reasonable and diligent efforts, as deemed necessary or appropriate in Landlord’s reasonable discretion, to contest property valuations and otherwise minimize Taxes which may include retaining a tax consultant to assist in determining the fair tax valuation of the Project and protesting any unfair valuations, with all associated costs being a Basic Cost). Notwithstanding the above, if the present method of taxation changes so that in lieu of the whole or any part of any Taxes levied on the Project, there is levied on Landlord a capital tax directly on the rents received therefrom or a franchise tax, assessment, or charge based, in whole or in part, upon such rents for the Building, then all such taxes, assessments, or charges, or the part thereof so based, shall be deemed to be included within the term “Taxes” for the purposes hereof;
          (g) Cost of repairs, replacements, and general maintenance of the Project, other than replacement of the roof, foundation and exterior walls of the Building;
          (h) Cost of service or maintenance contracts with independent contractors for the operation, maintenance, landscaping, repair, replacement, or security of the Project (including, without limitation, alarm service, window cleaning, and elevator maintenance);
          (i) A management fee (not to exceed 4.00%), which may be paid to Landlord or any affiliates thereof, as a percentage of the Rent received from tenants of the Building each month;
          (j) Costs for landscaping and maintaining the medians within the Park, such costs to be allocated based on a fraction of which the numerator is the linear footage of frontage of the Project to International Parkway/Midway Road and the denominator which is the total linear footage of frontage in the Park bounded by the medians;
          (k) Security for the Project, such costs to be allocated to each building based on relative rentable square footage when multiple buildings are covered by one contract; and
          (l) A pro rata portion of the salary and benefits (including taxes and insurance) of the Senior Property Manager located off-site at Landlord’s corporate offices, such costs to be allocated among all buildings managed by such employees based on rentable square footage.
          Any Basic Cost incurred in connection with any work performed, or services provided, to or for the benefit of one or more of the buildings located in the office park of which the Project is a part and commonly referred to as the International Business Park shall be allocated between all such buildings, including the Building, on a per square foot of rentable area basis.

 


 

There are specifically excluded from the definition of the term “ Basic Cost ” costs (1) for capital improvements made to the Project, other than capital improvements described in Section 2.(c) above and except for items which, though capital for accounting purposes, are properly considered maintenance and repair items, such as painting of common areas, replacement of carpet in elevator lobbies, and the like; (2) for repair, replacements and general maintenance made necessary by fire or other casualty, or paid by proceeds of insurance or by Tenant or other third parties, and alterations attributable solely to tenants of the Building other than Tenant; (3) for interest, amortization or other payments on loans to Landlord; (4) for depreciation of the Building; (5) for leasing commissions or marketing or promotional expenses; (6) for legal expenses, other than those incurred for the general benefit of the Building’s tenants (e.g., tax disputes); (7) for renovating or otherwise improving space for occupants of the Building or vacant space in the Building; (8) for correcting defects in the construction of the Building; (9) for overtime or other expenses of Landlord in curing defaults or performing work expressly provided in this Lease to be borne at Landlord’s expense; (10) for federal income taxes imposed on or measured by the income of Landlord from the operation of the Project; (11) repairs or replacements necessitated by Landlord’s gross negligence or willful misconduct; (12) amounts reimbursed to Landlord pursuant to any warranty or by Tenant or any other tenant or third party; (13) reserves for future expenses; (14) late charges or penalties incurred as a result of Landlord’s failure to pay any bills or charges when due; (15) general overhead of Landlord (not including any goods or services used or provided directly for the benefit of the Project); (16) amounts incurred to remediate any hazardous substances as defined by applicable environmental law unless caused in whole or in part by Tenant, its officers, employees, agents, contractors or customers; and (17) for rent or other payment due under any ground lease for any or all the Land.
     3. The Annual Operating Expense Statement shall include a statement of Landlord’s actual Basic Cost for the previous year adjusted as provided in Section 4 of this Exhibit. If Tenant has paid estimated Excess and the Annual Operating Expense Statement reveals that Tenant paid more for Basic Cost than the actual Excess in the year for which such statement was prepared, then Landlord shall credit or reimburse Tenant for such excess within thirty (30) days after delivery of the Annual Operating Expense Statement; conversely, if Tenant paid less than the actual Excess, then Tenant shall pay Landlord such deficiency within thirty (30) days after delivery of the Annual Operating Expense Statement.
     4. With respect to any calendar year or partial calendar year in which the Building is not occupied to the extent of 95% of the rentable area thereof, the Variable Basic Costs (defined below) for such period shall, for the purposes hereof, be increased to the amount which would have been incurred had the Building been occupied to the extent of 95% of the rentable area thereof. As used herein, “ Variable Basic Costs ” means any Basic Cost that is variable in correlation with the level of occupancy of the Building.
     5. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Exhibit, for purposes of computing Basic Cost, in no event shall all aggregate Controllable Expenses (defined below) for any calendar year exceed the immediately prior calendar year’s aggregate Controllable Expenses (limited as to increases as herein provided) by more than 7%. “Controllable Expenses” mean all items of Basic Costs excluding 2(c) (only to the extent they are capital improvements made to comply with any law hereafter promulgated by any governmental authority), (d), (e), and (f) of this Exhibit.

 


 

     6. Upon receipt of an Annual Operating Expense Statement, Tenant, at its expense, shall have the right, upon thirty (30) days written notice to Landlord, to audit or cause to be audited the financial records for the Project for the period reflected in such Annual Operating Expense Statement. Such audit shall be performed by a certified independent accounting firm which shall be of national standing and which is not compensated on a contingency basis. Should the Tenant’s audit demonstrate that the Basic Cost for such period are miscalculated by more than five percent (5%), Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for the actual cost of the audit. In any event, Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for any charges found to be in error and likewise, Tenant shall pay to Landlord any net undercharges discovered as a result of the audit. Such audit must be completed during normal business hours in the property manager’s office or other location designated by Landlord and within one hundred eighty (180) days of Tenant’s receipt of the applicable Annual Operating Expense Statement.

 


 

EXHIBIT D
TENANT FINISH-WORK: ALLOWANCE
     1.  Tenant Allowance . Landlord shall provide Tenant with a cash allowance of $10.00 per rentable square foot and No/100 Dollars ($10.00 per RSF) to be used by Tenant initially to offset costs and expenses incurred in designing and constructing the tenant improvements as contemplated by Section 2 hereof. This allowance shall be paid to Tenant by Landlord following Tenant’s completion of its tenant improvements and within ten (10) business days of Tenant’s submission of (1) paid invoices and final lien waivers, (2) a certificate of substantial completion provided by the project architect, and (3) a certificate of occupancy for the Premises. A minimum of $4.00 per square foot of rentable square feet of the allowance must be used for construction labor and materials in completion of improvements (including, without limitation, the installation of cabling and conduit) to the Premises that, at the end of the Term, must remain and could be reasonably expected to be used by a subsequent tenant. Tenant may utilize up to $6.00 per square foot of rentable square feet of any remainder of the allowance for including without limitation, purchase of data center equipment, signage, to offset consultant/design costs and relocation costs of Tenant. In the event that the amount of the tenant improvement allowance is not sufficient to offset all of the costs and expenses incurred by Tenant in constructing its tenant improvements (including, without limitation, costs for design, preparation of working drawings, construction labor and materials, electrical usage during construction, janitorial services, signage, fees and related non-ad valorem taxes and insurance), Tenant shall pay any required additional costs and expenses from its own funds. In the event that the amount of the tenant improvement allowance exceeds Tenant’s actual cost of Tenant’s initial tenant finish, then any unused portion of the allowance shall continue to remain payable to Tenant through March 31, 2007 with respect to Tenant’s future permitted alterations to the Premises, subject to the terms and conditions applicable to the allowance under this Lease, including, without limitation, the minimum requirements to be used for construction labor and materials for improvements set forth above.
     2.  Tenant Improvements . Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, but with the assistance of the Tenant Allowance described above, commence promptly after delivery of the Premises to Tenant, and thereafter diligently pursue completion of the performance all work and furnishing of all materials needed to complete construction and fit-up of the Premises in accordance with Tenant’s space plans, which are attached hereto as Exhibit “D-2”. Tenant shall secure all necessary permits and comply with all applicable laws. Tenant’s work may be performed only by contractors and subcontractors approved in writing by Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or relayed. Tenant shall cause all contractors and subcontractors to procure and maintain insurance coverage against such risks, in such amounts, and with such companies as Landlord may reasonably require. All such work shall be performed in accordance with all legal requirements and in a good and workmanlike manner so as not to damage the Premises, the structure of the Building, or plumbing, electrical lines, or other utility transmission facilities or Building mechanical systems. All such work which may affect the Building’s electrical, mechanical, plumbing or other systems must be approved by the Building’s engineer of record. Landlord shall receive a construction supervision fee, equal to Four Thousand and No/100 Dollars ($4,000.00), for plan review, supervisory services and coordination of the tenant improvements.

 


 

     3.  Additions and Improvements by Tenant . No improvements or alterations in or upon the Premises, including not by limitation paint, wall coverings, floor coverings, light fixtures, window treatments, signs, advertising, or promotional lettering or other media, shall be installed or made by Tenant except in accordance with plans and specifications which have been previously submitted to and approved in writing by Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, except that Landlord may withhold approval of any improvements or alterations which it determines, in its sole reasonable opinion, will materially and adversely affect any structural or aesthetic (only to the extent visible from outside the Premises or common areas) aspect of the Building or Building Systems. All improvements and alterations (whether temporary or permanent in character) made in or upon the Premises by Tenant, shall (i) comply with all applicable laws, ordinances, rules and regulations, and (ii) be Landlord’s property at the end of the Term and shall remain on the Premises without compensation to Tenant unless, prior to installation, Tenant provides Landlord with written notice of all items which may be removed by Tenant and Landlord consents to such removal in advance. Such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld provided Landlord may condition such consent as it deems reasonably necessary including not by limitation requiring Tenant to replace any items upon removal with similar items comparable to any such items in the Building or, if not applicable, then Comparable Buildings. Failure to remove such improvements, additions and alterations shall not be deemed a holding over under the terms of this Lease, but shall be deemed an abandonment of such improvements, additions and alterations, and Tenant shall incur no costs for the removal thereof. Any alterations, additions or improvements costing more than $25,000 per occurrence and any installation of special equipment requiring exceptional electric service or exceeding the building floor live load rating shall be subject to Landlord’s approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.
Approval by Landlord of any of Tenant’s drawings and plans and specifications prepared in connection with any improvements in the Premises shall not constitute a representation or warranty of Landlord as to the adequacy or sufficiency of such drawings, plans and specifications, or the improvements to which they relate, for any use, purpose, or condition, but such approval shall merely be the consent of Landlord as required hereunder.
Tenant shall not permit any mechanic’s liens to be filed against the Project for any work performed, materials furnished, or obligation incurred by or at the request of Tenant. If such a lien is filed, then Tenant shall, within thirty (30) days after Landlord has delivered notice of the filing to Tenant, either pay the amount of the lien or diligently contest such lien and deliver to Landlord a bond or other security reasonably satisfactory to Landlord. If Tenant fails to timely take either such action, then Landlord may pay the lien claim without inquiry as to the validity thereof, and any amounts so paid, including expenses and interest, shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord within ten (10) days after Landlord has delivered to Tenant an invoice therefor.
     4. To the extent not inconsistent with this Exhibit, Section 7.(a) of the Lease shall govern the performance of the Work and Landlord’s and Tenant’s respective rights and obligations regarding the improvements installed pursuant thereto.

 


 

EXHIBIT D-1
SHELL CONSTRUCTION
Building Structure:
     
Structural System
  Steel columns, beams & joists
First Floor Construction
   4” slab on grade over 2’ select fill; 3,000 psi
Second Floor Construction
   3” concrete on metal deck over bar joists
Roof Construction
   3-ply built up asphalt, over R-19 insulation on metal deck over bar joists
Design Loads (Corridors)
   100 lb/sf live load
Design Loads (Office Areas and Mezzanine)
   50 lb/sf live load + 20 lb/sf partitions
Typical Structural Bay
   30’x30’
Building Exterior
   8” thick concrete tilt-wall panels; 5/8” drywall taped; 3-5/8” studs & R-13 bait insulation
Windows
   10’x10’ typical openings, vision glass from 30” AFF to 10’ AFF/spandrel above
Window Frames
   4-1/2” deep frames, flush front glazed, Kynar finished
Window Coverings
   1” Horizontal Blinds
Curtain Wall
   8” deep frames, front glazed, Kynar finished
Glass
   1” insulating glass, evergreen, w/16% reflective stainless steel coating
Floor-to-Floor Height
   15’
Ceiling Height
   10’
Elevator Size & Capacity
  Hydraulic, 5’8“x 8’5”, 5,000 lb. capacity
Exit Stair Floors
  Carpet
Exit Stair Walls & Ceilings
  Painted Drywall
Ceiling System
  Beveled regular edge grid stacked on floor, USG Eclipse
tile, white, stacked
Lobby Floor
  Stone Tile
Lobby Walls & Ceiling
  Painted Drywall, panelized with reveals
Lobby Stair
  Painted Steel, with maple and cherry veneer screen panels
Lobby Stair Carpet
  Carpet Runner
Corridor Floor
  Carpet
Corridor Walls
  Vinyl Wall Covering & Cove Base @ corridor side only
Corridor Ceiling
  2x4 Lay-in, including light fixtures, HVAC & life safety
devices
Toilet Rooms/Fixtures (Men’s-North)
   2; each with 2 toilets (1 HC), 2 urinals, 2 lavatories
Toilet Rooms/Fixtures (Men’s-South)
   2; each with 2 toilets (1 HC), 2 urinals, 2 lavatories
Toilet Rooms/Fixtures (Women’s-North)
   2; each with 4 toilets (1 HC), 3 lavatories
Toilet Rooms/Fixtures (Women’s-South)
   2; each with 5 toilets (1 HC), 3 lavatories
Toilet Room Floors
  Stone Tile
Toilet Room Walls
  Ceramic Tile on wet walls; Vinyl Wall Covering elsewhere
Toilet Room Countertops
  Granite at lavatories, Plastic Laminate elsewhere
Toilet Partitions
  Plastic Laminate
Janitor’s Closets
   4
Drinking Fountains
   8 (4 HC)

 


 

Building Mechanical Systems:
     
HVAC
  3; 130 ton Packaged Rooftop Units supplying Variable Air Volume
Distribution
  Medium pressure ductwork in place
Terminal Units
  Stand-Alone Electrical Provided at common areas only
Control System
  Provided at common areas only
Diffusers.
 
 
 
Building Fire Protection / Life Safety:
 
   
Sprinklers
  Fully Sprinklered Throughout, w/heads turned up
Head Spacing
  Complies with NFPA l3
Fire Alarm System
  Intelligent Addressable w/capacity for tenant
connections at each floor
Alarm Devices
  Visual/Audible Strobes m all common areas
 
   
Building Electrical System:
 
   
     
Electrical Service
  TU Pad Mount transformer, 277/480 Volt 3-phase, 2000A
Electrical Design (Total)
  14 Watts/sf
Electrical Design (Lighting & Power
  8 Watts/sf
Panels Provided (High Voltage)
  1 @ 277/480 Volt energized panel for each building quadrant
Panels Provided (Low Voltage)
  1 @ 120 Volt energized panel for each building quadrant
Panel Sizes Provided
  High Voltage 400A, Low Voltage 225 A fed by a 45KVA
transformer (each panel)
Building Standard Lighting
  3-Lamp 18-Cell Parabolic Fluorescent, stacked on floor for lay-in ceiling (initial lamps included)
Fixture Ratio
  1 Fixture 100 rsf
Accent Lighting at Lobby
  Compact Fluorescent Downlights
Parking Area Lighting
  Metal Halide pole-mount, with Architectural enclosures
Entry Plaza Lighting
  Metal Halide Bollards, at both main entrances
Unless a particular specification is stated herein or in the Lease, all construction and finish items shall be of a type determined by Landlord as standard for the Building.

 


 

EXHIBIT D-2
SPACE PLAN
(LOGO)

 


 

EXHIBIT E
RENEWAL OPTION
     1. Provided no Event of Default exists and Tenant (or any permitted or approved assignee or subtenant) is occupying the entire Premises at the time of such election, Tenant at any time during the term may renew this Lease for two (2) additional period of three (3) or five (5) years each (as determined by Tenant) on the same terms provided in this Lease (except as set forth below), by delivering written notice of the exercise thereof to Landlord not later than nine (9) months before the expiration of the initial Term. On or before the expiration of the initial Term, Landlord and Tenant shall execute an amendment to this Lease extending the Term on the same terms provided in this Lease, except as follows:
          (a) The Basic Rental payable for each month during each such existing and extended Term shall be as provided below;
          (b) Tenant shall have no further renewal options unless expressly granted by Landlord in writing; and
          (c) subject to any refurbishment allowance provided herein, Landlord shall lease to Tenant the Premises in their then-current condition, and Landlord shall not provide to Tenant any allowances (e.g., moving allowance, construction allowance, and the like) or other tenant inducements.
     2. In the event of Tenant’s exercise of this Renewal Option either during the current Term or extended Term, Basic Rental shall be the option rate below on the effective date of the renewal:
                         
Year   Basic Rental Rate PSF   Year   Basic Rental Rate PSF
2007
  $ 20.60       2017     $ 27.68  
2008
  $ 21.22       2018     $ 28.52  
2009
  $ 21.85       2019     $ 29.37  
2010
  $ 22.51       2020     $ 30.25  
2011
  $ 23.19       2021     $ 31.16  
2012
  $ 23.88       2022     $ 32.09  
2013
  $ 24.60       2023     $ 33.06  
2014
  $ 25.34       2024     $ 34.05  
2015
  $ 26.10       2025     $ 35.07  
2016
  $ 26.88       2026     $ 36.12  
For example, if Tenant elected to extend their lease for an additional five (5) year option on December 1, 2009, then the effective date would be September 1, 2010, and the rate would be $22.51psf from September 1, 2010 through August 31, 2021.

 


 

     3. Tenant’s rights under this Exhibit shall terminate if (a) this Lease or Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises is terminated, (b) Tenant wrongfully assigns any of its interest in this Lease or wrongfully sublets any portion of the Premises, or (c) Tenant fails to timely exercise its option under this Exhibit, time being of the essence with respect to Tenant’s exercise thereof.

 


 

EXHIBIT F
PARKING
     Landlord shall provide and Tenant shall be permitted the non-exclusive use of one unassigned parking space for every 240 square feet of Rentable Square Feet during the Term at no cost. Landlord shall provide and Tenant shall be permitted the exclusive use of four (4) assigned covered parking spaces (not to be included in the 1:240 ratio above) of the covered parking spaces directly adjacent to the Building and shall be marked by Landlord to show such spaces are reserved for Tenant at $35.00 per space per month for the term of the lease. Such parking, both unassigned and assigned, shall be located in the parking area associated with the Project (the “ Parking Area ”) as shown on the Site Plan attached at Exhibit A-2 to the Lease. Landlord will use commercially reasonable efforts to assure that Tenant is provided and has access to all parking spaced granted to it hereunder, If Tenant in good faith believes that its share of parking spaces in the Parking Area is not available to it because of use of such spaces by other parties, Tenant may so notify Landlord and may request that Landlord initiate the procedure in Rule No. 20 of Exhibit B to the Lease. Landlord agrees that it will carefully consider Tenant’s request, and if it is present with tangible evidence that Tenant’s share of parking spaces in the Parking Area is being interfered with because of use of such spaces by other parties, Landlord will initiate such procedures.

 


 

EXHIBIT G
JANITORIAL SPECIFICATIONS
1. JANITORIAL SERVICE SPECIFICATIONS FOR TENANT SUITES, COMMON AREAS ON TENANT- OCCUPIED FLOORS AND TENANT COMPUTER ROOMS.
     A. Nightly Services
  i.   All surface areas, desks, file cabinets, counter tops, book shelves, credenzas, computer screens and other equipment will be dusted. Desk tops will be wiped down but no papers will be moved. All ashtrays and urns will be emptied and wiped.
 
  ii.   All carpeted areas will be vacuumed. Carpets will be spot cleaned where needed. All hard surface floors will be swept with a dust mop then damp mopped.
 
  iii.   All trash receptacles will be emptied and wiped down. Liners will be changed whenever necessary. Garbage will be taken to the designated areas for trash removal.
 
  iv.   All magazines will be straightened. Glass top desks, glass doors, partitions, light switches and walls will be cleaned to remove smudges and fingerprints.
 
  v.   All stairwells will be vacuumed and swept as well as dusted.
 
  vi.   The elevator will be vacuumed and fingerprints removed from wall surfaces.
 
  vii.   All kitchen countertops, tables and cupboard doors in break rooms will be cleaned and disinfected. Hand prints and smudges will be removed from the exterior of the refrigerator as well as any other appliances. Microwaves will be cleaned inside and out. Sinks and other chrome areas will be cleaned and polished.
 
  viii.   Mugs, plates and glasses will be placed in the dishwasher and washed only if they are placed in the break room sink by company employees. Dishes will not be removed from the dishwasher.
 
  ix.   All fixtures and appliances in the restrooms will be cleaned and sanitized. All chrome and minors will be cleaned and polished.
 
  x.   All commodes and urinals will be cleaned with a germicidal disinfectant. The use of an emulsion bowl cleaner will be used whenever necessary.
 
  xi.   Restroom floors will be cleaned using a germicidal disinfectant.
 
  xii.   Light bulbs will be replaced as needed.
     B.  Weekly Services
  i.   All pictures and door frames will be dusted.

 


 

  ii.   Partitions and walls in the restrooms will be completely wiped down with a germicidal disinfectant.
 
  iii.   All VCT floors will be buffed.
     C.  Monthly Services
  i.   All mini-blinds and A/C vents will be dusted.
 
  ii.   All interior windows will be cleaned.
 
  iii.   All VCT floors will be waxed (more often as necessary).
     D.  Quarterly Services
  i.   All exterior windows will be cleaned.

 


 

EXHIBIT H
SIGNAGE CRITERIA
SIGN CRITERIA
General : The purpose of these sign criteria is to create a graphic environment that expresses a distinctive identity for the Tenant in a way that is compatible with other signs on this and future buildings. Graphics should project quality, professionalism and a positive business image. Lettering shall be well proportioned and its proper spacing and legibility are important considerations. The names, logos or decals of manufacturers or installers shall not be visible except for information (if any) required by governing authorities.
Rights to Signage and Location : Each Tenant may have identification on the building directory, corridor mounted sign provided by the Landlord indicating the Tenant’s name and suite number and other Tenant signage including Tenant logos and trade marks installed on the Tenant’s glass door or sidelight, subject to the prior approval of the Landlord and installed at Tenant’s expense. Requests for additional Tenant identification or non-standard signage will be reviewed by the Landlord. The Landlord reserves the right to reject requests for additional or non-standard tenant signage without qualification.
Exterior building-mounted and site monument-mounted space is designated by Landlord as identified in each lease agreement, or as provided below. Location rights for signage on the building and ground-mounted monuments will be determined by the Landlord based on lease size. Sign locations facing International Parkway/Midway Road/Hebron Parkway , and placement of graphics on monument signs will be reserved for tenants leasing larger spaces. Notwithstanding the preceding to the contrary, Tenant shall have the right to exterior building signage mounted on the north side parapet of the Building facing Park Blvd/Hebron Parkway, the exact location to be determined by Landlord, or on the ground-mounted monument for the Building when space on the same next becomes available at Tenant’s sole expense. Tenant must select building or monument signage within one hundred twenty (120) days of occupancy. Following such signage election, the other signage option shall not be available for the balance of the term.
Signage Requirements : The following requirements apply to the design of your sign; however, in all cases, written approval must be obtained from the Landlord prior to the manufacture or installation of any signage. The Landlord reserves the sole right to make all determinations concerning interpretation of this sign policy.
     Written approval by the Landlord and conformance with these criteria does not imply conformance with any applicable sign ordinances. The signage subcontractor is responsible for verifying with local authorities to ensure compliance with all applicable codes and ordinances. All permits and approvals are to be forwarded to the Landlord prior to sign fabrication.
     Prior to awarding a contract for fabrication and installation, the Tenant is required to submit three (3) sets of drawings for final review and approval to:

 


 

Billingsley Development Corporation
4100 International Parkway
Suite 1100
Carrollton, Texas 75007
     Specific submittal requirements appear under each signage type.
Disallowed Signage : The following signage is not allowed:
  1   Secondary entry signs.
 
  2   Roof signs or box signs.
 
  3   Cloth signs.
 
  4   Exposed seam tubing.
 
  5   Animated or moving components.
 
  6   Intermittent or flashing illumination.
 
  7   Iridescent painted signs.
 
  8   Letters mounted or painted on illuminated panels.
 
  9   Signs or letters painted directly on any surface except as herein provided.
 
  10   Temporary Signage.
B     Sign Type Specifications
Site Monument Signs : Subject to the terms and conditions of the Lease and as stipulated in this section, monument signs shall conform to Exhibit M and the following criteria:
Submittal to Landlord: Tenant submittals shall include an elevation of the monument sign, drawn to a minimum scale of 1/4” = 1 ‘ -0”. Drawing shall indicate the type, color and thickness of materials, finish and mounting. Tenant’s sign contractor shall first visit the site to verify existing conditions prior to preparation of submittal.
Signage Design: At single-tenant buildings, signs shall be ten inch (10”) high metal letters with black baked-on gloss finish, in Universe 67 font. At multi-tenant buildings, signs shall be 6” high metal letters with black baked-on gloss finish, in Universe 67 font. All letters shall be upper case. Logos in addition to signage must be approved in advance by the Landlord.
Exterior Building Mounted Signage : Subject to the terms and conditions of the Lease and as stipulated in this section, building mounted signage shall conform to Exhibit N and the following criteria:
Submittal to Landlord: Tenant submittals shall include an elevation of the affected building facade and proposed sign, drawn to a minimum scale of 1/4” = 1 -0”. Drawings must include a cross-section showing electrical connections and proposed methods of attachment to building. Drawing shall indicate the type, color, thickness and type of materials, finish used on return and type of illumination. Tenant’s sign contractor shall visit the site to verify existing conditions prior to preparation of shop drawings and to obtain information needed to prepare these submittals.

 


 

Signage Design: Any letter style (block or script) may be used, subject to approval of the Landlord. Upper and lower case letters are permitted. Landlord will have final review over height increases for script letters. Proposed logos in addition to signage must be approved by the Landlord. Logos must be in proportion to the height of parapet and lettering and in same color as signage. Box type signs are not permitted.
Sign Construction: Exterior building mounted signs shall be internally illuminated acrylic faced individual letters mechanically attached to the non-glass portion of the building face. Letters shall appear black when not illuminated, white when illuminated. Letters shall be constructed of 1/8” thick Rohm & Haas Plexiglass (color #3063) faces with minimum .063 gauge aluminum returns and minimum .080 gauge aluminum backs. Aluminum joints are to be fully welded. Mechanical joining is not allowed. No armor plate or wood may be used in the manufactured returns. Returns are to be painted fiat black. The trim cap is to be one inch (1”) flat black “Jewel Lite.”
Signage Size/Length/Area: Height of letters shall not exceed thirty inches (30”). Multiple rows of lettering are not to exceed thirty inches (30”) in height including spaces between rows. The minimum letter size is twelve inches (12”). The individual letter depth is six inches (6”) minimum, or as required to diffuse neon stroke for uniform appearance. The maximum allowable signage length and area will be determined by the Landlord.
Illumination and Wiring: All signs must be UL labeled and be installed according to all applicable codes and the National Electrical Code. Lamps shall be 15mm and 30mm, 6500 degree white neon tubing. Quantity and placement of neon shall be adequate to provide uniform lighting across the entire width and length of each letter. Transformers and secondary wiring are to be concealed behind parapets or within the ceiling plenum. Electrical power shall be brought to the required location at Tenant’s sole expense. Conduit, wiring and similar components shall not be visible from the ground. Final electrical connection of sign to transformer box must be performed by a licensed electrician approved by Landlord. Timer controls for all signs are to be set per Landlord requirements.
Signage Installation: Letters are to be located on the building as determined by the Landlord. Attachment of the sign is to be made using non-corrosive mechanical fasteners into nominal 8” thick reinforced concrete tilt-wall panels. Tenant will be responsible for all damage to the building incurred during sign installation or removal. Upon removal of the sign, the Tenant will be responsible for repair and refinishing of all affected building surfaces.
      Interior Signs : Interior signs identifying fixed building elements, suite numbers and a building directory identifying tenant names and suite numbers will be provided by the Landlord. Tenant Identification signs (Tenant name, logo) for suite entries are to be provided by each tenant. Sign size and location shall comply with all local codes and ordinances, as well as ADA/TAS. Shell Building Interior signage comprises:
  1   Building directory (lobby)
 
  2   Tenant suite number identification
 
  3   Stair identification

 


 

  4   Restroom identification
 
  5   Mechanical spaces
 
  6   Emergency egress directions
     Tenant signs within the lease space are allowed, and will be provided by tenant. Size, color and configuration shall be compatible with the building standard graphics. Content of the signs shall be at the tenant’s option subject to approval by the Landlord.
Interior Signage Design and Construction:
Building Directory comprises a 24” X 30” thermoplastic plate with raised Universe 65 text, Tenant name and suite numbers are silk-screened onto thermoplastic plate.
Tenant Suite Identification signs are 6” x 6” thermoplastic plate, with a coated background, and black faced raised text. Text is Universe 65. Braille characters are raised and coated to match the sign color.
Stair, Restroom, Mechanical and Emergency Egress Identification signs are 4” x 6” thick thermoplastic plate, and black faced raised text. Text is Universe 65. Braille characters are raised magnesium. Raised black pictograms are provided for Men’s Room, Women’s Room, and Stairs.
Tenant Identification Signage : Tenant Identification signs may be of any letter style or design, provided they are sized and located according to the following requirements.
Submittal to Landlord: Submittals for Tenant Identification shall include a dimensioned elevation of the sign and the affected surrounding architectural elements (doors, glass etc.) drawn to a minimum 1/4” = 1 ‘ -0” scale. Drawing shall indicate the type, color and thickness of sign materials and the proposed mounting method. Tenant shall submit a sample of all sign materials in the finishes and colors specified on the drawings. All such signs shall be mounted on glass doors or glass sidelights. Sign submittals shall include samples of the glass if other than clear glass. Tenant’s sign contractor shall visit the site to verify existing conditions prior to preparation of shop drawings.
Signage Design and Construction: Signs may be text or graphic designs or a combination of both, subject to the size and placement requirements outlined below. Signs may be of any building standard sign material and color or other materials and colors subject to written approval from the Landlord. Signs may not be constructed of wood or any combustible material. Signs located on glass is restricted to painted, vinyl or screened lettering or graphics placed on the tenant side of the glass, and not projecting more than 1/32” from the glass surface. Illuminated Tenant Identification signage is prohibited.
Signage Size: No Tenant Identification sign may exceed twenty-four inches (24”) high maximum, forty-eight inches (48”) wide maximum and four (4) square feet in area, as defined by a rectangle surrounding a regularly shaped sign, or as defined in the case of an irregularly shaped sign by a rectilinear perimeter of not more than eight (8) straight lines enclosing the extreme limits of any figure or character.

 


 

Signage Placement: Tenant Identification signage is restricted to the following two locations:
  1.   Glass on tenant door (all tenant doors are to be glass)
 
  2.   Glass on tenant entry sidelight (all tenant entries are to include glass sidelight — space permitting

 


 

EXHIBIT I
FURNITURE
     Attached is a list of furniture that Landlord and Tenant agree to be correct to their knowledge. Any inaccuracy in such list shall not be considered an Event of Default by Landlord or render Landlord liable in any respect. The attached list below of furniture shall transfer to Tenant permanently and Tenant shall be free to use or dispose of such furniture as it desires effective upon execution of this Lease.
     T-Mobile 1st floor apace furniture inventory — as of 8/10/08
                 
      Quantity   Description   Location
Reception Furniture:
    1     sofa   Reception area
 
    1     love seat   Reception area
 
    1     Chair — cloth   Reception area
 
    1     coffee table   Reception area
 
    1     reception desk   Reception area
 
    1     credenza   Reception area
 
               
Board Room:
    1     4 x 12 conference table   Board Room
 
    14     leather highback grey chairs    
 
               
Conference rooms:
    3     4 x 10 laminate conference table   Conference rooms
 
    2     2 x 4 buffet   Conference rooms
 
    2     dry erase boards   Conference rooms
 
    30     beige conference room chairs   throughout
 
               
Workstations:
    60     8 x 8 workstations   throughout
 
    30     6 x 6 workstations   throughout
 
    12     8 x 6 workstations   throughout
 
    70     beige checkered cloth rolling chairs   throughout
 
    63     low back purple “guest’ chairs   throughout
 
    1     10 x 8 administrative cube    
 
               
Offices:
    6     2 piece desk   offices
 
    2     3 piece desk   offices
 
    3     curved desk   smaller offices
 
    8     credenza   offices
 
    9     2 drawer file cabinet   offices
 
    11     wardrobe cabinets   offices
 
    17     wooden guest chairs   throughout
 
    10     highback black leather chairs   throughout
 
    8     4 X 6 dry erase boards   conf rooms/offices/rm 145
 
    1     dark wooden desk   office
 
    1     dark wooden book shelf   office
 
    1     dark wooden 2 drawer file cabinet   office
 
    1     wooden dry erase board w/ doors   office
 
    2     highback royal colored guest theirs   office

 


 

                 
      Quantity   Description   Location
Breakroom:
    1     ice maker   breakroom
 
    1     dishwasher   breakroom
 
    5     36 inch tables   breakroom
 
    10     plastic chairs location   breakroom
 
               
Miscellaneous Chairs:
    11     highback dk green rolling chairs   workstations
 
    11     low back black task chairs   workstations
 
          low back purple rolling chairs   workstations
 
          highback black chairs   throughout
 
          wooden chair   throughout
 
          low back beige chair   throughout
 
          beige rolling chairs   throughout
 
          grey guest chair   throughout
 
          larger purple rolling chair   throughout
 
          barrel chairs   meeting room
 
               
Miscellaneous:
    1     36 inch table   throughout
 
    1     portable workstation   breakroom
 
    2     2 x 5 rectangular tables   throughout
 
    2     Bookshelves   hallway
 
    4     2 x 3 rectangular desk/tables   throughout
 
    1     4 x 8 wooden conference table (damaged)   data room
 
    7     2 x 4 shelves with storage above   conference room & office
 
          2 x 4 shelves   conference room
 
          2 door vertical file cabinet   rm 148
 
          4 drawer lateral file cabinets   throughout
 
          corkboard   throughout
 
          framed artwork   throughout
 
          trash cans   throughout

 


 

EXHIBIT J
CONDUIT
     Landlord shall provide and Tenant shall be permitted the use of a four (4) inch conduit as noted on Exhibit J-1. Landlord shall be solely responsible for the first twenty thousand dollars ($20,000.00) of the costs of the conduit and its installation, and Tenant shall be solely responsible for the next twenty thousand dollars ($20,000.00), and thereafter Landlord and Tenant shall share the costs equally. However, in no event, will Landlord contribute more than twenty five thousand dollars ($25,000.00) in total.
     Tenant shall have the option to pay for the cost of its portion of the conduit from its Tenant Allowance.

 


 

EXHIBIT J-1
CONDUIT DIAGRAM
(GRAPHIC)

 


 

(GRAPHIC)

 


 

(GRAPHIC)

 

Exhibit 10.47
FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE AGREEMENT
     This FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE AGREEMENT (this “ Amendment ”) is executed and entered into effective as of December 28 , 2009, by and between ARI — INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS PARK, LLC, ARI- IBP 1, LLC, ARI — IBP 2, LLC, ARI — IBP 3, LLC, ARI — IBP 4, LLC, ARI — IBP 5, LLC, ARI — IBP 6, LLC, ARI — IBP 7, LLC, ARI — IBP 8, LLC, ARI — IBP 9, LLC, ARI — IBP 11, LLC, and ARI — IBP 12, LLC , each a Delaware limited liability company (“ Landlord ”) acting by and through Billingsley Property Services, Inc., as agent for Landlord, and REALPAGE, INC ., a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”).
RECITALS:
     A. Landlord, as successor in interest to Savoy IBP 8, Ltd., and Tenant have previously entered into that certain Lease Agreement dated effective as of August 28, 2006 (as may be amended from time to time, the “ Lease ”), covering Suite 1000 (the “ Original Premises ”) in the building located at 4120 International Parkway, Carrollton, Texas (the “ Building ”).
     B. Landlord and Tenant desire to amend the Lease subject to the terms and conditions more fully described below.
AGREEMENTS:
     For valuable consideration, whose receipt and sufficiency are acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant agree as follows:
     1.  Definitions . All capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Amendment shall have the same meaning as set forth in the Lease.
     2.  Expansion Premises . Effective as of the Expansion Commencement Date (as defined below), the Premises shall be expanded to include that certain 3,378 rentable square foot area in the Building known as Suite 2050 (the “ Expansion Premises ”). Accordingly, effective as of the Expansion Commencement Date, the total rentable square footage of the Premises shall be 32,589 rentable square feet (i.e., the Original Premises and the Expansion Premises), Exhibit A to the Lease shall be deleted in its entirety, and replaced with the Exhibit A attached to this Amendment, and all references to the “Premises” shall be deemed to be the Original Premises and the Expansion Premises.
     3.  Expansion Commencement Date . The “ Expansion Commencement Date ” shall be the earlier to occur of (a) the date on which Tenant occupies any portion of the Expansion Premises and begins conducting business therein, or (b) January 1, 2010.

 


 

     4.  Basic Rental . Commencing as of the Expansion Commencement Date, the Basic Rental for the Expansion Premises shall be as follows:
                 
    ANNUAL RATE PER   BASIC MONTHLY
DATES   RENTABLE SQUARE FOOT   RENTAL
Expansion Commencement Date — 12/31/10
  $ 17.50     $ 4,926.25  
1/1/11 — 12/31/11
  $ 18.00     $ 5,067.00  
1/1/12 — 12/31/12
  $ 18.50     $ 5,207.75  
1/1/13 — 12/31/13
  $ 19.00     $ 5,348.50  
1/1/14 — 12/31/14
  $ 19.50     $ 5,489.25  
1/1/15 — 12/31/15
  $ 20.00     $ 5,630.00  
1/1/16 — 8/31/16
  $ 20.50     $ 5,770.75  
The monthly Basic Rental for the Expansion Premises for any partial month at the beginning of the Term shall equal the product of 1/365 of the annual Basic Rental for the Expansion Premises in effect during the partial month and the number of days in the partial month, and shall be due on the Expansion Commencement Date.
Basic Rental for the Expansion Premises shall be conditionally abated as set forth below during the first five (5) calendar months following the Expansion Commencement Date. Commencing with the sixth calendar month following the Expansion Commencement Date, Tenant shall make Basic Rental payments for the Expansion Premises as otherwise provided herein. Notwithstanding such abatement of Basic Rental for the Expansion Premises, all other sums due under the Lease, including (i) Basic Rental for the Original Premises, and (ii) Additional Rent, Tenant’s of Electrical Costs, and Excess for both the Original Premises and the Expansion Premises shall be payable as provided in the Lease.
The abatement of Basic Rental for the Expansion Premises provided for herein is conditioned upon Tenant’s full and timely performance of all of its obligations under the Lease. If at any time during the Term an Event of Default by Tenant occurs (whether with respect to the Original Premises or the Expansion Premises) such that Landlord either terminates possession of Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises or terminates the Lease, then the abatement of Basic Rental for the Expansion Premises provided for herein shall immediately become void, and Tenant shall promptly pay to Landlord, in addition to all other amounts due to Landlord under the Lease, the full amount of all Basic Rental herein abated.

 


 

     5.  Tenant’s Proportionate Share . Effective as of the Expansion Commencement Date. Tenant’s Proportionate Share for the Premises shall be deemed to be 32.6530% which is the percentage obtained by dividing (a) the number of rentable square feet in the Premises, by (b) the 99,804 rentable square feet in the Building; provided, however, that for any year that the occupancy of the Building is less than 95%, Tenant’s Proportionate Share for Premises B will be 34.3716% (i.e., the number of rentable square feet in the Premises divided by 95% of the total rentable square feet in the Building.
     6.  Operating Expenses . Effective as of the Expansion Commencement Date, for purposes of calculating the Expense Stop pursuant to Exhibit C , the calendar year to be used for the Expansion Premises shall be the calendar year 2010.
     7.  Parking . Effective as of the Expansion Commencement Date, the provisions of Exhibit F to the Lease shall be deleted in their entirety, and replaced with the following:
“Landlord shall provide, and Tenant shall be permitted the non-exclusive use of one (1) parking space for every 240 Rentable Square Feet in the Original Premises, and four (4) parking spaces for every 1,000 rentable square feet in the Expansion Premises in the parking facilities associated with the Building (the “ Parking Area ”) subject to such terms, conditions and regulations as are from time to time applicable to patrons of the Parking Area, at no additional charge during the initial Term. The Parking Area is generally depicted on Exhibit F-1 attached hereto. Tenant shall further have the right to use four (4) assigned covered spaces in the Parking Area (which spaces shall not be counted in the ratios described in the preceding sentence); provided, however, that in connection with such assigned covered spaces, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, contemporaneously with the payment of Basic Rental, parking rent (plus all applicable taxes) equal to $35.00 per month per space.
Unless specified to the contrary above, the parking spaces provided hereunder shall be provided on an unreserved, “first-come, first served” basis. Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that Tenant is provided and has access to all parking spaces granted to it hereunder. If Tenant in good faith believes that its share of parking spaces in the Parking Area is not available to it because of use of such spaces by other parties, Tenant may so notify Landlord and may request that Landlord initiate the procedure in Rule No. 20 of Exhibit B to this Lease. Landlord agrees that it will carefully consider Tenant’s request, and if Landlord is presented with tangible evidence that Tenant’s share of parking spaces in the Parking Area is being interfered with because of use of such spaces by other parties, Landlord will initiate such procedures.
Tenant shall at all times comply with all Laws respecting the use of the Parking Area. Landlord reserves the right to adopt, modify, and enforce reasonable rules and regulations governing the use of the Parking Area from time to time including any key-card, sticker, or other identification or entrance systems and hours of operations; provided, however, that any such new or modified rule or regulation shall not be effective against Tenant until ten (10) days following Landlord’s delivery of written notice thereof to Tenant. Landlord may refuse to permit any person who violates such rules and regulations to park in the Parking Area, and any violation of the rules and regulations shall subject the car to removal from the Parking

 


 

Area. There will be a replacement charge payable by Tenant equal to the amount posted from time to time by Landlord for loss of any magnetic parking card or parking sticker issued by Landlord.
All motor vehicles (including all contents thereof) shall be parked in the Parking Area at the sole risk of Tenant and each other Tenant Party, it being expressly agreed and understood Landlord has no duty to insure any of said motor vehicles (including the contents thereof), and Landlord is not responsible for the protection and security of such vehicles. NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING TO THE CONTRARY CONTAINED IN THIS LEASE, LANDLORD SHALL HAVE NO LIABILITY WHATSOEVER FOR ANY PROPERTY DAMAGE WHICH MIGHT OCCUR ON THE PARKING AREA OR AS A RESULT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE PARKING OF MOTOR VEHICLES IN ANY OF THE PARKING SPACES.”
     8.  Tenant Improvements .
          (a) Tenant hereby agrees and acknowledges that the Expansion Premises are being delivered on an “as-is” basis. Any improvements necessary or otherwise desired by Tenant (the ” Improvements ”) shall be the sole responsibility of Tenant, and shall otherwise be subject to the provisions of the Lease (including, without limitation, the requirement to obtain Landlord’s approval prior to construction or installation of such Improvements). Landlord shall provide Tenant with a tenant improvement allowance equal to $6.00 per rentable square foot in the Premises (the “ Improvement Allowance ”). Unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Landlord and Tenant, all such Improvements constructed with such Improvement Allowance shall be constructed pursuant to plans mutually approved by Landlord and Tenant, in their respective reasonable discretion (the “ Plans ”). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary. Landlord acknowledges and agrees that the Improvement Allowance may be used for more than one construction event, and for any improvements installed in the Premises (including the Original Premises) or any improvements installed in the premises leased by Tenant located at 4000 International Parkway, Carrollton, Texas (the “ 4000 International Premises ”), until the maximum amount of the Improvement Allowance is fully utilized.
          (b) The Improvement Allowance shall be paid to Tenant by Landlord following within ten (10) business days following Tenant’s written request therefore, subject to each of the following conditions (to the extent such condition is applicable to the Improvement for which reimbursement is being requested): (1) completion of the applicable Improvements pursuant to the Plans to Landlord’s reasonable satisfaction, (2) Tenant’s delivery to Landlord of a true copy of its Certificate of Occupancy (or similar governmental occupancy permit), and (3) Landlord’s satisfaction that all bills have been paid to Tenant’s contractors, subcontractors, and professionals, and an Affidavit of Total Release and Bills Paid has been delivered to Landlord from the general contractor, all subcontractors and all suppliers, all subcontractors and all suppliers. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Exhibit, Landlord shall not be obligated to make any disbursement of the Improvement Allowance during the pendency of any of the following: (A) Landlord has received written notice of any unpaid claims relating to any portion of the Improvements or materials in connection therewith, (B) there is an unbonded lien outstanding against the Building, the Premises, the 4000 International Premises, or the building in which the

 


 

4000 International Premises is located, or Tenant’s interest in any of such buildings or premises by reason of work done, or claimed to have been done, or materials supplied or specifically fabricated, claimed to have been supplied or specifically fabricated, to or for Tenant, the Premises or the 4000 International Premises, (C) the conditions to the payment of the Improvement Allowance are not satisfied, or (D) an Event of Default by Tenant exists. The Improvement Allowance must be used (that is, the Improvements must be fully complete and the Improvement Allowance disbursed) within twelve months following the Expansion Commencement Date or shall be deemed forfeited with no further obligation by Landlord with respect thereto, time being of the essence with respect thereto.
          (c) The entire cost for the Improvements (including design of and space planning. preparation of working drawings and the final “as-built” plans, costs of construction labor and materials, electrical usage during construction, additional janitorial services, related taxes and insurance costs, licenses, permits, certifications, surveys and other approvals required by applicable law, and the construction supervision fee referenced below (all of which costs are herein collectively called the “ Total Construction Costs ”) in excess of the Improvement Allowance (hereinafter defined) shall be paid by Tenant.
          (d) Landlord or its Affiliate or agent shall supervise the construction and/or installation of the Improvements, and act as a liaison between the contractor and Tenant and coordinate the relationship between the Improvements, the Building and the Building’s Systems. In consideration for Landlord’s construction supervision services, Tenant shall pay to Landlord a construction supervision fee equal to 3% of the Total Construction Costs. For purposes herein, the term ” Total Construction Costs ” shall mean the entire cost for the Improvements (including design of and space planning, preparation of working drawings and the final “as-built” plans, costs of construction labor and materials, electrical usage during construction, additional janitorial services, related taxes and insurance costs, licenses, permits, certifications, surveys and other approvals required by applicable law).
     9.  Brokerage Commissions . Landlord and Tenant each warrant to the other that it has not dealt with any broker or agent in connection with the Amendment, other than Peloton Real Estate Partners (which Landlord shall compensate pursuant to a separate written agreement between Landlord and such Broker). Tenant and Landlord shall each indemnify the other against all costs, attorneys’ fees, and other liabilities for commissions or other compensation claimed by any other broker or agent claiming the same by, through, or under the indemnifying party.
     10.  Ratification . Where any terms or conditions contained herein conflict with any terms and conditions contained in the Lease, the terms and conditions contained herein shall control. Otherwise, the Lease is ratified and affirmed, and all terms and conditions therein, as amended and modified hereby, shall remain in full force and effect. This Amendment shall be binding upon Landlord and Tenant, and their respective successors and assigns.
     11.  Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which shall constitute one document.
THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.

 


 

     Executed as of the date first written above.
         
  LANDLORD:

ARI — INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS PARK, LLC, ARI — IBP 1, LLC, ARI — IBP 2, LLC, ARI — IBP 3, LLC, ARI — IBP 4, LLC, ARI — IBP 5, LLC, ARI — IBP 6, LLC, ARI — IBP 7, LLC, ARI — IBP 8, LLC, ARI — IBP 9, LLC, ARI — IBP 11, LLC, ARI — IBP 12, LLC ,
each a Delaware limited liability company
 
 
  By:   Billingsley Property Services, Inc.,    
    a Texas corporation   
    as Agent   
     
  By:   /s/ Joel M. Overton, Jr.    
    Name:   Joel M. Overton, Jr.   
    Title:   Senior Vice President   
 
  TENANT:

REALPAGE, INC.,
a Delaware corporation
 
 
  By:   /s/ Timothy J. Barker    
    Name:   Timothy J. Barker   
    Title:   CFO   
 

 


 

EXHIBIT A
PREMISES
Suite 1000:
(MAP)

 


 

Suite 2050 :
(MAP)

 


 

EXHIBIT F-1
DESIGNATED PARKING AREA
(MAP)

 

Exhibit 10.48
MASTER SERVICES AGREEMENT
THIS MASTER SERVICES AGREEMENT (the “ MSA ”) between DataBank Holdings Ltd., a Texas limited partnership with offices at 2626 Cole Avenue, Suite 200, Dallas, Texas 75204 (“ DataBank ”) and RealPage, Inc ., a Delaware corporation with offices at 4000 International Parkway, Carrollton, Texas 75007 (“ Customer ”) is made effective as of the date indicated below the Customer signature on the initial Order Form submitted by Customer and accepted by DataBank.
ARTICLE 1 — INTRODUCTION
     1.1 General . This MSA sets forth the terms and conditions of DataBank’s delivery and Customer’s receipt of any or all of the services provided by DataBank, including Professional Services. The specific Services to be provided under this MSA are identified in the Order Forms submitted by Customer and accepted by DataBank and described in detail in the Order Forms and/or Statements of Work attached to each Order Form. The service levels DataBank will provide to Customer for each Service ordered, other than Professional Services, are defined in detail in the Service Level Agreements. Each Service Level Agreement and Order Form submitted, accepted and executed by both parties is hereby incorporated by reference into this MSA. This MSA is intended to cover any and all Services ordered by Customer and provided by DataBank. Any terms set forth in this MSA which apply specifically to a service not ordered by Customer, will not apply to Customer.
     1.2 Definitions . Capitalized terms used and not elsewhere defined in this MSA, have the meanings given them in Schedule 1.2 to this MSA.
ARTICLE 2 — DELIVERY OF SERVICES AND TERM
     2.1 Delivery of Services .
          (a) General . By submitting an Order Form, Customer agrees to take and pay for, and, by accepting the Order Form, DataBank agrees to provide, the Services specified on the Order Form during the Initial Term and for any Renewal Term, as specified in Section 2.2(b).
     2.2 Term of Services .
          (a) Commencement of Initial Term . The term for each Service will commence on the Service Commencement Date and continue for the Initial Term.
          (b) Renewal Terms . Each Service will continue automatically for additional one (1) year terms, unless Customer notifies DataBank in writing at least thirty (30) days prior to the end of the Initial Term or a Renewal Term, as applicable, that it has elected to terminate such Service, in which case such Service shall terminate at the end of such term. The termination of any Service will not affect Customer’s obligations to pay for other Services. Notwithstanding the foregoing, DataBank may change or increase the prices it charges Customer for any Service after the

 


 

Initial Term for any Renewal Term; provided , where DataBank proposes any change or increase in prices, it shall provide to Customer written notice of any such change or increase no less than forty-five (45) days prior to the expiration of the Initial Term or any Renewal Term; and provided further , in no event shall any such changed or increased price be greater than 107% of the price for the Initial Term, and thereafter, 105% of the price for any subsequent Renewal Term. Where DataBank proposes any change or increase in electricity charges hereunder, it shall provide to Customer written notice of any such change or increase no less than forty-five (45) days prior to the expiration of the Initial Term or any Renewal Term. Any such increase in electricity charges to Customer shall be at a rate proportional to any electricity rate increase DataBank pays its electricity provider; provided however, at Customer’s request, DataBank shall provide to Customer documentary evidence of any electricity rate increase imposed on DataBank that DataBank wishes to pass on to Customer through an increase in the electricity charge to Customer. DataBank is obligated to provide and Customer is obligated to pay for each Service through its Initial Term and any Renewal Term.
ARTICLE 3 — PAYMENT TERMS FOR FEES AND EXPENSES
     3.1 Fees and Expenses . Customer will pay all fees and expenses due according to the prices and terms listed in the Order Forms. The prices listed in the Order Forms will remain in effect during the Initial Term indicated in the Order Forms and will continue thereafter, unless modified in accordance with Section 2.2(b).
     3.2 Payment Terms . On the Service Commencement Date for each Service, Customer will be billed an amount equal to all non-recurring charges indicated in the Order Form and the monthly recurring charges for the first month of the term. Monthly recurring charges for all other months will be billed in advance of the provision of Services. All other charges for Services received and expenses incurred during a month (e.g., time and materials billing fees, travel expenses, etc.) will be billed at the end of the month in which the Services were provided. All invoices will be generated net thirty (30). Customer will pay all invoices within ten (10) days of the due date of any such invoice. All payments will be made in the United States in U.S. dollars.
     3.3 Late Payments . Any payment not received within ten (10) days of the due date, based on Net 30 terms, will accrue interest at a rate of one and one-half percent (1 1 / 2 %) per month, or the highest rate allowed by applicable law, whichever is lower. If at any time during the Term of this MSA, there is a material and adverse change in Customer’s payment history, which shall be determined by DataBank in its sole and reasonable discretion, DataBank may, upon written notice to Customer, modify the payment terms to require full payment before the provision of all Services or require a deposit or other assurances to secure Customer’s payment obligations under this MSA. For the purposes hereof, an “adverse change in Customer’s payment history” shall occur when any invoice is paid more than thirty (30) days after the due date of such invoices two or more times in any twelve (12) month period.
     3.4 Billing Disputes . If Customer in good faith disputes any portion of any DataBank invoice, Customer shall submit to DataBank, by the due date, full payment of the undisputed portion of the invoice and written documentation indentifying and substantiating the disputed amount.

 


 

DataBank and Customer agree to use their respective commercially reasonable efforts to resolve any dispute within thirty (30) days after DataBank receives written notice of this dispute from Customer. Any disputed amounts resolved in favor of Customer shall be credited to Customer’s account on the next invoice following resolution of the dispute. Any disputed amounts determined to be payable to DataBank shall be due within ten (10) days of the resolution of from the dispute.
     3.5 Taxes . All fees charged by DataBank for Services are exclusive of all regulatory fees, surcharges, taxes and similar fees now in force or enacted in the future imposed on the transaction or the delivery of Services, all of which Customer will be responsible for and will pay in full, except for franchise taxes and taxes based on DataBank’s net income.
ARTICLE 4 — CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION; INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY OWNERSHIP; LICENSE GRANTS
     4.1 Confidential Information .
          (a) Nondisclosure of Confidential Information . Each party acknowledges that it will have access to certain confidential information of the other party concerning the other party’s business, plans, customers, technology, and products, and other information held in confidence by the other party (“ Confidential Information ”). Confidential Information will include all information in tangible or intangible form that is marked or designated as confidential or that, under the circumstances of its disclosure, should be considered confidential. Confidential Information will also include, but not be limited to, DataBank Technology, Customer Technology, and the terms and conditions of this MSA and all documents incorporated by reference into this MSA. Each party agrees that it will not use in any way, for its own account or the account of any third party, except as expressly permitted by, or required to achieve the purposes of, this MSA, nor disclose to any third party (except as required by law or to that party’s attorneys, accountants and other advisors as reasonably necessary), any of the other party’s Confidential Information. Each party also agrees that it will take reasonable precautions to protect the confidentiality of the other party’s Confidential Information, at least as stringent as it takes to protect its own Confidential Information, using no less than a reasonable degree of care.
          (b) Exceptions . Information will not be deemed Confidential Information under this MSA if such information: (i) is known to the receiving party prior to receipt from the disclosing party directly or indirectly from a source other than one having an obligation of confidentiality to the disclosing party; (ii) becomes known (independently of disclosure by the disclosing party) to the receiving party directly or indirectly from a source other than one having an obligation of confidentiality to the disclosing party; (iii) becomes publicly known or otherwise ceases to be secret or confidential, except through a breach of this MSA by the receiving party; or (iv) is independently developed by the receiving party. The receiving party may disclose Confidential Information pursuant to the requirements of a governmental agency or by operation of law, provided that it gives the disclosing party reasonable prior written notice.
     4.2 Intellectual Property .

 


 

          (a) Ownership . Except for the rights expressly granted in this MSA, this MSA does not transfer from DataBank to Customer any DataBank Technology, and all right, title and interest in and to DataBank Technology will remain solely with DataBank. Except for the rights expressly granted in this MSA, this MSA does not transfer from Customer to DataBank any Customer Technology, and all right, title and interest in and to Customer Technology will remain solely with Customer. DataBank and Customer each agrees that it will not, directly or indirectly, reverse engineer, decompile, disassemble or otherwise attempt to derive source code or other trade secrets from the other party.
          (b) General Skills and Knowledge . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this MSA, DataBank will not be prohibited or enjoined at any time by Customer from utilizing any skills or knowledge of a general nature acquired during the course of providing the Services, including, without limitation, information publicly known or available or that could reasonably be acquired in similar work performed for another customer of DataBank.
     4.3 License Grants .
          (a) By DataBank. DataBank hereby grants to Client a nonexclusive, royalty-free license, during the term of this MSA, to use the DataBank Technology solely for purposes of using the Services. Customer shall have no right to use the DataBank Technology for any purpose other than using the Services.
          (b) By Customer . Customer agrees that if, in the course of performing the Services, it is necessary for DataBank to use Customer Technology, DataBank is hereby granted and shall have a nonexclusive, non-transferable, royalty-free license, during the term of this MSA, to use the Customer Technology solely for the purposes of delivering the Services to Customer. DataBank shall have no right to use the Customer Technology for any purpose other than providing the Services.
ARTICLE 5 — DATABANK REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
     5.1 General .
          (a) Authority and Performance of DataBank . DataBank represents and warrants that (i) it has the legal right and authority to enter into this MSA and perform its obligations under this MSA, and (ii) the performance of its obligations and delivery of the Services to Customer will not violate any applicable U.S. laws or regulations, including OSHA requirements, or cause a breach of any agreements with any third parties. In the event of a breach of the warranties set forth in this Section 5.1(a), unless the breach constitutes a default hereunder for which another remedy applies, Customer’s sole remedy is termination pursuant to Article 10.
     5.2 Service Warranties .
          (a) Service Level Warranty . Subject to the exceptions set forth in the Service Level Agreement applicable to a specific Service, DataBank warrants that it will provide each

 


 

Service at or above the service levels defined in the applicable Service Level Agreement (the " Service Level Warranty ”).
          (b) Remedies . In the event that DataBank fails to provide a Service at the level required by the Service Level Warranty, Customer’s only remedies are those set forth in the Service Level Agreement applicable to that Service (the “ Remedies ”).
          (c) Customer Must Request Remedies . In order to receive any of the Remedies, Customer must notify DataBank in writing within thirty (30) days from the time Customer becomes eligible to receive such Remedies. Failure to comply with this requirement will forfeit Customer’s right to receive such Remedies.
          (d) Maximum Remedy . Other than for instances of personal injury (including death) and damage to tangible personal property, or for damages arising from DataBank’s willful misconduct or gross negligence, the aggregate maximum Remedy for any and all failures to provide Services at the level required by a particular Service Level Agreement that occur in a single calendar month shall not exceed the maximum set forth in such Service Level Agreement.
          (e) Termination Option for Chronic Problems . Customer may terminate a specific Service if the Customer experiences Chronic Problems (as defined in the applicable Service Level Agreement) with such Service. Customer must provide DataBank written notice of termination for Chronic Problems as specified in the Service Level Agreement and such termination will be effective as provided in the Service Level Agreement.
          (f) THE SERVICE LEVEL WARRANTY SET FORTH IN THIS SECTION 5.2 DOES NOT APPLY TO (I) ANY PROFESSIONAL SERVICES; (II) ANY SUPPLEMENTAL SERVICES; OR (III) ANY SERVICES THAT EXPRESSLY EXCLUDE THIS SERVICE LEVEL WARRANTY (AS STATED IN THE SERVICE LEVEL AGREEMENTS FOR SUCH SERVICES).
          (g) Scheduled Maintenance . In the event DataBank determines that it is necessary to interrupt Service or that there is a potential for Service to be interrupted for the performance of scheduled maintenance, DataBank will provide Customer no less than forty-eight (48) hours prior written notice of the requirement prior to the performance of such maintenance and will schedule such maintenance during non-peak hours (midnight to 6:00 A.M. local time). In no event shall any scheduled maintenance under this section 5.2(g) exceed two (2) hours of downtime of redundant services per month. In no event shall interruption for scheduled maintenance constitute a failure of performance by DataBank, provided however, any emergency maintenance shall constitute a failure of performance by DataBank subject to the Service Level Warranties hereunder.
     5.3 Service Performance Warranty . DataBank warrants that it will perform the Services in a good and workmanlike manner consistent with industry standards reasonably applicable to the performance thereof, using personnel with the requisite levels of education, skill and experience to perform the Services as herein required.

 


 

     5.4 Warranty of Noninfringement and Title . DataBank represents and warrants to Customer that DataBank owns or otherwise possesses the intellectual property , including without limitation, the DataBank Technology, required to provide the Services required for DataBank’s performance hereunder, and that DataBank’s license of the DataBank Technology and provision of the Services hereunder will not infringe or misappropriate any third party intellectual property (but excluding any infringement contributory caused by RealPage, where, but for such contributory infringement, no such claim for infringement would have arisen).
     5.5 SAS 70 Audit . Within five (5) business days of execution of this Agreement, DataBank represents, warrants and covenants that it will deliver to Customer a SAS 70 Type 1 audit (using control objectives that are reasonably satisfactory to RealPage) (the “ SAS 70 Audit”). Thereafter, DataBank shall deliver to RealPage on or before [January 1] of each year during the Initial Term and any Renewal Term hereunder a SAS 70 Audit for the then current audit period .
     5.6 No Other Warranty . EXCEPT FOR THE EXPRESS WARRANTIES SET FORTH IN ARTICLE 5, DATABANK DOES NOT MAKE, AND HEREBY DISCLAIMS, ANY AND ALL OTHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM A COURSE OF DEALING, USAGE, OR TRADE PRACTICE. DATABANK DOES NOT WARRANT THAT THE SERVICES WILL BE UNINTERRUPTED, ERROR-FREE, OR COMPLETELY SECURE.
     5.7 Disclaimer of Actions Caused by or Under the Control of Third Parties . DATABANK DOES NOT AND CANNOT CONTROL THE FLOW OF DATA TO OR FROM DATABANK’S NETWORK AND OTHER PORTIONS OF THE INTERNET. SUCH FLOW DEPENDS IN LARGE PART ON THE PERFORMANCE OF INTERNET SERVICES PROVIDED OR CONTROLLED BY THIRD PARTIES WHO ARE NOT AGENTS OR CONTRACTORS OF DATABANK AT TIMES, ACTIONS OR INACTIONS OF SUCH THIRD PARTIES CAN IMPAIR OR DISRUPT CUSTOMER’S CONNECTIONS TO THE INTERNET (OR PORTIONS THEREOF). ALTHOUGH DATABANK WILL USE COMMERCIALLY REASONABLE EFFORTS TO TAKE ALL ACTIONS IT DEEMS APPROPRIATE TO REMEDY AND AVOID SUCH EVENTS, DATABANK CANNOT GUARANTEE THAT SUCH EVENTS WILL NOT OCCUR. ACCORDINGLY, EXCEPT FOR THE OBLIGATIONS TO TAKE EFFORTS TO AVOID OR LESSEN THE EFFECTS OF OR REMEDY SUCH EVENTS, DATABANK DISCLAIMS ANY AND ALL LIABILITY RESULTING FROM OR RELATED TO SUCH EVENTS.
ARTICLE 6 — CUSTOMER REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND OBLIGATIONS
     6.1 Representations and Warranties of Customer .
          (a) Authority and Performance . Customer represents and warrants that (i) it has the legal right and authority to enter into this MSA and perform its obligations under this MSA, and (ii) the performance of its obligations and use of the Services (by Customer, its customers and users) will not violate any applicable laws, regulations or the Acceptable Use Policy or cause a breach of

 


 

any agreements with any third parties or unreasonably interfere with other DataBank customers’ use of DataBank services.
          (b) Breach of Warranties . In the event of any breach of any of the foregoing warranties and such breach is not remedied within fifteen (15) business days after notice specifying the default, in addition to any other remedies available at law or in equity, DataBank will have the right, in its sole reasonable discretion, to suspend immediately any related Services if deemed reasonably necessary by DataBank to prevent any material harm to DataBank and its business. Once cured, DataBank will promptly restore the Services.
     6.2 Compliance with Law and Acceptable Use Policy . Customer agrees that it will use the Services only for lawful purposes and in accordance with this MSA. Provided DataBank supplies to Customer a copy of the Applicable Use Policy, Customer will comply at all times with all applicable laws and regulations and the Acceptable Use Policy, as updated by DataBank and supplied to Customer from time to time as such updates are made. The Acceptable Use Policy are incorporated into this MSA and made a part of this MSA by this reference. DataBank may change the Acceptable Use Policy upon fifteen (15) days’ notice to Customer. In the event DataBank updates or amends the Acceptable Use Policy in a manner that Customer believes, in the reasonable exercise of its judgment, should Customer accede to the updates or amendments, shall adversely restrict or affect the operation of its business, Customer may terminate this Agreement without penalty, or payment of any termination fee or liquidated damages, by providing thirty (30) days prior written notice to DataBank. Customer agrees that it has received, read and understands the current version of the Acceptable Use Policy. The Acceptable Use Policy contains restrictions on Customers and Customer’s users’ online conduct (including prohibitions against unsolicited commercial email) and contains penalties for violations of such restrictions. Customer agrees to comply with such restrictions and, in the event of a failure to comply, Customer agrees to be subject to the penalties in accordance with the Acceptable Use Policy. Customer acknowledges that DataBank exercises no control whatsoever over the content of the information passing through Customer’s sites and that it is the sole responsibility of Customer to ensure that the information it and its users transmit and receive complies with all applicable laws and regulations and the Acceptable Use Policy.
     6.3 Accesses and Security . Except with the advanced written consent of DataBank, Customer’s access to the DataBank Data Centers will be limited solely to the Representatives as set forth in the Customer Registration Form which is hereby incorporated by reference into this MSA.
     6.4 Restrictions on Use of Services . Customer shall not, without the prior written consent of DataBank (which may be withheld in its sole discretion), resell the Services to any third parties.
     6.5 Damage to DataBank Data Centers and other Equipment . Customer shall be responsible for any damage or destruction to the DataBank Data Centers, DataBank equipment or other Customer’s equipment caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Customer, its Representatives or designees.
ARTICLE 7 — INSURANCE

 


 

     7.1 DataBank Minimum Levels . DataBank agrees to keep in full force and effect during the term of this MSA: (i) comprehensive general liability insurance in an amount not less than $2 million per occurrence for bodily injury and property damage and (ii) workers’ compensation insurance in an amount not less than that required by applicable law. DataBank agrees that it will ensure and be solely responsible for ensuring that its contractors and subcontractors maintain insurance coverage at levels no less than those required by applicable law and customary in DataBank’s and its agents’ industries.
     7.2 Customer Minimum Levels . In order to provide customers with physical access to facilities operated by DataBank and equipment owned by third parties, DataBank is required by its insurers to ensure that each DataBank customer maintains adequate insurance coverage. Customer agrees to keep in full force and effect during the term of this MSA: (i) comprehensive general liability insurance in an amount not less than $2 million per occurrence for bodily injury and property damage and (ii) workers compensation insurance in an amount not less than that required by applicable law. Customer agrees that it will ensure and be solely responsible for ensuring that its agents (including contractors and subcontractors) maintain insurance coverage at levels no less than those required by applicable law and customary in Customer’s and its agents’ industries.
     7.3 Certificates of Insurance; Naming DataBank as an Additional Insured . Prior to any access of the DataBank Data Centers by any Representative or other agent or employee of Customer, Customer will (i) deliver to DataBank certificates of insurance which evidence the minimum levels of insurance set forth above; and (ii) cause its insurance providers to name DataBank as an additional insured as its interests may appear, and notify DataBank in writing of the effective date thereof.
ARTICLE 8 — LIMITATIONS OF LIABILITY
     8.1 Personal Injury . EACH REPRESENTATIVE AND ANY OTHER PERSON VISITING A DATABANK DATA CENTER DOES SO AT ITS OWN RISK. DATABANK ASSUMES NO LIABILITY WHATSOEVER FOR ANY HARM TO SUCH PERSONS RESULTING FROM ANY CAUSE OTHER THAN THE NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT OF DATABANK.
     8.2 CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WAIVER . EXCEPT FOR A BREACH OF SECTION 4.1 (“CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION”) OF THIS MSA, IN NO EVENT WILL EITHER PARTY BE LIABLE OR RESPONSIBLE TO THE OTHER FOR ANY TYPE OF INCIDENTAL, EXEMPLARY, SPECIAL, PUNITIVE, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, LOST REVENUE, LOST PROFITS, REPLACEMENT GOODS, LOSS OF TECHNOLOGY, RIGHTS OR SERVICES, LOSS OF DATA, OR INTERRUPTION OR LOSS OF USE OF SERVICE OR EQUIPMENT, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES, WHETHER ARISING UNDER THEORY OF CONTRACT, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), STRICT LIABILITY OR OTHERWISE. FURTHER, NO CAUSE OF ACTION WHICH ACCRUED MORE THAN TWO (2) YEARS PRIOR TO THE FILING OF A SUIT ALLEGING SUCH CAUSE OF ACTION MAY BE ASSERTED AGAINST EITHER PARTY.

 


 

     8.3 Basis of the Bargain; Failure of Essential Purpose . The parties agree that the limitations and exclusions of liability and disclaimers specified in this MSA represent the parties’ agreement as to the allocation of risk between the parties in connection with DataBank’s obligations under this MSA and that such limitations, exclusions and disclaimers will survive and apply even if found to have failed of their essential purpose. Customer acknowledges that DataBank has informed it that DataBank has set its prices and entered into this MSA in reliance upon the limitations of liability and the disclaimers of warranties and damages set forth in this MSA.
ARTICLE 9 — INDEMNIFICATION
     9.1 Indemnification . Each party will indemnify, defend and hold the other harmless from and against any and all costs, liabilities, losses, and expenses (including, but not limited to, reasonable attorneys’ fees) (collectively, “ Losses ”) resulting from any claim, suit, action, or proceeding (each, an “ Action ”) brought by any third party against the other or its affiliates (including without limitation, the directors, officers and employees of such parties) alleging (i) the infringement or misappropriation of any intellectual property right relating to the delivery or use of the Services (but excluding any infringement contributorily caused by the other party where, but for such contributory infringement, no such claim for infringement would have arisen); (ii) personal injury caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of the other party; and (iii) any violation of or failure to comply with the Acceptable Use Policy. Customer will indemnify, defend and hold DataBank, its affiliates and customers harmless from and against any and all Losses resulting from or arising out of any Action brought against DataBank, its affiliates or customers alleging any damage or destruction to the DataBank Data Centers, DataBank equipment or other customers’ equipment caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Customer, its Representatives or designees.
     9.2 Notice . Each party’s indemnification obligations under this MSA shall be subject to (i) receiving prompt written notice of the existence of any Action; (ii) being able to, at its option, control the defense of such Action; (iii) permitting the indemnified party to participate in the defense of any Action; and (iv) receiving full cooperation of the indemnified party at the indemnified party’s expense in the defense thereof.
ARTICLE 10 — TERMINATION
     10.1 Termination by Customer For Cause . Subject to and not in substitution of the obligation undertaken by DataBank in any Service Level Warranty or the Colocation Agreement, if (a) DataBank fails to perform a particular Service under this MSA and does not remedy such failure within thirty (30) days following written notice from Customer (provided, however, if the breach is of a nature that reasonably takes more than thirty (30) days to cure, the time period to cure shall be extended to the period reasonably required to effect such cure, provided DataBank commences such cure within the thirty (30) day period and diligently prosecutes such cure to completion), (b) or if DataBank terminates any Colocation Addendum to the MSA into which the parties have entered, for any reason other than uncured breach by Customer, Customer may terminate such Service or this Agreement in its entirety, without any further payment, including without limitation, any penalty, or payment of any termination fee or liquidated damages except for the payment of accrued but unpaid

 


 

charges. If DataBank is unable to provide Service for fifteen (15) consecutive days due to a Force Majeure event as defined in Section 11.1, Customer may terminate the affected Service without liability or payment, including without limitation, any without penalty, or payment of any termination fee or liquidated damages.
     10.2 Termination by Customer for Convenience . Customer may, at any time and without cause, terminate any Service upon thirty (30) days written notice to DataBank, provided the following: (i) if Customer terminates any Service prior to the applicable Service Commencement Date, Customer shall reimburse DataBank for all costs of implementation of terminated Service; or (ii) if Customer terminates any Service after the applicable Service Commencement Date, Customer shall immediately pay DataBank (a) all charges for Services previously rendered, and (b) fifty percent (50%) of the fees due DataBank from Customer for the remaining term if terminated in the first year of the Initial Term, and thirty three percent (33%) of the fees due DataBank from Customer for the remaining term of the Initial Term if terminated in the second year or third year. During any Renewal Term, Customer may, at any time and without cause, terminate any Service upon thirty (30) days written notice to DataBank, provided, Customer shall immediately pay DataBank an amount equal to fifty percent (50%) of the fees due DataBank from Customer for the remaining balance of the then current Renewal Term. Customer acknowledges that DataBank will suffer damages if a Service is terminated prior to the expiration of the Initial Term or any Renewal Term as the case may be and that the aforementioned payment is a genuine pre-estimate of liquidated damages that DataBank will suffer and not a penalty.
     10.3 Termination by DataBank . DataBank may terminate this MSA or any Service with no further liability if (i) Customer fails to make an undisputed payment as required under this MSA and such failure is uncorrected for ten (10) calendar days following written notice from DataBank, or (ii) Customer fails to perform any other material obligation under this MSA and does not remedy such failure within thirty (30) days following written notice from DataBank (hereinafter collectively referred to as “ Customer Default ”). In the event of a Customer Default, DataBank shall have the right to: (i) suspend Service to Customer; (2) cease processing or accepting orders for Service; and/or (iii) terminate this MSA or any Service. If DataBank terminates this MSA due to a Customer Default, Customer shall remain liable for all charges outlined in Section 10.2 herein. Each party agrees to pay the other’s reasonable expenses (including attorney and collection agency fees) incurred in enforcing that party’s rights in the event of a default by the other party . It is the express intent and understanding of the parties that, this MSA and Service Orders hereunder being one integrated agreement and not separate, severable contracts, Customer’s rights to early termination of any Service is not a right to “reject”, on an individual basis, any Service or any Service Order pursuant to federal bankruptcy laws.
     10.4 Termination on Expiration of all Services . Either party may terminate this MSA, effective as of the date specified in written notice of termination provided to the other party, if all Services have been terminated in accordance with the procedures in Section 2.2(b) or if no Order Forms are in effect.
     10.5 No Liability for Termination . Neither party will be liable to the other for any termination or expiration of any Service or this MSA in accordance with its terms.

 


 

     10.6 Effect of MSA Termination . Upon the effective date of termination of this MSA:
          (a) DataBank will immediately cease providing the Services;
          (b) any and all payment obligations of Customer under this MSA for Services through any applicable term will immediately become due;
          (c) within ten (10) days of such termination, each party will return all Confidential Information of the other party in its possession and will not make or retain any copies of such Confidential Information except as required to comply with any applicable legal or accounting record keeping requirement; provided; however, should a party retain any such Confidential Information pursuant to any such legal or accounting record keeping requirements, the obligations of Article 4 concerning the protection of such Confidential Information shall survive with regard to such Confidential Information; and
     10.7 Termination Assistance . Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 10.6, upon the termination of this MSA for any reason, DataBank will provide to Customer such termination assistance relating to the Services, at DataBank’s then current standard rates, as may be reasonably requested in writing by Customer. DataBank’s obligation to provide assistance pursuant to this Section 10.7 is limited to a period of fifteen (15) days (the “ Assistance Period ”). Customer will pay DataBank, on the first day of the Assistance Period and as a condition to DataBank’s obligation to provide termination assistance to Customer during the Assistance Period, an amount equal to DataBank’s reasonable estimate of the total amount payable to DataBank for such termination assistance for the Assistance Period.
     10.8 Survival . The following provisions will survive any expiration or termination of this MSA: Articles 3, 8, 9, 10 and 11 (excluding Section 11.2) and Sections 4.1, 4.2, and 5.4.
ARTICLE 11 — MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
     11.1 Force Majeure . Except for the obligation to make payments, neither party will be liable for any failure or delay in its performance under this MSA due to any cause beyond its reasonable control, including, but not limited to, acts of war, acts of God, earthquake, flood, embargo, riot, sabotage, labor shortage or dispute, governmental act or failure of the Internet (not resulting from the actions or inactions of DataBank) (each a “ Force Majeure Event ”), provided that the delayed party: (a) gives the other party prompt notice of such cause, and (b) uses its reasonable commercial efforts to promptly correct such failure or delay in performance. The foregoing notwithstanding, no failure or delay in performance shall be excused as a Force Majeure Event hereunder where such failure or delay could have been avoided by the party that experiences the Force Majeure Event through implementation by it of an industry standard program of business continuity, business recovery or disaster recovery.
     11.2 No Lease; MSA Subordinate to Master Lease . This MSA is a services agreement and is not intended to and will not constitute a lease of any real property. Customer acknowledges and agrees that (i) it has been granted only a license to use the DataBank Data Centers in accordance

 


 

with this MSA; (ii) Customer has not been granted any real property interest in the DataBank Data Centers; (iii) Customer has no rights as a tenant or otherwise under any real property or landlord/tenant laws, regulations, or ordinances; (iv) this MSA, to the extent it involves the use of space leased by DataBank, shall be subordinate to any lease between DataBank and its landlords; and (v) the expiration or termination of any such lease shall terminate this MSA as to such property subject to Customer retaining any rights or claims it may have against DataBank arising from the expiration or termination of such lease. DataBank shall not have the power, authority or right to create and shall not permit any lien or encumbrance, including without limitation, tax liens, mechanics’ liens, or other liens or encumbrances to be placed on the Customer equipment or other Customer property in any DataBank Data Center. Provided DataBank has complied with the requirements of Article 7. Customer hereby waives and releases any claims or rights to make a claim that it may have against the landlords under any lease by DataBank with respect to any equipment or property of Customers’ located in the premises demised to DataBank by such landlords.
     11.3 Marketing . Customer agrees that during the term of this MSA DataBank may publicly refer to Customer upon prior written notice and approval, in writing as a Customer of DataBank.
     11.4 Government Regulations . Customer will not export, re-export, transfer, or make available, whether directly or indirectly, any regulated item or information to anyone outside the U.S. in connection with this MSA without first complying with all export control laws and regulations which may be imposed by the U.S. Government and any country or organization of nations within whose jurisdiction Customer operates or does business.
     11.5 Non-Solicitation . During the Term of this MSA and continuing through the first anniversary of the termination of this MSA, each party agrees that it will not, and will ensure that its affiliates do not, directly or indirectly, solicit or attempt to solicit for employment any persons employed by the other party or by a party contracted by DataBank to provide Services to Customer; provided however, that the foregoing restriction will not prevent a party from employing any such person who contacts it on his or her own initiative without any direct or indirect solicitation by or encouragement from such party, including without limitation, persons responding to general advertisements or search consultants who contact candidates on their own initiative without identification by such party.
     11.6 No Third Party Beneficiaries . DataBank and Customer agree that, except as otherwise expressly provided in this MSA, there shall be no third party beneficiaries to this MSA, including but not limited to the insurance providers for either party or the customers of Customer.
     11.7 Governing Law; Dispute Resolution . This MSA and the rights and obligations of the parties created hereby will be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Texas without regard to its conflict of law rules and specifically excluding from application to this MSA that known as the United Nations Convention on the International Sale of Goods. The parties will endeavor to settle amicably by mutual discussions any disputes, differences, or claims whatsoever related to this MSA. Failing such amicable settlement, any controversy, claim, or dispute arising under or relating to this MSA, other than those related to ownership of Confidential

 


 

Information, but including the existence, validity, interpretation, performance, termination or breach thereof, shall finally be settled by arbitration in accordance with the Arbitration Rules (and if Customer is a non-U.S. entity, the International Arbitration Rules) of the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”). There will be three (3) arbitrators (the “ Arbitration Tribunal ”), the first of which will be appointed by the claimant in its notice of arbitration, the second of which will be appointed by the respondent within thirty (30) days of the appointment of the first arbitrator and the third of which will be jointly appointed by the party-appointed arbitrators within thirty (30) days thereafter. The language of the arbitration shall be English. The Arbitration Tribunal will not have the authority to award punitive damages to either party. Each party shall bear its own expenses, but the parties will share equally the expenses of the Arbitration Tribunal and the AAA. This MSA will be enforceable, and any arbitration award will be final, and judgment thereon may be entered in any court of competent jurisdiction. The arbitration will be held in Dallas, Texas, USA. Notwithstanding the foregoing, claims for preliminary injunctive relief, other pre-judgment remedies, and claims for Customer’s failure to pay for Services in accordance with this MSA may be brought in a state or federal court in the United States with jurisdiction over the subject matter and parties.
     11.8 Severability . In the event any provision of this MSA is held by a tribunal of competent jurisdiction to be contrary to the law, the remaining provisions of this MSA will remain in full force and effect.
     11.9 Waiver . The waiver of any breach or default of this MSA, or the failure to exercise any right provided for in this MSA, will not constitute a waiver of any subsequent breach, default or right, and will not act to amend or negate the rights of the waiving or non-exercising party.
     11.10 Assignment . Customer may assign this MSA in whole as part of a corporate reorganization, consolidation, merger, sale of all or substantially all of its assets, or transaction or series of related transactions that results in the transfer of fifty percent (50%) or more of the outstanding voting power of Customer. Customer may not otherwise assign its rights or delegate its duties under this MSA either in whole or in part without the prior written consent of DataBank, and any attempted assignment or delegation without such consent will be void. DataBank may assign this MSA in whole or part with prior written notice to Customer; provided, Customer, in the sole exercise of its discretion, may terminate this Agreement by written notice to DataBank without further payment, including without limitation, any penalty, or payment of any termination fee or liquidated damages, upon receipt from DataBank of its intent to assign this Agreement.. DataBank also may delegate the performance of certain Services to third parties, including DataBank’s wholly owned subsidiaries, provided DataBank controls the delivery of such Services to Customer and remains responsible to Customer for the delivery of such Services. This MSA will bind and inure to the benefit of each party’s successors and permitted assigns.
     11.11 Notice . Any notice or communication required or permitted to be given under this MSA may be delivered by hand, deposited with an overnight courier, confirmed facsimile, or mailed by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, in each case to the address of the receiving party as listed on the Order Form or at such other address as may hereafter be furnished in writing by either party to the other party. Such notice will be deemed to have been given as of the date it is delivered, mailed, faxed or sent, whichever is earlier.

 


 

     11.12 Relationship of Parties . DataBank and Customer are independent contractors and this MSA will not establish any relationship of partnership, joint venture, employment, franchise or agency between DataBank and Customer. Neither DataBank nor Customer will have the power to bind the other or incur obligations on the other’s behalf without the other’s prior written consent, except as otherwise expressly provided in this MSA.
     11.13 Article and Section Headings; Pronouns; Plural and Singular . The article and section headings in this MSA are for reference purposes only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of this MSA. References in this MSA to a designated “Article” or “Section” refer to an Article or Section of this MSA unless otherwise specifically indicated. All pronouns used in this MSA shall be construed as including both genders and the neuter. All capitalized defined terms used in this MSA are equally applicable to their singular and plural forms.
     11.14 Entire Agreement . This MSA, the Service Level Warranty, the Service Order, and schedules and all documents incorporated into this MSA by reference, constitute the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersede all of the prior agreements and undertakings, both written and oral, among the parties, or any of them, with respect to the subject matter of this MSA. Any additional or different terms in any Order Form or other response by Customer shall be deemed objected to by DataBank without need of further notice of objection, and shall be of no effect or in any way binding upon DataBank.
     11.15 Counterparts and Originals . This MSA may be executed in counterparts, which together shall constitute a single agreement. Delivery by telephonic facsimile or electronic mail transmission of a signed counterpart of this MSA shall be effective as delivery of a manually signed counterpart. Once signed, any reproduction of this MSA made by reliable means (e.g., photocopy, facsimile) is considered an original.
     11.16 Amendments . This MSA may be amended or changed only by a written document signed by authorized representatives of DataBank and Customer in accordance with this Section 11.16.
     11.17 Interpretation of Conflicting Terms . In the event of a conflict between or among the terms in this MSA, the Service Level Agreements, the Order Forms, Statements of Work and any other document made a part hereof, the documents shall control in the following order: the Order Form with the latest date, Statements of Work, the Service Level Agreements, this MSA and other documents.

 


 

     Authorized representatives of Customer and DataBank have read the foregoing Master Services Agreement and all documents incorporated into the Master Services Agreement and agree and accept such terms effective as of the date first referenced above.
                     
CUSTOMER:       DATABANK:    
 
                   
Signature:
Print Name:
  /s/ Kevin Plemons
 
Kevin Plemons
      Signature:
Print Name:
  /s/ Patrick Guadalajara
 
Patrick Guadalajara
   
Title:
  Director of IT       Title:   President    
Date:
  6/29/07       Date:   6/6/07    
This Master Services Agreement incorporates the following documents when applicable:
  Service Orders
 
  Addendums
 
  Service Level Agreements
 
  Statements of Work
 
  Acceptable Use Policy
 
  Schedules

 


 

DATABANK
MASTER SERVICES AGREEMENT SCHEDULE 1.2—DEFINITIONS
     The following defined terms are equally applicable in their singular and plural forms:
          (a) “Customer Registration Form” means the list that contains the names and contact information (e.g. pager, email and telephone numbers) of Customer and the individuals authorized by Customer to enter the DataBank Data Centers, as delivered by Customer to DataBank and amended in writing from time to time by Customer.
          (b) “Customer Technology” means Customer’s proprietary technology, including Customer’s Internet operations design, content, data, software tools, hardware designs, algorithms, software (in source and object forms), user interface designs, architecture, class libraries, objects and documentation (both printed and electronic), know-how, trade secrets and any related intellectual property rights throughout the world (whether owned by Customer or licensed to Customer from a third party) and also including any derivatives, improvements, enhancements or extensions of Customer Technology conceived, reduced to practice, or developed during the term of this MSA by either party.
          (c) “Initial Term” means the minimum term for which DataBank will provide the Services to Customer, as indicated on the Order Forms.
          (d) “Order Form” means any of the forms specifying the Services, and the term and prices of such Services, to be provided by DataBank to Customer that are executed by Customer and accepted by DataBank.
          (e) “Professional Services” means any professional or consulting service provided by DataBank to Customer to the extent described in a Statement of Work.
          (f) “Renewal Term” means any service term following the Initial Term, as specified in Section 2.2 of the MSA.
          (g) “Representatives” mean the individuals identified in writing on the Customer Registration Form and authorized by Customer to enter the DataBank Data Centers.
          (h) “Acceptable Use Policy” means the DataBank general Acceptable Use Policy governing Customer’s use of Services, including, but not limited to, online conduct, and the obligations of Customer and its Representatives in the DataBank Data Centers.
          (i) “Services” means the specific services provided by DataBank as described on the Order Forms.
          (j) “Service Commencement Date” means the later of (i) the requested commencement date indicated on an Order Form or (ii) the date Service is first made available to Customer.

 


 

          (k) “Service Level Agreement” is the detailed definition of service levels that DataBank will provide to Customer for a specific Service.
          (l) “Service Level Warranty” is described and defined in Section 5.2 of the MSA.
          (m) “Statement of Work” means the detailed descriptions of the Professional Services attached to Order Forms and executed by the parties.
          (n) “DataBank Data Center” means any of the facilities used by DataBank to provide the Services.
          (o) “DataBank Technology” means DataBank’s proprietary technology, including DataBank Services, software tools, hardware designs, algorithms, software (in source and object forms), user interface designs, architecture, class libraries, objects and documentation (both printed and electronic), network designs, know-how, trade secrets and any related intellectual property rights throughout the world (whether owned by DataBank or licensed to DataBank from a third party) and also including any derivatives, improvements, enhancements or extensions of DataBank Technology conceived, reduced to practice, or developed during the term of this MSA by either party that are not uniquely applicable to Customer or that have general applicability in the art.
          (p) The terms “written” and “in writing” mean anything reduced to a tangible form by a party, including a printed, photocopy, facsimile or hand written document but excluding email or other electronic formats.

 


 

COLOCATION ADDENDUM TO THE “MSA”
      Colocation Services Addendum
     This Colocation Services Addendum (“ Addendum ”) is part of and incorporated in the Master Services Agreement under which DataBank provides DataBank Service to Customer (the “ MSA ”).
     1.1. Colocation License . DataBank shall grant Customer a license to occupy, access, locate, operate, repair, replace, upgrade and maintain certain Customer provided computer and telecommunications equipment, or for Roof Access Colocation certain antenna, free space optics devices, mounting and other customary supporting equipment, (“ Equipment ”) for the purpose of connecting the Equipment within a portion of a DataBank datacenter in accordance with this Addendum (“ Colocation Service ”). The space allocated to Customer for Colocation Services (“ Space ”) is accepted “as-is” by Customer and DataBank makes no representation as to the fitness of the Space for the Customer’s intended purpose. No work related to Colocation Service shall commence until the MSA and the relevant Service Order(s) are executed by both parties.
     1.2 Interconnection of Equipment . Only upon the express written consent of DataBank may Customer interconnect Equipment to DataBank or a third party. If Customer should interconnect the Equipment with equipment or services of any entity, including DataBank, without written consent Customer shall be in breach of this Addendum and the MSA and DataBank may pursue any legal or equitable remedy, including but not limited to the immediate termination of the license granted in this Addendum.
     1.3. Cross Connect . All cross connects of Equipment with DataBank or any third party shall be established under the reasonable control and direction of DataBank. Monthly recurring charges (“MRC(s)”) and non-recurring charges (“NRC(s)”) for cross connects may apply to connections between Equipment and the equipment or cable of any third parties. There are no MRCs or NRCs for connecting directly to DataBank’s network.
     1.4 Customer Liability . Customer shall be responsible for damages resulting from its violation of this Addendum and Customer accepts full responsibility and will indemnify DataBank for loss of or misuse of access codes or access cards and for any damage caused by Customer’s Equipment. DataBank’s approval of any Customer installation plans or drawings shall not relieve Customer of its responsibility and its obligation to indemnify DataBank as set forth in this Section 1.4.
2. Effective Date and Term . The “Colocation Effective Date” is the date upon which DataBank delivers the Colocation Service for the applicable Service Order and entitles DataBank to begin billing for the Colocation Service. Each Service Order placed under this Addendum shall have a Service Term of not less than one (1) year as indicated on such Service Order. Once the Colocation Effective Date has occurred, but subject to the terms of the MSA, Customer must pay for the Colocation Services through the end of the Service Term or Extension Period, if any, regardless of whether Customer is actually using the Colocation Service. The Colocation Effective Date shall be delayed until DataBank provides power to enable Customer to utilize the Space unless such

 


 

failure is due to Customer’s failure to properly and timely provide information to DataBank in Customer’s Service Order. Notwithstanding, if a third party fails to provide service to the Customer’s ordered racks or cabinets by the Colocation Effective Date, whether ordered by the Customer or by DataBank on the Customer’s behalf, the Colocation Effective Date shall not be delayed.
     3.1 Pricing and Charges . The charge for Colocation Service includes monthly recurring charges (“MRC(s)”) and non-recurring charges (“NRC(s)”) as set forth in the Service Order Form and/or the quote (“Quote”) referenced in such Service Order Form. NRCs are charged on either a flat rate basis or an individual case basis (“ICB”) depending on the Colocation Service ordered. For example, an ICB NRC for installation is determined by Customer’s requirements for the Space. MRCs shall be payable in advance commencing on the Colocation Effective Date and shall also be payable on the first day of each calendar month thereafter during the Service Term or Extension Period. Charges for partial months shall be prorated. NRCs are billed as set forth in the Service Order and/or the Quote.
     3.2. Datacenter Access . Authorized Customer personnel shall have 24/7/365 access to the Space. Customer shall not have access to space until it is contractually obligated to obtain Colocation Services relating to such Space through the provisions of the Agreement or DataBank acceptance of a Service Order Form for that Space. Customer will designate an individual(s) responsible for maintaining an access list of approved customer personnel and contractors who are authorized to have access to Space on behalf of customer. Each authorized individual will be issued an access card prior to gaining access to the facility. DataBank may revoke the access of any individual to a site or Space for reasonable cause. Such revocation shall be effective immediately.
4. Delay of Service . If DataBank fails to make Colocation Services available within thirty (30) calendar days after the Colocation Effective Date set forth in the Service Order due to any reason other than the acts or omissions of Customer, Customer’s sole remedy shall be to cancel the Service Order which pertains to such Colocation Service by written notice to DataBank. DataBank shall not be liable to Customer in any way as a result of such delay or failure to tender possession and Customer shall not be liable for any charges accruing as a result of the canceled Service Order. DataBank shall promptly refund any charges attributable to such Service Order that Customer has paid.
5. Removal of Customer Equipment . All fixtures, excluding customer equipment, alterations, additions, repairs, improvements and/or appurtenances attached to or built into, on or about the Space or any conduit and/or pole prior to or during the Service Term, or Extension Period, if any, whether by DataBank at its expense or at the expense of Customer, or by Customer at its expense or by previous occupants of the Space, shall be and remain part of the Space and shall not be removed by Customer at the end of the Service Term or Extension Period, if any. Although Customer may be licensed to use certain conduit and/or pole, DataBank will retain all title to conduit and/or pole. Within thirty (30) calendar days after the end of the Service Term or Extension Period, if any, or Customer’s abandonment of any Space, or termination of this Addendum, the Agreement or the relevant Service Order, Customer shall remove all Customer Equipment from the Space at Customer’s sole cost under DataBank supervision. Customer shall provide DataBank with at least thirty (30) calendar days’ notice prior to such removal. All charges shall continue to apply until

 


 

Customer removes the Customer Equipment from the Space, but Customer shall not be entitled to use the Colocation Services after expiration or termination. If Customer fails to remove the same within said thirty (30) calendar day period, DataBank shall either: (a) remove Customer’s Equipment and issue an invoice to Customer for the cost of removal; or (b) notify Customer that DataBank elects to take ownership of such abandoned Customer Equipment, in which case Customer shall execute a bill of sale or other document evidencing DataBank title to such Customer Equipment. Customer shall surrender all colocation Space in substantially the same condition as existed when the Equipment was initially installed, reasonable wear and tear and casualty loss accepted. In the event any damage results from such removal, at DataBank’s election, Customer shall either repair the damage or pay the cost of repairs.
     6.1 Insurance . The Customer will carry or cause to be carried and maintained in force throughout the entire Service Term or Extension Period, if any, insurance coverage’s as described in paragraphs a. through d. below with insurance companies reasonably acceptable to DataBank. DataBank acknowledges that the carriers and limits of coverage set forth on Exhibit A are reasonably acceptable to DataBank. The limits set forth below are minimum limits and will not be construed to limit Customer’s liability. All costs and deductible amounts will be for the sole responsibility of the Customer.
     Colocation Services a. Worker’s Compensation insurance complying with the laws of the State or States having jurisdiction over each employee, whether or not Customer is required by such laws to maintain such insurance, and Employer’s Liability with limits of $500,000 each accident, $500,000 disease each employee, and $500,000 disease policy limit. b. Commercial or Comprehensive General Liability insurance on an occurrence form with a combined single limit of $2,000,000 each occurrence, and annual aggregate of $2,000,000, for bodily injury and property damage, including coverage for blanket contractual liability, broad form property damage, personal injury liability, independent contractors, products/completed operations, and when applicable the explosion, collapse and underground exclusion will be deleted. c. Automobile Liability insurance with a combined single limit of $1,000,000 each occurrence for bodily injury and property damage to include coverage for all owned, non-owned, and hired vehicles. d. All-risk property insurance covering Customer’s Equipment located in or on the POP or Transmission Site covering the full replacement cost value of the Equipment.
     6.2 Waiver of Subrogation . In each of the above described policies, Customer agrees to waive and will require its insurers to waive any rights of subrogation or recovery they may have against DataBank, its parent, subsidiary, or affiliated companies.
     6.3 Additional Insured . Under the policies described in Subsections 6.1 (b) and (c) above, DataBank, its parent, subsidiary and affiliated companies will be named as additional insured’s as respects Customer’s operations and as respects the Agreement, as their interests may appear. Any costs associated with naming DataBank, its parent, subsidiary and affiliated companies additional insured will be the responsibility of Customer. The policies described in Subsections 6.1 (b) and (c) above will serve as primary with respect to DataBank, its parent, subsidiary and affiliated companies, and any other insurance maintained by DataBank, its parent, subsidiary or affiliated companies is excess and not contributory with this insurance.

 


 

     6.4 Non-renewal . Non-renewal or cancellation of policies described above will be effective only after written notice is received by DataBank from the insurance company thirty (30) calendar days in advance of any such non-renewal or cancellation. Prior to the commencement of the Colocation Service hereunder, Customer will deliver to DataBank certificates of insurance on an ACORD 25 or 25S form evidencing the existence of the insurance coverage’s required above. In the event of a loss or claim arising out of or in connection with the work performed under the Agreement, Customer agrees, upon request of DataBank, to submit the original or a certified copy of its insurance policies for inspection by DataBank.
     6.5 No Obligation on DataBank . DataBank will not insure nor be responsible for any loss or damage, regardless of cause, to any Equipment or property of any kind, including loss of use thereof, owned, leased or borrowed by the Customer, its employees, servants or agents.
     6.6 Contractors . If Customer utilizes contractor(s) per this Addendum, then Customer shall require such contractor(s) to comply with these insurance requirements, Customer will supply subcontractor’s certificates of insurance to DataBank before any work commences.
     6.7 Landlord Requirements . The insurance requirements of this Section 6 shall be the insurance requirements under this Addendum unless more stringent requirements are made by the landlord pursuant to the lease relevant to the DataBank Data Center in question. In such event, Customer hereby agrees to comply with the landlord’s requirements under the lease, as the lease may be modified from time to time
     7.1 Limitations on Customer . Customer acknowledges that DataBank is granting only a license to occupy the Space and that DataBank is not granting any leasehold or other real property interests in the Space. Customer further agrees that neither this Addendum nor any interest created herein shall be assigned, mortgaged, subleased, encumbered or otherwise transferred, and that neither the Space nor any part thereof shall be encumbered in any manner by reason of any act or omission on the part of Customer. If Customer places third-party equipment in the Space: (i) only Customer shall enter the Space, (ii) no third party may inspect, operate, install, maintain, or remove such equipment, and (iii) such equipment shall be deemed Customer Equipment. Any attempt to allow the use or occupation of the Space by anyone other than Customer, or to assign, mortgage, sublease or encumber any rights under this Addendum by Customer shall, unless otherwise agreed to in writing by DataBank, be void and shall entitle DataBank to terminate Customer’s rights to occupy the Space or terminate this Addendum. DataBank’s agreement to any of these arrangements shall be in the sole discretion of DataBank. Customer shall maintain the Space in a safe and clean manner and shall not cause damage to the Space, adjacent property or cause any interference with the colocation service provided to others, use of the building by the landlord or other tenants in the building or the DataBank network. Customer shall coordinate any work it desires to perform in the DataBank Data Center with DataBank and the other licensees or tenants of the building in which the POP or Transmission Site is located.
     7.2 Limitations on DataBank . All Customer Equipment installed or located in the DataBank Data Center shall remain the property of Customer and shall never be deemed a fixture to any real property owned by DataBank or any third party, except as expressly set forth in this Addendum. Except as expressly provided herein, nothing in the Agreement shall give or convey to

 


 

DataBank any, right, title or interest in the Customer Equipment. DataBank shall not have the power, authority or right to create and shall not permit any lien or encumbrance, including without limitation, tax liens, mechanics’ liens, or other liens or encumbrances to be placed on the Customer Equipment or other Customer property in the Space or in any DataBank Data Center.
8. Eminent Domain . In the event of a taking by eminent domain (or a conveyance by any landlord of all or any portion of DataBank Data Center to an entity having the power of eminent domain after receipt of actual notice of the threat of such taking) of all or any portion of the DataBank Data Center so as to prevent, in DataBank’s sole discretion, the utilization by Customer of the Space in DataBank Data Center, relevant Service Order From(s) shall terminate as of the date of such taking or conveyance with respect to the Space which is affected by such taking or conveyance and the MRC paid or to be paid by Customer shall be reduced accordingly. Except as set forth below, Customer shall have no claim against DataBank for the value of the unexpired Service Term or Extension Period, if any, affected thereby (or any portion thereof) or any claim or right to any portion of the amount that might be awarded to the landlord of the DataBank Data Center or to DataBank as a result of any such payment for condemnation or damages. Nothing contained in this Addendum prohibits Customer from seeking any relief or remedy against the condemning authority in the event of an eminent domain proceeding that affects the Space.
9. Damage to Data Center . If fire or other casualty damages the building in which the DataBank Data Center is located, DataBank shall give notice to Customer of such damage as quickly as practicable under the circumstances. If a landlord or DataBank exercises an option to terminate a particular lease due to damage or destruction of the DataBank Data Center subject to such lease, or if DataBank decides not to rebuild such building or portion thereof in which the Space is located, all relevant pending Service Order(s) and all relevant Colocation Services and, as to such Space, this Colocation Addendum to MSA shall terminate as of the date of such exercise or decision as to the affected Space and the Colocation Service charges paid by Customer shall be modified accordingly. If neither the landlord of the DataBank Data Center nor DataBank exercises the right to terminate, DataBank shall restore the particular Space to substantially the same condition it was in prior to the damage, excluding reinstallation of any Customer Equipment, completing the same with reasonable diligence. In the event that DataBank shall fail to restore the affected Space within fifteen (15) days of the date of the fire or casualty loss, Customer shall thereupon have the option to terminate relevant pending Service Order(s) and relevant Colocation Services, and this Colocation Addendum to MSA, with respect to the affected Space, which option shall be the sole remedy available to Customer against DataBank under this Addendum and Agreement relating to such failure. If the Space or any portion thereof shall be rendered unusable by reason of such damage, the Colocation Service charge for such Space shall proportionately abate, based on the amount of square footage (or, at DataBank’s option, the number of rack/cabinet spaces) that is rendered unusable, for the period from the date of such damage to the date when such damage shall have been repaired for the portion of the Space rendered unusable.
10. Material Improvements . (i) If Customer desires to make improvements to the Space including installation of any Equipment deemed material and substantial as reasonably determined by DataBank, Customer shall submit all plans and specifications for such work to be performed to DataBank for written approval. Such approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. No construction may commence until DataBank has given its written approval. (ii) Customer shall not

 


 

employ any contractor to perform material improvements unless previously approved in writing by DataBank (and approved in writing by the landlord if required by the lease); approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. Customer shall ensure that each contractor and subcontractor participating in or performing material improvements shall warrant that such work shall be completed free from all mechanic’s and/or materialman’s liens and free from any and all defects in workmanship and materials for the period of time which customarily applies in good contracting practice, but in no event for less than one (1) year after the acceptance of the work by Customer and DataBank. The aforesaid warranties of each such contractor and subcontractor and Customer shall include the obligation to repair or replace in a thoroughly first-class and workmanlike manner all defects in workmanship and materials without any additional charge. The contracts and subcontracts for performance of the material improvements shall set forth such warranties so that they shall inure to the benefit of DataBank and Customer as their respective interests may appear. Such warranties shall be so written that either Customer or DataBank can directly enforce them, and Customer shall give to DataBank any assignment or other assurance to effectuate the same.
11. Correction of Violations . If DataBank notifies Customer in writing of: a. a violation of Customer’s obligations under the Addendum or under other provisions of the Agreement relating to the DataBank Data Center, or b. any other circumstance or practice that, in DataBank’s reasonable opinion, is unsafe or otherwise unacceptable, and such violation, circumstance, or practice would have an adverse effect on DataBank, the landlord, DataBank’s other customers, the Space, or the DataBank Data Center, Customer shall promptly correct the problem. Without limiting the above obligation, Customer shall correct the problem within seven (7) calendar days or provide a written plan for correction to DataBank’s satisfaction together with a proposed completion date. If the problem is not resolved in seven (7) calendar days or within a longer time frame if agreed upon in writing by DataBank, DataBank shall have the option of either (i) correcting the problem with Customer paying the cost of such correction, or (ii) suspending the Colocation Service and disconnecting power and signal connects from Customer’s Equipment until Customer corrects the problem. If more than three (3) such violations occur within any six (6) month period, DataBank may require Customer to remove its Equipment from the Space(s) in question and shall have the right to terminate any Colocation Services at the DataBank Data Center, such suspension or termination shall not relieve Customer of its payment obligations. DataBank may correct conditions creating an immediate danger to persons or property without prior notice to Customer. Customer shall pay for the costs of DataBank’s correction of contractual or safety violations made pursuant to the provisions of this subsection.
     12.1 Colocation and Cross Connect Service Availability . Colocation Service and Cross Connect availability is a measurement of the percent of total time that Colocation Service power, cooling, and cross connects (Colocation Services’ as described below is available when measured over a thirty (30) day month (720 hour) period. Colocation Services are considered unavailable when there has been a loss of uninterruptible AC power supply (“UPS AC power”)), DC power, cross connect(s), or cooling to the Customer’s rack(s).
     12.2 Outage Credits . An Outage shall begin upon the earlier of DataBank’s actual knowledge of the Outage or DataBank’s receipt of notice from the Customer of the Outage. Subject to any other remedy available to Customer under any Service Level Warranty, if an Outage or series of Outages results in Colocation Services unavailability specified in Paragraph 12.1 above, Customer

 


 

shall be entitled to a credit (“Outage Credit”) upon DataBank’s receipt of Customer’s written request for such Outage Credit. Such written request must be received by DataBank within thirty (30) calendar days of the Outage. If DataBank does not receive Customer’s written notice within such thirty (30) calendar day period, Customer shall be deemed to waive its right to the Outage Credit. The amount of the Outage Credit for Colocation Services shall be:
         
Length of outage:   Credit (% of MRC)
1 to 5 minutes
    0 %
6 minutes to 59 minutes
    5 %
1 hour to 2 hours 59 minutes
    10 %
3 hours to 4 hours 59 minutes
    20 %
5 hours to 7 hours 59 minutes
    30 %
8 hours to 11 hours 59 minutes
    40 %
12 hours to 14 hours 59 minutes
    50 %
15 hours or more
    75 %
     The maximum Outage Credit during any calendar month will not exceed one (1) month’s total MRC for the affected rack(s).
     In the event an Outage occurs more than three times within any twelve (12) month period (“ Chronic Problems ”), regardless of whether Customer notifies DataBank of such Outage and receives an Outage Credit, Customer may terminate this Agreement without penalty, or payment of any termination fee or liquidated damages, by providing thirty (30) days prior written notice to DataBank.
     12.3 Exceptions . Customer shall not receive an Outage Credit if the Outage is: (i) caused by the failure of AC power when UPS power is not purchased from DataBank (ii) caused by Customer or others authorized by Customer to use the Services under the Agreement, or those parties’ failure to follow DataBank procedures; (iii) due to the failure of power, facilities, equipment, systems or connections not provided by DataBank; (iv) due to a force majeure event as defined in the Agreement.
     12.4 Invoice Credit . Outage Credits shall be credited on Customer’s next monthly invoice for the affected Colocation Service provided that in the event the Service Term or Extension Period applicable to the affected Colocation Service expires or terminates prior to Customer’s receipt of any and all credits, then DataBank shall pay to Customer a dollar amount equal to the unused credits within thirty (30) calendar days of such expiration or termination.
13. Warranty . Subject to Section 12.1 of the Agreement DataBank, warrants that the AC or DC power to the Space shall be available for the percentage of time set forth in Section 12.1 above. In the event of an Outage, DataBank shall use commercially reasonable efforts under the circumstances to remedy any delays, interruptions, mistakes, accidents or errors in the Colocation Services caused by a loss of power and to restore power to comply with the terms hereof. THE REMEDYS SET FORTH IN THE SERVICE LEVEL WARRANTY AND THE OUTAGE CREDIT REMEDY SET FORTH IN SECTION 12.2 ABOVE SHALL BE THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDIES OF CUSTOMER IN THE EVENT OF ANY FAILURE, INTERRUPTION OR DEGRADATION OF

 


 

THE COLOCATION SERVICE INCLUDING AN OUTAGE AND FOR BREACH OF WARRANTY.

 


 

EXHIBIT A
REALPAGE INSURANCE COVERAGE
CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE

 


 

DataBank Service Level Agreement (SLA)
     DataBank provides the following Service Level Agreement (SLA) under that certain Master Services Agreement (MSA) between DataBank and Customer of even date herewith. DataBank will issue the following credits based on its failure to comply with the requirements of the SLA hereunder, if such credit is requested by Customer and verified by DataBank. This SLA is incorporated into and made a part of the MSA by this reference.
     To receive credit hereunder, the Customer must contact DataBank Customer Service within fifteen (15) days of the end of the month for which credit is requested. Customer must provide a written explanation of the reported problem with instances.
     DataBank Contact Information:
     Toll Free:          1.800.951.1034
     Local:                214.720.2266
      Cabinet Availability Commitment
     DataBank commits that an order for up to 15 cabinets at an individual facility will be installed within 45 business days beginning with DataBank’s acceptance of the Customer order. DataBank commits that an order for 16-50 cabinets at an individual facility will be installed within 60 business days beginning with DataBank’s acceptance of the Customer order. Installation times on orders for 51 or more cabinets at an individual facility will be determined on an individual case basis (ICB).
      Power Availability Guarantee
     DataBank guarantees that AC and/or DC power will be available to the Customer’s space/rack/cabinet 100% of the time if redundant circuits are delivered; otherwise 99.999% (Power Availability Guarantee). Should DataBank fail to meet the Power Availability Guarantee, DataBank, upon the Customer’s request, will credit the Customer’s monthly invoice for the actual time of the service disruption. The Power Availability Guarantee applies to the affected space/rack/cabinet only. Each failure of a Guarantee hereunder shall be treated as an “Outage” subject to an “Outage Credit” as described in the Colocation Addendum.
     This Power Availability Guarantee does not apply to temporary power outages during pre-announced and scheduled maintenance windows or tripped breakers operating above 80% of the breaker rating. If in DataBank’s control, DataBank will notify Customer in writing with seven (7) days prior written notice with regard to activities such as power upgrades or planned building power shutdowns via a High Risk Activity Notice.
      HVAC Commitment
     DataBank will commit to maintain— over a 24-hour period — an average temperature of 72-78 degrees Fahrenheit within Collocation area cold aisles. However, temperatures may temporarily

 


 

fluctuate in the range of 68 to 79 degrees Fahrenheit (in any event for no more than twenty-four (24) hours), and DataBank does not commit to any temperature range inside cabinets, within private suites or in hot aisles. Each failure of a Guarantee hereunder shall be treated as an “Outage” subject to an “Outage Credit” as described in the Colocation Addendum.
      Relative Humidity Guarantee
     DataBank will commit to maintain — over a 24-hour period — an average relative humidity of 50% within the Collocation Area. However, operating percentages may temporarily fluctuate in the range of 45 to 55 percent(in any event for no more than twenty-four (24) hours, and DataBank does not commit to humidity percentages within specific cabinets or private suites. Each failure of a Guarantee hereunder shall be treated as an “Outage” subject to an “Outage Credit” as described in the Colocation Addendum.
      Cross-Connect Availability Guarantee
     DataBank guarantees that cross-connects terminated at the Main Distribution Frame will be available to the Customer 100% of the time after initial installation (Cross Connect Availability Guarantee). Should DataBank fail to meet the Cross-Connect Availability Guarantee, DataBank, upon the Customer’s request, will credit the Customer’s monthly invoice for the actual time of the service disruption. The Cross-Connect Availability Guarantee applies to the cross-connect for the affected circuit only. Each failure of a Guarantee hereunder shall be treated as an “Outage” subject to an “Outage Credit” as described in the Colocation Addendum.
     This Cross-Connect Availability Guarantee does not apply to service provider outages, equipment failure on the part of either the Customer or service provider, or Customer created service disruptions.
      Hours of Operation Guarantee
     DataBank will guarantee that the facility will be open and available to authorized Customer representatives, who have received facility access cards and have been entered into the bio-metric system, twenty-four hours a day and seven days a week for unescorted access.
     Customer representatives who are authorized to enter the site will notify DataBank if they are not able to gain access to the site by contacting 1800.951.1034. Upon this notification, DataBank will notify security to provide site access within 60 minutes. The preceding two sentences constitute the “Hours of Operation Guarantee.”
     Should DataBank fail to meet the dispatch requirements of the Hours of Operation Guarantee for any one instance, DataBank, upon the Customer’s request, will credit the Customer’s monthly invoice one (1) day for each instance within a 24-hour period, up to a maximum of seven (7) days per month.
     Customer representatives wishing to access the facility who are not listed in the Security Access Database, as well as those without their DataBank issued access cards, are not eligible for the Hours of Operation Guarantee.

 


 

      Security Guarantee
     DataBank will guarantee that the facility will be kept secure from any unauthorized access. DataBank will provide prior notification to Customer of required access to Customer’s space for maintenance or repairs of DataBank equipment or facilities and will keep accurate logs of all persons granted access to Customer’s space for any reason.
     DataBank commits that in the event of a security breach where an unauthorized individual obtains access to Customer’s Collocation space in the DataBank Data Center, DataBank shall notify Customer immediately, and DataBank will make available, at the Customer’s request, video surveillance tapes to be reviewed with the supervision of a DataBank employee within two (2) business days. DataBank commits that in the event of any other security breach, DataBank shall notify Customer immediately, and, to the extent the security breach relates to the Customer colocation space, will cooperate with Customer in taking whatever remedial steps may be required, including without limitation, remedial steps required by law. The two preceding sentences shall be referred to herein as the “Security Commitment Guarantee.”
     DataBank also commits that in the event of a security breach, DataBank will make available, at the Customer’s request, access log database records to be reviewed under the supervision of a DataBank employee within two (2) business days.
     In the event DataBank breaches any of the foregoing Guarantees more than three (3) times within any twelve (12) month period (whether the same or different Guarantees), Customer may terminate this Agreement without penalty, or payment of any termination fee or liquidated damages, by providing thirty (30) days prior written notice to DataBank.
     Definition of “Chronic Problems”: refer to Section 12.2 of the Colocation Addendum of the “MSA”.

 


 

         
DATABANK
2626 Cole Ave. — Suite 950
  Service Order Customer:  Real Page
Dallas, TX 75204
      5/31/2007 Contact: Jerry Wacaster
      Tel: 972 820-3359
214.720.2266
       
                                             
Service   Description   Qty   MRC   NRC   Total MRC   Total NRC
Data Center Space  
500 Sq Ft Private Cage
    500     $ [***]     $ [***]     $ [***]     $ [***]  
Power Limitations  
Real Page will be allowed to install up to 175 Watts Per Sq Ft
                                       
AC Amps — 20 amp 115/120V 1PH  
20 Amps of 120V AC power for A feed.
    2     $ [***]     $ [***]     $ [***]     $ [***]  
AC Amps — 20 amp 115/120V 1PH  
20 Amps of 120V AC power for B feed. Redundant circuit for backup. The draw from the combined A & B circuit will not exceed 18 amps or 80% of the A side amps
    2     $ [***]     $ [***]     $ [***]     $ [***]  
AC Amps — 20 amp 208/220V 1PH  
20 Amps of 208V Single Phase AC power for A feed.
    9     $ [***]     $ [***]     $ [***]     $ [***]  
AC Amps — 20 amp 208/220V 1PH  
20 Amps of 208V Single Phase AC power for B feed. Redundant circuit for backup. The draw from the combined A & B circuit will not exceed 24 amps or 80% of the A side amps
    9     $ [***]     $ [***]     $ [***]     $ [***]  
AC Amps — 30 amp 208/220V 1PH  
30 Amps of 208V Single Phase AC power for A feed.
    8     $ [***]     $ [***]     $ [***]     $ [***]  
AC Amps — 30 amp 208/220V 1PH  
30 Amps of 208V Single Phase AC power for B feed. Redundant circuit for backup. The draw from the combined A & B circuit will not exceed 24 amps or 80% of the A side amps
    4     $ [***]     $ [***]     $ [***]     $ [***]  
Internet Access  
Multi-homed Internet Access (The platform currently has 4 Tier 1 one carriers — Level 3, Time Warner, Savvis, and Sprint) Carriers may change in the future. Internet Access is priced per meg and will be burstable to 100 megs. The overage will be billed using the 95th percentile billing method.
    0     $ [***]     $ [***]     $ [***]     $ [***]  
CAT5e Cross Connect  
CAT5e Cross Connect to DataBank Internet Access platform.
    0     $ [***]     $ [***]     $ [***]     $ [***]  
Fiber X-Con  
SM Fiber Cross Connect to Carriers in B1 meet-me-room
    0     $ [***]     $ [***]     $ [***]     $ [***]  

 


 

                                             
Service   Description   Qty   MRC   NRC   Total MRC   Total NRC
Helping Hands  
Level 1 support for equipment rack and stack, power cycle (priced per hour during normal business hours)
    0     $ [***]     $ [***]     $ [***]     $ [***]  
   
 
                          Monthly     Setup  
Totals  
 
                          $ [***]     $ [***]  
LENGTH OF TERM AND AUTHORIZED SIGNATURES
Length of Contract Term:                     36 Months
                     
Customer:       DATABANK    
 
                   
Signature:
Print Name:
  /s/ Kevin Plemons
 
Kevin Plemons
      Signature:
Print Name:
  /s/ Patrick Guadalajara
 
Patrick Guadalajara
   
Title:
  Director of IT       Title:   President    
Date:
  5/31/07       Date:   5/31/07    
Notes: Price does not include shipping and tax.
     The Master Service Agreement (“MSA”) between DataBank and Customer is hereby incorporated into this Service Order and made a part hereof, and Customer and DataBank hereby agree to be bound as if such MSA were fully set forth herein.
     This Service Order must be accompanied by check in the amount of total NRC and one (1) month MRC. Client will receive monthly invoice with terms of Net 30.

 

Exhibit 21.1
List of Subsidiaries of the Registrant
     
Subsidiary   Jurisdiction
 
   
43642 Yukon Inc. (registered name: Spectra Computer Services)
  Yukon Territory, Canada
A.L. Wizard, Inc.
  Delaware
Credit Interfaces, Inc.
  California
Multifamily Internet Ventures, LLC
  California
OpsTechnology, Inc.
  Delaware
Propertyware, Inc.
  California
RealPage India Holdings, Inc.
  Delaware
RealPage India Private Limited
  India
RealPage Payment Processing Services, Inc.
  Nevada
StarFire Media, Inc.
  Delaware

Exhibit 23.1
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” and to the use of our report dated April 28, 2010, in the Registration Statement (Form S-1) and related Prospectus of RealPage, Inc. for the registration of shares of its common stock.
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
Dallas, TX
April 28, 2010